Skip to main content

Full text of "Bulletin of the United States Geological and Geographical Survey of the Territories"

See other formats 


Google 


This  is  a  digital  copy  of  a  book  that  was  preserved  for  generations  on  library  shelves  before  it  was  carefully  scanned  by  Google  as  part  of  a  project 

to  make  the  world's  books  discoverable  online. 

It  has  survived  long  enough  for  the  copyright  to  expire  and  the  book  to  enter  the  public  domain.  A  public  domain  book  is  one  that  was  never  subject 

to  copyright  or  whose  legal  copyright  term  has  expired.  Whether  a  book  is  in  the  public  domain  may  vary  country  to  country.  Public  domain  books 

are  our  gateways  to  the  past,  representing  a  wealth  of  history,  culture  and  knowledge  that's  often  difficult  to  discover. 

Marks,  notations  and  other  maiginalia  present  in  the  original  volume  will  appear  in  this  file  -  a  reminder  of  this  book's  long  journey  from  the 

publisher  to  a  library  and  finally  to  you. 

Usage  guidelines 

Google  is  proud  to  partner  with  libraries  to  digitize  public  domain  materials  and  make  them  widely  accessible.  Public  domain  books  belong  to  the 
public  and  we  are  merely  their  custodians.  Nevertheless,  this  work  is  expensive,  so  in  order  to  keep  providing  tliis  resource,  we  liave  taken  steps  to 
prevent  abuse  by  commercial  parties,  including  placing  technical  restrictions  on  automated  querying. 
We  also  ask  that  you: 

+  Make  non-commercial  use  of  the  files  We  designed  Google  Book  Search  for  use  by  individuals,  and  we  request  that  you  use  these  files  for 
personal,  non-commercial  purposes. 

+  Refrain  fivm  automated  querying  Do  not  send  automated  queries  of  any  sort  to  Google's  system:  If  you  are  conducting  research  on  machine 
translation,  optical  character  recognition  or  other  areas  where  access  to  a  large  amount  of  text  is  helpful,  please  contact  us.  We  encourage  the 
use  of  public  domain  materials  for  these  purposes  and  may  be  able  to  help. 

+  Maintain  attributionTht  GoogXt  "watermark"  you  see  on  each  file  is  essential  for  in  forming  people  about  this  project  and  helping  them  find 
additional  materials  through  Google  Book  Search.  Please  do  not  remove  it. 

+  Keep  it  legal  Whatever  your  use,  remember  that  you  are  responsible  for  ensuring  that  what  you  are  doing  is  legal.  Do  not  assume  that  just 
because  we  believe  a  book  is  in  the  public  domain  for  users  in  the  United  States,  that  the  work  is  also  in  the  public  domain  for  users  in  other 
countries.  Whether  a  book  is  still  in  copyright  varies  from  country  to  country,  and  we  can't  offer  guidance  on  whether  any  specific  use  of 
any  specific  book  is  allowed.  Please  do  not  assume  that  a  book's  appearance  in  Google  Book  Search  means  it  can  be  used  in  any  manner 
anywhere  in  the  world.  Copyright  infringement  liabili^  can  be  quite  severe. 

About  Google  Book  Search 

Google's  mission  is  to  organize  the  world's  information  and  to  make  it  universally  accessible  and  useful.   Google  Book  Search  helps  readers 
discover  the  world's  books  while  helping  authors  and  publishers  reach  new  audiences.  You  can  search  through  the  full  text  of  this  book  on  the  web 

at|http: //books  .google  .com/I 


r.-  ^ 


I- 


r  . 

* 

i- 


[ 


I 

i 


I 


I>B3I»AItXM;E3fT    OF   THE    ISfTERIOR. 


/7i .'  :■ 


BULLETIN 


Oh" 


THE    UNITED    STATES 


GEOLOGICAL  AND  GEOGliAPIIirAL  SUIiVEY 


OF 


THE  TERRITORIES. 


F.  V.  HAYDEN. 


IT.   S.    CI-EOIjOO-ISX-I>f-CHA.BG-Xl. 


1878. 


VOI.TJl\TT]    IV. 


WASniKGTON: 

OOVEBNMENT    PRINTING    OFFIOB. 

1878. 


PREFATORY    NOTE. 


U.  S.  Geological  and  Gecigbaphical 

SUBVEY  OF  THE  TEBBlTdBIBS, 

Washington^  November  30,  1878. 

Bulletin  No.  4,  series  of  1878,  completes  Volume  IV;  and  with  this 
number  are  issued  index,  title-page,  table  of  contents,  list  of  illustra- 
tions, &c.,  for  the  whole  volume.  The  separately  published  numbers 
should  be  preserved  for  binding,  as  there  is  no  issue  of  the  Bulletins  in 
bound  volumes  from  this  office,  and  as  back  numbers  cannot  always  be 
supplied  to  complete  deficient  files. 

In  concluding  the  fourth  volume  of  Bulletins,  a  word  regarding  the 
origin  and  progress  of  this  publication  will  not  be  out  of  place.  The 
issue  began  in  1874,  when  it  was  found  desirable  to  establish  more  ready 
means  of  communication  with  the  public  and  with  scientific  bodies  than 
the  regular  Reports  of  the  Survey  afforded ;  the  design  being  to  publish, 
without  the  delay  incident  to  the  appearance  of  more  elaborate  and 
extended  articles,  such  new  or  specially  interesting  matter  as  should  be 
contributed  to  the  general  results  of  the  Explorations^  under  my  charge 
by  the  members  or  the  collaborators  of  the  Survey.  The  practical  im- 
portance of  prompt  measures  in  such  cases  is  well  recognized,  and 
sufficiently  attested  by  the  success  which  the  Bulletins  hs^ve  achieved. 

The  Firstand  Second  Bulletins,  which  api)eared  in  1874,  are  separately 
paged  pamphlets,  without  ostensible  connection  wifh  each  other  or  with 
subsequent  ones,  but  together  constituting  a  ^' First  Series"  of  the 
publication.  Bulletins  which  appeared  in  1875,  being  those  of  a ''  Second 
Series"  and  six  in  number,  are  continuonsly  paged.  With  No.  6  were 
issued  title,  contents,  index,  &c.,  for  all  the  numbers  of  both  ^<  series" 
which  had  then  appeared;  the  design  being  that  these  should  together 
constitute  a  Volume  I,  in  order  that  the  inconvenient  distinction  of 
''series''  might  be  dropped. 

With  Bulletin  No.  1  of  1876,  the  publication  was  established  as  an 
annual  serial ;  the  four  consecutively  paged  numbers  of  that  year  con- 
stituting volume  II. 

The  four  Bulletins  of  1877  constituted  Volume  III,  which  compared 
favorably  with  its  predecessors  in  the  extent,  variety,  and  importance 
of  its  contents,  and  Was  greatly  improved  in  typography  and  general 
appearance. 

'  The  four  Bulletins  of  1878  form  Volume  IV,  which  maintains  the  same 
high  standard  of  excellence. 


UL 


IV  PREFATORY   NOTE. 

Sbonid  no  nnforeseen  circumstance  prevent,  the  Bulletins  will  continue 
to  be  issueil  at  convenient  irregular  intervals,  as  njaterial  may  come  to 
band;  tbe  strictly  serial  character  of  the  publication  being  maiutaiued. 
The  actual  date  of  issue  is  given  on  the  temporary  cover  of  each,  as  it 
is  important  to  fix  with  precision  the  appearance  of  the  successive  num- 
bers of  a  periodical  in  which  so  many  new  genera  and  species  are  de- 
scribed. 

This  publication,  answering  so  fully  the  special  purpose  for  which  it 
was  established,  is  regarded  as  one  of  tbe  most  important  means  to  the 
main  ends  which  the  Survey  has  in  view.  It  has  already  acquired  a 
character  and  standing  which  render  it  favorably  comparable  to  the 
regular  **  Proceedings''  or  other  similar  publications  of  any  of  the  learned 
bxiies  of  this  country  or  Europe.  Its  scope  includes  the  whole  range 
of  the  subjects  for  the  investigation  of  w  hich  the  Survey  is  conducted, 
and  the  appearance  of  which  in  this  connection  does  not  in  any  way 
restrict  the  plan  of  the  formal  Eeports  of  the  Survey.  The  volumes 
already  issued  contain  articles  upon  Archaeology,  Ethnography,  Lin- 
guistics, Geology,  Topography,  Geography,  Palaeontology,  and  Natural 
History  in  general,  suitably  illustrated  witb  plates,  cuts,  and  maps ;  and 
no  effort  will  be  spared  in  the  future  to  maintain  the  high  standard 
which  the  present  volume  so  conspicuously  illustrates. 

The  thanks  of  the  Survey  are  due  to  Dr.  Elliott  Coues,  U.  S.  A.,  for 
his  careful  and  able  conduct  of  tbe  periodical. 

F.  V.  HAYDEN, 
United  States  OeologisU 


CONTENTS  OF  THE  WHOLE  VOLUME. 


BULLETIN  Ko.  1.— February  6, 1878. 

Page. 
L — Notes  on  the  Ornitbology  of  the  Lower  Sio  Grande  of  Texas,  from  ob- 
servations made  durin  j^  the  season  of  1877.    By  George  B.  Seunett. 

Edited,  with  annotations,  by  Dr.  Elliott  Coue^,  U.  S.A 1 

11. — Descriptions  of  Fishes  from  the  Cretaceons  ond  Tertiary  Deposits 

west  of  the  Mississippi  River.    ByE.  D.  Cope 67 

III. — Descriptions  of  New  Tineina  from  Texas,  and  others  from  more 

northern  localities.    By  V.  T.  Chambers 79 

IV.— Tineina  and  their  Food-Plants.    By  V.  T.  Chambers 107 

y. — Index  to  the  Described  Tineina  of  the  United  States  and  Cauada.    By 

V.T.  Chambers 125 

VI. — Descriptions  of  Noctnidas,  chiefly  from  California.    By  A.  R.  Grote..       169 
YII. — A  Synopsis  of  the  North  American  Species  of  the  Genus  Alpheus.    By 

J.  8.  Kingsley 189 

VIII. — ^Notes  on  the  Mammals  of  Fort  Sisseton,  Dakota.    By  C.  £.  McChes- 
ney,  M.  D.,  Acting  Assistant  Surgeon,  U.  S.  A.    Annotated  by  Dr. 

Elliott  Cones,  U.  S.  A 201 

IX. — Studies  of  the  American  Herodiones.  Part  I. — Synopsis  of  the  Ameri- 
can Genera  of  Ardeidee  and  CiconiidaD ;  inclnding  Descriptions  of 
Three  New  Genera,  and  a  Monograph  of  the  American  Species  of 

the  Genus  Ardea,  Linn.    By  Robert  Rigway 219 

X. — ^Notice  of  the  Butterflies  collected  by  Dr.  Edward  Palmer  in  the  Arid 
Regions  of  Southern  Utah  and  Northern  Arizona  during  th^  summer 

of  1877.    By  Samuel  H.  Scudder 253 

XL — Notes  on  the  Herpetology  of  Dakota  and  Montana.    By  Drs.  Elliott 

Coues  and  H.  C.  Yarrow 259 

XII. — On  Consolidation  of  the  Hoofs  in  the  Virginian  Deer.    By  Dr.  Elliott 

Coues,  U.  S.A 292 

XIII. — On  a  Breed  of  Solid-Hoof  ed  Pigs  apparently  established  in  Texas.    By 

Dr.  Elliott  Coues,  U.  S.  A 295 

XIV. — Professor  Owen  on  the  Py thonomorpha.    By  E.  D.  Cope 299 


BULLETIN  No.  2.— May  3,  1878. 

XV. — The  Geographical  Distribntion  of  the  Mammalia,  considered  in  rela- 
tion to  the  principal  Ontological  Regions  of  the  Earth,  and  the 
Laws  that  govern  the  Distribution  of  Animal  Life.    By  Joel  Asaph 

AUen   313 

XVI. — Descriptions  of  New  Extinct  Vertebrata  from  the  Upper  Tertiary  and 

Dakota  Formations.    By  E.  D.  Cope 379 

XVII. — Notes  on  a  Collection  of  Fishes  from  the  Rio  Grande,  at  Brownsville, 

Texas.    By  David  S.  Jordan,  M.  D 397 

XVIII.^A  Catalogue  of  the  Fishes  of  the  Fresh  Waters  of  North  America.  By 

David  S.  Jordan,  M.  D 407 

XIX. — ^Description  of  a  Fossil  Passerine  Bird  from  the  Insect-bearing  Shales 

of  Colorado.    By  J.  A.  Allen.    (Plate  L) .' 443 

V 


VI  CONTENTS   OF   THE   WHOLE  VOLUME. 

Page. 


•es'' 


XX. — The  Coleoptera  of  the  Alpine  Regions  of  the  Rocky  Mountains.    By 

John.  L.  LeConte,  M.  D 447 

XXL — On  the  Orthoptera  collected  by  Dr.  Elliott  Coues,  U.  S.  A.,  in  Dakota 

and  Montana,  daring  1873-74.    By  Prof.  Cyrus  Thomas 481 

XXII.— On  the  Hemiptera  collected  by  Dr.  Elliott  Cones,  U.  S.  A.,  in  Dakota 

and  Montana,  during  1873-74.    By  P.  R.  Uhler 503 

XXIII. — On  the  Lepidoptera  collected  by  Dr.  Elliott  Coues,  U.  S.  A.,  in  Mon- 
tana, during  1874.    By  W.  H.  Edwards .-.-.      513 

XXIV. — An  Account  of  some  InsectB  of  unusual  interest  from  the  Tertiary 

Rocks  of  Colorado  and  Wyoming.    By  S.  H.  Scudder 519 


BULLETIN  No.  S.-^uly  29, 1878. 

XXV.— Field-notes  on  Birds  observed  in  Dakota  and  Montana  along  the 
Forty-ninth  Parallel  during  the  seasons  of  1873  and  1874.  By  Dr. 
Elliott  Coues,  U.  S.  A.,  late  Surgeon  and  Naturalist  U.  S.  Northern 

Boundary  Commission 545 

XXVI. — Notes  on  a  Collection  of  Fishes  from  the  Rio  Grande,  at  Brownsville, 

Texas — Continued.    By  D.  S.  Jordan,  M.  D CG3 

XXVII. — Preliminary  Studies  on  the  North  American  Pyralidie.    I.    By  A.  R. 

Grote 609 

XXVni.—  Paleontological  Papers  No.  6 :  Descriptions  of  New  Species  of  Inver- 
tebrate Fossils  from  the  Laramie  Group.    By  C.  A.  White,  M.  D 707 

XXIX. — Paleontological  Papers  No.  7 :    On  the  Distribution  of  MoUuscan 

Species  in  the  Laramie  Group.    By  C.  A.  White,  M.  D 721 

XXX. — On  some  Dark  Shale  recently  discovered  below  the  Devonian  Lime- 
stones, at  Independence,  Iowa ;  with  a  Notice  of  its  Fossils  and  De- 
scription of  New   Species.    By  S.  Calvin,  Professor  of  Geology, 

State  University  of  Iowa 725 

XXXI.— On  the  Mineralogy  of  Nevada.    By  W.  J.  Hoffinan,  M.  D 731 


BULLETIN  No.  4.— Decemftcr  — ,  1878. 

XXXII. — The  Fossil  Insects  of  the  Green  River  Shales.    By  Samuel  H.  Scud- 
der, Cambridge,  Mass 747 

XXXIII. — Report  on  the  Collection  of  Fishes  made  by  Dr.  Elliott  Coues,  U.  S. 
A.,  in  Dakota  and  Montana,  during  the  seasons  of  1873  and  1874. 
By  David  S.  Jordan,  M.  D 777 

XXXrV.— Catalogue  of  Phienogamous  and  Vascular  Cryptogamous  Plants  col- 
lected during  the  summers  of  1873  and  1874  in  Dakptai  and  Mon- 
tana along  the  Forty-ninth  Parallel  by  Dr.  Elliott  Coues,  U.  S. 
A. :  with  which  are  incorporated  those  collected  in  the  same  region 
at  the  same  times  by  Mr.  George  M.  Dawson.    By  Prof.  J.  W.  Chick- 

ering 801 

XXX  V.—On  some  Striking  Products  of  Erosion  in  Colorado.   By  F.  M.  Etidlich, 

S.  N.D tt31 

XXXVI. — Paleontological  Papers  No.  8 :  Remarks  upon  the  Laramie  Group.   By 

C.  A.  Whitb,  M.  D 8G5 

XXXVII. — Syuonymatic  List  of  the  American  Sciuri,  or  Arboreal  Squirrels.    By 

J.  A.  Allen 677 


LIST  OP  ILLUSTRATIONS. 


PLATE. 

<Page. 

PI.  I. — PalAoepiza  bella \ 445 

WOODCUTS  IN  TEXT. 

Fig.  — Tail  of  Euxennra  niagaari 250 

Fig. —Solid  hoof  of  Sua  scrofa 296 

Fig.    1.— NeoratioD  in  Epipaachia G85 

Fig.    2.— Neuration  in  Moohlooera 686 

Fig.    3. — Neuration  in  Cacozelia 687 

Fig.    4. — Neuration  in  Toripalpns 688 

Fig.    5. — Neuration  inTetralopha ^ 689 

Fig.    6. — Neuration  in  Acrobasis 693 

Fig.    7. — Neuration  in  Salebria 695 

Fig.    8. — Neuration  inPempelia 694 

Fig.    9.— Neuration  in  Nephopteryx 696 

Fig.  10.— Neuration  in  Pinipestis 699 

Fig.  11.— Neuration  in  Honora 702 

Fig.  12.— Neuration  in  Dakruma 702 

Fig.  13. — Neuration  in  Homeosoma 703 

Fig.  14.— Neuration  in  Anerastia 704 

VII 


ART.  I -NOTES  ON  THE  ORNITHOLOGY  OP  THE  LOWER  RIO 
GRANDE  OF  TEXAS,  FROM  OBSERVATIONS  MADE  DURING 
THE  SEASON  OF  1877. 


By  George  B.  Sennett, 

Of  Erie,  Pa. 
Edited,*  with  annotations,  by  Dr.  Euiiorr  Coues,  U.  S.  A. 


LETTER  OF  TRANSMITTAL. 

Erie,  Pa.,  December  1, 1877. 

Sir  :  In  transmittiDg  these  notes  on  the  ornithology  of  the  Lower  Rio 
Orande,  allow  me  to  preface  them  with  a  few  remarks. 

Last  winter,  having  inclination  and  leisure  to  prosecnte  the  stndy  of 
birds  in  a  more  extended  field  than  was  open  to  me  at  home,  I  began  to 
look  abont  for  a  suitable  locality.  As  is  always  the  case  when  real 
desire  for  study  arises,  avenues  of  investigation  opened  in  all  directions; 
but  the  weight  of  influence  drew  me  to  the  Rio  Grande.  Arranging 
with  Mr.  F.  8.  Webster,  of  Troy,  jST.  Y.,  to  go  as  my  assistant,  and  secur- 
ing a  complete  outfit,  I  set  out  for  Texas  on  February  23d  of  the  present 
year.  My  plan  was  to  work  down  the  lower  coast  of  Texas,  and  arrive 
at  Brownsville,  as  a  base  of  future  operations,  before  the  breeding  sea- 
son had  fairly  commenced.  On  the  evening  of  the  20th  of  March,  after 
many  vexatious  delays,  we  arrived  at  Brownsville,  our  objective  point. 
The  country  worked  over  lay  between  Point  Isabel,  on  the  coast,  near 
the  mouth  of  the  Rio  Grande,  and  a  point  a  few  miles  above  Hidalgo, 
embracing  a  distance  of  a  hundred  miles  by  road  or  three  hundred  miles 
by  river.  We  were  exactly  two  months  on  the  southern  border.  Much 
valuable  time  was  lost  in  going  up  and  down  the  river,  in  procuring 
meansof  conveyance,  and  in  acquainting  ourselves  with  the  country. 
The  annoyances  also  were  not  a  few.  On  some  days  the  weather  was 
so  intensely  hot  that  birds  were  apt  to  spoil  before  we  could  prepare 
them.  While  we  were  constantly  on  the  alert  for  huge  rattlesnakes, 
tarantulas,  and  centipedes,  yet  more  troublesome  enemies  were  with  us 
continually  in  the  shape  of  wood-ticks  and  red-bugs,  to  say  nothing  of 

*[The  editor'tt  notes  are  Vi'aoketed  and  followed  by  bio  initials.  Having  inspected 
most  of  the  coUection,  which  was  courteonsly  submitted  to  his  examination  by  Mr. 
Sennett,  he  is  responsible  for  the  identifications  of  nearly  aU  the  species,  as  well  as  for 
his  technical  commentary. — £.  C] 

Bull.  iv.  No.  1—1  t 


2       BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

the  fleas.  The  wood-ticks  we  could  pick  oflF  or  dig  out,  but  the  abom- 
iuablo  *' red-bugs "y  as  they  are  called,  too  small  to  be  seen,  worked 
themselves  through  the  clothes  and  into  the  skiu,  making  one  almost 
wild  with  intense  itching.  We  only  obtained  partial  relief  by  giving 
ourselves,  from  head  to  foot,  before  going  to  bed,  a  bath  of  ammonia, 
and  a  daily  bath  of  kerosene  oil  before  going  into  the  bfush.  Under 
such  circumstances  it  requires  courage  and  enthusiasm  to  persevere  in 
any  pursuit. 

Tiie  result  of  the  trip  was  the  securing  of  some  five  hundred  birds, 
three  of  which  are  new  to  our  fauna  and  one  new  to  science ;  about  a 
thousaud  eggs,  many  of  which  are  new  or  rare;  a  few  mammals,  nearly 
all  of  which  proved  interesting ;  a  number  of  alcoholic  preparations  of 
birds,  mammals,  and  reptiles;  and  quite  a  collection  of  insects,  prin- 
cipally Lepidoptera.  The  birds  and  mammals  you  have  inspected;  the 
rarer  eggs  have  been  exchanged  with  Dr.  T.  M.  Brewer,  Gapt.  C.  Ben- 
dire,  Dr.  J.  C.  Merrill,  Mr.  E.  Dickinson,  Mr.  Webster,  and  others.  The 
alcoholic  specimens  have  been  sent  to  Prof.  B.  G.  Wilder,  of  Cornell 
University,  and  the  Lepidoptera  to  Mr.  J.  A.  Lintner,  of  Albany.  N.  Y. 

In  nomenclature  and  classification  of  the  birds  herein  treated,  I 
have  followed  your  "Key  to  North  American  Birds",  subject,  however, 
to  your  present  revision.  I  have  endeavored  to  avoid  repetition  of 
matters  already  published  in  other  works,  although  I  may  have  failed 
in  this  in  some  cases,  as  my  facilities  for  examining  the  literature  of  the 
subject  have  been  limited. 

To  the  following  persons  who  have  extended  kindnesses  to  me,  with 
ready  cooperation  in  my  labors  during  the  trip,  I  present  acknowledg- 
ments :  To  Mr.  Webster,  for  his  industry  and  valued  assistance.  To 
Lieutenant  Davis,  in  charge  of  Coast  Survey  at  Galveston,  for  courtesies 
diown  and  assistance  rendered  in  getting  to  and  from  points  about  the 
bay ;  and  also  to  Migor  Lane,  in  charge  of  government  works  at  Bolivar 
Point,  for  hospitalities  freely  extended.  To  Mr.  and  Mrs.  E.  E.  Halter, 
ef  the  Coast  Survey,  at  Padre  Island,  for  most  opportune  hospitality 
when  weather-bound  for  several  days  on  that  desert  spot.  To  Mr. 
Donn,  collector  of  customs,  and  Mr.  Leo,  sheriff  of  Hidalgo  County, 
both  at  Hidalgo;  to  Dr.  Finley,  acting  assistant  surgeon  U.  S.  A.,  in 
eamp  near  Hidalgo;  and  to  Mr.  Bourbois,  at  Lomita  ranche,  a  few 
miles  above  Hidalgo,  for  assistance  and  numerous  courtesies.  To  Dr. 
J.  C.  Merrill,  U.  S.  A.,  post-surgeon  at  Fort  Brown,  for  his  very  valuable 
Hssistance  and  hearty  cooperation  in  my  work. 

And  now.  Sir,  to  you  I  owe,  most  of  all,  my  hearty  acknowledgments 
for  your  kindness  in  identifying  the  collection  of  birds  and  mammals, 
and  in  editing  these  notes,  and  for  other  courtesies  rendered. 
Very  truly  yours, 

GEO.  B.  SENNETT. 

Dr.  Elliott  Coues,  U.  S.  A., 

Secretary  United  States  Geological  and  Oeographioal  Survey. 


8EHNETT  ON  BIRDS  OF  THE  RIO   GRANDE  OF  TEXAS.  S 

TUBDIDM. 

MiMUS  POLYOLOTTUS,  {L.).—Mo€lcingbird. 

First  seen  in  great  numbers  at  Corpus  Ghristi.  On  the  Bio  Grande 
it  was  everywhere  abundant  There  can  little  new  be  said  about  a  bird 
so  common  throughout  the  South,  yet  I  will  give  an  item  or  two  that 
may  be  interesting  to  some«  When  I  saw  him  he  was  in  good  song.  He 
is  a  capital  mimic;  and  many  and  frequent  were  the  maledictions  on  his 
pate,  when,  after  long  watching,  and  perhaps  a  shot  through  the  thick 
bushes,  instead  of  some  expected  prize,  he  made  his  appearance.  I  be- 
lieve there  is  no  bird-note  he  cannot  imitate.  While  at  work  at  our 
birds  in  the  court-house  at  Hidalgo,  we  were  several  times  greeted  with 
the  screeching  *^ cha-chala-ca "  from  the  low  bushes  on  the  river-bank 
but  a  few  rods  distant.  Feeling  positive  that  there  could  not  be  a 
Texan  Guan  within  half  a  mile  of  ua,  we  yet  went  out  to  satisfy  our- 
selves, and  found  the  cry  to  be  that  of  a  Mocker  in  excellent  imitation 
of  the  chachalaca  refrain. 

The  Mockingbird  commenced  laying  on  the  Bio  Grande  about  April 
1.  Our  first  eggs  were  taken  April  5.  I  know  of  no  eggs  having  greater 
variations  in  markings  and  ground-color.  They  varied  from  a  ground- 
color of  the  very  palest  bluish-green  and  a  pure  green  to  a  pure  buff,  and 
in  markings  from  fine  specks  over  the  entire  egg  to  great  reddish-brown 
blotches,  principally  on  the  large  end.  The  largest  egg  measured  1.25 
by  0.72^  the  smallest,  0.90  by  0.67^  the  average  of  a  large  lot  was  0.98 
by  0.72.  Many  sets  were  examined.  Young  birds  were  first  seen  about 
May  1. 

•  30— <^— lOJH)  X  15.00  X  4.62  x  4.87.    Mar.  9,  Corpas  ChristL 

I 

Haepobhynchus  Etrpus  longieosteis,  {Lafr,)C8. — Long-billed  Thrush. 

Of  the  Thrushes  on  our  extreme  southern  border,  I  found  the  Texas 
Thrasher  next  to  the  Mockingbird  in  point  of  numbers.  Usually  they 
keep  out  of  the  sight  of  man,  even  when  their  home  is  invaded  and  the 
bird  driven  from  the  nest.  I  do  not  remember  of  their  making  any  cry 
of  grief  at  such  depredation.  One  day  in  April,  while  concealed  in  a 
dense  thicket  close  by  some  heavy  timber,  a  pair  of  this  species  gave 
me  pleasure  for  a  full  half  hour.  This,  I  think,  was  the  only  time  I  ever 
saw  them  for  more  than  a  moment  or  two  at  a  time.  The  male  was  nearly, 
as  full  of  song  as  a  Mockingbird,  and  his  notes  seemed  much  sweeter, 
not  being  so  loud.  They  kept  very  near  each  other,  the  female  giving 
frequent  little  chirps.  I  was  unable  to  see  any  peculiarities  distinct 
from  the  habits  of  its  nearest  relative,  H.  rufuSj  excepting  that  it  was 
more  arboreal,  and  built  its  nest  much  higher.    I  found  their  nests  nu- 

*  In  tbete  lists  of  speoimens,  the  first  namber  is  that  of  the  specimen.  The  sign  for 
sex  follows.  The  next  four  numbers  indicate  respectively  the  length,  extent  of  wings, 
length  of  wing,  and  length  of  tail.  Other  measurements  are  preceded  by  the  name  of 
the  part.    Date  and  locality  follow. 


4       BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

meruosy  secured  a  score  or  more  sets  of  eggs,  and  examined  many  that 
I  did  not  take.  My  observations  are  so  much  at  variance  with  the  de- 
scription of  these  nests  in  the  "History  of  North  American  Birds'',  by 
Baird,  Brewer  and  Bidgway,  that  I  will  quote  from  these  authors  before 
giving  my  experience.  "Their  nests  are  usually  a  mere  platform  of 
small  sticks  or  coarse  stems,  with  little  or  no  depression  or  rim,  and  are 
placed  in  low  bushes,  usually  above  the  upper  branches." 

I  found  uQue  without  a  lining,  either  of  grasses,  Spanish  moss,  fine 
roots,  or  bark.  There  was  a  marked  depression  in  every  nest,  the  de- 
pression varying  from  one  inch  to  two  and  one-half  inches.  Of  those 
taken,  the  lowest  was  four  feet  from  the  ground  and  the  highest  some 
eight  feet,  averaging,  I  think,  five  and  oue-half  feet.  I  found  their  nests 
in  a  variety  of  places — prickly-pear  cactus,  Spanish  bayonet,  chaparral, 
and  most  commonly  in  the  dense  undergrowth  under  the  heavier  timber. 
I  saw  no  nest  of  this  bird  in  an  exposed  position  "above  the  upper 
branches".  Its  usual  position  is  in  the  very  heart  of  the  tree  or  plant 
selected,  and,  like  most  of  the  nests  of  this  region,  not  capable  of  being 
detached  from  the  thorny  bushes  without  falling  to  pieces.  I  found  the 
birds  and  nests  of  only  three  Thrushes,  viz :  M,  polyglotius^  Mocking- 
bird ;  H,  curvirostris^  Curve-billed  Thrush;  and  the  one  now  under  con- 
sideration ;  and  I  doubt  very  much  the  ability  of  any  one  ordinarily  to 
tell  one  nest  from  the  other,  either  by  structure  or  position.  The  usual 
complement  of  eggs  is  four;  in  fact,  I  found  but  one  clutch  of  five.  The 
eggs  are  marked  very  much  like  those  of  H.  rufus  (Brown  Thrush),  and 
are  hardly  distinguishable  from  them.  The  typical  egg  has  a  ground- 
color of  the  faintest  greenish-white,  and  is  finely  speckled  all  over  with 
brown,  the  dotting  being  thickest  at  the  larger  end.  Several  sets  were 
obtained  w4th  the  ground-color  yellowish-white,  and  so  thickly  speckled 
as  to  have  a  general  color  of  ochre.  One  set  is  nearly  pure  white,  speck- 
led thickly  only  in  the  form  of  a  wreath  at  the  larger  end,  otherwise 
very  sparsely  and  faintly  marked.  The  shape  is  usually  uniform,  like 
all  the  Thrushes';  but  I  have  one  egg  shaped  exactly  like  a  Quail's  egg. 
The  largest  egg  was  1.12  by  0.84,  and  the  smallest  1.01  by  0.75.  The 
average  length  was  1.07,  and  breadth  0.78. 

134—  9  —11.62  X  13.50  X  4.12  x  4.75.    Apr.   2,  BrownsvUle. 
297—  9  —1 1.50  X  13.25  x  4.00  x  5.00.    Apr.  29,  Hidalgo. 
383— $ —11.00  X  13.00  X  3.85  X  5.00.    May   6,  Hidalgo. 

Habpobhynchus  cubvibostbis,  (8w.)  Cab. — Curve-billed  Thrush. 

This  Thrush,  though  frequently  seen,  is  not  so  common  as^.  longiros  . 
tris  (Long-billed  Thrush),  and  is  readily  distinguished  from  it.  I  did  not 
meet  with  it  until  we  reached  Brownsville,  on  March  20th.  The  very 
first  day  at  that  place,  it  was  seen  about  the  brush-fences  just  outside  of 
the  city.  The  bird  is  very  retiring  in  its  habits,  never  more  than  one  or 
two  being  seen  together,  and  even  less  inclined  to  sing  in  exposed  places 
than  its  near  relative,  JET.  longirostris.    I  do  not  remember  hearing  its 


BENNETT   ON   BIRDS   OP  THE   RIO   GRANDE   OP   TEXAS.  5 

8on^,  but  I  am  told  by  the  residents  of  the  country  that  it  sings  very 
sweetly  in  secluded  places,  but  never  in  confinement.  Ordinarily,  one 
would  expect  to  find  its  nest  in  very  secluded  thickets.  The  first  nest 
secured  was  at  Hidalgo,  April  17.  Its  location  was  beneath  the  roof  in 
the  broken  side  of  a  thatched  outhouse  in  the  very  heart  of  the  village. 
A  more  exposed  place  for  human  view  could  not  be  found,  nor  was  there 
in  the  village  a  yard  more  frequented  by  children ;  yet  I  could  not  im- 
agine a  safer  retreat  from  its  more  natural  enemies — Hawks,  Jays,  &c. 
The  female  was  shot  as  she  came  from  the  nest;  and  with  little  diffi- 
culty I  took  the  nest  entire,  with  its  complement  of  four  beautiful,  fresh 
eggs.  The  average  size  of  nest  was  about  that  of  an  ordinary  four- 
quart  measure,  although,  from  its  irregular  shape,  it  would  not  set  into 
one.  Its  depth  outside  was  fully  six  iuches,  with  an  inside  depth  of  two 
so  that  when  the  bird  was  on,  though  only  six  feet  from  the  ground, 
nothing  but  its  head  and  tail  could  be  seen.  The  nest  was  composed 
of  twigs  from  the  size  of  a  lead-pencil  down,  and  lined  with  dry 
grasses.  This  description  will  apply  to  the  several  others  found,  with 
this  difference:  some  were  smaller,  and  in  this  instance  greater  care  ' 
was  taken  to  intertwine  the  sticks,  so  that  it  would  hold  well  together. 
On  April  28th  I  found  a  nest  and  four  fresh  eggs  only  three  feet  from 
the  ground,  in  a  thicket,  not  far  from  a  nest  of  H.  langirostris. 

On  May  10th,  while  on  horseback,  I  came  upon  a  prickly-pear  cactus, 
wonderful  to  me  for  its  size  and  tree-like  shape.  Its  trunk  wa8  the  size 
of  a  man's  body,  and  some  of  its  branches  were  above  my  head  as  I  sat 
on  my  horse.  Its  general  form  was  that  of  a  wine-glass.  While  peer- 
ing about  and  poking  the  stalks  with  my  gun,  I  discovered  in  the  very 
heart  of  the  great  cactus  a  nest  and  four  eggs  of  this  Thrush.  It  was 
about  five  feet  from  the  ground,  perfectly  exposed  above,  yet  nothing 
could  be  more  secure  from  all  sides.  Not  a  sign  was  to  be  seen  of  the 
parent  bird,  not  a  note  heard,  yet  I  felt  sure  a  pair  of  golden  eyes  were 
I>eering  out  of  some  neighboring  thicket.  The  eggs  once  identified 
could  not  be  mistaken  for  those  of  any  other  bird  of  the  region.  With 
some  difficulty  I  secured  the  eggs,  wondering  in  what  other  extraordinary 
place  I  should  find  the  nest  of  this  species. 

The  shape  of  the  eggs  is  like  that  of  the  Brown  Thrush's,  only  longer. 
The  ground-color  varies  from  a  pale  to  a  rich  pea-green.  The  markings. 
are  brown,  evenly  and  finely  scattered  over  the  entire  egg.  The  largest  . 
egg  out  of  twenty  measures  1.18  by  0.80  of  an  inch,  the  soiallest  1.03  by 
0.79.  The  length  ranges  from  1.20  to  1.03,  averaging  1.12  of  an  inch. 
The  breadth  ranges  from  0.82  to  0.72,  averaging  0.79  of  an  inch. 

133—^—11.38  X  14.75  x  4.37  x  4.25.  Apr.   2,  BrowueviUe. 

161— 9  —11.00  X  13.25  X  4.12  x  4.25.  Apr.   5,  Brownsville. 

*  222—  9  —10.50  X  13.00  x  3.87  x  4.00  Apr.  17,  Hidalgo. 

272—  9  —10.75  X  13.50  x  4.25  x  4.25.  Apr.  25,  Hidalgo. 

371—^—11.00x14.12x3.88x4.12.  May  5,  Hidalgo. 

373—  9  —11.00  X  14.25  x  4.25  x  4.25.  May  5,  Hidalgo. 


6  BULLETIN   UNITED   STATES   GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY. 

SAXICOLID^. 

SiALiA  siALis,  (X.)  Haldetnan. — Bluebird. 

Oa  May  3,  in  the  vicinity  of  Hidalgo,  I  shot  the  only  pair  of  these 
birds  seen  on  the  Eio  Grande.  I  first  shot  the  male,  and,  while  picking 
it  np,  its  mate,  with  dry  grasses  in  its  month,  flew  into  an  old  Wood- 
pecker's hole,  in  a  dead  stab  near  by,  and  was  soon  secnred. 

348—  ^  —7.25  X  12.50  x  3.85  x  2.62.    May  3,  Hidalgo. 

SYLVIIDiE. 

POLIOPTILA  GCEBULEA,  (L.)  Sclat—Bluegray  Onatoatcher. 

I  have  no  knowledge  of  seeing  this  bird  more  than  once  or  twice,  and 
no  specimens  were  obtaine<l.  A  handsome  nest  and  clntch  of  eggs  were 
taken  by  Dr.  Merrill  in  April  in  the  vicinity  of  Brownsville. 

PABID^. 

LoPHOPHANES  ATBOCBISTATUS,  CcLss. — BlucJc- Created  Titmouse. 

These  lively  and  sweet  singers  were  everywhere  abundant,  especially 
in  old  lagoon-beds,  now  largely  grown  up  with  the  mesquite  and  lignum 
vitse.  Although  so  common,  we  were  unable  to  find  their  eggs.  The' 
only  nest  discovered  contained  young,  and  was  situated  in  the  split  fork 
of  a  tree,  some  ten  or  twelve  feet  from  the  ground*  The  exact  number 
of  young  could  not  be  determined,  but  there  were  certainly  five  or  six. 
On  May  3d,  I  came  u^Km  a  whole  family,  the  young  of  which  had  nearly 
obtained  their  growth.  I  shot  one  adult  and  five  young,  and  at  least 
three  young  escaped.  One  day,  while  riding  along  the  river  road,  a 
song  new  to  me  and  beautifully  sweet  and  clear  greeted  my  ear.  Dis- 
mounting, I  followed  the  sound  into  the  forest.  The  clearness  of  the 
whistling  song,  the  locality,  and  the  careful  concealment  of  the  bird  led 
me  to  feel  sure  of  a  species  new  to  me.  At  the  very  first  si^ht  I  fired. 
That  song  cost  a  fine  male  Black-crested  Tit  his  life.  Had  I  suspected 
him  to  have  been  the  singer,  I  would  gladly  have  spared  the  bird,  as  my 
bag  was  already  filled. 

63—  3         —5.75  X  9.00  x  2.87  x  2.63.  Mar.  24,  BrownsTille. 

209—  9         —5.75  X  9.00  x  2.75  x  2.50.  Apr.  17,  Hidalj?o. 

210—^         —5.75x9.00x2.81x2.50.  Apr.  17,  Hidalgo. 

213—  9         —5.63  X  8.75  x  2.75  x  2.50.  Apr.  17,  Hidalgo. 

236-9         —5.50  X  8.50  x  2.75  x  2.38.  Apr.  19,  Hidalgo. 

238—  3         -^.50  X  9.00  x  2.87  x  2.62. .  Apr.  19,  Hidalgo. 

349—  9  jay.— 5.50  x  8.50  x  2.37  x  2.12.  May   3,  Hidalgo. 

350—  9  jav.— 5.37  x  8.38  x  2.62  x  2.06.  May   3,  Hidalgo. 

351—  9  jav.-^.38  x  8.62  x  2.50  x  2.05.  May   3,  Hidalgo. 

AUBIPABUS  FLAVIOBPS,  {Sund.)  Bd. — Yellow-headed  Titmouse. 

My  first  knowledge  of  the  existence  of  this  bird  in  the  vicinity  was 
the  finding  of  a  new  nest  on  April  28th ;  but  it  contained  no  eggs,  and 


BENNETT  ON  BIRDS   OF  THE   RIO   GRANDE   OF  TEXAS.  7 

was  not  recoguized  at  the  time.  The  next  day  I  went  to  the  nest,  found 
one  egg  in  it,  and  saw  both  parents*  While  the  female  was  darting  in 
and  out  of  the  thicket,  evidently  alarmed  at  my  close  proximity  to  her 
treasnre,  the  male  was  flitting  from  tree  to  tree,  on  the  topmost  branches, 
singing  as  hard  as  he  could.  I  watched  them  both  for  at  least  half  an 
hour«  when  they  disappeared. 

Allowing  five  days  to  complete  their  complement  of  eggs,  I  again 
visited  the  nest.  I  cautiously  approached  and  shook  the  bush,  but  no 
bird  flew  out  of  the  nest.  Thereupon  I  inserted  my  finger  in  the  small 
opening  on  the  side  of  the  nest,  and  I  could  feel  three  eggs,  and  what  I 
thought  were  some  loose  feathers.  Imagine  my  surprise  and  fright  upon 
withdrawing  my  finger  at  something  flying  out  of  the  nest,  directly  into 
my  face.  It  was  the  female.  A  few  cries  of  alarm,  and  responses  from 
her  mate,  and  they  were  out  of  sight  before  I  could  reach  my  gun. 
Again  carefully  examining  the  nest,  I  very  plainly  felt  four  eggs.  I 
wanted  the  birds  as  well  as  the  eggs,  and  decided  to  leave  them  until 
another  day,  when  I  would  secure  all.  Fatal  mistake!  for  when  it  was 
next  visited  the  female  flew  out  of  the  nest  before  we  reached  it,  was 
fired  at,  and  missed.  I,  however,  shot  the  male,  and  then  went  for  the 
nest,  but,  lol  it  was  empty — ^not  the  least  vestige  of  an  egg  I  Nothing, 
in  my  opinion,  could  have  removed  the  eggs  but  the  bird  itself.  It  was 
owing,  in  all  probability,  to  the  disturbance  and  fright  of  the  previous 
visit.  But  why  was  she  back  in  the  nestt  About  this  time  three  eggs 
were  discovered  in  another  nest,  and  when  visited  the  day  after  they 
were  also  gone.  We  were  very  careful  in  examining  lest  we  should  dis- 
turb the  eggs.  Oan  it  be  possible  that  with  the  least  touch  the  parent 
bird  abandons  her  eggs  ?  Two  nests  that  we  found  had  been  torn  open 
from  above,  evidently  by  some  Jay  or  other  robber.  Out  of  the  six  new 
nests  found  between  April  28  and  May  10  we  were  only  able  to  obtain 
one  egg,  and  that  was  probably  an  infertile  one,  as  the  balance  of  the 
clutch  had  hatched  and  taken  their  departure.  One  nest  was  brought 
me  on  May  1  with  three  young  about  ready  to  leave.  Their  nests  are 
simply  wonderful,  far  excelling,  to  my  mind,  all  other  bird  architecture 
of  our  fauna.  Think  of  the  size,  varying  from  four  to  ten  inches  in 
diameter;  then  think  of  the  size  of  the  bird,  but  little  larger  than  a 
Hummingbird  I  The  shape  is  like  a  bottle,  or,  better  still,  a  retort,  with 
the  mouth  at  one  side  and  inclining  downward.  I  found  the  nests  built 
on  and  around  one  (in  one  instance  two)  horizontal  branch.  The  body 
is  composed  of  thorny  twigs  interwoven  with  wood-moss,  grass,  and  bark. 
The  lining  is  of  the  softest  down  and  feathers,  not  loosely  thrown  in, 
but  woven  into  a  sort  of  matting,  covering  not  only  the  whole  of  the  in- 
terior bo<1y  of  the  retort,  or  nest  proper,  but  also  the  neck  to  the  very 
mouth.  The  distance  from  the  mouth  to  the  eggs  is  sometimes  six 
inches.  The  place  selected  is  usually  the  extremity  of  a  branch  of  an 
exposed  bush,  and  easily  approached.  The  highest  nest  was  six  feet, 
the  lowest  less  than  three  feet  from  the  ground.    There  they  swing,  free 


8       BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY, 

to  every  "norther",  until  they  fall  to  pieces  from  decay.  The  only 
locality  in  which  we  found  their  nests  was  open  chaparral,  on  that  high 
ground  where  the  cactus  and  a  thorny,  leafless  bush,  the  junco,  abound, 
and  where  are  scattered  at  intervals  clumps  of  trees  of  respectable 
growth,  among  which  is  the  dark  green  ebony.  The  birds,  though  oc- 
casionally seen,  are  by  no  means  abundant.  The  shape  of  the  single 
egg  secured  is  pointed  at  one  end,  rounded  at  the  other,  the  greatest 
diameter  being  nearer  one  end.  It  is  pale  blue,  speckled  very  thickly 
at  the  large  end  with  reddish-brown,  but  sparsely  elsewhere.  It  measures 
0.63  by  0.^  of  an  inch. 

376— ^—4.12x6.75 X  1.56 xL75.    May   6,  Hidalgo. 
415—  i  — 4.d-i  X  6.75  x  2.05  x  2.00.    May  10,  Hidalgo. 

TROGLODYTID^. 

Thryothobus  LUDOVioiANUS  BEBLANDiEBi,^  {Coucli)  Cs-^-Berlandiet^s 
Wren. 

Common  on  the  Lower  Rio  Grande,  frequenting  uninhabited  places 
near  woodland,  more  especially  the  dead  trees  bordering  the  timber  and 
lagoons.  I  found,  however,  one  brood  of  young,  just  off  the  nest,  in  the 
dense  woods  near  a  bridle-path.  I  did  not  secure  many  specimens,  for 
the  reason  that,  at  the  time,  I  supposed  them  all  ludovicianus.  Had 
I  suspected  that  they  would  prove  to  be  berlandierij  I  should  have 
taken  a  larger  number.  Many  were  shot,  bat,  as  they  showed  no  varia- 
tion from  those  retained,  and  as  I  had  many  recognized  rare  birds  to 
take  care  of,  they  were  not  preserved.  My  experience  with  the  Wrens 
about  Hidalgo  is,  that  betcicki  and  this  variety  are  the  ones  found 
breeding  commonly.  This  bird  breeds  near  the  ground,  seldom  higher 
than  five  feet,  in  hollow  trees,  stubs,  and  even  dead  limbs  lying  on  the 
ground.  By  the  first  of  May,  the  young  were  about  with  the  parents ; 
at  the  same  time  perfectly  fresh  eggs  were  taken.  Three  sets  of  fresh 
eggs  were  secured,  all  from  the  same  locality,  where  there  seemed  to  be 
qaite  a  colony  of  these  birds  breeding,  many  having  families  of  young. 
Two  of  the  sets  were  alike  in  color  and  markings.  Of  these,  one  (a  set 
of  five)  was  taken  May  1st  from  an  opening  four  feet  from  the  ground,  in 
a  hollow  tree,  and  given,  less  one  egg^  which  was  broken,  to  Dr.  Merrill; 
the  other  (a  set  of  four)  was  taken  May  7th  from  a  rotten  tree  lying  on 
tbe  ground,  the  nest  being  only  two  feet  from  the  ground;  this  was 
given  to  Dr.  Brewer.  Dr.  Brewer  writes  me  in  regard  to  his  set,  that 
''  they  differ  from  my  four  sets  of  ludovicianus  in  being  smaller,  in  hav- 
ing ground-color  clear  white  instead  of  pink,  the  spots  larger  and  less 

*  [The  specimens  are  rather  pnzzliDg,  being  intermediate  between  ludovicianus  proper 
and  the  f  aU  development  of  berlandieri.  Some  of  them,  however,  exhibit  unmistakably 
he  dark-barred  flanks,  longer  bill,  and  other  characters  dwelt  on  by  Baird  in  his  diag- 
nosis of  herlandierif  to  which  form  it  may  be  proper  to  refer  the  whole  lot,  especially 
as  Mr.  Sennett's  field  observations  do  not  indicate  any  differences  among  the  larger 
"Wrens  of  this  locality.— E.  C] 


BENNETT   ON  BIRDS   OP  THE   RIO   GRANDE   OP  TEXAS.  9 

namerons,  but  more  distinct  and  more  confined  to  the  larger  end  than  in 
ludavicianua.  In  fact,  they  ara  much  more  like  betoicki  than  ludovicianu8. 
The  eggs  measure  0.78  by  0.59j  0.75  by  0.59,  0.76  by  0.55,  and  0.73  by 
0.55.» 

The  remaining  set  of  six  eggs  was  taken  May  1  from  the  same  local- 
ity. The  bird  was  caught  on  her  eggs,  and  considered  just  the  same  as 
all  the  others  of  the  colony  breeding  there,  and  of  which  we  had  a 
number  of.  adults  and  young.  The  eggs  vary  from  the  other  two  sets 
in  the  ground-color,  in  having  more  markings,  and  in  having  purple  in 
with  the  brown.  Their  average  size  is  0.80  by  0.60.  The  ground-color  is 
decidedly  pinkish^  the  brown  specks  and  blotches  are  distributed  over 
the  whole  surface,  but  forming  a  thick  band  near  the  larger  end.  The 
nest  of  this  set  measures  four  inches  outside  diameter  by  two  inches 
inside.  It  is  composed  of  grasses,  leaves,  and  a  few  stems,  and  lined 
with  horsehair,  a  few  feathers,  and  pieces  of  snakeskins.  It  was  sit- 
uated in  a  hollow,  live  tree,  only  three  feet  above  the  ground. 

249—  i         —5.50  X  7.50  x  2.25  x  1.88.  Apr.  20,  Hidalgo. 

312— <J  jnv.— 4.62  x  7.00  x  2.25  x  1.31.  Apr.  30,  Hidalgo. 

313— <f  jav.— 4  87  x  7.38  x  2.13  x  1.37.  Apr.  30,  Hidalgo. 

329— ,J         —6.00x8.00x2.25x2.13.  May    2,  Hidalgo. 

330— ^  jav.— 5.50x7.55x2.00x1.38.  May    2,  Hidalgo. 

Thbtothorus  bewicki,  {Aud.)  Bp. — Bewick's  Wren. 

This  Wren  is  everywhere  as  common  on  the  Southern  border  as  is  our 
House  Wren  in  the  North.  I  found  them  breeding  in  the  woods,  but 
rarely  in  the  openings  of  the  chaparral,  among  the  cactus,  in  the 
thatched  jacals  of  the  towns,  and  most  abundantly  in  the  brush-fences* 
I  did  not  find  them  as  noisy  as  our  House  Wrens,  but  still  lively  and 
sweet  songsters.  Broods  of  full-grown  young  were  about  by  the  first 
of  May.  I  can  account  for  our  not  securing  any  eggs  of  this  species  by 
our  being  rather  late  in  the  season  for  their  first  laying,  and  also  by 
their  very  domestic  habits ;  and  as  we  were  collecting  most  of  the  time 
away  from  the  settlements,  we  quite  naturally  neglected  those  birds 
near  at  hand.  I  saw  none  of  var.  leucogaster  of  this  species,  and  no 
House  Wrens,  Troglodytes  aedon. 

124_  ^         —4.87  X  7.00  x  2.06  x  2.00.  Mar.  31,  Brownsville. 

160— ,J         —5.12  X  7.00  X  2.12  x  2.00.  Apr.    5,  Brownsville. 

294—  S         —5.50  X  7.12  x  2.12  x  2.25.  Apr.  28,  Hi<ialgo. 

302—  i  jav.— 5.00  x  7.00  x  2.00  x  2.00.  Apr.  29,  Hidalgo. 

AL  AUDIDJB. 

Eremophila  alpestbis  GHBYSOLiBMA,  (Wagl.)  Cones.— Southwestern 
Horned  Lark. 

I  .first  met  this  bird  at  Galveston,  on  the  dry,  sandy  ridges  adjoining 
the  salt-marshes.  It  was  in  company  oftentimes  with  Plectrophanes 
maccotonij  McCown's  Bunting.  In  the  vicinity  of  Brownsville  .1  fre- 
quently saw  it  along  the  roadside,  in  the  small  stretches  of  prairie  & 


10      BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

few  miles  back  from  tbe  river,  and  also  as  we  approached  the  salt- 
marshes  near  the  coast.  Up  tbe  river  f^om  Browusville  we  observed 
very  few,  as  the  couotry  is  more  thickly  wooded,  and  consequently  un- 
snited  to  tbe  habits  of  the  Shore  Lark.  I  obtained  no  eggs,  although 
it  undonbtedly  breeds  near  the  coast  at  least  as  far  north  as  Galveston. 
I  saw  no  difference  in  its  habits  from  those  of  the  Korth.  I  recognized 
the  bird,  before  I  shot  it,  by  its  peculiar  flight  and  song.  It  differs  from 
the  typical  alpestt^  in  being  smaller  and  brighter  in  color. 

108—  $  —6^50  X  11.50  X  3.62  x  2.38.    Mar.  29,  BrownsvUle. 

MOTACILLID^. 

Anthus  (Nbocobys)  SPEAGun,  (Aud.)  8cL--Mi88auri  Skylark. 

South  of  Galveston,  just  without  the  city  limits,  are  lagoons  and  salt- 
marshes.  The  low  ridges  dividing  them  are  covered  sparsely  with 
grass,  aud,  as  in  other  sandy  tracts,  all  of  the  tall  grass  grows  in  clumps, 
or  hummocks.  From  among  these  one  day  I  started  a  large,  scattered 
flock  of  birds.  I  recognized  among  them  Plectraphanes  maccownij  Mc- 
Cown's  Bunting,  from  having  shot  it  the  day  before.  By  chance  my  eye 
caught  sight  of  a  bird  darting  into  a  hummock.  I  flushed  and  shot  it. 
It  was  in  soiled  plumage,  and  gave  me  more  study  than  any  other  bird 
of  the  collection  before  I  ascertained  that  it  was  the  Missouri  Skylark. 
Others  were  seen  at  this  time,  but  not  obtained.  I  think  I  never  saw 
birds  so  difficult  to  distinguish  and  shoot,  although  I  was  sure  they  were 
somewhere  about  under  my  very  eyes.  Of  their  habits  I  could  see  little 
or  nothing.    I  think  this  bird  has  not  before  been  noticed  so  far  south.* 

5--6.50  X  11.00  X  3.38  x  2.62.    Mar.  1,  Galveeton. 
SYLVIOOLID-S. 

Pabula  ameuigana,  (L.)  Bp. — Blue  Yellow-hacked  Warbler. 

The  single  specimen  of  this  bird  seen  was  under  very  peculiar  circum- 
stances. We  came  from  Corpus  Ohristi  to  Point  Isabel  in  a  flat- bottomed 
oyster-boat  of  four  tons.  W  hen  almost  on  the  bar  at  Brazos  de  Santiago, 
the  darkness  and  a  storm  prevented  our  passing  over,  and  duriug  the 
night  we  drifted  out  into  the  Gulf.  Tbe  morniug  of  March  20th  found 
us  twenty-five  or  thirty  miles  out,  with  the  sea  still  heavily  rolling,  but 
the  sky  and  air  most  beautiful.  Hoisting  all  sail  to  catch  the  gentle 
breeze,  we  made  for  port  Just  before  we  sighted  land,  imagine  our 
surprise  and  joy  to  see  a  little  Blue  Yellow-backed  Warbler  on  our 
mast.    It  soon  flew  down  to  the  sail,  and  thence  to  the  deck,  where, 

*[  Interesting  on  accoant  of  the  locality,  which  is  the  soathemmost  on  record.  The 
specimen  has  a  dull  look,  as  if  the  plamage  were  soiled  from  the  natore  of  the  ground 
or  herhage  where  it  was  shot.  In  the  North,  where  the  bird  is  very  common  in  some 
localities,  it  mixes  freely,  not  only  with  P.  macoowni,  as  here  witnessed  by  Mr.  Bennett, 
bat  also  with  P.  omatua  and  with  Paaserculus  hairdi.—'E,  C] 


SENNETT   ON  BIRDS  OF  THE   RIO   GRANDE   OF  TEXAS.         11 

after  a  few  raomentSy  it  felt  quite  at  home.  Oar  sailor  caught  him,  and 
be  was  passed  around  for  all  to  admire  and  pet.  It  would  nestle  in  our 
hands  and  enjoy  the  warmth  without  the  least  fear.  When  allowed  his 
fireedom,  he  would  hop  upon  us,  fly  from  one  to  another,  and  dart  oft' 
over  the  side  of  the  boat  as  if  taking  his  departure;  when,  lo!  back  he 
would  come  with  a  fly  or  moth  he  had  seen  over  the  water  and  had 
captured.  Several  flies  were  caught  in  this  way.  He  searched  over 
the  whole  boat  and  into  the  hold  for  insects.  Often  he  would  fly  to  one 
or  the  other  of  us,  as  we  were  lying  on  the  deck,  and  into  our  hands 
and  faces,  with  the  utmost  tamiliarity.  He  received  our  undivided 
attention,  but  could  have  been  no  happier  than  we.  Upon  reaching 
shore,  amid  the  confusion  of  our  landing  we  lost  sight  forever  of  our 
pretty  friend. 

Parula  nigrilora,  Coiiesj  n.  s. — SenneWs  WarbUr. 

[  ^  Subcarulea,  dorao  medio  virenti-flavo,  alU  albo  hifawiatUf  palpebria  nigris  immaculati§j 
laria  Unedque  frontali  nigerrimiti;  aubiua  flava,jugulo  aurantieicOf  ahdomine  infimo,  kgpo- 
ckondriia  erissoque  albis, 

^ ,  adalt :  Upper  parts  of  the  same  ashy-blue  color  as  in  P.  ajmrioanaf  with  a  dorsal 
patch  of  greenish-yellow  exactly  as  in  that  species.  Wing^  also  as  in  anierioana,  dusky, 
with  grayish-blue  outer,  and  whitish  inner,  edgings,  and  crossed  by  two  conspicuous 
white  bars,  across  tips  of  greater  and  middle  coverts.  Tail  as  in  amerioana,  but  the 
white  spots  smaller  and  almost  restricted  to  two  outer  feathers  on  each  side.  Eyelids 
black  without  white  marks.  Lores  broadly  and  intensely  black,  this  color  extending  as 
a  narrow  frontal  line  to  meet  its  fellow  across  base  of  culmen,  and  also  reaching  back 
to  invade  the  auriculars,  on  which  it  shades  through  dusky  to  the  general  bluish. 
Under  parts  yellow  as  far  as  the  middle  of  the  belly,  and  a  little  farther  on  the  flanks, 
and  also  spreading  up  the  sides  of  the  jaw  to  involve  part  of  the  mandibular  and  malar 
region ;  on  the  fore  breast  deepening  into  rich  orange,  but  showing  nothing  of  the 
orange-chestnut  and  blackish  of  P.  amerioana.  Lower  belly,  flanks,  and  crissum  white. 
Bill  black  above,  yellow  below.  Legs  undefinable  light  horn-color.  Length  (of  skins, 
about)  4.50;  wing  2.00-2,20 ;  tail  1.80-1.90 ;  bill  from  nostril  0.3S-O.40 ;  tarsus  0.62-0.65 ; 
middle  toe  alone  0.40  (extremes  of  three  adult  males). 

This  bird  is  entirely  distinct  from  P.  amerioana,  and  belongs  to  the  pitiayumi  type. 
From  amerioana  it  is  distinguished  by  the  extension  of  the  yellow  to  the  middle  belly 
and  flanks,  absence  of  the  decided  blackish  collar,  lack  of  white  on  eyelids,  and  broadly 
black  lores  involving  auricidars  and  fh>ntal  stripe.  The  upper  parts,  wings,  and  tail 
are  substantially  as  in  americanaf  the  tint  of  the  upper  parts,  shape  and  color  of  the 
dorsal  patch,  and  the  white  wing-bars  being  the  same  in  both.  From  P.  inomata  Baird 
it  differs  in  the  presence  of  the  wing-bands  and  color  of  the  upper  parts,  inomata  being 
a  deep  blue  species  with  plain  wings.  From  pitiayumi  it  differs  in  the  much  lighter- 
colored  upper  parts,  and  less  of  the  yellow  below,  piiiayumi  having  deep  plumbeous- 
blue  back  and  the  yellow  extending  to  the  crissum.  The  relationships  are  closest  to 
the  inaularis,  agreeing  in  having  the  lower  abdomen  flanks  white,  like  the  crissum,  in- 
stead of  yellow  like  the  breast,  as  is  the  case  both  with  inomata  and  pitiayumi.  The 
differences  from  tn^ulam,  however,  are  readily  expressed;  the  lores  being  decidedly 
black,  and  broadly  contrasting  with  the  bluish-gray,  as  in  pitiayumi  and  inomata,  and 
the  wing-bands  being  as  broad  and  distinct  as  they  are  in  americana,  instead  of  narrow 
as  in  ineularis,  and  the  yellow  of  the  throat  extending  on  the  malar 'region,  while  in 
insularia  the  yellow  is  strictly  confined  beween  the  sides  of  the  Jaw. 

Agreeably  to  the  latest  fashion,  the  bird  will  probably  stand  as  pitiayumi  var.  nigri- 
lora ;  but  Its  probable  gradation  into  pitiayumi  through  Mexican  and  Central  AmerlcAi^. 
specimens  remains  to  be  shown.    It  is  thoroughly  distinct  tcois^  P »  qrmbtvm.'kq.w— ^^-^^ 


12      BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

On  April  20th,  soon  after  reaching  Hidalgo,  I  was  directed  np  the  river 
some  four  miles  by  road,  and  there  shot  the  first  three  specimens  of  this 
new  species* 

On  May  3d,  another  was  shot  among  the  mezqnite  timber  of  the  old 
resaca,  within  a  mile  of  town.  On  May  8th,  another  was  shot  in  a  dense 
forest  about  half  a  mile  fi-om  where  the  first  three  were  obtained.  Sev- 
eral more  were  seen ;  in  fact,  they  were  more  abundant  than  nny  other 
Warbler.  It  was  a  constant  surprise  to  me  while  on  the  Rio  Grande 
that  so  few  Warblers  were  to  be  seen.  I  had  depended  on  getting  a 
large  number  of  species,  and  was  constantly  on  the  lookout  lor  them, 
daily  frequenting  places  where  I  expected  to  find  them. 

All  of  the  specimens  obtained  are  males,  and  I  remember  of  seeing 
none  in  pairs.  They  were  seen  usually  in  little  groups  of  three  or 
four.  They  are  by  no  means  shy,  but  frequenting,  as  they  do,  the 
woods,  cannot  be  readily  seen.  Dr.  Merrill  writes  me  from  Fort  Brown 
that  in  July  he  found  the  nest  and  three  young  of  what  he  supposed  at 
the  time  to  be  Parula  americanay  but  which  may  prove  to  belong  to  this 
species.  I  have  little  doubt  that  another  season  will  bring  to  our  knowl- 
edge full  accounts  of  the  breeding  habits  of  this  beautiful  new  Warbler. 

I  have  just  received  from  Dr.  Merrill,  Fort  Brown,  a  description  of 
the  nest  found  in  July: — 

^'My  nest  of  Parula  was  taken  July  5th,  about  five  miles  from  here. 
It  was  placed  in  a  small  thin  bunch  of  hanging  moss,  about  ten  feet  from 
the  ground,  in  a  thicket ;  was  simply  hollowed  out  of  the  moss,  of  which 
it  was  entirely  composed,  with  the  exception  of  three  or  four  horse- 
hairs; entrance  on  side;  contained  three  young  about  half-fledged. 
Parents  very  bold,  but  thinking  they  were  aniericana  I  did  not  shoot 
them." 

248—  ^  —4.37  X  6.75  x  2.25  x  1.68.  Apr.  20,  Hidalgo. 

260—  ^  —4,25  X  6.75  x  2.13  x  1.56.  Apr.  20,  Hidalgo. 

252—  ^  —4.25  X  6.75  x  2.12  x  1.63.  Apr.  20,  Hidalgo. 

343—^—4.25x6.50x2.00x1.62.  May   .3,  Hidalgo. 

396—  S  —4.50  X  7.00  x  2.00  x  1.87.  May   8,  Hidalgo. 

Helminthophaga  bufioapilla,  ( Wils.)  Bd.'^Naskville  Warbler. 

The  only  specimen  seen  was  in  the  dense  woods  in  the  vicinity  of 
Bidalgo. 

395—  S  —4.50  X  6.87  x  2.00  x  1.63.    May  8,  Hidalgo. 

HELMiNTHOPHAaA  OELATA,  (Say)  Bd.—Orange-crow'ned  Warbler. 

Only  one  specimen  shot,  and  we  were  unable  to  save  it  on  account  of 
the  great  heat  Measurements  taken  and  sex  examined.  The  bird  was 
shot  in  undergrowth,  near  a  lagoon. 

110—  ^  —4.75  X  7.50  X  2.50  x  2.12.    Mar.  29,  Brownsville. 

Dendbceoa  yibens,  {Chn.)  Bd. — Black-throated  Green  Warbkr. 

Shot  in  vicinity  of  Hidalgo  while  we  were  riding  along  the  road 
through  the  woods.    It  is  in  very  fine  plumage. 

251—  ^  —5.00  X  7.75  X  2.63  x  2.12.    Apr.  20,  Hidalgo. 


SENNETT   ON   BIRDS   OF   THE   EIO   GRANDE   OP   TEXAS.         13 

Dendececa  coronata,  (L.)  Or.-^TelloW'rumped  Warbler. 

On  the  northern  end  of  Padre  Island,  in  the  middle  of  March,  I  saw 
more  of  the  migration  of  our  northern  birds  than  during  the  remainder 
of  my  stay  in  Texas,  although  I  was  on  the  island  bnt  three  or  four  days. 
All  of  the  respectable  growth  of  vegetation  upon  the  island  consisted 
of  a  few  bushes  and  small  trees,  in  which  was  located  the  camp  of  the 
Coast  Survey.  Conspicuous  among  the  birds  seen  at  this  time  was  the 
Yellowrumped  Warbler.  I  saw  a  few  also  about  Brownsville  up  to  about 
April  15.  I  am  told  that  some  remain  all  summer  on  the  southern  bor- 
der, but  I  saw  no  signs  of  it. 

Dendececa  dominioa  albilora,  (L.)  Ridgw. — Yellow-throated  Warbler. 
This  specimen  has  the  entire  superciliary  line  white.*    The  only  one 
seen ;  shot  in  the  open  chaparral  among  raezquite  and  cactus. 

84—^—5.37  X  8.50  x  2.^5  x  2.00  Mar.  26,  Brownsville. 

SiURUS  MOTAOiLLAjt  (F.)  Bjh^Large-billed  Water  Thrush. 

Shot  near  Brownsville  in  a  mezquite  grove  on  the  border  of  a  lagoon^ 
some  fifty  feet  from  the  water's  edge.  It  was  seen  flitting  through  the 
branches  near  the  ground,  and  never  at  rest.  This  is  the  only  one 
recognized,  and,  9l%  I  was  often  in  favorable  places  for  them,  I  cannot 
think  them  abundant. 

119—  9  —6.00  X  10.00  X  3.00  x  2.00.    Mar.  31,  Brownsville. 

Icteria  virens,  (i.)  Bd. — Yellow-breasted  Chat. 

This  bird  is  quite  common  in  suitable  places,  although,  as  every  where 
else,  more  frequently  heard  than  seen.  Its  first  choice  is  a  thick  brush- 
fence.  At  Brownsville,  we  were  quite  surprised  to  have  a  bird-woman 
offer  us  a  pair  in  a  cage,  and  I  bargained  with  her  to  keep  them  for  us 
until  our  return  from  up  the  river,  but  we  never  heard  from  them -again* 

At  Hidalgo,  nearly  every  night,  when  through  our  work,  we  went  to 
the  river  to  bathe,  and  never  did  we  fail  to  hear  the  sweet  melody  of  the 
Chats,  in  a  thicket  and  brush-fence  across  the  river.  No  matter  at  what 
time  we  might  wake  on  a  still  night  we  could  hear  "our  Chats",  as  we 
familiarly  called  them.  I  think  them  by  far  the  finest  singers  of  all  our 
birds.  I  did  not  come  upon  their  nests.  I  am  indebted  to  Dr«  Merrill 
for  a  set  of  four  eggs  and  nest,  taken  near  Brownsville  while  I  was  up 
the  river.  The  nest  is  composed  of  weeds  and  a  few  leaves  laid  around 
in  layers,  and  lined  with  a  few  rootlets.  Outside,  it  is  4^  inches  in 
diameter  by  2J  deep ;  inside,  2^  diameter  by  2  inches  deep.  The  eggs 
are  white,  speckled  thickly  at  the  larger  end  and  sparsely  at  the  smaller 
with  reddish-brown.  Largest  egg  of  the  four,  0.92  by  0.71 ;  smallest, 
0.85  by  0.69 ;  average  size,  0.89  by  0.70. 

182— J— 7.12  X   9.75x3.13x3.12.    Apr.    8,  Brownsvnie. 
280—  S  —8.00  X  10.25  x  3.13  x  3.50.    Apr.  26,  Hidalgo. 

*  [Typically  representing  Mr.  Ridgway's  sabspecies,  which  seems  to  prevail,  if  it  be  not 
the  only  form,  in  the  Mississippi  Basin  and  Texas. — £.  C] 

t  [See  my  "  Corrections  of  Nomenclature  in  the  Oenns  Siurw  ".  <BuU.  Nattall  Club, 
li.  1877,33.— B.C.] 


14  BULLETIN   UNITED   STATES   GEOLOGICAL  .SURVEY. 

Setophaga  butioilla,  (L.)  Sio. ^Redstart. 

I  saw  several  of  this  species  in  the  latter  part  of  April  at  Hidalgo, 
and  shot  one  female.  They  frequented  the  undergrowth  of  heavy  tim- 
ber on  the  very  bank  of  the  river. 

TANAGEID^. 

Pyranga  iBSTiVA,  (i.)  V.—8ummer  Eedbird. 

The  first  I  saw  of  this  bird  was  on  April  20  in  heavy  timber  in  the 
vicinity  of  Hidalgo.  Here  we  met  the  first  tall  growth  of  trees,  these 
attaining  a  height  of  fifty  or  sixty  feet,  and  free  enough  from  under- 
growth to  admit  of  riding  through  on  horseback.  Here  two  males  of 
this  species  were  shot,  and  one  female  seen.  They  did  not  seem  to  be 
paired  at  that  time.  I  afterward  saw  them  frequently  in  the  dense 
woods,  but  never  in  the  open  chaparral.  They  were  generally  seen  on 
the  undergrowth  or  among  the  lower  limbs  of  the  larger  trees.  I  did 
not  find  them  very  shy.  On  May  7,  my  companion  flushed  a  bird  of 
this  species  from  its  nest,  in  which  there  was  one  egg.  He  left  the  nest 
to  consult  me,  in  another  part  of  the  woods,  whether  to  leave  it  for  more 
eggs  or  take  it  as  it  was.  We  decided  to  take  it,  as  we  were  then  ex- 
pecting the  boat  any  day  to  take  us  to  Brownsville,  and  the  chances  of 
reaching  that  locality  again  were  very  doubtful.  On  bis  going  back, 
althongh  not  half  an  hour  had  elapsed  since  his  first  visit,  the  nest  was 
empty.  The  nest  was  built  on  a  very  small  tree  in  the  heart  of  the 
woods,  and  was  only  five  and  one4ialf  feet  from  the  ground  on  a  hori- 
zontal fork,  on  which  several  twigs  stood  upright,  serving  as  a  sort  of 
basket  to  hold  it.  The  body  of  the  nest  was  composed  of  Spanish  moss 
and  small  pliant  twigs  woven  about  the  living  branches.  The  lining 
was  made  entirely  of  soft,  bleached  grasses,  and  is  plainly  seen  through 
the  moss  from  below.  Outside  diameter  was  5  inches  by  4^,  and  depth 
of  2| ;  inside  diameter  2^  inches,  and  1^  deep,  with  the  rim  drawn  in 
slightly. 

253—  i  —7.75  X  12.00  x  3.75  x  3.00.  Apr.  20,  Hidalgo. 

255—  ^  —8.00  X  12.00  x  4.00  x  3.25.  Apr.  20,  Hidalgo. 

266— <J  —7.75  X  12.00  x  3.75  x  3.25.  Apr.  24,  Hidalgo. 

267—  9  —7.75  X  12.00  x  3.75  x  3.25.  Apr.  24,  Hidalgo. 

304—  ^  —8.00  X  12.25  x  3.87  x  3.25.  Apr.  30,  Hidalgo. 

342— ^_8.25x  12.75x3.87x3.12.  May    3,  Hidalgo. 

387— <J— 7.62x12.25x3.75x3.12.  May   7,  Hidalgo. 

HIRUNDINIDiE. 

HmuNDO  HOBBEOBUM,  Barton. — Bam  Swallow, 

Not  noticed  on  the  Bio  Grande ;  but  on  May  22d,  when  our  steamer  was 
about  opposite  Galveston,  several  of  this  species  flew  about  us,  almost 
in  our  faces,  sometimes  alighting  on  the  deck.  They  kept  us  company 
for  hours. 


SESTNBTT  ON  BIRDS   OF   THE   RIO   GRANDE   OF   TEXAS.         15 

Tachyoineta  bioolor,  {V.)  Coues. — White-bellied  Swallow. 

Numbers  were  seen  on  oor  way  down  the  coast  from  Indianola  to 
Point  Isabel.  They  were  also  seen  about  the  lagoous  in  the  vicinity  of 
Brownsville  up  to  about  April  1st,  after  which  time  none  were  observed. 

Petrochelidon  lunifrons,  {Say)  Cab.— Cliff  Swallow. 

None  were  seen  lower  down  the  river  than  Hidalgo,  much  to  our  won* 
der,  for  the  conditions  seem  quite  as  favorable  for  them  at  Brownsville 
or  Matamoras  as  at  points  above.  In  the  absence  of  cliffs  in  the  vicinity 
of  Hidalgo,  they  adapt  themselves  to  the  eaves  of  the  buildings  in  the 
town.  Through  the  kindness  of  Sheriff  Leo  we  occupied  the  court-house, 
and  these  Swallows  were  incessantly  working  and  chattering  about  us 
from  daylight  until  dark,  and  even  in  the  night  we  could  hear  them  in 
their  nests.  We  had  ample  opportunity  to  observe  their  habits.  They 
are  gregarious  in  all  their  occupations.  In  collecting  mud  for  their 
houses,  the  choice  spots  of  their  selection  on  the  margin  of  the  river  are 
80  thickly  covered  with  them  that  often  more  than  a  hundred  will  be 
huddled  on  and  over  a  space  of  two  feet  in  diameter.  The  curious 
bottle-shaped  nests  were  crowded  so  thickly  together  that  little  could 
be  seen  of  them  but  their  mouths.  We  endeavored  to  obtain  a  sample 
of  the  nests  entire ;  but  there  was  so  much  quicksand  in  the  mud  of 
which  they  were  made  that  we  found  it  impracticable  to  do  so.  None 
of  the  nests  were  lined.  In  some  we  found  stones  and  bits  of  broken 
crockery,  which  had  been  thrown  in  by  the  boys  before  the  nests  were 
completed ;  and  yet  the  birds  had  laid  their  eggs  among  the  rubbish. 
In  making  the  nest,  the  first  choice  is  a  corner  formed  by  wall,  eaves, 
|ind  rafter,  very  little  labor,  therefore,  being  necessary  to  make  the  re- 
maining side.  This  side  or  nest  is  made  spherical,  with  the  mouth  and 
neck  standing  out  some  two  inches  from  it.  The  next  ones  lap  on  to  it, 
others  lap  on  to  them,  and  so  on.  As  soon  as  a  shelf  is  formed  large 
enough  to  hold  the  bird,  it  stands  on  it  and  works  from  within.  The 
pair  work  in  turn.  To  gather  the  eggs  it  is  necessary  to  demolish  a  part 
of  the  nest,  unless,  as  we  sometimes  found,  eggs  were  laid  before  the 
nest  was  finished.  In  the  completed  nests,  the  clutch  varied  from  four 
to  seven ;  but  in  one  extra  large  nest,  which  from  its  size  and  shape 
looked  as  if  two  birds  occupied  it  in  common,  we  took  ten  eggs.  From 
the  window  of  our  sleeping-room  we  could  watch  the  birds  at  their  work 
without  disturbing  them,  although  but  four  feet  distant  from  some  of 
them.  When  we  took  the  eggs,  on  May  7th,  some  were  nearly  ready  to 
hatch,  but  most  of  them  were  fresh,  and  many  birds  were  jost  beginning 
their  nests. 

The  groundcolor  of  the  eggs  is  a  dull  white.  G^ie  markings  are  brown 
and  very  variable.  Some  are  speckled,  others  blotched;  some  regu- 
larly over  the  whole  egg,  and  others  with  far  the  greater  number  of 
spots  on  the  larger  end.  The  longest  egg  was  0.90,  the  shortest  0.70;  the . 
broadest  0.60,  and  the  narrowest  0.53.  The  average  of  fifty  eggs  is  0.80 
by  0.56. 

389—9—5.75x11.50x4.12x1^.    May  7,  Hidal«i. 


16  BULLETIN  TTNITED   STATES   GEOLOGICAL'  SURVEY. 

AMPELID^. 
Ampelis  oedbobum,  (F.)  Bd.-^Cedar-hird. 

At  Lomita  Banche,  some  seven  miles  above  Hidalgo,  I  was  surprised 
to  see  a  flock  of  birds  alight  in  the  top  of  a  large  tree  over  my  head.  It 
was  rare,  indeed,  to  see  a  flock  of  land  birds  other  than  Blackbirds,  and 
even  they,  at  that  time  of  year,  wore  scattered  in  pairs  and  busy  with 
nests  and  eggs.  Upon  firing  I  was  still  further  surprised  to  pick  up  our 
own  familiar  Cherry-bird.  The  day  was  hot,  being  about  100^  Fahren- 
heit in  the  shade.  I  have  shot  the  same  bird  at  home  when  the  ther- 
mometer indicated  12^  below  zero.  These  birds  were  in  full  plumage, 
and  were  the  only  ones  seen. 

400—  i  —7.37  X  12.00  x  3.75  x  2.37.    May  8,  Hidalgo. 

VIREONID^. 

ViBBO  olivaobus,  (L.)  F. — Red-eyed  Vireo. 

Shot  by  the  roadside  in  the  woods.  The  only  one  secured.  The  eggs 
were  well  developed. 

307—  9  —6.12  X  9.75  x  3.00  x  2.00.    Apr.  30,  Hidalgo. 

Vieeo  I90YEB0BACEKSIS,  (6m.)  Bp.-^  White-eyed  Vireo. 

Two  birds  of  this  species  were  shot  in  open  chaparral,  and  were  proba- 
bly migrating.     We  noticed  none  after  March  27. 

85—  ^  —6.00  X  7.50  x  2.50  x  2.00.    Mar.  26,  BrowDSville. 
91—  9  —5.00  X  7.38  X  2.25  x  2.00.    Mar.  27,  BrownsviUe. 

ViBEO  BELLI,  Aud.^BelV8  Vireo. 

This  single  specimen  was  shot  seven  miles  from  Hidalgo,  in  a  small 
bush  under  an  ebony-tree.    Of  its  habits  I  saw  nothing. 

394-  ^  —5.25  X  7.25  x  2.12  x  1 .8a    May  8,  Hidalgo. 

LANID^. 

OoLLUBio  LTJDOViCiANUS  EXCUBiTOBiDES,  (L.)  Bd.— Loggerhead  Shrike. 

This  variety  was  quite  common  in  open  places,  but  very  shy.  It  was 
rarely  seen  in  the  dense  chaparral  or  wooded  districts,  preferring  the 
openings  near  towns  and  ranches  or  the  prairies. 

198—  ^  —9.00  X  12.50  x  3.88  x  3.88.    Apr.  9,  BrownsviUe. 

FEINGILLID^. 

Rhtnchophanbs •  MACCOWNi,  {LawrTj  Bd.-^McCown'^s  Bunting. 

*  [Baird,  in  1858,  it  will  be  remembered,  noted  the  non-agreement  of  the  species  with 
the  characters  of  Pleotrophanee  proper,  and  made  a  new  anbgenos,  Rhynchophanes,  for  its 
accommodation.  I  have  lately  found  a  prior  notice  to  the  same  effect.  Bonaparte  had 
said  in  1857,  in  his  '' Observations  snr  ^Di verses  Espies  d'Emberiziens'',  etc..  Rev.  et 
Mag.  de  Zool.  ix.  1857, 161 : — **  Mais  oe  que  noas  n'avons  pas  dit  encore,  et  que  uons 
proolamous  ici,  o'est  qae  le  pr^tenda  Plectrophanea  maoooumi  Lawrence,  Ann.  Lye.  N.- 
York, y,  p.  122,  dn  Texas  oriental,  n'est  pas  de  oelle  Sons-famille,  mais  nn  Loxien  da 
groupe  des  Montifriogilles,  tr^-voisin  de  Bhodopedtys  phanicopieraJ'—E,  C] 


SENNETT   ON  BIRDS   OF  THE   RIO   GRANDE   OF   TEXA8.         17 

I  foQDd  these  only  about  G-alvestOD.  They  were  in  Iflrge  flocks,  and 
associated  with  them  were  JEremophila  chrysolasma^  Soathwestern  Sky- 
lark, and  Neocorys  spragniij  Missonri  Skylark.  They  frequented  the 
sandy  ridges  adjoining  the  salt-marshes.  In  habits  they  reminded 
me  of  P.  lapponicusj  Lapland  Longspur,  as  I  saw  them  in  Minnesota 
last  year.  When  flushed,  they  dart  from  side  to  side,  taking  a  swift, 
irregular  course,  never  very  high,  and  suddenly  drop  down  among  the 
grass-tussocks,  with  their  heads  toward  you.  They  are  so  quiet  and  80 
much  the  color  of  their  surroundings  that  they  are  seen  with  difficulty. 
They  fly  in  such  scattered  flocks  that  a  single  discharge  of  the  gun  can 
seldom  bring  down  more  than  one  or  two.  That  they  extend  farther 
south  than  the  vicinity  of  Galveston  I  very  much  doubt,  for  we  would, 
in  all  probability,  have  noticed  them  if  they  had  been  farther  down  the 
coast. 

1—  i  —6.37  X  11.25  X  3.50  x  2.25.    Feb.  28,  Galyeston. 

2—  $  —5.75  X  10.75  x  3.13  x  1.87.    Feb.  28,  Galveston. 

3—  ^  —6.37  X  11.62  X  3.50  x  2.20.    Feb.  28,  Galveeton. 

Passeroulus  savanna,  ( Wils.)  Bp. — Savanna  Sparrow. 

The  several  specimens  secured  were  found  on  or  near  the  ground,  and 
mostly  in  old  resaca  beds,  where  tall  grass  abounds.  I  found  none  at  all 
at  Hidalgo,  probably  owing  to  the  higher  ground,  distance  from  the 
coast,  and  few  openings. 

29—  ^  —5.50  X  9.25  x  2.75  x  2.00.  Mar.    9,  BrowDSville. 

66—  $  -5.25  X  8.25  x  2.62  x  2.00.  Mar.  24,  BrowDsville. 

72—  i  —5.60  X  9J25  x  2.75  x  2.00.  Mar.  25,  BrowDSviHe. 

109—  i  — 5 J)0  X  8.75  X  2.75  x  2.10.  Mar.  29,  BrownsviUe. 

17 1 — <J  —5.50  X  9.25  x  2.75  x  2.10.  Apr.   7,  BrownsviUe. 

187— <J— 5.75x9.00x2.75x2.10.  Apr.    9,  BrownsyiUe. 

PocECETES  GBAMINBUS  CONFINIS,  (6m.)  Bd. — Western  Orass  Finch. 

Both  of  the  specimens  secured  were  shot  in  low  bushes ;  one  by  the 
side  of  the  road,  and  the  other  in  the  openings  of  the  chaparral,  among 
the  cactus.  From  the  nature  of  the  country,  all  of  the  ground  birds  are 
extremely  difficult  to  study  or  even  shoot.  The  great  abundance  of  im- 
penetrable thickets  give  them  convenient  and  safe  cover  at  all  times.  I 
will  say  here  that  during  the  whole  trip  not  a  single  nest  of  the  numerous 
small  birds  was  found  on  the  ground  or  in  a  low  bush.  It  is  worse  by 
far  than  collecting  on  the  Western  prairies,  for  here  one  cannot  even  ride 
over  or  step  near  the  nests  to  expose  the  eggs  by  flushing  the  bird. 

185—^—6.60  X  10.90  x  3.35  x  2.75.    Apr.    9,  BrownsviUe. 
301—  $  —6.25  X  10.50  x  3.10  x  2.50.    Apr.  29,  Hidalgo. 

Ammodbomus  makitimus,  ( Wils.)  Sw,— Seaside  Finch. 

We  did  very  little  shore  collecting,  owing  to  frequent  changes  of 
locality  and  inconveniences  for  preserving.  Galveston  was  the  only 
point  where  I  shot  this  species^  none,  however,  were  prepared.  I  have 
no  doubt  that  this  bird,  as  well  as  A.  cauda4:utusj  Sharp-tailed  Finch, 
resides  the  year  round  on  the  whole  of  the  Texas  coast. 
Bull.  iv.  No.  1—2 


18  BULLETIN   UNITED   STATES   GEOLOGICAL  SUBVET. 

Melospiza  LiJ^GOLNi,  (Aud.)  Bd.^LincoM8  Finch. 

This  bird  was  seen  iu  small  flocks  about  the  low  bushes  in  exposed 
places  in  the  vicinity  of  Brownsville.  Farther  up  the  river  I  did  not 
notice  any.  They  were  fall  of  song,  and  rather  shy,  darting  into  the 
bashes  at  my  approach. 

136—^—6.00x8.10x2.50x2.00.  Apr.   2,  Brownfiville. 

146— <J— 5.75x8.00x2.40x225.  Apr.    3,  Brownsville. 

211—  i  —6.60  X  8.40  X  2.50  x  2.25.  Apr.  17,  Brownsville. 

212—  ^  —5.85  X  8.40  x  2.50  x  2.60.  Apr.  17,  Brownsville. 

Peuo^a  oassini,*  ( Waodh.)  Bd.^Cas8%ri8  Finch. 

This  shy  Finch  is  quite  common  about  Brownsville  early  in  the  season. 
Its  colors  render  it  almost  invisible  while  at  rest  At  the  first  sight  of 
man,  it  darts  into  the  thickest  of  bushes,  and  is  with  difficulty  frightened 
out  It  is  a  sweet  singer,  and,  when  undisturbed,  is  usually  perched  on 
the  topmost  branches  of  low  bushes.  Its  song,  although  not  loud,  is 
quite  distinct  from  that  of  other  birds,  and  once  heard  cannot  be  mis- 
taken.   I  did  not  meet  with  it  above  Brownsville. 

188—^—6.25  X  8.50  x  2.60  x  2.60.    Apr.  9,  Brownsville. 
189—  S  —6.25  X  8.25  x  2.55  x  2.60.    Apr.  9,  Brownsville. 

Amphispiza  bilineata,  {Cass.)  Coues.— Black  throated  Finch. 

These  beautiful  little  birds,  almost  as  restless  as  the  Titmice,  were 
found  in  all  suitable  localities  on  the  Rio  Grande.  At  the  time  I  saw 
them  they  were  always  in  pairs,  and  not  at  all  shy,  and  I  enjoyed  watch- 
ing them  exceedingly.  I  refrained  from  shooting  many,  with  a  view  to 
finding  their  eggs.  Every  few  days  I  would  visit  certain  localities, 
where  I  never  failed  to  find  the  birds,  but  was  quite  unsuccessful  in 
finding  their  nests. 

There  is  a  bush  on  the  Rio  Grande,  whose  name  I  could  not  learn, 
common  in  exposed  and  dry  places,  usually  on  barren  knolls  bordering 
the  resacasy  whose  scanty  leaves  are  so  small  that  it  at  all  times  pre- 
sents a  dull  and  lifeless  appearance.  It  is  this  bush  that  the  Black- 
throated  Finches  like  to  frequent.  The  male  will  sit  on  the  top  of  a 
bush,  four  or  five  feet  from  the  ground,  and  sing  to  his  mate  by  the 
hour,  she  meanwhile  flitting  from  bush  to  bush,  as  if  her  nest  was  near, 
though  in  no  way  manifesting  any  alarm.  On  the  6th  of  May  I  shot 
a  nearly  full-grown  young,  this  showing  that  they  begin  to  lay  very 
early. 

122—  i         —5.40  X  8.25  x  2.50  x  2.35.  Mar.  31,  Brownsville. 

123—  $         —5.35  X  8.00  x  2.35  x  2.25,  Mar.  31 ,  BrownsvUle. 
292—^         —5.60x8.25x2.50x2.35.  Apr.  28,  Hidalgo. 
298— <J         —5.50x8.25x2.50x2.25.  Apr.  29,  Hidalgo. 
381—^  juv.— 5.10  X  8.00  x  2.50  x  2.00.  May     6,  Hidalgo. 

*  [Important  specimens,  illustrating  this  good  species  in  its  purity.  See  the  correction 
of  the  error  I  committed  in  the  "  Key",  in  Birds  of  the  Northwest,  p.  140.— E.  C.  ] 


BENNETT   ON   BIRDS   OF  THE   RIO   GRANDE   OF   TEXAS.  19 

Spizbi*la  socialis,  ( Wile.)  Bp. — Chipping  Sparrow. 

3.85_^— 5.25x9.25x2.75x2.50.    May  1,  Hidalgo. 
3.63—  $  —5.35  X  8.50  X  2.65  X  2.30.    May  4,  Hidalgo. 

Spizella  pallida,  {8w.)  Bp. — Clay  colored  Sparrow. 

The  single  specimeu  was  sbot  Id  a  low  bash  jast  oatnide  of  the  village 
of  Hidalgo.    Nothing  whatever  noticed  of  its  habits. 

290—  $  —5.75  X  8  X  2.25  X  2.50.    Apr.  28,  Hidalgo. 

ZoNOTRiOHLA  LBUCOPHRYS,  (Forst)  Sic—White-crowned  Sparrow. 

These  birds  were  all  in  poor  plamage,  as  they  were  undergoing  their 
spring  monlt.  They  were  abandaut  abont  hedges,  fences,  and  thickets, 
in  company  with  C.  grammica^  Lark  Finch.  I  did  not  take  any  var.  inter- 
mediaj  which  takes  the  place  of  this  species  when  it  leaves  for  the  North. 
I  presume  I  could  have  obtained  them  before  I  left  if  I  had  not  been 
occupied  with  other  birds. 

82—  9  —6.25  X   9.65  x  3.0  x  2.75.  Mar.  26,  Brownsville. 

127—  $ — 8.00  X   9.75  x  3.0  x  3.00.  Mar.  31 ,  Bro  wnsviUe, 

128—  9  —7.00  X   9.75  x  3.0  x  2.75.  Mar.  31,  Browiwville. 
137— 9—7.25  X  10.00x3.1x2.75,  Apr.   2,  Brownsville. 

Chonbestes  grammioa,*  {Say)  Bp. — Liark  Fineh. 

I  found  this  bird  very  common  abont  Brownsville,  but  quite  scarrie 
farther  up  the  river.  Generally  seen  about  brush-fences  and  in  meadows 
with  scattered  clumps  of  trees ;  sometimes  in  broken  flocks,  and  again 
apparently  in  pairs.  My  first  one  was  shot  on  the  ground,  where  it 
8eeme<l  to  be  feeding  alone.  I  frequently  came  upon  companies  of  them 
on  the  ground.  They  were  often  seen  in  company  with  Z,  leucophrys^ 
White-crowned  Sparrow.  A  large  number  of  birds  was  taken,  but  only 
a  few  measured. 

90—  i  —6.50  X  1 1.00  X  3.50  X  2.75.    Mar.  27,  BrownsviUe. 
132—  ^  —6.85  X  11.25  x  3.75  x  2.75.    Apr.    2,  Brownsville. 

EusPiZA  AMEBIGANA,  {Om.)  Bp-Slack-throated  Bunting. 

These  two  birds  were  the  only  ones  we  happened  to  meet  with,  and 
they  were  shot  in  open  woodland,  in  company  with  Blue  Grosbeaks  and 
Orioles. 

314^  9  —6.00  X  9.75  x  3  x  2.25.    Apr.  30,  Hidalgo. 
378—9.6.00x9.50x3x2.12.    May   6,  Hidalga 

GoNiAPHBA  CCERULEA,  {L.).—Blue  Orosbcoh. 

Not  very  abundant,  yet  breeding  all  along  the  Lower  Bio  Grande. 
At  Hidalgo,  a  pair  was  notice(\  continually  about  the  river-bank.  We 
were  careful  not  to  shoot  them,  and  the  citizens  joined  us  in  trying  to 

*  IStei  grammioa,    I  aee  do  aathority  for  the  carrent  f<»m,  ''grammaoa''. — £.  C] 


20      BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  QEOLOQICAL  SUKVEY. 

find  tbeir  uest.  One  day,  by  accident,  I  discovered  it.  About  May  Isty 
several  of  us  were  comiug  along  the  bcateu  path  from  the  ferry.  I 
turned  aside  to  take  a  short  cut  through  the  weeds,  which  grew  nearly 
as  tall  as  my  head.  Not  more  than  ten  feet  from  the  ])ath  I  came  upon 
a  partly  overturned  nest,  containing  four  young.  Their  pin-feathers, 
though  just  started,  showed  deep  blue  on  the  wings.  The  nest  was 
about  four  and  one-half  feet  from  the  ground,  and  composed  of  grasses 
twined  around  the  weed-stalks,  after  the  manner  of  Blackbirds'  building. 
It  was  by  no  means  firmly  built  nor  tightly  bound  to  the  stalks,  and 
some  cattle  had  evidently  nearly  tipped  the  little  household  out.  I 
righted  the  nest,  bound  it  to  a  fresh  stalk  or  two,  and  left  it;  All  the 
time  we  were  examining  and  working  at  the  nest,  the  parents  were  sit- 
ting on  a  woodpile  close  by,  showing  no  alarm  whatever. 

281-  ^  —7.75  X  12.25  x  4.00  x  3.10.  Apr.  26,  Hidalgo. 

303—  i  —7.25  X  lliiS  X  3.50  X  2.85.  Apr.  29,  Hidalgo. 

327—  i  —7.50  X  12.00  x  3J>0  x  2.85.  May   2,  Hidalgo. 

345—^—7.25x11.65x3.50x3.00.  May   3,  Hidalgo. 

Cyanospiza  gibis,  {L,)  Bd.^Painted  Finch. 

April  25th,  at  Hidalgo,  was  the  first  we  saw  of  this  beautiful  bird,  after 
which  we  saw  one  or  two  daily.  They  were  extremely  shy.  The  speci- 
men obtained  is  remarkable,  having  every  outward  api)earance  of  being 
a  female,  and  yet  being  a  male,  with  fully  developed  testicles.  Two 
of  us  examined  it  with  great  care,  and  deliberated  over  the  case;  there- 
fore, there  is  no  chance  of  a  mistake.* 

362—  i  —5.50  X  9.00  x  2.75  x  2.40.    May  4,  Hidalgo. 

Gtakospiza  yebsicolob,  (Bp.)  Bd.-^Westem  Nowpareil. 

I  did  not  obtain  any  specimens  of  this  bird,  but  I  saw  and  compared 
two  fine  males  t  shot  by  Dr.  Merrill  near  Brownsville  while  I  was  up  the 
river. 

Cyanospiza  gyanea,  (L.)  Bd^^Indigohird. 

I  have  to  note  seeing  a  number  of  these  beautiful  and  familiar  birds 
on  the  fiio  Grande,  at  a  ranche,  when  our  boat  stopped  for  wood  on 
April  15th.  While  the  crew  were  cutting  the  wood,  I  improved  the  delay 
by  taking  the  gun  and  sauntering  about.  I  must  have  seen  at  least  a 
dozen  of  these  birds,  of  both  sexes.  They  persisted  in  either  staying 
on  the  farther  side  of  an  impenetrable  brush-fence  or  else  out  in  the 
thicket  over  a  swamp.  To  shoot  them  in  either  case  would  have  been 
uuprofitable,  for  I  could  not  have  recovered  the  birds.  They  were  sing- 
ing verj'  sweetly,  tied  were  the  only  ones  I  met  during  the  trip. 

*  [Tho  plumage  is  absolutely  that  of  tbe  mature  female,  to  which  sex  any  oruitholo- 
gist  would  refer  the  specimen  without  hesitation  but  for  the  autfaop's  positive  testi- 
mony to  the  contrary.— E.  C.] 

t  See  BuUetiu  of  the  Nuttall  Ornithological  Club,  ii.  n.  4,  109,  Oct.  1»77. 


SENNETT  ON  BIBD8   OF  TH^   BIO   GRANDE   OF   TEXAS.         21 

Pybrhuloxia  sinxtata,  Bp.— Texas  Cardinal. 

Id  the  close  vicinity  of  Brownsville,  I  found  these  birds  quite  abun- 
dant. I  first  met  them  while  after  some  Cowbirds,  Molothnis  ceneua^  in  a 
brush-fence,  near  the  Catholic  cemetery,  and  shot  two  females.  One 
day,  by  following  up  the  fences  just  without  the  city,  one  on  each  side, 
we  obtained  eleven,  and  out  of  the  lot  only  one  was  a  male.  At 
Hidalgo,  we  met  occasionally  solitary  pairs  in  the  thickets  away  from 
habitations.  Their  habits  I  found  to  be  much  like  those  of  the  Cardinal 
Bedbird,  only  they  keep  closer  to  the  ground.  We  searched  everywhere 
for  their  nests,  but  with  no  success.  Out  of  over  twenty  specimens 
secured,  there  were  only  three  males.  I  several  times  heard  the  whistle 
of  the  male,  and  I  could  readily  distinguish  it  from  the  note  of  cardi- 
nalis.  I  found  this  species  very  shy ;  and  when  surprised,  instead  of 
flying  boldly  off  to  another  bush,  it  would  invariably  dart  toward  the 
ground,  and  fly  along  the  brush,  behind  some  projection,  or  through  the 
fence  to  the  opposite  side,  so  that  a  shot  on  the  wing  was  out  of  the 
question.  Their  skins  are  extremely  tender,  and  their  skulls  are  ex- 
panded, so  that  great  care  must  be  observed  in  skinning,  or  ugly  rents 
will  be  the  result.  That  they  breed  along  the  Lower  Eio  Grande,  there 
can  be  no  doubt,  and  we  may  expect  before  long  full  accounts  of  their 
breeding  habits. 

120—  $  -^.00  z  11.00  X  3.50  x  4.00.  Mar.  31,  BrownsviHe. 

121—  9  —8.25  X  11.50  x  3.50  x  4.00.  Mar.  31,  Brownsville. 
158— <^— 8.50  X  11.75  x  3.75  x  4.00.  Apr.    5,  BrowDsville. 
159—  $  —8.25  X  11.50  X  3.50  x  3.75.  Apr.    5,  Brownsville. 
235—  ^"--8.50  X  11.50  X  3.65  x  3.85.  Apr.  19,  Hidalgo. 
289— ,J— 8.50  X  11.75  x  3.50  x  3.85.  Apr.  28,  Hidalgo. 
360— $-ra25x  11.00x3.40x4.00.  May    4,  Hidalgo. 

Caedinalis  vibginianus,  (Brisson)  Bp. — Cardinal  Bedbird. 

The  habits  of  this  familiar  bird  are  too  well  known,  both  in  the  gar- 
dens of  the  South  and  in  captivity,  to  need  any  further  notice.  So  far, 
however,  from  finding  them  as  tame  on  the  Eio  Grande  as  they  are  rep- 
resented to  be  elsewhere,  the  reverse  is  true.  We  found  them  quite 
common,  yet  very  shy.  A  number  of  nests  and  sets  of  eggs  were 
obtained.  They  were  generally  taken  in  dense  thickets,  some  five  feet 
from  the  ground ;  but  we  iound  one  nest  and  two  eggs,  seven  feet  from 
the  ground,  in  a  bushy  tree;  and  another,  only  two  and  one-half  feet 
from  the  ground,  in  a  thicket.  First  nest  and  three  fresh  eggs  found 
April  28th.  Their  nests  vary  greatly,  according  to  location ;  some  are 
bulky,  and  others  hardly  more  than  would  answer  for  a  Carolina  Dove. 
Spanish  moss  enters  largely  into  the  outside,  together  with  twigs  and 
leaves.  The  lining  is  composed  of  rootlets  and  pliant  twigs,  and  some- 
times grasses  also.  The  eggs  are  dull  white,  blotched  and  speckled  all 
over,  but  more  heavily  at  the  larger  end,  with  brown )  generally  the  spots 
are  lengthened,  which  gives  the  eggs  the  appearance  of  being  streaked. 


22      BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

The  largest  egg  was  1.02  by  0.72  j  the  smallest,  0.94  by  0.72  5  average 
size,  0.96  by  0.72. 

74— ^  ^8.15  X  11.25  X  3.50  x  3.50.  Mar.  25,  BrownsTiUe. 

92—  i  —8.25  X  1 1.50  X  3.65  X  4.00.  Mar.  27,  Brownsville. 

164— <J— 8.00  X  11.75x3.60x4.00.  Apr.   6,  Brownsville. 

192—  <J  —8.75  X  11.40  x  3.«0  x  4.00.  Apr.    9,  BrownsviUe. 

218—9—8.25  X  11.25  x  3.40  x  3.75.  Apr.  17,  Hidalgo. 

232—^—8.00  X  11.00  X  3.50  x  4.00.  Apr.  19,  Hidalgo. 

237—  i  —8.75  X  1  l.OO  X  3.60  x  4.0a  Apr.  19,  Hidalgo. 

359—^—9.00x11.50x3.50x4.25.  May   4,  Hidalgo. 

364— $—aOOx  10.75x3.25x3.75.  May    4,  Hidalgo. 

Embebnagba  bufivibgata,  Lawr. — Oreen  Finch. 

1  met  this  bird  frequently,  both  in  the  vicinity  of  Brownsville  and 
Hidalgo.  It  would  take  a  long  time  to  become  well  acquainted  with 
the  habits  of  this  species,  on  account  of  its  color  being  so  little  distin- 
guishable from  the  shade  of  the  thickets  which  it  frequents.  I  do  not 
consider  it  shy.  I  have  several  times  been  obliged  to  retreat  before 
shooting,  to  save  the  bird  from  being  blown  to  pieces.  On  May  5th,  I 
spent  two  or  three  hours  watching  a  Green  Finch  carrying  grasses  in  its 
beak,  but  my  patience  was  unrewarded  with  the  sight  of  its  nest.  In 
addition  to  the  two  nests  found  last  year,*  Dr.  Merrill  writes  me  of  find- 
ing others  since  I  left.  This  demonstrates  that  they  raise  at  least  two 
broods  within  our  limits,  one  in  May  and  June,  the  other  in  August  and 
September. 

138—  i  —6.50  X  8.60  x  2.40  x  2.50.  Apr.    2,  Brownsville. 

165—^—6.50  X  9.00  x  2.75  x  2.60.  Apr.    6,  Brownsville. 

328— a*— 6.75x9.00x2.50x2.60.  May   2.  Hidalgo. 

377—^-6.15x8.50x2.60x2.50.  May    6,  Hidalgo. 

414—^—6.50  X  8.75  x  2.60  x  2.75.  May  10,  Hidalgo. 

417—  $  —6.00  X  8.75  x  2.45  x  2.50.  May  11,  Hidalgo. 

ICTERIB^. 

MoLOTHRUS  ATEB  OBSCUBUS,  (GiH.)  CouesA — Dwarf  Cowbird. 

This  bird  made  its  appearance  in  force  at  Brownsville  about  April  1st, 
falling  in  at  once  with  M,  pecoris  and  the  troops  of  other  Blackbirds. 
By  the  first  of  May,  all  of  M.  pecoris  had  gone  north,  and  the  Dwarf 
variety  was  abundant  everywhere  in  its  place.  At  the  stable  where  I 
was  in  the  habit  of  going  for  horses,  they  fairly  swarmed,  coming  in  at 
the  open  doorways  with  Quiscalus  macrurus^  Great-tailed  Grackle, 
Scolecophagus  cyanocephalusj  Blue-headed  Grackle,  and  Molothrus  wneus^ 
Eedeyed  Cowbird.  The  Dwarf  Cowbird  was  conspicuous  among  them 
all,  hopping  on,  under,  and  all  about  the  horses  after  food.  It  is  marked 
exactly  like  if.  pecoris^  but  is  very  perceptibly  smaller.  Its  habits  are 
in  every  respect  the  same.  I  found  one  egg  in  a  nest  of  Icterus  hullocJcij 
Bullock's  Oriole,  and  another  in  a  nest  of  Icterus  cucullatus^  Hooded 

•Stse  BalletiD  of  Nuttall  Oru.  Club,  i.  89,  Nov.  187G. 
t  C/.  Birds  of  the  Northwest,  1»74, 180. 


BENNETT   ON   BIRDS   OF   THE   BIO    GBANDE   OF   TEXAS.         23 

Oriole.  The  eggs  resemble  those  of  M.  pecorisj  bat  are  not  so  heavily 
speckled,  aod  are  smaller.  Color  dall  white,  with  the  faintest  tinge  of 
bine,  and  finely  speckled  with  light  brown,  mach  more  thickly  at  the 
larger  end.  The  size  of  the  largest  egg  is  0.80  by  0.60,  the  only  one 
retained. 

MoLOTiiBUS  ^NEUS,  ( WagL)  Cab, — Bronzed  or  Bed-eyed  Cowbird. 

lletenu  ameus,  Licht  *'  Mas.  Berol." 

PiorooaliuM  aeneus,  Wagler,  lais,  1829, 758.— Bp.  C.  A.  i.  1850,  436. 

Jgdaiua  ameua.  Gray,  '<  Qen.  of  B.  ii.  Id4>,  346". 

Moloihrua  aeneua,  Cab.  Mas.  Hein.  i.  1851,  192.-~Sol.  <<P.  Z.  &  1856,  300;  1859,  365, 

381".— S.  &  S. "  Ibis,  1860.  34  ".— Scl.  Cat.  1862, 135  (Mexico).— Giebel,  Nomend. 

Av.  1875,  609.— Lawr.  Ball.  Nat.  Mas.  d.  4,  1876,  24  (Tehaaotepec).— MerriU, 

BaU.  NattaU  Clab,  i.  1876, 88  (introdaced  to  U.  8.  fauna ;  Fort  Brown,  Texas; 

abundant).— Merrill,  ibid.  ii.  1877,  85  (habits). 
MohtkruB  {Calloihi  us)  emeus,  Cass.  Pr.  Pbila.  Acad.  1866, 18  (criticil).— Gray,  Handlist, 

ii.  1870,  37,  n.  6509. 
Molothrus  rohtstus,  Cab.  Mas.  Hein.  1851, 193;  *^  J.  £  0. 1861,  81 ". 

Had. — Mexico  and  Central  America.  Onatemala.  Yeragna.  Costa  Rica.  Yucatan. 
North  to  the  Rio  Grande  of  Texas. 

^  ad,  corpora  toto  cum  capite  ceneo-atris,  unicolorihuSy  alls  oauddque  nigriSf  viridi'Violaoeo- 
purpuratis.  Long,  tot,  &i;  aks  4f ;  caudof  3^.  9  ^d,  minor,  obscuriorftx  toto  niger,  neo 
brunneus,  sed  vix  uitens.    Long,  alas  4^ ;  caud(s  2|. 

^,adalt:  Entire  body  and  head  uniform  black,  splendidly  lustrous  with  bronzy 
reflections,  the  tint  very  much  like  that  of  the  back  of  Quisoalus  purpureus  var.  ceneiu. 
This  rich  brassy-black  is  perfectly  uniform  over  the  whole  bird,  there  being  no  distinc- 
tion of  color  between  the  head  and  body,  so  conspicuous  in  M,  ater.  Wings  and  tail 
black,  with  yiolet,  purple,  and  especially  green  metallic  lustre  on  the  upper  surfaces. 
Under  wing-  and  tail-coverts  chiefly  yiolaceous- black ;  the  purplish  and  yiolaceous  tints 
are  also  most  noticeable  on  the  upper  coverts  of  both  wings  and  tail,  the  reflections  of 
the  quill-feathers  themselves  being  chiefly  green.  Bill  ebony-black.  Feet  black. 
*«lris  red.''  Length  8-8^;  extent  about  11;  wing  4i~4f;  tail  2^-3^;  bill  -f^  along 
cnlmen,  very  stout  and  especially  deep  at  the  base,  much  compressed,  the  lateral  out- 
line concave,  the  under  outline  perfectly  straight,  the  upper  gently  convex  through- 
out, the  tip  very  acute. 

$  notably  smaller  than  the  male ;  the  wing  scarcely  over  4  inches,  the  tail  under  3 ; 
oulmen  scarcely  f .  Color  not  brown,  as  in  M,  ater  $ ,  but  uniformly  quite  black,  with 
considerable  gloss,  though  nothing  like  the  brassy  splendor  of  the  male.  Wings  and 
tail  with  greenish  reflections. 

Toung  i :  I  have  seen  no  very  young  birds.  Early  spring  birds,  in  imperfect  dress, 
are  exactly  like  the  adult  $  in  color,  but  much  larger. 

This  beautiful  species  of  Molothrus  cannot  be  confounded  with  the  Common  Cowbird. 
It  much  more  nearly  resembles  Sooleeophagus  cyanocepkalus,  being  of  nearly  or  about 
the  same  size,  and  in  fact  might  not  be  distinguished  at  first  sight  when  flying  about, 
unless  in  perfect  dress,  when  the  brassy  lustre  is  coufspicaous.  The  iris  is  red,  that  of 
Brewer's  Blackbird  being  yellow,  and  the  bill  is  much  stouter.  There  is  no  distinction 
whatever  in  color  between  the  head  and  body,  and  the  bronzy  tint  is  much  that  of 
some  varieties  of  the  Purple  Grackle,  contrasting  strongly  with  the  violaceous-green 
wings  and  tail.  The  bronzing  is  only  on  the  ends  of  the  feathers,  the  covered  parts  of 
which  are  violaceous-black,  with  plain  dusky  roots.  In  the  breeding  season,  the  males 
are  said  to  present  a  peculiar  pufiy  appearance  of  the  fore  parts,  and  some  fullness  of 
the  plumage  of  these  parts  is  recognizable  in  the  prepared  skins.  The  description  is 
taken  from  specimens  from  Fort  Brown,  Texas.— E.  CI 


24      BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

This  fine  large  Cowbird,  so  recently  added  to  oar  faana,  is  very  aban- 
daDt  all  along  the  Lower  Rio  Grande,  and  is  easily  distinguishable  from 
the  other  members  of  the  genas.  The  only  Bhickbird  for  which  it  conld 
be  mistaken  at  gunshot  range,  and  with  which  it  is  intimately  associated 
op  to  about  May  1st,  is  Scolecophagus  cyanocephaluSj  Blue-headed  Crackle. 
In  full  plumage  they  are  not  so  much  alike  as  when  immature.  The  iris 
of  M,  ceneus  is  bright  red,  and  can,  upon  acquaintance,  be  readily  dis- 
tinguished from  the  bright  lemon  iris  of  8.  cyanocephalus  at  quite  a 
distance.  They  breed  later  than  most  of  the  family,  and  in  habits  are 
very  similar  to  M.  atevj  our  Common  Cowbird.  They  had  only  com- 
menced to  lay  when  I  left.  For  a  very  complete  account  of  their  breed- 
ing habits  I  refer  to  an  article  by  Dr.  James  C.  Merrill,  in  the  Bulletin 
of  the  Nuttall  Ornithological  Club,  ii.  n.  4,  85,  October,  1877. 

lis—  S  — a50  X  15.00  z  4.65  x  3.25.  Mar.  30,  BrowDsville. 

116— <^— ^.25  X  15.00  X  4.75  x  3.50.  Mar.  30,  BrownsviUe. 

126—^—9.00  X  15.25  x  4.65  x  3.25.  Mar.  31,  BrownsviUe. 

361— <^-^«.75x  15.00x4.75x3.25.  May    4,  Hidalgo. 

372— (^—9.00x14.75x4.40x3.00.  May   5,  Hidalgo. 

Agel^us  phceniceus,  (£.)  V. — Red-winged  Blackbird. 

I  found  this  species  breeding  in  great  numbers  along  the  Lower  Bio 
Grande.  They  usually  build  their  nests  low,  among  the  rank  growth  of 
weeds  and  willows  that  spring  up  in  the  resaca  beds  after  the  annual 
overflows  of  the  river.  One  nest,  however,  I  found  at  least  twenty  feet 
high  in  a  mezqnite-tree.  It  was  composed  of  bleached  grasses  and  at- 
tached to  a  leaning  branch ;  was  partly  pensile,  and  looked  like  a  large 
nest  of  the  Orchard  Oriole,  Icterus  spurius.  I  was  deceived  into  climb- 
ing for  it.  Hundreds  of  eggs  were  examined,  and  the  only  difference  I 
could  see  from  those  of  the  North  was  in  size,  the  Southern  eggs  being 
smaller.  In  a  large  series  of  eggs  taken,  the  longest  was  0.99  of  an  inch 
and  the  shortest  0.80 ;  the  broadest  0.72  and  the  narrowest  0.63.  The 
average  length  is  0.91  and  breadth  0.67. 

Xanthooephalus  ioterooephalus,  (Bp.)  Bd. — Tellowheaded  Black- 
bird, 

On  April  25th,  at  Hidalgo,  we  first  met  these  impudent  birds,  associated 
with  Gowbirds  and  Blue-headed  Crackles,  on  a  fence  in  the  centre  of 
the  village.  Three  specimens  were  shot,  and  for  a  few  days  thereafter 
we  saw  them  in  the'vicinity,  flying  about  with  Redwings  and  Cowbirds, 
after  which  we  saw  them  no  more.  I  am  told  they  are  very  abundant 
during  the  winter  months. 

•^75— <J— 10.50  X  18.25  x  5.75  x  4.00.  Apr.  25,  Hidalgo. 
276—  ^—10.25  X  17.00  x  5.50  x  4.00.  Apr.  25,  Hidalgo. 
277—^—11.00  X  18.00  X  5.75  x  4.35.    Apr.  25,  Hidalgo. 

Sturnella  magna,  (L.)  Sw.— Field  Lark. 

Common  on  the  prairies,  and  whenever  we  drove  or  rode  through  them 
numbers  were  seen.    We  did  not  obtain  var.  neglecta^  although  it  is 


BENNETT   ON  BIRDS   OF  THE   BIO   GRANDE   OF   TEXAS.        25 

aDdoabtedly  common.    Most  of  oar  time  was  spent  among  the  timber, 
and  the  birds  of  the  prairies  were  neglected. 

86—  $  —9.00  X  15.00  X  4.00  x  2.60.    Mar.  26,  BrowDSviUe. 

Icterus  spurius,*  (L.)  Bp.— Orchard  Oriole. 

Common  everywhere  in  open  woodland  or  mezqnite  chaparral.  It 
likes  to  build  in  mezqnite,  wesatche,  and  willow-trees.  They  are  exactly 
like  the  Northern  birds  in  plnmage,  and  vary  from  them  only  in  size, 
and  it  takes  close  measnring  to  tell  one  from  the  other.  The  nests  are 
nearly  always  made  of  bleached  grasses,  wholly  or  partially  pensile,  and 
without  lining.  Eggs  blaish-white,  sometimes  pure  white,  with  spots 
and  hieroglyphics  on  larger  end  of  deep  brownj  almost  black.  Average 
size  of  eggs  is  0.84  by  0.57. 

81—  ^  —7.25  X  9.75  x  3.00  x  2.50.  Mar.  26,  BrowDsriUe. 

316—  i  —6.75  X  9.65  x  3.00  x  2.75.  Apr.  30,  Hidalgo. 

317—  i  —6.75  X  9.75  x  3.00  x  2.75.  Apr.  30,  Hidalgo. 

318—  9  —6.50  X  9.50  x  3.00  x  2.50.  Apr.  30,  Hidalgo. 

319—  9  —6.65  X  9.50  x  3.00  x  2.75.  Apr.  30,  Hidalgo. 

320—  ^  —6.50  X  9.40  x  3.00  x  2.50.  Apr.  30,  Hidalgo. 

Icterus  bullooki,  {8to.)  Bp. — BullocW%  Oriole. 

So  far  as  my  experience  went,  this  species  was  the  rarest  of  the  Ori* 
oles  on  the  Rio  Grande.  Were  I  to  compare  the  four  kinds  found  there, 
1  should  miy  we  saw  twenty  cucullaius^  Hooded,  to  six  spuriue^  Orch- 
ard, to  four  audvhoniy  Audubon's,  to  one  hullocJci^  Bullock's.  Most  of 
my  collecting  and  study  of  these  birds  was  at  Hidalgo;  but  as  a  few 
miles  of  distance  along  the  river  is  apt  to  show  a  change  in  the  avi- 
fauna, it  is  possible  that  at  other  points  this  proportion  would  be  decid- 
edly changed.  Up  to  the  time  we  left  Hidalgo  (May  11th),  I  only  found 
one  nest  (May  7th),  and  that  contained  four  fresh  eggs  of  this  species  and 
one  of  Molothrus  ater  obscurwj  Dwarf  Gowbird.  The  nest  was  situated 
about  ten  feet  from  the  ground,  between  two  small  hori^^ontal  branches 
in  the  thick  foliage  of  the  tree,  and  was  composed  of  dried  grasses  and 
Spanish  moss  in  about  equal  proportion,  with  no  lining.  The  eggs  are 
white,  speckled  with  reddish-brown  quite  thickly  on  larger  end,  but 
sparsely  over  the  other  parts.  The  measurements  are  0.96  by  0.60, 0.91 
by  0.61,  0.90  by  0.60,  and  0.90  by  0.60. 

205—  <J  — 8.50  X  12.50  x  4.00  x  2.75.    Apr.  13,  Brownsville. 
344— <J— 8.00x12.50x3.40x3.25.    May   3,  Hidalgo. 
346— <f— 8.60x13.50x4.00x3.40.    May   3,  Hidalgo. 

Icterus  cucullatus,  Sw.— Hooded  Oriole. 

Very  common  in  the  vicinity,  and  among  timber  of  any  respectable 
growth.  I  found  it  more  plentiful  than  all  the  rest  of  the  genus 
combined.  Like  all  the  Orioles,  its  colors  vary  greatly  with  age  and 
season.    But  even  in  its  best  plumage,  I  think  it  looks  better  at  a  little 

*  [The  breeding  bird  of  this  locality  being  referable  to  Mr.  Lawrence's  Xanthomua 
affinis,  the  smaUer  Southern  form. — E.  C.l 


26      BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  QEOLOGICAL  SUBVET. 

distance,  when  its  buttercap-colored  hodd  contrasts  well  with  its  velvet- 
black  mask.  The  birds  are  very  active,  and  so  full  of  song  that  the 
woods  are  filled  with  masio  all  day  long.  Tbe  bills  of  these  birds  are 
more  curved  and  pointed  than  the  others,  and  admirably  adapted  for 
weaving  tbe  hair-like  moss.  Their  usual  nesting  places  are  the  hanging 
trusses  of  Spanish  moss,  everywhere  provokingly  abundant  on  the  larger 
growth  of  trees.  I  have  also  found  their  nests  on  the  lower  limbs  of 
trees  and  the  drooping  outer  branches  of  undergrowth ;  but  wherever 
found,  the  inevitable  Spanish  moss  enters  largely  or  wholly  into  their 
composition.  So  durable  is  this  moss  that  it  lasts  for  years,  and  as  a 
consequence  there  are  everywhere  ten  old  nests  to  one  new  one.  The 
heart  of  the  moss  when  separated  from  its  white  covering  becomes  the 
^^  curled  hair  "  of  commerce.  The  Hooded  Oriole  takes  this  dry  vegeta- 
ble hair,  and  ingeniously  weaves  it  into  the  heart  of  a  living  truss  of 
moss,  making  a  secure  and  handsome  home.  I  took  one  no  higher  than 
my  head,  and  others  thirty  feet  or  more  from  the  ground.  They  make 
a  great  ado  when  their  home  is  invaded. 

Their  complement  of  eggs  is  four,  but  sometimes  five  are  found. 
Color  of  eggs  white,  nearly  covered  with  scattered  fine  brown  spots, 
and  at  large  end  with  larger  blotches  of  the  same.  Their  shape  is  more 
pointed  at  both  ends  than  others  of  the  family.  Their  average  size  is 
0.83  by  0.60.  The  longest  is  0.90  and  shortest  0.81,  while  the  breadth 
shows  no  variation  to  speak  of. 

eS^^— 8.00  X  10.50  X  3.50  x  3.85.  Mar.  24,  Brownsville. 

135—^—8.25  X  10.50  x  3.25  x  3.75.  Apr.    2,  Brownsville. 

143—  i  —8.00  X  10.50  X  3.50  x  3.75.  Apr.    3,  Brownsville. 

144— $—8.00x10.25x3^25x3.50.  Apr.    3,  Brownsville. 

145—  $  —8.00  X  10.00  X  3.25  x  3.50.  Apr.    3,  Brownsville. 

239— $—7.50  X   9.90x3.15x3.00.  Apr.  19,  Hidalgo. 

256—^—7.75  X  10.50  x  3.25  x  3.25.  Apr.  20.  Hidalgo. 

257—^—8.00  X  10.75  x  3.40  x  3.50.  Apr.  20,  Hidalgo. 

288— $—7.75  X  10.50  x  3.25  x  3.25.  Apr.  28,  Hidalgo. 

305— ,J— 8.25  X  10.50  x  3.15  x  3.85.  Apr.  30,  Hidalgo. 

306—  $  —7.75  X  10.00  x  ."^.00  x  3.40.  Apr.  30,  Hidalgo. 

Icterus  auduboni,  Oiraud. — Audubop^s  Oriole, 

This  large  Oriole  cannot  be  said  to  be  very  abundant  on  the  Bio 
Grande,  although  it  is  by  no  means  rare.  I  think  it  is  by  far  more  retir- 
ing in  its  habits  than  any  other  of  the  family.  If  I  were  to  go  in  search 
of  it  I  should  seek  a  dense  woods,  near  an  opening,  with  plenty  of  under- 
growth, where  also  the  Rio  Grande  Jay  loves  to  dwell.  It  is  a  sweet 
singer,  never  very  generous  with  its  music,  and  only  singing  when  un- 
disturbed. 

I  remember  once  sitting  in  the  edge  of  a  woods,  watching  the  move- 
ments of  some  Wrens  just  outside,  the  only  sounds  to  be  heard  in  the 
woods  being  the  discordant  notes  of  the  Bio  Grande  Jay,  when  sud- 
denly, from  over  my  head,  there  burst  upon  my  ear  a  melody  so  sweet 
and  enchanting  that  I  sat  entranced,  and,  listening,  forgot  all  else.    I 


8ENNETT   ON  BIBDS   OF   THE  BIO   GBANDE   OF   TEXAS.         27 

soon  discovered  the  whereabouts  of  the  singer,  and  watched  him  as  he 
flitted  about  from  branch  to  branch,  singing  his  wonderful  song.  I  have 
no  power  to  describe  a  bird's  song,  least  of  all  this  Oriole's. 

I  usually  saw  this  species  singly  or  in  pairs }  but  once,  in  a  woods  fall 
of  dense  undergrowth,  I  saw  four  or  five  quarrelling  at  a  furious  rate. 
After  searching  in  vain  for  their  nests,  I  at  length  shot  one,  but  still 
they  would  not  leave  the  place,  and  continued  to 'scold  and  fight.  After 
another  bird  was  shot,  they  became  quiet,  and  I  saw  no  more  of  them. 
They  were  generally  very  shy,  but  at  this  time  did  not  seem  to  care  for 
me,  and  I  was  directed  to  them  by  their  riotous  proceedings^  I  did  not 
secure  any  nests  or  eggs.  These  birds,  like  some  others,  are  not  so  fine 
on  close  inspection,  on  account  of  the  mingling  of  their  colors,  yellow, 
black,  and  green.  They  are  sometimes  sold  as  cage-birds;  but  for  song 
and  beauty,  in  their  case,  I  would  reverse  the  old  adage,  and  say,  ^' A  bird 
in  the  bush  is  worth  two  in  the  hand."  I  regretted  being  obliged  to  leave 
them  just  as  they  had  fairly  begun  laying. 

141—  ^  —10.00  X  13.00  X  4.25  x  4.50.    Apr.    3,  Brownsville. 
254—  $  —  9.75  X  12.50  x  4.00  x  4.25.    Apr.  20,  Hidalgo. 
386—  i  —  9.75  X  13.25  x  4.00  x  4.40.    May   7,  Hidalgo. 
418—^—  9.50  X  13.00  x  4.10  x  4.25. .  May  11,  Hidalgo. 
419—  ^  —  9.75  X  12.75  x  4.00  x  4.25.    May  11,  Hidalgo. 

SOOLECOPHAGUS  CYANOCEPHALUS,  {WagL)  Cob.— Blue  headed  Orackle. 

Up  to  the  first  of  May,  this  handsome  Blackbird  is  abundant  on  the 
Lower  Ilio  Grande,  frequenting,  with  the  other  members  of  the  family, 
streets,  stables,  and  corrals  in  large  numbers.  About  that  time  most  of 
them  leave  for  their  great  breeding  places  of  the  West.  Many,  however, 
remain  to  breed  on  our  extreme  southern  border.  I  did  not  come  upon 
their  nests  to  know  them,  but  I  have  a  few  sets  that  may  prove  to  be 
theirs.  The  birds  are  easily  distinguished  from  others  of  that  section, 
if  not  alone  by  their  steel-blue  heads,  certainly  by  their  bright  lemon- 
colored  iris,  which  can  be  seen  for  a  long  distance.  They  are  rather 
shy  when  breeding,  but  at  other  times  under  your  very  feet  in  the 
towns,  though  not  quite  so  saucy  as  Q.  macrurusj  Great-tailed  Grackle. 

114—^-.  9.75  X  16.25  x  5.25  x  4.00.    Mar.  30,  BrowosvUle. 
157-^—10^25x16.75x7.25x4.25.    Apr.     4,  BrownsviUe. 

QuisOALUS  MAOBUBUS,  Sw.-^Oreat-tailed  Orackle. 

When  I  think  of  this  bird,  it  is  always  with  a  smile.  It  is  every- 
where as  abundant  on  the  Bio  Grande  as  is  Passer  domesticus,  English 
Sparrow,  in  our  northern  cities,  and,  when  about  the  habitations, 
equally  as  tame.  This  bird  is  as  much  a  part  of  the  life  of  Brownsville 
as  the  barrelero  rolling  along  his  cask  of  water  or  the  mounted  beggar 
going  his  daily  rounds.  In  the  towns  or  about  the  ranches,  he  knows 
no  fear;  is  always  noisy,  never  at  rest,  and  in  all  places  and  positions; 
now  making  friends  with  the  horses  in  the  barns  or  the  cattle  in  the 
fields,  then  in  some  tree  pouring  forth  his  notes,  which  I  can  likea  c^\)}c^ 


28      BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

* 

to  the  scrapings  of  a  ^^ cornstalk  fiddle";  now  stealing  from  porch  or 
open  window  some  ribbon  for  his  nest,  then  following  close  behind  the 
planter,  qnick  to  see  the  dropping  com.  With  all  his  boldness  and 
cariosity,  the  boys  of  the  streets  say  they  cannot  trap  or  catch  him  in 
a  snare.  He  will  take  every  bait  or  grain  bat  the  right  one;  he  will  pat 
his  feet  among  all  sorts  of  rags  bat  the  right  ones:  and  the  boys  are 
completely  oatwitted  by  a  bird.  He  performs  all  sorts  of  antics.  The 
most  curioas  and  laaghable  performance  is  a  common  one  with  him.  Two 
males  will  take  position  facing  each  other  on  the  groand  or  apon  some 
shed,  then  together  begin  slowly  raising  their  heads  and  twisting  them 
most  comically  from  side  to  side,  all  the  time  steadily  eyeing  each  other, 
until  their  bills  not  only  stand  perpendicnlar  to  their  bodies,  bat  some- 
times are  thrown  over  nearly  to  their  backs.  After  maintaining  this 
awkward  position  for  a  time,  they  will  gradually  bring  back  their  bills 
to  their  natural  position,  and  the  performance  ends.  It  is  somewhat 
after  the  fashion  of  clowns'  doings  in  a  circus,  who  slowly  bend  back- 
ward until  their  heads  touch  their  heels,  then  proceed  to  straighten  up 
again.  It  is  a  most  amusing  thing  to  see,  and  seems  to  be  mere  fun  for 
the  bird,  for  nothing  serious  grows  out  of  it. 

With  all  their  familiarity,  I  have  seen  these  birds  in  the  open  cha- 
parral as  wild  and  wary  as  other  birds,  knowing  very  well  when  out 
of  gunshot  range.  Their  flight  is  rather  slow,  and  when  they  make  an 
ascent  it  is  labored ;  but  once  up,  with  their  great  tails  and  expanse 
of  wing  tbey  make  graceful  descents. 

As  a  general  thing,  they  are  gregarious  in  all  their  habits.  Great 
numbers  breed  all  along  the  river,  usually  in  scattered  colonies,  similar 
to  Bedwings,  but  their  nests  are  higher,  and  not  often  near  the  water. 
The  ebony  is  a  favorite  tree  for  them  to  breed  in  j  and  wherever  these 
trees  exist  in  towns  or  about  ranches  they  are  always  occupied  with 
nests  of  these  birds,  sometimes  in  great'  numbers.  My  first  eggs  were 
taken  from  an  ebony-tree  near  our  room,  in  which  were  six  or  eight 
nests.  They  were  found  in  great  numbers  in  the  young  willows  and 
rank  undergrowth  of  the  resacas;  and  in  the  greaf  heronry"  in  the 
salt-marshes,  half-way  between  Brownsville  and  the  coast,  we  obtained 
many  eggs.  We  found  their  nests  about  two  feet  above  the  water  in 
the  rushes,  and  from  four  to  thirty  feet  above  the  ground  when  in 
trees.  They  are  shaped  like  those  of  our  familiar  Purple  Grackle,  Q,  pur- 
purem^  and  not  much  larger.  They  are  composed  of  grasses  principally ; 
but,  when  convenient,  papers,  rags,  feathers,  anything,  are  woven  in,  and 
not  infrequently  mud  is  thrown  in,  as  if  to  weight  it  down.  Just  how 
far  north  of  the  Bio  Grande  this  species  reaches,  I  cannot  tell.  On  the 
northern  end  of  Padro  Island,  at  Corpus  Christi  Pass,  I  saw  them  in 
abundance,  and  about  Corpus  Christi  also.  No  Quiscalus  major^  Jack- 
daw, was  secured.  The  first  eggs  were  taken  April  25th.  In  shape  they 
are  very  oblong,  rounded  at  one  end  and  pointed  at  the  other,  with  the 
greatest  diameter  much  nearer  one  end.    The  ground-color  is  usually  of 


SENNETT   OK   BIRDS   OF   THE   RIO   GRANDE   OF   TEXAS.         29 

a  greenish-whitey  clouded  with  parplisb-brown  from  the  small  end  as 
far  as  tbe  centre,  and  sometimes  over  the  whole  egg.  The  markings 
are  of  a  very  dark  brown,  chiefly  at  the  small  end,  and  consist  of  pen- 
cillings,  drops,  and  splashes  irregolarly  and  grotesquely  put  on.  Of  a 
very  large  series  of  egi^s,  the  largest  was  1.40  by  0.05,  and  the  smallest; 
1.12  by  0.87,  with  an  average  of  1.27  by  0.87.  The  narrowest  eg^j  0.83, 
was  next  to  the  longest,  being  1.30,  thus  showing  great  variation  in 
shape. 

37—  i  —18.00  X  23.50  x  7.75  x  9.00.  Mar.  15,  Corpns  Chriati  Pass. 

117—^—18.00  X  23.25  x  7.75  x  9.00.  Mar.  30,  Brownsville. 

118—  $  —14.00  X  19.25  X  6.00  x  6.00.  Mar.  30,  Brownsville. 

129—  i  —18.50  X  23.50  x  7.65  x  9.00.  Mar.  31,  Brownsville. 

130— <J  —18.50  X  24.00  x  7.75  x  9.00.  Mar.  31,  Brownsville. 

131_  5  —13.50  X  IH.OO  X  5.65  x  6.00.  Mar.  31,  Brownsville. 

COEVID^. 

Xanthura  luxuosa,  {Less.)  Bp.—Rio  Grande  Jay. 

This  is  the  only  representative  of  the  family  seen  on  the  trip.  It  was 
first  met  with  on  April  2d,  in  the  vicinity  of  Brownsville;  but  it  was  not 
until  we  reached  the  heavier  timber  about  Hidalgo  that  we  saw  it  in  full 
force.  Tliey  were  there  April  17th  in  pairs,  and  busy  constructing  homes. 
They  are  most  frequently  seen  during  the  breeding  season  in  the  densest 
woods  and  thickets,  but  at  other  times  lam  told  they  are  common  visit- 
ors of  the  camp,  the  ranche,  and  the  huts  in  the  outskirts  of  towns,  to 
the  annoyance  of  all  on  account  of  their  thieving  propensities.  They 
are  not  very  shy,  even  when  breeding,  and  I  had  no  difficulty  in  obtain- 
ing  all  I  desired.  Only  once,  however,  was  I  able  to  shoot  two  at  once. 
I  caught  none  in  the  act  of  destroying  eggs  and  young  of  other  birds, 
although  I  have  some  very  strong  circumstantial  evidence  of  such  being 
the  case.  As  the  only  account  I  have  seen  of  the  finding  of  these  nests 
and  eggs  within  our  border  was  given  by  Dr.  Merrill  •  (by  the  way,  they 
were  obtained  in  this  same  locality  last  year),  and  as  I  am  also  fortunate 
in  obtaining  and  thoroughly  identifying  quite  a  number  of  sets,  I  shall 
risk  being  tedious,  and  give  copious  notes. 

My  first  nest  was  taken  April  28th,  from  a  mezquite-tree  standing  in  a 
dense  thicket  not  far  from  the  river-bank,  and  contained  four  fresh  eggs. 
It  was  situated  in  a  fork  about  fifteen  feet  from  the  ground,  and  was 
composed  of  sticks  lined  with  fine  stems,  and  a  rather  bulky  affair. 
Both  birds  were  seen,  and  one  shot.  I  made  the  boy  that  was  with  me 
understand  that  I  wanted  more  eggs  of  the  same  kind.  He  professed  per- 
fect familiarity  with  "Pdjaro  verde'^,  and,  much  to  my  surprise,  brought 
me  before  night  two  sets,  one  of  four,  fresh,  and  one  of  three,  hard  incu- 
bated. He  said  both  were  found  in  small  trees,  and  were  situated  about 
twice  as  high  as  his  head,  which  would  be  nine  or  ten  feet  from  the 
ground.    On  April  30th,  I  flushed  a  Red-billed  Pigeon,  Columba  flaviros- 

*  See  BoUetin  of  tbe  Niittall  Ornithological  Clab,  i.  n.  4, 89»  Nov.  1S76. 


80      BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

iriSj  from  its  nest,  and,  when  I  shot  it,  a  Oreen  Jay  flew  from  its  nesc 
in  the  very  direction  of  my  bird.  Here  indeed  was  a  donble  find  of  no 
ordinary  occurrence.  I  secared  both  nests,  and  both  birds  of  each  nest 
in  good  shape,  and  in  a  very  short  time.  The  nest  of  the  Jay  was  some 
nine  feet  from  the  gronnd  on  the  oater  branches  of  a  small  tree,  and 
composed  wholly  of  sticks  and  fine  twigs.  The  sticks  were  so  full  of 
thorns  that  when  they  were  crossed  about  among  the  lining  branches  more 
firmness  was  given  to  the  nest  than  usual,  and  by  cutting  ofif  the  branches 
I  could  readily  take  it  entire.  The  ontside  diameter  is  niue  inches  one 
way  by  eight  the  other;  its  depth  four  inches ;  inside,  three  and  a  half 
inches  wide  by  two  inches  deep.  The  four  eggs  which  it  held  contained 
chicks,  and  I  saved  only  three.  On  May  1st,  a  set  of  four  was  secured, 
one  of  which  contained  large  chicks.  On  May  2d,  we  found  another  nest 
with  fonr  eggs,  hard  incubated.  Both  birds  were  shot.  This  nest  was 
some  ten  feet  from  the  ground  in  the  outer  branches  of  a  small  tree,  on 
the  edge  of  a  large  tract  of  timber.  It  was  composed  of  stems  and  twi^s 
like  the  others,  rather  bulky,  and  by  cutting  off  the  branches  could  be 
saved.  On  May  6th,  two  fresh  eggs  were  brought  me  by  a  Mexican.  On 
May  8th,  I  discovered  another  nest  not  far  from  where  I  fouud  the  one  on 
April  30th.  The  nest,  only  eight  feet  from  the  ground,  was  bnilt  close  to 
the  body  of  a  small  tree  among  some  small  branches,  and  was  composed 
of  twigs  as  usual,  but  it  was  not  as  large  as  the  others.  It  contained 
two  chicks  just  out,  and  one  whole  egg  about  ready  to  hatch.  I  took 
the  egg,  but  could  hardly  retain  its  shape.  The  shape  of  the  egg  is  very 
similar  to  Cyanurus  cristatusj  Blue  Jay,  with  the  same  variatious  from 
double-pointed  to  double-rounded.  The  groundcolor  is  usually  light 
drab,  tinged  faintly  with  green,  but  I  have  one  egg  out  of  a  set  of  four 
with  the  color  dull  yellowish-white.  The  markings  are  brown,  some- 
times distinctly  spotted  or  speckled  or  streaked,  and  sometimes  quite 
indistinct  and  clouded.  The  larger  end  has  generally  the  heaviest  mark- 
ings. From  nineteen  eggs  I  have  the  following  sizes: — The  longest 
measures  1.20  by  0.82.  The  shortest  is  1.02  by  0.80.  The  broadest  is  1.16 
by  0.87  and  the  narrowest  is  1.07  by  0.73.    The  average  is  1.10  by  0.79. 

139—  ^  « 12.05  X  15.25  x  4.85  x  5.50.  Apr.    2,  BrownsviUe. 

203—  $  —11.50  X  14.75  x  4.65  x  5.25.  Apr.  10,  Brownaville. 

204—  ^  - 11.50  X  14.50  x  4.50  x  5  50.  Apr.  1 0,  BrownsviUe. 
285—  $  —11.25  X  14.25  x  4.50  x  4.85.  Apr.  27,  Hidalgo. 
293—  ^  —11.75  X  15.50  x  4.85  x  5.25.  Apr.  28,  Hidalgo. 

321—  $  —11.50  X  14.75  x  4.50  x  5.00.  Apr.  30,  Hidalgo. 

322—  ^  — 12.00  X  15.25  x  5.00  x  5.50.  Apr.  30,  Hidalgo. 
332—^—11.75x15.50x4.65x5.50.  May  2,  Hidalgo. 
333—9-11.50x15.50x4.50x5.50.  May   2,  Hidalgo. 

356— $ —11.85  X  15.00  X  4.75  X  5.65.    May   3,  Hidalgo.  < 

TYKANNID^. 

MiLVULUS  FORFIOATUS,  (Owi.)  8w. — Swaltow-tailed  Flycatcher. 

These  beautiful  birds  had  just  arrived  on  the  Bio  Orande  from  Mexico 
when  we  reached  Brownsville.    The  sparsely  wooded  openings  in  the 


BENNETT  ON  BIRDS   OF   THE   RIO   GRANDE   OF   TEXAS.         31 

chaparral,  and  the  pastnres,  with  scattered  clamps  of  bashes  and  trees, 
in  the  vicinity  of  the  town,  are  admirably  adapted  to  the  wants  of  the 
^^Scissor-tails".  I  fonnd  them  as  abnndant  as  the  Kingbirds,  T.  caroli- 
nensia,  on  the  borders  of  the  great  |akes.  Both  sexes  are  alike,  excepting 
that  the  female  has  much  the  shorter  tail.  We  saw  very  few  indeed  at 
Hidalgo,  owing  to  the  great  abundance  of  woods  and  chaparral  ]  conse- 
quently we  missed  collecting  their  eggs.  From  a  set  and  nest  given  me 
by  Dr.  Merrill  I  give  the  following  description : — ^The  nest  was  taken  in 
a  tree  in  front  of  the  hospital  at  Fort  Brown.  It  is  composed  of  weeds, 
rags,  and  strings^  in  layers,  and  lined  with  a  few  rootlets  and  wool. 
Outside  it  is  four  and  a  half  inches  wide  by  two  and  three-fourths  inches 
deep }  inside,  two  and  three-fourths  inches  wide  by  two  inches  deep* 
The  Ave  eggs  are  pure  white,  with  a  few  large  blotches  over  the  larger 
half.    They  average  0.86  by  0.68. 

67—  ^  —14.25  X  15.00  x  5.00  x  9.50.  Mar.  24,  BrowDSville. 

68— <^— 14.25  X  15.50  x  5.12  x  9.50.  Mar.  24,  BrowDSviUe. 

69—  ^  —13.50  X  15.50  x  5.00  x  8.75.  Mar.  24,  Brownsville. 

7a— ^—14.50  X  15.50  X  4.85  x  9.50.  Mar.  25,  BrownsviUe. 

78—  <^— 13.50  X  15.50  x  4.75  x  8.50.  Mar.  25,  BrowDBviUe. 

79—  9  —12.00  X  14.75  x  4.50  x  7.00.  Mar.  25,  Brownsville. 

80—  $  —1 1.25  X  14.75  X  4.50  x  6.00.  Mar.  25,  Brownsville. 
125—^—14.50  X  15.75  x  5.00  x  9.00.  Mar.  31,  BrownsviUe. 
150—^—14.00x15.75x4.90x8.75.  Apr.  3,  Brownsville. 
191—9—11.75x15.00x4.65x6.50.  Apr.  9,  Brownsville. 
215—  9  —11.00  X  14.50  X  4.75  x  5.75.  Apr.  17,  Hidalgo. 
374—9—11.50x15.00x4.65x6.75.  May   5,  Hidalgo. 

Tybannus  cabolinensis,  (L.)  Bd. — Kingbird. 

On  the  8th  of  May,  at  Lomita  Banche,  a  few  miles  from  Hidalgo/ 1 
shot  the  only  one  of  this  species  seen.  It  was  in  company  with  Coach's 
Flycatchers,  Tyrannus  couchiy  on  the  topmost  branches  of  the  tall  ebony- 
trees  near  the  baildiugs  of  the  ranohe. 

401—  ^  —9.00  X  15.10  X  4.50  x  3.50.    May  8,  Hidalgo. 

Tyrannus  melangholigus  couchi,  {Bd.)  Coues — CaucWs  Flycatcher. 
On  May  8th,  I  saw  a  number  of  this  species  at  Lomita  Eanche,  on  the 
ebony-trees.  Three  were  shot,  but  only  one  secured,  the  others  being 
lost  in  the  tall  grass  and  thickets.  At  this  point  is  the  finest  grove  of 
ebonies  I  saw  on  the  river.  On  the  hillside,  back  of  the  buildings,  they 
overlook  the  large  resaca,  then  filled  with  tasselled  corn.  It  was  the 
tops  of  these  grand  old  trees  that  these  Flycatchers  loved,  and  so 
persistent  were  they  in  staying  there  that  I  thought  they  were  going 
to  settle  in  the  neighborhood  for  the  season.  There  was  a  company  of 
some  six  or  eight  scattered  about.  I  did  not  find  them  shy,  for  after  our 
firing  they  would  almost  immediately  return  to  the  same  trees.  It  was 
readily  distinguishable  from  T.  carolinensis^  which  was  shot  in  their 
company.  Their  greater  size  and  bright  yellow  under  parts  can  be  seen 
at  gunshot  range. 

393—  i  —9.75  X  15.65  x  4.50  x  3.75.    May  8,  Hidalgo. 


32      BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

Mtiabchus  grinituSi  {L.)  Cab. — Oreat-orested  Flycatcher. 

While  this  bird  was  not  very  commoDi  yet  we  came  npon  it  occasion- 
ally. Nearly  always  seen  in  the  open  chaparral|  in  which  one  can  bavo 
the  main  travelled  road,  either  on  foot  or  horseback,  and  work  aronnd 
among  the  nndergrowth  and  scattering,  old,  stnnt^d  trees. 

240—  $  — a25  X  13.00  x  4.00  x  3.50.    Apr.  19,  Hidalgo. 
420— $— 8.&0  X  12.75  x  4.00  x  3.50.    May  11,  Hidalgo. 

Myiarohus  cbinitus  ebythbocebous,  (Scl  &  8alv.)  Coues. 

[f  Tgrannula  irritabUU,  Bp.  C.  A.  i.  1850, 189.    (Sappoeed  to  belong  here  from  qaotation 

ofAzars.    '^Son^h  America.''    JHot  Tgraitnaa  irritahilis  YieiW.) 
Myiarchua  crinUua  var.  irritahilia  [<*  Vieill.''],  Coaes,  Pr.  Phila.  Acad.  July,  1872,  65. 

(Monographic    Qaotation  ni  Vieillot inapplicable.) — B.  B.  &  R.  N.  A.  B.  ii.  1874, 

331.    (Not  Tprannua  irHtabilU  Vieill.) 
f  J)pranHula  mexioana,  Kaup,  P.  Z.  S.  1851, 51.    (Scarcely  or  not  determinable ;  better  not 

be  osed  for  any  species.) 
MyiardiM  eryihrooereus,  Scl.  Sc  Salv.  P.  Z.  S.  1868, 631,  632  (Yenezaela). 
Pyrocephalas  (Mpiarohua)  crythrocercus,  Gray,  Handl.  n.  5522. 
Mffiarchus  mexioanuSf  Lawr.  Ann.  Lye.  N.  Y.  ix.  1669,  202  (Yacatan). 
MyiarchM  yucatanentia,  Lawr.  Pr.  Phila.  Acad.  1871,  235  (Yacatan.    Name  applied  to 

the  same  specimen  he  called  mexicanua  in  1869.) 

Hab. — Central  and  Soath  America  and  Mexico.  Sonth  to  Paraguay.  North*to  the 
Bio  Graiide  of  Texas  (Sennett), 

Ch. — M.  crinito  simillimus,  eed  not<BO  obscuriore  (minus  vegeto),  gasircto  dilutiore,  ah- 
domine  aubflavo,  gula  ei  pectore  pallid^  cinereiSf  rectricibM  rufo  et  fuaco  fcrii  dimidiatis, 
rostra  nigro,  modico  (0.75). 

Chars,  subsp, — (Description  of  a  specimen  collected  May  9,  1877,  nt  Hidalgo,  Texas, 
by  G.  B.  Sennett.) — On  comparing  this  bird  with  typical  specimens  of  M.  crinitusj  taken 
at  the  same  time,  in  the  same  place,  and  by  the  same  person,  it  is  immediately  perceived 
to  be  different.  The  lateral  tail-feathers  have  a  stripe  of  fuscous-brow u  on  the  iuner 
web  adjoining  the  shaft,  this  stripe  equalling  or  exceeding  the  width  of  the  whole  outer 
web  of  the  respective  feathers ;  whereas  in  cHnitus  there  is  only  the  narrowest  possible 
dasky  stripe  on  the  inner  web,  or  none  at  all.  This  dusky  stripe  is  of  oniform  width 
throughout,  not  enlarged  at  the  end  to  occnpy  most  or  all  of  the  feather,  as  is  the  case 
with  dnerasoens.  The  entire  upper  parts  are  darker  than  those  of  crinitus — that  is,  they 
have  a  sordid  brownish-olive  cast,  instead  of  the  clearer  and  pnrer  greenish-olive  of 
oHnUus,  The  yellow  of  the  belly  is  much  paler.  The  ash  of  the  throat  is  decidedly 
lighter  and  clearer,  and  it  comes  farther  down  the  breast,  yielding  to  the  yellow  with- 
ont  the  intervention  of  the  olivaceous  pectoral  area  which  is  usually  coDt^picuous  in 
orinittu.  The  general  aspect  of  the  under  parts  is  mnch  as  in  cinerascenSf  both  the  dis- 
tribution and  shade  of  the  colors  beiug  more  as  witnessed  in  the  latter  than  aa  seen  in 
orinitus.  The  light  edgings  of  the  wing-feathers  are  also  paler  than  those  of  crinitus. 
The  bill  is  black,  not  dark  brown,  slenderer  than  in  criat^ua,  but  not  longer  than  in  one 
of  the  Texas  specimens  of  orinitus,  ami,  in  fact,  differing  less  from  one  of  these  than  these 
do  from  each  other.  The  bill  in  size  is  nothing  like  that  of  var«  oooperij  nor  has  it 
the  very  constricted  shape  of  that  of  dnerasoens. 

In  fine,  this  bird  is  obviously  different  from  ordinary  orlniius  of  the  United  States. 
The  general  body-coloration  is  almost  exactly  as  in  cinerascensy  from  which  it  is  at  once 
distinguished  by  the  different  shape  of  the  bill  and  different  pattern  of  the  tail-feath- 
ers. Agreeing  very  closely  in  colors  with  var.  cooperi  of  Mexico,  it  is  smaller  than  that 
species,  and  lacks  in  particular  the  enormous  development  of  the  bill,  which,  in 
oooperif  is  an  inch  or  more  in  length  of  culmen,  and  proportionately  broad.  It  is 
clearly  neither  orinitus  proper,  nor  orinitus  var.  oooperi,  nor  yet  dnerasoens. 


BENNETT   ON  BIRDS   OF   THE   RIO    GRANDE   OF   TEXAS.         33 

Length  8f ;  eztont  12f ;  wing  3^;  tail  3|(colleotor'8  measurements  in  the  flesh); 
biU  0.75 ;  tarsus  0.85 ;  middle  toe  and  claw  0.75. 

This  is  the  bird  I  called  crinitus  var.  irritahilia  in  my  monograph  above  cited,  where 
I  carefully  distin^ished  it  from  its  allies,  and  is  also  the  bird  distinguished  with  equal 
pains  and  accuracy  by  Mr.  Ridgway,  who  adopted  the  same  name  for  it.  In  choosing 
this  name,  I  relied  upon  Bonaparte's  reference  of  Vieillot's  Tyrannus  irriiabilU  to  the 
Paraguayan  bird  described  by  Azara;  but  it  appears  from  Dr.  Sclater's  published 
criticism,  aod  also  from  a  private  note  which  he  kindly  sent  me,  that  Bonaparte 
was  wrong  in  this  matter,- Vieilloj's  irritabilU  being  really  a  synonym  of  crinituSf  as 
usually  cited.  The  first  name  which  maif  belong  here  is  the  Tyrannula  mexicana  of 
Kaup — a  perpetual  stumbling-block,  which  has  occasioned  so  much  confubion  that  I 
will  have  nothing  to  do  with  it.  In  a  word,  it  is  impossible  to.  identify  Kaup's  bird 
among  the  species  of  so  difficult  a  group  as  this.  It  has  been  successively  applied  to 
every  one  of  the  Mexican  Myiarohiy  even  to  the  small  M,  lawrencii,  and  by  so  accom- 
plished an  ornithologist  as  Dr.  Sclater  himself.  Baird  made  it  out  to  be  the  bird  we 
now  know  as  ciner<ucens  Lawr.,  and  his  procedure  was  endorsed  for  many  years  by 
United  States'  writers.  Sclater  later,  from  examination  of  the  type-specimen,  consid- 
ered Kaup's  mejricana  applicable  to  the  large-billed  form  which  Baird  called  cooperi. 
Mr.  Lawrence,  in  1869,  applied  the  name  mexicana  to  a  Yucatan  specimen  of  the  very 
bird  we  are  now  considering,  which  he  afterward,  however,  renamed  yucatanensiSf  in 
deference  to  Dr.  Sclater's  statement  that  mexicana  was  the  same  as  cooperi  of  Baird. 
These  and  other  synonymatio  points  are  fully  discussed  in  my  monograph. 

Passing  over  irritabilia  as  being  a  synonym  of  criniiuSf  and  mexicana  as  being  some- 
thing past  finding  out,  unless  it  be  var.  cooperi,  the  first  ud questionable  and  only  tena- 
ble name  of  the  present  bird  appears  to  be  erythrocercM  of  Sclater  and  Salvin,  which  I 
accordingly  adopt. 

It  is  somewhat  a  matter  of  surprise  that  this  particular  variety  of  M}fiaTchu8  should 
occur  in  the  United  States,  rather  than  the  large-billed  var.  cooperi;  but  there  is  no 
reasonable  question  of  the  accuracy  of  my  identification,  which  receives  the  support  of 
Mr.  Ridgway,  who  examined  the  bird  with  me.  Var.  cooperi  seems  to  be  a  localized 
form  of  Southern  and  Western  Mexico  and  contiguous  portions  of  Central  America. 
Var.  erifthrooereM  has  a  very  wide  range  in  Central  and  South  America.  I  have  exam- 
ined undoubted  specimens  from  as  far  south  as  Paraguay,  and  others  from  .Venezuela 
snd  Yucatan,  whence  the  types  of  erytkrocercus  and  yucatanensie  were  respectively 
derived,  as  well  as  from  Costa  Rica  and  Guatemala ;  but  I  have  never  seen  a  Mexican 
«kin,  nor  has  the  species  been  attributed  to  Mexico  so  far  as  I  recollect,  unless  Kanp's 
bird  belongs  here. 

I  learn  from  Mr.  Sennet t,  and  from  another  private  source,  that  Dr.  Merrill  was 
really  the  first  to  secure  this  bird  within  the  limits  of  the  United  States;  but  no  record 
to  such  efiTect  has  appeared  to  date.— £.  C] 

It  was  shot  in  open  chaparral,  and  nothing  was  learned  of  its  habits. 
Iris  hazel. 

409—  5  —8.75  X  12.75  x  3.90  x  3.65.    May  9,  Hidalgo. 

CONTOPUS  VIRENS,  {L.)  Cab.—WoodPetcee. 

But  a  single  bird  obtained,  and  no  others  recognized.  It  was  shot  by 
the  roadside,  near  the  camp  at  Hidalgo.  I  cannot  account  for  the  few 
small  Flycatchers,  Yireos,  and  Warblers  seen  along  the  river. 

331—  9  —6.50  X  10.00  x  3.10  x  2.50.    May  2,  Hidalgo. 

Bmpidonax  minimus,  Bd.'^Least  Flycatcher. 

I  saw  bnt  this  single  specimen,  which  was  obtained  at  Lomita  Banche. 
Ball.  iv.  No.  1—3 


I 


34      BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

It  was  shot  from  a  low  bash  nader  a  tree,  where  it  was  seen  flitting 
back  aod  forth  after  insects. 

398—  $  —5.50  X  8.10  x  2.35  x  2.10.    May  8.  Hidalgo. 

Pybooephalus  eubinbus  mbxicanus,  (8oL)  Coues.— Vermilion  Fly- 
catcher. 

This  little  beauty  must  be  a  very  rare  bird  on  our  Southern  border. 
If  it  were  otherwise  we  should  have  seen  much  more  of  it,  for  it  fre- 
qaents  just  such  places  as  we  were  in  the  habit  of  visiting  almost  daily, 
and  its  brilliant  colors  would  certainly  assist  ns  in  observing  it.  The 
few  that  we  met  with  were  rather  shy  and  restless.  At  sight  of  us,  they 
darted  from  one  clump  of  bushes  to  another,  keeping  from  four  to  six 
feet  from  the  ground.  The  first  male  I  shot  was  winged,  and  when 
caught  fought  with  all  the  courage  of  its  larger  relatives. 

113—  ^  —6.00  X  10.75  X  3.25  x  2.50.  Mar.  29,  Brownsville. 
166—^—6.10x10.50x3.25x2.50.  Apr.  6, Brownsville. 
315—  ?  —6.00  X  10.00  X  3.25  x  2.50.    Apr.  30,  Brownsville. 

CAPEIMULGIDiE. 

Nyctidbomus  ahebiganus,  (i.)  Cass. 

1  was  prepared  to  meet  this  bird,  both  by  the  account*  of  its  discov- 
ery within  our  limits  last  year  by  Dr.  Merrill,  and  by  his  personal  descrip- 
tion of  it  before  my  going  up  the  river  from  Brownsville.  Although  I 
frequently  heard  it  at  night,  yet  I  never  saw  it  in  the  twilight,  as  I  did 
Clwrdeiles  texensiSj  the  Texas  Nighthawk.  I  saw  them  occasionally, 
singly  and  in  pairs,  about  the  thickets  and  open  chaparral,  and  once  in 
the  canebrakes  close  to  the  woods.  Although  they  lie  close  until  one  is 
full  upon  them,  yet  one  has  no  chance  after  they  are  flushed,  for  they 
are  no  sooner  out  of  one  thicket  than  they  are  into  or  behind  another.  I 
refrained  from  making  too  much  of  an  effort  to  shoot  them  until  I  should 
obtain  their  eggs;  therefore,  of  the  dozen  or  more  seen  I  have  yet  to  take 
the  bird  in  hand.  On  April  25th  I  found  one  egg  of  this  species ;  on  May 
Ist,  another;  and  on  May  10th,  two  more,  all  of  them  fresh  and  perfect. 
They  were  found  in  open  brush,  on  the  bare  ground.  One  of  them  was 
partly  concealed  by  the  branches  of  a  low  bush  six  or  eight  inches  from 
the  ground.  Of  the  four  eggs  found  I  retain  but  two,  which  I  describe. 
One  egg  is  a  rounded  oval,  and  the  other  a  pointed  oval.  The  color  is 
a  rich  creamy-buff.  One  is  marked  sparsely  all  over  with  indistinct 
spots  of  pink,  and  the  other  is  thickly  spotted  and  scratched  with  the 
same.    One  egg  measures  1.28  by  0.92,  the  other  1.20  by  0.93  of  an  inch. 

Ghobdeiles  texensis,  Lawr. — Texas  MghthawJc, 

This  bird  is  common  on  the  Mexican  border,  at  evening  flitting  around 
the  habitations  and  by  day  sitting  around  the  open  mezquite  chaparral. 

*  [See  Bull,  of  the  Nutt.  Ornith.  Clnb,  i.  n.  4,  88,  Nov.  1876.— Having  seen  no  speci- 
dnens,  I  take  the  name  from  Cobs,  Pr.  Phila.  Acad.  1851,  179,  and  Cab,  Mos.  Hein.  iii. 
18:0,92.— E.C.] 


SENNETT  ON  BIRDS  OP  THE  RIO  GRANDE  OP  TEXAS.    85 

Tbey  were  quite  irregalar,  some  evenings  coming  in  large  nambers  and 
then  again  in  few.  Ttieir  habits  are  similar  to  C,  virffinianuSj  the  Com- 
mon Nighthawk.  By  their  being  ten  times  as  abundant  as  Nyctidromus 
albtcoUiSj  one  would  suppose  we  would  find  many  of  their  eggs,  but  we 
found  none.  The  eggs  are  just  the  color  of  the  ground,  and  the  bushes 
are  too  thick  to  mark  exactly  where  the  bird  leaves  when  flushed.  A  set 
of  eggs  given  me  by  Dr.  Merrill  has  the  ground-color  gray,  on  which  are 
fine  spots  and  scratches  of  drab  over  the  entire  surface.  With  these 
markings  are  clouded  or  indistinct  ones  of  the  same  design.  The  shape 
is  elliptical.    One  e^g  measures  1.0:1  by  0.78,  and  the  other  1.05  by  0.  i8. 

230—  $  —8.75  X  20.75  x  6.90  x  4.00.  Apr.  18,  Hidalgo. 

245—  S  —9.00  X  2-:^.00  x  7.50  x  4.00.  Apr.  19,  Hidalgo. 

246—  <J  —8.75  X  22.00  x  7.50  x  4.10.  Apr.  19,  Hidalgo. 

247—  $  —8.50  X  21.00  x  7.25  x  4.00.  Apr.  19,  Hidalgo. 

295—  ^  —8.50  X  20.50  x  7.00  x  3.90.  Apr.  28,  Hidalgo. 

296—  9  —8.65  X  21.00  x  7.10  x  4.10.  Apr.  28,  Hidalgo. 
300—  $  —8.75  X  21.50  x  7.25  x  4.25.  Apr.  29,  Hidalgo. 
368— tf— 8.50x20.25x6.65x4.00.  May   5,  Hidalgo. 

TROCHILID^. 

Teochilus  colubeis,  £. — Ruby-throated  Hummingbird. 

Of  the  two  birds  secured,  one  was  sbot  while  hovering  about  a  blossom- 
ing tree,  the  other  over  flowers  near  the  ground  ;  both  were  females. 

231__  9— 3.25  X  4.50  x  1.75  x  1.12.  *  Apr.  19,  Hidalgo. 
397— $—3.75x4.50x1.75x1.15.    May   8,  Hidalgo. 

Amazilia  CEEViNiVENTEis,  Oould, — Rufous  bellied  Hummingbird. 

[As  descriptions  of  this  species  are  not  very  generally  accessible,  the  following,  taken 
from  &f r.  Sennett's  specimen,  is  inserted : — 

Sp.  ch. — Male.  Upper  parts  shining  golden-green,  nearly  uniform  from  head  to 
tail,  but  top  of  the  head  rather  darker,  and  with  a  reddish  gloss  in  some  lights,  and 
upper  tail-coverts  somewhat  shaded  with  reddish.  Metallic  gorget  of  great  extent, 
reaching  fairly  on  the  breast,  glittering  green  when  viewed  with  the  bill  of  the  bird 
pointing  toward  the  observer,  dnsky  green  when  seen  in  the  opposite  direction.  Less 
scintillating  and  more  golden -green  feathers  extend  a  little  farther  on  the  breast  and 
sides,  and  most  of  the  under  wing-coverts  are  similar.  Belly  and  under  tail-coverts 
dull  rufous  or  pale  cinnamon,  relieved  by  flocculent  nnowy-white  patches  on  the  flanks. 
Wings  blackish,  with  purple  and  violet  lustre ;  all  the  primaries  broad,  and  not  pecu- 
liar in  shape,  though  the  outermost  is  narrower  and  more  falcate  than  the  rest.  Tail 
large,  forked  about  one*third  of  an  inch;  all  the  feathers  broad,  with  simply  roundi»d 
tips  (no  special  emargination) ;  color  intense  chestnut,  having  even  a  purplish 
tinge  when  viewed  below,  the  middle  feathers  glossed  with  golden-green,  especially 
noticeable  at  their  ends,  and  all  the  rest  tipped  and  edged  for  some  distance  from  their 
ends  with  dnsky.  Tars  i  appearing  feathered  nearly  to  tne  toes,  but  really  naked  except 
at  the  top  in  front.  No  lengthened  rufls  or  tufts  about  the  head ;  no  metallic  scales 
on  top  of  head,  different  from  those  of  the  upper  parts  at  large ;  no  special  head-mark- 
ings additional  to  the  colors  already  described.  Bill  light-colored,  probably  flesh- 
colored  in  life,  with  the  tip  and  commissural  edge  of  the  upper  mandible  dusky,  quite 
broad  and  flattened  at  base,  thence  gradually  tapering  to  the  acuminate  tip,  slightly 
bent  downward,  the  curve  most  noticeable  just  back  of  the  middle.  Nasal  scale  large 
and  tumid ;  nasal  slit  entirely  exposed ;  feathers  extending  in  a  point  on  thA  ^iAssi^,  ^^^ 


36      BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

the  calmen,  sweeping  obliquely  across  the  basal  part  of  the  nasal  scale,  and  forming  at 
the  angle  of  the  month  a  deep  reiintrance  with  those  of  the  chiSi  which  reach  much 
farther  forward  on  the  interramal  space.  Size  large ;  length  4i ;  extent  5f ;  wing  5^ ; 
tail  Hy  forked  about  i ;  bUl  f — E.  C] 

This  is  the  second  specimen  of  this  species  obtained  within  our  limits, 
the  first  having  been  taken  the  previons  year  by  Dr.  Merrill.*  This 
one  was  shot  while  hovering  over  wild  flowers  near  the  ground,  among 
cactus  and  low  bushes,  not  far  from  Brownsville.  I  saw  a  number  of 
Hummers  differing  from  these,  but  I  could  not  get  them,  and  did  not 
make  them  out.  It  is  difficult  in  this  country  to  follow  and  secure  large 
birds,  much  more  these  tiny  creatures. 

89—  ^  —4^  X  5.65  X  2.35  x  1.50.    Mar.  27,  Brownsrille. 

ALCEDINIDiE. 

Cbbyle  ALCION,  (i.)  Boie. — Belted  Kitujfisher. 

While  at  Brownsville,  I  saw  several  of  this  species  about  the  lagoons 
a  few  miles  back  from  the  river.    They,  are  by  no  means  abundant. 

CUCULIDJB. 

Geococcyx  califobniajius,  {Less.)  Bd. — Chaparral  CocJc. 

I  saw  this  singular  bird  for  the  first  time  at  Corpus  Christi,  but  after- 
ward found  it  common  on  the  Rio  Grande.  At  first  I  was  unable  to 
shoot  them;  but  as  I  became jnore  familiar  with  them  I  had  no  difficulty 
in  securing  all  I  wished.  They  are  not  wholly  a  ground  bird,  as  has 
been  said.  They  take  to  wing  when  alarmed,  and  frequently  of  their 
own  accord.  I  have  seen  a  pair  fly  from  the  edge  of  water  to  the  woods, 
a  distance  of  over  a  hundred  yards,  where  they  had  an  equal  chance  of 
getting  out  of  sight  by  running.  I  saw  two  fly  into  a  mezquite-tree, 
and  shot  one  of  them  when  it  was  at  least  ten  feet  from  the  ground. 
They  invariably  breed  in  trees  or  bushes.  That  they  are  good  runners 
there  is  no  doubt;  but  their  powers  in  this  direction,  I  think,  have  been 
overestimated.  An  examination  of  the  feet  of  a  large  number  of  birds 
will  show  that  they  are  used  much  more  on  the  ground  than  in  perch- 
ing, yet.  it  seems  quite  an  effort  for  them  to  curl  up  the  ends  of  the 
toes.  The  only  sound  I  ever  heard  this  bird  make  was  what  I  supposed 
to  be  a  call  for  its  mate.  I  happened  once  to  hear  one  around  the  bend 
of  an  unfrequented  road  in  the  woods  in  which  I  was  strolling.  I  stood 
perfectly  still,  and  it  soon  made  its  appearance,  coming  toward  me,  but 
still  a  long  way  off.  It  would  run  a  few  yards,  calling  at  the  same  time, 
stop,  listen  for  a  few  seconds,  holding  up  its  head  in  a  very  conceited 
way,  and  then  start  on  again,  calling.  It  seemed  unconscious  of  my 
presence,  and  came  so  near  to  me  that  I  could  easily  have  shot  it  with 
the  smallest  charge,  but  I  did  not,  as  I  wished  to  see  if  its  mate  would 
come.  However,  she  did  not.  These  birds  are  very  fond  of  lizards,  so 
common  to  this  region.    I  have  seen  one  jump  several  feet  to  catch  a 

*  See  BuUetin  of  Nuttall  Orn.  Club,  ii.  n.  1,  26,  Jan.  1877. 


BENNETT   ON   BIRDS   OP  THE   RIO   GRANDE   OF   TEXAS.         87 

lizard  siiDiiiDg  itsdf  on  a  bash,  and  have  shot  others  while  engaged  ia 
eating  them  on  the  ground.  Of  their  breeding  habits  there  seems  to 
be  little  known,  and  reports  vary.  As  I  was  fortanate  enough  to  find 
.their  nests,  I  will  give  the  details,  hoping  to  settle  doubts.  My  first 
nest  of  this  species  I  found  near  Hidalgo,  on  April  27th,  in  a  tree  sur- 
rounded by  high,  thorny  bushes.  It  was  a  frail  nest,  composed  of  sticks 
and  weeds,  and  lined  with  loose  grasses.  It  was  situated  eight  feet 
from  the  ground,  in  a  broad  crotch,  close  to  the  body  of  a  tree,  and  con- 
tained nine  eggs.  A  mtyority  of  them  were  fresh,  but  a  few  showed  that 
incubation  had  taken  place.  The  next  nest  was  found  April  28th,  in 
a  juiico-bush,  very  near  the  village  of  Hidalgo.  It  was  set  in  the  thick 
mass  of  thorns,  away  from  the  body  of  the  bush ;  was  about  five  feet 
from  the  ground,  composed  of  sticks  and  grasses,  and  contained  one  egg. 
It  was  visited  for  several  days,  but  we  could  perceive  no  warmth  to  the 
eggj  nor  were  others  added  to  it.  On  May  3d,  we  took  the  egg^  conclud- 
ing that  its  parent  had  been  shot.  On  May  4th,  a  nest  containing  four 
perfectly  fresh  eggs  was  found,  about  six  feet  from  the  ground,  in  a  small 
tree  in  a  very  dense  thicket.  This  was  so  far  out  of  town,  and  in  such  a 
wild  and  unfamiliar  section,  that  I  dared  not  leave  it  for  fear  that  I  should 
not  find  it  again.  On  the  same  day,  I  watched  for  some  time  a  bird  of 
this  species  carrying  sticks  for  its  nest,  and  although  I  could  locate 
the  thicket  into  which  it  took  them,  yet  I  could  not  penetrate  it, 
although  I  tried  several  times  thereafter.  Od  May  9th,  two  perfectly  fresh 
eggs  were  brought  me  by  a  Mexican,  which  he  had  taken  from  a  nest  in 
a  bush.  The  depression  of  any  nest  was  seldom  deeper  than  the  width, 
of  the  egg.  The  first  nest,  with  clutch  of  nine,  could  have  held  but  two 
or  three  more  eggs  comfortably.  From  the  fact  that  the  nine  eggs  were 
warm  when  I  found  them,  it  is  reasonable  to  suppose  that  the  bird  had 
begun  to  sit;  and  as  none  of  them  showed  much  development  of  em- 
br^'o,  she  could  not  have  been  a  very  long  time  at  it.  The  natives  told 
me  stories  about  these  birds  beginning  to  sit  from  the  time  they  com- 
mence to  lay,  and  continuing  to  sit  throughout  the  season ;  that  a  large 
nnmber  of  eggs  are  laid,  and  a  considerable  time  intervening  between 
the  laying  of  any  two ;  as  a  consequence,  the  bird  of  the  first  egg  woul() 
become  fully  grown  before  the  last  egg  of  the  season  was  laid.  On  May 
20th,  as  I  was  about  taking  the  steamer  at  Point  Isabel,  a  boy  brought 
me  a  young  one  of  this  species  about  one-fourth  grown,  the  first  and  only 
chick  seen  by  me.  I  put  no  faith  in  the  stories  mentioned  above,  nor 
in  accounts  of  these  birds  attacking  and  mastering  the  large  rattle- 
snakes of  the  country.  From  my  observations,  their  complement  of 
eggs  is  from  eight  to  twelve.  The  eggs  are  very  uniform  in  shape  and 
size,  double-rounded ;  rarely  one  is  found  with  tendency  toward  a  point. 
Length  varies  from  1.67  to  1.42;  breadth  from  1.23  to  1.20;  average  of 
the  sixteen  eggs  before  me  is  1.50  by  1.21.    Color  pure  white. 

106—^—23.00  X  21.50  x  7.00  x  11.50.    Mar.  29,  Brownsville. 
261—  9  —22.00  X  20.00  x  6.50  x  10.50.    Apr.  20,  Hidalgo. 
273—  $  —21.25  X  19.50  x  6.25  x  10. 00    Ai^r.  SS;>,  \\v^iX«;>. 


38      BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

286—  5  —21.50  X  20.00  x  6.85  x  10.75.  Apr.  27,  Hidalgo. 

358—9— 21.50x20.00x6.50x10.50.  May    4,  Hidalgo. 

366— 9— 21.00  X  19.50  X  6.25  X   9.75.  May   5,  Hidalgo. 

382— <J— 22.00x20.00x6.50x10.25.  May   6,  Hidalgo. 

405—  9  —21.00  X  20.00  x  6.10  x  10.00  May   8,  Hidalgo. 

CoccYGUS  AMEEICANUS,  (L.)  Bp. — Tellow-bUled  Cuckoo. 

I  met  this  species  occasionally.  Several  sets  of  eggs  were  brought 
me,  and  the  boys  were  positive  of  their  belonging  to  this  bird,  as  they 
undonbtedly  do.  Their  shape  is  long,  donbleroanded.  Their  color  is 
rich  pea-green.    Their  average  size  is  1.20  by  0.92. 

379—  9  —12.00  X  17.00  x  5.90  x  5.75.    May  6,  Hidalgo. 

PIOID^. 

Picus  SCALABIS,  Wagler.—Texos  Woodpecker. 

This  and  Centurna  aurifrons  are  the  only  ones  of  the  family  we  found 
on  the  Bio  Grande.  The  former,  though  not  so  abundant  as  the  latter, 
is  found  common  among  the  timber  and  mezqnite  chaparral.  The  soft- 
wood telegraph  poles  give  proof  also  of  the  numbers  of  both  species.  I 
saw  nothing  in  the  habits  of  this  small  Woodpecker  differing  from  our 
Downy  Woodpecker  of  the  North.  Suitable  trees  for  their  nests  were 
some  distance  out  of  Brownsville,  and  as  we  were  not  allowed  to  tamper 
with  the  government  telegraph  poles,  we  did  not  secure  eggs  at  that 
place.  When  we  reached  Hidalgo,  the  season  was  pretty  far  advanced 
for  them,  and  when  we  found  their  nests  they  all  contained  young.  I 
found  one  nest,  with  four  young,  in  the  heart  of  the  village.  This  bird 
breeds  earlier  than  the  Yellow-faced  Woodpecker.  April  29th,  I  flushed 
a  bird  from  its  nest,  seven  feet  from  the  ground,  in  a  partially  decayed 
tree,  and  found  within  three  young  and  one  perfect  ^gQy  which  for- 
tunately was  not  fertilized.  At  another  time,  another  nest  of  this 
si)ecies  was  found  containing  young  and  one  ^gg.  I  took  it  to  our  room, 
and  laid  it  on  the  table  with  other  eggs.  The  next  day,  when  going  to 
blow  it,  imagine  my  surprise  to  see  it  in  halves  and  a  young  bird  ex- 
posed. The  chick  had  pecked  around  the  greater  diameter  until  it  had 
parted  as  nicely  as  could  be.  Both  eggs  have  the  greatest  diameter 
nearer  one  end  than  the  other.  Their  color  is  clear  glassy-white.  The 
size  of  the  whole  one  is  0.77  by  0.60.  That  of  the  broken  one  is  cer- 
tainly no  longer,  and  may  be  0.05  of  an  inch  broader.  These  facts  and 
figures  are  so  at  variance  with  the  description  of  ^gg  given  by  Baird, 
Brewer  and  Ridgway  in  "North  American  Birds",  ii.  619,  that  I  must 
believe  that  they  have  given  a  description  of  some  other  egg.  Their 
description  answers  so  nearly  to  the  i^gg  of  Centurus  aurifronSj  that  I 
should  say  it  referred  to  the  latter,  rather  than  to  Pictis  scalaris. 

65—  i  —7.00  X  13.25  x  4.00  x  2.75.  Mar.  24,  Brownsville. 

75—^  —7.50  X  13.50  x  4.10  x  2.25.  Mar.  25,  Brownsville. 

147—^— 7.50x13.25x4.00x2.40.  Apr.    3,  Brownsville. 

148—9—7.10x13  00x4.05x2.50.  Apr.    3,  Brownsville. 

214—^  -7.25  X  13.25  x  4.00  x  2.50.  Apr.  17,  Hidalgo. 

355—9—7.25x13.00x3.85x2.40.  May    3,  Hidalgo. 


SENNETT   ON  BIRDS   OF   THE   BIO   GRANDE   OF   TEXAS.         39 

Centurus  aurifbons,  (Wagl)  Oray.^YeUowfaced  Woodpecher. 

AbaodaDt  everywhere  in  timber  on  the  Bio  Grande,  and  not  very  sby. 
I  bad  ample  opportunity  to  observe  tbis  Apecies.  It  is  ratber  more  quiet 
tban  its  near  relative  of  the  !North.  It  builds  its  nest  at  all  beigbts 
(sometimes  so  low  a  man  can  reacb  it  from  tbe  grouud)^  in  any  sort  of 
tree,  wbetber  dead  or  alive.  Tbe  square  government  telegrapb  poles  are 
its  favorite  nesting-place.  Tbere  is  bardly  a  pole  free  from  tbeir  boles, 
and  in  one  I  counted  ten ;  probably  some  were  made  by  tbeir  only  relative 
of  tbat  section,  Picus  scalarisy  Texas  Woodpecker.  They  build  mncb  in 
live  trees,  dead  timber  being  very  scarce,  but  in  tbem  tbeir  boles  could 
not  be  so  readily  seen.  About  May  1st,  tbey  bad  but  fairly  begun  to  lay, 
80  tbat  we  were  not  long  enougb  among  tbeir  favorite  resorts  to  secure 
many  eggs.  On  May  3d,  I  secured  a  set  of  tbree  fresb  eggs,  about  ten 
feet  from  tbe  ground,  in  an  old  dead  tree,  and  sbot  tbe  bird.  On  tbe  same 
day,  I  secured  anotber  set  of  four  from  a  nest  only  seven  feet  from  tbe 
ground,  in  a  bollow  stab  of  a  live  tree.  On  May  8tb,  I  was  sbown  a  bole 
about  twenty  feet  from  tbe  ground  in  tbe  crotcb  of  a  tree  at  tbe  camp. 
In  it  I  was  told  tbere  were  six  or  seven  eggs.  I  could  not  take  time 
tben  to  get  tbem,  and  did  not  go  tbere  again  before  leaving.  Tbe  birds 
bad  been  watcbed  since  tbey  bad  taken  possession  of  tbe  tree,  and  were 
fully  identified.  Eggs  are  oblong-oval  and  clear  glassy-white.  Tbey 
vary  little  in  size,  averaging  1.02  by  0.76. 

64—  <J— 10.00  X  17.00  X  5iJ5  x  3.75.  Mar.  24,  BrownBvillo. 

7(>—^  —10.00  X  17.00  X  5.25  x  3.25.  Mar.  25,  Brownsville. 

77—  ^  —10.50  X  17.50  x  5.50  x  3.40.  Mar.  25,  Brownsville. 

94—  ^  —  9.75  X  17.50  x  5.50  x  3.50.  Mar.  27,  Brownsville. 

149—^—10.00x17.50x5.25x3.50.  Apr.    3,  BrownsviUe. 

216—  ^—  9.75  X  17.50  x  5.50  x  3.50.  Apr.  17,  Hidalgo. 

217—  i  —10.25  X  17.50  x  5.25  x  3.25.  Apr.  17,  Hidalgo. 
354—  $  —  9.50  X  16.25  x  4.90  x  3.15.  May   3,  Hidalgo. 

STEIGID^. 

Steix  flammea  amebigana,  {Aud.)  Coues.—Barn  Owl. 

The  only  opportunity  I  bad  of  observing  tbese  birds  in  a  state  of  free- 
dom was  wbileon  tbe  steamer  going  up  and  down  tbe  river.  Their  boles  in 
tbe  banks  were  seen  frequently,  and  occasionally  a  bird  would  be  sitting 
in  one  of  tbem.  At  Brownsville  I  was  told  tbat  tbey  occupied  tbe  bel- 
fry of  tbe  hospital,  also  the  attic  of  one  of  tbe  society  balls  in  tbe  city. 
Two  birds  were  brought  alive  to  me  just  before  leaving  for  home.  No 
eggs  were  secured. 

Bubo  vieginianus,  (Om.)  Bp.---Oreat  Homed  OvdI. 

In  the  latter  part  of  April,  Mr.  Webster  gave  chase  to  a  pair  of  tbese 
birds,  but  did  not  succeed  in  securing  them. 

! Scops  asio  macoalli,  (Cass.)  Coues. — McCalVs  Owl. 
On  April  23d,  while  on  the  side  of  a  gully  in  the  edge  of  a  wooda.^"^ 


40      BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

flashed  a  bird  of  this  species  from  its  nest  above  my  head.  The  Owl 
alighted  in  a  tree  so  close  to  me  that  had  I  given  it  a  full  charge  of  No. 
9  shot  it  woald  have  beea  blown  to  pieces.  I  watched  it  some  time  in 
hopes  it  would  fly  a  little  farther  off;  but  it  had  no  idea  of  taking  its  eyes 
from  me.  I  therefore  gave  it  a  half  charge  of  dust,  and,  to  my  surprise, 
it  got  away  from  me.  It  was  in  very  light  gray  plumage,  and  looked 
to  me  like  a  faded  specimen  of  our  Northeastern  bird.  The  nest  con- 
tained three  perfectly  fresh  eggs,  was  situated  about  ten  feet  from  the 
ground  in  a  dead  stub  about  nine  inches  in  diameter,  and  so  weak  and 
rotten  that  I  conld  have  pushed  it  over.  The  eggs  are  pure  white,  and 
nearly  round.  They  measure  1.35  by  1.12, 1.35  by  1.18,  and  1.40  by  1.17. 
The  location  was  about  four  miles  from  Hidalgo,  up  the  river,  and  within 
about  one-fourth  of  a  mile  of  its  bank.* 

Glaucidium  peebugineum.-— ^(prrw^tneotw  Owl. 

[  ^  vertice  ioto  alhido  lineato  nee  punotatOf  oaudd  ioid  ferrugined  i^sniis  aeptem  ad  navem  fuM- 
c^nigrUregulariter  tran^asciatd;  dorso  olivaceo-fusco^  innotato;  acapularibus  maculU  magnis 
tingularihvs  aut  binia  aubterminalibuB  notalia  ;  torque  nuchali  nigrOf  albido  et  luteo  variegato  ; 
remigibus  darso  ooncoloribua^  rufo  tran^aaciatis,  necnan  intus  albido  dentatia;  roetro  eflavo 
vireaoentef  iridibus  flavvs;  long,  tot,  (a^poll,,  alar,  exp,  14  ;  alee  3|;  caudas  2^, 

$  t  adalt;  ID  the  **  brown  "  or  Dormal  plamafi^ :  Tail  entirely  fermgineons,  or  light 
chestnut-red,  crossed  with  7  to  9  bars  of  blackish-brown — these  bars  of  the  same  width 
as  the  rafons  interspaces,  and  both  sets  of  markings  quite  regular  and  transverse* 
(These  tail-marks  distinguish  the  species  in  any  plumage  from  G,  gnoma,)  Entire  top 
of  the  head,  above  the  superciliary  ridges,  and  sides  of  the  head  behind  the  auricn- 
lars,  olivaceous-brown,  like  the  back,  bat  streaked  with  small,  sharp,  and  distinct  lines 
of  white  or  fulvous-whitish  ;  these  markings  being  on  the  forehead  and  roost  of  the 
crown  like  pin-scratches  in  the  sharpness  of  their  definition,  and  though  a  little  less 
so  behind  the  ears,  everywhere  retaining  their  narrow  linear  character.  (In  G.  gnoma^ 
the  head-markings  are  dots  and  spots,  not  lines.)  Back  like  the  head,olivaceoas-brown, 
but  without  markings,  except  on  the  scapulars,  most  of  which  feathers  have  each  one 
a  large,  ronnded,white  spot  on  the  outer  web  near  the  end,  and  more  or  fewer  pairs  of 
fulvous  spots  farther  along  on  both  webs.  Color  of  back  and  head  divided  by  an  ob- 
.vious  cervical  collar,  consistiog  of  a  series  of  diffuse  whitish,  and  another  similar  of  ful- 
vous spots,  separated  by  a  nearly  continuous  line  of  black.  Upper  tail-coverts  usually 
more  or  less  rufescent,  approximating  to  the  ground-color  of  the  tail  itself.  Remiges 
olivaceous-fuscous,  like  the  back,  the  primaries  imperfectly  and  indistinctly,  the  sec- 
ondaries completely  and  decidedly,  cross-barred  with  numerous  rufescent  bands,  nar- 
rower than  the  dark  intervals,  besides  which  markings  some  of  the  primaries  have  an 
incompleted  series  of  small  whitish  or  very  pale  fulvous  spots  along  the  outer  edge, 
and  all  have  large  and  deep  indentations  of  white  or  whitish  along  the  inner  web^ 
these  white  indentations  increasing  in  size  from  the  ends  toward  the  bases  of  all  the 
feathers,  and  also  growing  larger  on  individual  feathers  from  the  outer  primaries  to  the 
inner  secondaries,  on  which  last  they  reach  quite  across  the  under  webs.  Lining  of 
wiogs  white,  with  an  oblique  dark  bar,  and  another  curved  dark  bar,  the  latter  across 
the  ends  of  the  under  coverts.  The  under  parts  are  difficult  of  description,  otving  to 
the  diffuseness  of  the  markings ;  we  may  say  ground-color  of  under  parts  white,  heavily 
streaked  along  the  sides  with  the  color  of  the  back  ;  this  color  extending  quite  across 
the  breast,  where,  however,  the  feathers  have  centrally  dilated  shaft-lines  of  whitish ; 
chin  and  throat  white,  divided  into  two  areas  by  a  blackish  or  dark  gular  collar,  which 
curves  across  from  one  postauricular  region  to  the  other.    Auriculars  dark,  sharply 

*  [Having  exanlined  no  specimens,  the  identification  is  tentative. — £.  C] 


SENNETT   ON  BIRDS   OF   THE   RIO   QRANDE    OF   TEXAS.         41 

Bcratcbed  with  white  ahaf t-liD08,  bounded  below  by  the  pare  white  of  the  malar  region. 
tlyebrowB  white,  pretty  definitely  bounded  above  by  the  color  of  the  crown.  Region 
immediately  about  the  bill  whitish,  but  mixed  ^^ith  the  long,  heavy,  black  bristles  that 
project  far  beyond  the  bill,  which  latter  is  greenish  at  base,  growing  dull  yellowish  at 
the  end.  The  sparsely  haired  toes  are  somewhat  like  the  bill ;  the  claws  are  brownish- 
black.  Iris  lemon-yellow.  Length  about  6^  inches;  alar  expanse  14 ;  wing3|;  tail 
2i;  tarsus  f ;  middle  toe  without  claw  about  the  same,  its  claw  }, 

The  foregoing  description  is  taken  from  an  adult  male  procured  May  8, 1877,at  Hidalgo, 
Texas,  by  Mr.  George  B.  Sennett — the  second  specimen  known  to  have  occurred  within 
our  limits,  the  first  having  been  discovered  by  Capt.  C.  Bendire,  near  Tucson,  Arizona 
in  1^72.  In  the  description,  however,  some  allowance  has  been  made  for  the  known 
variations  which  the  species  presents.  But  the  bird,  like  others  of  the  genus,  and  like 
many  other  Owls,  is  dichrons — that  is,  it  occurs  under  two  phases  of  coloration,  one 
being  the  "  normal "  plumage,  as  Just  given,  the  other  being  the  condition  known  as 
crytkrimif  or  rufescenoe.    The  latter  is  as  follows : — 

*  Entire  upper  parts  deep  rufous-red,  with  the  lighter  markings  of  the  head,  &c.,  obso- 
lete or  entirely  obliterated;  tail  the  same,  with  dark  bars  scarcely  traceable.  Dark 
cervical  collar,  however,  conspicuous.  White  of  the  under  parts  tinged  with  yellowish 
or  fulvous;  the  markings  of  the  under  parts  similar  in  color  to  the  ground  of  the  upper 
parts,  but  duller  and  paler;  tibiss  rufous,  without  markings.  Gular  collar  blackish. 
Various  intermediate  stages  have  been  observed,  and  it  is  presumed  that  the  species 
is  to  be  found  in  every  degree  of  transition  from  the  slightest  departure  from  the  normal 
state  to  the  complete  assumption  of  the  erythritic  condition. 

$ :  Tliese  color  conditions  are  common  to  both  sexes.  The  female  is  only  distin- 
guished from  the  male  by  her  superior  size.  Length  7  inches  or  more ;  wing  4  or  rather 
more;  tail  nearly  3;  tarsus  i. 

In  extreme  cases,  the  rufous  becomes  intense  and  almost  uniform,  a  light  rufous 
replacing  even  the  white  of  the  under  parts,  and  there  being  no  traces  left  of  bars  on 
the  wings  or  tail.  Mr.  Ridgway  speaks  of  having  examined  over  fifty  specimens,  find- 
ing '* every  possible  shade"  between  the  two  extremes  described. — £.  C] 

About  noon  ou  May  8th,  wben  about  three  miles  from  Hidalgo,  as  Mr. 
Dean  and  1  were  riding  toward  the  town,  he  asked  me  if  I  wanted  a 
Nightbawk  or  something  like  it,  high  up  in  an  ash-tree  on  his  side 
of  the  road.  I  told  him  to  shoot,  and  I  would  soon  tell  him.  After 
firing,  the  bird  sailed  down  into  the  thick  woods.  As  soon  as  the 
bird  was  "  marked  down  ^,  we  plunged  in  with  our  horses,  through  the 
thorns  and  undergrowth,  and  in  a  short  time  I  found  this  beautiful  little 
Owl,  with  face  down  and  wings  spread  out  upon  the  ground,  perfectly 
lifeless.  This  was  the  first  Owl  smaller  than  Nyciale  acadica^  Acadian 
Owl,  that  I  had  had  ever  captured.  Small  Owls  were  frequently  heard 
evenings  and  cloudy  days  when  passing  by  the  woods,  but  no  others 
were  seen. 

402—  ^  —6.50  x  14.00  x  3.50  x  2.45.    May  8,  Hidalgo. 

FALCONIDiE. 

CiECUS  CYANBUS  HUDSONius,  (L.)  Cou€B,— Marsh  Hawk. 

This  is  far  the  most  common  Hawk  seen  ou  the  trip.  We  met  it  at 
Galveston,  Corpus  Christi,  and  on  the  Bio  Grande.  Only  a  few  in  per- 
fect blue  plumage  seen^  and  none  secured.  Two  or  three  were  shot,  but, 
falling  in  the  dense  chaparral,  were  lost  to  us. 

104—  9  —21.25  X  49.00  x  15.50  x  9.50.    Mar.  27,  Bco^  !&»;<« V\<^ 


42  BULLETIN  UNITED   STATES   GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY 

IGTINIA  SUBCGSBULEA,  (Bartr.)  Coues.^ — Mississippi  Kite. 

Ou  May  7tb,  I  saw  several  small  flocks  of  these  birds  in  close  saccession, 
and  watx^hed  them  with  my  glass.  They  were  too  high  to  shoot,  but  the 
white  head  and  black  square  tails  were  plainly  seen,  and  I  have  do 
doubts  of  their  being  this  bird.  They  were  moving  north,  and  among 
them  were  some  with  white  tails.  There  were  about  fifty  in  all,  sail- 
ing in  circles  and  drifting  northward. 

Elanoides  fobficatus,  (£.)  GouesA—SwalUnC'tailed  Kite. 

On  March  24th,  a  few  miles  north  of  Brownsville,  my  companion  shot 
a  fine  specimen  of  this  splendid  Hawk.  When  it  was  wounded,  others 
gathered  about  to  the  number  of  eighteen.  He  was  in  the  densest  of 
chaparral  at  the  time;  one  or  two  others  shot  were  not  recovered. 
About  March  12th,  at  Corpus  Christi,  one  was  seen.  On  April  24th,  at 
Hidalgo,  we  saw  three  fly  over  the  village. 

71—  9  —24.00  X  51.00  X  17.25  x  13.50.    Mar.  24,  BrownsviUe. 

AcciPiTEB  COOPEBI,  Bp. — Cooper^s  Eawh. 
Common  in  open  chaparral  and  on  the  prairies. 

340—  ^  —16.75  X  30.00  x  9.25  x  8.00.    May  2,  Hidalgo. 

Palco  OOLUMBABTUS,  L.-— Pigeon  Hawk. 

This  bird  had  in  its  crop  nearly  the  whole  of  a  Ground  Dove,  ChatiMB- 
pelia  passerina.    Common  in  thinly  wooded  districts. 

87—  9  —12.50  X  26.50  x  8.60  x  6.00.    Mar.  27,  Brownsville. 

Falco  spabvebius,  L.^Sparrow  Havch. 

Common  in  open  woodland,  where  it  can  have  free  chase  for  prey.  T 
have  found  them  in  harmony  with  the  Scissor-tailed  Flycatchers,  Mil- 
vulus  forficatus,  and  Common  Dove,  Zencedura  carolinensiSj  in  open  fields, 
where  were  a  few  scattered  trees  and  bushes. 

12—  i  —11.00  X  23.00  X  7.75  x  0.00.    Mar.    8,  Corpus  Christi. 
98—  i  —10.75  X  23.25  x  7.75  x  5.50.    Mar.  27,  BrownsviUe. 

BuTEO  UNiomCTUS  HABBisi,  {Aud.)  Bidg. — Harrises  Buzzard. 

This  dark  Hawk  was  seen  everywhere  along  the  Bio  Grande,  but  in 
especially  large  numbers  in  the  vicinity  of  the  large  packing-house  some 
three  miles  from  Brownsville.  There  it  could  be  seen  at  all  times  in  the 
clay,  perched  on  the  telegraph  poles  and  trees  along  the  railway  track, 
watching  the  Turkey  Buzzards,  Cathartes  aura^  Black  Vultures,  Caihartes 
atratusy  and  Audubon's  Caracaras,  Polyborvs  atiduboni,  holding  carnival 
over  the  oflGal  scattered  about  in  great  heaps.  By  driving  our  ambulance 
by  the  side  of  the  track,  we  could  shoot  from  it,  and  in  this  manner  ob- 

•  llctinia  mississippiemiSf  auct.  ex  Wils.— Fafco  euhoeruUuSt  Bartr.  Trav.  Fla.  1791, 290.— 
Iciinia  auhccmileat  Cones,  Pr.  Phila.  Acad.  1876,  345,  q.  r.— E.  C] 

\lFalco  forficaiuSf  L.  1758.— JVat4cf«ru#  forficatM,  Bidgw.  1&7 A.Slanoides  forfioatuSp 
Coues,  Pr.  Phila.  Acad.  1876, 345,  q.  v.- E.  C] 


SENNETT   ON   BIRDS   OF  THE   BIO   GRANDE   OF  TEXAS.         43 

tained  several  of  this  species.  They  are  sluggish  carrionfeediDg  birds, 
bat  withal  pretty  shy.  At  a  distance,  they  look  black,  and  are  easily 
recognized  from  any  others  of  the  family.  They  build  in  various  places, 
from  an  eight-foot  Spanish  bayonet,  or  small  tree,  to  a  crotch  forty  feet 
high.  The  nests  are  composed  of  sticks  and  leaves,  and  are  quite  bulky. 
I  was  with  Dr.  Merrill  when  he  examined  two  nests.  One  was  on  a 
Spanish  bayonet,  some  eight  or  nine  feet  high,  and  the  other  in  a  tree 
about  fifteen  feet  above  the  ground.  At  Hidalgo,  I  secured  two  sets  of 
two  eggs  each.  One  set  was  taken  April  29th  from  a  nest  ten  feet  from 
the  ground  in  a  mezquite-tree,  surrounded  by  small  trees.  One  egg 
contained  a  peeping  chick,  and  the  other  was  addled.  The  other  set 
was  taken  May  1st  by  Mr.  Barton  from  a  tall  ebony-tree.  The  eggs  were 
fresh.  The  shape  of  the  egg  is  nearly  double-rounded,  but  slightly 
tending  to  point  at  one  end.  The  color  is  pure  dead  white.  The  sizes 
are  as  follows :— 2.10  by  1.70,  2.05  by  1.70, 2.10  by  1.70,  and  2.08  by  1.69, 
averaging  2.08  by  1.70. 

1.03— ^—20.00  X  41.00  X  12.25  X   8.75.  Mar.  27,  Brownsville. 

1.55—  <J  —22.00  X  48.00  x  15.00  x  10.00.  Apr.    3,  Brownsville. 

1.56—  2  —20.00  X  46.00  x  14.00  x   9.00.  Apr.    3,  Brownsville. 
3.65— ?— 22.50  X  47.00  X  14.50  X   9.50.  May    4,  Hidalgo. 
3.90— ^—20.00  X  44.00  X  13.00  X   8.75.  May    7,  Hidalgo. 

BUTBO  PENNSYLVANICUS,  ( Wils.)  Bp. — Broad-winged  Buzzard. 

• 

Thesingleone  wasshot  on  May  7th  in  a  dense  woods.  It  was  mistaken 
for  an  Owl,  when,  at  my  approach,  it  flew  from  one  tree  to  another,  and 
I  was  qaite  surprised  when  I  picked  it  up. 

3.88—  i  —15.50  X  36.00  x  11.25  x  6.50.    May  7,  Hidalgo. 

Abohibuteo  fbbruginbus,  {Licht)  Or.-^Ferrugineous  Buzzard. 

On  May  IGth  I  found  an  immense  nest  on  the  top  of  a  large  Spanish 
bayonet,  and  some  twelve  feet  from  the  ground.  There  was  no  bird  near, 
and  I  knew  not  whether  it  was  occupied  or  not.  By  cutting  off  the 
needle-points  of  the  leaves,  my  Mexican  guide,  with  considerable  help, 
was  able  to  scale  it,  and,  to  my  surprise,  brought  down  two  large  eggs. 
While  1  was  trying  to  identify  them,  on  came  the  owners,  a  pair  of  this 
species,  circling  and  screaming  above  our  heads,  but  not  near  enough 
for  a  sure  shot.  Caught  in  the  act  as  we  were,  with  nothing  for  cover 
better  than  a  Spanish  bayonet  or  a  low  cactus,  and  being  in  the  very 
home  of  six-foot  rattlesnakes,  I  saw  no  practicable  way  of  securing  the 
birds.  Later  on  the  same  day  we  came  upon  another  nest,  and  a  pair . 
of  the  same  species.  This  time  they  were  within  easy  range  as  they 
flew  over  our  heads ;  but  our  wagon  was  covered,  and  before  we  could 
get  out  of  the  awkward  thing  to  shoot  they  were  out  of  range.  This 
nest  was  empty,  but  had  the  appearance  of  being  new ;  was  very  bulky, 
similar  to  the  former  one,  and,  like  it,  situated  on  a  Spanish  bayonet, 
about  eight  feet  from  the  ground.  Dr.  Merrill  was  with  me.  We  both 
had  a  fine  view  of  the  birds,  and  their  identification  was  complete.   '^^^ 


44      BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

locality  was  a  sandy  ridge,  dividing  a  lake  from  the  salt-marsheB.  The 
eggs  were  perfectly  fresh.  The  shape  is  like  those  of  Harris's  Bazzard 
{Buteo  harriH} ;  bat  for  a  tendency  to  be  pointed  at  one  end,  woald  be 
a  broad  oval.  They  are  pure  chalky-white.  One  of  them  had  very 
faint  flecks  of  yellowish-brown  scattered  sparsely  over  it.  The  other 
was  without  any.  Both  of  them  have  a  few  longitudinal  creases.  One 
measures  2.40  by  1.90,  and  the  other  2.38  by  1.90. 

POLYBOEUS  THABUS  AUDUBONi,  {Cas8.)  Ridg. — Audubon^s  Caracara^ 

On  my  way  down  the  coast,  I  saw  this  bird  for  the  first  time  at  Cor- 
pus Christi,  and  again  on  the  northern  end  of  Padre  Island.  But  not 
until  I  came  near  the  slaughter-houses  near  Brownsville  did  I  find  it 
very  abundant.  There,  at  almost  any  time  in  the  day,  numbers  can  be 
seen  with  the  Vultures,  feeding  upon  the  ofifal.  When  not  feeding,  they 
were  seen  in  pairs,  on  the  ground  or  low  dead  stubs,  and  were  qoite 
tame.  Their  flight  is  low  at  this  season  as  they  skim  over  the  top  of 
the  chaparral  and  among  the  mezquite  groves.  I  did  not  see  them  cir- 
cling and  sailing  to  great  heights,  as  they  are  said  to  do.  They  walk, 
run,  and  hop  readily,  as  I  learned  when  chasing  a  winged  bird  through 
the  thorns  and  thickets.  I  never  heard  them  utter  a  cry  of  any  kind. 
The  sexes  are  alike^  and  it  takes  several  years  to  acquire  their  full 
plumage;  hence  the  majority  of  the  birds  are  yellowish-brown.  Consid- 
ering the  number  of  binls,  it  is  surprising  how  few  nests  are  found.  I 
spent  much  valuable  time  in  search  for  them,  but  without  success.  Dr. 
Merrill,  however,  was  more  fortunate.  His  familiarity  with  country  and 
birds  gave  him  a  great  advantage,  and  through  his  kindness  1  got  chance 
at  a  nest.  We  together  took  a  set  of  two  from  the  nest.  Ho  afterward 
gave  me  the  set.  This  nest  was  composed  of  sticks  and  a  few  leaves,  and 
rested  on  the  branches  of  a  sapling  only  about  nine  or  ten  feet  from  the 
ground.  This  small  tree  was  one  of  a  clump  which  stood  under  larger 
trees,  and  was  so  slender  that  great  care  had  to  be  taken  not  to  shake  out 
the  eggs  in  getting  to  them.  It  was  bulky,  and  with  but  little  depression. 
One  of  the  eggs  is  round  at  one  end  and  inclined  to  be  pointed  at  the  other; 
the  other  is  quite  double-rounded.  The  ground-color  is  a  rich  cinnamon- 
brown.  They  are  blotched  with  reddish-brown  in  great  irregular  clusters 
over  the  whole  egg^  and  on  these  are  small  black  blotches.  My  two  eggs 
measure  2.30  by  1.85  and  2.15  by  1.82.  A  pair  given  Mr.  Webster  are 
2.40  by  1.86  and  2.32  by  1.85. 

83—^  ad.  —21.50  x  48.50  x  15.25  x  9.00.  Mar.  26,  Brownsville. 

99—  $  ad.  —23.00  x  49.50  x  15.25  x  8.25.  Mar.  27,  Brownsville. 

100—^  jun.— 22.00  x  47.50  x  14.25  x  7.75.  Mar.  27,  Brownsville. 

101— <J         —22.00x49.00x15.00x7.25.  Mar.  27,  Brownsville. 

102—  $  Jan.- 23.00  x  48.50  x  15.50  x  8.00.  Mar.  27,  Brownsville. 

CATHAKTID^. 

Oathabtes  auba,  (£.)  lU. — Turkey  Buzzard. 

Abundant,  but  not  so  much  so  as  Catltartes  atratus,  Black  Vulture.    At 
Hidalgo,  two  sets  of  eggs  were  found  in  the  open  woodland  on  the  bare 


BENNETT   ON   BIRDS   OF   THE   RIO   GRANDE   OP   TEXAS.         45 

gronndy  with  no  sign  of  nest.  The  shape  is  nearly  oval,  but  sometimes 
one  end  is  more  pointed  than  the  other.  The  color  is  light  drab,  spotted 
and  blotched  with  dark  reddish-brown,  rather  regalarly,  bat  not  thickly, 
over  the  whole  egg.  One  egg  has  a  complete  ring  of  spots  very  close  to 
one  end.  They  measure  2.70  by  1.80,  2.65  by  1.90, 2.68  by  1.85,  and  2.70 
by  1.90. 

223—  ?  —26.00  X  66.00  x  20.50  x  10.25  x  10.25.    Apr.  17,  Hidalgo. 

Oathartes  atratus,  {Bartr.)  Less.— Black  Vulture. 

The  most  abundant  of  all  the  carrion-feeding  birds  on  the  Lower  Rio 
Grande.  I  found  it  much  more  numerous  in  the  vicinity  of  Brownsville 
than  on  the  coast  or  farther  up  the  river.  Nowhere  was  it  frequenting 
the  towns,  as  it  is  said  to  do  in  other  sections,  but  preferred  the  country, 
and  especially  the  river-banks.  Wherever  there  are  slaughter-houses 
or  large  herds  of  cattle,  it  is  sure  to  be.  One  of  the  saddest  sights  of 
our  slow  progress  up  the  river  was  to  see  the  poor  cattle  that  had  strayed 
away  from  their  drinkingfords  and  were  mired  in  the  quicksand.  The 
only  interest  taken  in  their  fate  was  manifested  by  the  ever-ready  horde 
of  Vultures  who  were  frolicking  near,  in  anticipation  of  their  approaching 
feast.  Two  sets  of  eggs  of  two  each  were  found  in  the  vicinity  of 
Hidalgo.  Both  were  laid  upon  the  bare  ground  in  the  woods,  one  set 
being  at  the  root  of  a  mezquitetree.  They  are  shaped  oblong-oval,  but 
one  end  more  pointed  than  the  other,  and  their  groundcolor  is  white, 
tinged  with  green.  The  markings  are  brown  blotches  of  all  sizes  and 
shades  of  distinctness,  and  almost  entirely  confined  to  the  larger  end. 
On  the  brown  are  a  few  black  spots.  The  eggs  measure  3  by  2.05,  3.10 
by  2.10,  3.02  by  1.95,  and  2.94  by  1.95. 

COLUMBID^. 

OOLUSIBA  FLAViROSTRFS,  W a gkr.^ Bed-billed  Pigeon^ 

I  found  this  fine  large  Pigeon  common  in  heavy  timber,  more  especially 
in  the  tall  scattered  clumps  near  the  larger  tracts.  Its  ap[>earance  is  so 
marked  that  it  can  be  recognized  at  all  times  from  other  members  of  the 
family.  Like  all  the  Pigeons,  it  is  fond  of  the  water.  Any  morning 
will  find  numbers  of  all  the  different  species  going  to  and  coming  from 
the  sandbars  in  the  river,  where  they  are  in  the  habit  of  drinking  and 
bathing. 

The  coofing  of  this  bird  is  clear,  short,  and  rather  high-pitched.  It  is 
more  secluded  in  its  habits  than  an.V  of  the  others,  exc;ept  the  one  I 
have  lately  found  new  to  our  fauna,  JSchmoptila  alhifrons.  In  point  of 
numbers  it  is  much  less  numerous  than  the  Carolina  and  the  White- 
winged  Doves ;  still  it  is  quite  extensively  shot  for  market.  I  found  it 
breeding,' and  secured  several  sets  of  nests  and  eggs.  As  the  accounts 
given  respecting  its  breeding  habits  are  very  meagre,  I  will  give  in 
detail  my  observations. 

On  April  30th,  I  found  my  first  nest  of  this  bird  in  the  vicinitY  oC  Bx- 


46      BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

dalgo.  The  locality  was  a  grove  of  large  trees,  with  undergrawth,  and 
clamps  of  bashes  matted  with  vices.  While  prying  aboat  the  thick 
vines,  I  flashed  the  bird  off  its  nest,  and  it  alighted  in  one  of  the  tall 
trees  near  by.  It  took  me  bat  a  moment  or  two  to  examine  the  nest 
and  shoot  the  bird.  In  less  than  ten  minntes'  time  I  had  also  its  mate. 
The  nest  was  only  eight  or  nine  feet  from  the  groand,  and  set  npon  the 
horizontal  branches  of  a  sapling  in  the  midst  of  the  vines.  It  was  com- 
posed of  sticks,  lined  with  fine  stems  and  grasses,  had  a  depression  of 
an  inch  or  more,  and  was  aboat  eight  inches  in  oatside  diameter  by  two 
and  one-half  inches  deep.  It  contained  one  egg^  with  embryo  just 
formed.  Dissection  of  the  bird  showed  that  she  woald  have  laid  no 
more. 

On  May  3d,  I  foand  another  nest  very  similarly  sitaated  in  a  dense 
thicket  on  the  border  of  a  woods.  The  bird  was  seen ;  the  nest  con- 
tained one  addled  egg. 

On  May  8th,  at  Lomita  Eanche,  a  few  miles  above  Hidalgo,  in  the  fine 
grove  of  ebonies  in  the  rear  of  the  buildings  of  the  ranche.  I  found  two 
nests.  Both  were  well  up  in  the  trees,  one  aboat  twenty-five  feet  and 
the  other  about  thirty.  The  nests  were  situated  close  to  the  body  of  the 
trees,  on  large  branches,  and  were  composed  of  sticks  and  grasses,  with 
an  inside  depth  of  about  two  inches.  One  contained  a  single  egg,  far 
advanced ;  in  the  other,  also,  lay  a  solitary  egg^  from  which  a  young 
chick  was  just  emerging.  The  parents  persisted  in  staying  about,  not- 
withstanding we  were  making  a  great  disturbance,  even  shooting  into 
the  same  trees.  Whenever  we  would  go  off  some  distance,  they  would 
immediately  go  on  their  nests,  and  seemed  loth  to  leave  them  at  our 
return.    These  were  the  only  ones  seen  breeding  so  near  habitations. 

The  grove  was  a  common  resort  for  man  and  beast,  besides  being  the 
place  where  wagons,  tools,  &c.,  were  kept  and  repaired. 

On  May  11th,  I  obtained  my  fifth  and  last  nest.  I  found  it  in  the  woods 
at  the  fork  of  two  roads,  a  mile  or  so  from  the  village,  down  the  river. 
This  nest  I  had  discovered  a  week  or  so  before,  complete,  but  empty. 
It  was  situated  about  ten  feet  from  the  ground,  in  one  of  a  thick  clump 
of  small  trees,  at  the  junction  of  several  small  branches.  It  was  com- 
posed of  twigs  and  rootlets,  without  grasses,  and  had  a  depression  of 
one  and  one-half  inches.  The  bird  was  flushed  from  the  nest  and  shot. 
Upon  examination,  the  solitary  egg  showed  that  incubation  had  begun, 
and  dissection  of  the  bird  proved  that  no  other  eggs  were  developed  for 
laying. 

From  my  observations,  I  conclude  that  the  Red-billed  Pigeon  breeds 
on  our  extreme  southern  border  during  April  and  May ;  that  it  builds 
a  nest  differing  from  those  of  other  Pigeons,  and  lays  but  one  egg.  The 
only  authority  at  my  command  mentioning  the  habits  of  this  species  is 
** North  American  Birds",  by  Baird,  Brewer  and  Ridgway.  In  vol.  iii., 
page  367,  mention  is  made  of  the  tico  eggs  of  this  bird  being  somewhat 
larger  than  those  of  Z.  carolinensiSj  Carolina  Dove.    The  same  page 


SBNNETT   ON  BIRDS   OF  THE   RIO   GRANDE   OF  TEXAS.        4*7 

gives  description  and  size  of  the  eggs  (1.18  by  0.90)  in  the  Berlandier 
collection. 

Now  these  statements  apply  so  exactly  to  the  egg  of  the  White- winged 
Dove,  Melopelia  leucopteraj  and  are  so  decidedly  at  variance  with  my  ex- 
perience,  that  I  have  no  hesitation  in  saying  that  nndoubtedly  Dr.  Ber- 
landier and  the  Mexican  were  laboring  under  a  mistake,  both  having  the 
eggs  of  Melopelia  leucoptera  (see  my  description  of  this  further  on), 
instead  of  Columba  flavirostris.  The  shape  of  my  five  egga  of  the  bird 
nnder  consideration  is  oblong-oval,  with  the  greatest  diameter  in  the 
centre.  Some  vary  slightly,  tending  sometimes  to  double-pointed,  and 
again  to  double-rounded.  Their  color  is  pure  white.  They  measure 
1.60  by  1.10, 1.55  by  1.12, 1.60  by  1.08, 1.48  by  1.08,  and  1.46  by  1.07, 
averaging- 1.54  by  1.09. 

233-  ^  —14.00  X  25.00  x  8.50  x  4.75.  Apr.  19,  Hidalgo. 

260—  $  —14.60  X  24.50  x  7.90  x  5.00.  Apr.  20,  Hidalgo. 

323—  $  —14.25  X  23.25  x  7.50  x  5.00.  Apr.  30,  Hidalgo. 

324—  S  —14.75  X  25.00  x  7.75  x  5.00.  Apr.  30,  Hidalgo. 
408— <J— 13.75x24.75x7.75x4.75.  May  9,  Hidalgo. 
422—  ^  —14.00  X  24.50  x  8.00  x  4.65.  May  11,  Hidalgo. 

Zenmdvril  OABOLiNENSis,  (£.)  Bp, — Carolina  Dove. 

This  bird  was  most  abundant  of  all  the  Pigeons  wherever  we  went. 
At  Galveston  and  Corpus  Ohristi,  on  the  way  down,  and  at  Brownsville, 
np  to  about  April  10th,  they  were  in  flocks.  When  I  reached  Hidalgo, 
April  17th,  they  were  mating,  and  they  filled  the  air  with  the  sound  of 
their  cooiog.  On  April  25th,  I  found  the  first  two  eggs,  and  soon  there- 
after they  became  abundant.  By  the  first  of  May,  we  came  upon  their 
nests  in  all  sorts  of  places  and  at  all  heights,  within  from  two  to  eight 
feet  from  the  ground,  but  never  on  the  ground.  Their  construction  was 
usually  a  small,  simple  platform  of  twigs,  with  the  slightest  depression. 
Frequently  they  were  made  of  bleached  grasses  alone.  It  was  a  very 
pretty  sight  to  see  one  of  these  nests  of  yellow  grass,  with  its  snow- 
white  eggs.  This  bird  is  at  all  times  very  tame,  and  when  sitting  on  its 
eggs  will  often  allow  one  to  come  within  two  feet  of  it  to  observe  it.  Of 
some  fifty  eggs,  the  average  is  1.10  by  0.82. 

25—  9  —12.25  X  18  25  X  5.75  x  5.50.  Mar.   8,  Corpas  ChristL 

308—  $  —11.25  X  17.00  x  5.40  x  4.90.  Apr.  30,  Hidalgo. 

309—  ^  —12.00  X  18.00  x  5.75  x  5.50.  Apr.  30,  Hidalgo. 
370—^—12.00x18.25x5.65x5.50.  May   5,  Hidalgo. 

Melopelia  leucoptera,  (L.)  Bp. — White-winged  Dove. 

In  all  wooded  districts  on  the  Bio  Grande  above  Brownsville,  this  Dove 
is  abundant.  In  the  immediate  vicinity  of  Brownsville  I  did  not  meet 
with  it ;  but  I  hacl  not  gone  far  up  the  river  by  boat  before  I  saw  it  in 
company  with  others  about  the  banks  and  shores  of  the  river.  Whether 
at  rest  or  on  the  wing,  it  is  a  handsome  bird,  showing  almost  as  far  as 
you  can  see  it  the  characteristic  wiog-patch  which  gives  it  name.  These 
birds  are  very  affectionate  and  attentive  toward  each  other,  and  their 
soft,  sweet  cooing  is  pleasant  to  hear.    They  are  not  under  foot  «a.\&5^^^^ 


48      BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

as  the  Carolina  Dove,  yet  they  are  by  no  means  shy.  I  have  frequently 
been  within  twenty-five  feet  of  them,  and  stood,  to  be  curiously  observed 
by  them,  for  some  seconds  before  they  took  flight.  Though  not  as  shy 
in  the  trees  as  the  Bed  billed  Pigeon,  yet  they  do  not  like  one  to  come 
near  their  eggs.  When  I  reached  Hidalgo,  these  birds  were  in  pairs, 
and  I  was  quite  surprised  on  the  1st  of  May  tp  see  a  flock  of  a  dozen  or 
so.  They  were  probably  males  in  search  of  food,  while  their  mates  were 
incubating  their  eggs,  for  at  that  time  no  young  birds  were  out.  I  found 
numbers  of  their  nests  situated  in  all  sorts  of  trees  (the  mezquite  is  a 
favorite  tree  with  them),  and  in  thickets  at  all  heights  within  from  four 
to  ten  feet  from  the  ground.  They  are  generally  composed  of  sticks  and 
weeds,  with  little,  sometimes  no  lining,  of  leaves  or  feathers.  I  have 
one  nest  of  Spanish  moss.  The  complement  of  eggs  is  two.  They  are 
oblongoval,  and  of  a  creamy-white ;  occasionally  a  set  will  be  very  dark 
cream,  or  one  again  will  be  pure  white.  Of  thirty  eggs,  the  largest  is 
1.30  by  0.92,  and  the  smallest  1.10  by  0.90,  although  there  is  one  nar- 
rower, it  being  1.20  by  0.86.    The  average  size  is  1.20  by  0.89. 

225—^—12.00  X  19.25  x  6.25  X  4.25.  Apr.  IH,  Hidal|?o. 

227—  <J  —12.25  X  20.00  x  6.50  x  4.40.  Apr.  18,  Hidalgo. 

228—^—12.00  X  19.00  x  6.40  x  4.40.  Apr.  18,  Hidalgo. 

258—  ^  —12.25  X  20.00  x  6.50  x  4.50.  Apr.  20,  Hidalgo. 

259—  $  —12.10  X  20.00  x  6.60  x  4.50.  Apr.  20,  Hidalgo. 
268—  $  —11.75  X  20.50  x  6.60  x  4.25.  Apr.  24,  Hidalgo. 
310-  ^  —12.00  X  19.75  x  6.25  x  4.50.  Apr.  30,  Hidalgo. 
335— $—11.50x19.50x6.00x4.00.  May   2,  Hidalgo. 

Oham^pelia  passebina,  (L.)  8w. — Ground  Dove. 

In  the  vicinity  of  Brownsville,  I  saw  a  few  small  flocks,  but  not  where 

1  could  obtain  any.  At  Hidalgo,  I  saw  them  occasionally  in  pairs,  and 
they  breed  all  along  the  Lower  Bio  Grande,  but  I  did  not  collect  any 
of  their  eggs.  The  officers  at  camp  near  Hidalgo  said  they  came  in  the 
mornings  to  the  river,  near  by,  to  drink  wltl»  other  Pigeons.  I  am  in- 
debted to  Dr.  Merrill  for  a  set  of  two  eggs,  taken  near  Brownsville. 
They  are  oval,  pure  white,  and  measure  0.87  by  0.63  and  0.88  by  0.65. 

244—  $  —6.75  X  10.85  x  3.50  x  2.25.  Apr.  19,  Hidalgo. 
384— c?— 7.00x11.50x3.40x2.50.  May  7,  Hidalgo. 
385— $—7.00x11.50x3.40x2.40.    May   7,  Hidalgo. 

[Genus  -aSCHMOPTILA,  Coues. 

Perislera,  of  some  authors. 

Leptoptilaj  SwaiDson,  Cla«8.  B.  ii.  1837,  349  (misspelled  ''  Leptotila*^),  (Not  LeptopWoB 
Lesson,  Tr.  Orn.  1831,  585,  nor  Lepioptilua  Strickl.  1841,  nor  Leptopiila  Gloger, 
1842.)— Bp.  Consp.  Av.  ii.  1854,  74.— Gray,  Handl.  ii.  1870,  242,  n.  2319  {**LepUh 
iila''). 

Ch. — First  primary  abrnptly  emarginate,  attenuate  and  linear  near  the  end.    Wings 

02  moderate  length  :  3d  and  4th  primaries  longest ;  first  shorter  than  7th.  Tail  much 
shorter  than  the  wings,  rounded,  of  12  broad  feathers.  Tarsus  entirely  naked,  equal- 
ling or  rather  exceeding  the  middle  toe  and  claw.  Lateral  toes  nearly  equal,  the  ends 
of  their  claws  reaching  about  opposite  the  base  of  the  middle  claw.  Hind  too  shortest 
of  ali,  but  perfectly  incumbent.    Bill  small  and  slender,  much  shorter  than  tl.e  head. 


SENNETT   OK  BISDS   OF  THE   BIO   GRANDE   OF  TEXAS.         49 

A  conniderable  naked  space  about  the  eye,  thence  extending  in  a  narrow  line  to  the 
bill.  Size  medinm  or  rather  small.  Body  fnll  and  stont.  Coloration  snbdaed,  bat 
hind  head  and  neck  iridescent.    No  metallic  spots  on  wings. 

Type,  M.  jamaioenns  (L.). 

This  geuns  comprehends  a  nnmber  of  species  of  Middle.and  South  America  and  the 
West  Indies,  one  of  which,  JE,  alh{fr<m8f  before  only  known  from  Mexico,  I  recently 
had  the  pleasure  of  introducing  into  onr  fauna,  upon  specimens  secured  by  Mr.  Sennett, 
at  Hidalgo,  Texas.  Other  species,  as  recognized  by  Bonaparte  in  1854,  are  J?,  verreauxi 
of  New  Granada,  ^.  erylhrolhorax  of  Cayenne,  and  uE,  dulmsi  from  the  Rio  Napo.  G.  R. 
Gray,  in  1870,  records,  as  additional  species  of  the  same  immediate  group,  JE,  rufaxiUa, 
JB.  InratUieMiSj  JE,  oervinirenlria,  ^,  plumbicepSf  JE.  caasinif  JE,  riotteif  and  jE.  ocKroptera, 

The  characters  of  the  genus  are  drawn  up  from  ^.  alhifrona.  The  group  is  closely  re- 
l.ited  to  Periatera  proper,  of  which  Gray  makes  it  a  subgenus.  Ic  was  originally  named 
Leptotila  by  Swainson  in  1837,  but  the  name  is  preoccupied,  having  been  used  in  1831 
by  Lesson,  under  the  form  Leploptiloa,  for  a  genus  of  Storks.  Difference  of  termina- 
tion may  suffice  to  distinguish  any  two  names  when  indicat'ng  any  difference  of  mean- 
ing, as  in  the  cases  of  Ptcun  and  Picaf  but  can  hardly  be  considered  sufficient  in  this 
instance,  especially  as  the  original  form  of  the  word,  LeptopHloBf  requires  to  be  cor- 
rected into  LeptopUlMS  or  LeptopHla,  as  has  already  l^een  done  by  Strickland  and  Gloger. 

JSchmaptila  includes  a  number  of  species  of  "  Ground  Doves  ",  related  to  such  forms 
as  ZenaidOf  Perigteray  Oreopelia,  Slo.,  distinguished  from  the  more  arboreal  Pigeons  of 
the  New  World  by  their  long  naked  tarsi.  They  are  of  rather  small  size,  stont,  full 
body,  small  bill,  short,  rounded  broadly,  12-feathered  tail,  and  have  the  first  primary 
abruptly  linear-attenuate  at  the  end  for  an  inch  or  so.  They  are  of  rather  plain  colors, 
though  the  neck  h  s  the  iridescence  so  common  in  Pigeons,  and  usually  have  the  lining 
of  the  wings  chestnut. 

-3ECHMOPTILA  ALBIFBONS,  (Bp.)  Cou€8. —  White-fronted  Pigeon. 

LeptopiUa  alhifromBy  Bp.  C.  A.  ii.  1854,  74.  (Mexico;  "Cuba". — ^Lawr.  Bull.  Nat.  Mns. 
n.  4,  1876,  44  (Tehuantepec).  Iris  orange;  bill  black;  orbital  space  bluish; 
feet  CiirniiDo.)— Cones,  Bull.  Nuttall  Club,  ii.  n.  3,  July,  1877,  82  (Hidalgo, 
Texap,  May,  1877,  G.  B.  Sennett). 

PfrUUra  (Leptotila)  alhifrons,  Gray,  Handlist,  ii.  1870,  242,  n.  9380. 

Ch.  sp. —  S  ln^HfieooUv(icea8erioea,oervicecupreo-purpuraaoente,frontealbe8oente;  auhtM 
albido,  lateribus  oh90vrioribu»f  pectare  juguloque  fnhvinacM^  cr%S90  ci  mente  alH»;  tectricihuB 
al€Biti/erioribus<uUlaribusque  oastaneU;  r^ctricibus  medicBdorwconcoloribiUf  cateris  nigrea- 
eentihu  apidbna  albis ;  rosiro  nigra ;  pedibus  niberrimtB ;  tpatio  wbitaii  livido-inoamato. 
Long,  tot,  pedalis  ;  ala  semiptdalis  ;  oauda  4^ :  rostri  f :  tani  1^-1}.  dig,  med,  cum  ungue  1^. 

J ,  adnlt :  Upper  parts  brownish-olive,  with  silky  lustre  (much  as  in  Coccygua  ameri- 
oanua  for  example).  Hind  head,  nape,  and  back  and  sides  of  neck  with  coppery  pnr- 
plish  iridescence.  Top  of  the  head  of  a  somewhat  bluish  or  glaucous  '*  bloom '^  fading 
to  creamy-white  on  the  forehead.  Under  parts  dull  white  or  whitish,  more  or  less 
shaded  with  olive-brown  on  the  sides,  deepening  on  the  fore  breast  and  jngulum  to  pale 
vinaoeous ;  belly,  crissum,  and  chin  quite  purely  white.  Wing-coverts  and  inner  quills 
like  the  back,  and  without  metallic  spots;  other  larger  romiges  slaty-blackish,  with 
Tery  narrow  pale  edging  toward  the  end.  All  the  under  wing-coverts  and  the  axillaries 
bright  chestunt.  Two  middle  tail-feathers  like  the  back ;  others  slaty-black,  tipped 
w  th  white  in  decreasing  amount  from  the  outer  part  inward,  the  largest  white  tips 
being  about  half  an  inch  in  extent  Bill  black.  Feet  carmine-rod.  Iris  yellow.  Bare 
skin  around  eye  red  and  livid  blue.  Length  12-12^ ;  extent  19-19^ ;  wing  6-6i ;  tail 
4i  H  ;  bill }-} ;  tarsus  l^-H,  middle  toe  and  claw  rather  less. 

Female  not  seen. — £.  C] 

Shortly  after  obtalDing  my  first  specimen  of  this  Dove,  I  sent  a  descrip. 
tion  of  it  to  Wasliington.    It  was  identified,  and  a  portion  of  lh<i.  \ftNXA^ 
BuU.  iv.  No. 


50      BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

published  in  the  Balletin  of  the  Nottall  Ornithological  Club  for  Jaly, 
vol.  ii.,  No.  3,  p.  82.  Since  then  I  obtained  more  birds,  and  will  here 
give  a  further  description  of  it  and  its  habits.  On  April  16th,  I  obtained 
my  first  in  a  tract  of  timber  a  mile  below  Hidalgo,  near  the  bank  of  the 
river.  It  was  shot  from  the  upper  branches  of  the  tallest  trees.  Scat- 
tered about  the  woods  in  pairs  were  Columba  flavirostris^  Red-billed 
Pigeon,  and  Melopelia  leucoptera^  White- winged  Dove.  On  the  19th, 
another  was  shot  in  the  same  locality.  Five  specimens  were  secured  up  to 
the  time  of  leaving,  aud  a  number  of  others  seen  aud  heard.  It  is  more 
secluded  than  the  other  Pigeons,  and  only  found  among  the  tallest  tim- 
ber. Seen  in  the  woods,  it  resembles  M,  leucoptera  both  in  size  and 
shape  of  tail,  but  can  be  recognized  from  it  at  sight  by  the  absence  of 
the  large,  white  wing-patch.  Its  note  is  somewhat  prolonged,  ends  with 
a  falling  inflection,  and  is  excei'dingly  low  in  pitch.  Most  of  my  birds 
were  obtained  by  following  the  sound  of  their  notes  until  within  range ; 
all  were  seen  sitting  quietly  in  secluded  places;  all  are  males,  and  in- 
jured considerably  by  falling  from  great  heights.  On  the  last  day  of 
my  stay  at  Hidalgo,  I  watched  a  pair  for  a  long  time,  in  hopes  of  find- 
ing their  nest,  but  without  success.  If  they  had  one,  they  were  evi- 
dently not  anxious  to  get  to  their  eggs.  From  their  actions,  I  am  sure 
they  were  mated.  I  was  anxious  to  get  the  female,  but,  as  I  could  not 
distinguish  it  from  the  male,  I  had  to  take  the  chances;  and  upon 
shooting  one,  the  other  flew  out  of  sight,  and  I  could  not  obtain  it. 
Now,  that  the  bird  is  known  to  be  on  our  border,  we  shall  soon  know 
all  about  its  breeding  habits. 

This  species  has  the  following  specific  characteristics : — Upper  parts 
greenish-olive,  the  metallic  coloring  purple,  with  bronzy-green  reflec- 
tions, aud  restricted  to  the  back  of  neck.  Grown  drab,  shading  to 
nearly  white  on  forehead.  Orbital  space  small,  faintly  red  and  blue. 
Chin  white.  Foreneck  creamy-slate.  Belly  white.  Sides  ashy.  Wings 
brown  above,  slaty  below,  and  whole  under  wing-coverts  bright  chest- 
nut, which  color  extends  even  to  the  sides.  Tail  square,  of  twelve 
feathers;  middle  ones  olive,  like  the  back,  and  the  others  brown  above 
and  tipped  with  white  in  increasing  amount  until  the  outer  ones  are 
white  for  half  an  inch.  Tail  below  black,  with  the  white  tips  as  above. 
Under  tail-coverts  pure  white.  Iris  yellow,  with  reddish-brown  shade 
when  fresh,  but  changing  after  death  to  a  deep  salmon.  Bill  black,  0.62 
to  0.70  of  an  inch.  Feet  carmine.  Tarsus  1.35;  middle  toe  and  claw 
the  same. 

224—  ^  - 12.50  X  19.50  x  6.40  x  4.50.  Apr.  18,  Hidalgo. 

254—  i  —12.50  X  19.25  x  6.25  x  4.50.  Apr.  19,  Hidalgo. 

334— ,J —12.25  X  19.00  X  6.00  X  4.50.  May   2,  Hidalgo. 

421—^—12.00  X  19.25  x  600  x  4.25.  May  11,  Hidalgo. 

CRACIDJB. 

Oetalida  vetula,  Wagl. — Texas  Ouan. 
This  curious  and  interesting  bird  is  well  described  in  '^IS'orth  Amer- 


BENNETT   ON  BTRDS   OF   THE   BIO   GHANDE   OF   TEXAS.         51 

ican  Birds";  bat  I  must  take  issue  on  a  few  points,  particularly  in  re- 
gard to  its  breeding  habits.  In  the  vicinity  of  Brownsville,  the  heavy 
timber  being  scarcCf  I  saw  none,  and  only  heard  them  a  few  times  in 
the  heaviest  chaparral.  Hidalgo  is  in  the  very  heart  of  their  habitat 
within  our  limits,  and  my  facilities  for  observing  them  at  that  point  were 
very  good  indeed.  Mornings  and  evenings  we  could  hear  them  from 
every  direction,  and  whenever  we  went  into  the  woods  they  were  always 
observed.  One  is  sure  to  find  them  where  dense  thickets  of  undergrowth 
are  under  large  trees.  At  the  time  I  was  with  them  they  were  in  pairs, 
and  generally  a  number  of  pairs  would  be  in  one  locality.  The  sexes 
are  similar  in  appearance,  and  their  notes  alike,  excepting  that  the 
female's  note  is  pitched  higher.  Its  notes  are  loud  and  simply'inde- 
scribable.  If  you  will  sound  the  word  cha-cha*la-ca  in  rapid  succession 
in  the  loudest  possible  whisper,  always  aecenting  the  last  two  syllables, 
you  will  give  to  yourself,  but  to  no  one  else,  some  idea  of  their  love 
songs.  The  loudness  and  hoarseness  are  the  same  in  both  sexes,  and 
one  answers  the  other  so  closely  that  it  is  hard  to  distinguish  their 
notes,  although  one  may  be  closely  observing  them.  Their  concerts 
take  place  mornings,  evenings,  and  at  all  hours  on  dark  days.  They 
are  at  such  times  in  the  tops  of  the  trees,  and,  if  alarmed,  at  onc^  give 
the  warning  note,  and  sail,  with  spread  wings,  down  into  the  thickets, 
becoming  instantly  quiet.  The  woods  which  a  moment  before  resounded 
with  a  deafening  noise  of  an  uncertain  number  of  these  birds  (it  is  im- 
possible to  judge  by  the  sound  whether  few  or  many  are  engaged  in 
their  concerts)  is  now  still  as  death.  Those  unobserved  and  farthest 
off  will,  when  they  feel  reassured,  start  up  their  cry,  and  set  the  whole 
company  to  screaming  again.  Several  times,  when  well  concealed,  I 
have  noticed  a  pair  spring  from  a  thicket  into  a  large  tree,  jump  from 
limb  to  limb  close  to  the  body  until  they  reached  the  top,  when  they 
would  walk  out  to  the  end  of  the  branch  and  begin  their  song.  They 
roost  in  trees,  and  hunters  frequently  get  them  at  night.  Barely  did  I 
see  them  on  the  ground.  Once,  while  resting  in  a  mezquite  grove, 
which  looked  very  much  like  a  peach-orchard  on  a  well-kept  lawn,  I 
saw  a  Ghachalaca  trot  out  from  a  neighboring  thicket  in  full  view.  He 
seemed  looking  for  food  on  the  ground.  He  discovered  me,  and  we 
eyed  each  other  for  a  moment,  when  it  turned,  ran  a  short  distance, 
sprang  into  the  lower  branches  of  a  tree,  and,  hopping  along  from  tree 
to  tree,  disappeared  into  the  thicket  about  five  feet  from  the  ground. 
They  are  very  fond  of  blackberries,  which  were  then  getting  ripe. 
Another  peculiarity  of  this  bird  is  that  the  male  alone  has  the  trachea 
doubled  over  some  three  or  four  inches  on  the  muscles  of  the  breast, 
directly  under  the  skin.  Their  meat  is  white,  and  most  excellent  eating. 
Of  their  crossing  with  the  common  game  fowl,  and  thereby  producing 
the  superior  fighting-cocks  for  which  the  Mexicans  are  so  noted,  I  saw 
no  proof,  but  it  is  accepted  as  true  by  everybody  in  the  region.    They 


52      BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

are  easily  domesticated.  I  saw  a  pair  in  a  jacal  at  Brownsville  that 
coald  hardly  be  driven  ont  of  doors  lon^  enongh  for  ns  to  see  them. 

The  nest  of  this  species  is  never  found  on  the  groand,  bat  in  trees  and 
bushes  varying  in  height  from  four  to  ten  feet.  The  strnctare  varies  in 
composition  and  size  according  to  its  location.  If  it  is  in  a  large  fork 
close  to  the  body  of  the  tree,  a  few  sticks,  grasses,  and  leaves  are  suffi- 
cient, and  the  structure  will  not  equal  in  size  or  strength  that  of  a 
Mockingbird.  This  small  size  is  by  far  the  most  frequent;  but  I  have  a 
nest  built  upon  a  fork  of  tVo  small  branches,  composed  entirely  of  Span- 
ish moss.  It  is  bulky  and  flat,  being  a  foot  in  diameter  and  four  inches 
deei),  with  a  depression  four  inches  wide  and  two  deep.  The  bird  begins 
to  lay  about  the  middle  of  April,  and  when  I  left  that  section  on  May 
11  chicks  were  peeping  in  the  egg9^  and  some  nests  were  found  with 
broken  shells  and  deserted.  The  birds  are  clean  in  their  habits,  no 
excrement  or  litter  being  found  in  their  nests.  The  most  natural  place 
for  them  to  build  is  in  the  undergrowth  or  thickets  in  the  dense  forests. 
Their  complement  of  eggs  is  three.  I  secured  sixteen  sets,  and  in  no 
instance  were  there  more,  and  only  twice  less.  In  no  instance  were  they 
covered  with  leaves  or  anything  else,  as  has  been  said.  IS'or  does  the 
parent  fly  at  the  intruder  or  show  any  alarm.  On  the  contrary,  as  soon 
as  she  is  observed,  she  darts  into  the  thickets,  as  usual,  without  any  note 
of  alarm  or  any  show  of  fighting.  More  often,  the  bird  flies  off  before 
she  has  a  chance  of  being  seen,  and  the  eggs  can  be  seen  as  far  as  you 
can  see  the  nest.  The  first  nest  was  found  April  20,  and  contained  its 
full  complement  of  three  eggs.  The  location  was  above  the  camp  in  a 
wesatche  tree,  close  by  a  bridle-path,  ured  almost  daily  by  the  cavalry 
in  going  to  practice.  The  nest  was  some  eight  or  nine  feet  above  the 
ground,  in  a  crotch,  and  would  not  have  been  noticed  had  not  the  bird 
flown  as  we  came  upon  it  while  on  horseback.  This  was  by  all  odds  the 
most  exposed  place  in  which  any  nest  was  found.  One  nest  I  found  in 
the  heart  of  the  woods  at  Lomita  Eanche,  and  the  three  eggs  were  so 
much  exposed  that  they  were  seen  some  time  before  the  nest  could  be 
distinguished.  This  nest  was  shallow,  as  a  Pigeon's,  and  situated  about 
six  feet  from  the  ground  on  two  small  branches  of  a  sapling.  To 
describe  other  nests  would  be  but  repetition. 

The  eggs  are  remarkably  large  in  proportion  to  the  size  of  the  bird's 
body.  Tbey  have  very  thick  shells,  resembling  in  this  respect  a  Guinea- 
fowl's  eggj  and  of  extreme  hardness.  Their  shape  is  oblongoval.  They 
are  distinctly  granulated  and  of  a  rich  creamy- white.  They  are  generally 
remarkably  clean.  They  are  also  very  even  in  size.  The  largest  meas- 
ures 2.45  by  1.65,  the  smallest  2.31  by  1.55,  and  the  average  2.34  by  1.60. 

226— ^-.22.00  X  24.50  X  7.50  X   9.50.  Apr.  18,  Hidalgo. 

269—  ^  —23.00  X  26.50  x  8.50  x  10.50.  Apr.  24,  Hidalgo. 

270— $ —21.50  X  25.00  X  8.00  X   9.00.  Apr.  24,  Hidalgo. 

271—  <y  —24.00  X  27.00  x  8.50  x  10.50.  Apr.  24,  Hidalgo. 

311-  i  —23.50  X  28.00  x  8.15  x  10.00.  Apr.  30,  Hidalgo. 


SEMNETT   ON   BIBDS   OF   THE   BIO   GRANDE   OF   TEXAS.         53 

MELEAGBID^. 

Meleagris  GALLOP AV0,»  L.— Turkey. 

This  fine  game  bird  is  common  iu  the  timber  districts  along  the  Lower 
Eio  Grande.  While  going  up  and  down  the  river  on  the  steamer,  I  fre- 
quently saw  them  on  the  flat  bars  that  make  out  in  the  bends  of  the 
river,  or  flying  from  one  side  to  the  other.  In  the  vicinity  of  Hidalgo, 
I  heard  them  frequently,  and  saw  them  occasionally.  I  took  no  espe- 
cial pains  to  hunt  them,  and  obtained  no  specimens.  On  May  8th,  at 
the  camp,  I  saw  a  number  of  young  just  from  the  egg  that  the  soldiers 
had  caught  in  the  neighborhood. 

PBEDIOID^. 

Ortyx  VIRGINIAN  a  TEXANA,t  (Lawr.)  CoueB.^Texos  Quail. 

I  frequently  met  them,  singly  or  in  pairs,  in  open  chaparral.  I  shot 
a  number,  and  obtained  three  sets  of  eggs.  I  can  see  no  difference  in 
habits  from  0.  virginiana^  and  their  eggs  are  similar  but  smaller. 
They  average  1.20  by  0.93. 

.  93—  9  —  9.00  X  14.25  x  4.25  X  2.50.  Mar.  27,  BrownsviUe. 

142— (^—10.00x14.50x4.40x2.75.  Apr.    3,  BrowDSvlHe. 

352—  $  —  9.50  X  14.25  x  4.00  x  2.40.  May    3,  Hidalgo. 

353—^—  9.50  X  14.65  x  4.15  x  2.50.  May    3,  Hidalgo. 

369—^—  9.75  X  14.50  x  4.15  x  2.50.  May    5,  Hidalgo. 

Having  come  to  the  water  birds,  I  will  preface  these  notes  by  saying 
that  I  omit  mentioning  many  species  that  are  well  known  to  exist  on 
our  Southern  border  only  in  winter,  and  of  which  I  did  not  obtain  speci- 
mens. From  the  2dth  of  February  until  the  20th  of  March  we  were 
principally  among  the  water  birds.  The  birds  of  the  North  were  moult- 
ing, and  those  from  Mexico  were  just  coming  in,  were  paired,  and  busy 
prospecting  for  proper  places  for  their  eggs.    We  found  no  eggs  on  our 

way  down  the  coast. 

CHAEADRIID^. 

^GIALITIB  VOOIFEEA,  (L.)  Coss.—t^ildeer  Plover. 

This  bird  was  abundant  everywhere  near  the  coast,  and  at  Browns- 
ville in  wet  places,  up  to  April  15th,  when  I  left  for  up  the  river.  On 
my  return,  I  do  not  remember  of  seeing  it. 

H^MATOPODlDiES. 

1I.SMATOPUS  PALLLATIJS,  Temm. — Oyster-catcher. 

We  met  this  bird  in  the  bayous  between  Padre  and  Mustang  Islands, 
in  Corpus  Christi  Pass,  on  March  12th.    They  were  in  pairs,  and  continu- 

*  [No  specimens  examined  by  me.  The  Turkey  of  thin  region  is  said  to  have  light- 
tipped  upper  tail-eoverts,  being  thus  referable  to  true  gallopavo  {maeicana  Gould).— 
E.C.] 

t  [Specimens  typical  of  this  subspecies. — E.  C] 


54      BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURYET. 

ally  making  swift  aerial  flights,  common  to  shore  birds  in  the  mating 
season.  Here,  among  the  immense  oyster-beds,  they  revelled  in  plenty, 
and  were  as  tamo  as  could  be.  We  shot  a  number,  and  they  were  so 
very  fat  that  little  ceuld  be  done  with  them.  Dissection  showed  eggs 
of  half  size,  so  that  if  we  had  had  time  to  remain  even  a  week  longer, 
we  undoubtedly  could  have  found  their  eggs. 

33-  9  —20.00  X  37.00  x  11.00  x  4.75.    Mar.  13,  Padre  Island. 

Stbepsilas  intebpbes,  (L,)  III — Turnstone. 

I  am  satisfied  that  many  of  this  species  breed  along  the  entire  coast 
of  Texas.  At  Point  Isabel,  on  May  19th,  I  saw  many  pairs,  and  by  their 
actions  they  had  evidently  settled  for  the  season.  I  could  not  drive 
them  away  from  certain  localities.  I  was  told  by  the  fishermen  that  the 
birds  were  there  all  the  year  round.    I  did  not  find  their  eggs. 

BEOUEVmOSTRIDJS. 

Beoubvibostba  amebicana,  Gfn.^Avoc€t 

At  Bolivar  Point,  on  Galveston  Bay,  March  1st,  I  found  this  bird  in 
immense  flocks.  They  were  very  shy,  and  it  was  only  by  the  most  care- 
ful mancBUvring  that  I  could  shoot  them.  They  were  then  just  casting 
off  their  winter  plumage.  March  29th,  on  the  salt-marshes  about  half- 
way between  Brownsville  and  the  mouth  of  the  Bio  Grande,  I  met  them 
again,  in  flocks  of  three  or  four.  Here  they  exhibited  nothing  like  the 
shyness  we  had  seen  on  Bolivar  Point.  After  shooting  at  them,  they 
would  fly  a  short  distance  along  the  shallow  lagoon,  and  drop  down  and 
commence  feeding  again.  They  apparently  felt  no  concern  for  their 
wounded  companions.  They  were  not  yet  in  summer  plumage.  On 
May  20, 1  examined  miles  of  the  bayous,  lagoons,  and  marshes  about 
Point  Isabel,  fit  places  for  them,  and  did  not  see  any  of  this  species,  and 
I  presume  they  had  left  for  the  North  and  West. 

112—  $  —17.50  X  30.50  x  9.00  x  3.50.    Mar.  29,  BrownsviUe. 
HiMANTOPUS  NIGBICOLLIS,    V.-^8tUt. 

Occasionally  seen  about  Brownsville  in  small  flocks.  In  the  marshes 
near  the  coa^t  I  found  them  numerous,  and  breeding  on  a  small  island 
that  rose  just  above  the  water's  edge.  To  reach  it,  we  waded  to  the 
depth  of  a  foot,  for  half  a  mile  or  more  from  our  ambulance,  and  so  low 
was  it  that  it  was  quite  concealed  by  the  sparse  grass  of  the  marsh  about 
it.  The  island  was  several  hundred  feet  long  by  about  two  hundred  feet 
wide,  and  was  composed  of  mud  and  grasses.  Herons  of  all  kinds  were 
seen  scattered  over  the  whole  marsh,  feeding  or  lazily  flying  about.  The 
nests  were  near  the  water,  and  some  of  them  in  the  water.  Those  in  the 
water  were  composed  of  grasses,  piled  up  in  little  heaps  of  such  a  height 
that  the  eggs  would  just  clear  the  water.  If  built  on  the  mud,  there 
were  fewer  grasses.  The  birds  were  there  in  numbers,  screaming  about 
our  heads.     No  other  birds  were  breeding  on  the  island,  excepting 


8ENNETT   ON   BIRDS   OF   THE   BIO   GRANDE   OF   TEXAS.  55 

Marsh  aud  Forster's  Terns,  the  nests  of  each  being  in  separate  groups. 
They  evidently  had  but  fairly  commenced  laying,  as,  out  of  the  dozen 
or  more  nests,  we  found  only  one  had  its  full  complement  of  four  eggs. 
All  were  fresh,  excepting  a  clutch  of  four,  which  contained  young  nearly 
ready  to  come  out  of  the  shell.  We  were  only  restrained  from  taking 
many  of  the  birds  by  having  our  bag  already  so  full  that  the  idea  of 
taking  care  of  any  more  in  the  great  heat  was  appalling.  The  eggs  have 
a  ground-color  of  greenish-drab,  and  are  blotched  with  dark  brown,  the 
spots  being  thickest  about  the  greatest  diameter.  The  largest  egg 
measures  1.85  by  1.25,  the  smallest  1.60  by  1.15,  and  the  average  1.71 
by  1.21. 

436—  $  —15.50  X  26.00  x  9.00  x  3.00.    May  16,  Brownsville. 

8COLOPACIDJB5. 

Tringa  maoulata,  v. — Pectoral  Sandpiper. 

Great  numbers  of  these  were  on  the  Bio  Grande,  in  company  with 
Actiturus  bartramitis^  up  to  about  April  15th,  after  which  time  I  did  not 
notice  them. 

96—  ^  —9.50  X  18.50  x  5.75  x  2.50.    Mar.  27,  Brownevllle. 

97—  $  —8.25  X  16.00  x  5.15  x  2.50.    Mar.  27,  Browns vUle. 

LiMOSA  FEDOA,  (L,)  Ord. — Oreat  Marbled  OodwiL 

The  only  locality  in  which  we  noticed  this  species  was  at  Padre 
Island,  by  Corpus  Christi  Pass,  about  March  15.  They  then  had  their 
warm  winter  plumage.    A  number  were  shot,  but  none  preserved. 

TOTANUS  SEMIPALMATUS,  Om.—  Willct. 

I  saw  these  every  day  on  the  coast  as  we  were  going  down,  aud,  March 
29th,  1  saw  them  again  near  the  mouth  of  the  B*o  Grande.  When  I 
found  the  Stilt's  eggs,  on  May  16th,  I  saw  them  in  pairs,  scattered  about ; 
and  on  May  19lh,  at  Point  Isabel,  I  saw  several  pairs.  I  have  just 
received  a  letter  from  Dr.  Merrill,  saying  that  he  found  a  set  of  their 
eggs  not  far  from  where  we  found  the  Stilf  s  eggs,  but  giving  no  further 
particulars. 

ToTANXJS  ipsLANOLEUOUS,  Om. — Greater  Telltale. 

At  Point  Isabel,  on  May  19tlV|  I  shot  this  bird,  and  saw  several  pairs, 
apparently  settled  to  breed. 

Actiturus  bartramtos,  ( Wils.)  Bp.— Upland  Plover. 

Seen  in  abundance  near  the  coast,  and  in  wet  places  near  Brownsville, 
up  to  April  15th,  after  which  time  I  did  not  frequent  its  favorite  locali- 
ties. 

95—  ^  —11.50  X  21.50  X  6.50  x  3.50.    Mar.  27,  Brownsville. 

NuMBNiUS  longirostris,  Wils. — Long  billed  Curlew. 

I  saw  this  conspicuous  bird  along  the  coast  going  down,  and  in  the 
marshes  nc^  Brownsville,  up  to  the  time  of  taking  t\i<^  ^v^^^xfi^s^  ^^ 


66      BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

home;  and  I  have  no  donbt  a  few  remain  near  the  coast,  aboat  the 
mouth  of  the  Bio  Grande,  the  entire  year. 

NUMENIUS  BOBEALis,  {Forst.)  Latk. — Esquimaux  Curlew. 

Oo  March  8th,  at  Cori)US  Christi,  near  the  month  of  the  Nneces,  I  shot 
several  of  these  birds.  They  were  seen  singly  or  in  groups  of  three  or 
four.  On  the  northern  end  of  Padre  Island,  a  week  later,  I  saw  them 
in  flocks  of  twenty  or  more.  They  were  seen  alighting  on  the  small 
islands  in  the  pass,  and  flying  swiftly  along  the  margins  of  the  water. 
They  were  quite  shy  ]  a  number  were  shot 

22—^—13.75  X  27.00  x  8.50  x  3.40.    Mar.  28,  Corpas  Christi. 

TANTALID^. 

Falcinellus  guaeauna,  Om. — White-faced  Ohssy  Ibis. 

My  experience  with  the  breeding  habits  of  this  beautiful  bird  was 
unexpectedly  large  and  opportune.  On  my  return  to  Brownsville  from 
up  the  river,  a  hunter  brought  me,  among  others,  a  young  bird  and 
some  eggs,  that  I  had  never  seen  before,  and  which,  he  said^  belonged 
to  this  bird.  The  next  day,  May  15th,  I  took  an  ambulance  and  driver, 
and  this  same  Mexican  hunter,  to  compel  him  to  make  good  the  stories 
he  had  told  of  the  great  numbers  of  birds  and  eggs  to  be  seen.  Down 
we  went,  through  the  chaparral,  across  the  country,  by  the  borders  of 
lagoons  and  lakes,  until  we  stopped  on  the  edge  of  an  immense  salt- 
marsh,  filled  with  rushes  excepting  near  the  shores.  All  kinds  of 
Herons  and  water  fowl  were  moving  about  in  all  directions,  but  nothing 
unusual  was  seen,  there  being  no  indications  of  an  established  heronry. 
When  the  Mexican  stripped  and  said,  '^Gomeou,^  I  dared  not  back  oat, 
and  could  but  do  the  same,  and  follow  with  the  gun.  The  darky  driver 
fairly  rolled  with  laughter,  and  considered  it  a  good  joke.  I  must  say, 
at  that  moment  I  agreed  with  him.  In  we  went,  my  leather  colored 
guide  taking  the  lead,  with  ray  big  bag  strapped  to  his  head  and  shoul- 
ders. The  rushes  were  distant  many  rods  from  the  shore,  in  water  from 
three  to  four  feet  deep,  and  stood  out  of  the  water  about  six  feet.  As 
we  parted  the  rushes  to  examine  a  few  nests  near  the  outskirts,  a  few 
Herons  and  Ibises  circled  and  screamed  above  our  heads.  I  indicated 
to  my  guide  that  I  would  not  shoot  until  I  found  an  Ibis  on  its  nest. 
Into  the  rushes  we  worked  our  wa^',  the  nests  grew  more  abundant,  and 
we  came  to  openings  that  would  allow  us  to  have  a  more  extended 
view.  I  here  picked  out  an  Ibis  on  a  nest,  fired,  and  saw  the  bird  drop 
over;  but  I  was  so  completely  overwhelmed  by  the  sight  above  and 
about  us,  that  I  was  for  the  time  transfixed.  A  hundred  acres  of  beau- 
tiful birds,  plunging  and  screaming  above  the  rushes!  Just  think  of  it  I 
In  ten  minutes  from  the  report  of  the  gun,  all  the  thousands  of  birds, 
excepting  those  in  our  immediate  vicinity,  were  settled  again  upon  their 
eggs.  On  every  side  were  nests  in  great  numbers,  and  birds  guarding 
their  eggs  or  young,  allowing  us  to  get  within  a  few  feet  of  them  before 


SENNETT   ON   BIRDS   OF  THE   BIO   GBANDE   OF  TEXAS.         57 

launching  into  the  air  with  flapping  wings,  legs,  and  necks.  The  Ibis 
alone  was  shy,  and  kept  at  a  respectfnl  distance.  Along^with  it,  and  in 
about  eqnal  numbers,  were  Ardca  egretta,  Great  White  Egret;  Ardea 
candidis^nia^  Little  \^hite  Egret ;  and  Ardea  var.  leucoprjpnna,  Louisiana 
Heron ;  besides  not  a  few  Nyctiardea  var.  nceviaj  li^ight  Heron.  All  of 
these  were  here  nesting  indiscriminately.  After  shooting  a  few  birds,  I 
soon  found  that  the  Ibis  eggs  resembled  none  of  the  others.  Its  nest 
differs  considerably  from  those  of  the  Herons  nesting  near,  although 
built  of  the  same  material.  It  is  built  of  dead  rushes  twined  about 
broken-down  and  upright  living  ones,  and  is  more  elaborately  and 
strongly  woven,  and  is  deeper  than  the  others.  Its  shape  is  not  unlike 
that  of  a  Grackle's  nest.  Its  outside  is  about  a  foot  in  diameter  and 
eight  or  ten  inches  deep,  and  inside  six  or  eight  inches  wide  by  three  or 
four  inches  deep.  Its  height  from  the  water  varied  from  two  to  four 
feet  There  is  greater  variation  in  the  season  for  breeding  with  this 
species  than  with  the  Herons.  I  found  larger  younger  birds,  and  fresher 
eggs.  The  season  for  fresh  eggs,  however,  was  drawing  to  a  close,  for 
few  indeed  were  the  nests  found  containing  one  or  no  egg.  (Tnlike  the 
Herons,  too,  the  whole  clutch  would  be  hatched  at  nearly  the  same 
time ;  i.  e.,  the  eggs  of  the  clutch  would  be  more  equally  advanced,  and 
the  young  nearly  of  a  size.  I  found  young  in  all  stages,  from  those  just 
out  of  the  egg  to  those  half-grown  and  about  ready  to  leave  the  nest. 
The  latter,  at  our  near  approach,  would  scramble  out  of  the  nests  and 
into  the  water,  and  a  tough  chase  we  would  have  in  the  tangled  reeds 
to  catch  them.  The  young,  as  it  leaves  the  eggy  is  covered  with  black 
down,  with  a  white  patch  on  the  head ;  its  legs  and  bill  are  pink,  the 
latter  decurved,  and  with  two  black  bands.  As  it  grows,  the  quills  and 
feathers  show,  from  their  start,  the  metallic  hues,  and  when  half-grown, 
it  is  of  the  richest  deep  green.  Neither  old  nor  young  make  any  noise 
or  resistance  when  captured.* 

Eggs  were  found  in  all  stages  of  incubation.  The  proportion  of  eggs 
with  young  was  largely  in  excess  of  the  fresh  ones,  yet  I  found  enough 
of  the  latter.  I  could  tell  them  by  the  color — the  fresher  the  egg  the 
deeper  the  green.  It  would  not  be  exaggeration  to  say  that  I  could 
have  gathered  bushels  of  eggs  and  hundreds  of  young  of  this  species 
alone.  The  farther  we  penetrated  into  the  rushes,  the  more  abundant 
were  the  nests.  Such  a  haul  was  only  equalled  on  the  very  next  day, 
May  16th,  when  Dr.  Merrill  accompanied  us,  and  we  were  amoog  these 
beautiful  Ibises  nearly  the  whole  day.  Here,  too,  other  birds,  of  which 
notice  will  be  taken  farther  on,  were  found  breeding.  In  this  heronry 
and  marsh,  we  worked  long  and  faithfully,  hardly  knowing  what  we 
would  not  find  breeding  in  it.    It  was  near  night  both  days  before  I  left 

*  [Mr.  Bennett's  beaatifuUy  prepared  and  faigh-plumaged  specimens  show  vexjf  clearly 
the  specific  distinction  from  the  common  Bay  or  Glossy  Ibis,  Faldmllus  ignciu  of 
Mthors.    The  yonng  birds  are  entirely  green,  and  represent  the  supposed  species,  Fal* 
okieatif  ihdUuHnuB  of  Mr.  Ridg^ay,  \rho  informs  me  that  he  some  time  since  «»Trc%^^%X 
fhia  determiDatioo.-^E.  C.l 


58      BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  QEOLOQICAL  SUBYET. 


• 


it,  and  toward  eveniDg  large  flocks  of  this  Ibis  would  come  in  to  roost, 
probably  having  been  off  in  search  of  food  dnring  the  day.  Their  flight 
is  in  lines,  like  the  Cormorants,  and  well  sustained.  This  bird  is  a  mar- 
ket bird  in  the  fall,  when  it  is  fat  and  said  to  be  very  good.  The  com- 
plement of  eggs  is  three  or  four ;  in  only  one  instance  did  I  find  five. 
Of  the  seventy-six  eggs  before  me  I  give  the  following  description : — 
Shape  oblong,  rounded  at  one  end  and  pointed  at  the  other.  In  only  a 
few  instances  are  they  oval.  Color  bluish-green.  The  longest  and 
broadest  egg  measures  2.20  by  1.50 ;  the  shortest  and  narrowest,  1.72 
by  1.30;  and  the  average,  1.99  by  1.42. 

430—^—23.00x38.00x11.00x4.00.  May  IS,  BrownsviUe. 

431^  ^  —23.50  X  38.50  x  10.75  x  4.00.  May  15,  Brownsville. 

435—  $  —21.50  X  36.00  x  10.25  x  3.75.  May  16,  Brownsville. 

437—^—24.00  X  SaOO  x  10.00  x  4.00.  May  16,  Brownsville. 

439_^_24^  X  38.50  x  10.50  x  4.00.  May  16,  Brownsville. 

440.  ^  -.23.50  X  39.50  x  10.75  x  iJ25.  May  16,  Brownsville. 

443—  i  — 23i)0  X  38.50  x  1 1.00  x  3.75.  May  16,  Brownsville. 

445—  ^  —23.75  x  38.75  x  10.60  x  3.75.  BCay  16,  Brownsville. 

Ibis  alba,  (L.)  F.—  White  Ibis. 

The  only  time  and  place  I  saw  this  bird  was  on  May  16,  at  the  *<  her- 
onry", where  I  obtained  so  many  Falcinelltis  guarauna.  Not  over  a 
dozen  were  seen,  and  only  one  secnred.  I  looked  long  for  their  nests,  but 
I  did  not  flod  any  to  know  them.  The  birds  did  not  act  as  if  they  had 
nests,  bnt  possibly  they  were  nesting  in  the  heart  of  the  rushes. 

441^  ^  —27.25  X  33.75  x  11.50  x  4.50.    May  16,  BrownsviUe. 

Platalea  ajaja,  L. — Boseate  SpoonbUL 

But  little  was  seen  of  this  magnificent  and  wonderful  bird.  A  few 
miles  from  the  coast  it  is  known  to  frequent  the  salt  lakes  and  marshes. 
In  going  from  Brownsville  to  Point  Isabel  on  the  cars,  I  saw  a  flock  of 
eight  in  full  plumage,  as  they  were  startled  by  our  train.  While  tak- 
ing a  run  on  horseback  about  the  lagoons  and  marshes  in  the  vicinity 
of  Point  Isabel,  on  the  evening  before^  my  departure  for  home,  I  saw 
a  few  flying  over  the  marshes,  but  got  no  shot.  I  could  learn  nothing 
about  their  breeding  habits,  although  everybody  in  that  section  of 
country  mentions  seeing  them  often,  and  speaks  of  them  as  very  shy. 

ARDEIDM* 

Abdea  hebodias,  L. — Oreat  Blue  Heron, 

About  the  lagoons,  inside  of  the  sand-hills  on  the  coast,  and  especially 
about  Corpus  Christi  Pass,  this  bird  was  seen  in  numbers.  On  the 
northern  end  of  Padre  Island  I  saw  tbem  by  hundreds.  Nearly  all  the 
bushes  of  the  island  Uiat  grow  to  the  height  of  a  man  are  located  on 
that  point,  and  in  the  largest  of  the  growth  the  camp  of  the  Coast  Sur- 
vey was  situated.    All  of  this  growth  could  be  seen  from  the  station. 


*  [Noinenclatare  in  this  family  according  to  Mr.  Ridgway's  later  investigations — see 
■  paper,  this  Bnlletin,  beyond. — E,  C] 


SEMNETT  ON  BIRDS   OF  TH£   BIO   GRANDE   OF   TEXAS.         59 

Od  March  15th,  Mr.  Halter  and  I,  with  a  glass,  coaoted  thirty-eight  of 
this  species  on  oue  clnmp  of  hashes  no  larger  than  two  hundred  by 
twenty-five  feet.  Tbey  were  busy  at  work  on  their  nests,  and  had  them 
all  nearly  ready  for  the  eggs.  On  the  same  day,  I  examined  these 
bushes,  which  were  scruboak  and  about  eight  feet  high.  By  going  to 
the  top  of  a  sand-hill,  which  had  drifted  upon  one  of  these  clumps,  I 
could  look  into  nearly  all  of  the  nests,  and,  had  I  been  inclined,  could 
have  stepped  into  several  of  them.  No  eggs  were  yet  laid.  The  nests 
were  composed  of  sticks  laid  ui)on  the  thick,  tangled-bushes.  They  were 
very  bulky,  some  being  fully  three  feet  in  diameter,  and  had  a  depres- 
sion of  about  six  inches.  The  birds  wer<e  in  fine  plumage,  very  shy, 
knew  well  the  range  of  a  gun,  and  bad  sentinels  on  every  sandhill. 
When  a  man  appeared,  the  whole  army  within  the  radius  of  a  mile  were 
signalled  to  that  effect.  A  set  of  their  eggs  was  sent  me,  that  was 
obtained  soon  after  I  left.    They  average  2.58  by  1.84  inches. 

Herodias  EORETTA,  ((?!».)  Oray.—Oreat  White  Egret 

Frequently  seen  about  the  lagoons  on  the  coast,  and  also  on  the  river 
between  Hidalgo  and  Brownsville.  At  the  great  heronry  in  the  rushes, 
about  half-way  between  Brownsville  and  the  coast,  I  found  it  breeding 
in  great  numbers,  and  obtained  eggs  and  young.  When  I  found  them, 
May  15th,  the  eggs  were  mostly  hatched,  and  not  a  perfectly  fresh  egg 
was  tx)  be  found.  Young  nearly  as  large  as  a  Gallinule  aqd  eggs  not 
hatched  were  in  the  same  nest.  The  birds  were  not  easily  frightened 
firom  their  nests,  but  would  stretch  up  their  long  necks,  and  eye  us  until 
we  were  within  a  few  feet  of  them  before  throwing  themselves  into  the 
air.  The  young  are  covered  sparsely  with  white  down.  Their  nests 
are  bulky,  composed  of  the  dead  and  broken-down  rushes,  about  two 
feet  in  diameter,  and  situated  from  one  to  three  feet  above  the  water. 
Their  complement  of  eggs  is  three  or  four.  The  eggs  are  broadly  oval, 
of  a  pale  greenish-blue  color,  and  average  2.18  by  1.57  inches. 

200—  ^  —41.50  X  61.00  X  17.00  x  6.65.    Apr.  10,  BrownsviUe. 

201—  $  —38.00  X  56.00  x  15.00  x  5.50.    Apr.  10,  BrownsYiUe. 

Oarzetta  GA^'DIDISSIHA,  (Jocq.)  Bp.— Little  White  Egret 

t  On  May  15th,  I  was  delighted  to  meet  with  this  to  me  the  prettiest  of 
all  the  Herons  in  the  salt-marshes,  where  it  was  breeding  in  innumer- 
able numbers  in  company  with  others  of  the  family.  I  obtained  num- 
bers of  birds,  eggs,  and  young.  It  builds  a  flat  nest  of  rushes,  about 
eight  or  ten  inches  in  diameter,  with  a  depression  of  about  three  inches, 
and  it  is  supported  by  broken-down,  living  reeds  at  a  height  above  the 
water  of  from  six  inches  to  three  feet.  The  young  fresh  from  the  egg 
are  covered  well  with  white  down,  and  when  a  few  days  old  are  very 
pretty,  compared  with  young  Herons.  When  I  found  them,  the  young 
were  just  hatching,  and  but  few  full  families  were  out.  The  young  do 
not  vary  as  much  in  size  as  do  A,  egretta^  Great  White  Egret.  The  eggs 
and  nests  are  so  near  like  those  of  A.  leucaprymna^  Lgyaks^siSiA.  ^^^x.^^^ 


60      BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

that  the  birds  mast  be  well  marked,  or  shot  on  the  nesty  to  be  sore  of 
their  ideutification.  Both  kinds  breed  there  side  by  side,  in  equal  nam- 
bei*s,  and,  fortunately,  both  are  qnite  tame,  so  that  one  can  approach 
carefully  under  the  rushes  to  within  a  short  distance,  and  can  mark  and 
follow  the  birds.  I  obtained  many  fresh  eggs  of  this  bird,  and  but  £or 
preferring  Glossy  Ibis,  and  having  all  the  load  we  could  manage  for  a 
rough  road  home,  I  should  have  taken  more.  The  complement  is  four. 
The  eggs  are  oval,  of  a  pale  greenish-blue,  and  average  1.66  by  1.25 
inches. 

427_  9  —23.25  x  37.00  x  9.50  x  3.50.    May  15,  BrownavUle. 
428—  9  —23.00  x  36.00  x  9.85  x  3.25.    May  15,  BrownsviUe. 

Htdbanassa  tbioolob,  [Mull)  Ridgw.'-' Louisiana  Heron. 

This  Heron  was  not  noticed  until  I  found  it  breeding.  May  15th,  in  the 
rushes  of  the  salt-marshes  between  Brownsville  and  the  coast.  Its  nest 
and  eggs  are  so  similar  to  those  of  Ardea  candidisaima^  that  one  de- 
scription will  answer  for  both.  What  little  difiPerence  I  find  in  the 
shape  of  the  eggs  is,  that  those  of  this  species  are  rather  longer  and 
more  pointed  on  an  average.  I  have  found,  however,  well  identified 
eggs  of  each  that  cannot  be  told  apart.  The  nests  contained  young  of 
all  ages  up  to  one-fourth  size ;  and  I  found  about  the  same  variation  in 
the  same  clutch  as  I  did  in  A.  egretta,  Great  White  Egret.  Perfectly 
fre^h  eggs  were  very  scarce  in  hundreds  of  nests  examined.  Four  eggs 
are  generally  laid.  The  old  birds  were  bold,  and  the  contrast  in  colors 
made  them  look  fine  as  they  circled  about  our  heads.  The  shape  of  the 
eggs  is  oblong-oval,  and  the  color,  like  most  of  the  Herons,  a  pale  green- 
ish blue.    They  average  1.78  by  1.29  inches. 

425— $ —26.25  X  38.00  X    9.65x3.15.  May  15,  BrownsviUe. 

426—^—26.50  X  39.00  x  10.50  x  3.75.  May  15,  BrownsviUe. 

427— ,J— 26.50  X  38.00  x  10.00  x  3.50.  May  16,  Brownsville. 

434— 5 —25.75  X  37.50  X   9.75x3.25.  May  16,  BrownsviUe. 

DiCHBOMANASSA  BUFA,  (Bodd.)  Bidgw.—Reddlsh  Egret 

I  only  observed  this  Heron  on  the  islands  and  lagoons,  near  Corpus 
Christi  Pass,  in  the  middle  of  March.  Both  the  adult  and  white  young 
were  shot.  The  proportion  seemed  to  be  largely  in  favor  of  the  adult' 
pltimage.  They  were  not  at  all  shy.  I  have  seen  them  alight  on  the 
oyster-beds,  within  range  of  me,  when  I  have  been  in  a  rowboat,  and 
they  would  let  me  approach  within  easy  gunshot  range  before  they 
would  discontinue  feeding  or  searching  for  food.  They  were  exceed- 
ingly fat,  more  so,  I  think,  than  the  Oyster-catchers.  These  and  the 
Great  Blue  Herons  were  seen  feeding  together,  and  a  few  others  of  the 
family  at  this  particular  place.  I  was  too  early  for  their  eggs,  but  since 
my  return  1  have  received  a  set  from  there  without  any  particulars. 
Their  shape  is  long-oval  and  color  pale  greenish-blue.  They  average  2 
by  1.47  inches. 

34—  9  —27.50  X  46.50  x  1 2.50  x  4.50.    Mar.  14,  Padre  laland. 


SENNETT   ON   BIRDS   OF   THE   BIO   GRANDE   OF   TEXAS.         61 

Florida  0(ERULBA,  (£.)  Bd. — Little  Blue  Heron. 

I  shot  a  single  specimen  of  this  species  a  few  miles  from  Brownsville, 
and  only  saw  two  or  three  others  in  the  same  locality. 

107—  $  —23^  X  41.00  X  11.50  x  4.50.    Mar.  29,  Brownsville. 

Nyotiardea  NJBViA,  {Bodd.)  Allen.— Night  Heron. 

Heard  at  night,  as  we  were  going  down  the  coast,  but  not  seen  nntil 
we  came  upon  the  heronry  in  the  salt-marshes  between  Brownsville 
and  the  coast.  There  I  found  it  breeding,  not  in  such  numbers  as  oth- 
ers of  the  family,  but  still  common.  The  nests  were  bulky  affairs,  com- 
posed of  the  dead  rushes,  and  placed  near  the  water  on  broken-down 
and  living  rushes.  Nearly  all  contained  young,  but  1  secured  a  set  of 
three  very  fresh  eggs.  The  old  birds  were  exceedingly  noisy  and  bold, 
and  the  young  pugnacious  from  their  exit  from  the  eggs.  They  had  no 
idea  of  leaving  the  nest  at  my  approach,  but,  instead,  would  strike  out 
at  my  hands,  and,  even  when  caught,  would  not  cease  to  fight.  Their 
nests  were  more  filthy  than  the  others;  the  young  are  half-naked,  and  a 
miserable,  vagabond-looking  set  they  are.  The  usual  number  of  eggs  is 
four.  Their  color  is  bluish-white  and  shape  very  broadly  oval.  Their 
average  size  is  1.94  by  1.52. 

Nyctherodius  violaceus,  (L.)  Reich. — Yellow -crowned  Night  Heron. 

Several  were  observed  in  swamps  and  thickets  on  *Nueces  Bay,  near 
Corpus  Ghristi,  on  the  8th  of  March.  None  were  obtained,  however, 
as  they  were  shy  and  the  thickets  too  difficult  to  penetrate. 

Ardetta  exilis,  (Om.)  Or.— Least  Bittern. 

Occasionally  seen  about  the  marshes.  I  shot  one  and  saw  others  at 
the  great  heronry,  near  Brownsville,  on  May  16ih.  I  did  not  find  its  nest, 
but  I  am  confident  it  breeds  there. 

438— ^_14.25  X  18.25  x  4.60  x  1.90.    May  16,  BrowDSville. 

GEUID^. 

Orus  AMERICANA,  (L.)  Ord.—  White  Crane. 

I  frequently  saw  these  noble  birds  of  the  prairies  feeding  in  the 

lagoons,  as  we  went  down  the  coast,  and  in  the  wet  places  about 

Brownsville,  up  to  about  April  1st.    They  were  always  in  pairs,  and,  as 

usual,  very  shy. 

RALLIDiE. 

Ballus  LONGlROSTRiSy  Bodd.— Clapper  Bail. 

A  few  of  this  species  were  seen  about  Galveston  only,  and  a  single 
bird  obtained. 

3—  $  —14.60  X  30.00  X  5.75  x  2.50.    Feb.  2d,  Galyoston. 

Gallinula  gale  at  a,  {Licht)  Bp.— Florida  Oallinule. 

The  only  place  that  I  was  sure  of  seeing  this  bird  was  at  the  ''  her- 
onry".   Here  I  saw  quantities  of  them,  and  it  is  quite  prob'AV^\fe  N\^exV 


62      BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY 

8a\9  tbem  in  company  with  Coots  on  the  river.  When  gathering  Ibis 
and  Heron  eggs,  I  heard  constantly  the  notes  of  this  bird  and  Fuliea 
americanay  and  fonnd  its  nest  quite  common  in  the  same  rnshes.  Its 
nest  is  bnilt  of  dead  rnshes,  and  floats  upon  the  water,  moored  to  the 
stalks  of  growing  reeds.  I  took  one  clutch  of  fonrteen,  another  of  nine, 
and  another  of  seven,  on  May  I6th,  perfectly  fresh.  In  color  and  mark- 
ings I  see  no  variation  from  Florida  specimens.  They  average  1.77  by 
1.25. 

447—9—14.00x22.25x6.75x2.75.    May  16,  Brownsvill©. 
448—  $  —14.50  X  23.00  x  6.75  x  2.75.    May  16,  BrowntvUlo. 

FULICA  AMEBIOANA,  Om. — American  Coot 

Very  abundant  on  the  river  between  Brownsville  and  Hidalgo ;  and 
as  our  steamer  came  upon  them,  instead  of  flying  they  would  generally 
paddle  to  the  shore,  run  up  the  banks,  and  hide  behind  clumps  of  earth 
or  roots.  I  found  it  breeding  in  about  equal  numbers  with  OaUinula 
galeata  in  the  marshes  below  Brownsville.  Sets  of  thirteen,  eleven, 
and  so  on  down,  of  fresh  eggs  were  taken.  The  nests  were  made  of 
rushes,  fastened  to  the  reeds  in  the  densest  parts,  and  floated  on  the 
water.  The  markings  of  the  eggs  are  no  different  from  Northwestern 
specimens.    They  average  1.94  by  1.30. 

ANATIDJS. 

Anseb  HYPEBBOBBU8,  PalL—8nou>  Ooose. 

On  March  29th,  while  near  the  Bio  Grande,  about  half-way  between  its 
mouth  and  Brownsville,  I  saw  large  numbers  of  this  species,  and  shot 
one.  The  were  feeding  on  the  immense  mud-flats  of  the  marshes,  and 
by  the  time  I  reached  my  bird  it  was  covered  with  mud.  I  saw  none 
later  than^this,  although  on  the  coast,  earlier,  it  was  frequently  observed 
about  the  lagoons  and  marshes. 

Dendbooygna  AUTUMN alis,  (L.)  Eyton. — Autumnal  Tree  Buck. 

This  fine  Goose-like  Duck  is  not  uncommon  in  suitable  places  along  the 
Lower  Rio  Grande.  By  the  inhabitants  it  is  called  ^^ Corn-field  Duck", 
from  it«  habit  of  frequenting  corn-fields  for  the  grain,  at  which  times  it 
is  a  common  market  bird.  At  the  time  of  my  observations,  it  was  busy 
breeding,  and  the  few  seen  were  very  shy.  In  going  up  the  river  from 
Brownsville,  April  15tb,  single  birds  and  groups  of  two  or  three  were  met 
very  frequently ;  but  coming  down,  May  12th,  they  were  much  more 
abundant,  gathered  in  flocks  of  ten  or  twelve  on  the  ^and-bars.  At  this 
time,  I  think  the  females  were  busy  sitting  on  their  eggs.  I  shot  but 
one,  and  it  was  lost  in  the  river.  I  did  not  come  across  its  nest.  Since 
my  return,  I  received  a  letter  from  Dr.  Finley,  stationed  at  camp  near 
Hidalgo,  stating  that  he  obtained  a  set  of  their  eggs  soon  after  I  left, 
and  that  they  are  extremely  difficult  to  find.  He  gave  no  further  par- 
ticulars.   He  also  secured  a  fine  bird  for  me. 


8ENNETT  ON  BIRDS   OF   THE   RIO   GRANDE  OF  TEXAS.         63 

Anas  obsgura,  Gm, — Dusky  Duck. 

On  May  19tby  I  shot  two  females  of  this  species  Dear  Point  Isabel,  on 
the  borders  of  a  bayon.  Baoh  bird  was  shot  flying  alone,  and  I  regret 
that  I  did  not  pay  more  attention  to  their  dissection,  and  could  not  save 
their  skins,  for  I  saspect  they  were  breeding  in  the  vicinity.  It  was  on 
the  eve  of  my  departure,  and  I  had  other  birds  occupying  my  attention. 

Dafila  acuta,  (L.)  Jenyns. — Pintail  Duck. 

Only  noticed  along  the  coast  on  our  way  down,  and  about  the  marshes 
in  the  vicinity  of  Brownsville  up  to  April  Ist. 

Ghaulelasmus  strbpsrus,  (X.)  Oray.—Oadwall 

Very  abundant  about  Galveston  and  Corpus  Ghristi  Bays  in  March. 
Not  noticed  on  the  Bio  Grande. 

Marbca  AMERICANA,  (Gm.)  Steph.—Baldpatc. 

Only  noticed  in  the  lagoons  and  bays  near  the  coast,  as  I  was  going 
down. 

Spatula  cltpeata,  (L.)  Baie.— Shoveller. 

Common  along  the  river  and  lagoons  in  the  interior.  On  April  26th,  at 
Hidalgo,  I  saw  three  males  and  one  female  resting  on  a  sand-bar,  and  I 
obtained  all  but  one  male  at  a  single  discharge. 

FuLiGULA  AFFiNis,  Eytm.—Les8€r  Blackhead. 

The  most  common  duck  seen  on  our  way  down.  Corpus  Cbristi  Bay 
was  filled  with  them,  and  they  were  so  fat  they  could  hardly  fly. 

PELECANID^. 

Peleoanus  trachtrhtnchus,  Lath.— White  Pelican. 

These  conspicuous  birds  were  seen  on  and  near  the  coast  constantly 
on  my  way  down,  and  when  I  left  the  mouth  of  the  Bio  Grande,  on 
May  20th,  they  were  still  there,  but  in  much  more  limited  numbers.  Up 
the  river  as  far  as  Hidalgo,  on  May  2d,  I  saw  a  flock  of  twenty  five  sail 
over  the  town  and  river.  On  the  evening  of  May  llth,  I  shot  one  from 
the  steamer  as  I  was  going  toward  Brownsville.  Near  the  salt-marshes 
and  the  heronry,  between  Brownsville  and  the  coast,  on  May  16,  they 
were  standing  on  the  shores  of  the  lakes,  and  at  Point  Isabel,  on  May 
19, 1  saw  a  few.  With  my  glass,  I  could  plainly  see  that  they  had 
crests  on  the  culmen,  and,  as  both  sexes  have  the  crests,  I  should  not 
be  suprised  to  hear  of  their  breeding  on  our  extreme  Southern  border. 
In  fact,  I  think  it  altogether  probable.  Why  not!  They  breed  with 
Forster's  Terns,  Sterna  forsterij  in  the  Northwest  and  British  America, 
and,  as  I  have  found  the  latter  breeding  on  the  Bio  Grande,  I  would 
expect  also  to  find  the  White  Pelican. 


64      BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVBT. 

Pbleoanus  fuscus,  £. — Brown  Pelican. 

AbQDdant  along  the  coaat,  and  in  the  bayous  and  lagoons  adjoining. 

In  going  down,  I  was  too  early  for  their  eggs,  and,  in  coming  back,  too 

late.    At  Padre  and  Mastang  Islands,  they  were  very  nbnndant,  and  a 

set  of  two  eggs,  laid  after  I  left,  was  sent  me  from  there,  where  they 

breed  on  the  small  sand  islands,  in  great  numbers,  along  with  Gulls  and 

Terns.    Two  eggs  sent  me  from  Padre  Island  measure  3.20  by  2.00  and 

2.90  by  1.93. 

GBACDLIDJS. 

Geaculus  mexioanus,  (Brandt)  Bp.^Mexican  Cormorant 

Frequently  seen  on  the  extreme  southern  border,  both  about  the  salt 
ponds  and  marshes  and  the  fresh-water  lagoons  up  the  river.  I  saw 
them  in  flocks  of  a  dozen  or  more,  but  generally  in  pairs  or  groups  of 
three  or  four.  I  have  seen  them  swimming,  standing  on  the  shore, 
and  perched  on  snags  over  the  water.  No  nests  were  found,  but  they 
undoubtedly  breed  there,  particularly  near  the  coast.  I  did  not  notice 
any  at  Hidalgo.  Other  members  of  this  family  were  seen  in  great  num- 
bers on  the  coast  going  down,  bat  none  obtained. 

70—  9  —26.00  X  40.25  x  10.25  x  6.50.    Mar.  24,  BrowDsrille. 

LABIDiB. 

Labus  abgentatus,  BrUnn. — Herring  OulL 

Not  noticed  far  below  Galveston,  where,  March  1st,  they  were  very 
abundant  and  moulting. 

Larus  dblawarbnsis,  Ord. — Ring  billed  OulL 

Very  abundant  at  Galveston,  March  1st,  where  it  was  in  company 
with  X.  argentatus  and  X.  atricilla.  It  was  not  noticed  farther  south 
than  Indianola. 

Labus  atbigilla,  L,— Laughing  OulL 

Everywhere  abundant  coastwise,  especially  so  about  Corpus  Ghristi 
Bay.  On  May  16th,  when  at  the  marshes,  we  would  meet  this  bird  in 
small  companies.  By  their  actions,  I  knew  their  ne$»ts  were  near,  and 
yet  I  did  not  come  upon  them.  They  are  less  wary  and  more  uumeroos 
than  any  other  Gull  or  Tern  on  the  coast. 

10—  9  —17.00  X  44.00  X  14.00  x  5.00.    Mar.    3,  GalvestOD. 
111—^—16.25  X  42.00  X  12.75  x  4.25.    Mar.  29,  Brownsville. 

Sterna  angliga,  Montagu.-^-Marsh  Tern. 

This  Tern  was  observed  at  almost  all  points  along  the  coast  as  I  went 
down.  At  Galveston,  March  1st,  it  was  in  company  with  Sterna  caspia^ 
Caspian  Tern,  and  Sterna  forsteri^  Forster^s  Tern,  in  about  equal  pro- 
portions. At  Nueces  Bay  and  Corpus  Christi  Pass,  it  was  quite  com- 
mon. On  May  16th,  when  collecting  eggs  of  Stilt,  Eimantapus  nigri- 
colliSj  and  Forster's  Tern,  Sterna  foraterij  I  found  on  the  same  island. 


BENNETT   ON   BIRDS   OF   THE   RIO   GB4NDE   OF   TEXAS.         65 

but  some  distance  from  the  latter,  a  colouj  of  Dests  bat  very  recently 
abaodoned.  Over  the  locality  acd  screamiDg  aboat  oar  heads  were  a 
few  of  this  species,  and  no  others.  The  nests,  some  fifteen  or  twenty  in 
namber,  were  composed  of  little  bnnches  of  grass  in  sancer-shape,  and 
contained  bits  of  broken  shells  and  fresh  excrement,  with  abandauce  of 
the  latter  aboat  the  nests.  Some  three  hundred  or  more  feet  distant 
were  the  Forster's  Terns  moarning  over  their  losses.  As  we  left  the 
nests  of  the  Marsh  Tern,  the  parent  birds  followed  as  for  a  short  distance, 
and  then  flew  away  from  the  island.  The  island  was  small,  and  sita- 
ated  far  oat  in  the  shallow  water.  The  bird  shot  for  identification  was 
a  male.  Fortnnately,  we  foaud  an  unfertilized  egg.  In  shape  it  closely 
resembles  that  of  8.  forsterij  bat  it  is  more  roundly  pointed.  In  color, 
the  drab,  instead  of  being  yellowish,  has  a  slight  greenish  tinge.  The 
markings  are  also  similar  to  those  of  Forster's  Tern  in  form  and  color, 
bat  are  more  thickly  placed  near  the  larger  end.  It  measures  1.78  by 
1.3^  of  an  inch. 

2—  9  —14.25  X  36.00  x  11.25  x  3.90.    Winter  plamage,  Feb.  28,  Galveston. 
442— <^~15.25  X  37.50  x  11.90  x  4.60.    Sammer  plnmage,  May  16,  Brownsville. 

Stebna  caspia,  Pall — Caspian  Tern. 

1  met  this  fine  bird  in  limited  numbers  all  the  way  from  Galveston  to 
Padre  Island  on  the  coast.  I  saw  more  about  Galveston  than  at  any 
other  point.    Bill  red,  dusky-tipped.    Feet  black.    Iris  hazel. 

1  —<J— 21.60  X  53.00  X  16.50.  Feb.  28,  Galveston. 

10—^—20.75  X  51.00  X  16.00.  Feb.  28,  Galveston. 

4  —  $  —22.50  X  55.25  x  17.00  x  6.50.    Feb.  28,  Galveston. 

Stebna  gantiaga,  Om.— Sandwich  Tern. 

This  long-billed  little  fellow  was  seen  in  abundance  about  Corpus 
Christi  Pass.  No  specimens  were  secured,  but  I  have  received  a  skin 
from  there  since  my  return.    They  breed  in  that  vicinity. 

Stbbna  fobstebi,  Nutt.'^Forster^s  Tern. 

I  foand  this  species  quite  numerous  at  Galveston,  March  1st.  On  May 
IGth,  I  found  it  breeding  in  the  salt-marshes  on  the  Bio  Grande.  I  became 
familiar  with  this  Tern  in  the  spring  of  1876  in  Western  Minnesota,  and 
to  find  it  here  again  was  like  meeting  an  old  friend.  On  the  same  low 
and  nearly  submerged  island  where  we  found  the  eggs  of  Stilt,  Himan- 
topu8  nigricollisy  and  some  hundred  yards  or  more  distant,  was  a  group 
of  these  Terns  upon  the  ground  near  their  eggs.  When  we  approached 
them,  they  commenced  screaming  and  flying  about  in  great  distress. 
They  had  only  fairly  began  to  lay,  as  no  set  was  complete.  One  or  two 
eggs  were  all  that  any  nest  contained,  and  some  were  not  occupied.  The 
nests  were  situated  farther  away  from  the  water  than  the  Stilt's,  but 
still  where  the  mud  was  wet,  and  consisted  simply  of  a  patting-down 
of  grasses  and  soil  into  a  shallow  saucer-shaped  depression.  About 
twenty  eggs  were  secured  between  Dr.  Merrill  and  myself,  ^srs^^c^ 
Bull.  iv.  No.  1—5 


66      BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

birds  were  shot ;  but  as  I  had  more  valaable  skins  to  prepare,  I  coald 
not  preserve  them.  Eggs  with  groandcolor  drab,  with  a  more  or  less 
yellowish  tinge,  and  pretty  evenly  covered  with  spots  and  dashes  of 
different  shades  of  brown;  average  size  1.86  by  1.37. 

4—  9  —14.75  z  30.00  z  9.75  z  5.00.    Winter  plomafe,  Feb.  26,  Galveaton. 
SXEBNA  SUPBROILIABIS  ANTILLABUM,  {L€88.)  Coues. — LeOSt  Tem. 

I  did  not  notice  this  smallest  of  the  Terns  until  I  reached  the  Bio 
Orande.  Along  the  bed  of  the  river  between  Brownsville  and  Hidalgo 
it  was  seen  freqaently.  Only  one  specimen  secared.  Its  mate  fell  in 
the  river  and  was  lost,  as  were  several  that  had  been  shot  before.  It 
undoabtedly  breeds  on  the  border,  but  I  did  not  meet  with  its  nest.  On 
my  retorn  to  the  coast  I  again  saw  it. 

416—^—9.75 z  19.75  z  9.60  z  3.60.    Hay  11,  Hidalga 

Bhtnohops  nigba,  L.— Black  Skimmer. 

I  saw  a  few  of  these  cnrious  birds  at  Corpus  Ghristi  and  Point  Isabel. 
The  largest  group  I  saw  was  of  four.  The  rest  were  generally  in  pairs. 
They  were  flying  near  the  shores  of  the  bays,  and  did  not  appear  shy. 

PODIOIPID^. 

PoDiCEPS  DOHiNious,  (L.).—8an  Domingo  Orebe. 

From  their  extremely  small  size  I  am  sure  I  saw  several  of  these  cun- 
ning birds,  but  I  must  own  to  my  not  being  able  to  shoot  tlem.  I  saw 
them  in  the  lagoons  and  marshes,  but  they  are  by  no  means  abundant. 


ART.  II -DESCRIPITONS  OF  FISHES  FROM  THE  CRETACEOUS 
AND  TERTIARY  DEPOSITS  WEST  OF  THE  MISSISSIPPI  RIVER. 


By  E.  D.  Cope. 


Tblsnaspis  yibgulatus,  Copey  gen.  et  tp.  nov. 

Character  genericus. — Shape  aogailliform ;  vertebrad  elongate,  oon* 
tracted  medially,  faruished  with  wide  and  short  diapophyses  over  the 
abdominal  region.  Craninm  elongate,  not  beaked;  jaws  famished  with 
acate  teeth  of  moderate  size  (bat  small  number  in  the  typical  specimen). 
Dorsal  fin  short,  median  in  position,  its  radii  cartilaginous.  Ventral 
fins  entirdy  behind  dorsal.  Caudal  and  anal  fins  unknown,  the  latter 
probably  wanting.  The  dorsal  and  ventral  surfaees  each  protected  by 
tripodal  shields.    Shields  of  other  forms  on  the  sides. 

This,  with  the  genus  following,  introduces  for  the  first  time  into  the 
l^orth  American  extinct  fauna  the  family  of  the  Dercetiform  fishes. 
The  relationship  of  the  family  has  been  discussed  by  various  authors, 
especially  by  Pictet  and  Yon  der  Marck.  The  former  regards  them  as 
Teleo9tei;  the  latter  as  ^^  Ganoids".  As  I  do  not  adopt  the  division  sig- 
nified by  the  last  name,  I  find  Professor  Pictet's  view  nearer  to  the 
point  The  specimens  indicate  further  that  the  DerceUdce  belong  to  the 
Actinopterij  and  probably  to  the  order  EemibranchiL  The  only  alterna- 
tive  is  the  order  Isotpondylij  and  the  characters  which  separate  the 
two  are  not  clearly  shown  in  the  specimens.  Distinct  bones  below  the 
pectoral  fins  may  be  interclavicles,  which  belong  to  the  HemibranchiL 

As  compared  with  the  other  genera  of  this  family,  Tricenaspis  differs 
in  the  very  short  dorsal  fin  and  posterior  position  of  the  ventrals,  with 
the  probable  absence  of  the  anal.  The  scuta  differ  iu  form  from  those 
of  some  genera. 

Character  specificus. — The  head  is  relatively  large  and  the  body  slen- 
der. The  fins  are  all  small.  The  rami  of  the  mandible  do  not  present 
a  long  symphysis.  The  opercula  are  subround,  and  the  bases  of  the 
pectoral  fins  are  quite  posterior  to  them.  The  dorsal  and  ventral  scuta 
are  triradiate,  the  median  branch  of  the  three  being  directed  anteriorly. 
A  series  of  smaller  triradiate  scales  extends  along  the  superior  lateral 
region  just  below  the  dorsal  row,  and  there  is  a  similar  one  above  the 
abdominal  row  on  each  side.  Between  these  and  the  vertebral  axis 
there  are  numerous  narrow,  band-like  scuta,  directed  backward  and 
toward  the  vertebrsB.  Eadii :  D.  9  or  10 ;  P.  12  or  13 ;  ventrals  disturbed. 
Vertebrae :  to  first  ray  of  dorsal  fin,  27-28;  from  dorsal  first  ray  to  o^^^qjs^r^ 


68      BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

base  of  vdntral  fio,  10.    The  dorsal  and  ventral  scuta  correspond  in 
number  to  the  vertebrae. 

Measure^nents, 

Leoj^thof  portioDof  fish  presenred 0.121 

Length  of  head 0.030 

Width  of  bead  behind 0.008 

Depth  of  body  at  end  of  pectoral  fin 0.0035 

Depth  of  body  behind  ventral  fin 0. 0070 

Depth  of  do»al  fin 0.0070 

Length  of  dorsal  fin 0.0040 

This  fish  was  discovered  by  Dr.  F.  V.  Haydetij  OeologisMn-Charge  of 
the  United  States  Geological  Survey  of  the  Territories  in  the  Niobrara 
Cretaceous  horizon  of  Dakota. 

Leptotbachelus  longipinnis,  «p.  nav. 

■ 

This  species  agrees  with  the  type-species  of  Leptotrachelus  of  Yon  der 
Marck  in  the  position  of  the  ventral  fins  beneath  the  dorsal,  in  the 
great  elongation  of  the  anterior  vertebrsB,  and  in  the  lanceolate  form  of 
the  head.  It  differs  from  that  species  {L.  armatus  v.  d.  Marck)  in  its 
more  elongate  dorsal  fin,  in  which  it  approximates  the  genus  Deroetis. 

Two  incomplete  specimens  represent  this  species,  neither  of  which 
possesses  the  caudal  nor  exhibits  an  anal  fin.  In  one  of  them,  the  cra- 
nium is  preserved  in  a  somewhat  dislocated  condition  at  the  extremity 
of  its  very  long  peduncle.  The  vertebrse  of  this  region,  which  might 
be  called  a  neck,  are  several  times  as  long  as  those  of  the  dorsal  series. 
The  femoral  bones  are  slender,  and  commence  below  the  anterior  part  of 
the  dorsal  fin.  In  one  specimen,  the  ventral  fin  originates  below  the 
twelfth  dorsal  ray;  in  the  other,  below  the  fifth.  As  the  latter  is  the 
least  distorted,  I  suspect  the  fin  to  occupy  its  normal  position.  The 
dorsal  radii  are  slender,  and  the  middle  and  anterior  longer  than  the 
I)osterior;  they  number  twenty-seven  in  one  specimen,  and  nineteen  in 
the  other,  where  the  posterior  portion  is  broken  away.  The  ventral 
rays  are  hair-like,  and  do  not  extend  to  the  line  of  the  distal  end  of  the 
dorsal.  The  pectoral  fins  are  well  developed,  and  occupy  their  usual 
position.  The  cranium  is  much  dislocated,  but  the  snout  is  acute  and 
attenuated.  The  dermal  scuta  consist  of  median,  dorsal,  and  ventral 
rows  oY  tripodal  form.  There  are  some  slender,  longitudinal,  hair-like 
bodies  on  the  sides,  which  cross  the  ribs.  The  vertebrsB  present  the 
characteristic  elongate  centra.  The  diapophyses  are  longer  on  the  post- 
ventral  than  on  the  preventral  region.  Each  scutum  is  as  long  as  a  ver- 
tebra. 

Measurements, 

Length  of  neck  of  No.  1 0.045 

Length  of  neck  to  base  of  dorsal  fin 0.071 

Length  of  base  of  dorsal  fin 0.025 

Elevation  of  dorsal  fin 0. 009 


COPE   ON  CRETACEOUS  AND   TERTIARY   FISHES.  69 

Depth  of  body  Just  behind  dorsal  fin 0. 006 

Depth  of  body  in  firont  of  dorsal  (No.  2) 0.010 

Five  vertebr»  measure  (No.  2) ^ 0.017 

Length  of  ventral  fin  (No.  2) 0.016 

Discovered  by  Dr.  F.  V.  Hayden  in  the  ISiobrara  Gretaceoas  of 
Dakota. 

This  fish  is  particularly  welcome,  as  displaying  generic  identity  with 
a  species  of  the  Westphalian  Ohalk,  and  with  a  third,  from  the  Slates  of 
Monnt  licbanon.  It  thos  indicates  a  closer  relation  between  these 
faunsB  than  coald  be  predicated  on  the  discovery  of  the  family  to 
which  it  belongs.  The  horizon  of  Moant  Lebanon  has  been  regarded  as 
Eocene,  bat  Heckel  and  Yon  der  Marck  place  it  in  the  Upper  Cretaceous. 
To  the  conclusion  of  these  palsBontologists,  tbe  discovery  of  this  and 
other  species  described  in  this  paper  lends  support. 

lOHTHYOTRINOA  TBNX7IR0STRIS,  get^.  et  «p.  nOV. 

Character  generieus. — Head  attenuated  and  produced  into  a  beak; 
jaws  with  weak  teeth,  of  equal  lengths.  Dorsal  fin  small,  composed  of 
soft  rays.  Body  covered  with  small,  round  scales.  VertebrsB  sub- 
elongate. 

The  specimens  representing  this  genus  are  so  far  imperfect  that  the 
caudal  and  anal  fins  remain  unknown.  But  they  show  clearly  that  it 
difiers  from  the  genera  which  appear  to  be  related,  namely,  Dercetis 
and  BhinelluSj  in  the  absence  of  dermal  scuta  and  in  the  short  dorsal 
fin.    But  one  species  has  come  under  my  observation. 

Character  specifictLS.-^The  dorsal  fin  is  about  half  as  far  behind  the 
cranium  as  the  length  of  the  latter.  It  is  supported  by  well  developed 
interneural  spines;  but  these  elements  do  not  exist  in  front  of  it. 
Muzzle  very  slender,  the  mouth  apparently  opening  to  behind  the  orbit. 
The  scales  closely  imbricate,  in  about  twenty  longitudinal  series,  above 
the  vertebral  line  of  the  side.  Dorsal  radii,  U.  (rudimental),  12.  The 
superior  supplementary  ribs  are  numerous. 

Measurements, 

M. 

Length  to  opercular  border 0.043 

Length  to  base  of  first  dorsal  ray 0.061 

Length  of  base  of  dorsal  fin 0.006 

Elevation  of  dorsalfin O.OIO 

Depth  to  vertebral  colnmn  between  dorsal  fin  and  head 0.005 

Fivovertebr» 0.006 

From  Cretaceous  No.  3  of  Dakota  (Dr.  F.  V.  Hayden). 

Spaniodon  simtjs,  sp.  nov. 

Another  genus  of  the  Lebanon  is  represented  in  the  collections  from 
Dakota  by  a  rather  abundant  species.  The  elongate  anterior  teeth  of 
the  dentary  bone  and  the  edentulous  maxillary  are  exhibited  b^  ^^^ 


70      BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  QEOLOQICAL  SUBYET. 

new  species;  bat  I  am  anable  to  find  the  long  premazillary  teeth  said  to 
exist  in  the  typical  species  of  Spaniodon.  As  the  absence  of  these 
may  be  due  to  accident,  and  as  all  other  characters  coincide,  I  leave  it 
under  this  genus.  From  the  known  genera  of  Saurodontidm  of  the  same 
horizon,  the  edentulous  maxillary  bone,  combined  with  long  dentaries 
with  round  section,  and  the  absence  of  pectoral  and  ventral  spinea,  sep« 
arate  it.  To  the  chu*acters  named,  I  may  add  that  there  are  no  dermal 
scuta,  bat  cycloid  dorsal  scales.  Whether  the  body  was  scaly  below  the 
lateral  line  is  not  clear  from  our  specimens. 

There  are  numerous  slender  branchiostegal  rays.  The  pectoral  fins 
are  inferior ;  the  dorsal  is  not  large,  is  comiK>sed  of  soft  rays,  and  is  sub- 
median  in  position.  The  ventral  fins  originate  behind  it,  and  the  anal 
fin  still  mcMre  posteriorly,  leaving  a  long  abdominal  cavity.  The  ribs  are 
long,  and  the  superior  ribs  numerous.  The  femora  are  elongate,  and 
are  narrowed  and  converging  anteriorly.  They  do  not  appear  to  be 
fissured.    The  dorsal  centira  are  not  elongate,  and  are  grooved. 

Character  specificus. — ^Three  specimens,  more  or  less  mutilated,  r^re- 
sent  this  fish ;  one  of  these  is  almost  entire,  and  serves  as  the  t^pe  of 
my  description. 

The  gape  of  the  mouth  is  wide,  and  is  directed  forward  and  upward. 
The  extremity  of  the  muzzle  is  the  premaxillary  bone,  and  this  is 
concave  backward,  so  as  to  give,  with  the  oblique  mouth,  a  bulldog  ex- 
pression. The  superior  profile  is  gently  concave.  The  opercular  appa- 
ratus is  produced  slightly  downward  and  backward,  so  that  the  poste- 
rior depth  of  the  head  equals  its  length.  The  partly  opened  month 
displays  two  long,  straight,  acute  teeth  on  the  anterior  extremity  of  the 
deutary  bone.  The  pectoral  fins  are  large,  while  the  ventrals  are  small. 
The  anal  is  moderate,  and  has  a  concave  border.  Uadii :  D.  II.  20 ;  A. 
IL  14;  y.  8;  P.  14.    VertebrsB:  D.  32;  0.  13.    Anterior  dorsals  not 

different  from  the  others. 

Measurements. 

M. 

Total  length 0.  leO 

Length  to  opercular  border  (axial) 0.047 

Length  to  dorsal  fin  (axial) ^ 0.072 

Length  to  ventral  fin  (axial) 0.100 

Length  to  anal  fin  (axial) 0.117 

Length  to  caudal  fin  (axial) 0.135 

Depth  of  bead  posteriorly 0.033 

Depth  of  body  at  dorsal  fin 0.035 

Depth  of  body  at  first  anal  ray 0.020 

Depth  of  caudal  peduncle 0. 012 

This  genns  is  one  of  the  Isospoiidyli. 

Sabdinius  nasutulus,  sp.  nav. 

This  species  is  referred  to  a  genns  established  by  von  der  Marck  for 
three  species  of  Isospoadylous,  and  probably  Clapeoid  fishes,  which  have 
been  foand  in  the  Upper  Gretaceoas  of  Westphalia.  They  present 
mostly  negative  characters,  resembling  Clupecey  withoat  abdominal  nor 


COPE   ON  CSETACEOUS   AND   TERTIARY  FISHES.  71 

cephalic  serration,  and  with  minate  teeth.  The  fishes  here  referred  to 
this  genas  do  not  exhibit  any  teeth;  bat  as  my  specimens,  five  in 
namber,  are  small,  it  is  not  certain  that  adults  may  not  display  them* 
The  presence  or  absence  of  teeth  is  not  a  constant  character  in  all 
Clupe€Bj  according  to  Giinther.  Leptosamus  v.  d.  Marck  does  not  appear 
to  me  to  differ  from  Sardinius. 

The  Sardinius  nasutulus  is  a  small  species  of  moderately  elongate 
form,  with  a  rather  long  head  and  protuberant  muzzle.  The  dorsal  fin 
originates  in  front  of  the  middle  of  the  body,  and  the  ventral  fins  take 
their  rise  immediately  below  its  anterior  rays.  The  anal  originates 
behind  the  line  of  the  dorsal,  but  far  enough  forward  to  leave  an  elon- 
gate caudal  peduncle,  which  is  also  quite  stout.  The  pectoral  fins  reach 
nearly  to  the  base  of  the  ventrals.  Kadii :  £>.  9 ;  A.  11,  about ;  Y.  about 
8.  The  boundaries  of  the  scales  are  difficult  to  define  on  the  specimens, 
but  there  do  not  appear  to  be  more  than  eight  or  ten  longitudinal 
series.  Their  sculpture  consists  exclusively  of  concentric  grooves. 
There  are  fourteen  dorsal  and  fifteen  caudal  vertebrsB,  all  with  long  and 
slender  neural  spines.  Of  the  former,  five  are  anterior  to  the  first  inter 
neural  bone,  which  is  directed  downward ;  the  last  caudal  vertebra  is 
slender  and  turned  upward.  The  scales  are  very  much  attenuated, 
so  that  their  number  cannot  be  made  out.  The  ribs  are  stout  for  the 
size  of  the  fish.  The  superior  surface  of  the  head  is  rather  narrow,  and 
tapers  with  straight  borders  to  tbe  muzzle. 

Mecisnrements. 

Length  of  head  ( iDoluding  opercalam) 0.0115 

Length  to  base  of  .dorsal  fin  (axial) 0.0175 

Length  to  base  of  ventral  fin  (axial) 0.0170 

Length  to  base  of  anal  fin  (axial)JU 0. 0280 

Length  to  base  of  caudal  fin  (axial) 0.0410 

Length  of  base  of  dorsal  fin 0.0055 

Leng^jh  of  base  of  anal  fin 0.005f 

Width  of  skuU between  orbits 0.0010 

Depth  of  body  at  first  dorsal  ray 0.0065 

Depth  of  body  at  middle  of  caudal  peduncle — 0.0050 

Niobrara  Cretaceous  No.  3  of  Dakota  (Dr.  Hayden).  * 

Sardinius  lineatus,  «p.  nov. 

Two  specimens  of  similar  small  size  constitute  the  basis  of  informa- 
tion respecting  this  species.  Many  characters  can  be  derived  from 
these;  but  the  dorsal  fin  being  absent  from  one  of  them,  and  the  ven- 
trals and  posterior  part  of  the  body  from  the  other,  the  mutual  relation 
of  these  fins  is  not  ascertained.  The  form  is  very  elongate,  and  the 
head  is  lanceolate.  The  dorsal  fin  is  distant  from  both  cranium  and 
caudal  fin.  The  fins  are  composed  of  slender  rays,  and  the  anal  is  not 
elongate ;  the  caudal  is  deeply  forked,  and  no  vertebrsB  are  included 
behind  the  basis  of  its  external  rays,  although  four  are  embraced  wlt\^v^ 
the  convergent  lines  of  the  anterior  upper  and  lovict  i\3\^t»».   ^Y>afe^«^- 


72      BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

tebr^  are  short,  and  the  nearal  and  haemal  spines  are  well  deyeloped, 
while  the  ribs  are  weak.  Yertebrse :  Dorsals  to  first  descending  inter- 
nearal  spine,  19;  of  the  candal  series,  12. 

There  is  no  indication  of  an  adipose  fin.  The  posterior  portion  of  the 
dorsal  fin  is  lost,  so  that  the  nnmber  of  rays  cannot  be  ascertained ;  nine 
internearals  remain.  The  pectoral  fin  is  long  and  slender,  bot  does  not 
reach  to  the  ventral.  Anal  rays  not  elongate,  nine  in  nnmber.  The 
bones  of  the  head  are  so  thin  that  their  boundaries  are  not  easily  deter* 
mined.  The  opercalar  apparatus  is  well  developed,  and  there  are  two 
approximated  parallel  ridges  on  what  appears  to  be  the  top  of  the  head. 
The  scales  are  so  thin  that  their  number  is  not  ascertainable.  A 
peculiarity  of  the  species,  from  which  it  derives  its  name,  is  that  its 
sides  are  marked  by  longitudinal  bands  of  a  darker  color  than  the  inter- 
vening spaces.  There  are  six  above  the  vertebral  column  and  six  below 
it.  I  cannot  determine  that  this  appearance  is  due  to  rows  of  scales; 
but  they  rather  seem  to  be  true  color-stripes. 

Measurements. 

LeDgthofheadofNo.  1 0.012 

Length  to  base  of  dorsal  fin 0.098 

Depth  half-way  between  head  and  dorsal  fin 0.006 

Length  of  oandal  region  of  No.  2 0.019 

Length  of  oandal  fin 0.009 

Depth  at  first  anal  ray 0.006 

Depth  at  base  of  candal  fin 0.0045 

Niobrara  Cretaceous  of  Dakota ;  found  by  Dr.  Eayden. 

Sabdinius  pebobassus,  «p.  nov. 

The  block  which  contains  specimens  of  Triodnaspis  virgulatus^  Lepto- 
trachelus  longipinnisy  Sardinius  lineatus^  and  another  species  undeter- 
mlned,  contains  also  the  very  distinct  fiah  now  described  under  the  name 
at  the  head  of  this  paragraph.  It  is  distinguished  from  the  other  Bar- 
dinii  by  its  very  robust  form,  and  from  the  8.  nasuiulus  by  the  origin  of 
the  ventral  fin  being  behind  the  perpendicular  of  the  first  dorsal  ray. 

The  anterior  part  of  the  head  is  damaged ;  the  operculum  is  distinct. 
There  is  an  elongate  postclavicle,  and  the  position  of  the  small  pectoral 
fin  is  normal.  The  origin  of  the  dorsal  fin  is  much  nearer  the  head  than 
to  the  caudal  fin ;  its  rays,  like  those  of  all  the  other  fins,  are  slender. 
The  ventrals  originate  under  the  fifth  dorsal  ray,  and  are  supported  by 
slender  femora,  which  appear  to  be  undivided,  and  converge  to  an  acute 
junction  anteriorly.  The  anal  fin  is  short  and  entirely  behind  the  dorsal. 
The  neural  spines  and  interneurals  and  interhaQraals  are  weak,  while  . 
the  ribs  are  strong.  The  caudal  peduncle  is  exceedingly  stout,  nearly 
equalling  the  body.  Radii :  D.  10 ;  A.  9 ;  V.  6.  VertebraB :  D.  14,  four 
anterior  to  first  intemeural;  G.  13.  The  scales  are  too  attenuated  to  be 
counted.  It  is  quite  possible  that  this  species  possesses  an  adipose  dor- 
sal fin,  in  which  case  its  present  generic  reference  must  be  abandoned. 
Better  specimens  only  can  solve  this  question. 


COPE   ON   CRETACEOUS   AND   TERTIARY   FISHES.  73 

Measureinents. 

M. 

Total  length  (head  imperfect) 0. 040 

Length  to  opercular  border 0.010 

Length  to  first  dorsal  ray  (axial) 0.013 

Length  to  first  ventral 0.016 

Length  to  first  anal 0.023 

Length  to  base  of  caudal  fin 0.032 

Length  of  base  of  dorsal  fin 0.005 

Lengthof  base  of  anal  fin 0.002 

Depth  at  first  dorsal  ray 0.  Oil 

Depth  at  first  anal  ray 0.009 

Depth  at  base  of  caudal  fin 0.0065 

From  the  Niobrara  Cretaceous  of  Dakota;  from  Dr.  F.  Y.  Hay  den. 

Trichophanes  poliarum,  «p.  nov. 

The  Tertiary  shales  of  Florissant  in  the  South  Park  of  Colorado  have 
already  yielded  namerons  species  of  plants,  insects,  and  fishes,  which 
have  been  described  by  Messrs.  Lesqaerenx,  Scudder,  and  myself.* 
Six  species  of  fishes  have  been  determined,  three  of  which  pertain  to 
a  genus  of  Catostomidce^  which  I  had  originally  procured  from  the  paper 
coal  of  Osino,  Nevada.  On  this  ground,  an  approximation  of  the  hori- 
zons of  the  two  localities  was  made.  I  now  record  the  occurrence  of  a 
species  of  the  second  genus  found  in  the  Osino  coal,  Trichophanes^  of 
which  the  T.  hians  has  been  up  to  the  present  time  the  only  one  known. 
The  epochal  identification  of  the  two  formations  is  thus  confirmed. 

The  Tricliophanes  foliarum  is  represented  by  a  larger  individual  than 
the  T.  hianSj  but  which  wants  the  posterior  part  of  the  body,  including 
the  caudal  and  part  of  the  anal  fin.  The  generic  and  family  characters 
are,  however,  very  clearly  visible  in  the  anterior  portion  of  the  skeleton. 

The  premaxillary  bone  forms  all  or  nearly  all  of  the  superior  arcade 
of  the  mouth.  There  are  a  few  rows  of  small  equal  teeth  en  brosse  on  the 
dentary  bone.  Four  rather  wide  branchiostegal  rays  are  visible  in  the 
Hi)ecimen.  The  posterior  superior  angle  of  the  operculum  (which  is  dis- 
placed in  the  specimen)  is  drawn  out  into  an  acute  short  spine.  There 
is  a  row  of  small  teeth  en  brosse  probably  on  the  palatine  or  pterygoid 
bone.  The  anterior  vertebrsB  are  unmodified,  and  the  centra  are  not  elon- 
gate. A  strong  acute  spine  supports  the  dorsal  fin,  and  a  similar  one  the 
anal  fin  in  front.  There  is  an  elongate  postclavicle  on  each  side,  which 
extends  parallel  with  the  femur  to  the  base  of  the  ventral  fin.  The 
femur  is  divided ;  the  external  portion  is  straight,  and  extends  to  the 
clavicle,  while  the  other  portion  is  curved  inward  and  forward,  reaching 
the  apex  of  the  corresponding  bone  of  the  opposite  side.  Ventral  radii, 
8.  The  dorsal  fin  originates  above  the  ventral  fin.  The  scales  are 
peculiar,  and  characteristic  of  the  genus.  They  are  very  thin,  and  with- 
out or  with  minute  sculpture.  Their  borders  are  fringed  with  long, 
closely-set,  bristle-like  processes,  which  correspond  to  the  teeth  of  the 
etenoid  scale.  ^^^^^__ 

•  Bulletin  U.  S.  Geol.  Snrv  Tect^  1^^,  \i,\,^. 


74      BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

This  geauSy  Amphiplagay  and  Erismatopterus  form  a  group  which 
probably  belougs  to  the  family  of  AphrodediridcB^  which  is  represented  ia 
American  waters  by  the  recent  genera  Aphrodedirus  and  Stemotremia. 
The  present  species,  the  only  one  in  which  the  parts  are  large  enoagh 
and  sufficiently  well  preserved  for  observation,  exhibits  the  furcate 
character  of  the  femora,  which  characterizes  the  family  in  qaestion 
among  Physoclystons  fishes. 

Cliaracter  speciJUms. — The  scales  extend  on  the  cheeks  and  abdomen; 
there  are  nine  or  ten  longitudinal  rows  above  the  vertebral  colamn  and 
about  sixteen  below  it.  The  head  is  moderately  elongate  and  deep 
behind.  The  mouth  is  snbterminal,  and  the  extremity  of  the  premax- 
illary  bone  extended  backward  would  reach  about  half-way  to  the  orbit. 
Bibs  stout;  neural  spines  slender.  The  interneurals  visible  number  11, 
but  the  posterior  part  of  the  dorsal  fin  is  wanting.  These  bones  have 
thin  anterior  and  posterior  laminar  expansions.  The  anterior  inter- 
neural  strikes  the  fifth  vertebra  from  the  head ;  between  this  one  and 
the  first  iuterhsemal  there  are  nine  vertebrae. 

Measurements, 

Length  of  head  to  first  vertebra 0.028 

Depth  of  head  posteriorly 0.022 

Length  of  maDdibnlar  ramus 0.013 

Length  to  scapula 0.035 

Length  to  dorsal  fin 0.050 

Depthat  middle  of  dorsal  fin 0.023 

From  the  Tertiary  shale  of  Florissant,  Colorado;  discovered  by  my 
friend  Dr.  8.  E.  8cudder^  of  Boston,  collaborator  of  the  United  States 
Geological  Survey  of  the  Territories. 

Pbiscacara  oxypeion,  sp.  nov. 

Five  specimens  in  nearly  complete  preservation  represent  this  species 
in  our  collections.  It  is  more  nearly  allied  to  the  P.  serraia,  than  to  the 
other  species,  as  the  spine  of  the  ventral  fin  is  large  and  robust.  It 
differs  from  that  and  from  all  the  other  known  species  of  the  genus  in 
the  small  number  of  the  radii  of  its  anal  fin.  It  agrees  with  P.  serrata 
in  the  small  number  of  the  rays  of  the  second  dorsal.  It  is  a  smaller 
species  than  the  P.  serrata^  being  intermediate  in  size  between  it  and 
the  P.pealei.  It  is  especially  marked  by  the  long,  acute  serrse  of  the 
entire  posterior  and  inferior  margins  of  the  preoperculum.  The  oper- 
culum, suboperculum,  and  cheek  are  scaled ;  the  preoperculum  is  naked. 

Formula:  Br.  VIII;  D.  X— 11;  V.I— 5;  A.  111—8;  Vert  D.  10; 
Caud.  14.  The  form  is  an  elongate  oval,  rather  more  elongate  than  any 
other  species  of  the  genus.  The  mouth  is  terminal  and  the  front  gently 
convex  and  descending.  The  length  of  the  head  enters  the  total,  less 
the  cautkal  fin,  two  and  a  half  times,  and  the  greatest  depth  is  half  of 
the  same.  The  dorsal  spines  are  long  and  strong,  the  longest  equalling 
the  soft  rays  in  length.    The  anal  spines  are  very  robust,  the  second  or 


COPE  ON  CRETACEOUS  AND   TERTIARY  FISHES.  .      75 

longest  not  eqaalling  the  longest  soft  rays  of  the  same  fin.  The  origin 
of  the  first  spine  is  below  the  first  ray  of  the  soft  dorsal.  There 'are 
three  long  and  one  short  interneural  bones  in  front  of  the  dorsal  fin. 
The  origin  of  the  ventral  is  below  the  third  (or  fourth)  dorsal  spine.  The 
vertebrsB  have  two  fossae  on  each  side^  separated  by  a  ridge.  The  jaws 
are  edentnlons.  The  scales  are  small  and  the  specimens  very  well  pre- 
served. 

In  the  largest  specimen,  I  count,  in  a  vertical  line  drawn  from  the  first 
dorsal  soft  ray  to  th^  middle  of  the  abdominal  line,  Hfteen  longitudinal 
rows  of  scales  above  and  twenty-five  below  the  vertebral  column.  On 
the  opercular  flap  of  a  smaller,  the  typical  specimen,  I  count  nine  verti- 
cal and  fourteen  transverse  rows  of  scales. 

MeasuremenU, 

M. 

LeDgth  of  type-specimen 0. 137 

Length  to  base  of  caudal  fin 0.109 

Length  to  apex  of  first  interhaamal 0.067 

Length  of  head 0.040 

Length  of  third  dorsal  spine 0.024 

Length  of  second  anal  spine 0.018 

Length  of  pectoral  spine 0.019 

Depth  at  first  dorsal  spine 0.050 

Depth  at  first  anal  spine 0.041 

Depth  of  caudal  peduncle •. 0.019 

The  lateral  line  is  visible  in  the  largest  specimen.  It  extends  parallel 
to  the  dorsal  border,  marking  at  its  greatest  convexity  less  than  one- 
third  the  distance  from  the  vertebral  column  to  the  dorsal  outline.  It 
disappears  behind  the  vertebral  column  below  the  seventh  soft  dorsal 
ray,  and  does  not  reappear. 

This  fish  came  from  a  deposit  of  the  Green  Biver  Shales  on  Bear 
Biver,  Wyoming. 

Prisoaoaba  pbalei,  sp.  nav. 

Outline  elliptic,  with  the  extremities  contracting  equally  or  symmetri- 
cally to  the  head  and  tail.  Depth  at  ventral  fins  entering  length  (with 
caudal  fin)  2.60  times.  Mouth  rather  small ;  length  of  head  entering 
total  length  3.8  times.  Short  conic  teeth  en  brosse.  Preorbital  and  pre- 
opercular  bones  finely  serrated  on  their  free  margins.  Yertebrse :  D.  7; 
0. 14.  Badii :  D.  X— 14 ;  A.  Ill— 11 ;  V .  1. 5  or  6.  The  dorsal  spines  are 
rather  slender;  the  anal  spines  are  stouter,  but  shorter;  the  ventral 
spine  is  weak  and  slender.  The  ventral  fin  when  appressed  against  the 
belly  fails  to  reach  the  anal  fin  by  a  space  a  little  greater  than  the  length 
of  the  ventral  spine;  its  origin  is  beneath  the  third  dorsal  spine.  The 
scales  are  diflicult  to  observe  on  the  specimens,  but  there  are  not  less 
than  16  to  17  longitudinal  rows  along  the  abdomen  in  front  of  the  anal  fin. 


76        ,      BULLETIN   UNITED  STATES   GEOLOGICAL  8UBVET. 

Mea9uremenU. 

x. 

Total  length 0.130 

Axial  length  of  head 0.036 

Axial  length  to  first  dorsal  spine 0.038 

Axial  length  to  first  dorsal  soft  ray 0.06BI 

Axial  length  to  first  anal  spine 0.070 

Axial  length  tohaseof  candal  fin 0.103 

Depth  at  orbit 0.026 

Depth  at  first  anal  spine 0,041 

Depth  of  oandal  pednnele 0.016 

Length  of  fifth  dorsal  spine 0.016 

This  speciea  is  similar  in  size  and  proportions  to  tbe  PrUeaeara  liop$j 
bat  differs  iu  having  constantly  but  seven  dorsal  or  abdominal  verte- 
bra), while  that  species  presents  nine.  I  have  not  observed  any  serra- 
tures  on  the  preopercalnm  of  the  P.  liops^  bat  the  typical  specimens  are 
imperfect  in  that  region,  although  good  impressions  of  it  remain  on  tbe 
matrix. 

Two  complete  specimens  present  all  the  characters  of  this  species, 
while  in  two  others  all  the  more  important  ones  can  be  seen.  Two 
additional  specimens  may  be  referred  to  it  with  the  greatest  proba- 
bility. Some  of  these  were  obtained  by  Dr.  A.  0.  Peale^  in  charge  of 
one  of  the  parties  nnder  Dr.  F.  Y.  Hayden,  from  the  shales  of  the  Green 
Biver  formation  of  Wyoming.  The  species  is  dedicated  to  Dr.  PealOi 
in  recognition  of  his  services  to  geological  science. 

Pbisgaoaba  cliyosa,  «p.  nov. 

Tbe  species  of  Priscacara  are  referrible  to  two  sections.  In  the  flrsti 
the  ventral  spine  is  very  strong,  and  there  are  bat  ten  or  eleven  soft 
dorsal  radii:  here  belong  P.  serrata^  P.  cypha^  and  P.  oxyprian.  In  the 
st'cond,  the  first  ventral  spine  is  weak  and  slender,  and  there  are  thir- 
teen or  fourteen  radii  of  the  second  dorsal  fin :  in  this  division  belong 
P.  liop8j  P.  pealeiy  and  P.  clivosa. 

In  the  last-named  fish,  there  are  eight  dorsal  and  fonrteen  candal  ver- 
tebne.  Radii :  D.  X — 13  5  A.  Ill — 11.  The  ventral  fin  appressed,  nearly 
reaches  the  base  of  the  anal,  a  point  in  which  it  differs  materially  ftt>m 
the  two  allied  species.  Another  characteristic  is  the  form  of  the  pro- 
file, which  resembles  that  of  some  of  the  species  of  Oeophagus.  This 
descends  steeply  from  a  point  jast  anterior  to  the  base  of  the  dorsal  fin, 
giving  an  obliqnity  to  that  part  of  tbe  ontline  and  an  inferior  position 
to  the  month.  Tbe  vertebral  colamn  is  more  arched  anteriorly,  appro- 
priately to  the  prominence  of  the  anterior  dorsal  region.  The  depth  at 
tbe  base  of  tbe  first  dorsal  fin  enters  the  total  length  (with  candal  fin) 
2.G  times,  and  the  length  of  the  head  3.6  times  in  tbe  same. 

Me€isuremmt8. 

M. 

Total  length 0.116 

Axiallengthof  head 0.032 

Axial  length  to  line  of  first  dorsal 0.032 


COPE   ON  CRETACEOUS   AND   TERTIARY   FISHES.  77 

Axial  length  to  origin  of  ventral  fin 0.041 

Axial  length  to  origin  of  anal  fin 0.057 

Axial  length  to  origin  of  second  dorsal  fin 0.056 

Axial  length  to  origin  of  caudal  fin 0.082 

Depth  of  caudal  peduncle 0. 016 

The  preopercalar  border  is  not  visible  in  the  only  specimen  of  this 
species  known  to  me.  The  operealam  is  scaly.  There  are  11-13  rows 
of  scales  on  a  line  from  the  vertebral  column  to  the  abdominal  border. 

I  note  here  that  farther  examination  show&  that  there  are  from  20  to 
25  longitudinal  rows  of  scales  on  the  side  of  the  abdomen  of  P.  serrataj 
but  the  number  is  not  exactly  determinable^  owing  to  the  condition  of 
the  specimens. 

DAPEDO0LOSsns  wfiQxnpiNNis,  9p.  nov. 

Two  specimens  present  the  principal  character  of  this  species,  viz, 
the  equality  in  number  of  rays  in  the  dorsal  and  anal  fins  and  the  near 
equality  in  their  size.  The  radii  are  in  one,  D.  23;  A.  22:  in  the  other, 
D.  22 ;  A.  22.  In  2>.  tesUa^  the  formula  is  D.  11—18 ;  A.  11—26.  The  ver- 
tebrse  in  one  of  the  specimens  of  2>.  cequipinnis  number,  D.  19;  0.  27: 
while  in  D.  testis  there  are,  D.  18;  0.  24-25.  (The  number,  21  dorsal, 
originally  given,  must  be  corrected,  as  based  on  an  imperfect  specimen.) 
In  D,  asquipinnis^  the  first  pectoral  ray  is  not  so  largely  developed  as  iu 
D.  testis^  not  being  of  unusual  size.  The  hyoid  apparatus  and  vomer 
are  closely  studded  with  teeth,  as  required  by  the  generic  character. 

Measurements. 

If. 

Length  of  No.  1 0.051 

Axial  length  of  head  of  No.  1 0. 014 

Axial  length  to  line  of  anal  fin 0.030 

Axial  length  to  line  of  dorsal 0.028 

Axial  length  to  origin  of  caudal 0.040 

Depth  of  head 0.012 

Depth  at  first  dorsal  ray 0. 008 

Depth  of  caudal  peduncle 0.004 

Length  of  No.  2. 0.092 

Depth  at  middle  of  dorsal  line 0. 032 

Depth  atbaseof  dorsal  fin 0.024 

Depth  of  caudal  peduncle 0. 008 

The  specimens  described  are  much  smaller  than  those  of  the  D.  testis 
yet  known,  but  No.  1  is  probably  young.  This  fact  will  not  account 
for  the  peculiarity  of  the  radial  formula,  etc. 

I  add  here  that  there  are  two  vertebrsB  included  within  the  caudal  fin 
in  Dapedoglossus. 


ART.  m.-DESCRIPTIONS  OF  NEW  TINEINA  FROM  TEXAS,  AND 
OTHERS  FROM  MORE  NORTHERN  LOCAUTIES. 


By  V.  T.  Chambers. 


ANAPHORA. 

A.  TEXANELLA,  n.  sp. 

Very  distinct  from  pluMifrontella^popeanella^  and  arcanella  Clem.,  aod 
from  agrotipenella  aod  mortipenella  Grote,  nor  can  I  recognize  it  at  all 
in  either  Scardina  or  Bombycina  as  described  by  Zeller. 

Palpi  overarching  the  thorax ;  dark  brown  on  the  oatward,  Iqteous- 
brown  on  the  inner  surfaces.  Antennae  compresi^,  straw-yellow; 
thorax  dark  gray -brown;  fore  wings  brown,  tinged  with  grayish -yellow ; 
the  nsaal  spot  at  the  end  of  the  disk  indistinct;  the  other  spots  com- 
mon to  the  wings  of  the  other  species  I  cannot  find  in  this.  One  of 
them  may  be  represented  by  an  indistinct  blackish  line  beneath  the 
middle  of  the  fold.  Hind  wings  and  abdomen  foscoos-gray,  like  the 
thorax,  and  a  little  darker  or  rather  less  yellowish  than  the  fore  wings. 
Under  surface  of  both  wings  grayish-fuscous.  Smaller  than  any  speci- 
mens that  I  have  seen  of  the  other  species,  having  an  alar  expannion  of 
only  nine  line's.    Bosque  County,  Texas. 

TINEA. 

T.Y  TSTBIOELLA,  fl.  9p. 

Vertex  white:  basal  joint  of  antennse  white  on  the  upper,  brown  on 
the  lower  surface ;  stalk  of  antennsB  black,  with  a  white  line  along  each 
side.  Thorax  and  basal  half  of  fore  wings  blackish-brown,  the  apical 
half  having  its  costal  half  blackish -brown  and  its  dorsal  half  white,  the 
costal  brown  of  the  apical  half  being  separated  from  the  basal  brown 
half  by  a  white  costal  streak,  which  extends  into  the  dorso-apical  white 
part;  beyond  this  costal  white  streak  are  five  others,  which  likewise 
extend  across  the  costo-apical  brown  to  the  dorso-apical  white  part  of 
the  wing,  thus  dividing  it  into  a  number  oT  large  spots;  the  first  of 
these  five  streaks  is  oblique,  the  others  perpendicular  to  the  costal  mar- 
gin, and  the  space  or  brown  spot  between  the  second  and  thii-d  is  larger 
than  that  between  the  others.  Dorsal  cilia  brown,  with  numerous 
narrow  white  streaks  running  up  through  them  from  the  dorsal  white 
margin.  In  the  basal  half  of  the  wing,  there  is  a  narrow  white  line  ex- 
tending along  the  fold,  and  an  oblique  white  costal  streak  which  almost 
reaches  the  fold.    Face  and  palpi  grayish  fuscous.    Under  aus^^^^^^^^ 


80      BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOQICAL  SURVEY. 

body  and  the  legs  yellowish.    Alar  expansion  a  lilUe  over  one-foarth 
of  an  iuch.    Bosque  Oouuty,  Texas. 

The  palpi  io  my  single  specimeD  are  a  little  iDjured,  and  I  have  not 
examined  the  neuratiou.    Possibly  it  may  not  be  a  true  Tinea, 

T.  UNOMACULELLA,  Cham. 

Besides  the  yellow  spot  at  the  end  of  the  disk  mentioned  in  the  de- 
scription of  this  species,  there  is  also  a  smaller  one  on  the  fold  near  its 
end,  and  one  on  the  extreme  apex  of  the  thorax.  There  are  also  about 
seven  small  ones  around  the  base  of  the  cilia,  and  frequently  the  wing 
is  more  or  less  dusted  with  yellow  scales. 

ANESTCHIA. 

A.  nAGENELLAy  n.  sp. 

Costal  part  of  the  fore  wings  nearly  to  the  tip,  and  spreading  nearly 
half  across  the  wing  in  width,  blackish-brown ;  the  remainder  of  the 
wing  white  except  as  follows :  the  dark  brown  sends  five  projections  or 
teeth  into  the  whjte ;  the  first  is  near  the  base,  the  second  a  little  farther 
back,  third  about  the  middle,  the  fourth  a  little  behind  the  third,  and 
the  fifth  projects  toward  the  apex ;  there  is  a  small  blackish  spot  on 
the  base,  then  a  very  small  one,  then  one  a  little  larger,  all  beneath  the 
fold ;  then  another  on  the  fold,  another  beneath  it  again,  and  then  two 
others  above  it ;  there  is  also  a  minute  spot  on  the  basal  angle,  and  nine 
others  (six  costal  and  three  dorsal)  around  the  base  of  the  cilia.  There  are 
also  eight  spots  on  the  thorax,  one  of  them  just  before  the  base  of  the 
wings,  one  jnst  behind  each  eye,  two  on  the  disk,  and  one  on  each  side 
of  the  apex.  Head  white ;  antennae  fuscous ;  second  palpal  joint  black- 
ish, tipped  with  white,  third  white;  hind  wings  silvery-white;  abdomen 
fuscous :  legs  pale  stramineous,  with  a  silvery  lustre,  stained  with  brown 
on  their  anterior  surfaces.  Alar  expansion  9^  lines.  It  resembles  A. 
trifurcella  Cham,  more  nearly  than  any  of  our  other  species.  Bosque 
County,  Texas. 

HYPONOMEUTA. 

H.  ZELLBBIELLA,  n.  sp. 

This  species  approaches  nearer  to  H.  longimaculella  Cham,  than  to  any 
of  our  other  species.  The  third  palpal  joint  is  white,  dusted  with  black- 
ish scales;  second  joint  blackish,  tipped  with  white.  Head  white.  Basal 
joint  of  antennsB  white,  tipped  at  the  apex  above  with  brown ;  stalk  fus- 
cous; thorax  white,  with  a  black  spot  behind  each  eye,  and  one  touch- 
ing the  base  of  each  wing,  one  above  each  tegula,  and  one  on  each  side 
of  the  apex.  Fore  wings  white,  with  the  costal  third  stained  with 
pale  ochreous,  and  separated  from  the  white  part  by  three  long  black 
dashes,  the  first  of  which  is  before  the  middle,  the  second  extends  back 
from  about  the  middle,  and  the  third  is  just  before  the  apex.  In  the 
pale  ochreous  costal  part  of  the  wing  is  a  short  fuscous  basal  streak 
just  within  the  costa,  and  behind  it  is  a  small  fuscous  costal  spot.    Just 


CHAMBERS   ON  NEW  TINEINA.  81 

witbin  tbe  costa,  aboat  midway  of  the  wing-leDgth,  is  another  small  spot« 
and  another  just  before  the  cilia,  slightly  within  the  margin.  The  direc- 
tion of  all  these  spots  is  longitadiaal,  aod  under  the  lens  all  this  pale 
ochreoos  or  discolored  costal  part  of  the  wing  is  minutely  sprinkled  with 
blackish  scales.  lu  the  white  dorsal  part  of  the  wing  is  a  black  basal 
spot  on  the  fold,  another  a  little  farther  back  on  the  fold,  then  two 
beneath  the  fold,  another  on  the  fold  about  midway  of  the  length  of  the 
wing,  behind  that  is  another  on  the  fold,  then  another  beneath  it,  and 
then  another,  and  yet  another  above  the  fold ;  there  is  also  an  indis- 
tinct dash  just  beyond  the  anal  angle,  and  then  the  usual  nine  siK>t8 
around  the  base  of  the  cilia,  three  of  them  costal.  Hind  wings  silvery- 
white,  with  a  faint  fuscous  tinge.  Abdomen  fuscous  above;  tuft,  under 
surface  and  legs  straw-yellow.     Alar  expansion  10^  lines.     Bosque 

County,  Texas. 

DEPSESSAEIA. 

In  volume  4  of  the  Canadian  Entomologist  I  described  several  species 
which  I  then  placed  in  this  genus.  I  was  induced  to  place  them  here 
by  the  fact  that  1  did  not  then  know  the  indefinite  extent  of  the  genus 
Oeleehia^  and  believed,  as  I  still  do,  that  the  affinities  of  these  species 
were  rather  with  Depresaaria  than  with  the  true  Qelechia^  and  I  was  not 
acquainted  with  Cryptolechia.  Subsequently  some  of  those  species  were 
referred  to  Cryptolechia^  but  most  of  them  to  Oelechiaj  one  forming  the 
type  of  a  new  genus,  Cirrha.  There  is,  however,  no  sufficient  reason  per* 
haps  for  separating  this  species  (Cplatanella)  from  Oelechia  as  at  present 
unrestricted,  for  Oelechia  at  present  is  a  miscellaneous  assemblage  of 
species,  many  of  which  possess  but  little  affinity  for  each  other.  Thus, 
all  the  species  which  in  volume  4  I  referred  to  Depressaria  are  referred  to 
Oe^^^ia  or  Cr^pfo^cAia  except  two  Y — JD.versicolorellaaudD.pallidochrellaj 
and  neither  of  these  is  a  true  Depressaria^  though  perhaps  as  properly 
located  in  it  as  in  Oelechia^  especially  D.  versicolorella.  Thus,  among 
over  three  hundred  species  of  Tineina  that  I  have  found  in  Kentucky, 
the  one  described  below  as  D.  eupatoHiella  is  the  only  Depressaria^  and  ' 
it  is  an  aberrant  species.  The  species  described  below  as  D,  fernaldella 
was  received  from  Professor  Fernald  from  Orono,  Maine  ^  and,  as  illus^ 
trating  the  multitude  and  variety  of  the  species  of  Tineina  iu  this  country^ 
I  will  here  state  that,  according  to  my  estimate,  not  less  than  eight  hun- 
dred species  of  Tineina  have  been  described  from  Canada  and  the  United 
States  south  and  west  of  Massachusetts  (including  that  State],  and  not 
more  than  ten  (probably  not  more  than  nine)  belong  properly  in  this 
genus.  These  are  atrodorsella  Clem.,  cinereocostella  Clem.,  grotella 
Robinson,  heraclina  Deg.y  hilarella  Zell.,  lecontella  Clem.,  nehulosa  Zell., 
pulvipenella  Clem.,  acabella  Zell.,  and  robintella  Pack. 

The  collection  received  from  Professor  Fernald  contained  twenty- 
eight  species,  six  of  which  belong  to  Depressariaj  viz : — hilarella  f  (I  can- 
not determine  it  with  certainty  from  the  single  worn  specimen),  lecanr 
teUaf  atrodoraelUij  pulvipenella^  fernaldella^  n.  sp.,  and  ^\xft>^^^  ^\sN.^5i^^sst 
BuU.  iv.  No.  1—6 


82      BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

(newY)  species,  of  which  there  is  a  single  worn  specimen;  while,  as 
above  stated,  I  have  foand  but  a  single  Depressaria  among  over  three 
hundred  species  found  in  Kentucky.  Of  the  twenty-eight  species  in  the 
Feruald  collection,  fourteen  are  believed  to  be  new ;  and,  in  addition  to 
the  Depressarice  above  mentioned,  I  recognize  in  it  the  following 
species : — Tinea  biflaviniaculella  Clem.,  T.grisseella  Cham.,  T,  carnariiella 
Clem.,  Amadrya  effrenatella  Clem.,  Adela  biviellti  Zell.,  Gelechia  dubitella  f 
Cham.,  Ypsolophus  slraminiella  Cham.,  Oracilaria  purpurieUa  Cham., 
and  Hyponomeuta  evonymella  anct.  Eight  of  the  fourteen  new  species 
belong  to  Oelechia  and  two  to  Cryptolechia. 

D.  EUPATOBIIELLA,  n.  8p. 

Second  joint  of  the  palpi  incrassate  beneath  toward  the  apex,  the 
scales  rather  long  and  loose,  scarcely  forming  a  brush,  and  in  the  dead 
specimens  not  divided.  Palpi,  head,  thorax,  and  fore  wings  dark  or 
fuscous-gray;  the  palpi  and  wings  dusted  with  blackish  atoms,  each  of 
tohivh  is  a  minute  tuftj  and  which  along  the  costa  take  the  form  of  small, 
obscure,  and  indistinct  streaks ;  on  the  disk,.before  the  middle,  one  of 
the  blackish  atoms  is  very  obscurely  margined  behind  by  one  or  two 
whitish  scales,  and  about  the  end  of  the  disk  is  a  minute  whitish  speck ; 
apex  of  the  wings  rounded ;  hind  wings  not  emarginate  beneath  the 
apex,  pale  grayish,  with  a  faint  purplish  lustre — ^perhaps  pale  grayish- 
yellow  would  be  as  correct  as  pale  gray ;  abdomen  above  of  the  same 
color,  with  the  hind  wings  depressed,  scarcely  tufted  at  the  sides }  be- 
neath it  is  gray,  with  a  blackish  spot  on  each  side  of  each  segment } 
legs  dark  gray  or  fuscous;  under  surface  of  the  fore  wings  grayish-fus- 
cous; that  of  the  hind  wings  gray  on  the  disk,  the  margins  pale  ochre- 
ons-yellow,  dotted  with  blackish  atoms.  Antennae  fuscous,  scarcely 
pectinate.  The  upper  surface  of  the  thorax  is  not  dusted,  and  has  a 
small  double  or  biflid  tuft  at  the  apex.  Alar  expansion  eleven  lines.  The 
larva  feeds  upon  the  under  surface  of  the  leaves  of  Uupatorium  age- 
raioidesj  much  in  the  same  manner  with  that  of  Nothris  eupatoriiella 
Cham.  I  did  not  observe  it,  as  the  leaves,  when  gathered,  were  sup- 
posed to  be  folded  by  the  Nothris  larva.  The  imago  emerges  in  the  lat- 
ter part  of  July.    2  <^ ,  1  $ .    Kentucky. 

Both  atrodorsella  Clem,  and  lecontella  Clem,  have  the  minute  bifid 
taft  on  the  thorax,  as  in  this  species,  and  the  antennae  scarcely  pectinate. 
The  second  joint  of  the  palpi  is,  however,  more  brush-like  in  those 
species. 

D.  FEBNALDELLA,  n.  sp. 

Palpi  slender,  scarcely  brush-like;  antennae  scarcely  pectinate;  ab- 
domen flattened  above,  scarcely  tufted  at  the  sides ;  apex  of  fore  wings 
more  acute,  and  the  costa  more  arched  than  in  eupatoriiella,  lecontellOj 
atrodorsella^  or  pulvipenella,  and  the  wings  also  wider;  indeed,  in  these 
respects  it  exceeds  perhaps  any  of  the  species  figured  in  Nat.  Uist.  Tin., 
vols.  1  and  12.    The  palpi  are  also  unusually  slender.    NeverthelesSi  I 


CHAMBERS   ON  NEW  TINEINA.  88 

tbink  it  is  more  properly  referable  to  tbis  tbau  to  any  otber  geuus. 
Palpi  whitisb,  witb  the  basal  balf  of  tbe  outer  suifaco  of  secoDd  joint 
brown.  Head  whitish.  Both  head  and  palpi  have,  however,  a  faint 
pinkish -yellow  tinge,  and  tbe  antennae  are  still  more  distinctly  tinged 
with  it.  Thorax  and  fore  wings  very  pale  ochrcous,  witb  a  strong  roseate 
or  pinkish  tinge.  On  the  disk  before  the  middle  is  a  small  blackish 
dot,  which  under  the  lens  is  resolved  into  two;  further  back,  behind  the 
middle,  is  another,  and  opposite  the  space  between  the  two  is  another 
on  the  fold;  these  two  latter  are  by  a  lens  resolved  into  small  spots  of 
brownish  dusting;  farther  back  is  a  brownish  line  parallel  (nearly)  with 
the  dorso-apical  margin,  but  which  the  lens  resolves  into  about  nine 
small  spots  of  dustings,  scarcely  conftuent  witb  each  other,  and  one  on 
each  marginal  veinlet  (costal  as  well  as  dorsal);  around  the  apex  and 
margins  near  it  are  ten  small  brownish  spots,  scarcely  visible  or  very 
indistinct  without  a  lens.  Hind  wings  yellowish,  irrorate  with  fuscous, 
not  emarginate  beneath  tbe  apex ;  abdomen  of  nearly  the  same  color 
with  the  hind  wings;  legs  brownish  on  their  anterior  surfaces,  the  hind 
tarsi  pale  yellowish.    Alar  expansion  10  lines.    Maine. 

YPSOLOPHUS. 

Y.  QUEBOIELLA,  Cham. 

The  single  bred  specimen  from  which  this  was  described  was  acci- 
dentally destroyed  some  years  ago.  From  my  notes  and  recollection  of 
the  species,  I  think  it  not  improbable  that  it  belongs  in  Depressaria,  with 
palpi  resembling  those  of  D.  dictamnella  Zell. 

DKPRESSARIA. 

D.  FEBNALDELLA.  (Supra.) 

Since  the  preceding  portion  of  this  paper  was  prepared,  I  have  received 
a  letter  from  Professor  Fernald,  in  which  he  states  that  he  has  ^'seen 
Machimia  tentorifuella  Clem.,  which  seems  to  be  identical  with  your  [my] 
Depressariafemaldella^.  I  have  not  seen  tentorifuella,  and  the  species 
may  be  thesame.  There  is  certainly  a  close  resemblance  in  many  points; 
but  an  examination  of fernaldella  and  a  comparison  of  it  with  tentorifuella, 
as  described  by  Clemens,  shows  many  discrepancies.  Thus  tentorifueVa 
has  the  vertex  ^^  shaggy^,  which  is  incorrect  as  applied  to  femaldelUi, 
The  latter  has  a  row  of  ten  small  blackish  spots  around  the  apex,  which 
are  not  mentioned  by  Dr.  Clemens ;  and,  furthermore,  it  has  a  brownish 
line  before  these  spots,  and  nearly  parallel  to  them,  which  is  so  unusual 
a  mark  that  I  think  it  must  have  struck  Dr.  Clemens  had  it  existed 
in  his  species;  yet  he  does  not  mention  it.  There  are  other  less  striking 
differences  in  ornamentation.  D.  fernaldella,  while  not  a  typical  Depressa- 
ria  by  any  means,  seems  to  me  to  be  more  appropriately  located  in  that 
geons  than  in  Cryptolechia,  to  which  I  should  refer  tentorifuella  as 
described  by  Clemens,  and  to  which  it  has  been  referred  by  Zeller. 
While,  therefore,  the  species  may  be  the  same,  I,  for  the  present  at 
least,  consider  them  to  be  distinct 


84  BULLETIN   UKITED   STATES   GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY. 

CfiYPTOLECHlA. 

In  the  Can.  Ent.  iv.  129,  I  have  attempted  to  define  a  new  genaa 
under  the  name  of  HagnOj  and  in  that  connection  have  alluded  to  its 
resemblance  to  Psilocorsis  Clem.,  which  was  known  to  me  onlj*  by  Dr. 
Clemens^s  writings,  not  having  seen  any  of  his  species.  The  wings  of 
PsiJocorais,  as  described  by  Dr.  Clemens,  seemed  to  me  to  differ  mate- 
rially from  those  of  Hagno.  1  also  suggested  the  probability  that  both 
might  prove  to  be  equivalent  to  Cryptolechia^  which  \f  as  then  known  to 
me  only  by  scattered  notices  in  various  books.  I  find  that  Hagno  is 
equivalent  to  Psilocorais^  and  both  are  equivalent  to  a  section  of  Crtfp- 
tolcchia. 

C.  CRYPTOLBCHUEELLA. 

Depressaria  t  crypiolechicteUa,  Cbam.  Can.  Ent.  iv.  91. 
Hagno  crypioleckicBtlla,  Cham,  ibid,  132. 

Smaller  and  prettier  than  any  of  the  allied  species  known  to  me.  The 
wings  have  a  faint  pinkish  or  roseate  lustre,  and  have  the  lustre  also  of 
<' watered  silk".  The  transverse  blackish  lines  are  not  visible  to  the 
naked  eye,  and  the  base  of  the  wings  is  orange-yellow.  If  my  recol- 
lection is  not  at  fault,  the  larva  feeds  on  leaves  of  the  Holly  (Ilex). 

C.  FAGINELLA. 

Hagno  faginellCj  Cbam.  Can.  Ent.  iv.  131. 

The  close  resemblance  of  some  allied  species  makes  a  more  detailed 
description  of  this  species  than  that  heretofore  given  necessary. 

The  palpi  are  ochreous,  with  a  blackish  line  along  the  under  surface 
of  the  second  joint,  continued  on  to  the  apex  of  the  third,  and  another 
on  the  outer  and  one  on  the  inner  surface  of  the  third  joint.  Cryptole6hia 
(Psilocorsis)  quercicella  Clem.,  according  to  Dr.  Clemens,  has  the  third 
joint  black,  with  two  yellowish-white  stripes  in  front.  I,  however,  have 
not  seen  the  species,  and  I  know  from  experience  how  easy  it  is  to 
make  a  mistake  as  to  the  number  and  position  of  these  lines.  A  species 
from  Texas  which  I  formerly  (Can.  Ent.  vi.  231)  identified  with  fagi- 
nellUj  but  which  1  now  consider  distinct  {vid,  post),  and  an  undescribed 
species,  of  which  a  single  specimen  is  before  me,  have  the  palpi  exactly 
as  I  have  described  them  in  faghiella — that  is,  the  upper  surface  of  the 
third  joint  is  ochreous  instead  of  black,  as  Dr.  Clemens's  account  would 
make  it.  C./aginellu  has  the  head  ochreous-yellow,  and  the  thorax  of  the 
same  color,  only  darker,  as  if  tinged  with  fuscous.  In  this,  the  Texan 
species  agrees  with  it.  The  undescribed  si>ecies  above  mentioned,  which 
is  from  Missouri,  and  has  been  bred  by  Professor  Riley  and  Miss  Murt- 
feldt  from  a  larva  feeding  on  Ambrosia  has  the  head  darker  than  in  fagi- 
nellay  and  of  the  same  color  with  the  thorax.  C.  quercicella^  according  to 
Dr.  Clemens,  has  the  head  and  thorax  yellowish-brown  (as  in  the  Mis- 
souri specimen).  P.  reflexa,  as  described  by  Dr.  Clemens,  has  the  palpi 
as  mfaginella  as  to  ornamentation;  but  from  the  fact  that  Dr.  Clemens 


CHAMB£BS  ON  NEW   TINEINA.  85 

separates  it  from  quercicella  as  a  distinct  section,  characterized  by  the 
great  length  of  the  palpi,  it  is  not  necessary  to  refer  to  it  farther  in  this 
connection.  C.  faginella  has  the  basal  joint  of  the  antennae  yellowish- 
ochr^as,  except  a  wide  blackish  line  extending  along  its  upper  surface; 
quercicella  has  ^Hwo  black  stripes  in  front";  and  the  species  from  Texas 
and  that  from  Missouri  agree  in  this  respect  with  quercicella.  0.  faginella 
and  also  the  Texas  and  Missouri  specimens  have  the  stalk  of  the  antennae 
ochreous-yellowy  with  two  blackish  lines  extending  along  the  upper  side 
of  the  basal  half,  and  the  remainder  of  the  stalk  has  each  alternate 
joint  blackish ;  quercicella  has  simply  ''  a  black  line  above,  terminating 
in  black  spots ''.  In  quercicella^  the  fore  wings  are  "yellowish-brown, 
varied  with  blackish  irregular  striae,  chiefly  from  the  costa,  with  a  black 
dot  on  the  end  of  the  disk";  faginella  agrees  with  this  description,  ex- 
cept that  I  should  call  the  ground-color  of  the  wings  dull  yellowish- 
ochreous,  as  they  are  likewise  in  the  Missouri  specimen;  while  in  the 
Texas  species  the  groundcolor  is  paler,  while  the  transverse  stripes  are 
more  distinct,  showing  also  a  tendency  to  become  more  confluent,  espe- 
cially about  the  end  of  the  disk,  where  they  present  to  the  naked  eye 
something  like  a  faint  dark  fascia;  fagineUa  has  a  more  silky  lustre 
than  the  other  species,  though  this  may  be  owing  to  the  fact  that  the 
specimens  are  newer. 

In  the  Texan  specimens,  and  in  that  from  Missouri,  there  is  no  spot  at 
the  end  of  the  disk,  and  it  is  not  distinct  in  faginella.  In  quercicella, 
^^  the  posterior  margin  is  tipped  with  blackish,  and  the  cilia  are  yellowish- 
brown,  containing  two  dark  fuscous  hinder  marginal  lines";  in  faginelUij 
there  is  a  row  of  blackish  spots  around  the  apex,  and  a  single  faint 
brownish  hinder  marginal  line  in  the  cilia  (which  in  the  single  specimen 
before  me  are  a  little  injured).  In  the  Missouri  specimen,  there  are  five 
very  distinct  blackish  spots  around  the  apex,  and  behind  them  in  the 
cilia  are  twodistitict,  brownish,  hinder  marginal  lines.  Indeed,  the  cilia 
may  be  called  brown,  with  a  median,  paler,  hinder  marginal  line.  Besides 
the  five  distinct  spots,  there  are  other  very  faint  ones,  and  the  brownish 
cilia  are  paler  than  the  spots.  The  specimens  from  Texas  agree  in  this 
respect  with  that  from  Missouri.  One  of  these  I  sent  to  Mr.Gresson  for 
comparison  with  Dr.  Glemens's  type  of  quercicella  in  the  collection  of 
the  entomological  section  of  the  Phila.  Acad.  Sci.  (formerly  American 
Ent.  Soc).  After  comparing  them,  Mr.  Cresson  informs  me  that  it  "is 
not  Psilocorsis  quercicella  Clem.,  which  differs  by  having  a  rather  broad, 
distinct,  dusky  border  on  the  apical  margin  of  the  anterior  wings,  other- 
wise they  look  very  much  alike". 

The  species  are  all  of  very  nearly  the  same  size — about  eight  to  nine 
lines  in  expanse  of  wings.  Professor  Zeller  (Bei.  z.  Kennt.  1873, 40)  iden- 
tifies specimens  received  by  him  from  Ohio  and  Texas  with  quercicella 
Clem.  His  Texan  specimens  were  collected  in  the  same  region  of  the 
State  from  which  I  have  received  mine;  and  as  in  two  collections  that 
I  have  received  from  that  region  there  is  only  one  species,  I  think  the 


86      BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  QEOLOQICAL  SUBVET. 

probability  is  that  querdeella  Zell.  (neo  Clem.)  is  the  same  species  that 
I  have  referred  to  above,  and  which  I  formerly  identified  with  faginella^ 
but  which  I  now  incline  to  consider  distinct,  and  for  which  I  suggest  the 
name  of  cressanella.  I,  however,  do  this  with  some  hesitation ;  for  while, 
with  the  material  before  me,  I  consider  the  species  distinct,  I  recognize 
the  probability  that,  with  fuller  collections  of  bred  si^ecimens  of  all  the 
supposed  species,  it  is  not  improbable  that  they  will  be  deemed  at  most 
only  phytophagic  varieties  of  a  single  species. 

I  am  not  sure  but  that  the  si)ecies  described  by  me  as  Oelechia  dubi- 
tella  is  properly  referable  to  this  genus. 

C?  OBSOUBOMAOULELLA,  n.  sp. 

The  palpi  in  this  species  resemble  those  of  dubitella  above  mentioned, 
and  are  more  robust  than  in  querdeella^  cryptoleohielloj  &c.,  mentioned 
above. 

Pale  ochreous,so  densely  dusted  with  fuscous  as  to  obscure  the  ground- 
color; on  the  fore  wings  the  dusting  is  least  dense  along  the  fold  and 
about  the  base.  The  Fpots  on  the  wings  are  small,  indistinct,  and  easily 
effaced ;  one  of  them  is  about  the  middle  of  the  fold,  and  one  near  its 
end,  one  above  the  fold  before  the  middle,  one  a  little  larger  farther 
back,  a  small  one  at  the  end  of  the  cell,  and  four  or  five  indistinct  ones 
are  placed  farther  back,  within,  but  parallel  to,  the  apical  margin.  The 
basal  half  of  the  outer  surface  of  the  second  joint  of  the  palpi  is  brown ; 
third  joint  ocbreous;  legs  blackish- brown.  Alar  expansion  about  half 
an  inch.    Bosque  County^  Texas. 

GELECHIA. 

G .  DISOONOTELLA,  n.  «p. 

Palpi  simple;  second  and  third  joints  of  equal  length.  Hind  wings  a 
little  iiarrower  than  the  fore  wings,  and  rather  d^ly  excised  beneath  the  tip. 
Pale  fuscous,  or  rather  ochreous-yellow,  irrorate  with  fuscous,  with  a 
faint  silky-roseate  hue,  and  with  a  longitudinal-elliptical  brown  spot  at 
the  end  of  the  cell.  AntennsB  white,  annulate  with  brown.  Palpi  brown, 
with  the  tip  of  the  second  joint  white,  and  a  wide  band  of  the  general 
hue  on  the  middle  of  the  third  joint ;  legs  brown  on  their  anterior  sur- 
faces. Hind  wings  paler  than  the  fore  wings.  Alar  expansion  three- 
eighths  of  an  inch.    Kentucky,  in  May. 

G.  SYLVJECOLELLA,  W.  Sp. 

Allied  to  bimaculella  Cham.,  but  smaller,  and  with  more  of  a  purplish- 
bronze  lustre.  Palpi  simple.  Hind  wings  as  wide  as  the  fore  wings j  and 
a  little  excised  beneath  the  tip.  Palpi  ochreous,  with  the  base  of  the  third 
joint,  an  aunulus  about  its  middle,  and  also  an  annulus  about  the  mid- 
dle of  the  second  joint  blackish.  Antennse  blackish,  faintly  annulate 
with  ochreous.  Head  pale  ochreous,  dusted  above  the  antennsB  with 
blackish  scales.   Fore  wings  and  thorax  blackish,  microscopically  dusted 


« 


CHAMBERS   ON  NEW  TINEINA.  87 

• 

with  ochreonSy  with  a  parplisbbronze  lastre,  with  a  white  or  pale 
ochreoas  spot  on  the  fold  beyond  the  middle,  and  with  an  ochreons  or 
white  fascia  aboat  the  apical  foartb  concave  toward  the  base,  and  widest 
on  the  costa,  and  sometimes  interrupted  aboat  the  middle.  Cilia  of  a 
bluish  smoky  hue.  Hind  wings  a  little  paler  than  the  cilia  of  the  fore 
wings,  and  with  paler  cilia.  Abdomen  and  legs  ochreoas,  banded  with 
fuscous.  In  addition  to  the  marks  on  the  fore  wings  above  mentioned, 
there  is  sometimes  another  small  white  spot  on  the  fold.  Possibly  it 
may  be  only  a  variety  of  bimaculelUij  but  I  believe  it  to  be  distinct. 
Alar  expansion  five  lines.    Kentucky. 

In  some  specimens  of  bimactdella  there  is  a  small  white  spot  on  the 
fold  before  the  usual  larger  one,  and  sometimes  the  fascia  attains  the 
dorsal  margin.  The  head,  too,  is  rather  pale  purplish,  dusted  with 
black,  than  ^' purplish-brown",  as  it  is  described  originally. 

G.f  BOSQUELLA,  Cham. 

This  species  was  originally  (Can.  Ent.  vii.  92)  referred  to  (Ecaphora. 
Afterward  (Can.  Ent.  vii.  124)  I  transferred  it  to  Oelechia.  Having 
bat  few  specimens,  I  have  not  examined  the  neuration,  and  its  external 
characters  leave  me  in  doubt  as  to  its  real  affinities.  I  am  not  sure  but 
that  the  first  reference  to  (Ecophora  is  the  best. 

G.  CBISTIFASGIELLA,  n,  sp. 

Cell  of  hind  wings  closed^  the  wings  scarcely  emarginate  beneath  the  tip; 
second  joint  of  palpi  thickened  beneath^  but  scarcely  brush-like  :  third  joint 
pointed,  shorter  than  the  second.  Snowy -white  5  the  head  with  a  silvery 
lustre.  Basal  half  of  second  joint  of  palpi  and  two  rings  on  the  third 
brown.  Antennae  annulate  with  white  and  brown.  Fore  wings  with  a 
short  brown  dash  just  within  the  costal  margin  near  the  base,  ao  oblique 
brown  fascia  of  raised  scales  just  before  the  middle  and  nearest  the 
base  on  the  dorsal  margin,  a  small  brown  costal  and  opposite  larger 
dorsal  spot  before  the  cilia,  and  a  faint  row  of  brownish  spot^  around 
the  base  of  the  cilia.  These  marks  on  the  upper  surface  show  through 
on  the  lower,  which  is  fuscous.  Hind  wings  with  a  faint  grayish  tinge. 
Abdomen  tinged  with  yellow.  Legs  brownish  on  their  anterior  sur- 
faces.   Alar  expansion  six  lines.    Kentucky,  May  11,  two  specimens. 

(J.  TRIOCELELLA,  Cham. 

Of  this  species,  which  was  very  abundant  in  Colorado,  I  have  taken  a 
single  specimen  in  Kentucky.  The  Kentucky  specimen  is  a  trifle  larger 
than  those  from  Colorado.  In  the  Colorado  specimen,  there  are  three 
ocellated  spots  on  the  fore  wings,  one  of  which  shows  indications  of 
division.  In  the  Kentucky  specimen,  it  is  completely  divided  into  two 
spots.  In  the  former,  they  consist  of  a  black  dot  surrounded  by  a  reddish- 
ochreous  annulus ;  in  the  latter,  the  annulus  is  gray.  These  spots  are 
very  indistinct  without  the  use  of  a  lens. 


88      BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SUBVET. 
'  G.  QUINQUECEISTATELLA,  n.  Sp. 

This  species  has  much  the  aspect  of  a  Laverna.  The  second  joints  of 
the  palpi  are  somewhat  incrassate  toward  their  apices,  but  not  at  all 
brash-like,  and  the  third  joint  is  much  shorter  than  the  second.  The 
hind  wings  are  wider  than  the  fore  wings,  and  emarginate  beneath  the 
apex. 

Dark  brown;  the  face  and  palpi  and  apical  part  of  fore  wings  dasted 
with  silvery-gray.  On  the  fore  wings,  at  about  the  basal  on^-thlrd,  are 
two  raised  tufts,  one  above,  the  other  beneath,  the  fold ;  at  about  the 
middle  is  a  single  discal  tuft,  and  at  about  the  apical  one  third  are  two 
others;  cilia  grayish-fuscous,  dusted  sparsely  with  hoary;  hind  wings 
fuscous,  with  stramineous  cilia;  abdomen  dark  brown;  anal  tuft  yel- 
lowish. Legs  and  tarsi  brown,  annulate  with  white  at  the  joints.  The 
scales  of  the  tufts  are  tipped  with  hoary,  and  the  tufts  nearest  to  the 
dorsal  margin  are  placed  a  little  behind  the  corresponding  tufts.  Alar 
expansion  eight  lines.  The  tuft  on  the  middle  of  the  disk  is  longer  than 
either  of  the  others,  and  appears  sometimes  as  if  there  were  two  small 
ones  confluent  instead  of  one  large  one. 

6.  PALPILINEELL A  !,    CJuim. 

The  species  was  described  from  Texan  specimens  in  the  Gin.  Qnar. 
Jour.  Sci.  ii.  252,  which,  appearing  brown  to  the  naked  eye,-  show 
under  a  lens  distinctly  enough  a  white  fascia  before  the  cilia,  which 
sometimes  appears  to  be*  interrupted  in  the  middle.  I  have  taken  at 
the  light  in  Kentucky  six  specimens,  which  I  mark  with  the  f,  because, 
while  they  agree  in  all  other  respects  with  the  Texan  specimens,  three 
of  them  show  no  indication  of  the  fascia  with  or  without  a  lens;  while 
the  other  three,  in  place  of  the  fascia,  have  a  costal  and  opposite  dorsal 
spot,  visible  to  the  unaided  eye.  Unless  the  palpi  are  observed,  it  may 
be  mistaken  for  0.  palpianulella. 

G.  6-NOTELLA,  n.  sp. 

Head  and  palpi  white,  except  two  annuli,  one  of  which  is  at  the  base 
and  the  other  before  the  apex  of  the  palpi.  Antennae,  thorax,  and  fore 
wings  blackish-brown ;  about  the  basal  one-fifth  of  the  wing-length  is 
an  oblique  white  costal  streak  crossing  the  fold;  farther  back,  about 
the  middle  of  the  costa,  is  a  shorter  one;  and  before  the  cilia  is  a  still 
shorter  one,  pointing  obliquely  forward.  These  three  streaks  are  all 
tipped  with  silvery  scales,  more  abundantly  on  the  first  two  than  on  the 
third.  On  the  dorsal  margin,  respectively  nearly  opposite  or  a  little 
before  the  first  two  costal  streaks,  are  two  tufts  of  silvery  metallic 
scales;  apex  with  a  whitish  spot  and  sometimes  dusted  with  white. 
The  cilia  are  paler  and  more  grayish  than  the  wings.  Abdomen  yel- 
lowish-white, the  last  segment  stained  with  fuscous.  Legs  and  tarsi 
white,  banded  with  dark  brown.  Alar  expansion  half  an  inch.  Bosque 
County,  Texas. 


CHAMBERS  ON  NEW  TINEINA.  89 

O.  INTEBMEDTELLA,  tl.  sp.  , 

Intermediate  between  roseosuffusella  Clem,  and  rubenseUa  Oham., 
with  ODe  or  other  of  which  it  has  been  heretofore  confounded. .  The 
third  joint  of  the  palpi  is  longer  and  more  acute  than  in  rubenselUij  more 
like  that  of  roseosuffusella;  bat  the  fore  wiugs  are  much  less  roseate  than 
in  either  of  the  other  two  species,  frequently  showing  no  tinge  of  the 
roseate  hue;  and,  indeed,  that  hne  when  most  distinct  in  it  is  but  barely 
perceptible. 

As  in  rubenseUa  (and  sometimes  in  roaeosuffusella)^  the  first  dark  band 
does  not  cover  the  base  of  the  wing.  The  second  band  is  like  that  of 
roseoauffusellaj  but  the  third  extends  across  the  wing,  the  dorsal  portion 
being,  however,  paler  than  the  costal,  and  the  costo-apical  part  of  the 
wing  is  ochreo-fuscous.  In  other  respects,  it  resembles  roseosuffusella. 
It  is,  however,  darker  and  more  grayish,  less  yellowish  than  that  species. 
Bosque  Oounty,  Texas. 

6.  LAOTIFLOSEULA,  n.  «p. 

Palpi  simple^  creamy-white,  dusted  with  brown,  with  the  outer  snr- 
face  of  the  second  joint  brown  except  at  its  tip.  Basal  joint  of  autennse 
pale  cream-color,  stalk  pale  yellow.  Thorax  and  fore  wings  pale  cream- 
color,  sparsely  dusted  with  brown,  with  a  small  brown  spot  touching  the 
fold  above,  near  the  base  of  the  wing,  another  a  little  farther  back,  and 
yet  farther  back  near  the  middle  two  spots,  one  on  the  fold,  the  other 
on  the  disk ;  sometimes  these  two  last  spots  are  confluent.  There  is  a 
transverse  brown  streak  at  the  end  of  the  cell,  and  a  distinct  brown  line 
carving  around  the  b^se  of  the  apical  cilia;  tip  of  thorax  and  a  spot  on 
each  side  before  the  tip  brown.  Hind  wings  and  abdomen  above  white, 
tinged  with  silvery,  and  tuft  creamy-white ;  abdomen  beneath  creamy, 
with  a  brown  spot  on  each  side  of  each  segment.  Legs  creamy,  sparsely 
dasted  with  brown,  annulate  with  brown  at  the  articulatiouH,  and  with 
the  tibia  of  the  first  and  second  pair  brown.  Alar  expansion  half  an 
inch.    Bosque  County,  Texas. 

O.  FUSOOTJENIAELLA,  n.  sp. 

Falpi  simple.  Hind  wings  excised  beneath  the  tip.  Snowy-white.  An- 
tennse,  apical  half  of  thorax,  base  of  fore  wings,  two  small  costal  spots, 
and  an  apical  spot  brown ;  the  second  costal  spot  is  larger  tLan  the 
first,  which  is  placed  about  the  middle  of  tlie  costa.  Abdomen  whitish. 
Legs  brownish -yellow  on  their  anterior  surfaces.  Alar  expansion  four 
lines.    Bosque  Oounty,  Texas. 

O.Y  MULTIHACnLELLA,  n.  sp. 

Hind  wings  not  emarginate  beneath  the  tip;  palpi  simple;  third  joint  about 
half  as  long  as  the  second. 

Head,  antennae,  palpi,  and  fore  legs  dark  fuscous,  the  palpi  tinged 
with  ochreous.    Fore  wings  sordid  ochreons,  covered  with  small  fuscous 


90      BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

spots,  a  row  of  which  extends  entirely  aroaud  the  margiDS  of  the  wing. 
Oo  the  fold  the  spots  are  distinctly  conflnent.  Intermediate  and  hind 
legs  and  tarsi  and  anterior  tarsi  fuscous,  annulate  with  ochreous;  abdo- 
men fuscous  alK)ve,  whitish  beneatlL  Some  specimens  are  more  ochreous 
than  others.    Alar  expansion  half  an  inch.    Bosque  County,  Texas. 

There  is  something  about  the  species  which  suggests  a  renemblanceto 
Tinea  in  ornamentation  and  in  the  form  of  the  hind  wings. 

O.  ORESOBNTIFASGIELLA,  Cham. 

The  cresceutic  fascia  is  always  indistinct^  and  frequently  not  discerni- 
ble, and  sometimes  in  place  of  it  there  is  sim|)ly  a  small,  yellow^  costal 
and  opposite  dorsal  spot.  The  palpi  are  pale  gray,  brownish  on  the 
outer  surface  of  the  basal  half  of  the  second  joint,  and  the  tip  of  the 
third  joint  is  brown.  In  some  specimens,  the  wings  are  sprinkled  with 
small  blackish  atoms. 

G.  (EbGATIS)  PALLIDEBOSAOpLLA,  n.  sp. 

Palpi  simple;  pale  grayish;  second  joint  with  thin  brownish  annuli, 
one  near  the  base,  one  near  the  tip,  and  one  on  the  middle;  third  joint, 
with  base,  tip,  and  an  annulus  between  them  brownish-gray.  Head, 
thorax,  and  fore  wing^  pale  grayish,  dusted  with  dark  gray,  and  very 
faintly  tinted  with  roseate ;  base  of  the  costal  margin,  an  oblique  &8cia 
behind  it,  and  a  little  farther  back,  but  still  before  the  middle,  an  oblique 
costal  band,  extending  to  the  fold,  blackish -brown.  Behind  the  last  of 
these  streaks,  in  the  middle  of  the  wing,  is  a  short,  blackish  dash  8ur> 
rounded  by  a  hoary  or  whitish  annulus.  Behind  the  middle  is  a  costal, 
dark  gray  spot,  opposite  to  which  is  a  still  smaller  dorsal  one,  and  op> 
posite  to  the  space  between  them  is  another  blackish  dash,  the  portions 
of  the  wing  above  and  below  which  are  but  little  dusted,  while  behind 
it  the  apical  part  of  the  wing  is  more  densely  dusted  with  brownish 
scales ;  cilia  gray,  with  a  darker  basal  line.  AntennsB  annulate  with  pale 
gray  and  dark  brown ;  upper  surface  of  abdomen  and  anal  tuft  pale 
luteous ;  legs  brown  on  their  anterior  surfaces ;  tarsi  annulate  with 
brown  and  pale  grayish-white.    Alar  expansion  five  lines. 

Many  specimens  show  no  trace  of  the  roseate  hue.  Bosque  County, 
Texas. 

O.  OBSGUBOSUFFUSELLA,  H.  sp. 

Second  joint  of  the  palpi  brush-Uhe;  hind  wings  scarcely  emarginate  he* 
neath  the  apex. 

W^hite.  Second  joint  of  palpi  brown  on  the  outer  surface  at  the  base. 
Anterior  wings  sufiused  with  pale  fuscous  on  the  disk  and  apex,  with  an 
indistinct  whiter  fascia  before  the  cilia,  slightly  angulated  posteriorly. 
Basal  half  of  each  segment  of  the  tergum  grayish ;  venter  and  anal  tuft 
white ;  hind  legs  whitish ;  anterior  and  intermediate  legs  brownish  on 
anterior  surfaces;  their  tarsi  annulate  with  white.  Alar  expansion  half 
an  inch.    Bosque  County,  Texas. 


CHAMBES8  ON  NEW  TINEINA.  91 

6.  OCHBEOOOSTELLA,  n.  «p. 

Palpi  long^  simple;  third  joint  larger  than  second^  acuminate.  Hind 
uHnga  faintly  emarginate  beneath  apex. 

Palpi  ochreoas;  second  joint  snfifosed  with  fascoas  on  outer  surface. 
Antennse  annulate  with  ochreons ;  inner  surface  of  hind  legs  ochreous. 
Hxtreme  costal  margin  ochreous.  Insect  otherwise  brownish-gray, 
microscopically  sprinkled  with  white  scales.  Alar  expansion  two* thirds 
of  an  inch.    Bosque  County,  Texas. 

G.  OANOPULVELLA,  n.  sp. 

Second  palpal  joint  brush-like,  AntennsB  white,  dotted  above  with 
brown.  First  and  second  pair  of  legs  brown  on  their  anterior  surfaces, 
their  tarsi  annulate  with  white ;  base  of  extreme  costa  blackish.  Insect 
otherwise  hoary  or  whitish,  dusted  with  bluish-gray,  the  dusting  becom- 
ing more  dense  toward  the  apex  of  the  fore  wings,  with  five  or  six  rather 
indistinct  grayish  spots  around  the  base  of  the  cilia.  Alar  expansion  a 
little  over  one-fourth  of  an  inch.    Bosque  County,  Texas. 

G.f  OILIALINEELLA,  Cham, 

The  statement  in  the  description  of  this  species,  that  it  is  only  micro- 
scopically distinguishable  from  0,  solaniiella^  is  too  broad,  though  the 
resemblance  is  very  close.  The  palpi  of  this  species  resemble  those  of 
Cleodora^  though  the  brush  of  the  second  joint  of  the  palpi  is  smaller 
than  in  that;  genus.  I  have  not  examined  the  neuration,  but  I  am  in- 
clined to  transfer  the  species  to  Cleodora,  The  ornamentation  is  much 
like  that  of  C.  pallidistrigella  Cham,  and  C.  pallidella  Cham,  though  the 
white  streak  on  the  fold  and  that  on  the  disk  which  characterize  those 
species  are  wanting  in  this,  and  in  their  place,  or  rather  in  placeof  their  con- 
tained black  streaks,  there  are  in  this  species  one  or  two  small  brown  spots. 
It  has  the  oblique  costal  and  dorsal  white  streaks  before  the  cilia  as  in 
those  species,  and  behind  them  the  short,  white,  costal  streaks,  but  not 
the  dorsal  ones,  and  there  is  only  one  brown,  hinder  marginal  line  instead 
of  three,  and  that  one  is  indistinct. 

CLEODOEA. 
G.  PALLIDELLA,  Cham, 

This  species  was  described  from  two  specimens.  On  the  receipt  of  a  larger 
collection  I  find  a  greater  amount  of  variation  than  I  had  looked  for.  The 
groundcolor  of  the  wings  varies  from  ochreous-yellow  to  white,  suffused 
with  pale  ochreous-fuscous.  The  palpi  also  vary  in  a  similar  manner, 
the  outer  surface  being  usucUy  pale  ochreous,  dusted  with  fuscous.  By 
a  slip  of  the  pen  in  the  description  I  have  stated  that  the  brown  spot  is 
on  top  of  the  third  joint ;  it  should  read  second  joint.  The  antennsd  are 
fuscous,  and  the  head  and  thorax  are  paler,  more  whitish  than  the  fore 
wings;  there  is  a  white  streak  along  the  fold  containing  a  blackish  spot, 
and  pafallel  to  it  is  a  discal,  basal,  white  streak  containing  a  black  line 
or  dash.    The  color  of  the  wings  deepens  toward  the  apex,  and  just 


92      BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SUBVKT. 

before  the  cilia  are  the  long,  obliqae,  costal  and  opposite  dorsal  white 
streaks  mentioned  in  the  description^  and  behind  these  are  three  short, 
white,  costal  and  foar  dorsal  streaks,  the  latter  produced  into  the  cilia, 
which  are  white,  with  three  distinct,  dark  brown,  hinder  marginal  lines, 
placed  respectively  at  their  base,  middle,  and  apex;  the  legs  are  whitish, 
stained  with  fascous  on  their  anterior  surfaces ;  and  the  alar  eipansiom 
ranges  from  six  to  seven  lines. 

C.  PALLIDISTRIGELLA,  Cham. 

This  species  is  a  little  smaller  than  the  preceding,  ranging  from  five 
to  six  lines  in  alar  expansion.  The  color  of  the  head  and  appendages  and 
the  thorax  resemble  those  of  the  preceding  species,  and  it  is  fully  as 
variable.  The  tegnlae  and  extreme  base  of  the  wings  are  white,  the 
wings  otherwise  being  much  darker  than  in  any  of  the  specimens  of  the 
preceding  species.  They  vary  from  orange-yellow  to  a  dark  yellow  suf- 
fused with  fuscous.  The  streak  along  the  fold  and  the  one  above  and 
parallel  to  it  are  indistinct,  and  their  contained  blackish  s[>ots  are 
smaller,  while  the  costal  margin  from  the  middle  to  the  ciUa  is  white;  the 
costal  oblique  streak  is  much  less  oblique  than  in  the  preceding  species, 
and  there  are  no  costal  spots  behind  it;  on  the  other  hand,  the  dorsal 
oblique  streak  is  more  oblique,  passing  along  the  base  of  the  cilia,  into 
which  it  sends  three  white  streaks.  The  differences  above  indicated  by 
the  italics  induce  me  to  consider  the  species  distinct. 

ANARSIA. 
A.  TRIMAOULELLA,  Cham. 

I  have  taken  this  species  also  in  Kentucky.  It  was  described  from 
Texas. 

DASYCEBA. 

D.  NGNSTBIGELLA,  n.  Sp. 

This  species  differs  from  D.  newmanella  Clem.,  and  from  the  two 
European  species,  not  only  by  the  absence  of  yellow  marks  on  the 
wings,  but  still  more  by  having  the  basal  three-fourths  of  the  antenn® 
densely  clothed  with  scales ;  whereas  in  those  species  only  a  small  por- 
tion is  so  clothed,  and  in  this  species  the  other  fourth  is  also  scaled, 
though  not  densely,  and  the  scaling  grows  less  and  less  toward  the 
apex.  It  is  described  from  a  single  $  taken  resting  on  a  leaf  in  the 
woods,  June  30th. 

Palpi  yellow ;  under  surface  of  third  joint  brownish.  Face  yellow, 
passing  on  the  vertex  into  metallic  yellowish-purple,  if  I  may  so  describe 
an  indescribable  hue.  Thorax  and  upper  surface  of  fore  wings  rich 
brownish-purple ;  hind  wings,  abdomen,  and  under  surface  of  fore 
wings  purplish-brown  (duller,  more  brownish,  and  less  purple  than  the 
upper  surface  of  fore  wings);  hind  legs  purple-brown,  suffused  with  yel- 
lowish (other  two  pair  rubbed  in  pinning).  Alar  expansion  6J  lines. 
Kentucky. 


CHAMBEBS   OK   NEW   TIKEINA.  93 

BDTALIS. 

B.  TBIYINCTBLLA,  ZeU. 

I  have  bred  great  nambers  of  B.  matutella  Clem.  It  varies  greatly 
firom  specimens  indistingaishable  from  B,  immaculatella  Cham,  to  forms 
which  I  have  described  as  B.  dorsipallidella  and  B.  breviatriga^  and 
some  specimens  approach  very  nearly  B.  trivinctella  Zell.  I  am  much 
inclined  to  consider  them  all  as  varieties  of  one  species.  I  have 
received  B.  trivinctella  from  Bosqne  Oountj,  Texas. 

COLEOPHOEA. 

G.   TEXANELLA,  91.  8p. 

Falpi  and  antennas  simple.  Inner  surface  of  the  palpi  whitish ;  antennse 
with  alternate  annulations  of  brownish-ochreous  and  white ;  abdomen 
brown  above,  a  little  paler  beneath ;  hind  wings  fuscous.  Outer  surface 
of  palpi,  head,  thorax,  and  fore  wings  rather  dark  ochreous,  with  two 
white  lines  on  the  fore  wings  obscured  by  dark  brown  dusting.  One  of 
these  lines  is  on  the  fold ;  the  other  extends  from  the  middle  to  the  end 
of  the  disk.  There  is  also  a  little  brown  dusting  along  the  dorsal  mar- 
gin. Cilia  of  both  pairs  of  wings  grayish-ochreous.  Alar  expansion 
5i  lines.    Texas,  from  Belfrage. 

C.  CINEBELLA,  n.  sp. 

Dark  gray.  Palpi  and  antennas  simple.  Face  and  under  surface  a 
little  paler  than  upper  surface.  Alar  expansion  5}  lines.  Kentucky, 
July. 

0.  MULTIPULVELLA,  n.  Sp. 

Palpi  rather  short,  simple.  Stalk  of  antennse  simple;  basal  joint 
tufted,  white.  Vertex  ^nd  outer  surface  of  palpi  stained  with  brownish- 
ochreous,  and  the  antennae  annulate  with  that  color.  Fore  wings 
densely  dusted  with  dark  'gray,  so  as  to  obscure  the  whitish  ground- 
color; the  dusting  less  dense  beneath  the  fold,  more  dense  toward  the 
apex.  Hind  wings  and  upper  surface  of  abdomen  dark  ochreousgray ; 
under  surface  of  the  abdomen  white,  dusted  more  sparsely  with  gray. 
Legs  marked  with  dark  ochreous-gray  on  their  anterior  surface.  Alar 
expansion  half  an  inch.    At  light  in  July.    Kentucky. 

G.  ALBAGOSTELLA,  Cham. 

By  some  inadvertence,  I  have  omitted  in  the  description  of  this  spe- 
cies to  state  the  grcund-color  of  the  fore  wings.  It  may  be  called 
ochreo-fnscous  or  fuscoocbreous,  with  the  base  of  the  dorsal  margin 
and  the  entire  costal  margin  pale  ochreous  or  whitish.  Under  the  lens, 
very  fine,  narrow,  whitish  lines  are  seen  marking  the  course  of  the  veins. 
The  outer  surface  of  the  palpi  is  fuscous. 

0.  FUSOOSTBIGELLA,  H.  sp. 

Palpi  and  antennw  simple.  Sordid  ochreous.  Second  and  third  palpal 
Joints  each  with  a  brown  streak  on  their  outer  surface.    On  the  fore 


94  BtJLLETIN   UNITED   STATES  OEOLOQICAL   SURVEY. 

wings,  the  fold  is  marked  by  a  narrow  black  line,  and  beDeath  and 
nearly  parallel  to  it  is  a  pale  ocbreous  line^  Tbe  base  of  the  dorsal  mar- 
gin is  pale  ochreoQS,  and  it  is  microscopically  streaked  with  white  scales 
beneath  the  fold  toward  the  cilia.  Above  the  fold,  the  wing  is  some- 
what streaked  with  fascons.  One  of  these  streaks  is  short  and  narrow 
and  near  the  apex ;  another,  longer  one,  begins  aboat  the  middle  of  the 
disk  and  goes  to  the  apex.  Nearer  to  the  margin  is  another,  which 
begins  indistinctly  near  the  base,  bat  becomes  wider  and  more  distinct 
toward  the  apex;  and  another,  still  wider  and  more  distinct,  begins 
near  the  base,  within  the  costal  margin,  and  passes  back  to  the  cilia, 
being,  however,  interrupted  beyond  the  middle  by  two  narrow  short 
ochreoos  streaks,  which  mark  the  position  of  two  sabcostal  veinlets. 
Tbe  base  of  the  costal  margin  is  ochreoas,  and  between  the  streaks  the 
wing  is  ochreoas.  Legs  and  tarsi  fuscons  on  their  anterior,  ochreoas  on 
their  posterior  surfaces.  Alar  expansion  nearly  half  an  inch.  Bosque 
County,  Texas. 

0.  BIMINIMMA.OULELLA,  n.  Sp. 

Antennae  and  palpi  simple.  White,  dusted,  or,  perhaps  more  correctly, 
suffused  on  the  thorax  and  fore  wings  with  pale  fuscoas.  There  is  a 
small  blackish  spot  on  the  fold  at  about  tbe  middle  of  the  wing-length, 
and  another  at  the  apex  of  the  fore  wings.  Alar  expansion  nearly  half 
an  inch.    Bosque  Gounty,  Texas. 

G.  QUADBILINEELLA,  n.  Sp. 

Sordid  white,  or  white  very  faintly  stained  with  ochreous.  The  mark- 
ings are  very  indistinct.  There  are  three  pale  ochreous  lines,  one  within 
the  costa,  one  on  or  just  beneath  the  fold,  and  one  along  the  disk,  be- 
coming fuscate  aboat  the  basal  third  of  the  wing  length,  one  of  the 
branches  going  to  the  costal  and  the  other  to  the  dorsal  margin,  near 
the  apex.  Anterior  surface  of  the  legs  and  under  surface  of  abdomen 
very  pale  fuscous.  Alar  expansion  not  quite  four  lines.  Kentucky,  in 
June.  It  requires  care  to  distinguish  the  lines  on  the  wings  even  in  the 
most  perfect  specimens. 

The  larval  case  is  two  lines  long,  and  bears  some  resemblance  in  form 
to  that  of  0.  solitariella  as  figured  in  Nat.  His.  Tin.  iv.,  but  is  still 
more  like  that  of  alq/onipenella  in  Nat.  His.  Tin.  v.,  having  a  clear  shin- 
ing shield  covering  its  upx>er  anterior  portion.  Food-plant  unknown. 
Kentucky. 

C.  OOHBELLA,  n.  Sp, 

Basal  joint  of  antennas  enlarged;  second  joint  of  palpi  wiih  a  minniB 
tuft.  Fore  wings  dark  ochreous,  sometimes  a  little  fuscous  toward  the 
tip^  head,  palpi,  and  thorax  paler;  hind  wings  what  I  should  call  leaden- 
ochreous;  cilia  of  both  pairs  ochreous,  and  a  little  paler  than  tbe  fore 
wings.    AntennsB  with  alternate  annulatious  of  white  and  ochreous- 


CHAMBERS   ON   NEW  TINEINA.  95 

browu.  Abdomen  of  a  dark  leaden  or  slaty  hue  above,  whitish  beneath, 
with  .the  tuft  yellowish-white ;  legs  browuish-ochreous  on  their  anterior 
surface,  whitish-ochreous  behind.  Alar  expansion  over  five  lines.  Ken- 
tucky, in  June.    Larva  unknown. 

COSMOPTEBYX. 

O.  4-LINEELLiA,  n.  sp. 

This  species  departs  so  far  from  the  usual  type  of  structure,  as  well 
as  ornamentation,  that  I  hesitate  a  little  about  locating  it  in  this  genus. 
The  fore  wing  is  rather  more  caudate  than  it  is  figured  for  C.  drurella  in 
Ins.  Brit  iii.,  or  for  0.  gemmiferella  by  Dr.  Clemens.  The  cell  is  acutely 
closed,  and  toward  its  end  the  subcostal  and  median  veins  each  give  off 
three  branches;  while  the  apical  vein,  after  giving  off  two  branches  to 
the  dorsal  margin,  and  then  one  to  the  costal  margin,  continues  through 
the  long  Cauda  to  its  apex. 

The  face,  antennas,  and  palpi  are  white,  and  also  the  head,  which  has 
a  faint  purplish  tinge,  and  the  antennsd  and  palpi  are  marked  with  lon- 
gitudinal black  lines.  (These  organs  are  slightly  injured  in  the  two 
specimens  before  me.)  The  legs  also  are  white,  the  first  two  pair  marked 
with  black  on  their  anterior  surfaces;  the  hind  legs  only  on  the  tibia. 
VerteX'j  thoraXj  and  basal  half  of  fore  wings  dark  fuscous^  with  three  white 
lines  on  the  vertex  (one  on  each  eye  and  one  on  top) ;  the  wings  with 
four  white  lines  (one  dorso-basal,  one  costo-basal,  the  other  two  on  the 
disk,  neither  of  them  reaching  the  base,  and  the  one  nearest  the  costal 
margin  being  the  longest) ;  the  costo-basal  streak  departs  a  little  from 
the  margin ;  all  four  streaks  end  abruptly  with  the  basal  brown  part,  and 
beyond  it  the  wing  is  yellow — almost  golden-yellow — with  an  oblique 
white  line  along  the  base  of  the  costal  cilia,  and  three  smooth  tufts  of 
brilliant  metallic  scales,  one  of  which  is  near  the  costa,  another  on  the 
disk  a  little  farther  back,  and  the  third  is  before  the  dorsal  cilia.  Alar 
expansion  four  lines.    Bosque  County,  Texas. 

ERIPHIA. 

E.  t  ALBALINEELLA,  n.  Sp.  ' 

Having  but  a  single  specimen,  I  have  not  examined  the  neuration, 
but  it  is  otherwise  so  near  U.  concolorella  Cham,  in  structure  that  I 
place  it  provisionally  in  this  genns.  Head  and  palpi  blackish-brown, 
with  a  white  line  along  the  under  surface  of  the  palpi;  antennaB 
white;  thorax  and  fore  wings  blackish-brown,  with  a  basal  white  streak 
on  the  wings  extending  the  length  of  the  fold;  another  white  streak 
leaves  the  costal  margin  near  the  base,  and  passes  obliquely  backward 
almost  to  the  fold,  and  thence  on,  nearly  parallel  with  the  fold,  to  the 
end  of  the  cell,  where  it  almost  meets  the  apex  of  another  shorter  oblique 
costal  streak  (or  rather  an  indication  of  one)  before  the  costal  cilia;  cilia 
white,  with  a  dark  brown,  hinder  marginal  line;  hind  wings  and  their 
dlia  and  the  abdomen  purplish-fuscous;  anal  tuft  whitish;  legs  whitCi 


96  BULLETIN  UNITED   STATES   GEOLOGICAL   SUBYET. 

marked  with  dark  brown  on  their  anterior  sorfaces.    Alar  esqfansion  four 
lines.    Bosqae  County,  Texas. 

E.  f  NIGBILINEELLA,  n.  Sp. 

Of  this  also  I  have  bat  a  single  si)ecimen,  and  place  it  provisionally 
in  this  genus.  The  hind  wings  are  a  little  wider  than  in  the  preceding 
species.  Head  and  palpi  white,  except  that  the  second  and  third  joints 
of  the  palpi  have  each  two  small  black  dots  on  the  outer  surface;  an- 
tennse  white.  Thorax  and  fore  wings  white,  with  a  short, blackish-brown, 
basal  streak,  which  diverges  from  the  costa,  and  nearly  reaches  the  fold, 
and  then  passes  backward,  nearly  parallel  with  the  fold,  nearly  to  the 
end  of  the  cell  and  at  a  point  nearly  opposite  to  the  beginning  of  another 
costal  black  streak  placed  just  before  the  cilia,  and  which  passes  back- 
ward to  the  apex.  The  ornamentation  of  the  fore  wings  is  almost  the 
reverse  of  the  preceding  species — white  when  that  is  black,  black  when 
that  is  white.  Legs  white,  marked  on  their  anterior  surfaces  with 
brown.    Alar  expansion  three  lines.    Bosque  County,  Texas. 

ELACHISTA. 

B/TEXANELLA,  n.  8p. 

Sordid  pale  yellowish-white,  immaculate,  or  with  faint  fuscous  micro- 
scopic dustings.  Alar  expansion  nearly  one-third  of  an  inch.  U.  parvipul- 
ve/^a  Cham,  has  wider  wings,  is  more  creamy- white,  and  is  distinctly  dusted 
with  browuish-ochreons,  and  has  the  outer  surface  of  the  palpi  brownish. 
In  texanellaj  the  ueuration  of  the  hind  wings  approaches  that  of  Cos- 
inopteryx;  the  snbco^tal  vein  passes  straight  through  to  the  apical 
part  of  the  wing,  where  it  is  deflected  to  the  dorsal  margin;  it  has  no 
branches;  the  cell  is  unclosed;  the  median  is  furcate  on  the  dorsal  mar- 
gin about  the  middle,  and  there  are  two  independent  discal  branches, 
which  are  indistinctly  continued  through  the  cell.  Submedian  and  in- 
ternal distinct.    Bosque  County,  Texas. 

E.  STAINTONELLA,  n.  Sp. 

White ;  the  basal  third  of  the  costal  margin  of  the  primaries  pale 
ochreous,  dusted  with  fuscous ;  apical  half  of  primaries  pale  ochreous, 
dusted  with  fuscous,  with  a  narrow  white  fascia  before  the  apex  posteri- 
orly augulated,  or  perhaps  the  wings  are  as  well  described  as  white 
with  the  apex,  a  wide  irregular  band  just  behind  the  middle  (widest  on 
the  costa),  and  the  basal  third  of  the  costal  margin  pale  ochreous  dusted 
with  brownish ;  the  cilia  also  are  somewhat  dusted.  Hind  wings  pale 
fuscous,  with  pale  ochreous  or  grayish-ochreous  cilia.  Alar  expansion 
three  lines.    Texas. 

Fore  wings. — The  subcostal  vein  goes  to  the  apex,  emitting  three 
branches  before  the  end  of  the  cell,  and  becoming  furcate  before  the 
apex;  the  median  emits  three  branches  before  the  end  of  the  cell;  and 
the  fold  is  thickened.  In  the  hind  wings,  the  subcostal  and  median  are 
each  simply  furcate. 


CHAMfiEBS   ON  NEW  TINEINA.  97 

TISCHERIA. 
T.  QUERGiYOBELLA,  Cham.  Gin.  Quar.  Joar.  Sci.  ii.  100. 

f  T.  querdtellay  Frey,  neo  T.  quercUdlaf  Clem. 

I  have  not  seen  the  specimens  from  which  Frey  described  his  species 
nor  the  single  imperfect  one  from  which  Glemens  prepared  his  descrip- 
tion. Frey  thonght  his  specimens  belonged  to  Glemens's  species ;  but 
Frey^s  description  applies  sufficiently  well  to  the  four  3  and  two  9  before 
me,  and  which  I  cannot  reconcile  with  Glemens's  account  of  his  species. 
In  quercivorellaj  the  face,  palpi,  and  antennsB  are  very  pale  lemon-yellow, 
the  vertex  being  darker — as  dark  as  the  fore  wings.  Glemens  says  of 
quercitelUij  ^^antennaB,  head,  labial  palpi,  dark  orange-yellow".  In  qtier- 
civarellay  the  thorax  and  fore  wings  are  lemon -yellow,  with  the  costal 
margin  more  reddish,  and  becoming  more  so  toward  the  apex,  which  is 
reddish-orange  and  somewhat  dusted  with  darker  scales.  Glemens  says 
of  querciieUa^  ^'  fore  wings  orange-yellow ;  apical  portion  reddish-brown, 
dusted  with  dark  brown",  and  does  not  mention  the  reddish-orange  hue 
of  the  costal  margin.  In  quercivorellu  (both  sexes),  the  dorso  apical 
cilia  are  paler  than  those  of  the  apex,  which,  like  those  of  the  hind 
wings,  and  the  entire  hind  wings  themselves,  except  a  fuscous  patch  at 
the  base,  are  pale  silvery -yellow ;  this  fuscous  patch  and  a  similar  one 
on  the  under  side  of  the  fore  wings  are  peculiar  to  the  male.  In  qutrci- 
telto,  Glemens  says  the  hind  wings  are  ^^  pale  yellowish,  becoming  reddish- 
brown  toward  the  apex,  and  the  apical  cilia  dark  brownish".  This  does 
not  apply  to  quercivorelia  at  all.  I  have  quoted  the  whole  of  Dr.  Glem- 
ens's brief  description. 

In  quercivorellOy  the  under  side  of  the  wings  is  paler  than  the  upper, 
and  does  not  become  darker  toward  the  apex,  but  has  the  costal  mar- 
gin stained  with  fuscous  on  the  fore  wings.  The  thorax,  abdomen,  and 
legs  are  pale  yellow,  as  also  is  the  anal  tuft ;  the  front  surface  of  the 
legs  and  the  under  side  of  the  abdomen  dusted  with  fuscous.  Alar  ex- 
pansion scant  three-eighths  of  an  inch.    Kentucky  and  Texas. 

T.  PBUINOSEELLA,  Cham. 

1  have  received  slightly  injured  specimens  fVom  Texas  which  I  refeir 
to  this  species,  which  is  heretofore  recorded  only  from  Kentucky. 

T.  LATIPENELLA,  n.  Sp. 

A  single  specimen  (<f )  received  from  Texas  is  pale  yellow  or  luteus, 
becoming  more  orange  toward  the  tip  of  the  fore  wings;  the  hind  wings 
are  paler  than  the  fore  wings  and  thorax,  being,  in  fact,  nearly  white. 
There  is  a  small  fuscous  patch  on  the  under  side  of  the  fore  wings;  none 
on  the  hind  wings.  It  is  a  little  paler  in  color  than  T.  quercivorelia 
Cham.,  which  it  resembles  in  many  respects,  especially  in  size.  But 
the  striking  peculiarity  about  it,  that  which  gives  it  its  distinctive 
character,  is  the  extraordinary  width  and  form  of  the  hind  wings. 
These,  instead  of  being  linear-lanceolate,  and  sharply  pointed  at  the 
Ball.  iv.  No.  1—7 


98      BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SUBYET. 

apex,  as  is  usual,  are  fully  as  wide  as  the  fore  wings,  and  approach  them 
in  shape.  The  costal  and  dorsal  margins  are  almost  equally  arched; 
each  rounds  off  toward  the  apex  almost  equally  at  about  the  apical 
third  of  the  wing,  and  the  apex  is  rather  obtuse.  They  are  very  un- 
like anything  else  I  have  met  with  in  the  genus;  and  if  the  species 
had  been  previously  described,  I  think  they  could  not  have  been  over- 
looked. The  specimen  was  not  pinned  when  I  received  it,  and  therefore 
I  cannot  suspect  that  it  was  a  manufactured  species.  It  belongs  no 
doubt  to  the  Oak-feeding  group. 

Possibly  it  may  be  T.  zelleriella  Clem.,  which  I  have  not  seen.  Dr. 
Clemens  says,  ^^Hind  wings  bluish-gray,  tinted  with  yellow  externally 
toward  the  tip."  ^'Bluish-gray''  would  hardly  describe  the  color  of 
the  hind  wings,  which  are  of  a  very  pale  whitish -yellow;  but  this  is 
the  only  Tiacheria  that  I  have  seen  which  has  the  '^  hind  wings  tinted 
with  yellow  ^  along  the  costal  margin  '' toward  the  tip".  But  if  it  is 
that  species,  it  is  strange  that  Dr.  Clemens  has  not  directed  attention 
to  the  extraordinary  width  of  the  hind  wings  and  their  comparatively 
rounded  apex. 

As  above  stated,  I  have  but  a  single  ^  and  no  9 .  Dr.  Clemens's 
description  of  the  ^  applies  well  enough,  except  in  the  particulars  just 
stated ;  but  he  describes  the  sapposetl  $  of  zelleriella  as  something  quite 
different,  and  he  bred  zelleriella  from  mines  on  the  upper  surface  of  Oak 
leaves.  I  have  another  species  which  I  have  labelled  zelleriella  tj  and 
which  I  have  bred  frequently  from  mines  on  the  upi>er  surface  of  Oak 
leaves.  This  species  agrees  with  Dr.  Clemens's  account  of  zelleriella, 
except  that  the  hind  wings  are  not  tinted  with  yellow,  as  above  de- 
scribed in  the  ^,  and  the  hind  wings  of  the  ^,  if  they  can  be  called 
bluish-gray,  are  very  pale.  The  9  agrees  better  with  Clemens's  descrip- 
tion of  zelleriella  9 . 

In  this  species,  the  abdomen  is  fhscons,  the  anal  tuft  yellow;  there  is 
no  fuscous  spot  on  the  under  surface  of  either  pair  of  wings  in' either 
sex;  the  legs,  palpi  and  face,  and  antennse  are  very  pale  lemon  or 
whitish-yellow.  In  the  9 ,  the  fore  wings  are  deep  safi'ron  or  almost 
reddish-yellow,  becoming  deeper  and  more  purple  toward  the  apex, 
with  the  dorsal  cilia  paler;  hind  wings  and' cilia  leaden-gray.  The  i 
differs  by  being  much  paler  yellow  on  the  fore  wings,  and  the  hind  wings 
are  also  paler  and  wider;  though  not  nearly  so  wide,  and  tapering  much 
more  gradually  to  the  acute  apex,  than  in  latipenella,  with  which  it  other- 
wise agrees,  except  that  it  lacks  the  yellow  tint  along  the  apical  part 
of  the  costa.  It  also  differs  from  the  i  by  having  the  abdomen  yellow 
inste<id  of  fuscous.  The  mine  also  seems  to  differ  from  that  of  zelleriellOj 
being  whitish,  elongate,  rather  narrow,  and  the  cuticle  contracted,  and 
it  is  placed  indiffei-ently  at  any  part  of  the  upper  surface,  whereas  Dr. 
Clemens  states  that  the  mine  of  zelleriella  is  at  first  a  white  blotch,  but 
subsequently  becomes  brown,  and  the  margin  of  the  leaf  is  curled. 

I  have  known  this  species  for  years,  but  hesitated  to  describe  it  as 
new,  lest  it  might  prove  to  be  zelleriella.    I  am,  howeveri  pretty  well 


CHAMBERS   ON  NEW  JINEINA.  '  ^^9r\ 

conviDce<1  that  it  is  new,  and  saggest  for  it  the  Dame  T.  clemenseVa.  J^^  ^ 
is  the  same  species  referred  to  by  me  as  T.  zelleriellaf  in  Cin.  QnarSv^^ 
Jonr.  Sci.  ii.  110  (April,  1875).  So  far  as  I  have  been  able  to  learn, 
there  is  no  authentic  specimen  of  zelleriella  new  extant,  and  we  must 
content  ourselves  with  Dr.  Olemens's  brief  description. 
^  Messrs.  Frey  and  Boll  describe  a  species  as  zelleriella  Clem.,  snggest- 
ing  the  name  complanoides  for  it  if  it  shonld  prove  distinct  from  zelle- 
riella. It  is  impossible  to  say  whether  complanoides  =  zelleriella  or  not ; 
bat  complanoides  has  ^Uhe  antennae,  head,  and  breast  vivid  egg-yellow, 
of  the  same  color  as  in  the  European  species  (complanella),  and  the  fore 
wings  of  the  same  color".  In  clemensella^  the  face,  palpi,  breast,  and 
legs  are  paler  than  the  fore  wings,  even  in  the  ^,  and  very  much  so  in 
the  $;  and,  as  I  understand  the  description  of  com,planoides^  the  base 
of  the  hind  wings  is  darkened,  which  is  not  the  case  with  this  species. 
I  do  not  recognize  any  species  that  I  have  seen  in  Dr.  Glemens's  account 
of  zelleriella^  nor  in  that  of  complanoides  by  Frey  and  Boll. 

T.  JSNIA,  Frey  db  Boll. 

In  a  paper  in  the  Gin.  Quar.  Jour.  Sci.  i.,  I  denied  the  distinctness 
of  this  species,  which  mines  the  leaves  of  Rubus  villosus,  from  T.  malu 
foliella  Clem.,  which  mines  Apple  leaves.  The  species  had  been  long 
known  to  mo  before  it  was  described  by  Frey  and  Boll  as  T.  cenia^  and 
was  referred  to  by  me  (loc,  cit  iii.  208)  as  identical  with  malifoliella.  I  am 
.  not  now  so  certain  that  it  is  identical,  and  probably  the  greater  num- 
ber of  entomologists  would  concur  with  Frey  and  Boll  in  regarding  it  as 
a  new  species,  or  a  phytophagic  species  or  variety;  and  yet  the  only 
constant  or  material  difference  that  I  have  observed  is  that  T.  cenia  is 
of  a  richer  bronzed-brown,  while  mallfolieUa  is  of  a  duller  dead  brown. 
I  have  received  from  Mr.  Belfrage,  from  Texas,  a  single  specimen  in 
good  condition,  and  now  in  the  museum  at  Cambridge,  labelled  T.  eenia  f , 
the  food-plant  of  which  is  unknown,  and  which  seems  to  me  to  bear 
about  the  same  relation  to  the  Blackberry  species  that  the  latter  does 
to  the  species  from  the  Apple ;  that  is,  it  is  of  a  brighter,  more  brassy 
lustre  than  T.  tenia  from  the  Blackberry.  It  is  a  little  smaller  than  T. 
eenia  and  T.  malifoliella^  which  are  of  nearly  the  same  size,  and  the  face 
and  palpi  are  of  a  different  hue.  It  will  probably  prove  to  be  a  new 
species.    They  may  all  be  regarded  as  <' phytophagic  species". 

T.  PULYELLA,  n.  Sp. 

AntennsD  pale  ochreous:  vertex  whitish,  stained  with  ochreous;  face 
an^  palpi  white;  thorax  and  fore  wings  white,  suffused  with  pale  ochre- 
ous, and  densely  dusted  with  ochreousfuscous,  paler  and  less  dusted 
beneath  the  fold;  hind  wings  and  cilia  pale  lead-color;  under  surface  of 
fore  wings  ochreo-fuscous,  that  of  the  hind  wings  whitish  ;  both  wings 
wide  for  this  genus.  Abdomen  whitish,  dusted  with  fuscous;  anal  tuft 
yello wish-silvery ;  legs  yellowish-white.  Alar  expansion  four  lines. 
Texas. 


iOO  BULLETIN  UNITED   STATES   GEOLOGICAL  SUBVET. 

LITHOCOLLETIS. 

L.  NEOOPINUSELLA,  H.  «p.  f 

Tbe  Dearest  American  ooDgeners  of  this  species  are  £.  craUBgeUa  Clem, 
and  L.  hageni  Frey.  The  latter  I  know  only  through  Professor  ¥ref% 
descri[)tion.  Possibly  the  insect  before  me  may  be  that  species,  though 
I  am  unable  to  detect  any  trace  of  saffron-yellow  in  the  groand-color  of 
the  fore  wings,  which  are  dark  golden-brown ;  the  third  dorsal  spot, 
which  seems  to  be  distinct  in  hagenij  is  here  only  indicated  by  its  dark 
margin,  there  being  no  white  scales ;  and  the  two  last  costal  streaks  do 
not  cross  the  entire  wing  as  they  do  in  hagenij  if  I  nnderstand  Pro- 
fessor Prey's  description  of  that  species. 

It  cannot  be  mistaken  for  crat<egella  Olem.,  because  the  thorax  and 
basal  portion  of  the  fore  wing  (except  the  costal  margin)  are  white  here, 
while  in  eratwgeUa  they  are  golden  brown  (marked,  however,  by  median 
and  dorsal  basal  white  streaks,  which  are  frequently  continued  on  to 
the  thorax) ;  the  face  and  palpi  are  here  pure  white,  and  the  upper  side 
of  the  antennse  is  darker  fuscous  than  in  cratwgella.  (Dr.  Clemens's  de- 
scription of  cratcegella  is  not  very  accurate.  He  says,  ^^Antennse,  toft, 
and  front  dark  silvery-gray."  I  should  call  tbe  face  and  under  side  of 
the  antennse  silvery-white,  while  the  tuft  is  rather  a  brownish  than  a 
silvery  gray.  He  makes  no  mention  whatever  of  the  white  streak  which 
extends  along  the  base  of  the  dorsal  margin  as  far  as  the  basal  fourth 
of  the  wing-length,  nor  of  the  apical  black  spot ;  and  what  he  describes 
as  ^^the  streak  of  black  scales  in  the  middle  of  the  wing  at  the  apeXj  ex- 
tended backward  between  the  streaks  as  far  as  the  second  dorsal  and 
costal  streaks^,  is  only  the  extended  dark  margins  of  the  costal  and 
dorsal  streaks,  and  frequently  extend  back  to  tbe  apical  spot.) 

This  species  is  also  larger  than  crateegelUij  having  an  alar  expansion  of 
over  four  lines,  whilst  cratwgella  varies  from  scarcely  three  to  something 
over  three  and  three- fourths;  the  third  dorsal  streak  in  cratcegellaj  though 
small,  is  distinct,  while  in  this  species  it  is  only  indicated  by  its  dark 
margin ;  in  this  species,  too,  the  dark  margins  of  the  first  costal  streak 
are  produced  to  tbe  base  of  tbe  wing,  tbe  anterior  dark  margin  separat- 
ing the  narrow  golden-brown  basal  portion  from  the  wide  white  por- 
tion, and  the  posterior  dark  margin  extending  along  the  extreme  costa. 
Tbe  second  costal  streak  is  a  little  more  oblique  in  this  species  than  in 
crat^jegeUa,  while  the  fourth  is  perpendicular  to  the  margin  here,  and 
points  obliquely  forward  in  cratcegella.  In  this  species,  too,  there  is  a 
brown  ciliary  apical  streak  extending  out  from  tbe  apical  spot — some- 
thing like  the  hook  in  some  species  of  Oradlaria — and  this  is  the  only 
American  Llihocolletis  thus  far  seen  by  me  which  possesses  this  peculiar 
mark  \  the  dorsal  cilia  are  also  tipped  with  brown ;  all  the  dark  marks  of 
the  wings  shine  with  a  peculiar  bluish-black  lustre.  But  in  all  other 
respects  the  fore  wings  seem  to  be  marked  exactly  as  in  eratageUa;  that 
is,  the  ground-color  is  brownish-golden,  and  the  position  and  number  of 


CHAMBERS   ON  NEW   TINEINA.  101 

the  marginal  streaks  are  the  same — three  dorsal  and  four  costal,  the  third 
dorsal  minate,  the  second  large,  and  the  first  very  large,  and  the  first ^ 
costal  very  oblique.  In  this  species,  however,  these  marginal  streaks 
are  dark-margined  on  Ixith  sides,  while  in  cratcegella  it  is  only  the  first 
costal  and  first  and  second  dorsal  that  are  so  margined,  the  others  only 
dark-margined  before.  Apical  spot  circular,  and  hinder  marginal  line, 
as  in  cratcegella^  at  the  base  of  the  cilia. 

The  hind  wings  and  cilia  dark  lead-brown — darker  than  in  cratcegella. 
Abdomen  fuscous,  a  little  paler  beneath,  and  tuft  yellow.  Legs  and 
tarsi  white,  marked  on  the  anterior  surfaces  with  brown.  Kentucky, 
early  in  May. 

L.  POPXJLIELLA,  n.  «p. 

I  have  tired  a  few  species  from  small  tentiform  mines  on  the  under 
aide  of  leaves  of  the  Silver-leaf  Poplar,  which,  though  very  distinct  from 
argentinoteUa  Clem,  and  X.  fitcheUa  Clem.,  I  place  in  the  same  group 
with  them.  It  is  perhaps  nearer  to  L.  carpinicolella  than  to  any  of  the 
other  species  figured  in  the  Nat.  Hist.  Tin. 

Palpi,  head,  tuft,  antennae,  under  surface  of  thorax,  legs,  and  abdo- 
men pure  snowy-white;  upper  surface  of  abdomen  and  fore  wings  pale 
golden :  there  are  three  white  longitudinal  streaks  on  the  thorax  (one 
median,  and  continuous  with  a  dorso-basal  white  streak  on  the  wings, 
the  other  two  passing  over  the  tegul^*  and  continuous  with  a  median 
basal  white  streak  on  the  wings);  there  is  also  a  costo- basal  white  streak 
on  the  fore  wings,  and  these  three  basal  wing-6treaks  are  of  about  equal 
length,  and  less  than  one-fourth  of  the  length  of  the  wings.  Immedi- 
ately behind  the  dorso-basal  streak,  and  scarcely  distinct  from  it  (prob- 
ably sometimes  confluent  with  it),  is  the  first  dorsal  streak,  which 
approaches  a  square  form,  and  is  dark-margined  before  and  above. 
Almost  opposite  to  this  dorsal  streak,  but  a  little  behind  it,  is  the  first 
costal  streak ;  it  is  oblique,  not  pointed,  and  is  dark-margined  before. 
The  second  costal  and  second  dorsal  are  opposite  each  other,  the  costal 
one  being  the  largest  of  the  two,  triangular  and  dark-margined  before. 
The  third  costal  and  third  dorsal  are  nearly  opposite,  the  costal  being 
perhaps  a  little  farther  back,  and  being  larger  than  the  dorsal,  and 
larger  also  than  the  second  costal;  both  are  dark-margined  before. 
These  are  only  the  three  dorsal  streaks.  The  fourth  costal  is  just  be- 
fore the  i^>ex,  points  a  little  obliquely  forward,  and  is  margined  behind 
by  a  small  apical  patch  of  brown  dusting.  Cilia  white,  with  a  brownish 
hinder  marginal  line  attheir  base.  Alar  expanHon  one-fourth  of  an  inch. 
Ohio  and  Kentucky. 

L.  BIFASCIELiLA,  n.  «p. 

Toogae,  palpi,  and  face  silvery-white,  the  outer  surface  of  the  third 
jolDt  of  the  palpi  brown  toward  the  tip,  and  the  forehead  tinged  with 

*FolIowiog  Bunneutor,  I  have  sometimes  oaUed  these  orgaas  **  patagia". 


102  BULLETIN   ITNITED   STATES   GEOLOGICAL   SUBVET. 

saffron.  Tuft  pale  saffron,  darker  toward  its  sides.  Antenn®  silvery- 
white  beneath,  shining  brown  above.  Thorax  and  fore  wings  deep  red- 
dish-saffron, with  two  silvery-white  fascia  on  the  wings,  dark-margined 
behind,  each  of  which  is  nearly  straight,  one  placed  at  about  the  basal 
third,  the  other  behind  the  middle:  immediately  before  the  cilia  are  a 
costal  and  an  opposite  dorsal  silvery- white  streak,  also  dark-margined 
behind  ;  apex  densely  dusted  with  brown,  forming  a  large  spot,  which 
has  a  few  white  scales  before  it  and  others  intermixed;  cilia  saffron, 
tipped  with  silvery-gray,  and  with  a  dark  brown,  hinder  marginal  line 
before  the  tips.  Hind  wings  and  ui^r  surface  ^of  the  abdomen  dark 
fuscous.  Under  surface  of  the  abdomen  silvery- white,  with  a  large  yel- 
low spot  on  each  side  of  each  segment,  and  one  on  the  under  snrtace  of 
each  of  the  last  three  or  four  joints:  anal  tuft  yellow,  tipped  wi],h  silvery. 

First  (and  second  T)  pair  of  legs  brown  on  their  anterior,  white  on  their 
IK)sterior  surfaces;  the  tarsi  annulate  with  white;  hind  legs  white,  the 
tarsi  annulate  with  fuscous,  and  a  pale  saffron  spot  on  the  outer  surface 
of  the  tibia.    Alar  expansion  scant  four  lines. 

Described  from  a  single  9  bred  from  a  long,  rather  wide,  and  irregular 
mine  on  the  upper  surface  of  a  leaf  of  the  White  Oak  (Q.  alba).  The 
pupa  was  concealed  under  a  white,  silken  web  over  the  midrib,  and  the 
larva  is  unknown. 

It  bears  an  evident,  though  not  very  close,  relationship  to  L.  obgirxo- 
tella  Clem. ;  but  in  the  latter,  instead  of  the  costal  and  dorsal  spots  before 
the  cilia,  there  is  a  white  fascia.  But  this  alone  would  not  be  necessarily 
of  specific  value.  The  streaks  are,  however,  a  little  differently  placed ; 
and  obetrictella  has  a  whitish  band  near  the  tip  of  the  antennsB,  which  is 
absent  in  this  species ;  and  Dr.  Clemens  makes  no  mention  of  the  brown 
outer  surface  of  the  third  joint  of  the  antenns&,  nor  of  the  yellow  spots 
on  the  abdomen.  He  siinply  says,  ^^ abdomen  black",  and  makes  no 
mention  of  the  palpi.  But  there  is  a  more  decided  difference.  The 
larva  of  obstrictella  belongs  to  the  cylindrical  group,  and  makes  a  tenti- 
form  mine  on  the  under  surface  of  leaves  of  ^^  the  Black  Oak"  (Q.  tine- 
toriaf).  This  mine  is  on  the  upper  surface  of  White  Oak  leaves,  and 
though  the  larva  is  unknown,  the  character  of  the  mine  indicates  that 
it  belongs  to  the  ^^flat"  group.  There  are  other  differences,  but  these 
here  indicated  are  sufficient. 

As  compared  with  X.  tubiferella  Clem.,  to  which  the  mine  and  the 
imago  bear  some  resemblance,  it  is  deeper  reddish-saft'ron  than  tubiferella^ 
which  also  has  the  tuft  white,  has  no  dorsal  and  no  costal  streak  behind 
the  fascia,  and  the  ai)ex  is  not  dusted.  It  is  more  like  L.  guUifinitella 
Clem.,  or  rather  it  is  between  obstrictella  and  guUifinitella;  but  the  latter 
always  has  the  first  fascia  oblique  toward  the  base  of  the  costa,  the 
costal  and  dorsal  spots  in  the  apical  part  of  the  wing  pointing  obliquely 
backward  and  smaller,  and  the  dusting  is  scattered  along  the  base  of 
the  cilia,  rather  than,  as  in  this  species,  forming  a  spot  which  is  white- 
margined  before.    By  these  characterS|  also,  guUifinitella  may  be  dia* 


CHAMBERS  ON  NEW  TINEINA.  108 

tingnished  from  ci^icinnatiella  Cham.,  thoagb  perhaps  one  might  not  find 
mnch  difference  in  the  published  descriptions.  X.  eincinnaUeUa  is  also 
more  golden  than  saffron,  with  the  dusting  of  the  fascise  produced  back 
along  the  middle  of  the  wings.  There  are  also  other  minute  differences 
between  the  species  mentioned,  and  there  is  no  difficulty  in  dis- 
tinguishing bred  specimens. 

L.  AXJSTBALISELLA,  n.  sp. 

No  basal  streak  nor  apical  spot  on  the  fore  wings,  which  are  pale 
golden  (about  the  color  of  L.  argentinatella  Clem.)*  There  is  no  distinct 
hinder  marginal  line  in  the  pale  yellow  cilia.  The  marks  on  the  wings 
are,  first,  a  small,  white,  dorsal  streak  :  then  an  oblique,  white,  costal 
streak  about  the  basal  third  of  the  wing-length ;  a  silvery-white 
fascia  about  the  middle,  which  is  posteriorly  augulated  nearer  to  the 
costal  than  to  the  dorsal  margin ;  a  small,  silvery- white,  costal  spot  im- 
mediately before  the  cilia,  and  a  longer  dorsal  one  opposite  to  it,  extend- 
ing obliquely  backward ;  all  of  these  marks  are  posteriorly  dark-mar- 
gined, the  dark  margin  of  the  last  costal  and  dorsal  streaks  almost 
meeting  in  the  apical  part  of  the  wing;  apex  dusted  with  dark  brown  on 
a  white  ground.  Thorax  pale  golden,  with  a  white  streak  from  its 
anterior  margin  to  the  apex.  Head,  tuft,  palpi,  and  antennae  silvery- 
white,  each  joint  of  the  antennae  dotted  above  with  brown,  and  the  basal 
.  joint  pale  golden  above.  Under  surface  of  body,  wings,  and  legs 
pale  luteous,  the  legs  stained  with  brownish  on  their  anterior  surfaces. 
Alar  expansion  three  lines  and'  one-half.    Bosque  County,  Texas. 

L.  BICOLOBELLA,  n.  Sp. 

Specimens  of  this  species  were  bred  by  me  three  years  ago  from  flat 
mines  and  larvae,  on  the  upper  surface  of  leaves  of  Querctis  bicohry  and, 
without  sufficient  examination,  were  labelled  in  my  cabinet  ^^L.  ulmella^. 
I  am  now  satisfied  that  they  are  distinct  species,  though  closely  related; 
bicolorella  is  between  basistrigella  Clem,  and  ulmella  Cham.  The  stripe 
along  the  dorsal  margin  of  the  primaries,  which  in  boMstrigella  only 
extends  about  or  but  little  over  one-half  of  the  wing-length,  in  bicolo- 
rella extends  to  the  cilia,  and  in  ulmella  it  is  deflexed  along  the  base  of 
the  cilia  to  the  apex,  and  the  oblique  dorsal  streak,  which  in  basistrigella 
is  placed  at  the  end  of  the  dorsal  basal  streak,  is  absent  in  both  the 
other  species.  In  this  species  there  are  two  costal  oblique  streaks  placed 
almost  as  in  ulmella^  which  has  three,  and  behind  these  two  streaks 
there  are  three  small  white  dots  within  the  margin,  and  one  of  them 
touching  the  brown  dusting  which  is  placed  along  the  base  of  the  dorsal 
cilia,  and  the  second  !;ostal  streak  has  the  tip  margined  with  brown  dust- 
ing. The  wings,  both  in  this  species  and  in  ulmellaj  are  perhaps  better 
described  as  yellowish-safiron  than  as  pale  golden.  The  head  and  palpi 
are  white,  the  tuft  with  a  little  yellowish  intermixed,  and  the  antennas 
also  are  annulate  with  brown,  as  in  ulmella.  The  abdomen  is  paler  yellow 
than  the  wings,  and  tinged  above  with  fuscous,  and  on  the  upper  snr- 


104     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SUKVET. 

face  of  tbe  thorax  has  a  white  liue  from  its  anterior  margin  to  its  apex 

(tUmella  also  has  this  line  sometimes).     Alar  expansion  as  in  ulmeUa. 

Kentucky. 

ACANTHOCNEMES,  gen.  nov. 

Tbe  species  on  which  I  found  this  genas  is  very  near  to  Phyllacnistis 
Zell.  As  in  that  genus,  the  posterior  tibise  are  set  around  with  spines  or 
bristles,  which  in  this  species  are  also  found  on  the  basal  tarsal  joint 
(hence  the  generic  name).  It  differs  from  Phyllocnistis  as  follows:  the 
ikce  is  wider  in  proportion  to  its  length,  the  antennse  are  much  shorter, 
and  the  basal  joint  smaller,  while  the  stalk  is  serrated  toward  its  apex. 
The  maxillary  palpi  are  tcell  developed^  being  as  long  as  the  first  and  second 
joints  of  tlie  labial  pair.  In  the  dead  insect,  both  pairs  dr<K)p.  The  an- 
terior wings  are  more  decidedly  caudate  than  in  Phyllocnistis ;  more  so 
in  fact  than  in  any  species  known  to  me,  unless  it  be  some  species  of 
Cosmopteryx ;  and  the  nenration,  while  resembling  that  of  Phyllocnistis 
more  nearly  than  any  other  genus,  is  yet  sufficiently  distinct  from  it. 
The  costal  vein  is  short  and  indistinct ;  the  subcostal  is  also  very  indis- 
tinct, and  appears  to  run  straight  through  the  wing  to  the  margin  before 
the  apex.  The  median  vein,  however,  is  very  distinct,  running  through 
tbe  middle  of  the  wing  and  gradually  disappearing  in  tbe  ^^cauda''  or 
produced  apex,  just  before  which  it  gives  a  branch  to  the  costal  margin; 
cell  unclosed  (f)  (or  discal  vein  oblique  and  subobsolete) ;  there  appears 
also  to  be  a  very  indistinct  branch  from  the  median  to  the  dorsal  margin  . 
before  tbe  distinct  one  to  the  costal  margin,  so  indistinct,  indeed,  that  I 
am  not  sure  that  it  represents  a  vein  at  all ;  submedian  tolerably  dis- 
tinct. Hind  wings  linear  with  the  costal;  submedian(f)  and  internal  veins 
moderately  distinct ;  the  subcostal,  obsolete  at  its  base,  becomes  grad- 
ually more  distinct  as  it  passes  to  the  extreme  apex  of  the  wing.  Cilia 
of  both  wings  long. 

As  I  have  examined  the  nenration  of  only  a  single  specimen,  and  a 
single  wing  only  of  each  pair,  it  may  prove  to  be  more  distinct  than  I 
have  found  it. 

As  shown  by  the  following  description,  the  ornamentation,  while  to 
some  extent  resembling  that  of  PhyllocnistiSj  is  yet  of  a  different  pattern. 

A.  FUSCOSCAPULELLA,  n.  sp. 

Head,  palpi,  basal  antennal  joint,  anterior  half  of  the  thorax,  and  fore 
wings  except  at  the  base,  silvery- white,  faintly  tinged  with  yellowish. 
Base  of  the  fore  wings  and  apical  part  of  thorax  fuscous.  Antennal 
stalk  yellowish.  The  brown  base  of  the  fore  wings  is  posteriorly  mar- 
gined by  a  narrow  fascia  of  a  more  pure  silvery- white  than  the  remainder 
of  the  wings.  Legs  yellowish-fuscous  on  their  anterior  margins.  Alar 
expansion  a  little  over  three  lines.    Bosque  County,  Texas. 

PHYLLOCNISTIS. 

P.  EBEGHTITISELLA,  n.  sp. 

Only  the  mine  and  larva  are  known.    I  have  not  succeeded  in  rearing 


CHAMBEB8   ON  NEW  TINEINA.  105 

the  imaga    I  have  known  the  mine  for  many  years,  but  believed  it  to  be 

Dipteroas  until  the  fall  of  1876,  when  I  found  speciniens  containing  the 

larva  and  others  wHh  the  empty  pupa  case  projecting  from  the  mine. 

Kentucky. 

KEPTICULA. 

N.  QUEBOIPULOHELLA,  fl.  ip. 

Closely  allied  to  unxfasdella  Cham,  and  equally  as  pretty.  The  larva 
is  bright  green,  with  a  deeper  green  line  of  contents ;  it  makes  a  long, 
narrow,  winding,  and  gradually  widening  track,  similar  to  that  of  N. 
quereicastanella  Cham,  in  leaves  of  Quercus  al^a,  and  is,  I  believe,  the 
only  species  of  the  genus  which  leaves  an  old  mine  to  make  a  new  one. 
From  the  structure  of  NepticuUe  larvse  this  would  seem  hardly  possible^ 
but  I  do  not  know  how  otherwise  to  explain  the  fact  that  I  have  taken 
a  leaf  containing  a  mine  more*  than  half  finished,  and  which  had  evi- 
dently been  but  a  little  while  unoccupied ;  and  on  the  same  leaf,  not  an 
inch  distant  from  it,  was  a  new  mine  Just  begun,  and  yet  containing  a 
large  larva  almost  fully  grown,  and  which  had  evidently  just  reentered 
the  leaf;  the  mine  not  being  more  than  twice  as  long  as  the  larva,  and 
in  size  answering  exactly  to  the  terminal  portion  of  the  empty  mine,  and 
being  in  all  respects  exactly  like  it.  After  continuing  to  feed  until  the 
new  mine  was  something  more  than  half  an  inch  long,  the  larva  left  it, 
and  spun  its  cocoon  on  the  earth  in  the  bottom  of  the  breeding  jar,  and 
I  bred  the  imago  from  it.  The  larva  was  well  grown,  certainly  several 
days  old,  when  it  began  the  new  mine,  and  came  from  somewhere^  whether 
or  not  it  came  from  the  empty  mine  in  the  same  leaf.  The  mine,  larva, 
and  insect  are  larger  than  in  quereicastanella. 

The  head  is  black;  antennae  fuscous;  occiput,  eyecaps,  palpi,  and 
feet  yellowish-white,  silvery ;  thorax  and  fore  wings  deep  blue-black  (I 
think  so,  though  it  is  exceedingly  difficult  in  so  small  and  resplendent 
a  creature  to  get  the  correct  hue),  bronzed,  and  with  purple  and  violet 
reflections;  the  fascia  is  behind  the  middle,  silvery-white,  and  a  little 
widest  on  the  dorsal  margin,  and  the  wing  behind  the  fascia  is  darker 
than  before  it,  whilst  the  cilia  are  xmler  and  less  lustrous  than  the  wing ; 
under  surface  of  fore  wing;  cupreus-black,  as  also  are  the  abdomen 
and  legs.  Alar  expansion  two  lines.  Imago,  June  19,  after  only  a  week 
in  the  pupa  state.    Kentucky. 

K.  JUaLANDIFOLIEl.LA,  fl.  Sp. 

Dr.  Clemens  gave  this  name  to  a  mine  and  larva  observed  by  him  in 
Walnut  leaves;  and  as  his  description  of  the  mine^  as  far  as  it  goes, 
answers  to  the  mines  from  which  I  bred  this  species,  I  adopt  the  name. 
I  have,  however,  nearly  always  found  several  mines  in  the  same  leaflet 
at  the  same  time,  and  very  much  contorted  and  frequently  crossing  each 
other.  I  did  not  observe  that  the  larvsB  diflered  from  other  Nepticulas 
larvse,  though  Dr.  Clemens  mentions  its  resemblance  to  the  larva  of  a 
Dipteron.    The  mines  are  common  in  the  latter  half  of  June,  and  the 


106  BULLETIN   UNITED   STATES   GEOLOGICAL   SUBVKT. 

moths  emerge  aboat  the  1st  of  July.    Dr.  Olemeos  foaud  some  empty 
mioes  and  some  larvae  in  August. 

The  imago  resembles  that  of  quercipulchella  Cham.,  but  is  less  re- 
spleudeut  aud  smaller,  scarcely  measuring  two  Hues  in  alar  expansion. 
The  occiput,  eyecaps,  and  palpi  are  silvery  yellowish-white ;  the  bead 
browuish  rusty-red;  antennae  fuKcous;  fore  wings  dark  purple-brown^ 
nearly  black,  bnt  strongly  purplish,  with  the  cilia  paler,  aud  a  pale 
golden  or  rather  yellowish-silvery  fascia  behind  the  middle,  which  has 
its  posterior  margin  straight  and  its  anterior  slightly  concave.  The 
first  and  second  pairs  of  legs  are  silvery  yellowish-white,  and  the  third 
pair  is  of  the  same  hue  with  the  fore  wings,  with  the  basal  joints  paler, 
and  of  the  same  hue  with  the  under  surface  of  the  abdomen.    Kentucky. 

K.  LATIFASGIELLA,  n.  «p. 

Face  pale  rusty-yellowish  ;  vertex  dark  brown ;  palpi  and  basal  joint 
of  antennae  (eyecap),  thorax,  a  broad  fascia  about  the  middle  of  the 
fore  wings,  and  the  cilia  silvery-white,  tinged  with  pale  yellowish  (ex- 
cept the  cilia).  The  tuft  is  rather  small,  the  antennae  are  pale  grayish- 
fuscous,  tinged  with  silvery;  the  fascia  is  very  broad,  nearly  straight 
on  its  anterior  and  convex  on  its  posterior  margin ;  the  costal  cilia  are 
fuscous;  upper  surface  of  abdomen  fuscous,  lower  pale  grayishrfuscons, 
and  the  legs  darker  fuscous.    Alar  expansion  two  lines. 

As  will  be  evident  on  comparison  of  this  description  with  that  of 
N.  nigriverticella  Cham,  in  Gin.  Quar.  Jour.  Sci.  ii.  118,  there  are  many 
points  of  close  resemblance  between  them,  although  they  are  very  dis- 
tinct species.  It  was  taken  resting  on  the  trunks  of  Chestnut- trees 
{Castanea  americana)^  the  leaves  of  which  were  full  of  empty  Nepticula 
mines,  about  the  middle  of  August.    Kentucky. 

K.  BOSQUELLA,  n.  sp. 

Palpi  and  eyecaps  white;  antennae  yellowish-fuscous;  head  deep 
black ;  thorax  and  fore  wings  pale  creamy-white,  dusted  rather  densely 
with  fuscous ;  hind  wings  and  cilia  of  both  pairs  yellowish-silvery;  abdo- 
men brown  on  top;  anal  tuft  yellowish-white;  anterior  and  middle  legs 
brown  on  their  anterior  surfaces;  hind  legs  and  under  surface  of  abdo- 
men pale  creamy-yellowish.  Alar  expansion  four  lines.  Bosque  County, 
Texas. 


ART.  IV.-TINEINA  AND  THEIR  FOOD-PLANTS, 


By  Y.  T.  Ghambebs. 


The  following  is  intended  as  a  catalogue  of  plants  which  are  fed  upon 
by  the  Tineiim  within  the  limits  of  the  United  States  and  Canada  so  far 
as  they  are  at  present  known. 

The  best  descriptions  of  these  insects  may  fail  to  enable  one  to  identify 
captured  species,  when,  as  frequently  happens,  two  or  three  minute  spe- 
cies dififer  only  in  a  shade  of  color,  or  in  the  presence  or  absence  of  a 
mark  of  microscopic  dimensions;  but  when  the  larvad,  food-plants,  and 
modes  of  larval  and  pupal  life,  with  the  character  of  the  mines  in 
mining  species,  are  known,  there  need  be  little  difficulty  in  recognizing 
bred  specimens.  With  knowledge  of  an  insect  in  these  particulars,  even 
a  very  imperfect  description  of  the  imago  will  usually  enable  us  to  recog- 
nize a  species  which  has  been  bred  from  the  larva,  for  although  two 
species  may  resemble  each  other  so  closely  that  even  the  best  written 
description  may  not  enable  us  to  determine  which  of  the  two  it  is,  yet 
it  will  be  a  very  rare  occurrence  that  this  close  resemblance  will  hold 
good  throughout  its  history  as  larva  and  pupa,  including  its  food-plant, 
mode  of  feeding,  larval  case,  or  mine,  or  burrow,  or  mode  of  sewing  or 
folding  leaves,  mode  of  pupation,  cocoons,  &c.  The  ca^e  is  very  rare 
that  in  all  these  respects  two  species  approach  each  other  so  clo.ely 
that  nothing  distinctive  and  clearly  marked  is  left  of  either.  Yet*^  rare 
as  they  are,  cases  do  sometimes  occur  whe^e  we  are  still  left  in  doubt 
as  to  the  distinct  specific  chanicters  even  of  bred  specimens,  as,  for 
instance,  it  may  yet  be  considered  doubtful  whether  Aapidisca  spleh- 
darifuella  Clem.,  A.  juglandiella  Cham.,  A.  diospyriella  Cham.,  and  the 
species  mentioned  by  Mr.  Stainton  as  having  been  found  by  Lord  Wal- 
Bingham  mining  Poplar  leaves  in  Oregon,  are  distinct  species,  the  chief 
reason  for  considering  them  distinct  being  the  difference  in  food,  it 
being  a  very  unusual  thing  to  find  one  of  these  little  leaf-mining  species 
feeding  on  so  many  and  diverse  plants. 

As  to  a  great  majority  of  the  species,  we  are  ignorant  what  they  feed 
upon  or  whether  they  feed  at  all  in  the  imago.  With  the  exception  of 
half  a  dozen  species  mentioned  hereinafter,  I  have  never  seen  any  of 
these  little  species  feeding  upon  anything  except  in  the  larval  state. 

It  is  to  aid  in  the  identification  of  species  that  this  catalogue  has 
been  prepared.  A  species  having  been  bred,  and  the  food-plant  thus 
known,  and  its  characters  as  larva  or  pupa,  and  its  mode  of  feeding, 

107 


1Q8     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SUHVET. 

character  of  mine,  &c.j  having  been  noted,  and,  better  still,  if  it  be 
recognized  as  belonging  to  any  established  genus,  a  reference  to  the 
catalogue  will  give  the  names  of  the  species  known  to  feed  npon  that 
plant;  and  a  reference  to  the  pablished  accounts  of  those  species  will 
usually  enable  one  to  determine  whether  the  species  is  new,  or  to  recog- 
nize it  if  already  made  known. 

When  only  the  larva  is  known,  that  fact  is  distinctly  stated;  when  the 
food  of  the  imago  is  known,  that  also  is  distinctly  stated.  In  all  other 
cases,  the  remarks  refer  to  the  food-plants  of  larvsB  of  which  the  imago 
also  is  known ;  and  when  the  larva  is  a  leaf-miner,  the  surface  (upper 
or  lower)  mined  is  stated. 

MAGNOLIACEiE. 

Magnolia  umbrella  (and  probably  some  other  Magnolias). 

The  larva  of  Phyllocnisiis  magnoluBella,  Cham,  makes  a  long,  winding, 
linear,  mine  on  either  surface  of  the  leaves.  The  imago  is  unknown, 
and  it  may  prove  to  be  P.  liHodendronetta  Clem. 

LlBIODENDRON  TULIPIFEBA.     Tulip-treC. 

The  larva  of  Pkyllocnistis  liriodendronella  Clem,  makes  a  long,  wind- 
ing, linear  mine  on  either  surface  of  the  leaves. 

CRUCIFERiB. 
Beassioa  olebaoba. 

Tbe  larva  of  Plutella  cruciferarum  feeds  on  the  under  side  of  the  leaves 
of  Cabbage  and  some  other  i)lants  of  this  order. 

TILLIACE^. 

TiLLiA  AMEBICANA.    Basswood  or  Linden. 

lAthocolletis  lucetiellaj  Clem.  Larva  in  tentiform  mine  in  under  sur- 
face of  leaves. 

X.  tillujeellaj  Cham.  Larva  in  tentiform  mine  on  upper  surface  of 
leaves. 

Coleophora  tillieefoliellaj  Clem.  Larva  only  is  known.  It  lives  in  a 
case  and  feeds  on  the  under  side  of  leaves. 

ANACAEDLA^CEiE. 
Bhus,  9p.  9 

Chrysocoris  erythriell^,  Clem.    The  larva  feeds  on  the  fruit-racemes. 

Bhus  toxicodendron.    Poison  Oak  or  Poison  Ivy. 

LithocoUetia  guttifinitella,  Clem.  The  larva  feeds  in  a  flat  blotch  mine 
in  upper  surface  of  tbe  leaves. 

Oracilaria  rhoffoliellaj  Cham.  Larva  at  first  mines,  and  then  feeds 
externally,  rolling  the  leaf. 


CHAMBERS   ON  FOOD-PLANTS   OF   TINEINA*  109 

BhUS^  9p. 

CMechia  rhoifructeUa  Clem.    Larva  feeds  on  fmit-racemes, 

Oracilaria  rhatfoliella^  Cham.     Larva  feeds  as  in  B.  toxicodendron 

{»upra). 

VITACE^. 

ViTis.    Various  species  of  Grape. 

Phyllocnisiis  vitigenella^  Clem.  )      Larv8B  make  long,  linear,  winding 
Phyllocnistis  viti/oliella^  Cham.  )  mines  in  upper  surface  of  leaves. 
Antispila  isscAellay  Clem.  1      Larvsd  in  blotch  mines  in 

Aniispila  viticordi/oliellaj  Clem.  &  Cham,  y  upper  surface   of  leaves, 
Antispila  ampelcpsifolieUaj  Cham.  j  cutting  out  cases,  in  which 

they  pass  the  pupa  state  on  the  ground. 

ikMPEJLOPSis  QUINQUEFOLIA.    Virginia  Creeper. 

Phyllocnistis  ampelopfiiella^  Cham.  Larva  in  a  white,  convoluted  mine 
on  under  (very  rarely  also  on  upper)  surface  of  leaves. 

Antispila  ampelopsifoliellaj  Cbam.  Larva  in  flat  blotch  mine  in  upper 
surface  of  leaves,  cutting  out  a  case  in  which  it  pupates  on  the  ground. 

SAPINDACE^. 

^SCULUS  GLABRA.    Buckeye,  or  Horse  Chestnut. 

Lithocolletis  guttifinitella^  Clem.,  var.  assculisella^il^\l^m.  Larva  in  flat 
blotch  mine  in  upper  sur&ce  of  leaves. 

ACERACE-aS. 

Acer  sacoharinitm.    Sugar  Maple. 

Lithocolletis  aceriellaj  Clem.  Larva  in  a  flat  blotch  mine  in  upper  sur- 
face of  leaves. 

lAtJiocdletis  lucidicostellaj  Clem. )     Larvse  in  tentiform  mines  in  under 

lAthocoUetis  clemensellaj  Cham.    9  surface  of  leaves. 

Chracilaria  packardella^  Cham.  Larva  rolls  the  leaf  downward  into 
a  conical  figure. 

Incurvaria  aeerifolieUa^  Fitch.  Larva  in  a  blotch  mine,  from  which  it 
cuts  out  a  case. 

Catastega  aceriellaj  Clem.  Larva  only  is  known.  It  at  first  mines  the 
leaf,  and  afterward  constructs  a  case  of  its  ^'  frass''.  (Does  not  belong 
to  Tineinat) 

Acer  olabruic    Mountain  Bush  Maple. 

Oracilaria  acerifoliella^  Cham.  Larva  curls  the  edge  of  the  leaf  down 
into  a  cone. 

Negunpo  aceroides.    Box  Elder. 
OfXicilaria  negundelloj  Cham.    Larva  curls  down  the  edge  of  a  leaf. 


110  BULLETIN   UNITED   STATES  GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY. 

CELASTRACE-S3. 

£uoNYMUS  ATBOPURPUBEUS  (and  other  species!).    iDdian  Arrow  Boot 
or  Barning  Bnsh. 

Hyponomeuta  evonymellus^  Scbop.    Larvse  social  in  a  large  web,  feed- 
ing on  leaves. 
H.  trakarusaj  Ganmer  (f  =  JJ.  evonymellus). 

Gelastbus  soandbns.    Bitter  Sweet,  or  Staff-tree. 

Adela  bella^  Cham.  Imago  on  the  flowers  in  May  and  June.  Larva 
unknown. 

LEGUMINOS^. 

Oleditschia  tbiaoanthus.    Honey  Locast. 

Lavernaf  gleditwhiasellaj  Cham.    Larva  burrows  in  the  thorns. 
HelicepaUidochrellaj  Cham.  >    The  larvae  of  these  species  no  doubt 

Agnippe  hiscoloreUaj  Cham.  )  feed  in  some  way  on  this  tree.  A  larva  (of 
one  of  them  f )  feeds  in  the  ^^  honey"  inside  the  seed-pods. 

Gebcis  CANADENSIS.    Judas-tree,  or  Bedbud. 

Oelechia  cercertseUa^  Cham.    Larva  sews  together  the  leaves. 

Thbrmopsis  fabaoea  var.  Montana. 

Oracilaria  thermopsellay  Cham.  Larva  in  a  flat,  irregular  mine  in 
npper  surface  of  leaves. 

Desmodium,  sp.  f    Tick  Trefoil. 

Lithocolletis  desmodiella^  Clem.  Larva  in  a  small  tentiform  mine  in 
under  surface  of  the  leaves. 

Ch'acilaria  deamodifoliella^  Clem.  Larva  at  first  mines,  and  then  rolls 
the  leaf. 

Oracilaria  (Parectopa)  rohiniella^  Clem.  Larva  in  a  flat,  digitate  mine 
in  upper  surface  of  leaves. 

Oelechia  desmodifoliella^  Cham.  Larva  only  is  known.  It  feeds  on  the 
flowers. 

Oelechia^  sp.  f  The  larva  only  is  known.  It  feeds  in  a  silken  tube  on 
the  under  side  of  the  leaves. 

Lespebeza,  sp.  9 

Oracilaria  {Parectopa)  lespedezanfoliella^  Clem.  Larva  in  flat,  acutely 
digitate  mine  in  upper  surface. 

Trifolium  pratense.    Bed  Clover  (and  other  species  t). 

Oelechia  roseosnffuseUaj  Clem.    Larva  mines  the  leaves. 
Anaphora  agrotipennella^  Grote.    Larva  feeds  in  clover-sod. 

Amorpha  fruticosa.    False  Indigo. 

WaUhia  amorphella^  Clem.    Larva  burrows  in  the  stem. 


CHAMBERS   ON  FOOD-PLANTS  OF  TINEINA.  Ill 

Lithocolletis  amorphaseUa^  Obam.  Larva  in  teatiforin  mine  on  nnder 
side  of  leaves. 

Oelechia  amorphceeUaj  Cham.    Larva  sews  tx>gether  the  term  inal  leaves. 

BoBiNiA  PSEUDACAOIA.    Black  Locust. 
BoBiNiA  yiscosA.    Clammy  Locust. 
BoBiNiA  HISPIDA.    Bose  Acacia. 

Lithocolletis  rohiniella^  Clem.  Larva  in  white  tentiform  mine  on  both 
surfaces  of  the  leaflets. 

Lithocolletis  omatellaj  Cham.  Larva  in  yellowish  blotch  mines  on  both 
snrfaces. 

Oracilaria  (Parectopa)  robiniella^  Clem.  Larva  in  flat  digitate  mines 
on  upper  surface. 

Oelechia  pseudaoadella^  Cham.  Larva  feeds  externally  on  the  leaves 
and  also  in  the  mines  oi  Lithocolletis  rohinitUa. 

Xylesihia  clemensella^  Cham.  Larva  bores  in*  dead  Locust  timber, 
posts,  &C. 

Amphioarp^a  monoiga.    Hog  Peanut. 

Lithocolletis  amphicarpeceella^  Clem.  &  Cham.  Larva  in  white  tentiform 
mine  in  under  surface. 
Leucanthiza  amphicarpeafolieUaj  Clem.    Larva  in  flat  mine  in  upper 

Glygtrrhiza  LEPiDOTA.    Llcorice-plaut. 

Oelechia  glycyrrhizasella^  Cham.     Larva  sews  together  the  terminal 

leaves. 

BOSACEiE. 

Gbrasus  serotina.    Wild  Cherry. 

Lithocolletis  cratcegeUa^  Clem.  Larva  in  tentiform  mine  in  nnder  sur- 
face of  leaves. 

Aspidisca  splendoriferella^  Clem.  Larva  in  a  minute  flat  mine  in 
August,  and  later  cuts  out  a  case,  in  which  it  pupates. 

Omix  prunivorella^  Cham.  Larva  at  first  in  a  tentiform  mine  in  under 
surface  of  leaves,  at  the  margin  ;  leaves  the  mine  to  pupate. 

Coleophorapruniellay  Clem.  Imago  unknown  ;  the  larva  lives  in  a  case 
which  it  attaches  to  the  leaves. 

Hepticula  t  pruni/oliella.  Insect  unknown.  Dr.  Clemens  gave  the 
name  to  an  unknown  larva,  possibly  Dipterous,  which  makes  a  crooked, 
linear  mine  on  the  upper  surface  of  the  leaves.  Possibly  it  is  identical 
with  the  next  species. 

Nepticula  serotinceella^  Cham.  Larva  makes  a  red,  crooked,  linear 
mine  in  the  upper  surface  of  the  leaves. 

Machimia  tentor^erella^  Clem.  Imago  unknown;  the  larva  lives  in  a 
web  on  the  under  side  of  a  leaf. 


112     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  QEOLOQICAL  SUBVEY. 

Pbunus  axebicana.    Bed  Wild  Plam. 

Lithocolleiis  cratcegella^  Clem.    Larva  as  id  CertuuM  aerotina  (supra). 

Anarsia  pruniellaj  Olein.    Larva  feeding  in  woody  excresceoces. 

Evippe  prunifolieUa^  Cham.  Larva  feeds  auder  ttfe  tip  of  the  leaf, 
turned  down. 

Xylesihia  pruniramiella^  Clem.  Larva  feeds  in  woody  excrescences. 
There  is  also  a  larva  of  an  nuknown  species  wbich  makes  a  linear  mine, 
ending  in  a  blotch,  and  which  leaves  the  mine  to  pupate. 

Amelanchibb  CANADENSIS.    June-  or  Serviceberry. 

Omix  quadripunctella^  Clem.    Larva  in  a  tentiform  mine  in  the  leaves. 
Nepticula  amelanchierella^  Clem.    Larva  makes  a  linear,  crooked  mine 
in  the  leaves;  imago  unknown. 

Cbat^gus,  different  species.    Blackthorn*  Hawthorn. 

Lithocolletis  cratcBgflla^  Clem.  Larva  and  mine  as  in  Oeraaus  serotina 
{supra). 

Aspidisca  splendoriferellay  Clem.  Larva  and  mine  as  in  Cerasus  sero^ 
Una  {supra). 

Tischeria  malifoUella^  Clem.  Larva  in  a  flat,  trumpet-shaped,  yellow- 
ish mine  in  upfier  surface  of  leaves. 

Omix  cratasgi/oliellaj  Clem.  Larva  in  tentiform  mine  on  under  side  of 
leaves. 

Omix  inusitatumellaj  Cham.  Larva  in  white  flat  mine,  specked  with 
^^frass",  in  upper  surface ;  pupates  in  the  mine. 

Nepticula  cratcegifoliella^  Clem.  Larva  in  a  crooked,  linear  mine  in 
upper  surface  of  leaves ;  imago  unknown. 

Pyeus  cobonaeia.    Fragrant  Crab. 

Lithocolletis  cratwgellaj  Clem.    Larva  as  in  Cerasus  serotina  {supra). 
Tischeria  malifoliellay  Clem.    Larva  as  in  Cratcegus  {supra), 
Aspidisca  splendorifcrella^  Clem.    Larva  as  in  Cerasus  serotina  {supra). 

Pyeus  malus.    Apple. 

Bucculatrix  pomifoliella^  Clem.  Larva  at  first  a  miner,  then  feeds 
externally.    As  to  other  species,  see  Pyrus  ooronaria  {supra). 

Pyeus  communis.    Common  Pear. 

Lithocolletis  nidifiaansella^  Packard.  Said  to  mine  the  leaves;  is  most 
probably  a  Lyonetia. 

Cydonia  yuloabis.    Common  Qnince. 
Gydonia  japonica.    Japan  or  Flowering  Quince. 

Lithocolletis  cratcegella^  Clem.  Larva  and  mine  as  in  Cerasus  serotina 
{supra). 

BosA.    Ynrious  species  of  Rose. 

Coleophora  rosafoliella^  Clem.  Larva  in  a  case  feeds  on  leaves  of  Bosa 
oenti/olia. 


CHAMBBBS  ON  FOOD-PLANTS  OF  TINEJNA.  113 

Coleqphora  rosacellaj  Clem.  Larva  ia  a  case  feeds  oa  leayes  of  Sweet- 
brier. 

Tischerla  roseticola,  Frey  &;  Boll.    Larva  miDes  the  leaves. 

Nepticula  rosasfolietla^  Clem.  Larva  makes  crooked,  liuear  mines  in 
leaves. 

Oelechia  roswellay  Cbam.  Imago  anknown.  Larva  feeds  io  seed-cap- 
sales. 

Agbimonia  eupatobia. 

Oelechia  agrimoniellaj  Clem.  The  larva  rolls  the  leaves  and  feeds  on 
them. 

BuBUS  viLLOSUS.    Blackberry. 

Tischeria  cenia^  Frey  &  Boll.  Larva  makes  a  flat,  somewhat  trumpet- 
shaped,  mine  in  upper  surface  of  leaves. 

Nepticula  mhifoliella^  Olem.  Larva  makes  a  linear  crooked  mine  in 
the  upper  surface  of  the  leaves. 

RuBUS  ocomBNTALis.    Easpbcrry. 
BuBUS  CANADENSIS.    Dewberry. 

Tischeria  cenia.    See  Rubus  villoaus  {supra). 

ONA6BACE-S3. 

CEnotheba  (various  species).    Primrose. 

Lavema  cdnotherceellaj  Cham.  ^=^fPhyllocn%8tis  magnateJla^  Zell.    Larva 
burrows  in  the  stalk  of  (Enothera  missouriensis. 
Lavema  cenotherantefninella.^  Cham.    Larva  feeds  in  the  seeds. 
Lavema  drcumscriptella^  Zell.    Larva  feeds  in  the  seeds. 
Lavema  murtfeldtella^  Cham.    Larva  feeds  on  the  flowers. 

GBOSSULACB^. 
BiBES.    Currant. 

Oelechia  ribesella^  Cham.  Larva  folds  and  feeds  on  leaves  of  the  Boeky 
Mountain  Bed  Currant. 

Chracilaria  ribesella^  Cham.  Same  food-plant,  and  feeds  in-  the  same 
way  with  Oelechia  ribesella.    Imago  unknown. 

SAXIFBAGACBiB. 

Htdbangia  badiata.    Wild  Hydrangia. 

Antispila  hydrangiceella^  Cham.  Larva  in  small  blotch  mine;  cuts  out 
a  case  in  which  it  descends  to  the  ground  to  pupate. 

HAMAMELACE^. 

Hamamelis  vibginioa.    Witch  Hazel. 

OracUaria  superbifrontellaj  Clem.  Larva  at  first  a  miner,  afterward 
feeds  externally,  rolling  the  leaf  into  a  cone. 

Bull.  iv.  No.  1—8 


114     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVET. 

Lithocolletis^  sp.  f  Only  the  larva  is  known.  It  is  possibly  L.  aceri- 
ella  Clem.,  and  makes  a  flat  mine  in  the  upper  surface. 

Catastega  hamameliella^  Clem.  Imago  unknown.  The  larva  is  at  first 
a  miner,  and  then  makes  a  tube  of  ^^frass",  in  which  it  dwells. 

LiQUIDAMBAB  STTBAGIFLUA.     SweCt  Gum. 

Phyllocnlstis  liquidumbariaellay  Cham.   Larva  in  a  long,  winding,  linear 

mine  in  upper  surface. 

CORNACE^. 

GOBNUS  FLORIDA.     DogWOOd. 

Antispila  cornifoliellay  Glem.  Larva  in  a  blotch  mine;  afterward 
cuts  out  a  case,  in  which  it  pupates  on  the  ground. 

l^YSSA  MULTIFLOBA.    Gum-trec. 

Antispila  nyssccfoliella^  Clem.  Larval  habits  as  in  A.  comifoliella 
(supra).  4 

Nepticula  nyssceella^  Clem.  Imago  unknown.  The  larva  makes  a 
<)rooked,  linear  mine  in  the  upper  surface. 

CAPRIFOLIACE^. 

LoNiCEBA  SEMPEBVIBENS.    Houeysuckle. 

Lithocolletis  tnfasciella  f,  Haw.  Larva  makes  a  tentiform  mine  in 
under  side  of  leaves. 

Bymphoricabpa  vulgaris.    Waxberry,  or  Indian  Currant. 

Lithocolletis  tri/ascieUaj  Haw.    ( Vid.  Lonicera  supra.) 
Lithocolletis  symplwricarpceella^  Cham.    Larvae  in  tentiform  mines  in 
under  side  ot  leaves. 

ViBUBNUM  OPULUS.    Suowball. 

Coleophora  viburnceellay  Clem.    Imago  unknown.    Larva  in  a  case 

feeding  on  the  leaves. 

EUBIACEiE. 

Cephalanthus  occidentalis.    Button-bush. 

Lavemn  cephalanthiella,  Cham.  The  larva  at  first  in  a  small,  some- 
what trumpet-shaped  mine  beginning  at  the  midrib;  afterward  leaves 
it,  and  makes  one  or  more  larger  ones  nearer  the  edge  of  the  leaf. 

COMPOSITE. 

Suborder  Tubuliflor jb. 
Tribe  Vbbnoniaoe-E. 

Vebnonia  (various  species).    Iron-weed. 

Coleophora  vernoni<BeUa,  Cham.  Imago  unknown.  Larva  in  a  very 
long,  slender  case,  feeding  on  the  leaves. 


CHAMBEBS   ON  FOOD-PLANTS  OF  TINEINA.  115 

Tribe  Eupatobiagejs. 

EupATOBiUM  agebatoides.    Booeset. 

Depressaria  eupatorHella,  Obam.  Larva  feeds  on  aoder  side  of  the 
leaves,  wbich  it  wriukles  or  slightly  folds. 

GracUaria  eupatoriiellaj  Cham.  Larva  makes  a  large  tentiform  mine 
in  under  surface  of  leaves,  the  caticle  becoming  wrinkled  and  contracted 
over  the  mined  space. 

Nothris  eupatoriiella^  Cham.  Larval  habits  similar  to  those  of  De- 
pressaria  eupatoriiella  (supra). 

Tribe  Asteboide^. 

AsTEB  (various  species).    Starworts. 

Oracilaria  astericola^  Frey  &  Boll.  Larva  mines  and  afterward  rolls 
the  leaves. 

Butalis  matutellay  Clem.  Larva  in  a  web  on  under  side  of  leaves, 
from  which  it  mines  out  the  parenchyma,  feeding  between  the  upper 
and  lower  cuticle.  Imago  with  B.  flavifrontella  and  Coleophora  corru- 
scipennella  Clem,  on  the  flowers. 

Ebioebon  (various  species f).    Flea-bane. 

Oracilaria  erigeronella^  Cham.  Larva  in  a  tentiform  under-side  mine; 
leaves  the  mine  to  pupate. 

SoLiDAGO  (various  species  t).    Golden-rod. 

Tischeria  solidaginisella^  Clem.    Larva  in  a  blotch  mine  in  upper  sides. 
Getechia  galla^solidaginiSj  Biley.    Larva  burrows  in  the  stem,  making 
a  fusiform  swelling. 

Tribe  Senecionid^. 

Ambbosia  tbifida.    Horse-  or  Hog-weed. 

Lithoeolletis  ambrosiasella^  Cham.  Larva  in  tentiform  mine  in  under 
side  of  leaves. 

Bucculatrix  ambrosia^lla^  Cham.  Larva,  when  very  young,  a  miner; 
afterward  feeds  externally  on  the  leaves. 

Tischeria  ambrosi(B€lla,  Cham. )    Larva  in  blotch  mines,with  an  opaque 

Tischeria  heliopsisellaj  Cham.  )nidusj  from  which  the  imago  emerges. 
In  one  species,  the  nidu^is  on  the  upper,  in  the  other  on  the  lower  sur- 
face of  tbe  leaf. 

Butalis  matutella^  Clem.    See  under  Aster  (supra). 

Gelechia  ambrosiceella^  Cham.    Larva  feeds  in  the  seed. 

Ambbosia  abtemisifolia.    Bag- weed. 

Tischeria  ambrosicefoliellaj  Cham.  Larva  in  a  blotch  mine  at  the  mar- 
gin of  the  leaf. 

yCryptolechia^  8p.f  (undescnbed).  Possibly  0.  qtiercicellay  Clem. 
Larva  feeds  on  the  leaves  externally. 


116     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SUBTET. 

Oelechia  dubitelloj  Cham.  Larva  folds  a  leaf  so  as  to  form  a  case,  in 
which  it  feeds. 

Gelechia  chamhersella^  Murtfeldt    Larvafeeds  externally  on  the  leaves. 

Heliopsis  (varions  species).    Oxeye. 

Tischeria  heliapsisellii^  Cham.  Larval  habit  as  in  Ambrosia  trifida 
(supra), 

fiELiANTHUS  (varioos  species).    Sanflowers. 

LithocoUetis  ambrosiaxlla,  Cham.  Larval  habit  as  in  Ambrosia  trifida 
(supra). 

Lithocolletis  helianthivorellay  Cham.  Larval  habits  as  in  the  last 
species  (ambrosiasella) ;  that  is,  it  lives  in  a  tentiform  nnder-side  mioe. 

Olyphipteryjp  montisellaj  Cham.  Imago  foand  on  the  flowers  in  An- 
gast.   Larva  nuknown. 

Ebechtites  hieeacifolius.    Fire- weed. 

Phyllocnistis  erechUtisellaj  Cham.  Imago  unknown.  Larva  in  a  long, 
narrow,  linear,  winding  mine  in  apper  surface  of  the  leaves. 

AQUIFOLIAOB^. 
Ilex  opaca.    Holly.* 

Cryptoltchia  cryptolechiella,  Cham.  Larva  sews  together  the  leaves. 
(Having  only  a  leaf,  I  am  not  certain  of  the  plant.) 

EBENACEiE. 

DiosPTBOS  YiBGiNiANA.    Persimmon. 

A^pidisca  diospyrislla^  Cham.  Larva  in  a  minute  blotch  mine,  from 
which  it  cuts  out  a  case  in  which  it  pupates. 

PEIMULACE^. 

Ltsimachia  langeolata.    Loose-Strife. 

LithocoUetis  lysimaehueeUa^  Cham.  Imago  unknown.  Larva  in  a  small 
tentiform  mine  in  under  surface  of  leaves. 

LABIATiE. 

ScuTELLABiA  (various  species).    Skullcap. 

Oelechia  scutellariasella^  Cham.  »  Larva  in  a  case  attached  to  the  under 

side  of  the  leaves,  and  from  which  it  mines  out  the  parenchyma  between 

the  cuticles. 

CONVOLVULACEiE. 

Ipomea  and  Phabbites  (various  species).    Morning  Glory. 
Bedellia  somnulentellaj  Stainton.    Larva  makes  a  web  on  under  side 

*  In  WashingtoQ,  D.  C,  in  January,  I  have  foand  empty  minen  of  two  species  of  11- 
fidna,  both  of  which  are  nndescribed.  They  were  foand  in  leaves  of  different  species 
of  Holly.  One  mine  is  probably  that  of  a  LithocoHetia  larva,  of  the  flat  groap,  in  leaves 
of  /.  opaca.  The  other  is  probably  that  of  a  NepticulOf  and  was  in  leaves  of  another 
species.  ^ 


CHAlfBEBS  ON  FOOD-PLANTS  OF  TINEINA.  117 

of  the  leaves,  firom  wbich  it  eats  oat  the  parenchyma  between  the  cuticles. 
(Similar  to  the  habit  of  Butalis  matutella  on  leaves  of  Ambro9ia  trifida 
and  Asters.) 

SOLANAOE^. 

SOLANUM  OABOLINENSE.     fiorSC  Nettle. 

Oeleohia  solaniieUa^  Cham.    Larva  in  a  small  blotch  mine. 

Physalis  visoosa.    Ground  Cherry. 

Geleckia  physaliellaj  Chiim.  Larva  inatentiform  mine  in  the  under 
Bur£EM)e. 

Oelechia  phjfsdHvarettOj  Cham.  Larva  feeds  on  the  leaves  in  a  way  not 
yet  discovered.  A  larva,  probably  of  a  Lavema^  burrows  in  the  stem  in 
Colorado,  causing  a  fusiform  swelling. 

NYOTAGINACEiE. 

Abbonia  fbagbans. 

lAtkariapieryx  dbrorUaseUa^  Cham.  Larva  mines  the  leaves,  frequently 
leaving  one  mine  to  make  another.  Imago  common  about  the  plant  in 
July  and  August  in  Colorado. 

CHBNOPODDLCKa). 

Chknopodixtm  and  Atbiplex.    Goosefoot 

CMechia  kermaneUaj  Fab.  Larva  mines  the  leaves,  making  an  irregu* 
lar,  somewhat  serpentine,  track,  with  scattered  ^^frass". 

LAUBACE^. 

Sassafras  officinale.    Sassafras. 

Oraeilaria  sassa/rasellay  Cham.  Larva,  when  very  young,  mines  the 
leaves;  older,  it  rolls  them  downward. 

ULMACB^. 
IJlmus  ambbioana.    Elm. 

LithocolletU  argentinotellaj  Clem.  Larva  makes  a  tentiform  mine  in 
the  under  side  of  the  leaves ;  rarely  in  the  upper  side. 

LithooolUtis  ulmella,  Cham.  Larva  makes  a  flat  mine  in  the  upper 
side  of  the  leaves. 

{Argyresthia  austereUa  Zeller,  I  am  convinced,  feeds  in  some  way  on 
it;  and  in  latter  May  and  in  June  the  imago  may  be  found  about  the 
trees.) 

Csltis  oooidentalis.    Hackberry. 

LUhocolletis  ceUisella^  Cham.  Larva  in  a  blotch  mine  showing  about 
as  plainly  on  one  snrface  as  on  the  other. .  Yery  abundant. 


118     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

LitkocoUetis  celtifoliella^  Cham.  Larva  iu  a  tentiform  mine  in  the 
under  snrtaoe.     Very  rare. 

PLATANAOE^. 
Platanxts  OCOIDENTA.LIS.    Sycamore,  Battonwood,  Plane-tree. 

Septimla platea,  Clem.  ]     ^^^  ^^  *»»««•  '»»"*  »P®«*«»  »"  ^^ 

,,    ,.    ,  .     „     ^.  I  upper  surfaces  of  leaves,    Fordescrip- 

Jxeptwula  maximella.  Chain.  >  .        ^   .        .  ,  .  ^ 

I  tiou  of  the  mines  and  species  see  Can. 

Nepticula  clemensellaj  Cham.  \  ]^^^  y^  225. 

Cirrha  platanellaj  Cham.  Larva  feeds  on  the  under  aide  of  the  leaves, 
and  pupates  in  a  tube  composed  of  silk  and  the  down  from  the  leaves. 
Tbere  is  also  an  unknown  larva,  which  makes  a  large  mine,  exaoily  like 
that  made  by  Oorisoium  albanotella  Cham,  iu  Oak  leaves. 

JUGLANDACE-S3. 

JUGLANS  NIGRA.    Black  Walnut. 

LithoooUetis  carycefoliella^  Clem.  Larva  in  irregular  blotch  mine  in 
upper  surface  of  leaves.    (L.  juglandiella  Clem,  is  the  same  species.) 

Gfracilaria  blandelUij  Clem.  Larva  when  small  in  a  linear  whitish 
mine  in  upper  surface  of  leaves ;  afterward  feeding  and  pupating  under 
the  edge  of  the  leaf  turned  down. 

OrOfCilaHajuglandisnigrceella,  Cham.  Larva  at  first  mining  the  leaves 
beneath ;  afterward  feeding  and  pupating  under  the  edge  turned  up* 

Aspidisca  juglandieUaj  Cham.  Larva  in  a  very  small  blotch  mine, 
from  which  it  cuts  out  a  case  in  which  it  pupates. 

Nepticula  juglandi/oliella^  Cham.  (&  Clem.t).  Larva  in  small,  linear, 
crooked  mines ;  many  on  a  leaf  sometimes.    Mine  in  upper  surface. 

JUGLANS  GiNEREA.    Butternut 
Lithocolletis  caryqfoliella^  Clem.    As  in  Juglans  nigra  {8upra)» 

Gabta  alba.    Hickory.  • 

Lithocolletis  oarycefoliella^  Clem.    See  under  Juglans  nigra  {supra). 

Lithocolletis  carycealbella,  Cham.  Larva  in  a  tentiform  mine  in  the 
nnder  surface  of  the  leaves. 

Aspidisca  ludflaella^  Clem.  Larva  in  a  small  blotch  mine,  from  which 
it  cuts  out  its  pupal  case. 

Ooleophora  carycefoliella^  Cham.  (&  Clem.f).  Larva  feeds  in  a  cylin* 
drical  case  attached  to  the  under  surface  of  the  leaves. 

Nepticula  caryctfoliella^  Clem.  Imago  unknown.  Larva  in  a  linear 
crooked  mine  on  the  upper  side  of  the  leaves. 

Ypsolophvs  caryafoliella^  Cham.    Larva  sews  together  the  leaves. 

CHracilaria^  sp.f  (probably  O.  blandella  Clem.).  Imago  unknown. 
The  larva  when  young  makes  a  linear  whitish  mine  in  the  upper  sur- 
fsLoe  of  the  leaves. 


CHAMBERS  ON  FOOD-PLANTS   OF  TINEINA.  119 

CUPDLIFEKiB. 

QuEBCUS.    Oak  (varioas  species). 

(Different  species  of  Oak  are  so  frequently  fed  on  by  the  same  larvsB, 
that  I  have  not  attempted  to  arran<]:e  them  according  to  the  botanical 
species,  since  that  would  cause  too  frequent  repetition  of  the  account  of 
each  larva.  I  have  therefore  arranged  them  simply  as  miners  of  the 
upper  and  lower  surfaces  of  the  leaves,  with  an  occasional  note  as  to 
the  species  of  Oak  fed  upon  by  the  larva.  The  species  which  feed  ex- 
ternally are  arranged  separately,  following  the  leaf-mining  species.) 

Leaf -miner 8  of  the  upper  surfcLce. 

Lithocolletis  dncinnatieUa^  Oham.    Yel^pwish  blotch  mine. 

LithocoUetis  hamadryadella^  Clem.    Whitish  blotch  mine. 

Lithocolletis  tubiferellaj  Clem.     /      Mines  somewhat  like   the  track 

Lithocolletis  hifasdellay  Cham.    )  made  by  a  drop  of  water  as  to  form. 

Lithocolletis  bicolorella,  Cham.  Yellowish  blotch  mine,  like  that  of 
X.  ulmeUa  in  Elm. 

Lithocolletis  unifasciella^  Cham.    ")      Irregularyellowish  blotch  mines, 

Lithocolletis  hethuneella^  Cham.     \  smaller  than  that  of  cincinnatiella^ 

LithocoUetis  castaneeeella^  Cham.    3  ^^^  usually  in  Ited  or  Black  Oaks. 

Tischeria  zelleriella,  Clem. 

Tischeria  pruinoseellaj  Cham. 

Tischeria  castaneceella^  Cham. 

Tischeria  badiiella\  Cham. 

Tischeria  qtiercivorellaj  Cham. 

Tischeria  quercitellaj  Clem. 

Tischeria  citrinipennellaj  Clem. 

Tischeria  complanoides^  Frey  &  Boll.    (Doubtful  species.) 

Tischeria  concoloTj  Zeller.    (Food-plant  uncertain.) 

Tischeria  tinctoriella^  Cham. 

Nepticula  platea^  Clem.  )      Imago  unknown.    Larvad  of  both  in 

Nepticula  anguinelUij  Clem.  ^  crooked,  linear  mines. 

Nepticula  quercipulchelUiy  Cham.    ) 

Nepticula  quercicastanella^  Cham.  }  Larvse  in  crooked,  linear  mines. 

Nepticula  saginellay  Clem.  3 

Coriscium.  Imago  unknown.  The  larva,  in  Colorado,  makes  a  large 
tentiform  mine  in  the  upper  side  of  the  leaves,  which  is  almost  a  fac- 
simile of  that  made  in  the  Ohio  Yalley  by  the  larva  of  Coriscium  alhaiio- 
tellOj  6ham.  in  the  under  surface  of  the  leaves. 

Coleophora  querciella^  Clem.  Imago  unknown.  The  larva  lives  in  a 
case  which  it  attaches  to  the  leaves. 

Vatastega  timideUa^  Clem.  Imago  unknown.  Larva  at  first  mines  the 
leaves,  and  afterward  lives  in  a  tube  made  of  ^'  frass ^.    (t  Not  a  Tineina.)- 


i 


120     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SUBVET. 

Leaf-minern  of  the  under  iurfcboe. 

LithocoUetis  querdtarum,  Frey  &  Boll. 

Lithocolletis  fiickella^  Clem. 

LithocoUeHs  hasistrigellay  Clem. 

Lithocolletis  cerifereUay  Clem. 

Lithocolletis  quercipulchella^  Gfaam. 

Lithocolletis  quercialbella,  Cham.  ^  Tentiform  miDes. 

LithocoUetis  fuscocostella^  Cham. 

LithocoUetis  albanotellaj  Cham. 

Litfwcolletis  obstrictella^  Glein. 

Lithocolletis  hagenij  Froy  &  Boll. 

Lithocolletis  argentifimbriella^  Clem. 

Lithocolletis  intermedia^  Ytid^^  &  Boll.    Doabtfal  species. 

LithocoUetis  mirifica^  Frey  &  Boll.    Doabtfal  species. 

Omix  quercifolieUay  Cham.    Uuder  edge  of  leaf  tarned  down. 

Coriscium  albanQtella^  Gbam.    Large  tentiform  mine. 

Tbe  following  species  eitber  roll,  fold,  or  sew  tbe  leaves  together: — 

Ypsolophiis  querdella^  Cbam. 

Oeleohia  querciella^  Cham. 

Oetechia  querdnigrceella^  Cbam. 

Qelechia  quercivorella^  Cbam. 

Oelechia  quercifoliella^  Cbam. 

Cryptvlechia  quercicelUiy  Clem. 

Machimia  tentori/erella,  Clem.    Larva  in  a  web. 

Tbe  following  species  feed  in  galls : — 

Ypsolophus  quercipomonella^  Cbam. 

Oelechia  gaUcegenitella^  Clem. 

Hamadryas  bassettellaj  Clem. 

Blastobasis  glandulella  (Eolcocera  glandulella  Biley)  feeds  in  acorns. 

Castanea  amebicana.    Cbestnnt. 

Lithocolletis  castaneceella^  Cbam.  Larva  in  a  blotcb  npper-snrface 
mine  in  tbe  leaves. 

Lithocolletis^  sp.f  Imago  nnknown.  Larva  in  tentiform  mine  in 
under  sarface  of  leaves. 

Bucculatrix  tri/asciella,  Clem.    Tbe  larva  probably  feeds  on  it. 

Tischeria  castaneceella^  Cbam.  Larva  mines  tbe  npper  sarface  of  the 
leaves.  • 

Nepticula  castancefoliella^  Cbam.  Larva  in  crooked,  linear  mines  in 
tbe  upper  sarface. 

Fagus  sylvatioa.    Beech. 

Cryptolechia  faginellaj  Cbam.  Tbe  larva  sews  together  the  leaves  in 
Augast  and  later. 


CHAMBEBS  ON  FOOD-PLANTS  OF  TINEINA.  121 

« 

COBTLUS  AMEBIGANA.     Hazel. 

lAihocolletis  coryliellaj  Cham.  Larva  in  a  nearly  circular  blotch  mmo 
in  the  upper  surface. 

NepHcufa  corylifoliellay  Olem.  Imago  unknown.  Larva  in  a  linear^ 
crooked  mine  in  the  upper  surface. 

Oelechia  coryliella,  Cham.  Imago  unknown.  Larva  in  the  male  cat- 
kins in  autumn. 

Hyale  corylielUij  Oham.    Larva  in  a  web  on  under  surface  of  the  leaves. 

OsTBTA  vntGiNiGA.    Iron  Wood  or  Hornbeam. 

IdtiioooUetis  obscuricostellay  Clem.  )     Larva  in  tentiform  mines  in  un« 

Lithocolletis  ostrycefuliella^  Clem.    )  der  side  of  leaves. 

lAthocoUetis  caryliellaj  Cbam.    Bee  under  Carylua  (supra). 

Lithocolletis  tritceniaella^  Cbam.  Larva  in  roundish  blotch  mine  in 
upper  surface  of  the  leaves. 

JEasa  ostryceellay  Cbam.  Larva  in  a  flat  mine  between  two  ribs,  with 
a  row  of  ^^frass"  on  each  side. 

Aspidisca  ostrycefoliellay  Clem.  Imago  unknown.  Larva  in  a  minute 
blotch  mine  in  upper  surface  of  leaves,  from  which  it  cuts  out  its  pupal 
case. 

Nepticula  ostryixfoliella^  Clem.  )      Imago   unknown.     Larv8B  make 

Nepticula  virginielUiy  Clem.  ^  linear,  crooked  mines  in  upper  sur- 
face of  leaves. 

Oracilaria  ostryceellay  Cham.  Imago  unknown.  The  larva  when  very 
small  makes  a  linear,  whitisb  mine  in  tbe  upper  surface  of  the  leaves. 

Coleophora  ostrycBj  Clem.  Imago  unknown.  Tbe  larva  lives  in  acase 
and  feeds  on  the  under  surface  of  the  leaves. 

Cabpinus  AMEBIGANA.    Watcrbeech,  Hornbeam. 
Lithocolletis  ooryliellaj  Cbam.    See  under  Oorylus. 

BETULACE^. 
Alnus.    Alders. 

Lithocolletis  alnivoreUa.  Cbam.  \     ^  .    ^     ..^  .        . 

T'4L     n  4*     1    jr  T  IT    TT.u  f     LarvflB  in  tentiform  mines  m 

LithoooUet%s  alntfolxella.  Hubner.  >  ^,  ,       . ,      r  ^i_   i 

rui.     11  ^'  V.       t:i       a-  w  11  \  the  uudcr  side  of  the  leaves. 

Lithocolletis  auromtenSy  Frey  &  Boll.  ) 

Oracilaria  alnicolella^  Cbam.  )      Wben  very  young,  the  larv8B  mine 

Oracilaria  alnivorella^  Cham.  ^  the  leaves;  when  older,  they  roll  them 

downward,  alnicolella  from  the  tip,  alnivorella  from  tbe  side. 

Lyonetia  alniella^  Cbam.    The  larva  makes  a  largft  brownish  blotch 

mine  in  the  leaves. 

SALICACEiE. 

Salix  (various  species).    Willows. 

Lithocolletis  salicifoliellaj  Cham.  (&  Clem,  f ).    Larva  in  a  tentiform 
mine  iu  the  under  surface  of  leaves. 


122  BULLETIK  TTNTTED   STATES   QEOLOOICAL   8UBVET. 

Oracilaria  salicifoliella^  Cham.  Larva  in  a  blotch  mine  in  npper  sor- 
face  of  the  leaves. 

Oraciluria  purpuriella^  Cham.  Larva  rolls  the  leaves  from  the  tip  so 
as  to  form  a  cone. 

Cemiostoma  albella^  Cham.    LarvsB  in  large  blackish  blotch  mines. 

Aspidisca  saliciella^  Clem.  &  Cbam.  Larva  in  a  minute  blotch  mine, 
from  which  it  cuts  out  its  pu[)al  case. 

Nepticula  JuscotibtceeUa^  Clem.  Larva  in  a  linear  mine  bent  back  on 
itself. 

Nepticula.  Two  unknown  species  make  narrow^  linear,  crocked  mines, 
one  of  which  is  in  the  upper  and  tbe  other  in  the  lower  surface  of  the 
leaves. 

Marmara  salictellay  Clem.    Larva  burrows  in  young  twigs. 

Batrachedra prcpangusta^  Haw.  -^  The  specific  distiuctness  of 
Batrachedra  salicipomonellay  Clem.  >  the  insects  described  under  these 
Batrachedra  striolata^  Zeller.  j  names  seems  to  me  not  suffici- 

ently established.  B.  salicipanwnella  was  bred  from  galls  made  by  other 
insects  on  Willows.  The  mode  of  feeding  of  the  others  is  not  satisfac- 
torily determined. 

Oelechia  salicifungella^  Clem.  )  ^  n         j    i     ^     . 

^  ,    , .    ^      '       fi    ^t  ?  Larvae  in  galls  made  by  Cyntps. 

Oelechta  fungtvorella,  Clem,     ^  ^  ^    ^   ^ 

Oelechia^  sp.f  Imago  unknown.  The  larva  sews  together  Willow 
leaves  at  great  elevations  in  the  Bocky  Diiountains. 

PopuLUS  (various  species).    Poplars,  Aspens,  Cottonwood. 

Cemiostoma  albella,  Cham.    See  under  Salix. 

Batra^chedra  prceangtista^  Haw.  » 

Batrachedra  salicipomonellaj  Clem.  >  See  under  Salix. 

Batrachedra  striolata^  Zeller.  3 

Aspidisca  sp.f  Makes  a  minute  mine  in  Aspen  leaves  in  Oregon. 
Possibly  it  is  A.  splendoriferella  Clem. 

Qradlaria  populiellaj  Cham.  Larva  rolls  Aspen  leaves  in  the  Bocky 
Mountains. 

O.  purpuriella^  C^am.  Larva  mines  leaves  of  Silver-leaf  Poplar.  See 
under  Salix. 

Lithocolletis  populiellaj  Cham.  Larva  in  a  tentiform  mine  in  under 
side  of  leaves  of  Silver-leaf  Poplar. 

A  larva  of  an  unknown  Nepticula  (f)  mines  leaves  of  Cotton  woods  in 
Colorado. 

A  larva,  possibly  not  Lepidopterous,  mines  Cottonwood  leave49  at  the 
tip  in  the  upper  surface  in  Colorado. 

LILIACE^. 

Yucca  (various  species  f).    Soap  weed,  Spanish  Bayonet,  Bear's  Orass. 

Pronuba  yuccaseUa^  Biley.  Larva  feeds  in  the  ovary  on  the  seed. 
Imago  found  in  the  flowers. 


CHAMBEBS  ON  FOOD-PLANTS   OF  TINEINA.  123 

SMILACB^.  . 

Smilax  glauga.    Greenbrier,  Sarsaparilla. 

PhyUocnistis  smilacisella.     Imago   nnknown.     The   larva  makes  a 
linear  white  mine  in  the  upper  snrface  of  the  leaves. 

GEAMINE^. 

Bbaghelttbum  anoustatum. 
Machista  hrachelytrifolielUi^  Clem.    Larva  mines  in  the  leaf-blades. 

PoA  PBATENSE.    Blae  Grass. 

Elachista  prcematurellaj  Clem.    Larva  probably  mines  the  blades  of 
this  grass. 

Panigum  glandestinum.    Panic  Grass. 

Cyclqplasia  panicifoliellaj  Clem.    The  larva  mines  the  leaf-blades. 

Tbitigum  vulgabb.    Wheat. 

Oeleckia  cerealelUij  Anct.    The  larva  feeds  on  the  grain. 


ARL  V.-INDEX  TO  THE  DESCRIBED  TINEINA  OF  THE  UNITED 

STATES  AND  CANADA. 


By  Y.  T.  Ghambbbs.     • 


Having,  in  the  last  ten  years,  described  a  large  number  of  new  species 
of  the  Tineinaj  with  notes  on  many  other  species  previonsly  known  in 
various  scientific  periodicals,  and  the  notes  and  descriptions  referred  to 
being,  therefore,  scattered  through  various  volumes,  I  have  been  urged 
by  other  entomologists  to  catalogue  the  species.  Many  other  species 
had  been  previously  described  by  other  authors,  whose  pablicatious 
were  equally  scattered  and  inaccessible  with  my  own,  so  that,  for  my 
own  convenience  in  the  study  of  the  group,  I  had  prepared  an  index  for 
ready  reference  to  the  species,  and  that  index  needed  but  little  alteration 
to  make  it  complete,  so  far  as  I  am  acquainted  with  the  species. 

Convinced  that  a  catalogue  of  my  own  species  only  would  be  of  but 
little  service  to  students,  while  the  writings  of  others  were  so  inacces- 
sible, and,  indeed,  unknown  to  many  American  entomologists,  it  has 
seemed  to  me  that  a  publication  of  this  index  would  answer  the  pur- 
pose better  than  a  mere  catalogue  of  the  species.  I  therefore  ofter  it  in 
the  hope  that  it  may  prove  as  useful  to  brother  entomologists  as  it  has 
been  to  me. 

It  is  only  an  index  of  the  species  as  American  species.  Many  of  our 
species  are  identical  with  those  of  Europe,  and  I  have  not  attempted  to 
abstract  the  entomological  literature  of  Europe  as  to  these  species. 

As  to  the  European  literature  of  the  subject  ( American  Tineina),  1  have 
not  attempted  to  bring  it  down  to  a  later  period  than  the  latter  part  of 
the  year  1875.  For,  having  been  absent  in  Colorado  during  the  greater 
part  of  the  time,  it  was  impossible  to  keep  au  courant  with  it ;  and  if 
any  European  publications  have  been  made  since  that  time  they  are 
unknown  to  me.  A  letter  from  a  gentleman  in  Europe,  received  by  me 
in  1875,  informed  me  that  Professor  Frey  was  then  engaged  upon  a 
work  on  American  Tineina,  but  if  it  has  been  published  I  haVe  not 
learned  the  fact.  So  far  as  American  publications  are  concerned,  the 
index  is  brought  down  td  November,  1877,  with  references,  also,  to  vol- 
ume 10  of  the  Canadian  Entomologist  (1878),  which  will  contain  notes 
already  prepared  upon  some  species.  There  are  also  references  to  spe- 
cies described  upon  previous  pages  of  this  volume.  These  references  are 
simply  to  the  volume,  not  to  the  page. 

Professors  Zeller  and  Frey  have  described  many  of  our  species  in 
various  European  publications.    Usually  (alwaysf ),  however,  these  pa- 

125 


126     BULLETIN  VNITKD  STATES  OEOLOOICAL  SUBVET. 

pers  have  been  isaaed  in  a  separate  form,  with  different  paging  E 
that  of  the  volames  in  which  they  were  originally  pnbliahed.    In  sntfj 
caaes,  these  separate  publications  will  be  more  accessible  to  Amerioi. 
stndents  than  the  original  pablications,  and  I  have,  therefore,  in  t'  ' 
index  ased  the  paging  as  given  ia  the  separate  papers  in8tea<l  of  tb 
of  the  volnmes. 

For  the  convenience  of  any  who  may  not  have  Mr.  Stainton^s  vnlnabU  ' 
republication  of  Dr.  iDlemens's  papers,  I  have  also  given  reA'ri'ncos  to 
the  Proceedings  of  the  Academy  of  Natural  S<»ences,  Philadelptiii*,  ■ 
those  of  the  Entomological  Society  of  Philadelphia,  in  which  his  papen 
were  originally  published. 

It  has  un fortunately  so  happened  that  Professors  Zeller  and  Frey  and 
I  have  been  engaged  in  the  stndy  of  the  group  at  the  same  time,  and 
each  to  a  great  extent  in  ignorance  of  what  the  other  was  doing,  and 
the  necessary  result  baa  been  a  coofkision  of  the  synonymy  of  some  of 
the  species.  This  I  have  corrected  so  far  as  I  have  been  able  from  the 
descriptions  and  flgares  given  by  them ;  bat  doubtless  a  comparison  of 
apecimens  would  reveal  other  cases  in  which  the  same  8|>ecieB  has  been 
more  than  once  described  nnder  different  names. 

The  genua  GeUehia  is  In  a  chaotic  condition.  It  incladea  almost  any- 
thing of  a  certain  general  type  of  stractare.  Many  attempts  have  been 
made  to  subdivide  it,  but,  to  my  mind,  tbey  are  all  unsatisfactory.  I 
have  also,  myself,  sometimes  attempted  to  define  uew  snbgroaps  in  the 
genus,  bttt  my  own  efforts  in  this  direction  are  not  more  satisfactory 
than  those  of  others ;  and  while  I  have  given  tbem  in  tbeir  proper  place 
in  the  alphabetical  arrangement,  in  italics,  I  have  inclnded  all,  or  by  far 
the  greater  part  of  them,  under  Oeleckia.  I  have  pursued,  also,  the  same 
course  with  the  genns  Xarerna.  which,  though  not  inconveniently  large, 
iB  not  much  better  limited  tlian  .Qelechia. 

By  some  mischance  or  other,  I  have  seldom  been  able  to  look  over  - 
the  proof-sheets  of  patters  heretofore  published  by  me  on  the  Tineinaf 
scarcely  a  dozen  proof-sheets  having  been  examined  by  me.  Owing  to 
this  fact,  and  to  careless  writing  also,  no  doubt  the  names  of  species 
described  or  referred  to  by  me  are  frequently  incorrect,  the  same  name 
sometimes  appearing  under  two  or  three  different  forms. 

In  the  following  index  I  hare  attempted  to  correct  thene  errors  so  far 
as  it  may  be  done,  and  the  names  herein  given  are  those  that  were  in- 
tended originally  in  sarh  cases. 

The  imperfections  of  this  work  are  many,  no  doubt,  and  are  perhaps 
more  evident  to  me  than  to  any  one  else.  Kevertheless,  I  hope  it  will 
answer  sufficiently  well  for  a  present  index,  and  fur  the  basis  of  a  more 
perfect  catalogue  hereafter. 

Many  of  the  generic  names  originally  given  by  the  authors,  snoh  as 
Aapidisca,  Blepkarocera,  Pkatusa,  Wilsonia,  and  others,  are  preoccupied, 
and  will  have  to  be  changed.  I  have  not,  however,  made  any  of  these 
changes  in  this  work,  which  purports  to  be  nothing  more  than  an 
"-*>dex"  to  what  has  already  been  published. 


CHAMBERS:   INDEX  TO  TINEIHA.  127 

HEPEBENCE8  AND  ABBEE VI ATIONB." 

of  United  States  AKiicnltnrsI  DoportmeDt. 


f,— Aniiiils  uf  lie  Lyoeom  of  Hfttaral  History  of  New  York. 
•!i|.r!i;.'i>  /ur  KtantalM  der  NoiduneriksDischen  Naohtfalter. 
liulltllu  i>f  tbe  Buffalo  Society  of  Natnral  History. 
..wliaij  Kiitiimolugist. 
^.         tf«r.  Sd.— CiiiciiiniLd  Qa»rt«r1y  Journal  of  Soienoa. 
l>JfH<.  Mo.  Hag.— Eutonwh^gints'  Monthly  Magaxlne. 
Bnl.  Wak.  /Hf.— Eatnm<>l<><;it<tH'  Weeklf  IntellineDoer. 
Guide:— Onlde  to  tbe  gtady  ^f  IhmmU  (Packanl). 
Hatfd.  Bnl.  Qeo.  Sxr.— Bulletin  df  the  United  Statea  Geological  and  GeograpMoal  Sol- 

Toy. 
Lep,  Wal.  Jmer, — Lepidoptera  der  Westkliete  Amerikae  (Zeller). 
Lin.  EuL — ZclliiT  in  "Linea  Entomologica," 

Xat.  Hilt.  IlR.~-Natarsl  History  of  the  Tineina  by  Btainton,  Zoller  and  Frey. 
OnL  Brp. — Report  of  the  Entomological  Society  of  Ontario  (Canada). 
Froe.  Aoad.  JVa(.  Set.  Phila. — Frooeediogs  of  the  Academy  of  Natorol  Science  (Philadel- 
phia), 3d  MrtBB. 
Frvc.  Uni.  Soc.  PAila.— Proceedings  of  the  EotonioloKioal  Society  of  Philadelphia. 
£tp.  Matt.  Ag.  Soe. — Beport  on  the  Iqjorloiu  and  BeneAoial  Ineooto  of  Masaachnaetta. 

State  Board  of  Agrienltnre.    Reports  1-3.     1H7 1-1873.— Packard. 
£^,  Nox.  Int.  Mo, — Eiley'a  "Beports  on  the  Noxiona,  Beneficial,  and  Other  Inaeota  of 

Missoori ". 
JIgi.  yax.  Int.  N.  F.— Dr.  Fitcb'a  "  Beportaon  tbe  Noxiona,  Benefloial,  and  Other  Ineeots 

of  New  York". 
Bck.  V.  £«.— Scbmetterlinge  von  Enropa. 

8.  E.  Z.~Fny  and  Boll,  in  Stettioer  Eotomoloeieohe  Zeitnog.  ie73. 
Tim.  Nor.  Aner.~"  Tiueina  of  North  America."     (Staintou'a  republication  of  the  Clem- 

ens  papers.) 
}VmI.  Int. — Harris's  Treatise  on  Insects  Injorions  to  Vegetation. 

ACANTHOONEMES.    (Chambers.) 

A.  PU3COSCAPULEIXA,  tJliam. — Ante,  104. 

ADELA.    (Latreille.) 

A.  BELLA,  Oham.— Can.  Eot.  v.  73 ;  is.  207. 

A.  BIVIELLA,  Zfll.— Bei.  z.  KeDDt.  May,  1873,  26. — Oan,  Ent.  is.  206. 
A.  CHALYBBiS,  Zeli.— Bei.  z.  Kennt.  May,  1873,  25. 
'    A.  (DiCTE)  cOBBUsciFABOtELLA,  Cbam.— Can.  Eot.  V.  74;  ix.  207. 
[Dicte  corruaeifaaciella,  Cham.  loc  cit.) 
{AdeUx  KhUEgeri,  ZcII.— Bei.  z.  EuDDt.  May,  1873,  27.) 
(A.  fatciella,  Cbaiii.=A.  trigrapha,  Zell.  jiost.) 
A.  FLAMEN8ELLA,  Cbam. — Cau.  Eat.  viii.  104. 
A.  BiDiNGSELLA,  Clem. — ProG.  EDt.  Soc  Pbila.  1864,  ii.  426. — ^Tin. 
Nor.  Amer.  250 — Guiae,  348. 
*  Morris'a  "  Bynopais";  contains  brief  descriptions  of  a  few  species  but  as  they  are 
copied  or  condenMd  from  the  original  descnptiooa,  which  are  referred  to  in  this  "  In- 
dex", 1  have  not  deemed  it  necessary  to  refer  further  to  them  herein,    llie"  Synopsis" 
is  oonUtned  In  tbe  Smitbeoaian  UiaoellaneonB  CoUectiona,  t.  4,  and  baa  alio  been 
■epMrately  pDhliihed. 


128  BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES   GEOLOGICAL  SUBVET. 

{A.  schlwgerij  ZelI.=J..  carruadfaseiellaf  Oham.  supra.) 
A.  TBiFASCiELLAy  Cbam. — Can.  Ent.  viii.  103. 
A.  TBiGBAPHA,  Zell. — Bel.  z.  Kennt.  May,  1875, 136. 
{A./asciella^  Cham. — Can  Ent.  viii.  103.) 

(ADBASTEIA.    Chambers.) 

(A.  qwrcifoliellaj  Cham.    =  Oelechia  quereifoliella^  Cham.) 
{A.  querciella^  Cham.  =  Oelechia  quercieUa^  Cham.) 

(A.  atexandricBdlOj  Cham.  =  Oelechia  alexandriaseUOj  Cham.) 
(A.fasciella^  Cham.  =  Oelechia  fatciella  Q)iam.) 

MJ^A.    (Chambers.) 

JEj.  ostbt^ella,  Cham. — Can.  Ent.  vi.  74;  viii.  172;  x.  p.  — . 
M.  puepubiella,  Cham. — Can.  Ent.  vi.  73;  x.  p.  — . 
{Chrysopeleia  purpuriellaj  Cham,  ibid.) 

(^SYLE.    Chambers.) 

{^.  fascielUij  Cham.  =  Oracilariafaaciellaj  Oham,  post.) 

AELOLE.    (Chambers.) 

A.  BELLA,  Cham. — Can.  Ent  vii.  73. — Hayd.  Bui.  Oteo.  Sar.  iii.  144. — 
Can.  Ent.  ix.  72. 

AGNIPPB.    (Chambers.) 

A.  BISGOLOBELLA,  Cham. — Can.  Ent.  iv.  195;  v.  230;  ix.  231. 
(A.  fuscopulvella^  Cham.  ibid.  =  biscolorellaj  var.) 

(ALEUCITA.    Anct.) 

(A.  cerealellay  Oliv.  r=  Oelechia  cerealella^  post.) 

AM  ADBY  A .    (Clemens.) 

A.  EFFBENATELLA,  Clem.— Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  39,  55,  59,  60,  86.— -Proc 
Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  1S59,  260.— Cin.  Quar.  Jonr.  SoL  ii 
256.— Bei.  z.  Kennt.  May,  1873, 19. 

A.  GLEMENSELLA,  Cham. — Can.  Ent.  vi.  232. — Cin.  Qnar.  Joor.  Sd.  IL 

256. 

(ANACAMPSIS.    Curtis.) 

(A.  agrimoniella   =»     Oelechia  agrimoniellaj  post.) 
{A.  ceredlella         =     Oelechia  cerealellay  post.) 
(A.  glandiferella  f  =     0.  glandiferella^  post.) 
(A.  roHtmlla        ^fO.  robiniella^  post.) 
(A.  sarcitella        =fO.  sarcitella^  post.) 

ANAPHORA.    (Clemens.) 

A.  ABGANELLA,  Clem. — ^Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  57,  58.— Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  ScL 
1859,  262.— Can.  Ent.  iv.  143.— Ante,  79. 


CHiJIBERS:   INDEX   TO   TINEINA.  129 

A.  AGBOTIPENNELLA,  Grote. — Can.  Ent.  iv.  137 ;  viii.  185. — Ante^  79. 

A.  BOMBYOINA,  Zell. — Bei.  z.  Keunt.  May,  1873, 16. — Ante^  79. 

A.  MOETIPENNELLA,  Grote. — Can.  Ent.  iv.  137. 

A.  PLUMIFBONTELLA,  Clem. — T\\\.  Nor.  Amer.  39,  67,  59,  60. — Proc. 

Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  PhiUi.  1859,  261.— Bei.  z.  Kenut.  1873,  17. 
A.  POPEANELLA,  Clem. — ^Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  57. — Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci. 

Pbila.  1859, 261.-.Can.  Ent.  iv.  137, 143.— Bei.  z.  Kennt.  1873, 

15.     =  f  scardinQj  Zell. 
A.  SCABDINA,  Zell.  =  fpopeancllay  Clem. — Bei.  z.  Kennt.  May,  1873,  16. 
A.  TEXANELLA,  Cham.— Ait^e,  79. 

ANARSIA.    (Zeller.) 

• 

A.  LINEATELLA,  Zell. — Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  36, 128.— Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci. 

Phila.  1860, 169.— Can.  Ent.  iv.  208;  vi.  243.— Ag.  liep.  1872, 

112. 
{A,  pruniellay  Clem.  =  A.  lineatellaj  supra, — Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  and  Acad. 

Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  loc.  ciU) 
A.  SUFFUSBLLA,  Cham. — Can.  Ent.  vi.  243. 
A.  TBIMACULELLA,  Cham.— Can.  Ent.  vi.  243.— An^  92. 

ANESYCHIA.    (Hubner.) 

A.  DISCOSTBIGELLA,  Cham.— Hayd.  Bui.  Geo.  Snr.  iii.  pt  1,  122,  144. 

A.  HAGENELLA.  Cham. — Ante^  80. 

A.  MiBUSELLA,  Cham.— Can.  Ent.  vi.  233.— Hayd.  Bui.  Geo.  Sur.  iii.  pt. 

1, 121, 141. 
(A  multipunctella,  Cham.  Can.  Ent.  vi.  233,  =  Fsecadia  semilugenSj  Zell. 

post.) 
A.  SPABCiCELLA,  Clem.— Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  255.— Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  Phila.  ii. 

430. 
A-  TBIFUKCELLA,  Cham.— Can.  Ent.  v.  12. — Ante,  80. 

ANORTHOSIA.    (Clemens.) 

A.  PUKCTiPENNELLA,  Clem.— Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  40,  111.— Pjcpc.  Acad. 
Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  1860, 161.— Can.  Ent.  vi.  245. 

ANTISPILA.    (Her.Sch.) 

A.  AMPELOPSIELLA,  Cham.— Can.  Ent.  vi.  168,  197  ;  ix.  195. 

A.  COBNIFOLIELLA,  Clem.— Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  103.— Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci. 

Phila.  1860,  11.— Can.  Ent.  vi.  166, 170,  198. 
A.  HTDBANGI^ELLA,  Cham.— Cau.  Ent.  vi.  170 ;  ix.  195. 
A.  ISSABELLA,   Clem. — Tin.   Nor.  Amer.  142. — Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci. 

Phila.  18C0,  209.— Can.  Ent.  vi.  167, 198. 
A.  NYSS^POLlELLA,  Clem.— Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  19,  22,  102.— Proc.  Acad. 

Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  1860,11. 
A.  VITICOBDIFOLIELLA,  Cham.— Tin.  Nor.  Amer.   142.  — Pioc.   Acad, 

Nat  Sci.  Phila.  1860,  209.— Can.  Ent.  vi.  168,  198. 
Ball.  iv.  No.  1—8 


130  BULLETIN   UNITED   STATES   GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

ABGIOPE.    (Chambers.) 

A.  DOESIMACULELLA,  OhaiD. — Can.  Eat.  v.  13, 174. 

(Heribeia  dorsimaculella^  Cham. — Can.  Ent.  iv.  43.) 

ARGYRE8THIA.    (Httbner.) 

A.  ABDOMiNALis,  Zell.— Bel.  z.  Kennt.  May,  1870, 106. 

A.  ALTissiMBLLA,  Cham. — Hayd.  Bal.  Geo.  Sar.  iii.  pt.  1, 130,  147. 

A.  ANDEBEOIELLA,  F.  V.  B. — Proc.  Acad;  Nat.^ci.  Phila.  1860,  7. — Tin. 

Nor.  Amer.  39, 93. — Can.  Ent  vi.  10 ;  vii.  145. — Bei.  z.  Kennt. 

May,  1873, 104— t  Hayd.  Bui.  Geo.  Sar.  iii.  131, 141. 
{A.  oreaseUoj  Clem. — Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  and  Proc.  Acud.  Nat.  Sci. 

loc.  cit  supra.) 
A.  APiciMACULELLA,  Cham. — Can.  Ent.  vi.  11  (and  erroneonsly  by  a 

MS.  oame  at  vi.  145,  as  visaliella). 
A.  AUSTEBELLA,  Zell. — Bei.  z.  Keant.  May,  1873,  105. 

(A.  undulatella,  Cham. — Can.  Ent.  vi.  10;  vii.  145;  ix.  72.) 
A.  BELANGEBELLA.  Cham. — Can.  Ent.  vii.  145. 
A.  DELETELLA,  Zell.— Bei.  z.  Kennt.  May,  1875, 105. 
A.  GCEDABTELLAf,  Lin.— Can.  Ent.  vii.  144;  viii.  19. — Ent.  Mo.  Mag.  ii. 

279. — Cin.  Qaar.  Joar.  Sci.  ii.  294. — Hayd.  Bal.  Geo.  Sur.  iii. 

131, 141, 147. 
A.  MONTELLA,  Cham. — Hayd.  Bal.  Geo.  Sar.  iii.  130. 
A.  QUADBisTBiGELLA,  Ztll. — Bei.  z.  Kennt.  1873, 104. 
A.  QUEBCicoLELLA,  Cham. — Hayd.  Bal.  Geo.  Sar.  iii.  130. 
(A.  oreasellaj  Clem.  =  A.  anderegiella^  ante.) 
A.  PEDMONTELLA,  Cham. — Hayd.  Bal.  Geo.  Sar.  iii.  131. 
{A.  undulatellaj  Cham.  =  A.  avsterella^  Zell.  ante.) 

(AKGYKOMIGES.    Curtis.) 

(A.  morrisella^  Fitch,  =  lAthocolletis  rohinieVa,  Clem.jpo«f.) 

{A.  oHtensackenella^  Fitch,  =  Lithocolleiu  ostensackeneUn,  Fitahj post.) 
{A.  psenda^aciellay  Fitch,    =  LitJt4)Colleti8  robiniella^  Fitch^  post) 
{A.  quercialbella^  Fitch,      =  LitJMcolUtis  quercialbellaj  Fitch, |>o«^) 
(A.  quercifoliella^  Fitch,      =  Lithocolletis  fitchella,  Clem,  post.) 
(A.  uhlerella^  Fitch,  =  Lithocolletis  vhlerella^  Yitchy  post.) 

ASPIDISCA.    (Clemens.) 

A.  DiosPYBiELLA,  Cham.  =  1  splendoriferellay  Clem. — Can.  Ent.  vi.  217. 
A.  ELLA,  Cham.  =:fA.  lucifluella,  Clem.— Can.  Eat.  iii.  224;  vi,  152, 218. 
A.  JUGLANDIELLA,  Cham,    (f  =  splendoriferella^  Clem,  ort  =  luciflu- 

ella.  Clem.). — Cao.  Ent.  vi.  151,  218  et  seq. 
A.  LUCIFLUELLA,  Clem. — Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  143 ;  Proc.  Ac^d.  Nat  Sci. 

Phila.  1860,  209.— Can.  Ent.  iii.  224 ;  vi.  218. 
A.  ostby-«:foliella,  Clem. — Tin.  Nor.  Amer.   171. — Proc.  Ent.  Soc 

Phila.  1861,  82. 


CHAMBERS:   INDEX   TO   TINEINA.  131 

{A.  pruniella^  Olem.  =  A.  splcndoriferella^  Clem.) 
A.  SALioiELLA,  Cham,  (and  Clem.t). — Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  171. — ^Proc.  Ent. 
Soc.  Phila.  1861,  82.— Can.  Ent.  vi.  169. 

A.  SPLENDOBIFEBELLA,  Clem. — Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  23,  26,  105. — Proc. 

Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  1860, 12.— Can.  Ent.  iii.  223;  v.  50;  vi. 

149, 219.^Ent.  Mo.  Mag.  ix.  17. 
(A.  prunieUaj  Clem. — Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  171. — Proc,  Ent.  Soc. 

Phila.  1861,  82.) 
{Lyonetia  aaccatella^  Pack.  Guide,  355.— Can.  Ent.  ill.  223.) 

(ASYCHNA!    Stainton.) 

(AJ  pulveUa^  Cham. — Can.  Ent.  viii.  171 ;  ix.  145.) 

BATBACHEDBA.  (Stainton.) 

6.  GLEMENSELLA,  Cham,  (doabtful  species). — Hayd.  Bui.  Oeo.  Sur.  iii 
134._Can.  Ent  ix.  146. 

B.  PBJSAN6USTA,  Haw. — Ins.  Brit.  iii.  230,  and  authorities  there  cited. — 

Hayd.  Bnl.  Geo:  Sur.  iii.  134, 141. — Can.  Ent.  ix.  145. 
B.  SALiciPOMONELLA,  Clem. — Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  265. — ^Proc.  Ent  Soc. 

Phila.  V.  142;  vi.  273.— Bei.  z.  Kennt.  113.— Can.  Ent.  ix. 

146.— Hayd.  Bui.  Geo.  Sur.  iii.  134.— Guide,  352. 
B.  STBIOLATA,  Zell— Bei.  z.  Kennt.  1873, 113.— Can.  Ent.  ix.  145. 

BEDELLIA.    (Stainton.) 

B.  SOMNULENTELLA,  Zell. — ^Tin.'Nor.  Amer.  39,  189.— Proc.  Ent.  Soc 
Phila.  1862, 147.— Cin.  Quar.  Jour.  Sci.  ii.  297.— Hayd.  Bui. 
Geo.  Sur.  iii.  133, 141. 
(B,  staintonella^  Clem. — ^Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  95. — Proc.  Acad.  Nat. 
Sci.  Phila.  1860,  8.— Proc  Ent.  Soc.  Phila.  1862, 147.) 

(BEGOE.    Chambers.) 

(B.  costoluteellaj  Cham.  =  Nothris  eupatoriiella^  Cham,  post.) 

BLASTOBASIS.    (Zeller.) 

B.  f  AUFUGBLLA,  Zell.— Bei.  z.  Kennt.  100. 
B.  eHALCOFBONTBLLA,  Clem. 

{Holcocera  chaloofrantellaj  Clem.) — Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  226. — Proc 

But.  Soc  Phila.  ii.  122.— Can.  Ent.  iv.  65;  vi.  246.— Cin.  Quar. 

Jour.  Sci.  iL  256.— Bei.  z.  Kennt.  May,  1873,  95. 
B.  GLEMENSELLA,  Cham. 

{Holoocera  elemenseUay  Cham.) — Can.  Ent.  vi.  246. 
B.  PBAGTiLiNEELLA,  Zell.— Bei.  z.  Kennt  1873,  98. 
B.  PLtJXBLLA,  Zell.— Bei.  z.  Kennt  1873, 101. 
B.  aiaANTELLA,  Cham.— Can.  Ent  viii.  219^Hayd.  Bui.  Geo.  Sur.  iii. 

149. 


132     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOQICAL  SURVEY. 

4 

B.  GILBOCILIELLA,  Clem. 

(Holcocera  giUMxnliellaj  Clem.) — Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  227. — ^Proo. 
Ent.  Soc.  Phila.  ii.  122.— Bei.  z.  Kennt.  1873,  95. 

B.  GLANDULELLA,  Bllej. 

{Oelechia  glandulellaj  Biley.) — Can.  Ent.  iii.  IS. 
{Holcocera  glandulella^  Riley.) — Can.  Ent.  iv.  18, 38,62,  G5.— Rep. 
Nox.  Ins.  Mo.  n.  4, 144. — Gin.  Qnar.  Jour.  Sei.  ii.  256. 
B.  LIVOLELLA,  Zell— Bei.  z.  Kennt.  May,  1873,  99. 
B.  MODESTELLA,  Clem. 

{Holcocera  modestellaj  Clem.) — Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  227. — Proc.  Ent. 
Soc.  Phila.  ii.  122. 
B.  NUBILELLA,  Zell.— Bei.  z.  Kennt.  1873,  97 ;  1875, 139* 
B.  FUSCOPULVELLA,  Clem. 

{Holcocera  fuscopulvelUij  Clem.) — ^Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  227. — ^Proc. 
Ent.  Soc.  Phila.  ii.  122. 
B.  PUBPUBOCOMELLA,  Clem. 

{Holcocera  purpurocomelloj  Clem.) — Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  227. — Proc. 

Ent.  Soc  Phila.  ii.  123. 

B.  QUISQUILIELLA,  Zell. — Bei.  z.  Kennt.  1873,  97. 

B.  BETEOTELLA,  Zell. — Bei.  z.  Kennt.  1873,  97. 

B.  8CIAPHIELLA,  Zell.— Bei.  z.  Kennt.  1873,  95. — Can.  Ent.  ix.  71. 

B.  8EGNELLA,  Zell. — Bel.  z.  Kennt.  1873,  9G. 

B.  TBIANGULABISELLA,  Cham.— Cin.  Quar.  Jour.  Sci.  ii.  236.— Can.  Ent. 

ix.  71. 

(BLABOPHANES.) 

{B.  rusticella  and  B,  dorsistrigellay  Clem.  vid.  Tinea.) 

BLEPHAROCERA.    (Chambers.) 
B.  HATDENELLA,  Cham. — Hayd.  Bui.  Geo.  Sur.  iii.  145. 

BRACHYLOMA.    (Clemens.) 

B.  UNIPUNCTA,  Clem. — ^Tin.  Nor.'»Amer.  232. — Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  Phila. 

1863, 126. 

BRENTHIA.    (Clemens.)* 
B.  PAVONICELLA,  Clem. — Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  41,  13i. — Proc.  Acad.  Nat 

Sci.  Phila.  1860, 172. 

B.  INFLATELLA,  Clem. — Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  200. — Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  Phila. ii. 5. 

B.  yiBGiNiELLA,  Clem — Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  257. — Proc.  Ent.  Soc  Phila. 

iii.  505. 

(IBRYOTROPHA.) 

{TB.  opercultlUiy  Zell.  vid.  Oelechia  operculellay  post) 

BUCCULATRIX.    (Zeller.) 

(2?.  albella,  Cham.  =  B.  staintonelUij  post) 

B.  AGNELLA,  Clem.— Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  147. — Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila. 
1860, 211.  _ 

*  Zellor  (Verb.  z.-b.  Geoell.  Wieu,  zxr.  320)  refers  tbeae  s^iioiis  to  C-.treMU* 


CHAMBERS:   INDEX  TO  TINEINA.  133 

B.  AHBBOSLSFOLIELLA,  Obam. — Gill.  Quar.  Jour.  Sci.  ii.  110. 

B.  GANADENSISELLA,  Obam.— Can.  Ent.  vii.  146. 

B.  GAPITIALBELLA,  Cbaui. — Can.  Ent.  v.  150. 

B.  COBONATELLA,  Cleui. — Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  109. — Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci. 
1860, 13.— Can.  Ent.  v.  151. 

B.  IMMAOULATELLA,  Cbam.— Can.  Ent.  vii.  54. 

B.  LITIGIOSELLA,  Zell.— Bci.  z.  Eennt.  1875, 148. 

B.  LUTEELLA,  Cbam. — Can.  Ent.  v.  151 ;  x.  p. — . 

B.  MAGNELLA,  Cbam. — Can.  Ent.  vii.  54. 

B.  NIYEELLA,  Cbam.— Can.  Ent.  vii.  54. 

B.  OBSCUROFASOIELLA,  Cbam.— Can.  Ent.  v.  150. 

B.  PAOKABDELLA,  Cham. — Can.  Ent.  v.  151. — ^Cin,  Qaar.  Jour.  Sci.  ii. 
120. 

B.  POMIFOLIELLA,  Clem. — Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  146. — Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci. 
Pbila.  1860, 211.— Can.  Ent.  v.  150.— Bei.  z.  Kennt.  1875, 147.— 
Rep.  Nox.  Ins.  Mo.  n.  4,  49. 

B.  QUiNQtJENOTELLA,  Cbam. — Cin.  Qaar.  Jour.  Sci.  ii.  120. 

B.  STAINTONELLA,  Cbam. 

(B.  cUbellaj  Cham. — Hayd.  Bui.  Geo.  Sur.  iii.  140.  This  species 
was  named  and  described  in  Colorado,  without  access  to 
libraries,  &c.  On  my  return  from  there,  I  found  that  Mr. 
Stainton  had  recently  described,  by  the  same  name,  a  spe- 
cies from  Syria.  I  therefore  rename  this  species  for  that  dis- 
tinguished entomologist.) 

B.  THUIELLA,  Packard — Am.  Nat.  v.  152. — ^Rep.  Nox.  Ins.  Mo.  n.  4,  51. 

B.  TBIFASCIELLA,  Clem. — Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  272. — Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  Phila.  v. 
147.— Can.  Ent.  v.  149.— Cin.  Quar.  Jour.  Sci.  ii.  120. 

BDTALIS.    (Treit.) 

B.?  ALBAPENNELLA,  Cham.— Can.  Ent.  vii.  11. 

B.  BASTLABis,  Zell.— Liu.  Ent.  x.  230.— Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  40. 

B.  BBEVISTBIGA,  Cham. — Can.  Ent.  vii.  10, 54  (misprinted  huristriga). — 

Ante^  p.  — . 
(B.  cerealdUij  vid,  Oelechia  cerealella.) 

B  DOBSIPALLIDELLA,  Cham. — Can.  Ent.  vii.  10,  54.    Ante,  p.  — . 
B.  EBOBAOENSis,  Zell. — ^Bei.  z.  Kennt.  1873,  94. 
B.  FLAVIFEONTELLA,  Clem.— Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  40, 126.— Proc.  Acad.  Nat 

Sci.  Phil.  1860, 169.— Can.  Ent.  vi.  8.— Bei.  z.  Kennt.  1873, 92. 

f  =  basilariSj  Zell. 
B.  FUSGIOOMELLA,  Clem. — ^Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  126.— Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci. 

Phila.  1860, 169.— Can.  Ent.  vi.  8.— Bei.  z.  Kennt.  1873,  92. 
B.  DiMAOULATELLA,  Cham. — Can.  Ent  vii.  10. — Hayd.  Bui.  Geo.  Sur. 

iii  144. — Antey  p.  — .    (f  =  eboracenaiSy  Zell.) 
B.  ncPOSiTELLA,  Zell.— Lin.  Ent  x.  241. 
B.  HATUTELLA,  Clem.— Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  40, 127.— Proc.  Acad.  Nat  Sci. 

Phila.  I860, 169.    t  =  impoaitella,  Zell. 


134  BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  QEOLOGICAL  SURVEY 

B.  PILOSELLA,  Zell. — Bei.  z.  Kennt.  1873,  93. 

B.  PLANIPENNELLA,  Cham. — Can.  Ent. vii.  10  (mispriDted  plausipennella). 

B.  TRiviNOTBLLA,  Zell.— Bei.  z.  Kennt.  1873,  92.— Ante,  93. 

'  (CALLIMA.    Clemens.) 

(C.  argeniicinctellaj  Clem.  vid.  (Ecophora  argenticinctella.) 

CATASTEGA.    (Clemens.) 

C.  ACEEIELLA,  Clem. — Tin.  Kor.  Amer.  178. — ^Proc  Ent.  Soc.  Pbila. 

i.  87. 

C.  HAMAMELIELLA,  Clem.—- 7&id 

C.  TiMiDBLLA,  Clem. — Ilnd. 

The'  larv8B  only  of  these  three  species  are  known,  and  they  probably 
do  not  belong  in  Tineina. 

CEMIOSTOMA.    (Zeller.) 
C.  ALBELLA,  Cham. — Can.  Ent.  iii.  23,  209. 

(CEROSTOMA.) 
(C.  brasicella^  Fitch,  vid.  Plutella  cruciferarum,  post.) 

(CERATOPHORA.) 

{C.fullonellay  vid.  Oelechia  fullonella^ post) 

(CH^TOCHILUS.) 

(The  following  species,  placed  by  Dr.  Fitch  in  ChwtochiluSj  will  be 
found  under  Ypsolophus : — contubernalell'us^  malifolielluSj  pometelluSy  tri- 
maculelhiSj  and  ventrellus.) 

CHAULIODUS.    (Treit.) 
C.  OANICINCTELLA,  Clem. — Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  236.— ProcEnt.  Soc.  ii.  129. 

CHRYSOCORYS.    Curtis. 

C.  EBYTHBIELLA,  Clem. — Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  40,  132. — Proc.  Acad.  Nat. 
Sci.  Phila.  1800, 171. 

(CHRYSOPELEIA.    Chambers.) 
{C. purpuriella,  Cham.  vid.  ^cea  purpuriella^  Cham.) 

(CHRYSOPORA.    Clemens.) 
(C.  lingualaceHaj  Clem.  =  Qelechia  herma^ieUaj  var.) 


CHAMBEBS:   INDEX   TO   TINEINA.  135 

GIEEHA.    Chambers. 

C.  PLATANELLA,  Cham. — Can.  Eat  iv.  146. 

(Depressaria  aUnsparsella^  Cham. — Can.  Ent.  iv.  92, 128.) 

CLEODORA.    (Curtis.) 

C.  PALiiiDELLA,  Cham. — Can.  Ent.  vi.  245.— iinte,  91. 

C.  PALLIDESTBIGELLA,  Cham. — Can.  Ent.  vi.  2^5.^Ante^  92. 

COLEOPHORA.    (Zeller.) 

O.  ^NUSELLA,  Cham. — Can.  Ent.  vi.  128. 

C.  ALBACOSTELLA,  Cham.— Can.  Eut.  vii.  95.—Antej  93. 

C.  ABGENTELLA,  Cham. — Can.  Ent.  x.  p.  — . 

(0.  argentiaWellaj  Can.  Eut.  vii.  75. — Hayd.  Bui.  Geo.  Sur.  iii. 

133, 141.    Nee  Can.  Eut.  vi.  128.) 
C.  ABGENTIALBELLA,  Cham.— Can.  Ent.  vi.  128;  x.  p.  — . 
C.  ABTEMisicoLELLA,  Cham.— Hayd.  Bui.  Geo.  Sur.  iii.  133, 144. 
C.  AUBOPUBPUBIELLA,  Cham.— Can.  Ent.  vi.  130. 
C.  BiMTNiMMACULELLA,  Cham.— -Ante,  94. 
C.  BISTBIGELLA,  Cham.— Can.  Ent.  vii.  75;  ix.  14,  72 ;  x.  p.  —.—Hayd. 

Bui.  Geo.  Sur.  iii.  133, 134. 
C.  C-ffiNOSiPENHELLA,  Clem. — Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  88;  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci. 

1860,  5. 
C.  CABY-ffiFOLiELLA,  Cham.  (&  Clem,  t).— Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  166.— Proc. 

Ent.  Soc.  Phil.  i.  78. — Can.  Ent.  x.  p.  — . 
C.  CINEBELLA,  Cham. — Ante^  93. 
C.  OONGOLOBELLA,    Clem.— Tin.    Nor.    Amer.  211. — Proc.  Ent.  Soc. 

Phila.  ii.  6.— Can.  Ent.  vi.  129. 
(C.  coracipennelUiy  vid.  C.  oeeidentalis,) 
C.  COBBUSCIPENNELLA,  Clem.— Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  39,  88.— Proc.  Acad. 

Nat.  Sci.  1860, 4.— Can.  Ent.  vii.  124.— Guide,  351.    =  f  C./a- 

briciella^  Bel.  z.  Eeunt.  1873,  111. 
C.  COBYLIFOLIELLA,  Clem.— Tin.  Nor.  Amer.   1C6.— Proc.  Ent.  Soc. 

Phila.  i.  79. 
C.  CBATiPENNELLA,  Clem. — Tin.  Nor.   Amer.    258.— Proc.   Eut.  Soc. 

Phila.  iii.  606. 
C.  CBETATICOSTELLA,  Clem. — Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  89 — Proc.  Acad.  Nat. 

Sci.  Phila.  1860,  5.— Can.  Eut.  vii.  124. 
(C.fabriciellaj  vid.  0.  corruscipennella.) 
C.  FAGICOBTICELLA,  Cham. — Can.  Ent.  vi.  129 ;  x.  p.  — . 
C.  FUSCOSTBiGELLA,  Cham.— Anto,  93*. 
C.  GIGANTELLA,  Cham.— Can.  Eut.  vi.  128;  x.  p.  — . 
C.  INFUSCATELLA,  Clem.— Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  89.— Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci. 

Phila.  1860,  5. 
C.  LATICOBNELLA,  Clem.— Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  88.— Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci. 

Phila.  I860,  5. 


136  BULLETIN   UNITED   STATES  QEOLOQICAL  SUBVET. 

C.  LiNEAPULVELLA,  Gbam. — Can.  Ent.  vi.  130  j  x.  p.  — . 

G.  LEUGOOHBYSELLA,  Clem.— Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  2L1.— Proo.  Ent.  Soc. 

Pbila.  ii.  6. 
C.  LUTEOCOSTELLA,  Cham.— Cin.  Qnar.  Jour.  Sci.  ii.  294. — Hayd.  Bui. 

Geo.  Sur.  iii.  133. 
(C  mayrella^  H.  vid.  corruscipennella.) 

C.  MULTIPULVELLA,  Cham. — AfltCy  93. 

C.  NiGRELLA,  Haw. — Bei.  z.  Kenut.  1873, 109. 

C.  NIGEBLINEELLA,  Cham. — Can.  Ent.  viii.  172. 

C.  OCHBELLA,  Cham. — Ante^  p.  — . 

C.  occiDENTALisf,  Zell.— Bei.  z.  Eennt.  1873, 109.    (1  =  nigrioella.) 

G.  OSTBY-ffi,  Clem.^Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  167. — Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  Phila.  i.  79. 

C.  PBUNIELLA,  Clem.— Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  167.— Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  Phila.  i. 

79._Bei.  z.  Keunt.  1873, 109. 
C.  QUADBILINEELLA,  Cham.— ilnfe,  94.  '^ 

G.  QUEBCIELLA,  Clem.— Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  168.— Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  Phila.  i. 

79. 
C.  BOSACELLA,  Clem. — Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  251. — Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  Phila.  ii. 

6.— Guide,  350. 
C.  BOS-ffiFOLiELLA,  Clem. — Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  250. — Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  Phila. 

ii.  6. — Guide,  350. 
(C  rufoluieella^  Cham. — Can.  Ent.  vi.  129.     Vid,  caryaafolieUa^  ante.) 
G.  SHALEBIELLA,  Cham. — Cin.  Quar.  Jour.  Sci.  ii.  116. 
C.  SPABSIPULVELLA,  Cham. — Cin.  Quar.  Jour.  Sci.  ii.  294. — Hayd.  Bui. 

Geo.  Sur.  iii.  133. 
C.  TEXANELLA,  Cham. — Ante^  93. 
C.  TILLI^FOLIELLA,  Clem. — ^Tiu.  Nor.  Amer.  168. — Proc.  Ent.   Soc. 

Phila.  i.  79. 
C.  TEILINEELLA,  Cham. — Can.  Ent.  vii.  95. 
C.  UNICOLOBELLA,  Cham. — Can.  Ent.  vi.  129;  x.  p.  — . 
C.  VEBONi^ELLA,  Cham. — Can.  Ent.  x.  p. — . 
G.  viBUBNELLA,  Clem. — Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  167. — Proc.  Eut.  Soc.  Phila. 

i.  79. 
C.  ZELLEBIELLA,  Cham.— Can.  Ent.  vi.  128. 

CORISCIUM.    (Zeller.) 

C.  ALBANOTELLA,  Cham. — Can.  Ent.  iv.  25;  ix.  123.— Cin.  Quar.  Jour. 

Sci.  i.  200.— Hayd.  Bui.  Geo.  Sur.  iii.  pt.  1,  132. 
C.  PABADOXUM,  Frey  &  Boll.— S.  E.  Z.  xxxiv.  205.— Cin.  Quar.  Jour. 

Sci.  i.  200. 
(C  quinquenotella^  Cham. — Can.  iTnt.  ix.  126, 104.    =  Oracilariafusciella,) 
C.  QUINQUESTBIGELLA,  Cham. — Can.  Ent.  vii.  75;  ix.  14,  124;  x.  p.  — . 
GOBisciUM,  sp.!- Hayd.  Bui.  Geo.  Sur.  iii.  132. 

(COSMIOTES.    Clemens.) 

(Cosiniotes  =z  Etachista^  which  see  for  species  illiatellaj  maeulosella^  SLud 
madarellu  of  Clem.) 


CHABIBEBS:   INDEX  TO   TINBINA.  137 

COSMOPTBEYX.    (Hiibner.^ 

C.  GEMMIPEBELLA,  Clem.— Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  99, 100.— Proc.  Acad.  Nat 
Sci.  Phila.  1860,  lO.—Cin.  Qaar.  Joar.  Sci.  ii.  231. 

O.  CLEMENSELLA,  Staiut.— Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  39, 100.— Ent  Week.  Int.  ix. 
31. 

C.  PULGHEBROIELLA,  Cbam. — Gin.  Qaar.  Jonr.  Sci.  li.  231. 

O.  MONTISELLA.,  Cham.— Gin.  Qaar.  Jour.  Sci.  ii.  297.— Hayd.  Bui.  Geo. 
Sur.  iii.  pt.  1, 134. 

C.  4-LiNEELLA,  Cham. — Ante^  95. 

CRYPTOLECHIA. 

C.  ATROPICTA,  Zell.— Bei.  z.  Kennt.  1875, 137. 
C.  OBETAGEA,  Zell.— Boi.  z.  Kennt.  1873, 43. 
C.  GBYPTOLEGHL£ELLA,  Cham. — Ante^  84. 

(Depressaria  cryptolechiwellay  Cham.) — Can.  Ent.  iv.  90, 129  et 

seq.  147. 
(Hagno  cryptolecluwella  Cham.) 
O.  FAGlNELLA,  Cham.— Anto,  84. 

(Hagno  faginella^  Cham.) — Can.  Ent.  iv.  131 ;  vi.  231 
G.  FEBUGiNOSA,  Zell.— Bei.  z.  Kenut.  1873, 43. 
G.  LITHOSINA,  Zell.— Bei.  z.  Kennt.  1873,  44. 
G.  NEBECULOSA,  Zell.— Bei.  z.  Kennt.  1873,  45. 
G.  OBSOLETELLA,  Zell.— Bei.  z.  Kennt.  1873,  42. 
G.  OBSGUBOMAOULELLA,  Cliam. — Ante,  86. 
G.  PIPEBATELLA,  Zell.— Bei.  z.  Kennt.  1873,  39. 

G.  QUEBCIGELLA,  Clem.— Bei.  z.  Kennt.  1873,  40.— Lep.  West.  Amor. 
1874, 17. 
{PnUocorsis  quercicella  Clem.) — Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  149. — Proc 
Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  1860,  212. — AntCy  p.  — . — Can.  Ent.  iv. 
131. 
C.  BEFLEXA,  Clem. 

(Fsilocorm  refiexa^  Clem.) — Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  149. — Proc.  Acad. 
Nat  Sci.  Phila.  1860,  212. 
C.  SCHL^GERI,  Zell.— Bei.  z.  Kenut  1873,  40.— Lin.  Ent  9,  s.  372. 

C.  TENTOBIFERELLA,  Clem. 

{Machimia  tentoriferella^  Clem.) — Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  148. — ^Proc. 
Acad.  Sci.  Nor.  Amer.  1860,  212.— Bei.  z.  Kennt.  1873,  40.— 
Ant€y  84. 
C.  YESTALis,  Zell. — Bei.  z.  Kennt  1873,  47. 

CYCLOPLASIS.    (Clemens.) 

C.  PANiciFOLTELLA,  Clcm. — ^Tiu.  Nor.  Amer.  248. — Proc.  Ent   Soo. 
Phila.  ii.  422. 

OYANE.    (Chambers.) 
0.  YiSAiiiELLAy  Cham.— Can.  Eut.  v.  113. 


138  BULLETIN   UNITED   STATES  QEOLOQICAL  SURVEY. 

DA8Y0EBA.    (Haw.) 

D.  NEWMANELLA.,  Gleio. — Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  252.— Proc.  Eut  Boc.  Phila. 

ii.  428.— Bei.  z.  Keniit.  1873, 89. 
D.  NONSTBIGELLA,  Cham. — AntCj  92. 

DEPRESSaRIA.    (Haw.) 

(D.  albinparsella^  Cham.  vid.  Cirrha  plataneHa^  Gham.) 

D.  ATBODOBSELLA,  Olem.— Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  230. — Proo.  Bnt.  Soc.  Pbila. 

ii.  124. — Cau.  Ent.  iv.  91. — An.  Ly.  Nat.  Oist.  ix.  156. — Guide, 

349.— Bei,  z.  Kenut.  1873,  33. 
(D.  t  bico8tom(iculella  Gbam.,  D.  f  hktrigella  Gham.,  D.  /  bimactdella  Gham., 

and  B.f  cercerisella  Gham.,  all  referred  to  Qelechia^  which 

see.) 
D.  cmEBEOGOSTELLA,  Glem. — Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  245. — Proc.  Ent  Soc.  ii. 

422.— Gan.  Ent  iv.  91.— An.  Ly.  Nat  Hist  ix.  165. 
{D.t  cryptolechiella  Gham.  referred  to  Cryptolechia.) 
D.  EUPATOBilELLA,  Gham. — Antej  82. 
D.  FEBNALDELLA,  Gham. — Ant€y  83. 
(D./  fuscoochrella  Gham.   and   D.f  fuscoluteella  Gham.   referred    to 

Oelechia.) 
D.  GBOTEELLA,  Robinson. — An.  Ly.  Nat.  Hist.  ix.  157. 
D.  HEBAOLIANA,  DeO. — Lin.  Ent  ix.  s.  312.*-Uer.-i^chf.  in  Sch.  v.  Eu. 

V.  f.  445.— Nat  Hist  Tin.  i.  113. 
(D.  ontariellay  Bethane.)— Gan.  Eut  ii.  3,  19;  v.  82. — Bei.  z. 

Kennt  1873,  35. 
D.  HILABELLA,  Zell. — Bei.  z.  Eenut  1873,  34. 
D.  LEOONTELLA,  Glem.— Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  137.— Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci. 

Phila.  1860, 174.— Gan.  Eut  iv.  146— An.  Ly.  Nat  Hist.  ix. 

157. 
D.  NEBULOSA,  Zell. — Bei.  z.  Kenuu  1873,  37. 
(D.f  obscurtiaella  Gham.  referred  to  Oelechia,) 
(Z>.  ontariella^  Bethane,  =  i).  herdclvina^  DeG,  supra.) 
D.I  PALLIDOCHEELLA,  Gbam.— Gan.  Ent  iv.  126, 129, 147, 148.    (Should 

probably  be  referred  to  Oelechia.) 
(D.  t  p8€udacaciella  Gham.  r«»ferred  to  Oelechia.) 
D.  PULVIPENNELLA,  Glem. — Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  244.— Gan.  Eut  iv.  91.— 

An.  Ly.  Niit  Hist.  ix.  157. 
{D.f  querciella  Gham.  referred  to  Oelechia.) 
D.  ?  EILEYELLA,  Gbam.— Gan.   Ent  iv.  106,  129,  147,  148.     (Should 

probably  be  referred  to  Oelechia.) 
D.  BOBINIELLA,  Pack.— Guide,  349.— Gan.  Ent  iv.  107. — Giu.  Quar.  Jour. 

Sci.  vi.  208. 
D.  SCABELLA,  Zell.— Bei.  z.  Kennt  1873,  36. 
D.  t  VEESICOLOEELLA,  Gham.— Gau.  Eut.  iv.  127, 129, 147, 148.    (Should 

probably  be  referred  co  Oelechia.) 


CHAMBERS:   INDEX   TO   TINEINA«  139 

DIACHOEISA,    (Clemens.) 

D.  VELATELLA,  Clem. — Lin.  Nor.  Amer.  107. — Proc,  Acad.  Nat.  Sci. 
Phila,  1860, 13. 

(DORYPHORA.) 

{D.  piscipeliSy  vid.  Oelechia piseipclis.) 

DRYOPE.    (Chambers.) 

D.  MUBTFELDTELLA,  Cham.— Can.  Ent.  vi.  50. 

(D.  luteapulvdlaj  Cham. — Can.  Ent.  vii.  73.    Var.  D.  murtfeld' 
Mia,) 

EIDO.    (Chambers.) 

E.  ALBAPALPELLA,  Cham. — Can.  Ent.  v.  72. 

( Venilia  albapalpellaj  Cham. — Can.  Ent.  iv,  207.) 

(EIDOTHEA,  Chambers.) 
(E.  vagatioellOj  vid.  Oelechia  vagatioella^  post) 

ELACni6TA.    (Treit) 

E.  BRAGHYELYTBIFOLIELLA,  Clem. — ^Tin.  Nor.  Araer.  248. — Proc.  Ent, 

Soc.  Phila.  1860,  425. 
E.  t  CBISTATELLA,  Cham.— Can.  Ent.  viii.  172. 
E.  GONGOLOBELLA,  Cham. — Can.  Ent.  vii.  55. 
E.  ILLIGTELLA,  Clem. 

(Cos^niotes  illictellaj  Clem.) — Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  98. — Proc.  Acad. 

Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  1860,  9. 
E.  iNoiNATELLA,  Cham.— Cau.  Ent.  vii.  93. 

E.  MAGULOSEELLA,  Clem. 

{Cosmiotes  maculoseellay  Clem.) — ^Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  98. — Proc. 
Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  1860,  9. 

E.  MADABELLA,  Clem. 

(Cosniiotes   madarella^    Clem.) — ^Tin.   Nor.    Amer.    98. — Proc. 

Ac»<l.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  1860,  9. 
E.t  OBIGHALGELLA,  Clem.— Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  256.— Proc.  Ent  Soc.  Phila. 

ii.  430.— Guide,  352.      x 
E.  PABVIPULVELLA,  Cham.— Can.  Ent.  vii.  56. 
E.  PB^MATUBELLA,  Clem.— Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  133.— Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  ScL 

Phila.  1860, 172.— Can.  Ent.  vi.  76.— Hayd.  Bal.  Geo.  Sar.  ill. 

pt.  1, 143. 
E.  STAINTONELLA,  Cham.— Ante,  96. 
E.  TEXANELLA,  Cham.— An<e,  96. 
B.  UNIPASOIELLA,  Cham.— Can.  Ent.  vii.  147. 


140     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVET. 

EN^MIA.  (Zeller.) 

E.  PSAMMTTIS,  Zell.— Bei.  z.  Kennt.  1872, 116;  1875, 139. 

{Mieza  sidfervenny  Wkr.) — ^List  Bomb.  ii.  528. 

(Eustixia  subfervens^  Grote.) — Bal.  Baflf.  Soc.  ii.  152. 
E.  GBASSINEBYELLA,  Zell.— Bei.  z.  EeDot.  1872, 116;  1875, 139. 

{Mieza  igninix^  Wkr.)— List  Bomb.  ii.  527. 

{Uuatixis  igninix^  Orote.) — Bal.  Buff.  Soc.  ii.  152. 

ENCHEYSA.    (Zeller.) 

E.  DissBCTELLAy  Zell.— Bei.  z.  KeuDt.  1873,  83. 

ENDROSIS.    (Hubner.) 

E.  FENESTBELLA,  Scop. — Gin.  Qoar.  Jonr.  Sci.  ii.  244. 

{E.  kennicottellaj  Clem.) — Tin.   Nor.  Amer.  119. — Proc.  Acad. 
Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  1860, 165. 

ENICOSTOMAt    (Stepb.) 

E.t  PAGKABDELLA,  Clem. — ^Tiu.  Nor.  Amer.  231.— Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  Phila. 
ii.  125. 

EPICORTHYLIS.    (Zeller.) 

E.  INYEBSELLA,  Zell.— Bei  z.  EcDnt.  1873,  48.— Can.  Ent.  x.  p.  — . 

(ERGATIS.) 

{E,  roseosuffusella  and  E,  pudibundella,  vid.  sub  GeUchia.) 

ERIPHIA.    (Chambers.) 

E.  CONGOLOBELLA,  Cham.- Can.  Ent.  vii.  55,  50^  94.— Hayd.  Bal.  Geo. 

Snr.  iii.  pt.  1,  137, 141.— ^wfc,  96. 
E.f  ALBALINEELLA,  Cham. — Ante,  95. 
E.t  NIGBIL1NEELLA,  Cham. — Aute^  96. 

EUDARCIA.    (Clemens.) 

E.  SIMULATBIGELLA,  Clem. — Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  102. — Proc.  Acad.  Nat. 
Sci.  Phila.  1860, 11. 

EUPLOCAMUS.    (Latreille.) 

E.t  FUSCOFASCiELLA,  Cham. — Cin.  Qaar.  Joar.  Sci.  ii.  257. 

EURYNOME.    (Chambers.) 

E.  LUTEELLA,  Cham. — Cin.  Qaar.  Joar.  Sci.ii.  304. — Hayd.  Bal.  Geo,  San 

iii.  pt.  1, 140. 
E.  ALBELLA,  Cham.— Hayd.  Bal.  Geo.  Sar.  iii.  pt.  1, 140. 


CH AMBKR8 :  INDEX  TO  TINEIKA.  141 

(EUSTIXIS,  vid.  EN^MIA,  supra.) 

EVAGORA,    (OlemeDS.) 

E.  APiciTEiPUNCTBLLA,  Clem.— Till.  Nor.  Amer.  120.— Proc.  Acad.  Nat. 
Sci.  Pbila.  1860, 165. 

EVIPPE.    (Chambers.) 

{E.  prunifolieUaj  Gbam.  vid.  Oelechia  prunifolUlla^  Cham.) 

OELEGHIA.    (Zeller.) 

G.  ADEBUGELLA,  Zell.— Can.  Ent.  iv.  125. 

G.  ^QUEPULYELLA,  Cham. — Can.  Ent  iv.  192;  vi.  230  et  ^g.— Cin.  Quar. 

Jonr.  Sci.  ii.  246. — Hajd.  Bui.  Geo.  Sur.  iii.  pt.  1,  125, 141. 
G.  AGBDfONiKLLA,  Clem. — ^Tiu.  Nor.  Amer.  40,  112. — Proc.  Ent.  Soc. 

Phila.  ii.  120.— Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  1860, 162. 
G.  ALACELLA,  Clem. 

(Tfichotaphe  alaceUa  Clem.)— -Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  180. — ^Proc.  Ent. 

Soc.  Phila.  i.  132. 
G.  ALBILOBELLA,  Zell.— Bel.  z.  Eennt^  May,  1872,  61. 
G.  ALBOMABGINELLA,  Cham. — Ciu.  Qaar.  Joar.  Sci.  ii.  291. — Hayd.  Bal. 

Geo.  Snr.  iii.  128. 
G.  ALBOMACULELLA,  Cham.— Can.  Ent.  vii.  209. 

G.  ALEXANDBI^ELLA,  Cham. 

(Adrasteia  alexandriceelUij  Cham.) — Can.  Ent.  iv.  149. 
G.  AMBBOSiiBELLA,  Cham.— Cin.  Quar.  Jonr.  Sci.  ii.  239. 
G.  AMOBPH^ELLA,  Cham. — Hayd.  Bui.  Geo.  Sa'r.  iii.  pt.  1, 126. 
G.  ANGUSTiPENNELLA,  Clem.— Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  222,  224.— Proc  Ent 

Soc  Phila.  ii.  119. 
G.  APiciLiNEELLA,  Clem. — ^Tin.  Nor.  Amen  223,  224.— Proc  Ent.  Soc 

Phila.  120. 
G.  APiciSTBiGELLA,  Cham. — Can.  Ent.  iv.  175. 

{Parasia  apiciatrigellaj  Cham. — Ilnd.  66.) 
G.  ABGENTIALBELLA,  Cham. — Can.  Ent  vi.  241. 
G.  AUBiMAOULELLA,  Cham. — Can.  Ent.  iv.  1.72. 
G.  BADiOMAGULELLA,  Cham. — Can.  Ent.  iv.  192. 
G.  BASiSTBiGELLA,  Zell. — Bci.  z.  Kennt.  1873,  70. 

(Pcecilia  basistrigella.) 
G.  BASIFASCIELLA,  Zell. — Bei.  z.  Kennt  1873,  70. 
G.  BELANGEBELLA,  Cham. — Can.  Ent.  vii.  210. 
G.  BicosTOMAOULELLA,  Cham. — Hayd.  Bal.  Geo.  Sur.  iii.  pt.  1,  127. 
G.  BiOBiSTATELLA,  Cham.— Can.  Ent.  vii.  210. 
G.  BiDiscoMACULELLA,  Cham.— Can.  Ent  vi.  241. 
G.  BiLOBELLA,  Zell.- Bei.  z.  Kennt.  1873, 80. 

(Mal€Lcotri€ha  bilobella.) 
G.  BIMAOIJLELLA,  Cham'. 

{Depressaria  bimaculellay  Cham.)— Can.  Ent.  iv.  108,  128,  147, 
148. 


142  BULLETIN  UNITED   STATES  GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY. 

G.  BISTBIGELLA,  Obam. 

(Depressaria  bistrigeUa^  Cham.) — Can.  Ent.  iv.  28,  92, 147, 148. 
G.t  BOSQUELLA,  Cbam. — Can.  Ent.  vii.  124. 

{(Ecophora  bosquella. — Can.  Ent.  vii.  92. — Ante^  87.) 
6.  BBUHELLA,  Clem. — ^Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  239.— Proc  Ent.  Soc.  Phila.  ii. 

416. 
G.  CAECELLA,  Zell. — Bei.  z.  Eennt.  1873,  52. 
G.  OANOPULVELLA,  Cham. — Ante,  91. 
G.  GAPITEOGHBELLA,  Cham. — Cin.  Qaur.  Jonr.  Sci.  ii.252. 
G.  CEBGEBISELLA,  Cham.— Can.  Ent.  vi.  230,  231 ;  iz«  23. 

(Depressaria  cercerisella^  Cham. — Can,  Ent.  iv.  198, 128, 147, 148.) 
G.  GEBEALELLA. — Tin.  NoF.  Amer.  112,  224.— Proc  Acad.  Nat.  Sci. 
Phila.  1880,  162.— Ag.  Kep.  1854,  67 ;  1858,  23;  1864,  556. 
(Anacampsis  (Buta^is)  cerealella^  Harris.) — ^Treat.  Ins.  392,  499, 

506.— Guide,  350. 
(Aleucita  cerealella^  Ollv.,  (Ecophora  cerealeltoj  Lat.,  IXnea  hordeii 
K.  &  S.,  and  Ypsolophus  granulellusj  E.  &  S.)^ODt.  Sep. 
1871,  61. 
{Butalis  cerealellay  Fitch.)— Report,  n.  7, 127. 
G.  GHAMBEBSELLA,  Murt.— Can.  Ent  vi.  222.— Cin.  Qaar.  Joar.  Sci.  ii. 

240. 
G.  GONSONELLA,  Zell— Bei.  z.  Kennt.  1873,  61. 

{Tachyptilia  consonelUi.) 
G.  t  GILIALINEELLA,  Cham.— Can  Ent.  vi.  242.— Anie,  91. 
G.  GLEMENSELLA,  Cham.— Can.  Ent.  ix.  103. 
G.  GOLLINUSELLA,  Cham.— Hayd.  Bal.  Geo.  Sur.  iii.  128. 
G.  GONGINUSELLA,  Cham.— Cin.  Quar.  Jour.  Sci.  ii.  253.— Hayd.  Bal. 

Geo.  Bur.  iii.  pt.  1, 127. 
G.  GONFUSELLA,  Cham. — Cin.  Quar.  Jour.  Sci.  ii.  251. 
G.  GOSTOBUFOELLA,  Cham.— Can.  Ent.  vi.  240. 
G.  GBESCENTIFASGIELLA,  Cham.— Can.  Ent.  vi.  237.— Cin.  Quar.  Jour. 

Sci.  ii.  255. — AntCj  p.  — . 
G.  GBISTATELLA,  Cham.— Cin.  Quar.  Jour.  Sci.  ii.  241. 
G.  GBISTIFASGIELLA,  (3ham. — Ante,  p. 
G.  GUEVILINBELLA,  Cham— Can.  Ent.  iv.  172. 
G.  10  MAGULELLA,  Cham. — Cin.  Quar.  Jour.  Sci.  ii.  290.— Hayd.  Bui. 

Geo.  Sur.  iii.  pt.  1, 128. 
G.  DEPBESSOSTBIGELLA,  Cham.— Can.  Ent.  vi.  236.— Cin.  Qn^.  Jour. 

Sci.  ii.  255. 
G. t  DETEBSELL A,  Clem.— Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  40,  116,  225.— Proc  Acad. 

Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  1860, 164. 
G.  DIFFIGILISELLA,  Cham.— Can.  Ent.  iv.  192;  v.  186, 187, 185,  229. 
(Evagora  diffidlisella,  Cham.) — Can.  Ent.  iv.  66. 
(Taygete  difficilutellay  Cham.) — Can.  Ent.  v.  231;  vii.  106;  viii.  1ft 


CHAMBERS:   INDEX  TO  TINEINA.  143 

O.  DXSOOANULELLA,  Chain. — Cin.  Qnar.  Joar.  Sci.  ii.  254. 

O.  DiSGOMAGULELLA,  Cham. — Cau.  Ent.  iv.  172. — Cin.  Qaar.  Jonr.  Sci. 

ii.  239. 
G.  DiSGONOTBLLA,  Cham. — Ant€j  86. 
G.  DisooooBLLA,  Cham. — Can.  Ent.  iv.  194 ;  vi.  231. — Cin.  Qaar.  Joar. 

Soi.  ii.  237. 
G.  DiscosTBiGBLLA,  Cham. — Cin.  Qaar.  Joar.  Sci.  ii.  248. 
G.  DOHSiviTTELLA,  Zell.— Bei.  z.  Kennt.  1873,  67. 

(Teleia  dorsivittella  — Ibid.) 
G.  (CbyptoleohiaI)  dubitella. 

(Dq^essaria  dubitellaj  Cham.) — Can.  Ent.  iv.  90  ei  seq.  128, 147; 

vi.  221. 
G.  BLBGANTELLA,  Cham. — (^an.  Ent.  vi.  239;  ix.  23.    (Erroneously  by 

MS.  name  superbella^  Can.  Ent.  vii.  32.) 

G.  FLAVOGOSTELLA. 

(Trichotaphe  flavocostellaj  Clem.) — ^Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  113, 180. — 

Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  1^00, 162.— Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  Phila. 

i.  131.— Bei.  z.  Kennt.  1873,  79. 
G.  FLBXUEELLA,  Clem. — Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  115,  225. — Proc.  Acad.  Nat 

Sci.  Phila.  1860,  163.— Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  Phila.  ii.  122. 
G.  FBAGMENTELLA,  Zell. — Bei.  z.  Kennt.  1873,  71. 

{Poecilia  fragmentella.) 
G.  FULLONELLA,  Zell. — Bei.  z.  Kennt.  1873,  76. 

( Ceratophara  fuUonella,) 
G.  FUNOIVOBELLA,  Clem. — ^Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  261. — Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  Phila. 

iii.  507 ;  vi.  273.— Guide,  350. 
G.  FUSGOLUTEELLA,  Cham. 

(Bepressaria  fuscoluteella,  Cham.) — Can.  Ent.  iv.  106,  129, 147. 
G.  FUSGOMAGULELLA,  Cham. — Can.  Ent.  iv.  170. 
G.  FUSGOOGHBELLA,  Cham. 

{Depresaaria  fuscoochrellaj  Cham.) — Can.  Ent.  iv.  106, 128, 147, 

148. 
G.  FUSGOPALLiDELLA,  Cham. 

(Sinoefuscopallidellay  Cham.) — Can.  Ent.  v.  231 ;  vii.  105;  ix.  24- 
G.  FUSGOPULVELLA,  Cham.— Can.  Ent.  iv.  170. — Cin.  Quar.  Jour.  ii.  245. 
G.  FUSGOPUNGTELLA,  Clem. — Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  218, 225. — Proc.  Ent.  Soc. 

Phila.  ii.  12,  121. 
G.  FUSGOT-fflNiAELLA,  Cham. — Ante^  89. 
G.  GALL^GENITELLA,  Clem. — ^Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  242, 259. — Proc.  Ent.  Soc. 

Phila.  ii.  420 ;  iii.  506 ;  vi.  273. 
G.  GALLiESOLTDAGiNis,  Riley. — Rcp.  Nox.  Ins.  Mo.  n.  1,  173 ;  n.  2,  20, 

132, 134.— Can.  Ent.  viii.  19 ;  ix.  14.— Cin.  Qaar.  Jour.  Sci.  ii. 

289.— Hayd.  Bui.  Geo.  Sur.  iii.  pt.  1,  28,  141. 
G.  GEMINELLA,  Lin.— Can.  Ent.  iii.  195  (f  gemmella). 
G.  GBLVOLiWEELLA,  Clem. — Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  223  et  seq.  —Proc.  Ent.  Soc 

Phila.  ii.  119  etseq. 


144  BULLETIN    UmTED   STATES   GEOLOGICAL   SUB  VET. 

G.  GILVOMACULELLA,  Clem. — ^Tio.  Nor.  Amer.  219, 225. — Proc.  Ent  Soc. 

Phila.  ii.  12,  121. 
G.  GiLVOSOOPELLA,  Zell. — Bei.  z.  Kennt.  1873,  66. 

(Telda  gilwscopella.) 
(O,  glandulella^  iiiley,  vid.  Blastobasis  glandulella.) 
G.  GLANDU'EEELLA,  Zell.— Bei.  z.  Keunt.  1873,  75. 

(O.  sella,  Cham.)— Can.  Ent.  vi.  238;  ix.  14,  23. 
G.  GLEDiTSCHi^ELLA,  Cham. — ^CuD.  Ent.  X.  p.  — . 

(Helice  (Oelechia)  pallidochrellaj  Cham. — Can.  Ent.  v.  188,  220; 
vii.  105;ix.  15;  x.  231.) 
G.  GLOCHINELLA,  Zell. — Bei.  z.  Kennt.  1873,  63. 
G.  GLTCYRBHIZJBELLA,  Cham. — Hajd.  Bnl.  Geo.  Snr.  iii.  124. 
G.  GBISELLA,  Cham. — Can.  Ent.  iv.  171. 
G.  GEISSEELLA,  Cham. 

(Parasiaf  grisseellaj  Cham.) — Can.  Ent.  iv.  88. 
G.  GBISSEFASOIELLA,  Cham. — Cin.  Qnar.  Jonr.  Sol.  ii.  253. 
G.  GBISSEOGHBELLA,  Cham. — Cin.  Quar.  Jonr.  Sci.  ii.  247. 
G.  HEBMANELLA,  Fab. — Nat.  Hidt  Tin.  ix.  263. — Can.  Ent.  iv.  67,  169, 

173;  x.  p.  — . — Ent.  Mo.  Mag.  xi.  279. 
G.  IN^QUEPULVELLA,  Cham. — Cin.  Qnar.  Jonr.  Sci.  ii.  239. 
G.  mNOCUELi^A,  Zell. — Bei.  z.  Kennt  1873,  49. 

( TachypHlia  innocuella,) 
G.  INTEBMEDIELLA,  Cham. — Ante,  89. 
G.  JUNCIDELLA,  Clem. 

(Trickotaphe  juncidelloy  Clem.)— Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  122. — Proc. 
Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  1860,  166. 
G.  LABBADOBIGA,  Moeschler. — Can.  Ent.  iv.  125. 
G.  LABBADOBIELLA,  Clem. — Nat.  Hist  Tin.  220, 224, 239— Proc.  Ent.  Soc. 

Phila.  ii.  12,  120. 
G.  LACTEUSOCHBELLA,  (3ham. — Cin.  Quar.  Jour.  Sci.  ii.  244. 
G.  LACTiFLOSELLA,  Cham. — Antey  89. 
G.  LATIFASCIELLA,  Cham. — Cin.  Quar.  Jour.  Sci.  ii.  251. 
G.  LiTUBOSELLA,  Zell. — Bei.  z.  Keunt.  1873,  65. 

(Lita  Uturosella.) 
G.  LEUCONOTA,  Zell.— Bei.  z.  Kennt.  1873,  68. 

(Teleia  leuconota.) 
G.  LOKGiFASCiELLA,  Clem. — Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  219,  225. — Proc.  Ent  Soc 
Pbila.  ii.  12, 122. 

(Telphtisa  curvhtrigella,  Cham.)— Can.  Ent.  iv.  132.  174. 
G.  LYNCEELLA,  Zell. — Bei.  z.  Kennt.  1873,  55. 
G.  MACULATUSELLA,  Cham. — Cin.  Quar.  Jour.  Sci.  ii.  245. 
G.  MACULOMABGINELLA,  Cham. — Can.  Ent.  vi.  241. 
G.  MABMOBELLA,  Cham. — Cin.  Quar.  Jour.  Sci.  ii.  239. 
G.  MEDIOFUSCELLA,  Clem. — Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  218,  224. — Proc.  Ent.  Soc. 

Phila.  ii.  11,  121. 
G.  MiLLEBiELLA,  Cham. — Cin.  Qnar.  Jour.  Sci.  ii.  253. 


CHAM6EBS:   INDEX  TO   TINEINA.  145 

G.  MIMELLA,  Olem.— Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  IIG,  225.— Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci. 

Phila.  1860, 163.— Proo.  Ent  Soc.  Phila.  ii.  121. 
G.  MINIMMAOULELLA,  Cham. — Can.  Ent.  vi.  235. 
G.  MiNDCELLA,  Cham. — Can.  Ent.  vi.  243. 
G.  MONUMENTELLA,  Cham.— Hajd.  Bul.Geo.  Sur.  i.  11, 125. 
6.  MULTiMACULELLA,  Cham.— An^e,  89. 
G.  NiGEATOMELLA,  Clem.— Tin.  Nor.  Araer.  217, 224, 260. — Proc.  Ent. 

Soc.  Phila.  ii.  11,  121 ;  iii.  507. 
G.  NIGBELLA,  Cham.— Ciu.  Qnar.  Jour.  Sci.  ii.  250,  252. 
G.  NIVEOPULVELLA,  Cham.— Can.  Ent.  vii.  210. 
G.  NTJNDINELLA,  Zell.— Bci.  z.  Kennt.  1873,  56. 
G.  OBLIQUISTBIGELLA,  Cham.— Can.  Ent.  iv.  175;  ix.  24;  x.  p.  — . 

{Anarsia  obliquistrigella^  Cham.) — Can.  Ent.  iv,  65. 
G.  OBSCURELLA,  Cham. — Can.  Ent.  iv.  170. 
G.  OBSCTJEOSUFFUSELLA,  Cham.— Ante,  90. 
G.  OBSCUBOOGELELLA,  Cham. — Cin.  Quar.  Jour.  Sci.  ii.  254. 
G.  OBSGUBUSELLA,  Cham. 

(Bepressaria  obscuruaella^  Cham.) — Can.  Ent.  iv.  106, 128  et  seq. 

148  et  8€q. 
G.  OGCIDENTELLA,  Cham. — Cin.  Qaar.  Jonr.  Sci.  ii.  246. 
G.  OGELELLA,  Cham. — Hayd.  Bnl.  Geo.  Sur.  iii.  pt.  1, 125. 
G.  OCHBEOCOSTELLA,  Cham.— Ante,  91. 
G.  OGHBEOFUSGELLA,  Cham. — Ciu.  Qnar.  Jour.  Sci.  ii.  249. 
G.  OCHKEOSUFFUSELLA,  Cham. — Cin.  Qnar.  Jour.  Sci.  ii.  255. 
G.  OGHBEOSTBIGELLA,  Cham. — Ciu.  Qnar.  Jour.  Sci.  ii.  247. — Ante,  p.  — . 

G.  OGHBIPALPELLA,  Zell. 

(Trichoiaphe  ochripalpellaj  Zell.) — Bei.  z.  Kennt. ,1873,  79. 
G.  OOTOMAGULELLA,  Cham.— Ciu.  Quar.  Jour.  Sci.  ii.  291. 

G.  OLYMPIADELLA,  Zell. 

{Bryotrapha  olympiadella^  Zell.) — Bei.   z.  Kennt.   1873,    59. — 

Can.  Ent.  ix.  23. 
G.  OPEBGULELLA,  Zell.— Bei.  z.  Kennt.  1873,  62. 
G.  OBNA'JiFraBRiELLA,  Clem.— Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  242.— Proc.  Ent.  Soc 

Phila.  ii.  420. 
G.  PAGKABDELLA,  Cham.— Hayd.  Bui.  Geo.  Sur.  iii.  143. 
G.  PALLTDEGBISSEELLA,  Cham.— Can.  Ent.  vi.  237. 

G.  PALLIDOGHBELLA,  Cham. 

(Depressaria  pallidochrella^  Cham.)— Can.  Eut.  iv.  126,  129, 147. 
G.  PALLiDEROSAGBLLA,  Cham.— Anff,  90. 
G.  PALPIALBBLLA,  Cham.— Cin.  Quar.  Jour.  Sci.  ii.  253. 
G.  PALPI ANULELLA,  Cham.- Can.  Ent.  iv.  68. 

G.  PALPiLiNEELLA,  Cham.— Cin.  Quar.  Jour.  Sci.  ii.  252.— Ante,  p.  — . 
G.  PABVlPULVELLA,Cham.— Can.Ent.vi  242.— Cin.Quar.  Jour.Sci.ii.228. 
G.  PBDMOKTELLA,  Cham.— Hajd.  Bui.  Geo.  Sur.  Iii.  123. 
G.  (DOBYPHOBA)  PiSGiPALis,  Zell.— Bei.  z.  Kennt.  1873,  77. 
G.  PHYSALIELLA,  Cham.— Can.  Ent.  iv.  173.— Cin.  Quar.  Jour.  Sci.  ii. 

238.^Hayd.  Bnl.  Geo.  Sur.  iii.  128. 
Ball.  iv.  Ko.  1—10 


146  BULLETIN  UNITED   STATES   GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY. 

G.  PHYSALIVORELLA,  Cham.— Cin.  Quar.  Jour.  Sci.  ii.  238. 
G.  PLUTELLA,  Cham. — Can.  Ent.  vi.  238. 
G.  PRAVINOMINELLA,  Cham. 

(O.  ^maculellaj  Cham.) — Can.  Ent.  x.  p.  — . — Cin.  Qaar.  Joar. 
Sci.  ii.  290.— Hayd.  Bui.  Geo.  Sur.  iii.  128.    ( Vid.  ^k-maculeUa.) 
G.  PRUNIFOLIELLA,  Cham. 

{Evippe  prunifoliella^  Cham.) — Can.  Ent.  v.  180;  vii.  lOo;  ix.  23. 
G.  PSEUDACACIELLA,  Cham. 

{Depressaria  psetidacadella,  Cham.) — Can.  Ent.  iv.  0,  107,  129, 
147, 148.— Cin.  Quar.  Jour.  Sci.  i.  208. 
G.  PUDIBUNDELLA,  Zell. — Bel.  z.  Kennt.  1873,  73. 
G.  PULLIFIMBRIELLA,  Clem.— Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  223,  225. — Proc.  Ent. 

Soc.  Phila.  ii.  120,  121.— Can.  Ent.  ix.  23. 
G.  PULLUSELLA,  Cham. — Can.  Ent.  vi.  237. 
G.  PUNCTIFERELLA,  Clem. — ^Tiu.  Nor.  Amer.  222,  224 — Proc  Ent  Soc. 

Phila.  ii.  119,  120. 
G.  QUADRDiAOULBLLA,  Cham.— Can  Ent.  vi.  237.     {Non  Amaculellaf 

Cin.  Quar.  Jour.  Sci.  ii.  29,  vid,  pravinaminella.) 
{O,  qtiinellay  Zell. — Bei.  z.  Kennt.  1873, 60.    Var.  cercetisella. — Can.  Ent. 

vi.  230  etseq.;  ix.  23.) 
G.  QUERGINIGR^ELLA,  Cham. — Can.  Ent  Iv.  170. 
G.  QUEEOIFOLIELLA,  Cham. 

{Depresaaria  bicoatomaculella,  Cham.) — Can.  Ent.  iv.  127,  128, 

129, 147,  148. 
Adrasteia  quercifoliellay  Cham. — Can.  Ent  iv.  206. 
PsoHcoptera  gibbosella^  Stainton.— Can.  Ent  v.  72, 174. 
G.  QUERorvoRELLA,  Cham. — Can.  Ent  iv.  173. 
O.  QUERCIELLA,  Cham. 

[Depreasaria  querciella^  Cham.) — Can.  But  iv.  127,  147. 
{Adrasteia  querciella^  Cham.) — Can.  Ent  iv.  207. 
O.  QUINQUEANULELLA,  Cham. — Can.  Ent.  iv.  191. 
G.  QUiNQUEORiSTATELLA,  Cham. — An^c,  2S. 

G.  RHOIFRUCTELLA,  Clem.— Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  40, 114, 225. — Proc.  Acad. 
Nat  Sci.  Phila.  1800,  163.— Proc.  Ent  Soc.  Phila.  ii.  121.— 
Can.  Ent.  iv.  68.— Bei.  z.  Kennt  May,  1873,  52. 
G.  RIBESELLA,  Cham. — Cin.  Quar.  Jour.  Sci.  ii.  29. — Hayd.  Bui.  Geo. 
Sur.  iii.  pt  1, 128. 

G.  t  ROBINIELLA. 

{Anacampaia  robiniella^  Fitch.) — Rep.  v.  334. — Can.  Ent  iii.  65, 
67, 163, 183.— Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  208. 
G.  ROSEOSUFFUSELLA,  Clem.— Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  40,  113,  225.— Proc. 
Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  1860,  162.— Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  Phila.  ii. 
121.— Cham,  in  Can.  Ent  iv.  69, 148, 169, 193;  vi.  231;  ix. 
14 ;  Cin.  Quar.  Jour.  Sci.  ii.  290 ;  Hayd.  Bui.  Geo.  Sur.  iii. 
pt.  1, 125, 141.— Murt  in  Can.  Ent.  vi.  222.— Zell.  in  Bei.  z. 
Kennt.  1873,  72. 


chambers:  index  to  tineina.  147 

G.  BUBENSELLA,  Cham.— Can.  Ent.  iv.  40, 193.— Murt.  in  Can.  Eat.  vi. 

223.    ( Vid.  ante  8ub  O.  intermediella.) 
G.  UUBIDELLA,  Clem.— Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  40, 115,  225.— Proc.  Acad.  Nat. 

Sci.  Phila.  1860, 1G3.— Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  Phila.  ii.  121. 
G.  UUFUSELLA,  Cham. — Can.  Ent.  vi.  240. 
G.  SAPHARINELLA,  Cham.— Cin.  Quar.  Jour.  Sci.  ii.  250 

G.  t  SABCITELLA,  Har. 

(Anacampsis  sarcitellaj  Har.) — Treat.  Ins.  493. 
G.  SALiciFUNGiELLA,  Clem. — Tin,   Nor.  Amer.  263. — Proc.  Ent.  Soc. 

Phila.  iii.  508 ;  vi.  273. 
G.  SAUNDEBSELLA,  Cham. — Can.  Ent.  viii.  173. 
G.  SCUTELLABI-^ELLA,  Cham. — Can.  Ent.  v.  175. 
((?.  sellaj  Cham.=6.  glandiferella^  Zell.  g.  t?.) 
G.  SEQUAX,  Haw. — Nat.  Hist.  Tin.  x.  70. — ^Bei.  z.  Kennt.  1873,  65. 
G.  SEBBATIPALPELLA,  Cham. — Hajd.  Bui.  Geo.  Sur.  iii.  123. 

G.  SEBBATIVITTELLA,  Zell. 

[TrichotapJie  serrativUtella^  Zell.)— Bei.  z.  Kennt.  1873,  80.— 
Can.  Ent.  is.  24. 
G.  SETOSELLA,  Clem. 

( TrichotapJie  setosellaj  Clem.) — ^Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  121. — ^Proc.  Acad. 
Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  1860,  166. 
G.  sniPLiciELLA,  Cham. — Cin  Quar.  Jour.  Sci.  ii.  238. 
(O.  Hmiliella^  Cham.  =  O.  solaniiellaj  post) 
G.  SOLANIIELLA,  Cham. 

((?.  similiellaj  Cham.) — Can.  Ent.  iv.  193;  v.  176;  x.  p.  — . — Cin, 
Quar.  Jour.  Sci.  ii.  238,  239.— Hay d.  Bui.  Geo.  Sur.  iii.  143. 
G.  SUBBUBEBELLA,  Cham. — Can.  Ent.  vi.  240. — Cin.Quar.  Jour.  Sci.  ii.  254. 
G.  SUFPUSELLA,  Cham. — Can.  Ent.  iv.  171. 
G.  SYLV-ECOLELLA,  Cham. — Ante,  86. 
G.  TEPHBIASELLA,  Cham.— Can.  Ent.  iv.  68. 
G.  TEBNABIELLA,  Zell.— Bei.  z.  Kennt.  1873,  64. 

{Lita  ternariella.) 
G.  THOBAGEALBELLA,  Cham. — Can.  Ent.  vi.  235. 
G.  THOBACEOCHBELLA,  Cham. — Can.  Ent.  iv.  169, 170. 
G.  THOBAGEFASGiELLA,  Cham.— Ciu.  Quar.  Jour.  Sci.  ii.  246. — Can.  Ent. 

X.  p.  — . 
G.  THOBAGENiGBiBELLA,  Cham.— Cin.  Quar.  Jour.  Sci.  ii.  246. 
G.  THOBAGESTBIGELLA,  Cham. — Ciu.  Quar.  Jour.  Sci.  ii.  245. 
G.  TBIALBAMAGULELLA,  Cham. — Ciu.  Quar.  Jour.  Sci.  ii.  250  et  seq, 
G.  TBIFASGIELLA,  Cham.— Ciu.  Quar.  Jour.  Sci.  ii.  252. — Can.  Eut.  vii.  23, 
G.  TBILINEELLA,  Cham.— Hayd.  Bui.  Geo.  Sur.  iii.  125. 
G.  TBIMAGULELLA,  Cham. — Can.  Ent.  vi.  238. 
G.  TBIOGBLELLA,  Cham. — Hayd.  Bui.  Geo.  Sur.  iii.  127. — Ante^  87. 
G.  UNGTULBLLA,  Zell.— Bel.  z.  Kennt.  1873,  57. 

G.  YAGATIOELLA,  Cham. 

{JSidothea  vagaiioella^  Cham.)— Can.  Ent.  v.  187,  229;  vii.  105. 


148     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

G.  viOLACEO-FUSCA,  Zell. — Bei.  z.  Kennt  1873,  68. 
G.  VARiiELLA,  Cham. — Cau.  Eut.  iv.  174. 
G.  YEBSUTELLA,  Zell. — Bel.  z.  Kennt.  1873,  53. 
G.  WACOELLA,  Cham. — Can.  Bnt.  vi.  237. 

GLAUOE.    (Chambers.)    (=  /  Qelechia^  par%.) 

G.  PECTEN-AL^ELLA,  Cham.— Can.  Ent  vii.  12. 

GLYPHIPTERYX. 

G.  niPiGRiTELLA,  Clem. — Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  214. — Proc.  Ent  Soc.  Phila. 

ii.  9.— Cin.  Quar.  Jour.  8ci.  il.  234. 
G.  EXOPTALELLA,  Cham. — Ciu.  Quar.  Jour.  Sci.  ii.  234,  293. 
G.  MONTISELLA,  Cham. — Cin.  Quar.  Jour.  Sci.  ii.  292. — Hayd.  Bui.  Geo. 

Bur.  iii.  129, 143, 149.— Can.  Ent  ix.  14. 

GRACILARIA.    (Haw.) 

G.  AOERIFOLIELLA,  Cham. — Cin.  Quar.  Jour.  Sci.  ii.  299. — Hayd.  Bnl. 

Geo.  Sur.  iii.  132. 
G.  ALNIOOLELLA,  Cham. — Cin.  Quar.  Jour.  Sci.  ii.  299. — ^Hayd.  Bui. 

Geo.  Sur.  iii.  132. 
G.  ALNIVORELLA,  Cham. — Cin.  Quar.  Jour.  Sci.  ii.  298. — Can.  Ent.  ix. 

15.— Hayd.  Bui.  Geo.  Sur.  iii.  133. 
G.  ASTERicoLA,  Fiey  &  Boll. — S.  E.  Z.  xxxiv.  204. — Cin.  Quar.  Jour. 

Sci.  ii.  200. 
G.  ATOMOSELLA,  Zell. — Bei.  z.  Kennt.  1873, 109. 
G.  BOSQUELLA,  Cham. — Can.Ent.  viii.  33. — Hayd.  Bui.  Geo.  Sur.  iii.  132. 
G.  ?  BEHRENSELLA,  Cham. — Can.  Ent.  viii.  32. 
G.  BELFRAGEELLA,  Cham. — Can.  Ent.  vii.  92. 
G.  BLANDELLA,  Zell. — Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  257. — Proc.  Ent  Soc  Phila.  iii. 

505 ;  V.  145.— Can.  Ent  v.  13,  47. 
G.  BURGESSIELLA,  Zell.— Bei.  z.  Kennt.  1873, 107. 
G.  CORONIELLA,  Clem.— Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  243. — Proc.  Ent  Soc.  Phila.  ii. 

421 ;  V.  145. 
G.  12-LiNEELLA,  Cham. — Can.  Ent.  iv.  11 ;  ix.  124. 
G.  DESMODIFOLIELLA,  Clem.— Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  268  et  «cg. — Proc  Ent 

Soc.  Phila.  V.  145. 
(G.  violacellaj  Clem.)— Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  1860,  7.— 

Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  93. — Cham,  in  Can.  Ent  iv.  26;  v.  46;  Cin. 

Quar.  Jour.  Sci.  i.  203.— Zell.  in  Bei.  z.  Kennt  1873, 108. 
(G.  elegantellaj  Frey  &  Boll,  vid.  O,  paohardellaj  post) 
G.  ERIGBRONELLA,  Cham. 

{O.  plantaginisellay  Cham.) — Can.  Ent.  iv.  10;  v.  46.) 

O.  geiella^  MS.  name — error.) — Cin.  Quar.  Jour.  ScL  i.  200.— 

Can.  Ent  ix.  127. 
(&.  eupatoriiellaj  Cham.,  t=  &.  venustellay  Clem,  post) 


CHAMBEBS:   INDEX   TO   TIMEINA.  149 

G.  FALCONIPENNELLA,  Hub. — Bei.  z.  Kennt.  1873, 107. 
G.  FASCiELLAy  Cham. 

{Aesyle  fasciellay  Gbam.) — Gin.  Qaar.  Joar.  Sci.  ii.  97. — Can. 

Ent.  vii.  93  j  ix.  123, 194. 
G.  FULGIDELLA,  Clem.— Tiu.  Nor,  Amer.  92.— Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci. 

Phila.  1860,  O.—Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  Phila.  v.  145.— Can.  Ent.  x. 

p.—. 
(6.  geiella^  vid.  supra  O.  erigeronella.) 
(O.  inornatella^  Cham.) — Can.  Ent.  viii.  31 ;  ix.  194. 

G.  JUGLANDISNIGBJSELLA,  Cham. 

{G.juglandiellUj  Cham.)— Can.  Ent.  iv.  28,  88;  v.  15,  47. 

G.  LESPEDEZ^FOLIELLA,  Clem. 

(Parectopa   lespedezcefollellaj   Clem.) — Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  144. — 

Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  1860,  210.— Cham,  in  Can.  Ent 

iv.  7;  V.  47;  viii.  19;  Hayd.  Bal.  Geo.  Sur.  iii.  132. 
(&.  mirabiliSj  Zell.=  0.  robiniella^  Clem,  post) 
G.  NEGUNDELLA,  Cham. — Can.  Ent.  viii.  18. — Hayd.  Bal.  Greo.  Snr.  iii. 

132. 
G.  PAOEABDELLA,  Cham. — Can.  Ent.  iv.  27 ;  ix.  194. — Cin.  Qaar.  Joar. 

Sci.  i.  200. 
((?.  elegantellay  Frey  &  Boll.) — S.  E.  Z.  xxxiv.  3. — Cin.  Quar. 

Joar.  Sci.  ii.  227. 
{O.  plantaginisella^  vid,  G.  erigeronella.) 
G.  POPULIELLA,  Cham. — Cin.  Qaar.  Joar.  Sci.  ii.  301. — Hayd.  Bal.  Geo. 

Sar.  iii.  13. 
G.  PULCHELLA,  Cham.— Can.  Ent.  vii.  146. 
G.  PUBPUBEBLLA,  Cham.— Can.  Ent.  iv.  27;  v.  46;  ix.  126, 194. 
G.  BnoiFOLEBLLA,  Cham. — Can.  Ent.  viii.  31. 
6.  BiBESELLA,  Cham. — Hayd.  Bal.  Geo.  Sar.  i.  132. 
G.  BOBINIELLA,  Clem.— Can.  Ent.  iii.  87 ;  iv.  7 ;  v.  47 ;  viii.  33. — Hayd. 

Bal.  Geo.  Sar.  iii.  132. 
(Parectopa  robiniellaj  Clem.) — Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  207. — Proc.  Ent. 

Soc.  Phila.  ii.  4. 
(Lithocolletis  gemmeafy  Frey  &  Boll.) — S.  E.  Z.  xxxiv.  218. — Cin. 

Quar.  Joar.  Sci.  i.  206,  339 ;  ii.  227. 
G.  SAUCIFOLIELLA,  Cham. — Can.  Ent.  i v.  25 ;  v.  15, 46, 186. — Cin.  Qaar. 

Joar.  Sci.  i.  340. 
G.  SAUZALITOELLA,  Cham. — Can.  Ent.  viii.  32. 
G.  SASSAFBASELLA,  Cham. — Can.  Ent.  viii.  33. 
G.  STBIGIFINITELLA,  Clem. — Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  92. — Proc.  Acad.  Nat. 

Sci.  Phila.  1860,  6.— Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  Phila.  v.  145. 
G.  SUPBBBIFBONTELLA,  Clem. — Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  91. — Proc.  Acad.  Nat 

Sci.  Phila.  1861,  5.— Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  Phila.  v.  145.— S.  E.  Z. 

xxxiv.  1. — Cin.  Qaar.  Joar.  Sci.  i.  200 ;  ii.  226. 
G.  THEBMOPSELLA,  Cham. — Cin.  Quar.  Joar.  Sci.  ii.  300. — Hayd.  Bal. 

Geo.  Sar.  iii.  132. 


150     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOQICAL  SUBVET. 

O.  VBNUSTELLA,  Clem.— TiD.  Nor.  Amer.  92,  216.— Proc.  Acad.  Nat 
Sci.  Pbila.  1860,  6.— Proc.  Ent  Soc.  Phila.  ii.  10 ;  v.  145. 
{O.  eupatoriiella^  Cham.) — Can.  Ent  iv.  9;  v.  44,  46. 
{G.  violacelUiy  Clem.  vid.  O.  desmodifoliellay  Clem.) 

(HAGNO.    Chambers.) 

(J7.  cryptolechiceella  Cham,  aud  H.  faginella  Cham,  referred  to  Crypto* 

lechia.) 

HAMADBYAS.    Clemeus. 

H.  BASSBTTELLA,  Clem.— Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  246.— Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  Phila. 
ii.  423. — CaD.  Ent.  vi.  231 ;  x.  p.  — , — Cin.  Quar.  Jour.  Sci.  ii. 
115. 

UABPALYCE.    Cham,  (won  Steph.). 

H.  ALBELLA,  Cham. — Can.  Ent.  vi.  235. 
H.  OANUSELLA,  Cham.— Can.  Ent.  vi.  235. 

H.  TOBTEICELLA,  Cham. — Can.  Ent  vi.  235.— Hajd.  Bui.  Geo.  Bur.  iii. 
122, 141. 

(HEBIBEIA.) 

{H,  incertellay  Cham.  vid.  Argiape  dorsimaculella.) 

(nELICE.    Chambers.) 

{H.  pallidochrellay  Cham.  vid.  Oelechia  gleditschiceellaj  Cham.) 

HELIOZELLA.    (Her.Sch.) 

H.  JQSELLA,  Cham. — Can.  Ent.  ix.  108. 

H.  GBAGiLis,  Zell. — Bei.  z.  Kennt.  1873, 114. 

(OOMOSETIA.    Clemens.) 

{H.  tricingulatella,  Clem.  vid.  Tinea  tricingulatella.) 
(H.  costisignellay  Clem.  vid.  Tinea  costisignella,) 

HYALE.    Chambers. 

H.  COBYLIELLA,  Cham. — Cin.  Quar.  Jour.  Sci.  ii.  242  (1=  Menestra  tor- 
iriciformella  Clem.) 

HYBBOMA.    Clemens. 

n.  SERVULELLA,  Clcm. — Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  187. — ^Proc.  Ent  Soc.  Pbila. 

i.  137. 

HYPONOMEDTA.    (Zeller.) 

H.  AnciPUNOTELLA,  Cham.— Cau.  Ent  vii.  8. 
II.  KVONYMELLA,  Cham. 

(H.  orbimacukllay  Cham.) — Can.  Ent.  iv.  42;  v.  12. 


CHABiBERS:   INDEX  TO   TINEINA.  151 

H.  LONOIMAGULELLA,  Cham. — Can.  Ent.  iv.  43. 

H.  MULTIPUNCTELLUS,  Clem. — Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  95. — Proc.  Acad.  Nat. 

Sci.  Phila,  1860,  8.— Cau.  Ent.  iv.  42.— Guide,  348  (as  mille' 

punctellus), — Bei.  z.  Kennt.  1873,  28. 
11.  QUINQUEPUNCTELLA,  Cham. — Can.  Ent  vii.  7. 
H.  WAKARUSA,  Ganmer. — Observer  of  Nature,  p.  —  (!  =  evonymella). 
H.  ZELLEBIELLA,  Cham. — Ante^  80. 

HYPATIMA. 

JI.  SUBSENSELLA,  Zell. — Bei.  z.  Kennt.  1873, 102. 
H.  GONFEGTELLA,  Zell. — Bel.  z.  Kennt.  1873, 103. 

INC  URV  ARIA. 

* 

1.  AGERiFOLiBLLA,  Fitch. — ^Tiu.  Nor.  Amer.  90. — Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci. 
Phila.  1860,  5. 
(Omix  acerifoliella^  Fitch.)— Eep.Nox.  Ins.  pta.  1  and  2,  269. — 
Ont.  Rep.  1873,  42.  • 
I.  IBIDELLA,  Cham. 

(Tinea  iridella^  Cham.) — Can.  Ent.  v.  86. 
1.  LABRADORELLA,  Clem. — ^Tiu.  Nor.  Amer.  238.— Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  Phila. 

ii.  416. 
I.  ^lEDiosTRiALELLA,  Clem.— Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  273.— Proc.  Ent.  Soc, 
Phila.  v.  147. 
(Tinea  auristrigellay  Cham.) — Can.  Ent.  v.  86;  ix.  207. 
I.  RUSSATELLA,  Clem. — Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  89.— Proc.  Acad.  Nat. 
Sci.  Phila.  1860,  5. 

(ITHOME.    Chambers.)  =  (PERIMBDE.    Chambers.) 

(7.  unomaculella,  Cham.  =  Perimede  unomaculella^  Cham.,  and  referred 
to  Lavema^  q.  v.) 

LAVERNA. 

L.  1  ALBELLA,  Cham. — Cin.  Quar.  Jour.  Sci.  ii.  295. 

(L,  albocapitella^  Cham.  =  L.  murtfeldtella^  Cham.) 

L.  ALBOPALPELLA,  Cham. — Cin.  Quar.  Jour.  Sci.  ii.  295. 

L.  BiFASCiELLA,  Cham.— Can.  Ent.  viii.  158. 

L.  CEPHALANTHIELLA,  Cham. — Can.  Ent  iii.  221;  vii.  53;  x.  p.—. 

L.  ciRCUMSGRiPTELLA,  Zell.— Bei.  z.  Kennt.  1873,  112.— Can.  Ent.  x. 

p.—. 
L.  t  COLORADOELLA,  Cham.— Hayd.  Bui.  Geo.  Sur.  iii.  136. 
L.  DEFiNiTELLA,  Zell.— Bei.  z.  Kennt.  1873,  111. 

(X.  unicristatella^  Cham.) — Can.  Ent.  vii.  32;  ix.  74. 
L    ELOiSELLA,  Clem.— Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  131.— Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci. 

Phila.  1860, 171.— Can.  Ent  ix.  74. 
L.  t  EBBANSELLA,  Cham. 

(Perimede erransellay  Cham.)— Can.  Ent  vi.  62;  vii.  52;  ix.  147;  , 
x.p.  — . 


152  BULLETIN  UNITED   8TATES  GEOLOGICAL   BUR  VET. 

L,t  fuscocHstatella^  Cham.  rid.  Nara  fu^cocristatella^  Cham.) 

L.f  IGNOBILISELLA,  Gbam. — Can.  Ent.  vii.  33,  51 ;  x.  p.  — . 

L.f  GLEDiTSOni^ELLA,  Gbam. — Can.  Ent.  viii.  135,  171 ;  x.  p.  232. 

L  GBANDiSELLAfCham. — Ciu.  Qaar.  Jour.  Sci.  ii.  296. — Hayd.  Bui.  Geo. 

Sar.  iii.  144. 
(£.  grisseelUij  Gbam.  rid.  L.  murt/eldtella,) 
L.  LUCIFERELLA,  Glem.— Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  130. — Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci. 

Phila.  1860,  171. 
L.f  MAGNATELLA. — ^Can.  Ent.  ix.  73. 

(L.f  cenotherceellaj  Gbam.) — Gan.  Ent.  vii.  30. 
{Phyllocnistis  mugnatella^  Zell.) — Bei.  z.  Kcnut.  1873,  115. 
L.  MISGBGGLOBELLA,  Gbam.^Gan.  Ent.  vii.  51. — Hayd.  Bnl.  Geo.  Snr. 

iii.  144. 
L.  MURTFELDTELLA,  Gham.^Giu.  Quar.  Jonr.  Sci.  ii.  237;  viii.  159;  ix. 

13;  X.  p.  — . 
(L.  albocapitellay  Gbam.) — Gan.  Ent.  vii.  33. — Hayd.  Bui.  Geo. 

Sur.  iii.  144. 
(L.  grisseella^  Gbam.) — Gin.  Quar.  Jour.  Sci.  ii.  295. — Hayd. 

Bui.  Geo.  Sur.  iii.  141. 
L.f  OBSCURUSELLA,  Gbam.— Gan.  Ent.  vii.  53;  x.  p.  — . 
L.  CBNOTHER^SEMINELLA,  Gbam.— Gan.  Ent.  viii.  138;  x.  p.  — . 
L.f  PABVICRISTATELLA,  Gbam. — Gan.  Ent.  vii.  34, 
L.  RUFOCRISTATELLA,  Gbam.— Gan.  Eitt  vii.  33. 
(L.  unicristatellay  Gbam.  vid.  L.  definit^llaj  Zell.) 
L.  UNIFASCIELLA,  Gbam. — Gan.  Ent.  viii.  159  (var.l  murt/eldtella). 

LEDGANTHIZA.    (Glemens.) 

L.  AMPHICARPE-EFOLIELLA,  Glem. — ^Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  85,  87-88. — Proc. 
Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Pbila.  18.>9,.328.— Can.  Ent.  iii.  162;  x.  p.—. 
(L.  saundersella,  Gbam.) — Can.  Ent.  iii.  205. 
(L.  ornatelUij  Gbam.  v^id.  LitJiocolletis  ornatella,  Gbam.) 

LEUCOPHRYNE.    (Cbambers.) 

(Perhaps  this  might  be  included  in  Laverna.) 

L.  TRICRISTATELLA,  Gbam. — Can.  Ent.  vii.  211. 

LITHARIAPTEUYX.     (Cbambers.) 

L.  ABRONi^ELLA,  Gbam. — Gan.  Ent.  viii.  217. — Hayd.  Bnl.  Geo.  Son 

iii.  124, 149. 

(LITA.) 

(L.  temariella  and  L.  lituroaella  referred  to  QeleeJUa.) 

LITHGGGLLETIS.*    (Zeller.) 

L.  ACERIELLA,  Glem. — Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  05,  75.— Proc.  Acad.  Nat  Sci. 
1859,  319,  323.— Can.  Ent.  iii.  130. 

•  Vid.  Pysche,  Jaoaary,  ltJ78. 


CHAMBERS:    INDEX  TO   TINEINA.  153 

L.  ^NiGMATELLA,  Frej  &  BoU.— S.  E.  C.  xxxiv.  210.—Cin.  Quar.  Joar. 

Sci.  i.  206. 
L.  MRiFKRBijLkj  Clem. — ^TiD.  Nor.  Amer.  64, 68. — Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci. 

Phila.  1859,  318,  320.— Can.  Eut.  iii.  183.~Cin.  Quar.  Jour. 

Sci.  ii.  104. 
(L.  CBSculiseUa^  Cham.  var.  guttifinitella. — Can.  Ent.  iii.  111.^ 
L.  ALBANOTELLA,  Cham. — ^CiD.  Quar.  Joar.  Sci.  ii.  101. 
L.  ALNEBLLAf,  Zell.— S.  E.  Z.  xxxiv.  210.— Cin.  Quar.  Jour.  Sci.  i.  201; 

ii.  229.— Nat.  Hist.  Tin.  v.  211. 
{L.  mariceella^  Cham.) — Can.  Ent.  iv.  99. 
L.  ALNIYOBELLA,  Cham.— Cin.  Quar.  Jour.  Sci.  ii.  302  — Hayd.  Bui.  Geo. 

Sur.  iii.  139. 
L.  AMBBOSi^BLLA,  Cham. — Can.  Ent.  iii.  127, 183.— Cin.  Quar.  Jour. 

Sci.  i.  205 ;  ii.  230. 
L.  AMOBPH^BLLA,  Cham. — Hayd.  Bui.  Geo.  Sur.  iii.  132,  137. 
L.  AMPHIGABPE^ELLA,  Cham. — Hayd.  Bui.  Geo.  Sur.  iii.  132, 137. 
L.  ALTEBNATA,  Zell.— Bei.  z.  Kennt.  1875,  145. 
L.  ABGENTiFiMBBiELLA,  Clem. — ^Tiu.  Nor.  Amer.  39,  64,   70. — Proc 

Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  1859,  318,  321  —Can.  Ent.  iii.  57,  85, 

182.— Frey  &  Boll  in  S.  E.  Z.  xxxiv.  209.— Cin.  Quar.  Jour. 

Sci.  i.  201,  204 ;  ii.  229. 
L.  ABGENTiNOTELtA,  Clem. — Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  66,  78. — ^Proc.  Acad.  Nat 

Sci. Phila.  1859,  319, 321.— Can.  Ent.  iii.  148 ;  x.  p.  —.—Frey 

&  Boll  in  S.  E.  Z.  xxxiv.  214.— Cin.  Quar.  Jour.  Sci.  i.  202  et 

seq.;  ii.  101. 
L.  ATOMABIELLA,  Zell. — Bei.  z.  Kennt.  1875, 144. 
L.  AUBONITENS,  Frey  &  Boll. — S.  E.  Z.  xxxiv.  216. 
L.  AUSTBALISBLLA,  Cham. — Ante,  1C3. 
L.  BA3ISTBIGELLA,  Clem. — ^Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  39,  65,  6(5,  69.— Proc.  Acad. 

Nat.  Sci.  1859,  319,  321.— Can.  Ent.  iii.  148,  149,  106,  182.— 

Cin.  Quar.  Jour.  Sci.  i.  205. 
L.  BETHUNEELLA,  Cham. — ^Can.  Ent.  iii.  109. — Cin.  Quar.  Jour.  Sci.  ii. 

103.— Can.  Ent.  x.  p.  — . 
L.  BIOOLOBELLA,  Cham.— iinf6,  103. 
L.  BIFASCIELLA,  Cham. — Ante^  101. 
L.  BOSTONICA,  Frey  &  Boll. — S.  E.  Z.  xxxiv.  216.— Cin.  Quar.  Jour.  Sci. 

i.  206 ;  ii.  230. 
L.  CABYiEALBELLA,  Cham.— Can.  Ent.  iii.  58,  85, 182,  206. 
L.  CABYiEFOLiELLA,  Clem.— Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  65,  74. — Proc.  Acad.  Nat. 

Sci.  Phila.  1859,  319,  323.— Can.  Ent.  iii.  109, 165. 
L.  CASTANE^ELLA,  Cham.— Cin.  Quar.  Jour.  Sci.  109, 165. 
L.  CELTIFOLIELLA,  Cham.— Can.  Ent.  iii.  128 ;  x.  p.  — . 
L.  CELTiSELLA,  Cham.- Cau.  Ent.  iii.  129.— Cin.  Quar.  Jour.  Sci.  i.  201 ; 

X.  p.  — . 
L.  CINCINNATIELLA,  Cham.— Cau.  Ent.  iii.  144, 149.— Cin.  Quar.  Jour. 

Sci.  i.  149.— Ante,  p.  — .  — Hayd.  Bui.  Geo.  iii.  141. 


154  BULLETIN  UZOTED   STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

L.  CONGLGMEBATELLA,  Zell. — Bei.  z.  KeuDt.  1875, 140. 

L.  co^'SIMILELLA,  Frey  &  Boll. — S.  E.  Z.  xxxiv\2l4.— Oin.  Qaar.  Jour. 

Sci.  i.  202. 
L.  GORYLIELLA,  Gbam. — Can.  Ent.  iii.  Ill,  127 ;  x.  p.  — . 
L.  CBAT^GELLA,  Clem. — ^Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  66,  77, 141.— Proc.  Acad.  Nat. 

Sci.  Phila.  1859,  319,  324 ;  1860,  208.— Can.  Ent.  iii.  55,  108, 

166 :  V.  50 ;  vi.  150. — AntCy  p.  — .  — Cin.  Qaar.  Jour.  Sci.  i. 

206,'  201. 
L.  CURVILINEATELLA,  Pack.— Oulde,  354. — Can.  Ent.  iii.  183.    (Not  a 

Lithocolletia  t) 
L.  DESMODiELLA,  Clem. — Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  65,  68. — Proc.  Acad.  Nat  Sci. 

Phila.  1859,  319,  220.— Can.  Ent.  i.  127, 152. 
L.  FITGHELLA,  Clem. — Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  139. — Proc  Acad.  Nat.  Sci. 

Phila.  1860,  207.— Can.  Ent.  iii.  183.— Cin.  Qaar.  Jour.  Sci.  i. 

201.— Guide,  353.— Hayd.  Bui.  Geo.  Sur.  iii.  139.— Can.  Ent. 

X.  p.  — . 
Argyromigea  qiterctfolidlaj  Fitch. — Rep.  6,  sec.  327. 
L.  FUSOOCOSTELLA,  Cham. — Cin.  Qnar.  Jour.  Sci.  ii.  102. 
L.  GEMINATELLA,  Pack. — Guide,  353. — Can.  Ent.  iii.  183.    (Not  a  Litho- 

coUetis  f) 
L.  GEMMEA,  Frey  &  Boll. — S.  E.  Z.  xxxiv.  218.— Cin.  Quar.  Jour.  Sci.  i. 

206  et  8eq.  339 ;  ii.  227. 
L.  GUTTIFINITELLA,  Clem. — ^Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  65,  76.— Proc.  Acad.  Nat. 

Sci.  Phila.  1859,  319,  324.— Can.  Ent.  iii.  110  et  wg.— Cin. 

Quar.  Jour.  Sci.  i.  201  et  seq — AntCj  102. 
L.  HAGENi,  Frey  &  Boll.— 8.  E.  Z.  xxxiv.  208.— Cin.  Quar.  Jour.  Sci.  i. 

201  et  seq.—Ante,  100. 
L.  HAMADRYADBLLA,  Clem.— Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  Qo^  77.— Proc.  Acad.  Nat. 

Sci.  Phila.  1859,  319,  324— Can.  Ent.  iii.  55, 164,  182.— Cin. 

Quar.  Jour.  Sci.  ii.  201  et  seq. 
L.  HELEANITHIVORELLA,  Cham. — Cin.  Quar.  Jour.  Sci.  ii.  100,  230. 
L.  NIDIFICANSELLA,  Pack. — Guide,  354. — Can.  Ent.  iii.  184.    (f  A  Lyo- 

netia.) 
L.  IGNOTA,  Frey  &  Boll.— S.  E.  Z.  xxxiv.  215  — Cin.  Quar.  Jour.  Sci.  i. 

205 ;  ii.  230. 
L.  INTERMEDIA,  Frey  &  Boll. — S.  E.  Z.  xxxiv.  210. — Cin.  Quar.  Jour. 

Sci.  i.  201 ;  ii.  230. 
{L,  jugl^indiellaj  Clem.=X.  caryccfoliellu^  Clem. — ^Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  170. — 

Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  Phila.  i.  81.— Can.  Ent.  iii.  165;  vii.  126;  x. 

p.  —.—Guide,  353.) 
L.  LONGISTRIATA,  Frey  &  Boll. — S.  E.  Z.  xxxiv.  209,  210. — Cin.  Quar. 

Jour.  Sci.  i.  201 ;  ii.  229. 
L.  LUCETIELLA,  Clem. — Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  65,  73. — Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci. 

Phila.  1850,  319,  322.— Can.  Ent.  iii.  56. 
L.  LYsniAcniiEELLA,  Cham. — Cin.  Quar.  Jour.  Sci.  ii.  100. 


CHAMBERS:   INDEX   TO   TINEINA.  155 

L.  LU0IDIC08TELLA,  Clem.— TiD.  Nor.  Amer.  39,  64,  66.— Proc.  Acad. 

Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  1859, 318, 319.— Cin.  Quar.  Joor.  Sci.  ii.  102.— 

Can.  Eot  iii.  57, 182.    (The  statement  that  the  larva  mines 

leaves  of  the  Sycamore  (Platanus)  is  incorrect.) 
(2/.  mariceellay  Cham.  vid.  L.  alnieUaj  Zell.) 
L.  HIBIFIOA,  Frey  &  Boll. — S.  £.  Z.  xxxiv.  212.— Cin.  Qaar.  Joar.  Sci. 

i.  202. 
L.  NECOPINUSELLA,  Cham.^Anto,  100. 
{L.  nonfasciella^  Cham. — Can.  Ent  iii.  108. — Cin.  Qaar.  Joar.  Sci.  i.  201.) 

(This  mast  be  dropped  from  the  list:  there  is  no  sach  species. 

It  was  described  from  varieties  and  old  specimens  of  X.  eel- 

tisella  Cham.) 
L.  OBSCUBicosTELLA,  Clem. — ^Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  64, 71. — Proc.  Acad.  Nat. 

Sci.  Phila.  1850,  318,  321.— Can.  Ent.  iii.  85;  x.  p.  102. 
L.  OBSOLETELLA,  Frey  &  Boll. — S.  E.  Z.  xxxiv.  211. — Cin.  Quar.  Jour. 

Sci.  i.  202. 
L.  OBSTEICTELLA,  Clem. — Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  64,  73. — ^Proc.  Acad.  Nat. 

Sci.  Phila.  1859,  318,  322.— Can.  Ent.  iii.  183.— Ante  102. 
L.  OBNATELLA,  Cham. — Can.  Ent.  iii.  161;  iv.  107;  x.  p.  — . — Cin. Qaar. 

Jour.  Sci.  i.  201  et  seq.  339 ;  ii.  228.— S.  E.  Z.  xxxiv.  217.— 

Bei.  z.  Kennt.  1875, 141. 
{Leucanthiza  ornatella,) — Can.  Ent.  iii.  87,  127. 

L.   OSTEI9SACKENELLA,  Fitch. 

(Argyromiges  oHtensackeneHa^  Fitch.) — Can.  Ent.  iii.  183. — Rep. 

Nox.  Ins.  New  York,  n.  5.  sec.  ^38. 
L.  OSTBY-EFOLIELLA,  Clem. — ^Tiu.  Nor.  Amer.  64,  71. — Proc.  Acad.  Nat. 

Sci.  Phila.  1859,318, 322.— Can. Ent. iii. 85— Cin.  Quar.  Joar. 

Sci.  i.  202. 
(L.  oatryceeUa^  Cham.  var.  L.  coryliellay  Cham.  q.  v,) 
L.  POPULIELLA,  Cham. — Ante,  101. 
L.  QUEBGIALBELLA,  Fitch. — Rep.  Nox.  Ins.  N.  Y.  n.  5,  sec.  328. — Can. 

Ent.  iii.  57. 
L.  QUEBGIBELLA,  Cham. — Cin.  Quar.  Jour.  Sci.  ii.  102. 
(L.  quercifoliel  a,  Fitch,  vid,  L.fitchella^  Clem.) 
L.  QUERCITOBUM,  Frey  &  Boll.— S.  E.  Z.  xxxiv.  20,7.— Cin.  Quar.  Jour. 

Sci.  i.  201 ;   ii.  229.— Bei.  z.  Kennt.  1875,  140.— Hayd.  Bui. 

Geo.  Sur.  iii.  1^9, 141. — Can.  Ent.  x.  p.  — . 
L.  BILEYELLA,  Cham. — Cin.  Quar.  Jour.  Sci.  ii.  236. 
L.  BOBINIELLA,  Clem. — ^Tin.  Non  Amer.  14  et  seq.  22,  64,  66,  208.— Proc. 

Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  1859,  318,  319;  1860,  209.— Can.  Ent. 

iii.  54  et  seq.  87,  163,  183,  185 ;  iv.  9, 117.— S.  E.  Z.  xxxiv. 

p.  —.—Cin.  Quar.  Jour.  Sci.  vi.  203,  208,  339;  ii.  228.— Bei. 

z.  Kennt.  1875, 142.— Hayd.  Bui.  Geo.  Sur.  132, 137. 
{Argyromiges  pseudacaciella^  Fitcb.) — Rep.  Nox.  Ins.  N.  Y.  n.  5, 

sec.  335. 
f  A.  uhlerella,  Fitch.— J6tU  337. 
t  A.  morrxsella^  Fitch. — Ibid.  336. 


156  BULLETIN  UNITED   STATES   GEOLOGICAL   STTRVET. 

L.  SALiGiFOLiELLAy  Clem.^Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  169. — Proc.  Ent.  Soc  Pliila. 

i.  81.— Can.  Eat.  iii.  163, 185.— Guide,  353.— Hayd.  Bui.  Geo. 

Sar.  iii.  139, 141. 
{L.  scudderelUij  Frey  &  Boll.) — S.  E.  Z.  xxxiv.  212. — Cin.  Quar. 

Jour;  Sci.  ii.  202. 
L.  SYMPHOBICABPE^ELLA.,  Cbam.— Gio.  Quar.  Jour.  Sci.  ii.  98. 
(2/.  scuddereUa^  Frey  &  Boll.  vid.  L.  salUnfoliella,  supra.) 
L.  TiLLi^ELLA,  Cham. — ^Can.  But.  iii.  56.— Cin.  Quar.  Jour.  Sci.  v4. 203. 
L.  TKiFAScrELLA,  Haw. — S.  E.  Z.  xxxiv.  215. — Cin.  Quar.  Jour.  Sci.  i. 

205. — Can.  Ent.  x.  p. — . 
L.  TBITJBNIAELLA,  Cham. — Can.  Ent.  iii.  110, 184;  v.  48;  x.  p.  — .—Cin. 

Quar.  Jour.  Sci.  i.  202. 
L.  TEXANELLA,  Zell. — Bci.  z.  Kennt.  1875, 143. — Hayd.  Bui.  Geo.  Sur. 

V.  132, 137. 
L.  TUBIFEBELLA,  Clem. — ^Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  140. — Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci. 

Phila.  1860,  208.— Can.  Ent.  iii.  165,  183. 
L.  ULMELLA,  Cham. — Can.  Ent.  iii.  148. — Cin.  Quar.  Jour.  Sci.  i.  202, 

204 ;  ii.  101.— S.  E.  Z.  xxxiv.  214. 
L.  UNIFASCIELLA,  Cham. — Cin.  Quar.  Jour.  Sci.  ii.  103  et  seq. 
(L.  virginielUiy  Cham. — Can.  Ent.  iii.  84 ;  x.  p.  — .    =  L.  ostryccfoliella^ 

Clem.) 

LYONETIA.    (HUbner.) 

L.  ALNiELLA,  Cham. — Cin.  Quar.  Jour.  Sci.  ii.  303.— Hayd..  Bui.  Geo. 

Sur.  iii.  140. 
L.  APioiSTBiGELLA,  Cham. — (Mn.  Quar.  Jour.  Sci.  ii.  105.-*Cau.  Ent 

X.  p.  — . 
L.  GBAOiLELLA,  Cham. — Can.  Ent.  viii,  34 ;  x.  p.  — . 
L. !  NIDIFICANSELLA,  Pack. 

(LithocoUetis  nidificansellaj  Pack.) — Guide,  354. — Can.  Ent.  x. 

p.—. 
{L.  saccatella^  Pack.  vid.  Aspidlsca  splendonfereUa.) 
L.  SPECULELLA,  Clem. — ^Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  184. — Proc.  Ent  Soc.  Phila.  i. 

134. — Can.  Ent.  x.  p.  — . 

(MACHIMIA.    Clemens.) 
{M.  tentoriferellay  vid,  Cryptolechia  tentoriferella.) 

(MALACHGTRICHA.) 
{M.  hilohella^  Zell.  vid.  Gelcchia  bilobella.) 

MARMARA.    (Clemens.) 

M.  SALICLELLA,  Clem. — Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  212. — Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  Phila. 
11.  7. 


CHAMBERS:   INDEX  TO   TINEINA.  157 

MENESTBA.    (Clemens.) 

M.  TORTEiciFOEMELLA. — ^Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  161.— Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci. 
Phila.  1860,  213. 

MICROPTERYX. 
M.  POMTVOEBLLA,  Pack.— Rep.  Mass.  Ag.  Soc.  1870.— Am.  Nat.  vi.  685. 

(MIEZA,  vid.  EN^MIA.) 

N^RA.    (Chambers.) 

N.  PUSOOCEISTATBLLA,  Cham. — Can.  Ent.  vii.  9,  61. 

{Laverna  fu8Cocr%stateU4ij  Cham.) — Can.  Ent.  vii.  34. 

NEDA.    (Chambers.) 
K  PLUTELLA,  Cham.— Can.  Ent.  vi.  243;  vii.  105. 

NEPTICDLA.    (Zeller.) 

N.  AMELANGHIEEELLA,  Clem. — ^Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  174. — Proc.  Ent.  Soc. 

Phila.  i.  84.— Guide,  356. 
N.  ANGUINELLA,  Clem. — ^Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  175. — Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  Phila. 

i.  85. 
N.  APIGIALBELLA,  Cham.— Can.  Ent  v.  127. — Cin.  Qnar.  Jour.  Sci.  ii. 

118. 
N.  BADiocAPiTELLA,  Cham. — Can.  Ent.  viii.  160. 
N.  BELFBAGEELLA,  Cham. — Can.  Ent.  vii.  75. 
N.  BIFASCIELLA,  Cham. — Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  183. — Proc.  Ent.  Soc  Phila. 

i.  133 ;  v.  146. 
N.  BOSQUEELLA,  Cham. — Ante^  106. 

N.  GASTANE^FOLIELLA,  Cham. — Cin.  Quar.  Jour.  Sci.  ii.  117. 
N.  CAEY^FOLiELLA. — Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  174. — Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  Phila.  i.  84. 
N.  ciLLi^FUSOELLA,  Cham. — Can.  Ent.  v.  128. — Cin.  Quar.  Jour.  Sci. 

ii.  117.    (  =  y,fuscotibi€Bell4i  Clem.) 
N.  GLEMENSELLA,  Cham. — Cau.  Eut.  V.  125. 
N.  COEYLIFOLIELLA,  Clem. — ^Tin.   Nor.  Amer.  172. — Proc.  Ent.  Soc. 

Phila.  i.  83.— Guide,  356. 
N.  GEAT^GEPOLiELLA,  Clem. — ^Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  173. — Proc.  Ent.  Soc. 

Phila.  i.  83. 
N.  FUSGOGAPITELLA,  Cham. — Can.  Ent.  v.  128. 
N.  FUSCOTIBIJEBLLA,  Clcm.— Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  182.— Proc.  Ent.  Soc 

Phila.  i.  133 ;  v.  146.— Can.  Ent.  v.  127.— Cin.  Quar.  Jour. 

Sci.  ii.  114. 
N.  JUGLANDIPOLIELLA,  Cham.— Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  173.— Proc.  Ent.  Soc 

Phila.  i.  84.— Ante,  105. 
N.  LATIFASGIELLA,  Cham.— Afi^e,  106. 


158  BULLETIN   UNITED   STATES   GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY. 

N.  MAXIMELLA,  Cham. — Can.  Ent.  v.  126. 

K  MiNiMELLA,  Cham.^Can.  Ent.  v.  127. 

N.  NiGRiVERTiCELLA,  Cham. — Cin.  Quar.  Jour.  Sci.  ii.  118. 

N.  ociiREFASCiELLA,  ChaiD. — Can.  Ent.  v.  128. 

N.  OSTBY^FOLIELLA,  Cleui. — Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  172. — ^Proc.  Ent.  Soc. 

Phila.  i.  83. 
K.  PLATANELLA,  Clem.— Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  173,  183. — Proc.  Ent.   Soc. 

Phila.  1.  83, 133 ;  v.  146.— Can.  Ent.  v.  125.— Guide,  356. 
N.  PLATEA,  Clem. — Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  175. — Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  Phila.  i.  85. 
N.  PEUNIFOLIELLA,  Clem. — Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  174.— Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  Phila. 

i.  84. — Can.  Ent.  v.  126.    ( t  serotinceella  or  !  Dipterous.) 
N.  QUERCICASTANELLA,  Cham.— Can.  Ent.  v.  127. — AntCj  p.  — . — Can. 

Ent.  X.  105. 
N.  QUEROiPULCHELLA,  Cham. — AntCj  105. 
N.  RESPLENDENSELLA,  Cham. — Cin.  Quar.  Jour.  Sci.  ii.  118. 
N.  ROS-EFOLIELLA,  Clem.— Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  176. — Proc.  Ent.  Soc  Phila. 

i.  86. 
N.  RUBIFOLIELLA,  Clem.— Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  32,  42,  45,  152. — ^Proc.  Ent. 

Soc.  Phila.  V.  146. 
N.  SAGINELLA,  Clem. — Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  175, 270. — Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  Phila. 

i.  85, 144. 
N.  SEROTiNiEELLA,  Cham. — Can.  Ent.  t.  126;  x.  p.  — . 
N.  xnoRACEALBELLA,  Cham. — Can.  Ent.  v.  127. 
N.  UNEFASCIELLA,  Cham. — Cin.  Quar.  Jour.  Sci.  ii.  119. — Ante^  p.  — . 
N.  viLLOSELLA,  Clem. — Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  174. — Proc.  Bnt.  Soc.  Phila. 

1.84. 
N.  VIRGINIELLA,  Clem. — Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  172. — Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  Phila. 

i.  83. 

(NOMIA.    Clemens.) 
(N.  lingual<iceU<i,  Clem.  vid.  Chrysopora  lingualaceUa.) 

NOTHBIS.    (Hubner.) 

N.t  BiMACULELLA,  Cham. — Hayd.  Bui.  Geo.  Sur.  iii.  122. 
N.  EUPATORiiELLA,  Cham. — Can.  Ent.  ix.  23. 

{Tpsolophus  eupatariiellay  Cham.) — Can.  Ent.  iv.  221. 

{Nothris  dolabella,  Zell.)— Bei.  z.  Kennt.  1873,  88. 
N.  GRISSEELLA,  Cham. — Can.  Ent.  vi.  245. 

(ECOPHOE  A .    (Zeller.) 

(E.  ARGENTiomOTELLA,  Clem. — Can.  Ent.  v.  188-190.— Cin.  Quar.  Jour. 

Sci.  ii.  114. 
{Callima  argenticinctellay  Clem.) — Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  12,  46, 123.— 

Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  1860, 167. 
^^  BORKHAUSENii,  Zell. — Bei.  z.  Kennt.  1873,  90. 


CHAMBERS:   INDEX  TO  TINEJNA.  159 

CE.  BOBEASELLA,  Cham. — Can.  Ent.  v.  180. — Gin.  Qaar.  Jour.  Sci.  ii. 

114,  292.— Hayd.  Bui.  Geo.  Sur.  iii.  120, 141. 
{CE.  bosquella,  Cham.  vid.  Oelechia  bosquella.) 
{(E.  constrictella^  Zell.  vid.  Theisoa  constrictella,) 
CE.  DETEBMiNATELLA,  Zell. — Bel.  z.  Keniit.  1873,  80. 

[(E.  auatraliseUaj  Cbam.)^Gau.  Ent.  vii.  124^  ix.  23. — Ciu.Quar. 

Jour.  Sci.  ii.  114. 
{CE.  granella^  Lat.  vid.  Gelechia  granella.) 
CE.  4o£AGULELLA,  Cham.— Ciu.  Qaar.  Joar.  2Sci.  ii.  202. — Hayd.  Bui. 

Geo.  Sar.  iii.  120. 
CE.  SUALEBIELL^,  Cbam. — CiD.  Qaar.  Joar.  Sci.  ii.  114. 

CENOE.  (Chambers.) 
CE.  HYBBOMELLA,  Cham.— Can.  Ent.  vi.  50. 

CESEIS.  (Chambers.) 
CE.  BIANULELLA.  Cbam. — Cin.  Qaar.  Jour.  Sci.  ii.  255. 

CETA.    (Grote.) 

CE.  PUNCTELLA,  Cra— Bei.  z.  Eennt.  1873,  28. 

(Pcecilaptera  comptaj  Clem.) — Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  1860,  546. 
{CEta  compta,  Grote.)— Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  Phila.  v.  230.— Kiley's 

Rep.  Nox.  Ins.  Mo.  1860, 151.— Zell.  Ent.  Zeit  1871,  s.  178. 
{Tinea pustulellajFah.) — Ent.  Syst.  iii.  pt.  ii.  202. 
{Phalena  punctellay  Cramer. — Ins.  31.) 

OPOSTEGA.    (Zeller.) 

O.  ALBOGALLEBiELLA,  Clem. — Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  180. — Proc.  Ent.  Soc. 

Phila.  i.  131. 
O.  4sTBiaELLA,  Cham. — Cin.  Quar.  Jour.  Sci.  ii.  106. 

OKNIX.    (Zeller.) 

(O.  acerifoliella,  Fitch,  vid.  Incurvaria  acerifoliella.) 

O.  BOBBASELLA,  Clem. — ^Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  237.— Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  Phila. 

ii.  415. 
O.  CBAT^QiPOLiELLA,  Clem.— Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  04.— Proc.  Acad.  Nat 

Sci.  Phila.  1860,  8.— Can.  Ent  v.  48. 
O.  FESTiNELLA,  Clem. — Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  04.— Proc  Acad.  Nat  Sci. 

Phila.  1860,  07. 
O.  INUSITATUMELLA,  Cham. — Can.  Ent  v.  47  j  viii.  10. 
O.  PBUNIVOBELLA,  Cham. — Can.  Ent.  v.  50. — Cin.  Quar.  Jour.  Sci.  iL 

301.— Hayd.  Bui.  Geo.  Sur.  iii.  133, 141. 
O.  QUADBiPUNCTELLA,  Clcm.^Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  177. — Proc.  Ent  Soc 

Phila.  i.  86. 


160  BULLETIN   UNITED   STATES   GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY. 

O.  QUEBGiFOLiELLA,  Cham. — Ciu.  Qaar.  Joar.  Sci.  ii.  IIG. 
O.  TBEPIDELLA,  Clem. — ^Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  94. — ^Proc.  Acad.  Nat  Sci. 
Phila.  1860,  7. 

PARA8IA.    (Dup.) 

(P.  apidstrigellay  Oham.  vid.  Oelechia  apicistrigeUa,) 
(P.  apicipunctellaj  vid.  Evagora  apicipunctella.) 
(P.  griaaeellay  Cham,  vid,  Oelechia  fftisseella.) 

P.  SUBSIMELLA,  Clem. — ^Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  137. — Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci. 
Phila.  1860, 173. 

(PARECTOPA.    Clemens.) 
(P.  lespedezw/oliella  et  robiniellaj  Clem.  vid.  sub  Oracilaria.) 

PHAETUSA.    (Chambers.) 
P.  PLUTELLA,  Cham. — ^Oan.  Ent.  vii.  106 ;  x.  p. — . 

(PEBIMEDE.    Chambers.) 
(P.  erransella  et  P.  {Ithome)  unomaculellaj  Cham.  vid.  sub  Lavema.) 

PHIGALTA.    (Chambers.) 

P.  ALBELLA,  Cham. — Cau.  Ent  vii.  107. 
P.  OCHBEMAGULELLA,  Cham. — IMd. 

PHILONOME.    (Chambers.) 
P.  OLEMENSELLA,  Cham.— Can.  Ent.  vi.  07;  viii.  136  j  ix.  13;  x.  p.  — . 

PHYLLOCNISTIS.    (Zeller.> 

P.  AMPELOPSIELLA,  Cham.— Can!  Ent.  iii.  207  (206  erroneoasly  ampe- 

lopsifoliella). — Ciu.  Qaar.  Joar.  Sci.  ii.  107,  303. — Hayd.  BuL 

Geo.  Sar.  iii.  140,  141. 
P.  EBECHTITISELLA,  Cham. — Aiitc^  104. 
p.  LiBiODENDBONELLA,  Clem.— Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  220.— Proc.  Ent.  Soc 

Phila.  ii.  13.— Can.  Ent.  iii.  185,  206,  207. 
P.  LIQUIDAMBABISELLA,  Cham. — Cin.  Qaar.  Jour.  Sci.  ii.  100. 
(P.  magnatella^  Zell.  vid.  Lavemaf  magnatella.)         ^ 
P.  POPULIELLA,  Cham.— Ciu.  Qaar.  Joar.  Sci.  ii.  106,  303. — Cau.  Ent 

viii.  19.— Hayd.  Bui.  Geo.  Snr.  iii.  140, 141, 147. 
P.  SMILACIGELLA,  Cham. — Cin.  Qaar.  Jour.  Sci.  ii.  107. 
P.  VITIGENELLA,  Clem.— Tiu.  Nor.  Amer.  22,  23,  39,  88.— Proc  Acad. 

Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  1859,  327.— Can.  Ent.  iii.  206 ;  vi.  169. 
P.  VITIFOLIELLA,  Cham.— Can.  Ent.  iii.  206  et  seq.;  vi.  169. 


CHAMBEBS:   INDEX  TO   TINEINA.  161 

PIGRITIA.    (Clemens.) 

P.  LATIOAPITBLLA,  Olem.— Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  41,  136.— Proc.  Acad.  Nat. 

Sci.  Phila.  1860, 173. 
P.  0CHBBiXA,Clem.— ^Tin.  Nor.  Amer.232.~Proc.  Ent.  8oc.  Phila.  ii.  126. 
P.  OCHBOCOMELLA,   Clem.— Tin.   Nor.    Amer.   232. — Proc.   Ent.   Soc. 

Phila.  ii.  126. 

PITTS.    (Chambers.) 

P.  AUBIORISTATELLA,  Cham. — Can.  Ent.  v.  110;  ix.  207. 
P.  FASGIELLA,  Cham. — Ibid.;  ix.  207. 
P.  FUSCOCEiSTATtfLLA,  Cham.— J6id. 
P.  MISOECBISTATELLA,  Cham.-^Ilnd, 

PLUTBLLA.     (Schr.) 

P.  CBUGiFEBABUM,  ZelL— Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  39,  90. — Proc.  Acad.  Nat. 

Sci.  Phila.  1860,  6— Can.  Ent.  viii.  119;  vi.  230, 232.— Bei.  z. 

Kennt.  1873, 33.— Eep.  Bost.  Ag.  Soc.  ii.  11.— Hayd.  Bui.  Geo. 

Sur.  iu.  122, 141,  144,  147. 

(P.  limbipennella^  Clem.) — Ibid. 

{Cerostofna  brassicella^  Fitch.) — Ib'd.  and  Rep.  Nox.  Ins.  N.  Y. 

i.  170-5.— Ag.  Rep.  1871,  82. 
(P.  zylostella,) — Rep.  Mass.  Ag.  Soc.  ii.  11. 
(P.  moUipedelUiy  Clem.  loc.  cit  sup.j  t  =  cruci/erarum.) 
P.  POBBECTELX.A,  Linn.  loc.  cit.  9up.  {vigilaciellaj  Clem.). 

(PCECILIA.) 
(P.  bifasciella,  Clem.,  bcunstrigella^  Clem.,  9^x6,  fragmenteUa^  vid.  Qelechia.) 

(PCECILOPTERYX.    Clemens.) 
(P.  oomptay  vid.  (Eta  punctella.) 

POLYHYMNO.    (Chambers.) 

(P.  fvscostrigellay  Cham. — Can.  Ent  viii.  30.    =  luteo8trigeUa.) 
P.  LUTEOSTBiaELLA,  Cham. — Loc.  cit.  sup.  and  Can.  Ent.  vi.  247. 
P.  6STBIGELLA,  Cham. — Can.  Ent.  vi.  248. 

PRONUBA.    (Riley.) 

P.  TTJCCA8ELLA,  Riley. — Proc.  Acad.  Sci.  Mo.  iii.  55j  333. — Rep.  Nox. 
Ins.  Mo.  V.  161 ;  vi.  131. — Can.  Ent.  iv.  182.— Hayd.  Bui.  Geo. 
Sur.  iii.  121,  141. 
{Tegeticula  albay  Zell.)— Bei.  z.  Kennt.  1873,  32;  1875,  139. 

PSECADIA.    (Htibner.) 

P.  SEMILUGENS,  Zell.— Bei.  z.  Kennt.  1872, 115.— Cin.  Qaar.  Jonr.  Sci. 
ii.  258. — Can.  Ent.  vi.  233.    (As  Anesyehia   multipunoteUoj 
Cham.) 
BalL  iv.  No.  1—11 


t 


162     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  8UBVET. 

(PSILOCORSIS.    Clemens.) 
(P.  qnerciellay  Clem,  and  P.  reflexaj  Clem.  vid.  sub  Cryptoleckia.^ 

(BHINOSIA.) 
(JR.  jpomete{2««,  HarriH,  vid.  Ypsolophus  pametellus.) 

SAGABITIS.    (Chambers.) 
S.  GBACILELLA,  Cham. — Can.  Ent.  iv.  226 ;  vi.  245. 

SEMELE.    (Chambers.) 

S.  ABGENTiSTfiiGELLA,  Cham.^CaD.  Eot.  viii.  105. 

{Tinea  argentistrigellaj  Cham.) — Cun.  Ent.  v.  89. 
S.  ABGENTINOTELLA,  Cham.— Can.  Ent.  viii.  104. 
(8.  bifascieliay  Cham.    MS.  name  inadvertently  nsed  =  criatatella.) — Can. 

Ent.  viii.  105;  ix.  208. 
S.  CBISTATELLA,  Cham. — Cin.Quar.  Jonr.  Sci.  ii.243. — Can.  Ent  ix.  208. 

SBTOMORPHA.    (Zeller.) 

S.  OPEBOSELLA,  ZelK— Bei.  z.  Kennt.  1873, 23. 
S.  INAMCENELLA,  Zell.— Bei.  z.  Kennt.  1873,  23. 
S.  BUDEBELLA,  Zell. — Bei.  z.  Eennt.  1873,  23. 

(SINCE.    Chambers.) 

{8.  fuscopallidellOy  Cham.  vid.  Oeleehia.) 

SOLENOBIA.    (Zeller.) 

S.  WALSHELLA,  Clem. — ^Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  181. — Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  Phila.  i. 
132.— Gnide,  346.— Can.  Ent.  v.  74;  vii.  125;  viii.  19. 

STILBOSIS.    (Clemens.) 

S.  TESQUATELLA,  Clem. — Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  40,  129. — Proc.  Acad.  Nat 
Sci.  Phila.  1860, 170. 

STBOBISIA.    (Clemens.) 

S.  ALBACiLiAKLLA,  Cham. — Can.  Ent.  x.  p.  — . 
S.  ABGENTicimsELLA,  Cham. — ^Can.  Ent.  x.  p.  — . 
S.  EMBLEMELLA,  Clem. — Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  40, 118. — Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci. 
Phila.  1860,  104. 
{8.  venustellaj  Cham.) — Can.  Ent.  iv.  90. 
S.  IBIPENNELLA,  Clem. — Loc.  cit,  *tfp. 

(8.  aphroditeelloy  Cham.) — Can.  Ent  iv.  88. 
S.  LEVIPEDELLA,  Clem.— Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  207. — Proc.  Eut.  Soc.  Phila. 
11.  4« 


CnAMBEBS:   INDEX  TO  TINEINA.  168 

(TACniPTILIA.) 
( 7.  conaanella  et  inocuella^  vid,  Oelechia.) 

(TBLEIA.) 
T.  seqtiaxj  soopeUa^  et  dorsivittellaj  ZelL,  1^Ad•  CMed^ia.) 

(TEGETICULA.) 

( F.  dlbaj  Zell.  vid.  Pranuba  yuecasella.) 

TENAGA.    (Clemens.) 

T.  POMiLiBLLA,  Olem. — Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  184. — ^Proc.  Eut  Soc.  Phila.  i. 
136. 

(TELPHUSA.) 

(T.  curvistrigellaj  Gbam.  ==  Oelechia  longifaseiellay  Clem.) 

TINEA.    (Haw.) 

T.  ACAPNOPENNELLA,  Clem. — ^Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  233. — Proc.  Acad.  Nat. 

Sci.  Phila.  1859,  257. 
T.  APiciMACULELLA,  Cbam. — Gin.  Qaar.  Joar.  8ci.  ii.  257. 
T.  AUEOPULVELLA,  Cbam. — Can.  Ent.  v.  90;  vii.  125 ;  viii.  19. 
(T.  auristrigellay  Oham.  =  Incurvaria  mediostriatella^  Clem.) 
T.  AUROSUFFUSELLA,  Cbam. — ^Can.  Ent.  v.  87. 
T.  BEHRENSELLA,  Cbam. — Gin.  Quar.  Joar.  Bci.  ii.  249. 
(T.  biflavimaculella^  Clem.  vid.  T.  rustacella.) 
•T.  bimagulella,  Cham.— Can.  Ent.  v.  87. 
T.  BisELiELLA,  Hum. — Ins.  Brit.  iii.  34,  and  aathorities  tbere  cited. — 

Bel  z.  Kennt.  1873,  23. 
{T.  lanariella,  Clem.)-.Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  39,  50,62,  60.— Proc. 

Acad.  Nat.  ISci.  Pbila.  1859,  251,  258.     Vid.  posty  crinellay 

flavifrontella^  an<l  lanariella. 
( r.  camariellaj  Clem.  =  T.  pellionella.) 
T.  OCEMETARI^ELLA,  Cbam. — Can.  Eut.  v.  85 ;  viii.  105. 
T.  (HoMOSETiA)  COSTOSIQNELLA,  Clem. — Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  235. — ^Proc. 

Eut.  Soc.  Pbila.  ii.  128. 
T.  COSTOSTRIGELLA,  Cbam. — Can.  Ent.  v.  87. 
(T.  crineUaj  vid.  biaeliella  and  Treat.  Ins.  493.) 
T.  CROCiCAPiTELLA,  Clem.— Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  49,  51,  00.— Proc.  Acad. 

Nat.  SSci.  Pbila.  1859,  257  et  seq. 
T.  CROCEOVERTICELLA,  Cbam.— Can.  Ent.  viii.  106. 
T.  DEFECTELLA,  Zell.— Bei.  z.  Kennt.  1873,  20. 
T.  (Blabophanes)  dorsistrigblla,  Clem.— Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  38,  49, 

50.— Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Pbila.  1859,  257  et  seq.^Bei.  z. 

Kennt.  1873,  20 ;  1875, 136. 


164     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

(T.  flavifrontellaj  Linn.— Guide,  340.— Troat  Ins.  494.— Ont  Eep.  1873, 

27.— Am.  Nat.  i.  422,  hiseliella. -^Ag.  Rep.  1864,  536.) 
T.  FUSCIPUNGTELLA,  Haw.— Ins.  Brit.  33,  and  aathorities  there  cited. — 

Bei.  z.  Kennt.  1873, 22. 
(T.  nubilipennellaj  Clem.) — ^Tin.  Nor,  Amer.  39,  50,  52. — Proc. 

Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  1859,  257,  259. 
T.  FUSGOMACULELLA,  Cham. — Can.  Eut.  v.  88. 
T.  FUSOOPULVELLA,  Cham.— Can.  But.  v.  90. 
T.  GBANELLA.— Ouide,  347.— Treat.  Ins.  496.— Ag.  Bep.  1854,65;  1855, 

98 ;  1864,  556.    (f  variatella,  Clem.) 
T.  GBISSEELLA,  Cham.— Cau.  But.  v.  88. 
T.  GBUMELLA,  Zell.— Bei.  z.  Kennt.  1873,  21. 
(T.  hordei  =  T.  cerealella=^  Oelechia  cereaUlla,) 
T.  IMITATOBELLA,  Cbam.— Can.  Ent.  viii.  105. 
(T.  iridellaj  Cbam.  vid.  Incurvaria  iridella.) 
(T.  lanariellaj  Clem.  =  hiseli€lla.) 
T.  MAOULABELLA,  Cham. — Can.  Ent.  v.  90. 
T.  MACULi:)iABGiNELLA,  Cham.— Can.  Eut.  vii.  212. 
T.  MABGINISTRIGELLA,  Cham.- Can.  Eut.  v.  88. 
T.  MABMOBELLA,  Cham. — Can.  Ent.  vii.  212. 
T.  MiNUTiPULVELLA,  Cham.— Can.  Eut.  vii.  212. 
T.  MISELLA,  Zell.— Bei.  z.  Kennt  1873,  23. 
T.  MISCEELLA,  Cham. — Can.  Ent.  v.  86. 
T.  NIVEOCAPITELLA,  Cham.— Ciu.  Qaar.  Jour.  Sci.  ii.  249. 
(T.  nubilipennellay  Clem.  =^fuscipunctella.) 
T.  OBSGUBOSTBIGELLA,  Cham. — Can.  Ent.  vi.  232. 
T.  OBLEANSELLA,  Cham. — Can.  Eut.  v.  85. 
T.  PELLIONELLA,  Lin.— lus.  Brit.  32. — Tiu.  Nor.  Amer.  49,  51. — Proc 

Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  1859,  256,  257  (as  camarieUaj  Clem.). 
{T, ptistulellay  vid.  (Eta pnstulella.) 
T.  STBAMINIELLA,  Cham. — Can.  Ent.  v.  86. 
T.  7-STBiGELLA,  Cham. — Antej  p.  — . 
T.  TAPETZELLA,  Liu.- Ins.  Brit.  iii.  28.— Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  258.— Proc 

Ent.  Soc.  Phila.  iii.  505 —Can.  Ent.  vii.  124.— Rep.  Nox.  Ins. 

Mo.  iii.  10. — Gnide,  347. — Amer.  Ent.  and  Bot.  i.  90. 
T.  THOBAGESTBIGELLA,  Cham.— Can.  Ent.  viii.  106. 
T.  (HoMOSETiA)  TBiGiNGULATELLA,  Clem. — Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  234. — Proc 

Ent.  Soc  Phila.  ii.  128. 
T.  TBIMAGULELLA,  Cham. — Can.  Ent.  v.  88. 
T.  UNOMAGULELLA,  Cham. — Cin.  Qaar.  Jour.  Sci.  ii.  258. 
(T.  vestianellaj  vid.  rusticella.) 
T.  BUSTIGELLA,  Hiib. — ^lus.  Brit.  iii.  27. 

(T.  biflavimamlellay  Clem.)— Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  38,  49,  50,  237.— 

Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  1859, 257.— Proc  Ent  Soc.  Phila. 

ii.  413.— Bei.  z.  Kennt.  1873,  20. 
(T.  vestianella.) — ^Bep.  Nox.  Ins.  Mo.  iii.  10. — Amer.  Ent  and 

Bot.  i.  90. 


CHAMBBB8:   INDEX  TO   TINEINA.  165 

T.  YABIAIELLA,  Clem.,  I^Bzgranella.— Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  50,  53.— Proa 

Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Pliila.  1850,  257,  250.— Can.  Bat.  vii.  125. 
T.  ZEJS,  Fitch.— Rep.  Nox.  Ins.  N.  Y.  i.  320. 

THEISOA.    (Chambers.) 

T.  OONSTEICTELLA. 

{(EcopJiora  constrictellaj  Zell.)— Bei.  z.  Kennt.  1873,  01. 
{Theiaoa  bifasciellaj  Cham.)— Can.  Eat.  vi.  75;  vii.  03;  tz.  24. 
T.  MULIIFASGIELLA,  Cham. — Can.  Ent.  vi.  75 ;  vii.  03. 

TISCHEBIA.    (Zeller.) 

T.  JBNIA,  Frey  &  Boll. — S.  E.  Z.  xxxiv.  222. — Cin.  Qaar.  Jour.  Sci.  i. 

210.— Antej  00. 
T.  AMBBOSiwfiELLA,  Cham. — Cin.  Qaar.  Joar.  Sci.  ii.  112,  238. 
T.  BADiiELLA,  Cham. — Oau.  Eut.  vii.  124. — Cia.  Qaar.  Joar.  Sci.  ii. 

100,  111. 
T.  OASTANE^ELLA,  Cham. — Gin.  Quar.  Jour.  Sci.  ii.  111. 
T.  CITBINIPENELLA,  Clem.— Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  30,  80,  82. — Proc.  Acad. 

Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  1850,  324.— Can  Ent.  iii.  208. 
T.  COMPLANOIDES,  Frey  &  Boll.,  T=  zellerieHa^  Clem. — S.  E.  Z.  xxxiv. 

220.—  Ante,  00. 
T.  CONCOLOR,  Zell. — Bei.  z.  Kennt.  1875, 140. 
T.  PUSCOMARGINELLA,  Cham. — Cin.  Qaar.  Jour.  Sci.  ii.  110. 
T.  HELIOPSISELLA,  Cham. — Cia.  ^aar.  Joar.  Sci.  ii.  113,  238. 
T.  LATIPENNELLA,  Cham.— An^e,  07. 
T.  MALIFOLIELLA,  Clem. — ^Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  141. — Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci. 

Phila.  1800, 208.— Can.  Ent.  iii.  208;  v.  50;  vi.  150.— S.  E.  Z. 

xxxiv.  222. — Cin.  Quar.  Joar.  Sci.  ii.  111. 
T.  PULVELLA,  Cham. — Ante,  00. 

T.  PRUiNOSEELLA,  Cham. — Cin.  Qaar.  Joar.  Sci.  ii.  110. — Ante^  07. 
T.  QUEECiTELLA,  Clem.— Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  221. — Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  Phila. 

ii.  13.— Can.  Ent  iii.  208.— S.  E.  Z.  xxxiv.  221.— Cin.  Qaar. 

Joar.  Sci.  ii.  111.— Bei.  z.  Keuot.  1875,  U6.—Antey  07. 
T.  QUEROIVOEELLA,  Cham. — Cin.  Qaar.  Joar.  Sci.  ii.  100,  111. — Ante^ 

07. 
T.  BOSETICOLA,  Frey  &  Boll.— S.  E.  Z.  xxxiv.  223.— Cin.  Qaar.  Joar, 

Sci.  i.  210 ;  ii.  112. 
T.  SOLADIGIKIFOLIELLA,  Clem.— Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  80,  81.— Proc.  Acad. 

Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  1850,  326.— Can.  Ent.  iii.  208. 
T.  TmOTORiiELLA,  Cham.— Cin.  Qaar.  Joar..  Sci.  ii.  108,  111. 
T.  ZELLERIELLA,  Clem.— Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  80, 81.— Proc.  Acad.  Nat  Sci. 

Phila.  1850,  326.— Can.  Ent  iii.  208.— S.  E.  Z.  xxxiv.  220.— 

Cin.  Qaar.  Joar.  Sci.*  ii.  100  et  seq. — Bei.  z.  Kennt  1875| 

in.— Ante,  08. 

TEIFUBCELLA.    (Zeller.) 
T.  OBBUTBLLA,  Zell.— Bei.  z.  Kennt.  1873, 116. 


166  BULLETIN   UNITED   STATES   GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY. 

(TSICHOTAPHB.    Clemens.) 

{T.  flavicosteUaj  juncadellaj  serrativittellaj  setoBeUa  et  oohrepalpellaj  Clem. 
vid,  8ub  Oelechia,) 

TBIPANISMA.    Clemens. 

T.  PBUPENS,  Clem. — ^Tin.  Kor.  Amer.  125. — ^Proc.  Aead.  Nat.  Sci.  PhiUu 

1860, 168. 

(VENILIA.    Chambers.) 

(T.  albapalpella^  vid.  Eido  albapalpella.) 

WALSHIA.    (Clemens.) 

W.  AMOBPHJSCLLA,  Clem. — ^Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  241. — ^Proo.  Ent.  Soc.  Pliila. 
ii.  419. — Hep.  Nox.  Ins.  Mo.  iii.  133. 

WILSONIA.    (Clemens.) 

W.  BBBViviTTELLA,   Clem. — Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  254. — ^Proc.  Ent  Soc. 
Phila.  ii.  428. 

XYLESTHIA.    (Clemens.) 

X.  GLEMENSELLA,  Cham.— Can.  Ent  v.  174 ;  ix.  208. 
X.  OONGEMINATELLA,  Zell. — Bei.  z.  Kennt.  1873, 18.    ^=clemensella. 
X.  PBUNIEAMIELLA,  Clem. — ^Tln.  Nor.  Amer.  39,  54,  59,  60. — Bei.  z. 
Kennt  1873, 17. 

TPSOLOPHUS.    (Haw.) 
T.  GABYJBFOLIELLA,  Cham.^Can.  Ent  iv.  224. 

T.  CONTUBBENALELLUS. 

{OJicBtochilus  contubemalellua^  Fitoh.) — ^Bep.  Nox.  Ins.  N.  T.  u.  1, 
231 ;  n.  3,  sec.  44. 
( r.  eupatoriieUoj  vid.  Nothris  eupatoriiella.) 

Y.  FLAViviTTELLUS,  Clem. — Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  254. — Proc.  Ent  Soc. 
Phila.  ii.  429.-.Bei.  z.  Kennt  1873,  83. 

Y.  MALIFOLIELLUS. 

{OhcBtochilus  malifoliellusj  Fitch.) — ^Bep.  Nox.  Ins.  N.  Y.  u.  1, 

2J1;  n.  3,  sec.  43. 
Y.  PAUCIGUTTELLUS,  Clem. — Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  228.~Proc  Ent  Soc 

Phila.  ii.  124.— Bei.  z.  Kennt  1873,  83. 

Y.  POMETELLUS. 

(Rhinosia  pometellusj  Har.)>-^Treat.  Ins.  p. — . 

{ChcBtochilus  pometelluSf  Fitch.) — Bep.  Nox.  Ins.  n.  1,  221;  n.  3, 

sec.  42. 
Y.  PUNOTiDiscELLUS,  Clem. — Tin.  Nor.  Amer.  228. — ^Proo.  Ent  Soc 

Phila.  ii.  124.— Bei.  z.  Kennt  1873,  85. 


CHAMBERS:   INDEX  TO   TINEINA.  167 

T.  QUEBOIGBLLA,  GbatD. — GaD.  Ent.  iv.  223  et  seq. — Ante^  p.  — . 

Y.  QUEBGIPOMONELLA,  Cham. — Can.  Ent.  iv.  223  et  seq. 

Y.  BUDEBELLA,  Gham. — Gan.  Ent.  iv.  222.    (T  Var.  pometellus.) 

Y.  STBAMINEELLA,  Gham. — Gan.  Ent.  iv.  224.    (f  Yislt.  punctidiscellus.) 

Y.  TBIMAGULELLUS, 

{ChcDtochilus  trimaculellus,  Fitch.) — Eep. Kox. Ins.  N.  Y.  n.  1, 223. 
Y.  UNiciPUNCTELLUS,  Glem.— Tin.  Kor.  Amer.  229. — Proc.  But.  Soc. 
Phila.  ii.  125.— Bei.  z.  Kennt  1873,  86. 

Y.  YENTBELLUS. 

{Chcetochilus  ventrellnsj  Fitch.) — ^Bep.  Noz.  Ins.  n.  1,  224.  • 


ART.  VL-DESCRIPTIONS  OF  NOCTDID^,  CfflEPLY  FROM 

CAUFORNIA. 


Bt  a.  B.  Obote. 


I  am  indebted  to  Mr.  Henry  Edwards  for  a  number  of  specimens  of 
Oalifornian  NoctuidaSj  which  are  partly  described  in  the  present  paper. 
What  is  needed  is  larger  and  fresher  mateiial  than  has  as  yet  reached 
me.  In  previous  papers,  I  have  shown  that  some  species  have  a  wide 
range  from  east  to  west  and  from  south  to  west:  Agrotis  veUeripen- 
nMj  originally  described  from  the  Middle  States,  I  have  now  from  Ore- 
gon; Heiiothis  cupeSj  originally  described  from  Texas,  I  have  received, 
under  its  synonym,  Heliothis  orotehii^  from  California.  But  the  Califor- 
nian  NoctuidcB  seem,  as  a  whole,  quite  distinct,  and  resemble  perhaps 
the  Northern  Asiatic  and  European  species  as  much  as  they  do  those 
from  the  Atlantic  district.  The  collections  which  have  as  yet  reached 
me  are  not  extensive  enough  to  allow  me  to  judge  Anally  in  the  matter. 

Apatbla  palledigoma,  n.  «p. 

9 . — ^Allied  to  mbricoma^  but  much  smaller,  more  shaded  with  white, 
and  with  tlie  lines  more  diffuse.  T.  a.  line  with  the  lobes  deeper  and  more 
prominent  Stigmata  reduced  as  compared  with  rubrxcomoj  especially 
the  reniform.  T.  p.  line  a  little  nearer  the  outer  edge  of  the  wing,  den- 
tate and  lunulate.  Terminal  series  of  black  dots  distinct.  Hind  wings 
soiled  whitish,  with  whitish  fringes.  Beneath  whitish,  with  obsolete  line. 
While  very  distinct  in  appearance,  the  ornamentation  is  seen  to  be  much 
like  that  of  rubriooma.  Two  specimens  examined.  Massachusetts  (£. 
TT.  Ooodellj  No.  777);  New  York.    ExpansioUj  36  millimetres. 

AUBELA  AOBONYGTOIDES,  WaUc.  Can.  Nat.  (Jeol.  vi.  37. 

The  type  is  in  Coll.  Can.  Ent.  Soc.  {see  Can.  Ent.  ix.  27).  I  have  seen 
Pantkea  leucomelana  Morr.  (  9 )  iu  Professor  Fernald's  collection.  I  be- 
lieve it  to  be  this  same  species. 

AOBOTIS  JANUALIS,  II.  Sp. 

S  9. — Allied  to  hadieoUis,  Fore  tibi»  unarmed;  i  antennse pectinate. 
Purplish  brown,  warmer-tinted  beneath.  Reniform  pale^  discolorons* 
Orbicular  concolorous.  Lines  indicated  obliquely  on  costa,  else  frag- 
mentary, their  course  much  as  in  badicollis.  Terminal  line  obsolete;  sub- 
terminal  very  faint.  Hind  wings  fuscous  in  both  sexes,  with  concolor- 
ous or  reddish  fringes.    Head  pale;  collar  oehrey -brownish,  toithout  any 


170     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

line.  Antennad  pale  at  base.  Beneath  with  common  line  indented  op- 
posite cell  on  secondaries,  which  show  a  faint  discal  clond-spot  Thorax 
brown.  Uxpansionj  36  to  40  millimetres.  Albany  (Professor  Lintner,  a 
number  of  specimens;  also,  from  Dr.  Bailey j  No.  64).  Seems  to  differ 
from  diluoida  by  the  pale  reniform  and  rounded  orbicnlar;  varies  in 
depth  of  color.  I  am  indebted  to  Mr.  Thaxter  for  an  opportunity  of 
seeing  Mr.  Morrison's  type.  The  t.  a.  line  is  outwardly  oblique  on  costa, 
as  in  badicollis.  I  do  not  think  the  discal  shading  a  specific  character. 
The  collar  seems  to  want  the  narrow  line  of  bculicollis. 

Agbotis  DILUOIDA,  MoTT.  Pr.  Ac.  N.  S.  Phil.  65. 

I  have  seen  the  type  from  Mr.  Thaxter's  collection.  It  seems  to  differ 
from  badicollis  in  its  larger  size  and  the  want  of  the  light  brown  collar ; 
the  ordinary  spots  are  fietrther  apart  and  the  orbicular  more  rounded  and 
less  elongate.  Specimens  are  before  me  also  from  Albany,  N.  Y.  {Dr. 
Bailey  and  Mr.  Hill).  The  ^'  male  specimen",  in  which  ^^  the  reniform  is 
white  and  contrasting  ",  probably  belongs  to  janualis.  The  small  orbi- 
cular is  distinctive  of  jantuilis  as  compared  with  badicollis  or  dilucida. 

Agbotis  opagifbons,  n.  sp. 

^  9. — ^All  the  tibi»  spinose.  Male  antennse  pectinate.  Front  black, 
discolorous.  Brownish- gray,  very  similar  in  appearance  to  dilv^cida^ 
but  more  reddish-brown  in  tint.  Collar  and  thorax  concolorous,  un- 
lined.  Palpi  wholly  brownish.  Lines  blackish^  fragmentary,  marked 
on  costa.  Stigmata  concolorous,  orbicular  preceded  and  followed  by 
blackish-brown  shading  on.  cell ;  claviform  obsolete.  Wings  concolor- 
ous. Posterior  line  denticulate.  The  female  has  the  orbicular  large 
and  open  to  costa,  the  male  smaller  and  nearly  closed ;  in  both,  the 
spot  is  oblique ;  reniform  moderate.  Hind  wings  fuscous  in  both  sexes, 
with  pale  fringe ;  the  discal  lunnle  is  marked.  Beneath  yellowish-fus- 
cous, in  the  female  shaded  with  reddish ;  discal  marks  and  obliterate 
common  line.  Expansion^  38  millimetres.  Centre,  N.  T.,  August  ( W. 
W.  Hilly  esq.). 

Agbotis  apposita,  n.  sp. 

9. — ^Fore  tibiad  unarmed.  Of  a  burnt  umber  brown;  thorax  darker. 
Median  space  narrowed,  the  median  lines  approximate;  t.  a.  line  slightly 
lobed,  outwardly  oblique,  dark  brown,  with  a  broad  preceding  pale  shade; 
t.  p.  line  indistinct,  narrow,  indented  opposite  th6  cell,  slightly  Innnlate, 
followed  by  a  pale  shade ;  the  median  space  paler  than  the  rest  of  the 
wing.  Orbicular  rounded,  moderate,  with  Caint  black  annnlus,  stained 
with  reddish,  and  pale ;  reniform  near  t.  p.  line,  moderate,  with  dark 
and  reddish-stained  centre  and  pale  border.  Median  shade  dark  and 
diffuse;  claviform  obsolete.  Fringes  concolorous;  s.  t.  line  fine  and 
pale.  Hind  wings  dark  fuscous,  with  pale  fringes.  Beneath  pale,  with 
reddish  tinge,  irrorato;  a  faint  common  mesial  line  near  the  discal  dotSy 


GBOTE   ON  NOCTUIDS.  171 

which  are  smaU,  and  appear  to  be  empty  ^  on  primaries  a  subterminal 
shadei.  Expamianj  34  millimetres.  Yancoaver  Island  {Mr.  Henry  Ed- 
wardSf  ISo.  5626). 

Agbotis  jungta,  n.  sp. 

i. — Size  of  treatiiy  which  this  species  resembles  in  its  dead  black 
primaries.  Collar  black  at  base,  pale- tipped.  Head  pale ;  thorax  brown ; 
abdomen  pale  fascoos.  Fore  wings  with  the  t.  a.  Hue  rounded,  black ; 
attached  to  it  is  the  black,  pale-margined  daviform.  Ordinary  spots  con- 
eoloronSy  large,  finely  outlined  with  pale  and  fused  below;  the  daviform 
apparently  touching  the  orbicular  at  base.  S.  t.  line  followed  by  small 
pale  marks.  Hind  wings  pale  fuscous.  Beneath  pale,  with  indistinct 
common  line,  and  discal  marks  obsolete.  Nova  Scotia  {Mr.  Roland  Thax- 
ter).    One  specimen. 

Agbotis  miobonyx,  n.  «p. 

9. — ^All  the  tibiae  spinose.  Fore  wings  fuscous,  with  a  whitisb-gray 
cast.  T.  a.  line  perpendicular,  black,  with  two  subcostal  teeth  opposite 
the  orbicular,  thence  twice  very  slightly  waved  to  internal  margin,  pre- 
ceded by  a  whitish-gray  shade.  Orbicular  rather  large,  rounded,  gray, 
annulate  with  black ;  reniform  finely  and  subobsoletely  annulated  with 
black,  and  with  a  gray  border,  angulated  exteriorly,  and  nearly  touch- 
ing the  orbicular  behind.  T.  p.  line  Innulate,  tolerably  even,  obsoletely 
double,  with  an  interior  gray  shade.  S.  t.  interspace  wide;  s.  t  line 
gray,  preceded  by  a  faint  brown  shading.  A  terminal  series  of  dark 
dots  alternating  with  similar  dots  at  the  base  of  the  concolorous  fringes. 
Hind  wings  dark  fuscous,  with  pale  interlined  fringes.  Beneath  pale 
fuscous,  with  common,  even,  subdentate  line  and  discal  marks.  Uxpan- 
mon^  30  millimetres.  California  {Henry  Edwards^  No.  4411).  Appears  to 
belong  to  the  meMoria  group,  but  is  very  different  in  appearance. 

Agbotis  mebgbnabia,  n.  «p. 

^. — All  the  tibiae  armed ;  antennae  simple;  body  depressed.  Allied 
to  inooncinna  and  auxiUiaris  rather  than  to  clandestina.  Entirely  fus- 
cous ;  lines  faint,  double.  Stigmata  coucolorous,  all  three  narrowly  out- 
lined in  black.  Claviform  rather  long  and  narrow.  Hind  wings 
fuscous,  subpellucid,  with  pale  interlined  fringes.  Beneath  much  as  in 
auxUliaria.  Expansiouy  42  millimetres.  Texas,  November  12  {Betfrage^ 
No.  586,  red  label). 

Agbotis  mAnoENSis,  n.  «p. 

^.—Allied  to  costata,  but  differing  in  color.  Primaries  narrow,  pur- 
ple-fuscous. Costa  broadly  shaded  with  lilac-gray  at  base,  absorbing 
the  orbicular  above.  Orbicular  gray,  oblique,  rounded  below  not  angu- 
late  as  in  costata.  Beniform  gray,  smaller  and  narrower  than  in  its 
ally.  At  base  below  median  vein  is  a  rich  blackish  shade  and  between 
the  discal  spots.    Claviform  large,  concolorous,  faintly  outlined.    T.  p. 


172     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

line  as  ia  oostata^  indistinct.  S.  t.  line  near  the  external  margin  with 
some  preceding  cuneiform  marks;  terminal  space  darker-shaded.  Hind 
wings  and  under  surface  of  both  pairs  plain  pale  fuscous.  Collar  with  a 
mesial  black  band.  Expansion^  32  millimetres.  Idaho  (Henry  Edwards^ 
e»g.,  No.  G525). 

Agbotis  bosabia,  n.  sp. 

i . — Antennae  simple,  pubescent  beneath ;  all  the  tibias  armed.  Allied 
to  conflua^  but  stouter,  and  with  possibly  a  nearer  European  representa- 
tive. Bosy  brown.  Stigmata  discolorous,  ochrey.  Lines  double,  nearly 
even  and  peri>endicular.  Orbicular  with  dark  annulus,  moderate,  nearly 
spherical,  situate  near  the  t.  a.  line.  Glaviform  obsolete.  Ileniform  in. 
dented  outwardly,  moderate,  its  lower  portion  ill-defined.  Subterminal 
line  pale,  slightly  sinuate.  An  even,  fine,  dark  line  margins  both  wings. 
Secondaries  with  a  mesial  line ;  fringes  rosy.  Beneath  with  a  dififuse 
common  line  and  faint  discal  marks.  Body  concolorons.  Expansion^  35 
millimetres.    California  (Nos.  2199  and  149,  Ifr.  Henry  Edwards). 

Agbotis  evanidalis,  n.  «p. 

i. — Eyes  naked;  all  the  tibiae  armed.  Allied  to  subgothica ;  a  little 
stouter  than  that  species,  paler-colored,  and  the  antennae  are  more 
strongly  biistled.  Thorax  and  abdomen  soiled  pale  ochrey.  Fore 
wings  colored  like  mibgothica;  the  claviform  shorter,  surmounted  by  a 
broad,  pale  stripe,  which  extends  to  internal  angle;  reniform  more 
rounded,  stained  with  light  yellow.  Subcostal,  median,  and  snbmedian 
veins  striped  with  white  at  base.  Orbicular  whitish,  triangulate,  ab- 
sorbed superiorly.  Subterminal  space  and  terminal  much  as  in  sab- 
gothica.  Hind  wings  whitish,  with  broad,  diffuse  borders.  Beneath 
pale,  with  discal  points ;  those  on  primaries  pale-ringed.  Size  of  sub- 
gothica, or  a  little  larger.    California. 

Agbotis  ebiemsis,  n.  sp. 

i . — All  the  tibiae  armed.  Size  of  manifestoldbes  and  similarly  colored. 
Ochre  and  reddish-brown.  Antennae  simple,  and  thus  differing  at  once 
from  its  ally.  Front  and  collar  ochrey ;  thorax  reddish-brown ;  anal 
hairs  ochreous.  Base  of  primaries  and  costal  region  diffusely  ochrey; 
else  the  wing  is  reddish -brown.  Lines  black,  broken,  illegible.  Stig- 
mata faint,  shaded  with  ochrey,  moderately  large.  Subterminal  line 
nearer  the  external  margin  and  more  even  than  its  ally,  preceded  by 
dark  points.  Hind  wings  pale  fuscous,  with  yellowish  fringes.  Beneath 
much  as  in  manifestolaJ^es,  common  line  and  discal  points.  Oue  speci- 
men, Erie  County,  New  York  (collected  by  A.  B.  Orote  in  July). 

AGBOTIS  LAGUNOSA,  Morrison,  MS. 

<^. — Allied  to  sexatilis.  Dull  wood-brown,  without  costal  shading. 
Stigmata  smaller  and  more  oblique;  reniform  narrower;  orbicular  more 
decumbent  than  in  its  ally.    Median  and  terminal  spaces  darker  than 


r 
\ 

\ 


GBOTE   ON  N0CTUID8.  173 

the  rest  of  the  wing.  Head  and  thorax  dark  brown ;  collar  with  a  nar- 
row mesial  line.  Hind  wings  whitish  in  the  male,  with  a  very  narrow 
smoky  border  and  white  fringes.  Beneath  pale,  with  diseal  marks  and 
faint  common  line.  AntennsB  brash-like.  ExpanftioUy  35  millimetres. 
California.    Type  in  Coll.  Baf.  Soc.  Nat.  Sci. 

This  is  the  form  I  have  donbtfully  referred  to  oheliscoides.  I  do  not 
know  Gaen^e's  species,  which  I  think  cannot  be  sexatilia  or  the  present 
species. 

Agbotis  atbifeba,  n.  sp, 

<^9. — All  the  tibise  spined.  Male  antennse  simple,  pubescent,  with 
pairs  of  simple  bristles  on  the  joints.  Allied  to  choris;  of  a  grayish- 
fuscoas;  collar  with  a  black  central  line;  a  black  basal  dash;  a  black 
dash  before  orbicular  and  between  the  ordinary  spots.  Stigmata  con- 
colorous;  orbicular  large,  oblique,  incomplete  above;  reniform  sub- 
equal.  T.  p.  line  faint,  double,  tolerably  even.  .  S.  t.  line  faint,  near  the 
margin,  with  some  preceding  black  streaks.  Hind  wings  whitish,  with 
vague  smoky  borders,  subpellucid.  Beneath  pale,  whitish,  powdery ; 
traces  of  exterior  shade  on  primaries ;  else  the  usual  markings  are  obso- 
lete. Expansion^  35  millimetres.  Nos.  5201,  California,  and  4581,  Sierra 
Nevada  (from  Mr.  Henry  Edvcards). 

Agbotis  bicollabis,  n.  «p. 

i  9 . — Clay-colored ;  belonging  to  the  group  of  cvpiday  but  smaller 
than  the  other  species,  except  brunneipennis.  Collar  with  a  mesial  black 
band.  Fore  wings  clay-color,  with  the  marks  black,  fragmentary. 
Beniform  moderate,  concolorous,  stained  with  fuscous ;  orbicular  rather 
long,  concolorous,  black-ringed,  tending  to  be  incomplete  above.  T.  p. 
line  geminate,  tolerably  even.  S.  t.  line  near  the  margin,  strongly  angn- 
late  below  costa,  followed  and  preceded  by  dark  shading.  Fringes 
fuscous,  paler-tipped,  yellowish  at  base.  Hind  wings  dark  fuscous; 
veins  darker ;  fringes  interlined,  yellowish  at  base,  whitish  outwardly. 
Beneath  pale,  irrorate;  secondaries  show  lunule  and  diffuse  outer  line. 
Expansion,  28-30  millimetres.  Havilah,  Cal.  {Mr.  Henry  Edwards,  Nos. 
6524  and  6517). 

The  California  fauna  is  rich  in  species  belonging  to  the  group  which  is 
represented  in  the  East  by  cupida,  hrunneipennis,  alternata,  and  placida. 
These  have  been  mostly  described  by  myself  in  the  third  volume  of  the 
Bulletin  of  the  BufiFalo  Society  of  Natural  Sciences.  I  repeat  here  some 
of  the  characters  for  the  convenience  of  the  student: — 

Agrotis  cupidissima. — Nearest  to  cupida:  similarly  sized,  but  paler, 
with  the  orbicular  incomplete  superiorly.  Varies  by  the  primaries 
becoming  clay-colored  without  markings.    Collar  unlined. 

Agrotis  Icetula. — Darker  than  the  preceding,  purx>lebrown,  with  pow- 
dery ochrey  markings;  claviform  indicated.  Collar  unlined.  A  little 
smaller  than  cupidissima. 


174     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

Agroiis  orbis. — Closely  allied  to  dUemata.  Stigmata  complete ;  orbi- 
cnlar  very  small,  pale-ringed,  spherical.  UDicoloroas  olivaceoas-gray, 
shiuing;  terminal  space  hardly  paler.  Possibly  a  variety  of  dtternata^ 
bat  the  spots  are  concolorons. 

Agrotis  emarginatd. — ^Bather  narrow-winged.  Dark  pnrple  brown; 
concolorons;  ornamentation  subobsolete;  lines  darker  than  the  wing; 
orbicular  incomplete  above.  Collar  with  a  distinct,  black,  superior 
edging. 

Agroiis  facula, — ^Broader  and  shorter- winged  than  emarginata.  Brown, 
with  the  primaries  overlaid  with  lilac- gray,  especially  on  costa  and  over 
stigmata.  Cell  shaded  with  black  between  the  ordinary  spots  and  before 
the  orbicular;  the  latter  absorbed  into  the  gray  costal  shade.  Collar 
with  a  very  fine  blac^kish  edging. 

Agrotis  /ormaZf^.— -Collar  with  a  fine,  mesial,  white  line ;  upper  portion 
black.  Colors  of  /aot/ia,  but  without  black  on  disk  and  before  orbicular. 
Gray  costal  shade  evident. 

Agrotis  observabUis. — ^Collar  with  upper  half  black ;  lower  part  reddish 
or  ochrey.  Costal  margin  reddish;  varies  by  the  presence  of  black  on 
the  cell  and  before  the  orbicular,  or  its  absence  when  these  places  are 
sometimes  olivaceous  or  reddish.  A  black  basal  dash;  claviform  dis- 
tinct. The  collar  is  similar  to  formalis;  but  the  color  is  different,  being 
fuscous,  overlaid  with  reddish  and  olivaceous. 

Agrotis  bicollaris. — Looks  like  a  small,  pale  cupidissimay  but  the  collar 
has  a  mesial  black  band. 

Agrotis  pluralis,  n.  sp. 

9. — All  the  tibise  spinose.  Allied  to  pleuritica^  but  the  orbicular  is 
oblique,  subquadrate.  Gray  and  pale  ochreous.  Fore  wings  gray  along 
costal  and  internal  margins,  diffusely  shaded  with  pale  yellowish-ochrey 
from  the  base  over  the  claviform  along  submedian  fold  to  subterminal 
line  and  again  be3*ond  the  reniform.  All  filled  in  with  brown.  Stigmata 
gray,  whitish-ringed;  reniform  upright;  orbicular  oblique,  quadrate; 
claviform  faintly  outlined,  absorbed  by  the  ochre  shading.  Lines  gem- 
inate, marked  on  costa,  subobsolete;  subterminal  pale,  irregular;  termi- 
nal space  gray;  terminal  line  black,  subcoutinuous.  Veins  marked 
with  blackish;  veins  3  and  4  edged  with  whitish ;  a  dark  shade  before 
subterminal  line  resolved  into  dashes  or  cuneiform  marks  between  veins 
2  and  5.  Fringes  gray,  interlined;  externally  brown,  dotted  opposite 
extremity  of  veins.  Hind  wings  smoky,  subhyaline  toward  the  base; 
fringes  white,  interlined.  Thorax  gray;  collar  at  base  light  ochrey; 
tegulsB  lined  within  with  ochreous.  Beneath  white,  powdered  with  fus- 
cous; double  obliterate  lines  and  discal  marks;  abdomen  whitish  above, 
darker  beneath. 

Expansion^  38  millimetres.    Two  specimens,  Nevada  (coll.  Dr,  Bailey). 

With  differently  colored  shadings,  this  species  recalls  millerij  but  the 
stigmata  are  differently  shaped  and  the  t.  p.  line  has  a  different  expres- 
sion. 


GROTE  ON  NocrruiDS.  176 

A0ROTIS  AliBALIS,  ft.  «p. 

9. — ^AU  the  tibiffi  spinose.  Appears  to  belong  to  the  group  of  ail&ns 
and  lagena  (two  specimens  of  this  latter  from  Nevada  are  sent  in  the 
present  collection),  bat  it  is  whiter,  and  all  ornamentation  is  obsolete. 
Fore  wings  gray,  white  over  dusky.  There  are  patches  before  the  snb- 
terminal  line,  as  in  milleriy  bat  the  line  is  more  dentate  and  deeply  in- 
dented opposite  the  cell.  Median  lines  lost  Stigmata  barely  indicated. 
At  the  place  of  the  orbicnlar  is  an  ochrey-stained,  small  spot,  v-shaped, 
finely  bordered  with  black;  the  apex  tnmed  to  the  base  of  the  wing, 
and  apparently  connected  exteriorly  by  an  ochrey-white  shading  on  the 
oell  with  the  small,  npright,  whitish-ringed  reniform.  Fringes  check- 
ered gray  and  whitish.  Hind  wings  whitish,  with  a  very  faint  terminal, 
smoky  shading;  fringes  white,  with  a  nearly  obsolete,  dotted  interlining. 
Head  and  thorax  gray ;  abdomen  whitish.  Beneath  white,  sprinkled 
with  dark  scales,  withoat  markings.  Uxpansian^  37  millimetres.  Ne- 
vada (Dr.  Bailey).  The  lines  on  primaries  are  barely  indicated,  appear- 
ing even,  not  dotted.    A  faint  white,  basal,  submedian  streak. 

Aqbotts  mimallonis,  Orote. 

This  is  one  of  oor  handsomest  species.  The  lines  on  primaries  are 
variably  distinct  Dr.  Bailey  has  sent  me  the  female  from  Centre,  N. 
T.  It  has  the  hind  wings  white  as  in  the  male,  bnt  there  is  a  smoky 
border  to  them,  more  or  less  well  defined.  In  the  Western  species 
gagatesj  the  hind  wing.s  are  all  smoky,  sabpellacid  in  the  female;  the 
primaries  are  more  obscnrely  colored,  and,  while  the  ornamentation  is 
similar,  the  sabterminal  line  is  distinctly  pale,  powdery,  and  irregnlar 
in  the  Colorado  form. 

Agbotis  oampestbis,  Orote. 

I  have  both  sexes  of  albipeimiSy  which  seems  distinct  from  this  form. 
Dr.  Bailey,  of  Albany,  has  sent  me  an  interesting  series  of  campestriSj 
varying  from  bright  brown  to  black.  For  the  distinction  between  this 
species  and  decolor ,  I  refer  the  stndent  to  the  Bnlletin  of  the  Buffalo  So- 
ciety of  Nataral  History,  vol.  3,  No.  6. 

Agrotis  fishh,  n.  sp. 

i  9 . — In  color  and  appearance  resembling  janualiSy  but  the  tibi»  are 
all  spinose.  Obscure  pnrple  gray.  The  orbicular  obsolete.  Lines  fine, 
black,  single,  dentate.  Half-line  visible.  T.  a.  line  erect,  with  two 
small,  sab-equal  projections  on  cell  and  below  costa.  Median  shade  out- 
wardly oblique,  running  to  lower  extremity  of  reniform;  this  latter  is 
moderate,  and  filled  in  with  greenish-white  scales.  T.  p.  line  dentate, 
forming  points  on  the  veins.  Subterminal  line  witli  a  blackish,  preced- 
ing shade  at  its  inception  on  costa,  interrupted,  forming  two  marks  op- 
posite the  cell  very  slightly  margined  outwardly  with  greenish-white. 
A  terminal  black  line  almost  continuous.  Hind  wings  fuscous  with 
veddish  fringes.    Thorax  concolorous  purple-gray;  no  line  on  collar. 


176     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

Beneath,  body  and  legs  obscare  purplish,  abdomen  reddish.  Wings 
leddish-i'Qscoas,  with  common  dark  shade  line,  and  discal  marks  equally 
distinct.  Expansionj  33  millimetres.  Oldtown,  Me.  {Mr.  Charles  Fish). 
The  primaries  are  more  pointed  at  apices  than  in  janvnlis.  The  dark 
shade  before  s.  t.  line  and  obsolete  orbicnlar  are  strong  characters.  The 
male  antenn»  are  pyramidal-toothed,  oiliate ;  hind  wings  pale  fascoas. 

Hadena  vigilans,  n.  sp. 

9 . — Eyes  naked,  lashless.  Abdomen  nntofted;  thorax  tafted  at  base; 
legs  unarmed.  Blackish  purple- brown,  deeper- shaded  over  costal  region. 
Collar  and  base  of  head  pale  yellowish,  discolorous.  Subterminal  line 
near  the  margin,  pale,  followed  by  dark  scales,  which  become  velvety- 
black  below  vein  3.  Four  pale  anteapical  dots,  wide  apart.  Median 
lines  obliterate.  Discal  marks  distinct,  well-sized ;  reniform  with  a  vel- 
vety-black annulus  on  the  inside,  excavate  outwardly,  filled  in  with 
whitish  scales ;  orbicular  concolorous,  subequal,  outwardly  oblique,  with 
complete  velvety-black  annulus.  Hind  wings  pale  fuscous,  with  double, 
diffuse,  subterminal  band  and  discal  lunule  reflected  from  beneath. 
On  the  under  surface,  the  discal  lunule  on  primaries  is  open,  on  second- 
aries solid ;  the  hind  wings  are  powdered  with  brownish ;  fore  wings 
blackish.  Abdomen  like  hind  wings ;  thorax  like  primaries.  Above, 
the  primaries  show  a  little  reddish  staining  at  the  base,  along  the  s.  t. 
line  and  on  median  space.  Expansion^  32  millimetres.  Orono,  Me. 
{Prof.  C.  H.  Femald). 

This  species  is  easily  known  by  the  characters  of  the  subterminal  line 
and  stigmata. 

Hadena  gbistata,  Harvey^  MS. 

i . — ^Thorax  ferruginous,  strongly  crested ;  body  comparatively  slender; 
abdomen  tufted ;  size  large.  Fore  wings  dusky  ocbreous,  with  all  the 
markings  dotted  and  fragmentary.  Lines  marked  in  black  on  costa. 
Beniform  barely  indicated  with  a  black,  central  dot.  T.  p.  line  a  double 
series  of  black  dots,  the  inner  line  represented  by  a  white  curved  streak 
crossing  a  dark  shade  on  submedian  fold,  thus  allying  the  moth  to  cu. 
culliifarmis  and  verbascoides.  Terminally  the  wing  is  shaded  blackish, 
twice  more  prominently  at  the  middle  and  at  internal  margin  across  the 
narrow,  pale  s.  t.  line.  Fringes  blackish,  cut  with  ferruginous-ochrey  at  end 
of  veins.  A  fine  ferruginous  basal  streak  and  internal  margin  shaded 
with  rusty.  Hind  wings  fuscous,  with  rusty-ochre  fringes,  and  shaded 
with  ochrey  along  external  margin.  Beneath  pale  ochrey,  with  rusty 
tinge;  on  hind  wings  a  waved  mesial  line  marked  on  the  veins  and  a 
discal  lunule.  Primaries  with  lunule  and  straight  line,  double  and  angn- 
late  at  costa.    Expansion^  45  millimetres.    Buffalo  {A.  B.  Orote), 

Hadena  duota,  n.  sp. 

9 — A  large  species  resembling  eastanea  and  some  of  the  Buropeau 
allied  forms  in  appearance.  Abdomen  tufted.  Fore  wings  black  or 
blackish.    Subterminal  line  powdery , white,  narrow,  continuous,  preceded 


GBOTE   ON   NOCTUIDS.  177 

and  followed  by  deep  black  interspaceal  dashes;  the  asaal  W-inaik  in* 
dicated,  not  very  promineDt ;  fringes  blackish,  dotted  with  pale  at  ends 
of  veins.  Beuiform  large,  black -ringed,  filled  in  with  powdery,  whitish 
scales  'y  orbicalar  large,  spherical,  also  slightly  pale-powdered ;  clavifonn 
concolorous,  moderate;  a  black  shade  along  submedian  fold  counecting 
the  two  lines  below  where  they  are  most  approximate.  Ordinary  lines 
double,  inconspicuous;  median  shade  black,  rather  faint;  t.  p.  linelu- 
nnlate.  Hind  wings  blackish  with  pale  disk  and  fringes,  which  are  inter- 
lined. Thorax  blackish;  tarsi  pale-dotted.  Beneath,  the  wings  are 
powdered  with  blackish;  hind  wings  paler,  with  black  discal  8i)ot  and 
mesial  irregular  shade.  Expansionj  40  millimetres.  Orono,  Me.  ( Professor 
Femald). 

Hadsna  tusa,  n.  sp. 

i  9. — Smaller  than  curvata^  without  the  prominent  excavation  of  the 
secondaries.  Eyes  naked ;  thorax  and  abdomen  tufted.  Blackish -brown ; 
ornamentation  indistinct.  Terminal  space  dark,  culminating  in  a  black 
shade  above  internal  angle.  Median  lines  geminate,  tolerably  approxi- 
mate. Ordinary  spots  paler  than  the  wing ;  reniform  with  interior  bla<  k 
aunulus  and  inferior  black  stain.  Glaviform  brown,  and  there  is  a  nar- 
row, sometimes  incomplete  dash  across  the  median  space  connecting  the 
lines  submedially  where  th^y  are  more  approximate.  Hind  wings  pale 
fuscous,  with  moderate  smoky  borders;  fringes  pale,  interlined.  Beneath 
pale,  irrorate  with  brownish,  with  vague  double  exterior  lines.  Abdomen 
pale  fuscous,  with  blackish  tufts.  Thorax  blackish-brown;  tegulie 
darker;  a  narrow  black  line  on  collar.  Expansion, 2S^0  mWhmiitTeH. 
California  (if r.  Henry  Edwards,  No.  5985 ;  Mr.  Behrens,  No.  983). 

Had£NA  ogcidens,  n.  sp. 

i  9. — One  of  the  largest  species,  somewhat  resembling  arciica.  Eyes 
naked,  tibiae  unarmed,  abdomen  with  dorsal  crests  on  the  four  basal 
segments,  of  which  the  third  is  most  prominent.  Whitish-gray;  in  one 
specimen  the  median  space  is  shaded  with  brown,  so  that  the  resem- 
blance to  arctiea  is  obvious;  in  the  other  ($)  the  brown  is  entirely 
absent.  Lines  geminate,  distinct.  A  basal  black  dash  below  the  half- 
line.  Anterior  line  even,  outwardly  produced  submedially,  and  here 
narrowing  the  median  space.  Glaviform  small,  outlined  in  black  ap- 
proaching the  median  shade.  Posterior  line  scalloped  interspaceally, 
much  drawn  in  below  the  submedian  vein,  and  so  narrowing  the  median 
space  inferiorly.  Stigmata  very  large,  shaded  with  pale  ochrey,  espe- 
cially the  ovate  orbicular,  annulate  with  blackish,  the  gray  reniform 
with  an  interior  ring.  Subterminal  line  pale,  preceded  by  a  diffuse  pale 
ochrey  shading  over  s.  t.  space  medially  ;•  the  line  is  pale,  limited  by 
incomplete  dark  lines,  of  which  the  inner  is  in  one  specimen  distinctly 
ochreons,  twice  drawn  in;  at  its  last  inflection  at  internal  angle  it  is  pre- 
ceded and  followed  by  a  distinct  black  shading.  Terminal  black  line 
broken  into  interspaceal  dots;  fringes  gray,  with  narrow  pale  basal  line, 
Bull.  iv.  No.  1—12 


178     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVET. 

and  obsoletely  cat  with  pale,  distinctly  on  under  side.  Hind  wings 
pale  smoky,  veins  marked,  alike  in  both  sexes,  with  white  interlined 
fringes.  Thorax  gray,  the  tuftings  tipped  with  ochreons.  Beneath 
whitish,  with  doable  oatcr  lines  and  discal  lunule  on  hind  wings;  prima- 
ries fuscoas,  with  indistinct  open  discal  mark.  Expansion^  45  milli- 
metres. 

Had. — Nevada  (Dr.  Bailey). 

This  is  a  stout  species,  nearest  to  arctlca,  from  which  it  may  be  known 
at  first  sight  by  the  gray  color  and  the  drawing-in  of  the  transverse 
posterior  line  on  vein  2  to  within  the  reuiiorra. 

Hadena  DEVASTATiiix  (Bracc). 

A  specimen  sent  me  by  Dr.  Bailey  from 'Nebraska  has  the  primaries 
very  pale,  setting  off  the  ornamentation.  It  bears  some  resemblance  to 
my  riKiteriiil  of  cxuUs  from  Labrador. 

Hadena  flava,  Grote^  Troc.  Ent.  Soc.  Phila.  Sept.  1874. 

The  type  of  this  species  is  from  British  Columbia.  A  specimen  col- 
lected by  Belfrage  in  Texas  hardly  differs.  Another  ($)  collected  by 
Kidings  in  Colorado  (which  I  took  to  the  British  Museum,  in  18G7,  to 
compare)  has  the  fore  wings  paler,  but  else  seems  the  same  species;  the 
ovipositor  is  exserted.  I  now  receive  from  Mr.  Eeury  Edwards  a  speci- 
mien  of  his  Pseudanarta  crocea^  and  I  find  it  much  the  same  as  the  Colo- 
rado specimen  collected  by  Eidings.  The  eyes  are  naked,  and  I  do  not 
think  the  moth  can  be  generically  separated  from  Hadena,  although  the 
yellow  hind  wings  give  it  a  very  distinct  appearance,  to  which  1  have 
alluded  in  my  original  description.  The  tibioB  are  unarmed,  and  its 
resemblance  to  Anarta  merely  lies  in  the  yellow  secondaries,  which  it 
shares  with  cordigera. 

DRYOBOTA  OPINA,  71.  sp. 

i9. — E^es  naked,  lashed.  Auteunse  of  the  male  rather  lengthily 
bipectiuate.  Dark  brown.  Primaries  with  the  median  space  shaded 
with  black.  Claviform  blackish.  Orbicular  spherical,  filled  with  pale 
powdering.  Reniform  moderate,  with  pale  interior  annulus.  T.  p.  line 
even.  Subterminal  space  red  brown.  S.  t.  line  preceded  by  a  blackish 
shade,  forming  interspaceal,  cuneiform  marks  and  followed  by  short,  dark, 
linear  dashes.  Fringes  paler  than  the  wing.  Hind  wings  soiled  yel- 
lowish-white, with  a  mesial  fuscous  line,  discal  point,  and  terminal  line; 
fringes  pale.  Thorax  obscure  brownish.  Beneath  pale,  powdered  with 
brown  ;  distinct  discal  marks  and  an  exterior  common  line.  Expansion^ 
30  millimetres.  California  (J/r.  BehrcnSy  and  Mr.  Henry  Edwards  in 
October). 

The  Dryohota  callfornica  of  Dr.  Behr's  MSS.  has  hairy  eyes,  and  had 
been  described  by  myself  under  the  genus  Xylomiges,  to  which  it  belongs. 


GROTE   ON  NOCTUms.  179 

Abzama  diffusa,  n.  sp. 

9. — Eyes  naked;  front  without  tubercle;  body  stout;  abdomen  ter- 
minating with  a  close,  mossy  tnft,  as  in  some  BombycidaSy  and  as  in  obli- 
quota.  Dusky  ochrcy;  t.  a.  line  black,  even,  outwardly  and  roundedly 
projected  on  the  cell ;  median  space  about  the  reniform  and  before  the 
median  shade  diffusely  shaded  with  black ;  reniform  much  as  in  fmlni- 
ficay  as  also  the  t.  p.  line,  but  this  is  black,  not  ferruginous;  s.  t.  line 
even,  angulated  in  vein  5,  followed  by  blackish  shading  on  terminal 
space.  Terminal  line  dark,  even,  interrupted  by  the  veins.  Hind  wings 
warm  fuscous,  with  pale  fringe;  beneath  reddish-fuscous;  hind  wings 
paler,  with  large  discal  dot,  and  diagonal,  slightly  irregular,  mesial  shade- 
band.  Body  concolorous;  thorax  shaded  with  blackish  behind  the 
collar.  JE7xpansM>»,  47  millimetres.  Maine  (Pro/.  J'erwaW).  Differs  struc- 
turally from  obliqiiata  by  the  smooth  front,  and  seems  to  be  very  near 
vulnifica, 

Mr.  Butler,  of  the  British  Museum,  kindly  informs  me  tliat  Arzama 
denaa  has  a  smooth  front.  It  is  thus  congeneric  with  diffusa  and  vulni- 
Jlca.  For  obliquataj  with  its  horned  clypeus,  I  propose  the  generic  term 
iSlphida. 

DORYODES  BISTRIALIS. 

Jgriphila  hisirialia,  Hiibn.  Zntr.  775-776. 
Doryode8  acutaria,  U.-S.  et  GaeD^e. 

A  Study  of  Uttbner's  "Zutraege"  has  satisfied  me  that  wo  must  revert 
to  an  older  name  for  this  moth. 

SCOLECOCAMPA  BIPUNOTA  {MoTT.). 

I  have  identified  this  species  collected  by  Mr.  v.  Meske  at  Albany. 
It  does  not  seem  to  me  generically  distinct  from  liburnay  though  hardly 
more  than  half  the  size;  the  palpal  structure  is  the  same.  The  dot 
which  forms  the  reniform  is  represented  in  the  same  place  on  the  anna- 
lus  in  Hburna, 

Ufeus  unicolor,  n.  sp. 

i. — All  the  tibisB  spinose ;  the  naked  eyes  heavily  lashed.  This  form 
shares  all  the  characters  of  satyricus  or  plivatus,  the  flattened  body  and 
hirsute  abdomen.  It  is  of  a  unicoiorous  smoky-fuscous,  with  paler  sec- 
ondaries. The  fore  wings  show  no  trace  of  lines  or  spots;  there  is  a 
powdering  of  black  scales  on  the  veins,  and  perhaps  a  feeble  indication 
at  the  usual  place  of  the  exterior  line.  The  color  is  that  of  satyricu^y 
the  size  that  of  plicatus.  Uxpamionj  38  millimetres.  Illinois  {Mr.  Bean^ 
Ko.  6G6). 

The  fore  tibiro  are  spinose  in  this  species  and  plicatus;  they  are  prob- 
ably also  spined  in  satyricusy  though  I  have  not  been  able  to  detect  the 
spines  in  my  material  of  the  latter  species. 


380  BULLETIN   UNITED   STATES   GEOLOOICAL   SURVEY. 

PYBOPHILA  GLABELLA,  Morr. 

Havilaby  GaL  (Mr.  Hewty  Edwards^  No.  6589).  The  specimen  does 
not  diflfer  essentially  from  one  sent  me  from  Illinois  by  Mr.  Thomas  £L 
Bean. 

ZOTHEGA  TBANQUILLA  var.  VIBIDULA. 

I  have  received  two  specimens  of  tranquiUa  from  GaUfornia,  which, 
instead  of  being  pale  reddish-brown  over  the  thorax  and  primaries,  are 
pale  green,  and  to  this  color- variety,  which  is  sufficiently  extraordinary, 
I  give  the  above  name.  The  simple  markings  of  the  typical  form  are 
evident,  but  at  first  sight  no  one  would  refer  the  two  to  the  same  species. 

Obaphiphoba  oontbahens,  n.  «p. 

^. — Form  slight.  Eyes  hairy.  Tibiae  unarmed.  Thorax  hairy, 
untufted.  Fuscous  over  faded  ochreous.  The  primaries  are  darker- 
shaded  over  the  costal  region,  above  the  middle  of  the  wing,  to  the 
reniform;  again  ov^  terminal  and  subterminal  spaces  at  the  middle 
and  on  costa,  where  three  pale  dots  are  included.  Lines  geminate.  A 
dark  basal  mark.  T.  a.  line  waved,  upright.  Orbicular  obsolete.  Ileni- 
form  rather  small,  rouuded,  concolorous  with  the  pale  ochre  tint  of  the 
wing,  which  extends  beyond  it  to  apices.  T.  p.  line  slightly  sinuate, 
contiguous  to  reniform.  A  black,  interrupted,  terminal  line.  A  pale 
line  at  base  of  fringe.  Hind  wings  dirty  white,  with  dark,  interrupted, 
terminal  line.  Beneath  whitish ;  fore  wings  shaded  with  fuscous  on  the 
disk,  with  a  common,  dark,  slightly  irregular  line  and  discal  points. 
Thorax  mixed  grayish.  Expansion^  38  millimetres.  Nova  Scotia  (No. 
2378,  Mr.  TJiaxter). 

I  have  seen  a  specimen  of  this  species,  labelled  ^^Celomorcontraliens 
Walker »,  in  Coll.  Can.  Ent.  Soc. 

Lithophane  vieidipallens,  Grote. 

S, — Pale  gray-greeu;  lines  on  primaries  darker-shaded.  Allied  to 
querqtiera^  but  differing  at  once  by  the  absence  of  the  black  markings 
and  the  narrower  reniform.  Thorax  with  a  central  black  dot ;  edges  of 
the  tegulse  faintly  lined.  Lines  on  primaries  double ;  median  shade  fus- 
cous or  blackish,  upright,  diffuse,  dentate.  Subterminal  line  without 
the  black  markings  of  querquera  at  the  middle,  and  again  on  submediau 
fold.  Terminal  dots  reduced.  Hind  wings  fuscous,  with  whitish  fringes, 
not  ruddy  as  in  querquera;  beneath  with  a  faint  flush.  Size  of  querquera. 
Massachusetts  (Mr,  Roland  Thaxter). 

LlTHOPnANE  CAPAX,  G,  &  E. 

This  species  has  the  tibiae  unarmed.  Notwithstanding  its  broader 
wings,  it  must  be  referred  to  Lithophane;  it  is  not  congeneric  with 
Anytus  sctdptua  Grote,  which  has  spiuose  tibio). 


OROTE  ON  N0CTUID8.  181 

LiTHOPHANE  LBPIDA,  Liutner  M8. 

Fore  wings  dark  parple-gray ;  lines  distinct,  dentate,  irregular.  A 
fine  black  basal  streak.  Half-line  deeply  dentate  on  median  vein. 
Anterior  line  dentate,  forming  a  large  tooth  below  submedian  vein^ 
which  nearly  tonches  a  prolonged  sharp  tooth  from  the  posterior  line. 
Orbicnlar  a  little  oblique,  reniform  subqnadrate;  both  stigmata  con- 
colorous,  with  black  annnli,  and  shaded  interior  ringlets.  Posterior  line 
with  acntely  dentate  teeth  over  submedian  nervules,  nearly  touching 
the  reniform,  forming  a  double  tooth  submedially,  the  first  and  shortest 
on  vein  2,  the  second  nearly  touching  the  opposite  tooth  of  the  anterior 
line  shaded  with  black.  Fringes  cx>ncolorous  with  minute  white  points 
opposite  the  veins.  Hind  wings  concolorus  fuscous,  with  an  exceed- 
ingly strong  even  reddish  tint;  fringes  concolorous.  Beneath,  both 
wings  saturated  with  reddish,  fuscous  discal  marks,  and  a  faint  com- 
mon shade-line.  Thorax  like  primaries ;  tegnlas^  touched  with  white  at 
the  sides;  abdomen  purplish.  Expansion^  40  millimetres.  Oldtown^ 
Me.  {Mr.  Charles  Fish).  It  cannot  be  mistaken  for  any  other  from  its 
purplish  primaries  with  distinct  marks,  the  shape  of  the  t  p.  line,  and 
the  warm  tint  of  the  hind  wings. 

The  following  is  a  list  of  our  North  American  species  of  Okea : — 

GL^  A,  Htibner ;  Stephens. 
t  HoMOGLiBA,  Morrison. 
6  antenncB  pectinate. 
liircina,  Morrison. 
carnosa,  Orote. 
1 1  Cbeastis,  Ochs. 

viatica,  Orote. 
inulta,  Orote. 
olivata,  Harvey. 
tttEpiGL-ffiA,  Grote. 

Dorsum  of  thorax  with  a  mesial  ridge. 
deleta,  Orote. 
decliva,  Orote. 
apiata,  Orote. 
venustula,  Orote. 

f  sericeay  Morr. 
tremula,  Harvey, 
pastillicans,  Morr. 
All  these  species  are  before  me ;  the  only  Californian  form  yet  de- 
scribed is  olivata,  Harvey. 

Xylomiges  tabulata,  n.  sp. 

9. — Eyes  hairy.  Head  and  thorax  in, front  whitish-gray;  collar  with 
a  black  line;  a  black  line  between  the  antennae;  front  fuscous.  Fore 
wings  gray,  shaded  with  blackish.    Ornamention  very  like  Lithophane 


182     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

iepida^  for  which  this  species  may  be  mistaken,  bat  the  yellowish-white 
abdomen  is  rounded,  not  flattened.  The  transverse  lines  are  double } 
basal  half-line  dentate,  consisting  of  a  black  inner  line  and  pale  outer 
shade.  Basal  space  gray;  subbasal  space  wide,  blackish.  T.  a.  line 
with  the  outer  component  line  most  distinct,  pale-centred,  upright, 
waved,  dentate  on  submedian  vein,  running  close  to  orbicular.  The 
claviform  spot  large,  narrowly  and  incompletely  margined  with  black, 
with  the  orbicular  wbitish-gray  ]  orbicular  not  closed  on  median  vein, 
rounded,  upright,  ringed  with  black.  A  square  blackish  mark  connects 
the  claviform  with  the  t.  a.  line.  Beniform  moderate,  stained  with  red- 
dish or  ochreous,  annulate  with  white  and  with  an  outer  incomplete 
black  ring.  T.  p.  line  denticulate  opposite  cell,  with  a  wider  submedian 
inward  lunulation,  pale  gray,  with  faint  inner  black  line,  followed  by  a 
narrow  blackish  shade,  widening  on  costa  on  subterminal  space.  Sub- 
terminal  space  whitish-gray,  with  a  squarish  black  dash  ou  submedian 
fold  before  the  line  which  is  near  the  margin,  angnlate,  cut  with  black 
fine  streaklets.  The  narrow  terminal  space  is  blackish,  with  a  black 
interrupted  terminal  line ;  fringes  blackisb-gray.  Outer  margin  retreat- 
ing to  internal  angle  below  vein  2.  Secondaries  whitish,  with  black  dis- 
cal  dot,  powdered  with  blackish  or  fuscous  externally,  and  narrow,  me- 
sial, waved  line,  accentuated  on  veins.  A  distinct,  black,  terminal  line; 
fringes  white.  Beneath  whitish  ;  fore  wings  somewhat  fuscous;  discal 
dots  and  faint,  common,  accentuated,  extradiscal  line.  Expansion^  3& 
millimetres.    Centre,  N.  Y.,  June  (W.  W,  Hilly  esq.). 

Tabache  sehiopaga,  n.  ap. 

Allied  to  caudefacta.  White.  Thorax,  head,  and  basal  half  of  pri- 
maries white,  immaculate.  The  median  shade-line  divides  the  wing;  it 
is  blackish-brown,  upright,  with  a  rounded  sinus  on  the  cell  opposite 
the  spherical,  prominent,  fuscous,  pale-ringed  reniform,  and  a  second 
sinus  on  submedian  fold.  The  exterior  line,  somewhat  leaden,  runs 
just  outside  the  reniform,  which  rests  on  a  dark  band  l>etween  the  exte- 
rior and  median  shade-lines.  Terminally  the  wing  is  whitish,  crossed 
by  an  irregular,  subterminal,  olivaceous-fuscous  shading  before  the  sub- 
terminal  line.  A  faint  dark  shading  on  terminal  space,  a  terminal  series 
of  black  points ;  fringes  whitish.  Hind  wings  white,  touched  exteriorly 
with  fuscous.  Beneath,  hind  wings  whitish ;  fore  wings  fuscous.  Abdo- 
men white.    JExpansioTiy  18  millimetres. 

Helena,  Montana,  June  21  {A.  8.  Packard^  jr.^  Hayden's  Survey);  Ne- 
vada. 

Very  distinct  from  its  allies  by  the  upright,  continued,  median  shade 
dividing  the  primaries  above. 

Meligleptbia  peoeupta,  Orote. 

Eelioihxs  (Md,)  proruptoBj  Qrote,  Tr.  Am.  Ent.  8oc.  294,  Jan.  1873. 
Melicleptria  venusta,  Hy.  Edw.  Pacific  Coast  Lep.  o.  12, 10. 

I  have  received  a  specimen  from  Mr.  Henry  Edwards,  which  enables 
me  to  make  the  above  syuonymieal  reference.    The  species  is  so  simply 


OROTE   ON   NOCTUIDS.  183 

marked  that  it  is  impossible  to  mistake  the  descriptions.  A  namber  of 
specimens  were  collected  by  Lord  Walsingham,  in  Oregon,  and,  as  I 
understood,  California* 

ANNAPHILA  DIVINULA,  71.  fip. 

3 . — ^This  tiny  species  is  even  smaller  than  decia;  it  differs  from  that 
species  and  depicta  in  the  white  band  which  crosses  the  wing  from  costa* 
to  internal  angle  sarrounding  the  spots  on  the  median  space  as  in  diva 
and  superba.  Hind  wings  yellow,  with  solid,  black  base, discal  mark,  and 
border.  Beneath  it  differs  by  the  fore  wings  being  pale  yellow  beyond 
the  arcuate  median  black  fascia,  and  again  apically  beyond  the  outer 
band,  which  runs  from  costa  to  external  margin ;  the  apices  are  all  black- 
ish in  allied  forms  beyond  the  outer  band.  Uxparmonj  15  millimetres. 
Oalifornia  {Mr.  Janies  BehrenSy  through  Prof.  FernaJd). 

This  species  cannot,  from  the  description,  be  the  var.  germana  of  Mr. 
Henry  Edwards.  The  white  band  on  primaries  is  as  prominent  as  iu 
diva. 

Since  I  established  the  genus  Annaphila^  the  described  species  have 
become  numerous.  They  are  all  Californian,  and  among  the  brightest 
uid  prettiest  of  our  NoctuidcB.  There  is  a  distant  resemblance  to  BrephoSy 
but  structurally  they  are  very  distinct;  the  ocelli  are  present.  I  have 
before  me  the  following  nine  species : — 

Annaphila,  Orote. 
t  Hind  wings  ichife. 
diva,  Oroie. 

I I  Hind  wings  red. 

superba,  Hy.  Edw. 

I I I  Hind  tpings  yellow  or  orange. 

divinula,  Orote. 
decia,  Orote. 

amicnlay  Hy.  Edw. 

depicta,  Orote. 

lithosina,  Hy.  Edic. 

immerens,  Harvey. 

mera,  Harvey. 

danistica,  Orote. 

Stneda  alleni,  Oroie. 

i. — This  species  resembles  somewhat  the  Californian  adumhraia  or 
divergens  ;  it  is,  however,  on  the  whole,  nearer  to  graphica  and  hudsonicam 
The  fore  wings  resemble  those  of  graphica;  but  the  s.  t.  line  is  notched 
below  costa,  and  the  median  field  is  more  brownish.  It  differs  by  the 
under  surface  of  both  wings  being  bright  orange-yellow,  with  narrowy 
black,  coalescing  bands,  which  on  either  wing  form  a  Y-mark.  Second- 
aries orange-yellow  above,  with  the  mesial  black  band  narrower;  but 
else  the  markings  much  as  in  its  allies. 


184     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SUBVET. 

This  fine  form  was  collected  in  Maine  by  Mr.  Afuon  Allenj  to  whom 

1  respectfally  dedicate  the  species.  It  is  a  little  larger  than  graphica^ 
and  differs  at  once  by  the  markings  on  the  under  sarface  of  primaries 
and  in  color. 

MeLIPOTIS  STYGIALIS,  n.  8p. 

3. — Allied  to  nigrescenSj  bat  smaller,  and  with  ill-defined  lines  or 
shades  on  the  fore  wings.  Primaries  fascous,  with  an  ill-defined,  paler 
shade-band  beyond  the  obsolete  t.  a.  line,  which  is  marked  on  costa.  A 
velvety-black  dash  on  the  cell  before  the  narrow,  carved  reniform,  and 
sarmoanted  by  a  blackish  costal  shade.  A  vagae,  pale  patch  in  the 
nsnal  place  behind  the  reniform.  T.  p.  line  merely  indicated  on  costa, 
and  beyond  it  a  blackish  patch,  limited  outwardly  by  the  inception  of 
the  pale  s.  t.  line,  which  also  vanishes  inferiorly.  Some  black  scale- 
points  on  internal  margin,  where  the  t.  a.  line  and  t.  p.  line  may  be  sap- 
posed  to  terminate;  also  along  inception  of  t.  p.  line.  Hind  wings 
almost  wholly  blackish;  whitish  on  d<sk;  fringes  white  at  apices  to 
vein  4,  then  dusky,  again  white  opiK)site  a  yellowish  spot  between  veins 

2  and  3>  breaking  the  dark  border.  Beneath  opalescent-white  at  base, 
with  a  black  discal  streak ;  the  broad,  dark  border  broken  as  on  upper 
Sarface,  but  here  the  spot  is  white ;  fringes  as  above.  Fore  wings  whit« 
at  base  and  beyond  the  median  blackish  band ;  the  blackish  terminal 
field  is  broken  by  two  subterminal  superposed  white  marks  before  the 
apices.    Expansion^  35  millimetres.    Illinois  (Mr.  Bearij  No.  645). 

I  think  I  have  noticed  this  form  in  the  Philadelphia  collections. 
From  my  material,  I  am  led  to  suggest  that  ochreipennis  may  be  the 
male  sex  of  nigrescens.  I  can  only  repeat  that,  from  actual  specimens, 
I  have  shown  that /a^ciolam  is  abundantly  distinct  from  nigrescens^  and 
that  Mr.  Morrison's  contrary  suggestion,  made  without  knowing  Hiib- 
ner's  species  in  nature,  is  qaite  unwarranted. 

Panopoda  kufimabgo  [HUbner). 

From  a  series  of  specimens  taken  near  Buffalo,  I  can  no  longer  con- 
sider roseicosta  as  distinct.  The  reniform  varies  by  the  presence  or 
absence  of  an  inferior  black  spot.  The  groundcolor  varies  from  dull 
ochrey  to  reddish.  The  lines  are  variably  distinct.  I  return  to  my 
opinion  that  we  have  but  two  species  of  Panopoda  so  far  known,  namely: 
BUFIMABGO  of  Hilbner,  to  which  I  would  refer  ruhricosta  and  roseicosta 
of  Gueni^e  and  my  cressonii  as  synonyms,  or  as  designating  indefinable 
varieties;  and  gabneicosta  of  Guen^e,  which  may  always  be  known  by 
its  color  and  shape  of  the  t.  p.  line,  while  the  discal  spots  are  here  also 
subject  to  great  variation  in  form. 

POAPHILA  PLACATA,  n.  sp. 

9 . — The  smallest  species  yet  known.  Fore  wings  dark  brown,  with  a 
purple  reflection.  T.  p.  line  diffuse,  angnlated  opposite  the  cell,  sinaatSf 
bat  not  scalloped.   Beniform  upright,  inconspicaous.   Subterminal  shade 


OBOTE   ON  NOCTUIDS.  185 

barely  iDdicated.  The  termiDal  line  is  very  faint,  and  appears  very 
sligliUy  aneven.  Fringes  on  both  wings  of  a  uniform  shade  of  brown,  a 
very  little  lighter  than  the  wings.  Hind  wings  brown,  withoat  marks. 
Beneath  brown,  almost  concolorous.  ExpansioUj  23  millimetres.  Georgia 
{Mr,  Ridings). 

I  took  this  specimen  with  me  to  the  British  Musenm,  but  could  not 
identify  it  there.  In  the  collection  before  me,  I  haye  deleta^  erasa^  sylva- 
rum,  and  herbicola  of  the  species  described  by  Guen^e  in  this  genus. 

POAPHILA.  IBBOBATA,  n.  Sp. 

9 . — Gray,  irrorate  with  brown.  T.  a.  line  whitish,  narrow,  a  little 
bent,  even,  followed  by  a  very  narrow,  brown  shade.  Beniform  indi- 
cated by  two  superposed  brown  spots.  T.  p.  line  like  the  first  line,  even, 
nearly  straight,  slightly  angulated  at  costa.  Subterminal  line  a  series 
.  of  brown  spots.  Very  minute  terminal  dark  dots,  also  faintly  to  be  de- 
tected on  hind  wings.  Fringes  gray.  Beneath  fuscous-gray,  with  indi- 
cations of  discal  marks  on  both  wings.  Palpi  prominent.  Expansion^ 
30  millimetres.    No.  3137,  Florida  (Mr.  Thaxter). 

Antiblemma  oanalis,  Orote. 

Two  additional  specimens  (Nos.  401,  402)  were  taken  by  me  to  the 
British  Museum  for  comparison,  and  dififer  from  my  type  by  the  concol- 
orous reniform,  and,  in  one  specimen,  by  the  difiPhse  brown  exterior  line. 
In  the  type,  the  reniform  is  black  and  the  exterior  line  geminate. 

Phbooyma,  Hiibner. 

1  think  this  generic  name  will  have  to  be  used  instead  of  Hontojptera 
Bd.  (preoc.?).  Hiibner's  lunifera  dkW^  fluotuaris  must,  however,  be  pos- 
itively identified.  To  the  former  I  provisionally  refer  a  si)ecies  from 
Illinois  and  Texas,  which  has  the  basal  field  darker  than  the  rest  of  the 
wing.  It  does  not  seem  to  me  to  differ  geuerically  from  Homoptera. 
Prof.  Lintner's  suggestion  that  lunata  and  edusa  are  sexes  of  one  species 
leads  me  to  believe  that  the  white  edging  in  other  forms  is  not  specific. 
What  I  take  to  be  the  i  of  penna  shows  a  white  subterminal  shade.  I 
observe  the  same  thing  in  the  case  of  lunifera  In  the  present  stage  of 
knowledge  with  regard  to  this  genus,  it  would  be  unwise  to  increase  the 
species  without  giving  figures  and  certainty  as  to  the  sexual  characters 
of  ornamentation.  In  my  Check  List,  I  have  drawn  attention  to  the 
seeming  wantof  characters  to  distinguish  Ypsia  and  Pseudanthracia  from 
Pheocyma,  I  have  elsewhere  proposed  to  distinguish  the  genus  Zale  of 
Hiibner  by  the  exaggerated  discolorous  thoracic  tuftings.  Finally,  my 
material  does  not  contradict  the  suggestion  that  Homopteta  airitinota 
may  be  the  female  of  edusina  of  Harvey. 

Ypsia,  Gnenie. 

In  this  genus  I  have  both  sexes  of  Y.  aeruginosa^  which  do  not  differ  in 
ornamentation;  there  is  a  variation  in  the  amount  of  green  scales  in  one 


r 

L 


186     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  QEOLOGICAL  SUBVEY. 

of  the  two  9  specimens  before  me.    I  have  both  sexes  of  undtUariSy  uot 
differing  perceptibly)  but  of  umbripeimis  1  find  I  have  only  females. 

Zanolognatha  L-ffiViGATA,  Orote. 

A  large  series  shows  immense  variation  in  color.  The  most  extreme 
9  variety  has  the  median  space  ochreous,  the  basal  and  terminal  fields 
blackish ;  this  form  is  very  striking.  The  species  may  be  known  by  the 
irregular  subterminal  line.  The  reniform  is  sometimes  opien^  again 
solid  and  black ;  the  orbicular  is  sometimes  visible  near  the  t.  a.  line. 
Sometimes  the  median  space  is  bronzed  and  dark ;  again  the  whole  wing 
is  concolorous  purply-brown ;  the  median  shade  is  sometimes  present 
and  again  obsolete.  The  8i>ecies  is  common  at  light  and  at  sugar  near 
Buffalo,  N.  Y.y  in  June  and  July. 

Zanolognatha  minimalis,  n.  »p. 

i  9 . — Half  the  size  of  cruralis  or  levvigata.  Of  the  same  dusty  ochrey 
color,  varying  in  depth  (one  9  very  dark).  Fore  tibia)  of  the  male  with 
the  usual  brush  of  pale  and  dark  hair.  Smoothly  scaled ;  subterminal  line 
straight,  inconspicuous,  more  or  less  margined  with  pale  externally,  run- 
ning from  costa  to  internal  margin.  T.  p.  line  much  as  in  cruralis^  a 
little  drawn  in  submedially,  irregular,  accented  on  costa.  Discal  spot 
solid  5 1.  a.  line  thrice  waved.  Hind  wings  paler,  powdered  with  fuscous. 
A  mesial  line  bent  and*  most  distinct  at  anal  angle.  On  both  wings,  a 
terminal  interrupted  line.  Beneath  paler,  with  discal  dots  and  distinct 
mesial  line  more  or  less  plainly  crenulated ;  subterminal  line  absent  or 
indistinct.  Expansion,  21  to  25  millimetres.  Maine  {Mr.  Charles  Fish)'^ 
New  York. 

This  species  is  the  smallest  known  to  me.  I  have  examined  four 
specimens. 

Deboetis,  n.  g. 

The  fore  wings  are  deeply  excavate  to  vein  4,  so  that  there  is  a  re- 
semblance to  Aventia.  The  palpi  are  disproportionally  long  stretched 
straight  out,  the  short,  third  joint  vertical  ^  the  elongate  second  joint  as 
in  Hypena,  Ocelli;  eyes  naked,  unlashed.  Legs  unarmed,  untufted. 
Male  antennsd  very  shortly  pectinate,  setose.  Fore  wings  deeply  exca- 
vate to  vein  4;  external  margin  produced  at  the  middle  aboat  veins  4 
and  3,  thence  sloping  inwardly  to  internal  angle;  12- veined,  vein  1 
simple,  2  from  submedian  at  basal  §,  3  shortly  before  4,  5  on  a  line 
with  4  from  a  cross-vein  very  near  4  at  base,  cell  open,  6  opposite  5 
from  a  cross-vein,  7  and  then  8  out  of  9,  10  within  6  from  the  upper 
side  of  the  vein  about  midway  between  11  and  7.  Hind  wings  rounded, 
a  slight  depression  opposite  the  cell ;  8- veined,  two  internal  veins  counted 
as  1,  3  and  4  from  one  point,  5  fi'om  a  short  cross- vein  within  3  and  4, 
cell  open.  The  moth  is  light  purplish-gray ;  beneath,  the  abdomen  and 
wings  are  stained  with  ochrey  and  brown.  It  looks  like  one  of  the 
FyralidcBy  but  from  its  structure  I  refer  it  to  the  Deltoids. 


GBOTE  ON  NOCTUIDS.  187 

DEBCETIS  YlTBEA,,n.  «p. 

^._Fore  wiugs  light  purplish-gray,  a  little  tinged  with  ochrey  oo 
costa  before  exterior  line.  A  white  discal  spot;  interior  line  marked  on 
costa.  Exterior  line  tolerably  distinct,  lunolate,  marked  on  costa,  as  is 
the  faint  subterminal  line.  Fore  wings  darker  outwardly,  with  a  more 
purplish  cast.  Hind  wings  grayish- white,  crossed  by  two  outer  lines; 
a  broken  terminal  line.  Beneath,  costal  region  of  primaries  ochrey,  ter- 
minally shaded  with  brown;  the  wings  are  irrorate  with  brown  and 
ochrey  darker  than  above,  lines  repeated  and  the  white  discal  spot  on 
primaries ;  hind  wings  with  faint  dark  discal  mark.  JBxpansion^  25  mil- 
metres.    Several  specimens,  Buffalo,  N.  Y.,  in  July. 

Deboetis  pygm-^ra,  n.  «p. 

9. — Of  the  same  color  as  the  preceding,  but  less  than  half  the  size.^ 
The  reniform  is  reddish-ochreous,  not  white.  Inner  line  faint,  oblique, 
rounded.  The  angles  of  the  primaries  are  less  pronounced  and  the 
palpi  less  prominent.  The  insect  is  very  inconspicuous,  faded  dusty- 
gray,  with  obliterate  ornamentation.  Expansion^  14  millimetres.  Texas 
(Belfragcj  No.  395,  July  1). 

Mamestba  oongebmana. 

Hadena  congermana,  Morrison,  Can.  Ent.  vi.  106. 

I  have  before  me  Mr.  Morrison's  type,  and  the  eyes  are  distinctly 
hairy.  I  cannot  see  why  Mr*  Morrison  referred  the  moth  to  Hadena. 
He  says  of  it  (L  o.) : — '<It  is  another  member  of  the  same  little  closely 
related  group  of  Hadena^  of  which  dubitan8  Walk.,  and  sputator  Grote, 
are  the  only  species.'^  This  is  totally  inaccurate,  the  species  being 
nearest  to  Mamestra  vindemialls.  Its  resemblance  to  dubitans  and 
^futator  is  not  greater  than  that  of  vindemialis  Grote,  which  latter  may 
be  the  vindemialis  of  Gnen6e,  and  the  rvbefacta  of  Mr.  Morrison. 


ART.  VII -A  SYNOPSIS  OF  THE  NORTH  AMERICAN  SPECIES  OP 

THE  GENUS  ALPHEUS. 


By  J.  S.  EiNGSLST. 


The  materials  upon  which  the  foIlowiDg  paper  is  based  are  the  col- 
lections of  the  Peabody  Academy  of  Science  at  Salem,  Mass.,  and  of  the 
Peabody  Mnsenm  of  Yale  College  at  New  Haven,  Conn.,  which  latter 
were  kindly  loaned  the  writer  by  Prof.  S.  I.  Smith. 

ASTACUS  {pars),  Fabrioius,  £ntomologi»  Systematicfe,  1793,  ii.  478. 

PALiBMON  Qmrs),  Oliver,  Enoyclopddie  M^thodiqae,  1811,  y.  656. 

Alpheus,  Fabricias,  Snppl.  Ent.  Syst.  1798,  404. — Latreille,  Genera  Crustac^  et  Insec- 
tomm,  1B06,  i.  52;  id.  Considerations  G^n^rales  snr  .  .  .  les  Crnstac^,  etc 
1810, 101.— Say,  Joamal  Academy  Nataral  Seiences,  Philadelphia,  1818,  i.  243.— 
Bosc,  Hist.  Nat.  des  Cruatac^,  2e  6d.  par  Desmarest,  1830,  ii.  72. — Gray,  in 
Griffith's  Cavier,  Croataoea,  1832, 192.— H.  Milne-Edwards,  Hist.  Naturelle  des 
Cmstac^,  1837,  ii.  349.— Dana,  U.  S.  Exploring  Expedition,  Crustacea,  1852, 
i.  534,  541.— Bell,  British  Stalk-eyed  Crustacea,  1853,  270. 

BxTiBUS,  Dana,  op,  cit,  i.  534,  548. — Stimpson,  Proceedings  Acad.  Nat.  Sciences,  Phila. 
*  delphia,  1860,  31. 

The  genus  AlpheuSj  as  limited  by  the  writer,  is  characterized  by 
having  a  compressed  form,  the  carapax  being  extended  forward,  form- 
ing a  hood  over  the  eyes,  the  rostrum  either  small  or  wanting;  the  an- 
tennulsB  with  a  two-branched  flagellum;  antenuse  with  a  large  anteunal 
scale.  Mandible  deeply  bifurcate,  the  anterior  branch  being  oblong, 
slender;  a  mandibular  palpus  present;  external  maxillii)eds  are  slender* 
of  moderate  length ;  hands  of  the  tirst  pair  generally  greatly  enlarged, 
nnequal,  sometimes  the  right  and  sometimes  the  left  being  the  larger  in 
the  same  species.  The  second  pair  are  slender,  filiform,  chelate,  the 
carpus  multiarticulate.  The  remaining  feet  and  the  abdomen  present  no 
characters  of  especial  importance. 

In  1852,  Dana  characterized  the  genus  Betceus,  which  differs  from 
AlpheuSj  as  accepted  by  him,  merely  in  the  absence  of  a  rostrum  and  the 
inversion  of  the  hands,  the  dactylus  being  borne  on  the  lower  edge  of 
the  propodus.  That  the  line  separating  these  two  genera  cannot  be 
drawn  is  shown  by  the  fact  that  Betceus  trUpinosns  Stm.  is  rostrated, 
while  in  a  large  series  of  Alpheus  minu8  Say  I  found  many  which 
wanted  the  rostrum.  The  hand  also  cannot  be  taken  as  a  guide,  for  we 
find  forms  of  Alpheus  heterochelis,  in  which  the  dactylus  is  a  little  in- 
clined; in  my  Alpheus  cylindricus,  it  works  still  more  obliquely,  while  in 
my  Alpheus  transverso-daetylus  its  motion  is  in  a  horizontal  plane.    Thus 

189 


190     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

the  species  of  Betccus  described  by  Dana  {truncatus^  cequimaniis,  scabro* 
digitus),  Stimpsou  {australis  and  trispinosus),  and  Lockington  {longidaoty- 
lu8  and  equimanus)  will  have  to  be  placed  in  the  genus  AlpJieus. 

Say,  in  volume  1  of  the  Journal  of  the  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences, 
was  the  first  to  mention  any  North  American  species  of  this  genus, 
describing  Alphem  heterochelis  and  A.  minus.  Milne-Edwards,  in  his 
^'Histoire  Naturelle  des  Crustaces",  t.  ii,  describes  as  new  A.armillatus 
from  the  West  Indies,  and  also  gives  abstracts  of  Say's  descriptions. 
DeKay,  in  the  ''New  York  Fauna,  Crustacea",  also  gives  brief  diagnoses 
of  the  same  two  species.  Gibbes,  in  the  '^  Proceedings  of  the  American 
Association  for  the  Advancement  of  Sciences'',  vol.  iii,  reports  A.  hetero- 
4)h€lis  and  A.  minus  from  Florida  and  Charleston,  S.  C.  He  also  proposes  as 
new  A.formosus.  Henri  de  Saussure,  in  his  "M6moire  sur  Divers  Cms- 
tacos  Nouveaux  du  Mexiqueetdes  Antilles",  redescribes  A.  heterochelis 
under  the  specific  name  lutarius.  He  also  refers  to  a  previous  article 
(Ilevue  Zoologique,  1857, 99, 100),  where,  laboring  under  a  misapprehen- 
sion, he  described  it  as  the  type  of  a  new  genus,  Halopsycke.  Dr.  Stimp* 
son,  in  a  critique  of  this  memoir  of  Saussure  (American  Journal  of  Sci- 
ence, 1859,  xxvii.  440),  pronounces  his  lutarius  to  be  the  heterochelis  of 
Say.  S.  I.  Smith  ("Transactions  of  the  Connecticut  Academy  of  Arts 
and  Sciences",  ii.  39)  reports  A.  heterocJielis  from  various  localities.  Dr. 
Streets,  in  the  *'  Proceedings  of  the  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences  of  Phil- 
adelphia", 1871,  242,  describes  A.  hispinosus  from  the  Isthmus  of  Panama, 
but  from  which  coast  I  am  unable  to  ascertain.  Mr.  Lockington,  in  the 
**  Proceedings  of  the  California  Academy  of  Sciences",-  February  7, 1876, 
describes  Alpheus  bellimanus^  A.  equidactyluSj  and  Bet^jcus  longidactyluSj 
this  being  the  first  mention  of  any  species  from  the  Pacific  coast.  In  a 
later  paper  (March  20,  187G),  he  adds  Betceus  equimanus  and  Alpheus 
clamator.  This  comprises,  so  far  as  I  am  aware,  all  the  literature  of  the 
North  American  Alphei. 

Alpheus  minus  6'ay. 

Alpheus  minus  Say,  Jour.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Ir^lS,  i.  245. — Edwards,  Hist.  Nat.  del 
Crustac^,  ii.  35().— DeKay,  New  York  Fauna,  Crustacea,  26.— Gibbes,  Proo. 
Am,  Assoc.  Adv.  Sci.  1851,  liKJ, 

Alpheus  formosus  Gibbes  f,  loc.  cit.  196. 

Carapax  smooth ;  rostrum  short,  acute ;  a  spine  arising  from  the  an- 
terior edge  of  the  hood  over  each  eye  equalling  the  rostrum  in  length, 
thus  giving  the  front  a  thrqe-spined  appearance.  Basal  spine  of  anten- 
nulae  slender,  acute,  incurved,  reaching  to  the  middle  of  the  second 
basal  joint;  first  joint  iis  long  as  second  and  third,  second  a  half  longer 
than  the  third;  flagella  ciliated,  two-thirds  the  length  of  the  carapax. 
Basal  spine  of  antennae  long,  slender.  Antennal  scale  regularly  ellip- 
tical, extending  slightly  beyond  the  antennular  peduncle;  flagellum 
nearly  twice  as  long  as  the  carapax.  External  maxillipeds  slender,  ex- 
tending beyond  the  peduncle  of  the  antennulae.  Feet  of  the  first  pair 
greatly  unequal ;  larger  hand  a  third  longer  then  carapax,  cylindrical, 


KINGSLET   ON  THE   GENUS   ALPHEUS.  191 

Bligbtly  tapering  toward  the  extremity ;  a  strong  spine  above,  and  a 
smaller  one  near  it,  at  the  articulation  of  the  dactylas;  thumb  short, 
dactylus  longer,  about  one-half  as  long  as  the  palm.  The  carpus  viewed 
from  the  side  is  somewhat  sigmoid  jn  outline;  a  strong  spine  upon  the 
iipi>or  margin.  Meros  triangnhir,  sides  flat;  distal  portion  of  upper 
margin  prolonged  into  a  spine.  Smaller  hand  somewhat  similar  to  the 
larger;  the  Hugers,  however,  being  equal,  slender,  and  proportionately 
longer  than  in  the  larger  hand ;  carpus  and  meros  smaller  than  on  the 
other  side,  and  somewhat  compressed.  Ischium  and  meros  of  second 
pair  compressed ;  carpus  live-jointed,  first  joint  equalling  the  other  four 
in  length ;  second,  third,  and  fourth  subequal ;  fifth  slightly  longer. 
Feet  ot  the  List  three  pairs  compressed ;  propodus  spinulose  on  the  in- 
ferior margin ;  dactylus  biungulate.    Telson  tapering ;  extremity  rounded. 

The  majority  of  specimens  of  this  species  that  I  have  seen  are  quite 
small,  averaging  11. o^'"  in  length.  A  larger  specimen,  from  Fort  Jeffer- 
son, Florida,  gave  the  following  measurements : — Length  of  body,  26.3"° ; 
carapax,  10.3™"*;  basal  scale  of  antenna),  3.8""°;  larger  hand,  13.3°".  In  a 
large  series  of  this  species,  I  find  the  shape  of  the  larger  hand  as  con- 
stant as  any  other  character.  In  some  specimens,  the  ocular  spines  are 
present,  while  the  rostrum  is  wanting ;  in  others,  the  front  is  truncate, 
no  spines  being  present.  The  proportions  of  the  joints  of  the  carpus  of  the 
second  pair  also  vary.  While  in  the  majority  of  the  specimens  examined 
they  are  as  given  above,  in  others  the  first  is  scarcely  longer  than  the 
two  succeeding.  I  have  examined  specimens  of  this  species  from  Fort 
Macon,  N.  C.  {Dr.  H.  C.  Yarrow),  Charleston,  S.  C,  Key  West,  Fla.  {A. 
jSi.  Packard,  jr.),  Nassau,  N.  P.  A  single  specimen  was  sent  me  from 
Yale,  bearing  the  label  '*  Bermudas,  G.  B.  Goode  ",  and  identified  as 
Alpheiis  formoam  Gibbes.  It  agrees  well  with  Gibbes's  description 
quoted  above;  but  as  far  as  I  can  see  there  is  nothing  to  separate  it 
from  A,  minus.  The  relative  lengths  of  rostrum  and  ocular  spines  can  be 
of  no  great  importance  when  they  vary  as  I  have  shown.  Specimens  in 
the  museum  of  Yale  College,  from  '*  Pearl  Is.,  Bay  of  Panama,  F. 
H.  Bradley",  I  cannot  separate  from  Floridan  examples.  The  spines 
on  the  front  are  more  acute,  and  the  rostrum  somewhat  longer  than  in 
east-coast  specimens.  The  autennular  spines  also  are  not  incurved. 
Oiher  than  these,  I  can  detect  no  important  points  of  difference. 

The  only  other  s[>ecies  of  Decapoda  that  I  know  of  as  being  reported 
from  both  coasts  are  : — 

Microphrys  tceddillii  Edw.  {Jide  A.  Edw.). 

Ilyas  coarctatus  Leach  (fide  Stm.  Jour.  Bost.  Soc.  Nat.  Ilist.  vi.  450). 

Acanihonyx petiveri  Edw.  {Jide  Stm.  Ann.  N.  Y.  Lye.  97). 

Domecia  hispida  Souleyet  {Jide  Stm.  Ann.  Lye.  vii.  218). 

Eriphia  gonayra  Edw.  (Jide  Stm.  Ann.  Lye.  vii.  217). 

AchelouH  spininianua  I>e  Ilaan  {Jide  A.  Edw.). 

Cronim  ruber  Stm.  {Jide  Stm.  Ann.  Lye.  vii.  225). 

Carcinm  mcenas  Leach.    (Prof.  S.  I.  Smith  in  letters  reports  this  as 
.collected  by  F.  H.  Bradley  at  Panama.) 


192  BULLETIN   UNITED   STATES   GEOLOGICAL   SUEVET. 

Uca  una  Latr.  [fide  A.  Edw.)- 

Nautilograpstut  minutus  Edw.  (fide  Stm.  Ana.  Lye.  vii.  231). 

f  Aeanthopus  planisHmwt  Dana  [vid,  Stm.  Anu.  Lye.  vii.  232). 

f  Aratus  pisoni  Edw.  (vid.  Smitli,  Bep.  Peabody  Aead.  Sei.  1871,  92). 

f  Ooniopsia  cruentattut  De  Haau  {vid.  Smith,  I.  o.  92). 

Petrolisthes  armatus  Stm.  {fide  Stm.  Ann.  Lye.  vii.  73). 

Eupagurus  hernhardue  Brandt  (fide  Stm.  Joar.  Boat.  Soc.  Nat.  Hist, 
vi.  483). 

Eupa{jurus  Jcroyeri  Stm.  (fide  Stm.  Ann.  Lye.  vii.  89). 

Crangon  horeaa  Fabr.  (fi>de  Stm.  Proe.  Aeod.  Nat.  Sci.  Pbila.  1860,  25). 

Sabinea  septemcarinata  Owen  (fide  Stm.  Proe.  Phil.  Aead.  I860,  26). 

NeetocrangoH  lar  Brandt  (fide  Stm.  Proe.  Phila.  Acad.  1860,  25). 

Hippolyte  spina  White  (fide  Stm.  Proe.  Phila.  Aead.  1860,  34). 

Hippolyte  gronlandica  (J.  0.  Fabr.  sp.)  Miers  [H.  acuLeata  Edw.]  (fide 
Stm.  Proe.  Phila.  Aead.  1860,  33). 

Pandaltts  borealis  Kroyer  (fide  Stm.  Joar.  Boat.  Soe.  vi.  501). 

PaUemonjamaicensis  Oliv.  (fide  Smith,  I,  c.  97). 

To  this  list  I  would  add  : — 

Alphem  minus  Say. 

Alpheus  heteroohelis  Say. 

Alpheus  transversodactylUfS  Kingaley. 

Alpueus  panamensis  Kingsley, 

Near  Alpheus  minus  Say.  Body  very  eom pressed;  earapax  smooth; 
rostrum  short,  separated  from  the  oeular  arehes  by  a  deep  sulens ;  the 
orbital  spines  arising  not  from  the  anterior  edge  of  theearapax,  as  in  A. 
minusy  but  ftom  the  superior  surfaee,  the  margin  being  eontinuous  be- 
neath the  spines ;  these  spines  do  not  extend  so  far  forward  as  in  the 
Floridan  analogue.  Basal  spines  of  antennnlse  extending  slightly  be- 
yond first  joint ;  third  joint  somewhat  shorter  than  the  seeond.  Basal 
joint  of  antennae  with  a  spine  beneath ;  antennal  seale  extending  slightly 
beyond  the  peduneles  of  antennulsB ;  flagellum  nearly  as  long  as  the  body. 
External  luaxillipeds  reaetiug  to  tip  of  antennal  seale.  Hands  of  the 
first  pair  not  so  disproportionate  as  in  A.  minus  ^  the  larger  is  smooth, 
eompressed,  with  the  margins  entire ;  daetylus  two-fifths  the  length  of 
the  propodus,  extending  slightly  beyond  the  thnmb,  with  a  tooth  on 
the  oeeludent  margin  shutting  into  a  eavity  of  the  thumb,  as  in  A. 
minus  and  A,  heterochelis.  The  fingers  are  slightly  eurved  outward, 
and  are  sotnewhut  hairy.  The  smaller  hand  is  nearly  as  long  as,  but 
more  slender  than,  the  larger  daetylus,  slender,  half  as  long  as  propodus, 
trigonal,  the  oeeludent  side  being  furnished  with  a  ridge,  whieh  shuts 
into  a  groove  in  the  thumb ;  the  points  of  the  fingers  are  eurved  and 
overlapping.  Feet  of  the  second  pair  short;  earpus  five-jointed;  the  first 
joint  as  long  as  the  two  following;  secon<l  and  fifth  subequal,  eaeh  a 
half  longer  than  the  third  or  fourth,  which  are  also  subequal.  Propodal 
joints  of  following  pairs  spiuulose  beneath.    Telsou  triangular,  truncate. 


KINGSLET   ON   THE   GENUS   ALPHEUS.  193 

Acajutla,  Central  America,  and  Panama  {F.  E.  Bradley).  Three  speci- 
mens from  the  latter  locality  give  the  following  measurements : — 

Length  of  body.       Carapax.       Larger  hand. 

27.8  8.0  16.3 

32.0  10.0  15.0 

Alpheus  suLCAxrs  Eingsley. 

Carapax  smooth ;  rostrum  short,  extending  very  slightly  beyond  the 
vaults  over  the  eyes,  which  are  produced  forward,  though  they  can 
scarcely  be  called  spiniform ;  sides  of  the  rostrum  with  long  hairs. 
Basal  spine  of  antennulae  reaching  to  the  second  joint ;  third  joint  the 
shortest.  Inner  branch  of  fiagella  a  third  longer  than  the  carapax ; 
outer  about  half  as  long  as  inner.  A  small  spine  on  the  basal  joint  of 
antennae  beneath ;  anteunal  scale  equalling  antennular  peduncle,  regu- 
larly tapering;  fiagellum  nearly  as  long  as  the  body.  External  maxilli- 
peds  slender,  extending  beyond  antennal  scale,  the  distal  joint  being 
ciliated.  Meros  of  larger  cheliped  triangular;  no  spine  above;  hand 
ovate-compressed,  with  a  few  scattered  hairs ;  a  slight  sulcus  on  the 
upi>er  margin  of  the  palm ;  a  furrow  on  the  outer,  and  a  similar  one  on 
the  inner  surface  of  the  hand,  running  back  from  the  articulation  of  the 
dactylus  to  about  the  middle  of  the  palm ;  a  slight  constriction  on  the 
under  margin ;  thumb  distorted,  a  furrow  on  the  outer  surface  parallel 
with  the  occludent  margin ;  dactylus  about  a  third  as  long  as  propodus, 
extending  beyond  the  thumb;  a  tooth  on  the  inner  margin,  as  in  A. 
heteroohelis.  Carpus  of  the  second  pair  five-jointed ;  first  joint  as  long 
as  the  next  two ;  second  a  half  longer  than  third ;  third  and  fourth 
equal ;  fifth  as  long  as  second.    Telson  tapering-truncate. 

Of  this  form  I  have  seen  but  two  imperfect  specimens;  one  from  the 
Bay  of  Panama,  and  the  other  firom  Zorritas,  Peru  (F.  H,  Bradley)^ 
which  give  respectively  the  foUowiug  measurements : — 

Length  of  body.       Carapax.       Larger  hand. 
35.0™°»  11.8"«  15.5"" 

23.3  8.0  10.3 

Alpheus  floeidanus  Kingsley. 

Carapax  smooth,  somewhat  compressed;  rostrum  short,  acute,  the 
carina  running  back  nearly  to  the  middle  of  the  carapax.  Basal  spine 
of  antennulae  extending  but  slightly  beyond  the  rostrum.  Second  joint 
of  antennular  iieduncle  three  times  as  long  as  the  last  joint ;  outer 
branch  of  flagella  stout,  a  little  longer  than  the  peduncle ;  inner  branch 
slender,  twice  as  long  as  the  outer.  Antenual  scale  as  long  as  peduncle 
of  inner  antennae,  and  shaped  as  in  A.  heterochelis ;  tiagellum  a  half 
longer  than  the  body.  Meros  of  first  pair  trigonal,  the  inner  inferior 
edge  bearing  small  spines.  Hands  uuequal,  the  larger  compressed,  one 
and  a  half  times  as  long  as  the  carapax ;  fingers  equal,  pointed,  com- 
pletely closing,  occupying  about  two-fifths  the  length  of  the  haud. 
Bull.  iv.  No.  1—13 


194     BULLETIN  UKIT£D  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

Smaller  hand  slightly  compressed^  as  long  as  larger ;  fingers  longer  than 
palm,  the  thumb  being  longer  than  the  dactylus;  both  very  slender, 
not  completely  closing,  and  fringed  with  long  hairs.  Ischium  of  second 
pair  longer  than  the  meros;  carpus  five-jointed,  first  joint  a  little 
shorter  than  the  second,  the  last  three  subequal  and  together  as  long  as 
the  second.  Three  posterior  pairs  without  spines  on  the  meral  joints; 
propodi  hirsute;  dactyli  lamellate.  Telson  tapering,  twice  as  long  as 
broad ;  the  apex  obtusely  pointed. 

Length  of  body.       Carapax..       Ilaud. 

Fort  Jefferson,  Florida  {Lieutenant  Jacques^  U.  S.  N.). 
Alpiieus  hetebochelis  Say. 

Alpheus  heterochelis  Say,  /.  c.  i.  243. — Edwards,  op.  cit.  356. — DeKay,  op.  cit.  26. — 

GibbfB,  I  c.  196.— Smith,  Trans.  Conn.  Acad.  ii.  23,  39. 
Alpheua  armillatus,  Edwards,  op.  cit.  ii.  354. 
Alpkeus  lutariua  Saussure,  Cmstac^s  Nouv.  dos  Antilles  ot  du  Mexique,  45,  pL 

iii.  f.  24. — V,  Martens,  Wiei^mann's  Archiv  fiir  Xatnrgescbichte,  1872, 139. 
Ilalopsyche  lutaria  Sanssare,  Bevue  Zoologiqae,  1857,  100  {teste  Saussure). 

Carapax  smooth;  rostrum  short,  acute,  depressed;  ocular  arches  with- 
out spines.  Basal  spine  of  antennulae  stout,  short,  not  reaching  base  of 
second  joint;  second  joint  more  than  twice  as  long  as  third.  Outer 
flagellum  half  as  long  as  inner.  Antennal  scale  as  long  as  antennular 
peduncle,  the  spine  on  the  anterior  lateral  margin  large,  stout,  acute; 
inner  margin  arcuate,  widening  toward  the  base ;  flagellum  somewhat 
longer  than  the  body.  Feet  of  the  first  pair  unequal;  meros  joint  tri- 
angular ;  carpus  as  broad  as  long.  Larger  hand  one  and  a  half  times 
as  long  as  carapax,  compressed,  margins  rounded  ;  a  constriction  of  the 
upper  and  under  margins  at  about  the  middle.  Thumb  three-fourths  as 
long  as  palmar  portion,  a  strong  rectangular  tooth  on  inner  portion  of 
occludent  margin ;  apex  acute.  Dactylus  with  a  process  on  the  inner 
margin,  which  shuts  into  a  cavity  in  the  opposing  thumb;  points  of 
fingers  overlapping.  The  smaller  hand  cylindrical,  the  constrictions 
but  faintly  indicated;  fingers  three-fourths  as  long  as  palm.  Dactylus 
flattened;  occludent  margin  with  a  longitudinal  carina,  shutting  into  a 
groove  in  the  thumb,  the  fingers  with  a  fringe  of  hairs.  Feet  of  the  sec- 
ond  pair  slender,  filiform;  ischium  and  meros  equal;  carpus  five-jointed, 
first  joint  as  long  as  second  and  third,  second  as  fourth  and  fifhh,  third 
and  fourth  equal,  fifth  a  half  longer  than  preceding.  Telson  subquad- 
rate;  extremity  arcuate. 

The  variations  I  have  observed  from  the  above  description  are  as  fol- 
lows : — In  specimens  from  Florida,  I  have  found  the  front  three-spined, 
the  ocular  spines,  however,  being  smaller  than  the  rostrum.  In  a  speci- 
men from  Nassau,  N.  P.,  there  is  a  groove  upon  the  upper  margin  of  the 
propodus  of  the  larger  hand,  which  at  about  a  median  point  between  the 
base  and  the  articulation  of  the  dactylus  bends  and  is  continued  for  a 


KINGSLET   OX   THE   GENUS   ALPHEUS.  195 

short  distance  apon  the  outer  surface.    The  dactylas  is  also  somewhat 
obliquely  articulated. 
Three  specimens  from  Florida  give  the  following  measurements: — 

Length  of  body.  C*rai>ax.  Larger  band. 

30;J"»«»  11.2"™  l/.e^""^ 

29.6  10.8  15.3 

32.5  13.8  15.0 

Specimens  from  Lake  Harney,  Florida  (which  is,  I  am  informed  by 
Pro£  J.  W.  P.  Jenks,  a  body  of  fresh  water),  are  greatly  larger  than  the- 
average : — 

Length  of  body.       Carapax.       Larger  hand. 
437mm  15.0°^"  20.5'»"» 

42.0  15.0  25.0 

I  have  examined  specimens  from  Fort  Macon,  K  C.  {Dr.  H.  C.  Tar- 
row);  Smyrna  and  Key  West,  Fla.  (A.  S.  Packardyjr.) ;  Bahamas,  Ber- 
mudas {O.  B.  Ooode))  Aspinwall  (J.  A.  McNiel);  Abrolhos,  Brazil  (C  F. 
Hartt).  Specimens  brought  from  Panama  by  F.  R.  Bradley  and  from 
Bealigo,  west  coast  of  Nicaragua,  by  J.  A,  McKiel^  appear  to  be  the 
same  as  the  east-coast  form.  In  the  Proceedings  of  the  California 
Academy  of  Sciences  for  February  7, 1876,  Mr.  Lockington  describes 
Alpheus  equida4:tylu8j  the  characters  of  which  agree,  so  far  as  they  go, 
perfectly  with  this  species;  but,  owing  to  the  imperfections  of  his  de* 
Bcription,  I  am  unable  to  decide  whether  they  are  the  same. 

Alpheus  afpinis  Kingsley. 

Carapax  rather  broad,  smooth ;  rostrum  acute,  separated  from  the 
ocular  arches  by  a  sulcus;  ocular  arches  produced  forward;  peduncles 
of  antennulsB  hirsute;  basal  spine  extending  to  second  joint;  joints  of 
peduncle  as  in  heterochelis.  Basal  joint  of  antennae  with  spine  beneath; 
basal  scale  narrower  than  in  heterochelisj  extending  as  far  forward  as 
peduncle  of  antennulaB ;  flagellum  as  long  as  body.  External  maxillipeds 
hirsute,  extending  to  extremity  of  basal  scale.  Meros  of  first  pair  tri- 
angular; spines  on  the  inner  inferior  margin.  Larger  cheliped  quite 
compressed;  a  constriction  on  the  upper  margin,  the  posterior  edge  of 
which  extends  forward  as  a  spine ;  a  sulcus  runs  back  from  this  con- 
atriction  on  both  the  inner  and  outer  surface  to  behind  the  middle  of 
the  palm;  lower  margin  compressed  opposite  the  constriction  in  the 
upper.  Dactylus  as  in  heterochelisj  but  obtuse.  Smaller  hand  as  in 
heteroehelis^  but  more  slender.  Carpus  of  second  pair  five-jointed ;  first 
and  second  equal,  and  each  as  long  as  the  three  remaining ;  third  and 
fourth  equal,  and  each  slightly  shorter  than  fifth.  Telson  slightly 
tapering ;  extremity  rounded.  Panama  {F.  R.  Bradley).  Seven  speci- 
mens. 

Alpheus  pabyimanus  Kingsley. 

Slender,  compressed;  rostrum  short,  acute;  basal  spine  of  antennulse 
not  reaching  second  joint ;  basal  joints  nearly  equal,  the  third  being 


196     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

slightly  shorter  than  the  secoud.  Basal  joint  of  antennsB  with  a  miunte 
spine  beneath.  Autenn.al  scale  narrow,  reaching  slightly  beyond  au- 
tennular  pednnclCf  the  spine  at  the  an tero- lateral  angle  reaching  beyond 
the  laminate  portion,  which  is  small.  External  maxillipeds  slender,  ex- 
tending to  the  extremity  of  the  autennal  scale,  the  distal  portion  with 
long  hairs.  Meros  of  first  pair  ronnded-triangnlar.  Hands  small, 
nearly  eqnal ;  the  larger  oblong,  compresse<l,  smooth,  with  scattered 
hairs;  a  constriction  of  both  margins  posterior  to  the  articulation  of 
the  dactylus;  fingers  completely  closing;  dactylus  acute,  shutting  into 
a  groove  in  the  propodus,  as  in  the  case  of  A.  heterocheliitj  the  tooth  of 
the  inner  margin  being,  however,  much  less  prominent.  Smaller  hand 
slender,  nearly  cylindrical,  hirsute,  the  fingers  as  long  as  the  palm. 
Carpus  of  the  second  pair  five-jointed :  first  joint  as  long  as  the  three 
following,  second  as  long  as  fourth  and  fifth,  third  and  fourth  equal, 
and  together  equalling  the  last.  Meros  of  i>osterior  pairs  without  spines 
beneath.  Extremity  of  telson  rounded.  Panama  (F.  H.  Bradley).  Four 
specimens. 

Alpheus  cylindricus  Kingsley. 

Carapax  smooth;  rostrum  very  short,  obtuse;  no  orbital  spine;  first 
and  third  joints  of  antennulse  equal,  second  twice  as  long.  Flagella  of 
antenuulo)  and  antenuie  broken.  No  spine  on  basal  Joint  of  antennae. 
*  Antennal  scale  slender,  narrow,  pointed,  the  laminate  portion  being 
almost  obsolete,  extending  to  extremity  of  second  joint  of  peduncle  of 
antennul^.  External  maxillipeds  long,  extending  beyond  peduncle  of 
antenna).  Meros  of  the  first  pair  short,  stout,  triangular.  Larger 
hand  cylindrical,  a  groove  on  the  outer  side  below  the  articulation  of 
the  dactylus.  Dactylus  working  horizontally,  very  short,  yet  extending 
beyond  the  opposable  part,  two  or  three  teeth  on  the  inner  margin,  and 
shutting  into  a  groove  in  the  propodus.  Smaller  hand  cylindrical; 
fingers  as  long  as  palm,  equal,  slender,  curved  downward.  Carpus  of 
second  pair  jointed;  first  joint  equalling  the  following  three;  second  as 
long  as  third  and  fourth,  which  are  equal ;  fifth  a  half  longer  than  fourth. 
Telson  narrow,  tai>ering  rapidly;  extremity  truncate. 

Leof^h  of  body.       Carapaz.       Larger  propodos.  Daotyloa. 

19.5"'"  8.0"'™  li.O"*"  :j.o™™ 

Pearl  Island,  Bay  of  Panama  {F.  H.  Bradley).    One  specimen. 

Alpheus  transversodactylus  Kingsley. 

Compressed  carapax,  minutely  punctate;  front  three-spined ;  basal 
spine  of  antennulse  not  extending  to  the  second  joint  of  the  peduncle; 
second  joint  twice  as  long  as  the  third ;  inferior  branch  of  flagella  twice 
as  long  as  the  superior.  Basal  joint  of  antennae  with  a  spine;  anten- 
nal scale  very  narrow,  termiiiating  in  a  strong  spine;  flagella  nearly 
as  long  as  the  body.  External  maxillipeds  extending  to  the  tip  of  the 
antennal  scale;  basal  joints  with  scattered  hairs;  distal  joints  thickly 


kingsle/  on  tub  genus  ALPHEUS.  197 

covered.  Feet  of  the  first  pair  large,  uueqaal ;  larger  band  with  the 
oater  proximal  portion  smooth ;  at  about  the  middle  tliere  is  a  coastric- 
tion  of  both  margins,  connected  on  the  inner  surface  by  a  more  or  less 
apparent  groove.  Slightly  in  advance  of  these  constrictions,  the  surface 
is  abruptly  compressed,  two  elevated  lines  running  out  from  the  basal 
portion,  the  lower  terminating  in  a  spine ;  a  spine  above  the  articula- 
tion of  the  dactylus ;  dactylus  articulated  to  the  outer  surface  of  the 
hand,  working  horizontally,  extending  beyond  the  thumb,  fitting  for 
about  half  its  length  in  a  groove  in  the  propodus ;  dactylus  and  distal 
portion  of  propodus  with  long  hairs.  Smaller  hand  about  half  the  size 
of  the  larger,  constricted  above  and  below;  a  spine  above  the  articula- 
tion of  the  dactylus;  dactylus  articulated  in  the  usual  manner,  working 
vertically ;  inner  surface  of  hand  somewhat  hairy.  Carpus  of  the  second 
pair  five-jointed,  first  and  second  joints  subequal,  and  each  as  long  as 
the  fourth  and  fifth  together;  third  and  fourth  subequal;  fifth  slightly 
longer.  Meral  joints  of  the  remaining  pairs  with  a  spine  beneath; 
propodi  spinulose.    Telson  tapering ;  extremity  rounded. 

Leoj^h  of  body.       Carapaz.       Larger  hand. 
21.5mm  T.?*"™  10.2'">° 

14.0  5.1  8.6 

Santa  Barbara  and  San  Diego,  Cal.  (TT.  G.  W,  Harford)^  seven 
specimens.  I  cannot  separate  from  this  two  specimens  from  the  Ber- 
mudas, one  collected  by  J.  M,  Jones  and  the  other  by  G,  Brown  Goode.     * 

Alpheus  clam atob  LocJcington. 

Alpk«u$  clamator  Lookiugton,  Proceedlugs  California  Academy  of  Scionce, 
Maroh  20,  1876. 

The  following  description  is  drawn  from  a  single  imperfect  specimen 
in  the  museum  of  the  Peabody  Academy  of  Science,  which  I  refer  to 
this  species. 

Basal  spine  of  antennulse  stout,  short,  not  reaching  second  joint  of 
I)ednncle;  third  joint  half  as  long  as  preceding.  Antennae  without 
spine  on  the  basal  joint  Antennal  scale  narrow,  the  spine  at  the  antero- 
exterior  angle  acute,  slender,  reaching  the  end  of  the  anteuuular  peduncle. 
External  maxillipeds  rather  broad,  extending  slightly  beyond  the  anten- 
nal scale.  Feet  of  the  first  pair  unequal.  Meros  smooth,  with  a  very 
slender  spine  on  the  distal  portion  above.  Larger  hand  compressed,  a 
constriction  of  each  margin  at  about  the  middle,  a  spine  above  the 
articulation  of  the  dactylus,  behind  which  a  sulcus  runs  obliquely  across 
the  superior  margin.  A  second  spine  on  the  outside ;  thumb  slender ; 
dactylus  compressed,  semicircular  in  outline  viewed  from  the  side, 
slightly  longer  than  the  thumb.  Smaller  hand  with  both  margins  con- 
stricted ;  upper  margin  of  palm  tuberculate ;  a  spine  above  the  articu- 
lation of  the  dactylus ;  fingers  about  equal  to  the  palm,  completely 
"Olosing.  Ischium  and  meros  of  second  pair  equal;  carpus  five-jointed, 
ilrst  two  joints  equal,  and  each  as  long  as  the  third  and  fourth,  which  are 


198  BULLETIN   UNITED   STATES   GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY. 

also  equal;  fifth  joint  nearly  as  long  as  the  first.  Meros  joints  of  pos- 
terior pairs  without  spines;  propodal  joints  spinulose  beneath ;  dactyli 
Blender.    Santa  Barbara,  Cal.  ( W.  O.  W.  Harford). 

From  the  description  of  Mr.  Lockington,  I  get  the  following  additional 
characters,  not  afforded  by  my  imperfect  specimen : — Front three-spined ; 
the  rostrum  slender,  longer  than,  and  separated  from,  the  ocular  spines 
by  a  deep  sulcus.  Flagella  of  anteniiul<e  about  half  as  long  and  of 
antennae  three-fourths  as  long  as  the  body. 

Alpheus  longidactylus  Kingsley. 

Bttccus  longidactyluSf  LoGkington,  L  o.  Feb.  7,  lb7G. 

Compressed;  carapax  smooth;  front  rounded;  rostrum  and  ocular 
spines  wanting;  antennular  spines  slender,  acute.  First  and  second 
autennular  joints  subequal,  third  shorter;  inner  flagellam  three-fourths 
the  length  of  carapax,  outer  7  Antennal  scales  shorter  than  peduncles 
of  either  pair  of  antennae.  External  maxillipeds  extending  nearly  to 
extremity  of  antennal  peduncle.  Hands  of  the  first  pair  equal,  slender^ 
inversed;  dactylus  slightly  longer  than  palm,  with  a  few  teeth  on  the 
dactylus  at  the  base.  Piucer  gaping,  a  single  tooth  on  the  thumb  near 
the  palm ;  fingers  both  pointed.  Carpus  of  second  pair  five-jointed ;  first 
joint  as  long  as  the  three  following;  second,  third,  and  fourth  e<iualf 
fifth  slightly  longer.    Extremity  of  telson  rounded. 

Length  of  body.  Of  carapaz.  Of  hand. 

35.0"""  l^.O"'™  .     .     . 

...  H.O  T.O™"* 

San  Diego,  Cal.  (Henry  UemphW)^  two  dry,  imperfect  specimens. 

Alpheus  harfordi  Kingshy. 

Carapax  smooth ;  rostrum  wanting,  the  front  being  emarginate between 
the  eyes.  Basal  scale  of  autennulse  spiuiform,  very  long  and  slender, 
extending  forward  as  far  as  the  middle  of  second  joint  and  slightly  in- 
curved. Second  joint  of  peduncle  three  times  as  long  as  last  joint. 
Outer  branch  of  flagellum  about  one-half  and  inner  about  two-thirds 
the  length  of  carapax.  Antennae  without  a  spine  on  the  basal  joint; 
antennal  scale  with  the  spine  long  and  slender,  the  laminate  portion 
being  quite  small.  Flagellum  about  two-thirds  the  length  of  body. 
Meros  of  first  pair  trigonal,  with  a  small  spine  at  upper  distal  angle. 
Larger  chela  compressed-ovate,  smooth,  without  corrugations  or  con- 
strictions; pollex  with  a  notch  furnished  with  two  or  three  small  teeth 
near  the  articulation  of  the  dactylus;  dactylus  slender,  extending  be- 
yond the  opposite  finger,  a  notch  similar  and  opposite  to  that  on  the 
thumb ;  the  dactylus  is  articulated  to  the  inferior  margin  of  the  pro- 
podus.  Smaller  hand  not  greatly  differing  from  the  larger,  but  more 
slender,  and  the  fingers  without  any  notch.  Feet  of  second  pair  slender; 
ischium  slightly  shorter  than  meros ;  carpus  five-jointed,  the  first  as 
long  as  the  three  succeeding  ones ;  second,  third,  and  fourth  equal;  the 


KINGSLET   ON   THE   GENUS   ALPHEUS.  199 

• 

fifth  slightly  loDger;  chela  abont  as  long  as  the  two  preceding  joints. 
Telson  slender,  tapering ;  extremity  regularly  roanded. 

This  species  differs  from  the  description  of  Betceus  equimanus  Locking- 
ton  in  having  the  peduncles  of  antennae  and  antennulse  nearly  equal, 
the  relative  lengths  of  the  antennular  flagella,  and  the  shape  of  the 
lingers  of  the  larger  hand,  which  are  not  straight  on  the  occludent 
margin. 

Santa  Barbara,  Cal.  ( W.  G.  W.  Harford),  4  specimens.  Gatalina  Island, 
Cal.  {W.  G.  W,  Harford),  3  specimens;  under  the  mouth  of  Haliotis  ru- 
fescena  Swains. 

Length  of  body.        Carapax.        Larger  haod.       Larger  dactyluB. 
19.0  6.0  6.0  3.6 

Of  the  following  species  I  have  not  seen  specimens: — 

Alphem  bellimanus,  Lockington,  I,  e.  Feb.  7, 187G. 

This  appears  to  bo  near  the  transversus  of  this  paper.  Lbckingtun's 
specimens  came  from  San  Diego,  Cal. 

Alpheus  equidactyluSj  Lockiugton,  I.  c.  Feb.  7,  187G. 

From  Monterey,  Cal.  The  extremely  short  description  applies  per- 
fectly to  A.  heterochelis. 

Alpheus  bispinosusj  Streets,  Proc.  Phila.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  1872,  242. 

The  description  applies  very  well  to  A.  heterochelis.  The  specimens 
came  from  the  Isthmus  of  Panama,  but  from  which  coast  is  not  known. 

Alpheus  -equalis  Klngsley. 

Betceus  equimanus  (oom.  prsDOc.))  LockiDgton,  h  c.  Mar.  20, 1870. 

Appears  to  be  near  the  Alpheus  harfordi  described  above.  If  it  prove 
distinct,  it  will  stand  as  cequaliSj  as  the  name  equimanus  has  been  used 
by  Dana. 

Pkabody  Academy  of  Science, 

Salenif  Mass.,  Xovemher  5, 1877. 


r.  VIII -NOTES  ON  THE  MAMMALS  OF  FORT  SISSETON, 

DAKOTA. 


By  C.  E.  McChesney,  M.  D., 

Acting  Assistant  Surgeon^  U.  S.  A, 
Annotated  by  Dr.  Elliott  Coues,  U.  S.  A. 


he  following  paper  was  prepared  by  Dr.  McChesney  as  a  contribution  of  material 
y  forthcoming  History  of  North  American  Mammals.  Representing  as  it  does 
I  valuable  and  interesting  information  from  original  obseryations,  it  is  published 
tt,  in  advance  of  its  incorporation  in  substance  in  my  work.  In  making  my 
owledgments  to  the  author  for  bis  cordial  and  well-considered  collaboration,  I 
d  especially  call  attention  to  his  dissections  of  the  peculiar  pouches  of  the  Geomy- 
lupposed  not  to  have  hitherto  been  examined  anatomically,  as  well  as  to  the  many 
ble  measurements  of  fresh  specimens,  which  increase  the  value  of  the  prepa- 
UB  with  which  he  has  favored  me. 

e  collection  has  been  deposited,  in  accordance  with  Dr.  McChesney's  wish,  in  the 
>nal  Museum  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution,  excepting  a  number  of  specimens 
ided  for  osteological  preparations,  which  have  been  placed,  likewise  by  Dr. 
tiesney's  desire,  in  the  Army  Medical  Museum. 

.ave  myself  confirmed  the  author's  identifications  in  nearly  all  cases.  My  annota- 
,  are  bracketed,  with  my  initials. — E.  C] 

FELID^. 

fx  CANADENSIS,  (Oeoff.)  Baf. 

he  Canada  Lynx,  I  am  informed  on  what  1  believe  to  be  reliable 
lority,  was  a  few  years  ago  not  uncommon  on  the  "Coteaudes  Prai- 
",  and  even  witbin  a  year  past  one  or  two  animals  believed  to  belong 
lis  species  have  been  seen ;  but  no  specimen  has  been  secured  by  me. 

CANIDiE. 

lis  LATRANS,  Say. 

be  Praiiie  Wolf,  or  Coyote,  is  found  in  this  vicinity  in  very  limited 
ibers,  and  is  the  only  representative  of  the  genus  Canis^  with  the 
^ptiou  of  C.familiariSj  which  forms  an  important  part  of  this,  much 
same  as  in  other  frontier  military  garrisons. 

LPES  VULGARIS  PENNSYLVANICUS,  {Bodd.)  CoueS. 

he  American  Red  Fox  is  trapi>ed  in  this  vicinity  by  Indians,  but  is 
very  abundant.  The  special  state  of  semi-melanism  occurring  in 
animal,  and  constituting  var.  decussatus,  or  the  Cross  Fox,  is  seen  to 
e  extent  here. 

201 


202 


BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 


PUTORIUS  ERMINEA,  {Linn.)  CuV. 

The  White  Weasel,  or  Ermine,  is  found  here  in  small  numbers.  Speci- 
mens in  winter  dress  show  considerable  sulphur-yellow  on  the  tail  and 
hind  feet. 

PUTOEIUS  LONGIOAUDA,  Rich. 

The  Long- tailed  Ermine  is  not  common  in  this  vicinity.  Two  spe- 
cimens only  have  been  secured,  the  measurements  of  which  are  as  fol- 
lows : — 


No,  ITJ.  cf.    No.  176,  9, 


From  tip  of  none  to  eye 

From  tip  of  noAe  to  ear 

From  tip  of  none  to  ocoipat . 

j  From  tip  of  nose  to  tail 

I  Tail  to  end  of  vertebnu 

I  Length  of  fore  feet 

Lenjft  h  of  hind  feet 

Width  of  palms 


0.8S 

o.eo 

1.65 

1.53 

S.51 

2.28 

10.10 

10.20 

7.00 

5.90 

1.62 

1.39 

1.91 

1.80 

0  53 

0.47 

PUTORIUS  VISON,  Rich. 

The  Mink  is  common,  as  is  attested  by  the  number  of  skins  offered  for 
trade  by  the  Indians,  in  this  vicinity. 

Taxidea  AMERICANA,  {Bodd.)  Baird. 

The  American  Badger  is  found  here  in  small  numbers.  Like  other  fur- 
bearing  animals,  it  is  hunted  by  the  Indians  for  purposes  of  trade,  and 
the  flesh  is  often  used  by  them  as  food. 

Mephitis  mephitica,  {Shaw)  Baird. 

The  generally  abused  American  Skunk  is  common  on  the  ^^Goteau  des 
Prairies".  The  fact  is  that  the  Skunk  is  not  nearly  as  bad  an  animal  as 
most  people  would  have  us  believe.  In  his  way,  which  may  be  humble, 
he  is  capable  of,  and  does,  much  good.  He  is  insectivorous  to  a  remark- 
able degree,  consuming  vast  quantities  of  insects  that  are  injurious  to 
vegetation.  Instances  of  his  kindness  might  be  cited  in  proof  of  his 
often  genial  disposition,  and  he  only  follows  the  coarser  instincts  of  his 
nature  when  molested,  and  for  this  surely  the  animal  is  not  to  blame; 
but  under  such  circumstances,  I  must  confess  I  prefer  to  admire  him  at 
that  safe  distance  which  ''  lends  enchantment  to  the  view". 

URSID.13. 
Ursus  americanus.  Fall. 

The  Black  Bear  was  once  of  very  common  occurrence  in  this  vicinity. 
None  have  been  seen  of  late  years  within  fifty  or  sixty  miles  of  this  post. 
It  has  disappeared  probably  in  consequence  of  being  persistently  pur- 
sued by  the  Indians. 

PROCYONID.E. 

Procyon  LOTOR,  {Linn.)  Storr. 

The  Common  Raccoon  is  not  now  found  in  this  vicinity.  A  few  years 
ago  it  was  not  uncommon  to  find  it  on  the  slopes  of  the  Coteau. 


M^CHESNET   ON   DAKOTA  MAMMALS.  208 

BOVID.E. 

Bison  amebic  anus,  {Gm.)  R.  Smith. 

Tbe  American  Buffalo  was  a  few  years  ago  uumerous  on  the  ^^  Goteaa 
des  Prairies ''j  none,  however, have  been  seen  here  since  1868.  The  bones 
of  many  may  be  seen  at  the  present  day  scattered  over  the  prairie.  The 
steady  advances  of  civilization  have  forced  the  Buffalo,  in  common  with 
all  the  large  mammals,  from  this  locality,  and  into  comparatively  nar- 
row limits,  where,  unless  protection  is  extended,  it  must  ere  long  be 
numbered  with  the  animals  of  the  past. 

AXTILOCAPRID^E. 

ANTILOCAPRA  AMERICANA,  Ord. 

The  Prong-horn  Antelope  was  formerly  very  abundant,  but  is  now 
rarely  seen  here.  Occasionally  we  hear  of  this  animal  having  been  seen 
on  the  western  slope  of  the  Coteau,  having  doubtless  come  from  the 
valley  of  the  James  lliver,  about  thirty-live  miles  from  the  post. 

CERVID.E. 

Cariacus  macrotis,  (Say)  Gray.  • 

The  Mule  or  Black-tailed  Deer  is  not  now  found  on  the  Coteau  to  my 
knowledge.  The  last  I  have  heard  of  being  killed  in  this  vicinity 
occurred  three  years  ago  at  Clear  Lake,  about  ten  miles  from  the  post. 

Cariacus  virginianus,  (Bodd.)  Gray. 

The  While-tailed  Deer  was  some  ten  years  ago  very  common  in  this 
vicinity;  none  have  been  seen  forv several  years  past. 

VESPERTILIONIDJ3. 

One  or  more  species  of  the  ordinary  Bats  are  certainly  represented 
here,  but  no  specimens  have  been  procured,  and  I  do  not  therefore  desire 
to  commit  myself  to  any  determination  of  species. 

SORICIDJE.* 
[?]  SOREX  cooPERi,  Bach. 

I  believe  that  Cooper's  Shrew  is  moderately  abundant  in  this  locality;. 

but  as  specimens  of  this  genus  are  very  difficult  of  identification,  those 

I  have  collected  have  been  submitted  to  Dr.  Coues  for  determination . 

*  [I  have  been  Qnable  to  And  time  to  give  Dr.  McChesney's  SoricidcB  the  critical 
attention  they  require,  and  these  identifications  mast  \ye  considered  provisional.  Be- 
sides the  two  species  presented,  the  collection  contains  Xeosorex  palustriSy  received 
since  this  paper  was  prepared. — £.  C] 


201     BULLETIN  UanED  STATES  GEOLOQICAL  SUBVEY. 

Tho  Dieasarementa  of  the  specimens  collected,  and  believed  to  be  refer- 
ftble  to  S.  cooperi,  are  as  follows : — 


■ 

1 

ie 
tti 

1i 

a 

M 
Kl 

M 

1 

PI»o«ofl»lUollBE. 

Whuu"  ' 

From  tip  ot  doh  Io— 

II 

LenglbolJ 

h 

1 
it 

i 

3.00 

a.  70 
a.]i) 

S.'S5 

1 
1 

1 

1 

a 

FnrtW»a-W0rttIUk 

A"r.li;iB77 

0.41 

o!33 

0.31 

o;s7 

0.M 
CM 

o.n 
o.» 

0.91 

iir. 
liw 

1.5U 

( 

30 

0.J0 

Et'EEEEE^. 

o!«« 

o!39 

o.ts 

o!h 

o.« 

BlABINA.  BEtETICAUDA,  (j$ay)  Bd. 

The  Sliort-tailed  Shrew  is  not  abandaot,  but,  where  found  in  this  %'iciQ- 
it.v,  appears  to  have  a  preference  for  cnltivated  fields. 
The  measurements  of  specimens  taken  are  as  follows : — 


riue  ol  collectiiia. 

Ditoofcol. 

Fran,  tip  « 

r»o„ 

t^ 

11 

Length  of- 

•s 

i 

ll 

i 

1 

I 

J 

1 

^ 

1 

^ 

I 

i 

J 

i 

M 

? 

<  VI 

tifli 

nil 

e 

Apr.  la,  1677 

U.*4 

0.W 

l.U 

4.aO 

1.00 

CM 

'■" 

Zapus  hudsokius,  (2im»t.)  Covet. 

The  Jumping  Mouse  is  found  on  the  "Cotfan  des  Praiiies",  but, 
much  as  elsewhere,  is  not  namerons. 

Me<u*reattmt»  of  ipfcimfni. 


i 

33 

1 

i 

Pl««  of  OOllMllDg. 

Uau  rf  ool- 
leotiujf. 

From  lip 

'"""-i.^ 

Leufith  of- 

i 

3 

1 

1 

1    1 

i.r 

1 
1 

1 

1 

a 

Fort     W«l.irorlli, 

"idn  :'.'.'■'.:::::::: 

M.r  II,  iii77 

0.37     O.H 
0.14     O.W 

p!  «    o!  «H 

1.00    1»U,:, 

1   0.1      3.S5l<.M 
0.  !t^      n.  -W  1  S.  10 

a-W    UBS 

1 

0.31 
0.39 

1.00 

1 

0.U   .... 

H'CEESSEY  ON  DAKOTA  MAMUALS. 


205 


Mrs  MuscuLUS,  Linn. 

That  the  coaimou  Hoase  blouse  hns  SDccessfuUy  mode  bia  way  to 
this  part  of  the  world  is  sufficient);  well  attested  by  the  number  dov 
found  here. 

Specimeua  taken  do  not  present  any  appreciable  variations  either  of 
eise  or  color  from  those  taken  elsewhere. 

Genos  HESPEEOMYS. 
HESPEBOMTS  LEUC0PU3  SONOEIENSIS,  (LeC.)  CoueH. 

This  variety  of  the  Deer  or  White- footed  Mouse  is  found  all  over  the 
prairie  in  this  vicinity,  and,  under  favorable  circumstances, replaces  the 
common  House  Mouse. 

I  have  observed  this  Mouse  breeding  in  the  early  part  of  May  and 
also  in  Angnst  Three  to  seven  nsnally  constitute  the  litter  as  observed 
here. 

The  following  measurements  are  those  of  a  few  of  the  specimens  pre- 
served. 

[Jndging  from  the  meBBDreinitDts,  I  snppoM  trae  ItKOOpiu  to  b«  inctiKled  in  tlie 
Ii«t— E.  C] 


1 
1 

h 

13 

75 

n 

■0 

t 
t 

t 

Place  of  celltctlDg. 

Itaie  erf  «.l- 
lecLing. 

n<.„,i,„™.„H- 

5 

ii 

i 

Len;:iU  at- 

■8 

1 

1 

1 

i 

=3 

ill 

0.88 

o.'bI 
a.  83 

0.M 
ft  S3 

3.1S 

a.u 

3.75 
*M 

3.00 
3.40 
XW) 
3.U 
3.10 

3.43 
3.SS 

a.  IS 

l-W 
8.83 

lao 
aw 

2.50 

1 

flo Ijniva),is;6 

di JnlyiM.ieia 

0,M 
0.13 

a« 

0.M 

1 

.::::;t:::::;:::::::::: 
;::::t::::::::::::::::: 

Sl!iMtnn,  Dak 

Ang.tMnG 
Oct.     <.1«0 

0.31   ;  MU 
0.  Vi  1  0. 70 

o!  3  J 1  o!  70 

0,3:]     0.0S 

0.S9 

oiss 

IlESPEBOMYS  (Ontchohts)  LEUCOGASTEB,  {Marim.)  Baird. 

The  Missouri  Mouse  ia  moderat«ly  abundant  in  this  vicinity.  I  have, 
however,  thna  far  had  but  little  success  in  trapping  it;  most  ol' the  speci. 
mens  secured  have  been  taken  by  judiciously  trained  cats,  sensible 
enough  in  the  majority  of  cases  not  to  mutilate  their  victims.  Ten  of 
these  Mice  have  been  so  captared,  seven  of  which  have  been  preserved, 
and  three  were  found  to  be  too  badly  damaged  to  serve  any  useful  pur- 
pose. Of  late,  I  have  succeeded  in  capturing  this  mouse  by  use  of  the 
"eagles  claw"  trap. 

Od  the  eastern  slope  of  the  small  plateau  on  which  the  post  is  situated 
areaeveialold"Hhacks",  constructed  one- half  or  two-thirds  underground, 
and  inhabited  by  In<lians ;  it  is  in  and  about  these  caves  that  the  Mis- 
soari  Mouse  has  been  taken.    What  special  attraction  there  may  be  in 


206     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

this  particular  locality  to  account  for  this  Mouse  selecting  it  as  a  resi- 
dence I  am  unable  to  say;  but  it  is  certain  that  it  has  been  sequred  no- 
where else  here.  The  location,  to  be  sure,  is  favorable  as  regards  water 
and  food,  but  n  it  more  so  in  this  respect  than  many  other  places  in  the 
immediate  vicinity  of  the  post. 

At  Fort  Berthold,  Dakota  Territory,  on  the  Missouri  River,  where  I 
resided  during  the  greater  part  of  the  years  1872  and  1873,  this  Mouse  is 
very  abundant.  The  Indians  of  that  agency  (Ariekarees,  Gros  Ventres, 
and  Mandans)  are  united  by  the  bond  of  hatred  against  the  Sioux, 
and  were  during  these  and  many  former  years  in  an  almost  constant 
state  of  war.  In  the  incursions  of  the  Sioux,  many  attemps  have  been 
made  to  destroy  the  united  village  of  the  three  tribes  by  fire,  and  one 
attempt  (in  1863)  was  partially  successful.  The  three  tribes  found  it 
necessary,  in  consequence,  to  have  some  secure  store-house  for  their  pro- 
duce, and  finally  adopted  the  cache  method.  The  caches  of  these  Indi- 
ans, of  which  there  are  one  or  more  to  each  lodge,  are  dug  with  great 
care,  and  resemble  in  shape  a  funnel  inverted,  and  have  a  capacity  of 
about  seventy-five  bushels.  The  opening,  which  would  correspond  with 
the  small  end  of  the  funnel,  is  carefully  covered,  first  with  boards,  then 
hay,  and  finally  with  earth,  the  latter  of  which  is  carefully  trodden  down, 
raked  over,  and  in  a  day  or  two  all  trace  of  the  opening  is  obliterated. 
Sometimes  these  caches  are  dug  under  the  lodge  of  the  owner,  but  much 
more  frequently  on  the  outside  of  the  village,  and  the  exact  place  is 
known  to  the  owners  only,  and  by  means  of  alignment  with  permanent 
landmarks.  In  these  caches^  which  the  Sioux  have  never  yet  succeeded 
in  finding,  are  stored  their  supplies  of  corn,  beans,  squash,  and,  of  late 
years,  potatoes ;  and  in  them  the  Missouri  Mouse  takes  up  his  abode ;  and 
it  is  no  uncommon  thing  for  three  or  four  to  be  killed  at  each  opening 
of  the  cache^  which  seldom  occurs  more  than  three  times  in  each  year. 

I  have  observed  that  the  Missouri  Mouse  breeds  here  early  ii(  May 
and  August,  and  I  believe  but  two  litters  are  brought  forth  each  year. 
Lactation  extends  over  a  period  of  three  weeks,  at  the  end  of  which 
time  the  young  are  fully  able  to  care  for  themselves. 

Description  of  specimen  No.  204,  collection  of  Dr.  Chas,  E,  McChesney. 

This  is  a  mature  female  specimen  of  large  size,  as  will  be  seen  by  the 
measurements  given  below. 

Upper  parts  light  gray  throughout ;  under  parts  white.  Fore  legs 
as  under  parts;  on  the  outer  part  of  hind  legs  the  gray  of  the  upper 
parts  extends  the  entire  length  of  the  fem  ur.  Inside  of  hind  legs  same 
as  under  parts. 

Tail  beneath  white,  above  but  little  darker,  sparsely  haired  to  the 
very  tip.  It  will  be  noticed  that  the  tail  is  short  as  compared  with  that 
of  JZ.  leueopus. 

Ears  well  developed,  sparsely  haired  inside  and  outside  for  about 
one-third  of  their  height ;  the  hairs  of  the  onter  portion  nearest  the  head 
are  black-tipped. 


H'CHESNET   on   DAKOTA    MAMMALS.  207 

Eyes  well  developed,  and  set  Id  a  definite  black:  area,  which  extends 
entirely  aroand  the  eye  as  a  iiarrow  border,  the  same  as  seen  in  B.  leu- 
copus. 

Teats:  I  can  discover  but  three  pairs  io  this  specimen,  two  inguinal 
and  one  pectoral. 

Fore  feet :  middle  toe  longest ;  first  and  third  of  equal  length  and  bat 
little  shorter;  fonrth  toe  reaching  hat  little  beyond  base  of  the  third; 
thamb  rudimentary,  and  with  more  of  a  nail  than  a  claw.  Five  taber- 
des;  one  at  the  base  of  the  inner  and  one  at  the  base  of  the  outer  toes; 
one  at  the  base  of  the  second  and  third  toes;  one  back  of  the  one  at 
base  of  the  thamb ;  and  one  behind  the  tubercle  at  base  of  the  outer  toe, 
the  last  two  being  aligned. 

Hiod  foot:  but  four  tubercles  arc  here  discoverable;  the  one  back  of 
the  tubercle  at  base  of  the  outer  toe  is  wanting. 

Whiskers :  arranged  in  five  parallel  rows,  the  three  inner  ones  of 
which  are  black  throughout;  the  two  outer  rows  are  white  for  their 
entire  length.    Longest  hairs  are  1.2S  in  length. 

Head  and  forehead  are  a  trifie  darker  gray  than  the  back.    Xose  a 
little  lighter  than  head.    Chin  white. 
The  specimen  measures  as  follows: — 

From  tip  of  nose  to  eye 0.53 

Front  tip  of  nose  to  ear 1.16 

From  tip  of  nose  to  OccipQt 1.40 

From  tip  of  noso  to  Uil 4.80 

Tail  to  end  of  vertebrs 1.80 

Length  of  fore  foot 0.56 

Length  of  hind  foot 0.85 

Length  of  longest  fuie  elaw 0.16 

Width  of  prims 0.22 

Height  of  eara 0.46 

Longest  hairs 1.98 

Specimen  taken  at  Fort  Sisseton,  Dakota  Territory,  August  25, 1877. 

Meaturemenit  of  ipeament. 


Fro 

3.  tip 

ru™.,,^ 

i 

Lenirth  of— 

'r 

i 

I 

i 

1 

».„.,.  ■■ 

lecUog. 

k 

i 

J, 

i 

2^ 

i 

1 

a 

■s 

TO 

"'^^^: 

Ana,  M.  IBTS 

0.^1 

J,M 

Lid 

-1. 00 

1.B7 

o.r. 

0.S1 

Tl 

9 

0  4n 

n^o 

'-r-- 

0.M 

l.^y 

4.IW 

3.01) 

0.87 

«.r, 

0.S1 

M 

«M 

1HM 

<f 

..« 

I.IU 

U-ii 

u.« 

U-IW 

208  BULLETIN  UHITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  8UBVET. 

Etotomts  kutiltjs  qapperi,  (Vit/.)  Cones. 

The  ordiaary  Red-backed  Mouse  is  very  abundant  io  this  vicinity. 
The  cfaaracteriBtic  red  marking  of  this  Moase  is  attained  very  early,  for 
I  have  observed  it  in  the  yonng  of  all  agen. 

The  nest  of  this  Mouse  in  this  vicinity  ia  usually  constructed  on  the 
^ound,  under  a  large  bowlder,  or  sometimes  under  an  old  log  or  wood- 
pile, and  is  sparingly  liued  with  grass  or  other  suitable  substances. 

Tbe  young,  of  which  there  are  from  three  to  eight,  are  broaght  forth 
as  early  in  May  as  the  3d,  aud  I  have  also  seen  them  as  late  as  September 
30th,  from  which  I  would  infer  that  there  are  at  least  two  litters  brought 
out  each  year. 

The  measurements  of  the  specimens  taken  are  as  follows : — 


FromtlpofndMW-      ~ 

Ungthor- 

1 

1 

i 

i 

PUMofcoliKting. 

Date  nr  csl- 

i 

i 

i 

11 

i 
1 

1 

n 

„ 

nu 

ii« 

ino 

1  Ifl 

3.50 

o.xt 

«.M 

0.40 

LOT 

5.30 

ll.il 

<j; 



^ 

•^ 

"■" 

J.li 

J.rtl 

0.M 

ARVICOLA  (MyOSOMES)  EIPARIUS,  Ord. 

[Doubtless  common  Id  Dr.  McChesney'a  locality.  See  bracketed  remnrke  ander  ueit 
head.  On  cttlling  the  author's  attentioo  to  this  poiut,  I  am  favored  with  the  foUonlog 
reply:— 

"  OcUi3>tT  32,  t?7T. — In  ten  specimeaa  of  ArtUiolm  exomiDed  to-dfty,  tlio  U',V-,  or  Y' 
ithaped  trefoil  of  the  back  upper  molar  is  present  in  all  but  one;  and  no  doubt,  «ayoD 
suggt^gt,  my  list  coutaias  measiiremeiits  of  both  ripariM  and  aattenu." — £.  C] 

(Vrvicola  (Pei>05IYs)  adstbrus,  LeConte. 

The  Prairie  Meadow  Mouse  is  very  common  in  this  vicinity,  provided 
I  am  right  in  referring  all  my  specimens  of  the  genus  Arvieola  to  this 
species.  Examioatiou  of  the  molars  of  several  specimens  has  been  at- 
tended with  nearly  uniform  reference  to  A,  austerus;  and  I,  therefore, 
believe  that  A.  ripariua  is  foand  here  only  in  small  numbers. 

I  have  observed  this  Mouse  breeding  here  in  May. 


H'CHESNET   on  DAKOTi.  MAHHAL8.  209 

MeasnrementB  of  Bpecimens  (with  the  above  proviBo)  are  as  follows : — 

[Bat  nnleoa  eaob  speciinen  hM  been  «»niioe(l  by  the  moUra,  the  list  nndonbtedl^ 
includes  epecineoB  of  A.  Hpariu*, — B.  C] 


J' 

i 

DaleoTool. 

^«tlpaf.o«t_ 

II 

1 

LeDeth  of— 

1 

a. 

PLi«a(e<)IlfK)UBg. 

1 

1 

1 

t 

1 
1 

1 

t 

a 

100 
IM 

% 

■OS 

i 
I 

Port  Si 

;;;| 

'."'.al 
....da 

....do 

ttXai.Dak. 

Mar.  H,  18T7 

AvT.    a.  ten 
Apr.  iilim 

s.pt  7,l»n 

(VM 

aw 

1.33 

■1.x 
t,w 

4.CII> 

1.M 
t.» 

L»n 

i,«a 

l.PO 

6,73 

0.31 

0.18 
ft.  IS 

«.IS 

" 

0.7S 

Jfca«amiuati  o/  one  kwdr^  ppttivteni  of  Akvicoia  kiparius  and  A.  auhtkrl'S  laii'm 
at  /brl  Sitnton,  Dak.,  October  -Mi,  UTI,  and  oare/allf  ntaMured  in  tke  fiak  bf  CAorkv  £. 
Modtemtg,  Acting  Auittant  Surgani,  United  State*  Armg. 


From  Up  D 

DM«tO- 

a 

1 

1 

11 

f 

i 

■3 
5 

3 

Hem-rki. 

1 

A 

1 

s 

i 
1 

i 

1 

4.10 

0.15 

«.48 

*."D 

o.ia 

s 

■} 

nES 

I'n 

FrotaUy  A.  Tipariiti. 

s 

0.4S 

M 

l.« 

A&J 

tf.4J 

0.W 

Probably  A.  riparivt. 

)J 

li« 

a.BB 

ni* 

au 

(1.KS 

».^0 

0.39 

rf 

o.ae 

ILIJ 

BoU.  Iv.  No.  1—14 


210  BULLETIN  UNITSD  STATES  OEOLOOICAL  8UBTET. 

attt  «fM»kmndrti  ^teimtM  of  Aktioola  RiPAKirB  wtd  A.  AcnxBCB—Coot'd. 


j 

an 

S33 
S4 
185 
S9S 

«T 

m 

303 
3M 
3IU 

soa 

3W 
Sil 

an 

314 

SM 
3U 

3;B 

33J 
3|{J 

3,8 

33d 
339 

■Mi 

34H 
347 

JW 

g 

3» 

3ar 
3:ie 

9 

1 

i 
i 
1 

f 

1 

1 

1, 
i 
i 
i 

i 

t 

I 

d 

F,.„Upof.o«t^ 

L«oeih  of— 

i 

RMWt>. 

^ 

1 

i 
i 

g 

1 

E 

1 
1 

■s 
s 

0.4S 

0.40 

0.40 
d.40 

a44 

0.40 

040 

a4.'i 
a4S 

0.4S 
o!40 

0.4.-* 

o!43 
D.40 
0.43 

0:43 
0:43 

U.40 

a.*» 

6.  it 

luo 

0U3 
0.40 
0.46 

0.43 

0.S7 

0.89 
0.C9 
0.01 
0.80 

O-Bi 

a.M 

D.B8 
0.8A 

1.00 

D.OL 
0.M 

o.n 
ass 

O.OB 
0.08 

oIm 
aw 

oiss 

0.rtO 

0.M 

oIh 

fi 

(LB 

0.00 
oiei 

0.9J 

0-ea 

0.*9fi 

o'es 

0.M 

0.90 
0.69 

AN 

l.Sl 

LO8 
i!ao 

LSO 

liao 

lilS 
1^34 

his 

i.a 
1.10 

1.18 

i!» 
1.1s 
i.au 

11 

Lao 
1.0- 

liu 
L11 

LM 

i;« 

LSO 

3L70 
XBO 
3.«0 
3.95 
3.70 
4.00 
3.70 

3. 30 
3l70 
4.90 
3.SS 

4M 
4.00 

4.00 

3.70 
3.W 

4.£0 

3.  BO 
3,70 

4:10 

3:  BO 
3  M 

3.60 
3.00 
170 
3.  BO 

3;  TO 

■xn 
■i.',o 
xos 

3.W 

4:10 

3.  BO 

3,  SO 
3.  BO 
4.40 

X70 

l.«0 
I.4S 

i.3u 

liao 
i!.io 

1.M 

1.40 
1.90 

1.SS 

lioa 
9!m 

L43 
1  3i 
l.K 

1.55 

1:4s 

1,30 

L40 
1.40 

L90 

L4a 

1.90 

liao 

1.30 
1 40 

i.ao 

L50 
1.30 
1.70 

l.« 

1^40 

i.as 

L» 

1.40 

1.40 

40 

40 
40 

40 

43 
40 

4« 

43 
40 
40 

44 

40 

41 

X 

40 

a  71 

ftTO 
u'.-M 

j| 

0.78 

a7S 

0^78 
0.73 

0:70 
0.70 
0.7S 

0.7S 
0.73 

0.70 

o.n 

0.70 

0.70 
0l7I 

o;:i 
o!;o 

d!io 

0  78 

oiw 

170 
0.6(1 

0^77 
0.70 

0^70 

( 
( 
( 

< 
( 

1 
1 
1 
1 

I 
1 
1 

1 
( 
1 

14 
14 

u 

14 

IS 
IS 

14 

rnbMy  A-rtpari«M. 
Pnlubly  A.  ripariiu. 

Pmb^blv  J.rfjwriiu. 
I'mlubly  A.  ripariat. 

Pnt>tMy  A.HfQ*imM. 

I  have  no  idva  that  all  the  above  specimens  not  marked  as  probably 
A.  ripariu9  are  A.  autterm.  Examination  of  the  molars  would  prob- 
ably reveal  that  both  are  included  io  the  list  iDdiacrimiuately. 

With  all  these  specimeus  before  me  in  the  flesb,  I  was  at  first  iaclined 


H'CHESKET  on  DAKOTA  UAMHALS.  211 

to  tbiak  separation  of  the  two  species  conld  be  made  by  coloration 
alone,  viz,  by  tbe  darker  appearance  of  A.  ripariua  both  on  the  back 
and  belly,  and  by  tbe  black  legs  and  feet,  and  sach  may  possibly  be  done 
to  a  small  extent,  especially  with  extremes  of  the  two  species ;  but  the 
coloration  was  soon  found  to  iotermiugle  to  such  an  extent  that  esurn* 
inatiop  of  the  molars  alone  would  determiDe  to  which  species  the  speci- 
men belonged. 

The  tails  were  found  to  vary  from  distinctly  bicolor  to  almost  entirely 
black. 

Tbe  bucks  varied  from  dark  brown  Co  a  decidedly  reddish  cast;  some 
were  also  uearly  grizzly-gray. 

The  nuder  parts  varied  &om  silvery-gray  to  dark  brown. 

The  legs  and  feet  varied  from  black  to  almost  white. 

Febbb  zibethiods,  {lAnn.)  Cuvier. 

The  Mnskrat  is  the  most  abnodant  of  all  the  mammals  inhabiting  this 
region.  As  many  as  twenty  tboosand  have  been  taken  iu  a  single  season 
within  a  few  miles  of  this  post. 

SACCOMYID.^. 

Ceiobtodipds  flatus,  Baird. 

Tbe  Yellow  Pouched  Moaae  is  found  in  small  nnmbers  in  this  region. 
Specimens  taken  are  a  little  larger  than  those  enumerated  by  Baird. 


1 

i 

PlHMflfeOUMtiXg, 

Dal<  of  Dol. 

Fimo  tip  of  noBB  to- 

i 
II 

i 

L.i.plio/-| 

ri 

^ 

1 

, 

1 

E 

i 

1 

so 

68 

i 

FDrtW.dn™rtli.D^ 

oX     1.1810 
Nor.  IS.  1076 

o.r.8 

0.1:; 

a.ri 

r" 

iflil 

aOfl 

140 

0.M 

4fi7 

OEOMYID.^. 

Geomts  bqbsabiits,  Skate. 

Tbe  Poached  Gopher  is  one  of  tbe  raost  abundant  of  all  tbe  mammals 
inhabiting  tbe  prairie  of  this  vicinity.  I  certainly  disagree  with  those 
anthorities  (and  my  opportanitiea  for  forming  a  correct  opinion  have 
been  as  great  as,  if  not  greater  than,  any  former  observer's)  who  believe 
that  the  cheek -poaches  of  this  mammal  are  use<l  for  the  removal  of  uand 
from  their  barrows;  for  iu  all  the  namerons  specimeaa  taken  here,  no 
earth  has  ever  been  foond  in  their  poncbes,  but,  ou  tbe  contrary,  I  have 
frequently  found  young  grass,  leaves,  and  roots  in  their  poncbes,  and  I 
believe  that  the  anccalent  young  grass,  when  procurable,  frequently  con- 
stitutes their  main  article  of  food.    It  might  be  olyeeted  that  my  speci- 


212 


BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  BUBYIST. 


mens  bare  all  been  taken  while  returaiiig  frotu  a  foraging  tripy  but  envb 
is  not  the  case. 

The  Pouched  Gopher  in  this  region  is  fonnil  in  towns  or  villages,  mach 
reaembltnf;  the  Prairie  Dog  towns,  so  familiar  to  all  observers  in  many 
sections  of  the  Northwest,  with  the  exception  that  their  barrows  have 
no  external  openings,  these  being  carefully  closed  by  the  animal. 

Theie  is  ordinarily  uo  difficulty  in  capturing  this  animal  by  judicioos 
use  of  steel  traps  that  do  not  require  much  pressure  to  spring ;  and  to 
the  tiailure  to  comply  with  this  requirement  is,  I  believe,  mainly  to  be 
attributed  the  ill  success  of  moat  collectors^  although  there  is  a  period 
in  addition  to  the  winter  months  (which  is  here  found  to  be  from  abont 
the  middle  of  June  to  the  end  of  August)  when  the  acquisition  of  speci- 
mens is  attended  with  great  difficulties.  No  doubt  but  at  this  time  the 
parents  are  to  a  great  extent  engaged  in  rearing  their  young,  and 
scarcely  ever  emerge  from  their  subterranean  homes.  I  have,  however, 
seen  a  very  few  quite  young  specimena  by  the  middle  of  June ;  but  I 
believe  the  greater  majority  are  brought  forth  between  the  middle  of 
Jane  and  the  end  of  August,  atid  that  but  one  litter  is  brought  out  each 
year. 

The  diagnostic  value  of  the  markings  of  the  upper  incisors,  as  pointed 
ont  by  Dr.  Goues  in  bis  admirable  review  of  Oeomys  and  2%omo»iya,  is 
confirmed  in  my  specimens.  The  groove,  or  salens,  nearly  bisecting  the 
Incisors,  ia  more  distinct  in  the  youoe  than  in  the  old,  becoming  more 
staallow  in  proportion  to  the  age  of  the  animal,  and  iu  very  old  speci- 
mens I  can  detect  no  sign  of  the  third  groove  of  Cones,  although  ia 
many  of  the  young  and  middle-aged  it  is  distinctly  perceptible. 

The  measurements  of  the  specimens  taken  here  are  as  follows : — 


1 

i 

Flaoeo 

footlecUiiE.        uSuug."' 

FromUpofno^tlo- 

LeoRU.  of- 

1 

"s 

■a 

1 

i 

1 

3 

1- 
1 

i 

1 

f 

3 

<s 

Fort -V 

VaOMwoah.    Hay  to,  lent 

l.l!ll  1.M 

!i.ea 

B.IXI 

3.m 

Lea 

1.3J 

fl.« 



t 

O.I» 

n  IT 

0,*1 

...da 

0.30 

an 

^ 

iti-..-^-. 

0,BJ 

*ia 

a.  07 

i.ii 

l.VH 

H*CHE8NB7  OH  DAKOTA   UAHHAL8. 

JTMMireiHciib,  ^o— CoaUnned. 


213 


PlilM  of  ooUecHnf. 


.  Apr.  Sl,isn    1 

'.  Apt.  ss,i(fn'  1 
;  Apr.  sei'iH 


.  Uay    8.11m  I 

'  iUy  l0.iSV  I 

s  a,isn  i 

.  Jnne   t,  ItfTT  1 

Id! ( 

.  Juaeis^ier;  1 


i   (lhH  D^u 


Prom  tha  abore  weobUlD  tliefallawlng:— 
Ulainiam-  am  rf 


r  68  ■pecimmi 


m  tbaaa  tMoIla  on  UMMiut  at  aga. 


214  BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  QEOLOQIOAL  SURYET. 

Anatomy  of  the  contractor  muscle  of  the  pouch  of  G.  bubsabius. 

As  is  well  kiiowu,  the  pouch  of  this  mammal  is  simply  a  pocket- 
shaped  dapUcature  of  the  skin  of  the  sides  of  the  head  and  neck,  ex- 
tending well  hack  over  the  shoulder,  and  with  its  aperture  surrounded 
by  a  long,  narrow,  and  delicate  constrictor  muscle. 

The  contractor  muscle  is  best  exposed  by  a  simple  incision  extending 
from  the  head  down  the  middle  of  the  vertebral  column  to  a  point  op- 
posite the  hind  legs.  Care  must  be  taken  in  making  this  incision  to 
keep  to  the  median  line,  especially  as  the  incision  is  extended  back- 
wardy  and  to  cut  through  the  skin  and  superficial  fascia  only^  as  other- 
wise the  muscle  might  be  severed  near  its  movable  end,  which  would 
prove  fatal  to  the  study  of  this  portion  of  it. 

As  has  been  intimated  by  Professor  Cones  in  his  work  before  cited 
in  this  article,  this  muscle  may  be  considered  a  modified  form  of  the 
platysma  myoideSj  presenting,  however,  certain  well-marked  differences, 
which  will  become  apparent  in  the  course  of  this  description. 

For  the  purposes  of  this  description,  I  shall  divide  the  muscle  into 
two  parts,  the  first  part  commencing  at  the  movable  head  and  ending 
at  the  inferior  angle  of  the  pouch,  where  the  muscle  divides;  and  the 
second  part  commencing  at  this  termination  of  the  first  portion,  atid 
ending  with  the  insertion  of  the  different  heads  into  the  maxillary  bones. 

First  part — Commencing  at  the  movable  head  of  this  muscle,  which 
is  attached  by  a  broad,  thin  tendon,  blending  with  the  tendons  of  the 
muscles  of  the  back,  covering  the  last  three  lumbar  vertebrse,  and  from 
which  it  cannot  be  dissected  nor  traced  beyond,  we  find  that  it  runs  in 
a  nearly  straight  direction  to  the  inferior  angle  of  the  pouch,  t.  e.,  the  ex- 
treme portion  of  the  pouch  which  extends  backward  over  the  shoulder. 
At  first  it  overlies  the  muscles  covering  the  vertebra,  and  afterward 
it  runs  nearly  parallel  with,  but  as  it  approaches  the  pouch  diverges 
from,  the  spinal  column. 

The  muscle  lies  in  this  portion  of  its  course,  until  near  the  pouch, 
under  the  superficial  fascia  and  in  close  connection  with  the  skin  of  the 
animal  above,  and  beneath  with  the  muscles  of  the  back  and  shoulder 
of  the  animal.  As  the  muscle  nears  the  pouch,  it  is  crossed  by  a  muscle 
running  from  the  upper  and  outer  part  of  the  shoulder  to  the  ear.  This 
part  of  the  muscle  varies  from  0.22  to  0.30  of  an  inch  in  width,  is  quite 
thin,  and  about  4^  inches  in  length. 

Second  portion, — At  the  termination  of  the  first  pari  of  the  coarse  of 
this  muscle,  just  as  it  comes  in  contact  with  the  pouch,  it  divides  into 
two  parts,  one  of  which  passes  over  the  upper  or  outer  portion  of  the 
pouch,  and  is  inserted  into  the  superior  maxillary  bone  directly  below  the 
nose.  This  part  of  the  muscle  is  very  narrow,  and  great  care  is  neces- 
sary that  it  is  not  cut  away.  This  band  of  the  muscle  lies  on  the  sac 
below,  and  is  covered  by  the  skin  and  superficial  fascia  only. 

The  other  portion  of  the  muscle  passes  along  the  inner  and  lower  sur- 


H'CHEflNET   ON  DAKOTA  HAHHALS. 


215 


face  of  the  poncb,  and  aloag  the  superior  and  ioferior  borders  thereof,  its 
fibres  expaoding  ao  as  to  cover  nearly  the  entire  under  surface  of  the  sac. 
Tbe  fibres  running  along  the  sop^rior  border  of  the  ponch  are  attached 
with  tboae  of  tbe  muscle  passing  over  the  upper  part  of  the  poach  to 
the  superior  maxillary  boae.  The  remainder  of  the  fibres  are  attached 
to  tbe  oater  and  lower  surface  of  the  body  of  the  inferior  maxillary  bone, 
precisely  similar  to  the  attachment  of  tbe  platysma  myoides.  The  mas- 
cle  in  this  portion  of  its  course  is  covered  by  the  sac,  and  is  in  relation 
below  witb  the  mascles  of  the  inferior  maxillary  bone  and  of  the  neok. 
It  will  thus  be  seen  tbat  the  great  mnscnlar  power  possessed  by  the 
animal  over  Wa  pouch  is  exerted  from  its  lower  or  inner  surface,  its 
npper  or  outer  surface  being  but  poorly  supplied  with  masoalar  fibres. 

Thouohys  talpoides,  {Rick.)  Saird. 

This  Gopher  is  not  abundant  in  this  region.  It  shares  many  of  the 
babite  of  its  relative,  O.  bunariuSf  and  is  found  occupying  the  atune 
ground  and  apparently  living  in  tbe  midst  of  that  species. 

This  Gopher  breeds  daring  the  latter  part  of  July  and  earl;  in  Augnat, 
and  I  believe  there  is  but  one  litter  annually. 

Measurements  of  epecimens  takeu  are  as  follows :— 


1 

i 

Pli«  of  col- 
leotllig. 

°i2i'r 

FrmutipofnoMlo- 

Lanelbst- 

1 

1 

1 

0.54 
0.41 

t 

1 

4.'3S 

1 

1 

} 

t 

J 
1 

1 

1 

1 
s 

in 

? 

4' 

Tort  W»di- 
worth,Dik. 

M.ru,iB;e 

a;  as 

Aujt.  in,  I87B 
K«J  85. 1(177 

o.n 

0.83 

L.M 

1.0 

i:«i 

1.03 

a.00 

400 

a!  10 

1.83 

LIB 

SCIUEID.^. 

Tahias  STRIATDB,  (ZAnn.)  Baird. 

Tbe  beautiful  little  Ohipmunk  la  quite  common  in  this  vicinity,  and 
makes  fals  appearance  about  tbe  first  of  April,  thus  being  one  of  the 
earliest  of  onr  mammals  to  welcome  the  return  of  spring.  - 

Tbe  Chipmunk  disappears  by  the  end  of  April,  and  I  have  been  nn- 
able  to  learn  anything  of  its  breeding. 

A  large  number  of  specimens  have  been  captured,  but  I  was  unfor- 
tanately  unable  to  preserve  them  at  the  time. 


21S  BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GBOLOOICAL  SUBTET. 

The  measDrements  of  the  specimens  preaerred  are  aa  follows :- 


1 

i 

PUOBOf  WllMUDg. 

D.lenf  ™l- 

looUng. 

Fnm  tip  of  BOW  to- 

11 
I 

LeDsthof^ 

i 

1 

} 

i 

J 
1 

1 

!i; 

J 
I 

Apr.   ..leii 

0,69 

0.80 

t.34 

450 
450 

iIm 

Spe:b3I0phiz.tts  pbanelihi,  (Bdb.)  £tcft. 

Tfae  Qray  Gopher  is  qaite  commoD  io  tliiB  vicinity.  It  is  not,  however, 
an  exclosively  Groand  Squirrel,  being  often  seen  on  trees,  and  here  its 
hole  is  asually  tonnd  in  a  dead  tree,  bat  Bometimes  is  dag  at  the  foot  of 
a  tree.  I  believe  it  lays  in  a  store  of  provisioua  Bnfflcient  for  its  winter 
use,  and  Boarcely  ever  emergeB  from  its  home  during  this  season,  for 
carefat  search  has  failed  to  reveal  its  presence  during  winter. 

It  breeds  about  June  25th,  and  I  believe  but  one  litter  is  brought 
forth  each  year.    The  female  suckles  her  young  for  Ave  or  bix  weeks. 

Professor  Baird,  in  his  work  on  Noitfa  American  Mammala,  pp.  306 
and  315,  is  in  error  in  stating  that  the  "bead  is  pure  gray,  without  any 
tinge  of  yellowiBh".  Such  ia  undoubtedly  thecase  with  the  young;  bat  iu 
matare  Bpecimens  there  is  not  only  a  tinge  of  yellowish,  but  this  colora- 
tion is  quite  distinct,  and  occnrs  sufficiently  often  to  consider  it  a  Dormal 
marking  of  this  tDammal.  I  have  observed  the  yellowish  coloration 
extend  as  far  on  the  head  aa  the  eyes,  and  also  on  the  upper  part  of  the 
tail  for  about  one-fourth  of  its  length. 

The  cheek-pouches  of  8.  fravklini  open  internally,  directly  into  the 
mouth,  aud  are  quite  small,  having  a  capacity  of  about  one-third  of  a 
teaspoooful  only. 

The  pouches  themselves  have  uo  true  muscular  structure,  being  sim- 
ply a  pocket-shaped  duplicature  of  the  skin  of  the  sides  of  the  head, 
and  possessing  no  more  elastic  power  than  this  tissue  ordinarily  does. 

The  pouches  do  not  extend  quite  to  the  ears,  and  we  observe  nothing 
like  the  muscular  structure  of  the  pouches  of  Qeomys  and  Thomomys, 
which  possess  a  true  constrictor  and  a  contractor  muscle,  but  there  is  de- 
flected from  the  posterior  portion  of  the  sac  a  special  tendon,  broad 
(comparatively  speaking),  which  replaces  the  muade  found  in  the  species 
of  Qeomys  and  Tkomomys,  but  which  soon  becomes  part  of,  and  is  lost 
in,  the  superficial  fascia  of  the  sides  of  the  neck. 


U'CHESNET  OH  DAKOTi.  MAMMATA 


FronatlpufnnMXo- 

1 

Leogtb  of— 

1 

i 

1 

i 

PUcenfiMillwUDC. 

DBteofooI- 
leoUug. 

1 

1 

1 

1 

11 

S 

i 

1 

1 

J 

1 
1 

i 

•a 

1 

in 

<t 

SW^Wrfnrortli, 

1  ni 

Tnn 

1-fl 

innn 

nil 

ion 

1  v\ 

IM 

nnn 

T  11 

ftrtfl 

1   BS 

rtll 

030 

iti 

^ 

-  -^ 

JaDBK.18TJ 

O.MS 

i.m 

4« 

W.M 

«.« 

SPBBMOPHILDS  TEIDBOEM'LIirEATDS,  (ifttcA.)  .dud.  &  Boeh, 

Tbe  Striped  Prairie  Sqairrel  is  very  coididoq  on  the  Ooteau ;  their  holes 
may  be  seen  almost  everywhere  and  in  large  nnmbers.  This  Squirrel 
makes  its  appearance  very  early  in  the  spring,  as  hood  as  the  gronad  is 
thawed  Bnfficiently,  and  is  seen  daily  antil  the  approach  of  winter  drives 
it  to  its  undergroand  home.  This  Squirrel  is  a  very  polite  animal, 
always,  before  retiring  to  its  home  when  distorbed,  stopping  at  its  bole, 
standing  on  its  hind  legs  for  a  moment,  bowing,  and  then  disappearing, 

Xhe  young  are  brooght  forth  during  the  latter  part  of  May  and  early 
in  Jane,  and  I  believe  there  is  bat  one  litter  annually,  usually  contain- 
ing  from  four  to  eight. 

The  foUowiQg  are  the  measurements  of  the  specimens  preserved: — 


1 

SI 

1 

i 

FU«DlH>Ueatli]s. 

Dale  of  ml. 
lectina. 

F«,...p.f=«e.^ 

1 

[*n((tli  of— 

i 
1 

i 

1 

■s 

1 

1 

i 

1 

i 

1 
1 

1 

1 

f 

Fart  Wadsffdrth 

Jnly    SAfn 
Jlly    Mfna 
July    7,18^0 
July  lalBTfi 
jQly  U.  STe 
Jali  u^iSTS 

AS 

7S 

I'.U 

t.SJ 

i,4i 
i.-ii 

7.M< 
AM 

AM 

A 13 
B.M) 

T.90 

<,10 

a.  70 

157 

"iso 

*.I10 

a.ot 
AM 

•oioo 

•0.M 
-0.73 
•O.TT 
•0.14 

0.M 



0.33 

0.36 

0.S8 

*  I(Bk«d  part  of  anls  only  nisaiimd. 

HTSTBIOID.S;. 
Eebthizon  doiwatdm,  Cavier. 
The  Porcapine  was  a  few  years  ago  found  on  the  Ooteau,  in  the  vioini^ 


218     BULLETIK  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURYET. 

of  this  post,  in  small  nambers.   None  have  been  seen  of  late  years,  how- 
ever, and  I  believe  it  is  not  an  inhabitant  of  this  section  of  the  conntry. 

LEPOEID^. 
Lepus  oampestbis,  Bach. 

The  Prairie  Hare  is  found  here  in  small  numbers  only. 

Lepus  sylvatious,  Bach. 
The  Gray  Babbit  is  not  common  on  the  Goteau  des  Prairies. 

NoTK. — AU  measarements  have  been  oarefally  taken  in  the  flesh,  and  are  expressed 
in  inches  and  hundredths. 

The  name  of  the  post  at  which  these  collections  have  been  made  was  changed  horn 
Fort  Wadsworth  to  Fort  Sisseton  in  August,  1876. 


ART.  IX.-STUDIES  OF  THE  AMERICAN  HERODIONES. 


PART  I -SYNOPSIS  OF  THE  AMERICAN  GENERA  OP  ARDEIDiE  AND  CICO- 
NIID^;  INCLUDING  DESCRIPTIONS  OP  THREE  NEW  GENERA,  AND  A  MONO- 
GRAPH OP  THE  AMERICAN  SPECIES  OP  THE  GENUS  ARDEA,  LINN. 


Bt  Bobbbt  BmawAY. 


Obdeb  HERODIONES.— Altbioial  Oballatobes. 

<  Herodiann,  Boxap.  Consp.  ii.  1855,  97  (inolades  Chruida,  PsaphUda,  CaHamida  ('<  AiK- 

amidcs "),  Aramida,  **  Cioonida ",  Ardeidof,  Canercmida,  Soopidm,  Emypifgida, 
Pkainoopteridaf,  PlatalMas,  and  <'  TantoZidcB")*— Baibd,  Birds  N.  Am.  1858,  651 
(inclades  Gnttdcs,  AramidtB^  Ardeida^**  Tantalid4g",  Flataldda,  and  PAoniicop- 
teridcp).— ScL.  &  Salv.  Norn.  Neotr.  1873,  vii.  (inclades  Ardeida,  Ciamiida,  PlO" 
Ui(eid<Bt  and  Phcenicopteridce), 

=  HerodUmea  (saborder,  <  Grallatarea),  CouBS,  Key,  1872,  840,  262.— Boucabd,  Cat»- 
logQB  Aviam,  1K76, 48  (order :  inclades  "  Tantalidcd",  Dnmadida,  Ardeidof  "  Ci- 
ooniidcd^t  and  Plataleidw), 

=  CioonUE,  BoNAP.  Consp.  ii.  1855, 104. 

^  Erodiif  NrrzscH,  t  c,  127(inclades uiriiaa  and  other  Ardeida,Cancroma,BSid  Eurypyga). 

>  Pelargi,  NrrzscH,  Pterylog.  1840,  130  (inolades  8co]^,  Cioania,Ana8UnMU,  and  Ttm' 

toZii«).— SuNDBV.  Met.  Nat.  Av.  Disp.  Tent.  1872, 123. 

>  Herodiif  Sundbv.  *.  o,  122. 

<  GrallatarM  longiro$tre$,  Rbichxnb.  Handb.  1851,  xL  xiii.  (inolades  IlndidcB  and  Toii- 

talincd), 

">  GraXUUoreB  magniroetreBt  Beichbnb.  i.  o,  xi.  v.  (inclades  Ardddcs,  CioanUdcB,  and  PZo- 
ialeidcd), 

<OraUai,LiLLJBBORO,P.Z.  8.  1866,10,  15  (inolades  Pftomioopfsrid^,  BalUda,  PaUm&' 
deida,  Pwpkida,  ArdMa,**  Cio(mida'\€hmida/*  ntaiUdas*\8eohpi^^  Chora- 
druifv,  and  0(idtda/).— Gray,  Handlist,  iii.  1871,  v.  "^  (inolades  OUduB,  Charadria- 
d€B,  GlareolidcB, Thinoooi^idcB, ChionididcB  Hamatopodid^By  PtophidcB^Cariamida,  Gnh- 
idoBj  Eurypygida,  BhynooheHda,  Ardeidm,  CiooniidcB,  PlataUidoB,  ^^TanialidtB^^ 
DromadidcB,  Soolopadda,  Phduiropodida,  BaUida/*  GaUinuUda",  HelUniUiMda, 
Parrida,aaid  Palamedeida  I). 

=  POargomorpha,  Huxlby,  P.  Z.  8. 1867, 461, 

(=  f )  GralUUore$  alUnareB,  8nNDBY.  Meth.  Nat.  Av.  Disp.  Tent  1872,  121  (inclades 
*'SerodH"  and  ^'Pdargi";  nnder  the  latter  [as  <'Fam.  A**}  SeopimiB,  inolnding 
Balamioep»t), 

Oh. — ^Altricial  Grallatores,  with  the  hallux  lengthened,  and  nearly  or 
qnite  incambent ;  in  habits  more  or  leas  arboreal  (generally  nesting  on 
trees,  while  all  are  ^^  Perchers 'O*  Palate  desmognathous.  Carotids 
doable. 

The  above  brief  diagnosis  is  sufficient  to  snocinctly  charaoterise  this 

819 


220   bullehh  uhtted  states  geological  survey. 

emiDently  natural  groap  of  birds.  The  Herodionesj  which  inclade  the 
BoatbillB  {Caneromidce)^  HeroDs  (Ardeidai),  Storks  (Ciooniidce)j  Ibises 
(Ibidid(B)j  and  Spoonbills  (PUUaleid(E)j  with,  perhaps,  bat  not  certainly, 
some  other  minor  gronps,  are  at  ooce  distinguished  from  the  Flamin- 
goes {Ph€mieqpteH)j  Oranes  {Orues)^  and  all  other  wading-birds,  by  their 
altricial  nature,  the  yonng  being  bom  completely  helpless,  aod  have 
to  be  reared  in  the  nest  by  the  constant  attention  of  their  parents,  while 
those  of  other  wadiog-birds  are  at  once  capable  of  active  movement  and 
able  to  immediately  shift  for  themselves,  although  they  foUow  their 
parents  for  a  considerable  time.* 

There  are  also  equally  important  osteological  t  and  anatomical  pecu- 
liarities of  structure,  which  alooe  «re  sufficient  to  demonstrate  the  fact 
that  this  group  is  not  intimately  related  to  other  Waders,  and  that  their 
general  exterior  resemblance  to  the  latter  is  one  of  analogy  and  not  of 
affinity. 

The  water-birds  most  nearly  related  structurally  to  the  Herodiones  are 
the  Steganopode^ — Pelicans,  Cormorants,  Gannets,  and  their  allies — 
which  are  likewise  both  desmognathous  and  altricial ;  and  what  is  an 
important  fact  in  this  connection  is  the  circumstance  that  besides  being 
altricial,  they  are,  with  very  few  exceptions,  also  decidedly  arboreal, 
most  of  them  even  placing  their  nests  on  trees.  They  are  swimmers, 
however,  iustead  of  being  merely  waders. 

Without  discussing  further  the  characters  which  distinguish  this 
*' order",  I  proceed  to  define  the  families  into  which  it  seems  most  natur- 
ally divisible. 

Synopsis  of  the  American  Hebodionine  Families. 

A« — ^Pterylffi  very  narrow,  interspersed  with  *<  powder-down"  tracts. 
Hallux  perfectly  incumbent;  inner  edge  of  middle  claw 
distinctly  pectinated.  (Herodiones  ardeiniformeSj=  Herodiij 
SUNDEV.  Meth.  Nat.  Av.  Disp.  Tent.  1872, 122.) 
1.  Ganobomid^.  Four  pairs  of  powder-down  tracts.  Bill 
greatly  depressed  and  excessively  dilated  laterally,  the  lat- 
eral outlines  much  bowed;  gonys  excessively  short,  not 
longer  than  the  width  of  the  mandibular  rami. 

*  It  is  my  opinion  that  the  importance  of  this  distinction  between  birds  has  not 
been  sufficiently  recognized.  It  is  certainly  a  more  natural  division  than  that  of 
*^F9ilop€dde$"  and  **Ftilopade8"  (Snndevall,  Methodi Naturalis  Avium  DUponendarum  Ten" 
iamen,  Stockholm,  1871^-73),  whereby  the  StruihUmea  are  brought  into  dose  relation- 
ship with  the  OallifUB,  and  the  Herodiones  next  to  the  lAmiooUs  and  6rue» — certainly  a 
much  more  artificial  Arrangement. 

t  According  to  Huxley  (P.  Z.  8. 1867, 4G1),  the  osteological  characters  of  this  group 
are  as  follows : — 

There  are  no  basipterygoid  processes ;  the  palatines  are  usually  united  for  a  greater 
or  less  distance  behind  the  posterior  nares,  and  are  destitute  of  a  vertical  plate  de- 
pending firom  their  Junction ;  the  maxillo-palatines  large  and  spongy ;  the  sternum 
broad,  and  with  two  to  four  posterior  notches.  The  relation  between  the  phalanges 
It  the  same  as  in  the  CheHomorpka  and  Ampkimorpkm, 


BIDGWAT  ON  AMERICAN  HEBODIONES.  221 

2.  Abdeid^.  Two  to  three  pairs  of  powder-down  tracts.  Bill 
compressed,  elongate-coDical,  the  lateral  outlines  straight  or 
even  a  little  concave ;  the  vertical  outlines  nearly  straight, 
slightly  convex  terminally^  gonys  lengthened,  several  times 
longer  than  the  width  of  the  mandibular  rami. 

B. — PterylsB  broad,  without  powder  down  tracts.  Hallux  elevated  at 
the  base  above  the  base  of  the  anterior  toes;  inner  edge  of 
middle  claw  not  pectinated ;  claws  resting  upon  a  homyy  cres- 
centic  ^^shoe^.  {Herodiones  oiconiiformes,  =  Pelargij  BUNDBY. 
Meth.  Nat.  A  v.  Disp.  Tent.  1872, 123.) 
a.  Sides  of  the  maxilla  without  any  trace  of  lateral  groove.  Skull 
holorhinal.  Angle  of  the  mandible  truncated.  Pectoralis 
major  muscle  in  two  easily  separable  layers.  No  accessory 
femoro-caudal  muscle ;  semitendinosv^  musle  tendinous  for  its 
distal  half;  biceps  cubiti  and  tensor  pata^ii  longus  muscles  un- 
connected.   (Gabbod.*) 

3.  CicoNiiD^.  Bill  elongate-conical,  either  straight  or  curved 
a  little  up  or  down  at  the  bnd. 

6.  Sides  of  the  maxilla  with  a  deep,  narrow  groove,  extending  un- 
interruptedly from  the  nasal  fossse  to  the  extreme  tip  of  the 
bill.  Skull  schizorhiual.  Angle  of  the  mandible  produced 
and  decurved.  Pectoralis  major  muscle  simple  (not  separa- 
ble into  distinct  layers)^  accessory  femoro-caudal  muscle  well 
developed;  semitendinosus  muscle  muscular  throughout;  biceps 
cubiti  and  tensor  patagii  longus  muscles  connected  by  a  small 
muscular  "  belly  ^.    (Gabbod.) 

4.  Ibidid^.  Bill  slender,  attenuated  terminally,  nearly  cylin- 
drical or  somewhat  compressed,  conspicuously  decurved,  or 
arched  above. 

5.  Plataleu)^.  Bill  very  broad,  excessively  depressed  and 
greatly  expanded  terminally,  much  narrowed  across  the 
middle  portion,  the  extreme  tip  only  much  decurved. 

In  addition  to  the  above  well-defined  families,  all  of  which  have 
American  representatives,  while  one  {CaTicromidcB)  is  peculiarly  Ameri- 
can, there  are  several  others  which  probably  belong  to  the  Herodiones^ 
but  which,  excepting  the  American  family  Uurypygidce  (Sun  Bitterns), 
I  have  had  no  opportunity  to  examine,  and  therefore  pass  by  for  the 
present  without  special  reference. 

The  EurypygidcB  are  small.  Bittern-like  birds,  with  beautifully- 
variegated  plumage,  and  differ  from  the  true  Herons  in  their  densely 
feathered  lores,  shorter  and  more  elevated  hallux,  absence  of  pec- 
tinations to  the  edge  of  the  middle  claw,  very  long  (extremely 
unheron-like)  tail,  and  other  features.  Later  systematists  have  placed 
this  form  near  the  Bails  (Ballidw) — far  from  the  Herodiones.  It  comes 
much  nearer  the  latter,  however,  since,  while  being  decidedly  Herodi- 

•  See  P.  Z.  S.  1875,  p.  301. 


222     BULLETDT  UNITED  STATES  QEOLOOICAL  SURVET. 

onine  in  external  structuref  it  is  also  trnly  Altricial,  altbongh  the  young 
are  born  covered  with  a  close,  variegated  down,  mnch  as  in  the  ChrallcB 
proper;  the  egg^  also,  is  quite  Plover-like  in  appearance  {conf,  Bart- 
LETT,  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  Lond.  1866,  76,  pi.  ix.)>  As  still  further  indicat- 
ing its  affinity  to  the  Herons,  Eurypyga  possesses  a  pair  of  large  nropy- 
gial  powder-down  tracts;  while  Nitzsch  states  (Pterylographia,  p.  129,  pi. 
viii.  f.  15)  that,  as  to  its  pterylography  in  general,  ^^  the  uninterrupted 
plumage,  not  only  of  the  head,  but  also  of  the  entire  neck'',  '^  is  indis- 
putably the  chief  distinction  of  this  genus  from  Ardea^. 

The  fact  that  the  young  are  born  covered  with  down  does  not  affect 
the  case  seriously,  if  at  all,  it  being  welt  known  that  many  true  Altrices 
(as  FdUsonidm^  Strigidcs^  CatkartidcBy  ProceUariida^  LaridaSj  etc.)  make 
their  first  appearance  to  the  light  in  the  same  condition ;  nor  does  the 
circumstance  that  the  eggs  are  Plover-like,  since  those  of  some  Altrices 
(especially  the  Oulls)  are  eminently  so.* 

The  remaining  forms  which  have  usijally  been  referred  to  this  Order, 
or  which  appear  to  be  closely  allied  to  its  members,  are  the  genera  Sco- 
pu8j  Briss.,  DromaSy  Payk.,  AnastomuSj  Bonn.,  Hiatovj  Beich.,  and  Bo' 
Icenicepsj  Gould,  all  of  which  are  confined  to  the  Eastern  Hemisphere, 
the  two  former  and  the  last  belonging  to  Africa,  the  other  to  India.  I 
have  seen  none  of  these  forms,  and  with  the  exception  of  BalcenicepSj 
the  literature  regarding  their  anatomical  and  osteological  structure  is 
so  meagre  that  I  have  been  unable  to  glean  any  facts  of  service  in  this 
connection;  I  will  therefore  pass  them  by,  with  the  remark  that,  with 
the  exception  of  Dramas^  which  seems  to  be  a  Plover  like  form,  they 
seem  to  be  of  Gicouine  affinity,  and  probably  are  true  Herodionea. 

As  to  Balcsniceps,  tbero  has  been  much  diversity  of  opinion,  even 
among  those  wbo  have  examined  critically  both  its  internal  and  its 
external  structure.  Authors  generally  agree,  however,  that  it  is  either 
more  nearly  related  to  the  Storks,  the  Herons,  or  the  Pelicans.  It  is 
stated,  by  the  collector  of  the  living  specimens  which  were  sent  to 
the  London  Zoological  Society  {cf.  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  Lond.^  1860,  105), 

'AssamiDg,  then,  that  the  trae  position  of  this  aberrant  family  is  with  or  very  near 
the  HerodUmeSf  its  characters  may  be  defin^  as  follows: — 

Bittem-like  birds,  with  the  tail  very  long  and  broad  (nearly  equal  to  the  ample  wing 
in  length) ;  straight,  rather  obtuse  bill ;  slender,  close-feathered  neck ;  Heron-like  legs 
and  feet  (except  that  the  hallux  is  slightly  elevated  and  the  middle  claw  destitute  qf 
lateral  pectinations) ;  the  plumage  soft,  and  ornamented  by  beantifnl  pietura  on  the 
remigee  and  rectrioes.  Rectrices  twelve ;  powder-down  tracts  uropygial,  consisting  of 
only  one  pair. 

Bill  with  the  upper  and  lower  outlines  somewhat  depressed,  but  parallel,  for  the 
basal  two-thirds,  the  terminal  portion  gently  convex ;  nasal  fossae  broad  and  deep,  and 
eztendibg  as  far  forward  as  the  straight  portion  of  the  bill.  Lores  densely  feathered ; 
plumage  of  the  neck  short  and  rather  downy ;  no  ornamental  plumea.  Middle  toe  oofa- 
siderably  shorter  than  the  tarsus,  its  claw  without  lateral  pectinations;  lateral  toes 
considerably  shorter,  the  outer  decidedly  the  longer ;  hallux  slender,  about  equal  in 
length  to  the  basal  phalanx  of  the  inner  toe,  its  base  elevated  slightly  above  the  basal 
articulation  of  the  anterior  toes ;  bare  portion  of  the  tibia  about  equal  in  length  to 
the  outer  toe. 


RIDQWAT  ON  AMERICAN  HEBODIONES.  223 

ttiat  the  yoang  of  this  bird  rnns  ahoat  as  soon  as  hatched  i  In  view 
of  this  statement,  it  becomes  necessary  to  either  remove  Bakeniceps 
firom  the  Rerodiones^  or  doabt  the  veracity  of  the  collector — either  horn 
of  the  dilemma  being  equally  precarious.  Beferring  the  reader,  then, 
to  the  main  literature  on  this  subject,*  I  leave  the  question  of  the  affi- 
nities of  this  remarkable  form  in  abeyance. 

ARDBID^.— The  Teub  Hebons. 

Synopsis  of  the  American  Oenera. 

Subfamily  Abdein^. — Outer  toe  equal  to  or  decidedly  longer  than  the 
«  inner.  Glaws  short,  generally  strongly  curved.  Three  pairs  of 
I>owder-down  tracts.  Bectrices  lengthened,  stiffish,  twelve  in  number 
(except  in  Zebrilus.) 
Subfamily  Botaubin^. — ^Outer  toe  decidedly  shorter  than  the  inner. 
Glaws  long,  slender,  slightly  curved.  Two  pairs,  only,  of  powder- 
down  tracts.    Bectrices  very  short,  soft,  only  ten  in  number. 

Subfamily  Abdein^. 

A. — Bectrices  ttcelve  ;  tibiw  with  the  lo-wer  portion  more  or  less  naked* 
a.    Pectoral  and  inguinal  powder-down  tra^cts  widely  separated, 

§.  Malar  region  completely  feathered  (except  in  PilherodiiLS^ 
where  anterior  part  is  bare).  Bill  shorter  than  the  tarsus  and 
middle  toe  (usually  shorter  than,  or  about  equal  to,  the  tarsus). 

1.  Abdea. — Size  very  large.  Adult  with  scapular  plumes  elon- 
gated, narrowly-lanceolate,  and  with  compact  webs;  in  the 
breeding  sea^son^  the  occiput  with  two  long,  slender,  compact- 
webbed,  pendant  plumes.  Color  mainly  plumbeous-  or  slate- 
blue  (rarely— «.  g.  white  phase  of  A.  occidentalis — wholly  pure 
white).    Gulmen  shorter  than  the  middle  toe. 

2.  Hebodias. — Size  large,  but  smaller  than  the  species  of  the 
preceding  genus.  Adult  with  the  scapular  plumes  greatly 
elongated,  reaching  far  beyond  the  end  of  the  tail,  the  shafts 
thick  and  rigid,  the  webs  ^decomposed,  hair-like,  and  distant. 
Golor  entirely  pure  white. 

*  Yon  MCllsr,  Dr.  Baron  J.  W.  — BaUenioeps  rex,  Gould,  <^  Jardine's  Contr.  Orn.  1852, 
91.    [Traonlated  from  NaomaDnia,  May,  1852.] 

Pktherick,  John,  F.  B.  G.  8.,  H.  M.  Contul  for  the  SoudaD. — Memoranda  on  the 
Bippopotamui  and  Balaniceps,  recently  imported  to  England,  and  now  in  the  Crardena  of  the 
Socieip.    <  P.  Z.  S.  1860,  195. 

Babtlbtt,  a.  D.—Kote  on  the  Balwnioeps  rex,    <  P.  Z.  8. 1860,  461. 

Off  the  Afinitiet  of  Balamioepa,    <  P.  Z.  S.  March  26,  1861,  131. 

Parxkb,  W.  K.,  Memb.  Micr.  Soo. — Abstract  of  Notes  on  the  Osteology  of  Balmnicepe 
rex,    <  P.  Z.  S.  1860,  324. 

Parkbr,  W.  Kitchex,  Mem.  Micr.  8oc. — On  the  Osteology  of  BaloBnioeps  rex  (Gould). 
<  Trans.  Zool.  8oc  Lond.  iv.  1862, 269-351,  pis.  Ixiv-lzvii. 

BxiKHABDTy  Pbofsssor  J.,  FoR.  M.  Z.  S.— On  the  Affinitiee  of  Balaniceps,  <  P.  Z.  S. 
1860,377. 


224     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  OEOLOGICAL  SURVET. 

3.  Gabzbtta. — Size  small.  Adult  with  occipital,  jagular,  and 
scapular  plnmes,  the  latter  reaching  to  or  a  little  beyond  the 
end  of  the  tail }  the  shafts  moderately  rigid,  and  recorved  ter- 
minally ;  the  webs  decomposed,  with  long,  hair-like,  but  not 
distant  fibres.  Other  plumes  varying  in  structure,  according 
to  the  species.    Color  entirely  pure  white. 

4.  DiOHBOMANASSA. — Size  medium.  AduU  with  the  feathers  of 
the  entire  head  and  neck,  excepting  the  throat  and  foreneck, 
elongated,  linear,  lanceolate  and  stiflSsh,  most  elongated  on  the 
occiput  and  jugulum.  Scapular  plumes  extending  beyond  end 
of  tail ;  the  shafts  rigid,  the  webs  decomposed,  with  rather 
dose,  hair-like  fibrillar.  Color  wholly  pure  white,  or  plumbeous, 
with  or  without  reddish  neck.  Tarsus  twice  as  long  as  middle 
toe. 

5.  Htdbanassa. — Size  medium.  Adult  with  an  occipital  tuft 
of  several  elongated,  lanceolate  white  feathers.  Jugular 
feathers  broadly  lanceolate,  with  distinct  outlines.  Scapular 
plumes  hair-like,  extending  a  little  beyond  the  tail.  Color 
mainly  plumbeous,  with  lower  parts  and  rump  white.  Bill 
longer  than  tarsus. 

6.  Flobida. — Size  small.  Adult  with  scapular  plumes  elongated, 
extending  to  or  beyond  end  of  tail,  linear-lanceolate,  with  com- 
pact webs;  jugular  plumes  similar;  occipital  plumes  hair-like, 
a  few  of  them  much  elongated.  Color  pure  white,  with  bluish 
tips  to  outer  primaries;  dark  slate-blue,  with  maroon-colored 
head  and  neck,  or  variously  "  patched  ^  with  blue  and  white. 

7.  BuTOBiDES. — Size  small.  Adult  with  scapular  plumes  elon- 
gated, compact-webbed,  lanceolate,  but  with  rounded  tips. 
Feathers  of  the  pileum  elongated,  lanceolate.  Jugular  plumes 
broad,  blended.  Culmen  longer  than  tarsus ;  middle  toe  almost 
equal  to  tarsus.    Color  much  variegated. 

8.  Sybigma. — Size  medium.  Adult  with  several  elongated,  nar- 
row, compact-webbed,  round-tipped,  somewhat  rigid  and 
slightly  recurved  plumes  on  lower  part  of  occiput.  Jugular 
feathers  soft,  broad,  blended.  No  scapular  plumes.  Culmen 
about  equal  to  middle  toe.  Color  much  variegated,  the  tail 
and  lower  parts  white. 

9.  PiLHEBODrus. — Size  medium.  Orbits  and  anterior  part  of 
malar  region  naked.  Occiput  with  two  extremely  elongated 
linear,  compact- webbed  plumes.  Jugular  plumes  broad, 
blended.  No  scapular  plumes.  Color  white,  the  crown  and 
occiput  black.  Middle  toe  shorter  than  culmen;  culmen 
shorter  than  occiput. 

10.  Ntotiabdea. — Size  medium.  Adult  with  several  extremely 
elongated  linear,  compact-webbed  occipital  plumes.    No  scap- 


RIDGWAY   ON  AMERICAN   HERODIONES.  225 

alar  plames.  Jugular  feathers  broad,  blended.  Ouhuen  about 
equal  to  tarsus;  tarsus  slightly  longer  than  middle  toe.  Lat- 
eral outlines  of  bill  croneave;  gonys  nearly  straight.  Adult 
and  young  exceedingly  different  in  plumage. 

11.  Nyctheeodius. — Size  medium.  Adult  with  several  ex- 
tremely elongiited  linear,  com  pact- webbed  occipital  plumes. 
Scapular  plumes  elongated,  narrow,  round-ti{)ped,  the  webs 
somewhat  decomposed.  Jugular  feathers  broad,  blended. 
Culmen  much  shorter  than  tarsus  (a  little  longer  than  middle 
too) ;  tai*sns  much  longer  than  middle  toe.  Color  much  varie- 
gated. Lateral  outlines  of  the  bill  straight;  gonys  very  con- 
vex.   Adult  and  young  exceedingly  different  in  plumage. 

§§.    Malar  region  entirely  nalced.     Bill  longer  than  tarsus  and 
middle  toe. 

12.  Agamia. — Size  medium.  Bill  extremely  elongated,  narrow, 
and  compressed.  Adult  with  greatly  elongated,  broadly  lan- 
ceolate, acute  occipital  plumes;  lower  back  with  similar,  but 
more  loosely  webbed  plumes  overhanging  rump.  Sides  of  neck 
with  recurved,  sickle-shaped,  narrow  and  acute  plumes.  Jug- 
ular feathers  broad,  blended.    Tarsus  nearly  twice  middle  toe. 

b.  Pectoral  and  inguinal  powder-down  tracts  united  into  a  continuous 
strip. 

13.  TiGRisOMA. — Malnr  region  and  throat  naked,  the  latter  with  or 
without  a  medial  feathered  strip.  Tarsus  u^th  hexagonal  scutellas 
in  front  Outer  toe  longer  than  inner;  claws  short,  strongly 
curved.  Plumage  much  variegated ;  feathers  ot  neck  loose, 
*«fluff;y^ 

B.  Bectrices  ten.  Tibias  with  the  loicer  portion  completely  feathered. 
Pectoral  and  inguinal  powder-down  tracts  widely  separated. 
Malar  region  completely  feathered. 

14.  Zebrilus. — Size  very  small  (among  the  smallest  of  Herons). 
Plumage  exceedingly  lax  and  ^'  Huffy".  Bill  and  feet  very  small. 
Culmen  about  equal  to  tarsus,  both  longer  than  middle  toe; 
outer  toe  longest.  Plumage  dull,  with  transverse  undulations 
of  dusky  and  light  fulvous. 

Subfamily  Botaurinjb:. 

15.  Botaurus. — Size  medium,  or  rather  large.  Sexes  similar ; 
young  similar  to  adult. 

16.  Ardetta«— Size  extremely  small  (the  smallest  of  Herons). 
Sexes  dissimilar  (in  all  speciest) ;  young  slightly  different  from 
adult. 

Ball.  iv.  No.  1—15 


226  BULLETIN   UHITED   STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SUBVET. 

MONOGRAPH  OP  THE  AMERICAN  SPECIES  OP  THE  GENUS 

ARDEA,  LINN^US. 

Synonymy  of  the  Genus. 

<C^Ard€a,  Linn.  S.  N.  i.  1735.  Type,  A,  ciuerea,  Ltnn.— CouR8,  Key,  1872,  2G7  (includes 
also  Uerodias,  Garzeita^  Hydrai»asaa^  Dichromanastiaf  Florida,  and  Butorides). 
[<Subfam.  Jrddii^.]— Gray,  Handlist,  iii.  1871.26. 

=Jr(fe<i,  Reichenr.  Haudb.  1851,  xvi.— BoNAP.Consp.  ii.  1855, 110  (inclndes  A.  cocot,  L., 
A,  cintrea,  L.,  A,  hrag,  Geoff.,  J.  atricolHs,  Wagl.,  A,  Uncophmij  Gonld,  A.  pact- 
fioa.  Lath.,  J.  kerodUUf  L.,  A,  purpurea,  L.,  and  A,  pharaonieat  Bonap. — all 
typical f ).  K^Ardeoi,  <^rdnii(c.]— Baird,  Birds  N.  Am.  1858,  (i67.  [< Jrdf/r. 
<Jrddiiaj.]— Bouc,  Cat.  A  v.  1876,  49. 

^Anduboniaf  Bonap.  Consp.  ii.  1855,  113.  Type,  Ardea  oooideHtaUa,  And. — Baikd, 
Birds  N.  Am.  1858,  667.— Gray,  Handlist,  iii.  1871, 27. 

Characters  of  the  Oenus. 

Ch. — HeroDS  of  largest  size  (of  Stork-like  stature),  the  adults  distin- 
guisbed  by  lengtbeued,  narrowly-lanceolate,  acute  jugular  and  scapular 
plumes  (tbe  former  rather  rigid,  the  latter  overhanging  the  wings  and 
riimp);  a  tuft  of  broad  feathers  on  each  side  tbe  breast  (having  a  differ- 
ent color  from  adjacent  parts),  and,  in  ike  breeding  season^  by  the  pres- 
ence of  two  or  three  extremely  lengthened,  narrow,  pendant,  occipital 
plumes. 

Culmen  almost  straight;  gouys  ascending,  slightly  convex,  about 
equul  in  length  to  the  mandibular  rami ;  upper  and  lower  outlines  of 
the  bill  parallel  for  the  basal  half.  Mental  apex  anterior  to  half- way 
bet^reeii  i)oiut  of  bill  and  anterior  angle  of  the  eye;  frontal  ai>ex  a 
little  posterior  to  the  nostrils  and  a  little  anterior  to  the  malar  apex.* 
Middle  toe  more  than  half  tbe  tarsus,  and  about  equal  to  bare  portion 
of  tibia;  outer  toe  reaching  to  about  the'  middle  of  the  penultimate 
phalanx  of  the  middle  toe;  inner  toe  decidedly  shorter,  reaching  only 
to  the  second  articulation  of  the  middle  toe;  hallux  a  little  longer  than 
the  basal  phalanx  of  the  outer  toe;  claws  rather  short,  strongly  curved. 
Front  of  tarsus  with  broad,  transverse  scutellse,  in  single  series,  for 
upper  half.  Pileum  crested,  the  feathers  of  the  crown  and  o  cipnt 
being  elongated  lanceolate  and  decurved.  Primaries  reaching  de- 
cidedly beyond  tertials.  Second,  third,  and  fourth  quills  nearly  equal, 
and  longest;  first  longer  than  fifth ;  inner  webs  of  outer  three  slightly 
sinuated  near  ends. 

Synopsis  of  the  American  SpeciesA 

Common  charactebs. — Abovebluish-pumbleous,  the  penicillate  scap- 
ular plumes  more  hoary;  remiges and  rectrices  slate-color.    Lower  parts 

*The  terms  "mental  apex'^  *' malar  apex. '\  and  ** frontal  apex''  are  here  employtxl 
to  denote  tbe  apices,  or  points,  of  the  feathering  of  the  head  at  the  base  of  the  bill. 

tin  (bis  synopsis  I  inclndo,  b( Bides  the  truly  American  speciesi  their  near  relative 
of  Europe,  A,  dnerea,  the  latter  being  itself  entitled  to  a  place  iu  the  Amciicaa  fanna 
on  account  of  its  occurrence  in  Greenland.  Of  the  other  species  properly  referable  to 
this  genus,  I  have  seen  only  A,  purpurea  Linn,  (also  European).  This  seems  to  bo 
strictly  congeneric  as  to  details  of  form,  bnt  it  has  a  very  different  system  of  coloration. 


RIDGWAY   ON   AMERICAN   HERODIOI^ES.  227 

loD^tadinally  striped  with  black  and  white.     Young  withoat  any  plumes, 
and  with  the  colors  much  duller,  the  pattern  badly  defined. 
A. — Tibiw  and  border  of  the  wing  purplvih-cinnamon^  or  rufous, 

1.  A.  occiDENTALis. — Pileum  and  occipital  plumes,  with  rest  of 
head,  white;  forehead  streaked  with  black.  Sometimes  tchole 
plumage  pure  white!*  Culmen  6.40-6.75;  tarsus  8.00-8.75; 
wing  19.00-21.00.  Ifaft.— Florida  to  Southern  Illiuois;  Cuba ; 
Jamaica. 

2.  A.  HERODIAS. — Pileam  and  occipital  plumes  black  ;  forehead 
and  central  feathers  of  the  crown  white;  culmen  4.30-6.25; 
tarsus  6.00-8.25;  wing  17.90-20.00.  Baft.— North  America  in 
general;  Middle  Americii;  Galapagos;  Venezuela;  West 
Indies. 

B. — Tibiw  and  border  of  the  wing  white. 

3.  A.  Q{NBREA. — Pileum  and  occipital  plumes  black  ;  forehead 
and  centre  of  crown  white  (as  in  A.  herodias).  Neck  cinere- 
ous. Culmen  4.80;  tarsus  6.00-6.25;  wing  18.50.  Hob. — 
Euroi>e,  etc    Accidental  in  Southern  Greenland. 

4.  A.  COGOI. — Entire  i)ileum  (including  forehead,  etc.)  and 
occipital  plumes  black.  Neck  white.  Culmen  5.85-6.75;  tar- 
sus 7.20-8.00 ;  wing  18.50-19.50.    Ifaft.— South  America. 

1.  ARDEA  OCCIDENTALIS. 

Florida  Heron;   WUrdemann's  Heron. 

a.  White  phojie. 

f  "  Grua, . . .,  Audubon,  MSS.".  Nijtt.  Man.  Oni.  Water  Birds,  1834, 39.t    (Great  Whito 

Crano:  Florida.) 
Ardea  ooddeMtalia,  AUD.  Om.  hiog:  iii.  1835,  542 ;  v.  1839, 596;  Synop.  1839,  204 ;  B.  Am. 

vi.  1843,  110,  pi.  cccviii.  (adult).— Bonap.  Comp.  List,  1838,  47.— Lembeyk, 

AvtJd  de  Cuba,  18C0, 82  (Cuba).— Gundl.  J.  f.  O.  iv.  1856,  ."Ml  (Cuba).— Bryant, 

Pr.  Boat.  8oc.  vii.  1H59, 17.— March,  P.  A.  N.  S.  Philad.  xvi.  1864,  63  (Jamaica; 

r»ire).— COUKS,  Key,  1H72,  267 ;  Check  List,  1873, 89,  n.  4.'S1.— ScL.  &  Salv.  Nom. 

Neotr.  1873, 125,  n.  3  (Cuba). 
Amdubania  oocidentalis,  Bonap.  Consp.  ii.  1855, 113  (''Aui.  S.  Calid.  Florida.    Cumaoa")-— 

Baird,  B.  N.  Am.  1858, 670  (South  Florida;  Cuba);  Cat.  N.  Am.  B.  1859,  n. 

489.— Gray,  Handlist,  iii.  1871,  n.  101()5  (South  Florida;  Cuba).— Bou^ard, 

Cat.  Av.  1876,  49,  n.  1374  (Florida;  Cuba). 
BerodiM  oeeldentaUSy  Gukdi^  J.  f.  0. 1856, 340  (Cuba) ;  1861,  :^8  (Cuba).— Brewbr,  P**. 

Boslon  Soo.  v.ii.  18(30,  .308  (Cub<i). 
t  Great  White  Crane,  NuTr.  L  c. 
The  Great  White  Heron,  AUD.  /.  r. 
Grtat  White  HeroHf  Baird,  /.  c— Coi:i£S,  /.  c. 
Garzon,  Lemb.  /.  c. 

'This  species,  like />icAro/NaNa«»a  r ///<(,  Hce in m  to  be  dichromatic.  1  he  white  phase 
appears  to  be  most  common  (T). 

t  **  Of  this  interesting  species,  fourd  by  Audubon  in  the  vast  swamps  of  East  Florida, 
wo  yet  know  no  particulars,  excepting;  the  specific  character  of  its  beiug  wholly  white, 
and  scarcely  inferior  in  magnitude  to  the  Whoopiog  Crane,  whose  general  habits  it  in 
all  probability  possesses.  Since  its  discovery,  wc  have,  I  believe,  heard  of  a  specimen 
having  been  obtained  in  the  vicinity  of  Charleston,  S.  C'— Nutt.  I.  c. 


228  BULLETIN   UNITED   STATES   GEOLOGICAL   SUKVEV. 

5.  Blue  pkaae, 

Jrdea  wUrdemannii,  Baird,  B.  N.  Am.  18r>8, 6G9  (South  Florida) ;  ed.  I860,  pi.  — ;  Cat  N. 

Am.  B.  1859,  q.  488. — March,  Pr.  Pbilo.  Acad.  xvi.  1864.  64  (Jimaica). — CoURS, 

Key,  187*^,  267 ;  Check  List,  1873, 87,  n.  450.— Wyman,  Forest  and  Stntam,  Sept. 

25,  1873, 105  (**irardeinaiiiit'').— Nels.  BqU.  Essex  Inst.  Deo.  1876, 151  (Wabash 

Co.  III.  Sept.  11-22,  1870).* 
Florida  neron,  Baird,  I,  c. — CouRS,  I,  c. 
White-crrnvned  Heron,  March,  I.  c. 

Hab. — South  Florida  {Audubon^  Bairdj  et  Auct,)',  Guba  (Lemheye^ 
Oundlachj  Brewer)]  Jamaica  {March);  Southern  Illinois  and  Indiana 
(Wabash  River  at  Mount  Garmel,  Illinois,  September  11-22, 1S7G;  Ridg- 
icay^  NeUon),    [Probably  the  whole  of  the  Austroriparian  district.] 

a.  White  phase  (=:  occidentah'Sj  A{x6.), 

Adult — ^Entire  plumage  pure  white.  ''Bill  yellow,  the  upper  mandi- 
ble dusky  green  at  the  base;  loral  spaco  yellowish  green ;  orbital  space 
light  blue;  iris  bright  yellow.  Tibia  and  hind  part  of  tarsns  yellow; 
fore  part  of  tibia  [tarsus  f  J  olivaceous,  sides  of  latter  greenish  yellow ; 
claws  light  brown''  (Audubon,  L  c.).t 

Young. — Similar  in  color  to  the  adult,  but  destitute  of  any  plumes. 

b.  Blue  pha>se  (=  '^  tcurdemanni'\  Baird). 

Adult — Entire  head,  including  occipital  crest,  pure  white;  the  fore- 
head streaked  with  black  (the  feathers  edged  with  black,  tKe  median 
stripe  being  white).  Abdomen  and  crissum  pure  white,  the  former 
sparsely  streaked  with  black  (these  streaks  on  the  inner  edge  of  the 
feathers,  and  broader  anteriorly);  crissum  immaculate.  Neck  deep 
violaceous-drab  (darker  and  more  violaceous  than  in  A.  herodiaa^  and 
ending  almost  abruptly  against  the  white  of  the  head) ;  the  throat  with 
a  narrow  series  of  black  and  rufous  dashes  on  a  white  ground ;  plumes 
of  the  lower  neck  white,  most  of  them  edged  with  black,  but  the  longer 
without  grayish  tinge.  Lateral  jugular  tults  blue-black,  with  wide 
median  stripes  of  pure  white.  Upper  parts  exactly  as  in  A.  h^roduu^ 
except  that  the  lower  wing-coverts  have  conspicuous  median  streaks  of 
white,  while  the  edge  of  the  wing  from  the  carpus  back  is  white,  tinged 
with  rufous,  instead  of  wholly  rufous.  Tibial  feathers  paler  rufous 
than  in  A.  herodiasj  growing  almost  white  next  the  body  on  the  inner 
side. 

Naked  tibise  yellow;  under  side  of  toes  yellow ;  rest  of  legs  and  feet 
yellowish-olive. 

Wing  21.00;  tail  8.00;  culmen  G.45;  depth  of  bill  (through  middle  of 

"Fide  R.  lUdfiwiiy.  iitepUt, 

t  **  Iris  yellow ;  orbits  yellowish-green ;  bill  yellow,  greenish  at  the  base ;  le^s  yellow, 
with  olive  tinge  in  front ;  claws  light  brown.''  Length  45 ;  expanse  68  or  more ; 
flezare  nearly  30 ;  leg  nearly  9 ;  biU  5|  inches  (March,  I.  o.). 


BIDOWAY   ON   AMERICAN   HERODIONES.  229 

D08tril»)  1.15;  naked  portion  of  tibia  5.50 ;  tarsus  8.00;  middle  toe  4.80. 
[Type,  No.  8690,  South  Floridn.] 

Young. — Similar  to  young  of  A.  Jierodiaa^  but  lesser  wing-coverts 
widely  tipped  with  bright  ferruginous,  producing  thereby  a  conspicuous 
spotting  of  this  color ;  all  the  lower  wing-coverts,  large  and  small,  with 
a  large,  terminal,  wedge  8ha[>ed  spot  of  white.  Forehead  and  crown 
dusky  slate-color;  most  of  the  feathers  with  whitish  shafts;  occipital 
plumes  all  whitish  at  the  base,  only  the  ends  being  dusky. 

That  the  specimen  described  above  as  the  young  of  J..  ^^  tcUrdeinanni^ 
really  belongs  to  that  species,  there  is  no  reasonable  cause  to  doubt. 
Although  a  very  young  bird,  with  the  downy  filaments  still  odhering  to 
the  tips  of  all  the  feathers  of  the  crown,  and  with  the  remiges  only  half 
grown  out,  it  is  much  larger  than  any  specimens  of  ^.  herodtas  of  corre- 
sponding age  that  1  have  seen,  the  culmen  measuring  5.15,  the  tibia  5.00, 
the  tarsus  7.80,  and  the  middle  toe  4.60.  The  plumage  affords  even  more 
satisfactory  evidence:  In  the  young  of  A.  herodiaSj  the  dusky  of  the  crown 
includes  the  entire  upper  half  of  the  head,  the  occiput  being  wholly  black- 
ish and  the  cheeks  slaty ;  in  the  specimen  under  consideration  the  cheeks 
are  entirely  white,  like  the  throat,  and  the  occipital  feathers  white,  tipped 
with  dusky,  thus  restricting  the  continuous  dusky  to  the  forehead  and 
crown.  The  conspicuous  white  spots  on  the  wing-coverts  agree  with  the 
similar  but.  smaller  markings  seen  in  the  adult  of  A.  icurdemannij  but 
which  are  wanting  in  all  ages  and  stages  of  ^.  herodioft. 

Observations, — ^The  above  synonymy  and  description  of  ^^Ardea  occi- 
dentalis^  may  appear  to  some  unwarranted  ;  but  that  the  step  has  been 
taken  only^ after  the  most  careful  investigation  and  mature  deliberation, 
will  we  think  become  evident  upon  perusal  of  the  following  explanatory 
remarks: — 

liemarkable  as  the  case  may  seem,  it  is  generally  conceded,  I  believe, 
that  the  white-plumaged  bird  known  as  Peale's  Egret  {Ardea  pealei 
Bonap.)  and  the  bluish-  and  reddish-colored  bird  called  the  Keddish  Egret 
{Ardea  -rvfa  Bodd.)  are  one  and  the  same  S|>ecies;  and,  furthermore, 
that  these  widely  different  phases  of  plumage  of  the  same  bird  do  not 
depend  in  the  l«ast  upon  age,  sex,  nor  season,  but  that  each  is  char- 
acteristic of  an  individual  through  life.  In  order  to  place  before  the 
reader  the  main  facts  of  the  case,  wo  transcribe  in  full  a  comprehensive 
review  of  the  subject,  by  Dr.  T.  M.  Brewer,  published  some  three  years 
since  in  the  American  Sportsman.* 

"If  to  any  one  the  abi>ve  question  may  seem  absurd,  I  refer  all  such 
to  the  facts  given  below.  While  I  cannot,  from  my  own  experience, 
confirm  their  correctness,  I  believe  implicitly  in  the  indorsing  of  my  in- 
formant. They  seem  to  point  to  the  only  satisfactory  explanation  of 
one  of  the  most  remarkable  anomalies  in  one  of  our  North  American 
species  on  record. 

*"Are  Peale's  Egret  Herou  and  the  Reddish  Egret  identical  species  f  <AtDcricaa 
Sportaman  (West  Meriden,  CoDn.),  Feb.  6,  lS7r>,  294. 


280     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

^^Iq  a  state  of  domefiticatiou,  as  we  are  well  aware,  we  coustaDtly 
notice  a  great  variety  id  the  colors  of  birds  of  the  same  kind.  In  the 
same  brood  of  cbickens  we  see  black  and  wbite,  speckled  and  plain,  all 
evideutly  the  progeuy  of  the  same  stock.  Similar  variations  are  notice- 
able in  the  domestic  duck,  which  is  the  progeny,  by  long  descent,  from 
the  wild  mallard,  which  never  varies  when  in  its  undomesticated  life. 
Yet  no  rule  has  been  supposed  to  be  more  unvarying  than  that  all  wild 
birds  present  certain  uniformities  of  size,  shape,  bill,  leg,  colors  and  the 
like,  b3'  which  science  establishes  orders,  geriera  and  species.  Each 
particular  species  of  birds,  and  there  are  some  twelve  thousand  or  more, 
now  recognized  in  the  world,  has  been  supposed  to  present  the  same 
uniform  appearance  as  to  size,  shape  and  marking.  There  are,  of  course, 
great  variations  causeil  by  age,  sex  and  season.  The  same  ptarmigau 
is  red  in, summer  and  pure  white  in  winter.  The  same  bi)ecies  of  heron 
is  white  in  youth  and  bright  cerulean  blue  in  maturity;  the  same  water- 
rail  is  jet-black  in  early  life  and  of  brighter  colors  in  age;  the  same 
ISouth  American  FormicariidcB  are  black  if  they  are  males,  but  of  the 
color  of  a  dead  leaf  if  they  are  of  the  gentler  sex.  The  male  Bob-o-link 
is  bright  black  and  white,  and  is  strikingly  beautiful  in  July.  In  August 
the  same  male  Bob-o-link  cannot  be  distinguished  from  his  homely  wile. 
These  are  striking  exceptions  to  general  rules,  but  they  are  also  as  uni- 
versal as  the  rules  themselves.  They  form  a  part  of  them,  and  in  time 
we  come  to  know  them,  and  cease  to  regard  them  as  at  all  remarkable. 

'*  In  this  connection  I  take  no  notice  of  the  anomalies  now  known  as 
albinisms  and  melanisms,  whereby  we  hear  of  black  birds  that  are  white, 
and  of  red  squirrels  that  are  black.  That  is  another  form  of  anomaly 
exceedingly  curious,  and  which  ^n.o  feller  can  find  out,'  but  which  has 
no  connection  with  my  present  subject.  That  is  occasional — erratic  like 
a  comet.  My  case  is  like  a  fixed  stiir,  unvarying  in  its  ever  varying 
eccentricity.  We  have  in  the  southern  portions  of  the  United  States 
a  species  of  heron  known  to  our  authors  as  the  Reddish  Egret.  The 
head  and  neck  are  of  a  chestnut-brown,  iftid  its  body  is  of  a  grayish  blue. 
In  scientific  language  it  is  the  Detniegretta  rufa  or  rufencens.  Its  exist- 
ence has  been  known  in  the  scientific  world  since  17^.*  We  have  in 
precisely  the  same  localities  another  form,  identical  in  size,  that  is  of  a 
uniformly  pure  white  color.  This  bird  was  first'  described  in  1823  by 
Bonaparte,  as  the  Peale's  Egret  Heron,  and  was  for  a  while  regarded  as 
a  distinct  species. 

^^  Mr.  Audubon,  in  his  excursions  to  Florida,  was  led  to  the  conclusion 
that  these  two  forms  of  heron  were,  in  reality,  one  and  the  same  species, 
and  that  the  white  Peale's  Egret  is  only  the  yoaug  of  the  Reddish  Egret; 
and  accordingly  we  find  in  his  great  work,  and  again  in  his  smaller 
edition,  these  two  tbrms  given  as  the  young  and  the  old  birds  of  one 
and  the  same  species.  This  conclusion  was  formed  on  a  hasty  basis, 
and  was  not  confirmed  by  subsequent  observations.     Even  Mr.  Audii- 

*  By  a  typugraphicul  error,  print rd  "lb74"  in  the  original. 


BIDQWAY    ON   AMERICAN    HEBODIONES.  231 

boD,  Id  bis  edition  of  1843,  tells  us  tbat  he  caught  some  of  the  young 
white  birds  and  took  them  to  Charleston ;  and  although  one  of  these 
birds  lived  to  be  three  years  old,  it  obstinately  refused  to  put  on,  what 
Audubon  tells  us  is,  its  mature  plumage,  as  it  ought  to  have  done  if  it 
was  ever  going  to  do  it.  It  is  singular  that  this  fact  never  gave  to  Mr. 
Audubon  a  revelation  of  the  actual  and  only  explanation  of  the  facts  he 
witnessed  and  narrates — that  the  two  birds  live  together  us  members  of 
one  iamilv. 

^^In  1848  Dr.  William  Gambel  of  Philadelphia,  a  young  ornithologist  of 
exceeding  promise — the  beauty  of  whose  private  worth  was  not  surpassed 
by  the  bright  promises  of  a  scientific  future,  alas  too  soon  shut  out  by 
his  early  death — visited  t'lorida,  and  apparently  quite  upset  Mr.  Audu- 
bon's conclusions.  At  any  rate  he  fouutf  some  of  the  brown-necked 
herons  having  brown-necked  young  ones,  and  some  of  the  White  Egrets 
having  white  young  ones.  And  very  naturally  he  concluded  that  Au- 
dubon had  been  imposed  upon,  or  had  imi>ose(i  upon  others,  and  that 
the  two  forms  were  two  totally  distinct  species  of  heron.  The  scientific 
world  accepted  his  conclusions,  and  from  that  time  forth  we  find  Peale's 
Egret  Heron  and  the  liufous  Egret  lleron  taking  their  places  in  our 
systems  as  two  totally  distinct  and  separate  species.  But  alas  for  the 
uncertainty  of  science.  Dr.  Gambel  was,  after  all,  as  hasty  in  his  con- 
clusions as  Mr.  Audubon,  anJ  quite  as  far  from  the  true  solution  of  this 
problem ;  and  the  regret  with  whicb  I  have  always  thought  of  his  early 
death,  is  deepened  by  the  wish  that  my  friend  could  have  lived  to  read 
and  to  see  the  solution  of  this  vexed  question. 

^^  Mr.  N.  B.  Moore,  a  gentleman  of  culture  and  observation,  whose 
health  has  required  his  residence  in  Florida  for  several  years  past,  and 
whose  knowledge  of  Ornithology  has  made  him  a  competent  witness, 
has  bad  his  attention  called  to  this  question,  and  his  explanation  reaches 
to  the  root  of  the  whole  problem.  Uis  letters  addressed  to  my  friend, 
Profl  Baird,  have  been  placed  in  my  hands,  and  from  them  I  gather 
these  conclusions :  First,  that  all  Mr.  Audubon's  facts  may  have  been 
correctly  stated,  and  yet  his  inferences  not  correctly  drawn ;  second, 
tbat  Dr.  Gambel's  facts  may,  also,  all  have  been  truly  given,  and  his 
conclusions  equally  incorrect.  The  white  birds  are  not  exclusively  the 
young  of  the  brown  and  blue  birds;  and,  although,  in  some  instances, 
the  white  bird  may  have  white  young  and  the  blue  bird  may  have  blue 
children,  ihey  are  not,  nevertheless,  two  species,  but  one.  Mr.  Moore 
shows  that,  in  some  instances,  he  has  known  a  pair  of  the  blue  heron  to 
have  children  one  whit«  and  the  other  blue.  He  has  known  the  blue 
to  mate  with  the  white  and  the  white  with  the  blue,  and  some  to  have 
children  of  opposite  colors  from  their  own.  in  fact,  that  they  are  one 
and  the  same  species  whether  the  color  be  blue  or  white.  The  color 
has  no  specific  significance.  It  denotes  neither  species,  sex  nor  age. 
Parents  do  not,  in  all  cases,  bequeath  their  own  color  to  their  children. 
Yet  there  are  no  mixtures.    They  are  either  entirely  the  one  or  the  other. 


232     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

Mr.  Moore  who,  as  I  have  said,  is  a  man  of  great  observatioo,  brings 
another  interesting  evidence  of  the  unity  of  species  in  these  two  forms. 
He  lias  noticed  that  where  a  number  of  herons  are  feeding  in  the  same 
waters  each  will  tolerate  the  near  presence  of  other  birds,  provideil  they 
are  all  of  different  species.  The  Great  White  Egret,  the  Great  Blue 
Heron,  the  Little  Blue,  the  Snowy  and  others  will  all  peacefully  feed 
side  by  side,  but  let  another  bird  of  any  one  of  the  same  species  come 
and  immediately  its  own  near  relative,  will  at  once  attack  it  and  drive 
it  away  to  a  respectful  distance.  No  heron  will  permit,  when  feeding, 
the  near  presence  of  one  of  its  own  species.  Tried  by  this  test,  the  Blae 
and  Brown  Egrets  and  White  Egrets  belong  to  the  same  family,  for  no 
one  of  either  of  these  birds  will  suffer  the  near  presence,  when  it  is  feed- 
ing, of  either  of  these  two  forms,  whether  white  or  blue. 

^^This  then  appears  to  be  the  present  explanation  of  facts  that  have 
appeared  so  inconsistent  and  contra<}ictory.  We  need  not  presume  that 
Audubon  was  imposed  upon,  still  less  that  he  sought  to  impose  upon  us. 
We  can  accept  Dr.  GambeFs  facts  as  well  as  Mr.  Audubon's,  and  believe 
in  the  truth  of  both.  But  we  are  not  yet  enabled  to  say  what  signifi- 
cance, if  any,  these  different  colors  possess.  It  remains  as  great  a  puz- 
zle in  this  resi>ect  as  ever. 

^'  Yet  it  is  not  wholly  unexampled.  Our  common  Screech  Owl,  8.  am, 
appears  in  two  very  different  styles  of  plumage.  Some  are  red  and  some 
are  brown.  It  was  once  supposed  to  be  significant  of  age.  The  red 
plumage  was  regarded  as  the  young,  and  the  brown  as  the  color  of  the 
mature  bird.  Audubon  so  figures  tbem.  Our  good  friend.  Dr.  Sam 
Oabot,  in  his  younger  days  shot  an  old  bird  in  the  red  plumage,  feeding 
some  young  in  the  ashy  brown  dress,  and  he  naturally  concluded  that 
Audubon  had  put  the  horse  where  the  cart  ought  to  go.  But  others, 
who  had  different  exi>erience,  would  not  accept  his  conclusions.  At 
length  it  was  discovered  that  in  one  sense  both  were  right,  and  in 
another  that  both  were  wrong.  Old  birds  are  both  red  and  brown,  and 
young  birds  are  both  brown  and  red,  and  both  are  of  the  same  species, 
the  color  having  no  significance  that  we  can  as  yet  determine." 

Mr.  Moore's  observations,  as  stated  above,  a  fiord  conclusive  evidence 
that  Ardea  rufa  and  A,  pealei  Bonap.  are  one  and  the  same  species. 
That  these  two  distinct  phases  represent  a  sort  of  dichromatism  analo- 
gous to  that  of  the  little  Screech  Owl,  but  differing  in  that  the  depart- 
ure from  the  normal  coloration  exhibits  itself  in  another  color  (pure 
white  instead  of  rufous),  I  consider  unquestionable.  This  kind  of 
dichromatism  appears  to  be  nearly  if  not  quite  peculiar  to  the  Heron 
tribe  (I  can  recall  no  instance  among  other  birds),  and  is  characteristic 
of  several  species,  among  whicli,  besides  tbe  present  one,  are  Demiegretta 
sacra  (Gmel.)  of  India,  Australia,  etc.,  Fhrida  ccervlea  (Linn.),  and,  as 
I  think  is  quite  capable  of  demonstration,  Ardea  occidentals  And. 


BIDGWAT   ON   AMERICAN   HER0DI0NE8.  233 

Id  the  case  of  other  sorts  of  dichromatism  (that  is,  where  other  colors 
than  white  are  sabstituted  for  the  uormal  dress),  it  is  well  known  that 
the  difference  between  the  extreme  phases  varies  greatly  in  degree 
among  species  of  the  same  genus,  or  genera  of  the  same  family.  Thas, 
umonp:  Owls  (in  which  family  the  condition  known  as  "erythrism"*  is 
most  developed),  Qlaucidium  gnoina  varies  from  brownish-gray  to  deep 
sepia-  or  umber-brown,  tbe  pattern  remaining  distinct,  while  O.  fer- 
rugineum,  with  a  very  similar  normal  dress,  has  its  rufescent  extreme 
a  very  bright  brick-red  color,  with  the  markings  almost  if  not  quite  ob- 
literated; Syrnium  aluco  of  Europe  has  also  its  grayish  (normal)  and 
rufescent  (erythrismal)  phases  about  equally  marked,  as  has  also  the 
American  Scops  asio;  but  none  of  the  American  species  of  iSyrnium  (of 
which  there  is  a  considerable  number)  tend  to  erythrism,  nor  does  the 
European  Scops  {S.  zorca).  The  same  is  also  the  case  with  the  American 
Falconine  genus  Micrastur  (one  of  the  very  few  FalconidcBin  which  this 
variation  presents  itself),  one  species  {M.  ruficollM)  having  the  two  ex- 
tremes almost  as  strikingly  different  as  in  the  Owh  above  named,  while 
in  another  (M.  eoncentricus)  there  is  not  the  slightest  tendency  to  ery- 
thrism,— other  species  being  variously  intermediate,  from  what  is 
known  of  Scops  asio  and  other  Owls,  it  is  also  evident  that  the  presence 
or  absence  of  erythrism  has  more  or  less  of  a  geographical  significance, 
this  species  being  w^rer  rufous,  so  far  as  known,  in  any  part  of  the  West- 
ern Province  of  the  United  States,  while  this  bright  rufous  plumage  is  the 
rule  in  the  Eastern  States,  particularly  to  the  southward.!  It  is  also  a 
fact  to  be  borne  in  mind  that  although  the  extreme  phases  characterize 
a  very  large  majority  of  the  individuals  of  a  species,  intermediate  speci- 
mens arc  by  no  means  wanting;  they  are,  however,  the  rare  exception.]: 

It  may  be  further  stated  that,  as  the  condition  of  melanotic  dichromat- 
ism §  is  subji*ct  to  precisely  the  same  rules  as  that  of  erythrism,  it  is 
unnecessary  to  further  extend  the  discussion  of  that  subject.  But,  as  a 
matter  exceedingly  pertinent  to  the  relationship  between  Ardea  occiden- 

*  Conf,  August  von  Pelzeln  in  **  Novara-ExpeditioD,  Zoologiscber  Tbeil,  BjI.  I: 
VogeP*,  pp.  14-»5,  where  variona  color- variations  are  discussed  under  bead  of  *'ttber 
FarbenabiindernngeG  bei  den  Falcon ideo  ''. 

tin  tbe  Anstro-riparian  region  (inclading,  besides  tbe  Gulf  States,  tbe  lower  Mi^stK- 
sippi  Valley  toSootbern  Illinois  aud  Indiana),  the  proportion ^of  red  to  gray  individuals 
of  this  species  is  at  least  as  90  to  100;  or,  in  other  words,  ninety  of  every  one  hundred 
specinaeus  represent  tbe  rufous  x>base;  taking  into  account  with  this  fact  tbe  apparent 
ioiat  absence  of  this  plumage  among  the  Western  birds,  tbe  geographical  si^niticat ion 
becomes  very  evident. 

t  Dr.  Brewer  has,  therefore,  erred  slightly  in  saying  that  *^  There  are  no  mixtures. 
They  ore  either  entirely  the  one  or  the  other." 

$In  birds,  the  conditions  which  I  propose  to  term  melanotic,  alb'notic,  and  er>'- 
thrismal  dichrumatisro  are  of  rather  limited  applica  ion  ;  tbe  tirst  being  especially 
characteristic  of  the  Falconidce  and  ProceUariidcCi  tbe  second  of  tbe  Ardeida'^  and  tbe 
third  of  tbe  SlrigidcB.  Both  of  the  former  are  to  be  distinguished  from  those  accidental 
abnormalities,  true  melanism  and  albinism,  which  are  of  only  occasional  occurrence, 
Md  oonnected  with  some  physiological  derangement. 


234     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SUBVEY. 

talut  Aud.  aud  A.  wUrdemanni  Baird,  and  as  probably  affordiu|]^  addi- 
tional evidence  of  their  identity,  it  is  desirable,  after  having  disposed  of 
Dichromanassa  rufaj  to  call  Florida  cwrulea  into  the  case.  It  has,  up  to 
the  present  time,  been  supposed  that  in  this  species  the  adult  was  invaria- 
bly blue,  while  the  3'oung  was  as  constantly  white.  This,  however, 
is  not  the  case.  I  have  recently  examined  a  number  of  specimens  of 
this  species  in  the  white  plumage,  which  possesseil,  in  full  develop- 
ment, the  ornamental  plumes  of  the  adult.  This  proves  that  the  species 
is,  in  a  measure,  dichromatic ;  but  in  its  dichromatism  it  differs  from 
others  of  the  family  in  these  remarkable  respects:  I  have  yet  to  see  a 
specimen  in  the  white  plumage,  whether  young  or  adult,  (and  I  have 
carefully  examined  dozens),  which  did  not,  in  addition  to  the  bluish  tips 
to  the  outer  primaries,  show  more  or  less  of  a  tinge  of  this  color  on 
other  parts  of  the  plumage,  particularly  on  the  top  of  the  head,  wliich 
usually,  if  not  always,  is  tinged  with  a  faint  pearl-blue  wash, — some- 
times exceedingly  faint  and  delicate,  but  apparently  always  present.  On 
the  oilier  hand,  I  liave  never  seen  a  specimen  in  the  blue  plumage  which  was 
not  unmistakably  an  adultl  It  would  therefore  seem  that  while  this 
species  is  rarely  if  ever  blue  in  its  first  plumage,  some  individuals  only 
partially  assume  the  blue  livery,  while  others  remain  white  through  life! 

Now,  as  to  Ardea  occidentalis  and  the  so-called  A.  wUrdemanni: — In 
his  description  of  the  latter.  Professor  Baird  called  attention  to  the 
extreme  similarity  of  these  two  presumed  species,  in  general  dimensions 
and  proportions,  particularly  of  the  bill,  although  at  the  same  time,  fol- 
lowing Bonaparte,  he  placed  them  in  different  genera, — remarking  at 
the  name  time,  however,  that  they  did  not  seem  to  him  separable  by 
sufficient  characters.  Later  authors,  with  few  exceptions  (mostly  those 
who  have  observed  the  bird  in  nature),  have  referred  it  to  A,  herodias, 
either  as  simply  a  particular  plumage  of  that  species  or  as  an  abnormal 
variation.  Professor  Baird  has  himself  suggested  the  possibility  of  its 
being  a  hybrid  between  A.  occidentalis  and  A.  herodias. 

The  bird  named  A.  wUrdemanni  appears  to  be  much  less  known 
than  the  white  A.  occidentalisj  hence  we  may  infer  that  the  white  plum- 
age is  the  rule,  and  the  colored  plumage  the  exception.  Audubon  found 
his  A.  occidentalis  in  immense  numbers  amongst  the  keys  aud  mangrove- 
lined  shores  of  South  Florida,  but  he  was  entirely  ignorant  of  the  exist- 
ence of  A.  wUrdemanni.  Even  subsequent  observers  in  Florida  have 
found  the  latter  to  be  exceedingly  rare,  if,  indeed,  they  discovered  it  at 
all.  As  long  ago  as  1864,  however,  it  was  well  known  as  a  Jamaican 
bird  to  Mr.  Thomas  II.  March,  who  thus  writes  of  it  in  his  "Notes  on 
the  Birds  of  Jamaica",  published  in  the  Proceedings  of  the  Academy  of 
Natural  Sciences  (1864,  p.  64): — 

"  275.  Ardea  icUrdemannii  f — The  White-crowned  Heron  is  in  the  upper 
plumage  very  like  the  preceding  [A.  hcrodias],  but  has  the  crown  and 
occipital  elongated  feathers  white;  the  under  parts  white^  streaked  with 
black;  the  breast  bluish  black,  with  bluish  gray  or  ashy  on  the  sides. 


RIDGWAY   ON   AMEBICAN   HEBODIOlfES.  235 

Leugtli  nearly  50  iuches,  expanse  75  or  more,  flexure  21,  leg  8,  middle 
toe  about  13  [!  *J,  tbigb  9,  bill  6},  greenish  browu  above,  yellowish  be- 
neath. 

^^Tbe  fishermen  and  gunners  on  the  coast  say  this  is  the  male  of  the 
preceding  species  [A.  I^erodias]  in  summer  plumage,  but,  from  two  speci- 
mens 1  have  collected  I  think  they  are  quite  distinct." 

As  a  Florida  bird  it  has  more  recently  been  recorded  by  Mr.  J.  Francis 
Le  Baron,  C.  B.,  who  announces,  in  the  number  o^  Bod  and  Oun  for  No- 
vember 11, 1876  (p.  83),  the  capture  of  a  specimen  of  this  bird  near  the 
head  of  Indian  River,  Florida,  iu  March,  1875.  His  account  is  as  fol- 
lows:— 

...  ^^  By  carefully  paddling  the  boat  around  the  points  I  surprised 
and  shot  a  few  Grebes  and  Galliuules  and  was  fortunate  enough  to  see, 
through  the  grass,  at  one  of  the  points,  a  large  heron  standing  in  the 
water.  I  at  once  fired  and  shot  it  and  upon  examination  soon  found 
that  it  differed  from  any  previously  obtained.  It  was  a  beautiful  bird, 
of  a  bluish  ash-color  above,  with  reddish  on  the  wings  and  legs.  The 
head  was  pure  white  with  a  black  spot  in  the  centre  of  the  forehead, 
and  with  long  white  plumes  on  the  head  bending  gracefully  back.  The 
throat  was  also  white  streiked  on  the  sides  with  black  and  red.  It 
measured  sixty  inches  in  length,  and  proved  to  be  the  rare  Florida  or 
Wiirdemann's  Heron  {Ardea  iciirdemannii)  of  which  only  two  specimens, 
it  is  believed,  had  ever  been  taken  before.  The  capture  of  this  elegant 
bird  well  repaid  all  the  hardships  of  the  previous  night." 

The  last  record  of  A.  ^^  iciirdemannV^  is,  I  believe,  that  by  Mr.  E.  W. 
Nelson,  in  the  Bulletin  of  the  Essex  Institute  (Dec.  187G,  p.  151),  where  it 
is  given  as  an  inhabitantof  the  Lower  Wabash  Valley,  in  Illinois  and  Indi- 
ana, on  the  strength  of  a  communication  to  that  effect  from  myself.  I  ob- 
served the  bird  at  the  Grand  Kapids,  near  Mount  Oarmel,  Illinois,  at  inter- 
vals between  the  11th  and  22d  of  September,  1876;  but  whether  there  were 
several  sfiecimens,  or  whether  merely  the  same  individual  was  seen  sev- 
eral times,  I  am  not  certain,  although  circumstances  favored  the  former 
supposition.  The  bird  was  observed,  generally  in  the  afternoon,  stand- 
ing in  the  shallow  water  of  the  rapids  in  the  middle  of  the  river  (here 
about  1,200  feet  wide),  entirely  out  of  shotgun  range  from  either  shore. 
Even  from  this  distance  it  was  readily  distinguishable  from  the  Common 
Blue  Heron  (A.  herodias)^  numbers  of  which  waded  about  in  other  parts 
of  the  river,  by  its  superior  size,  generally  lighter  plumage,  and  con- 
spicuously white  head — there  being  no  black  whatever  visible.  The 
only  chance  to  approach  it  was  by  taking  advantage  of  the  remains  of 
an  old  dam,  which  reached  out  from  the  shore  nearly  to  where  the  bird 
was  standing;  this  was  accomplished  with  such  succe^^s  that  the  bird 
was  approached  to  within  some  fifty  yards,  from  which  point  such  a  satis- 
factory view  was  obtained  as  to  leave  no  doubt  whatever  that  it  was 

*  An  eviUeot  error. 

t  1q  the  original,  these  Dames  ard  spelled  "  Windeman's  Heron  {Ard^ea  %c\nd«imanxy\ 


236     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVET. 

tho  true  tcurdemanni,  the  writer  being  perfectly  familiar  with  the  char- 
acters of  the  species,  having  many  times  handled  the  type-specimen. 
Owing  to  the  excitement  of  the  moment,  and  perhaps  also  to  the  distance, 
ashotatthe  birdasitflewwasuneffectual;  and  the  attempt  of  a  friend,  on 
another  occasion, to  kill  it  (or  another  individual)  under  the  same  circum- 
stances only  resulted  in  severely  wounding  it,  when  it  managed  to  reach 
the  opposite  shore,  where  it  alighted  in  the  top  of  a  tall  dead  tree  apon 
the  bank  of  the  river.  During  the  past  summer  (June,  1877),  the  writer 
visited  the  cypress-swamps  about  three  miles  from  the  S(;ene  of  the 
above,  in  order  to  determine,  if  possible,  whether  A.  wUrdemanni  was 
to  be  found  in  the  vicinity  of  a  large  colony  of  A.  herodidSj  which  had 
been  frequented  for  years  by  these  birds.  The  result  was  unsatisfactory ; 
for  although  one  which  was  believed  to  be  this  species  was  shot  at  on 
the  wing  and  fatally  wounded,' it  did  not  fall  until  so  far  from  us  that  it 
could  not  be  found,  although  it  was  heard  to  crash  throagh  the  branches 
and  strike  heavily  upon  the  ground. 

From  the  above  it  may  be  reasonably  inferred  that  while  the  bird 
known  as  Wiirdemann's  Heron  exists  in  very  few  collections,  it  is  of 
more  frequent  occurrence  and  wider  distribution  than  has  generall^*^ 
been  supposed.  It  is  also  equally  probable  that  it  is  nothing  more  nor 
less  than  the  normal  or  colored  i)hase  of  plumage  of  Ardea  occidentalis 
Aud.  From  what  is  known  of  the  other  species  in  which  dichromatism 
is  apparent,  it  becomes  evident  that  this  condition  is  developed  in  a 
peculiar  way  in  almost  every  species.  Thus,  in  Demiegretta  sacra  and 
Dicliromanassa  rufa^  individuals  are  white  or  colored,  as  the  case  may 
be,  from  the  nest  up,  while  examples  at  all  intermediate  are  excessively 
rare.  In  Florida  cceruleaj  on  the  other  hand,  specimens  to  some  degree 
intermediate  are  very  numerous ;  it  is  also  a  peculiarity  of  this  species 
that  it  seems  never  to  be  blue  in  its  first  plumage,  many  individuals 
which  are  white  in  youth  changing  to  blue  later  in  life,  while  others  re- 
tain through  life  the  colors  they  first  assumed !  Who,  then,  in  view  of 
these  facts  can  offer  reasonable  objection  to  the  theory  that  Ardea  occi- 
dentalis is  likewise  represented  by  two  distinct  phases  of  plumage,  of 
which  the  white  is  by  far  the  more  common,  the  normal  or  colored 
phase  C'lfiirdfewui/ini")  being  very  rare— perhaps  becoming  extinct  t  I 
am  not  aware  that  Herodias  egretta  is  ever  any  color  but  pure  white  all 
over  5  nor  have  I  ever  seen  a  white  specimen  of  Ardea  herodias  ;  yet  of 
this  latter  species  1  have  seen  an  example  whose  plumage  was  charac- 
terized by  the  admixture  of  white  feathers.  This  circumstance  may 
have  no  more  important  significance  than  a  mere  individual  tendency 
to  albinism ;  but  I  am  inclined  to  look  upon  it  rather  as  denoting  either 
the  dawn  or  close  of  an  era  of  dichromatism — upon  which  the  siiecies 
may  be  just  now  entering,  or  may  have  recently  left. 


BIDGWAY  ON  AMBBICAN  HERODIONES. 


237 


i 

i 

:^ 

Luoalilj. 

DatP. 

s 

Ee 

1 

8 

"3 

3"- 

1 

1«U 
bMO 

v.'n. 

Jor. 

FlofiiU  ('iniiian'Kiii" 

iiir." '  18 

■iii 

d.'oa 

till' 

i:,i 

».Ca«,n..P,.«K. 

D.a|  rfaO. 

» mlh  FlorirU  ,  



':^; 

«.'« 

':i 

'»: 



•ThniDgh  mlddlaot  Dottrit.  t  Lunetb,  ID.OO ;  eileaklD.OOi  wlae.'^M  IWiirdrmi 

TLe  measurements  of  the  two  forms  an  com  [»ileil  from  vnrioas  author- 
itioa  may  be  iLus  compared,  slioiviii^i  iheir  vsscritiiil  ujireement: — 


Total  IcngtU. 

Cxp»n'B      of 

Wicg. 

I  Cnlraon. 

t™>;;;^'-j 

45.(0-31.00 

ri  CO-PI  m 
laoo— J3.00+ 

i'j.7a-iii!w 

i«-'" 

R» 

*1 

All 

The 

DBA   HEROI 

3reat  Blue 

IAS. 
UeroTt. 

Aid  a/Mca  oanadentis,  Edwaieds,  Nat.  Hist.  I743-r)l,p1.  cxxxt. 

.^rdea  Jnerins  trpltatriomilii,  Euw.  I.  c. 

i4«A-oi>fi>iirfil  Heron  from  Korik  AtiKricii,  EnwiRDS,  (.  e. 

ilrdM/nsti-AiKltONu,  Bribs.  Orn.  v.  1760,  407,  u.  7  (=Juv.). 

Ardea  virginiana  crwlala.  BitisS.  1.  c.  416,  u.  10. 

le  HiiVK  it  la  Daye  de  Hudaan,  Itniss.  1.  c— Vibiij.  N.  D.  liv.  1SI7,  408. 

Aidea  hrodiat,  Likn.  S.  S.  ed.  10,  1758,  143,  □.  tl  (linsad  on  Eilwardn,  I.  a.) ;  cd.  13,  ). 
1766,  237,  n.  Ifi— Scop.  Bemerk.  «il.  GUiitb.  1770,  m,  n.  118.— Gmel.  S.  N.  I.  ii. 
178(4,  &tO,n.  15  («c  Uriw.  f.  c.).— Lath.  Ind.  Orn.  i[.  1790.  6K,  n.  50  (Arctic 
Zoology,  ii.  234  ;  Gen.  Syoop.  v.  65).— Bartham,  Travels,  1791,  'JOS,— Turt.  8. 
».  i.  1806, 378  (Virginia).- WiJjf.  Am.  Orn.  viii.  l-iU,  28,  pi.  Ixv.  f.  5.— VIBI14,. 
N.  D.  liv.  1817,  408.-TBMS1.  Man.  ii.  1820,  56G.~Bosap.  Jonra.  Pliila.  Acad. 
V.  18iS,  69  (critical);  Obs.  Wils.  1825,  n.  IHi;  Ann.  N.  Y.  Ljc.  ii.  18Jfi,  304  ; 
Bynop.  1828,301;  Comp.  Liat,  1838,47;  Conip.  ii.  1855,  IR— Sw.  &.  Rich.  F, 
B.  A.  H.  1831,  373  (rare  in  far  couutriea.)— Less.  Traitrt,  i.  l«Jl,  570  (nilDll).— 
Mutt.  Hfto.  Wuter  Birds,  1834,  42.— Aud,  Orn.  Diog.  ii.  1935, 87 ;  t.  IKIU,  599. 
pi.  211 ;  Synop.  1«3D,  265 ;  Birds  Am.  vi.  1H43,  122,  pi.  ccoliis  (adult).— D'Obb. 
OiB.  Cnbo,  1839,  193.- Peab.  Rep.  Orn.  Mas-.  18;i9,  362.— Gihaud,  BirJa  L.  I. 
1844, 276.— Darwin,  Vuy.  Beagtn,  iil.  Birds,  183^41.  128  ( GuIapasoB).— Cass. 
P.  A.  N.  B.  iii.  1846,  137  (habits) ;  ib.  ISijO,  196  ( Kio  Atrato,  New  OraDoda).— 
Dknhbt,  p.  Z.  S.  1847,  30.— GosfiE,  BIrdi,  Jam.  1847,  346.- Jahi>.  Cootr.  Orn. 
ie48.8&(B«rmuaaa;  winter  resid-isomelimee  whole  year).— WooDiI.Sit^rreaTes'd 
Exp.  1853, 97 (Ark. ;  Texas;  New  Mex.).— Tiro mps. Nat.  Hist.  VeriDont,  1^53, 103, 
llg.— Wailbs,  Rep.  Misaissippi,  1854,  321  — Haktl.  J.  f,  O.  lim,  170  (Gala- 
pagos)-—Hrnhy,  P.  A.  N.  8.  vii.  1855.  316  (New  Meiico);  li.  1W15,  108 (New 
Meitoo).- Krnnicott.  Trans.  Ills.  Agr.  Sue.  i.  1855,  587  (IIHnoiH).— PnATTEH, 
U.  007  (New  Mexioo).— PuTNAU,  Pr.  Ewx  Inst.  i.  1856,  218  (Mass.;  in  ■ant. 
BMT).— Odkdu  J.  f.  O.  IT.  185G,  340  (Cnba;  breeds).— Newd.  Pacilio  R.  B. 
Bap.  Ti.  1867, »  (Calif. ;  commoD).— Thucmem.  J.  f.  0. 1857, 155  (Cuba ;  deacr. 


238     BULLETIN  UNITED  8TATE8  GEOLOGICAU  SURVEY. 

egK).— Baird,  B.  N.  Am.  1859,  6CS  (entii-e  U.  S.;  West  Indies.);  Cat.  N.  Am. 
B.  1859,  n.  487.— A.  &  E.  Newton,  Ibis,  i.  ia''>9,  263  (St.  Croix,  W.  I.;  breed- 
ingt).— SCL.  &  Salv.  ib.  2r20  (Guatemala);  P.  Z.  S.  1659,  5»6  (Guatemala); 
1870,  323  (Galapagos);  1873,  511  (Veneznela);  Nom.  Neotr.  187.%  125  (Mexico; 
Veuezuela;  Antilles).— Bryant,  Pr.  Bost.  Soc.  vii.  1859,  120  (Bahamas). — 
Max.  J.  f.  O.  1859,  86  (descr.  etc.). — Martens,  ib.  219  (Bermudas).— Williss 
Smithsonian  Rep.  for  1858  (1859),  284  (Nova  Scotia).— Heermann,  Pacific 
R.  R.  Rep.  X.  1859,  pi.  vi.  63  (California).— Coop.  &  Suckl.  Pacific  R.  R. 
Rep.  xii.  ii.  1860,  228  (Paget  Sound).— Whraton,  Ohio  Agric.  Rep.  1860,  n.  185 ; 
ib,  1874, —  (Ohio;  summer;  very  common). — Brewer,  Pr.  Bost.  Soc.  vii.  1860. 
:i08  (Cuba);  Pr.  Boston  Soc.  1875,  440.— Scl.  P.  Z.  S.  lr^6l,  81  (.Jamaica).— 
Albrecht,  J.  f.  O.  1861,  155  (Bahamas).— Gundl.  ib.  .^38;  1862,  82  (Cuba).— 
Barnard,  Smithsonian  Rep.  for  1860  (18(31),  4:»  (Chester  Co.  Penn.).— Taylor, 
Ibis,  iv.  1862,  129  (Florida).— Ha yden.  Rep.  1862,  173.— Boardm.  Pr.  Boston 
Soc.  ix.  1882, 128 (Maine ;  common ;  breeds). — Verrill,  ib,  138  <Anticatit4) ;  Pr. 
Essex  lost.  iii.  1862,  152  (Oxford  Co.  Maine;  breeds). — CouBS  &,  Prentiss. 
Smithsonian  Rep.  for  1861  (1862),  415  (Dist.  Col.;  in  summer).— Lawr.  Ann. 
Lye.  N.  Y.viii.  1863,  12  (Isth.  Panama);  16.  viii.  1864,  99  (Sombrero.  W.  I.); 
viii.  1866,  292  (vie.  of  New  York  City) ;  ix.  1869,  142  (Costa  Rioa) ;  ib,  210 
(Merida,  Yucatan) ;  Pr.  Boston  Soc.  1871,  —  (Tres  Marias,  W.  Mexico;  ran*); 
Mem.  Bost.  Soc.  ii,  1874,310  (Mazatlan;  Tres  Marias:  resident);  Bull.  Nat. 
Mns.  n.  4, 1876,  48  (Tehuantepeo  City).— Blakiston,  Ibis,  v.  1863,  129  (Sas- 
katchewan).— Allen,  Pr.  Essex  Inst.  iii.  1864,  76  (Massachusetts;  breeds); 
Mem.  Bost.  Soc.  i.  18^5,  501  (Iowa);  ib,  1874,  67 ;  Bull.  M.  C.  Z.  ii.  1871,  358 
(Florida);  iii.  1872,  182  (Kansas;  Utah).— March,  Pr.  A.  N.  S.  Phila.  xvi. 
1864,  63  (Jamaica;  abnndant).— Salvin,  Ibis,  1865,  193  (Guatemala);  Trans. 
Zool.  Soc.  ix.  1875,  497  (Galapagos).— Hoy,  Smithsonian  Rep.  for  1861  (1865), 
438  (Missouri).— COUES,  Pr.  A.  N.  S.  Phila.  1866,  95  (Ft.  Whipple,  Arizona); 
Ibis,  1866,  283  (Colorado  River);  ib.  269  (Southern  Calif.);  Pr.  Essex  Inst. 
1868,  289;  Pr.  A.  N.  S.  Phila.  1871,  33  (Fort  Macon,  N.  C);  Key,  1872,267: 
Check  List,  1873, 87,  n.  449;  B.  N.  W.  1874,  517.— Caban.  J.  f.  O.  iv.  1856,  349 
(Cuba).- Dresser,  Ibis,  1866,  31  (S.  Texas).— McIlwr.  Pr.  Essex  Inst.  v. 
1866,  91.— Butcher,  Pr.  A.  N.  S.  Phila.  1868,  150  (Laredo,  Texas).— Brown, 
Ibis,  iv.  1868,  424  (Vancouver  I.).— Sundf.v.  Oefv.  Vet.'Ak.  Forh.  1869,  589 
(St.  Bartholomew,  W.  I.). — Cooper,  Am.  Nat.  iii.  18o9,  82. — Stearxes,  t6. 
401.— TcRNB.  B.  E.  Penn.  1869,  37 ;  Phila.  ed.  28.— Frantzius,  J.  f .  O.  1869, 
376  (Costa  Rica).— Dall  &  Bann.  Tr.  Chicago  Acad.  i.  1869,  289  (Sitka; 
rare).— Mayn.  Nat.  Guide,  1870,  143  (Mass.) ;  Pr.  Boston  boo.  1871,  —  (New 
Hampshire);  xiv,  1872,  383.— Gray,  Handlist,  iii.  1871,  27,  n.  10104  (Uoited 
States;  West  Indies). — Trippe,  Pr.  Boston  Soc.  xv.  1872,  240  (Iowa). — Aiken, 
ib.  209.— Grayson,  ib.  285  (Tres  Marias).- Rldgw.  Am.  Nat.  vi.  1872,  731 ; 
Bull.  Essex  Inst.  Jan.  1875,  39  (Nevada);  Field  and  Forest,  June,  1877,  211 
(Colorado) ;  Om.  40th  Par.  187-,  327,  330,  341,  369,  390,  616  (Sacramento,  Cal.; 
Trockee  Valley,  Nevada:  breeding  on  *'The  Pyramid",  Pyramid  Lake). — 
Snow,  Birds  Kansas,  1873, 9.— Trippe,  Pr.  Bost.  Soc.  xvi,  1873,  240. — Scott, 
ib.  227.— Mbrriam,  U.  S.  Geol.  Survey  Terr.  1873,  715;  Am.  Nat.  1874,  89.— 
Hbnshaw,  Ann.  Lye.  N.  Y.  xi.  June,  1874, —  (Utah ;  resident) ;  Orn.  Wheeler's 
Survey,  1875,  464  (Lowell,  Ariz.);  ib.  1876,  273  (coast  Sonthem  Cal.;  abun- 
dant).—Nelson,  Bull.  Essex  lost,  viii,  Dec.  1876,  131, 153  (N.  E.  Ills.  *Apr.  to 
Deo.).— Bouc.  Cat.  Av.  1876,  49,  u.  1373  (N.  Am.;  W.  I.).— Langdon,  Cat. 
Birds  Cine  1877,  15. 

Ardeola  herodiaSf  Albrecht,  J.  f.  0. 1862,  206  (Jamaica).— Hurdis,  Contr.  Om.  1850,  11 
(Bermudas ;  resid.;  breeds). 

Ardea  hudaonioA,  Linn.  S.  N.  i.  1766,  238,  n.  18  (based  on  Ardea  freU-kudaoniM^  Briss.  /. 
c).— G-MEL.  S.  N.  I.ii.  1788,  632,  n.  18.— Lath.  Ind.  Om.  ii.  1790,  693,  d.  57.— 
TURT.  S.  N.  i.  1806, 379  {Rtd-ahouldered  Heron  ;  North  Amerioa), 


BIDQWAT    ON   AMERICAN    HERODIONES.  239 

Bed-shouldered  Heron,  Laih.  SjDop.  iii.  1785,  86  (quotes  Ardea  hudsonias,  LIdd.  I.  c;  Le 
H4ron  de  la  Baye  de  Hadaonj  Briss,  /.  c.  ct  Buff.  I,  c. — Akh-coloared  Heroriy  from 
America^  Edw.  /.  c). — Pknx.  Arct.  Zool.  ii.  1785,  444,  n.  342. 

The  Great  Bluish  Grey  Crested  Heron,  Bartram,  Travels,  1791,  293. 

Oreat  Heron,  Nutt.  Man  Water  Birds,  1834,  4i. 

The  Great  Blue  Heron,  A  CD.  L  c.  et  auct. 

Grand  Heron  d'AmSrique,  D^Okb.  /.  c. 

H^ron  cendr^,  Lesmox,  I.  c. 

Grand  H6ron  bltu,  Le  Moine,  Ois.  Canad.  1861,  3.30.*" 

Hab. — XTnited  States  and  Middle  America;  abandant  from  coast  to 
coast.  West  Indies.  South  to  the  Galapagos  {Darwin,  Hartl.j  Scl.  i& 
Salv.^  Salv.)'j  Panama  (Ikitrr.);  Eio  Atrato,  New  Granada (Co^^iu);  Ven- 
ezaela  {Scf.  &  Salv.).  North  to  Nova  Scotia  {WUlis))  Hudson's  Bay 
(Bris8on)\  Saskatchewan  {Blakiston)]  "Fur  Countries",  very  rare  {Sic. 
&  Rich.)]  Sitka,  rare  {Ball  d;  Banni^t) )  and  Vancouver  Island  {Brown), 
Costa  Bica  {von  Frantziua,  Later.).  Other  localities  quoted  are,  Guate- 
mala {Salv.)'j  Merida,  Yucatan,  and  Isthmus. of  Tehuantepec  (Later.); 
Tres  Marias  Islands  {Grayson);  Bahamas  {Bryant,  Albrecht);  Bermudas 
{Martens) ;  Cuba,  breeds  {GundL,  Cahan.,  Thienem.);  Jamaica,  abundant 
{Gosse,  March) ;  Saint  Croix  {Newton^  ScL  &  Salv.) ;  Saint  Bartholomew 
(Sundevall) ;  Sombrero  (Laicrence). 

Adult.— Length, about ^2.00-50.00;  extent, 72.00;  weight,5to  8  pounds. 
Forehead  and  central  feathers  of  the  crown  pure  white ;  sides  of  crown 
and  whole  of  the  occiput,  including  the  long  plumes,  blue-black.  Chin, 
throat, and  malar  region  pure  white.  Neck  lavender- gray,  fading  gradu- 
ally above  into  the  white  of  cheeks  and  throat.  Foreneck  with  a  narrow 
medial  series  of  black  and  ferruginous  dashes  mixed  with  white;  lower 
neck-plumes  pale  lavender-gray.  Lateral  jugular  tufts  uniform  blue- 
black;  breast  and  abdomen  black,  this  almost  unitbrm  laterally,  but  the 
middle  feathers  with  broad  medial  stripes  of  white.  Crissum  white,  the 
feathers  sometimes  edged  with  rufous.  Tibial  feathers  deep  chestnut- 
rufous,  not  growing  conspicuously   paler  toward  the  body.      Upper 

*  The  following  citatioDS  have  been  referred  to  this  species,  bat  I  think  they  bad 

best  be  assigned  to  the  *'  undeterminable''  category : — 

Ardea  cristata  maxima  americana,  Catesby,  Carolina,  i.  1754,  App.  pi.  10.— Seligm. 
Samml.  1749-76,  tab.  cviii.  (Virginia). 

Largest  Crested  Heron,  Catesby,  L  c. 

Le  grand  Heron  hup6,  Catesby,  {.  e. 

[This  is  either  an  entirely  mythical  species,  or  else  the  figure  and  descrip- 
tion are  drawn  from  recollection.  The  figure  quoted  above  is  absolutely  unlike 
any  known  American  bird,  Heron  or  Crane,  while  the  description,  which  says, 
'*  Length  more  than  five  feet;  bill  full  eight  inches  long",  cannot  be  made  to 
apply  to  Ardea  herodias.  Although  LinnsBus  quotes  Catesby  among  his  cita- 
tions under  ^.  AerocfkM,  his  description,  which  is  based  on  Edwards's  Ardea 
fusoa  canadensis,  is  perfectly  applicable  to  the  adult  of  A,  herodias.  Various 
names  have  been  based  on  Catesby's  figure  and  description ;  but  though  it  is 
obvioasly  unnecessary  to  repeat  them  here,  since  I  have  them  at  hand  they 
may  as  well  be  submitted : — ] 

Great  Heron,  Lath.  Synop.  iii.  1785,  «5.— Pennant,  Arct.  Zjol.  ii.  1785,  443,  n.  341. 

Ls  H4ron  hupp^de  Virginie,  Vibill.  Nouv.  Diet,  si  v.  1817,  415., 

Oramd  H4ron  d^Amdrique,  Vikill.  L  c. 


240     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

parts  fine  slate-blue^  tiie  dorsal  and  scapular  plumes  paler,  more  pearl- 
gray — the  lightness  of  the  tint  proportionate  to  the  length  of  the  plume; 
remiges  black,  the  inner  secondaries  growing  gradually  more  slaty,  so 
that  the  innermost  are  scarcel}^  darker  than  the  tertials.  Tail  deep 
slate-blue,  a  shade  darker  than  the  tertials.  Entire  border  of  the  wing, 
from  the  armpit  to  the  metacarpo-phalangeal  joint,  rich  purplish-rufous, 
scarcely  mixed  anywhere  with  white,  and  much  the  widest  at  the  bend. 

Wing,  17.90-20.00;  tail,  7.30-8.00;  culmen,  4.30-6,25;  depth  of  bill, 
through  middle  of  nostril,  0.85-1.10 ;  naked  portion  of  tibia,  3.50-5,70; 
tarsus,  C.00-S.25 ;  mid<lle  toe,  3.50-4.70.  [Extremes  of  17  adult  speci- 
mens.] Bill  olive  above,  the  culmen  blackish;  lower  mandible  wax- 
yellow,  brighter  terminally  (sometimes  wholly  yellow);  iris  bright  yel- 
low; bare  loral  space  cobalt-blue  in  spring,  olive-greenish  or  yellowish 
after  breeding  season.    Legs  and  feet  dusky-hlack  throughout. 

Young, — Above  slate-gray  (less  bluish  than  in  the  adult),  destitute  of 
any  penicillate  plumes;  anterior  lesser  wingcoverts  bordered  terminally 
with  light  rufous;  border  of  the  wing  (broadly)  white,  more  or  less 
tinged  with  rufous,  especially  at  and  near  the  bend,  where  this  color  pre- 
vails. Entire  pileum,  including  all  the  occipital  feathers,  blackish-slate, 
with  a  narrow  median  crest  of  more  elongated  darker-colored  feathers, 
with  pale  fulvous  shafc-streaks.  Cheeks  dark  grayish;  malar  region, 
chin,  and  throat  only,  pure  white.  Neck  dull  groy,  sometimes  tinged 
with  rufous,  some  of  the  feathers  with  indistinctly  lighter  shaft-streaks; 
foreneck  with  a  n<itTow  longitudinal  series  of  black,  rufous,  and  whitish 
dashes,  much  as  in  the  adult.  Breast  and  abdomen  broadly  striped 
with  dark  cinereous  and  white,  in  nearly  equal  amount  (sometimes  suf- 
fused with  rufous).  Tibisd  very  pale  rufous,  sometimes  almost  white; 
crissum  white.  Upper  mandible  black,  paler,  or  horn  color,  along  the 
tomium;  lower,  pale  peagreen,  deepening  into  clear  horn  yellow  on 
terminal  half;  eyelids  and  horizontal  space  on  lore  light  apple-green; 
iris  gamboge-yellow ;  tibi®  and  soles  of  toes,  apple-green ;  rest  of  legs 
and  feet  black.* 

Geographical  and  individual  variations. — So  far  as  is  indicated  by  the 
ratherscantmaterial  before  me  (17  adult  specimens),  there  is  little,  if  any, 
variation  in  proportions  or  colors  which  can  be  considered  strictly  geo- 
grai)hical.  Especially  is  this  so  with  regard  to  dimensions  and  relative 
measurements  of  different  parts  in  an  individual, — a  fact  which  is  clearly 
shown  b3'  the  annexed  table  of  carefully-made  measurements.  The 
typical  style,  indeed,  prevails  with  such  uniformity  that  of  the  seventeen 
specimens  now  before  me,  only  four  differ  in  any  noteworthy  respect 
from  the  average  style.  These  ^^  aberrant"  examples  are  the  follow- 
ing:— 

No.  08300,  from  Florida,  is  decidedly  the  largest  in  the  whole  series, 
its  general  size  almost  equalling  that  of  A.  occidentalis.  The  bill  also 
approaches  quite  nearly  to  that  of  the  latter  species,  both  in  sise  and 

*  Notet»  tukeu  from  freuh  specimeu  [No.  J  050,  Coll.  R.  B.,  9  >iio.,  Moiinl  Camel, 
IlliQois,  Sept.  26, 1070.    Leogih,  42.00;  expanse,  68.50]. 


BIDGWAY   ON  AMEBICAN  HERODIONES.  241 

form.  In  colors,  however,  it  is  trae  herodias,  so  far  as  essential  characters 
are  concerned,  the  head-pattern  being  exactly  as  in  typical  specimens 
of  that  species;  the  abdomen  with  black  largely  prevailing,  etc.  Tbe 
only  obvioQS  difTerence  from  ordinary  specimens  of  the  species  consists 
in  the  peculiar  plamage  of  the  neck,  which  at  first  sight  appears  to  be 
white  throaghoat.  A  close  examination,  however,  reveals  the  fact  that 
the  feathers  are  very  much  worn  or  abraded,  and  that  wherever  they 
are  least  so  a  lavender-gray  tinge  is  distinctly  visible !  Now,  if  we  ex- 
amine closely  the  neck-plumage  of  typical  A.  herodiasj  we  find  that  it  is 
only  the  «ter/ace  which  has  this  lavender-gray  color,  the  concealed  portion 
of  the  feathers  being  whitish;  so  that  the  white  appearance  of  the  neck 
in  this  specimen  is  thus  readily  accounted  for.  As  probably  indicating 
a  tendency  to  albinism,  it  may  be  remarked  that  there  are  in  this  spe- 
cimen many  pure  white  feathers  mixed  through  the  rump  and  upper  tail- 
coverts. 

The  most  important  specimen  of  all,  since  its  peculiarities  are  real^ 
and  not  merely  apparent,  is  No.  8065,  from  Mexico,  also  an  adult.  This 
example  represents  the  opposite  extreme  in  size  from  that  just  noticed, 
being  much  the  smallest  in  the  whole  series.  As  to  plumage,  it  is 
typical  A.  herodias.  The  shades  of  color  are  very  deep  and  dark  through- 
out, however,  though  not  more  so  than  4534,  from  Cape  Flattery, 
W.  T.,  which  almost  exactly  resembles  it  in  this  respect.  The  neck  of 
this  specimen  is  of  precisely  the  same  shade  as  that  of  A.  occidentals 
(**  wilrdemanni^).  The  chief  peculiarity  of  this  specimen  is  that  the  bill 
is  throughout  of  a  clear  bright  yellow,  whereas  in  true  herodias  only 
part  of  the  lower  mandible  is  of  this  color,  the  upper  being  mainly 
dusky.  Should  this  latter  character,  taken  together  with  the  very  small 
size,  prove  constant  in  Mexican  adult  specimens,  they  may  rank  ai» 
a  geographical  rac^,  for  which  the  term  ^^Ardea  lessonV^  Bonap.  would 
probably  have  to  be  employed. 

The  Cape  Flattery  specimen  alluded  to  above  agrees  exactly  with  the. 
Mexican  specimen  as  to  colors,  but  its  proportions  are  very  peculiar 
Thus,  while  the  wing  is  above  the  average  length  and  the  tail  up  to  the 
maximum,  the  bill  is  considerably  below  the  average,  being  smallest  of  all 
except  that  of  the  Mexican  specimen;  the  tibia  and  tarsus  represent 
the  minimum  length,  while  the  middle  toe  is  shorter  than  that  of  any 
other  in  the  entire  series! 

The  only  other  specimen  in  the  collectioa  worth  mentiooing  in  this 
connection  is  No.  33134,  Cape  Saint  Lucas.  This  specimen,  also  an 
adult,  is  remarkable  simply  on  account  of  its  very  light  colors.  There 
is  an  unusual  predomiuance  of  white  on  the  breast  and  jugulnm,  and 
the  colors  generally  (excepting,  of  course,  the  black)  are  two  or  three 
shades  lighter  than  in  the  average.  Its  measurements,  as  may  be  seen 
by  the  table,  come  near  the  maximum.  In  these  peculiarities,  however, 
'  we  see  only  tbe  result  of  an  extremely  dry  and  hot  climate,  the  bleach- 
ing effect  of  which  is  plainly  visible  in  all  the  birdjs  of  brown  or  grayish 
Bull-  iv-  No- 1—10 


242     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVET. 

plumage*  in  that  region  of  continued  droughts,  which  embraces,  besides 
the  peninsula  of  Lower  California,  the  whole  of  the  desert  region  of 
the  Southwestern  United  States  and  Western  Mexico. 

Younger  specimens  (probably  in  the  second  year),  of  which  No.  12G70  is 
a  fair  example,  have  the  forehead  dusky-slate,  there  being  only  a  few 
white  feathers  in  the  crown ;  the  cheeks  strongly  tinged  with  bnfif.  The 
specimen  alluded  to  is  equally  dark  with  that  from  Cape  Flattery,  W. 
T.,  and  that  from  Mexico. 

Seasonal  variations. — Although  the  plumage  of  this  species  is  essen- 
tially the  same  throughout  the  year,  there  are  certain  differences  deiiend- 
ing  on  the  season  which  are  worthy  of  note.  In  the  spring,  or  at  the 
commencement  of  the  breeding  season,  the  bill^  except  on  the  culmen, 
is  almost  entirely  yellow  (generally  a  wax-yellow,  brighter  on  the  lower 
mandible) ;  and  the  bare  orbital  space  cobalt-blue,  while  from  the  occiput 
grow  two  long,  slender,  pendant,  black  plumes.  After  the  young  are 
hatched,  these  plumes  are  dropped,  the  bare  skin  around  the  eye  has 
changed  to  a  yellowish-green  hue,  and  the  upper  mandible  become 
almost  wholly  dusky  blackish-olive,  with  only  the  tomia  and  lower 
mandible  yellowish.  Of  some  twenty  specimens  killed  June  11, 1877, 
at  the  Little  Cypress  Swamp,  of  Knox  Co.,  Indiana,  none  had  the  white 
occipital  plumes,  while  the  bill  and  orbits  were  colored  as  last  stated 
above.  These  birds  were  all  shot  at  their  breeding  grounds,  where 
were  about  one  hundred  and  fifty  occupied  nests,  mostly  containing 
full-grown  young.t  Dissection  of  numerous  specimens  proved  that  no 
appreciable  difference  exists  between  the  sexes,  except  in  the  smaller 
average  size  of  the  females.  A  male  killed  at  Washington,  D.  C,  April 
9, 1875,  and  consequently  in  perfect  plumage,  had  the  bill  and  soft  parts 
colored  as  follows : — Bill  dull  wax-yellow,  brighter  on  the  lower  mandi- 
ble; bare  orbital  space  cobalt-blue;  iris  bright  chrome-yellow;  legs 
black,  the  tibisa  inclining  to  brownish  ;  soles  of  toes  dull  grayish  naples- 
yellow.  A  female  obtained  in  spring  at  Mount  Carmel,  111.,  was  simi- 
larly colored. 

Nine  of  the  specimens  alluded  to  above  averaged  about  seven  pounds 
in  weight,  the  maximum  being  a  little  less  than  eight,  and  the  mini- 
mum over  six.  Although  busily  engaged  in  feeding  their  very  vora- 
cious young,  they  were  in  good  condition. 

*  In  birds  of  block,  red,  or  other  brilliant  colors,  these  tints  are  intMtified,  rather 
than  diluted,  in  such  climates! 

t  These  nests  were  all  on  very  large  and  tall  *'  Sycamore"  trees  {Platanua aoddemtdlU), 
mostly  at  a  height  of  abont  90  to  100  feet  from  the  groond,  many  of  them  higher ;  none 
were  accessible.  The  Herons  had  apparently  chosen  these  trees  in  preference  to  the 
equally  tall  cypresses,  oaks,  gnms,  etc.,  on  account  of  the  protective  color  of  the 
branches,  whose  pale  drab  or  silver-gray  aspect  corresponded  so  perfectly  in  color  with 
the  prevailing  hue  of  the  birds  that  it  was  quite  impossible  to  distinguish  them  from 
crooked  upright  branches  when  they  sat  perfectly  quiet,  as  was  usually  the  case.  In 
fact,  all  those  shot  were  killed  either  on  the  wing  or  just  after  alighting. 


BIDOWAY  ON  AMEBICiN  HBB0UI0NE9. 


243 


1 

1 

LoHdity. 

Dale. 

i 

te 

1 

1 

l§ 

i 
1 

J 

i 

1«TO 

lua 

SUM 

waoa 

Tll« 
T1IC3 
■tiUi 

71  ltd 

11108 

7»a» 

TS857 

Ad. 

i 
f 

am) 

r.is" 
e.00 

8.00 

4.M 
1.30 
S.SO 

4S,6i) 

11 

a.  00 

5.M 

S.60 
S.10 
0.13 

lino 

lioo 
ilos 

o.w 

3.M 
<.10 

ri5 

TOO 

a!  as 

7.  SO 
TOO 

*:« 

3  30 

*.» 

aso 

<:« 

tail 

4;4S 

IftfiS 

OniRoii    - 

le.ni 
isIm 

19.  SS 

iti.S :::::::::::::::;:::: 



iiS 

"t.m" 

^.■711 

Ao« 

abdea  crosBBA. 

37k«  Cmnmon  Heron  of  JUttrope. 

«  SmM,  WnxDOH.  Ora.  ItfTS,  277,  pi.  xliz.— BiiT,  8;nop.  At.  1710,  A.  1.— Al- 

BiN,  Ntt.  Hilt.  Birds,  [.  :t73e,  pi.  Ixvii.— Lath.  SyDop.  ill.  1785,  A3 ;  Sappl.  ii. 

303,  n.  14.— Pbknant,  Ait^.  Zool.  il.  17^,  444,  n.  343  (part :  iDclodes  A.  kerw- 

dUu) ;  Brit  Zool.  ii.  1B13, 10,  n.  173,  pi.  iil.— Montag.  Om.  Diet.  1813,  — .— 

SXLBT,  Brit.  Om.  ii.  1833,  II.— Yareux,  Brit.  Birds,  «d.  8, ,508,  fig.;  ed. 

3,  ii. ,  537,  flg. 

L»  BirOK,  Briss.  Orn.  v.  1760,  392,  pL  xxxiv.— Boirr.  Oia.  vii.  1770^  396,  pi.  fix. 
PL  Enl.  pi.  787  (jiie. .'). 

Is  Biro*  Upi,  Bribs.  Orn.  v.  1760,  396.  pi.  xxet.— Bdff.  OU.  vil,  1770-86, 349 ;  PI.  Enl. 
pL7&&(adHl(.'). 

..IrdM  diwraa,  Likw.  Fanna  Bum.  1746, 59 ;  S.  N.  1. 1766,  336.— KbOmk.  Oth.  Bat.  1764, 
156.— ScopOLt,  Aqd.  i.  1769,  n.  117.— MOllxb,  Prod.  Zool.  Dui.  1776,  22.— 
Fribch,  V5g.  Deatsebl.  1739-63, 199.— Fabh.  Faun.  Orcenl.  17B0,  106  (ereen- 
landt).- Qmei.  S.  K.  iti.  1788, 637.- Lath.  Jed.  Om.  I7yi,  691.— Te.mm.  Mao. 
Oro.  I8I5,  362.— LUCH,  Syst  Cat.  Hnmm.  and  BirdR  B.  M.  1816, 33.— Flemi.no, 
Brit.  Anim.  1828,  %.— Drehm,  Toff.  Dentschl.  1731,  G80.— Nauh.  Vog.  Deatacbl. 
ii.  1838,  S4,  t  220.— JENYXB,  Han.  Brit.  Tcrt.  An.  1835,  186.— Eytiin,  Cat.  Brit. 
B.  1836,  36.— OotiLD,  Birds  Enr.  1837,  pi.  273.— Bonap.  Comp.  List,  1838,  47; 
CoDip.  iL  1855,  111  (Earope;  Aiia;  Africa).— Keys.  &.  Blasics,  Wirii.  Enr. 
1840,  79.-ScHLE(}.  KeT.  Crit.  1844,  96.— Macoilliv.  Han.  If.  B.  Otq.  ii,  1640, 
128.— Grat,  Qenera  B.  lii.  1841,  555;  Cat.  Brit.  Birds,  1863,  145;  HaodlUt, 
1iLI87I,S6,  D.  10099{Enn>pe;  Nabia;  Abysatnta;  India;  China;  S.Aastralia; 
New  SoDtb  WalM).— WoLLBY,  Contr.  Oni.  1860,  109  (FaroS  I.).— luiiY,  Ibis, 
lii.  1861,  S44  (India).— Beikharut,  Ibis,  1861,  9  (Nenortalik,  GreenlaDd).— 
SwntH.  f b.  343  (North  Cbina).— Boucard,  Cat.  Av.  1ST6,  49,n.  1368  (Eotopo; 
India;  Auatralia). 

.intM  Mcr^r,  LniK.  8.  N.  1. 1766,336  (quotes  Ariea  tinerta  nojtyr,  Wiu.  Om.  203,  t.  49; 
Bat,  At.  V&.—jTdM  olio,  Obsh.  At.  S19,  t.  S30;  Aidr.  Ocr.  3, 363.— .inba  erit- 


244     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

tata^  Briss.  Av.  5,  396,  t.  35;  Alb.  Av.  i.  59,  t.  (17).— ^opoli.  Add.  i.  17G9.  n. 

117.— Kram.  EleDch.  1756,  346,  d.  4.— Frisch,  Zool.  Deutschl.  1739-63,  199.— 

GMEL.8.N.ii.  1783,627. 
Ardea  cineraoeaf  Bruhm,  Vog.  Deutsohl.  1831, 580. 

Ardea  rhenana^  Sander.  Natarf.  ziii. ,  195. 

ffcron,  Bewick,  Brit.  Birds,  ii.  1804, 37,  fig. 

Hab. — Palsbarctic  Region  in  general,  excepting  extreme  northern  i)or- 
tions.  Accidental  in  South  Greenland  {Fabr,  L  c;  Reinhardty  L  e.;  New- 
tonjL  c);  India  (Auct) ;  Australia  (Auct), 

Adult — Forehead  and  centre  of  pileum  pure  white ;  sides  of  crown 
and  occipital  plumes  deep  black ;  rest  of  head  wholly  white.  Neck 
light  cinereous,  with  a  very  faint  lavender  tinge,  gradually  fading  into 
the  white  of  the  head ;  the  front  part  with  a  narrow  longitudinal  series 
of  black  dashes  on  a  white  ground.  Upper  parts  bluish-gray,  the  pen- 
icillate  plumes  of  the  back  and  scapulars  much  lighter  or  pale  pearl- 
gray.  Border  of  the  wing  pure  white ;  antaxillar  tufts  deep  blue-black. 
Sides  and  flanks  uniform  pale  blue-gray.  Medial  lower  parts  white, 
heavily  striped  laterally  with  blue-black.  Tibioe  and  crissum  pure 
white. 

Wing,  18.50;  tail,  8.00;  culmen,  4.80;  depth  of  bill  through  middle 
of  nostril,  0.85 ;  bare  tibia,  3.25 ;  tarsus,  6.25 ;  middle  toe,  3.80.  [No. 
57006;  Europe.] 

Juv. — Pileum  deep  ash-gray;  occipital  plumes  black.  Neck  ash- 
gray,  the  front  with  a  narrow  longitudinal  series  of  black  and  rufous 
dashes,  mixed  with  white,  the  former  predominating.  Upper  parts 
uniform  slate-gray,  destitute  of  penicillate  plumes.  Malar  region,  chin, 
and  throat  white.  Antaxillar  tufts  white,  tipped  with  a  rusty  tinge. 
Edge  of  the  wing  and  entire  lower  parts  wholly  white,  tinged  with  buff. 
[No.  57007 ;  Europe.] 

BemarJcs. — The  above  list  of  synonyms  of  this  common  European 
species  is  not  so  complete  as  might  be ;  but  since  it  claims  a  place  in  the 
American  fauna  solely  on  account  of  its  accidental  occurrence  in  Green- 
land, enough  references  are  given  to  answer  the  present  purpose.  The 
descriptions  are  taken  from  European  examples,  the  only  ones  in  the 
National  collection. 

Liat  of  spedmena  examined, 

57.006  Uoited  states.       Adnlt.       Europe. 

57. 007  Uoited  States.       Jay.  Earope. 

ABDEA  GOGOL 

Tlie  Great  Cocoi  Heron. 

Cocoiy  Marcgr.  Hi8t.  Bras.  1648,  209.— WuxuoH.  Oni.  1078,  284,  pi.  11.— Pison,  Bras. 

,  89.— Bay,  Syoop.  Av.  1710, 100,  d.  15.— Lath.  Syoop.  iii.  i.  1785, 98,0.71. 

Blue  Heron,  Albin,  Nat.  Hist.  Birds,  1738,  iii.  1. 19  {fide  Gmel.). 

Ardea  carulesoenSf  Albin,  L  c.  32,  t.  79  {Me  LiDo.).- Vieill.  Nouv.  Diet  xiv.  1817, 413 

(based  od  H^ron  plomMf  Azara). 
Ardea  cayennenHa  oriatataf  Briss.  Oro.  y.  1760,  400,  d.  3. 
Le  H4ron  hup6  du  CayennCf  Briss.  {.  c. 
Le  Soco,  Buff.  Ois.  vii.  l770-86«  379. 


BIDQWAT   ON  AMERICAN  HEB0DI0NE8.  245 

Ardea  Metinda,  Tetr.  AdUU.  ii. ,  273,  t.  246  (fide  Linn. ;  Qmel. ). 

Ardea  ooooi,  Linn.  S.  N.  i.  1766, 237.— Gmel.  8.  N.  I.  ii.  1788,  629.— Latu.  Ind.  Om.  1791, 
699. — ^Less.  Traits,  i.  1831,  576  (Cayenne;  Guadelonpe). — Bonap.  Consp.  ii. 
1850, 110  (Cayenne ;  Brazil ;  Paraguay ;  Patagonia).— BuRH.  Th.  Bras.  iii.  1856, 

415 ;  La  Plata  Eeise,  ii. ,  508.— Scl.  &  Salv.  P.  Z.  8.  1866, 199  (Upper  and 

Lower  Ucayali) ;  iv.  1869,  634  (Concbitas,  Bueoos  Ayres) ;  1873, 305  (Ucayali, 
Hoallaga,  and  Pebas,  £.  Pern) ;  1866,  199 ;  1867,  979 ;  Norn.  Neotr.  1873, 125 
(whole  of  Sonth  America).— Gray,  Handlist,  iii.  1871,  27,  n.  10103  (Brazil).— 
BoucARD,  Catal.  Avinm,  1876,  49,  n.  1372  (Brazil).— Allen,  Boll.  Essex,  Inst.. 
1876,  82  (8antarem,  Brazil). 

Ardea  fuscioolUa,  Vieill.  Nonv.  Diet.  xlv.  1817,  410  (Paraguay ;  =  Juv,  .')• 

Ardea  eooo,  Vieill.  /.  o.  423  {ex  Lath.). 

f  Ardea  major,  Frazer,  P.  Z.  8. 1843, 116  (8.  Child). 

Hab. — South  America  in  geaeral,  from  Patagonia  to  Cayenne.  Not 
reoorded  from  the  Pacific  slope  north  of  Chile  (t). 

Adult — Entire  pilenm,  from  bill  to  occiput,  including  the  postocular 
region,  as  well  as  the  long  occipital  plumes,  deep  blue-black ;  rest  of  the 
head  and  whole  neck  pure  white,  the  foreneck  with  a  narrow  longitudinal 
series  of  blue-black  dashes.  Upper  surface  pearl-gray,  gradually  fading 
into  white  on  the  lower  wing-coverts;  peuicillate  tips  of  the  dorsal  and 
scapular  plumes  also  white ;  remiges  bluish-slate ;  rectrices  pearl-gray. 
Breast  and  abdomen  deep  blue-black,  with  broad  stripes  of  pure  white 
medially ;  tibite,  crissum,  and  edge  of  the  wing  pure  white. 

Wing,  18.50-19.50;  tail,  8.135-8.50 ;  culmen,  5.85-6.75;  depth  of  bill, 
through  middle  of  nostril,  1.10-1.20 ;  bare  portion  of  tibia,  4.00-5.00 ; 
tarsus,  7.20-8.00 ;  middle  toe,  4.50-4.80. 

Young. — Entire  pilenm  dull  black;  rest  of  head  white;  neck  pale 
cinereous,  the  foreneck  with  a  narrow  longitudinal  series  of  black 
dashes.  Upper  parts  uniform  dark  cinereous,  without  any  peuicillate 
plumes ;  remiges  slate-black  (much  darker  than  in  the  adult).  Lower 
parts  plain  cinereous  laterally,  white  medially,  with  narrow  stripes -of 
dusky.  Tibi»  ashy- white;  crissum  pure  white.  [No.  73070;  Para- 
guay.] 

In  the  National  collection  is  a  specimen  of  this  species  from  Patagonia, 
which  differs  in  several  very  appreciable  respects  from  the  typical  style, 
and  probably  represents  a  distinct  race.  It  is  much  larger  than  any  of 
the  other  specimens  (exceeding  in  some  of  its  measurements  even  the 
maximum  of  A.  occidentalis)^  while  there  are  several  important  peculi- 
arities in  the  coloration.  The  forehead  has  a  distinct  white  patch  ex- 
tending back  in  the  middle  portion  for  about  1.75  inches,  and  bordering 
each  side  of  the  crown  in  a  gradually  diminishing  narrow  line  to  above 
the  middle  of  the  eye.  Of  this  white  there  is  not  even  a  trace  in  true 
cocoi.  In  the  latter,  the  pearl-gray  of  the  lesser  wing-coverts  gradually 
whitens  toward  the  anterior  edge  of  the  wing ;  but  in  this  specimen  the 
ash  is  of  a  uniform  shade,  bounded  abruptly  by  a  white  anterior  border. 
There  is  likewise  a  much  greater  amount  of  white  on  the  lower  parts, 
this  color  very  largely  predominating,  while  black  prevails  in  the  typical 
i'orm.  Other  differences,  but  of  less  importance,  might  also  be  men- 
tioned. 


246     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SDBVBT. 

WithoDt  more  apeoimens,  however,  or  witboat  farther  iDformatton,  T 
besitate  to  give  this  form  a  new  oame.  Bonaiisrte  (Gonsp.  Ji,  p.  110) 
quotes  "  major  t  Molina"  among  the  synonyma  of  A.  cocoi,  and  farther 
remarks, — "Specimiua  braHilieOMia  minora.  Specimiua  ex  Montevideo 
mapra.^'  It  ie  qaite  likely,  although  no  mention  is  made  of  any 
dittereocea  in  coloratioc,  tbat  Bouaparte  had  in  view  the  race  whose 
distinctive  characters  havejuat  been  given,  and  tbat  some  oaiae  may 
be  fonnd,  perhaps  Molina's  ^^  major",  applicable  to  this  larger,  white- 
fronted,  iioutheni  race." 

XitI  of»p»cimmi»  nawdntd. 


\i 

1 
1 

1 

Lfxmlitj. 

, 

1 

i 

i 

1 

■s 

1 

U 

1 

i 

i 

0»,rtll 

us 

Ad. 

Ad. 

|3; 

c'hiiB 

18.110 

IS 

1.00 

i.la 

a.  00 

MO 

4.30 

CuDClliUl,          B<»D» 

...^dl*":;::::::;:  ■."-■.:" 

¥t.r*fia»j 

Dbsceiptiom  op  two  hew  Ajieeicah  Genera  of  AHDBiD.a:. 
QeDUB  DiCHBOMANASSA,  Bidgtcay. 

<£grcfta,BoNiP.Coinp.  List,  183a, .    (V«cBaD»p.  1^31.) 

<  Hervdia;  Bonap.  Consp.  ii.  18J5,  125.    (A'eo  Boie,  182i,) 

<  DemitgrtUa,  Baiks,  Birds  N.  Am.  1858,  mi.    (_Nec  Blytb,  184C.) 

<  Florida,  BoucARD,  Cntal.  Av.  1S7G,  GO.    (^ec  Baird, li^8.  J 
<^rdM,  AOCT.    (2ftoLinn.  W66.) 

= /ItcAromaiftMa,  BtDGW.  MS.    (T;pe  JrdM  rx/a  Bodd.) 

Gen.  €H. — Mediam-aized  Herona,  of  uniform  white  or  plambeons 
plumage,  with  (adult)  or  without  (yonng)  cinnamoa- colored  head  and 
neck ;  the  form  slender,  the  toes  very  short  and  the  legs  very  long ; 
the  adnlta  with  the  entire  head  and  ueck  (except  throat  and  foreneck) 
covered  with  long,  narrowly -lanceolate,  compact-webbed  feathers,  which 
on  the  occiput  form  an  ample  crest,  the  feathers  of  which  are  very 
narrowly  lanceolate  and  decnrved. 

Bill  much  longer  than  the  uiiddle  toe  (about  two-thirds  the  tarsus), 
the  upper  and  lower  outlines  almoat  precisely  similar  in  contour,  being 
nearly  parallel  along  the  middle  portion,  where  slightly  approximated; 
the  terminal  portion  of  both  cnlmen  sod  gonys  gently  and  about  equally 
curved.  Mental  apex  extending  to  a  little  more  than  one-third  the  dis- 
tance from  the  middle  of  the  eye  to  the  tip  of  the  bill,  or  to  about  even 
with  the  anterior  end  of  the  nostril ;  malar  apex  about  even  with  tbat 
of  the  frontal  feathers.  Toes  very  short,  the  middle  one  l^ss  than  half 
the  tarsns,  the  hallux  less  than  half  the  middle  toe;  bare  portion  of 

*  Fraz«r  (I.  c.)  gives  an  Ardea  major  from  Sontbera  Cbile,  which  ii,  nodonbt,  one  of 
the  races  of  this  speciw;  it  may  be  well  to  meotion,  however,  that  the  only  ChUiU 
•peaimen  I  have  teea  reeembles  Bnenoi  Ayres  uid  Puagiutyan  axuiple*,  wad  it, 
thereCDre,  (rue  eocoi. 


BIDGWAT   ON  AMEHICAN  HERODIONES.  247 

tibia  more  than  half  as  long  as  tarsus;  scatellation  of  tarsus,  etc.,  as 
in  HerodiaSy  Oarzetta^  and  allied  genera. 

Plumes  of  the  adult  consisting  of  a  more  or  less  lengthened  train  of 
fastigiate,  stiff-shafted  feathers,  with  long,  loose,  and  straight  plumules, 
and  extending  beyond  the  tail ;  in  addition  to  this  train,  the  scapulars 
and  the  feathers  of  the  whole  head  and  neck,  except  the  throat  and 
foreneck,  are  long  and  narrow,  distinctly  lanceolate,  and  acuminate, 
with  compact  webs,  and  on  the  occiput  are  developed  into  an  ample 
decurved  crest. 

Affinities. — ^This  genus  is  perhaps  most  nearly  allied  to  Demiegretta^ 
Blyth,*  with  which  it  agrees  quite  closely  in  the  form  of  the  bill,  and  also, 
to  a  considerable  extent,  in  coloration.  Demiegretta^  however,  is  at  once 
distinguished  by  its  extremely  short  tarsus  (much  shorter  than  the  bill, 
instead  of  nearly  a  third  longer !),  which  is  altogether  more  abbreviated 
than  in  any  American  genus  of  this  group,  in  proportion  to  the  other 
dimensions.  The  plumes  also  are  entirely  different,  there  being  none  on 
the  neck,  with  the  exception  of  the  jugulum,  while  those  of  the  back  are 
slenderly  lanceolate,  with  compact  webs,  almost  exactly  as  in  Florida 
casrulea.  The  very  great  difference  in  form  between  Demiegretta  and  the 
present  genus  may  be  more  clearly  shown  by  the  statement  that  while  the 
bill  and  wing,  as  well  as  the  general  bulk,  are  nearly  the  same  in  the  two, 
Demiegretta  has  the  tarsns  about  2.75  instead  of  5.80  inches  long,  the 
middle  toe  2.10  instead  of  2.80,  and  the  bare  portion  of  the  tibia  1.20 
instead  of  3.50!  It  will  thus  be  seen  that  the  proportions  are  entirely 
different  in  the  two  forms.  The  bill  of  Demiegretta  is  also  very  much 
more  obtuse  than  that  of  Dichromanassa, 

Demiegretta  novce-hollandice  (Lath.)  is  of  more  slender  build  than  the 
type-species,  and  is  scarcely  strictly  congeneric ;  but  it  is  otherwise  sim- 
ilar, especially  in  the  character  of  the  plumage.  The  bill  is  more  slen 
der,  approaching  in  form  that  of  Eydranassa^  but  still  different  ]  the 
legs  are  also  more  elongated,  but  are  decidedly  less  so  than  in  the  genus 
under  consideration. 

Genus  Stbig^ha,  Bidgway. 

^  Ardea^  AuCT.    (Nee  LiDDfeu^.) 

<  Bupkuif  BoNAP.  CoDsp.  ii.  1855,  127.    (Neo  Boie,  1826.) 

<^Ardeola,  Gray,  HandlUt,  iii.  1871,  30.    (^ec  Boie,  18^2.)— Boucard,  Catal.  Aviam, 

1W6,  51. 
s=  SyrijfWM,  RiDGWAT,  MS.    (Type  Ardea  aibilntrix  Tern  m. ) 

Oen.  oh. — Medium-sized  or  rather  small  Herons,  with  a  general 
resemblance  to  the  Night  Herons  (Nyctiardea^  Nyctheroditis^  and  Pilhe- 
radius) J  but  of  more  variegated  colors  and  very  different  proportions. 

Bill  rather  small  (a  little  longer  than  the  head  and  slightly  exceeding 

*Type,  Ardea  jugulanaf  Blytii,  Motes  on  the  Fauna  of  the  M'lcobar  iHlandB,  Joum. 
AaiAtio  Soo.  Bengal,  zv.  1846,  376,  =  Herodias  concolofy  Bonap.  Consp.  ii.  1855,  121,  = 
ArdM  taerOf  Qbul.  This  Heron  also  is  dichromatic,  having  a  pure-white  phase  as  in 
iHokrcmtNMi$9a  ru/a,  the  normal  plumage  being  uniform  dark  plumbeous  or  slate. 


248  BULLI^TIN  UNITED   STATES  QEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

the  middle  toe),  much  compressed  anteriorly,  the  lower  oatlioe  nearly 
straight,  the  upper  straight  for  the  basal  two-thirds,  the  terminal  por- 
tion gently  carved  i  basal  half  of  the  culmen  forminii:  a  distinct  keel, 
with  nearly  vertical  sides,  the  nasal  fosssB  of  unnsual  depth  and  length ; 
upper  tomium  gently  concave  anteriorly.  Mental  apex  a  little  less 
than  half-way  from  the  centre  of  the  eye  to  the  point  of  the  bill,  and 
about  even  with  the  anterior  end  of  the  nostril }  malar  apex  a  little  ik>s- 
terior  to  the  frontal  one.  Tarsus  slender,  about  one-third  longer  than 
the  middle  toe,  the  front  with  regular  transverse  scutellae.  Outer  toe 
longer  than  the  inner,  and  reaching  almost  to  the  terminal  joint  of  the 
middle  toe;  hallux  nearly  half  as  long  as  the  middle  toe ;  bare  portion 
of  tibia  a  little  shorter  than  the  inner  toe ;  claws  small  (except  the 
hinder  one),  moderately  curved,  and  acute.  First  and  fourth  primaries 
nearly  equal  and  longest ;  outer  three  with  their  inner  webs  very  faintly 
sinuated  near  their  ends.  Tail  moderate,  even,  of  twelve  moderately 
hard,  broad  feathers.  No  dorsal,  scapular,  or  jugular  plumes,  but 
feathers  of  the  lower  neck  much  developed,  broad,  round-ended,  and 
rather  loose-webbed.  Nuchal  feathers  narrow,  and  forming  a  sort  of 
loose  mane ;  occiput  with  a  crest  of  six  or  more  narrow,  rather  stiff,  and 
slightly  recurved  flat  plumes,  the  two  largest  about  as  long  as  the  tar- 
sus, the  rest  successively  graduated  in  length. 

Affinities. — ^The  nearest  ally  of  this  genus  is  probably  NyctherodiuSy 
which  agrees  quite  closely  in  the  proportious  of  the  feet,  and,  to  a  certain 
extent,  in  the  character  of  the  plumage,  particularly  the  occipital  crest. 
Even  in  these  particulars,  however,  it  is  very  distinct,  while  in  other  re- 
spects the  two  are  exceedingly  different.  The  bill  is  somewhat  like  that 
of  Nyctiardea^  but  is  very  much  smaller  and  more  slender,  and  is  other- 
wise different  Upon  the  whole,  it  is  a  very  strongly -characterized 
genus,  without  a  very  hear  relative  in  America.,  and,  so  far  as  I  have 
been  able  to  discover,  in  any  portion  of  the  Old  World. 

Synopsis  of  'the  American   Subfamilies   and  Genera  op 

CiCONIIDiE.* 

Synonymy. 

<^Ardeida!f  Vigors,  1825,  et  Auct.  antiq. 
=  (f)  Ciconiidw,  Selys,  Fauna  Belg.  1842. 

>  Ciconiidw^  Bonap.  Consp.  ii.  1855, 104  (exclades  Tantalus), — Gray,  Handlist,  lil.  1871, 
34(do.).— BouCARD,  Catal.  Av.  1876,  52  (do.). 

*  I  bave  hesitated  somewhat  whether  to  employ,  as  the  family-Dame  for  the  Storks 
and  their  near  relatives  the  Wood  Ibises,  the  term  Ciooniidas  or  that  of  TantaUdtc;  the 
latter  has  decided  priority  (1831  instead  of  1842),  hat  is  objectionable  on  acoonntof 
having  been  originally  bestowed  npou  a  non-typical  group,  while  it  has  roost  often  been 
employed  in  a  wider  sense,  including,  besides  the  Wood  Ibises,  the  Ibises  proper 
(Ibididm).  Its  adoption  in  the  present  case  wonld,  therefore,  lead  to  confusion.  As  to 
the  term  Ciconiidoff  there  is  far  less  objection :  it  has  always  been  used  specially  for  the 
true  Storks,  and,  although  not  always  including  the  Wood  Ibises,  has  been  employed 
in  this  wider  and  proper  sense  by  many  authors.  I  therefore  condade  to  retain  the 
term  Ciconiida  as  the  family  designation  of  the  present  group. 


RIDGWAT   ON  AMERICAN  HERODIONES.  249 

=:  Cicfmiidw,  Sol.  &  Salv.  Nom.  Neotr.  1873  (inolades  Tantalus). 

<  Ciconida,  Lillj.  P.  Z.  8. 1866, 15. 17  (includes  "  Ciconince  ",  "  Plataleime''  =Plo.taleida, 

and  "  TantalincB  "  =  Ibididcs  +  Ta»/a7iM). 
=  Pelargif  NrrzscH,  Pterylog.  1833,  130  (includes  Scopus,  Ciconiaf  Anastomus  and  Tatu 

laJus), 
>  CiooniitHB,  Sitndev.  Meth.  Nat.  Av.  Disp.  Tent.  1872, 123.    [<  Pelargi.'l 

Diagnosis. 

Large,  Crane-like  birds,  with  tbe  bill  mach  longer  than  the  head,  thick 
through  the  base,  and  more  or  less  elongate-conical ;  the  nostrils  snb- 
basal,  more  or  less  superior,  and  bored  into  tbe  bony  substance  of  tbe 
bill,  without  overbanging  or  surrounding  membrane;  maxilla  without 
any  lateral  groove  (extending  forward  from  the  nostril).  '  Lf^gs  covered 
with  small,  longitudinally-hexagonal  scales;  claws  sbort,  depressed, 
their  ends  broad  and  convex,  resting  upon  horny,  crescentic  '^sboes''; 
hallux  with  its  base  elevated  decidedly  above  the  base  of  the  anterior 
toes. 

The  above  characters  are  sufficient  to  define  this  family,  which  is  more 
intimately  related  to  tbe  true  Ibises  (IbididcB)  and  Spoonbills  (Plata- 
leidce)  than  to  the  Herons.  (See  page  221.)  There  are  two  well-marked 
subfamilies,  with  the  following  characters  t — 

CiGONiiN^. — Bill  elongate-conical,  acute,  compressed,  the  end  not 
decurved.  Nostrils  rather  lateral  than  superior.  Toes  very  short,  tbe 
middle  one  much  less  tban  half  tbe  tarsus  (only  a  little  more  than  one- 
third)  ;  lateral  toes  nearly  equal ;  claws  short,  broad,  nail-like. 

Tantalin.^ — Bill  eIongate<l,  subconical,  subcylindrical,  the  end 
attenuated  and  decurved,  with  tbe  tip  rounded;  nostrils  decidedly 
superior;  toes  long,  the  middle  one  one-half  or  more  the  length  of  tbe 
tarsus ;  lateral  toes  unequal,  tbe  outer  decidedly  longer  than  the  inner; 
claws  moderately  lengthened,  rather  narrow,  claw-like. 

Subfamily  Cigoniin^. — ^Tbe  Storks. 

Synonymy. 

=CiconHtim,  Gray,  1840;  Handlist,  iii.  1871,  34.— Bodcard,  Cat.  Av.  1876,  52.— Bonap. 
Consp.  ii.  1855, 104. 

<  Ciconiinee,  Sundev.  Meth.  Nat.  Av.  Disp.  Tent.  1872, 123  (includes  also  AnasUmus  and 

Tantaius). 
=£ie(min<B,  Lillj.  P.  Z.  S.  1866, 17. 

Synopsis  op  the  American  Genera. 

EuxENURA. — Bill  moderately  large,  its  upper  and  lower  outlines  straight 
throughout ;  entire  head  and  neck  feathered,  except  the  lores  and  a  bare 
strip  along  each  side  of  the  throat.  Tail  abbreviated  and  deeply  forked^ 
the  feathers  very  rigid,  the  lower  tail  coverts  elongated  (extending  beyond 
tbe  true  tail),  and  stiffened,  so  as  to  resemble  true  rectrices!  (Type,  Ardea 
maguari  iimel.^Ciconia  maguari  A\xct.= Mycteria  americana,  Linn.!!!) 
Myctebia.— Bill  enormously  large,  tbe  terminal  half  recurved.  En- 
I        tii#  head  and  neck  naked,  except  a  hairy,  longitudinal  patch  on  the 


250 


BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  OEOLOGtCAL  SURVEY. 


occiput.      Tail  and  tail-coverta  normal.     (Type,  Mycteria  americarta 
Omel.  Tiec  Lino.*) 

GenuB  EuxENUBA.,  Hidgway. 

<  Cioinia,  BRI880M,  Oro.  t.  3GU,  □.  3.— Bosap.  CoDsp.  iL  ld%,  104,  et  Acer. 

<  Ardea,  Gmel.  8.  N.  I.  ii.  1788, 623. 

=  Eiixeitura,  Bidgway,  MS.    (Type,  Ardea  MogiMrf,  Omel.) 

Gen.  ch.— Large,  Stork-like 
t  birds,  with  long,  compressed, 
n  elongate  -  conical  bill ;  long, 
/  densely-feathered  necks ;  short 
toes  and  partly  feathered  heads 
as  in  Ctconia,  but  differing  from 
that  genas  in  the  form  of  thu 
tail,  which  is  short  and  deeply 
forked,  with  very  rigid  feathers ; 
the  longer  lower  coverts  similar 
to  ordinary  rectricesin  form  and 
developmeot,  having  their  op- 
per  snrface  convex,  the  shalls 
BtifT,  and  tfae  webe  firm,  tfaas 
presenting  the  appvarance  of  a 
second  taill 

Bill  abont  eqoal  to  the  tarans, 
mach  compressed,  its  vertical 
oatline  elongate-conical,  the  ter- 
minal third  of  the  cnlmen  and 
gonys  slightly  convex;  gonys 
shorter  than  the  maodibnlar 
rami;  nostrils  almost  linear, 
overhang  by  a  sharp,  projecting,  horny  edge,  sitaated  near  the  base  of 
the  maxilla,  and  nearer  the  calmen  than  thetominm.  Middle  toe  about 
two-sevenths  as  long  as  the  tarsae  j  onter  toe  reaching  to  the  aubterminal 
articulation  of  the  middle  toe ;  the  inner  toe  s  little  shorter;  hallux  about 
half  as  long  as  the  inner  toe:  bare  portion  of  tibia  abont  half  the  length 
of  the  tarsus  and  middle  toe  combined.  Plumage  compact  above,  loose 
beneath,  particularly  on  tfae  jugulum,  where  the  feathers  are  longer,  and 
with  decomposed  webs ;  entire  lore  and  a  wide  suborbital  space  naked 
and  somewhat  papillose ;  chin  and  a  wide  strip  on  each  side  of  the  throat 
bare.  Tertials  extending  to  or  slightly  beyond  the  tips  of  the  primaries ; 
third  or  fourth  quill  longest. 

Tail  a  little  more  than  one-third  the  wing,  deeply  forked  (the  inter- 
mediffi  a  little  more  than  half  the  length  of  the  next  to  the  onter  pair, 
the  lateral  pair  a  little  shorter  than  the  next],  the  feathers  broad  and 

*  While  giving  a  correct  diagaosis  of  bia  geuus  Mgeteria,  nith  if.  aMertonna  as  tj-pe, 
LiDDESBB  (3.  N.  i.  nSG,  333)  dtscribea  as  the  1att«r,  in  uamiBtakable  t«niia,  the  birda 
Bften-urd  Danied  Ardta  magvari  b;  Gmelia.  Tbe  refersDcei  given  by  Dddbiib,  how- 
ever, refer  maioly  to  the  true  M^oleria !  * 


RIDGWAY   ON   AMERICAN   UEUODIONES.  251 

firm,  with  very  rigid  shafts ;  longer  lower  tail-coverts  extraordinarily 
developed,  resembling  true  reetricea,  extending  beyond  the  tail  proper, 
and  appearing  as  a  second  tail,  of  rounded  form,  below  the  upper 
forked  one! 

Affinities. — This  genus  is  very  similar  to  Ciconla,  but  differs  very  de- 
cidedly in  the  character  of  the  tail  and  its  lower  coverts,  which  assume  a 
form  and  relationship  altogether  peculiar,  so  far  as  this  group  is  con- 
cerned, unless  matched  by  some  of  the  several  Old  World  forms  which 
I  have  not  seen.  In  Ciconiaj  the  tail  is  of  normal  form,  being  rounded, 
the  feathers  broad  and  moderately  firm,  with  the  longer  lower  coverts  soft 
and  loose,  and  falling  considerably  short  of  the  end  of  the  rectrices.  In 
this  genus,  however,  both  the  tail  and  its  lower  coverts  are  so  modified 
that  it  is  at  first  almost  impossible  to  tell  which  is  the  true  tail ;  indeed, 
all  authors  whom  I  have  been  able  to  consult  in  the  matter  describe  the 
black  stiff  feathers  as  the  upper  coverts,  and  the  longer,  softer,  but  still 
firm  feathers  beneath  them,  with  a  rounded  posterior  outline,  as  the 
tail;  in  fact,  it  was  only  after  the  most  careful  examination,  that  I  de- 
termined the  former  to  be  the  true  rectrices  I 


ART.  X.-NOTICE  OF  THE  BUTTERFLIES  COLLECTED  BY  DR. 
EDWARD  PALMER  IN  THE  ARID  REGIONS  OF  SOUTHERN 
UTAH  AND  NORTHERN  ARIZONA  DURING  THE  SUMMER 
OF  1877. 


By  SAMtTEL  H.  SCUDDEE. 


Althoagh  the  coUectioD  of  Dr.  Palmer  is  not  a  large  one,  embracing 
only  forty-one  species,  it  adds  considerably  to  oar  knowledge  of  the 
geographical  distribation  and  variation  of  the  species,  and  even  con- 
tains several  new  forms;  it  seems  worthy,  therefore,  of  notice  as  a 
whole,  and  particularly  since  the  special  localities  visited  are  off  the 
ordinary  rente  of  travel. 

The  localities  mentioned  below  are  the  following :  * — 

Beaver  Mountains,  Utah ;  the  monntains  abont  Beaver,  Utah. 

Paragoonah,  Utah ;  25  miles  west  of  south  of  Beaver. 

Bear  Valley,  Utah ;  a  valley  abont  20  miles  nearly  south  of  Beaver, 
surrounded  by  spurs  of  the  Wahsatch  Mountains. 

Pine  Mountains,  Utah ;  '^20  miles  north  of  St.  Oeorge,  Utah." 

Mountain  Meadows,  Utah ;  the  scene  of  the  noted  emigrant  massacre, 
about  30  miles  north  of  St.  Gteorge.  It  is  an  elevated,  meadow-like' 
spot,  surrounded  by  mountains. 

St.  George,  Utah ;  at  the  extreme  southern  limit  of  the  Territory. 

Mount  Trumbull,  Utah ;  <*60  miles  east  of  St.  Oeorge";  a  slight  ele- 
vation, in  a  rough,  volcanic,  mountainous  region.  The  specimens  were 
collected  about  a  spring  at  the  base. 

Beaver  Dam,  Arizona;  25  miles  west  of  south  of  St.  George,  on  Vir- 
gin Biver.  The  most  desert-like  region  visited.  Dr.  Palmer  remarks 
that  in  the  arid  sections  of  Southern  Utah  and  Northern  Arizona,  where 
plants  appear  only  at  widely  separated  localities,  the  butterflies  fly 
much  more  swiftly  than  usual,  and  are  very  shy.  The  easiest  place  of 
capture  is  in  the  vicinity  of  springs  or  pools  of  rain-water. 

Mokiak  Pass,  Arizona;  ^^20  miles  east  of  south  of  St.  George'^;  a 
pass  in  mountains  between  St.  George  and  Juniper  Mountains,  in  a  very 
broken  and  rough  volcanic  region. 

Juniper  Mountains  (or  Cedar  Bidges),  Arizona ;  a  region  much  like 
the  previous,  •*  40  to  50  miles  east  of  south  of  St.  George'',  covered 

*  Most  of  theee  localities  may  best  be  foand  in  the  Atlas  of  Wheeler's  Survey  for 
1874 ;  but  Pine  Monntains,  Mount  Trumbull,  Mokiak  Pass,  and  Juniper  Mountains  do  not 
appear.  In  these  latter  cases,  I  have  mentioned  the  distances  given  me  by  Dr.  Palmer ; 
ilthoQgh  in  the  other  oases  the  distances  be  gave  me  invariably  proved  too  great. 

253 


254     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

vith  juDiper-trees  and  scrub-pines.    It  is  abont  20  miles  east  of  south 
of  Mokiak  Pass. 

Neominais  dianysuSj  nov.  sp. — Differs  from  N.  ridingsiij  to  which  it  is 
closely  allied,  by  its  larger  size,  its  more  cinereous  tints,  and  by  the 
much  more  produced  serrations  of  the  margins  of  all  the  banded  mark- 
ings of  the  hind  wings.  In  most  S|:)eciraen8,  this  latter  feature  is  much 
more  conspicuous  below  than  above,  and  is  generally  more  noticeable 
than  elsewhere  in  the  interspace  beyond  the  cell,  the  tooth  of  the  black 
line  which  crosses  the  middle  of  the  wing  sometimes  extending  one-third 
the  distance  to  the  margin  of  the  wing.  Where  specimens  of  the  two 
species  approach  each  other  in  the  sharpness  and  length  of  the  serra- 
tions, this  species  can  always  be  distinguished  by  its  larger  size,  lighter 
tone,  and  the  lesser  contrast  of  its  darker  and  paler  markings.  The 
lower  median  interspace  of  the  hind  wings  bears  a  small,  oval,  longi- 
tudinal spot  on  the  upper  surfEtce  next  the  outer  limit  of  the  broad, 
submarginal,  pale  band,  smaller  and  even  obsolete  in  the  male.  The 
same  spot  occasionally  appears,  but  less  conspicuously,  in  the  female 
of  N,  ridingHi.  Although  Nevada  specimens  of  the  latter  appear  to 
be  larger  than  those  from  Colorado  {cf.  £dwards's  descrii>tiou  of  Sat. 
8tretchii)j  iu  so  far  approaching  this  species,  Satyrus  stretchii  appears  to 
be  a  true  synonym  of  N.  ridingsii,  being  in  other  respects  no  closer  to 
the  species  here  separated. 

Expanse  of  wings:  ^,  48-51°"  5  9  55-58.5™;  7  ^,  4  9.  Juniper 
Mountains,  June  4;  Mount  Trumbull,  June  7-iO. 

Ccenonymphd  ochracea  Edw. — Bear  Valley,  July  4;  Paragoonah, 
July  10-12. 

Anosia  berenice  (Gram.)  Scudd. — St.  George,  April-May. 

BcLsilarehia  weidemeyeri  (Edw.)  Grote. — Bear  Valley,  July  4;  Beaver 
Mountains,  July  18-20. 

Papilio  antiopa  Linn. — St.  George,  April-May ;  Mokiak  Pass,  April 
28-30. 

Vanessa  cardui  (Linn.)  Ochs.— Paragoonah,  July  10-12. 

Argynnis  nevadensis  Edw. — Beaver  Mountains,  July  18-20. 

Argynnis  rupestris  Behr. — Beaver  Mountains,  July  18-20.  This  but- 
terfly does  not  appear  to  have  been  recorded  before  from  without  the 
limits  of  California. 

Argynnis  coronis  Behr. — A  single  female  was  taken  by  Dr.  Palmer 
on  the  Beaver  Mountains,  July  18-20,  which  di£fers  from  specimens  sent 
me  by  Mr.  W.  H.  Edwards,  nnder  this  name,  in  the  darker  color  of  the 
upper  surface  of  the  wings,  the  brown  becoming  nearly  black  and  the 
fulvous  deepening  to  tawny,  and  in  its  smaller  size,  since  it  only  expands 
50mm^    Beneath)  the  markings  are  precisely  the  same^  excepting  that 


SCUDDEB   ON  BUTTERFLIES   OP  UTAH  AND   ARIZONA.       255 

the  extra-mesial  row  of  silver  spots  on  the  hiDd  wings  is  distinctly  fol- 
lowed apically  by  a  row  of  small,  bordering,  olivaceous  spots;  tbe  tints 
are  all  a  little  darker ;  the  submarginal  band  of  the  hind  wings  has 
become  of  a  sa£fron  hne,  and  the  inner  margin  of  tbe  same  wings  is 
broadly  sprinkled  with  green,  a  tint  which  appears  more  or  less  in  other 
parts,  and  especially  on  the  costal  margin  of  the  hind  win^s  and  the 
outer  margin  of  the  front  wings.  Notwithstanding  these  differences, 
and  the  fact  that  A.  coronis  has  not  before  been  detected  out  of  Califor- 
nia, there  seems  to  be  no  doubt  that  the  specimen  should  be  referred  as 
above. 

Lemonias  anieia  (Donbl.-Hew.)  Scudd.,  var.  editha. — ^Mokiak  Pass, 
April  28-30  or  June  2 ;  Pine  Mountains,  May  12 ;  Paragoonah,  July 
10-12 ;  Beaver  Mountains,  July  18-20. 

Lemonias  helcita  (Boisd.)  Scudd. — Five  specimens  (4^,19)  were 
taken  at  Mokiak  Pass,  April  28-30  (or  June  2),  and  Pine  Mountains,  May 
12,  and  are  the  first  perfect  specimens  I  have  been  able  to  study.  It 
seems  to  be  abundantly  distinct  from  L.  palla,  of  which  Mr.  W.  H. 
Edwards  considers  it  only  a  variety.  All  the  specimens  agree  very 
closely,  and  differ  from  L,  palla  on  the  upper  surface  of  tbe  wings  in  the 
decidedly  paler  and  duller  ground-color;  the  middle  of  the  outer  half 
of  both  wings  is  crossed  in  L.  palla  by  a  pair  of  almost  exactly  similar 
and  distinct,  parallel,  black  bands ;  the  outer  only  is  distinct  in  L.  helcita 
(and  is  much  narrower  than  in  L,  palla^)  the  inner  being  much  fainter 
and  almost  or  quite  obsolete  in  the  middle  of  its  course;  the  pale 
mesial  band  of  the  hind  wings  of  L.  palla  is  scarcely  paler  than  the 
other  parts  of  the  wing  in  L.  helcita.  Beneath,  similar  differences 
occur;  the  fulvous  tints  are  decidedly  paler  in  L.  lulcita^  as  above, 
while  the  straw-yellow  which  marks  the  lunules  and  other  pale  spots 
in  L.  palla  is  replaced  by  nacreous-white ;  besides,  the  hind  wings  fur- 
ther differ  in  the  much  greater  extent  of  the  pale  markings,  which  are 
not  so  compactly  massed  as  in  L.  palla;  the  outer  of  the  two  cell-spots 
especially  is  much  larger  than  in  L,  palla^  while  the  cinnamon  band  of 
L.  palla,  embraced  between  the  mesial  band  and  the  submarginal 
lunules,  is  reduced  to  a  narrow  series  of  four  or  five  dull  red,  round 
spots,  indistinctly  margined  with  pale  scales ;  the  outer  reddish  margin 
of  L,  helcita  is  not  more  than  half  so  broad  as  the  deeper-colored  bor- 
der of  L.  palla.  9?he  species  has  not  before  been  recorded  from  either 
Utah  or  Arizona. 

Schoenis  aradine  (Edw.)  Scudd. — Bear  Yallej,  July  4.  These  are  the 
first  specimens  of  this  species  I  recollect  seeing.  Although  both 
Edwards  and  Mead  place  it  as  a  synonym  of  Edwards's  earlier-published 
MdL  minutaj  there  appear  to  me  to  be  such  differences  between  the 
descriptions  and  figures  of  the  two  that  it  would  be  well  to  retain  them 
as  distinct  antil  direct  comparison  of  a  series  of  specimens  from  Tezus 
Mid  Arisona  can  be  made. 


256  BULLETIN  UNITED   STATES  GEOLOGICAL   SURVET. 

Phyoiodes  pratensis  (Bebr.)  Kirb.,  var.  campestrU. — ^Piue  Moantaios, 
May  12 ;  Mount  Tramball,  Jane  7-10 ;  Bear  Valley,  July  4 ;  Paragoonahi 
July  10-12. 

Incisalia  augustm  (Eirb.)  Min.,  var.  irioides, — A  single  male  was 
taken  at  Mount  Trumbull,  June  7-10.  It  is  a  good  deal  rubbed,  but  is 
sufficiently  well  preserved  to  show  that  it  differs  from  California  speci- 
mens in  having  the  apical  half  of  the  wings  beneath  very  nearly  of  the 
same  dark  slate-color  as  the  upper  surface,  being  almost  wholly  desti- 
tute of  any  ruddy  tint.    It  has  never  before  been  taken  in  this  region. 

Vranotes  melintu  (Hiibn.)  Scudd. — St.  George,  April  or  May. 

Theela  aiva  Edw. — Juniper  Mountains,  May  1-2  or  June  4;  Para- 
goonah,  July  10-12. 

Everes  amyntula  (Boisd.)  Scudd. — ^Paragoonah,  July  10-12. 

Cupido  pheres  (Boisd.)  Kirb. — The  specimens  collected  by  Dr.  Palmer 
(8  (^ ,  4  9 )  are  the  first  recorded  from  this  region,  and  are  more  uniform  in 
appearance  than  appears  to  be  common ;  they  also  differ  in  certain 
respects  from  California  specimens*  The  upper  surface  of  the  male,  for 
instance,  is  of  a  deeper  violet  and  the  dusky  margin  is  narrower  upon 
the  front  wing;  in  the  female,  the  colors  of  the  upper  surface  are  more 
contrasted;  and  beneath,  in  both  sexes,  the  extra-mesial  row  of  spots 
on  the  front  wings  are  almost  uniformly  well  defined,  moderately  large, 
rounded,  and  somewhat  regularly  curved ;  while  the  same  series  on  the 
hind  wings  are  white,  generally  with  a  central,  subobsolete,  black  dot, 
although  in  this  respect  the  females  vary  considerably.  Mountain 
Meadows,  May  14-18;  Mount  Trumbull,  June  7-10;  Beaver  Mountains, 
July  1^20. 

Cupido  scepioltis  (Boisd.)  Eirb. — The  single  male  obtained  at  Bear 
Valley,  July  4,  is  of  an  unusually  small  size  (expanse  of  wings,  30°^^)y 
with  heavy  markings  beneath,  as  usual  in  California  specimens. 

Cupido  heteronea  (Boisd.)  Kirb. — Beaver  Mountains,  July  18-20. 

Rusticus  battoides  (Behr)  Scudd. — Juniper  Mountains,  May  1-2  or 
June  4.    ^ever  before  found  in  this  section. 

Busticus  melma  (Edw.)  Scudd. — Bear  Valley,  July  4;  Beaver  Mount- 
ains, July  1^20. 

Brephidium  exile  (Boisd.)  Scudd. — St.  George,  April-May;  Beaver 
Dam,  April  20-28 ;  Juniper  Mountains,  May  1-2. 

Chalceria  sirius  (Edw.)  Scudd. — Two  males  taken  on  the  Beaver 
Mountains,  July  18-20,  are  too  rubbed  to  determine  positively  whether 
they  belong  to  this  species  or  to  0.  rubidaj  although  they  appear  more 
to  resemble  the  former. 

Epidemia  helloides  (Boisd.)  Scudd.— Juniper  Mountains,  May  1-2  or 
June  4 ;  Bear  Valley,  July  4 ;  Paragoonah,  July  10-12. 


SCUDDEB   ON   BUTTERFLIES   OF   UTAH   AND   ARIZONA.       257 

Eurymus  euryt/ieme  Boisd.  sp. — St.  Gteorge,  April-May;  Janiper 
Moantains,  May  1-2  or  June  4 ;  Beaver  MountaiDS,  Jaly  18-20. 

Nathalxs  iole  Boisd. — Janiper  Mountains,  June  4 ;  Mount  Trumball, 
June  7-10;  Beaver  Mountains,  July  18-20. 

Synehloe  thoosay  nov.  sp. — Allied  to  8.  ceihura  (Anth.  cethura  Feld.), 
but  differing  from  it  in  many  details.  On  the  upper  surface  of  the  front 
wings,  the  orange  spot  is  deeper  in  tint  and  narrower,  partly  because 
of  the  greater  breadth  of  the  transverse  costal  bar  at  the  tip  of  the  cell. 
Beyond  the  orange  patch,  the  wing  is  dark  brown,  the  border  continuing 
over  the  whole  outer  margin,  although  narrowing  rapidly  below ;  within 
this  broad,  brown  border  are  longitudinal,  white  dashes,  slightly  largest 
inwardly,  extending  to  the  margin  only  on  the  lower  half  of  the  wing, 
where,  in  the  interspaces,  the  brown  fringe  is  interrupted  with  white. 
The  disk  of  the  hind  wing  is  suffused  with  citron,  and  next  the  tip  of  all 
the  nervules  is  a  faint  sprinkling  of  black  dots,  more  noticeable  on  the 
outer  than  the  inner  half  of  the  wing.  Beneath,  the  orange  siK>t  of  the 
front  wings  is  nearly  as  conspicuous  as  above,  and  the  space  occupied 
above  by  the  brown  border  is  heavily  sprinkled  with  grayish,  slightly 
greenish-brown  scales,  largely  interrupted  in  the  interspaces  with  long 
white  wedges  pushing  inward  from  the  margin.  On  the  hind  wings, 
the  greenish-yellow  of  8.  cethura  is  replaced  by  the  same  grayish-brown 
found  at  the  apex  of  the  front  wings,  and  is  arranged  in  a  pattern  closely 
resembling  that  of  8.  cethura^  but  with  noticeably  narrower  white 
spaces.    Expanse,  35  millimetres. 

A  single  female  was  taken  at  Mokiak  Pass,  April  28-30  or  June  2. 

Pieris  oleracea  (Harr.)  Boisd. — ^To  this  species  I  refer  for  the  present 
a  single  small,  immaculate  butterfly  taken  on  the  Beaver  Mountains, 
July  18-20,  reserving  some  remarks  upon  it  for  a  future  paper. 

Pontia  protodice  Boisd.  sp. — St.  George,  April-May ;  Juniper  Mount- 
ains, May  1-2  or  June  4;  Bear  Valley,  July  4;  Paragoonah,  July 
10-12. 

Jcuumiades  daunus  Boisd.  sp. — Juniper  Mountains,  June  4;  Para- 
goonah,  July  10-12. 

Epargyreus  tityrus  (Pabr.)  Scudd. — Mount  Trumbull,  June  7-10. 

Tharyhes  pylades  Scudd.^Mount  Trumbull,  June  7-10;  Beaver  Mount- 
ains, July  18-20. 

Thanaos  propertius  Scndd.-Burg.  sp. — ^This  species  has  been  hitherto 
known  from  California  only.  It  was  taken  by  Dr.  Palmer  at  Mokiak 
Pass,  April  28-30;  Juniper  Mountains,  May  1-2;  and  Mountain  Mead- 
ows, May  14-18. 

ThanaoSy  nov.  sp. — ^The  description  of  this  species  will  be  given  with 
others  at  a  future  time.    Only  a  single  female  was  taken  (Mount  Trum- 
Ball.  iv.  No.  1—17 


258     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

bull,  Jane  7-10) ;  bat  I  have  before  received  the  same  form  from  the 
same  general  region. 

Hesperia  comus  Edw. — Janiper  Moantaios,  Juno  4 ;  Mount  Trumbull^ 
June  7-10. 

Hesperia  tesseHata  Scudd. — St.  George,  April-May ;  Mokiak  Pas8, 
April  28-30  or  June  2 ;  Mount  Trumbull,  June  7-10;  Bear.  Valley,  July 
4;  Beaver  Mountains,  July  18-20. 

Heliopet^  ericetorum  (Boisd.)  Scudd. — Mokiak  Pass,  April  28-30  or 
June  2;  Mount  Trumbull,  June  7-10. 

Pholisora  catuUus  (Fabr.)  Scudd. — St.  George,  April-May ;  Pine 
Mountains,  May  12. 

• 

Heteropterm  lihya^  nov.  sp. — This  species  is  placed  provisionally  in 
the  genus  Heteropterus^  of  which  Pap,  morpJieua  Pall,  is  the  type,  but 
differs  from  it  to  such  an  extent  that  it  must  undoubtedly  be  eventually 
separated  therefrom. 

The  wings  are  uniform  dark  glossy  brown  above,  with  a  tinge  of 
dark  green ;  the  fringe  concolorous,  excepting  on  the  upper  half  or  more 
of  the  fore  wings,  where  it  is  albescent.  Midway  between  the  tip  of  the 
fore  wing  and  the  apex  of  the  cell  is  a  conspicuous,  though  not  large, 
slightly  oblique,  white  cross-band,  interrupted  by  the  nervnles  occupy- 
ing the  three  lower  subcostal  interspaces,  while  there  is  an  inconspicuous 
white  spot  in  the  centre  of  the  middle  median  interspace.  Beneath,  the 
front  wings  are  paler  than  above,  with  the  markings  repeated,  some- 
times (in  male  only  f )  with  less  distinctness,  and  with  a  hoary  clouding 
at  the  apex  of  the  wing.  Hind  wings  of  the  same  ground-color,  but 
with  such  a  sprinkling  of  olivaceous  scales  as  to  give  a  decided  greenish 
hue;  the  inner  margin  as  far  as  the  submedian  vein  almost  entirely 
or  quite  white ;  a  transverse  band  of  sqnarish,  snow-white  spots  of  median 
size  cross  the  wing,  represented  particularly  by  equal  spots  in  the  sub- 
costo-median  and  medio-submedian  interspaces ;  midway  between  the 
i'ormer  and  the  base  is  a  smaller,  circular,  snow-white  spot,  and  occa- 
sionally a  few  white  scales  midway  between  them  in  the  costo-subcostal 
interspace,  which  may  properly  be  considered  part  of  the  median  series; 
in  addition,  there  is  a  series  of  snbmarginal,  vaguely  defined,  roundish 
or  lunular  white  spots  in  the  interspaces. 

The  palpi  are  white  beneath,  dark  brown  above ;  and  this,  together 
with  the  shape  of  the  wings,  gives  it  a  certain  resemblence  to  Pholisora 
catullus.  AntennsB  white  beneath,  dark  brown  above,  narrowly  anna- 
lated  with  white  at  the  base  of  the  joints  of  the  stalk ;  the  club  pur- 
plish-black.   Expanse  of  wings,  32™"  ;  length  of  antennse,  7"™. 

1^,29.    Beaver  Dam,  April  20-28. 

Ochlodes  soriora  Scudd. — Beaver  Mountains,  July  18-20.  This  species 
has  not  been  hitherto  reported  east  of  the  Sierra  Nevada.  By  what  we 
presume  must  be  a  clerical  error,  Mr.  W.  H.  Edwards,  in  his  recent 
catalogue,  places  this  as  a  synonym  to  BoisduvaPs  Hesp,  syhmnoHn. 


ART.  XI -NOTES  ON  THE  HERPETOLOGY  OF  DAKOTA 

AND  MONTANA. 


By  Des.  Elliott  Coubs  and  H.  C.  Yaerow. 

Tbe  present  article  is  based  primarily  apon  a  collectioD  of  Reptiles 
and  Batracbians  made  in  Dakota  and  Montana  in  187^74  by  Dr. 
GoaeSy  as  Naturalist  of  tbe  United  States  Nortbern  Boundary  Commis- 
sion. 

In  identifying  tbese  specimens,  the  anthors  have  dili^^ently  compared 
tbem  with  other  material  from  the  same  geographical  area  in  tbe 
National  Mnsenm,  and  have  added  to  tbe  species  collected  by  Dr.  Cones 
others  known  to  occur  in  the  region  under  consideration,  thus  present- 
ing a  tolerably  complete  list  of  tbe  Reptiles  and  Batracbians  of  the 
two  Territories.  No  species  is  introduced  that  is  not  fully  identified 
and  determined  to  inhabit  this  portion  of  the  United  States.  Care  has 
been  taken  with  tbe  synonymy  to  exclude  doubtful  references,  except 
in  one  or  two  instances.  The  descriptions  are  drawn  directly  from  tbe 
specimens,  and  considerable  matter  of  popular  interest  has  been  intro- 
duced. The  nomenclature  and  classification  are  mainly  according  to 
Professor  Cope's  recent  Check  List,  though  the  authors  have  not  hesi- 
tated to  differ  from  this  authority  on  occasion. 

A.-REPTILIA. 
CHELONIA. 

Family  EMYDID^. 

Genus  CHRYSEMYS.     Gray. 

CHBifllEMYS  OBEGONENSis.    {Harlan)  Ag. 

Oregon  Golden  Turtle. 

Emfs  oregcnenBiBy  Harl.  Am.  Jonrn.  Sci.  xxxi.  382,  pi.  31. — Holbr.  N.  Am.  Herpet.  i. 

,  IC7,  pi.  16.— DkKay,  N.  Y.  Fn.  iii.  1842,  20. 

ChryumyB  oregonetuis,  Ao.  Contr.  Nat.  Hint.  U.  8.  i.  1857,  440,  pi.  3,  f.  1-3.— Bd.  U.  8. 

Mez.  B.  Sarv.  ii.  pt.  ii.  1859,  Reptiles,  4  (Texas). — ^Alxjen,  Proc.  Bost.  Soc.  N. 

H.  xvii.  1874,  68  (Fort  Rice,  Dakota). 

Specimen. 
1096.    Moase  River,  Dakota.    Aug.  30, 1873. 

Shield  Reptiles  are  not  well  represented  in  tbe  region  surveyed  by 

259 


260     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

the  commissiou,  where  the  preseot,  the  only  one  observed,  appears  to 
be  the  most  characteristic  species.  Professor  Agassiz  notices  speci- 
meus  from  different  localities  in  Minnesota  and  from  the  Yellowstone, 
where  it  was  also  observed  by  the  Prince  Maximilian  and  Mr.  J.  A. 
Allen.  The  former  naturalist  expresses  great  doubtS  respecting  the 
accuracy  of  Nuttall's  statement  that  it  is  found  in  Oregon,  as  it  has 
never  been  seen  in  that  Territory  by  any  of  the  recent  explorers,  the 
only  true  Turtle  of  the  Pacific  slopes  being  the  Chelopvs  marmoratus  Bd. 
&  Grd.  (Etnys  nigra  of  Haliowell).  It  is,  however,  a  species  of  wide 
distribution  in  the  central  region,  having  been  observed  southward 
nearly  to  the  Mexican  border  in  Texas. 

The  following  additional  species  of  this  order  are  indicated  by  authors 
as  occurring  on  or  near  the  northern  boundary : — 

Genus  PSEUDEMYS.    Gray. 

PSBUDEMTS  ELEGANS.     (Moxim.) 

Elegant  Terrapin, 

Emyi  eleganM^  Maxim.  Reise  Nord-Amer.  i.  18;$9,  213  (Upper  Missouri). — Hayd.  Traod. 

Am.  Phil.  Soo.  xii.  1862, 177  (Yellowstone). 
Trachemy%  elegana^  Aoass.  Contrib.  Nat.  Hist.  U.  S.  i.  1857,  435.~Bd.  U.  S.  Mex.  B.  Sarv. 

ii.  ptn  ii.  1859,  Reptiles,  3  (Texas.) 
Pieudemy$  eleganSj  Gray.—Copk,  Check  List  Bat.  Rept.  N.  A.  1875,  53. 
Emya  cumberUmdeMiSf  Holbk.  N.  Am.  Herpet.  i.  115,  pi.  118  (Tonne88ee).~DEKAY,  N. 

Y.  Fauna,  iii.  1842,  20. 
Emya  holbrookii,  Gray,  Cat.  Brit.  Mns.  1844,  23. 
Emys  ferrapirij  Wailes,  Geol.  Rep.  Missiiisippi,  1854,  p.  —  (fde  Agass.). 

A  species  originally  described  from  the  Upper  Missouri  by  Prinz 
Maximilian  von  Neu  Wied,  and  subsequently  ascertained  to  occur 
throughout  the  Central  region,  east  to  the  Ohio,  and  south  to  Texas. 

Genus  CISTUDO.    Fleming. 
CiSTUDO  ORNATA.    Agass. 

Ornate  Box-turtle. 

Cittudo  omata,  Agassiz,  Contrib.  Nat.  Hist.  U.  8.  i.  1857,  445,  pi.  3,  f.  12, 13.— Copb, 
Cbeck  List  Bat  and  Rep.  N.  A.  1875,  53. 

The  Northwestern  type  of  Cistudo^  Professor  Agassiz  remarked,  in 
proposing  C.  ornata^  is  of  all  the  forms  the  most  likely  to  be  distinct,  and 
such  has  proven  to  be  the  case.  ^*  It  is  round,  broad,  and  flat,  without 
keel,  even  when  young,  while  the  young  of  Cvttiido  virginea  are 
always  strongly  keeled."  The  species  is  based  upon  specimens  firom  the 
np|>er  Missouri  and  from  Iowa. 


COUES  AND  YARROW  ON  DERPETOLOGY.         261 

Family  TRIONYCHIDiE. 

Genus  ASPIDONECTES.     Wagler. 

ASPIDONECTES  SPINIFBB.      (LcS.)  Ag. 

Trionyx  9piniferus,  Ls  Sueur,  M^m.  Mas.  d'Hist.  Nat.  xv.  258,  pi.  6. 

Atpidanectes  9pin\fery  Agass.  Contrib.  Nat.  Hist.  U.  S.  i.  1857,  403. — Cope,  Check  List 

N.  A.  Bat.  and  Rep.  1875,  51. 
Trionyx  ooellatuBf  Ls  Sueur  (young  $ ,  fide  Agass. ;  not  of  DeKay,  which  is  Amyda 

muUea). 
Trionyx  feroXf  partimy  Auq. 

The  Northern  and  Northwestern  A»pidonecte8^  the  characters  and 
synonymy  of  which  were  first  satisfactorily  distinguished  from  those  of 
the  Southern  A.ferox  by  Professor  Agaasiz  in  the  work  above  cited,  is 
represented  as  a  common  species  from  New  York  and  Pennsylvania  to 
the  Bocky  Mountains,  where  it  is  mentioned  as  occurring  by  Lewis  and 
Clarke.  According  to  Say  and  Allen,  it  is  frequently  found  in  the  trib- 
utaries of  the  Missouri ;  the  last-named  naturalist  took  it  in  the  Mussel- 
shell and  Yellowstone.  (See  Allen,  Proc.  Bost.  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.  1874, 
p.  69.) 

Family  CHELYDRID^. 

Genus  CUELYDBA.    8chw. 

Chblydra  serpentina.    (X.)  HarL 

Snapping  Turtle. 

Tmiudo  9erpeiiHnaf  ham.  Syst.  Nat.  ed.  12,  i.  1766,  354  (looalities  erroneoasly  amigned 

as  AlgioB  and  China).    Also  of  other  older  anthora.— LbC.  Ann.  Lyo.  Nat.  Hist. 

N.  Y.  iii.  127. 
Chdontara  Berpmtina,  Say,  Joom.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phlla.  iv.  217. — Holbr.  N.  Am.  Herpet. 

Ist  ed.  iv.  21,  pi.  3;  2d  ed.  i.  r39,  pi.  23.— DeKav,  N.  Y.  Fn.  iii.  1842,  8,  pi.  3, 

f.6. 
Ew^s  •fyyenfiiMi,  Gray,  Syn.  Rept.  in  Griffith's  An.  Kingd.  is.  14. 
OMydra  MrpmUma,  Harl.  Med.  &,  Phys.  Res.  1835, 157.— Agass.  Contrib.  Nat.  Hist.  U. 

S.  i.  1857^  417.    And  of  most  late  authors.— Copis,  Check  List  N.  A.  Bat.  and 

Bep.  1875, 51. 
Bmy9awru»  terpMiHfta,  Duic^R.  &,  Bibr.   Erp.  G^n.  ii.  350. — Storbr,  Bep.  Mass. , 

212. 
CM/ydra  emar^maiOf  Aoass.  op,  oit  in  text. 
'<  ChOyira  UnoarUnOt  Schw.''  (young). 
"  Tmtmdo  §erruta,  Pxmn.'' 
*<  Tmtudo  Umgioauda,  Shaw." 

A  species  of  remarkably  extended  distribution,  from  the  Northern 
border  of  the  United  States  to  South  America ;  not,  however,  in  the 
Padfio  regioo. 


262     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  OEOLOOICAL  SURVEY. 

OPHIDIA. 

Family  CROTALID^. 

Genus  CEOTALUd,    Linn. 

Gbotalus  confluentus.    Say. 

Missouri  Rattlesnake. 

Crotalus  oonfluentua.  Say,  Long's  Exped.  R.  Mis.  ii.  182  $,  48.~Bd.  &.  GiR.  Cat.  N.  Am. 

Reptiles,  1853,  8.— Bd.  Pac.  R.  R.  Rep.  z.  Ib59,  Reptiles  of  Whipple's  Roate, 

40 ;  pi.  24,  f.  4.— Bd.  U.  S.  and  Mex.  B.  Rarr.  ii.  pt.  ii.  Reptiles,  14.— Coop.  A, 

SUCKL.  Nat.  Hist.  Wash.  Terr.  1860,  295,  pi.  12.— Cope,  Check  List  N.  A.  Bat. 

and  Rep.  1875,  :)3. 
Caudisona  cofiflMtnia,  Copk,  App.  Mitchell's  Researches,  1861, 122.— Cope,  Proc.  Acad. 

Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  1866,  307,  309.— Allen,  Proc.  Boat.  Soc.  N.  H.  xvii.  1874,  09. 
Croialus  Uconteif  Hallow.  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  vi.  1851,  ISO.- Hallow.  Sit- 

greaves's  Rep.  Expl.  Zufii  and  Colorado,  1853, 139, 147,  pi.  18.— Hallow.  Pao. 

R.  R.  Rep.  X.  1859,  Williamson's  Route,  Reptiles,  18,  pi.  3. 
Caudiaana  leoonteif  Cope,  App.  Mitchell's  Researches,  1861, 121.— Hatd.  Trans.  Am.  Phila. 

Soc.  xii.  1862, 177.— Cope,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  8cL  Phila.  1866,  307. 
CrotaluB  cinereuBf  LeConte  apud  Hallow.  Sitgreaves's  Rep.  Expl.  Zafii  and  Colorado 

1853,  140  (in  text). 

SpecimenB. 

1149.  Sweet  Grass  Hills,  Montana.  July  29, 1874. 

1 150.  Sweet  Grass  Hills,  Montana.  Jaly  29, 1874. 

1197.  Black  Cool^,  near  Teton  River,  Montana.    Sept.  6, 1874. 

1198.  Black  Coal6,  near  Teton  River,  Montana.    Sept.  6,  1874. 

1199.  Black  Coq16,  near  Teton  River,  Montana.    Sept.  6, 1874. 

The  ascribed  characters  of  0.  kcantei^  as  compared  with  C,  conflu- 
entus^  are  foaod  not  to  hold  good  wheo  sufficient  series  are  examined. 
The  number  of  superior  labials  in  our  specimens,  and  in  others  from  the 
YellowHtone,  ranges  from  thirteen  to  sixteen,  while  in  others  eighteen 
are  described.  Certain  ascribed  features  of  coloration  are  altogether 
uncertain,  as  specimens  vary  interminably  in  the  distinctness  of  the 
dorsal  blotches  and  in  the  details  of  the  light  markings  about  the  head. 
This  appears  to  be  due  in  part  to  age,  as  the  smaller  specimens  are 
usually  the  most  boldly  blotched,  while  on  some  of  the  largest  examined 
the  markings  are  nearly  obsolete.  These  statements  are  fully  borne  out 
by  our  experience,  we  having  noticed  in  this  particular  species  that 
the  blotching  cannot  be  relied  upon  as  a  distinctive  character,  as  in  some 
individuals,  notably  from  localities  where  the  color  of  the  soil  is  light, 
the  blotches  in  some  instances  are  barely  perceptible ;  moreover,  the 
forms  of  the  blotches  vary  indefinitely,  as  some  are  serrated  on  their 
borders,  others  f)resent  an  unbroken  line.  The  distinctness  of  the  pa^ 
tern  of  coloration  also  depends  somewhat  upon  season,  the  markings 
being  clearest  just  after  the  shedding  of  the  skin.  There  is  certainly 
no  specific  difference  between  the  two  supposed  species,  and  vari- 


COUES  AND  YARROW  ON  HERPETOLOGY.         263 

etal  distioctiou  can  hardly  be  predicated,  at  least  upoo  the  characters 
as  yet  adduced.  lu  auy  eveut,  the  specimens  above  enumerated  are  the 
true  G.  confluentus  of  Say.  Two  of  these  are  of  unusual  size,  being  both 
over  four  feet  in  length,  a  dimension  near  the  known  maximum  of  thi^ 
species,  though  less  than  that  of  some  others.  The  average  length  is 
less  than  three  feet,  and  the  calibre  of  the  body,  even  in  the  largest 
examples,  is  relatively  inferior  to  that  of  several  Southern  species. 

The  number  of  rattles  in  this  and  other  species,  though  of  course  increas- 
ing with  age,  is  not  an  infallible  clue  to  the  age  of  a  specimen ;  for,  acci- 
dental variation  aside,  it  is  far  from  proven  that  an  annual  increase  by 
one  is  regular.  On  the  contrary,  the  growth  of  the  organ  must  depend 
largely,  as  in  all  parallel  cases,  upon  the  vigor  of  the  Individual,  which 
is  not  the  same  at  all  periods  of  life,  granting  even  a  continuous  state 
of  perfect  health.  The  purpose  subserved  in  the  economy  of  the  ani- 
mal by  this  singular  organ  has  been  the  subject  of  much  speculation  and 
discussion.  It  is  difficult  to  perceive  of  what  use  the  rattle  can  be,  either 
in  procuring  prey  or  avoiding  enemies.  We  do  not  know  that  it  comes 
into  play  at  all  in  the  pursuit  of  prey,  while  the  actual  result  of  its  use 
as  a  menace  in  self-defence  is  the  reverse  of  beneficial  to  the  serpent, 
since  the  sound  serves  to  direct  and  provoke  attack  from  all  enemies 
which  the  animal  has  occasion  to  fear.  The  theory  that  the  rattle  is  a 
part  of  the  serpent's  means  of  terrifying  its  intended  victim,  used  as  an 
adjunct  of  other  supposed  powers  of  fascination,  may  be  safely  held  in 
check  until  it  is  proven  that  this  peculiar  influence  is  ever  exerted  to 
the  extent  of  preventing  its  prey  from  seeking  safety  in  flight.  The 
notion  that  the  rattle  is  intended  to  serve  as  a  warning,  and  thus  ofi;set 
the  venomous  nature  and  highly  dangerous  powers  of  the  serpent,  is 
contrary  to  all  analogy,  since  animals  are  endowed  with  attributes  for 
their  own  good,  irrespective  of  the  result  upon  others,  and  would  re- 
quire a  faith  in  the  intervention,  for  the  benefit  of  the  dominant  species 
of  the  Mammalia^  of  special  Providences,  a  belief  now  held  by  few  thought- 
ful [)ersons.  It  has  been  suggested  that  the  rattle  may  be  used  to  call 
the  sexes  together,  and  thus  serve  a  useful  purpose  in  the  perpetuation 
of  the  species, — a  hypothsis  less  untenable  than  some  of  the  others  which 
have  been  advanced.  Another  supposition,  made  irrespective  of  ^*  final 
causes",  is,  that  the  rattle  has  resulted,  in  the  course  of  time,  from  the 
continual  agitation  of  the  caudal  extremity  of  these  highly  nervous  and 
irritable  creatures,  and  that  it  has  no  special  function.  This  seems  not 
unreasonable,  although,  in  view  particularly  of  the  fact  that  rattlesnakes 
alone,  of  the  many  equally  or  more  venomous  reptiles,  have  such  ap- 
iiendage,  it  is  not  entirely  satisfactory.  One  thoroughly  established  fact 
concerning  the  rattle  is  that  its  practical  operation  is  injurious  to  its 
l>os8essor  by  provoking  attack  from  those  who  can  cope  with  it  success- 
fully. It  may  be  suggested,  that  inasmuch  as  to  an  unpracticed  ear  the 
rattle  of  the  Crotalus  cannot  be  distinguished  from  the  crepitation  of  the 
large  Western  grasshopper,  it  may  serve   the  purpose  of  attracting 


264     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

within  reach  of  the  fangs  of  the  snake  the  many  birds  who  greedily  de- 
vour these  insects.  The  rattle  has  been  heard  at  times  when  no  apparent 
cause  of  irritation  to  the  snake  existed,  and  a  case  has  been  reported  in 
which  a  biped  was  drawn  within  reach  of  a  rattler,  thinking  it  a  grass- 
hopper. 

The  principal  enemies  of  the  rattlesnake,  besides  man,  are  wild  hogs, 
l)eccaries,  and  deer.  The  latter  kill  the  serpent  when  coiled  by  striking 
with  the  hoofs;  the  former  attack  it  snccessfully  with  hoofs  and  teeth, 
and  in  some  regions  derive  no  small  part  of  their  subsistence  from  this 
source.  The  popular  belief  that  the  venom  of  the  rattlesnake  is  innoc- 
uous to  hogs  is  merely  a  partial  statement  of  the  fact  that  the  fluid  usu- 
ally fails  to  enter  the  circulation  through  the  layer  of  adipose  tissue 
with  which  these  animals  are  commonly  covered.  The  venom  is  con- 
ceded  to  be  innocuous  when  introduced  to  the  stomach,  and  the  flesh 
of  the  rattlesnake  is  as  edible  as  that  of  other  serpents.  The  fatality  of 
the  rattlesnake's  bite  is  by  no  means  the  constant  element  generally 
supposed,  but  the  result  may  vary  from  the  slightest  amount  of  poison- 
ing to  one  rapidly  fatal.  This  depends  altogether  upon  the  amount  of 
venom  absorbed  in  the  system,  and  the  rapidity  of  its  dift'usion  through 
the  circulation,  matt-ers  which  turn  upon  the  amount  of  venom  in  store 
at  the  moment  of  striking,  tbe  vigor  of  the  animal  at  the  time,  the  i>en- 
etration  of  the  tooth,  the  part  of  the  body  struck,  and,  finally,  the  state 
of  health  of  the  person  attacked.  No  positive  specific  antidote  is 
known.  Surgical  means  of  preventing  dispersion  of  the  poison  through 
the  system,  and  alcoholic  stimulation  to  the  highest  pitch,  are  the 
usual  resorts. 

It  may  not  be  out  of  place  to  refer  in  this  connection  to  the  inter- 
esting mechanism  of  the  poison  apparatus,  as  it  is  a  matter  not  very 
generally  known  as  yet,  though  clearly  set  forth  by  the  researches  ot 
specialists,  notably  Dr.  S.  Weir  Mitchell.  The  venomous  fluid  to  be 
injected  into  a  wound  made  by  the  teeth  has  nothing  to  do  with  the 
oniinary  saliva,  as  popularly  supposed ;  nor  does  the  forked  tongue  or 
any  of  the  numerous  small  teeth  of  the  mouth  take  part  in  the  infliction 
of  the  wound.  The  tongue  and  smaller  teeth  are  essentially  the  same 
as  in  any  harmless  serpent.  The  active  instruments  are  n  pair  of  fangs,* 
one  on  each  side  of  the  upper  jaw,  rooted  in  the  maxillary  bones,  which 
bear  no  other  teeth.  The  fangs  vary  in  size,  being  sometimes  half 
an  inch  long.  They  are  somewhat  conical  and  scythe-shaped,  with  an 
extremely  fine  point;  the  convexity  looks  forward,  the  point  downward 
and  backward.    The  fang  is  hollow,  for  transmission  of  the  venom ;  but 

*  It  may  be  mentioned,  a8  a  fact  of  somo  iuteresr,  tbat,  while  in  C.  oonfluentus  tbi^ 
fangs  are  generaHy  shed  or  pnshed  out  of  place  at  variable  periods  of  time  (probably 
in  twelve  months),  in  C,  adamantetu  atroXf  a  species  commou  in  the  Sonoran  region,  tbi» 
shedding,  or  loss,  frequently  fails  to  take  place,  and  it  U  commou  to  dnd  generally  iu 
The  right  side  of  the  jaw  of  this  species  two  or  more  faug»  in  position.  In  one  speci- 
men laiely  examiQe<l,  three  were  found  iu  posi  ion,  nud  behiod  them  throe  or  fonrotb- 
ere  were  advanced  in  growth. 


COUES  AND  YARROW  ON  HEREETOLOOT.         265 

the  coDStrnction  of  the  tabe  is  not  as  if  a  hole  had  been  bored  throngh 
a  solid  tooth.  It  is  in  effect  a  flat  tooth,  with  the  edges  rolled  over 
together  till  they  meet,  converting  an  exterior  surface,  first  into  a  groove, 
finally  into  a  tul)e.  This  is  shown,  on  microscoiiic  examination  of  a  sec- 
tion of  the  tooth,  by  the  arrangement  of  the  dentine.  Unlike  an  ordi- 
nary tooth,  the  fang  is  movable,  and  was  formerly  supposed  to  be  hinged 
in  its  socket,  since  it  is  susceptible  of  erection  and  depression.  But 
the  tooth  is  firmly  socketeil,  and  the  source  of  this  movement  is  the 
ma^^illary  bono  itself,  which  rocks  to  and  fro  by  a  singular  contrivance. 
The  maxillary  is  a  small,  stout,  triangular  bone,  movably  articulated 
above  with  a  smaller  one,  tbe  lachrymal,  which  is  itself  hinged  upon  the 
frontal.  Behind,  the  maxillary  articulates  with  the  palatal  and  ptery- 
goid, both  of  which  are  of  rod-like  shape,  and  are  acted  upon  by  the 
spheno- pterygoid  muscle,  the  contraction  of  which  pushes  them  for- 
ward. This  forward  impulse  of  the  palatal  and  pterygoid  is  communi- 
cated to  the  maxillary,  against  which  they  abut,  causing  the  latter  to 
rotate  upon  the  lachrymal.  In  this  rocking  forward  of  the  maxillary, 
the  socket  of  the  fang,  and  with  it  the  tooth  itself,  rotates  in  such  man- 
ner that  the  apex  of  the  tooth  describes  the  arc  of  a  circle,  and  finally 
points  downward  instead  of  backward.  Tbis  protrusion  of  the  fang  is 
not  an  automatic  motion,  consequent  upon  mere  opening  of  the  mouth, 
as  formerly  supposed,  but  a  volitional  act,  as  the  reverse  motion,  namely, 
the  folding  back  of  the  tooth,  also  is;  so  that,  in  simply  feeding,  the 
fangs  are  not  erected.  The  folding  back  Is  accomplished  by  the  ecto- 
pterygoid  and  sphenopalatine  muscles,  which,  arising  from  the  skull 
behind  as  a  fixed  point  of  action,  in  contracting  draw  upon  the  jaw-bones 
in  such  a  way  that  the  maxillary,  and  with  it  of  course  the  fang^  are 
retracted,  when  the  tooth  is  lolded  back  with  an  action  comparable  to  the 
shutting  of  the  blade  of  a  pocket-knife.  All  the  motions  of  the  fangs 
are  controlled  by  these  two  sets  of  antagonistic  muscles,  one  of  wbich 
prepares  the  fangs  for  action,  while  the  other  stows  them  away  when 
not  wanted. 

The  fangs,  when  not  in  use,  are  further  protected  by  a  contrivance  for 
sheathing  them,  so  that  they  rest  like  a  sword  in  its  scabbard.  This  is 
a  fold  of  mucous  membrane,  the  vagina  dentis^  which  envelopes  the  tooth 
like  a  hood,  enwrapping  its  base,  and  slipping  down  over  its  length, 
partly  as  a  consequence  of  its  elastic  texture,  partly  on  account  of  its 
connections.  Erection  of  the  fang  causes  the  sheath  to  slip  off,  like  the 
finger  of  a  glove,  and  gather  in  folds  around  the  base  of  the  tooth.  This 
arrangement  can  be  readily  exam:ued  without  dissection. 

The  poisonous  fluid  is  secreted  in  a  gland  which  lies  against  th<'  side 
of  tbe  skull,  below  and  behind  the  eye,  of  a  flattened  oval  shape,  obtuse 
behind,  tapering  in  front  to  a  duct  that  runs  to  the  base  of  the  tooth. 
Without  going  into  the  minute  anatomy  of  the  gland,  it  may  be  described 
as  a  sac,  or  reservoir,  in  the  walls  of  which  the  numerous  secretory  fol- 
licles are  imbedded ;  it  is  invested  with  two  layers  of  dense,  white,  fibrous 


266     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

tissoe,  the  outer  of  which  gives  off  three  strong  ligaments  that  hold  it 
in  place.  In  a  large  snake,  the  entire  gland  may  be  nearly  an  inch  long 
and  one-fourth  as  wide,  weighing,  empty,  ten  or  twelve  grains,  and  hav- 
ing a  capacity  of  ten  or  fifteen  drops  of  fluid.  There  is  no  special  reser- 
voir for  the  venom,  other  than  the  central  cavity  of  the  gland.  A  certain 
dilatation  of  one  portion  of  the  duct,  formerly  supposed  to  be  such  store- 
house, is  due  to  thickening  of  its  walls,  without  corresponding  increase 
of  capacity,  resulting  from  muscular  fibres  which  serve  as  a  sphincter 
to  compress  the  canal  and  prevent  wasteful  flow  of  the  contents.  There 
is  further  provision  to  this  same  end.  When  the  tooth  is  folded  back, 
the  duct  attached  to  its  root  is  submitted  to  some  strain,  which  pushes 
it  against  a  shoulder  of  the  maxillary  bone,  and  tends  to  shut  off  the 
communication. 

The  injection  of  the  venom,  though  to  all  appearance  instantaneous, 
is  a  complicated  process  of  several  rapidly  consecutive  steps.  Forcible 
voluntary  closure  of  the  jaws  may  always  be,  if  desired,  accompanied 
by  a  gush  of  the  venom,  owing  to  the  arrangements  of  the  muscles  which 
effect  such  movement  of  the  under  jaw.  These  are  the  temporales,  one 
of  the  three  of  which  is  situated  in  such  relation  to  the  poison-sac  that 
its  swelling  in  contraction  presses  upon  the  receptacle  and  squeezes  out 
the  fluid.  The  force  of  ejection  is  seen  when  the  serpent,  striking  wildly, 
misses  its  aim ;  under  such  circumstances,  the  stream  has  been  seen  to 
spirt  five  or  six  feet.  A  blow  given  in  anger  is  always  accompanied  by 
the  spirt  of  venom,  even  when  the  fang  fails  to  engage,  from  whatever 
cause.  But  since  this  result  does  not  follow  upon  mere  closure  of  the 
mouth,  it  is  probable  that  the  two  posterior  temporals  ordinarily  effect 
this  end,  the  more  i>owerful  action  of  the  anterior  temporal  (the  one 
which  presses  upon  the  poison-sac)  being  reserved  for  its  special  purpose. 
There  is  one  very  curious  piece  of  mechanism  to  be  noted  here.  Since 
the  serpent  always  snaps  its  jaws  together  in  delivering  a  blow,  the 
points  of  the  erected  fangs  would  penetrate  the  under  jaw  itself  in  case 
they  failed  to  engage  with  the  object  aimed  at,  were  there  no  contriv- 
ance for  preventing  such  disaster  to  the  snake.  But  there  is  a  certain 
movement  among  the  loose  bones  of  the  skull,  perhaps  not  well  made 
out,  the  result  of  which  is  to  spread  the  points  of  the  fangs  apart  in 
closure  of  the  mouth,  so  that  they  clear  the  sides  of  the  under  jaw,  in- 
stead of  impinging  upon  it. 

The  complicated  mechanism  of  the  act  of  striking  may  be  thus  de- 
scribed : — ^The  snake  prepares  for  action  by  throwing  itself  into  a  number 
of  superimposed  coils,  upon  the  mass  of  which  the  neck  and  a  few  inches 
more  lie  loosely  curved,  the  head  elevated,  the  tail  projecting  and  rap- 
idly vibrating.  At  the  approach  of  the  intended  victim,  the  serpent, 
by  sudden  contraction  of  the  muscles  upon  the  convexity  of  the  curves, 
straightens  out  the  anterior  portion  of  the  body,  and  thus  darts  forward 
the  head.  At  this  instant,  the  jaws  are  widely  separated,  and  the  back 
of  the  head  fixed  firmly  upon  the  neck.    With  the  opening  of  the  mouth, 


COUES  AND  TABBOW  ON  HEBPETOLOGT.        267 

the  spheno-palatines  contract,  and  the  fangs  spring  into  position,  throw- 
ing off  the  sheath  as  they  leap  forward.  With  delivery  of  the  blow  and 
penetration  of  the  fangs,  the  lower  jaw  closes  forcibly,  the  muscle  that 
execates  this  movement  causing  simultaneously  a  gush  of  venom 
through  the  tubular  tooth  into  the  wound.  There  are  also  some  second- 
ary mictions,  though  all  occur  at  nearly  the  same  instant.  The  mouth 
fixed  at  the  wound  drags  upon  it  with  the  whole  weight  of  the  snake's 
body.  This  dragging  motion  is  accompanied  by  contraction  of  the 
ectopterygoid  and  spheuo-palatine  muscles,  which  ordinarily  fold  back 
the  tooth;  but  the  fang  being  at  this  moment  engaged  in  the  flesh,  the 
action  of  the  muscles  only  causes  it  to  bury  itself  deeper,  and  thus  en- 
liirge  the  puncture.  The  train  of  action  seems  to  be,  the  reaching  of 
the  object,  the  blow,  the  penetration,  the  injection  of  the  poison,  and 
the  enlargement  of  the  wound.  These  actions  completed,  tbe  serpent 
loosens  its  hold  by  opening  the  jaws,  and  disengages  itself,  sometimes 
not  without  difficulty,  especially  when  the  bitten  part  is  small  and  the 
numerous  small  teeth  have  caught.  The  head  is  withdrawn,  the  fangs 
folded,  the  mouth  closed,  and  the  former  coiled  attitude  of  piissive 
defense  is  resumed. 

These  remarks  apply  in  substance  to  other  species  as  well  as  to  the 
one  now  under  special  consideration.  Upward  of  eighteen  si)ecies,  not 
counting  Ancistrodoipy  are  described  as  inhabitants  of  the  United  States, 
nearly  all  of  which  occur  in  the  West  and  Southwest.  Our  rattlesnakes 
fall  in  two  genera,  Crotalus  and  Caudt^onaj  readily  distinguished  by  the 
scutellatiou  of  the  head.  In  the  former,ithe  top  of  the  head  is  covered 
with  a  large  number  of  small  asymmetrical  scales  like  those  on  the  bod}'; 
in  CaudiaorMj  the  same  region  is  shielded  by  a  definite  small  number  of 
large  flat  places  symmetrically  disposed.  Crotalus  horridns  is  a  most 
widely  dispersed  species  of  Eastern  Korth  America,  the  only  other  spe- 
cies of  the  same  portion  of  the  continent  being  0.  adamantetUj  the  ^^Dia- 
mond"  rattlesnake  of  the  South  Atlantic  and  Gulf  States.  With  the 
latter  is  found  associated  a  species  of  Gaudisotuij  namely,  O.  miliaritUj 
the  small  spotted  rattlesnake;  but  the  best  known  species  of  the  latter 
genus  is  CaudisonatergeminuSy  the  common  '^Massasauga'' of  the  interior 
States  and  of  the  Plains.  Texas,  New  Mexico,  and  Arizona  furnish  the 
largest  number  of  S[)ecies. 

Crotalus  confluentus  is  a  species  of  more  and  general  distribution  in 
the  West,  from  the  Mexican  to  the  British  boundary,  and  on  both  sides 
of  the  Bocky  Mountains.  It  is  associated  in  some  parts  with  the 
Uassasauga,  but  in  other  regions,  as  in  the  one  now  under  considera- 
tion, it  is  tbe  only  known  representative  of  its  family.  It  appears  to 
be  particularly  numerous  in  the  region  of  the  Yellowstone,  where, 
according  to  Mr.  Allen,  it  was  estimated  that  two  thousand  were  killed 
daring  the  expedition  of  1872.  Farther  northward,  it  is  less  abundant, 
though  fairly  to  be  considered  common  in  the  region  of  the  Upper  Mis- 
souri and  Milk  liiver  and  some  of  their  northern  tributaries.    Along  the 


268     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  OEOLOOICAL  SURVEY. 

northern  boundary  line,  its  distribation  appears  to  be  determine<l  ver^ 
nearly  by  the  Missonri  watershed,  as  limited  by  the  Cotean.  This  car- 
ries it's  range  somewhat  into  the  British  Possessions,  so  that  it  is  prob- 
ably the  most  northern  S[)ecies  of  the  genus.  It  does  not  appear  to 
exist  along  that  portion  of  the  line  represented  by  the  watershed  of  the 
Bed  River  of  the  North,  where  none  were  observed  by  the  commission. 
I  shall  have  frequent  occasion  to  allude  to  the  great  difference  in  the 
fauna  and  flora  of  these  two  portions  of  the  line  sharply  divided  by 
the  Coteau  of  the  Missouri.  The  presence  among  [)lants  of  the  Opuntia 
missouriensis  and  the  prevalence  of  Artemisiay  the  occurrence  of  Centro- 
cercus  urophaManus  among  birds,  of  Cynomys  Judovicianuft  among  mam- 
mals, and  of  Phrynosoma  douglasi  and  Crotalwt  conHuentus  among  rep- 
tiles, are  some  of  the  prominent  features  of  the  Missouri  watershed  as 
contrasted  with  that  of  the  Bed  Bivcr.  C,  conflutntun  is  also  found 
extending  to  New  Mexico,  Utah,  Colorado,  Arizona,  California,  Nevada, 
and  even  to  the  islands  of  Santa  Barbara  Channel,  California;  but  the 
typical  Crotalus  of  the  Sonoran  region  is  0.  adamanteus  atroxj  a  sub- 
species of  our  Southern  serpent,  of  the  Pacific.  C.  lucifer^  a  well- 
marked  and  distinct  form,  is  found  in  Arizona  and  the  Pacific  region. 

The  pairing  season  of  these  serpents  is  in  midsummer,  when  they 
have  several  times  been  observed  in  coitu.  Little,  however,  has  been 
ascertained  respecting  their  reproduction.  About  half  the  year,  in  most 
latitudes,  they  hibernate  in  holes  in  the  ground.  They  have,  however, 
been  observed  abroad  after  severe  frosts  in  the  Yellowstone  region.  At 
Fort  Bandall,  on  the  Missouri,  they  were  stated  to  reappear  in  May 
with  the  loosening  of  the  ground  from  frost.  As  in  the  case  of  other 
species,  there  is  a  regular  annualj  or  perhaps,  as  in  some  other  Oi)hi- 
diansand  as  in  Saurians,  a  more  frequent  casting  of  the  skin.  During 
the  moult,  they  are  reported  to  be  specially  venomous,  but  probably 
upon  no  other  foundation  than  that  at  this  time  their  sluggishness 
results  in  the  accumulation  of  a  large  supply  of  the  poisonous  fluid.  In 
one  of  the  specimens  secured  were  found  the  remains  of  a  Prairie  Squir- 
rel {8permophilu8  richardsoni),  the  most  abundant  mammal  of  the  Milk 
Biver  region ;  and  it  is  probable  that  these  animals,  together  with  the 
allied  species,  form  a  large  part  of  their  subsistence. 

While  the  venomous  properties  of  these  reptiles,  not  easily  overrated, 
should  suffice  to  ensure  due  caution  in  capturing  or  killing  them,  it  is  as 
well  to  remember  that  the  utmost  range  of  a  rattlesnake's  blow  is  less 
than  its  own  length.  They  may  readily  be  captured  alive  by  pinning 
down  the  neck  with  a  forked  stick,  and  may  be  handled  with  impunity, 
when  not  too  large  and  i>owerful,  if  seized  immediately  behind  the  head. 
In  case  of  a  strong  snake,  however,  the  power  of  constriction  is  suffi- 
cient  to  paralyze  the  muscles  of  both  arms,  as  in  the  case  of  a  person 
we  knew  who  had  seized  two  of  these  reptiles  by  the  back  of  the  neck. 
He  had  to  be  relieved  by  a  bystander.  A  method  employed  in  the  South 
to  capture  the  C.  adamanteua  is  perhaps  worthy  of  mention.    A  silk 


COUES  AND  YARROW  ON  HERPETOLOGY.         269 

handkerohief  is  fasteued  to  the  end  of  a  pole,  which  is  held  toward  the 
reptile,  which  strikes  fiercely  at  it,  the  fangs  and  teeth  become  engaged 
in  the  fibre  of  the  silk,  and  a  dexterous  movement  of  the  stick  readily 
pnlls  out  the  fangs,  and  the  reptile  can  be  approached  with  safety. 

There  seems  to  be  a  special  and  peculiar  enmity  existing  between  the 
Kattlesnake  and  Moccasin  and  the  Blacksnake  {Bascanium)  and  ^'  King 
Snake"  (Ophibolus  getulus  sayi)'^  these  two  latter  species  waging  a 
constant  warfare  against  the  former,  and  invariably  conquering,  accord- 
ing to  info^'mation  received  from  reliable  parties.  After  the  conflict,  the 
vanquished  is  eaten  by  the  victor.  In  one  case  reported,  a  large  Black - 
snake  {Bascanium  constrictor)  had  seized  a  Rattlesnake  (Crotalus  ada- 
manteu8)j  and  entwined  two  or  more  folds  behind  his  head  and  several 
six  or  eight  inches  farther  back;  then  by  muscular  effort  had  torn  the 
body.  It  is  a  well-known  fact  that  both  Battlesnakes  and  Moccasins 
will  endeavor  to  get  away  from  the  '^King  Snake"  {Ophibolus  getulus 
sayi);  and  in  the  South  this  beautiful  and  harmless  species  is  protected 
in  view  of  this  fact. 

Genus  CAUDISONA.     Laur. 

Gaudisona  TERGEanNA.    {Say)  Cope. 

The  Massasauga^  or  Prairie  Rattlesnake. 

Crotalus  tergeminus,  Say,  Long's  Exped.  R.  Mtti.  i.  Id23|  499. — Harlan,  Joor.  Acad. 

Nat.   Sci.  Phila.  1827,  372.— Copb,  Mitchell's  Researcbes,  App.  1861,  125.~ 

Hatd.  Trans.  Amer.  Phil.  Soc.  xii.  1862, 177  (Yellowstone). 
Crotalopharus  tergeminusy  Gray,  Synop.  Rep t.  78  ;  Cat.  Rept.  Br.  Mos.  18. — Holbr.  N. 

Am.  Herpet.  2d  ed.  iii.  1842, 29,  pi.  5.— DeKay,  N.  Y.  Fn.  iii.  1842,  57.— Bd. 

&  GiR.  Cat.  N.  A.  Rept  1853,  14.— Bd.  P.  R.  R.  Rep.  x.  1851,  pi.  25,  f.  9 

(no  text). 
CaudisoHa  iergemina,  Cope,  Check  List  N.  A.  Bat.  and  Rep.  1875,  34. 
Crotalophortu ,  Aoass.  L.  Superior,  1850,  381,  pi.  6,  f.  6,  7,  8. 

Var  ?    {Black  Massasauga,) 

Croialopkanu  JHrllaiidu,  Holbr.  N.  Am.  Herpet.  2d  ed.  iii.  1842,  31,  pi.  6.— Gray,  Cat. 

Br.  Mob.  18.— Bd.  &  Gir.  Cat.  N.  A.  Rept.  1853,  16.— Bd.  P.  R.  R.  Rep.  x. 

1859,  pi.  251,  f.  11,  11  bi8  (no  text). 
CrotalcpJumu  massasaugaf  Kirtl.  apud  Bd.  Serpents  N.  Y.  11,  pi.  1,  f.  2. 

This  species  is  distributed  iu  prairie  countries  from  Ohio  aud  Michigan 
westward,  finding  its  most  western  limit  in  the  region  of  the  Yellow- 
stone. It  is  readily  distinguished  from  any  species  of  Crotalus  by  the 
presence  of  few  (9)  large  symmetrical  plates  on  the  head,  as  in  serpents 
generally,  instead  of  numerous  small  scales,  like  those  on  the  body. 
The  rattle  is  much  smaller  than  in  Crotalus.  The  size  varies  from  one  to 
three  feet  The  ground-color  above  is  brown,  marked  with  blotches  of 
deep  chestnut-brown,  blackish  on  the  periphery,  and  margined  with 
yellowish*white. 


270     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

Family  COLUBRIDiE. 

Genus  HETER'J-)ON.    Beaur. 

m 

Hetbbodon  simus  NASiGUS.    (B.  &  0.)  Cope. 
Hog-nosed  Snake;  Sand  Viper;  Puffing  Viper;  Blowing  Adder. 

Helerodon  fuuioMy  Baird  &  Girard,  StaDsbiiry*^  Exp.  Great  Salt  Lake,  18.V2, 
352.— Baird  dk  Gnu  Cat.  N.  A.  Reptiles,  1853,  61,  157.— Hallow.  Sitgr.  Rep. 
Ezpl.  ZaQi  and  Colorado  R.  1S5:),  147 —Br>.  P.  R.  R.  Rep.  4,  1859,  Whipple's 
Roate»  Reptiles,  41.— Bd.  P.  R.  R.  Rep.  x.  1859,  Beckwlth's  Roate,  Rep- 
tiles,  19.— Bd.  U.  S.  Mex.  B.  Siirvoy,  it.  pt.  ii.  1859,  18,  pi.  11,  £.  1.— Hayd. 
.  Trans.  Amer.  Phil.  8oo.  xii.  18o2,  177. — Cope,  Proo.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila. 
1866,  307.— Allen,  Proc.  Boat.  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.  xvii.  1874,  69. 

HeUrodan  Hmua  sabsp.  tuuUnu,  Cope,  Check  Liit  Bat.  and  Rep.  N.  A.  1875,  43. 

Specimen, 
No.  1101.    Big  Maddy  River,  Montana.    Jnno  25,  1874. 

The  serpents  of  the  genus  Heterodon  are  medium-sized  or  rather 
small  species,  thick -set  in  form  and  sluggish,  of  repulsive  aspect,  not 
distantly  resembling  some  of  the  venomous  species,  especially  the  Cop- 
perhead {AncUtrodon  contortrix).  The  similarity  to  poisonous  species  is 
heightened  by  the  flat,  broad,  triangular  shape  of  the  he^d  and  tbo 
habit  of  hissing  when  irritated.  They  are  commonly  exiled  <^ Adders  -' 
and  "Vipers'',  and  are  reputed  venomous;  nevertheless,  they  are  per- 
fectly harmless.  They  cannot  be  provoked  to  bite.  The  belief  in  the 
poisonous  qualities  is  further  heightened  by  the  presence  of  two  toler- 
ably  large  teeth  in  each  upi)er  jaw,  resembling  fangs,  these  teeth  heing 
the  ninth  (?)  of  the  series  in  some  individuals,  their  bases  being  below 
the  fifth  upper  labial.  There  is  no  groove  present,  nor  is  the  tooth  mov- 
able. We  do  not  know  that  this  fact  has  ever  been  before  mentioned, 
although  the  post-palatine  teeth  are  spoken  of  as  being  larger  than 
others.  These  large  teeth  have,  however,  a  sort  of  sheath  over  them, 
similar  to  the  fang-sheath  of  Crotalm.  There  is  an  interval  between 
the  small  anterior  teeth,  and  these  are  not  contained  in  the  same  sheath 
as  the  fang-like  tooth,  which  in  some  cases  is  found  to  have  in  its  sheath 
one  or  more  smaller  fang  like  teeth.  GThey  may  be  distinguished  from 
any  other  serpents  of  this  country  by  the  sharp-pointed  and  elevated 
end  of  the  muzzle,  the  rostral  plate  being  prolonged  into  a  spur. 

The  present  species  finds  its  nearest  ally  in  t\iib  Heterodon  simus  of  the 
Southern  States,  sharing  with  this  species  tbe  separation  of  the  median 
plate  behind  the  rostral  from  the  frontals  by  the  interi)osition  of  several 
small  plates.  From  H.  sim^cs  it  is  distinguished  by  the  slaty-black, 
which  occupies  all  or  most  of  the  under  surface.  The  color  above  is  an 
obscure  grayish-brown,  with  very  numerous  darker  blotches  along  the 


COUES  AND  YARROW  ON  HERPETOLOGT.         271 

dorsal  line,  aod  oRaally  other  soialler  ones  on  the  sides.     But  the 
markings  are  never  bohl,  sometimes  nearly  obsolete. 

This  is  the  most  abundant  and  wide-ranging  species  of  the  genus, 
occurring  throughout  the  ^West  east  of  the  Eocky  Mountains.  The 
specimen  above  noted  is  particularly  interesting  in  the  fact  that  it  is 
the  northernmost  one  hitherto  recorded,  demonstrating  a  wider  range, 
not  only  of  the  species,  but  of  the  genus,  than  was  before  known.  Mr. 
Allen  procured  it  on  the  Yellowstone,  and  it  appears  to  increase  in 
numbers  southward,  being  one  of  the  more  common  serpents  of  New 
Mexico  and  Arizona.  I  am  under  the  impression  that  I  saw  the  same 
species  beyond  the  Missouri  watershed,  at  Chief  Mountain  Lake ;  but 
the  individual  was  unfortunately  not  secured.* 

*  Profetwor  Cui>e,  in  his  recent  Check  List,  ha8  seeu  lit  to  reduce  the  Dumbens  of 
species  of  this  genos  to  foar,  which  are  readily  separated  into  two  groups  as  follows: — 

A.  Heterodon  platyrhinun, 

Heirrodon  pJaiifrhinu9  subspecies  atmodes. 
With  the  azygos  behind  the  rostral  plate  in  contact  with  the  frontal  plates. 

B.  Heterodon  simus  subspecies  aimua. 

Heterodon  itimus  subspecies  naacius. 
With  the  azygos  behind  the  rostral  plate  separated  by  a  varying  Aumber  of 
small  plates. 
In  this  connection,  it  may  be  mentioned  that  if  color  should  be  taken  into  considera- 
tion as  a  si>ecific  marking,  it  seems  that  Baird  and  Qirard's  H.  niger  should  be  admitted 
as  a  subspecies  of  H,  platyrkinii8j  for  not  only  is  there  a  very  marked  difference  of  col- 
oration (some  species  of  ff,  viger  being  entirely  black),  bnt  as  a  rule  the  rostral  of  S. 
niger  is  much  more  developed  than  that  of  H.  platgrhinuSf  and  the  dorsal  carina  are 
acute  and  very  well  marked,  and  there  are  obvious  differences  in  the  size  of  the  scales. 
It  is  true  that  in  examining  a  number  of  specimens  of  JJ.  platyrhinuSy  H,  nigeVy  and 
H,  aimodes,  it  will  be  found  that  a  regular  intergradation  of  color  exists ;  bnt  if  atmodes 
is  to  be  admitted  as  a  goo<l  and  valid  subspecies  of  H,  plattprhinuSf  it  would  seem  that 
H.  niger  is  entitled  to  the  same  respect.  In  an  examination  of  the  different  specimens  of 
Heterodan  in  the  National  Museum,  Smithsonian  Institution,  the  authors  were  fortunate 
enough  to  discover  a  species  called  Heterodon  kennerlyi  by  Kennicott,  in  the  Proceed- 
ings of  the  Acad,  of  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1860,  pp.  336  and  337 ;  and  as  after  a  careful  exam- 
ination of  several  specimens,  the  specific  characters  of  them  compare  entirely  with  the 
type,  the  entire  description  is  here  given.  The  species  naturally  falls  near  the  B,  or 
nmua  group,  in  which  the  azygos  is  separated  from  the  frontals,  not  by  a  varying  num- 
ber of  plates,  bnt  by  exactly  two  plates  in  five  specimens  and  by  three  in  one  speci- 
men.   These  specimens  are  from  the  following  localities : — 

128*2.  Matamoras,  Texas. 

7290.  Lower  Rio  Grande. 

r>185.  Fort  Stockton,  Texas. 

8878.  Southern  Arizona. 

8413.  Southern  Arizona. 
A  comparison  of  these  specimens  with  eighteen  well-marked  species  of  H.  simus 
namciu  shows  that  although  these  latter  vary  as  to  the  number  of  scales  separating 
tbe  azygos  and  frontals,  in  no  respect  does  it  approach  the  regularity  and  systematic 
arrangement  of  tl^e  scales  in  H.  simus  kennerlyi, 

Heterodon  8IMus  kennerlyi.    {Eennic,)  C.  4'  ^' 

B,  kennerlyi,  Kennicott. 

Spkc  char. — Head  broad,  very  short  anteriorly.    Rostral  plate  very  large.    Loral 
plate  very  small,  sometimes  absent.    On}y  two  supplemental  plates  behind  the  azygos ; 


272  BULLETIN    UNITED   STATES   GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY. 

Gkuus  EUTiENLA..    Baird  &  Girard. 

Coluber,  Tropidonotw,  sp.,  Aucr. 

Eiitainia,  Baikd  &  Girard,  Cat.  N.  Am.  Reptiles,  1853. 

Eutceiiia,  emend.  * 

To  tlie  few  species  of  this  geuus  knowu  to  the  older  aathors  uuder 
tbe  names  of  Coluber  or  Tropidonotus^  many  were  added,  iu  1853,  by 
Baird  and  6irar<1,  at  the  date  of  establishmeut  of  the  genus  Eutcenia^  a 
majority  of  the  fifteen  species  described  in  the  catalogue  of  the  authors 


the  latter  is  sometimes  replaced  by  two  Bymoietrical  contiguoos  plates,  and  withont  any 
supplemental.  Tbe  prenasal  and  prefrontal  in  contact  with  tbo  posterior  process  of 
the  rostral.  Dorsal  row  of  scales  twenty-three,  all  carinated  except  the  first  and  sec- 
ond, which  are  perfectly  smooth.  Gruund-color  light  yellowish  gray  ;  a  dorsal  series 
of  rather  indistinct,  ronndod  or  sa\:qnadrat'e,  brown  blotches ;  a  second  series  of  smaller, 
circular  spots,  much  darker  and  more  distinct ;  below  this  a  third  and  more  indistinct 
series. 

Descr.— In  its  general  form  and  appearance,  this  resembles  the  H.  naaiaUf  with 
which  it  is  sometimes  found  associated.  The  body,  however,  is  rather  shorter  and 
thicker  than  in  H.  nasicus,  and  the  head  is  broader,  with  the  part  of  the  head  anterior 
to  the  eye  decidedly  shorter.  The  nasals  are  not  as  well  developed  longitudinally  as 
in  H,  vct9ieu»,  but  the  result  of  this  shortness  of  the  anterior  part  of  the  head  is  seen 
in  the  very  small  loral,  which  is  frequently  wanting  entirely.  There  is  never  more 
than  one  loral,  while  frequently  two  are  seen  in  H.  nanouSf  in  which  the  loral  is  in 
ever)'  case  strikingly  larger  than  in  kennerlyi.  The  most  striking  difference  between 
these  si)ecies  is  in  the  number  of  small  plates  surrounding  the  azygos  or  postrostral. 
While  in  IL  naaicus  there  are  always  at  least  ten  of  these,  one  or  two  of  which  margin 
the  inner  edges  of  the  prenasals  and  prefrontals,  there  are  never  more  than  two,  and 
frequently  but  one  additional  plate,  iu  H,  kennerlyi,  and  the  prenasal  and  prefrontal 
are  always  iu  contact  with  the  posterior  process  of  the  rostral.  The  azygos  is  short, 
nearly  as  broad  as  long,  and  usually  there  are  Jus!i  behind  it  two  contiguous  plates  of 
about  the  same  size,  separating  it  from  the  postfroutal,  but  not  from  the  prefrontal. 
Frequently,  however,  the  azygos  is  longitudinally  divided,  and  without  any  additional 
plates,  but  in  contact  with  the  rostral  anteriorly,  and  the  vertical  posteriorly,  and  not 
separated  from  the  postfrontals.  The  vertical,  occipitals,  snperciliaries,  and  labials 
are  much  as  in  H.  naaicuSy  though  generally  less  developed  longitudinally.  The  rostral 
is  as  large  as  in  H.  naaicus.  The  two  outer  dorsal  rows  are  both  perfectly  smooth ;  in 
H,  nasicua,  the  second  is  distinctly  though  delicately  carinate. 

The  ground-color  is  light  yellowish-gray,  with  a  dorsal  series  of  rather  indistinct 
subquadrate  or  rounded  blotches,  two  to  two  and  a  half  scales  long,  and  separated  by 
intervals  of  one  or  two  scales,  rather  wider  anteriorly.  Below  this  is  a  series  of  very 
distinct,  purplish-black,  circular  blotches,  covering  four  scaler  transversely  and  two 
longitudinally  ;  below  this  one  or  more  indistinct  series  of  spots.  This  pattern  of  col- 
oration is  very  similar  to  that  of  H.  noMcua,  but  the  ground-color  is  always  Lighter,  and 
the  dorsal  spots  are  lighter  and  less  distinct.  The  npper  lateral  series  is  of  a  purplish- 
black,  and  much  more  distinct,  forming  a  prominent  character. 

Abdomen  nearly  entirely  black,  except  a  few  yellow  scuta.  The  head  is  marked  as 
in  ff,  nasicutf  except  that  the  nasals,  prefrontals,  and  rostral  are  all  yellowish ;  while, 
in  the  latter  si>ecies,  they  are  dark  in  front  of  the  light  transverse  line  which  crosses 
the  crown  behind  the  rostral ;  and,  in  IL  ktmnerlyif  the  light  line  across  tbe  snperci- 
liaries and  vertical  is  much  broader  than  in  H.  nasicus^  This  species  differs  from  H. 
8imu8  in  many  uf  the  same  features  as  does  H,  nasicus.  These,  together  with  tbe  small 
or  absent  loral  and  small  number  of  supplemental  plates,  will  readily  distinguish  it. 

Rio  Grande  {Dr.  Ktnnerly).    Sonora. 


COUES  AND  TARROW  ON  HERPETOLOGT.        273 

jast  named  being  new.  To  these  several  more  have  since  been  added, 
chiefly  by  Mr.  Kennicott  and  Professor  Cope,  from  various  parts  of  the 
West,  the  present  number  of  cnrrent  United  States  species  being  over 
twenty. 

That  the  species  of  this  large  and  difficnlt  genus  require  thorough 
critical  revision,  with  a  reduction  of  the  number  of  accredited  species, 
will  be  evident  to  any  one  who  Undertakes  the  identification  of  any  con- 
siderable series  of  specimens.  A  certain  proportion  of  the  si>ecimen8 
cannot  be  referred  without  hesitation  to  the  described  species  they  are 
sapposed  to  represent,  or,  rather,  may  be  referred,  with  about  equal 
propriety,  to  more  than  one  such  species.  This  indicates  either  that  the 
descriptions  drawn  from  pacticular  type-specimens  are  too  exclusive  to 
fairly  afford  specific  diagnoses,  or  that  the  supposed  species  they  repre- 
sent are  not  valid,  but  blend  with  each  other  through  intermediate  spe- 
cimens. There  is  unquestionably  a  gentle  and  complete  intergradation 
between  several  of  the  accredited  species. 

Too  much  stress  altogether  has  been  laid,  in  the  preparation  of  spe- 
cific diagnoses,  upon  points  which  should  properly  be  only  adduced  in 
illustration  of  the  normal  inherent  range  of  variation  of  the  individual, 
and  have  no  value  whatever  as  fuuctions  of  the  actual  specific  equation. 
For  instance,  **  superior  labials  seven^  and  ^^superior  labials  eight"  are 
expressions  found  in  the  diagnosis  of  certain  species  as  distinguishing 
marks.  Whereas  the  fact  is,  as  any  one  may  satisfy  himself  by  exam- 
ination of  the  first  dozen  specimens  of  Eutamia  that  come  to  hand,  that 
the  superior  labials  may  be  either  seven  or  eight  in  different  spe- 
cimens of  indubitably  the  same  species,  or  that  there  may  be  eight  of 
them  on  one  side  of  the  month,  and  sreven  on  the  other,  in  the  same 
specimen.  Subdivisions  of  the  genus  have  been  based  npon  the  number 
of  dorsal  rows,  whether  17, 19,  or  21.  Whereas  it  is  a  fact  that  different 
specimens  vary  a  pair  or  two  of  scales  in  this  respect,  and  that  different 
parts  of  the  body  of  the  same  specimen  show  a  different  nnmber  of  rows 
of  scales.  Other  matters,  such  as  the  width  and  sharpness  of  definition 
of  the  characteristic  stripes,  and  the  special  tinge  of  coloration  of  these 
and  other  parts  of  the  body,  might  be  mentioned  in  similar  terms. 

As  far  as  we  have  seen,  the  position  of  the  lateral  stripe  may  be  a 
means  of  grouping  the  species.  Though  this  varies  within  certain  limits, 
mainly  according  to  the  width  of  the  baud,  yet  its  position  on  the  third 
and  fourth,  or  on  the  second  and  third,  dorsal  rows,  affords  a  ready 
means  of  distinguishing  certain  sets  of  species  or  varieties. 

Along  the  northern  boundary,  Eutaenia  is  the  best  represented  genus 
of  Ophidia^  and  indeed  of  Beptilia,  not  only  in  numbers  of  iodividuals, 
but  of  species  as  well.  They  occur  in  all  situations,  excepting,  as  a 
rule,  the  most  arid  regions,  and  are  particularly  numerous  about  the 
prairie  pools  and  sloughs  and  along  the  banks  of  the  variouis  streams. 
All  the  si>ecies  represented  are  more  or  less  aquatic,  particularly  during 
Bull.  iv.  No.  1—18 


274     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURYET. 

the  Beason  of  reprodnotion.  Several  bandred  individaals  fell  under  Dr. 
Gones's  observation,  of  which  a  sufficiently  large  series  of  upward  of  fifty 
specimens,  representing  all  the  species  known  to  occnr  in  this  region, 
was  preserved. 

These  specimens  inclnde  three  perfectly  distinct  species.  One  of  these 
is  the  wide-ranging  E.  vagrans^  almost  universally  distributed  in  the 
West  Another  is  of  the  sir  talis  type,  and  the  third,  more  abundant  and 
characteristic  than  either  of  the  others,  belongs  to  the  radix  group,  and 
occurs  under  two  varieties  geographically  distinguished.  Without  refer- 
ence to  other  species  of  the  genus,  the  three  just  indicated  may  be  readily 
distinguished  by  the  following  analysis: — 

A.  Lateral  stripe  on  the  seoona  and  third  rows  of  dorsal  scales. 

a.  Dorsal  rows  commonly  21 ;  normally  8  superior  labials. 

Body  brown,  with  nnmeroos  small  dark  spots  in  two  rows»  nicking  Into  the 
narrow  inconspicnons  stripes;  no  red;  no  bands  on  head;  btdly  variably 

plnmbeons vagram. 

'       h.  Dorsal  rows  commonly  19 ;  normally  7  snperior  labials. 

Body  pitchy-black,  without  spots,  but  mixed  with  small  vermilion-red  spaces ; 
the  stripes  broad,  firm,  and  perfectly  continuous airtalit  parieialk, 

B.  Lateral  stripe  on  the  third  and  fourth  rows  of  dorsal  scales ;  superior  labials  nor- 

mally 7 ;  normally  21  rows  of  scales. 

a.  Pitchy-black  and  equally  so  below  and  above  the  lateral  stripe ;  dorsal  and 
lateral  stripes  narrow;  both  gamboge-yellow,  not  contrasted  with  each 
other radix. 

a".  Olivaceous-black ;  lighter  or  interrupted  below  the  lateral  stripe ;  dorsal  stripe 
broad,  rich  chrome-yellow,  contrasted  with  the  pale  gamboge-yellow  lateral 
stripe radix  twiningi, 

EUT JSNIA  YAaBANS.     B.  it  G. 

Wandering  Oarter  SnaJce. 

JSutainia  vagranSf  Bd.  &  GiR.,  Cat.  N.  A.  Reptiles,  1863,  35  (Texas  and  California  to 
Puget  Sound).— <}iR.  U.  S.  Expl.  Exped.  Herpet.  1858, 154,  pi.  14,  f.  &-10.— Bd. 
P.  R.  R.  Rep.  X.  1859,  Beckwith's  Route,  Reptiles,  19,  pi.  17.— Coop.  A,  Buckl. 
N.  H.  W.  Terr.  1860,  297.— Copb,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  1866,  305;  307. 

Eutamia  vugrans  subsp.  vagratUf  Cope,  Check  List  N.  A.  Bat.  and  Rep.  1875,  41. 

SpecimenB. 

1151.       Sweetgrass  Hills.  August   3, 1874. 

1157.       Sweetgrass  Hills.  August   3, 1874. 

1157  bi$,  Sweetgrass  Hills.  August   3, 1874. 

1157  ier,  Sweetgrass  Hills.  August   3, 1874. 

1184.       Chief  Mountoin  Lake.  August  23, 1874. 

Description  (from  Nos.  1157,  bisj  ier), — ^This  is  a  rather  small  species, 
the  largest  specimens  seen  being  little  over  two  feet  in  length,  of  slender 
form,  and  inconspicuous  coloration,  by  reason  of  the  narrowness  of  the 
bands,  their  dull  color,  and  their  indentation  by  the  series  of  dark  spots. 
On  a  general  view,  these  spots  are  nearly  as  evident  as  the  bands  them- 


COUES  AND  YARBOW  ON  HEBPETOLOGT.        275 

selves^  being  ^uite  blackish  and  set  off  upon  the  general  dnll  grayish- 
brown  gronud-color.  The  under  parts  are  dull  slaty-gray,  variously 
speckled  and  blotched  with  slaty-black,  which  in  some  cases  prevails 
over  the  gray,  especially  on  the  hinder  part  of  the  body.  The  dorsal 
and  lateral  bands  are  alike  pale  dull  yellowish.  The  dorsal  stripe  at  its 
broadest  points  is  one  scale  and  two  half  scales  wide ;  where  encroached 
upon  by  the  black  spots,  it  is  reduced  to  a  single  scale,  or  even  inter- 
rupted altogether.  These  spots  are  generally  opi>osite,  giving  a  beaded 
character  to  the  dorsal  stripe;  sometimes  alternate,  when  the  band 
appears  zigzag;  and  both  these  conditions  may  be  found  at  different 
points  on  the  same  specimen.  The  lateral  stripe  is  less  firm  than  the 
dorsal,  since  it  is  not  only  beaded  along  its  upper  edge  by  the  lower  one 
of  the  two  series  of  lateral  spots,  but  tdso  blended  to  a  degree  with  the 
color  of  the  first  row  of  scales  along  which  it  lies,  as  usual  in  those  spe- 
cies in  which  this  stripe  is  on  the  second  and  third  rows.  The  first  row 
of  dorsal  scales  is  colored  like  the  belly,  not  like  the  back.  The  lateral 
dark  spots,  very  numerous,  and,  as  already  said,  quite  conspicuous,  are 
mostly  alternate  with  each  other,  in  some  places  opposite.  The  plates 
of  the  head  are  light  brown,  excepting  the  labials,  which  are  colored 
like  the  body. 

Twenty-one  rows  of  scales  is  normal  in  this  species,  and  the  lateral 
stripe  occupies  the  second  and  third.  The  head  is  large  and  especially 
wide,  and  the  muzzle  blunt.  The  superior  labials  are  eight  in  two  and 
aiialf  of  the  three  specimens  under  examination,  the  other  half  of  the 
third  specimen  having  seven.  The  discrepancy  occurs,  as  usual,  among 
the  smaller  anterior  ones,  the  eye  being  In  all  situate  over  the  fourth 
iwd  fifth,  counting  from  behind.  The  third  from  behind  is  the  largest 
of  the  series.  The  length  of  the  tail  is  contained  4$  times  in  the  total 
length ;  S%  times  in  the  length  of  the  body  alone. 

E.  viigrans  exhibits  in  a  marked  degree  the  variation  in  number  of 
labials,  also  of  the  anterior  and  postorbital  plates.     The  species   is 
peculiarly  characteristic  of  the  Gentral  region,  but  it  is  found  exceed-  . 
ingly  numerous  in  Utah,  Colorado,  and  Arizona,  generally  in  mountains* 

The  Wandering  Garter  Snake  does  not  appear  to  be  generally  distrib- 
uted along  the  northern  boundary  line.  It  was  not  met  with  during  the 
first  year  of  my  connection  widi  the  Survey  in  any  part  of  the  Bed 
Biver  watershed,  nor  was  it  seen  the  second  season  except  to  the  west- 
ward from  the  outliers  of  the  Bocky  Mountains  to  the  main  chain  itself.  , 
We  may  conclude  that  its  northwestern  limits  of  distribution  are  indi- 
cated in  these  points.  The  species  was  originally  described  from  the 
Pacific  slope,  Puget's  Sound,  California,  and  New  Mexico,  and  has  since 
been  shown  to  be  of  very  general  dispersion  in  the  West,  on  both  sides 
of  the  mountains. 


276     BULLETIH  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SUBVET. 

EuTJSifiA  siBTALis  PABiETALis.    (/Say)  Oope. 

Parietal  Oarter  iindke. 

Coluber  parieitilUf  Sat,  Long's  Exp.  B.  MU.  i,  1823,  186.— Harl.  Joarn.  Phila.  Acad.  t. 

1837,  349. 
SutainiaparistalU,  Bd.  Sl  Gir.  Cat.  N.  A.  Bep.  1853,  28. 
Eutamia  tirtalis  aabsp.  ptMrietatU,  Cope,  Check  List  N.  A*  Bat.  and  Bep.  1875,  41. 

SjpeeiwkeM. 

1180.  Chief  Moantain  Lake.    AngiiBt  19, 1874. 
1 193.  St.  Mary's  Biver.  Angost  28, 1874. 

Descbiption  (No.  1180,  Chief  Moantain  Lake).— -This  is  one  of  the 
larger  species  of  the  genas,  frequently  attaining  a  length  of  three  feet« 
althonghy  at  the  same  time,  the  average  dimension  is  less  than  this.  It 
belongs  strictly  to  the  sirtalis  ^ronp,  and  in  fact  is  not  specifically  sep- 
arable from  that  species.  It  is  a  rather  slender  and  elegant  snake ; 
and,  when  found  inhabiting  the  clear  cold  mountain  streams  or  lakes, 
ode  of  the  most  beautifully  colored  representatives  of  the  genus,  the 
stripes  being  firm  and  bold,  and  the  dark  body-color  being  relieved 
with  rich  red  in  marked  contrast.  The  coloration  as  observed  in  life  ia 
the  Rocky  Mountain  specimens  in  August  is  as  follows : — 

The  dorsal  band,  which  is  one  scale  and  two  half-scales  broad,  firm  and 
perfectly  continuous  from  head  to  end  of  tail,  without  indentation  for 
the  dark  body-color,  is  pure  yellow,  fading  to  pale  naples-yellow  ia  alco- 
hol. The  tint  is  clearer  than  that  of  the  lateral  bands,  which  are  rather 
of  a  heavier  golden-yellow  fi*om  some  suffusion  with  the  red  that  beauti- 
fully mottles  the  sides.  The  lateral  stripe  is  as  firm  and  continuous  as 
the  dorsal  one,  and  broader,  occupying  two  whole  scales  (of  the  second 
and  third  rows).  The  body-color  is  black,  without  obvious  shade  of 
brown  or  olivaceous,  speckled  between  the  scales  with  rich  vermilion- 
red,  which  is  very  conspicuous  on  stretching  the  skin,  forming  an  in- 
complete zigzag  annulation.  This  red  does  not  reach  as  high  as  the 
dorsal  stripe,  but  extends  through  the  lateral  stripe,  and  occurs  on  the 
first  dorsal  row  as  a  speck  on  the  lower  comer  of  each  scale,  and  on 
the  corresponding  angle  of  the  gastrosteges.  The  color  is  chiefly  on 
the  skin  itself  between  the  scales,  but  also  suffuses  the  edges  of  many 
scales  themselves.  The  first  dorsal  row  of  scales,  which  are  much  wider 
than  the  others,  are  colored  like  the  belly ;  this  lighter  inferior  boun- 
dary of  the  lateral  stripe  causes  the  stripe  itself  to  appear  less  firm  in 
outline  below  than  above.  The  belly  is  not  blackish  or  even  slaty,  but 
of  a  peculiar  pale  glaucous-greenish,  much  as  in  sirtalis;  but  black  ap- 
pears as  a  pair  of  small,  round,  lateral  spots  on  each  scute  at  Its  front 
border.  The  head  is  olivaceous-blackish,  the  rostral,  lorals,  and  labials 
being  like  the  belly.  Length  31  inches;  tail  about }  of  the  total  length — 
I  of  the  length  of  body  alone.  Gastrosteges  157 ;  urosteges  64,  all 
bifid.  Superior  labials  seven  on  both  sides;  the  fifth  largest  in  this  and 
a  second  specimen  examined.    In  No.  1180,  the  labials  of  the  left  aide 


COUES  AND  TARROW  ON  HERPETOLOGT.        277 

bave  a  small  iotercalated  scale  between  the  secoud  asd  third.  No.  1193, 
froai  the  Saint  Mary's  Biver,  August,  is  larger  than  the  other,  measur- 
ing about  thirty-six  inches ;  it  is  similar  in  general  coloration,  but  less 
richly  marked,  the  red  suffusion  being  of  less  extent  and  intensity. 

This  slender  and  elegant  species  was  only  observed  at  and  near  the 
end  of  the  Line,  at  the  eastern  base  of  the  Etocky  Mountains,  in  August. 
It  was  common  in  the  clear  cold  waters  of  the  lakes  and  streams,  and 
appeared  to  be  one  of  the  most  thoroughly  aquatic  species  of  the  genus, 
being  often  seen  swimming  freely  in  deep  water  at  some  distance  from 
the  shore.  At  this  season,  all  the  female  individuals  observed  were  gravid 
with  nearly  matured  embryos.  Like  other  of  the  genus,  the  species  is 
ovo-viviparous,  the  young  being  some  six  inches  iu  length  when  born. 
Newly-born  individuals  are  of  an  indefinite  dark  color,  with  pale  bands 
and  under  parts,  without  red,  but  with  two  rows  on  each  side  of  very 
evideut  blackish  specks — markings  like  those  that  persist  in  the  adults 
of  JE.  vagranSj  for  example.  Iu  two  young  specimens  found  in  utero^ 
the  genital  or  intromittent  organs  are  external  to  the  anus,  and 
extremely  large  when  compared  with  the  size  of  the  individual.  The 
placental  cord  is  attached  a  short  distance  in  advance  of  the  anus. 

EUT^NIA  RADIX.     (B.  &  O.) 

Bacine  Garter  Snake* 

EutaMa  radix,  Bd.  &  GiR.  Cat.  N.  Am.  Reptiles,  1853,34  (Raoine,  Wiaooiwin).— Kemh. 

apud  Coop.  &  Suckl.  N.  U.  Wash.  Terr.  1860, 299  (Minnesota). 
Eutcmia  radiXj  Cope,  Check  List  N.  A.  Bat.  and  Rep.  1875,  40. 
Xutcmia  Kajfdeni,  Kenn.  apud  Coop.  Sc  Suckl.  Nat.  Hist.  Wash.  Terr.  1860,  298,  pi.  14 

(Fort  Pierre,  Dakota). 
JJuunnophU  haydmi,  Cops.— Hatd.  Trans.  Amer.  Asaoo.  xii.  18C2, 177. 

Description  (No.  1027,  Pembina,  June  5, 1873). — This  is  one  of  the 
stoutest  species  of  the  genus.  A  specimen  two  feet  long  equals  or  rather 
exceeds  in  calibre  a  three  feet  long  individual  of  sirtalis  for  example. 
The  rapidly  tapering  tail,  in  a  specimen  30  inches  long,  is  6J  inches, 
or  contained  about  4|  times  in  the  total  length — nearly  4  times  in  the 
length  of  body  alone.  The  head  is  very  short  and  thick,  with  a  broad 
obtuse  muzzle.  The  dorsal  stripe,  one  scale  and  two  half-scales  broad 
throughout,  is  firm  and  continuous  along  the  body,  but  less  evident 
(sometimes  extinguished  altogether)  on  the  tail.  The  lateral  stripe  is 
fairly  two  scales  wide  along  most  of  the  body,  but  only  a  scale  and  a 
half  posteriorly,  and  but  one  scale  on  most  of  the  tail ;  on  the  body  it 
occupies  the  third  and,  for  the  most  part,  the  fourth  row  of  dorsal  scales ; 
on  the  tail  it  descends  at  once  to  the  first  row.  Both  dorsals  and  lat- 
eral bands  are  alike  clear  pale  yellow,  the  former  only  occasionally  deep- 
ening anteriorly  into  a  more  golden-  or  chrome-yellow.  The  body  is  oli- 
vaceous-blackish or  obscure  brownish-black,  and  of  much  the  same  tint 
above  and  below  the  lateral  stripes.  In  the  darkest  and  most  ^^pitcl^y  ? 
black  individnalSi  no  markings  are  evident ;  in  some  lighter  ones^  thii»^ 


278     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SUBVET. 

are  indications  of  obsonre  dark  spots,  scarcely  or  not,  however,  traceable 
in  definite  rows.  In  all  the  specimens,  the  series  of  spots  below  the  lat- 
eral line  are  well  marked  and  distinguishable,  and  in  many  cases  the 
line  of  spots  jast  above  the  lateral  line  is  fairly  i)erceptib]e.  The  belly 
is  pale  glaacons-olivaceous,  touched  with  blackish  on  the  sides  of  the 
scutes,  and  sometimes  this  color  mingles  with  the  dark  of  the  sides  below 
the  lateral  stripe.  Unlike  those  species  in  which  the  lateral  band  is 
lower  down,  there  is  not  so  mnch  difference  in  the  size  or  shape  of  the 
first  and  second  dorsal  rows.  The  superior  labials  are  normally  seven, 
sometimes  eight  on  one  or  both  sides ;  they  are  light-colored,  like  the 
belly,  but  each  has  a  touch  of  blackish  along  the  posterior  border.  The 
dorsal  rows  are  normally  21,  and  all  quite  broad«  All  the  dorsal  scales  are 
strongly  carinated,  giving  the  animal  a  roughened,  scabrous  appear- 
ance. The  length  is  oftener  2  to  2^  feet  than  more,  but  at  all  ages  the 
bulk  of  the  snake,  as  already  indicated,  is  considerable. 

The  specimen  here  described,  a  gravid  female,  and  others  of  the  nu- 
merous ones  collected,  agree  perfectly  with  the  original  diagnosis  of  the 
type  from  Baciue,  Wis.  (whence  the  name  *^radix^  is  derived),  and 
equally  well  with  Mr.  Eennicott's  subsequent  description  of  a  specimen 
from  Fort  Snelling,  Minn.  Throughout  the  Bed  Kiver  region,  from 
Pembina  to  where  the  Goteau  de  Missouri  crosses  the  line,  it  is  the 
characteristic  Ophidian,  the  principal  and  almost  the  only  representative 
of  its  order,  outnumbering  all  the  others  put  together.  Indistinguisha- 
.ble  specimens  also  occur  in  the  eastern  portions  of  the  Missouri  region 
at  the  same  latitude,  though  there  the  greater  number  are  of  the 
twiningi  type,  which  farther  westward  prevails  altogether. 

In  the  more  fertile  portions  of  the  Bed  Biver  Valley  itself,  this  snake 
may  be  found  almost  anywhere  in  the  brush  and  herbage.  Out  on  the 
dryer  prairie  beyond,  it  is  chiefly  confined  to  the  pools  and  streams,  or 
their  immediate  vicinity.  Numbers^  are  found  basking  together  on  the 
muddy  borders  of  the  sloughs,  or  among  masses  of  aquatic  vegetation, 
where  they  find  ample  subsistence  during  the  summer  months  in  tb6 
tadpoles,  young  frogs,  and  various  water  insects.  They  are  themselves 
preyed  upon  by  hawks,  especially  the  Marsh  Harrier  (Circus  cyaneus 
hudsoniua)  and  Swainson's  Buzzard  (Buteo  swainsoni).  They  are  less 
active  than  some  of  the  slenderer  species,  are  readily  caught,  and  when 
captured  make  little  or  no  resistance.  Only  the  largest  individuals 
assume  for  the  moment  a  defensive  attitude  and  attempt  to  bite;  most 
may  be  at  once  handled  with  impunity.  The  greater  part  of  the  females 
observed  in  July  and  August  will  be  found  pregnant,  the  young  num- 
bering sometimes  as  many  as  thirty  or  forty.  Individuals  were  taken 
in  coitu  in  September  and  part  of  October.  These  observations  together 
indicate  a  period  of  gestation  protracted  for  the  greater  part  of  a  yeair. 
The  snakes  become  much  less  numerous  in  the  latter  part  of  September, 
but  Dr.  Ooues  occasionally  saw  them  abroad  on  warm  days  up  to  the 
middle  of  October,  even  after  there  had  been  snow,  sleet,  and  freezing  of 
the  more  shallow  waters. 


COUES  AND  TASBOW  ON  HEBFETOLOGT.        279 

Etrr^NiA  BADix  TwmiNGi.    Coues  c6  Tarrow. 
Ttoinin^s  Oarter  Snake. 

Dbsobiption  (No.  1135,  Two  Porks  of  Milk  River,  July  15, 1874).— 
From  the  Ooteau  de  Missoari  westward,  in  the  arid  regiou  of  the  Upper 
Missoari  aud  Milk  Bivers,  the  characters  of  E.  radix  undergo  con- 
siderable modification.  The  difference  is  easily  recognized  in  life  by  an 
observer  familiar  with  both  kinds*  The  principal  character  is  seen  in 
the  increased  breadth  and  intensity  of  coloration  of  the  dorsal  band, 
especially  on  the  anterior  portion.  This  band  is  of  a  rich  chrome-yellow 
or  reddish-golden,  contrasting  strongly  with  the  clear  pale  yellow  of  the 
lateral  stripe.  This  richly-colored  cadminm-yellow  band  commences  as 
a  minnte  linear  trace  on  the  middle  borders  of  the  two  scales  just  poste- 
rior to  the  occipitals  \  it  then  covers  a  single  scale  in  rear  of  these,  grad- 
ually increasing  until  three  or  even  four  scales  are  covered,  finally  set- 
tling down  to  thin  scales  which  continue  down  two-thirds  of  body,  then 
covers  one  whole  and  two  halves;  opposite  the  anus,  and  to  its  termina- 
tion, it  is  confined  to  two  half-scales.  At  its  broadest  part,  near  the 
bead,  it  is  full  three  scales  broad,  and  sometimes  even  three  and  two 
half-scales  in  width.  There  are  slight  or  no  indications  of  darker  mot- 
tling, even  in  the  lighter-colored  specimens.  3elow  the  lateral  band,  the 
dark  color  is  usually  much  broken  up  with  mottling  of  the  color  of  the 
belly.  With  much  the  same  general  form  as  in  17.  radix^  the  head  ap- 
pears decidedly  narrower  and  less  obtuse.  In  the  specimen  1135  there 
are  eight  upper  labials  on  right  side,  seven  on  left ;  it  is  a  gravid  fe* 
male. 

This  form  corresponds  perfectly  with  certain  geographical  fannal 
areas  which  are  represented  in  the  region  under  consideration,  a  fact  in 
further  evidence  of  the  propriety  of  distinguishing  it.  It  is  abundant 
about  the  prairie  pools^of  the  Upper  Missouri  and  Milk  Bivers;  its  habits 
are  the  same  as  those  of  E.  radix.  It  does  not  appear  to  extend  into 
the  Saskatchewan  watershed. 

Dedicated  to  Maj.  W.  J.  Twining,  United  States  Engineers,  in  recog- 
nition of  his  cordial  cooperation  in  the  scientific  interests  of  the  Bound- 
ary Commission,  and  in  expression  of  our  personal  consideration. 

IM  of  fpecimm^  {of  both  forvM). 


1013. 

Pembina. 

Jane  5, 1873. 

1019. 

Pembina. 

June  7, 1H73. 

1030. 

Pembina. 

June  7,  1873. 

1027. 

Pembina. 

Jane  7, 1873. 

1047. 

Pembina. 

Jane24, 1873. 

1065. 

Turtle  Monntaio. 

Jnly  22, 1873. 

106a 

Tnrtle  Moontain. 

July  23. 1873. 

1089. 

Moose  River. 

Aug.  20, 1873. 

1090. 

Moose  River. 

Aug.  20, 1873. 

1091. 

Moose  River. 

Ang.  90, 1873. 

280     BULLETIN  UNITED  8TAT£8  QSOLOOICAL  SUBVET. 

1093.  Moose  Biver.  Aug.  85, 1873. 

1100.  Big  Maddy  River.  Jime25, 1874. 

1117.  Porcopine  Biver.  Jaoe27,  1874. 

1119.  Big  Poroapine  Biver.  Jane29, 1874. 

1130.  Frenchman's  River.  July   8,1874. 

1132.  Near  Frenchman's  River.  Joly  12, 1874. 

1132  hii.  Near  Frenchman's  River.  Jnly  12, 1874. 

1132  ter.  Near  Frenchman's  River.  Jnly  12, 1874. 

1135.  Two  Forksof  Milk  River.  July  15, 1874. 

To  the  foregoing  species  of  Ophidians  observed  by  the  Boundary 
Oommission  may  be  added  short  notices  of  the  following^  known  to 
occur  in  the  Yellowstone  region,  and  very  probably  extending  farther 
north: — 

EuT^NiA  PROXDCA.    (Say)  B.  Jt  O. 
Say*8  Oarter  Snake. 

Ckiluber  proximtu,  8at,  Long's  Exped.  R.  Mts.  i.  1823,  187.— Harl.  Joom.  Acad.  Nat. 

Sci.  Phila.  v.  1827,  353. 
I^r€pidonotu9  praximtu,  Hallow.  Sitgreaves's  Rep.  Expl.  Za&i  and  Colorado  R.  1853, 134, 

146. 
EtUaUtia  proximat  Bd.  &  GiR.  Cat.  N.  A.  Reptiles,  1853,  25.— Allbn,  Proo.  Host.  See.  N. 

H.  xvii.  1874,  69  (YeUowstone).— Kenn.  apud  Bd.  U.  &  Mex.  B.  Sarv.  it  pt. 

ii.  1859,  Reptiles,  16. 
EuUmia  proximo,  Cope,  Check  List  N.  A.  Bat.  and  Rep.  1875,  40. 

This  is  a  stout  species,  like  E.  radix  and  E.  ticiningiy  the  total  length 
only  about  3^  times  that  of  the  tail.  The  dorsal  stripe  is  ochraceoas- 
yellow ;  the  lateral  greenish-white  or  yellow  on  the  third  and  fourth  rows 
of  scales ;  the  dorsal  rows  are  19  in  number.  Carinas  of  scaler  of  dorsal 
region  are  of  a  whitish  hue,  which  gives  the  species  a  streaked  appear- 
ance, and  the  upper  anterior  t>order  of  the  last  row  of  scales  is  lined 
with  white.  There  are  also  irregular  white  spots  near  the  row  of  black 
ones  above  lateral  line;  these  are  more  profuse  in  some  places  than 
others.  The  belly  is  greenish-white,  more  yellowish  anteriorly.  Its 
known  range  is  east  of  the  Bocky  Mountains,  from  the  region  of  the 
Yellowstone  to  New  Mexico  and  Texas.  {Specimens  are  in  the  National 
Museum  from  Texas,  California,  Wisconsin,  North  Carolina,  Mexico,  &c 
A  specimen  from  Tomales  Bay,  California,  is  the  type  of  E.  imperialU. 

EUT^NIA  SIRTALIS  PICEXRINai.     (B.  dD  0.) 

Pickering's  Oarter  Snake. 

d.  SIRTALIS. 

Coluber  HrtaliSf  Linn.  Syst.  Nat.  i.  ed.  12,  1766,  383.— Gm.  Syst.  Nat.  i.  pt.  iii.  ed.  13, 
178»,  11 07.— Harl.  Joarn.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  v.  1827,  352.— Habl.  Med.  and 
Phys.  Res.  116.— Stoiucr,  Rep.  Reptiles  Massach.  1839, 221. 

Tropidanotus  nrtaliSy  Holbr.  N.  Am.  Herpet.  iii.  1842,  41,  pi.  11. 

Sutainia  tirtalia.  Bo.  &,  GiR.  Cat.  N.  A.  Rept.  1853,  30. 


COUBS  Ain>  TASBOW  ON  HEBPETOLOGT.  281 

SVopUUmotiu  fcBnla,  DbKat,  N.  T.  Faana,  iii.  1842,  43. 
Tropid4moiu9  bipunetatuSf  Schl.  Ess.  Physiogn.  Serp.  1837,  320. 
DropidonotuB  UBnia^  DsKay,  N.  Y.  Zool.  1842,  43,  pt.  13,  f.  27. 

i.  PIOKEBINaL 

EuUUniapiokerHigii,  Bd.  &  GiR.  Cat  N.  A.  Bept  1853,  27  (Paget  Soand).— GiR.  U.  S. 

Expl.  Exped.  Herpet.  1858,  150,  pi.  13,  1 14-20.— Coop.  &  Suckl.  Nat  Hist. 

Wash.  Terr.  1860, 296. 
EuttBnia  8iriaU$  snbsp.  piokeringiif  Cope,  Check  List  Bat  and  Bep.  N.  A.  1875,  41. 

This  species  was  not  procured  by  Dr.  Goaes,  but  is  introduced  on  tbe 
strength  of  specimens  from  Fort  BentoUi  Montana,  collected  by  Lieu- 
tenant MuUan. 

There  are  two  well-marked  forms  of  E.  sirtdlis  subspecies  pickeringi. 

The  spots  confluent  into  a  dark  band. 

a.  With  a  lateral  band. 

b.  No  lateral  band. 

Baird  and  Oirard  say  of  the  species, — *^  Body  slender ;  black  above, 
slate-color  beneath ;  lateral  stripe  irregular,  confluent  with  the  light- 
colored  intervals  between  the  dark  spots.  This  species  exhibits  great 
variation  of  color,  principally  in  regard  to  black  of  abdomen."  In  the 
reserve  collection  of  reptiles  in  the  National  Museum  are  quite  a  num- 
ber of  specimens  of  the  two  differently  marked  subspecies  all  from 
one  locality,  viz.  Fort  Benton,  Missouri,  collected  by  Lieutenant  Mullan 
of  the  Army.  In  this  subspecies,  the  differences  in  number  of  labials 
may  be  frequently  seen. 

Tbopidonotus  sipbdon.    (X.) 

Water  Snake. 

CMber  $ipedon,Jjimf.  Syst  Nat  ed.  12,  1766,  i.379.— Gmbl.  Syst.  Nat.  ed.  13, 1788, 
pt  iii.  1098.— Harl.  Joarn.  Phila.  Aoad.  y.  1827,  351;  Med.  and  Pbys.  Bee. 
114.--THOMP8.  Hist.  VennoDt,  1842, 118. 

DnpldonotuB  tipedan,  Holbr.  N.  Am.  Herpet  iii.  1842, 29,  pL  6.— DbEay,  N.  7.  Faana, 
iii.  1842,  42,  pi.  14,  f.  31.— Hayd.  Trans.  Amer.  Phil.  See.  xii .  1862,  177. 

Kerodia  iipedan,  Bd.  &,  GiR.  Cat  N.  Am.  Beptiles,  1853,  38. 

ColwherpaKUogaBterf  Maxim.  Beise  Nord-Amer.  i.  1839, 106. 

This  serpent  appears  to  have  been  first  found  in  the  Upper  Missouri 
region  by  the  Prinz  Maximilian  von  Neu  Wied,  who  described  it  under 
the  name  of  Coluber  pcBciloga^ster  j  and  it  was  subsequently  observed  in 
the  Yellowstone  country  by  Dr.  F.  Y.  Hayden.  It  is  one  of  the  com- 
monest and  best  known  species  of  the  Eastern  United  States.  The 
serpent  of  this  region,  however,  may  not  be  typical  sipedauj  but  rather 
woodhousii  or  erythroga^ster.  Beptiles  of  this  genus  (comprising  JSTerodia 
and  Begina  of  Baird  and  Girard)  are  the  inost  completely  aquatic  ones  of 
this  country.  The  species  of  Nerodia  proper  are  dark-colored,  more  or 
less  evidently  blotched,  stout  and  rather  repulsive,  quite  pugnacious 
when  full  grown,  and  commonly  regarded  as  venomous  under  the  name 


282  BULLEIHr  UNITSD  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SUftVET. 

of  Water  Adder,  or  Water  Moocasiii :  needless  to  say,  like  other  true 
Colubrinesy  tbey  are  perfectly  harmless.  Those  of  the  other  sectiooi 
Beginay  are  slenderer,  and  banded  lengthwise,  mach  like  EuUenia. 

PiTYOPHIS  8ATI  BELLONA.     {B.  &  O.)  Cope. 

Say's  Pine  Snake. 

a.  SATL 

Coluber  iajfij  Schl.  Esb.  Physiogn.  Serp.  1837, 157.    (Not  Coronella  »ayi  of  Holbrook  or 

Coluber  eajfi  of  DeKay,  which  is  Opkibolu$,) 
PituophiB  saifiy  Bd.  &,  GiR.  App.  Cat.  N.  A.  Kept.  1853,  152  (in  text  ander  Coluber 

eayi,  p.  151).— Kenn.  apud  Coop.  &,  Suckl.  Nat.  Hist.  Waah.Terr.  1860/300, 

pi.  22.— Hayd.  Trans.  Amer.  Phil^  Soo.  xii.  1862, 177. 

b.  BELLONA. 

Ckurokillia  belUnta^  Bd.  &  GiR.  Stansbnry's  Rep.  Great  Salt  Lake,  1852,  350. 

PUuaphie  belUma,  Bd.  &  GiR.  Cat.  N.  Am.  Bept.  1853,  66, 157. 

PUyophie  bellona,  Kknn.  apud  Bd.  P.  B.  R.  Bep.  x.  1859,  Williamson's  Bonte,  Bep* 

tiles,  42.— Kenn.  apud  Bd.  U.  S.  Mez.  B.  Sorv.  ii.  pt  11.  1859,  Beptiles,  18.— 

Bd.  U.  S.  p.  B.  B.  Rep.  x.  1859,  Beckwith's  Bonte,  Beptiles,  19.— Cope,  Proo. 

Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  1866, 305.— Allen,  Proo.  Bost.  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.  xvii.  1874, 69. 
PityophU  sayi  var.  bellona,  Cope,  Check  List  Bat.  and  Rep.  N.  A.  1875,  39. 
FUuophie  ajUnis,  Hallow,  Proo.  Aead.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  vi.  1852, 181.— Hallow.  Sitgr. 

Rep.  Expl.  Zufii  and  Colorado  R.  1853, 130. 146. 

The  species  of  this  genns,  known  as  ^^  Pine  "  and  '<  Bull"  Snakes,  are 
of  large  size,  sometimes  attaining  a  length  of  six  feet  or  more.  They 
are  perfectly  harmless,  and  appear  of  a  rather  sluggish  dnd  inoffensive 
disposition.  They  are  light-colored  (whitish,  yellowish,  or  even  re<ldish), 
bnt  thickly  blotched  above  with  a  dorsal  series  of  numerous  large  brown 
or  brown  black-bordered  spots,  and  other  smaller  lateral  ones ;  on  each 
side  of  the  belly  is  usually  found  (as  in  the  case  of  the  present  species) 
a  row  of  black  spots,  one  on  each  scutellum.  Several  upper  dorsal  series 
are  lightly  carinated;  the  rest  are  smooth.  The  tail  is  very  short,  about 
one-twelfth  of  the  whole  length,  half-ringed  above  with  black,  and  hav* 
ing  lateral  black  spots.  There  is  a  dark  stripe  across  the  head  fh>m  one 
eye  to  the  other,  continued  behind  each  eye  to  the  angle  of  the  mouth. 
The  head  is  very  small,  and  the  neck  contracted.  The  general  blotched 
character  of  the  upper  parts  is  somewhat  in  superhcial  appearance  like 
that  of  Crotalus  confluentus  or  Heterodon  nasicus;  but  very  little  further 
observation  is  required  to  recognize  the  decided  distinctions. 

The  best  known  species  of  this  genus  is  the  P.  melanoleucaj  the  Com* 
mon  Pine  or  Bull  Snake  of  the  Eastern  United  States.  An  excellent 
and  interesting  account  of  the  habits  of  this  species,  by  the  Bev.  S. 
Lock  wood,  will  be  found  in  the  American  Naturalist  for  January,  1875. 

Serpents  of  this  genus  vary  notably  in  the  construction  of  the  plates 
of  the  head.  A  si)ecimen  of  P.  bellona^  from  the  Yellowstone,  collected 
by  Mr.  Allen  in  the  expedition  of  1873,  presents  the  following  case:— A 


COUES  AND  TASBOW  OK  HEBPETOLOQT.        283 

largfA  aabpentaKonal,  shield-shaped  vertical.  Single  large,  triangolar 
saperorbital.  A  pair  of  moderate  occipital  and  nameroas  small  tem- 
porals. In  advance  of  the  vertical  is  a  small  azygos  plate,  wedged  in 
between  the  connivent  postfrontals.  Two  pairs  of  postfrontals.  One 
pair  of  prefrontals.  Two  nasals,  the  nostril  between  them.  A  small  loral. 
Two  anteorbitals;  the  lower  very  small;  the  large,  upper  one  bounding 
nearly  all  of  the  orbit  anteriorly.  Three  small  postorbitals.  A  large 
obtuse  rostral.  Eight  superior  labials,  the  eye  over  the  fourth  and 
fifth,  the  penultimate  one  largest. 

After  a  careful  examination  of  many  specimens  of  P.  sayi  bellona  and 
P.  sayi  mexicana  in  the  National  Museum,  we  find  no  absolute  diagnostic 
value  in  the  entire  number  of  superior  and  inferior  labials  and  number  of 
dorsal  scales,  and  are  rather  of  the  opinion  that  these  two  species  should 
be  grouped  together  under  Baird  and  Girard's  original  name  of  bellona. 
Further  investigation  may  show  that  oatenifer  Blainv.  should  be  brought 
under  the  same  head. 

OPHIBOLUS  aBTULUS  BOYLII.     (J5.  c6  0.)  Cope. 

Ophibolus  bo^lii,  Bd.  d&  GiR.  Catal.  N.  Am.  Reptiles,  1853,  82.— Bd.  P.  R.  R.  Rep.  x.  1859, 
Williamsoo's  and  Abbott's  Ronte,  Reptiles,  11. — Bd.  U.  S.  Hex.  B.  Sott.  ii.  pt.  ii. 
1859,  Reptiles,  20.->Copb,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Set.  Phila.  1866, 305. 

LampropeliU  boylii,  Copb,  Proo.  Acad.  Nat.  Soi.  Phila.  1860, 255. 

Ophiholus  geiulus  sabsp.  boglii,  Cope,  Cheek  List  N.  A  Bat.  and  Rep.  1875,  "37. 

Caronella  balteata,  Hallow.  ''  Pr.  Acad.  Nat.  Soi.  Phila.  vi.  1853,  236".— Hallow.  P.  R. 
R.  Rep.  X.  1859,  Williamson's  Roate,  ReptUes,  14. 

A  specimen  of  this  species,  contained  in  a  collectiou  from  the  Yellow- 
stone, offers  the  following  characters : — The  color  is  lustrous  browni  fa- 
blacky  crossed  at  intervals  of  about  an  inch  by  narrow  rings  of  pure 
white,  which  gradually  widen  on  the  sides  to  a  breadth  greater  than  that 
of  the  black  interspaces.  On  the  belly,  these  white  rings  are  sometimes 
opposite,  and  then  are  continuous  with  the  white  coming  down  from  the 
other  side,  and  sometimes  alternate,  when  they  abruptly  meet  the  black, 
producing  a  checkered  pattern.  These  points  are  wholly  irregular,  both 
being  observable  in  different  parts  of  the  same  specimen.  In  this  spe- 
cimen, which  is  about  3^  feet  long,  there  are  in  all  forty-four  rings,  in- 
cluding some  which  are  incomplete,  that  is,  existing  only  on  one  side; 
for  the  rings  on  the  back,  as  on  the  belly,  are  not  always  continued  all 
oroand,  some  broken  ones  finding  no  fellow  on  the  opposite  side.  In 
other  specimens,  there  is  also  the  greatest  variety  in  all  these  details  of 
pattern.  The  fore  part  and  sides  of  the  head  are  irregularly  blotched 
with  black  and  yellowish,  and  there  are  yellowish  specks  on  the  occiput. 

This  species  is  found  abundantly  in  Pacific  and  Sonoran  districts,  and 
grows  to  a  large  size.  The  dark  bands  in  Califomian  specimens  in  life 
are  of  a  lustrous  blackish-green  bronze.  Its  discovery  iu  Montana  is  an 
interesting  fact,  as  there  is  but  one  specimen  in  the  National  Musenm 
from  that  region. 


284     BULLBTIN  UNITKD  STATES  QEOLOQICAL  S0BVE7. 

The  geaos  Ophibolus  comprises  a  considerable  namber  of  species  of 
very  handsomely  marked  serpents,  in  all  of  which  a  black,  brown,  or  red 
groand  is  crossed  by  light  markings.  The  Ophibolus  getulus  is  a  com- 
mon Eastern  species,  black  like  the  present,  and  ringed  with  yellow,  bat 
the  rings  bifnrcate  on  the  sides. 

Ophibolus  multistbata.    (JTenn.) 

LampropelHs  mulWitriataj  Ebnn.  Proc.  Acad.  Nat  Soi.  Phila.  I860,  328.  (By  err.  typog. 
for  muUUtratti,  '*  Fort  Lookout,  Nebraska '',  by  err.  for  Fort  Benton,  Mon- 
tana. )--H  a  ydbn,  Trans.  Amer.  Phil.  Soc.  xH.  1862, 177  (Fort  Benton). 

Cphibolus  mulii8iraU$,  Cope,  Check  List  N.  A.  Bat.  and  Bep.  1875,  37. 

The  locality  of  the  original  specimen  is  stated  by  its  discoverer  to  be 
Fort  Benton,  Montana,  not  ^^  Fort  Lookont,  Nebraska ''.  Another  error 
occarred  in  Hie  original  notice  of  the  species,  the  name  being  printed 
multiatriata  for  muUistrataj  in  allusion  to  the  number  of  rows  of  scales. 

Basoanium  flayiyentbe.    {B.  dt  O.) 
Tellowbellied  Black  Snake. 

Coluber  JUniventris,  Sat,  Long's  Ezped.  B.  Mts.  ii.  1823, 185. 

Batoanion  JUmvemtrU,  Bd.  &,  QfR.  Cat.  N.  A  Beptiles,  1853, 96.— Bd.  U.  S.  Hex.  B.  Surr. 
ii.  pt  ii.  1859,  Beptiles,  20.~Hatd.  Trans.  Amer.  Phil.  Soc.  xii.  1862,  177.— 
Allen,  Proo.  Best  Soc.  N.  H.  xvii.  1874,  69  (Yellowstone). 

This  species  is  dark  olive-green  above  and  bright  yellow  beneath, 
being  distinguished  from  the  usual  style  of  B.  constrictor  by  these  char- 
acters, the  last-named  species  being  lustrous  pitch-black  above  and 
ordinarily  greenish-black  below.  These  characters,  however,  are  not 
diagnostic,  as  more  or  less  yellow-bellied  Bastern  constrictor  often  occurs. 

Inasmuch  as  individuals  of  B.  constrictoTj  which  have  not  attained 
their  adult  state,  resemble  greatly  in  coloration  B.  vetustunij  color  cannot 
be  relied  upon  as  a  specific  point  in  diagnosis.  The  position  of  certain  of 
the  upper  labial  and  their  relation  to  the  eye  and  that  of  the  lower 
postorbital  afford  the  most  reliable  means  of  distinguishing  the  species. 
In  Ba^scanium  constrictor j  a  line  drawn  slightly  obliquely  backward  ^m 
the  junction  of  the  third  and  fourth  upper  labials  will  pass  directly 
through  the  centre  of  the  pupil  of  the  eye.  The  same  line  drawn  iu  B. 
vetustum  would  pass  slightly  anterior  to  the  centre  of  the  pupil,  and  in 
the  latter  species  the  lower  postorbital  lies  in  a  notch  between  the  fourth 
and  fifth  upper  labials.  In  B.  constrictor^  the  lower  postorbital  rests  on 
the  upper  border  of  the  fourth  upper  labial.  Iu  some  cases,  the  position 
of  the  lower  postorbital  in  B.  vetmtum  differs  on  different  sides  of  the 
same  individual.  The  young  of  B.  vetustum  can  hardly  be  distinguished 
from  the  young  of  B.  constrictor  except  by  the  position  of  the  lower 
postorbital.  The  description  of  the  young  by  Baird  and  Girard,  p.  94  of 
their  Catalogue,  is  excellent,  and  should  be  relied  upon,  as  young  speci- 
mens differ  so  materially  in  coloration  from  adults. 


COUES  AND  TABBOW  ON  HEBPETOLOQT.        285 

The  typical  and  best  known  species  of  this  genns  is  the  common 
Black  Snake  of  the  United  States  {B.  eonstrictor).  All  the  species  agree 
in  their  slender  form  and  perfectly  smooth,  lastrons  scales  and  uniform 
coloration  while  adnlt,  though  the  yoang  are  somewhat  particolored. 
They  grow  to  a  large  size,  and  are  noted  for  their  powers  of  constriction. 
They  are  among  the  most  active  and  agile  of  our  serpents,  possessing 
eminent  scansorial  powers,  and  are  persistent  enemies  of  numerous  small 
birds,  whose  nests  they  rob  of  the  eggs  or  young. 

Gyglophis  YEBNALis.    (DeK.)  OUntk. 

CcHuber  vemaliSf  DeKat,  MS.—Harl.  Joarn.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  r.  1827,  361 ;  Med. 

and  Phys.  Res.  1835, 124.— Stoker,  Rep.  Mass.  Rept.  1839, 224.— Holbr.  N.  Am. 

Herpet.  iii.  1842, 79,  pi.  17.— DbKay,  N.  Y.  Fanna,  iU.  1842,  40,  pL  11.  f.  22.— 

Thomps.  Nat.  Hist.  Vermont,  1842,  117. 
Cklaro9oma  vemalU,  Bd.  &  GiR.  Catal.  N.  Am.  Rept.  1853, 10^. 
HerpetodryoB  vemalU,  Hallow.  Proo.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  1856, 243. 
L\opelti9  vemalU,  Cofte,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  1860,  560.— Hatd.  Trans.  Amer. 

Phil.  Soc.  xii.  1862,  177. 
Cjfolopkis  vemali9,  GCnther,  Cat.  Col.  Snakes  Brit.  Mns.  1853, 119. 

Observed  by  Dr.  Hayden  on  the  Yellowstone. 

In  vol.  V,  Zoology,  of  Ex.  for  Expl.  West  of  One  Handredtb  Meridian^ 
mention  is  made  by  Dr.  Yarrow,  p.  539,  of  the  discovery  of  tbis  species 
at  Abiquiu,  N.  Mex.,  and  in  the  Am.  Nat.  vol.  — ,  p.  — ,  the  same  author 
relates  that  it  was  found  by  Lieutenant  Carpenter  in  Colorado.  These 
facts  extend  greatly  its  southern  limit  C.  cdstivusj  the  Eastern  and 
Southern  species,  has  been  found  in  New  Mexico,  Texas,  and  Western 
Missouri. 

The  two  species  are  readily  distinguishable :  (7.  vernalis  having  15 
rows  of  smooth  scales,  7  upper  labials,  8  lower;  and  C.  eestivua  having 
17  rows  of  strongly  carinated  scales,  except  the  outer  row,  which  is 
smooth,  and  the  second  slightly  keeled;  upper  labials  7,  lower  labials  8. 

SAURIA. 

Family  IGUANIDiE. 

Genus  PHRYNOSOMA.     Wieg. 

Phbtnosoma  douglassi.    (Bell)  Gray. 
Samed  Lizard;  Homed  "  Toad^;  Horned  ^^Frog^. 

a.  DOUGLASSI. 

Affoma  douglauit^  Bbix,  Trans.  Linn.  Soc.  xvi.  1829,  105,  pi.  10.— Bbll,  Isis,  Bd.  zxiiL 
1^30,910.— Harl.  Med.  and  Phys.  Res.  1835, 141,  f.  3. 

Fknmo9(ma  dougUutii,  Gray,  Griffith's  An.  King.  ix.  18;n,  44.— Wagl.  Nat.  Syst.  Amph 
1830, 146.— WnsoM.  Herp.  Mex.  1834, 54.— Holb.  N.  Am.  Herpet.  i.  1842,  101, 
pL  14.— Gray,  Cat.  Br.  Mas.  1845, 227.— Girard,  Stansbnry's  Rep.  Expl.  Great 
Salt  Lake,  1852,362,  pi.  7,  f.  6-9  (monographic).— Cope,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sou 
Phila.,  1866, 302.— Allen,  Proc.  Best.  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.  xrii.  1874, 69. 


286        BULLETnr  mrfrED  states  oeolooical  survet. 

Phrjfnomma  tkmgUu9ii  solisp.  dougla$$H,  Cope,  Check  List  N.  A.  Bat  and  Rep.  1875,  49. 
Tapajfa  doitgUmii,  GirjlRD,  U.  &  Ex.  Ex.  Herpet.  I898,  398,  pi.  21,  f.  1-^->Bd.  P.  R.  R. 

Rep.  X.  1859,  Gaonisoo's  and  Beckwith'a  Roate,  Reptilea,  18.^Bi>.  P.  R.  R.  Rep. 

X.  1859,  Williamson's  and  Abbott's  Roate,  Reptiles,  9.— Coop.  Sl  Suckl.  N.  H. 

Wash.  Terr.  1860,  294. 

b.  ORNATISSIMA. 

Fhrynosoma  orbioulart,  Hikixow.  Sitgreaves's  Rep.  Expl.  Zafii  and  Colorado  Rivers,  125, 

pis.  8,  9.    (^eoWiegm.) 
Tapaya  <nmati8sima,  GiR.  U.  8.  Expl.  Exped.  Herpet.  1858,  398.— Bd.  P.  R.  R.  Rep.  x. 

1859,  Whipple's  Roate,  Reptiles,  38.— Bd.  U.  8.  Mex.  B.  Sarv.  ii.  pt.  ii.  1859, 

Reptiles,  9. 
Pkrifna9oma  dongUusii  Buhsp,  amatiasimumf  Cope,  Check  List  N.  A.  Bat.  and  Rep.  1875, 49. 

Speeimena, 

1148.    Milk  River  at  49<^.    Jnly26,  1874. 

1153.  Sweetgrass  Hills.     Aag.    3, 1874. 

1154.  Sweetgrass  HiUs.     Aug.    3,1874. 

Bepresencatives  of  the  order  Sauria  are  even  fewer  in  namber  tban 
those  of  the  Ophidia  in  this  latitude  (49^  N.),  and  the  present  is  the  only 
species  which  was  observed  by  the  Commission.  Two  others,  however, 
are  given  beyond  as  probably  occurring  on  the  line  east  of  the  Rocky 
Mountains.  Six,  including  the  present  species,  are  described  from 
Washington  Territory  by  Drs.  Cooper  and  Suckley. 

Douglass's  Horned  Lizard  is  the  most  abundant  and  widely  diffused  of 
the  six  or  eight  known  United  States  species  of  the  genus  Phrynosoma. 
It  ranges  in  fact  throughout  nearly  all  parts  of  the  West,  from  the 
Mexican  to  the  British  Boundary,  reaching  the  latter  in  the  region  of 
the  Milk  Biver.  Its  northernmost  extension  east  of  tho  Bocky  iMount- 
ains  at  any  rate  appears  to  be  only  in  the  Missouri  watersheil.  Dr. 
Cones  obtained  no  indication  of  its  presence  in  any  pa||  of  the  Bed  Biver 
region.  It  was  found  quite  commonly  on  the  Milk  Biver,  where  this 
stream  crosses  the  Line,  and  thence  westward  to  the  Bocky  Monntaius. 
In  these  latitudes,  its  range  api)ears  to  coincide  with  that  of  Crotalus 
oonfluentua. 

The  present  species  may  be  known  among  the  congeners  by  the  orbi- 
cular shape  of  the  body  in  connection  with  the  very  slight  develop- 
ment of  the  cephalic  spines,  which  are,  in  fact,  no  more  tban  pointed 
scales,  little  different  from  those  on  other  parts  of  the  body.  In  some 
other  species,  the  body  is  more  elongated  or  oval,  and  certain  plates 
upon  the  bead  are  developed  into  long  spines.  The  coloration  is  varia- 
gated  and  diffuse,  and  differs  greatly  in  different  individuals,  especially 
farther  south,  where  there  is  greater  latitude  in  this  respect  than  at 
the  north.  In  this  region  of  northernmost  extension,  the  colors  are 
almost  uniform  and  quite  pale,  and  the  size  is  usually  small.  The  colora- 
tion of  the  animal  depends  greatly  upon  the  color  of  the  ground  where 
found,  and  it  is  our  impression  that  this  species  possesses  to  a  limited 
degree  a  modified  power  of  chameleonization  seen  in  other  Sanrians. 

Although  commonly  called  '*  Horned  Toads'',  or  *^  Horned  Frogs'',  from 
basty  consideration  of  a  superficial  resemblance  in  shape  to  some  of  the 


COUES  AND  TABROW  ON  HEBPETOLOOT.        287 

BairachiOj  these  animals  are  true  Lizards,  belonging  to  a  large  groap 
which  contains  the  Iguana,  and  nnmerons  well  known  smaller  species  of 
this  country.  The  presence  of  a  tail,  which  is  not  found  in  adult  life  in 
the  typical  Batrachians;  the  scaly  armor  of  the  body,  as  contrasted 
with  the  naked  skin  of  Batrachians ;  the  mode  of  development,  in  not 
passing  through  a  larval  Tadpole  stage,  in  which  the  species  breathe  in 
the  water  by  means  of  gills ;  and  the  ambulatory,  not  saltatorial,  mode 
of  progression,  are  some  of  the  prominent  characteristics  by  which  the 
PhrynosomcB  show  their  true  affinities. 

Although  of  rather  repulsive  aspect,  the  Homed  Lizards  are  inof- 
fensive and  perfectly  harmless  animals.  They  are  rather  sluggish, 
easily  captured,  make  no  resistance,  and  are  readily'  tamed,  when  they 
make  rather  amusing  pets  for  those  who  may  desire  to  watch  their  sly 
and  furtive  ways.  They  feed  principally  upon  flies,  ants,  and  other  small 
insects,  which  they  catch  by  rapid  protrusion  of  their  viscid  tongue, 
leaping,  or  rather  running,  at  their  prey  sometimes.  One  that  bad  been 
tamed  would  eat  from  the  fingers,  and  also  take  a  drop  of  milk,  appear- 
ing greatly  to  relish  it.  Like  other  cold-blooded  animals,  they  sustain 
long  fasts  without  apparent  inconvenience,  and  may  be  safely  mailed 
alive,  as  curiosities,  to  almost  any  part  of  the  country.  We  have  never 
been  able  to  keep  them  alive  over  four  months. 

The  subspecies  of  this  same  P.  dovgl<i8sii  (nrnaiisHmum)  is  principally 
found  in  the  Sonoran  region,  but  specimens  are  in  the  National  Museum 
from  Utah  and  Upper  Colorado  and  Pole  Greek  (wherever  that  may  be). 

SOELOPOBUS  C0NS(iBBU9US.     B.  dc  O. 

SoOoponu  wn%ohrinuBt  Bd.  &,  Gib.  Marcy's  Bep.  Ezpl.  Bed  B.  1853,  224,  pi.  10,  f. 
&-12.— Bd.  p.  B.  B.  Bep.  x.  1859,  Whipple's  Boate,  Beptiles,  37.— Bd.  U.  S. 
Hex.  B.  Sary.  ii.  pt.  ii.  1S59,  Beptiles,  5. — Ha  yd.  Trans.  Amer.  Phil.  Soo.  xii. 
1862,  177.— Cope,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  1866,  303.— Cope,  Check  List  N. 
A.  Bat.  and  Bep.  1875,  49.— Allek,  Proc.  Bost.  Soc.  Nat.  Uist.  xvii.  1874,  69 
(from  the  Yellowstone). 

Lately  obtained  by  Mr.  J.  A.  Allen  on  the  Yellowstone,  and  has  been 
foand  in  Utah  and  Nevada.  Belongs  to  the  Sonoran  and  Central  re- 
gion,  Oregon  f ,  and  Texas. 

.  Family  SCINCID^. 

Oenns  EUMEGES.     Wieg. 

EUMEOES  SEPTENTBIONALIS.     {Bd.) 

Ifortliem  SJcink. 

PUtUodtm  9eptentrionaliBy  Bd.  Proo.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  1858,  — .— Bd.  P.  B.  B.  Bep. 

X.  1859,  Vt^hipple's  Bonte,  Beptiles,  38,  pi.  24,  f.  2.— Hatd.  Trans.  Amer.  PhiL 

Soc  xii.  1802,  177. 
.Skmeoff  sfptonMcmalM,  Cope,  Check  List  N.  A.  Bat.  and  Bep.  1875,  44. 

Originally  described  from  Minnesota,  and  also  known  to  occur  in 
Hebraska  and  Kansas. 


288     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SUBVET. 


B.-BATRACHIA. 

ANURA. 

Family  BUFONID^. 
Genus  BUFO. 

BUFO  LENTIGINOSUS  FOWLEBl.     {PutnaiHj  M8S.) 

Fowler^s  Toad. 

B^fo  ttmericanut  YBi.fowlerif  "  Putn.  MSS." 

B%fo  lentigino9U8  sahep,  fowlerii,  Cope,  Check  List  N.  A.  Bat.  and  Rep.  1875,  S9. 

Spedmena. 

1006.  Pembina.  Jooe  3, 1873. 

101^  Pembina.  Jane  5, 1873. 

1028.  Pembina.  June  7, 1873. 

1031.  Pembina.  Jane  7, 1873. 

1066.  Turtle  Moantain.  July  23,  1873. 

1070.  Turtle  Moantain.  July  24,  1873. 

f  1086.  Mouse  Ri^er.  Aug.  17, 1873. 

f  1092.  Mouse  River.  Aog.  25, 1873. 

Abundant  along  the  line  throughout  the  Red  Hiver  watershed,  where 
it  was  the  only  species  observed.  Westward,  in  the  Missouri  and  Milk 
Biver  region,  it  appears  to  be  entirely  replaced  by  the  followiug  species: — 

BUFO  COLUMBIENSIS.     Bd.  (&  Oiv. 

Columbia  Toad. 

Bufo  ooItimMaifi*,  Bd.  &,  Gut.  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Pbila.  1853,  378.— GiR.  Proo.  Acad. 
Nat  Sci.  Pbila.  1854,  87.— GiR.  U.  8.  £xpl.  Kxped.  Herpet.  77,  pi.  5,  f.  4-9.— 
Bd.  p.  R.  R.  Rep.  x.  1859,  Williamson's  and  Abbotts  Roate,  Reptiles,  12.— 
Coop.  &,  Suckl.  N.  H.  Wash.  Terr.  18G0,  304.— Allen,  Proc  Bost.  Boo.  Nat. 
Hist.  ZTli.  1874,  70.— Cope,  Check  List  N.  A.  Bat  and  Rep.  1875, 29. 

SpecmenB, 

11177.  Kootanie  River.  Ang.  17,  lfl74. 

1181.  Chief  Moantain  Lake.  Ang.  19, 1874. 

1183.  Chief  Moantain  Lake.  Aug.  23,1874. 

1190.  Chief  Mnnntain  Lake.  A  ng.  24, 1874. 

119L  Chief  M  jnntjun  Lak'«.  Aug.  24, 1874. 

This  species,  origiually  described  from  the  Pacific  slopes,  and  not 
generally  recognized  as  occurring  east  of  the  Rocky  Mountains,  was 


COUES  AND  TARBOW  ON  H£BP£TOLOOT.        289 

foQDd  to  be  very  common  iu  the  above-named  localities.  It  was  also 
procured  on  the  Yellowstone  by  Mr.  Allen.  The  palmation  of  the  feet 
renders  it  much  more  decidedly  aqaatic  in  habit  than  is  usual  in  this 
genns.  I  found  it  swimming  freely  in  the  lake,  as  well  as  in  various 
streams  and  pools  about  the  eastern  base  of  the  Mountains.  Specimens 
were  taken  from  the  stomach  of  Salmo  namaycush  and  other  fish  of  the 
same  genus  in  this  locality,  further  indicating  its  aquatic  nature.  The 
colors  of  the  specimens  inhabiting  these  clear  cold  waters  are  notably 
fresh  and  firm. 

Family  RANIDiE. 

Genus  EANA. 

Ban  A  HALECiNA.    Kalm. 

Leopard  Frog, 

'*BanapipieH8,  Gm/',  Syst  Nat.  13th  ed.  1788, 1052  (neo  aucL), 

BanahaledMy  Kalm.— Daud.  Hist.  Nat.  Rept.  viii.  1803,  122.— Harl.  Jonro.  Acad. 

Nat.  Soi.  Phila.  v.  337 ;  Med.  and  Phys.  Res.  102,  224.— DeKay,  N.  Y.  Faana, 

iii.  1842,  63,  pi.  20,  f.  19.— HoLBR.  N.  Am.  Herpet.  iv.  1842,  91,  pi.  13.— Bd.  P. 

R.  R.  Rep.  X.  ia59;  Whipple's  Roate,  Reptiles,  45.— Coop.  &  Suckl.  N.  U., 

Wash.  Terr.  1860,  304,  pi.  29,  f.  7.— Hayd.  Trans.  Amor.  Phil.  Sac.  xii.  1862. 

177.— Cope,  Proo.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Philo.  1866,  301.— Allen,  Proc.  Bost.  Soc, 

Nat.  Hist.  xvii.  1874,  70. 

SpedmcM, 

1064,  bis,  ter,  etc.  Near  Pembina  Moantains.  July   9,  1873.    Numeroas  specimens, 

f  1081.  Soaris  River.  Ang.  16, 1873. 

f  1061,  hia.  Sonris  River.  Ang.  16, 1873. 

1118.  Wolf  Creek.  Jnne  28, 1874. 

1118,  bU.  Wolf  Creek.  Jane  28, 1874. 

11167.  Head  of  Milk  River.  Ang.  14,1874.  ' 

A  series  of  specimens,  demonstrating  the  general  dispersion  of  the 
species  in  the  permanent  waters  of  tbe  region  explored.  It  occurs  in 
Washington  Territory,  and  I  have  foand  it  iu  New  Mexico  and  Arizona, 
as  well  as  in  various  localities  in  the  Eastern  United  States,  where  it  is 
one  of  the  most  abundant  and  well-known  species,  conspicuous  in  its 
size,  rich  coloration,  and  agility. 

The  commou.Western  form  is  Rana  luilecina  berlandieri^  which  is  only 
distinguished  from  R.  haltcina  by  its  larger  size  and  generally  coarser 
and  more  pustulated  skin.  The  specimens  represent  ^^berlandieri^j  but 
this  we  are  disinclined  to  adopt  without  further  investigation  of  its 
idleged  distinctness. 

Rana  septenirionalia  of  Baird  (Proc.  Phila.  Acad.  1854,  p.  61)  is  accred- 
ited with  a  range  from  ^^  Canada  to  Montana",  but  was  not  observed. 
Bull.  iv.  No.  1—19 


290     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOQICAL  8UBVET. 

Family  HYLID^. 

Oenas  CBOBOPHILUS. 

Ghobophilus  tbisebiatus.    (Maxim.) 

ffelecetea  trUeriatut,  Maxih.  Reise  Nord-Am.  i.  1839,  — .— Hayd.  Trans.  Amer.  PbiL  Soo. 

xil.  1862, 177. 
Ckorophilua  trUeriatuSf  Copk,  Cbeok  List  N.  A.  Bat.  and  Rep.  1875,  30. 

8peoimen8, 

1123,  5i«,  Ur^  etc.    Frenchman's  River.    July  G,  1874. 

This  small  species  was  foand  iu  the  greatest  abundaDce  in  prairie 
pools*  and  streams  at  varioas  points  along  the  line,  especially  at  French- 
man's River,  where  numerous  specimens  were  secured.  It  forms  a  con- 
siderable portion  of  the  food  of  the  Eutcenice  of  this  region.  Specimens 
are  also  in  the  Natural  Museum  from  Colorado,  New  Mexico,  Nebraska, 
and  Kansas. 

Family  AMBLYSTOMATID^. 

Genus  AMBLYSTOMA.    Tsch. 
Ambltstoma  mayortiuh.    Bd. 

a.  MAVORaiUM. 

Amhystoma  mavartia,  Bd.  Joam.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  2d  ser.  i.  1849,  292,  284  (New 

Mexico). 
Amhtfatoma  mavortium,  Hallow.  Joam.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  iii.  1858,  352. 
Amblyatoma  maror^titm,  Bd.  P.  R.  R.  Rep.  x.  1859,  Gunnison's  and  Beokwith's  Roate, 

Reptiles,  20.— Cope,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  1867, 184.— Allen,  Proc.  Bost. 

Soc.  Nat.  Hist.  xvii.  1874,  70.— Cope,  Check  List  N.  A.  Bat.  and  Rep.  1875,  25. 
.Ambljfstoma  prourpina,  Bd.  &,  GiR.  Proc.  Aoail.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  18.'>2,  173. — Bd.  U.  S. 

Mex.  B.  8arv.  ii.  pt.  ii.  1869,  Reptiles,  29,  pi.  35,  f.  7-14. 
Ambystoma proserpine,  Hallow.  Jonrn.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  iii.  1858,  354. 
Ambystoma  maculatum^  Haltx>w.  Jonrn.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  iii.  1858,  355. — Hallow. 

Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  1857,  215. 
DwmioaUjma  maculatumy  "Sager,  Penins.  Jonrn.  Med.  1858,428''. 
Camarataxis  nuumlata,  Cope,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  1859, 123. 
Ambyatoma  nebuloaunif  Hallow.  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  1852,  209  (Arizona).— 

Hallow.  Sitgreaves's  Rep.  Expl.  Znfli  and  Colorado  R.  1853, 143,  pi.  20.— Hal- 
low. Jonrn.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  iii.  1858,  352. 
Amhlyatomaf  nehuloeumy  Cope,  Proc  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  1866,  300. 

b.  CALIFORNIENSE. 

Amhystoma  odlifarnienae,  Gray,  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  Lond.  1853,  11,  pL  7  (Monterey).— 

Hallow.  Jonrn.  Phila.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci,  iii.  1858,  355. 
Amhlyatoma  mavortium  snbsp.  califomienae,  Cope,  Check  List  N.  A.  Bat.  and  Rep.  1875, 25. 

*  These  pools  also  furnished  great  numbers  of  an  interesting  Phyllopod,  Lepidurna 
am«9i  of  Packard. 


COUES  AND  TABROW  ON  HEBPETOLOGT.        291 

1045.  Pembina.  Jane  24, 1873. 

1057.  Pembina.  .  Jane  28, 1873. 

1071.  Turtle  Moantain.  July  28, 1873. 

1074.  Turtle  Monutaio.  Aug.  11, 1873. 

1074  &{8.  Turtle  Mountain.  Au^.    1,1873. 

1137.  Two  Forks  of  Milk  River.  July  15,  1874. 

Commou  in  saitable  sitaations  all  along  the  line.  In  all  the  speci- 
mens observed,  the  metamorphosis  from  the  Siredon  stage  was  completed 
at  a  length  of  four  or  five  inches.  In  other  regions,  I  have  procured  the 
same  species,  still  in  the  Siredon  stage,  but  nearly  twice  as  large.  Indi- 
viduals were  found  in  damp  places  about  the  buildings  at  Fort  Pembina 
and  vicinity,  and  still  more  numerously  around  the  pools  at  the  western 
base  of  Turtle  Mountain.  They  wandered  freely  awoy  from  the  water, 
and  in  some  instances  entered  our  tents. 

lu  life,  the  coloration  of  the  specimens  examined  was  clear  olive  above, 
more  glaucous  or  greenish-white  below,  everywhere  variegated  in  bold 
pattern  with  black. 

In  addition  to  the  foregoing,  the  only  species  of  the  genus  observed 
by  the  commission,  a  second  is  described  as  inhabiting  the  region  about 
the  eastern  portions  of  the  line.  This  is  the  Ambystama  laterale  of  Hal- 
lowell  (Journ.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  iii.  1858,  352),  now  regarded  as  a 
variety  of  Ambly stoma  jeffersonianum  Bd.  (op.  cit  i.  1849, 283)  {Xiphonura 
jefferaoniana  Tschudi,  Glass.  Batrach.  1838). 

Amblystama  aterrimum  Cope  (Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  18C7,  201) 
is  a  species  described  from  the  Northern  Rocky  Mountains,  in  the  region 
explored  by  Lieutenant  Mullan. 


ART.  XIL-ON  CONSOLIDATION  OF  THE  HOOFS  IN  THE  VIR- 
GINIAN DEER. 


By  Db.  Elliott  Coues,  U.  S.  A. 


Mr.  Oeorge  A.  Boardman,  of  Calais,  Me.,  has  obligingly  submitted  to 
mj  examination  the  feet  of  a  Deer  (Cariacus  virffinianus)  displaying  the 
abnormality  of  consolidation  of  the  hoofs. 

The  state  of  the  specimens  does  not  permit  any  examination  of  the 
condition  of  the  bones  themselves.  As  well  as  can  be  judged  from  inspec- 
tion, and  by  feeling  through  the  dried  skin  which  covers  them,  they  are 
entirely  normal. 

The  false  hoofs  are  present  and  of  ordinary  characters. 

The  malformation  seems  to  be  confined  to  the  horny  substance  of  the 
true  hoof,  which  is  consolidated  with  its  fellow  of  the  opposite.  The 
union  is  complete  along  the  whole  inner  margins  of  the  hoof,  excepting 
a  notch  between  the  two  halves  at  the  end  less  than  half  an  inch  in 
depth. 

Viewed  from  above,  the  hoof  shows  its  composition  by  lateral  halves, 
there  being  a  i^rofouud  longitudinal  sulcus,  along  the  bottom  of  which 
groove  is  the  line  of  union,  complete  to  within  less  than  half  an  inch  of 
the  end. 

On  the  plantar  surface,  the  confluence  of  the  hoofs  gives  a  nearly 
plane  surface,  without  special  indication  by  a  sulcus  of  the  line  of  union, 
to  within  about  an  inch  of  the  end,  where  a  median  depression,  bounded  * 
by  raised  edges,  marks  the  seam,  the  extremity  being  nicked,  or  notched, 
as  already  said.  The  outer  border  of  the  sole  of  the  foot  is  smoothly 
rounded  oif  behind ;  but  anteriorly,  for  about  half  the  length  of  the  whole 
hoof,  the  margins  are  raised  and  sharp-edged, — this  edge  terminating 
behind  in  a  scroll-like  inversion.  This  sharp  margin  is  the  outer  edge 
of  each  hoof  along  that  portion  of  its  length  which  is  ordinarily  applied 
to  the  ground. 

The  profile  view  of  the  hoof  displays  the  deformity  of  excessive  growth 
in  length,  the  whole  hoof  being  unnaturally  elongated,  with  the  end 
curved  upward,  rendering  the  lore  border  strongly  concave  in  profile, 
and  causing  the  hind  and  under  border  to  fall  into  one  long  and  con- 
tinuous curve,  with  convexity  downward. 

Besides  such  elongation  and  curvature,  the  whole  hoof  is  unnaturally 
contracted,  or  laterally  compressed;  the  sides,  which  should  expand 
downward  and  outward,  curving  downward  and  toward  each  other,  so 

293 


294     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SUBYEY. 

that  the  greatest  width  of  the  plantar  sarface  between  the  lateral  sharp 
edges  is  mnch  less  than  the  diameter  of  the  hoof  across  the  top. 

Length  of  the  hoof  in  front  (chord  of  the  concave  border)  nearly  two 
inches.  Entire  length  of  the  hoof  behind  (chord  of  the  convex  curve 
from  base  to  tip)  three  inches.  Greatest  width  of  the  hoof,  both  halves 
together,  less  than  one  inch — this  measurement  being  taken  near  the 
base  of  the  hoof  behind.  Width  of  either  half,  at  a  point  oppo^te  ends 
of  the  hairs  in  front,  on\j  four  tenths  of  an  inch. 

The  general  constriction  of  the  hoof  is  of  coarse  of  a  part  with  its 
consolidation }  while  its  lengthcniDg  and  carvatare  are  doubtless  the 
progressive  resalt  of  growth  nnder  circnmstances  not  permitting  the 
normal  spread  and  play  of  each  hoof  apon  the  groand. 

This  monstrosity  is  clearly  a  freak  in  an  individnal  case,  belonging  to 
the  general  category  of  web-fingering;  and  it  is  not  to  be  compared 
with  the  more  profound  modifications  of  the  pig's  foot  which  I  describe 
in  the  succeeding  article.  Its  occurrence  is  so  obviously  and  seriously 
disadvantageous  that  it  could  scarcely  be  perpetuated  to  any  extent. 


ART.  Xni.-ON  A  BREED  OF  SOLID-HOOFED  PIGS  APPARENTLY 

ESTABLISHED  IN  TEXAS. 


By  Db.  Elliott  Coues,  U.  S.  A. 


My  attentioQ  has  recently  been  called  to  this  matter  by  commanica- 
tioDS  from  a  valued  correspondent,  Mr.  O.  W.  Maruock,  of  Helotes, 
Bexar  County,  Texas,  who  has  further  laid  me  under  obligations  by 
transmitting  the  well-prepared  specimen  from  which  the  accompanying 
illustration  has  been  made. 

Like  the  monstrosity  of  cleft-hoof  occasionally  witnessed  in  the  horse 
or  ass,  the  peculiarity  of  the  solid  hoof  is  already  known  to  occur  in  the 
domestic  pig.  Thus,  I  am  informed  by  Professor  Baird  of  his  recollec- 
tion of  such  a  case,  there  having  been  many  years  ago  a  number  of  solid- 
hoofed  pigs  in  the  possession  of  a  person  residing  near  Carlisle,  Pa., 
who  specially  valued  them  for  some  advantage  which  the  peculiarity 
was  supiiosed  to  confer.  Professor  Leidy  also  tells  me  that  the  same 
thing  is  within  his  knowledge. 

As  in  the  case  of  the  monstrosity  of  cyclopism,  which  is  of  compara- 
tively frequent  occurrence  in  these  animals,  however,  the  formation  of 
the  solid  hoof  seems  to  have  been  regarded  as  a  mere  freak  of  nature, 
or  monstrosity  in  the  usual  sense  of  that  term ;  whereas  I  gather  from 
my  correspondence  with  Mr.  Marnock  that  the  solid  hoofed  pigs  of  Texas 
are  established  as  a  race  which  transmits  its  peculiarities  to  its  ofifspring 
as  surely  as  it  does  any  other  portion  of  its  structure.  I  should  judge 
from  Mr.  Marnock's  remarks  that  the  solid-hoofed  pigs  of  his  locality 
constitute  a  large  proportion,  if  not  a  majority,  of  the  species. 

The  peculiarity  is  so  firmly  established  that  no  tendency  to  revert  to 
the  original  and  normal  form  is  observable  in  these  pigs.  Mr.  Marnock 
informs  me  that  the  cross  of  a  folid-hoofe<l  boar  with  a  sow  of  the  ordi- 
nary type  produces  a  litter  the  majority  of  which  show  the  peculiarity 
of  the  male  parent. 

He  alludes  to  a  popular  belief  which  ascribes  the  origin  of  this  breed 
to  crossing  with  the  peccary, — this  being  of  course  fallacious. 

The  upshot  of  this  modification  of  the  foot  is  that  a  strictly  artiodac- 
tyle  animal  is  transformed  into  an  imperfectly  perissodactyle  one.  As 
far  as  the  hoof  itself  is  concerned,  the  pig  is  completely  solidungulate. 
It  is  also  perfectly  ^'oddtoed  ",  or  single-toed,  in  the  terminal  phalanges, 
anchylosis  of  which  produces  a  single  broad  phalanx  in  the  axis  of  the 
limb.  Above  this,  however,  the  other  two  ]>halanges,  medial  and  proxi- 
mal, of  each  of  the  two  ])rincipnl  lateral  digits,  remain  perfectly  dis- 

2d5 


296  BULLETIN   UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL   SDRTET. 

tiDct,  and,  moreover,  widelj  separated  from  eacb  otber  by  interveDtion  of 
a  special  ossicle,  doubtless  a  sesamoid,  in  the  axis  of  the  foot  immedi* 
ately  above  the  single  termiaol  phalaax. 

The  actnal  structure,  both  of  the  bones  of  the  digits  and  of  the  horny 
hoof,  will  be  appreciated  from  a  glance  at  the  accompanyiug  figure. 
This  ia  engraved  of  life  size,  front  view,  with  the  boof  withdrawn  snfD- 
cieutly  to  display  all  the  parts.  Tbe  preparation  is 
from  a  young  sabject  about  three  mouths  old,  in  which 
tbo  proximal  epiphyses  of  the  phalanges  are  still  evi- 
\  dent.  Tbe  pair  of  distinct  proximal  phalanges  of  oor- 
1  uial  characters,  or  nearly  so,  are  seen  to  be  succeeded 
.  by  nodular  media!  pbalauges,  which  latter,  as  well  as 
the  distal  extremities  of  tbe  proximal  phalanges,  are 
widely  separated  by  intervention  of  a  special  ossicle  in 
the  axis  of  the  foot.  To  these  succeeds  a  single  broad 
—  and  flattened  terminal  phalanx,  obviously  composed  of 

the  pair  of  distal  phalanges  anchylosed  together.    Id 
this  si>ecimen,  the  anchylosis  is  complete,  even  at  so 
early  an  age  of  the  subject;  its  condition  apparently 
being  not  tbe  result  of  progressive  couflaeuce  of  the 
two  bones,  but  of  their  original  connation. 
The  terminal  phalanx  is  flattened  and   somewhat 
scooped  out  on  its  posterior  aspect,  without  trace  of  previous  separatiou 
into  halves.    In  front,  however,  as  shown  by  the  flgorc,  it-  presents  a 
central  triangular  elevation,  apex  downward,  and  base  articulated  with 
tbe  nodular  ossicle  above  it,  ns  if  a  wedge  of  bone  had  been  thrust  into 
the  axis  of  the  limb  between  the  primitive  distal  phalanges.    This  wedge- 
shaped  piece  of  bone  is  completely  auchylosed  with  the  present  single 
distal  phalanx;  and  below  its  apex  the  edge  of  the  bone  is  jwrfectly 
continuous  across  the  axis  of  tbe  foot. 

The  central  nodular  ossicle,  which  1  have  already  mentioned  as  a  sesa- 
moid, articulates  with  all  five  of  tbe  bones  of  the  foot.  I  cannot  account 
for  its  presence  unless  it  be  a  displaced  sesamoid,  snub  as  for  example 
that  which  is  normal  beneath  the  base  of  the  distal  phalanx  of  the  horse, 
and  known  to  some  as  the  "  os  subarticulatom  ".  In  the  normal  pig's 
foot,  there  are  several  pairs  of  sesamoids  beneath  the  phalangeal  articu- 
lations; and  tbe  bone  in  qnestion  may  be  regarded  as  a  conflnenceof 
tbe  pail'  at  the  base  of  the  distal  phalanges,  or  of  two  pairs  at  the  bases 
of  the  medial  and  distal  phalanges  respectively.  The  displacement  of 
tbesQ  sesamoids  brings  the  ossicle  into  position  in  the  axis  of  the  foot 
between  instead  of  under  the  bones.  Or,  it  may  be  that  this  ossicle  is 
a  confluent  pair  of  sesamoids  from  beneath  tbe  basis  of  tbo  medial  pha- 
langes, and  that  the  wedge-shaped  piece  of  bone  which  appears  upon 
the  front  of  tbe  distal  phalanx,  consolidated  therewith,  represents  sesa- 
moids from  beneath  tbe  distal  phalanges. 
The  horny  hoof  encases  these  bones  as  far  as  the  distal  extremitiefl 


COUES   ON   A   BREED   OF   SOLID-HOOFED   FIGS.  297 

of  the  proximal  phalanges.  It  is  perfectly  whole, or  "solid",  as  seen 
in  the  figare.  Id  front,  there  is  a  slight,  though  evident,  vertical  line  of 
impression  along  the  middle,  indicating  its  composition  from  lateral 
halves.  On  the  solo  of  the  hoof,  there  is  a  broad,  angular  elevation  of 
horny  substance,  apex  forward,  and  sides  running  backward  and  out- 
ward to  the  lateral  borders  of  the  hoof,  the  whole  structure  being 
curiously  like  the  frog  of  the  horse's  hoof.  In  fact,  it  is  a  frog,  though 
broad,  flattened,  and  somewhat  horseshoe-shaped,  instead  of  being 
narrow,  deep,. and  acute,  as  in  the  actual  frog  of  the  horse.  This 
arcuate  thickening  of  the  corneous  substance  occupies  about  the  middle 
third  of  the  whole  plantar  surface  of  the  hoof. 

Viewing  the  apparent  establishment  of  this  pseudo-perissodactyle 
structure  in  an  artiodactyle,  the  question  arises  whether  we  have  not, 
under  our  eyes,  an  example  of  a  way  in  which  a  solidungulate  may  be 
evolved  from  a  pluridigitate  stock — though  of  course  the  one  case  is  by 
enlargement  of  a  single  median  digit  and  reduction  of  lateral  digitSi 
while  in  the  present  instance  a  bone  in  the  axis  of  the  limb  is  produced 
by  failure  of  fission  between  lateral  paired  digits.  Nothing  is  more  cer- 
tain than  that  the  present  solid-hoofed  horse  has  come  by  direct  descent, 
with  modification,  from  its  several-toed  ancestors  of  the  Tertiary.  In 
the  present  case^  we  seem  to  have  the  initial  steps  of  an  actual  trans* 
formation  which  may  in  time  result  in  modifications  to  which  ordinal 
value  may  attach.  It  may  be  suggested  that  this  modification  is  one 
of  progressive  adaptation  of  the  animals  to  their  freely-ranging  state 
on  the  prairies  of  the  country,  just  as  the  series  of  modifications  which 
the  primitive  horse's  foot  has  undergone  in  adaptation  to  the  making  of 
the  most  serviceable  hoof  for  running  on  hard  ground  at  the  expense  of 
any  other  function. 


ART.  XIV -PROFESSOR  OWEN  ON  THE  PYTHONOMORPHA. 


By  E.  D.  Cope. 


The  British  Maseom  has  recently  obtained  the  Van  Breda  collection 
of  fossils,  which  includes  a  valuable  series  of  Mosasauroid  remains  from 
Maestricht,  the  locality  which  furnished  to  Guvier  the  typical  specimen 
of  the  Mosasaurus  giganteus.  Professor  Owen  has  improved  the  oppor- 
tunity to  study  this  material  with  that  already  in  possession  of  the 
museum,  some  of  which  was  derived  from  North  American  sources. 

In  pursuing  this  subject,  Professor  Owen  has  done  me  the  honor  to 
study  my  contributions  to  it,  a  summary  of  which  appears  in  the  second 
volume  of  the  Final  Beport  of  the  United  States  Geological  Sunvey  of 
the  Territories  nnder  Dr.  F.  Y.  Hayden.  He  follows  my  determinations 
and  conclusions,  and  criticises  them  in  the  light  of  his  long  experience. 
As  a  portion  of  this  criticism  is  adverse  to  what  he  supposes  my  conclu- 
sions to  be,  I  propose  on  the  present  occasion  to  give  such  a  brief  review 
of  Professor  Owen's  paper*  as  my  other  immediate  occupations  will 
permit.  I  premise  that  this  cannot  now  include  a  complete  review  of 
the  subject,  nor  the  exposition  of  several  parts  of  it  which  have  not  yet 
received  the  attention  of  Professor  Owen  or  of  any  one  else. 

Professor  Owen's  references  to  my  work  may  be  included  under  three 
heads,  viz : — First,  as  to  matters  of  fact  or  observation;  second,  as  to  de- 
termination of  homologies  of  parts }  third,  as  to  the  estimation  of  affini- 
ties as  derived  from  the  preceding  branches  of  tbe  subject.  I  now  con- 
sider— 

I.— QUESTIONS  OF  FACT. 

The  many  observations  as  to  the  structure  of  the  order  of  Pythono- 
marpha  recorded  by  me  in  the  volume  already  referred  to  are  confirmed 
by  Professor  Owen  with  a  single  exception.  He  correctly  describes  the 
vertebrsB  of  the  genus  Slosasaurus  as  without  the  zygantrum  and  zygo- 
sphene  articulation,  and  proceeds  to  say  (p.  709),  in  reference  to  my 
ascription  of  this  structure  to  the  genus  Clidastes,  that  the  structure 
of  Mosasaurus  ^^is  repeated  in  plates  xviii,  xix,  xx,  xxi,  xxiii,  xxiv,  xxvi, 
xxvii,xxix,xxx,xxxiv,and  xxxvof  Professor  Cope's  great  work;  in  every 
figure  thezygospheneand  zygantrum  are  absent."  Andagain, — 'Tn  the 
plates  xviii  and  xxiii  given  to  tbe  vertebra)  of  the  species  [Clidastes] 
stenops  and  planifrons,  the  parts  and  processes  are  as  usual  not  indicated." 
All  this  is  a  remarkable  oversight  on  the  part  of  Professor  Owen.    He 

•Quarterly  Journal  of  Geol  gical  Society,  Loudon,  1877,  p.  C82. 

299 


300     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

-will  find  the  zygospheoe  distinctly  represented  on  figs.  5  a  and  5  b,  pi. 
sviii }  figs.  3b,3dj(jb,6c,  pL  xix  ;  fig.  15  d^  pL  xxi ;  figs.  3  c  and  3  dj  pL 
xxiii  'y  fig.  4,  pi.  xxiv ;  and  the  zjgantrnm  in  nearly  as  many  figures. 
He  will  also  find  them  well  represented  in  the  figures  of  vertebrae  of 
Clidasies  on  plates  v  and  xii  of  the  Extinct  Batrachia  and  Reptilia  of 
North  America.  In  order  to  substantiate  his  position,  he  copies  from 
my  work  a  figure  of  a  vertebra  of  Clidasies  stenops  from  which  the  zygo- 
sphene  has  been  accidentally  broken  away. 

Professor  Owen  places  me  in  the  attitude  of  committing  error  in  ques- 
tions of  fact  in  regard  to  the  limb-bones  and  their  arches  in  the  Laceriilia 
and  Ophidia,  My  statement  is, — '^  As  there  are  many  Lacertilia  without 
limbs,  and  some  serpents  with  them,  their  presence  in  this  order  is  irre- 
levant in  this  connection,  especially  as  the  arches  supporting  them  are 
most  like  those  of  tortoises  and  Plesiosaurs."  Professor  Owen  then 
proceeds  to  state  that  there  are  only  twenty-three  genera  of  Lacertilia 
with  reduced  limbs,  and  "extremely  few'^  where  they  may  be  considered 
to  befudiments.  Professor  Owen  can  hardly  have  had  in  mind  the 
developments  of  herpetology  during  the  last  five  or  ten  years  in  mak- 
ing this  assertion ;  for  the  genera  of  lizards  now  known  in  which  the 
limbs  are  rudiraental  may  safely  bo  said  to  be  numerous,  and  those  with- 
out even  rudiments  are  not  a  few.  Professor  Owen  appears  to  have 
overlooked  the  entire  suborder  of  the  Amphishania^  which  are  all  limb- 
less with  the  exception  of  one  genus.  He  then  criticises  my  reference  to 
serpents  with  limbs,  and  observes: — "In  certsiin  Ophidia  dissection  has 
revealed  a  small  styliform  bone  on  each  side  the  cloaca;  in  a  few  it  is 
tipped  with  horn  in  the  shape  of  a  claw.  .  .  .  Whether  these  ap- 
pendages to  the  generative  parts  be  homologous  with  the  '  claspers' 
of  sharks  or  with  the  ventral  fins,  and,  if  the  latter,  with  the  hind  limbs 
of  lizards,  is  yet  an  open  question."  Eeference  to  the  numerous  genera 
and  species  of  serpents  which  possess  rudimental  hind  limbs,  as  well 
as  to  the  two  suborders  which  possess  a  pelvis,  is  here  entirely 
omitted,  and  the  demonstration  of  the  homology  of  the  anal  claws 
above  mentioned  with  true  hind  limbs  appears  to  be  unknown  tOrPro- 
fessor  Owen.  Besides  the  BoidWy  Pythonidce^  and  Xenopeltidm  known  to 
Professor  Owen  as  possessing  these  rudimental  limbs,  there  are  the  Li- 
chanuridas,  Tortricidcey  and  Stenostomidw  ;  while  the  Typhlopidce  and  Ste- 
nostomidw  possess  a  pelvis — the  latter  family  with  ilium,  ischium,  and 
pubis,  as  ascertained  by  Peters.  This  i)elvisi8  more  complete  than  that 
of  various  Lacertilian  genera  of  the  Diploglossa  group,  or  of  the  suborder 
of  the  Amphisbwniay  which  consists,  according  to  Stannius,  of  a  rudi- 
mental ilium  only.  My  statements  on  this  point  are  borne  out  by  the 
facts.  My  assertion  as  to  the  resemblance  of  the  scapular  and  [)elvic 
arches  to  those  of  tortoises  and  Plesiosaurs  is  true  in  view  of  the  fact 
that  the  former  has  no  inferior  connection  with  a  sternum,  so  far  as 
known,  an  element  absent  in  the  orders  named  and  the  Ophidia^  but 
present  in  the  lizards,  although  not  universally  so. 


COPE   ON   OWEN   ON   PTTHONOMORPHA.  301 

Another  qaestion  of  f^^ct  is  raised  iu  regard  to  the  possibility  of  the 
lateral  horizoDtal  flexure  of  the  mandibular  ramus  in  the  various  genera 
of  Pytlwnomorpha.  My  critic  states, — "In  Python  the  outer  plate  of 
the  dentary  is  deeply  notched  behind  by  a  long  angular  depression 
which  receives  a  process  of  similar  shape  of  the  augulo-surangular 
element.  In  Mosasurtis  as  in  MonitoVj  the  outer  plate  of  the  dentary 
terminates  iu  a  snbvertical  line ;  this  is  curved  in  Iguana,  less  so  in 
Monitor,  still  less  in  MosasaurmSj  where  it  seems  to  have  suggested  to 
Professor  Cope  the  idea  of  a  movable  articulation  with  the  hinder  part 
of  the  ramus :  but  the  relative  overlapping  position  of  the  mandibular 
elements,  causing  the  angular  break  of  the  line"  [of  the  posterior  border 
of  the  dentary]  ^'on  the  outer  side  of  the  ramus,  and  in  a  great  degree  of 
the  inner  surface  of  the  ramus,  must  have  as  effectually  opposed  such 
flexion  in  MosasaurttSj  as  is  the  case  with  Lacertians  and  a  fortiori  with 
Ophidians." 

I  have  not  had  the  opportunity  of  studying  a  perfect  mandibular 
ramus  of  a  species  of  the  genus  Mosaaaurtis;  but  I  have  numerous 
mandibles  of  PlatecarptiSj  Liodon^  and  CUdastes.  In  all  of  these,  the  mo- 
bility is  indicated  by  the  character  of  the  adjacent  extremities  of  the 
segments  of  the  lower  jaw,  as  well  as  by  the  form  of  the  proximal  eud 
of  the  08  quadratum,  by  which  that  jaw  is  mediately  articulated  with 
the  skull.  There  is  no  ^^  overlapping  of  the  mandibular  elements  causing 
the  angular  break"  in  these  genera,  either  in  the  horizontal  or  vertical 
lines,  although  the  inferior  portion  of  if,  where  the  ball-and-socket  artic- 
ulation is  found,  forms  a  slight  angle  with  the  remaining  portion  of  tho 
hinge.  The  anterior  extremities  of  the  surangular  andcoronoid  are  con- 
tracted to  an  obtuse  edge,  which  fits  into  a  groove  or  rabbet  of  the  den- 
tary and  splenial  elements,  so  as  to  form  a  movable  joint,  the  two 
segments  of  the  ramus  being  held  together  by  a  lamina  of  bone  which 
in  life  was  doubtless  perfectly  flexible.  This  flexure  is  rendered  neces- 
sary when  the  jaw  is  opened  widely  by  the  form  of  the  proximal  end  of 
the  08  quadratum.  This  extremity  forms  a  sliding  joint  with  the  inferior 
face  of  the  opisthotic;  and  as  it  is  bent  or  curved  in  form,  its  movement 
necessarily  causes  a  lotation  of  the  quadrate  round  its  vertical  or  long 
axis.  This  rotation  of  course  throws  the  proximal  part  of  the  niandibular 
ramus  outward;  and  to  permit  this  movement,  the  joint  near  the  middle 
of  the  latter  is  clearly  adapted.  The  degree  of  flexure  is  dependent  on 
the  degree  of  rotation,  and  that  in  turn  on  the  curvature  of  the  prox- 
imal end  of  the  quadrate.  This  curvature  depends  on  the  development 
of  the  ^*  proximal  internal  angle",  which  is  very  large  in  Clidastes  and 
Liodon,dLud  smaller  in  Mosasaurus.  It  is  possible  that  the  power  of  flexure 
was  small  in  the  latter  genus,  and  that  Professor  Owen's  conclusions  in 
the  matter  may  be  due  to  imperfect  material. 

Under  the  head  of  matters  of  fact  may  be  mentioned  a  few  points  in 
the  history  of  the  discovery  of  the  structure  of  the  Pythonomorpha,  I 
have  claimed  in  my  work  that  the  discovery  of  the  hind  limbs  and  much 


802     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SUBYEY. 

of  their  character  has  been  dae  to  Professor  Marsh,  and  that  of  the  ante- 
rior limbs  to  myself.  Professor  Owen  writes  as  follows  (p.  710): — "The 
determinations  by  Cuvier  of  certain  bones  and  portions  of  bono  iu  the 
original  Camperian  collection  of  remains  of  the  Maestricht  Mosasaur, 
as  scapula,  coracoid,  pabis,  antebrachial,  carpal,  and  phalangeal  bones, 
established  the  capital  fact  that  it  was  a  reptile  with  both  scapular  and 
pelvic  arches  and  their  appended  limbs.  Evidence  had  been  obtained 
at  the  date  of  the  Bridgewater  treatises  to  enable  Buckland  to  define 
these  limbs  as  flippers  like  those  of  the  Plesiosaur.  The  subseqaent 
discoveries  of  Professors  Cope  and  Marsh  have  confirmed  these  deter- 
minations", etc.  "But  the  number  of  the  digits  in  each  limb,  and  of 
the  phalanges  in  each  digit,  remain  to  be  determined."  Since  Professor 
Marsh  and  myself  have  shown  that  every  one  of  the  determinations  of 
limb-bones  by  Cuvier  was  erroneous,  it  is  difficult  to  see  that  the  credit 
of  their  discovery  belongs  to  him.  Thus,  his  "pubis"  is  an  ischium; 
his  "scapula"  (fig.  9)  is  a  coracoid;  his  "scapula  and  clavicle"  is  a 
coracoid  probably  of  a  species  of  Platecarpus ;  his  "  ulna  "  is  an  ilium ; 
his  "carpals"  are  ulna  and  phalange  respectively;  while  his  supposed 
phalanges,  if  truly  such,  do  not  belong  to  Pythonomorphons  reptiles. 
If  we  add  to  this  that  he  represents  what  he  calls  an  "ungueal  pha- 
lange", a  structure  which  does  not  exist  in  the  order,  we  are  forced  to 
the  opinion  that  if  Cuvier  did  discover  the  scapular  and  pelvic  arches 
of  these  reptiles,  he  was  not  truly  aware  of  it  at  the  time.  The  state- 
ments of  Buckland,  and  similar  ones  by  Pictet,  as  to  these  limbs,  are 
not  accompanied  by  any  references  or  demonstration  to  show  that  they 
are  anything  more  than  guesses  on  the  subject.  Nor  does  Professor 
Owen  make  any  better  exhibit  in  this  field.  Jn  an  ingeniously  worded 
sentence  (p.  G83),  he  states  that  he  referred  fossils  from  New  Jersey, 
which  included  "  phalanges  of  a  limb  of  a  natatory  character",  to  the 
genus  Mosasaurus^  and  the  inference  is  necessary  that  at  that  time  he 
determined  the  limbs  of  that  genus  to  be  of  natatory  character.  On 
reference  to  the  essay  cited,*  I  find  the  fact  to  be  quite  the  reverse.  I 
quote  the  language  of  Professor  Leidy  t  in  regard  to  it,  as  follows : — 

"  Professor  Owen4  after  remarking  that  no  part  of  the  organization 
of  Mosasaurus  is  so  little  known  as  that  of  the  locomotive  extremities, 
and  substantially  quoting  the  views  of  Cuvier  expressed  above,  enters 
into  the  description  of  some  long  bones  of  the  extremities,  ^  showing 
the  Lacertian  type  of  structure',  which  were  obtained  in  the  green-sand 
formation  of  New  Jer8e3\  Professor  Owen  observes,  ^On  the  highly 
probable  supposition  that  these  bones  belong  to  MosasauruSj  they  in- 
dicate the  extremities  of  that  gigantic  lizard  to  have  been  organized 
according  to  the  type  of  the  existing  Lacertilia  and  not  of  the  Enalio- 
sauria  or  Cetacea?^ 

In  reference  to  Professor  Owen's  assertion  that  the  number  of  pha- 

*  Quar.  Joarn.  Geol.  Soc.  v.  1849,  p.  3:i0. 

t  Cretaceous  Reptiles  of  North  Aniericai  p.  42. 

X  British  Fossil  ReptUes,  p.  190. 


COPE   ON   OWEN   ON   PYTHONOMORPlHiu  303 

laoges  and  of  digits  in  the  limbs  of  Pythonomorpha  remains  to  be  ascer- 
tained, I  reply  that  this  part  of  the  structure  of  these  reptiles  has  been 
made  known  by  Professor  Marsh.* 

II. — HOMOLOGIOAL  DETERMINATIONS. 

The  determinations  of  this  kind  which  I  have  made  are,  with  two  ex- 
ceptions, confirmed  by  Professor  Owen.  Among  them  is  one  to  which 
I  attached  some  importance  in  the  definition  of  the  PythanomorpJiayYiz: 
the  identification  of  the  opisthotic  bone  of  that  order  with  the  snspen- 
sorinm  of  the  snakes,  in  opposition  to  the  view  of  Huxley,  that  the  latter 
bone  is  the  squamosal. 

The  two  exceptions  are  important.  The  one  is  the  determination  of 
the  pterygoid  bone;  the  other  that  of  the  roots  of  the  teeth. 

The  arch  which  connects  the  solid  palate  with  the  distal  portion  of 
the  OS  quadratum  in  the  Pythonomorpha  includes  two  bones,  an  anterior 
dentigerous  one,  and  a  posterior  edentulous  one.  The  posterior  bone  is 
not  described  by  either  Cuvier  or  Owen,  and  was  probably  unknown  to 
them;  hence,  believing  that  the  anterior  bone  is  the  posterior  one,  they 
termed  it  the  pterygoid,  and  gave  the  name  palatine  to  the  horizontal 
elements  immediately  in  front  of  the  latter,  and  which  I  have  heretofore 
regarded  as  its  anterior  portion.  The  latter  (No.  20  of  Professor  Owen's 
fig.  16,  Quar.  Journ.  Geol.  Soc.  1877,  p.  695)  is,  however,  regarded  by 
Owen  as  a  distinct  element,  and  he  finds  an  oblique  suture  separating 
it  from  the  dentigerous  posterior  region.  On  examination  of  the  speci- 
men of  ClidMtes  propython,  I  find  that  there  is  a  squamosal  suture  in  the 
position  indicated  by  Owen,  so  that  it  is  now  evident  that  the  posterior 
dentigerous  element  is  the  true  pterygoid,  as  determined  by  Cuvier, 
The  posterior  portion  of  this  bone  is  deeply  excavated,  and  the  portion 
which  diverges  outward  and  backward  from  this  point  I  have  regarded 
as  a  distinct  element.  It  is  bounded  anteriorly  by  a  groove,  which 
nearly  resembles  a  suture.  This  groove  is  not  continued  on  the  inner 
side,  so  that  it  is  either  a  groove  for  muscular  insertion  or  a  trace  of  a 
suture  now  obliterated.  So  it  cannot  be  maintained  that  this  posterior 
portion  of  the  pterygoid  is  a  distinct  element.  In  this  point  I  am  cor- 
rected by  Professor  Owen. 

As  regards  the  teeth  of  the  Pythonomorpha^  I  have  stated  that  they 
"possess  no  true  roots'*.  Upon  this  Professor  Owen  responds  categori- 
cally,— "The  teeth  of  Mosasauroids  have  an  enamelled  crown  and  cement- 
clad  roots."  To  this  I  must  reply  that  my  statement  is  in  accordance 
with  the  fact  and  with  the  views  of  Cuvier  and  Leidy.  The  crown  of 
the  tooth  in  this  order  is  supported  on  an  osseous  pedicel,  which  is 
not  a  true  root,  t.  e.,  it  contains  no  dental  tissue.  By  reference  to  Dr. 
Leidy 's  figure  t  and  description  of  a  section  of  a  tooth  of  Mosasaurus^  it 

*Anier.  Joara.  Sci.  Arts.,  Jane,  1873,  pi.  x. 

t  Cretoceoas  Reptiles  of  North  AmericOi  pi.  zz,  f.  3,  p.  50. 


304     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

may  be  learned  that  tho  dentiuo  of  tbo  crown  is  not  continued  as  a  root, 
but  terminates  at  a  point  which  is  in  a  line  with  the  alveolar  border, 
and  does  not  enter  the  alveolus.  Thus  there  is  no  ^^cement-clad''  root, 
although  the  peduncle  of  the  tooth  is  composed  of  a  variety  of  bono 
approaching  cementum.  Leidy  remarks, — '^The  fang  ...  is  mainly  com- 
posed of  vertical  osseous  fibres,  i)ervaded  by  numerous  vascular  canals 
pursuing  the  same  course  as  the  former.  It  is  of  much  finer  texture 
than  the  bone  of  the  jaw  with  which  it  is  coossified,''  etc.  The  large 
vascular  canals  of  this  structure  place,  it  on  the  boundary  between  ce- 
ment and  bone,  and  its  external  appearance  justifies  the  denomination 
bone  which  Leidy  applies  to  it. 

Guvier  states*  that  in  the  Maestricht  Mosasaurus  the  teeth  in  age 
<^  become  filled  throughout  their  length,  and  are  most  frequently  found 
entirely  solid.  They  complete  their  development  in  becoming  attached 
to  the  jaw  by  means  of  an  osseous  body,  very  different  in  structure  from 
that  of  the  tooth,  with  which  it  is  nevertheless  intimately  associated. 
The  successional  tooth  originates  in  a  special  alveolus  produced  at  the 
same  time,  and  it  penetrates  the  osseous  body  of  the  tooth  in  use.  In 
enlarging,  the  successional  tooth  finally  detaches  the  osseous  body  from 
the  jaw  with  which  it  was  organically  united;  the  body  by  a  sort  of 
necrosis  being  shed  and  carrying  with  it  the.tooth  it  supported.  Grad- 
ually the  successional  tooth,  with  its  body,  improperly'  called  its  osseous 
root,  assumes  the  position  from  which  the  old  one  was  removed.'^ 

Subsequently  Cuvier,t  after  remarking  that  ^'he  had  formerly  com- 
mitted the  error  of  calling  the  osseous  structure,  connecting  the  tooth 
with  the  jaw,  the  root,"  observes  that  ^^he  had  since  recognized  it  to  be 
the  dental  pulp,  which,  instead  of  remaining  soft  as  in  mammals,  be- 
comes ossified  and  identified  with  the  alveolus."  Guvier  continues: — 
^^The  tooth  has  no  true  root,  but  adheres  strongly  to  the  pulp  which 
secreted  it,  and  is  further  held  in  connection  with  it  by  the  remains  of 
the  capsule  which  furnished  the  enamel,  and  which,  by  becoxing  ossi- 
fied also,  and  uniting  itself  with  the  maxillary  bone  and  the  ossified 
dental  pulp,  inserts  and  fixes  the  tooth  with  additional  force." 

All  this  is  well  known  to  Professor  Owen  (see  his  Odontography); 
hence  I  conceive  this  position  to  be  simply  one  of  erroneous  interpreta- 
tion. Analogically^  the  teeth  of  these  reptiles  doubtless  possess  a  root, 
but  this  part  is  not  homologous  with  the  roots  of  the  teeth  of  other 
vertebrata;  hence  my  statement  must  be  accepted,  that  the  teeth  of 
the  Pythonomorpha  '^  possess  no  true  roots  ". 

III. — THE  AFFINITIES  OF  THE  PYTHONOMOEPHA. 

The  summary  of  the  relationships  of  this  order  with  which  I  close  my 
account  of  it  in  the  second  volume  of  the  Report  of  the  United  States 

*  OssemeDS  Fossiles,  ed.  4,  t.  10,  p.  134. 
t  OssemeDS  FoesileSi  13G. 


COPE   ON   OWEN   ON   PYTHONOMORPHA.  305 

Geological  Sarvey  of  the  Territories  (p.  126)  is  stated  as  follows : — ^^As  a 
conclusion,  it  may  be  decided  that  these  reptiles  were  not  nearly  related 
to  the  Varanidosj  as  has  been  supposed,  bat  constitnte  a  distinct  order  of 
the  Streptostylicate  gronp ;  that  they  are  primarily  related  to  the  Lor 
certiliOj  secondarily  to  the  Ophidia,  and  thirdly  to  the  Sauroptcrygia ; 
that  they  present  more  points  of  affinity  to  the  serpents  than  does  any 
other  Older ;  and  that  their  nearest  point  of  relationship  in  the  Ldcer- 
tilia  is  the  YaranidcB  or  Ihecaglossa.^ 

Professor  Owen  admits  that  the  Mosasadrs  are  not  so  nearly  related 
to  the  VaranidcB  as  was  once  sap[)Osed,  as  he  cannot  do  otherwise ;  but 
he  will  not  allow  that  they  represent  a  distinct  order  of  reptiles,  but  en- 
deavors to  show  that  they  are  Laoertilia.  He  especially  condemns  the 
conclusion  that  ^  they  present  more  points  of  affinity  to  the  Ophidia 
than  does  any  other  order".  In  doing  this,  he  passes  in  review  many 
of  their  characters,  of  which  I  notice  sixteen,  to  which  he  attaches  the 
diief  signiflcance.  I  now  propose  to  show  that  the  results  of  Professor 
Owen's  newer  examination  are  in  accord  with  my  own  so  far  as  they 
have  gone,  but  that  he  fails  to  observe  several  important  points  of 
structure  necessary  to  the  question.  But  especially  does  he  fail  of  Just 
criticism,  because  he  ascribes  to  me  views  which  I  do  not  hold,  by  fre- 
quently pointing  out  the  Lacertilian  character  of  certain  structures,  from 
which  it  is  to  be  inferred  that  I  have  regarded  them  as  Ophidian,  when 
I  have  explicitly  stated  (Cretaceous  Vertebrata,  etc.,  p.  125)  the  reverse; 
and  he  thus  exaggerates  the  expression  of  Ophidian  affinity  which  is 
found  in  the  concluding  paragraph  above  quoted. 

First  ehnracter. — Professor  Owen  declares  that  in  the  lateral  descend- 
ing processes  of  the  basioccipital  the  Fythonomorpha  display  Lacertilian 
affinity,  since  lizards  possess  them  and  serpents  do  not.  I  will  only  ob- 
serve here  that  the  same  character  would  relate  them  to  the  Ichthyo- 
fterygia  and  turtles ;  and  that  if  the  median  keel  be  evidence  of  ordinal 
affinity,  then  serpents  must  be  nearly  allied  to  the  alligator,  for  both 
these  reptiles  possess  it.  But  in  reality  the  occipital  segment  in  Pytha- 
nomarpkam  its  superior  parts  is  more  like  that  of  Ophidia  than  Lacertiliaj 
a&d  the  inferior  form  is  not  very  different  from  that  of  the  snakes  also. 

Second^  the  connection  between  the  exoccipital  andprootic  and  the  sus- 
pensorium. — Professor  Owen  remarks  (p.  687), — '^  Mosasaurus  (fig.  5), 
shows  the  Laeertian  extension  and  connection  of  the  ex-  and  paroocipi« 
tals,  with  the  expansion  and  abutment  of  the  latter  against  the  mastoid 
and  squamosal,"  etc.  Here  is  a  positive  error  of  fact,  which  it  is  diffi- 
cult to  understand  in  view  of  the  various  descriptions  and  figures  which 
I  have  given  of  the  parts.  The  *'  paroccipitals"  (opisthotics)  are  7iot 
connate  with  the  exoccipitals,  but  are  large  and  distinct. 

Thirdy  the  cranial  arches. — ^These  are  wanting  in  Ophidia^  but  present 

in  Pythcnomorpha  and  many  lizards;  hence  Professor  Owen  pronounces 

that  these  extinct  forms  are  Lacertilia.    He  has  forgotten  that  the 

large  family  of  Oeoconidce  among  the  latter  possess  no  zygomatic  nor 

Bull.  iv.  No.  1—20 


S06     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  QEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

parieto  quadrate  arches ;  that  all  arches  are  absent  from  the  Amphis- 
bsBDian  and  Typhlophtbalm  suborders,  and  the  zygomatic  arch  is  in- 
complete in  the  Varanidce.  So  this  character  has  no  ordinal  signifi- 
cance. • 

Fourth. — Professor  Owen  opposes  my  statement  that  "  there  is  no 
quadra tojngal  arch"  by  the  observation  that  'Mn  no  reptile  does  the 
jngal  or  malar  bono  join  the  quadrate  or  tympanic  bone".  Professor 
Owen  has  here  again  fallen  into  error,  since^  in  Hatteria  {Sphenodon) 
and  the  order  Rhynchocephaliaj  the  malar  does,  accordiug  to  GUnther, 
articulate  directly  with  the  quadrate.*  1  cannot  now  refer  to  Professor 
Owen's  early  >  description  of  the  same  genus  to  see  whether  he  has 
himself  not  pointed  out  this  structure  before  Dr.  GUnther.  Professor 
Owen  knows  also  that  the  malar  is  connected  with  the  quadrate  in  the 
Crocodilin  by  the  mediation  of  a  short  quadrato-jugal  bone,  which  fact 
18  not  direc/^y  contradicted  in  the  sentence  above  quoted  from  his  article. 
My  object  in  citing  this  character  was  to  show  the  distinction  between 
the  Pytlu>nomorpha  and  the  orders  named. 

Fifth,  as  to  the  form  of  the  quadrate  hone, — Like  myself,  Professor 
Owen  finds  it  to  difi[er  from  the  corresponding  elements  in  other  orders. 
I  have,  however,  not  cited  it  in  evidence  of  Ophidian  afiinity,  although 
there  is  no  propriety  in  Professor  Owen's  remark  (p.  693)  that  ^^the 
tympanic  (quadrate)  bone  alone  suffices  to  refute  the  Ophidian  hypothe- 
sis of  the  Mosasauroids".  Comparing  it  with  the  quadrate  of  specialized 
snakes,  he  naturally  finds  differences;  but  he  will  find  near  resemblances 
if  he  will  examine  the  same  element  in  the  Tortricine  and  the  other  low.  or 
generalized  snakes  which  M filler  combined  under  the  name  of  Microsto- 
wiataA  Besides,  great  variations  in  the  proportions  of  this  and  of  various 
other  elements  are  not  inconsistent  with  coordinal  affinity. 

Sixth  J  as  to  the  distincttiess  or  coalescence  of  the  nasal  bones  toith  surround* 
ing  parts. — Although  this  point  is  of  no  importance  to  the  main  qnes* 
tion,  I  here  observe  that  most  of  my  specimens  differ  from  the  one 
figured  and  described  by  Professor  Owen  (fig.  14).  He  states  that  in 
the  Mosasaurus  missuriensis  and  Liodon  anceps,  the  nasal  bones  are  dis- 
tinct ;  in  various  species  of  Clidastes  and  Platecarpusy  they  are  coossified 
with  other  elements. 

Seventh^  as  to  the  bony  palate, — The  partially  free  and  dentigerous 
pterygoid  bone  is  Ophidian  as  well  as  Lacertilian,  but  is  not  identical 
with  the  structure  in  the  snakes,  as  I  have  pointed  out.  The  supposed 
contact  of  these  bones  on  the  median  line  noted  in  Jdosasaurus  miS' 
suriensis  is  probably  due  to  distortion,  as  it  does  not  exist  in  most  of  the 
Pylhouomorphous  skulls  which  I  have  seen. 

Eighth,  as  to  the  mandibular  hinge, — I  have  not  cited  this  in  evidence 
of  any  special  affinity,  for  Pythonomorpha  might  be  without  it,  and  not 
lose  their  ordinal  place.    But  there  is  a  much  greater  resemblance  be- 

*  Oo  the  Anatomy  of  llatteria,  iu  Trans.  Koyal  Society,  1867,  pi.  i. 

tSee  my  iig.  of  cranium  of  Cylindrophia^  Proc.  Am.  Abs.  Adv.  Sci.  xix.  p.  217. 


COPE   ON  OWEN   ON   PYTHONOMORPHA.  307 

tween  this  part  of  the  stractnre  of  these  animals  and  some  of  the 
Erycid  and  Pythonid  serpents  than  Professor  Owen  admits  in  his  paper. 

Characters  of  vertebra  furnish  the  points  of  the  essay  from  the  ninth 
to  the  thirteenth.  As  1  only  cite  a  single  vertebral  character  in  my  list 
of  those  of  the  order,  most  of  Professor  Owen's  arguments  on  this  head 
are  irrelevant  to  my  conclusion.  I  will,  however,  briefly  review  them. 
But  firstly  as  to  the  one  to  which  I  have  attached  weight, — the  absence 
of  a  sacrum.  Professor  Owen  is  unfortunate  in  his  reasoning  against 
the  use  of  this  feature  as  an  ordinal  definition.  He  says : — *'  The  absence 
of  a  sacrum  does  not  affect  the  mammalian  grade  of  the  Sirenia  or  Ce- 
taceaj  so  neither  does  it  the  lacertian  nature  of  the  Mosasaurians"! 
Here  is  committed  the  extraordinary  oversight  of  comparing  the  rank 
of  orders  in  a  class  with  the  rank  of  the  subdivisions  of  an  order  among 
themselves.  Professor  Owen  should  have  concluded  the  sentence  with 
^^80  neither  does  it  the  reptilian  nature  of  the  Mosasaurians ''j  in  which 
case  he  would  have  been  correct.  The  cases  of  the  mammalian  orders 
and  that  of  the  Fythonomorpha  as  orders  of  classes  are  indeed  parallel. 
The  absence  of  a  sacrum  is  an  important  definition  of  the  orders  in  the 
one  case  as  in  the  other. 

Of  other  vertebral  characters  I  only  mention  two.  Professor  Owen 
cites  the  numerous  hypapophyses  of  certain  snakes  as  evidence  against' 
Ophidian  afi&nities  of  Mosasauroids,  but,  as  usual,  selects  those  which 
have  the  largest  numbers  for  comparison  instead  of  those  where  the 
number  is  reduced.  In  the  majority  of  non- venomous  and  Golubroid 
serpeots,  the  hypapophyses  are  confined  to  the  anterior  part  of  the  col- 
umn, leaving  the  other  vertebrse  either  smooth  or  not  protuberant  be- 
yond the  horizontal  inferior  line ;  e.  g,j  Xenodon^  Heterodon.  The  only 
exception  to  this  rule  is  seen  in  the  fresh-water  snakes  {RomalopsidcB)^ 
where  the  hypapophyses  are  numerous.  The  character  is  not,  however, 
ordinal  in  any  case. 

In  discussing  the  other  vertebral  character,  the  structure  of  the  atlas 
and  axis,  I  am  charged  with  the  failure  to  recognize  the  homology  of 
the  odontoid  process  with  the  centrum  of  the  atlas.  There  is  no  ground 
for  this  charge^  and  as  Professor  Owen  finds  no  characters  which  dis- 
tinguish these  parts  from  the  corresponding  ones  in  Colubroid  snakes, 
I  leave  it. 

As  the  fourteenth  point,  the  significance  of  the  structure  of  the  teeth 
may  be  considered.  I  have  already  adverted  to  the  wide  difference  in 
the  mode  ftf  support  of  the  crowns  by  the  jaws  from  tbat  which  is  uni- 
versal in  the  LcLcertilia.  Professor  Owen  repeats  a  former  dictum,  that 
this  kind  of  attachment  **  is  a  feature  of  resemblance  to  the  lacertians 
called  acrodont^.  Now  even  the  term  "resemblance"  can  hardly  be  ad- 
mitted; and  as  to  homology  between  the  two  kinds  of  dental  attachment, 
there  is  none.  Says  Professor  Gervais,  in  the  Zoologle  et  PaUontologie 
FrangaiseSj  tome  i.,  page  262,  in  describing  some  teeth  which  ho  refers  to 
Liodimj  in  a  note, — "  C'est  ^  tort  que  Ton  d^crit  les  dents  des  Mosasaures 


3^     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SUBVET. 

eomiDO  r^llement  acrodoat  &  la  maDifere  de  celles  de  beauooap  de  Sau- 
riens  actuels."  Professor  Owen  goes  ou  to  say, — ^^  The  enamel  develops 
a  pair  of  opposite  low  ridges  which  are  minutely  orenate ;  the  orena- 
tiou  becomes  abraded  at  the  apical  part  of  used  teeth,  but  is  demon- 
strated in  nnwom  and  unextricated  crowns.  Many  saurians,  both 
Crocodilian  and  Lacertiau,  show  the  creno-bicarinate  character,  but  no 
Ophidian  does."  If  the  characters  here  mentioned  were  as  universally 
present  in  the  types  to  which  Professor  Owen  refers  as  he  seems  to  sup- 
pose them  to  be,  they  would  have  less  significance  than  he  attaches  to 
them ;  but  the  variety  presented  by  all  the  orders  of  reptiles  is  such  as 
to  render  the  above  remarks  quite  irrelevant.  Moreover,  the  statements 
are  inaccurate.  Teeth  with  two  cutting  edges  are  not  uncommon  in  the 
Ophidia  (e.g,y  genus  OphiboluSj  the  posterior  maxillaries),  and  are  far  from 
universal  among  Pythom/omorpha.  The  teeth  of  Platecarpus  are  charac- 
terized by  the  absence  of  cutting  edges,  having  a  subcircular  section.* 
In  Clidastesj  they  are  not  crenate. 

lifteenth.'^The  presence  of  osseous  dermal  scuta  Is  cited  in  evidence 
of  the  Lacertilian  relationship  of  the  order.  Should  such  scuta  have 
existed,  it  would  not  make  the  Moaasauridce  Lacertilians,  since  they 
characterize  other  orders  much  more  generally;  but  I  am  safe  in  saying 
that  such  structures  had  no  existence  in  the  known  genera  of  Pytkono- 
marpJia.  I  have  recently  received  large  accessions  of  material  belong- 
ing to  these  reptiles  in  admirable  preservation,  and  have  found  no 
dermal  bones.  I  have  observed  certain  osseous  segments  arranged  in 
Hues,  whose  character  I  have  not  yet  determined.  Their  form  is  rect- 
angular, their  tissue  spongy,  and  their  surfaces  without  sculpture. 

Sixteenth. — The  presence  of  the  columella  is  rightly  regarded  by  Pro- 
fessor Owen  as  evidence  of  Lacertilian  relationship.  But  this  character 
is  not  a  crucial  test,  since  the  lizards  of  the  suborder  BhiptogUma  are 
without  it,  aud  the  BhynchoeepJialia  aud  various  turtles  possess  it. 

IV.— CONCLUSIONS. 

I  now  recur  to  the  propositions  which  I  endeavored  in  the  work 
already  cited  t  to  demonstrate,  and  which  have  not  been  admitted  by 
Professor  Owen.  They  are  express(^d  in  the  following  language : — "  That 
these  repliles  . .  •  constitute  a  distinct  order  of  the  Streptostylicate 
group; . . .  that  they  present  more  points  of  affinity  to  the  Serpents  than 
does  any  other  order."  My  conclusions  that  tbey  are  not  nearly  related 
to  the  VaranidcCj  and  that  the  order  is  nearer  to  the  Lacertilia  than  to 
any  other,  being  sustained  by  Professor  Owen,  are  not  further  con- 
sidered. 

As  regards  the  claim  of  the  Mosasauroids  to  position  in  an  order  dis- 
tinct from  Lacertilia^  I  do  not  enumerate  a  large  number  of  subordinate 
characters,  in  which  they  differ  from  all  known  Lacertilia^  because  such 

*  Report  U.  8.  Gool.  Sar.  Terra,  ii.  p.  14L 
t  Report  U.  8.  Geol.  Sar  v.  Terrs,  ii.  p.  126. 


COPE  ON  OWEN  ON  PTTHONOMORPJaA.  309 

are  not  of  ordioal  value.*    They  might  be  wanting  from  I^thanomorpha 

and  present  in  Laeertilia  without  violating  their  ordinal  boundaries.    I 

enumerate  those  which  appear  to  be  essential  only.    They  are  the  fol* 

lo  win  fir  1"^^ 

Subclass  STREPTOSTTLIOA. 

Order  Pythonomoepha. 

1.  The  parietal  bones  are  decurved  on  the  sides  of  the  cranium,  and 
are  continuous  with  the  alisphenoid  and  prodtic  elements. 

2.  The  ophisthotic  is  largely  developed,  and  extends  upward  and  for- 
ward to  the  walls  of  the  brain-case. 

3.  A  distinct  element  connects  the  squamosal  with  the  parietal  bone 
above  the  opisthotic. 

4.  The  teeth  have  no  roots. 

5.  There  is  no  sacrum. 

6.  There  is  no  sternum. 

7.  The  bones  of  the  limbs  possess  no  condylar  articular  surfaces. 

Of  the  preceding  seven  characters,  the  decnrvature  of  the  borders  of 
the  parietal  bones  at  the  margins,  and  their  continuity  with  the  margins 
of'  the  prodtic  bone,  is  of  importance  as  a  character  not  found  in  the 
Laeertilia  and  universal  among  Ophidia.  Even  in  Aniellidai  and  in  the 
AmphUbamia^  the  most  snake-like  of  lizards,  the  lateral  borders  of  the 
parietals  are  free,  and  are  separated  by  a  fissure  from  the  greater  por* 
tion  of  the  prootic.| 

The  opisthotic  has  a  greater  development  than  in  lizards,  where  it 
does  not  reach  the  brain-case  upward.  In  the  serpents,  its  contact 
with  the  brain-case  is  well  known.  The  existence  of  another  element 
lying  on  the  opisthotic,  lirst  pointed  out  by  Marsh,  is  an  important 
character.  The  anterior  extremity  of  this  bone  enters  into  the  side-wall 
of  the  cranium  below  the  parietal,  occupying  much  the  position  of  the 
pterotic,  and  resembling,  even  more  than  the  opisthotic,  the  suspenso- 
rium  of  the  Ophidia,  Should  this  be  a  true  homology,  the  affinity  to 
the  Ophidia  is  strengthened;  and  should  it  prove  to  be  a  distinct  ele- 
ment, not  found  in  either  Ophidia  or  Lacertiliay  the  claims  of  the  new 
order  to  existence  are  maintained.  In  either  case  it  is  clear  that  the 
Ophidian  suspensorium  is  not  the  squamosal  bone. 

The  demonstration  of  my  second  assertion,  i.  e.,  that  the  Pythonomor- 
phous  order  presents  more  points  of  affinity  to  the  serpents  than  does  any 
other  order,  may  be  seen  in  the  above  list  of  characters.  Professor  Owen 
doubtless  believes  with  me  that  the  Laeertilia  are  more  nearly  allied  to 
the  Ophidia  than  is  any  other  order,  so  that  I  only  need  to  show  that  the 

*I  have  enumerated  eleven  subordinate  characters  on  pp.  125-126  of  my  report,  Hay- 
den's  Series,  vol.  ii. 

t  See  Proo.  Aoad.Phila.  1864,  p.  230,  for  the  osteology  of  this  family. 

X  Compare  Professor  Owen's  figures  of  crania  of  Liodon^  fig.  15,  with  Monitor,  fig.  7| 
and  Python,  fig.  13. 


310     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

Pjfthonomorpha  tftre  nearer  to  the  Ophidia  than  are  the  LcLcertilia  to  estab- 
lish the  truth  of  my  position.  Five  of  the  seven  characters  enumerated 
above  are  so  clearly  of  this  nature  that  my  statement  is  abundantly  justi- 
fied. And  it  may  be  true  without  necessarily  implying  close  affinity  with 
the  typical  serpents.  Of  course,  the  points  of  approximiition  in  Ophidia 
are  to  those  which  do  not  present  theextreme  of  modification  of  the  order, 
«but  to  such  more  generalized  forms  as  the  TortrioidWy  Urycidce^  Soolecophi- 
diaj  etc.,  which  are  also  nearest  the  lizards.  Had  Professor  Owen  desired 
a  character  in  addition  to  the  numerous  ones  which  I  have  cited,  in  which 
they  do  not  resemble  the  Ophidia^  he  might  have  added  the  absence  of 
the  trabecular  grooves  of  the  basi-  and  presphenoid,  noticed  by  Huxley 
as  distinguishing  the  serpents  from  the  Laoertilia.  But  this  interesting 
feature  does  not  characterize  the  order  Ophidia.  The  groove  is  reduced 
in  XenopeltiSj  and  is  wanting  in  the  Typhlopidcs. 

It  only  remains  to  show  the  inexact  nature  of  the  comparison  which 
Professor  Owen  draws  between  the  relations  of  the  seals  to  other  Car- 
nivoraj  and  those  existing  between  the  Pythonomorpha  and  Lacertilia. 
These  relations  he  considers  to  be  similar ;  that  is,  that  as  the  seals  are 
an  aquatic  form  of  Camivora^  so  the  Pythonomorpha  are  an  aquatic  form 
of  Lacertilia.  I  affirm,  in  opposition  to  this  view,  that  the  relations  in 
the  two  cases  are  totally  distinct. 

,  The  seals  agree  with  the  Carnivora  in  all  those  important  respects  in 
'which  I  have  shown  the  Pythonomorpha  to  differ  from  the  lizards.  The 
seals  possess  a  sternum  and  sacrum  like  other  Carnivora;  neither  do 
they  differ  in  the  structure  of  the  brain-case  nor  otic  region  from  the 
^same  order.  The  teeth  have  dentinal  roots  like  other  Carnivora;  and 
although  the  limbs  are  adapted  for  aquatic  use,  and  formed  superficially 
like  those  of  Pythonomorpha,  their  bones  are  like  those  of  Carnivora  iu 
all  important  respects.  They  possess  the  usual  condylar  articular  faces, 
even  to  the  phalanges^  they  have  ungues  also ;  so  that  all  the  parts 
common  to  the  limbs  of  Carnivora  may  be  found  in  the  seals.  The  dif- 
ference between  the  limbs  of  Lacertilia  and  Python omorpJui  is  radical  in 
general  and  in  particular. 

Professor  Owen  objects  to  the  name  which  I  have  given  to  the  order, 
and  seems  to  thiuk  it  conveys  an  erroneous  impression.  Such  an  im- 
pression as  to  my  meaning  appears  to  have  been  made  upon  my  critic : 
what  I  mean  to  convey  by  it  can  be  readily  understood  by  reference  to 
my  definitions.  The  name  would  not  be  erroneous  even  if  applied  to  an 
eel  or  other  serpent  like  animal  without  the  least  affinity  to  Ophidiaj  and 
is  rather  more  appropriate  than  the  names  Ichthyopterygia  for  reptiles 
whose  fins  are  not  truly  like  those  of  fishes,  or  Dinosauriaj  some  of 
which  are  small  and  weak.  As  to  the  use  of  the  term  sea-serpent,  since 
I  have  not  referred  these  reptiles  to  the  Ophidia,  the  term  involves  no 
error.  I  have  used  the  same  expression  in  writing  of  the  contemporary 
Elasmosauri,  of  totally  distinct  affinities.  As  the  first  name  proposed 
for  these  reptiles  as  a  natural  group,  with  a  definitiou,  the  name  I  have 
given  will  stand  in  accordance  with  nil  the  rules  of  nomenclature. 


COPE   ON    OWEN   ON   PYTHONOMOBPHA,  311 

Professor  Owen  has  overlooked  my  views  as  to  the  phylogenetic  posi- 
tion of  this  order,  and  has  ascribed  to  me,  by  implication,  those  I  do  not 
hold.  'He  then  adds  others  of  his  own  which  do  not  commend  them- 
selves to  my  approval.  He  observes  (I.  c.  714), — '^To  call  the  Maestricht 
reptile  a  Pythonomorph  is  to  raise  a  delnsive  beacon,  misgniding  the 
voyager  in  the  discovery  of  the  true  course  of  the  organic  change." 
My  views  as  to  the  course  of  organic  change  in  this  direction  are  as  fol- 
lows:*— '^  Experience  has  shown  that  generalized  orders  have  been  the 
predecessors  of  the  special  groups  of  the  existing  fauna.  The  structure 
of  the  Pythonomorpha^  which  has  so  much  in  common  with  orders  well 
distinguished  from  each  other,  offers  a  hint  of  the  character  of  the  pri- 
mary group  from  which  both  have  sprung.  That  this  order  is  not  that 
unknown  type  is  clear,  but  the  indication  of  affinity  to  it  is  equally  un- 
mistakable." The  structure  of  the  posterior  part  of  the  skull  demon- 
strates the  correctness  of  this  position,  as  it  is  more  generalized  than 
that  of  either  Lacertilia  or  Ophidiay  approximating  more  than  either 
that  of  the  tortoises.  In  other  parts  of  the  skeleton,  this  order  displays 
the  specialization  which  Professor  Owen  claims  for  it. 

In  closing  this  discussion  of  the  essay  of  a  master  from  whom  I  have 
learned  much,  and  from  whom  I  expect  to  learn  more,  I  may  say  that  I 
have  not  attempted  to  exhaust  the  subject,  but  have  only  followed  it  so 
far  as  to  set  forth  my  own  views  so  as  to  prevent  any  misunderstanding 
of  them. 

*  Report  U.  S.  Geol.  Sorv.  Terrs,  ii.  p.  126. 


ART.  XV.-THE  GEOGRAPHICAL  DISTRIBUTION  OF  THE  MAM- 
MALIA, CONSIDERED  IN  RELATION  TO  THE  PRINCIPAL 
ONTOLOGICAL  REGIONS  OF  THE  EARTH,  AND  THE  LAWS 
THAT  GOVERN  THE  DISTRIBUTION  OF  ANIMAL  LIFE. 


By  Joel  Asaph  Allen, 


I.— DISTRIBUTION  OF  MAMMALIAN  LIFE  IN  THE  NORTH- 
ERN HEMISPHERE,  CONSIDERED  IN  RELATION  TO  LAWS 
OF  GEOGRAPHICAL  DISTRIBUTION. 

When,  in  1871, 1  published*  a  few  preliminary  remarks  concerning 
the  general  subject  of  geographical  zoology,  it  was  my  intention  soon  to 
present  more  fully  the  facts  whereon  were  based  the  few  general  princi- 
ples then  stated.  In  this  pai>er  I  claimed,  in  accordance  with  the  views 
of  Humboldt,  Wagner,  Dana,  Agassiz,  De  Candolle,  and  others,  that  life 
is  distributed  in  circumpolar  zones,  which  conform  with  the  climatio 
zones,  though  not  always  with  the  parallels  of  the  geographer.  Sub- 
sequent study  of  the  subject  has  confirmed  the  convictions  then  ex- 
pressed. These  are  directly  antagonistic  to  the  scheme  of  division  of 
the  earth^s  surface  into  the  life-regions  proposed  by  Dr.  Sclater  in  1857, 
based  on  the  distribution  of  birds,  and  since  so  generally  adopted. 
Their  wide  acceptation,  it  seems  to  me,  has  resulted  simply  from  the 
tact  that  so  few  have  taken  the  trouble  to  sift  the  facts  bearing  upon 
the  subject,  or  to  carefully  examine  the  basis  on  which  Dr.  Sclater's 
divisions  are  founded.  The  recent  appearance  of  Mr.  Wallace's  labori- 
ous and  in  many  respects  excellent  and  praiseworthy  workt  has  now 
rendered  a  critical  pi*esentation  of  the  subject  more  necessary  than  be- 
fore, since,  instead  of  seeking  in  the  facts  of  geographical  zoology  a 
basis  for  a  natural  scheme  of  division,  he  has  unhesitatingly  accepted 
Dr.  Sdater's  ontological  regions  and  marshalled  his  facts  and  arranged 
his  work  wholly  in  conformity  with  this,  as  I  shall  presently  attempt  to 
show,  grossly  misleading  scheme.  The  source  of  error,  as  I  hope  to  make 
evident,  lies  in  method  of  treatment.  Assuming  apparently  that  the 
larger  or  continental  land-areas  are  necessarily  coincident  with  natural 
ontological  regions,  divisions  of  the  earth's  surface  wholly  incompara- 

*  On  the  Geographical  Distribation  of  the  Birds  of  Eastern  North  America,  with 
special  reference  to  the  Nomber  and  Cironmscription  of  the  Ornithological  Fauna). 
<BalL  Mas.  Comp.  ZooL,  vol.  it,  No.  3,  pp.  375-450.    April,  1871. 

iThe  Geographical  Distribution  of  Animals.  With  a  Study  of  Living  and  Extinct 
Faunas  as  Elucidating  the  Past  Changes  of  the  Earth's  Surface.  By  Alfred  Russel 
Wallace.    Two  toIs.    8^.    With  maps  and  illustrations.    London,  1876. 

Ball.  iv.  No.  2 ^1  313 


314  BULLETIN   UNITED   STATES   GEOLOGICAL    SUR\^Y. 

ble  bavo  been  contrasted,  and  erroneoas  ded actions  have  been  the 
result.  In  the  division  of  the  northern  hemisphere  into  two  primary 
regions,  the  so-called  **  Nearctic^  and  "Palaearctic",  no  acconnt  has  been 
taken  of  the  almost  homogeneous  character  of  life  throughout  the 
Arctic  and  Sub- Arctic  regions,  and  the  equally  important  principle  of 
temperature  as  a  powerful  limiting  agent,  nor  of  the  facts  of  the  rapid 
increase  of  organic  forms  and  the  consequent  differentiation  of  life  from 
the  Arctic  regions  toward  the  Equatorial  in  an  ever  increasing  ratio 
in  proportion  to  the  extent  and  divergence  of  the  principal  land-areas. 
At  the  northward,  this  method  of  division  separates,  into  primary  life- 
regions,  areas  of  the  closest  ontological  resemblances,  while  at  the 
south ward'these  divisions  each  embrace  faunse^so  unlike  those  of  their 
northern  portions  respectively  that  the  two  extremes  of  either  region 
have  little  in  common,  scarcely  more  than  have  the  southern  portions  of 
these  two  regions  as  compared  with  each  other.  It  is  the  neglect  of  the 
above-stated  fundamental  facts  and  principles  that  forms  the  fatal 
weakness  of  the  scheme  of  life-regions  proposed  by  Dr.  Sclater,  and  so 
widely  and  thoughtlessly  accepted.  That  the  facts  and  principles  above 
alluded  to  are  fundamental, — in  other  words,  that  life  is  distributed  in 
circumpolar  zones  under  the  controlling  influence  of  climate  and  mainly 
of  temperature, — I  propose  to  show  by  a  tabular  presentation  of  the 
facts  of  distribution  of  mammalian  life  in  the  northern  hemisphere. 

One  of  the  reasons  given  by  Mr.  Wallace  for  adopting  Dr.  Sclater's 
regions  is  that  ^Mt  is  a  positive,  and  by  no  means  an  unimportant 
advantage  to  have  our  named  regions  approximately  equal  in  size,  and 
with  easily  defined,  and  therefore  easily  remembered,  boundaries",  pro- 
viding that  '*  we  do  not  violate  any  clear  affinities  or  produce  any  glar- 
ing irregularities".  It  is  further  claimed  that  "  all  elaborate  definitions 
of  interpenetrating  frontiers,  as  well  as  regions  extending  over  three 
fourths  of  the  land  surface  of  the  globe,  and  including  places  which  are 
the  antipodes  of  each  other,  would  be  most  inconvenient,  even  if  there 
were  not  such  difference  of  opinion  about  them".* 

These  arguments  can  be  scarcely  characterized  as  otherwise  than 
trivial,  since  they  imply  that  truth,  at  least  to  a  certain  degree,  should 
be  regarded  as  secondary  to  convenience.  They  further  show  that  the 
author  of  these  propositions  has  not  worked  out  in  detail  the  distribu- 
tion of  life,  species  by  species,  over  a  diversified  area  of  considerable 
extent,  like,  for  instance,  that  of  Eastern  North  America,  where  an  in- 
terdigitation  of  the  lesser  faunal  areas  is  one  of  the  marked  features  of 
the  region,  as  it  is  elsewhere  wherever  there  is  a  varied  topography  and 
consequent  inequality  of  climate  under  the  same  parallels  of  latitude. 
Again,  Mr.  Wallace  says, — "On  two  main  points  every  system  yet 
proposed,  or  that  probably  can  be  proposed,  is  open  to  objection; 
they  are, — Istly,  that  the  several  regions  are  not  of  equal  rank; — ^2ndlyi 
that  they  are  not  equally  applicable  to  all  classes  of  animals.  As 
to  the  first  objection,  it  will  be  found  impossible  to  form  any  three 

*  Geogr.  Dist.  Anim.|  vol.  i,  pp.  63,  64. 


ALLEN   ON   GEOGRAPHICAL   DISTBIBUTION   OF  MAMMALS.    315 

or  more  regions,  each  of  which  differs  from  the  rest  in  an  equal  degree 
or  in  the  same  manner.  One  will  sarpass  all  others  In  the  possession 
of  peculiar  families;  another  will  have  many  characteristic  genera; 
while  a  third  will  be  mainly  distinguished  by  negative  characters. 
There  will  also  be  found  many  intermediate  districts,  which  possess 
some  of  the  characteristics  of  two  well-marked  regions,  and  a  few  special 
features  of  their  own,  or  perhaps  with  none;  and  it  will  be  a  difficult 
question  to  decide  in  all  cases  which  region  should  possess  the  doubtful 
territory,  or  whether  it  should  be  formed  into  a  primary  region  by 
itself."^ 

Tn  geographical  zoology,  as  in  the  genetic  relation  of  animals,  we 
find,  as  a  rule,  no  strongly  marked  boundary-lines,  and  in  the  life- 
regions,  especially  those  of  lesser  rank,  the  boundaries  can  be  given 
only  approximately,  owing  to  the  intergradation  of  contiguous  faunae 
and  florse,  contingent  upon  the  gradual  modification  of  climatic  condi- 
tions; yet  it  is  not  hard  to  find  boundary-lines  that  shall  be,  if  not 
sharply  definable,  at  least  easy>'of  recognition.  This  at  least  proves  to 
be  the  case  wherever  the  distribution  of  specific  forms  is  thoroughly 
known.  The  first  objection,  ''  that  the  several  regions  are  not  of  equal 
rank,"  forms  to  my  mind  no  objection  at  all,  since  it  matters  little 
whether  they  are  equal  or  unequal  if  they  correctly  indicate  the  distri- 
bution of  life. 

The  second  objection  Mr.  Wallace  has  himself  satisfactorily  answered, 
in  discussing  the  question  "  Which  class  of  animals  is  of  most  importance 
in  determining  Zoological  Regions.^  As  Mr.  Wallace  here  points  out,  and 
as  must  become  apparent  to  every  careful  investigator  of  this  question, 
the  mammalia  are  pre-eminently  of  the  greatest  importance  in  deter- 
mining zoological  regions.  To  summarize  Mr.  Wallace's  argument  on 
this  point,t  their  dispersal  is  less  dependent  on  fortuitous  circumstances 
than  that  of  the  representatives  of  other  classes;  from  their  high 
organization  they  are  less  dependent  upon  '^ other  groups  of  animals", 
and  have  so  much  power  of  adaptation  that  they  are  '^  able  to  exist  in 
one  form  or  another  over  the  whole  globe",  as  is  certainly  not  the  case 
with  two  of  the  lower  classes  of  vertebrates,  the  reptilia  and  amphibia. 
Their  distribution  and  dispersal  are  dependent  on  the  distribution  of 
the  land-areas,  and  are  modified  by  such  physical  conditions  as  mount- 
ain barriers,  areas  of  forest,  and  grassy  or  desert  plateaus.  Further- 
more! their  geological  history,  as  well  as  their  geographical  range,  is 
better  known  than  that  of  most  other  classes,  and  there  is  also  a  greater 
nnanimity  of  opinion  respecting  their  natural  affinities  and  the  limita- 
tion of  families  and  genera  in  this  class  than  in  most  others.  ^*  We 
should  therefore",  says  Mr.  Wallace  (and  I  heartily  agree  with  the  re- 
mark), *<  construct  our  typical  or  standard  Zoological  Begions  in  the  first 
place,  from  a  consideration  of  the  distribution  of  mammalia,  only  bring- 
ing to  our  aid  the  distribution  of  other  groups  to  determine  doubtful 
points.    Begions  so  established  will  be  most  closely  in  accordance  toith 

*  Geogr.  Ditt  Anim.,  vol.  i,  p.  53.  t  See  Geogr.  Distr.  Anim.,  voL  i,  pp.  5&-68. 


316     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  6EOLOOICAL  SURVEY. 

thdM  long-ehduring  features  of  physical  geography  ^  on  which  the  distributicn 
of  all  forms  of  life  fundamentally  depends;*  and  all  discrepanoies  in  the 
distribution  of  other  classes  of  animals  must  be  capable  of  being  ex- 
plained, either  by  their  exceptional  means  of  dispersion  or  by  special 
conditions  affecting  their  peri)etnatiou  and  increase  in  each  locality.'' 
^*  If  these  considerations  are  well  founded,"  ho  continues,  ^^  the  objections 
of  those  who  study  insects  or  molluscs,  for  example, — that  our  regions  are 
not  true  for  their  departments  of  nature — cannot  be  maintained.  For 
they  will  find,  that  a  careful  consideration  of  the  exceptional  means  of 
dispersal  and  conditions  of  existence  of  each  group,  will  explain  most 
of  the  divergences  from  the  normal  distribution  of  higher  animals.'^  t 

In  the  present  paper  I  shall  consequently,  in  my  discussion  of  the 
zoological  regions  of  the  northern  hemisphere,  confine  myself  primarily 
to  mammals.  Throwing  aside,  for  the  moment,  all  theoretical  consider- 
ations, I  shall  endeavor  first  to  present  the  facts  of  the  case,  and  then 
consider  what  generalizations  may  be  legitimately  drawn  from  them. 

A  word,  however,  first  in  respect  to  the  conformation  and  distribu- 
tion of  the  land-areas.  In  reference  to  this  part  of  the  subject  I  can 
hardly  do  better  than  to  again  quote  the  words  of  Mr.  Wallace,  who  has 
thus  forcibly  presented  the  subject : —  "One  great  peculiarity  of  the  dis- 
tribution of  land  lies  in  its  freedom  from  complete  isolation  .  .  .  The 
continents,  indeed,  resembling  as  they  do  a  huge  creeping  plant,  with 
roots  at  the  North  Pole,  and  the  matted  stems  and  branches  of  which 
cover  a  large  part  of  the  northern  hemisphere  and  send  three  great  off- 
shoots toward  the  South  Pole,  offer  great  facilities  for  the  transmission 
of  varied  forms  of  animal  life.  There  is  evidence  to  prove  that  during 
the  greater  part  of  the  Tertiary  period  the  relative  positions  of  our  conti- 

*  Tho  italiciziQg  is  my  own. 

t  The  qaeBtion,  Which  clann  of  animals  is  best  fitted  to  fonu  the  basis  of  a  division 
of  the  earth's  surface  into  life-regions  f  has  a  wider  bearing  than  might  be  at  first  sup- 
posed, since  the  same  power  of  adaptation  to  diverse  climatic  conditions  that  resnlts 
in  a  wide  distribution  in  some  cases  and  a  limited  range  hi  others  would  also  impart 
difierent  degrees  of  ability  to  resist  the  influence  of  geological  changes,  and  is  hence 
related  to  the  question,  Which  class  forms  the  best  index  for  marking  geological  time? 
The  relative  importance  of  different  groups  as  geological  indices  is  necessarily  con- 
nected with  their  power  to  resist  unfavorable  influences,  and  hence  groups  that  suc- 
cumb most  readily  would  give  the  best  clue  to  such  changes  in  the  past.  Among  ver- 
tebrates the  mammalia  are  undoubtedly,  as  a  (.7a«9,  the  best  able  to  survive  a  wide 
range  of  climatic  conditions.  Birds  are  to  so  great  a  degree  migratory  that  they  are 
in  great  measure  able  to  avoid  seasonal  extremes  of  climate  by  a  change  of  habitat. 
Extremes  that  mnnimals  readily  survive  prove  quickly  fatal  to  reptiles  and  amphibians. 

Climate,  though  in  itself  a  powerful  geological  agent,  is,  of  course,  subject  to  profound 
modification  due  to  geological  causes.  Any  great  amount  of  upheaval  or  subsidence 
of  the  earth's  crust,  or  the  gradual  uplifting  of  mountain  chains,  must  necessarily 
induce  changes  in  the  climate  of  the  regions  where  such  disturbances  occur,  the  effect 
of  which  must  extend  over  an  area  far  gr^t«r  than  that  of  the  disturbed  district.  A 
comparatively  slight  change  of  climate,  either  in  respect  to  temperature  or  humidity, 
has  a  most  marked  influence  upon  vegetation,  and  especially  upon  the  distribution  of 
forests.  The  presence  or  absence  of  particular  species  of  plants  is  weU  known  to 
determine  tho  presence  or  absence  of  many  species  of  insects,  while  the  distribution  of 
whole  families  of  the  latter  is  determined  wholly  by  the  character  of  the  yef^etation; 


ALL&N   ON   GEOGRAPHICAL   DISTRIBUTION   OF  IfAMMALS.    817 

nents  aud  oceans  did  Dot  greatly  differ  from  their  present  form^  and  the 
former,  back  to  the  time  of  the  Devonian  ibrmation,  were  never  so  com- 
pletely submerged  as  to  be  replaced  by  oceans  comparable  in  depth  with 
oxxr  Atlantic  and  Pacific."*  ^^  This  curious  fact,"  he  says  again,  '< of  the 
almost  iierfect  continuity  of  all  the  great  masses  of  land,  notwithstand- 
ing their  extremely  irregular  shape  and  distribution,  is  no  doubt  depend- 
ent on  the  [geological]  circumstances  just  alluded  to^  that  the  great 
depth  of  the  oceans  and  the  slowness  of  the  process  of  upheaval,  has 
almost  always  produced  the  new  lauds  close  to,  or  actually  connected 
with,  pre-existing  lands;  and  this  has  necessarily  led  to  a  much  greater 
uniformity  in  the  distribution  of  organic  forms,  than  would  have  pre- 
vailed had  the  continents  been  more  completely  isolated  from  each  other. 
•  .  .  the  whole  land  is  almost  continuous.  It  consists  essentially  of 
only  three  masses :  the  American,  the  Asia- African,  and  the  Australian. 
The  two  former  are  only  separated  by  thirty-six  miles  of  shallow  isea  at 
Behriug's  Straits,  so  that  it  is  possible  to  go  from  Cape  Horn  to  Singa- 
pore or  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope  without  ever  being  out  of  sight  of  land ; 
and  owing  to  the  intervention  of  the  numerous  islands  of  the  Malay 
Archipelago  the  journey  might  be  continued  under  the  same  conditions 
as  far  as  Melbourne  and  Hobart  Town."t  The  close  proximity  of  the 
great  land-masses  in  the  Arctic  regions  is  a  fact  to  be  kept  in  mind  in 
any  discussion  of  the  distribution  of  life  in  the  northern  hemisphere, 
and  also  the  fact  that  in  Tertiary  times  the  connection  was  almost  indis- 
putably more  intimate  than  it  is  now. 

and  eveu  maiuDials  and  birds  are  greatly  affected,  and  even  some  are  mainly  controlled, 
in  their  range  by  the  presence  or  absence  of  forests,  the  distribation  of  which  is  so  inti- 
mately connected  with  climate.  The  reptiles,  unlike  mammals  and  birds,  are  quickly 
influenced  by  changes  of  temperatare,  and  are  unable  to  exist  in  the  colder  parts  of 
the  earth.  Amphibians  also  require  a  moderately  warm,  or  at  least  temperate,  climate, 
and  though  ranging  beyond  the  true  reptiles  become  reduced  to  a  few  types  in  the  cold- 
temperate  latitudes,  beyond  which  they  wholly  disappear.  Fluviatile  and  terrestrial 
moUusks  are  also  exceedingly  susceptible  to  changes  in  the  conditions  of  life  that  affect 
but  slightly  either  insects  or  vertebrates,  especially  the  two  higher  classes  of  the  latter, 
even  the  geological  character  of  a  country  having  a  powerful  influence  upon  j;heir  dis- 
tribution, as  well  as  affecting  their  size  and  the  thickness  of  their  calcareous  covering. 
While  the  mammalia  are  able  to  survive  changes  that  would  exterminate  reptiles  and 
amphibians,  and  are  somewhat  independent  of  the  influences  that  govern  the  existence 
of  many  insects  and  moUusks,  their  fossil  remains  must  give,  for  this  reason,  a  less 
minntejrecord  of  past  geological  and  climatic  changes  than  either  the  lower  classes  of 
vertebrates,  the  mollusca,  or  the  insects,  and  afford  a  far  less  detailed  record  than  plants. 
Among  mammals  sometimes  the  same  species,  and  often  the  same  genus,  has  a  range 
extending  from  the  Arctic  regions  to  the  warm-temperate  or  subtropical  latitudes,  thus 
showing  an  adaptability  to  varied  conditions  of  existence  not  exhibited  by  the  lower 
vertebrates,  or  by  moUusks  or  plants.  While  their  lack  of  exceptional  means  of  dis- 
persal and  their  superiority  to  forces  of  restriction  that  limit  many  groups  of  animals 
render  them  highly  useful  as  a  standard  of  reference  in  respect  to  present  life-regions, 
the  latter  necessarily  detracts  from  their  importance  as  a  medium  of  geological  record, 
60  far  at  least  as  regards  the  minuter  details. 

*  Bepori  of  a  Lecture  before  the  Royal  Geographical  Society,  in  Geogr.  Mag.,  vol.  iy, 
August,  1877,  p.  221. 

t  Geogr.  Dist.  Anim.,  vol.  i^p.  37. 


318 


BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 


As  is  well  known,  and  almost  nniversally  admitted,  the  animal  and 
plant  life  of  the  Arctic  lands  is  nearly  everywhere  the  same,  many  of  the 
species  having  a  circumpolar  range,  while  the  genera  are  mainly,  and 
the  families  almost  entirely,  the  same  thronghoat.  Especially  is  this  the 
case  with  mammals.  To  show  how  gradual  is  the  change  from  almost 
absolute  uniformity  in  the  Arctic  regions  to  the  ultimate  diversity  met 
with  in  the  intertropical  latitudes  it  is  only  necessary  to  divide  latitud- 
inally  the  so-called  "i^earctic"  and  "Paltearctic"  regions  into  several 
minor  areas,  and  to  tabulate  and  compare  the  genera  found  in  each. 
Adopting  as  our  first  division  the  region  approximately  bounded  south- 
ward by  the  isotherm  of  36^  F.,  and  bence  embracing  the  Arctic,  Sub- 
Arctic,  and  Cold  Temperate  lands  of  the  northern  hemisphere,  we  find  that 
of  the  fifty-four  commonly  recognized  genera  of  non-pelagic  mammals 
occurring  north  of  tbis  boundary,  five  are  subcosmopolitan ;  twenty- 
seven,  or  more  tliau  one  half,  are  strictly  circam polar,  being  represented 
throughout  the  greater  part  of  the  region  north  of  this  boundary ;  that 
five  more  are  found  on  both  shores  of  the  Atlantic,  and  that  five  others 
are  common  to  both  sliores  of  the  Pacific.  This  leaves  only  twelve — 
less  than  one-fourth — that  are  peculiar  to  either  the  northern  portion  of 
North  America  or  to  the  corresponding  portion  of  tbe  Old  World,  of 
which  eight  are  restricted  to  America  and  four  to  the  Europseo- Asiatic 
continent.  These  genera  and  their  distribution  are  approximately  shown 
in  the  subjoined  table. 

Gtnera  of  mammaJs  of  the  Arctic  and  Cold  Temperate  portions  of  the  northern  hemisphere  {the 

region  north  of  the  mean  annual  of  3(P  /''.). 


Circuiupolar. 

• 

• 

Lynx. 

Ursnu. 

Ovin. 

CMtur. 

Canis. 

KosniHruB. 

*Ve»penigo.t 

*Selurufl. 

Vulprs. 

■ 

Pboca. 

*Ve8pcrlillo.           | 

St'iaropteniA. 

MuRtela. 

AICC8. 

Soivx. 

TamioA. 

Potorius. 

Tarandns. 

ArvicoLi. 

Spi'nuopliilQs. 

(Jalo. 

Cervus. 

EvotomyM. 

Arctoiuys. 

*Latr4. 

liitiOD. 

Myodes. 

Lagomys. 

Tlialas^arctos. 

All 

Ovibos. 
icricau  nn«1  A 

siatio. 

Cuciculna. 

^Lepas. 

Aracrican. 

Eiin)pa;o-A8iatio. 

American  aod  Bnropeait 

Mt'phitis. 

Eiihj'drirt. 

Moles. 

Pagomya. 

Taxidcx 

Eumetopias. 

B08. 

Pagopbiliis. 

PitK'von. 

Zalopbiis. 

MU8. 

ErigDAthua. 

Aploccnia. 

Callorbinus. 

SmluthuH. 

Halicbsma. 

ZapuH. 

Kbytina. 

Cystophoia. 

noBperomyR. 

Fiber. 

Erethizon. 

*  SiilKr^sinopolil 

tan. 

t 

Scotophi 

Iu8  of  AmericarKaatborA 

,  not  of  Dobaon. 

ALLBN   ON   GEOGRAPHICAL   DISTRIBUTION   OF   MAMMALS.    319 

Summary. 

Total  nnmber  of  genera , 54 

SnbcosDiopolitan 5 

Circumpolar ^ 27 

Shores  of  North  America  and  Asia 5 

Shores  of  North  America  and  Europe 5 

Exclosively  either  American  or  Eoropseo- Asiatic 12 

Peculiar  to  America s 

Pecoliar  to  the  Eoropseo- Asiatic  coutinent 4 

The  above-given  statistics  show  most  clearly  that  the  mammals  of 
the  northern  third  of  the  northern  hemisphere  present  few  generic  or 
snbgeneric  forms  that  are  pecnliar  to  either  North  America  or  to  the 
EaropsBO-Asiatic  continent.  In  many  cases,  these  are  closely  representa- 
tive forms;  in  other  cases,  the  peculiar  genera  extend  but  a  short  dis- 
tance into  the  region,  being  temperate  forms  rather  than  hyperboreal. 

The  close  relationship  of  the  mammalian  life  of  the  northern  lands,  os 
compared  with  the  diversity  met  with  between  that  of  the  northern  and 
southern  portions  of  the  two  northern  continents,  is  further  shown  by  a 
tabulation  of  the  genera  met  with  in  the  region  intervening  between  the 
cold-temperate  and  sub-tropical  zones  of  life,  the  northern  and  southern 
boundaries  of  which  may  be  considered  respectively  as  the  isotherms  of 
360  and  (38o  to  70o  F,  Rather  more  than  one- half  of  the  above-enu- 
merated genera  extend  also  over  a  large  portion  of  this  more  southern 
belt,  and  import  thereby  a  general  similarity  to  the  fades  of  the  mam- 
malian faunae  of  the  two  regions.  In  addition  to  these,  however,  we  find 
in  l^orth  America  thirty-one  genera  and  seven  subgenera  that  are  not 
found  much,  if  any,  to  the  northward  of  the  isotherm  of  36^  F.,  and 
about  the  same  proportion  of  new  generic  and  snbgeneric  types  make 
their  appearance  in  the  corresponding  region  of  the  Old  World.  Turn- 
ing first  to  ]S^orth  America,  we  find  that  of  these  added  forms  one  has 
80  wide  a  distribution  that  it  may  be  properly  considered  as  subcos- 
mopolitan,  being  found  in  the  corresponding  region  of  the  Europseo- 
Asiatic  continent  as  well  as  far  to  the  southward  of  the  region  under 
notice.  One  other  occurs  also  in  Eastern  Asia  and  six  more  belong 
rather  to  Tropical  America  than  to  Temperate  North  America.  Exclud- 
ing these,  leaves  about  thirty  as  strictly  American  and  twenty-two  that 
are  almost  wholly  restricted  to  Temperate  North  America ;  there  is,  hence, 
twice  as  great  a  difference  between  the  mammalian  fauna;  of  the  middle 
temperate  region  of  North  America  and  the  colder  portion  of  the  same 
continent  as  there  is  between  those  of  the  colder  parts  of  the  two  north- 
ern continents,  or  the  northern  portions  of  the  so-called  "Nearctic'^ 
and  " Palcearctic  Regions".  But  we  get  in  Temperate  North  America 
not  only  twenty -two  generic  and  snbgeneric  forms  peculiar  to  this 
region,  but  a  differentiation  of  this  region  into  three  well-marked  faunal 
areas,  differing  more  from  each  other  than  do  the  boreal  parts  of  the 
New  World  ("Nearctic  Region")  from  the  boreal  parts  of  the  Old  World 
("  PalfiBarctic  Region").    While  thirteen  of  the  genera,  or  about  one- 


820 


BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SUBYET. 


third,  have  a  general  distribntion  throaghoat  Temperate  North  America, 
there  are  four  genera  and  one  subgenns  peculiar  to  the  so-called  East- 
ern Province,  five  genera  and  one  snbgenns  mainly  restricted  to  the 
Middle  Province,  and  five  genera  and  two  subgenera  almost  wholly  lim- 
ited to  the  geographically  much  smaller  Western  Province.  In  addition 
to  this,  there  are  five  other  genera  and  one  subgenus  common  to  the 
greater  part  of  the  Middle  and  Western  Provinces  that  are  not  found  in 
the  Eastern.*  The  genera  that  may  be  regarded  as  characterizing  the 
middle  temperate  region  of  North  America  and  their  relative  distribution 
is  shown  in  the  subjoined  table. 

Tarcstrial  genera  and  subgenera  of  Middle  North  Atnerica  (heUceen  the  mean  annuah  of^iGP 

and  G8^  F.),  not  found  in  the  Arctic  and  Cold  Temperate  latitudes, 

[Note.— Sabjpenwa  are  enclosed  in  jMirentheaes.] 


1 

Limited  to  the 

Limited  to  the 

Limited  to  the 

Common  to  the  Mid- 

Of general  distribntion. 

Eastern 

Middle  Prov- 

Western 

dle    and  Western 

Province. 

ince. 

Province. 

Provinces. 

relis. 

"  Sigmodon. 

Nycticcjns. 

*Bassaris. 

^Macrotns. 

(Otospezmophilos.) 

Urocyon. 

Ochetodon. 

*Synotas. 

Antilocapra. 

Antrozons. 

(Pedomys ) 

Cariacns. 

(Pitymys.) 

Condylura. 

*Diootylo8.      1 

^Nyctinomos., 

Perognathns. 

LasluruR. 

(reomya. 

Blarina. 

*(Notiosorex.) 

t  Urotriclins. 

Cricetodlpna. 

Soapanns. 

Didelphys. 

(OryRomys.) 

Synaptomys. 

(Onychomys.) 

Dipodomya. 

Scnlops. 

Cyncmys. 

(Chilotns.) 

Thomomys. 

Nwworox. 

Haplodon. 

Neotoma. 

*  Cliiefly  tropical. 


f  Occiira  also  io  Aaia. 


Summary. 

Totnl  nuinbiT  of  genera  (phis  7  Hiibgenera) 38 

Of  gonpral  iliHtribntioD 13 

Peculiar  to  the  Knsteru  Provinco 5 

Peculiar  to  the  Middle  Province i 6 

Peculiar  to  the  Western  Province 7 

Common  to  the  Western  and  Middle  Provinces,  but  not  found  in  the  Eastern....  6 

Mainly  troi)ical  or  Hubtropical 8 

*Mr.  Wallace,  in  his  late  work  (Gw>^.  Dist.  Anim.,  vol.  i,p.  6),  refers  to  the  Rocky 
Mountains  as  forming  a  barrier  to  species, '' almost  all  the  mammals,  birds,  aod  in- 
sects *■  belonging  to  different  species  on  the  two  sides  of  the  Rocky  Mountains.  Noth- 
ing, so  far  as  niammals  and  birds  are  concerned  (and  I  am  informed  by  good  antbori- 
ties  that  the  same  is  true  of  insects),  could  well  be  further  from  the  truth.  Only  in 
rare  instances  do  the  Rocky  Mountains  form  such  a  barrier,  the  division  between  the 
Kastern  and  Middle  Provinces  I  eing  more  than  six  hundred  miles  to  the  Otistward  of 
this  range,  while  the  boundary  between  the  Middle  and  Western  Provinces  it  formed 
by  the  Sierra  Nevada  chain.  The  same  species,  as  a  rule,  range  over  the  greater  part 
of  the  groat  elevated  interior  plateau,  of  which  the  Rocky  Mountains  constitate  the 
axis.  So  far  as  the  distribution  of  both  birds  and  mammals  is  concerned,  the  presence 
or  absence  of  forests,  and  the  accompanying  diverse  climatic  conditions,  have  far  more 
to  do  with  the  limitation  of  habitat  than  the  commonly  so-called  *' Rocky  Mountain 
barrier  ".  This  is  obviously  due  to  the  longitudinal  direction  of  this  snpposed  barrier, 
which,  if  trending  in  a  latitudinal  direction,  would  certainly  form  an  impassable 
obstacle  tc  very  many  species. 


ALLEN  ON   GEOGRAPHICAL  DISTRIBUTION   OF  MAMMALS.    321 

Between  the  warm-temperate  belt  we  have  been  considering  and  the 
Eone  next  to  the  southward — the  subtropical — the  faunal  differences  are 
fiur  greater  than  between  the  warm-temperate  and  colder  zones.  Aside 
from  the  few  subcosmopolitan  genera  still  present,  and  the  few  essen- 
tially tropical  genera  that  range  northward  into  the  warmer  temperate 
zone,  there  Ib  little  in  common  to  the  mammalian  faunae  of  these  two 
regions.  At  or  near  this  boundary  (the  isotherm  of  about  68^  F. — say 
68^  to  KP  F.)  several  strictly  tropical  families  first  make  their  appear- 
ance, and  tropical  genera  begin  largely  to  replace  those  of  the  colder 
region  to  the  northward. 

In  respect  to  the  Europoeo- Asiatic  continent,  we  have  already  seen 
how  small  a  proportion  of  the  genera  of  mammals  met  with  north  of 
the  thirty-sixth  isotherm  are  really  peculiar  to  this  region,  the  number 
being  less  than  twelve  per  cent.,  the  remainder  being  circnmpolar.  Pass- 
ing, however,  to  the  warm-temperate  division  of  this  Europseo- Asiatic 
continent,  or  that  portion  between  the  isotherms  of  36^  and  6S^  to  7(P 
F.,  and  we  meet  with  many  genera  not  found  to  the  northward.  While 
many  circumpolar  genera  still  prevail,  at  least  three-fourths  of  the 
whole  number  are  here  first  met  with.  A  considerable  proportion  (about 
one-fifth)  are  properly  southern  or  subtropical,  and  extend  far  to  the 
southward  of  the  warm-temperate  zone.  About  one-half,  however,  are 
peculiar  to  this  zone,  and  belong  to  groups  (families  of  subfamilies)  espe- 
cially characteristic  of  the  North  Temperate  Realm.  In  adopting  the 
isotherm  of  70^  F.  as  its  southern  boundary,  we  include  not  only  the  Medi- 
terranean Province  (and  hence  Northern  Africa),  but  all  of  Asia  north 
of  the  great  Himalayan  chain,  together  with  Northern  China  and  the 
Persian  Peninsula.  Hence  quite  a  number  of  such  southern  forms  occur 
as  Mac4icu8j  Ilerpestes^  Oenetta^  Hi/wna^  Ilystrix^  etc.,  that  are  more  prop- 
erly members  of  the  intertropical  fauna.  Owing  to  the  great  extent 
of  this  region,  we  meet  with  many  genera  peculiar  to  special  districts, 
giving  a  higher  proportion  of  peculiar  forms  than  is  met  with  in  the 
corresponding  portion  (but  far  more  limited  in  area)  of  North  America. 
Of  about  fifty  genera  met  with  here  that  do  not  occur  to  the  northward, 
about  one-fourth  may  be  thrown  out  as  more  properly  tropical,  since 
they  in  most  cases  barely  enter  the  southern  border. 

Of  the  remainder,  fully  one-half  are  restricted  in  their  range  wholly 
or  almost  wholly  to  this  region,  the  rest  extending  far  into  or  through- 
out the  Old  World  tropics.  •  There  is  thus  more  than  thrice  as  great  a 
.  difference  between  the  mammalian  fauna  of  the  boreal  parts  of  the 
Europseo- Asiatic  continent  and  that  of  the  warmer  parts  of  the  same  con- 
tinent as  between  the  fauna  of  the  boreal  parts  of  the  Europseo-Asiatic 
continent  and  the  corresponding  region  of  North  America.  The  differ- 
entiation is  here  again,  as  in  North  America,  from  the  north  southward, 
not  through  the  rapid  increase  of  land-area  and  diversity  of  physical 
Structure,  but  purely  from  climatic  conditions, — through  the  multipli- 
cation of  life  in  consequence  of  increase  of  temperature  and  means  of 


322  BULLETIN   UNITED   STATES   GEOLOGICAL   SUllVEY. 

sabsisteDce.  This  is  still  more  strikingly  shown  by  a  comparison  of  the 
fauna  of  the  middle  portion  of  the  so-called  ''  Pal»arctic  Begion  '  with 
that  of  its  southern  border,  at  which  point  the  truly  tropical  forms  be- 
gin to  appear.  The  genera  of  a  zone,  say  two  degrees  in  width,  at  these 
two  points  would  be  not  only  in  large  part  different,  but  those  of  the 
southern  belt  would  be  far  more  numerous. 

Genera  of  maminaU  of  the  warm-temperate  portions  of  the  eastern  hemi- 
sphere  {between  tJte  isotherms  of  30^  and  68^  to  70^  F.),  not  occurring  to 
the  northward  of  the  36th  isotherm. 

*  Macacos.  iMoschus,  Rbinolopbas.  iXectogale. 
Felis.                         iffydropotes.                •Plecotus.  Spalax. 

*GreDetta.  \Pocphagu8,  "Synotus.  Kbizomys. 

*  Herpestes.  ^  Addax,                         Scotopbllus.  \S%phneM. 
"HysBna.  *Oryx.                           Miniopteras.  Meriones. 
i  Nyctereuies.                 Damalis.  *  Nyctinomas.  tCricf<u/u«. 
i  Lutrontctea,  \Procapra,  i  Scaptochirus.  \Alactaga. 
t^E/ttrtia.  i  Saiga,  iScaptonyx,  "Gerbillas. 
*£qaas.  iPaniholops,  iAnuaorex,  *Dipa8. 
tCamelas.  iBudorcas,  iMygale,  Muscardinas. 
iDama.  iRupicapra.                   Urotricbns.                  Kliomys. 
iElaphodus,                   Nemorbcedus.  i  Uropsilw,  ^Hystrix. 

t  Lophotragus,  Capra.  Crocidura. 

Summary. 

Total  nambor 51 

Occorriog  in  soutbera  portiouH  only 13 

Peculiar  to  the  region,  and  generally  restricted  to  a  limited  range 24 

Of  ratber  wide  range  southward 14 

A  comparison  of  the  families  represented  in  different  portions  of  the 
northern  hemisphere  north  of  the  isotherm  of  70^  F.  brings  into  prom- 
inence some  of  the  points  already  stated,  without  the  confusion  of 
detail  incident  to  a  comparison  on  the  basis  of  genera,  and  gives  also 
a  more  convenient  standard  for  the  next  stage  of  comparison,  namely,  a 
comparison  of  the  faunae  of  the  temperate  zones  with  those  of  the  tropical, 
as  well  as  with  the  faunae  of  the  two  great  land-areas  of  the  northern 
hemisphere.  Of  thirty-three  familiesof  non-pelagic  mammals  found  north 
of  about  the  isotherm  of  70^  F.  (C8o  to  70^),  thirteen  have  a  nearly  cos- 
mopolitan distribution,  and  six  others  are  common  to  both  the  Old 
World  and  the  New,  leaving  fouiteen,  or  about  one-third,  peculiar  to 
either  North  America  or  to  Europe  and  Asia.  Three  of  these  are  essen- 
tially subtropicopolitan  or  tropicopolitan,  Iiaving  merely  straggling  rep- 
resentatives north  of  the  G8th  isotherm,  and  five  others  are  represented 
each  by  only  a  single  species.  Seven  of  these  fourteen  families  (four  only 
according  to  many  systematistsf)  are  North  American  and  seven  European 

•Occurring  in  southern  ]>ortion8  only ;  cbiefly  tropical. 

t  Peculiar  to  tbe  region  and  mostly  of  restricted  range. 

1 1  here  admit  to  family  rank  Antilocapridce,  Zapodidce,  and  GeomyidcB^  the  two  former 
of  which  are  treated  by  Mr.  Wallace  as  subfamilies  of  snbcosmopolitan  families,  while 
tbe  other  is  not  commonly  recognized  as  distinct  from  Saccomyidce,  On  the  other  hand, 
I  refer  tbe  Cercolabidcv  to  the  Hystricidce. 


ALLEN   ON   GEOGRAPHICAL  DISTRIBUTION   OF  MAMMALS.    323 

and  Asiatic.  One  or  two  others  barely  touch,  or  possibly  overlap  slightly^ 
the  above-given  boundary.  North  of  the  isotherm  of  36^  F.  not  more 
than  two  or  three  families  are  met  with  that  are  not  cosmopolitan,  and 
two  of  these  have  each  but  a  single  species  north  of  this  line. 

The  following  is  a  list  of  the  families  referred  to  above,  with  approxi- 
mate indications  of  their  distribution. 

FamUiM  of  non-pelagio  mammala  occurring  north  of  the  mean  annual  of7(P  F. 


SabooamopolitOD. 

Circnmpolar. 

North  American. 

Earopa?o-A!tiatic. 

FeUds. 

Canids. 

MuatelidiB. 

UraidflB. 

OtarUds. 

Pbocide. 

Cervidie. 

Bovida). 

Veapertilionidff}. 

Marids. 

Sciaridie. 

Hystricids. 

Leporidse. 

Koamarids. 
*RhytlnId». 
Talpids. 
SoricidiB. 
Caatoridic. 
Lagomj'idse. 

tProcyonidtt). 

lAntilocaprida). 

tZapodids. 

Geomyide. 

Saooomyids. 

X  Haplodontidas. 

t  Didelphyida?. 

Erinaccidie. 
:Suida». 
Eqnidw. 
MyoxidiP. 
Spalacida-. 
DipodidrD. 
Ehinolophidas 

*  Formerly  occnrrmg  on  the  nhores  of  the  Nort,h  Pacific  only,  bat  now  extinct. 

t  Tropical ;  one  apeciea  only  found  north  of  70th  iaothenn.       X  Repreaonted  by  a  aingle  specu'H. 

Summary, 

Whole  number 33 

Sobcoamopolitan 13 

Cirenmpolar  (arctopolitan) (> 

Amerioao  (exclusively)* 7 

Eoropseo-ABiatic  (or  exclasively  Old  World)  t 7 

In  regard  to  the  soathern  extension  of  these  thirty- three  families,  thir- 
teen range  far  into,  and  most  of  them  over,  the  greater  part  of  Intertropical 
America,  and  eighteen  far  into,  and  most  of  them  over,  the  greater  part 
of  the  intertropical  portion  of  the  Old  World. 

In  Intertropical  America,  only  thirty  families  are  represented.  Of 
these,  thirteen  occur  over  much  of  Temperate  North  America,  while 
eleven*  are  subcosmopolitan,  and  the  same  number  are  peculiar  to  the 
region,  while  one-half  of  the  whole  do  not  range  much  beyond  the 
northern  tropic.  Seven  are  semitropicopolitan,  or  occar  also  in  the 
warmer  parts  of  the  Old  World ;  but  of  these,  three  are  Chiroptera  and 
another  is  marine.  The  approximate  range  of  the  families  represented 
in  Intertropical  America  is  indicated  in  the  annexed  table. 

''Five  only  are  exclusively  North  American. 
tTwo  only  are  exclusively  "  Palaearctic  ". 


324 


BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 


Families  of  non-pelagio  fnammah  occurring  in  Intertropical  America 
(between  the  northern  and  sovihem  isotherms  of  7(P  jP.). 


Ctbida. 
Mididijc. 
Felida*. 
Cauiditi. 
Mastelidse. 
t  Procyonid*. 
BasHaridida. 
Cvrcoleptidcc. 


[NoTK.— Tbo  names  of  families  peculiar  to  the  region  are  printed  in  it^Uo*.] 

Otariidas.  SoricidsB.  HjstricidA. 


CervidsB. 
*  Trichechid:£.  ♦ 
*TapiridiB. 

DiootjflidcB, 

Phylloetomidie. 

Embalionuridffi. 

Vespertilionidae. 


*Centetidte. 

Sciuridae. 

MaridsD. 
*  Ootodontidse. 

DinamyidcB. 

CaviidcB, 

Dasyproctida. 


LeporidsB. 
Brtukjfpodida. 
Da9ffpodida. 
Myrmecophagid<B, 
t  DidelphjfidcB, 


Summary. 

Total  number 30 

Peculiar  to  the  region , 12 

Not  found  in  temperate  purta  of  North  America 16 

Sabcosmopolitan 11 

Occn rring  in  the  warmer  parts  (only)  of  the  Old  World 5 

Occurring  in  North  America  (at  large) 13 

Fifty  families  are  represented  In  the  intertropical  portions  of  Asia  and 
Africa.  Of  these  nearly  thirty  do  not  range  much  beyond  the  Northern 
Tropic,  of  which  about  twenty-three  are  limited  to  this  region.  Of  the 
thirty-two  families  occurring  in  the  north-temperate  zone  (of  which  only 
six  or  seven  are  exclusively  Earopaeo- Asiatic),  nearly  one-half  range 
over  most  of  the  ludo- African  tropics.  The  following  is  a  list  of  the 
families  represented  in  the  Old  World  tropics,  exclusive  of  those  limited 
to  Madagascar  and  the  Australian  Ite«a1m. 

Families  of  non-pelagic  mammals  occurring  in  the  Indo-African  Tropics 
(between  the  northern  and  southern  isotherms  of  70^  jP.) 

[NoTB. — The  names  of  familiea  not  oecarring  northward  of  the  region  arc  printed  in  italics.] 

SbniidcF.  Giraffida\  ^Trichechidw.  Tupayidce, 

CynopUheddir.  Bovidie.  rteropida:,  Lophiomyida^. 

Lemuridw.  Cervidae.  KhinolophidH;.  DipodidoB. 

Tarsiida,  Troj^ulida*.  Xycierida'.  MuridsB. 

Felidio.  lI\ppopotamida\  Vespertilioiiid.T.  Myoxidoo. 

Protelidcp..  Phacochceridof.  ^Emballonuridw.  Sciurid®. 

}Iy(fnida\  Suidifi.  (iaIeopHhecidtt.  Anomalurida. 

Virerruhi'.  Kquid<f.  TalpidsD.  Hyatricida, 

Caiiid:o.  lihwocerotida\  Soricidub.  ^Ociodontidce. 

Mustelidic.  ^Tapiridw.  Eriuaceida*.  Leporida). 

Ursidte.  Hyracidce.  Potatnoyalidw.  Manididcs, 

-EluridiP.  Eleph<intid<r.  Macroacelidw.  Orycteropodida, 

Camelidu!.  HalicoridcB, 

•Occurring  in  the  Old  World  Tropics. 
tOccurring  also  in  Extratropical  America. 
t  Manatidw  of  most  authors. 
$  Also  represented  in  Intertropical  America 


ALLEN  ON  GEOGRAPHICAL  DISTRIBUTION   OF  liAHMALS.    325 

Summary. 

Total  namber , 60 

Peonliar  (or  almost  wholly  restricted)  to  the  region 22 

Sabeoemopolitan 13 

Bepreeented  io  the  American  tropics  (only) 4 

Occnrring  in  the  Old  Worid  north  of  the  tropics 23 

Tt«>plcal 29 

It  thus  appears  that  only  aboat  three-fifths  as  many  families  of  mam- 
mals occar  in  the  intertropical  parts  of  the  New  World  as  in  the  cor- 
responding parts  of  the  Old  World.  The  disproportion  in  the  same 
direction  in  respect  to  genera  and  species  is  still  greater.  This  is 
obvioQsly  due  to  the  difierence  in  size  and  configuration  of  the  two 
areas.  The  Old  World  intertropical  land- surface  is  not  only  several 
times  greater  than  the  American  (embracing  thrice  as  great  a  breadth 
longitudinally),  but  is  differentiated  into  one  continental  (Africa),  two 
large  peninsular  (India  and  China)  areas,  and  a  group  of  large,  highly 
differentiated  islands  (Malay  Archipelago),  while  the  intertropical  re- 
gion of  America  forms  a  single  unindented  region,  with  a  single  narrow 
isthmic  prolongation.  In  the  one  case  (America)  we  have  a  striking 
uniformity  of  mammalian  life  throughout,  corresponding  with  the  gen- 
eral uniformity  of  the  climatic  conditions  characteristic  of  this  area, 
contrasting  with  well-marked  subdivisions  in  the  other,  and  a  much 
greater  diversity  of  environing  circumstances,  originating  geologically 
far  back  in  the  history  of  these  several  land-masses.  As  Mr.  Wallace 
has  remarked, — ^^To  those  who  accept  the  theory  of  development  as 
worked  out  by  Mr.  Darwin,  and  the  views  as  to  the  general  permanence 
and  immense  antiquity  of  the  great  continents  and  oceans  so  ably  de- 
veloped by  Sir  Charles  Lyell,  it  ceases  to  be  a  matter  of  surprise  that 
the  tropics  of  Africa,  Asia,  and  America  should  differ  in  their  produc- 
tions, but  rather  that  they  should  have  anything  in  common.  Their 
similarity,  not  their  diversity,  is  the  fact  that  most  frequently  puzzles 
us.'^ 

In  the  foregoing  remarks,  no  reference  has  been  made  to  Madagascar 
or  to  Australia,  for  the  reason  that  they  belong  to  distinct  primary  life- 
regions  having  little  in  common  with  the  great  Europa^o- Asiatic  land- 
area  (of  which  Africa,  on  the  other  hand,  is  an  inseparable  appendage), 
which,  with  Amei:ica,  form  the  regions  to  which  the  discussion  has  thus 
far  been  intentionally  limited.  As  will  be  more  fully  considered  later, 
the  intertropical  Old  World  area  is  divisible  into  secondary  regions, 
which  for  the  present  need  not  enter  into  the  questions  immediately  at 
issue.  These  are,  first,  Does  that  portion  of  the  northern  hemisphere 
north  of  the  northern  subtropical  zone  admit  of  division  into  two  pri- 
mary life-regions,  conforming  in  their  boundaries  to  the  configuration  of 
the  two  great  northern  land-areas!  And,  secondly,  In  accordance  with 
what  principle  does  the  life  of  the  northern  hemisphere  become  differ- 
entiated from  the  homogeneity  characteristic  of  the  northern  regions 

*  GeogT.  Diflt.  Auini.,  vol.  i,  p.  51. 


326     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  OEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

to  the  great  diversity  met  with  nnder  tropical  latitudes  t  The  fonda- 
mental  question  which  underlies  the  whole  subject  is,  Is,  or  is  not,  the 
life  of  the  globe  distributed  in  circnmpolar  zones  t  The  second  is,  How 
and  under  what  induences  does  it  become  differentiated  f 

To  the  first  of  these  questions,  I  ventured  some  six  years  since,^  to 
give  an  affirmative  answer,  in  accordance  not  only  with  the  views  of 
numerous  high  authorities  on  the  subject  of  the  geographical  distriba- 
tion  of  life,  but  with  what  seemed  to  me  to  be  incontrovertibly  the  facts 
in  the  case.  While  this  view  has  since  received  the  support  of  other 
high  authorities,  it  has  been  altogether  ignored  by  the  advocates  of  Dr. 
Sclater's  division  of  the  earth's  surface.  Mr.  Wallace,  who  faithfully 
reflects  the  views  of  the  Sclaterian  school,  in  referring  to  this  subject 
says: — '^Mr.  Allen's  system  of  ^realms' founded  on  climatic  zones  .  .  . 
calls  for  a  few  remarks.  The  author  continually  refers  to  the  ^  law  of 
the  distribution  of  life  in  circuinpolar  zones\  as  if  it  were  one  generally 
accepted  and  that  admits  of  no  dispute.  But  this  supposed  Maw'  only 
applies  to  the  smallest  details  of  distribution — to  the  range  and  increas- 
ing or  decreasing  numbers  of  species  as  we  pass  from  north  to  south,  or 
the  reverse ;  while  it  has  little  bearing  on  the  great  features  of  zoologi- 
cal geography — the  limitation  of  groups  of  genera  and  families  to  cer- 
tain areas.  It  is  analogous  to  the  ^  laic  of  adaptation '  in  the  organiza- 
tion of  animals,  by  which  members  of  various  groups  are  suited  for  an 
aerial,  an  aquatic,  a  desert,  or  an  arboreal  life ;  are  herbivorous,  carniv- 
orous, or  insectivorous ;  arc  fitted  to  live  underground,  or  in  fresh  waters, 
or  on  polar  ice.  It  was  once  thought  that  these  adaptive  peculiarities 
were  suitable  foundations  for  a  classification, — that  whales  were  fishes, 
and  bats  birds ;  and  even  to  this  day  there  are  naturalists  who  cannot 
recognize  the  essential  diversity  of  structure  in  such  groups  as  swifts 
and  swallows,  sun-birds  and  humming-birds,  under  the  superficial  dis- 
guise caused  by  adaptation  to  a  similar  mode  of  life.  The  application 
of  Mr.  Allen's  principle  leads  to  equally  erroneous  results,  as  may  be 
well  seen  by  considering  his  separation  of  'the  southern  third  of  Aus- 
tralia' to  unite  it  with  New  Zealand  as  one  of  his  secondary  zoological 
divisions.'^ 

Leaving  Mr.  Wallace's  last-quoted  objection  for  notice  in  another 
connection  (see  a  foot-note  beyond,  under  the  sub-heading  "  Australian 
Kealm'-)?  I  unblushingly  claim,  in  answer  to  the  main  point,  that  the 
geographical  distribution  of  life  is  by  necessity  in  accordance  with  a  "  law 
of  adaptations^  namely,  of  climatic  adaptation  ;  that  such  a  law  is  legiti- 
mate in  this  connection,  and  that  the  reference  to  the  '^  superficial  dis- 
guise "  adapting  essentially  widely  different  organisms  to  similar  modes 
of  life  is  wholly  irrelevant  to  the  point  at  issue, — a  comparison  of  things 
that  are  in  any  true  sense  incomparable;  furthermore,  that  the  ^'law  of 
distribution  of  life  in  circnmpolar  zones"  does  apply  as  well  in  a  gen- 
eral sense  as  to  details — ''to  groups  of  genera  and  families"  as  well  as 

*Bnll.  Mu8.  Comp.  Zool.,  vol.  ii,  p.  376;  1871. 
t  Geogr.  Dist.  Anim.,  vol.  i,  p.  67. 


ALLEN   ON   GEOGRAPHICAL   DISTRIBUTION   OF   MAMMALS.     327 

to  species.  In  the  foregoing  remarks  I  have  had  little  to  say  respecting 
the  range  of  species^  and  have  tabulated  merely  genera  and  families. 
These  tables  clearly  show  that  a  large  proportion  of  the  mammalian 
genera  and  families  of  the  northern  hemisphere  have  a  circnmpolar 
range,  the  same  genera  and  families  occapyiug  the  Arctic  and  Sub- Arc- 
tic lands  in  both  the  Old  World  and  the  New,  and  that  only  a  small 
per  cent,  of  the  whole  number  found  here  are  peculiar  to  either  of  the 
northern  land-areas ;  that  a  large  part  of  the  genera  and  families  met  with 
in  the  temperate  and  warmer  latitudes  occur  on  the  eastern  continent  as 
w^ell  as  on  the  western;  that  again  a  considerable  proportion  of  the 
genera  and  families  met  with  in  the  warmer  parts  of  the  earth  occur 
also  both  in  the  Old  World  and  the  New,  while  many  others  are  well 
known  to  have  been  common  to  the  two  during  the  Tertiary  period.  It 
has  been  further  shown  that  there  is  a  greater  diversity  of  life  between 
contiguous  climatic  belts  of  the  same  continent  than  between  corre- 
sponding belts  of  the  two  continents,  especially  north  of  the  forty-fifth 
parallel  of  latitude,  and  that  any  marked  faunal  differentiation  of  the 
two  continents  begins  only  in  the  warm-temperate  and  subtropical  lati- 
tudes. On  each  continent,  the  arctic,  temperate,  and  tropical  zones  are 
each  marked  in  their  general  fades  respectively  by  corresponding  phases 
of  life.  So  obvious  is  this  that  we  have  in  current  use  the  expressions 
**  arctic  life'',  "  temperate  life",  and  "  tropical  life",  in  recognition  of  cer- 
tain common  features  of  resemblance  by  which  each  of  these  regions  is 
distinguished  as  a  region  from  the  others.  This  is  in  accordance  with  a 
law  I  have  termed  the  law  ^^  of  differentiation  from  the  north  south- 
ward",* or  in  accordance  with  increase  of  temperature  and  the  condi- 
tions resulting  therefrom  favorable  to  increased  abundance  of  life. 

In  this  connection  it  may  be  well  to  recall  certain  general  facts  pre- 
viously referred  to  respecting  the  geographical  relations  of  the  lands  of 
the  northern  hemisphere  and  their  past  history.  Of  first  importance  is 
their  present  close  connection  about  the  northern  pole  and  their  former 
still  closer  union  at  acomparatively  recentdate  in  their  geological  history; 
furthermore,  that  at  this  time  of  former,  more  intimate  relationship,  the 
climatic  conditions  of  the  globe  were  far  more  uniform  than  at  present, 
a  mild  or  warm-temperate  climate  prevailing  where  now  are  regions  of 
perpetual  ice,  and  that  many  groups  of  animals  whose  existing  repre- 
sentatives are  found  now  only  in  tropical  or  semitropical  regions  lived 
formerly  along  our  present  Arctic  coasts.  We  have,  hence,  an  easy  ex- 
planation of  the  present  distribution  of  such  groups  as  Tapirs,  Manatees, 
many  genera  of  Bats,  etc.,  in  the  tropics  of  the  two  hemispheres,  on  the 
wholly  tenable  assumption  of  a  southward  migration  from  a  common 
wide-spread  northern  habitat,  to  say  nothing  of  the  numerous  existing 
arctopolitan  and  semi-cosmopolitan  genera.  The  former  greater  commu- 
nity of  life  in  the  northern  hemisphere  in  preglacial  times  is  further 
evinced  by  the  wide  spread  occurrence  there  of  the  remains  of  Oamels, 

*Ban.  Mas.  Comp.  ZooK,  vol.  ii,  p.  379. 


328     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

Elephants,  Mastodons,  Bhinooeroses,  and  Horses,  which,  thongh  extinct 
in  America,  have  living  representatives  in  the  tropies  of  the  so-called 
<^01d  World'',  to  say  nothing  of  the  evidence  afforded  by  the  remains  of 
still  earlier  types  of  arotopolitan  range.  The  saoceeding  epochs  of  cold 
caused  extensive  migrations  of  some  gronps  and  the  extinction  of  others; 
with  the  div^se  climatic  conditions  subsequently  characterizing  high 
and  low  latitudes  came  the  more  pronounced  differentiation  of  fauniB, 
and  the  development,  doubtless,  of  many  new  types  adapted  to  the 
changed  conditions  of  life — the  development  of  boreal  types  from  a  warm- 
temperate  or  semi-tropical  stock.  The  accepted  theories  respecting  the 
moditication  of  type  with  change  in  conditions  of  environment— changes 
necessarily  due  mainly  to  climatic  influences — render  it  certain  that 
if  animals  are  so  far  under  the  control  of  circumstances  dependent  upon 
climate,  and  emphatically  upon  temperature,  as  to  be  either  exterminated 
or  greatly  modified  by  them,  the  same  influences  must  govern  their  geo- 
graphical distribution. 

Eeceut  discoveries  respecting  the  mammalia  inhabiting  Xorth  Amer- 
ica during  the  Tertiary  period  have  shown  that  many  of  the  leading 
types  of  mammals — including  not  only  those  above  named,  but  also 
many  others — now  found  only  in  the  eastern  hemisphere,  originated  in 
North  America,  and  migrated  thence  to  Asia,  Europe,  and  even  Africa, 
either  as  somewhat  generalized  types,  or  after  they  had  nearly  reached 
their  present  degree  of  differentiation;  in  short,  so  far  as  mammalian 
life  is  concerned,  that  America  is  the  ^^Old  World"  from  which  the 
so-called  ^^Old  World"  has  been  mainly  peopled.  The  present  genetic 
convergence  of  life  about  the  northern  pole  seems  to  show  that  not  only 
has  there  been  here  a  comparatively  free  intercommunication,  but  that 
the  mammalian  life  now  existing  there  has  lived  there  for  a  long  i)eriod 
under  similar  conditions  of  environment ;  and  that  these  conditions  are 
unfavorable,  in  consequence  of  a  comparatively  low  temperature,  to  rapid 
change  of  form  or  structure. 

This  is  shown  not  only  by  the  great  diversity  of  life  met  with  in  the 
intertr^i'cal  regions,  as  compared  with  the  uniformity  met  with  in  the 
semi-frigid  regions  (equal  areas  being,  of  course,  compared),  but  by  the 
coincident  occurrence  of  a  simple,  homogeneous  arctic  marine  fauna, 
with  the  low  temperature  over  the  sea-floor  far  to  the  southward  of  where 
such  forms  occur  in  the  warmer  surface  and  shore-waters.  The  intimate 
relation  between  temperature  and  the  distribution  of  life  is  most  forci- 
bly shown  by  the  existence  under  the  same  parallel  of  latitude  of  diverse 
fauna)  not  only  at  different  elevations  above  the  sea  on  mountain-slopes, 
but  at  different  depths  beneath  the  surface  of  the  ocean,  where  the 
seveml  faun^  are  characterized  not  only  by  the  presence  of  different 
species,  but  by  the  prevalence  of  different  genera,  and  even  families.  In 
fact,  it  is  to  me  a  matter  of  surprise  that,  with  our  present  knowledge 
of  the  subject,  any  naturalist  of  note  should  assume  that  temperature 
has  nothing  to  do  with  the  circumscription  of  faunrc,  or  that  any  law 


ALL£K   ON   GEOGRAPHICAL   DISTRIBUTION   OF  MAMMALS.     829 

baae4  on  it  can  have  ^'  little  bearing  on  the  great  features  of  zoological 
geography — the  limitation  of  groups  of  genera  and  families  to  certain 
areas". 

II.— MAMMALIAN  REGIONS  OP  THE  GLOBE. 

The  inflnence  of  temperature  as  a  limiting  agent  in  the  distribution 
of  life,  as  well  the  ^^law  of  the  distribution  of  life  in  circumsolar  zones^^ 
was  fhlly  recognized  by  Humboldt  neaxly  three-fourths  of  a  century 
ago,  and  later,  practically  if  not  explicitly,  by  Bitter,  De  Candolle, 
Agassiz,  Wagner,  Forbes,  Dana,  Giinther,  Meyen,  Middendorff,  and 
many  other  leading  zoologists  and  botanists.  While  this  law  must 
incontrovertibly  underlie  every  philosophic  scheme  of  lief-regions,  the 
number  of  zones  to  be  recognized,  as  well  as  their  boundaries,  must  in 
a  measure  be  open  to  diversity  of  opinion.  Professor  Dana,  in  1852, 
recognized  five  primary  zones  for  marine  animals,  namely,  a  toirid,  a 
north  and  a  south  temperate,  and  a  north  and  a  south  frigid.  The  torrid 
and  temperate  were  subdivided,  the  first  into  three,  the  others  each  into 
five  sub-zones,  the  two  frigid  being  left  undivided.  Mr.  A.  Agassiz,  in 
treating  of  the  distribution  of  the  Uchiniy*  recognizes  also  five  zones,  a 
torrid,  two  temperate,  and  two  frigid.  These  five  primary  zones  prove 
to  be  applicable  also  to  the  mammalia,  and  even  their  subdivisions  may 
be  readily  traced,  but  are  rather  too  detailed  for  practical  use.  Owing 
to  the  irregular  surface  of  tbe  land-areas,  occasioned  by  elevated  pla- 
teaus and  mountain-chains,  these  zones  of  distribution  have  of  course 
a  less  regular  breadth  and  trend  than  they  preserve  over  the  oceans. 
Their  boundaries,  however,  approximate  to  the  courses  of  the  isotheims, 
by  certain  of  which  they  may  be  considered  as  in  a  general  way  limited. 

In  recognition  of  these  zones,  and  also  of  the  law  of  difi'erentiation 
of  life  with  the  relative  isolation  of  the  principal  laud-areas,  I  proposed 
in  a  former  paper  (l.  c,  p.  380)  a  division  of  the  land-areas  into  eight , 
^^Bealms",  namely:  I,  Arctic;  II,  North  Temperate;  III,  American 
Tropical;  IV,  Indo-African ;  V,  South  American  Temperate ;  VI,  Afri- 
can Temperate;  Vll^  Antarctic;  VIII,  Australian.  A  subdivision  of 
most  of  these  primary  regions  was  provisionally  suggested,  but  only 
the  North  American  was  treated  with  any  degree  of  detail,  and  this 
mainly  with  reference  to  the  birds,  and  more  especially  those  of  its 
eastern  portion.  Subsequent  study  of  the  distribution  of  mammalian 
life  over  the  globe  has  led  me  to  modify  some  of  the  views  then  ex- 
pressed, especially  in  relation  to  the  divisions  of  the  Australian  Bealm, 
and  to  unite  the  South  African  Temperate  with  the  Indo-African,  as  a 
division  of  the  latter,  and  also  to  recognize  Madagascar  and  the  Masca- 
reue  Islands  as  forming  together  an  independent  primary  region,  in 
accordance  with  the  views  of  Sclater,  Wallace,  and  others.  Whether 
or  not  the  Arctic  and  Antarctic  Eegions  should  stand  as  primary  divi- 
sions seems  also  open  to  question.    While  perhaps  tenable  on  general 

•  Illustr.  Cat.  Mas.  Coinp.  Zocil.,  No.  vii,  1872,  pis.  A-F. 

Bull.  iv.  No.  2 2 


330     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

gronnds,  tbey  are  hardly  required  for  the  elucidation  of  the  distribatioQ 
of  the  mammalia,  since  they  must  be  mainly  characterized  negatively. 

Beginning  with  the  Arctic  Region,  we  meet,  as  already  shown,  and  as 
is  almost  universally  admitted,  a  continuous  homogeneous  fauna,  of 
considerable  geographical  area,  but  mainly  characterized  by  what  it 
lacks.  Its  southern  boundary  may  be  considered  as  the  northern  limit 
of  forest  vegetation.  Continuing  southward,  few  other  than  arctopoli- 
tan  genera  of  mammals  are  met  with  north  of  the  mean  annual  of  36^ 
F.  This  considerable  belt  hence  includes  what  may  be  termed  the  cold- 
temperate  zone.  The  American  and  Europaeo- Asiatic  portions  of  this 
zone  are  only  to  a  slight  degree  differentiated,  while  each  is  essentially 
homogeneous. 

Below  this,  non-arctopolitan  genera,  or  those  restricted  to  more  or 
less  limited  areas,  become  more  frequent,  and,  indeed,  form  a  consider- 
able pix>portion  of  the  genera  represented.  This  belt  occupies  the 
remainder  of  the  north-temperate  zone,  extending  to  about  the  mean 
isotherm  of  70^  F.,  and  may  be  termed  the  warm-temperate  zone.  Un- 
like the  cold-temperate  zone,  it  is  divisible  on  each  continent  into  sev- 
eral well-marked  minor  regions,  which  are,  however,  more  strongly 
differentiated,  inter  scy  in  the  Old  World  than  in  the  New. 

The  tropical  zone  embraces,  of  course,  in  its  fullest  extension,  a  much 
greater  latitudinal  breadth  than  the  temperate,  but  its  southern  land- 
border  is  very  irregular,  its  only  considerable  development  south  of  the 
equator  being  in  South  America  and  Africa.  It  is  also  so  much  diver- 
sified in  many  parts  by  mountain-chains  that  subdivision  into  secondary 
zones  seems  less  feasible  than  in  the  case  with  the  north-temperate 
zone.  A  central  torrid  and  a  north  and  a  south  sub-torrid  zones  might, 
however,  be  readily  made,  but  such  a  division  has  not  been  attempted 
in  the  present  connection.  A  northern  sub-torrid  division  may  indeed 
be  very  conveniently  recognized,  extending  from  about  the  annual 
isotherm  of  67^  to  that  of  about  74^  F.,  and  including  a  transitional 
region  consisting  of  the  extreme  southern  border  of  what  has  been 
above  defined  as  the  warm-temperate  zone  and  the  northern  border  of 
the  tropical. 

In  like  manner,  the  distribution  of  life  seems  to  warrant  the  recogni- 
tion, in  Africa  and  South  America,  of  a  corresponding  transitional  belt 
between  the  two  torrid  and  the  southern  warm-temperate  zones.  Aside 
from  these  divisions,  the  Torrid  Zone  admits  of  others  of  a  more  practi- 
cal or  useful  character.  These  become  at  once  obvious,  since  they  result 
from  the  position  and  configuration  of  its  component  land  elements. 
The  first  is  a  primary  separation  into  two  ^'  realms",  an  American  and  an 
I  ndo- African.  Each  of  these  is  again  divisible  into  several  minor  por- 
tions or  ''provinces'';  but  the  Indo- African  admits  also  of  division  into 
two  ''  regions",  an  African  and  an  Indian,  which  are  divisions  of  second- 
ary rank,  each  having  several  "  provinces". 

The  South  Temperate  Zone  has  a  very  limited  land-surface,  consisting 


ALLEN   ON   OEOORAPHICAL  DISTRIBUTION   OF   liAMMALS.     331 

of  the  sonthern  third  of  Sooth  America,  a  small  portion  of  Sonthern 
Africa,  and  the  greater  portion  of  Australia.  Extra-tropical  South 
Africa  is  all  comprised  within  the  Warm  Temperate  Zone,  and  is  so  small 
iiV  area  and  so  intimately  related,  both  geographically  and  faunally, 
with  Tropical  Africa,  that  its  formal  separation,  while,  perhaps,  war- 
ranted in  the  abstract,  is  hardly  practically  necessary.  Temperate  South 
America  is  exceedingly  irregular  in  its  northern  outline,  owing  to  pecu- 
liarities of  configuration,  resulting  from  the  presence  of  the  great  Andean 
Plateau,  by  means  of  which  it  extends  along  the  western  border  of 
South  America  far  northward  of  the  southern  tropic.  Temperate  Aus- 
tralia is  clearly  separable  from  the  tropical  portion  of  the  Australian 
Kealm.  The  South  Temperate  Zone  hence  consists  of  three  compara- 
tively small  land-areas,  widely  separated  from  each  other,  and  conse- 
quently, as  would  be  supposed,  have  little  in  common. 

The  Antarctic  Begion  has  a  very  limited  amount  of  land-surface,  and 
the  few  species  that  compose  its  fauna  are  almost  wholly  either  marine 
or  pelagic.  As  previously  stated,  as  a  mammalian  region  it  has  little 
significance. 

This  hasty  sketch  shows  that  the  differentiation  of  the  land-surface 
of  the  earth  into  realms,  regions,  and  minor  divisions  has  relation  not 
only  to  climate,  but  to  the  divergence  and  isolation  of  tlie  different 
principal  land-areas ;  that  at  the  northward,  where  the  lauds  converge, 
there  is  no  partitioning  in  conformity  with  continental  areas,  the  tem- 
perate and  colder  portions  of  the  northern  hemisphere  all  falling  into 
a  single  primary  division,  and  that  only  the  southern  half  is  susceptible 
of  divisions  of  the  second  rank.  Within  the  tropics,  on  the  other  hand, 
the  lands  of  the  eastern  and  western  hemispheres  fall  at  once  into  dif- 
ferent primary  regions,  and  one  of  these  is  again  divisible  iuto  regions 
of  second  rank.  Beyond  the  tropics,  the  laud-surfaces  are  of  small  ex- 
tent, widely  separated,  and  faunally  have  almost  nothing  in  common. 

With  these  preliminary  remarks,  we  may  now  pass  to  a  detailexl  con- 
sideration of  the  several  primary  regions  and  their  subdivisions. 

I. — ARCTIC  REAL^. 

Whether  or  not  an  Arctic  Begion  should  be  recognized  as  a  division 
of  the  first  rank  is  a  question  not  easy  to  satisfactorily  answer.  Natur- 
alists who  have  made  the  distribution  of  animal  life  in  the  boreal 
regions  a  subject  of  special  study  very  generally  agree  in  the  recogni- 
tion of  a  hyperboreal  or  circumpolar  fauna,  extending  in  some  cases  far 
southward  over  the  Temperate  Zone.  The  Arctic  portion  of  this  hyper- 
borean region  has  been  frequently  set  off  as  a  secondary  division,  or 
subregion,*  and  generally  recognized  as  possessing  many  features  not 

•It  forms  Mr.  Blyth's  "Arctic  Sobregion"  (Nature,  vol.  iii,p.  427,  March  30, 1871), 
Mr.  BrowD*8  "  Circampolar"  division  (Proc.  Zool.  8oc.,  Loud.,  1808,  p.  337),  and  Dr. 
von  Middendorfi's  *' Zirknmpolar-Fauna'^  (Sibirische  Reise,  Bd.  iv,  p.  910,1867).  It 
also  accords  very  nearly  with  Agassiz^s  *'  Arctic  Kealm ''  (Nott  and  Gliddoifs  Types 
of  Mankind,  1854,  p.  Ix  and  map). 


332     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOQICAL  SURVEY. 

shared  by  the  oontignoas  region  to  the  southward.  For  the  preAent  I 
prefer  to  still  retain  it  as  a  division  of  the  first  rank.  It  is  character- 
ized mainly  by  the  paucity  of  its  life,  as  compared  with  every  regiou 
except  the  Antarctic,  and  by  what  it  has  not  rather  than  by  the  posses- 
sion of  peculiar  species  or  groups.  It  wholly  lacks  both  Amphibian  and 
Beptilian  life,  is  almost  exclusively  the  summer  home  of  many  birds, 
and  forms  the  habitat  of  the  Esquimaux,  the  Arctic  Fox,  the  Polar  Bear, 
the  Musk  Ox,  the  Polar  Hare,  the  Lemmings,  the  Walruses,  the  Narwhal, 
and  the  White  Whale,  which  are  confined  within  it.  It  has  no  Chiroptera 
nor  Insectivora,  two  or  three  species  of  Shrews,  however,  barely  reaching 
its  southern  border.  It  shares  with  the  cold-temperate  belt  the  presence 
of  the  Moose  and  the  Reindeer,  several  Pinnipeds,  a  number  of  boreal 
species  of  Olires^  several  fur-bearing  Camivora^  and  a  considerable  num- 
ber of  birds.  Its  southern  boundary  may  be  considered  as  coinciding 
very  nearly  with  the  northern  limit  of  arboreal  vegetation,  and  hence 
approximately  with  the  isotherm  of  32o  F.  Its  more  characteristic 
terrestrial  forms  range  throughout  its  extent,  none  being  restricted 
to  either  the  North  American  or  EnropaeoAsiatic  continent.  Hence  it 
is  indivisible  into  regions  of  the  second  and  third  grades  (regions  and 
proviucies),  and  may  be  considered  as  embracing  a  single  hyperborean 
assemblage  of  life. 

II.— NOBTH-TEMPEBATE  BEAL^L 

Very  few  writers  on  zoological  geography  have  failed  to  recognize 
the  striking  resemblance  the  fauna  of  Temperate  North  America  bears 
to  that  of  the  corresponding  portion  of  the  Old  World.  The  resem- 
blance is  less  in  the  Avian  class  than  among  mammals,  but  is  generally 
acknowledged  as  obtaining  even  there.  Dr.  Selater,  while  admitting 
a  strong  resemblance  between  these  areas,  considered  them  as  separable 
into  two  primary  regions,  in  which  view  of  the  case  he  has  been  followed, 
among  prominent  writers  on  the  subject,  by  Dr.  Giinther,  Mr.  Wallace, 
Mr.  Murray,  and  Professor  Ccpe.  Dr.  Giinther,  while  provisionally 
accepting  Dr.  Sclater's  "Nearctic"  and  *'Pala3arctic''  regions,  refers 
pointedly  to  the  disagreement  of  the  distribution  of  Batrachiaus  with 
these  divisions )  for  in  discussing  the  distribution  of  this  class  he  says, — 
"  Dissimilarity  and  similarity  of  the  Batracho-fauna  depend  upon  zones. 
Paloearctic  and  Nearctic  regions  resemble  each  other  more  than  any  other 
third;  the  same  is  the  case  with  Australia  and  South  America;  the 
Ethiopian  region  exhibits  similarity  with  South  America,  as  well  as 
with  the  East  Indies,  but  more  especially  with  the  latter.^*  Mr.  Murray 
admits  that  "  the  boreal  extremity  of  North  America  is  tinged  with  a 
Europeo-Asiatic  admixture",  which  he  regards  as  "an  extraneous  ele- 
ment grafted  upon  the  genuine  stock,  and  easily  eliminated  from  it".f 
But  in  his  map  of  "Great  Mammalian  Regions"  the  boreal  parts  of 

*  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  Lond.,  1858,  p.  390. 
tGeogr.  Diet.  Mam.,  p.  312. 


ALLEN   ON   GEOGRAPHICAL   DISTRIBUTION   OF   MAMMALS.     333 

both  coDtinents  are  similarly  colored,  the  same  color,  however,  extencl- 
ing  only  to  about  the  forty- niuth  degree  of  north  latitude  in  North 
America,  while  in  Africa  it  descends  to  north  latitude  18^,  and  iu  Asia 
ranges  from  north  latitude  30^  to  25^ !  His  divisions  as  recognized  in 
the  text  are  still  more  arbitrary  and  unphilosophic. 

Mr.  Wallace,  in  his  discussion  of  zoological  regions,  says, — ^^The  dis- 
tinction between  the  characteristic  forms  of  life  in  tropical  and  cold 
coantries  is,  on  the  whole,  very  strongly  marked  in  the  northern  hemi- 
sphere 'y  and  to  refuse  to  recognize  this  in  a  subdivision  of  the  earth 
which  is  established  for  the  very  purpose  of  expressing  such  contrasts 
more  clearly  and  concisely  than  by  ordinary  geographical  terminology, 
would  be  both  illogical  and  inconvenient.  The  one  question  then  re- 
mains, whether  the  Nearctic  region  should  be  kept  separate  or  whether 
it  should  form  part  of  the  Palsearctic  or  of  the  Neotropical,  l^rofessor 
Huxley  and  Mr.  Blyth  advocate  the  former  course ;  Mr.  Andrew  ^lurmy 
(for  mammalia)  and  Professor  Newton  (for  birds)  think  the  latter  would 
be  more  natural.  No  doubt,"  Mr.  Wallace  adds,  ''much  is  to  be  said 
for  both  views,"  but  decides  in  favor  of  the  separation  of  the  two  regions 
in  aocordance  with  Dr.  Sclater's  scheme.* 

While  Mr.  Blyth  includes  North  America  in  his  ^'Boreal  Region"  (as 
^^  2.  Neo-septentrional  Sub-region"),  he  adds  also  Central  America  and 
the  Antilles  (as  ^'3.  Neo-meridional  Sub-region"),  and,  still  more 
strangely,  the  Andean  Region,  with  Ohili,  Patagonia,  and  the  Fuegian 
and  Falkland  Archipelagos  (as  ''4.  Andesisui  Sub-region  ").t 

Professor  Huxley,  in  writing  of  the  primary  ontological  regions  of  the 
globe,  thus  observes : — '<  In  a  well  known  and  very  valuable  essay  on  the 
Geographical  Distribution  of  Birds,  Dr.  Sclater  divides  the  surface  of 
the  globe  primarily  into  an  eastern  and  a  western  area,  which  he  terms 
respectively  Pal<eogwa  and  Neogcea.  However,  if  we  take  into  considera- 
tion not  merely  the  minor  differences  on  which  the  species  and  genera 
of  birds  and  mammals  are  often  based,  but  weigh  the  morphological 
vidne  of  groups,  I  think  it  becomes  clear  that  the  Nearctic  province  is 
really  far  more  closely  allied  with  the  Palfearcticthan  with  the  Neotrop- 
ical region,  and  that  the  inhabitants  of  the-  Indian  and  Ethiopian 
regions  are  much  more  nearly  connected  with  one  another  and  with 
those  of  the  Palaearctic  region  than  they  are  with  those  of  Australia. 
And  if  the  frontier  line  is  latitudinal  rather  than  longitudinal,  and  di- 
vides a  north  world  from  a  south  world,  we  must  speak  of  Arctogaca 
and  Xotogtea  rather  than  of  Neogsea  and  PalseogsBa  as  the  primary  dis- 
tributional arese.  The  secondary  divisions,  or  geographical  provinces, 
proposed  by  Dr.  Sclater,  answer,  in  great  measure,  to  those  which  are 
suggested  by  the  distribution  of  the  A /^oforomorpAce— except  that,  in 
common  with  many  other  naturalists,  I  think  it  would  be  convenient  to 
recognize  a  eircumpolar  province,  as  distinct  from  the  Nearctic  and 

*  Geogr.  Dist.  Anim.,  vol.  i,  pp.  G5,  fi6. 
t  Nature,  vol.  lii.  p.  4-i7,  March  :30,  1871. 


334     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  8UBVET. 

Palsearctic  regioDS.*'*    Professor  Haxley  thus  emphatically  recognizes 
a  region  equivalent  to  my  North  Temperate  Realm. 

Mr.  Bobert  Brown,  in  writing  of  the  distribution  of  the  mammals  of 
Greenland,  also  recognizes  a  North  Temi)erate  Region,  which  he  divides 
into  a  European  Temperate  Province  and  a  North  American  Temperate 
Province,  from  which  he  separates  a  Gircumpolar  Region,  equivalent  to 
the  Arctic  Realm  above  characterized.t 

Dr.  Gill,  in  regard  to  fishes,  recognizes  an  ^'Arctogsean"  region,  ^^em- 
bracing Europe,  Northern  Asia,  and  Northern  America"',  as  distinct  on 
the  one  hand  from  the  American  Tropical  and  Transtropical  Region, 
and  on  tbe  other  from  Tropical  Asia  and  Africa.} 

Dr.  Packard,  in  discussing  the  distribution  of  the  Phalienid  Moths, 
recognizes  both  an  Arctic  Realm  and  a  North  Temperate  Realm,  as  here 
characterized.  Referring  to  a  previously  given  table  of  snbalpine  and 
circumpolar  species,  he  says,^^'  This  table  indicates  hpw  wide  are  the 
limits  of  distribution  of  these  species,  and  it  will  be  seen  how  import- 
ant it  18  to  follow  circumpolar  and  north-temperate  insect-faunse  around 
the  globe,  from  continent  to  continent.  It  will  be  then  seen  how  inade- 
quate must  be  our  views  regarding  the  geographical  distribution  of  the 
animals  and  plants  of  our  own  continent,  without  specimens  from  similar 
regions  in  the  same  zones  in  the  Old  World.  It  will  be  found  that  for 
the  study  of  the  insect-fauna  of  the  Rocky  Mountains  and  Pacific  coast 
we  must  have  ample  collections  from  the  Ural  and  Altai  Mountains  and 
surrounding  plateaus,"  etc.§ 

Dr.  August  von  Pelzeln  also  recognized  a  circumboreal  region  ('^  ark- 
tische  Region  "),  and  considers  the  "  Nearctic''  and  "  Palaearctic"  as  form- 
ing inseparable  parts  of  a  single  region.  He  says : — '^  Die  paliiarktische 
Region  scheint  mir  von  der  nearktischen  nicht  trennbar  zu  sein,  son- 
dern  beide  dUrften  ein  Gauzes  bilden,  welches  man  als  arktische  Region 
bezeichneu  konnte.  Ihre  Zusammengehorigkeit  tritt  mit  voller  Evidenz 
in  den  hochnordischen  Landeru  des  alten  und  neuen  Gontinentes  hervor 
und  erst  in  niedereren  Breiten  macht  sich  die  Differenzirung  geltend. 

*Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  Lond.,  Id68,  pp.  314,315. 

t  Proc.  Zoiil.  Soc.  Lond.,  1868,  pp.  337,  338. 

t  Says  Dr.  Gill : — ^*  In  fine,  dividiog  the  earth  into  regions  distinguished  by  general 
ichth^^ological  peculiarities,  several  primary  combinations  maybe  recognized,  viz. : — 1, 
an  Arctogaan,  embracing  Europe,  Northern  Asia,  and  Northern  America;  2,  an  Asiatic, 
embracing  the  tropical  portions  of  the  continent ;  3,  African^  limited  to  the  region  south 
and  cast  of  tbe  Desert ;  4,  an  American  (embracing  the  America  par  exoel/eiice  dedicated 
to  Amerigo  Vespucci),  including  the  tropical  and  transtropical  portions ;  and,  5,  an 
Australasian,  Further,  of  these  (a)  the  first  two  [Arctogsean  and  Asiatic]  have  inti- 
mate relations  to  each  other,  and  (6)  the  last  three  others  among  themselves ;  and  some 
weighty  arguments  may  be  adduced  to  support  a  division  of  the  faunas  of  the  globe 
into  two  primary  regions  coinciding  with  the  two  combinations  alluded  to— (a)  a  Cob» 
nogcea  and  (b)  an  Eogaa,  which  might  represent  areas  of  derivation  or  gain  from  more 
or  less  distant  geological  epochs." — Ann,  and  Mag,  Kat,  Histf  4th  ser.,  vol.  zv,  1875| 
pp.  254,  255. 

$  Monograph  of  Geometrid  Moths,  or  PbalainidaB,  of  the  United  States,  pp.  567,  586, 
1876. 


ALLEN   ON   OEOGBAPHICAL   DISTRIBUTION   OF   MAMMALS.    335 

Die  YergleichoDg  der  Tbierwelt  beider  GontiDente  zeigt  Damlich,  dass 
die  circumpolare  Fauna  in  beiden  dieselbe  ist,  dass  in  der  Hochgebirgs- 
faana  noch  bedeutendelTebereinstimmung  herrscht,  dass  in  der  iibrigeo 
palao-  and  neoborealen  Ttiierbevolkerang  sowolil  identische  Arten  als 
gemeinsam  eigenthiimliche  Gattangen  sich  flnden,  endlich  dass  selbst 
jene  Typen,  welche  jedem  Contineute  eigenthiimlich  sind,  doch  eine  ge- 
wisse  Uebereinstimniung  hinsichtlieh  des  Obarakters  der  Fauna  an  sich 
tragen,  so  dass  sie  einander  naher  stehen  als  Angehorigen  anderer  Be- 
gionen.  In  der  neuen  Welt  ist  eine  Modification  der  Fauna  auch  durck 
das  Eindringen  neotropischer  Formen  gegeben."*  He  further  also  calls 
attention  to  the  similarity  of  life  which  prevailed  throughout  this  cir- 
cnmpolar  region  during  the  Quaternary  period. 

It  is  unnecessary  to  cite  further,  from  the  abundant  material  at  hand, 
the  opinions  of  specialists  in  reference  to  the  propriety  of  recognizing  a 
North  Temperate  Bealm,  as  distinguished  from  the  tropical  regions  of 
the  globe,  and  in  contradistinction  from  a  north  and  south  line  of  divi- 
sion of  the  North  Temperate  Zone  into  two  primary  (^^Palaearctic"  and 
**Nearctic'')  regions. 

The  chief  dififerences  between  Dr.  Sclater's  division  of  the  northern 
hemisphere  and  the  present  consist  in  setting  off  at  the  northward  an 
Arctic  Realm,  the  union  of  the  so-called  Nearctic  and  Palsearctic  Regions 
into  one  circumpolar  belt,  and  in  the  adoption  for  the  same  of  a  more 
northern  limit  than  that  proposed  as  the  boi^ndary  of  the  two  above- 
named  Sclaterian  regions.  As  will  be  shown  later,  the  subdivisions  of 
the  North  Temperate  Realm  or  {^^Arctogcea ")  as  here  defined  agree  in 
the  main  with  the  ^'subregions"  of  Sclater  and  Wallace.  The  more 
northward  location  of  the  southern  boundary  of  the  North  Temperate 
Realm  in  North  America  results  in  the  elimination  of  several  character- 
istic tropical  types,  which  extend  a  short  way  only  into  Dr.  Sclater's 
Nearctic  and  Palcearctic  Regions,  and  which,  when  considered  as  mem- 
bers of  these  regions,  give  false  or^misleading  results  when  the  two  re- 
gions are  contrasted  on  a  numerical  basis,  grounded  on  the  proportion 
of  peculiar  types, — numerous  forms  being  thus  reckoned  as  components 
of  the  Nearctic  and  Pala^arctic  regions  which  are  properly  tropical. 

In  North  America,  the  division  between  characteristic  temperate  and 
tropical  forms  of  life  approximately  coincides  with  the  isotherm  of  68<^ 
F.,  or  somewhere  between  68^  and  1(P  F.  This  line  begins  on  the  At- 
lantic coast  a  little  below  the  northern  boundary  of  Florida,  and  runs 
thence  westward  along  the  Gulf  coast  to  Southern  Texas,  and  thence 
farther  westward  to  the  Pacific,  not  far  from  the  international  bounds 
ary  between  the  United  States  and  Mexico,  swerving  more  or  less  north- 
ward or  southward  in  accordance  with  the  configuration  and  elevation 
of  the  land-surface.  It  thus  leaves  the  greater  part  of  the  peninsula  of  * 
Florida  within  the  American  Tropical  Realm,  to  which  the  fauna  of  its 

'Verhaodl.  der  K.  K.  Zool.-Bot.  Gesell.  in  Wien,  Bd.  xxv,  1j?76,  pp.  50,  51;  see  also 
p.  G2. 


336     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SUBYEY. 

sonUieru  half  iscertaioly  closely  allied.  A  portion  of  the  Mexican  high- 
lands are  undoabtedl  j  to  be  inclnded  in  the  Xorth  Temperate  Bealm, 
bat  their  faana  is  too  little  known  to  admit  of  the  bonndary  being  at 
present  definitely  drawn. 

On  the  other  hand,  the  lower  portion  of  the  Great  Colorado  Valley 
and  the  coast  region  of  Southern  California .  are,  perhaps,  better  refer- 
able to  the  American  Tropical  Realm  than  to  the  North  Temperate.  At 
the  junction  of  the  two  realms,  there  must  be  a  belt  of  debatable  or 
doubtful  ground.  The  approximate  bonndary  I  would  place  near  the 
northern  limit  of  distribution  of  such  mammalian  forms  as  JV'a«ifii,  Dicotyles, 
Manatusj  DasypuSj  and  the  tropical  species  of  Felts  (as,  jP.  anca^  F.  par- 
daliSj  F.  eyraj  and  JP.  yaguarundi).  This  boundary  also  coincides  quite 
nearly  with  the  southern  limit  of  distribution  of  the  Lynxes,  the  Gray  and 
Prairie  Wolves,  the  Common  Fox,  the  Mink,  the  Black  and  Grizzly  Bears^ 
the  Wapati  and  Virginian  Deer,  the  Bison,  the  Pronghom,  the  Beaver, 
Prairie  Dogs,  Muskrat,  the  ArvicoUEj  and  the  Moles  {Scalops  and  Condy- 
lura).  Bassaris  is  properly  tropical,  although  straggling  considerably  far- 
ther northward  than  the  other  above-mentioned  forms.  Florida,  for  con- 
venience, might  be  allowed  to  stand  as  a  portion  of  the  North  Temperate 
Realm,  although,  as  I  have  previously  shown,  it  forms  a  distinct  fauna,, 
with  strongly  tropical  affinities,*  it  having  not  less  than  twelve  character- 
istically tropical  genera  of  birds,  several  tropical  genera  of  mammals 
(notably  the  Manatee  and  several  Bats),  and  also  several  tropical  genera 
of  Reptiles  and  Batrachians,  none  of  which  range  much,  it'  any,  to  the 
northward  of  its  southern  half. 

The  southern  boundary  of  the  North  Temperate  Realm  in  the  Old 
World  may  be  doubtless  approximately  drawn  near  the  same  isotherm 
(about  the  mean  annuals  of  68°  to  70°  F.).  This  coincides  closely  with 
the  southern  boundary  of  the  so  called  Paloearctic  Region.  There  isy 
however,  here  a  broader  belt  of  debatable  or  transitional  ground  than 
in  the  New  World,  into  which  so  many  tropical  forms  extend  that  it 
becomes  almost  a  question  whether  the  boundary  between  Tropical  and 
Temperate  life  should  not  be  carried  considerably  more  to  the  northward, 
so  as  to  leave  Mr.  Wallace's  '^ subi^egions"  2  and  4  (Mediterranean  and 
Mancburian)  in  the  Tropical  Realm  rather  than  in  the  North  Temperate^ 
Despite,  however,  the  presence  of  a  considerable  number  of  tropical 
genera  in  these  regions,  the  North  Temperate  forms  still  greatly  pre- 
dominate. In  the  Western  or  ^^  Mediteiranean"  district,  for  instance,  we 
have  species  of  MdcaciLs^  one  of  which  even  reaches  the  Spanish  Penin- 
sula. Herpestes  has  a  similar  northward  extension.  Hyama  and  ffystrix 
range  not  only  over  most  of  this  district,  but  also  over  the  greater  part 
of  the  Mancburian,  where  we  again  find  a  species  of  Macacm,  and  meet 
with  Semnopithecusy  while  Ryrax  just  enters  the  Mediterranean  from  the 
southward.  On  the  western  border  of  the  Mancburian  we  get  also  Pte^ 
ropine  Bats,  and  species  of  Fquid(€,  straggling  remnants  of  the  more- 

•  Bull.  Mils.  Zoul.,  vol.  ii,  pp.  301,  392.  " 


ALLEN   ON   QEOQRAPHICAL  DISTRIBUTION   OF  MABOfALS.    337 

northward  ezteDsion  of  tropical  life  which  inhabited  this  region  dar- 
ing the  middle  and  later  portions  of  the  Tertiary  Period  and  in  the 
Quaternary. 

Divisions  of  the  Xofih  Temperate  Realm, — The  North  Temperate 
Realm  is  primarily  divisible  in  two  directions,  giving  in  each  two  re- 
gions, namely,  (1)  by  a  longitudinal  division  into  (a)  a  North  American 
Region  and  {b)  a  Etiropcdo-Aslatio  Region;  and  (2)  latitndinally,  into 
(a)  a  Cold  Temperate  and  (6)  a  Warm  Temperate  Region.  The  Cold 
Temperate^  if  limited  on  both  continents  by  the  isotherm  of  3Co  F., 
presents  a  nearly  uniform  fauna  throughout,  its  southern  limit  in  both 
corresponding  with  the  natural  (that  is,  before  modified  by  human 
agency)  southern  limit  of  distribution  of  Tarandus  and  Alces.  While 
there  is  at  this  point  in  North  America  a  well-marked  transition  in  the 
fauna,  the  change  in  Europe  and  Asia  appears  to  be  less  marked,  the 
first  important  transition  in  the  Old  World  being  much  farther  south- 
ward, even  as  low%lmost  as  the  isotherm  of  G(P  F.  Hence  the  divisions 
of  the  Temperate  Realm  in  the  Old  World  partake  of  the  nature  of 
temperate  and  subtropical  rather  than  cold-temperate  and  warm-tem- 
perate. Here,  in  consequence  of  the  great  elevation  and  extent  of  the 
Himalayan  Platean,  the  northern  or  temperate  division  is  greatly  nar- 
rowed in  Central  Asia,  where  it  becomes,  according  to  Mr.  Wallace, 
almost  wholly  separated  into  two  quite  widely  detached  regions,  namely, 
the  '^ Mediterranean"  and  ^* Manchurian  Subregions". 

As  thus  divided,  the  temperate  and  subtropical  divisions  of  the  Old 
World  are  very  strongly  marked.  The  latter  consists  mainly  of  North- 
ern Africa,  Asia  Minor,  Persia,  Afghanistan  and  Beloochistan,  North- 
ern China,  and  Manchuria,  with  barely  a  narrow  belt  along  the  Medi- 
terranean coast  of  Europe  and  the  Spanish  Peninsula.  As  already 
stated,  it  is  strongly  tinged  with  tropical  forms.  While  there  is  a 
general  prevalence  of  temperate  types,  we  meet  also  with  the  large  and 
essentially  tropical  forms  of  FeliSy  several  Monkeys,  several  species  of 
Viverridw^  Hycena^  HystriXj  Equns^  and  other  distinctively  tropical  or 
subtropical  types.  The  northern  or  temperate  division  of  the  Enropseo- 
Asiatic  Region  seems  to  constitute  two  well-marked  provinces^  the  one 
Eastern  or  European,  the  other  Western  or  Asiatic.  The  former  cor- 
responds with  Mr.  Wallace's  ^*  European  Subregion '',  exclusive  of  its 
northern  third;  the  latter  with  his  ^< Siberian  Subregion'',  exclusive 
likewise  of  its  boreal  portion.  For  the  southern  or  subtropical  division 
I  adopt  the  subdivisions  proposed  by  Mr.  Wallace,  with,  for  the  present, 
the  boundaries  he  has  assigned  them, — namely,  a  Western  or  Mediter- 
ranean Province  and  an  Eastern  or  Manchurian  Province.  These  two 
provinces,  as  already  noted,  are  quite  widely  separated,  in  conse- 
quence of  the  southward  extension  of  the  cold- temperate  fauna  over 
the  Thibetan  plateau  to  the  Himalayas.  The  fauna  of  the  Thibetan 
plateau  is  said  by  Mr.  Blandford  to  be  ^<  essentially  Boreal,  Alpine  and 
even  Arctic  types  prevailing,  the  country  having  in  many  parts  a  cli- 


338     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

mate  scarcely  equalled  elsewhere  for  intensity  of  cold  out  of  the>  Arctio 
Regions.  This  hi^h  barren  tableland  extends  from  Afghanistan  to  Yu- 
nan ;  it  comprises  the  drainage-areas  of  the  Upper  Indus  and  the  Sanpti, 
and  is  bounded  on  the  north  in  its  western  portion  by  the  Kuenluen 
range,  but  it  is  less  defined  and  its  boundaries  less  accurately  known  to 
the  eastward,  although  much  light  has  been  thrown  upon  the  subject 
by  Prejewalski's  explorations".*  In  the  ''List  of  Mammalia  known  to 
inhabit  the  Thibetan  Plateau",  given  by  Mr.  Blandford,  the  only  distinct- 
ively southern  genus  is  Equus.  The  only  peculiar  genus  is  PoephaguSj 
but  the  list  is  evidently  quite  incomplete,  the  only  Bat  given  being  a 
species  of  PlecotuSj  and  the  only  Insectivore  a  species  of  ^^Crocidura^\ 
Budarc€i8j  usually  attributed  to  Thibet,  is  excluded,  and  several  other 
genera,  as  SectogaHs^  Uropsiltts^  and  JEluropm^  currently  given  as  pecu- 
liar to  the  Thibet  plateau,  are  not  mentioned.  While  the  Thibetan  plains 
belong  certainly  to  the  colder  division,  so  many  types  mainly  restricted 
to  this  region  occur  that  the  question  arises  whetAer  it  may  not  be 
proper  to  recognize  the  region  as  a  Thibetian  Province  of  the  Temperate 
8ubregiou. 

North  American  Region. — The  North  American  Region  has  been  divided 
by  Professor  Baird  into  three  "provinces'',  termed  respectively  "East- 
ern'', "Middle",  and  "Western".  Though  not  co-ordinate  in  point  of 
differentiation  with  the  divisions  of  the  Europseo- Asiatic  Region  above 
recognized  as  provinces,  they  nevertheless  possess  distinctive  features 
and  form  natural  regions.  They  are  of  course  far  smaller  in  area,  and 
possess  a  much  smaller  number  ot*  genera,  but  have  about  the  same  pro- 
portion of  peculiar  generic  and  sabgeneric  types. 

In  the  subjoined  tables  an  attempt  is  made  to  give  lists  of  the  genera 
of  the  two  primary  divisions  of  the  North  Temperate  Realm,  with 
approximate  indications  of  their  distribution  in  the  various  subdivisions 
of  the  two  i-cgions.t 

•  Proc.  Zoul.  Soc.  Lond.,  1876,  pp.  632, 6:W. 

t  In  these  lists,  as  elsewhere  in  the  tabulated  lists  given  in  this  paper,  it  is  not 
ossamed  that  the  groups  adopted  as  ^^  genera ''  are  always  of  co-ordinate  value.  The 
equation  attempted  is  doubtless  open  in  many  cases  to  criticism.  While  the  attempt 
is  jnade  to  assume  an  intermediate  position  between  undue  conservatism  and  excessive 
multiplication  in  respect  to  group^assumed  by  different  writers  as  '^ generic",  the  lists 
can  of  course  bo  considered  only  as  provisional.  Again,  it  is  occasionally  difficult  to 
decide  whether  certain  genera  should  be  assigned,  even  in  a  general  way,  to  one  of  the 
fannal  divisions  mther  than  to  another.  However  defective  the  result,  the  intent  has 
of  course  been  to  give  a  fair  presentation  of  the  facts  of  distribution. 


ALLEK   ON   GEOOBAPHICAI^   DISTBIBDTION   OF   HAHHAL8.    839 

t.— Tlia  umuoIclrcompoUrgenanirelnftiUia;  tboM  of  geiieni  pMuliAr  to  ths  rrgloa,  la 


CeD«r>. 

BDbTBKiDDa. 

Provinces. 

t 

1 

i 

t 

1 

1 

1 

+ 
+ 

+ 

+ 

+ 
+ 

+ 

+ 
+ 

-i- 

+ 

+ 

+ 
4- 

+ 

+ 

+ 
+ 

4- 

+ 

+ 

+ 

+ 
4- 

+ 

4- 

4- 
4- 

4- 
4- 

4- 

4- 

+ 
4- 
+ 

4- 

4- 
4- 

4- 
H- 

4- 
4- 

4- 

4- 

4- 
4- 

4-! 

4- 
4- 

4- 
4- 

4- 

4- 

4- 

+ 
4- 
4- 

+P 

-1 

4- 
4- 
4- 
4- 

+ 

FlOCTDO 

SCALOP* 

np 

340 


BULLETIN   L^ITED   STATES   GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY. 


Cfmera  of  the  Xortk  American  Region — Continned. 


Sjptrmoj^us 

Ctkomts 

Arelcmffa  .... 

Haplodok... 
I  Neotoma..... 
I  SigmodoQ 

i  OCBKTODOIf . . 
Hesperomys . 

Arvieol* 

Evotomyg  — 
Stsaftomtb 

FiBEB 


—       I       — 


i 


Zafub 

p£bo<3xathu8 
Cbicetodipus  . 

DiPODOMTB.  .. 

Gboktb 

THOMOMTa 

Coitor 

Eebthizon 

Leput 

Lagomyi 

Didelphya  .... 


-      I 


-      I      -f 


«     -1. 


•I      -r 


-f 


+ 


-f 


-f 


+ 

+ 

+ 

+ 
+ 

+ 


Summary. 

Whole  nnmber  of  genera 72 

Peculiar  to  the  region S3 

Circumpolar 2Q 

Of  general  distribution  throughout  the  region 26 

Occurring  in  the  Cold  Temperate  Subregion • 47 

Occurring  in  the  Warm  Temperate  Subregion 53-66 

Land  genera  represented  in  the  Eastern  Province 47 

Genera  represented  in  the  Middle  Province 51 

Land  genera  represented  in  the  Western  Province • •••  48 

Land  genera  restricted  to  the  Eastern  Province *6 

Genera  common  to  the  Middle  and  Western  Provinces  not  represented  in  the 

Eastern  Province ,.-..  8 

Genera  restricted  to  the  Middle  Province 2 

Land  genera  restricted  to  the  Western  Province t3 

Maritime  genera  restricted  to  the  Eastern  Province 5 

Maritime  genera  restricted  to  the  Western  Province 5 

Maritime  genera  occurring  in  both  Eastern  and  Western  Provinces 1 


•  Plus  5  maritime  =  11. 


f  Plus  5  maritime  ^7. 


ALLEN  ON  GEOGRAPHICAL  DISTRIBUTION  OF  UAMUALS.    341 

£urop<a>-Asiatic  Beffion. — The  Earopeeo-Asiatic  Begioa  embraces  a  far 
greater  (about  four  UmeH  greater)  area  than  the  Korth  Americau,  and  is 
physically  much  more  highly  diversified.  It  is  similarly  divisible  into 
a  Cold  Temperate  Sabrcgion  and  a  Warm  Temperate  Subregiou,  and  is 
further  difierentiated  into  a  number  of  well-marked  provinces,  two  of 
which  belong  to  the  Cold  Temperate  tiubregion,  and  three  or  more  to 
the  Warm  Temperate  Subregion." 

Genera  of  the  Europrro-Anialic  lUgion. 
[yoTL-Afcvalml 


>  of  circavpolar  gen 


ilaliM;  tlio«e  of  jpep: 


WfllBra. 

Bub»eloo^ 

Provlucea. 

1 
> 

1 

z 

+ 
+ 

L 

s 

+ 
4- 

+ 

i 

L 

+ 

+ 

+ 

+ 
+ 

+ 
+ 
+ 

+ 

+ 
+ 

4- 
+ 
+ 
+ 
- 
■i- 
- 

+ 

+ 

1   i 
+ 

+ 

+ 
+ 
+ 

+ 

-      1 
+ 

+ 

FiUt 

il«* 

'  - 

, 

Lutra 

1 

^Inroi 

+      1 

*"-•""■■ 

+  i 

■I  am  far  from  sure  that  ■what  is  here  recognized  as  the  ''Mediterranean  rroTinco" 
Bhonld  not  be  ADbdivided,  and  the  EaBtern  nr  Persia d  divitiiou  recognized bbu  "Persian 
Province".  If  the  EaBtom,  Middle,  and  Western  divisions  of  Iliu  Korth  American  Ba- 
gion  aretobeaccordedthe  rank  of  "Provinces",  it  may  be  necessary  to  admit,  on  similar 
groDnds,  a  "Japanese  Province";  but  I  am  not  at  present  prepared  to  adopt  these 
divisions  as  "Provinces".  To  make  the  Provinces  of  the  North  American  and 
En ropato- Asiatic  Eegiona  more  nesrly  co-ordinate,  l\hoiild  prefer  to  anit«  the  Middle 
and  Western  ProTiuces  of  the  North  American  licgion  as  forming  a  single  Province. 
In  fact,  it  seems  donbtfnl  whether  the  North  American  Region  is  ilifTereotiated  into 
prtmary  dijrisions  that  shonld  be  regarded  as  bavin);  co-ordinate  rank  with  the  UedL- 
a  and  Mancharian  divisions  of  the  Earopieo- Asiatic  Begion. 


BULLETIN  UNITED   STATES  OEOLOQICAL  BURTET. 
OtHtr*  of  X\t  Europaa-Aiiatic  Region — CoDtinaed. 


Gensra. 

—          1 

1 

1 

i^ 

; 

- 

Ur«u 

+ 
+ 

+ 

4- 
+  - 

+ 
+ 

+ 

+ 

+ 
+ 
+ 
+ 

+ 
+ 

+ 
+ 

4- 

+ 
+ 

+ 

+ 
+ 

+ 

+ 

+ 

+ 
+ 
+ 

+ 

-f 

+ 
+ 

+ 
- 
+ 

+ 
+ 

+ 
+ 
+ 
+ 

-r 
- 

+ 

+ 
+ 

4- 

4- 
4- 

4- 
4- 
+  ' 

4- 

4- 
4- 

4- 
4- 

4-- 

4- 

4- 

4- 
4- 

4- 
4- 

4- 
4- 
+  1 

4- 

4- 
4- 
4- 
4- 
4- 
4-» 

4- 
4- 

(.-■UorblDiu 

i^eo^v 

Feuoil-b 

Cam  LIS 

LOrHOTXAGUB 

CAnEULUB 

01*^ 

A 

Pistol  a" 

P 

Ml*!! 

h^OM 

*" 

Tnlpi. 

ALLEN   ON   OEOORAPIIICAL   DISTBIBUTION   OF   HAUMAL8.    343 

Genera  of  the  Emropeeo-Atiafin  Region — CoDtiDned. 


CrneTn. 

Sab„Bio„-. 

PrortDCM.                    1 

1 
J 

+ 
+ 

4- 
+ 

+ 



+ 

4- 

1^ 

i^ 

1 

1 

ScAnociiiBift 

+  r 

+ 

+ 
+ 

+ 

4- 
+ 

4- 
+ 
-f 

+ 
4- 

4- 
+  1 

+ 

+ 

+ 
4- 

+ 
+ 

+ 

- 

* 

Xectckiale 

_ 

+ 

-I-' 

4- 
4- 

4- 

+ 

4- 
4- 

+ 

+ 

+ 

4- 
4- 

+ 

+ 
- 

+ 
+ 

UKuroiLua 

CniCKTL-l-lB 

MeriMM 

BvLvrmB 

Et   (OM 

MnMPiL.li 

_ 

AucT  a 

_™j| 

&««, 

SKmunMlui 

JnhHHV) 

Dy»trti 

t^i- 

Summary. 

Whole  namberof  genera 107 

Fecnllar  to  the  region 36 

CironinpolBr 23 

Of  gesemi  distri  button  throagboat  tbe  region 1& 

Occurring  in  the  Cold  Temperate  SnLregion 64 

Ocduriog  in  tbe  Warm  Temperate  Snbregion BO 

Oenent  occnrriog  in  the  Weatern  Temperate  (Enronean)  Province 48 


344     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOOICAL  SURVEY. 

Genera  occnrring  in  tbe  Eastern  Temperate  (Asiatic)  Province 46 

Genera  of  the  Mediterranean  Province 60 

Genera  of  the  Manchnrian  Province 65 

Genera  common  to  the  Eastern  and  Western  Temperate  Province 'iS 

Genera  common  to  the  Mediterranean  and  Manchnrian  Province 50 

Maritime  genera  of  the  Asiatic  coast 8 

Maritime  genera  of  the  European  coast 6 

Maritime  genera  common  to  both  Eorox^ean  and  Asiatic  coasts 3 

In  comparing  the  Korth  American  Begion  with  tbe  Europseo- Asiatic 
Il€gion,  the  following  resemblances  and  differences  become  apparent : — 1. 
The  number  of  genera  in  the  Enropseo-Asiatic  Eegion  is  rather  more 
than  on3-fourth  greater  than  in  the  North  American  Eegion,  with  conse- 
qnently  a  smaller  proportion  of  circumpolar  genera.  2.  But  this  differ- 
ence results  almost  wholly  from  the  greater  preponderance  of  peculiar 
types  in  the  Southern  Subregion,  due  evidently  to  the  immensely  greater 
extent  and  greater  physical  diversity  of  this  portion  of  the  Europseo- 
Asiatic  Begion  as  compared  with  the  corresponding  portion  of  the  North 
American  Begion.  3.  While  the  colder  portions  of  the  two  regions  have 
each  about  the  same  number  of  genera,  which  are  in  great  part  {nearly 
two-thirds)  common  to  the  two  regions,  the  Warm  Temperate  (really 
Subtropical)  Subregion  of  the  Enropa3o- Asiatic  Begion  has  a  far  greater 
number  of  genera  that  do  not  extend  to  the  northward  of  it  than 
has  the  Warm  Temperate  Subregion  of  the  North  American  Begion, 
while  a  small  proportion  only  (chiefly  arctopolitan  and  subtropicopoli- 
tan)  are  common  to  the  two  subregious.  Hence,  4.  The  two  regions 
(Enropaeo- Asiatic  and  North  American)  are  mainly  differentiated  (as 
already  noticed)  through  the  presence  of  genera  limited  to  their  south- 
ern subregions. 

III.— AMEUICAN  TROPICAL  REALM. 

The  American  Tropical  Bealm  is  approximately  bounded  by  the 
northern  and  southern  mean  annuals  of  70*^  F.  Its  northern  bound- 
ary has  been  already  indicated  in  defining  the  southern  limit  of  the 
North  Temperate  Bealm,  it  being  concurrent  with  the  southern 
boundary  of  the  North  American  Temperate  Begion.  The  southern 
boundary  of  the  American  Tropical  Bealm  leaves  the  Atlantic  coast 
near  the  thirtieth  degree  of  south  latitude,  or  near  the  southern  extrem- 
ity of  Brazil,  but  in  passing  from  the  coast  sweeps  rapidly  northward 
till  it  nearly  or  quite  reaches  the  Tropic  of  Capricorn  in  Northeastern 
Buenos  Ayres ;  it  then  bends  to  the  southward  and  continues  westward 
to  the  eastern  base  of  tbe  Andes.  The  Andean  chain  forms  its  western 
limit  thence  northward  to  Ecuador,  where  it  crosses  the  Andean  high- 
lands and  is  again  deflected  southward,  thus  including  a  narrow  belt 
of  the  coast  region  west  of  the  Andes  in  Northwestern  Peru. 

As  thus  defined,  the  southern  border  of  the  American  Tropical  Bealm 
is  nearly  coincident  with  the  southern  boundary  of  the  '^Brazilian 


ALLEN   ON   GEOGRAPHICAL   DISTRIBUTIOi^   OF   MAMBiALS.    345 

Begion  "  as  mapped  by  Mr.  Wallace,*  Brazil,  nearly  all  of  Paraguay, 
and  Bolivia  east  of  the  Andes  being  included  within  this  realm. 

Its  characteristic  genera  include  all  of  the  American  Quadrnmanes 
(families  Cebidce  and  Miclid(ey=Hapalid(€  of  most  authors),  all  the  Ameri- 
can Edentates,  and  nine-tenths  of  the  American  Marsupials.  It  is  also 
the  home  of  nearly  all  the  American  Felidcdy  except  the  Lynxes.  It  also 
has  many  peculiar  genera  of  Glires  and  Chiropteraj  while  it  almost  alto- 
gether lacks  the  characteristic  forms  of  mammalian  life  found  in  the 
northern  temperate  regions.  Among  the  characteristic  North  American 
types  unrepresented  in  the  American  Tropical  llealm  are,  among  Car- 
nivores, not  only  the  Lynxes,  but  the  true  Wolves  and  Foxes,  the  Mar- 
tens, Wolverenes,  Badgers,  and  Bears;  among  Ungulates,  the  Prong- 
horn,  the  Bison,  Mountain  Sheep,  and  Mountain  Goat,  and  several 
important  genera  of  the  Cervidce;  among  Eodeuts,  the  Spermophiles, 
Marmots,  Muskrat,  Beaver,  Pouched  Eats,  '^  Gophers"  {Geomya  and 
Thonioitty8)j  the  numerous  species  of  Arvicola,  etc., — in  short  almost  all  of 
the  prominent  and  characteristic  genera  of  the  order  except  the  almost 
cosmopolitan  genera  Lepus  and  Sciurus;  among  Insectivores,  all  the 
Moles  and  Shrews,  except  a  few  forms  of  the  latter,  which  extend  over 
most  of  the  Central  American  Region. 

The  American  Tropical  Realm  is  divisible  into  three  regions, — the 
Antillean,  the  Central  American,  and  the  Brazilian.  The  Antillean  Jle- 
gion  includes  only  the  West  Indies  and  the  southern  extremity  of  Flor- 
ida. The  Central  American  Region  embraces  Mexico  (exclusive  of  the 
elevated  tablelancfs),  the  whole  of  Central  America,  and  the  extreme 
northern  parts  of  South  America  (Venezuela  north  of  the  Orinoco  Basin, 
Northern  and  Western  New  Granada,  and  most  or  all  of  that  portion  of 
Ecuador  west  of  the  Andes).  The  Brazilian  Region  comprises  all  the 
intertropical  parts  of  South  America  not  embraced  in  the  Central  Amer- 
ican Region,  including  the  whol^  area  east  of  the  Andes  southward  to 
the  boundary  already  given. 

Central  American  Region, — Of  the  genera  occurring  in  the  Central 
American  Region  (see  subjoined  table),  only  about  one-ninth  can  be 
considered  as  peculiar  to  the  region }  about  one-sixth  are  either  sub- 
cosmopolitan  or  tropicopolitan ;  about  three-fifths  range  also  over  the 
Brazilian  Region,  and  a  few  over  nearly  all  of  South  America ;  about  one- 
half  extend  far  into  North  America,  among  which  are  several  that  are 
also  common  to  the  greater  part  of  the  North  Temperate  Realm,  while 
about  one*eleventh  are  also  found  over  most  of  both  North  America 
and  South  America.  Aside  from  the  few  peculiar  genera,  the  fauna  is 
composed  largely  of  genera  common  also  to  the  Brazilian  Region,  which 
find  their  northern  limit  of  distribution  within  the  Central  American 
Region,  plus  a  very  large  proportion  that  extend  southward  from  the 
North  American  Temperate  Region,  and  which  find  their  southern  limit 
of  distribution  within  the  region  under  consideration.    Its  distinctive 

*  GoogT.  Dist.  Anim.,  vol.  ii,  map  facing  x)age  3. 
Bull.  iv.  No.  2 3 


346 


BULLETIN   L^NITED   STATES   GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY. 


featare  is  hence  an  approximately  eqaal  blending  of  temperate  and 
tropical  forms,  whose  respective  habitats  here  overlap.  Many  of  the 
northern  forms  do  not  quite  reach  the  southern  limit  of  the  region,  just 
as  many  of  the  southern  forms  do  not  quite  reach  its  northern  limit.  It 
is  distinguished  from  the  North  American  Temperate  Region  by  the 
preponderance  of  tropical  life,  and  from  the  Brazilian  Begion  by  the 
copious  intermingling  therewith  of  northern  forms,  an  element  wholly 
lacking  in  the  Brazilian  Begion. 

Genera  of  the  Central  American  Region, 


Mainly  or  wholly 
restricted  to  the 
region. 

y                                                            ' 

Ranging  alao  over  mnch  of  the  Brazilian  Region. 

Baaaariaoyon. 

Baaaaria. 

Elaamognatboa. 

Maorotna. 

Ifyxomya. 

Heteromya. 

Alnatta. 

Ceboa. 

Sapi^on. 

Njctipitbecua. 

CalUthrix. 

Saimiria. 

Galictia. 

Griaonia. 

Conepatua. 

Cerooleptea. 
Naana^ 
Coaaana. 
Notophoma. 
Diootylea. 
*ManatQa. 
NooUUa 
Mormopa. 
Vampyma. 

Phylloetoma. 

Arotibeoa. 

Stenoderma. 

Centnria 

Deamodna. 

Reitbrodon. 

Ceroolabea. 

Daayproota. 

Ccelogenya. 

Arotopitbeooa. 
Tataala. 

Cyolothoma. 
tDidelpbya. 
Chlroneotea. 

Ranging  alao  over  mnch  of  the  North 
American  Temperate  Region. 

Tropicopolitan. 

Snbcoamopolitan. 

Urocyon. 
tProoyon. 

Cariacna. 
tLasiuma. 

Kyotioejna. 

Blarina. 
^  Scioroptems. 

§Spermophilua. 

Neotoma. 

Sigmodon. 

Ochetodon. 

Heaperomya. 
$Arvicola. 

Perognathna. 

Nyctinomaa. 
Moloaaua. 

FeUa. 

Patorina. 

Latra. 

Veapemgo. 

Veapertilia 

Sorex. 

Soinroa. 

Lepna. 

*  Alao  Weat  African.                                     t  Alao  nearly  all  of  both  North  and  Sonth  America, 
f  Alao  wanner  parts  of  North  America.       §  Arotopolitan. 

Summary. 

Whole  namber  of  genera 63 

Pecaliaror  mainly  limited  to  the  region 6 

Occurring  also  over  most  of  tbe  Brazilian  Region 40 

Occarring  also  over  much  of  the  North  American  Region • 34 

Occurring  also  over  moat  of  both  North  and  South  America,  but  not  in  the  Old 

World 5 

Subcosmopolitan 8 

Tropicopolitan 2 

Antillean  Region. — ^The  Antillean  Eegion  differs  from  both  the  Cen- 
tral American  and  Brazilian  most  strongly  in  negative  characters- 
through  what  it  lacks  rather  than  in  what  it  has— although  it  po6- 
sesses  a  number  of  peculiar  genera.  The  Chiroptera  form  two-thirds  of 
the  genera  and  not  less  than  five-sixths  of  the  species.  Of  the  eight 
peculiar  genera,  five  are  Bats,  the  others  being  Solenodon  (the  only  In- 
sectivore),  CapromySj  and  the  closely  allied  Plagiodontaf  which  together 


ALLEK  ON   GEOGRAPHICAL  DISTRIBUTION   OF   MAMMALS.    347 

constitute  a  family  pecaliar  to  the  region.  Two  orders — Primates  and 
Bruta — ^highly  characteristic  of  the  Central  American  and  Brazilian 
regions^  are  wholly  absent.  There  are  also  no  Ungulates,  very  few  Oar- 
nivores,  and  very  few  Eodents;  the  latter,  however,  are  of  mostly 
peculiar  species,  as  are  many  of  the  Bats.  The  single  Insectivore  is  of 
a  remarkable  type,  which  finds  its  nearest  ally  in  the  remote  island 
of  Madagascar,  the  ordinary  Insectivores  of  the  neighboring  Central 
American  and  North  American  Begions  being  wholly  unrepresented. 

Genera  of  the  Aniillean  Region. 


1 

Pecnlutr  to  the  region. 

Tropical  American. 

Wide-ranging. 

Nycticellos. 

Nasna. 

Mormops. 

Latra. 

Lonohorhina. 

Cerooleptes. 

Haorotos. 

Prooyoo. 

Phyllodia. 

HanatDs. 

Vampyms. 

Lasianu. 

Brachyphylla. 

Natalas. 

Arctibeus. 

Veepemgo. 

Phyllonicteris. 

Thyroptera. 

Stenoderma. 

Veepertilio. 

SolenodoD. 

Noctilio. 

Heteromys. 

*  Hesperomys 

Capromys. 

MoloMoa. 

Dasyprocta. 

PlagiodootA. 

1 

Nyctinomua. 
Chilomycterii. 

Didelphys. 

Brazilian  Region. — Of  about  ninety  commonly  recognized  genera,  a 
little  less  than  one-third  may  be  considered  as  either  wholly  or  mainly 
restricted  to  the  region ;  a  little  less  than  another  third  range  to  the 
northward  over  much  of  the  Central  American  Region,  and  may  be 
considered  as  characteristic  of  the  American  Tropical  Realm  at  large 
rather  than  of  the  Brazilian  Region.  About  one-tenth  of  the  remain- 
ing genera  occur  also  over  a  large  part  of  the  Central  American  Region,, 
while  the  remainder  are  divided  about  equally  between  tropicopolitan 
and  cosmopolitan  genera,  and  those  that  range  southward  over  the 
Bouth  American  Temperate  Realm.  One  genus  is  also  East  Indian  and 
another  African,  while  quite  a  number  range  throughout  the  temperate 
and  tropical  parts  of  both  Americas,  and  a  few  others  over  Temperate 
South  America. 

It  is  eminently  characterized  by  its  dozen  genera  of  Monkeys,  which, 
excepting  a  few  that  range  into  the  Central  American  Region,  are 
restricted  wholly  to  this  region ;  also  by  twelve  to  fifteen  genera  of  Bats, 
which  are  scarcely  found  beyond  its  borders ;  nearly  as  many  genera  of 
Rodents,  and  quite  a  number  of  peculiar  genera  of  other  groups.  Neg- 
atively it  is  characterized  by  the  absence  of  Insectivores,  the  great  bulk 
of  the  northern  types  of  Carnivores,  Ungulates,  and  Rodents.  Its  sole 
afBnity  with  the  life  of  the  Korth  Temperate  Realm  consists  in  the  pres- 
ence of  a  few  such  wide-ranging  (cosmopolitan)  genera  as  Felis^  Sdurusj 
Lepusy  Vespertilio^  etc.,  and  two  other  genera  [Procyon  and  Didelphys) 
that  range  far  into  North  America. 

It  is  Buscieptible  of  division  into  several  provinces,  upon  the  detailed 

*  Dr.  Couee  gives  Heeperomye  {Oryzomye)  paluetrie  as  Jamaican. — Mon,  y.  Am,  Bod^f 
116,  foot-note. 


S4S 


BULLETIK   i;3aTED   STATES   GEOLOGICAL   SUKTBT. 


ooonderatioo  of  which  it  is  not  proposed  at  present  to  enter.  These 
are  the  Upper  Amazonian  Prorince*  embracing  the  region  drained  by 
the  Upper  Amazon  and  its  principal  tributaries  (Western  Brazfl  and 
those  portions  of  Pern  and  Boliria  east  of  the  Andes) ;  the  Lower  Ama- 
zonian Province,  embracing  the  Lower  Amazonian  and  Orinoco  Basins; 
and  the  Southeast  Brazilian  Province,  embracing  Sontheaatem  Brazil 
and  Paraguay.  They  are  characterized  by  the  oecnnenoe  of  nameitMis 
peculiar  species  rather  than  by  peculiar  genera.  The  genus  Lagoikrix 
appears  to  be  confined,  however,  to  the  Upper  Amazonian  Province, 
Ckry90tkrix  to  the  Lower  Amazonian,  and  Bracktft^les  to  the  Southeast 
Brazilian,  where  occur  also  Iclkyon^  Tkousj  Lycolepeij  etc.,  not  found  in 
the  other  regions,  but  ranging  thence  southward  to  Patagonia. 

fwntera  of  ikt  Brtmliau  Regiom. 


llaifilj  ooDflned  to  the  Bxazilian  Regioo. 


LaCoUiriz. 

Pt«Tooim. 

EriodM. 

'Tapiroft. 

PftiMdA. 

Macropfaylloin. 

Bnehyoniii. 

Tampjmu. 

XycUpitiMca*. 

Saco^yteryx. 

Cbcropotm. 

IHpbylla. 

MSdM. 

IlAbrothriz. 

IcUcjoo. 

H<dochiliifl. 

OxymietanuL 

DafCCyloaiyB. 

CcTOoays. 

ICeaomya. 

Echinya. 


Cfactomys. 
HydrocbtEniB. 


Tropical  America  geneially. 

AlnatU. 

^Procyoo. 

• 

Arctibeaa. 

j 

j        JL>aayprpoia. 

Cebna. 

tlCanatas. 

Stenoderma.               :        CcBlogOBya. 

S»p^)oa. 

Coaanu. 

CftlUthrix. 

Diooiylaa. 

Furriptema.                      CbcDlopaa. 

SaimirU. 

Notopborna. 

Thryoptera. 

Tatnaia. 

Hapale. 

Deamodoa. 

Noctilio. 

Tamaadaa. 

OaUetia. 

Schisoatoma. 

$yyetiocjaa. 

Cydotliiinia 

OrisonlA. 

Centorio. 

^Laainma. 

^Didalphya. 

Cooepataii 

Sturnira. 

tChilomyctaria. 

Cereoleptea. 

Phylloatoma. 

;Ca]omya. 

ITatiu. 

Glossophaca. 

Cercolabea. 

ExtendiDg  also  over  Tei 

mperato  Sonth  America. 

SabooamopdUtan  and  tropioopdUtan. 

Chrysocyon. 

CaviA. 

Felia. 

Ye^emgo. 

Lycalopex. 

KerodoD. 

Latra. 

Yeapertilio. 

Psendalopex. 

Myopotamas. 

Nyctinomus. 

Sdiima. 

Blaatocerns. 

Dasypos. 

HolossQS. 

Lepoa. 

Ctonomys. 

Dysopes. 

*  AlsoEaatlndiai] 

L 

*  Also  Temperate  Sooth  America. 

t  Alao  West  Africi 

UL 

^  Also  North  American. 

ALLEN   ON   GEOGRAPHICAL   DISTRIBUTION   OF   MAMMALS.    349 

Summary. 

Whole  number  of  genera 90 

Mainly  restricted  to  the  region 31 

Of  general  distribation  throaghout  tbe  American  Tropical  Realm 41 

Oocnrring  also  over  maoh  of  the  South  American  Temperate  Realm 9 

Occurring  also  in  the  warmer  parts  of  the  North  Temperate  Region 6 

Tropicopolltan 3 

Cosmopolitan 6 

lY. — BOUTH  AMERICAN  TEMPERATE  REALM. 

What  is  here  termed  the  Soath  American  Temperate  Bealm  embraces 
all  that  portion  of  the  Soath  American  continent  and  adjacent  islands 
not  inclnded  in  the  American  Tropical  Bealm  as  already  defined.  It 
coincides  very  nearly  with  Mr.  Wallace's  ^*  Soath  Temperate  America 
or  Chilian  Sabregion  "•*  Its  northern  limit  on  the  Atlantic  coast  is 
near  the  thirtieth  parallel.  On  leaving  the  Atlantic  coasty  the  north- 
em  boundary  passes  obliquely  northwestward,  rising  in  the  region  of  the 
Ghaco  Desert,  to,  or  possibly  a  little  beyond,  the  Tropic  of  Gapricorn. 
Again  descending  to  about  the  twenty-fifth  parallel,  it  turns  abruptly 
northward  and  eastward,  along  the  eastern  border  of  the  Andean 
•chain,  nearly  to  the  fifth  degree  of  south  latitude,  near  which  point  it 
strikes  the  Pacific  coast.  It  thus  embraces  a  large  part  of  the  great 
Andean  plateau,  with  the  neighboring  coast  region  to  the  westward, 
nearly  all  the  La  Plata  plains,  and  the  region  thence  southward  to 
Tierra  del  Fuego,  which  belongs  also  to  this  region. 

As  contrasted  with  the  Tropical  Bealm  to  the  northward,  it  is  charac- 
terized, in  respect  to  mammals,  by  the  absence  of  all  Quadrumana  and 
the  paucity  of  Edentates  and  Marsupials,  there  being  neither  Sloths 
nor  Anteaters,  while  only  two  or  three  species  of  Opossums  barely  ex- 
tend over  its  borders ;  the  absence  of  all  genera  of  Leaf-nosed  Bats,  and 
of  not  less  than  a  dozen  important  genera  of  Bodents,  the  Goatis,  the 
Kinkajou,  the  Tapirs,  and  many  other  genera  characteristic  of  the 
American  tropics.t  As  noted  by  Mr.  Wallace,  it  is  further  character- 
ized by  the  possession  of  the  entire  family  of  the  ChinchilUdw^  the  gen- 
era Aucheniaj  Habrocomus^  Spalacoptis^  Actodon^  CtenomySj  DolichoUSj 
Myopotamus^  Chlam<idopharus^  to  which  may  be  added  the  marine  gen- 
era Otaria^  Arctocephalus^  Morunga^  Lobodon^  and  Stenorhynchtis^  very 
few  of  which  range  beyond  the  northern  border  of  this  region.  The 
Spectacled  Bear  is  also  confined  to  it,  and  here  are  also  most  largely 
developed  the  Murine  genera  Calomys^  AcodoUj  and  Reithrodon. 

Although  one  of  the  smallest  of  the  primary  regions,  it  is  apparently 
divisible  into  two  more  or  less  well-marked  provinces,  which  may  be 

*  Geog.  Di8tr.  Auimals,  vol.  ii,  p.  3C,  and  map  of  the  ''Neotropical  Region". 

tAmong  the  genera  of  the  Brazilian  Region  here  unrepresented  are,  aside  from  the 
Quadrumana,  Cercoleptes,  Nasua,  Tflj)tnf«,  Bradypus,  Chcclaptta,  MyrmecophagOf  Taman- 
dua,  Cifclothurus,  Phyllo8toma,  Ghesophaga,  Arctibeu8f  Dyaopes  (and  other  genera  of  Chi' 
roptera)f  HydrochoeruB,  CercomySy  DactylomySf  LonchereSy  Echimyt,  Ccelogenys,  Daayproda^ 
ChaUnnyif  Ceroolahe$,  L^us,  Sciurus,  HabrothriXy  Oxymyctenis,  HolochiluSf  etc,  =  274-- 


350     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

respectively  termed  the  Andean  and  Pampean.  The  Andean  Prov- 
ince is  principally  characterized  by  the  presence  of  Ursus  {Tremarctus) 
ornatuSj  the  genera  PudUy  Furdfer^  Tolypeutes^  ChlamydopbaruSy  Chin- 
chilla,  Lagidiumy  Spalacapusj  HaArocomuSj  and  Octodon.  Atwhenia  and 
several  genera  of  Rodents  range  from  the  Andean  Province  soath- 
ward  over  the  plains  of  Patagonia  to  Tierra  del  Faego.  The  Pata- 
gonian  plains  share  largely  in  the  general  feicies  of  the  Andean  fauna. 
A  few  genera  only  are  restricted  to  the  Pampean  Province,  these  being 
mainly  CtenamySy  LagoBtomtiSy  and  Dolichotis.  The  differences  between 
these  two  provinces  relate  mainly  to  species  rather  than  to  genera.  The 
Pampean  Province  is  much  the  smaller,  embracing  only  the  compara- 
tively level  pampa  district  bordering  the  La  Plata  and  Lower  Parana 
Bivers.  So  little  is  definitely  known  respecting  the  range  of  the  mam- 
mals of  this  general  region  that  it  is  scarcely  practicable  to  atten:ipt  at 
present  a  definition  of  the  boundaries  between  the  Pampean  and  An- 
dean divisions. 

The  relation  of  the  South  Temperate  American  to  the  Tropical  Amer- 
ican Bealm  is  of  course  far  closer  than  to  any  other,  there  being  as 
usual  a  gradual  transition  between  the  two  along  their  line  of  junction, 
through  the  extension  of  a  few  forms  characteristic  of  the  one  for  a 
short  distance  into  the  other,  just  as  has  been  observed  to  be  the  case 
between  the  Korth  Temperate  and  Tropical  American  Realms.  It  has, 
however,  nothing  in  common  with  the  Korth  Temperate  American 
Realm  beyond  the  presence  of  a  few  cosmopolite  types  that  extend 
across  the  intermediate  Tropical  Realm.  So  far  as  land  mammals  are 
concerned,  it  has  no  genera  common  to  the  South  Temperate  portions 
of  the  Old  World,  except  a  few  that  are  almost  cosmopolite.  The  case 
is  different,  however,  with  the  marine  species.  Of  the  half  dozen  or 
more  genera  of  Pinnipeds  (the  only  marine  forms  we  are  here  called 
upon  to  consider),  none  are  peculiar  to  the  shores  of  Temperate  South 
America  bnt  are  common  to  South  Temperate  and  Antarctic  shores 
generally.  None  of  them,  however,  occnr  north  of  the  tropics,*  and  it 
is  hence  only  through  these  that  there  is  any  closer  affinity  between 
the  mammalian  life  of  this  region  and  the  South  Temperate  Zone  gen- 
erally than  between  it  and  that  of  north-temperate  latitudes. 

Of  the  thirty-four  laud  genera  below  enumerated  as  occurring  in  the 
South  American  Temperate  Realm,  rather  more  than  one-half  (eighteen) 
are  nearly  or  wholly  confined  to  it.  Most  of  the  remainder  extend  far 
to  the  northward  iuto  Tropical  America,  and  others  reach  North  Amer- 
ica, while  five  are  almost  cosmopolitan. 

*  Otaria  alone  reaches  the  Galapagos,  which,  although  situated  nuder  the  equator, 
are  still  within  the  influence  of  the  cold  Peruvian  current,  and  appear  to  constitute  an 
outlying  element  of  the  South  American  Temperate  Realm. 


ALLEN   ON    GEOGRAPHICAL   DISTRIBUTION   OP   MAMMALS.    351 


Genera  of  the  South  American  Temperate  Bealm, 


Mainly  or  wholly  limited  to  the  region. 

Marine,  and 
mainly  Antarotic. 

Wide-ranging. 

1 

Tremtfotna. 

Ctenomya. 

Otaria. 

Felif. 

Cavia. 

Poxvifer. 

Drymomya. 

Arotooephalna. 

Paendalopex. 

Myopotamoa. 

Pado. 

Dinomya. 

Lobodon. 

Lyoolopex. 

Calomya. 

Anohenia. 

ChinohaiA. 

Stenorhynchna. 

Chryaocyon. 

nabothrix. 

Lophostoma. 

Lagidium. 

Hornngab 

Patorina. 

Tainaia. 

Octodon. 

Lagoatomoa. 

Lntra. 

Didelphys. 

Spalaeopua. 

DoUchotia. 

Conepatna. 

Hftbroooma. 

Chlamydophorns. 

Veapertili?. 

Beithrodon. 

Yeapemgo. 

Aoodon. 

Kerodon. 

v.— TDE  INDO-AFRICAN  REALM. 

The  IndoAfrican  Bealm  consists  maiiily  of  Intertropical  Africa  and 
Intertropical  Asia,  to  which  it  seems  proper  to  add  Extratropical  South 
Africa.  The  small  portion  of  Africa  south  of  the  Sonthem  Tropic  lies 
wholly  within  the  warm-temperate  zone.  Its  small  extent  and  broad 
connection  with  Tropical  Africa  render  its  separation  as  a  distinct  realm 
(as  I  at  one  time  rather  hastily  considered  it)  almost  inadmissible,  since 
it  is  especially  open  to  the  influence  of  the  great  intertropical  African 
fauna,  as  is  shown  by  the  extension  of  many  tropical  forms  down  to 
within  a  few  depp^ees  of  its  southern  extremity.  The  area  really  pos- 
sessing a  temperate  climate  is  restricted  to  its  extreme  southern  border, 
where  alone  appear  the  few  generic  and  family  types  that  do  not  have 
a  very  general  range  over  the  tropical  portions  of  the  continent.  This 
area  is  many  times  smaller  than  the  temperate  portion  of  South 
America,  but,  though  so  small,  has  quite  a  number  of  peculiar  genera, 
which  impart  to  it  quite  distinctive  features.  It  yet  seems  better  to 
regard  it  as  an  appendage  of  the  great  Indo- African  Bealm  rather  than 
as  a  distinct  primary  region.  Madagascar,  with  the  Mascareue  Islands, 
on  the  other  hand,  while  perhaps  possessing  a  closer  afilnity  with  Africa 
than  with  any  other  continental  region,  has  yet  a  fauna  made  up  so 
largely  of  peculiar  types  that  it  seems  more  in  accordance  with  the  facts 
of  distribution  to  regard  it  as  a  separate  primary  region. 

The  Indo- African  Bealm,  as  thus  restricted,  forms  a  highly  natural 
division.  Although  its  two  principal  areas  are  quite  widely  separated, 
being  in  fact  geographically  almost  wholly  disassociated,  they  possess 
a  wonderful  degree  of  similarity.  Of  the  fifty  commonly  recognized 
families  of  mammalia  occurring  within  its  limits,  three-fifths  are  dis- 
tributed throughout  almost  its  whole  extent.  Of  the  remainder,  one- 
half  are  confined  to  Africa,  and  one  is  African  and  American,  leaving 
only  nin^in  India  that  are  unrepresented  in  Africa;  three  only  of  these 
latter  are,  however,  peculiar  to  the  Indian  Begion  ;  all  extend  beyond 
it  to  the  northward,  five  of  them  even  occurring  over  the  greater  part  of 


352 


BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 


the  northern  hemisphere.  Thas  the  African  Begion  is  the  more  special- 
ized division,  only  a  small  portion  of  the  tropical  element  in  the  Indian 
Begion,  throagh  which  it  is  differentiated  from  the  great  Europffio- 
Asiatic  Temperate  Begion,  being  unrepresented  in  the  African,  while  the 
African  has  three  times  as  many  peculiar  fi^milies  as  the  Indian.*  As 
shown  by  the  subjoined  table,  thirty  of  the  fifty  Indo- African  familiM 
have  a  wide  extralimital  distribution,  not  less  than  one-fourth  being 
emphatically  cosmopolitan. 

Familie9  of  Mammals  represented  in  the  Indo-Afrioan  Realm,  arranged  to  «Aotc>  {approxi- 

mateljf)  their  distribution,  % 


Oocarring  in  the 

Common  to  both 

Indian  Region, 
Irat  not  in  the 

Peculiar    to    the 
African  Region.* 

Common  to  both  regions. 

Reffk»a,aB4also 
of  wide   extra* 

African. 

limital  range. 

*  Tabsoda. 

Protelida). 

Slmiidc». 

i:  Nycteridn. 

F^UdA. 

tiBInridB. 

HippopotamidiB. 

Semnopithecidsa. 

Erlnaoeidct. 

Cinid». 

tUnlde. 

Phaeoohceride. 

CynopliheddA. 

Hyozida. 

MoatelidA. 

tCerrids. 

OiraflBdA. 

Lemnride. 

Spalacide. 

Borids. 

tCMnelide. 

Ilyracide. 

Viverrids. 

Dipodide. 

Pteropodida. 

§  Tai»iride. 

ChrytochloridjB. 

Hyenids. 

Manididae. 

Rhteolophidn. 

*  Galeopithscida. 

Maorosoelide. 

Tragnlids. 

VetpertiUoBida^ 

:  Talpida. 

PotamogalidiB. 

Bqnide. 

Sorioids. 

*  TUPAYIDA. 

LophyiomyidsB. 

Snidn. 

OctodontidsA. 

Orj'cteropodida). 

RhinocerotidflB. 

Scioridae. 

1 

1 

Elephantid». 

Hystridds. 

Halicorids. 

Leporida. 

1  The  Tridi0ehidm  (=  Ifctnoluto)  occor  i 

n  Africa  bat  not  in 

India,  bat  are  found  also  in  the  war— r 

porta  of  America. 

*  Wholly  restricted  to  the  Indian  Rogi< 

an.                          ;( 

)r  wide  extralimital 

range. 

t  Hainly  restricted  to  the  Indian  Regie 

n.                          §] 
li  Chiefly  African. 

T'onnd  also  in  Interti 

ropical  Amarica. 

Summary. 

Whole  number 50 

Of  general  distribotion  throughout  the  realm 90 

Peculiar  to  the  African  Region 10 

Peculiar  to  the  Indian  Region 3 

Occurring  in  the  Indian  Region,  but  not  in  the  African 6 

Of  wide  extralimital  range 16 

African  Region. — The  African  Eegion,  as  here  recognized,  is  nearly 
equivalent  to  Mr.  Wallace's  "Ethiopian  Region",  with  the  exclusion 

*  Mr.  WaUace  has  arrived  at  rather  different  conclusions  respecting  the  Bpecializa- 
tion  of  the  African  Region,  since  he  considers  its  specialization  due  wholly  to  the 
peculiar  forms  developed  in  Madagascar.  Deducting  these — for  he  considers  Madagaaear 
and  its  neighboring  islands  as  formiug  a  ''subregion^'merely  of  the  "  Paleotroptoal" — 
he  believes  would  leave,  in  respect  to  specialization,  the  African  and  Indian  Regions 
**  nearly  equal ".  In  this  comparison,  however,  I  wholly  exclude  the  Madagascan  or 
^*  Lemurian^'  fauna,  and  still  liud  Africa  a  considerably  more  specialized  region. 


ALLEN   ON   GEOQRAPHICAL  DISTRIBUTION   OF   MAliMALS.    353 

of  his  ^^  Lemurian  Subregioo  ^.  Its  northern  boundary  \eill  be  pro- 
visionally considered  as  the  northern  mean  annual  of  70^  F. 

As  thus  limited,  the  greater  part  of  the  Arabian  Peninsula  and  the  south- 
em  portion  of  the  Great  Sahara  belong  to  it.  But  just  how  much  of  the 
latter  belongs  here,  and  how  mu^h  to  the  Mediterranean  Region,  cannot 
at  present  be  readily  determined.  As  already  noticed,  it  consists  largely 
of  transitional  ground,  and  is  as  yet  quite  imperfectly  known.  It  is  to 
some  extent,  doubtless,  also  a  barrier  region ;  but  that  it  is  by  no  means 
an  impassable  obstacle  is  sufficiently  shown  by  the  large  number  of 
generic  types  of  mammals  that  extend  from  the  Indian  liegion  as  far  south- 
ward even  as  the  Gape  of  Good  Hope.  £ven  if  it  were  an  insurmount- 
able barrier,  the  comparatively  humid  and  fertile  eastern  coast  border 
woold  afford  a  sufficient  highway  of  intercommunication  between  Trop- 
ical Asia  and  l?ropical  Africa,  and  the  community  of  life  of  the  two 
regions  shows  that  for  long  ages  there  has  been  this  open  way  of  inter- 
change. 

The  African  Region,  considering  its  great  extent  and  its  tropical 
climate,  is  to  a  great  degree  zoologically  a  unit,  yet  it  is  by  no  means 
homogeneous.  At  least,  three  subdivisions  may  be  recognized,  each  of 
which  is  characterized  by  many  peculiar  genera.  These  subregions 
have  already  been  characterized  by  Mr.  Wallace  under  the  names  of 
Eastern,  Western,  and  Southern.  The  Western  (West  African  Province) 
consists  of  the  humid,  heavily  wooded  region  of  the  west  coast,  extend- 
ing to  a  considerable,  but  at  present  not  definitely  determinable,  dis- 
tance into  the  interior,  but  probably  with  boundaries  nearly  as  drawn 
by  Mr.  Wallace.*  The  Eastern  (East  African  Province)  includes  the 
remainder  of  Intertropical  Africa,  while  to  the  Southern  (South  African 
Province)  belongs  the  southern  extratropical  portion  of  the  continent. 

Of  these  divisions,  the  Eastern  contains  the  greatest  number  of  genera, 
as  it  likewise  contains  by  far  the  greatest  area;  but  it  is  the  least  spe- 
eialized,  only  Ucofifteenths  of  its  genera  being  peculiar  to  it,  while  of  the 
genera  of  each  of  the  other  regions  about  one-fourth  are  peculiar.  Nearly 
one-half  (about  forty-four  per  cent.)  of  the  genera  of  the  Eastern  Prov- 
ince have  a  more  or  less  general  distribution  over  the  whole  African 
Region,  while  only  a  little  more  than  a  third  (thirty-three  to  thirty-eight 
per  cent.)  of  the  genera  of  the  other  province  have  a  similarly  wide  range. 

A  much  larger  pro[>ortion  of  Indian  genera  are  represented  iu  the 
Eastern  and  Southern  Provinces  than  iu  the.Westeru.  This  difference 
is  due  to  obvious  conditions,  the  fertile  belt  of  the  Nile  district  and  ad- 
joining coast  formiuir  an  easy  way  of  intercommunication  between  the 

*  The  conclosious  and  details  here  preseuted  were  worked  out  independently  and  de 
novo  by  the  present  writer.  That  they  agree  so  closely  with  the  views  and  results 
attained  by  Mr.  Wallace,  so  far  as  Africa  south  of  the  Great  Desert  is  conceroed,  is  to 
me  a  soarce  of  gratification.  In  order  to  avoid  unconscious  bias  I  purposely  avoided 
a  detaUed  study  of  Mr.  Wallace's  writiogs  on  this  subject  till  my  own  results  were 
written  out,  and  on  then  comparing  my  own  conclusions  with  those  reached  by  Mr. 
Wallace,  became  for  the  first  time  aware  of  their  close  agreement. 


354     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

two  former  not  equally  open  to  the  Western  Province.  The  Eastern  and 
Southern  Provinces  farther  resemble  each  other  in  consisting  largely  of 
grassy  plains,  and  in  being,  par  excellencej  the  land  of  Antelopes.  On 
the  other  hand,  the  Western  Province,  in  conseqnence  of  its  moist  climate 
and  dense  forests,  is  the  metropolis  hf  the  African  Qnadnimanes,  to 
which  region  no  less  than  six  genera  are  restricted,  and  where  all  bat  one 
are  represented,  while  only  foar  occar  in  the  Eastern,  and  merely  a  few 
outlying  species  reach  the  Southern.  Hence  the  Eastern  and  Southern 
Provinces  are  far  more  closely  allied  than  is  either  with  the  Western. 

Eastern  Province. — ^The  East  African  Province  or  ^^Subregion'' 
includes,  as  claimed  by  Mr.  Wallace,  not  only  East  Africa  proper,  bat 
also  a  considerable  portion  of  the  Great  Sahara  and  the  whole  of  the 
northern  portion  of  Tropical  South  Africa,  thus  boaoding  the  Western 
Province  on  three  sides.  In  other  words,  it  not  only  includes  East  Africa 
and  Southern  Arabia,  but  all  of  Tropical  Africa,  except  the  western 
portion,  situated  (speaking  generally)  between  latitude  15^  north  and 
latitude  about  22^  «onth.  As  is  well  known,  it  consists  mainly  of  a 
moderately  elevated  plateau,  rising,  in  Abyssinia,  into  lofty  moantains. 
It  is  generally  an  open  region,  ^^  covered  with  a  vegetation  of  high  grasses 
or  thorny  shrubs,  with  scattered  trees  and  isolated  patches  of  forest 
in  favorable  situations.  The  only  parts  where  extensive  continuous 
forests  occur  are  on  the  eastern  and  western  slopes  of  the  great  Abys- 
sinian plateau,  and  on  the  Mozambique  coast  from  Zanzibar  to  Sofala."* 
It  is  worthy  of  note  that  the  species  peculiar  to  the  province  occur 
almost  exclusively  in  Mozambique,  or  in  Abyssinia  and  adjoining  por 
tions  Of  Northeast  Africa,  a  few  extending  into  the  Arabian  Peninsula. 

Of  the  ninety  genera  occurring  in  this  province,  ten,  which  are  almost 
cosmopolite,  may  be  considered  as  having  too  wide  a  range  to  possess 
any  special  significance.  Of  the  remaining  eighty,  about  one-fourth  are 
found  also  in  the  Indian  Begion,  leaving  three-fourths  (thirty-nine)  as 
peculiarly  African.  Of  these,  twelve  only  are  restricted  to  the  Eastern 
Province,  sixteen  being  common  to  the  Southern  Province,  and  ten  to 
the  Western.  The  subjoined  tabular  list  indicates  approximately  the 
distribution  of  the  genera  of  the  Eastern  Province. 

•  Wallace,  Geogr.  Diet.  Anim.,  vol.  i,  p.  250. 


ALLEN   ON   OEOQRAPHICAL  DISTRIBUTION   OF   MAMMALS.    355 


Genera  of  ike  Eaet  African  Province, 


Beetrioted  to  the 
proviooe. 

Excluaively  AfHcan,  bat  occarring  alao  in  the  other  provlBcea. 

*Theropithecas. 

Colobua. 

GIraffa. 

Phaoochoenia. 

•GftlerallA. 

Oneraa. 

Oreaa. 

Rhinaater. 

Bhinogale. 

Ceroopithecua. 

Tragelaphoa. 

Ilyrax. 

*NeotragiM. 

Cynocephaloa. 

Oreotragna. 

Dendrohyraz. 

Xesotragus. 

Oalago. 

iSpyceroa. 

Epomophoma. 

f  PetrodromoB. 

A  thy  lax. 

Kobna. 

MacroBcelidea. 

tRbynchocyon. 

Ichneamea. 

Kanotragna. 

Cricetomya. 

1  Saeooatomoa. 

Bdeogale. 

Cephalophna. 

Steatomya. 

tPeleomjg. 

Helogmle. 

^gooema. 

Otomya. 

*Lophioinyi. 

Mangoa. 

Aloelaphaa. 

Geoiychas. 

t  Heliophobius. 

Croaaarchus. 

Connoohetea. 

Xeroa. 

Pectinator.     - 

Lyoaon. 

nippopotamna. 

Anlaoodna. 

Zorilla. 

PotamochoBraa. 

Orycteropaa. 

Occarring  alao  in  the  Tadian  Region. 

— 

Wide-ranging. 

Virerra. 

Elephaa. 

Scotophilua. 

Folia. 

Genetta. 

:Saa. 

Minioptema. 

Cania. 

Herpeatea. 

Aainaa. 

Taphoaona. 

Veapertilio. 

Galogale. 

Halicore. 

Rhinopoma. 

Veaperngo. 

Melliyora. 

Cynonycteria. 

Nyctinomua. 

Erinaceua. 

Aonyz.                       | 

Cyooptema. 

Crocidnra. 

Mna. 

Hjrcn** 

Rhinolophoa. 

Acanthomya. 

Dipua. 

Babalna. 

•                                         I 

PhiUorhina. 

Rhlxomya. 

Merionea. 

Oryx. 

Mfgaderma. 

Hyatrix. 

Sciaraa. 

Gasella. 

Xycteria 

Mania. 

Lepoa. 

*  Reetricted  to  Aby 

■ainia  and  Northeaat  Africa.                       t  Reetricted  to  Mozambique. 

:  See  KoUeatoi 

a,  Trana.  Linn.  Soc  Lond.,  Sd  aer.,  Zool.,  toI.  i,  pp.  356,  S57, 1877. 

The  Southern  Province. — The  Soath  African  Province  consists  of  only 
tbat  small  portion  of  the  continent  lying  sonth  of  the  Sonthern  Tropic, 
and  is  hence  sitaated  wholly  within  the  sonthern  warm-temperate 
zone.  In  consequence  of  its  configuration,  its  limited  extension,  and 
its  geographical  position  in  relation  to  Intertropical  Africa,  it  could 
scarcely  be  expected  to  form  more  than  an  appendage  of  the  inter- 
tropical zone,  and  snch  it  proves  really  to  be.  Its  area  is  equal  to  only 
about  one-tenth  of  that  of  the  Eastern  Province,  yet  it  has  eight-ninths 
as  many  genera,  fully  two-thirds  of  which  are  common  to  the  two.  It 
hence  presents  to  only  a  limited  degree  the  features  of  a  strictly  tem- 
X>erate  fauna,  and  these  become  prominent  only  over  the  narrow  belt  of 
country  south  of  the  mountain  ranges  forming  the  northern  boundary 
of  Cape  Colony  and  Caffraria^  but  here  even  there  is  a  strong  invasion 
of  essentially  tropical  forms. 

In  general /oeieff  it  differs  little  zoologically  from  the  Eastern  Province, 
of  which  it  is  merely  a  somewhat  modified  continuation.  From  its 
semi- temperate  character  it  is  less  rich  in  Quadrumanes,  but  many 
other  properly  tropical  types  range  nearly  or  quite  to  its  southern  bor- 


356 


BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  QEOLOOICAL  SURVEY. 


der.  It  has,  however,  aboat  one-foarth  more  peculiar  genera,  divided 
aboat  equally,  and  mainly  between  Carnivores  and  Bodents,  fonr  only 
being  Antelopes,  and  one  only  (Ohryaochlaris)  an  Insectivore.  Of  the 
twenty-fonr  genera  common  also  to  the  Indian  Begion,  one-third  are 
Ghiropters,  The  remaining  genera  are,  with  very  few  exceptions,  snch 
as  occur  also  in  the  Eastern  Province,  only  three  or  four  being  common 
to  the  Southern  and  Western  Provinces  that  do  not  also  occur  in  the 
Eastern. 

Of  the  eighty-two  genera  below  enumerated  as  occurring  in  the 
Southern  Province,  a  considerable  portion  are  restricted  to  its  southern 
half,  while  many  others  extend  only  over  its  northern  portions.  A  few 
others,  while  mainly  restricted  to  this  region,  and  eminently  character- 
istic of  it,  also  extend  somewhat  into  the  Eastern  Province. 

Oenera  of  the  South  4firioan  Province, 


BMtriotedtothe 
proTince. 

Banging  into  Tropical  AfHca. 

Oocarring  also  in  the  Indian  Begloa. 

Ariela. 

Oalago. 

Cephalophat. 

Cyanelaraa. 

Minlopteria. 

Cynictis. 

Athylaz. 

Eleotragna. 

Oenetta. 

Sootophilna. 

Saricato. 

lohneamia. 

iBgocerat. 

Herpeatea. 

TapbkMK>Qa. 

PiotelM. 

Hologale. 

Bhinaater. 

Calogale. 

Bhinopona. 

Hegalotis. 

Mongoa. 

Hypax. 

MelUvora. 

Crocidora. 

Hydrogale. 

Lycaon. 

Oendrohyrax. 

AonjTx. 

Hyatfix. 

Strepaioeroft. 

Zorilla. 

HaoroacAlidea. 

Hyaana. 

Mania. 

Aniidorcas. 

Phacochoenu. 

Steatomya. 

Oryx. 

Soopophoros. 

Qiraflk. 

Otomya. 

Babaloa. 

Peleft. 

Otbm. 

Georychna. 

Oasella. 

Chrysochloria. 

Tragelaphoa. 

Graphinroa. 

Aainna. 

Dendromys. 

Damalia. 

Xema. 

Elephaa. 

Kalacothrix. 

Aloelaphai. 

Anlaoodna. 

Cynonyoteria. 

Hystromys. 

Connochetea. 

Orycteropoa. 

Cynoptema. 

Bathytrgm. 

Kobns. 

Bhinolophna. 

PedetM. 

iEpyoeroa. 

PhiUorfaina. 

Petromys. 

Calotragns. 

Kycteria. 

Wide-ranging. 

Felis. 

Vespertilio. 

Erinaceua. 

Merionea. 

Sdnrna. 

Canis. 

Vespenigo. 

Moa. 

Dipna. 

Lepna. 

The  Yfestern  Province, — As  already  stated,  the  Western  Province 
dififers  greatly  in  respect  to  its  physical  characteristics  from  either  of 
the  other  provinces  of  the  African  Begion,  and  has,  in  consequence,  a 
correspondingly  specialized  mammalian  fanna.  It  resembles  the  In- 
dian Eegion  in  its  hot,  damp  climate  and  dense  forests.  And  its  fauna, 
though  distinguished  by  many  peculier  genera,  is  also,  in  respect  to  its 
general  facies,  more  like  that  of  the  Indian  Begion  than  is  the  fauna  of 
any  other  portion  of  the  African  Begion.  It  is  similarly  rich  in  the 
higher  Quadrumanes  and  poor  in  Antelopes,  while  it  shares  with  tbb 


ALLEN   ON  GEOGRAPHICAL   DISTRIBUTION   OF  MAMMALS.    357 


Indian  Begion  the  possession  of  the  TragtdidcB.  Its  peculiar  genera 
consist  largely  of  Anthropoid  Apes,  foand  elsewhere  only  in  India,  but 
also  includes  several  each  of  Carnivores  Bats,  and  Bodents.  It  is  pre- 
eminently  the  tropical  province  of  the  African  Eegion.  While  it  con- 
tains a  smaller  number  of  genera  than  either  of  the  others,  it  has  rela- 
tively a  much  larger  number  restricted  to  it,  having  eighteen  peculiar 
genera  out  of  a  total  number  of  seventy-five,  while  the  Eastern  Prov- 
ince, with  ninety-one  genera,  has  only  twelve  that  are  peculiar,  and  the 
Southern  seventeen  out  of  eighty-two. 

Genera  of  ilie  West  African  Province, 


Beatricted  to  tbe  province. 

Reatricted  to  tbe  African  Region. 

Gorilla. 

Mimetea. 

Hiopitbecua. 

Cercooobos. 

Arotooebas. 

Perodicticus. 

Poiana. 

Kandinia. 

Adenota. 

Cepbalopoa. 
Hyomoaobn^. 
Cbosropna. 
*Manataa. 
Hypaignatbna. 
Potamogale. 
Lasiomya. 
Anomaloras. 

Ceroopitbecna. 

Cynocepbalas. 

Colobua. 

Gueresa. 

Galago. 

Aytblax. 

Mungoa. 

Zorilla. 

Croaaarcbos. 

Tragelapbua. 

Kobna. 

Nanotragiia. 

^goceroa. 

Damalia. 

Oreaa. 

Hippopotamua. 

Potamoobcems. 

Pbacocboerua. 

Rbinaater. 

Hyraz. 

Dendrobyraz. 

Epomopborus. 

Xeros. 

Aolacodua. 

Crioetomya. 

Grapbiuraa. 

Occurring  also  in  tbe  Indian  Region. 

Wide-ranging. 

Vivorra. 

Herpeates. 

Genetta. 

Calof^ale.^ 

Hyena. 

A  onyx. 

Melllvora. 

Zorilla. 

Babalaa. 

Antilope. 

Elepbaa. 

Cynonycteria. 

Cynopteroa. 

Kblnolopbna. 

Pbillorhina. 

Nycteria. 

Nyctinomus. 

Miniopteroa. 

Sootopbilua. 

Tapbosoua. 

Rhinopoma. 

Crocidura. 
Atbemra. 
Mania. 

Felia. 

Cania. 

Veapertilio. 

Veaperogo. 

Hoa. 

Soinma. 

Lepns. 

*  Also  American. 

General  Summary, 

The  number  of  genera  represented  in  the  African  Kegion,  and  their 
range,  is  approximately  as  follows : — 


Peculiar  genera 

Restricted  to  tbe  African  Region,  but  ocourring  more  or  leaa 

generaUy  oyer  two  or  more  of  tboprovinoea 

Occurring  a)ao  in  tbe  Indian  Region 

Wlde-nuiging 

Wbole  number 


Eaatem 

Sontbem 

Weatem 

Province. 

Province. 

Province. 

12 

17 

18 

• 

39 

31 

• 

96 

30 

34 

24 

10 

10 

7 

91 

82 

75 

Indian  Region. — The  Indian  Begion  may  be  defined,  in  general  terms, 
as  consisting  of  Intertropical  Asia.    It  hence  embraces  Continental  India 


358  BULLETIN   UNITED   STATES   QEOLOGICAL   SURVEY. 

from  the  Lower  Indns  to  the  Formosa  Straits,  the  islands  of  the  Indian 
Archipelago,  as  well  as  Formosa,  the  Philippines,  Celebes,  and  all  of  the 
Sanda  Islands.  As  far  as  the  mammalia  are  concerned,  only  two  primary 
subdivisions,  or  provinces,  seem  to  be  recognizable,  the  one  a  l^orthem, 
or  Continental,  the  othef  a  Sonthern,  or  Insnlar  (^< Malayan").  The 
former,  or  Continental,  includes  nearly  all  of  the  Hindostan  and  Indo- 
Chinese  Peninsulas,  excepting  the  extreme  southern  border  of  the  latter 
and  Malacca.  These  areas  belong  to  the  Insular  Province,  which  com- 
prises not  only  Borneo,  Sumatra,  and  Java,  but  all  of  the  above-named 
smaller  islands  to  the  eastward,  except  Formosa,  which  pertains  to  the 
Continental  Province. 

The  long,  narrow  Malaccan  Peninsula  is  almost  insular  in  position  and 
character,  and  agrees  far  better,  climatologically,  and  in  its  productions, 
with  Borneo  and  Sumatra,  than  with  the  mainland  to  the  northward,  as 
does,  in  fact,  the  extreme  coast  border  of  the  mainland,  embracing  Lower 
Cochin  China,  Cambodia,  etc.  The  small  outlying  islands  to  the  east- 
ward have  nothing  in  common  with  the  Australian  Bealm  (if  we  exclude 
the  wide-ranging  CMroptera  and  a  few  marine  forms,  which  are,  of  all 
mammals,  of  least  importance  in  a  zoogeographical  point  of  view),  except 
the  single  Marsupial  genus  Cuscus  occurring  in  Timor  and  Celebes,  while 
no  placental  mammals  except  Susj  a  few  Murine  genera,  the  Dugong,  and 
Ch  iropteraj  reach  any  portion  of  the  Australian  Bealm.  Malacca,  Borneo, 
and  Sumatra  form  the  central  and  typical  portion  of  the  Insular  or  Malayan 
Province,  being,  from  their  larger  area  and  closer  proximity  to  each  other 
and  to  the  tropical  mainland,  far  richer  in  genera  and  species  than  the 
smaller  and  more  remote  islands  to  the  southward  and  eastward.  Even 
Java  has  a  less  varied  mammalian  fauna  than  either  Borneo  or  Sumatra, 
and  thus  differs  from  them  negatively  rather  than  by  the  possession  of 
peculiar  types.  Thence  eastward,  throughout  the  Sunda  Islands,  the 
differences  are  almost  wholly  such  as  result  from  the  small  size  and 
isolated  position  of  these  insular  areas,  through  a  gradual  disappearance 
of  many  types  present  in  the  larger  islands.  The  Philippines,  for  simi- 
lar reasons,  lack  a  large  proportion  of  the  genera  found  in  the  central 
portion  of  the  province,  while  those  they  do  possess,  with  few  excep- 
tions, are  such  as  are  common  to  the  larger  areas.  The  few  that  are 
peculiar  are  Indian,  rather  than  Australian,  in  their  affinities. 

Celebes  and  Timor  contain  one  strictly  Australian  genus  (Cu«cii«,  rep- 
resented by  several  species),  but  the  few  other  mammals  found  there 
are  either  Indian  or  possess  strictly  Indian  or  Indo- African  affinities. 
Hence  I  fail  to  see  any  good  reason  for  assigning  Celebes  and  all  the 
smaller  Sunda  Islands  to  the  Papuan  Province,  as  Mr.  Wallace  and  others 
have  done,  but  abundant  evidence  that  such  is  not  their  real  affinity. 
Even  Mr.  Wallace's  own  tables  of  distribution  show  at  a  glance  the  wide 
disassociation  of  these  islands  from  the  Papuan  fauna,  and  their  much 
nearer  relation  to  the  Indian,  there  being  but  one  typically  Australian 
or  Papuan  form  represented  in  any  of  them,  while  none  of  the  placental 


ALLEN   ON   GEOGRAPHICAL   DISTRIBUTION   OF   MAMMALS.    359 

land  mammals  (excepting  several  subtropicopolitan  genera  of  Bats  and 
a  few  Mariform  Bodents)  are  common  to  these  islands  and  the  Papuan- 
Aastralian  division.  The  genera  peculiar  to  the  Philippines  and  Cele- 
bes (except  Ctiscus  in  the  latter)  have  little  if  any  more  significance  than 
the  occurrence  in  Borneo  and  Sumatra  of  a  few'genera  wholly  restricted 
to  one  or  the  other  of  these  last-named  islands. 

*  Ceylon  and  the  adjoining  low-coast  portions  of  the  Hindostan  Penin- 
sula are  more  tropical  in  character  than  the  plateau  region  to  the  north- 
ward. While  a  few  genera  are  restricted  to  this  small  area,  and  many 
more  species  occur  here  that  are  not  found  to  the  northward,  the  differ- 
entiation seems  hardly  great  enough  to  warrant  the  separation  of  these 
areas  as. a  region  of  co-ordinate  rank  with  the  ''Malayan^.  It  hence 
seems  to  me  that  Mr.  Wallace  has  too  emphatically  recognized  this  com- 
paratively unimportant  difference  in  making  it  the  basis  of  a  distinct 
subregion  (termed  by  him  the  '^Ceylonese  Subregion").  The  only  mam- 
malian genera  peculiar  to  this  division  are  a  genus  of  Lemurs  {Loris)^ 
three  genera  (or  subgenera)  of  Herpestinw  (CalictiSj  TceniogalCj  Onycho- 
gale)^  and  a  genus  of  Mice  {Platacanthomys)^  each  represented  by  a 
single  species,  and,  so  far  as*known,  of  limited  distribution. 

Continental  Province, — As  already  intimated,  the  Continental  Prov- 
ince includes  nearly  all  of  Hindostan  and  IndoChina,  or  the  whole 
of  the  tropical  portion  of  the  Asiatic  continent  excepting  Malacca  and 
the  southern  portions  of  Tenasserim,  Siam,  Cambodia,  and  Cochin  China. 
It  also  extends  into  Southern  China  somewhat  beyond  the  tropic  (prob- 
ably to  the  divide  between  the  Li-kiang  and  Yang-tsekiang  Hi  vers), 
and  a1^  to  the  southern  slope  of  the  Himalayas.* 

The  plains  of  the  Upper  Indus  appear,  however,  to  belong  to  the 
Temperate  Begion  to  the  northward,  as  does  probably  most  of  the  coun- 
try northwest  of  Delhi.  The  greater  part  of  the  interior  of  the  Hin- 
dostan Peninsula  has  a  less  tropical  character  and  a  less  varied  fauna 
than  Bengal,  Assam,  and  Burmah,  situated  under  the  same  parallels.  I 
cannot  agree,  however,  with  Messrs.  Blyth,  Blandford,  and  von  Pelzeln,t 

***On  the  soathern  stope  of  the  Himalayas  there  is  everywhere,  until  it  has  been 
cleared,  luxariant  forest  up  to  at  least  12,000  feet  above  the  sea,  inhabited  by  a  fauna 
which  extends,  without  any  great  change  of  generic  forms,  throughout  the  Malay 
Peninsala  and  into  the  hill  tracts  of  some  at  least  of  the  Malay  Islands/' — Blandfori>, 
Proc.  Zo(fl.  Soc.  Land,,  1870,  p.  632. 

tMr.  Blyth  makes  ''Hindostiln  proper,  or  the  plains  of  Upper  India  east  and  south 
of  the  North  West  desert;  Dukhun,  or  tableland  of  the  Peninsula  of  India,  and  the  inter- 
veDing  territory,  inclusive  of  the  Vindhaiau  gh&ts ;  Coromandel  Coast  and  low  northern 
half  of  Ceylon"  a  subregion  of  his  '^ Ethiopian  Region"  (Nature,  vol.  iii,  p.  428). 
Mr.  Blandford  holds  that  the  ''  hills  of  Southern  India  with  the  Malabar  Coast  and 
Soathern  Ceylon  form  a  province  of  the  Malay  region,  whilst  the  greater  portion  of  the 
Indian  peninsula  is  African  in  its  affinities"  (Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  Loud.,  1870,  p.  632).  Von 
Pelzeln  considers  India  proper,  from  the  Lower  Brahmaputra  River  westward,  a  dis-^ 
tinct  primary  region,  which  he  calls  the  "  hindostauische  Region".  His  **  malayische 
Bei^ioD"  hence  consists  of  Warm-temperate  and  Tropical  Asia,  minus  the  Hindostan 
Peninsnla,  to  which  he  adds  the  Philippines,  Borneo,  Bali,  Java,  and  Sumatra.  It 
inclades  China  as  for  as  the  Yang-tse-kiang  River,  and  the  Himalayan  plateau  from 


360     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SUBVEY. 

that  the  larger  part  of  Hindostan  should  be  joined  to  the  African  Region 
rather  than  the  Indian,  since  only  a  very  few  African  genera  occnr  here 
that  do  not  also  range  far  to  the  eastward,  or  almost  thronghont  the 
Indian  Eegion.  According  to  von  Pelzeln,*  about  one-third  of  the  genera 
of  the  '^  hindostanischen  Fauna"  are  peculiar  to  it,  while  it  shares  almost 
another  third  with  Indo-China.  The  remaining  third  (fourteen  genera) 
are  common  to  the  African  Begion,  but  all  except  four  of  them  occur  also 
more  or  less  generally  over  the  Indian  Region.  Of  these,  two  (Hycma  and 
'^Katelus"  =  Mellivora)  scarcely  reach  the  limits  of  the  Indian  Begion 
as  here  defined.  Among  the  genera  given  by  him  as  peculiar  are,  how- 
ever, several  that  range  beyond  the  Indian  Peninsula. 

There  is  more  reason  for  Mr.  Wallace's  separation  of  the  HindQStan 
Peninsula  from  the  Indo-Chinese  portion  of  the  Indian  Begion,  and  its 
subdivision  into  two  ^^subregions" — a  northern  ^'  Hindostan  Subregion" 
and  a  southern  ^^Geylonese  Subregion".  As  already  shown,  the  latter 
has  a  number  of  peculiar  forms,  while  three  or  four  genera  are  also 
peculiar  to  the  Hindostan  Peninsula  at  large.  But  the  scale  of  division 
that  would  make  the  Hindostan  Peninsula  separable  into  two  subrogions 
would  also  require  a  somewhat  similar  subdivision  of  Indo-Ghina,  mak- 
ing four  divisions  of  what  I  here  term  the  Continental  Province.  While 
these  divisions  would  have  some  natural  basi^,  they  are  too  detailed  to 
come  into  the  category  of  divisions  for  which  I  adopt  the  term  ^^  prov- 
ince''. 

Continental  Province. — The  Continental  Province,  with  the  limitations 
here  assumed,  is  nearly  equivalent  to  Mr.  Wallace's  three  ^^subregions", 
termed  respectively  ^'Hindostan",  ^^Ceylonese",  and  ^'Indo-Chinese"* 
Of  about  ninety-four  genera  represented  in  it,  about  two-thirds  have  a 
pretty  general  range  throughout  the  province,  while  only  about  one- 
eighth  are  limited  to  the  Hindostanese  portion,  including  those  already 
named  as  almost  peculiar  to  Ceylon  and  the  low  coast  region  east  of  the 
Eastern  Gh&ts.  Excluding  about  a  dozen  that  range  over  at  least  half 
the  surface  of  the  globe,  one-third  of  the  remainder  (more*  than  one- 
fourth  of  the  whole)  are  common  to  the  African  Begion ;  more  than  one- 
half  (almost  one-half  of  the  whole)  are  restricted  to  the  Indian  Begion 
and  a  little  more  than  one-fifth  (about  one-eighth  of  all)  are  peculiar 
to  the  province.    This  shows,  as  already  noted  in  discussing  the  fisuina 

Burmab,  Assam,  and  Bengal  to  the  Kuenluen  Mountains,  thus  embracing  Nepal,  Batan, 
and  Thibet.  It  is  divided  into  five  subregions,  the  two  northemmoet  of  which  belong 
mainly  to  the  North  Temperate  Kealm.  (Festschrift  z.  Feier  des  fUnfandzwanzigjiib* 
rigen  Best^bens  d.  K.-K.  Zool.-Bot.  Gesells.  in  Wien,  187(5,  pp.  5^74  a.  Karte.)  The 
fauna  of  the  Thibetan  plateau,  as  claimed  by  Mr.  Blandford,  being  boreal  and  alpine, 
and  having  almost  nothing  in  common  with  the  tropical  region  to  the  soathward,  the 
artificial  charactor  of  von  Pelzeln's  ''  subregions ''  is  shown  by  bis  assoming  the  Yaog- 
tse-kiang  River  to  be  a  natural  boundary  between  two  primary  regions,  and  his  sepa* 
ration  of  Malacca  from  Sumatra  and  Borneo  to  form  a  part  of  his  ''  binter-indische 
Unterabtheilung^',  which  thus  consists  of  the  whole  of  the  Indo-Chinese  PeniDBaladown. 
to  the  very  southern  extremity  of  Malacca ! 
•  Verhandl.  d.  K.-K.  Zool.-Bot.  Gesells.  in  Wien,  xrv.  Bd.,  p.  57,  1875. 


ALLEN   ON   QEOGBAPHIOAL   DISTRIBUTION   OF  MAMMALS.     361 


of  the  Indo- African  Realm,  how  strong  an  affinity  exists  between  tiie 
African  and  Indian  Regions,  two-fifths  of  all  the  genera  of  the  Indian 
Region  which  have  an  extralimital  range  occnrring  also  in  the  African 
Region.  The  close  affinity  of  the  two  provinces  of  the  Indian  Region 
is  shown  by  the  fact  that  two-thirds  of  the  pecnliar  Indian  genera  found 
in  the  Northern  or  Continental  division  range  also  into  the  Sonthem  or 
Insnlar.  As  will  be  shown  later,  the  Insular  Province  is  the  more 
highly  specialized  of  the  two  divisions. 

Genera  of  the  ConUneiUdl  Provituse, 


Bestrioted  to  the  Indian  Beglon. 

Sestrioted  to  the  province. 

Occnrring  also  in  the  Insnlar  Provinoeu 

*Tetracerae. 

Hylobatea. 

Gymnopos. 

Tragnlna. 

■Loris. 

Porcnla. 

Semnopithecns. 

Heliotis. 

Bhinooeroa. 

•Urva. 

Eonycterie. 

Macaons. 

Mydans. 

Pteropns. 

'TBOiogele. 

Ccelope. 

Nyotioetma. 

Cnon. 

HaoroghMfoa. 

K}iaietU. 

Neeokia. 

Yiyerrioola. 

Biboa. 

Harpiocepbalna. 

HHiyobogale. 

Neodon. 

Arotitis. 

Boaa. 

Tnpaia. 

Helnmu. 

iPlatycanthomya. 

Prionodon. 

Bncerrns. 

Pteromys. 

Tngope. 

Pagnma. 

Ada. 

Spalaoopoa. 

•PortK. 

Pandoxoma. 

Cenmlna. 

Acaothiim. 

Of  vide  extxalimital  range. 

•    ■ 

■ 

Singing  into  the 

African  Begkm. 

Banging  into  the  Earopao-Asiatio 
Begion. 

Sabooamopolite. 

Yivam. 

^Minioptems. 

•Potorlna. 

*Sna. 

Felia. 

Herpettee. 

Taphoxons. 

'iElnros. 

'Bhinolophas. 

Canis. 

.    Aonyx. 

Bhinopoma. 

Arotonyx. 

•Brinaoeus. 

Volpes. 

!    Batelne. 

1 

^Nyotinomus. 

•Ursna. 

Talpa. 

Knatela. 

'    HAlioore. 

Crooidora. 

Boe. 

*Sorex. 

Lntra. 

Elephas. 

Rhisomys. 

Neniorhedus. 

*Soinroptems. 

Yeepertilio. 

Cynoptenie. 

GerbtUue. 

Capra. 

Veepemgo. 

;    Cynonycteris. 

Herionea. 

Gasella. 

• 

Scinrns. 

:     PhillorMna. 

1 

Aoanthomys. 

Procapra. 

Mus. 

4  ^Megaderma. 

Hystrix. 

■(Jervus. 

Lepus. 

'    Sootophilns. 

Athemra. 

Hydropotes. 

'    KeilToala. 

1 

Mania. 

Moschns. 

1 

'.    >Beetricted  to  Ceyl 

on  and  Southern  Hindostan.                       ^Also  tropics  of  America. 

•Reetricted  to  the  i 

Dorttaem  part.                                               *\vnole  northern  Iiemispbere. 

'Hindostan  genera 

lly.                                                                 •Also  AfHcan. 

Summary. 

Whole  number 94 

Beetrioted  to  the  Indian  Region 43 

Restricted  (almoet  wholly)  to  the  province  16 

Other  genera  ranging  over  most  of  the  Indian  Region  and  restricted  to  it  ......  27 

Common  to  the  African  Region 28 

Oommon  to  portions  of  the  Europseo-Asiatic  Region    34 

Banging  over  most  of  the  northern  hemisphere    17 

Nearly  oosmopolite  • 10 

Sestrioted  to  Soathem  Hindostan  and  Ceylon 5 

Bull.  iv.  No.  2 4 


S62  BULLETIN   UNITED   STATES   GEOLOGICAL   SUB\'EY. 

Insuiar  or  *^ Malayan^  Pt&frinee. — The  Dorthem  boandary  of  the 
losolar  Province  is  not  at  present  easily  determinable,  bat  it  is  qaite 
evident  that,  as  already  stated,  the  sootberu  maritime  portions  of 
Indo-Gbina  belong  here  rather  than  with  the  northern  division  of  the  In- 
dian Begion.  To  the  southward  and  eastward  it  embraces,  as  already 
explained,  the  Snnda  Islands,  the  Philippines,  and  Celebes.  Of  the 
eighty-three  genera  occorring  in  it,  twenty-five,  or  nearly  one  foorth,  are 
pecnliar,  while  twenty-seven  others  do  not  range  beyond  the  Indian 
Province.  Twenty  of  the  remainder  are  properly  Indo- African  genera, 
while  abont  a  dozen  others  have  a  wide  extralimital  range,  and  about 
the  same  number  have  a  very  local  range,  the  larger  islands  having 
each  one  or  two  peculiar  genera.  Aside  trom  several  tropicopolitan 
genera  of  Bats,  and  the  wide-ranging  genera  Bus  and  JftM,  only  one 
genus  is  properly  Australian,  and  this  is  a  straggler  that  merely  reaches 
Timor  and  Celebes.  As  would  be  expected,  the  larger  central  islands, 
together  with  Malacca  and  the  mainland  belt,  possess  the  richest  and 
most  varied  fauna,  the  smaller  outlying  islands  presenting  a  paucity  of 
types  proportionate  to  their  size  and  isolation. 

Timor,  considering  its  close  proximity  to  Australia,  is  remarkably 
free  from  Australian  forms,  presenting,  in  common  with  Celebes,  the 
single  Marsupial  genus  Cuscus.  The  distribution  of  the  genera  of  this 
province  is  roughly  indicated  in  the  subjoined  table.  Notwithstanding 
its  much  smaller  land-area,  and  the  fact  that  it  has  ten  less  genera  than 
the  Continental  Province,  it  has,  as  would  be  naturally  expected,  many 
more  peculiar  genera,*  the  ratio  of  peculiar  genera  in  the  one  being  as 
16  to  94,  and  in  the  other  as  25  to  83. 


*  Four,  however,  are  peoolisr  only  in  regmrd  to  the  IndisD  Bef^ion,  tbey  being  simply 
wide-nnging  tropical  forms  that  are  unrepresented  in  the  Continental  Province. 


ALLEN    ON   GEOQRAPHICAL   DISTRIBUTION   OF   MAMMALS      363 


Genera  of  Uie  Insular  Province. 


Restricted  to  the  Indian  Begion. 

Restricted  to  the  province. 

Ranging  over  mnch  of  the  Continental 
Province. 

Simia.* 

•  Megnrops. 

Hylobates.            |    Rasa. 

SimiADga. 

•Harpyia. 

Semnopithecns. 

Racervus. 

iKaaslis. 

«PhyIloUs. 

Macacns. 

Axis. 

'Cynopithecus. 

Chiromeles. 

Nycticebns. 

Cervolus. 

Taraias. 

•Emballonnra. 

Viverricnla. 

Tragulas. 

Hemigalea. 

Hylomys. 

Arctitia. 

Rhinoceros. 

Arctogale. 

'Ptilocems. 

Prionodon. 

•Pteropns. 

>Cynogale. 

Gymnnra. 

Pagnma. 

•Macroglossus. 

■Barangia. 

^Phlsomys. 

Paradoxnms. 

•  Harpiooephalas. 

Helarotos. 

Rhinoscinras. 

Gymnopns. 

Tapaia. 

•Anoa. 

•Coscas. 

Heliotis. 

Pteromys. 

'BaUnisa. 

Mydans. 

Spalacopos. 

*Tapini8. 

Coon. 

Acanthion. 

Oaleopithecas. 

Bibos. 

Ranfj^g  into  Africa  and  elsewhere. 

African. 

Wide-ranging. 

Viverra. 

'Nycteris. 

Felis. 

Herpestes. 

•Sootophilns. 

Canis. 

Aonyx. 

•Kerivonla. 

Mnstela. 

Bubalns. 

•Minioptems. 

Lntra. 

Sos. 

•Taphosons. 

Rhinolophns. 

Elephas. 

•Nyctinomne.* 

YespertHio. 

Halioore. 

Crooldnra. 

Yespemgo. 

'Cynopteros. 

Riiixomys. 

Sorez. 

■  Cynonycteria. 

Ifanis. 

Mas. 

•Phyllorhina. 

Scinras. 

Hegaderma. 

J 

Scioroptems. 

'  Bofneo  only. 

•  Sumatra  only. 

'Borneo  and  Sami 

Mja.                             'Java  only. 

•  Philippines  and  Celebes.                        •Tropics  of   the  Old  World  gen- 

<  Philippines  only. 

eraUy. 

•Celebes;  Ousetu  also  in  Timor  and       •  Also  American  tropics.                      | 

the  Papuan  reg 

ion. 

Summary. 

Total  number  of  genera 83 

Bestricted  to  the  province* 25 

Bettricted  to  the  Indian  Begion 52 

Found  oatside  of  the  Indian  Region  in  the  African  only 20 

Common  to  the  African  and  Indian  Regions 29 

Wide-ranging  (exolnsive  of  troplcopolitan) 12 

Of  local  dietribution 12 

Restricted  to  Borneo 2 

Restricted  to  Borneo  and  Sumatra 1 

*  Excdosive  of  several  troplcopolitan  genera  not  occurring  elsewhere  in  the  Indian 
Region. 


364     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

KeBtricted  to  Sumatra 2 

Restricted  to  Java I 

Restricted  to  the  PbilippiDes 2 

Restricted  to  the  Pffilippine«  and  Celebes 1 

iJccnrrinf;  only  in  Celebes 2 

Xoij -placental  genera 1 

YI. — AUSTRALIAN   REALM. 

The  Australian  Realm  will  be  here  restricted  so  as  to  embrace  none 
of  the  islands  situated  to  the  westward  of  the  Moluccas.  The  Molucca 
Group  forms  a  transitional  link  between  the  Indo- African  and  the  Aus- 
tralian Bealm,  but  they  are  faunallj  more  closely  allied  to  the  latter  than 
to  the  former.  These  islands  embrace,  excluding  Chiroptera  and  species 
probably  or  known  to  have  been  introduced  by  man,*  only  a  single 
genus  {Sorex)  of  Placental  Mammals,  while  two  genera  of  Papuan  Mar- 
supials (CuscuM  and  Belideus)  are  abundantly  represented. 

The  Australian  Bealm,  considered  as  a  whole,  is  made  up  of  very 
heterogeneous  elements,  its  land-surface  consisting  of  islands,  many  of 
them  of  small  size  and  widely  scattered.  The  mammals  are  almost 
wholly  limited  to  its  three  larger  constituents, — Australia,  Tasmania,  and 
New  Guinea, — and  a  few  of  the  larger  islands  in  close  proximity  to  them. 
Among  the  prominent  types  very  generally  represented  throughout  all 
of  these  areas  are  several  wide-ranging  (almost  tropicopolitan)  genera 
of  Bats,  which,  in  consequence  of  their  wide  geographical  range,  wholly 
fail  to  be  distinctive,  and  may  hence  be  safely  ignored  in  the  following 
general  analysis  of  the  region.  The  marine  species  (the  Dugong  and 
various  species  of  Seals)  are  likewise  of  small  importance  in  the  present 
connection,  since  they  are  all  wide-ranging  species,  not  properly  charac- 
teristic of  the  region.  After  these  eliminations,  we  have  left  a  few 
genera  of  Muridw  and  the  distinctively  characteristic  implacental  mam- 
malia. The  latter,  with  the  exception  of  a  single  family  {Didelphida:, 
occurring  now  only  in  the  warmer  parts  of  the  two  Americas),  are  found 
nowhere  else,  and  hence  give  to  the  region  an  exceptional  distinctness 
as  a  primary  zoogeographical  region.  The  numerous  groups  of  small, 
widely  scattered  islands,  usually  considered  as  collectively  forming  the 
Polynesian  Itegiou,  being  destitute  of  mammalia,  need  not  be  here  fur- 
ther considered. 

New  Zealand,  situated  more  than  a  thousand  miles  to  the  southeast- 
ward of  Australia  (its  nearest  large  land-area),  is  also  wholly  deficient 
in  characteristic  forms  of  mammalia ;  the  only  representatives  of  this 
class,  aside  from  Seals  and  Bats,  being  a  Rodent,  supposed,  rather  than 
certainly  known,  to  be  found  there.  The  Seals  are  wide-ranging  spedes, 
and  of  the  two  species  of  Bats,  one  has  Australian  and  the  other  South 

*  These  include,  besides  the  common  domestic  species,  Cjfnopiikeau  nigretom^  Hvem 
tangalungat  Babirusa  alfuruSf  and  Cercus  hippdaphus  var.  moluccensis,  considered  by  Mr. 
Wallace  as  *^  probably"  or  '^almost  certainly"  introdaced  by  man,  since  they  are  spe- 
cies '' habitually  domesticated  and  kept  in  confinement  by  the  Malays". — Chogr.  JHaU 
Anim.f  vol.  i,  p.  417. 


ALLEN   ON   GEOGRAPHICAL    DISTRIBUTION   OP   MAMMALS.     365 

American  affinities.  Jadged  b^*  other  classes  of  animals,  the  fanna  of 
New  Zealand  is  Australian  (or  Anstralian  and  Polynesian),  but  is  yet  so 
specialized  that  the  New  Zealand  islands  must  be  recognized  as  forming 
a  distinct  and  highly  differentiated  region  (New  Zealand  Region)  of  the 
Australian  Realm. 

As  regards  mammalia  (and  the  same  is  true  of  the  fauna  and  flora 
considered  collectively),  Tasmania,  Australia,  and  New  Guinea  have 
many  features  in  common,  fully  one-half  of  the  genera  (seven  out  of 
fourteen)  of  mamtnals  occurring  in  Tasmania  being  represented  not  only 
throughout  the  greater  part  of  Australia,  but  also  in  New  Ouinea. 

Tasmania  and  New  Ouinea  are  less  rich  in  mammalia  than  Australia, 
but  this  is  obviously  due  to  their  insular  character  and  small  area.  Tas- 
mania is  scarcely  more  closely  related  to  Southern  Australia  than  New 
Ouiuea  is  to  Northern  Australia.  Formerly,  New  Guinea  was  thought 
to  be  very  distinct  from  Australia,  but  the  recent  exploration  of  the 
interior  of  New  Ouinea  by  MM.  Beccari,  d'Albertis,  and  Laglaize,  has 
brought  to  light  the  existence  there  of  many  forms  before  supposed  to  be 
lestricted  to  Australia  and  Tasmania.  M.  Alphonse  Milne-Edwards, 
in  a  recent  communication  to  the  French  Academy  respecting  some  new 
species  of  mammalia  discovered  in  New  Guinea  by  M.  Laglaize,  in  refer- 
ring to  the  close  relationship  existing  between  the  faunae  of  New  Guinea 
and  Australia,  thus  observes : — ^'  Plus  on  6tudie  la  faune  de  la  Nou  voile- 
Quince,  plus  on  lui  trouvo  de  ressemblauce  avec  celle  de  I'Australie,  et  les 
indications  fournies  par  la  repartition  des  espies  animates  permet  d'affir- 
mer  qu'autrefois  ces  terres  ne  formaient  qu'un  seul  grand  continent. 
D6j^  les  r6sultat«  des  voyages  de  circumnavigation  entrepris  dans  la 
premiere  moiti^  de  ce  si^cle  .  .  .  avaient  permis  de  soup^onner 
cette  conformity  d'origine^  maisellea6t6  principalement  miseen  lumi^re 
^  la  suite  des  explorations  de  M.  Wallace,  de  M.  Beccari  et  de  M.  d'AI- 
bertis.  Enfin  les  collections  qui  M.  Laglaize  a  form^es  dans  ces  regions, 
ainsi  que  celles  qui  lui  ont  6t6  remises  par  M.  Bruijn  et  qui  viennent  d'ar- 
river  en  France,  fouruissent  des  faits  nouveaux  qui  accentuent  encore 
les  ressemblances  entrevues.''* 

Formerly  the  Monotremes  were  supposed  to  be  restricted  to  the  south- 
ern half  of  Australia  and  Tasmania,  but  within  the  last  two  or  three 
years  the  existence  of  Tachyglossus  in  North  Australia  (latitude  21^)  has 
been  established,  and  an  allied  species  has  been  discovered  in  the  mount- 
ains of  New  Guinea.  M.  A.  Milne-Edwards  has  also  just  described  a 
species  of  Dromicia  from  New  Guinea,  and  also  a  species  of  HapalotiHy 
and  Dr.  Peters  has  recently  added  species  of  Phatangistu,  Chcetocercusy 
and  HydromySy  making  six  genera  recently  discovered  in  New  Guinea 
that  were  previously  known  only  from  Australia  and  Tasmania. 

So  far  as  at  present  known,  only  three  or  four  genera  ( Ummysj  Den- 
drolagiAS^  DorcopiSy  and  Mycectis)  of  mammals  are  ]ieculiar  to  New  Guin<»a 
and  the  small  islands  situated  between  New  Guinea  and  Australia,  and 

•Corapte- rendu,  torn.  Ixxxv,  1079,  dec.  3,  l?^77. 


366     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

• 

probably  some  of  these  will  yet  be  foaud  in  Aastralia.  Ooe  of  these 
{MycBCtis)  has  been  thas  far  reported  only  from  the  Ara  Islands.  As 
Tasmania  has  two  peculiar  genera  {Thylacintts  and  8arcaphUu8)j  New 
Guinea,  in  view  of  its  four  or  five  times  greater  area,  is  in  reality 
scarcely  more  specialized  than  is  Tasmania,  and  is  hence  faunally  as 
much  a  pa^rt  of  Australia  as  is  the  latter.  As  will  be  shown  later, 
nearly  as  many  of  the  genera  occurring  in  Southern  Australia  have 
been  found  in  New  Guinea  as  in  Tasmania.  Scarcely  two  years  ago  Mr* 
Wallace  stated  that  *'  as  yet  no  other  [referring  to  the  genus  Bus]  non- 
marsupial  terrestrial  mammal  has  been  discovered  [in  '^  Papua,  or  the 
New  Guinea  Group "]  except  a  Bat,  described  by  Dr.  Gray  as  Uramy» 
€truemi8j  but  about  the  locality  of  which  there  seems  some  doubt."^ 
This  genus  has  not  only  now  been  established  as  occurring  there,  but 
four  additional  species  of  it  have  been  described  by  Dr.  Peters,  who 
has  also  added  a  species  of  Hydromys^  and  Mr.  Alston  has  added  a 
species  of  Mwi  and  M.  A.  Milne-Edwards  a  species  of  HapalotiSj  in  all 
seven  species,  belonging  either  to  Australian  genera  or  having  decided 
Australian  affinities. 

Regions  of  the  Australian  Bealm. — Accepting  the  Polynesian  Islands 
as  forming  one  region  (the  Polynesian),  and  New  Zealand  as  consti- 
tuting another  (the  New  Zealand),  we  have  left  for  detailed  considera- 
tion onl}^  the  larger  land-masses,  consisting  of  Tasmania,  Australia,  and 
New  Guinea  with  its  associated  islands,  forming  the  third  or  Australian. 
The  close  zoological  affinity  of  Tasmania  and  Australia  no  one  ques- 
tions, and  it  has  been  already  shown  that  New  Guinea  and  Australia 
are  almost  equally  inseparable.  Although  many  genera  range  from 
Tasmania  across  Australia  into  New  Guinea,  this  large  area,  embra- 
cing as  it  does  nearly  fifty  degrees  of  latitude,  falls  naturally  into  two 
well-marked  subdivisions,  the  one  tro[>ical  the  other  temperate.f    These 

*  Geogr.  Dintr.  Anim.,  vol.  i,  pp.  409,  410. 

tin  1871,  in  TefeTTinf^  to  the  Australian  Realm  (Ball.  Mob.  Comp.  ZooL,voL  ii,p. 
381),  I  said : — **  It  is  divisible  into  a  Temperate  and  a  Tropical  Region,  the  former  em- 
bracing ^w  Zealand  and  Australia.^'  The  latter  portion  of  this  statement  was  of 
coarse  made  without  due  consideration.  As  already  stated,  New  Zealand  has  no  inti- 
mate relationship  with  Australia,  and  should  be  treated  as  a  separate  and  independent 
region  of  the  Australian  Realm.  Mr.  Wallace,  in  stating  bis  **  Objections  to  the  Sys- 
tem of  Circumpolar  Zones  '*  (Geogr.  t)istr.  Anim.,  vol.  i,  p.  67),  has  very  naturally  taken 
notice  of  thfs  unfortunate)  slip,  and  cites  it  as  evidence  of  the  ^'erroneous  results" 
that  follow  from  the  adoption  of  the  principle  of  the  '*  distribution  of  life  in  circum- 
polar zones '\  My  ''  separation  of  New  Zealand  to  unite  it  with  the  southern  third  of 
Australia  "  was  certainly  most  thorouf^hly  erroneous ;  but  while,  as  Mr.  Wallaoe  says, 
the  fauna  of  Australia,  taken  as  a  whole,  is  exceptionally  homogeneous,  I  cannot  agree 
with  him  that  New  Guinea,  so  far  at  least  as  its  mammalian  fauna  is  concerned,  is  ''as 
sharply  differentiated  from  Australia  as  any  adjacent  parts  of  the  same  primary  zoologi- 
cal region  can  possibly  be^' — in  other  words,  that  it  can  bo  only  arbitrarily  joined  with 
the  northern  portion  of  Australia.  I  freely  admit  that  I  was  not  only  in  error  as  re- 
gards New  Zealand,  but  also  in  respect  to  my  division  of  the  Australian  continent,  and 
I  accept  this  portion  of  Mr.  Wallace's  criticism  as  fairly  made.  That  the  error  was 
not  one  of  "principle",  but  merely  a  wrong  applicition  of  a  principle,  I  think  the  text 


ALLEN   ON   GEOGRAPHICAL   DISTRIBUTION   OF   MAMMALS.    367 

• 

I  ooDsider,  so  closely  are  they  related,  rather  as  provinces  than  regions, 
and  may  be  termed  respectively  the  Papuan  Province  and  the  Australian 
Pro\ince.  The  former  is  sitnated  almost  wholly  between  the  equator  and 
the  twentieth  degree  of  south  latitude.  The  latter  embraces  that  portion 
of  Australia  south  of  this  line,  together  with  Tasmania.  The  boundary 
between  the  two  regions  can  of  course  be  drawn  only  approximately, 
but  may  be  provisionally  assumed  as  the  vicinity  of  the  isotherm  of 
TCP  F.*  The  reason  for  uniting  the  northern  portion  of  Australia 
with  New  Guinea  as  a  part  of  the  Papuan  Province  lies  in  the  fact  that 
not  only  so  many  of  the  mammalian  genera  are  common  to  the  two,  but 
that  these  genera  are  absent  from  the  more  sonth^m  portions  of  Aus- 
tralia, where  they  are  replaced  by  others  wholly  restricted  to  South 
Australia  and  Tasmania.  Three-fourths  of  all  the  genera  of  Marsupials 
(excluding,  of  course,  the  American  family  Dtdelphidce)  are,  so  far  as  at 
present  known,  restricted  to  the  Australian  Province, as  are  several  gen- 
era of  MuridcB  and  the  Ornithorhynchus.  Of  the  remaining  Marsupial 
genera,  six  only  are  limited  to  the  Papuan  Province. 

The  Papuan  Province. — ^The  Papuan  Province  embraces  not  only  New 
Guinea,  bat  the  Molucca  and  Aru  Islands  on  the  west  and  the  Solomon 

here  following  sufficiently  sbowti.  The  principle  I  still  hold  as  applying  to  Australia 
with  the  same  force  as  elsewhere,  only  I  make  the  division  more  to  the  northward,  aa 
a  little  more  care  would  have  led  me  to  do  originally.  The  York  Peninsula,  and  most 
probably  the  whole  northern  coast  region  north  of  20^  S.  lat.  (except  the  high  arid 
interior),  has  certainly  closer  affinities,  as  regards  roammalsi  with  New  Guinea  than  it 
bas  with  any  portion  of  South  Australia.  Of  the  strictly  Papuan  genera,  only  two  out 
of  nine  are  restricted  to  New  Guinea,  the  rest  being  common  to  both  North  Australia 
and  Papua.  Of  the  other  North  Australian  genera,  about  one-half  occur  generally 
throughout  the  continent,  but  the  remainder  are  essentially  South  Australian,  rep- 
resented by  only  stragglers  in  Northern  Australia.  On  the  other  hand,  more  than  twenty 
genera  occurring  in  Southern  Australia  and  Tasmania,  are  wholly  unrepresented  in  the 
portion  of  Australia  I  here  assign  to  the  Papuan  Region.  In  other  words,  we  get  the 
same  wide  faunal  differences  between  the  tropical  and  temperate  portions  of  the 
Australian  Etealm  that  we  get  elsewhere  under  similar  climatic  conditions. 

In  the  same  connection,  Mr.  Wallace  cites  my  separation  of  Temperate  South  Africa 
«a  a  primary  region  as  another  instance  of  the  misleading  nature  of  the  principle  of 
the  distribution  of  life  in  zones.  This  I  have  also  seen  fit  to  abandon  (see  anted^  p.  '.^'>1 ) 
on  a  detailed  re-examination  of  the  subject,  not  because  the  principle  is  erroneous,  but 
in  consequence  of  certain  peculiar  geographical  conditions,  namely,  the  comparatively 
small  area  subject  to  a  temperate  climate  and  to  itslinuted  extension  into  the  temperate 
region.  It  is,  in  fact,  wholly  within  the  warm-temperate  belt,  and  widens  rapidly  north- 
ward to  abut  very  broadly  against  the  tropical  zone.  Only  a  very  small  portion  really 
e<»mee  under  the  influence  of  temperate  conditions.  Here  we  get,  as  usual,  a  temperate 
aspect  in  the  fauna,  and  I  stiU  maintain  my  separation  of  South  Africa  as  a  faunal  divi- 
sion, simply  lowering  its  grade  from  a  primary  region  to  a  '^  province ''of  the  great  Indo- 
African  Realm,  simply  from  the  fact  that  the  smallness  of  its  area  and  warm-temperate, 
rather  than  temperate,  conditions  have  prevented,  as  would  be  naturally  expected,  any 
great  amount  of  differentiation. 

*  Mr.  £.  Blyth,  in  a  paper  (Nature,  vol.  iii,  p.  428,  issue  of  March  30,  lt571)  published 
almost  simultaneously  with  my  own  cited  in  the  last  foot-note,  included  a  portion  of 
Northern  Australia  in  his  ^*  Papuan  Sub-region  ^^  namely,  ^*  York  Peninsula  and  eastern 
half  of  Queensland  (as  far  as  the  dividing  range),  on  the  main  land  of  Anst:alia". 


368 


BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 


Group  on  the  east,  as  well  as  the  most  northerly  portion  of  Anstralis^ 
iDcInding  the  York  Peninsnlai  and  probably  the  whole  northern  coast 
region,  or  that  portion  of  Anstralia  north  of  the  Southern  Tropic,  except 
the  elevated  arid  interior.  Of  the  twenty-seven  genera  (exclasive  of 
Chiroptera  and  marine  species)  represented  in  the  Papuan  Province,  ten 
are  not  found  elsewhere  in  the  Anstralian  Realm.  Three  of  thene  (Su$j 
Sorexj  found  only  in  the  Molnccas,  and  Mus)  have  a  wide  Indo- African 
range ;  four  ( UromySj  DendroloffuSj  Dorcapsis,  and  Mytectis)  are  found 
onl3'  in  New  Guinea  and  the  Arn  Islands ;  and  one  {Dactylospila)  in  the 
Am  Islands  and  the  York  Peninsula. 

The  seventeen  remaining  genera  belong  more  properly  to  the  Aus- 
tralian Province,  or  perhaps  to  Anstralia  at  large.  Many  of  them,  while 
numerous  in  species,  have  here  (like  HalmaturuSj  AntechinuSy  Podabmsj 
Mu8j  Hapalotiij  etc)  only  straggling  representatives,  but  are  numeroosly 
represented  in  the  temperate  region  to  the  southward.  The  distribution 
of  the  genera  is  approximately  indicated  in  the  subjoined  table. 


Gtmera  of  the  Papuan  Province. 

fKoTE.— The  New  Gninee  repreeentatf vee  of  the  genera  HapaloHs,  PhaUutgista,  and  Taekffgtoutu  bare 
recently  hem  ■eparated  flpom  their  Anittalian  affinee  a«  distinct  aal^nwa. 
ported  trom  Boora^  bat  a«  probably  introdoced  frmn  Celebee.] 


Bairinum  is  also  re- 


Ilestrioted  to  New 

Reetricted  to  New 

Gofnea    and 
neighboring 
islanda. 

Guinea      and 
North  Anatralia. 

AIbo  ranging  over  most  of  the  Anitralian  Region. 

Saa.> 

Acanthomys. ' 

•Hna. 

Halmatnms.* 

1     Petrogaleu 

Sorez.' 

Phaeoogale. 

*Hapalotis.* 

*Peramelee.* 

•  Phalangiita.* 

Uromyi. 

Cnacoa.^ 

*  Hydromya.* 

Maoropns.* 

'  *Belideaa« 

Dendrolagna. 

Dactylopsila.  • 

Dasyoma.* 

Osphranter. 

j  *I>romioia.* 

Dorcopeia 

*Anteehinaa.* 

Onychogalea. 

;   *Tachjgloeeaa. 

HycDCtis. 

1 

^Chetocercoa 

Largorcheetes. 

1 

'  New  Guinea  only. 
'  Moluccan  only. 

*  North  Australia  only. 

*  AIbo  Celebes,  Timor,  and  Moluccas. 


*Aru  Islands,  New  Guinea  (P«(^«),and  York 
Peninsula  (Krefl). 

*  Mainly  large  South  Australian  genera,  dar- 
ingly represented  in  North  Australia  and 
New  Gumea. 


*  Occurring  in  New  Guinea. 


Summary. 

Total  namber  of  genera :..  *i7 

Kestricted  to  the  region  (including,  however,  two  Indo- African  genera) 10 

Represented  in  New  Gninea Id 

Ranging  also  over  the  Australian  Region 16 

Restricted  to  New  Guinea  and  neighboring  islands  (exclusive  of  two  Indo-Afrioan 

genera) 4 

Common  to  only  New  Guinea  and  North  Australia 4 

Genera  properly  belonging  to  the  Australian  Region,  but  sparingly  represented  in 

the  Papuan  Region 10 

Distinctively  characteristic  of  the  Papuan  Region,  about 15 

Australian  Province. — The  Australian  Province,  embraciug  Tasmauia 
and  all  of  Australia  south  of  about  the  southern  isotherm  of  70^  F.^ 


ALLEN   ON   GEOGRAPHICAL   DISTRIBUTION   OF   MABiMALS.    369 

0ODtaiD8  not  less  than  fifteen  to  eighteen  genera,  oat  of  a  total  num- 
ber of  thirty-four  that  are  restricted  to  this  region,  while  of  the  re- 
mainder much  more  than  one-half  have  their  chief  development  here* 
One-third  of  the  whole  are  represented  in  Tasmania,  and  nearly  one- 
fourth  range  into  New  Guinea.  Two  only  are  peculiar  to  Tasmania.  The 
distribution  of  the  genera  is  shown  somewhat  in  detail  in  the  subjoined 
table. 

In  this  connection  it  may  be  added  that  the  close  af^nity  of  the  Pap- 
nan  fauna  with  that  of  Australia  is  sufficiently  evinced  by  the  fact  that 
of  the  thirty-four  genera  represented  in  South  Australia  nine  range  into 
New  Guinea — nearly  as  many  as  occur  in  Tasmania  I 

Genera  of  the  Au9tralian  Province, 


Restricted  to  Temperate  Australia  and  Tae- 

mania. 

Oooarring  alao  in  tbe  Papuan  Region. 

Paendomys. 

iEpyprymnoa. 

*Maa. 

'Halmaturua.' 

Eohiothrix. 

Bettongia.' 

*Hapalotia.> 

Petrogale. 

*Anteobina8.' 

Hypaiprynmna.' 

•Hydromys.* 

Onyobogale. 

Antechinomya. 

Phalaacolarctoe. 

*CbaBtocerca8. 

Largoroheetea. 

Saroophilna.^ 

Petaoriata. 

•Daeynmn.* 

**Pbalangiata.* 

Thalaoiniia.' 

Acrobata. 

*speramele8.' 

*sDroniicia* 

Podabma. 

Taraipea. 

'Macropoa.' 

*BeUdena.* 

Mynnecobias. 

Phascolomya.' 

Oephranter. 

*TacbyglofMn«i.> 

Cheropoa. 

Omithorbynohun.' 

'Beatricted  to  Tasmaniik    *Kepreeent«d  in  Taan 

♦Oocorring  ii 

aania.    >  Mainly  reatriotc 
I  New  Guinea. 

1 

>d  to  the  Papuan  Region.  1 

i 
1 

4 

Summary. 

Total  namber  of  geDera 34 

Restricted  to  the  Aastralian  Region 18 

Occarring  also  in  the  Papaau  Region 16 

Represented  in  Tasmania 12 

Represented  in  New  Guinea 10 

Restricted  to  Tasmania 2 


yil. — ^LEMURIAN   REALM. 

As  was  long  since  claimed  by  Dr.  Sclater,*  Madagascar  is  faaually 
so  distinct  from  every  other  ontological  division  of  the  globe  as  to  be 
entitled  to  the  rank  of  a  primary  zoogeographical  region.  With  it,  as 
is  generally  admitted,  should  be  associated  the  Mascarene  Islands. 
The  very  few  mammals  indigenoas  to  these  islands  are  decidedly  Ma- 
dagascarene  in  their  affinities,  as  are  the  birds  and  other  land  animals. 
While  the  Lemorian  fauna  shows  decided  African  affinities,  it  is  second 
only  to  the  Australian  in  its  degree  of  specialization.  It  departs 
most  strikingly  from  all  other  regions  in  what  it  lacks,  through 
the  absence  of  all  Garni vores  save  one  peculiar  family  (CryptoprocHdcB)^ 

"^  •  Quarterly  Joorn.  Sci.,  vol.  i,  April,  1864,  pp.  213-219. 


370     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

represented  by  a  single  species,  and  four  pecaliar  genera  of  the  family 
Viverridw;  of  all  Ruminants  and  Proboscidians;  all  Pachyderms  ex- 
cept a  single  African  genus  of  Suidce;  and  all  Bodents  except  a  few 
species  of  Muridw,  The  Insectivores  are  almost  wholly  represented  by 
one  or  two  species  of  Crociduraj  and  a  family,  embracing  several  genera, 
not  found  elsewhere,  save  a  single  genus  in  the  West  Indies.  Four 
families  of  Bats  occur,  but  are  represented,  with  one  exception,  each  by 
a  single  species.  They  belong  to  groups  of  semi-cosmopolitan  range, 
and  owing  also  to  the  exceptional  means  of  dispersal  possessed  by 
the  Chirnpteraj  have  little  weight  in  determining  the  affinities  of  the 
fauna.  The  Quadrumanes  are  represented  only  by  the  ProsimuCj  of 
which  three-fourths  of  all  the  species  occur  here,  while  about  four-iillhs 
of  the  remainder  are  African.  The  remains  of  an  extinct  species  of 
Hippopotamus  have  been  found,  a  type  existing  at  present  only  in  Africa. 
Although  the  Indian  genus  Viverricula  has  recently  been  established  as 
occurring  in  Madagascar,  the  few  types  that  connect  the  Lemurian 
mammalian  fauna  with  the  faunse  of  other  parts  of  the  world  are  pre- 
I>onderatingly  African. 

With  the  exception  of  the  Bats,  which,  for  reasons  already  given,  are 
scarcely  entitled  to  consideration  in  the  present  connection,  the  mam- 
malia of  ^^Lemuria"  are,  generally  speaking,  the  lowest  existing  repre- 
sentatives of  their  respective  orders.  The  most  prominent  type,  em- 
bracing, in  fact,  about  three-fifths  of  all  the  siHfcies  (excluding  the  half 
dozen  species  of  Ohiroptera)^  belong  to  the  ProsimicBj  the  lowest  of  the 
Quadrumanes,  which  in  early  Tertiary  times  had  representatives  over 
a  large  part  of  the  northern  hemisphere,  and  perhaps  had  at  that  time 
a  nearly  cosmopolitan  distribution.  The  Carnivores  are  likewise  allied 
to  early  types  of  the  ViverridcBj  which  formerly  had  a  much  wider  range 
than  at  present;  and  the  Insectivores  are  also  of  low  forms,  and  allied 
to  early  types.  These  facts  seem,  at  first  sight,  to  lend  support  to  the 
hypothesis,  first  advanced  by  Dr.  Sclater,  that  Madagascar  and  the  Mas- 
carene  Islands  are  but  remnants  of  a  former  extensive  land-area  that 
possibly  had  connection  with  America  as  well  as  India,  and  embraced 
portions  of  Africa.  The  supposed  former  relationship  with  America  is 
iudicated  perhaps  not  so  much  by  the  presence  of  Solenodon  in  the  West 
Indies,  and  of  American  forms  of  Serpents,  Lkards,  and  Insects  in  Ma- 
dagascar, as  by  the  abundant  occurrence  of  Lemuroid  remains  in  the 
North  American  Eocene.  Since,  however,  these  early  Lemuroid  forms 
appear  not  to  have  been  true  Lemurs,  but  a  more  generalized  type,  having 
affinities  also  with  the  Carnivores  and  Insectivores,  and  since  they  occur- 
red also  in  Europe,  and  probably  in  Asia  (for  recent  palseontological  dis- 
coveries in  our  American  Tertiaries  show  that  much  may  be  expected 
from  future  explorations  elsewhere),  it  is  possible  that  the  explanation 
of  the  present  distribution  of  the  Prosimioe  needs  not  the  supposition  of 
the  existence  of  any  very  extensive  land-area  that  has  since  disappeared: 
in  other  words,  that  the  African  and  Madagascarene  LeinMrida  may 


▲LLBN    ON   GEOGRAPHICAL    DISTRIBUTION   OF   MAMMALS.    371 

have  reached  their  preseDt  homes  by  migration  from  the  northward 
(leaving  a  remnant  in  India),  at  a  time  when  North  America  and  Asia 
formed  a  continuous  land-area,  just  as  there  is  good  reason  for  believing 
that  the  greater  part  of  the  present  faun»  of  India,  Southern  Europe, 
and  Africa  are  a  comparatively  recent  immigration  from  the  northward; 
that  Madagascar  derived,  at  a  comparatively  early  period,  its  existing 
fauna  from  Africa,  as  Mr.  Wallace  believes  to  have  been  the  fact;  and, 
finally,  that  at  a  time  antedating  the  appearance  of  the  present  African 
fauna,  Madagascar  was  actually  united  to  the  African  continent.* 
America  is  now  not  only  currently  considered  to  be  the  ''Old  World" 
geologically,  but  it  seems  probable,  as  has  recently  been  suggested,! 
that  the  Equine,  Tapiroid,  Bhinoceroid,  Cameloid,  Suilline,  and  Cervine 
forms,  the  ProsimicBj  and  possibly  the  Proboscidians,  Marsupials,  and 
Edentates,  were  either  first  developed  in  America,  or  had  their  origin 
there  in  early  generalized  forms,  and  have  since  spread  to  the  more 
recently  formed  continents  of  the  eastern  hemisphere.  Many  of  them, 
as  well  as  other  early,  generalized  types,  are  known  to  have  had  a  nearly 
coutemporaneons  existence  during  the  early  part  of  the  Tertiary  period 
both  in  America  and  Europe.  This  certainly  lends  probability  to  Mr. 
Wallace's  hypothesis  respecting  the  origin  of  the  present  Lemurian 
fauna. 

The  families  and  genera  represented  in  ''  Lemuria",  their  launal  alli- 
ances, and  areas  of  chief  distribution,  are  as  follows: — 

Lemuridje. — Chiefly  developed  in  Madagascar,  but  occarringin  Tropical  Africa,  Sooth- 
em  India,  and  the  Malay  Archipelago.  Represented  by  about  twelve 
genera  and  abont  fifty  species,  three-fifths  of  which  are  peooliar  to  Mada- 
gascar, and  three-fourths  of  the  remainder  to  Africa.  Genera : — IndriSf 
PropithecM,  Lemur,  Hapalemwr,  Microcebus,  Lepilemur,  Ckirogaleut. 

DAUBKNTONUDiB. — Peculiar  to  Madagascar  and  represented  by  a  single  species — Dau- 
bentonia  (=Chiromy8)  madagascarietms. 

Crtptoproctid^. — One  species  {Cryptoproctaferox),  found  only  in  Madagascar. 

TiVERRiD^. — Warmer  parts  of  Asia,  the  Malayan  Islands,  and  Africa.  Represented 
in  Madagascar  by  several  peculiar  genera  and  the  Indian  genus  Viverrioula. 
Genera: — Foaaaf  Galidkif  Galidictiaf  Viverricula.  Species  of  the  African 
genus  Herpestea  also  reported. 

EuPLERiDJE.— Peculiar  to  Madagascar,  and  embracing  the  single  genus  Eapleres. 

SuiD.£. — ^Eastern  hemisphere  generally.  Represented  in  Madagascar  by  species  of  the 
African  genus  FotamockcBruB. 

HiPPOPOTAMiDiE. — African.  Represented  in  Madagascar  by  the  remains  of  a  species 
believed  to  have  but  recently  become  extinct. 

Ptkropida. — ^The  tropics  everywhere,  except  Tropical  America.  Represented  in 
Madagascar  and  the  Mascarene  Islands  by  two  species  of  the  Indian  and 
Australian  genus  Pteropus. 

Rhinolophid^. — Warmer  parts  of  the  eastern  hemisphere.  Represented  in  *^  Lemnria  " 
by  species  of  Bhinolophua. 

*  G«ogr.  Distr.  Anim.,  vol.  i,  p.  273;  Nature,  vol.  xvi  (Oct.  25,  1877),  p.  548. 

tSee  eepeoially  Prof.  O.  C.  Marsh's  address  on  'Hhe  Introduction  and  Succession  of 
Vertebrate  Life  in  America  '* ,  delivered  before  the  Nashville  meeting  of  the  American 
Association  for  the  Advancement  of  Science,  Aug.  30, 1877. 


^72     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

VESPERTiLiONiDJfL — CoHmopolitAD.  RepreseDted  by  the  cosmopolite  geniu  Vetpertilio. 
EiifBALLONUKiD.£. — Warmer  parts  of  the  world.  Represented  by  the  genos  Tapkozaut, 
Centrtidjb. — Confined  to  Mada<;atM;ar  except  one  f;enas  {Soletu>d(m)  in  the  West  Indies. 

Represented  in  Madagascar  by  nearly  a  dozen  species.    Genera: — Ceniftttf 

Hemicefiteie8f  EricHluSf  OryzoricteSf  Eohinops, 
SoRiciPiB. — The  whole  world,  except  South  America  and  Anstralia.    Represented  in 

Madagascar  by  one  or  two  species  of  Crociduraf  a  genns  fonnd  in  Africa, 

and  the  warmer  parts  of  the  eastern  hemisphere  generally. 
MuRiDJS. — Cosmopolitan.   Represented  by  several  genera  of  African  affinities,  namely^ 

Neaomjfs,  BrachytarsamySf  Hypogeomya, 

Vni.— ANTARCTIC  REALM. 

The  Antarctic  Realm  is  geographically  almost  wholly  oceaDic,  and  its 
fanna  hence  consists  almost  exclasively  of  marine  or  pelagic  species. 
It  necessarily  embraces  not  only  the*  Antarctic  Zone,  but  a  large  part 
of  the  cold  south-temperate,  since  very  few  of  its  characteristic  species 
are  wholly  restricted  to  the  Antai'ctic  waters.  It  will  hence  include  not 
only  the  few  small  groups  of  Antarctic  Islands,  but  also  Tierra  del  Faego 
and  the  Falkland  Islands,  and  perhaps  also  the  extreme  southern  shores 
of  South  America,  while  some  of  its  characteristic  forms  also  extend  to 
New  Zealand,  and  even  Australia  and  the  Gape  of  Good  Hope.  The 
only  mammals  that  can  be  considered  as  strictly  characteristic  of  this 
region  are  Pinnipeds  and  Cetaceans,  of  which  several  genera  of  each 
are  almost  wholly  restricted  to  it  A  "  South  Frigid",  "Antarctic",  or 
"South  Circumpolar''  "Zone",  "Region",  or  "Realm",  has  l)een  recog- 
nized by  various  writers  for  the  marine  invertebrates,  and,  by  von 
Pelzeln  for  birds,  with  limitations  much  as  here  assigned.  While  the 
number  of  species  peculiar  to  it  is  small,  it  is  large  relatively  to  the 
whole  number  represented,  especially  in  the  colder  latitudes.  There  is, 
of  course,  a  broad  belt  along  its  northern  border  of  a  transitional  char- 
acter, where  Antarctic  types  overlap  the  range  of  groups  characteristic 
of  south-temperate  latitudes. 

One  of  the  most  important  features  of  the  South  Circumpolar  or  Ant- 
arctic Realm  is  the  resemblance  of  its  life  to  the  marine  life  of  the  Arc- 
tic or  North  Circumpolar  Realm.  While  perhaps  in  no  case  are  the 
species  identical,  the  genera  are  frequently  the  same,  not  only  among 
the  mammalia,  but  among  invertebrates.  This  is  especially  significant 
as  regards  the  mammalia,  since  the  terrestrial  mammals  of  the  extreme 
north  and  extreme  south  present  no  such  parallelism,  but  the  utmost 
divergence.  Among  Pinnipeds,  most  of  the  genera  are  peculiar  to  either 
the  northern  or  southern  waters,  but  in  several  instances  the  genera  of 
the  two  regions  are  strictly  representative.  Thus,  Otaria  and  Aretoce- 
phnlus  of  the  Southern  Seas  are  represented  in  the  Northern  by  JEume- 
topias  and  Callorhimui,  Zalophus  and  Macrorhinus  are  both  Northern 
and  Southern.  Stenorhynchus,  Lobodon^  Leptonyx^  and  Ommatophoca  are 
strictly  Southern,  while  Phoca^  HaUohcerus,  Urignathiis,  Cystophoraj 
Monachiis,  and  one  or  two  others,  are  strictly  Northern,  as  are  also  the 
Wahnsps.    The  Mysiicele,  or  Baleen  Whales,  among  Cetaceans,  have 


ALLEN   ON    GEOGRAPHICAL   DISTRIBUTION    OP   MAMMALS.     373 

a  somewhat  similar  distribation.  While  a  few  genera  are  restricted 
respectively  to  the  Northern  and  Southern  waters,  the  larger  unmber 
are  common  to  both,  though  represented  by  different  species  in  the  two 
regions,  while  they  are  (in  some  cases  at  least)  absent  from  the  inter- 
vening tropical  seas.  A  large  proportion  of  the  Denticetej  or  Toothed 
Whales  (Dolphins,  Porpoises,  Korqnals,  etc).,  are  either  limited  to  the 
waroner  seas  or  have  there  their  chief  development,  quite  a  number  of 
:geuera  being  peculiar  to  the  tropics.  Others,  however,  like  MonodoUy 
■are  eminently  boreal,  while  others,  like  Beluga j  are  common  to  the  colder 
waters  both  north  and  south  of  the  tropics.  In  most  cases,  however, 
we  know  as  yet  too  little  respecting  the  range  of  the  different  species 
and  genera  of  Cetacea  to  be  able  to  make  much  use  of  them  in  deter- 
miniug  questions  in  geographical  zoology. 

This  similarity  between  the  marine  life  of  the  Arctic  and  Antarctic 
Regions  evidently  indicates  that  the  forms  common  to  the  two  had  a 
common  origin,  and,  at  some  former  period,  a  continuous,  probably  cir- 
cumtropical,  distribution,  and  that  on  the  increase  of  temperature  in 
the  intertropical  regions,  through  well-known  geological  causes,  they 
nought  the  more  compatible  cooler  waters  toward  the  poles.  The 
:similarity  of  the  Arctic  and  Antarctic  marine  life  is  also  a  feature  that 
sharply  differentiates  the  fauna  of  the  South  Gircumpolar  Bealm  from 
that  of  the  South  Temperate  smd  Tropical  Zones. 

III.— GENERAL  SUMMARY. 

As  stated  at  the  beginning  of  the  present  paper,  one  of  the  chief  topics 
here  proposed  for  discussion  was  the  influences  and  laws  which  govern 
the  distribution  of  life, — whether  it  is  or  is  not  co-ordinated  with  climatic 
zones,  and  governed  in  a  large  degree  by  climatic  conditions,  and  espe- 
cially by  temperature.  In  fact,  so  generally  is  temperature  recognized 
by  the  leading  writers  on  the  distribution  of  marine  life  that  it  seems 
superfluous  to  reiterate  or  emphasize  this  principle.  That  the  zones  of 
life  should  be  perhaps  a  little  less  obvious  over  the  land-areas, — in  con- 
sequence of  the  diversity  of  contour  resulting  from  differences  of  eleva- 
tion, and  the  interruptions  and  exceptional  conditions  due  to  mountain 
chains  and  high  plateaus, — than  over  the  oceanic  expanses,  is  naturally 
to  be  expected.  That  there  is,  however,  a  similar  correspondence  between 
climatic  belts  and  the  zones  of  life  seems  to  me  abundantly  evident. 
As  has  been  already  shown,  the  broader  or  primary  zones  are.  first,  an 
Arctic  or  North  Gircumpolar  Zone,  embracing  the  arctic,  subarctic,  and 
colder  temperate  latitudes  of  the  northern  hemisphere,  throughout  the 
whole  of  which  area  ^ere  is  a  marked  homogeneity  of  mammalian  life, 
as  well  as  of  animal  and  vegetable  life  in  general ;  secondly,  that  below 
this  there  is  a  broad  belt  of  life,  which,  in  its  general /oote^,  is  distinctive 
of  the  temperate  and  warm-temperate  latitudes,  and  that  these  two 
zones  of  life  are  far  more  closely  related  inter  se  than  with  the  life  of  the 
intertropical  regions,  with  which  regions  they  may  be  collectively  con- 
trasted, and  together  receive  the  appropriate  name  of  ^^ Arctogcea^ ) 


374     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOOICAL  SURVEY. 

thirdly,  it  has  been  shown,  so  far  as  the  northern  hemisphere  18  ooi- 
cernedy  that  the  life  of  the  tropical  and  temperate  regions  of  the  same 
continent  is  more  widely  different  than  is  the  life  of  corresponding  por- 
tions of  the  temperate  and  colder  parts  of  the  (so-called)  Old  World  and 
the  New ;  foarthly,  that  the  life  of  Tropical  America  has  very  little  iu 
common  with  that  of  the  tropical  portions  of  Asia  and  Africa ;  fifthly, 
that  the  life  of  the  Soath  Temiierate  Zone  presents  a,  fades  distinct  from 
that  of  the  tropics,  and  has  still  less  in  common  with  that  of  the  North 
Temperate  Zone;  sixthly,  that  Australasia  is  so  highly  differentiated 
as  to  form  a  distinct  primary  region,  having  little  in  common  with  other 
lands,  even  with  those  of  contiguous  regions,  or  those  having  a  similar 
geographical  position  ;  seventhly,  that  Madagascar  and  its  contiguous 
islands,  while  to  some  extent  African  in  affinity,  form  also  a  highly 
specialized  region ;  lastly,  that  the  antarctic  and  cold  south-temperate 
oceanic  regions  are  recognizable  as  a  primary  region,  characterized  by 
a  peculiar  general  fades  of  life  that  more  strongly  recalls  that  of  the 
corresponding  portions  of  the  northern  hemisphere  than  of  any  other 
portion  of  the  earth.  It  has  been  further  shown  that  the  Australian 
Realm  is  divisible  into  temi)erate  and  tropical  portions,  and  also  that  the 
land  surface  is  .separable  into  zones  of  even  still  narrower  limits,  corre- 
8i)onding  in  a  general  way  with  those  recognized  by  Dana  for  marine  life. 
The  almost  total  absence  of  identical  genera,  or  even  of  families,  ex- 
cepting such  as  are  essentially  cosmopolitan,  in  the  American  and  Old 
World  tropics,  as  well  as  the  distinctness  of  the  Lemurian  Realm,  and 
the  almost  total  isolation  of  the  Australian  Realm,  evidently  require 
for  their  explanation  other  causes  than  merely  the  existing  climates. 
The  geological  history  of  these  land-areas  and  their  fauna)  must  be  of 
course  considered  in  order  to  understand  their  present  relationships. 
As  the  northern  hemisphere  at  present  most  clearly  shows,  nearly 
continuous  land  surface  and  similarity  of  climatic  conditions  implies 
identity  of  fauna,  while  isolation,  especially  when  joined  with  diverse 
climatic  conditions,  implies  diversity  of  life,  and  a  differentiation  propor- 
tionate to  the  degree  of  isolation,  and  the  length  of  time  such  isolation 
has  existed ;  in  other  words,  that  the  present  want  of  affinity  between 
the  life  of  the  Lemurian  and  Australian  Realms  and  that  of  the  rest  of 
the  world  is  due  rather  to  their  long  geographical  isolation  than  to 
present  dimatic  conditions,  and  that  we  here  find,  for  reasons  perhaps 
not  wholly  apparent,  the  remnants  of  a  somewhat  primitive  or  early 
fauna  that  was  formerly  shared  more  largely  by  other  areas  than  at 
present, — that  these  regions  became  isolated  before  the  development  of 
many  of  the  higher  and  now  prevalent  types  of  the  larger  and  more 
diversified  land-areas,  and  that  here  difterentiation  has  proceeded  less 
rapidly  and  along  fewer  and  narrower  lines  than  elsewhere ;  further- 
more, that  the  present  highly  diversified  fauna  of  the  chief  tropical 
areas,  in  comparison  with  the  fauna  of  the  north-circumpolar  lands,  is 
due  in  part  to  the  southward  migration,  near  the  close  of  the  Tertiary 


ALLEN   ON   GEOGRAPHICAL   DISTRIBUTION   OF   MAJfMALS.    375 

period,  of  forms  adapted  to  a  high  temperatare,  and  in  part  to  the  high 
rate  of  dififerentiation  favored  by  tropical  conditions  of  climate.  Hence, 
given :  1.  Arctic  and  cold-temperate  conditions  of  climate,  and  we  have 
a  faana  only  slightly  or  moderately  diversified ;  2.  A  moderate  increase 
of  temperatare,  giving  warm-temperate  conditions  of  climate,  and  we 
have  the  addition  of  many  new  types  of  life;  3.  A  high  increase  of 
temperatare,  giving  tropical  conditions  of  climate,  and  we  have  a  rapid 
maltiplication  of  new  forms  and  a  maximum  of  differentiation.  Again, 
given :  1.  A  long-continued  continuity  of  land  surface,  and  we  have 
an  essential  identity  of  fauna;  2.  A  divergence  and  partial  isolation  of 
land-areas,  and  we  find  a  moderate  but  decided  differentiation  of  faun®; 
3.  A  total  isolation  of  land-aroas,  and  we  have  a  thorough  and  radical 
differentiation  of  faun®,  proportioned  to  the  length  of  time  the  isola- 
tion has  continued.  Hence,  the  present  diversity  of  life  is  correlated 
with  two  fundamental  conditions :  1.  Oontinnity  or  isolation,  past  as 
well  as  present,  of  land  surface ;  and,  2.  Climatic  conditions,  as  deter- 
mined mainly  by  temperature.* 

In  accordance  with  these  principles,  which  rest  on  incontrovertible 
facts  of  distribution,  it  follows  that  the  nearly  united  lands  of  the  North 
present  a  continuous,  almost  homogeneous,  arctopolitan  fauna;  that 
farther  southward,  in  the  warmer  temperate  latitudes,  we  begin  to  find 
a  marked  differentiation  on  the  two  continents ;  that  this  differentiation 
is  still  further  developed  in  the  tropical  continuations  of  these  same 
land-areas,  till  an  almost  total  want  of  resemblance  is  reached,  except 
that  there  is  what  may  be  termed,  in  contrast  with  the  more  northern 
regions,  a  '^  tropical  fades  "  common  to  the  two.  The  small  amount  of 
land  surface  belonging  to  these  primary  land  regions  south  of  the  trop- 
ics have  no  more  in  common  (a  few  marine  species  excepted)  than  have 
these  two  tropical  areas,  but  it  is  hardly  possible  for  them  to  have  much 
less.  The  Antarctic  (mainly  oceanic)  region  has  a  fauna  strongly  recall- 
ing the  marine  fauna  of  the  Arctic,  but  has  no  resemblance  to  that  of 
the  intervening  area. 

The  northern  circumpolar  lands  may  be  looked  upon  as  the  base  or 
centre  from  which  have  spread  all  the  more  recently  developed  forms  of 
mammalian  life,  as  it  is  still  the  bond  that  unites  the  whole.  Of  the 
few  cosmopolitan  types  that  in  a  manner  bind  together  and  connect  the 
whole  mammalian  fauna  of  the  globe  (the  Lemurian  and  Australian 
Realms  in  part  excepted),  nearly  all  have  either  their  true  home  or  be- 
long to  groups  that  are  mainly  developed  in  the  northern  lands.    A  few 

V 

*  In  iUastratioD  of  the  above,  it  may  be  added  that  the  circnmpolar  lands  north  of 
the  mean  annnal  of  .%o  F.,  or,  in  general  terms,  north  of  the  fiftieth  parallel,  with  ap- 
proximately an  area  of  about  12,500,000  square  miles,  have  representatives  of  about 
fifty-foar  genera  of  mammals ;  Tropical  America,  with  an  approximate  area  of  abont 
5,000,000  square  miles,  has  about  ninety  genera;  the  tndo-Africau  Realm,  with  au 
approximate  area  of  about  15,000,000  squaie  miles,  has  abont  two  hundred  and  fifty 
genera.  Hence  the  tropical  lands  are  four  to  five  times  richer  in  genera,  in  proportion 
to  area,  than  those  of  the  Cold- temperate  and  Arctic  regions. 


376     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  OEOLOQICAL  SURVEY. 

have  been  pressed  a  little  to  the  southward  by  the  extreme  rigor  of  an 
Arctic  climate,  bat  are  still  characteristic  elements  of  all  boreal  fiftanas. 
The  very  few  troly  tropicopolitan  mammalia  are  either  Chirapteraj  or 
marine,  or  at  least  aquatic,  and  have  thus  exceptional  means  of  dis- 
persal. 

The  primary  regions  and  their  subdivisions,  recognised  in  the  precede 
ing  pages,  are  enumerated  in  the  subjoined  schedule. 

1. — Primary  divisionSj  or  ^^Bealms^\ 

I.  An  Arctic,  or  North  Gircumpolar. 

II.  A  North  Temperate,  divided  into  two  regions  and  eight  prov- 
inces. 

III.  An  American  Tropical,  with  three  regions.    (Provinces  not 

characterized.) 

IV.  An  Indo-African,  with  two  regions  and  five  provinces. 
V.  A  South  American  Temperate,  with  two  provinces. 

VI.  An  Australian,  with  three  regions  and  two  provinces. 
VII.  A  Lemurian. 
VIII.  An  Antarctic  or  South  Gircumpolar. 

2. — Secondary  divmonsyor  ^^ Regions^. 

II.  North  Temperate  Bealm :  1,  American ;  2,  Earopseo- Asiatic 

III.  American  Tropical  Realm:  1,  Antillean;  2,  Gentral  American^ 

3,  Brazilian. 

IV.  Indo-African  Bealm :  1,  African ;  2,  Indian. 

VI.  Australian  Bealm :  1,  Australian  (Australia,  Tasmania,  and  New 
Guinea);  2,  Polynesian ;  3,  New  Zealand. 

3. — Divisions  of  third  ranky  or  "  Provinces^K 

II,  1.  American  Begion:  a.  Boreal*;  &,  Eastern;  c.  Middle;  d.  Western. 
II,  2.  EuropaBO- Asiatic  Begion :  a,  European ;  &,  Siberian  ;  c,  Mediter- 
ranean ;  d,  Manchnrian. 
IV,  1.  African  Begion :  a,  Eastern ;  b^  Western  ;  o,  Southern. 
IV,  2.  Indian  Begion :  a.  Continental ;  6,  Insular. 
V.       South  American  Temperate  Bealm :  a,  Andeau ;  by  Pampean. 
VI,  1.  Australian  Begion :  a,  Australian ;  b,  Papuan. 

*  A  ^'  Boreal "  proviDce  has  not  been  distinctly  recognized  in  the  preceding  pages  as 
a  division  belonging  to  the  same  category  aa  the  other  so-called  or  commonly  recog- 
nized provinces,  and  is  not  at  all  recognized  in  the  table  of  distribation  giyen  at  p. 
339.  It  is  nearly  equivalent  to  what  is  there  implied  by  "  Cold  Temperate  ".  I  hope 
soon  to  be  able,  in  a  paper  to  be  devoted  especially  to  a  consideration  of  the  geograph- 
ical distribntion  of  North  American  mammals,  to  define  and  characterize  it  more  defi- 
nitely. 


ALLEN   ON   GEOGRAPHICAL  DISTRIBUTION   OF   MAMMALS.    377 

The  relatioD  of  the  dififerent  primary  regions  and  their  sabdivions 
may  be  approximately  indicated  diagrammatically  as  follows: — 


IL 


a 

a 

h 



"   — -1— - 



— 

-—- . 

a 

d 

«    i 

b 

1                                             1 

\     ^ 

III.  - 


2 

I 

1 

3 

1    , 

IL 


IV. 


a 

1 
1 

a 

1 

\- 

— — -. 

h 

1 

1 

8 

-VL 


Ball.  iv.  No. 


ART.   XVI.-DESCRIPTIONS   OF  NEW  EXTIiNCT  VERTEBRATA 
FROM  THE  UPPER  TERTIARY  AND  DAKOTA  FORMATIONS. 


By  E.  D.  Cope. 


Gabiaous  dolichopsis,  sp.  nov. 

John  Oollett,  of  the  Geological  Sarvey  of  Indiana,  discovered  iu  a 
late  lacustrine  deposit  in  Yandenburg  Goanty,  Indiana,  a  number  of 
Postplioceue  fossils.  One  of  these  is  the  ulno-radius,  etc,  of  a  Bos,  and 
another  is  the  left  mandibular  ramus  of  a  deer,  probably  of  the  genus 
Caria(m8.  The  jaw  differs  in  its  proportions  from  those  of  0.  mrginianusj 
C.  macroiisj  and  0,  columbianus^  with  a  considerable  number  of  which  I 
have  compared  it.  It  belonged  to  an  animal  of  the  average  size  of  the 
C.  vir^nianuSj  but  differs  iu  having  the  diastema  an  inch  or  more  longer, 
while  the  tooth-line  is  shorter.  Placing  the  first  molars  in  line,  the  last 
molar  of  the  fossil  form  attains  only  the  penultimate  column  of  that  of 
the  C  virginianu8;  in  some  cases  just  a  little  farther.  On  the  other 
hand,  the  angle  of  the  mandible  extends  beyond  that  of  the  0.  virgini- 
anusj  and  the  slope  of  the  anterior  base  of  the  coronoid  process  is  more 
gradual.  At  the  same  time,  this  portion  is  less  oblique  in  the  transverse 
direction,  owing  to  the  prominence  of  the  external  face  of  the  ramus. 
This  ramus  differs  also  in  the  great  prominence  and  anterior  position  of 
the  posterior  edge  of  the  masseteric  fossa,  which  leaves  behind  it  a 
wide  oblique  face  little  developed  in  the  existing  species.  The  species 
being  clearly  new,  I  call  it  Gariacus  dolichopsis. 

Measurements. 

M. 

Horizontal  length  of  ramus  from  alveolar  border 0.250 

Length  to  first  molar 0.100 

Length  of  symphysis » 0,047 

Length  of  dental  series 0.085 

Length  of  premolars 0.034 

Length  of  base  of  ascending  ramus 0.058 

Elevation  of  condyle 0.075 

Length  of  base  of  coronoid  process 0.021 

Width  of  coronoid 0.021 

Width  of  last  molar 0X)11 

Length  of  last  molar 0.021 

Length  of  third  premolar 0.011 

Depth  of  ramns  Jost  behind  symphysis 0.016 

Depth  of  ramos  at  first  molar 0.026 

Depth  of  ramus  at  last  molar 0.028 

379 


380     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

Tbe  iutercolunmar  tubercles^are  small,  and  are  only  preseut  iu  the  true 
molar  teeth.  The  molars  are  about  half- worn;  at  this  stage,  the  anterior 
lake  of  the  three  last,  communicate  with  tbe  median  inner  vertical  fis- 
sure, b3'  their  posterior  born. 

AUCHENIA  YITAKEBIANA,  Sp.  flOV. 

This  llama  is  represented  by  a  portion  of  tbe  left  maxillary  bone  sup- 
porting molar  teeth,  which  was  found  in  a  Pliocene  deposit  in  Oregon, 
in  association  with  two  larger  species  of  the  genus,  the  A,  hestema 
and  t\ieA.major  (Pa^at/o/tania  Owen).  Its  size  is  less  than  those  at- 
tained by  tbe  two  species  named,  but  exceeds  considerably  that  of  A. 
lama  of  tbe  Andes.  The  details  of  the  structure  of  the  first  and  second 
true  molars  are  quite  similar  to  those  of  tbe  existing  species.  The  last 
premolar  is  broken  away,  but  its  roots  show  that  its  size  was  consider- 
able, lacking  little  iu  antero-posterior  diameter  that  of  the  first  molar. 
The  base  of  the  first  (or  third)  premolar  is  very  small.  It  possessed 
either  but  one  small  root,  or  possibly  two,  tbe  second  being  represented 
by  a  small  fossa  on  the  inner  side  of  the  anterior  root  of  the  last  pre- 
molar, of  doubtful  significance.  Tbe  palatal  foramen  is  opposite  the 
line  of  contact  of  the  two  premolars,  instead  of  anterior  to  tbe  first,  as 
in  A.  lama.  Tbe  infraorbital  foramen  is  over  the  line  of  contact  of  tbe 
la^t  premolar  and  first  true  molars. 

Mea^urem^ents. 

M. 

Leugtb  of  banes  of  molar  series,  the  last  one  omitted 0.069 

Leugth  of  crowu  of  first  true  molar , 0.024 

Width  of  crown  of  first  true  molar 0.014 

Length  of  base  of  last  premolar 0.020 

Width  of  palate  at  first  true  molar 0.042 

This  species  is  dedicated  to  Governor  John  Wbitaker,  of  Oregon,  who 
discovered  the  locality  from  which  this  fossil  was  obtained.  The  forma- 
tion is  Pliocene. 

TiCHOLEPTUS  ZYGOMATICUS,  (JCn.  Ct  SJ).  nOV. 

Char,  gen, — This  genus  is  known  from  cranial  characters  only.  Den- 
tal formula,  1.  f ;  C3.  j  ;  Pm.  | ;  M.  f .  Teeth  iu  general  similar  to  those 
of  Oreodon;  the  true  molars  with  short  crowns;  tbe  first  inferior  pre- 
molar the  functional  canine.  Premaxillary  bones  consolidated  into  a 
.single  mass ;  symphysis  not  co-ossified.  A  preorbital  fossa,  and  a  large 
ibramen  in  front  of  it,  bounding  tbe  maxillary  bone  superiorly  and 
posteriorly.    No  vacuities  between  the  orbits. 

This  genus  of  Oreodontidw  occupies  an  interesting  position  between 
the  three  prominent  forms  of  the  family,  Oreodon^  MerycockcsruSj  and 
Leptauchenia.  It  combines  the  dentition  and  preorbital  fossa  of  the  first 
with  the  solid  premaxillary  of  the  second  and  the  large  facial  vacuities 
of  the  third. 

Char,  specif . — The  T.  zygomaticus  is  only  known  from  the  cranium  of 


COPE    ON   NEW   EXTINCT   VERTEBRATA.  381 

an  aDimal  of  the  size  of  the  Oreodmi  major.  It  has  been  somewhat  flat- 
tened  "by  lateral  pressure,  but  is  seriously  injured  in  the  nasal  region 
only. 

The  front  is  convex  and  descending  toward  the  muzzle,  and  the  sa. 
gittal  crest  is  strong.  The  orbits  were  probably  closed  behind,  but  the 
postorbital  border  was  narrow,  and  is  not  completed  next  the  frontal  in 
the  specimen,  which  is  probably  due  to  pressun^.  The  lateral  spines  of 
the  premaxillary  bones  rise  obliquely  backward,  shortening  the  face 
so  as  to  indicate  that  the  nasal  bones  are  short.  The  naso-maxillary 
suture  is  short,  and  is  terminated  behind  by  a  very  large  facial  foramen, 
which  has  a  greater  vertical  than  longitudinal  extent.  It  bounds  the 
anterior  margin  of  the  thin  lachrymal  bone  at  the  fundus  of  the  pre- 
orbital  fossa.  The  facial  plat«  of  the  maxillary  is  plane.  The  zygo- 
matic arc  hsprings  abruptly  outward  above  the  fourth  premolar,  and 
has  a  wide  lateral  curvature  round  the  zygomatic  fossn.  Its  horizontal 
width  equals  its  depth  at  the  last  molar  tooth.  The  squamosal  portion 
of  the  zygomatic  arch  is  expanded  horizontally,  and  not  vertically,  hav- 
ing a  nearly  straight  lateral  border  to  behind  the  line  of  the  postglenoid 
process,  where  it  terminates  in  an  obliquely  truncate  extremity.  This 
truncation  forms  with  the  mastoid  region  a  deep  notch.  The  post- 
glenoid process  is  small,  and  is  confined  to  the  inner  half  of  the  zygo- 
matic portion  of  the  squamosal  bone.  The  orbit  is  rather  small.  The 
infraorbital  foramen  is  small,  and  probably  issues  above  the  fourth  pre- 
molar, but  its  position  is  somewhat  obscured  in  the  specimen  by  fissures. 
The  nasal  fissure  of  the  premaxillary  extends  downward  nearly  to  the 
line  of  the  alveolar  border  of  the  maxillary.  The  alveolar  border  of 
the  premaxillary  extends  below  this  line,  and  is  convex  downward. 

The  mandibular  ramus  projects  a  little  behind  the  condyle,  and  de- 
scends in  a  vertical  straight  line,  and  is  then  regularly  convex.  The 
symphysis  is  quite  oblique. 

The  second  and  thinl  premolars  of  the  superior  series  are  longer  than 

the  fourth,  and  their  external  apices  are  in  advance  of  the  middle.   The 

superior  true  molars  are  remarkable  for  the  great  prominence  of  the 

vertical  ribs  which  mark  the  anterior  horns  of  the  external  crescents. 

The  posterior  one,  at  the  middle  of  the  tooth,  is  the  most  prominent,  and 

encloses  with  the  external  face  of  the  crown  a  deep  fossa.    There  is  a 

third  or  posterior  column  on  the  last  superior  molar,  which  forms  a  small 

heel  on  section.    The  external  ribs  of  the  inferior  true  molars  are  very 

prominent,  and  the  last  possesses  a  prominent  fifth  lobe,  or  heel.    The 

incltors  are  rather  small,  the  external  as  usual  the  largest.    The  canines 

are  but  little  enlarged. 

MeasuremenU. 

M. 

Length  from  premaxiUary  to  occipital  oondyles  0.2S5 

Length  firom  premaxillary  to  poBt^lenoid  process 0.175 

Length  from  premaxillary  to  end  of  last  upper  molar  O.llC 

Length  from  premaxillary  to  opposite  anteiior  border  of  orbit 0.084. 

Width  of  zygoma  external  to  postglenoid  process  0.027 


3S2  BULLETIN    LTIITED   STATES   GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY. 

Width  of  zygoma  above  last  sapeiior  molar  0.023 

Depth  of  maxillary  bone  at  second  premolar 0.053 

Depth  of  common  premaxillary  at  middle U.014 

Depth  of  ramoB  mandtbuli  at  condyle O.OSi 

Depth  of  ramus  maodibnli  at  last  molar 0.04i 

Depth  of  ramns  mandibali  at  second  premolar 0.032 

Length  of  soperior  molar  series : 0.095 

Length  of  superior  premolars 0.044 

Length  of  superior  last  molar 0.021 

There  is  some  resemblance  between  this  species  and  some  of  the  Mery- 
cochoRri,  including  under  this  head  the  Merychyi  aecordini^  to  Leidy's 
latest  view.  It  may  be  readily  distinguished  from  the  M,  elegans  and  M, 
rusticus  by  the  deep  nareal  fissure  of  the  premaxillary,  and  the  salient 
ridges  of  the  molar  teeth,  together  with  very  prominent  malar  bone  and 
zygomatic  arch.  The  same  characters  distinguish  it  also  from  the  M. 
proprius  and  M.  major ^  which  are  besides  much  larger  species. 

From  the  Upper  Miocene  of  Montana;  found  by  my  assistant,  J.  C. 
Isaac. 

A  brief  notice  of  this  species  appeared  in  the  American  Naturalist 
for  February,  1878. 

Blastomebyx  bobealis,  Cope,  PalsBntological  Bulletin,  28,  p.  222. 

Additional  specimens  of  this  species  enable  me  to  add  some  points 
of  importance  to  the  generic  and  specific  characters  which  I  have  already 
given. 

The  posterior  lake  of  the  superior  premolars  is  represented  by  a  loop 
or  circle  of  enamel.  The  borders  of  the  lakes  of  the  true  molars  are 
plicated,  as  in  some  of  the  species  of  horses.  There  is  a  strong  sagittal 
crest  and  a  high  inion.  The  bases  of  the  horns  are  expanded  outward 
in  a  vertical  laminar  border. 

Aphelops  FOSSiaEB,  sp.  nav. 

This  rhinoceros  is  known  from  a  considerable  number  of  si>ecimens. 
Among  these  are  three  more  or  less  complete  crania,  in  some  of  which  a 
large  part  of  the  dentition  remains.  These  are  all  from  the  Loup  Fork 
beds  of  Kansas.  They  afiford  an  excellent  basis  of  comparison  with 
the  Aphelops  already  described  from  Nebraska,  Colorado,  and  New 
Mexico. 

This  species  reached  larger  dimensions  than  any  of  those  already 
described  from  this  continent,  excepting  ooly  the  Aphelops  jemezanus 
Cope,  from  New  Mexico.  I  compare  it  with  the  A.  megalodusj  of  which 
I  procured  a  perfect  and  some  imperfect  skulls  in  Colorado  in  1873. 

The  occipital  outline  is  expanded  latterly,  and  is  nearly  horizontal 
above.  It  is  vertical  in  profile,  and  the  fossa  for  the  ligamenium  nucha 
is  divided  by  a  vertical  massive  keel.  The  condyles  are  rounded,  and 
not  fiatteued  at  their  extremities.  The  paramastoid  and  postglenoid 
processes  are  of  nearly  equal  lengths,  and  the  meatus  auditarius  is 


COPE  ON  NEW  EXTINCT  VERTEBRATA.         888 

closed  below  by  contact  of  the  mastoid  and  sqaamosal  bones,  which  do 
not  co-ossify.  The  temporal  fossse  are  only  separated  above  by  a  nar- 
row, low,  median  ridge,  which  is  obsolete  in  some  specimens.  The 
top  of  the  sknll  is  horizontal  in  profile,  as  is  the  zygoma.  The  pre- 
orbital  region  is  convex,  and  the  supraorbital  border  is  horizontal  and 
convex.  Infraorbital  foramen  above  the  third  premolar,  and  the  other 
above  and  behind  the  former.  In  the  best  preserved  craninm,  the 
molars  of  the  right  side  are  preserved.  These  are  markable  for  the 
great  depth  of  their  sinuses,  the  posterior  notch  being  closed  very  early, 
and  forming  a  d^ep,  isolated  pit.  The  transverse  valley  is  almost  closed 
by  the  protuberances  of  its  walls,  and  is  strongly  curved  backward  at 
its  extremity.  In  the  same  specimen,  the  inner  extremity  of  the  anterior 
crest  of  the  true  molars  is  pinched  into  a  peninsula  by  two  opposite  ver- 
tical grooves.  No  cingulum  on  the  inner  base  of  the  true  molars.  The 
teeth  are  of  relatively  large  size. 

In  a  fourth  specimen,  the  posterior  part  of  the  mandibular  ramus  is 
preserved.  This  has  the  flat,  anterior  base  of  the  coronoid  process,  and 
compressed  ramus  of  the  A.  megalodus^  as  distinguished  from  A.  crasaus 
and  A,  jemezanusj  but  the  form  is  quite  different  from .  that  in  the 
first-named  species.  The  last  molar  is  considerably  in  advance  of  the 
base  of  the  coronoid,  and  the  latter,  instead  of  rising  vertically,  slopes 
away  posteriorly  toward  the  condyle.  The  latter  is  unusually  robust. 
The  masseteric  fossa  is  deeper  than  in  the  A,  tnegalodus^  as  is  also  the 
pterygoid  fossa. 

Measurements, 

Length  of  skallaloDg  base  to  front  of  third  premolar 0.550 

Width  of  occipnt  above  middle 0.200 

Elevation  of  occiput 0.230 

Depth  of  zygoma  at  orbit 0.075 

Length  of  Pm.  3-3 -f  M.  1-2-3 0.280 

Length  of  true  molar  series 0.190 

Length  of  second  true  molar 0.072 

Width  of  second  true  molar 0.080 

Width  of  third  true  molar 0.075 

Length  of  third  true  molar 0.062 

Width  of  palate  between  bases  of  third  true  molars 0.070 

In  A,  megalodusj  the  occiput  is  narrowed  upward  instead  of  widened, 
the  tooth-crowns  are  short,  and  the  nasal  bones  are  long,  extending 
anterior  to  the  entire  dental  series.  It  is  a  smaller  species;  the  type- 
specimens  are  adult,  while  in  the  skull  of  A.  fosaiger^  above  describedi 
the  last  molar  is  not  fully  protruded. 

Aphrlops  malaoobhinus,  ap.  nov. 

This  large  species  presents  many  differences  from  the  A.  fmaiger  and 
A.  megdlodus.  The  parietal  region  rises  obliquely  from  the  front  to  an 
elevated  occiput.  The  zygoma  slopes  obliquely  upward  and  backward. 
The  interorbital  region  is  wide,  but  the  superciliary  borders  are  not  con- 


884  BULLETIK   UNITED   STATES   GEOLOGICAL  SURYBT. 

vex  and  horizootalf  bat  contract  directly  into  the  temporal  fosse.  The 
nasal  bones  are  very  short  and  small,  ceasing  above  the  third  snperior 
molar.  The  anteorbital  region  is  concave,  and  there  are  three  infra- 
orbital foramina,  one  within  the  nasal  cavity.  The  snperior  edge  of  the 
maxillary  is  broadly  incnrved.  There  are  two  lachrymal  foramina,  both 
within  the  orbit.  The  palatine  and  pterygoid  regions  are  wider  than  in 
A.  foniger^  and  the  pterygoid  processes  of  the  alisphenoid  originate 
farther  back.  The  crowns  of  the  molars  are  short,  with  posterior  notch 
not  inclosed,  and  resemble  those  of  A,  megalodus. 

Measurements. 

Length  of  skull  to  first  premolar  along  base O.o50 

Length  of  trne  molar  series 0.160 

_..        ^       -  -^  ,     ( antero-posterior 0.062 

Diameter  of  seoond  trne  molar  <  ^  .  _» 

I  transverse O.OGZ 

Width  of  palate  between  bases  of  third  trne  molars 0.110 

Interorbitol  width 0.230 

Length  of  freepart  of  nasal  bones 0.140 

Elevation  of  occipnt  from  base 0.220 

This  rhinoceros  is  quite  unlike  anything  yet  discovered.  I  possess 
a  fine  cranium,  which  was  fouud  in  the  Loup  Fork  beds  of  Kansas  by 
my  assistant,  R.  S.  Hill. 

Mylagaulus  sesquipedalis,  gen.  et  sp.  nav. 

Char.  gen. — Order  Rodentia.  Represented  by  a  molar  tooth,  which  is 
the  first  or  last  of  the  series.  It  is  rootless,  and  is  oval  iu  section,  the 
long  diameter  being  probably  transverse  to  the  long  axis  of  the  cranium, 
and  shortening  toward  the  apex  of  the  crown.  Shaft  curved  in  the  di- 
rection of  its  short  diameter.  The  tooth  is  inclosed  in  an  uninterrupted 
sheath  of  euamel,  without  inflections.  Within  this  are  several  enamel 
tubes,  which  form  oval  and  crescentic  figures  in  section  on  attrition. 
The  long  diameters  of  these  are  parallel  with  those  of  the  crown. 

The  peculiar  molar  tooth  which  indicates  the  genus  above  described 
is  not  comparable  to  that  of  any  recent  or  extinct  type  now  known  from 
this  continent.  The  entiie  iuclosure  of  the  subordiuate  enamel  areas 
within  the  iuvestiug  cylinder  resembles  most  the  arrangement  seen  in 
the  inferior  molars  of  some  species  of  Dasi/procta  when  much  worn,  and 
it  is  quite  probable  that  the  genus  Mylagauhis  belongs  to  the  same 
family.  It  differs  from  the  genera  which  are  known  in  the  transverse 
relation  of  the  long  diameter  of  this  tooth  to  that  of  the  skull,  as  well 
as  in  the  resulting  narrow  forms  of  the  inclosed  enamel  areas.  It  is 
possible  that  in  an  earlier  stage  of  wear  some  of  these  areas  may  have 
opened  on  the  internal  or  external  faces  of  the  tootb,  but  this  is,  of 
course,  uncertain,  and  is  less  probable  than  if  the  foreand  aft  diameter 
of  the  crown  were  greater. 

Char,  specif, — Grinding  surface  a  regular  oval.  Enamel  areas  two 
longer  and  four  shorter.  Of  the  former,  one  is  an  open  crescent,  extend- 
ing from  near  one  extremity  of  the  grinding  face  to  near  its  middle;  the 


COPE   ON   NEW   EXTINCT   VERTEBRATA.  385 

other  originates  Dear  the  corresponding  position  at  the  opposite  end  of 
the  surface,  and  then  cnrves  on  itnelf,  forming  more  than  a  semicircle. 
Between  these  and  the  more  convex  side  of  the  tooth  are  three  elongate- 
oval  enamel  areas,  the  two  longest  of  which  overlap  each  other.  On  the 
opposite  side  of  the  principal  areas  there  is  but  one  lesser  area,  which 
is  adjacent  to  the  median  extremity  of  the  less  curved  of  the  principal 
areas,  and  parallel  with  its  inner  half.  The  shaft  is  a  good  deal  more 
compressed  at  the  base,  and  the  long  diameter  is  somewhat  greater  than 
above.  One  side  of  the  shaft  is  convex  in  both  directions;  the  opposite 
side  is  concave  in  the  long  direction,  and  slightly  convex  transversely. 
The  enamel  is  obsoletely  rugose. 

Measurements, 

M. 

Length  of  crown  as  worn 0.0130 

Diameter  of  grinding-face  P?°« ^'^^ 

*  *  (bhort 0.0050 

The  size  of  this  species  was  at  least  that  of  the  American  porcupine. 
The  remains  on  which  it  is  founded  were  found  by  B.  S.  Hill  in  the 
Loup  Fork  beds  of  Kansas. 

Mylodon  sodalis,  sp.  nov. 

The  occurrence  of  this  genus  of  sloths  in  Oregon  was  pointed  out  some 
years  ago  by  Professor  Leidy,  as  indicated  by  a  specimen  preserved  in 
the  museum  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution,  but  the  means  of  determining 
its  specific  relations  to  the  other  species  of  the  genus  were  not  at  that 
time  extant.  A  number  of  phalanges,  including  those  of  the  ungues, 
contained  in  my  collection,  demonstrate  that  the  species  of  Oregon  was 
quite  different  from  those  of  the  eastern  portion  of  North  America. 

The  ungual  phalange  selected  for  description  has  it«  basal  sheath 
developed  on  one  side  only;  its  place  is  taken  on  the  opposite  side  by  a 
prominent  rim,  which  is  tuberculate  and  notched.  The  rim  is  low  on  the 
anperior  part  of  the  proximal  extremity,  and  is  separated  from  the  artic- 
alar  ootylus  by  a  concave  subvertical  surface,  wider  than  long.  The 
basal  tendinous  insertion  is  subdiscoid  and  flat,  with  a  lateral  projecting 
rim,  which  is  pierced  at  the  base  by  the  arterial  foramina.  The  general 
form  of  the  phalange  is  more  compressed  than  in  Mylodon  harlani.  Its 
superior  middle  line  is  broadly  rounded,  and  continues  nearly  uniform 
to  the  apex.  One  side  is  subregularly  convex;  the  other  is  divided  into 
three  planes.  The  middle  one  of  these  is  flat,  and  terminates  in  a  short 
lateral  ridge  which  extends  to  the  apex.  The  superior  plane  becomes 
somewhat  concave  near  the  apex,  and  the  inferior  gently  convex. 

The  proximal  phalanges  have  the  form  usual  in  the  genus.  They  are 
rather  short,  and  with  the  trochlear  tongues  and  grooves  strongly 
marked.  The  proximal  extremities  are  especially  expanded  in  the  ver- 
tical direction. 


386  BULLETIX    UyiTED   STATES   GEOLOGICAL   8CRVET. 

MeamremenU. 

ML 

l^tntnh  of  a&gaal  phaUoge flLld6 

Vertical  proximal  d<^th 0.068 

V«rTtieal  drpth  at  middle  of  inferior  teDdinoos  taberont  j 0.065 

Vertical  depih  Jost  beroDd  inferior  taberoaitj 0.044 

Width  of  proufDal  ootylat 0.062 

Width  of  ODgoisat  middle Oj083 

Width  of  aoguift  near  end OjOK' 

Length  of  penoltimate  phalange 0.065 

Depth  €f  pennltimate  aeroai  condyles 0.040 

Width  of  penoltimate  acTMi  eondylee OJ 

D^pth  of  proximal  end 0.1 

Id  size,  this  8pecie«  eqaalleil  the  if.  harlani  or  the  Megalonffx  jeffer- 
tonii. 
From  the  Pliocene  of  Oregon. 

GRACULUS  3(ACB0PUS,  sp.  HOV. 

This  cormorant  i8  represented  by  numerous  bones  in  my  oolleciion, 
of  which  I  select  three  nearly  perfect  tarso-metatarsi  as  representatiYe. 
One  of  these  is  4^"^  longer  than  the  others,  and  is  onefoarth  of  its 
!f*ngth  longer  than  the  corresponding  bone  in  the  0.  dilaphus.  The 
shaft  is  grooved  in  front  deeply  for  the  proximal  third,  shallowing  to 
and  on  the  remaining  portion,  with  the  external  margin  the  more  ele- 
vated, bat  descending  distally.  On  the  posterior  face  of  the  shaft  there 
is  a  median  longitudinal  angle  along  the  distal  half  of  the  length,  which 
curves  outward  to  the  inner  base  of  the  external  trochlea.  The  hypo- 
tarsal  crest  disappears  on  the  inner  side  of  the  middle  crest,  near  its 
proximal  extremity.  A  delicate  crest  originates  at  the  inner  side  of  the 
proximal  end,  and  curving  backward  returns  to  the  inner  side  at  the 
anterior  base  of  the  external  trochlea.  There  is  a  rough  ridge  on  the 
inner  side  of  the  i>ost.erior  face  of  the  shaft  on  its  distal  third.  The 
borders  of  the  trochlea  are  prominent,  particularly  the  posterior  ex- 
tremities of  those  of  the  median  trochlea.  There  is  a  median  longitad- 
iual  angle  on  the  proximal  third  of  the  inner  side,  and  a  weaker  one  on 
the  postero-intemal  side  for  the  proximal  fourth.  The  four  insertions  of 
the  flexor  tendons  of  the  tarso-metatarsns  are  distinct.  The  hypotarsos 
is  not  so  long  as  in  0.  dilophus  and  O.  penicillatus^  and  terminates  ob- 
tusely. Its  length  is  equal  to  the  anteroposterior  diameter  of  the  in- 
ternal cot>lu8,  whereas  it  is  greater  in  the  two  species  named.  The 
tendinous  canal  on  their  inner  side  is  open  and  not  closed,  as  in  the  two 
.species  named,  and  it  is  as  large  as  the  groove  at  the  base  of  the  hypo- 
tarsus.  The  external  cotylus  is  a  little  smaller  than  the  internal,  and 
lias  a  truncate  external  border ;  the  external  posterior  notch  is  small. 

Measurements  it 

Length,  No.  I  0.082 

Width,  proximally   0.017 

Width  at  middle  of  shaft   0.0095 


COPE  QN  NEW  EXTINCT  VEBTEBBATA.  387 

Anterorposterior  dtainQter  proximally 0.021 

A.uter(Apo8terior  diameter  at  middle 0.008 

Anteroposterior  diameter  of  median  trochlea 0.010 

Autero-i>osterior  diameter  of  iDtemal  cotylus O.Oll 

Length,  No.  2 0.081 

Transverse  diameter  of  all  the  trochlese  at  their  middles 0.017 

Length,  No.  3 0.065 

Transverse  diameter  of  trochlea) 0.019 

This  B|)ecies  appears  tx>  Uave  been  commou  iu  the  Plioceoeof  Oregon, 
where  it  was  discovered  by  Charles  H.  Sternberg.  In  measurements  it 
considerably  exceeds  the  0,  dilaphus,  which  is,  according  to  Professor 
Baird's  diagnosis,*  the  largest  of  the  North  American  species.  With 
this  bird,  the  extinct  (?.  idaliemis  Marsh  nearly  agrees  in  measurements, 
exceeding  a  little  the  corresponding  parts  of  the  living  bird.  These  I 
have  had  the  opportunity  of  studying  through  the  great  courtesy  of  the 
Direction  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution.  The  specimen  examined  is 
No.  11120  of  the  Smithsonian  Catalogue. 

Anser  hypsibatus,  sp.  nov. 

A  single  tarso  metatarsus,  perfect  except  in  the  hypotarsus,  represents 
this  goose.  It  is  nearest  to  the  A.  canadensis  among  American  geese, 
and  I  compare  the  specimen  with  the  corresponding  bones  of  three 
individuals  of  that  species,  two  of  them  cotemporary  fossils,  and  one  a 
recent  'bird,  No.  11086  of  the  Smithsonian  Catalogue.  For  the  use  of 
the  latter  I  am  indebted  to  Professor  Henry. 

The  element  mentioned  is  longer  and  more  slender  than  that  of  the 
A.  canadensis^  and  dififers  in  a  variety  of  points  from  that  bird.  The 
proximal  two-fifths  of  the  shaft  is  more  deeply  grooved,  and  the  lateral 
ridges  are  more  prominent.  p?his  is  especially  true  of  the  external 
angle,  which  continues  straight  to  the  anterior  border  of  the  diaphysis, 
where  it  is  wanting  or  weak  m  the  A.  canadensis.  The  external  side  is 
also  plane,  or  nearly  so,  to  this  angle,  while  in  the  existing  bird  it  is 
swollen,  having  a  narrow  convex  surface,  which  passes  insensibly  into 
the  anterior  and  posterior  faces.  This  character  continues  to  distin- 
guish the  external  faces  of  the  shaft  of  the  bone  to  near  the  distal  ex- 
tremity in  the  two  species.  The  angular  posterior  edge  of  the  inner 
£ace  is  more  prominent  than  the  corresponding  and  fainter  posterior 
border  of  the  inner  face.  From  this  it  follows  that  the  posterior  face  of 
the  shaft  at  its  middle  is  oblique,  sloping  forward  and  inward.  In  A. 
canadensis  it  is  plane  or  gently  convex.  The  superior  part  of  the  pos- 
terior face  is  oblique  in  the  opposite  direction,  and  is  much  narrower 
than  the  corresponding  face  in  A.  canadensis. 

Measurements.  •      m. 

Length  of  bone 0.087 

iproximally 0.016 

medially 0.006 

distally 0.018 

Width  of  internal  cotylas   0.007 

*  U.  S.  Pac.  R.  R.  Surveys,  ix,  p.  877. 


388 


BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 


This  goose  had  longer  legs  and  probably  larger  dimensions  than  any 
of  the  existing  North  American  species.  It  was  discovered  in  the  same 
locality  as  the  last  si)ecies  by  Professor  Thomas  Condon,  of  Engene 
City,  Oreg. 

Ctgnus  paloregonus,  sp.  nov. 

Represented  by  namerons  bones,  e8i)ecia]]y  by  fonr  tarsometatarsi, 
two  of  which  are  nearly  perfect.  These  indicate  a  species  of  the  size  of 
those  now  existing  on  this  continent,  but  different  from  them.  The 
characters  of  the  three  s[>ecies  are  contrasted  in  the  following  table:— 


Shaft 

Posteriorly... 


loner  side. . . 
Ooterside... 
Eypotarsal  creeU 


Cotyll 


DisUJ  tendinous 

foTsnien. 
External  side  dis- 

tally. 


O.  hufdnator. 


More  flender 

Sllglitly  convex  ;  no  ridgef 


Flat  proximally 

Proximal  concavity  (lef.'p  . . 

Thinl  creAt  not  descending 
below  foramen ;  longer 
than  aecond :  fonrtli  not 
reaoIiinK  foramen . 

Onter  larfi^  than  inner, 
well  separated  from  in- 
ner by  a  narrow  deep 
space;  posterior  fscet 
not  distinct. 


Small. 


Smooth, 


C.  palortffonru. 


More  ri  bnst  

Convex ;  two  ron^h  lateral 
and  a  narrow  median 
ridgo. 

Convex  proximally 

Proximsl  c«»ncav»ly  deep  . . 

Third  cre<»f  reaching  below 
foramen,  longer  than 
■ecoud ;  fourth  Mending 
keel  over  foramen. 

Onter  not  larger  than  in- 
ner, separated  by  a  wide 
open  space ;  posterior 
fscet  not  distinct. 


a 


Large 


Ridgeil 


More  robust. 

Concave:  two  lateral  ridgea 


Convex  prozimaUy. 

Proximal  concavity  deep. 

Third  crest  not  reacblDC 
below  foramen,  equu 
second;  fourth  reaching 
foramen. 

Outer  considerably  larger 
than  inner,  transverse, 
separated  bv  a  shallow, 
little  msrketi  spaoe :  pos* 
terior  facet  quite  «Iis* 
tinct 

Least. 

Smooth 


The  lateral  ridges  which  bound  the  posterior  face  in  this  species, 
which  are  wanting  in  C.  hticcinator  but  present  in  C.  americanuSj  are 
strongly  convex  backward,  so  as  to  narrow  their  interspace  in  a  manner 
not  seen  in  either  of  the  recent  species.  Their  divergence  at  the  ex* 
tremities  causes,  in  the  proximal  end  of  the  bone,  that  the  posterior 
face  is  considerably  wider  than  in  the  G.  buccinatar. 

MeaHuremenU, 

Length  of  tarsometatarsus 0.115 

r  proximally 0.085 

Transverse  diameter ^  medially  O.OU 

(distally 1...  0.084 

^     .       ,.        ^       ^medially 0.010 

Antero.po8tonor  diameter.  j^^^j^j^J^^^^^,^^ ^^^^ 

For  the  opportunity  of  studying  the  osteology  of  the  existing  birds  of 
North  America,  I  am  indebted  to  the  Smithsonian  Institution.  The 
specimens  of  the  Cygnus  buccinator  and  0.  amcricanns  which  I  have  ex- 
amined are  the  Nos.  8033  and  11093  of  the  Smithsonian  Oatalogae, 
respectively. 

This  swan  was  discovered  by  Ex-Governor  Whitaker,  of  Oregon,  itt 
the  Pliocene  formation  of  that  State.    The  same  bird  was  afterward 


COP£   ON    NEW   EXTINCT   VERTEBBATA.  389 

procured  by  my  assistant,  Mr.  C.  II.  Sternberg,  who  obtained  at  one 
locality  the  bones  of  the  following  birds:— 

Podiceps  occidentalis. 
Podiceps  near  californicns, 
Podilyinbus  podiceps. 
Oraculus  macropusy  sp.  nov. 
Anser  ht/psibatusj  sp.  nov. 
Anser  canadensis. 
Anser  albifrons  gambeli. 
Aiiser  near  nigricans. 
Cygnus  paloregonus^  sp.  nov. 
FuUca  americana. 
These  were  associated  with  the  following  Mammalia-. — 

Anohenia  vitakeriana,  sp.  nov. 
Auchenia  magna  {Palauchenia  Ord). 
Atichenia  hesierna. 
Equus  major. 
Equus  ocoidentalis. 
Elephas  primigenius. 
Cani^  latrans. 
Lutra  near  piscinaria. 
Castor  fiber. 
TJiomomys  talpoides. 
Thomomys  near  clusius. 
Mylodon  sodulis,  sp.  nov. 

Hypsiropuus  discubus,  gen.  et  sp.  nov. 

A  form  of  this  order  has  recently  been  discovered  in  the  Dakota  beds 
of  Colorado  by  Mr.  Lucas,  which  is  quite  different  from  those  already 
announced.  The  vertebrae  resemble  those  of  typical  Dinosauria  in  their 
solidity  and  slightly  amphicoelous  extremities  and  in  the  wide  discoi- 
dal  form  of  the  proximal  caudals,  but  differ  from  them  in  the  extraordi- 
nary elevation  of  the  dorsal  zygapophyses,  which  stand  on  a  stem  com- 
posed of  the  neurapophyses.  The  anterior  zygapophyses  of  the  dorsal 
vertebrae  are  united  on  the  middle  line,  forming  a  basin,  which  receives 
the  posterior  zygapophyses.  This  is  not  the  case  in  the  anterior  caudals, 
where  the  zygapophyses  have  their  usual  position,  and  the  summit  of 
the  neural  spine  is  expanded  transversely.  This  genus  has  been  named 
by  me  (American  Naturalist  for  March,  1878)  Hypsirophus^  and  the  species 
H.  disciirvs.  The  dorsal  vertebra  of  the  latter  measures  0^.105  to  the 
base  of  the  neural  arch,  and  0'".300  to  the  middle  of  the  faces  of  the  pos- 
terior zygapophyses.  The  centrum  is  0°^.105  wide.  The  caudal  centrum 
18  0".175  wide  and  0°».160  high.  The  neural  arch  and  spine  are  0".676  high, 
and  the  latter  0°'.040  wide  at  the  base  and  0°^.130  wide  at  the  summit. 
The  species  was  as  large  as  Radrosaurus  foulkii.  It  is  not  impossible 
that  it  may"  be  the  same  as  the  Lcelaps  trihedrodon  Oope  (Bull.  U.  S. 
Geol.  Surv.  Terrs.,  1877,  iii,  806). 


390     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

This  species  was  referred  by  me  to  the  genas  Lalapg  provisionally, 
as  no  characters  coald  be  discovered  Id  the  mandibalar  ramus  and  teeth, 
the  only  portious  in  my  possession  which  indicated  a  genas  distinct  from 
those  already  known.  I  have  since  received  from  Mr.  Lacas  a  lemur 
and  other  bones  from  the  locality  from  which  the  jaw  and  teeth  wei-e 
derived,  which  is  appropriately  proportioned  to  them,  and  in  other  re- 
spects similar  to  the  corresponding  parts  of  other  carnivorous  DinoMimria. 
A  comparison  with  the  femora  of  lABlaps  and  Meffotonaurus  shows  that 
the  carnivore  of  the  Dakota  Beptiiian  fauna  can  be  referred  to  neither 
of  these  genera.    Its  characters  are  as  follows: — 

Head  flattened  and  transverse.  Great  trochanter  not  produced  to  the 
head,  prominent,  and  terminating  in  a  free  apex.  A  considerable  third 
trochanter  on  the  posterior  inner  side  of  the  shaft  Condyles  very  eon- 
vex,  moderately  produced,  separated  by  a  well*marked  trochlear,  and 
deep  popliteal  grooves;  surface  not  pitted.  An  epicondylar  projec- 
tion on  the  interior  side  of  the  internal  condyle. 

In  the  compressed  and  transverse  head  this  genus  agrees  with  Ikelajw, 
but  the  internal  epicondylar  tuberosity  is  not  found  in  that  genus.  The 
distal  extremity  of  the  femur  rather  resembles  that  of  MegalosaurWy 
which,  according  to  Owen,  presents  the  tuberosity  in  question.  This 
genus  has,  however,  according  to  the  same  author,  a  round  head,  so  as 
to  be  quite  distinct  from  that  of  this  form.  From  the  other  Dinosauria 
of  the  Dakota,  whose  femora  are  known,  which  belong  to  the  genera 
Camaraaaurus  and  AmphicoeliaSj  the  internal  epicondylar  enlargement, 
or  rather  the  contraction  of  the  internal  condyle,  readily  separates  it,  as 
well  as  the  larger  third  trochanter  and  flat  head. 

lu  specific  characters,  this  femur  is  intermediate  between  the  Megalo- 
naurus  hucklandii  and  the  Lcelaps  aquilunguis.  The  shaft  is  straight, 
moderately  robust,  and  with  a  transversely  oval  section. 

Bbachyrophus  altarkansanus,  gen,  et  sp.  nov. 

Char,  gen, — These  are  exhibited  in  vertebrsd  of  the  amphiccBlons  type, 
with  the  articular  concavities  rather  shallow,  and  the  centra  not  short- 
ened. What  is  probably  a  dorsal  vertebra  is  shorter  than  those  of  more 
posterior  position.  None  of  them  display  hypapophyses,  or  any  other 
apophyses  or  costal  articular  surfaces.  A  remarkable  character  of  the 
genus  is  the  shortness  of  the  pit-like  facet  for  the  attachment  of  the 
neurapdphysis.  It  is  relatively  longer  on  the  anterior  vertebra,  while 
on  the  posterior  vertebrae  it  occupies  little  more  than  one-third  the 
length  of  the  centrum,  those  of  the  opposite  sides  approaching  closely 
the  middle  line.    Tissue  of  the  centra  rather  coarsely  s^iongy. 

This  genus  presents  characters  diflerent  from  those  of  any  Dinosau- 
rian  or  Crocodilian  with  which  I  am  acquainted.  The  neural  arches 
being  lost,  some  important  indications  are  wanting. 

CJmv,  specif. — The  concavities  of  the  articular  faces  of  the  vertebrae 
are  somewhat  unsymmetric^il,  having  one  or  more  fossae  at  or  near  their' 


Diameter  of  dorsal  vertebra^ 


COPE  ON  KEW  EXTINCT  VERTEBRATA.         391 

fandas.  The  faces,  both  lateral  and  inferior,  are  concave  in  all  the  cen- 
tra, and  do  not  display  any  sculpture  of  the  surface.  The  fosssB  of  ar- 
ticulation of  the  neurapophyses  of  the  dorsal  vertebra  are  short  and 
wide,  and  have  a  deep  transverse  groove  near  the  middle.  Those  of 
the  posterior  vertebrae  are  pyriibrm,  with  the  apices  diverging,  and  ap- 
proaching nearer  the  articular  extremity  than  the  wide  portion  of  the 
fossa  does  the  opposite  end.  The  wider  portions  are  most  deeply  exca- 
vated, and  approach  near  together.  The  borders  of  the  articular  faces 
are  more  or  less  bevelled  or  recurved.  The  sides  of  all  the  centra,  includ- 
ing the  dorsal,  present  an  obtuse  longitudinal  angle  above  the  middle^ 
giving  a  hexagonal  section. 

Measurements. 

antero-poeterior 0.045 

transverse 0.046- 

^veVticaf 0.046 

Length  of  fossa  for  nenrapophysis 0.019 

I  antero-posterior 0.050 

Diameter  of  Inmbar <  transverse 0.039 

[vertical 0.040- 

Length  of  fossa  for  neurapophysis 0.018 

(antero-posterior 0.050 

transverse ;0.0S6 

vertical 0.038 

Lenfi^  of  fossa  for  neurapophysis 0.0:ii0 

The  vertebrae  indicate  for  this  reptile  a  size  similar  to  that  of  a  fully 
grown  alligator.    Discovered  by  O:  W.  Lucas  near  Canon  City,  Colo. 

Amphioottlus  LUGAsn,  gen,  et  sp.  nov. 

Ohar.  g€n,^T)i^  portions  certainly  representing  this  genus  consist  of 
dorsal  and  lumbar  vertebrae,  ribs,  and  dermal  bones.  These  indicate 
that  the  form  is  to  be  referred  to  the  amphiccelous  division  of  the  Cro- 
codilia.  The  extremities  of  the  centrum  are  regularly  cupped,  the  con- 
cavity being  separated  from  the  edge  of  the  articular  face  by  a  plane 
border.  The  neural  arch  is  co-ossified  with  the  centrum,  which  does  not 
display  any  lateral  fossa.  It  is,  however,  considerably  compressed. 
The  diapophysis  of  the  dorsal  is  below  the  neural  arch,  and  near  the 
anterior  extremity  of  the  centrum.  On  the  lumbars  it  rises  from  the 
arch,  and  is  long  and  flat.  The  anterior  zygapophysis  projects  but  lit- 
tle from  its  anterior  border,  while  the  posterior  forms  a  considerable 
process.  There  is  no  hypapophysis  on  any  of  the  lumbars,  and  proba- 
l^y  none  on  the  last  dorsal  vertebra.  The  tissue  of  the  neural  canal 
presents  a  shallow  excavation  at  the  middle  of  the  centrum,  uniform 
and  rather  finely  spongy. 

The  technical  characters  of  this  genus  are  somewhat  like  those  of 
Symphyrophus^*  but  the  two  forms  are  very  distinct.  The  vertebrae  of 
the  latter  are  amphiplatyan,  not  amphiccelous,  and  there  is  a  lateral 
fossa. 

*Paleontological  Balletin,  No.  2S,  316. 


392     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

Char,  specif. — The  base  of  the  nearal  arch  exteuds  over  the  greater 
part  of  the  length  of  the  ceutrtim.  The  dia{)ophjsi8  of  the  dorsal  ver- 
tebra is  compressed  so  as  to  be  verticaL  The  centraui  is  so  compressed 
as  to  have  a  narrow  inferior  sarface,  forming  the  apex  of  a  trianglei 
which  the  section  near  the  middle  will  represent.  The  anterior  articu- 
lar face  is  sabround,  the  posterior  sabqaadrate.  There  are  some  m- 
gosities  of  the  sides  of  the  centra,  resulting  from  small  longitudinal 
grooves  of  the  surface  near  the  extremities. 

The  anterior  zjgapophyses  of  the  lumbar  vertebr»  are  transverse 
ovals.  The  diapophyses  are  obliquely  truncate  at  the  anterior  side  of 
the  extremity.  The  anterior  extremity  of  the  centrum  becomes  more 
concave  on  the  posterior  Inmbars,  which  are  also  longer  than  the  ante- 
rior ones. 

Mecumrements. 

M. 

Length  of  six  conaecativ^e  dorsal  and  lumbar  vertebne 0.160 

Length  of  a  posterior  dorsal 0.023 

^.        ^        -  *  .,        ,S  vertical 0.017 

Diameter  of  a  postenor  dorsals  ^  n^tn 

*^  (transverse   0.019 

Transverse  diameter  of  the  same  with  the  diapophyses 0.040 

This  species,  which  is  smaller  than  the  alligator  of  the  Southern 
States,  is  dedicated  to  Superintendent  Lucas,  who  discovered  it  near 
Canon  City,  Colo.  The  bones  were  found  in  the  light-colored  sand- 
stone of  the  locality  which  produced  the  Camaramurua  aupremus. 

m 

TiCHOSTEUS  JEQUIFACIES,  Sp.  710V. 

This  species  is  indicated  by  a  number  of  vertebrse,  from  which  I  select 
as  the  best  preserved  a  probably  posterior  dorsal  or  lumbar.  In  accord- 
ance with  the  generic  characters,  the  centrum  contains  a  large  median 
cavity,  and  the  neural  arch  is  freely  articulated.  The  extremities  are 
shallow  amphicoelous,  and  there  is  no  lateral  fossa. 

The  centrum  selected  has  no  processes.  The  diapophyses  were  prob- 
ably attached  to  the  neural  arch,  which  is  lost.  The  articular  extremi- 
ties have  each  a  shallow  central  fossa,  and  they  are  nearly  similar  in 
the  degree  of  their  concavity,  which  is  not  the  case  in  the  T.  lucasanuSj 
where  one  extremity  is  more  concave  than  the  other.  They  are  also 
more  transverse  in  form  than  those  of  the  latter  species.  The  centrum 
is  concave  iuferiorly,  but  not  CDinpressed  laterally.  The  borders  next 
the  articular  extremities  are  crimped  into  short  grooves;  otherwise  the 
surfacq  is  smooth.  The  floor  of  the  neural  canal  has  a  deep  longitudi- 
nal fossa.  The  surface  for  the  neurapophysis  is  nearly  as  long  as  the 
centnim,  and  is  deeply  grooved. 

Measurements. 

M. 

Length  of  centrum O.OIO 

-    _,.     ,       -       (vertical 0.007 

Diameter  of  articular  face<  ,  aa^a 

}  transverse 0.010 

Found  by  Mr.  Lucas.  A  fragment  of  gypsum  adhered  to  the  speci- 
men. 


COPE  ON  NEW  EXTINCT  VEBTEBRATA.  393 

Xebobates  obthopygius,  sp.  nov. 

This  large  land-tortoise  is  represented  by  numerous  remains  in  my 
possession.  One  of  these  includes  the  greater  part  of  the  entire  animal, 
exhibiting,  besides  the  shell,  the  limbs  and  a  perfect  skull,  with  man- 
dible. The  specimens  were  obtained  by  an  expedition  which  explored 
the  fossiliferous  Loup  Fork  beds  of  Kansas,  in  charge  of  B.  S.  Hill. 

The  genus  Testudo^  as  left  by  Gray  in  the  '^  Catalogue  of  Shield 
Beptiles",  embraces  two  genera.  To  one  of  these  Agassiz  gave  in  1857 
the  name  of  XerobateSy  with  a  diagnosis.  In  1869,  Gray  characterized 
the  two  forms  quite  exactly  (see  his  *^  Supplement  to  the  Catalogue",  etc.), 
but  retained  the  name  Testudo  for  Agassiz's  XerobateSy  and  gave  Agassiz's 
lestudo  another  name  {Peltastes).  As  Xerobates  was  first  proposed,  it  is 
here  retained. 

This  species  has  numerous  peculiarities.  The  most  striking  is  the 
form  of  the  posterior  free  border  of  the  carapace.  Instead  of  being 
rounded,  it  is  transverse,  presenting  a  rounded  lateral  angle  on  each 
side.  The  marginal  bones  of  this  transverse  portion  are  vertical,  ex- 
tending below  the  line  of  the  lateral  free  marginals,  and  their  edges  are 
very  little  recurved,  although  acute.  The  free  marginals  in  front  of  the 
latero-posterior  angles  are  not  recurved,  but  are  obtuse  and  somewhat 
incurvedj  presenting  an  abrupt  contrast  to  the  median  marginals;  the 
whole  arrangement  of  the  free  border  thus  differing  from  anything  which 
I  have  heretofore  observed  in  this  genus.  The  sides  of  the  carapace 
swell  outward,  and  the  scutal  sutures  are  well  marked. 

The  plastron  is  a* little  concave,  ana  has  thickened  borders.  These 
have  the  peculiarity  of  rising  witn  a  vertical  external  face  to  meet  the 
inner  inguinal  and  axillary  buttresses  of  the  carapace.  There  is  no 
transverse  buttress  or  septum  in  this  part  of  the  plastron,  and  but  a 
slight  one  on  the  carapace.  The  postabdominal  bones  are  not  prominent, 
-but  are  simply  emarginate.  On  the  other  hand,  the  clavicular  (epi- 
sternal)  bones  are  produced  into  a  flat  beak,  which  is  not  emarginate,  but 
truncate  in  front.  It  is  thickened  backward,  and  encloses  a  deep  fossa 
with  the  succeeding  portion  of  the  plastron.  The  pectoral  scuta  are  ex- 
ceedingly narrow,  and  the  humero-pectoral  dermal  suture  turns  forward 
to  the  axilla.    The  general  surface  is  without  sculpture. 

There  are  numerous  osseous  bosses  on  the  limbs,  doubtless  ossifica- 
tions of  large  marginal  and  other  dermal  scuta.  They  have  usually  a 
low  apex,  central  or  eccentric. 

The  maxillary  alveolar  border  is  rather  finely  serrate,  and  the  two 
inner  alveolar  ridges  are  rugose*  The  premaxillaries  are  not  prominent, 
and  are  separated  by  a  slight  notch.  The  cranium  is  of  medium  pro- 
portions, and  neither  elongate  nor  widened.  The  profile  is  plane,  except 
a  slight  descent  to  the  nares.  The  zygomata  were  probably  complete, 
but  slender.  They  are  broken  off  in  the  specimen,  but  preserved  loose. 
There  is  a  fossa  at  the  base  of  each  exoccipital,  and  a  wide  one  on  the 
basioccipital.  The  palatal  concavity  is  deep,  and  the  edges  of  the 
Bull.  iv.  No.  2 G 


394     BULLETIH  UNITED  8TATE8  OEOLOOICAL  8USVET. 

pterygoids  are  narrow.  Thesapraooeipitalprooewisloiig.  Front  nearly 
plane  transversely.  The  mandibnlar  ramus  is  of  onifonn  depth  fiom 
the  corouoid  forward,  and  the  symphysis  is  sabvertical.  Ihe  inner 
alTeoUr  edge  extends  almost  to  the  symphysis. 

MeiunrfmenU,  h. 

Length  of  crmBiam 0.115 

Width  of  craoiam  at  qnadxmtee — ..•••....  Ol(M> 

iDterorbital  width  of  cnoiom QM9 

OnafeMt  width  of  palmtal  tesa 0l0S6 

Elevation  of  occipnt 0.033 

Length  of  mandible 0.075 

I>epth  of  mandible  at  tymphysia 0.019 

Length  of  plaatron 0.615 

Width  at  axiU» 0080 

Width  at  inguinal  borders OHIO 

Width  between  poeterior  apicee 0.100 

Width  at  base  of  anterior  lip 0.185 

Width  at  end  of  anterior  lip OlOTO 

Leogthof  anterior  lip  abo^ 0.100 

Length  of  an  anterior  marginal  bone OuOiS 

Width  of  the  tame 0.100 

Thicknees  of  the  tame OJOSA 

Length  of  femar  (coodylee  estimated) 0.170 

Width  of  head  pine  great  trochanter 0.090 

Diameter  of  head 1 0lO45 

Diameter  of  shaft  (least) 0.030 

Xebobates  cyolopygius,  «p.  nov. 

This  species  was  fonnd  by  G.  H.  Sternberg  in  the  horizon  in  which  the 
preceding  species  was  obtained.  It  resembles  it  in  several  imp<Htant 
features;  but  as  the  skull  is  unknown,  it  is  not  certain  that  it  belongs  to 
the  genus  Xerobates. 

The  general  form  is  round,  the  carapace  being  shortened  behind,  where 
its  outline  is  a  segment  of  a  circle.  The  posterior  marginal  bones  are 
Tertical,  and  the  edges  are  shortly  recurved  from  one  ingninal  notch  to 
the  other.  It  resembles  the  X.  orthopygius  in  the  low  buttresses  which 
connect  the  base  of  the  costal  bones  with  the  elevated  inguinal  margin 
of  the  hyposternal  bone.  The  axillary  margin  of  the  hyostemal  is  not 
elevated.  The  posterior  extremity  of  the  plastron  is  openly  notched. 
The  anterior  lip  is  unknown. 

The  carapace  is  flattened,  but  has  a  low  tuberosity  on  the  posterior 
part  of  the  first  vertebral  scutum.  In  front  of  this,  the  superior  surfhce 
descends  to  be  again  produced  into  the  transverse  flaring  anterior  lip- 
like border.  The  surface  of  the  costal  bones  is  marked  by  grooves  con- 
centric with  the  border  of  the  carapace,  which  are  separated  by  obtuse 
intervals  wider  than  themselves.  The  plastron  is  marked  by  grooves 
parallel  with  the  longitudinal  and  transverse  sutures. 

The  scuta  are  well  marked.    The  j^ectoral  is  very  narrow.    Tbe  nuchal 


COPE   ON  NEW  EXTINCT  VERTEBRATE.  395 

18  present  and  rather  wide,  and  the  vertebral  scata  are  quadrate  in  out- 
line. 

A  n  amber  of  specimens  of  this  species  was  found,  which  vary  some- 
what in  size. 

Measurements. 

No.  1. 

%  M. 

Lenfj^th  of  the  posterior  lobe  of  the  plastron 0.140 

Width  of  the  posterior  lobe  of  the  plastron  at  the  base 0.240 

No.  2. 
Length  of  the  carapace  (axial) 0.330 

Width  of  the  carapace  at  the  front 0.330  ' 

Greatest  elevation • ^... 0.015 

Length  of  thennchal  scnte 0.004 

Length  of  the  first  vertebral OJ09O 

Width  of  the  first  vertebral 0.116 

Width  of  the  second  vertebral , 0.090 

Length  of  the  second  vertebral 0.105 

No.  3. 

Length  of  the  carapace  behind  the  bridge 0.06$ 

Width  of  the  carapace  at  the  bridge  behind 0.240 

The  largest  of  these  is  smaller  than  the  twospeGimens  of  the  X  ottluh 
pygius  which  I  have  examined. 

PSEUDEMYS  HILLII,  Sp.  ftOV. 

This  water- tortoise,  from  the  same  formation  as  the  Xerobates  above 
described,  is  nearly  allied  to  the  ezistiug  species  P.  elegans  Wied.  It  is 
represented  by  a  single  specimen,  which  embraces  nearly  the  whole  plas- 
tron, with  numerous  portions  of  carapace,  cranium,  and  limbs. 

The  vertebral  bones  preserved  are  nearly  as  wide  as  long,  are  narrowed 
posteriorly,  and  possess  a  smooth  surface.  The  costals  are  united  with 
the  marginals  by  gomphosis.  Their  surface  is  marked  by  rather  distinct 
and  remote  grooves,  which  are  parallel  to  the  circumference  of  the  cara- 
pace. The  marginals  are  smooth,  and  their  edges  are  acute,  very  little 
recurved,  and  medially  entire,  or  nearly  so.  There  is  a  notch  at  the  point 
of  junction  of  several  pairs  of  the  median  bones,  while  there  is  a  rather 
deep  notch  at  the  middle  of  the  anal  marginal,  which  is  also  not  recurved, 
but  straight.  The  dermal  sutures  are  well  marked.  The  osseous  sur- 
face is  delicately  crimped  below  the  costo- marginal  suture,  the  grooves 
of  which  assume  an  obliquely  posterior  direction  on  the  posterior  half 
of  each  marginal  bone. 

The  lateral  border  of  the  posterior  lobe  of  the  plastron  is  gently  con- 
vex to  the  end  of  the  anal  dermal  suture,  where  it  is  slightly  concave, 
but  not  notched.  The  posterior  extremity  is  slightly  emarginate,  and 
the  postabdomiuals  are  broadly  rounded.  The  mesosternal  bone  is 
not  deeply  received  into  the  hyosternals.  The  plastron  is  flat,  and  the 
lateral  buttresses  are  low.    The  superior  surfaces  of  the  borders  are 


396     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

but  little  thickeoed,  and  they  pass  gradaally  into  the  common  surface 
*of  the  plastron.  The  inferior  surface  exhibits  a  delicate  grooving, 
which  is  parallel  to  the  long  axis  of  the  animal ;  it  is  most  distinct  just 
behind  the  dermal  cross-sutures.  This  species  is  about  the  size  of  the 
PiieudemyH  elegans.    The  typical  specimen  is  adult. 

Measurements. 

LcDgth  of  ftlAstron  minuB  clavicles  (epistemals) 0.165 

Length  of  posterior  lobe 0.075 

Width  of  posterior  lobe  at  base 0.090 

^  Length  of  a  vertebral  l»one 0.020 

'width  of  the  same 0.018 

Length  of  a  costal  bone 0.019 

Thickness  of  the  same 0.00:25 

Length  of  anal  marginal  (lateral) 0.025 

Width  of  anal  marginal 0.022 

Length  of  first  marginal  behind  bridge 0.0*iO 

Width  of  first  marginal  behind  bridge 0.029 

This  species  differs  from  the  P.  elegans  in  the  absence  of  the  median 
emarginations  of  the  posterior  marginal  bones ;  in  the  absence  of  notch 
of  the  posterior  lobe  of  the  plastron  at  the  end  of  the  anal  suture ;  and 
in  the  general  absence  of  ridges  on  the  costal  bones.  The  median 
notch  of  the  anal  marginal  bone  is  more  pronounced  in  the  existing 
species. 

This  tortoise  was  discovered  by  Eussell  S.  Hill,  to  whom  it  is  dedi- 
cated. 


ART.  XVII -NOTES  ON  A  COLLECTION  OF  FISHES  FROM  THE 

RIO  GRANDE,  AT  BROWNSVILLE,  TEXAS. 


By  David  S.  Jordan,  M.  D. 


A  small  jar  of  fishes  collected  at  BrownsvillC)  Texas,  has  been  lately 
discovered  in  overhauling  the  collections  of  the  United  States  Nation^ 
Masenm.  The  name  of  the  collector  and  the  date  of  the  collection  are 
lost,  and  most  of  the  specimens  are  in  poor  condition  from  long  neglect; 
still  a  study  of  them  has  added  something  to  oar  meagre  knowledge  of 
the  fish-fanna  of  the  Kio  Orande.  With  one  or  two  exceptions,  the  spe* 
cies  have  all  been  described  by  Girard,  often  under  several  different 
names,  in  the  Ichthyology  of  the  United  States  and  Mexican  Boundary. 

Family  CENTRARCHIDiE. 

Genus  LEPIOPOMUS  Bafinesque. 
1.— LEPIOPOMUS  PALLIDUS  (Mitchill)  Gill  &  Jordan. 

ISlA^LahruB  paUidus'MiTcmJA.y  Trans.  Lit.  and  Phil.  Soc.  N.  T.  407. 

Lepomis  pallidu9  Gill  &.  Jordan  (1677),  Field  and  Forest,  p. — . 

Lfpiopomua pallidas  Jordan  (1877),  Ann.  N.  Y.  Lyo.  Nat.  Hist.  316. 

Helioperca  pallida  Jordan  (1877),  Ann.  N.  Y.  Lyo.  Nat.  Hist.  355. 

Lepicp<mu»pallidu9  Jordan  (1877),  Bull.  U.  S.  Nat  Mas.  x,  43. 

LepicpomuB  palliduB  Jordan  (1878),  Man.  Vert.  ed.  2d,  241. 
IBIQ—Labrus  appendix  Mitchill,  Am.  Monthly  Mag.  v.  2,  247.     (Not  Pomoti$  appmdiM 

DeKay  ei  ami,  =L.  auriius  (L.)  Raf.) 
ie31~Pomotw  incisor  Cuv.  &  Val.  Hist.  Nat.  des  Poissons,  Tii,  466. 

Pomoiis  infisor  DeKav  (1842),  N.  Y.  Fauna.  Fishes,  33. 

Fomotis  indsor  Storer  (1846),  Synopsis,  293. 

Pomotis  incisor  Agassiz  (1854),  Am.  Journ.  Sci.  Arts,  302. 

Pomotis  incisor  Girard  (1858),  Pac.  R.  R.  Survey,  24. 

Pomotis  incisor  GCnther  (1859),  Cat.  Fishes,  i,  2o9. 

IchthelU  incisor  Holbrook  (1860),  Ich.  S.  Car.  12. 

Ichthelis  incisor  Putnam  (1863),  Bull.  Mns.  Comp.  Zool.  i,  6. 

Lepomis  incisor  Gill  (1864),  Am.  Jonm.  Sc.  Arts,  93. 

Lepomis  incisor  Cope  (1865),  Proc.  Ac.  Nat.  Sc.  Phil.  83. 

Ichthelis  incisor  Jordan  (1876),  Man.  Vert.  235, 317. 

Ichihelis  incisor  Net.80N  (1876),  Bull.  Ills.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.  37. 

Ichthelis  incisor  Jordan  &  Copeland  (1876),  Check  List,  138. 
leSl—Pomotis  gibhosjis  Cuvier  &  Valenciennes  (1831),  Hist.  Nat.  des  Poissons,  vii,  467, 

Pomotis  gibhosus  Storer  (1846),  Synopsis  Fishes  N.  A.  293. 
IQ^— Pomotis  speciosus  Baird  &  Girard  (1854),  Proc.  Ac.  Nat.  Sc.  Phil.  24. 

Pomotis  speciosus  Girard  (1858),  Pac.  R.  R.  Surv.  23. 

Pomotis  speciosus  GQnthkr  (1859),  Cat.  Fishes  Brit.  Mus.  i,  263. 

397 


398     BULLETIN  L^^ITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  8URTET. 

1854— XfjNMiiif^pedotiw  Cope  (1370),  Proc.  Am.  Philos.  Soc.  Phil.  453.    (Excl.  tjii.  P. 
heros  Grd.) 

IchihdU  imdwr  var.  ipectofficf  Jordax  (l^G),  Man.  Vert.  236. 

Idtihelli  9peeia9U9  Nblson  (1876),  Ball.  Ilia.  Nat.  Hist.  Soc.  37. 
1657 — PomotU  luua  GiRARD,  Pioa  Ac  Nat.  Sc  Phil.  p.  — . 

Pomotls  Una  Guued  (1858),  U.  8.  Pac.  R.  B.  Sarr.  x«  22.    (Excl.  syn.  pars.) 
1865— 2>pamif  longitpiuiM  CoPK,  Proc  Ac.  Nat.  Sc.  Phila.  83. 

Lepomu  longUpinis  Cope  (1868),  Journ.  Ac.  Nat.  Sc.  Phila.  220. 
IQGS—Lepomii  megalotU  Cope,  Jonm.  Ac.  Nat.  Sc.  Phila.  452. 

LepomiM  wugalotiB  Cope  (1870),  Proc.  Am.  Philos.  Soc.  Phil.  452. 
1868— Lfpomif  ardniacut  Cope,  Joam.  Ac.  Nat.  Sc  Phila.  222. 

LepomiM  ardmiacua  Cope  (1870),  Proc  Am.  Philoc  Soc  453. 
1870— X^Miw  purpunueema  Cofe  (1870),  Proc.  Am.  Philoc  Soc.  453. 

A  single  yoang  Bpecimen  of  this  widely  distribated  species.  There  is 
no  evident  difference  in  the  size  of  the  spines  between  Texan  and  STorth* 
em  indivldaals  of  this  species  if  specimens  of  the  same  size  are  com- 
pared. As  in  other  Sanfishes^  yonng  individuals  have  the  spines 
proportionally  higher. 

Genus  APOMOTIS  Itafinesque. 
i\'Apomoti8  ctanellus  (Bafinesqne)  Jordan. 

1818— iS>paric«  cyaneltu  RafdiESQCTE  (1818),  Am.  Monthly  Mag.  353.    (Not  described.) 
1819 — Lepamit  {dpomotia)  cyanellits  Baf.  Journ.  de  Physique,  419. 

IctkelU  {TelipomiB)  cpmella  Raf.  (1820),  loh.  Ohienais, 2t5. 

Ckctmobrjfttua  q/andlM  Jordak  (187G),  Bull.  Buff.  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.  9*2. 

Chamobryttut  qfmnellus  JORDAN  (1876),  Man.  Vert.  234. 

TelipomU  cyanellM  Neusok  (1876),  Bull.  Ills.  Mas.  Nat.  Hist.  37. 

Telipomu  qfanellut  Jordan  d^  Copeland  (1876),  Check  List,  137. 

Jpomotis  cyanellu$  Jordan  (1877),  Proc.  Ac.  Nat.  Sc.  Phila. 

Apomotia  cyaneUu$  Jordan  ( 1877 },  Bull.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mas.  ix,  19. 

Apomotu  cjfanellu$  Jordan  (1877),  Bull.  V,  S.  Nat.  Mus.  x,  p.  35. 

ApomotiB  oyamllMS  Jordan  (187b),  Man.  Vert.  ed.  2d,  230. 
1820— JcOWm  melanops  Raf.  loh.  Oh.  28. 

CkamolrryttuM  meUutapi  Cope  (1865),  Proc.  Ac.  Nat.  So.  Phil.  84. 

Zepomia  mdanapa  Cope  (1868),  Journ.  Ac.  Nat.  Sc.  Phil.  223. 

CluBnohrjfitua  melanopa  Cope  (1870),  Proc.  Am.  Philos.  Soc.  Phil.  452. 

Ch€anobrjfttua  cyanellita  var.  melanopa  Jordan  (1876),  Man.  Vert.  234. 
1831 — Brifttua  punctatua,  Cuv.  Sc  Vau  Poissons,  vii,  347. 

Bryttua  punctatua  Storer  (1846),  Synopsis,  295. 

Bryttua  punctatua  GCnther  (1859),  Cat.  Fishes  Brit.  Mus.  i,  259. 
1853— Pomo^M  longulua  Baird  &  Girard,  Proc.  Ac.  Nat.  Sc.  Phil.  391. 

Pomoiia  longulua  Baird  <&  Girard  (1853),  Marcy  Red  R.  Expl.  245. 

Bryttua  longulua  Baird  6l  Girard  (1854),  Proc.  Ac.  Nat  Sc  Phil.  25. 

Calliurua  longulua  Girard  (1858),  Pac.  R.  R.  Siurv\  x,  16. 

Calliurus  longulua  Girard  (1859),  U.  S.  Mex.  Bound.  Surv.  Ichth.  5. 
IQoT^Calliurua  diaphanua  Girard,  Proc.  Ac.  Nat.  Sc.  Phil.  p.  — . 

Calliurua  diaphanua  Girard  (185b),  Pac.  R.  R.  Surv.  x,  13. 
1857 — Calliurua  formoaua  Girard,  Proc.  Ac.  Nat.  Sc.  Phil.  p.  — . 

Calliurua  formoaua  Girakd  (1858),  Pac.  R.  R.  Surv.  14. 
1857 — Calliurua  micropa  Girard,  Proo,  Ac.  Nat.  Sc.  Phil.  x).  — . 

Calliurua  micropa  (1858),  Pac.  R.  R.  Surv.  17. 

Telipomia  micropa  Nelson  ( 1876).  Bull.  Ills.  Mus.  Nut.  Hist.  37. 


JORDAN   ON   FISHES   FROM  THE   RIO   GRANDE.  399 

USir—CallUurus  nmrinuB  Oirard  (1857),  Proc  Ac.  Nat.  Sc  Pbil.  p.  ~. 

CalUurHB  murinva  Girard  (1858),  Pao.  S.  R.  SSurv.  18. 
1864— ^ryffM  mineopoB  Copb,  Proc.  Ac.  Nat.  Sc.  Phil.  84. 

Lepomis  mineopas  Cope  (1868),  Jonrn.  Ac.  Nat.  Sc.  Phil.  224. 

Cticenobryttua  mvieopas  Cope  (1870),  Proc.  Am.  Pbilos.  Soc.  452. 

Several  young  8i>ecimeus  of  this  widely  dififased  species. 

Family  LABRIDiE.     (?) 

A  very  yoang  specimen  of  some  genus  unknown  to  me,  apparently 
Xoiroid.  There  are  about  fifteen  spines  in  the  single  dorsal  fin,  and  a 
less  number  of  soft  rays.  In  the  anal  fin  are  three  stout  spines,  the 
second  decidedly  longest.  The  lateral  line  runs  very  high,  concurrent 
with  the  back.  The  teeth  are  large  and  conical.  The  general  aspect  is 
^[laroid^  The  specimen  is  so  small  that  I  have  not  attempted  further  to 
iisoertain  its  relations. 

Family  GOBIID^E.     (?) 

Genus  SEMA  Jordan  {gen.  nor.). 

3. — Sema  signifer  Jordan  («p.  iwt.). 

A  small  fish  in  this  collection  has  puzzled  me  very  much.  Its  affini- 
ties are  apparently  OohUnd^  but  it  seems  to  bear  little  resemblance  to 
any  of  the  current  genera  of  that  family,  nor  am  I  able,  in  any  of  the 
books  accessible  to  me,  to  find  any  account  of  any  fish  to  which  it  bears 
any  special  resemblance.  It  is  possible  that  it  has  been  described 
already  in  some  w(N'k  with  which  I  am  nofc  acquainted,  or  that  its  affini- 
ties are  remote  from  those  species  with  which  I  have  compared  it.  After 
consideration,  however,  I  have  thought  best  to  make  the  species  known, 
even  though  my  knowledge  of  its  structure  is  incomplete,  for  the  char- 
acters of  the  species  are  so  marked  that  whoever  finds  a  second  speci- 
men will  have  no  difficulty  in  identifying  it  from  the  present  descrip- 
tion. I  shall  not  attempt  at  present  to  separate  the  generic  from  the 
specific  characters.  The  name  suggested  for  the  genus  is  from  <r77/xa,  a 
banner,  in  allusiou  to  the  high  fins. 

Body  oblong,  moderately  elevated,  greatly  compressed,  the  depth 
31  in  lengfch,  the  caudal  peduncle  rather  deep,  the  greatest  depth 
of  body  being  opposite  the  vent,  which  is  midway  between  the  snout 
and  the  base  of  the  caudal.  The  compression  of  the  body  in  the  type- 
specimen  is  excessive,  but  this  may  be  in  part  due  to  its  soft  con- 
dition. Head  large,  4  in  length  to  the  base  of  the  caudal,  compressed, 
nearly  circular  in  outline,  the  snout  extremely  gibbous,  the  interorbital 
space  narrow  and  almost  carinated.  Mouth  very  small,  terminal  ob- 
lique, the  maxillary  not  reaching  to  the  front  of  the  eye ;  jaws  equal 
when  the  mouth  is  closed;  teeth,  if  present,  not  evident;  eye  large, 
longer  than  snout,  about  3  in  head ;  opercular  bones  rather  narrow, 
with  entire  edges,  the  preoperculum  forming  a  broad  arc,  more  nearly 


400     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

horizontal  Id  position  than  is  usaal;  operculam  striated;  the  head  in 
the  typical  specimen  entirely  scaleless. 

Gill-openings  wide,  the  gill-membranes  not  much  connected  below. 

Scales  quite  small,  not  closely  imbricated,  seemingly  partly  imbed- 
ded in  the  skin;  lateral  line  obscure,  nearly  straight,  the  number  of 
scales  included  in  it  not  ascertainable.  Dorsal  fin  single,  beginning 
just  behind  the  head,  the  length  of  its  base  just  half  the  length  of  the 
fish  from  snout  to  base  of  caudal.  It  consists  of  about  eight  flexible 
spines,  gradually  increasing  in  length  backward.  There  are  about 
fifteen  soft  rays,  which  are  much  higher  than  the  spines,  also  increasing 
in  height  backward.  The  condition  of  the  specimen  renders  it  impos- 
sible to  exactly  count  either  soft  rays  or  spines  without  danger  of 
breaking  them.  The  above  count,  as  well  as  that  of  the  anal  and  ven- 
tral fins  is  only  an  approximation,  made  by  counting  the  bases  of  the 
rays.  The  last  and  longest  ray  of  the  dorsal  is  about  two* fifths  of  the 
length  of  the  fish  from  the  snout  to  the  base  of  the  caudal.  The  anal 
fin  is^  little  shorter  than  the  dorsal,  and  consists  of  about  two  spines 
and  some  eighteen  or  twenty  soft  rays.  The  form  of  the  fin  is  similar 
to  that  of  the  dorsal,  and  the  hinder  part  of  the  fin  is  similarly  ele^ 
vated,  the  longest  rays  being  about  two-fifths  as  long  as  the  fish. 

Caudal  fin  greatly  elongated,  rounded  or  lanceolate  in  outline,  pro- 
duced behind,  its  length  nearly  half  that  of  the  rest  of  the  fish. 

Ventral  fins  thoracic,  apparently  1,5,  and  apparently  united  into  one. 
I  regret  that  this  important  matter  cannot  be  certainly  decided.  When 
first  examined,  the  two  were  united  into  one  lanceolate  fin,  but  in  hand- 
ling they  were  split  apart,  apparently  not  naturally,  but  the  possibility 
remains  that  they  were  merely  stuck  together  by  some  adhesive  sub- 
stance. At  all  events,  the  two  were  very  close  together,  and  the  bases 
still  seem  to  be  connected.  Pectorals  rather  narrow,  apparently  short; 
the  ends,  however,  broken ;  their  position  as  in  percoid  fishes. 

Colors  vanished.    In  spirit^s,  at  present,  uniform  pale. 

Length  of  typical  specimen  two  inches.  It  is  in  good  condition,  every 
part  being  present,  but  like  most  museum  specimens  it  has  become  ex- 
tremely soft.  I  have  not  attempted  to  dissect  the  fish  as  I  do  not  wish 
to  destroy  or  injure  it,  and  I  therefore  leave  for  future  investigation  the 
determination  of  its  aflBnities,  referring  it  provisionally  to  the  Oohiidm^ 
on  the  ground  of  the  apparent  cohesion  of  the  ventrals. 

Family  CYPRIXODONTID.E. 

Genus  HYDRARGYRA  Lac6pede. 
4. — Hydrabgyra  similis  Baird  &  Girard. 

1853 — Hydrargyra  similis  Baird  &  Girard,  Proc.  Ac.  Nat.  Sc.  Phila.  389. 

IJydrargyra  similis  Girard  (1859),  U.  S.  and  Mex.  Bonnd.  Ichth.  68,  pi.  85,  f.  1-8. 
tFundulus  similis  GCnther  (18<3C),  Cat.  Fisbes  Brit.  Mus.  vi,  323. 

Several  small  female  specimens,  stout  and  full-bodied.  They  agree 
closely  with  Girard's  description   and   figure,  but  not  very  well  with 


JORDAN   ON  FISHES   FROM   THE   BIO   GRANDE.  401 

Giinther's  accouDt,  especially  in  regard  to  the  position. of  the  dorsal. 
There  seem  to  be  eleven  rays  in  the  anal.  The  nnmber  of  branchioste- 
gals  is  apparently  six ;  the  species  is  therefore  a  Hydrargyra^  and  not  a 
FunduluSj  as  those  genera  are  now  understood. 

Family  CYPRINIDiE. 

Genus  CAMPOSTOMA  Agassiz. 

5.— Campostoma  formosulum  Girard. 

l^o^'-CampMtomaformosulum  Girard,  Proc.  Ac.  Nat.  Sc.  Phila.  176. 

CamposiomaformMulum  Girard  (1859),  U.  S.  Mex.  Bound.  Snr.  Ichthyol.  41,  pi.  25, 

f.5-8. 
Campontama  formosulum  Jordan  &,  Copelaxd  (1S76;,  Check  List,  146. 

A  single  specimen  of  a  Campostoma^  with  a  rather  long  and  pointed 
head.  Its  scales  are  rather  large,  51  in  the  lateral  Hue.  It  agrees  well 
with  Girard's  fignre  and  description,  but  the  points  of  distinction  be 
tween  the  species  and  the  common  C.  anomalum  are  not  evident. 

Genus  HYBOGNATHUS  Agassiz. 

(Ilybognathus,  Jlgoma,  and  Dionda  Girard.) 

C— Hybognathus  AMARUS  (Girard)  Jordan. 

1856 — Jlgoma  amara  Girard,  Proc.  Ac.  Nat.  Sc.  Phila.  181. 

Algoma  amara  Girard  (1889),  U.  S.  and  Mex.  Bound.  Snrv.  Icbtbyol.  40,  pi.  27,  f. 

17-20. 
Algoma  amara  Jordan  &,  Copelaxd  (1876),  Check  List,  ]50.  / 

Sevei^l  specimens  of  a  small,  pale,  large-scaled  species  of  Hybognathusy 
very  similar  to  H,  nuchalis  Ag.,  and  agreeing  well  with  Girard's  figure 
and  description.  Lateral  line  36  to  38.  The  genera  Algoma  and  Dionda 
do  not  differ  in  any  tangible  respect  from  Hyhognathus^  and,  until  some 
good  distinctive  character  is  found,  should  be  reunited  with  it.  The 
species  of  Dionda  and  Algoma  are  generally  small  and  thick- bodied,  and 
Girard's  typical  series  of  teeth,  preserved  in  the  National  Museum, 
show  the  teeth  of  Dionda  as  generally  shorter  proportionally  than  tho  so 
ef  Hyhognaihus.  In  this  respect,  as  well  as  in  ttie  form  of  the  boil  y,. 
Algoma  is  intermediate. 

7. — Hybognathus  serenus  (Girard)  Jordan. 

1856— Dionda  %erena  Girard,  Proc.  Ac.  Nat.  Sc.  Phila.  177. 

Dionda  Serena  Girard  (1859),  U.  S.  Mex.  Bonnd.  Sarv.  Ich.  42,  pi.  '26,  f.  U-12. 

Dionda  serena  Jordan  &  Copeland  (187C),  Check  List,  147. 
leSAj^Dionda  texeneis  Girard,  Proc.  Ac.  Nat.  Sc.  Phila.  177. 

Dionda  texensis  Girard  (1859),  U.  S.  Mex.  Bound.  Snrv,  Ich.  42,  pi.  2r>,  f.  21-24. 

Dionda  textneia  Jordan  &,  Coprland  (1870),  Check  List,  147. 


402     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

1856— />ioiM2a  argentoMi  Gourd,  Proc.  Ac.  Xat.  Sc.  Phila.  176. 

JHotuia  argenUma  Girakd  (1859),  U.  S.  Mex.  Bound.  Survey,  Ichtb.  43,  pi.  2b,  f.  &-& 

Dionda  argmto—  Jordan  &,  Copeland  (ld76),  Check  List,  147. 
1656— DioMda  chrysitu  Girard,  Proc.  Ac.  Nat.  8c.  Phil.  178. 

D'umda  chry$iti»  Girard  (1859),  U.  S.  Mex.  Bound.  Sarv.  Ichthy.  43,  pU  26,  f.  13-16. 

Dionda  chryntis  Jordan  &,  Copeland  (1(^76),  Check  List,  147. 
1856 —  Dionda  papalis  Girard,  Proc.  Ac.  Nat.  8c  Phil.  178. 

Dionda  papalis  Girakd  (1859),  U.  S.  Pac.  R.  K.  Sun-,  x,  228. 

Dionda  jMjtaliit  Jordan  Sl  Copkland  (187G),  Check  List,  147. 

Numerous  specimens  of  a  sleuder,  silvery  species  of  HybognathuSj 
agreeing  equally  well  iu  all  essential  particulars  with  all  of  6irard*8 
descriptions  and  figures  above  cited.  I  therefore  unite  them  all  under 
the  oldest  name,  without  much  hesitation,  as  even  if  other  species  of  the 
group  called  I>ionda  occur,  we  cannot  safely  refer  them  to  any  one  of 
Dr.  Oirard's  species  more  than  to  another,  except  in  those  few  cases  where 
the  typical  examples  have  been  preserved,  if.  fpueopiM,  tpadioeusyplum- 
beua^  and  melancfs  are  apparently  species  distinct  from  wmMU.  Some 
of  the  species  called  Hjfbarhynchut  may  prove  to  belong  to  Htfbognathus. 

8.— Hybognathus  melanops  (Girard)  Jordan. 

iSoG— Dionda  melanops  Girard,  Proc.  Ac.  Nat.  Sc.  Phila.  178. 

Dionda  melanops  Girakd  (1859),  U.  8.  and  Mex.  Bound.  Surv.  Ichthy.  44,  pi.  26,  t 
17-20. 

Dionda  melanops  Jordan  &  Copeland  (1876),  Check  List,  147. 
1856— IKjiufa  couchi  Girard,  Proc.  Ac.  Nat.  8c.  Phila.  178. 

Dionda  ooucki  Girard  (1859),  U.  8.  and  Mex.  Bound.  Snrv.  Ich.  44,  pi.  26,  f.  1-4. 

Dionda  couckii  Jordan  &  Copeland  (1876),  Check  List,  147. 

Numerous  specimens  of  a  short,  compressed,  and  deep-bodied  species, 
apparently  identical  with  Girard's  melanops  and  couchL 

Genus  PIMEPHALES  Rafinesque. 

9.— Pimephales  promelas  Rafinesque. 

l^a^^PimephaUs  promelas  Raf.  Ich.  Oh.  94. 

PimepkaUs  promelas  Kirtland  (1838),  Rep.  Zool.  Oh.  194. 

Pimepkales promelas  Kirtland  (1838),  Bost.  Jouru.  Nat.  Hist,  iii,  475. 

Pimepkdles promelas  Stoker  ^184fi),  Syn.  418. 

Pimephales  promelas  Agassiz  (1855),  Amer.  Jonm.  Sci.  Arts,  220. 

Pimephales  promelas  Putnam  (1863),  Bnll.  M.  C.  Z.  8. 

Pimephales  promelas  GOnthkr  (1868),  Cat.  Fishes,  vii,  181. 

Pimephales  promelas  Jordan  (1874),  Ind.  Geol.  Surv.  224. 

Pimephales  promelas  Jordan  (1876),  Bull.  Buff.  Soc.  Nat.  Uist.  94. 

Pimephales  promelas  Jordan  (1876),  Man.  Vert.  275. 

Pimephales  promelas  Jordan  &,  Copkland  (1676),  Check  List,  146. 

Pimephales  promelas  Nelson  (1876),  Bull.  Ills.  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.  45. 

Pimephales  promelas  Jordan  (1877),  Bnll.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.  ix,  32. 
18^6— Pimephales  maculosus  Girard,  Proc.  Phil.  Ac.  Sc.  180. 
1858 — Pimephales  maculosus  Girard,  Pac.  R.  R.  Surv.  x,  2'M. 
1658^ Pimeph ales  fasciatus  Girard,  Pac.  R.  R.  Surv.  x,  2;U. 


JOEDAK   ON  FISHES   FROM   THE   RIO   ORAND^  403 

1Q60--Plargifru8  melanooephalma  Abbott,  Proc.  PhiL  Ac.  So.  39&. 

PimephalM  vulanocephalus  Jobdak  Sl  Copelamd  (187C),  Check  LUt,  146. 
IQ&i^Pimephalet  mUegii  Cope,  Proc.  Ac.  8c.  Phila.  282. 

Pim^halea  milerii  GCnthbr  (1868),  Cat  Fishce,  vii,  181. 

PimepkaUi  miUHi  Jordan  (1876),  Man.  Vert.  276. 
ISGG^Pimepkalei  €iffM9Uii  CoPS,  Cyp.  Penn.  391. 

Pimephales  agassizii  Jordan  (1874),  Ind.  Geol.  Sarv.  224. 

A  few  specimens  apparently  identical  with  others  from  the  Ohio  River. 
This  species,  like  Lepiopomua  paUiduSj  Apamotis  cyanelluSj  C^Mtpogtama 
anamaluMy  Notemigonus  chryBoleucus^  and  Amiurus  nataiiSy  mentioned  in 
this  paper,  is  one  of  those  widely  diffused  and  variable  species  the 
occurrence  of  which  almost  anywhere  east  of  the  Pacific  slope  need  not 
surprise  any  one. 

Genus  ALBUBXOPS  Girard. 

(Kyhopns  of  Cope,  etc,  bat  probably  not  of  Agassiz.) 

10. — Albubnops  mi8SU]^I£Nsis  (Oope)  Jordan. 

1872 — ffyhopsis  missurieiisii  Copb,  Hayden  Sarvey  Wyoming,  1870, 437. 

Hybopsi*  ffiiMourieiMM  Jordan  &,  Copklaxd  (1876),  Check  List,  150. 
MybopsU  miaaurienHa  Jordan  (1878),  Man.  Vert.  ed.  2d,  29L 

Numerous  specimens,  agreeing  closely  with  Professor  Cope's  descrip- 
tion, except  that  the  distended  stomachs  make  the  iH[>parent  depth  pro- 
portionally greater.  The  teeth  are  4 — 4,  with  strong  masticatory  sur- 
face ;  the  scaleB  are  extremely  lar^e,  5 — 30 — 3.  The  month  is  oblique  in 
position  and  scarcely  inferior.  The  dorsal  fin  is  over  the  ventrals.  In 
color,  these  specimens  are  pale  and  silvery. 

Genus  CYPRINELLA  Girard. 
11.— GYPsmELLA  BtTBAi^iNA  (Baird  &  Girard)  Girard. 

1853 — LeucUouB  hubalinus  B.  &  G.  Proo.  Ac  Nat.  8c.  Phila.  391. 

LencUcua  hubaUnua  B.  &  G.  (18o3),  Haroy  Explor.  Red.  R.  249,  pi.  14,'f.  5-^. 

CypHnella  hubaUna  Girard  (18G6),  Proe.  Ac  Nat.  8c  Phila.  197. 

Cyprindla  hubalina  Girard  (1858),  U.  8.  Pac.  R.  R.  £xpl.  2G6. 

CypHnelUihubalina  Jordan  &.  Copeland  (1476), Check  List,  153. 
l85&^*^pHnella  umhroaa  Girard,  Proc.  Ac  Nat.  8c.  Phila.  197. 

Cyprimlla  mmhf09a  Girard  (1858),  U.  8.  Pac.  R.  R.  Eipl.  266,  pi.  58,  f.  1-5. 

CyprUeUa  wmbroaa  Jordan  A  Copxland  (1876).  Check  List,  153. 

Many  specimens  of  a  very  deep-bodied  species  of  CypHnella^  agreeing 
well  with  both  0.  hubalina  and  C  umbrosa  of  Girard.  As  my  specimens 
can  be  readily  identified  with  either,  I  unite  the  two  nominal  species  in 
the  above  synonymy.  The  male  specimens  have  the  snout  profusely 
tnberculate.    The  teeth  are  1,  4 — 4, 1,  slightly  crenate. 


404     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY, 

Genus  NOTEMIGONUS  Rafinesqne. 
12. — NoTEMiGONUS  CHRYSOLEUCUS  (MitchUl)  Jordao. 

IBlA'-CgpHmua  ckr^olemcuM  Mitch.  R^^pt.  Fishes  N.  Y.  2X 

CjfprtHtu  ckffitolemcua  Slircn.  (1?15),  Trans.  Lit.  and  Phil.  Soe.  i,  459. 

Cypriniu  ckrjfwUueoM  Mitch.  (1615),  Trans.  Lit.  and  Phil.  Soc.  i,  459, 

BuHlut  tkrymleucoM  Raf.  (1^20),  Icb.  Oh.  Ah, 

Cfprimwi  {Leucimmi)  ckrywUuau  Rich.  (1637),  Fauna  Bor.-Am.  iii,  192.  i 

LemeUeut  cknf^oUucus  Stores  ( 1639),  Rept.  Fishes  Mass.  S6.  * 

Lemci$etiM  cknfm>l€ucm$  Thompson  (le54*2),  Hist.  Vermont,  1.16. 

LemeiKut  dunfmlenau  Kiktlakd  (1843),  Bost.  Joom.  Nat.  Ilist.  iv,  305. 

yotemigimMB  dirg$oUMcu»  Jordan  ( 1877),  Ball.  U.  S.  Mns.  x«  65. 

yotemigonuB  eknf9oUMeM$  Jordan  (1878),  Man.  Vert.  ed.  2d,  301. 
l&iO^Xatemigonu$  amratM  Rap.  Ich.  Oh.  40. 
l&42^Ahrami$  veniooiar  DeKat,  Fishes  N.  Y.  191. 

Leuci$CM$  vtrHeolor  Storer  (1846),  Syn.  415. 

Stilbe  venUoUMT  Agassiz  (1654),  Am.  Jonm.  Sc.  Arts,  359. 
1845— XMdseM  ohe$u$  Storkr,  Proc.  Bost.  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.  July  p.  — . 

Leudtau  ahenu  Storer  (1B46),  Synopsis,  418. 

StUbe  obesa  Agassiz  (1854),  Am.  Jonm.  Sc.  Arts,  359. 

Luxiltu  obeiMM  Girard  (1856),  Proc.  Pbila.  Ac.  Sc.  203. 
184(>— XeacifCM  awtericanui  Storer,  Syn.  408. 

LeuoMomtu  ammoanw  Girard  (1853),  Storer  Fishes  Mass.  283. 

LuxiluB  amerUanuB  Girard  (1856),  Proc.  Phila.  Ac.  Sc.  20:). 

Plarggrus  afnericanus  Pctnam  (1863),  Bull.  M.  C.  Z.  7. 

Stilbius  americanu9  Gill  (1865),  Can.  Nat.  Aug.  18. 

StUbiM$  ameHcanuB  Jordan  (1874),  Ind.  Geol.  Sunr.  224. 

Stilbe  amerieana  Cops  ( 1866),  Cyp.  Penn.  389. 

Stilhe  aw^erioana  Abbott  ( 1870),  Am.  Nat.  14. 

Stilbe  amerieana  Goode  (1876),  Bull.  U.  S.  Museum,  vi,  64. 

AbramU  americanu$  GCnthbr  (1868),  Cat  Fishes,  vii,  305. 

XotemigoHus  amerieana  Jordan  (1876),  Bull.  Buff.  Soo.  Nat.  Hist.  93. 

yotemiganuB  amiericana  Jordan  ( 1876),  Man.  Vert.  291. 

SotemigonuB  amerieana  Nelson  (1876),  Bull.  Ills.  Mus.  48. 

Stilhe  amerieana  Uhlrr  &  Lugger  (1876),  Fishes  of  Maryland,  145. 

yotemigonue  americanue  Jordan  <&  Copeland  (1876),  Check  List,  155. 

Xotemigonue  americanus  Jordan  (1677),  Ann.  N.  Y.  Lye.  Nat.  Hist.  344. 
1856^Xaxi/iM  »eeo  Girard,  Proc.  Phil.  Ac.  Sc.  203. 

Luxilus  seco  Girard  (1858),  Pac.  K.  R.  Surv.  281. 

Xotemigonus  seco  Jordan  &,  Copeij^nd  (1876),  Check  List,  155. 

Sotemigonus  seco  Jordan  (1877),  Ann.  N.  Y.  Lye.  365. 

A  single  ratber  large  specimen,  apparently  identical  with  the  common 
l^ortbern  species.  Luxilm  seco  of  Girard  does  not  differ  in  any  tangible 
way,  and  may  be  considered  a  synonym.  Tbe  relative  size  of  the  eye 
varies  too  much  with  age  to  be  very  reliable  as  a  specific  character  when 
other  characters  fail. 

Family  CATOSTO^illDJE. 

Genus  CARPIODES  Rafinesqne. 

13.— Garpiodes  tumidus  Baird  &  Girard. 

1854— Crtrjj/o(?f«  tumidus  Baikd  &  Gikard,  Proc.  Ac.  Nat.  Sc.  Pbila.  28. 

JctiohuK  tumidus  Gikakd  {\^fi*),  T.  S.  Mex.  Bonn<l.  Snrv.  Icb.  34,  pi.  six,  f.  1-  4. 
lihthyobus  tumidus  Johdan  &  Copkland  (li-7G),  Check  List,  158. 


JORDAN   ON   FISHES   FROM   THE    RIO   GRANDE.  405 

IS7 0—Carpiode8  grayi  Copk,  Proc.  Am.  Philoe.  Soc.  Phila.  4R2. 

Carpiodes  grayi  Jordan  &  Copklano  (137G),  Check  List,  15S. 
Carpiodes  grayi  CoPE  &  Yarrow  (IcJTC),  Lieut.   Wheeler's    Expl.   W.    100th 
MeiidiaD,  G6L 

Nameroas  partly  grown  specimens  answering  well  both  to  Girard's 
and  Gope'8  descriptions,  the  habitat  of  Professor  Cope's  species  (Bio 
Grande)  heightening  the  probability  of  the  correctness  of  the  identifica- 
tion.   Girard's  original  types  of  tumidm  were  from  Brownsville. 

Family  SILURID^. 

Genus  AMIUBUS  Bafinesque. 

14.— Amiurus  natalis  (Le  Sueur)  Gill. 

Var.  ANTONiEXSis  (Girard)  Jordan. 
Var.  naialis. 

1S19 — Pimelodua  natalis  Le  Sueur,  M6in.  du  Musdam,  v,  154. 

PimeloduB  natalis  Storer  (1846),  Synopsis,  405. 

Amiurus  natalis  Gill  (1862),  Proc.  Bost.  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.  44. 

Amiunui  natalis  GCntiier  (1864),  Col.  Fishes  Brit.  Mns.  v,  101. 

Aniurus  natalis  Jordan  (1877),  Bull.  U.  6.  Nat.  Mas.  z,  86. 
IS^O—Pimelodus puma  Girard,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  160. 

Var.  Uvidus, 

1820 — Silurus  lividus  Raf.  Quart.  Jonm.  Sci.  Lit.  Arti»  London,  48  (et  VAr.fusoatus). 

Pimelodus  lividus  Raf.  (1820).  Ich.  Oh.  65. 

Amiurus  Uvidus  Jordan  (1876),  Man.  Vert.  302. 

Amiurus  lividus  Jordan  &,  Coprland  (1876),  Check  List,  150. 
lSij8— Pimelodus  felinus  Girard,  U.  S.  Pac.  R.  R.  Expl.  z,  209. 

Amiurus  felinus  Gill  (1862),  Proc.  Bost.  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.  44. 

Amiurus  felinus  Cope  (1870),  Proc.  Am.  Philos.  Soc.  485. 

Amiurus  felinus  J  ORD  AH  &,  CoPRLA2fD  (1876),  Check  List,  159. 
1859— Pime2odu«  oatusGhD,  (18:*9),  Proc.  Phila.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  160.    (Not  of  DoKay 
and  most  authors.) 

Amiurus  catus  Cope  (1870),  Proc.  Am.  Philos.  Soc.  484. 
1869 — Pimelodus  cupreoides  Grd.  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  139. 

Amiurus  cupreoides  Gill  (1862),  Proc.  Bost.  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.  44. 

Var.  cupreus, 

1820— 5i/uni«  cupreus  Raf.  Quart.  Jonm.  Sci.  Lit.  Arts  London,  51. 
Pimelodus  (Amiurus)  cupreus  Raf.  (1820),  Ich.  Oh.  65. 
Pimelo4us  cupreus  Kirt.  (1838),  Rept.  Zoul.  Ob.  169, 194. 
Pimelodus  cupreus  Kirt.  (1846),  Bost.  Joum.  Nat.  Hist,  iv,  333. 
Pimelodus  cupreus  DeKay  (1842),  Fishes  N.  Y.  187. 
Pimelodus  cupreus  Storcr  (1846),  Synopsis,  404. 
Pimelodus  cupreus  Girard  (1859),  Proc  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  159. 
Amiurus  cupreus  Gill  (1862),  Proc.  Bost.  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.  44. 
Amiurus  cupreus  Cope,  Proc  Am.  Philos.  Soc.  485. 
Amiurus  cupreus  Jord.in  (1876),  Bull.  Buff.  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.  50. 
Amiurus  cupreus  Jordan  (1876),  Man.  Vert.  303. 
Amiurus  cupreus  Nelson  (1876),  Bull.  Ills.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.  50. 
Amiurus  cupreus  Jordan  &,  Copeland  (1876),  Check  List,  159. 
Amiurus  cupreus  Jordan  (1877),  Ann.  Lye.  Nat.  Hist.  N.  Y.  351. 
Amiurus  cupreus  Jordan  (1877),  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  45. 
Amiurus  cupreus  Cope  (1865),  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  276. 


406  BULLETIN   UNITED   STATES   GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

Yar.  cenosMi. 

ISSOSilurus  (Pinielodua)  c^no$m9  Rich.  Faana,  Bor.-Amer.  Fisheo,  p.  132. 
SiluruM  {PimelodM)  cctnoiUM  Cuv.  &  Val.  (1840),  xv,39. 
Silurus  {Pimelodus)  canoaus  DeKay  (1842),  Fishes  N.  Y.  18G. 
SilurMt  (Pimelodua)  oraonM  Stober  (1846),  8yDop8i8,402. 
AmiuruB  cono$u$  Gill  (1862),  Proc.  Boat.  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.  44. 
Amiurus  C€ena8U8  Cope  (1670),  Proc.  Am.  Philoa.  Soc  485. 
Amiurtu  eoenoMus  Jordan  (1876),  Man.  Vert  303. 
Amiunu  eatnasHS  Jordan*  &  Copeland  (1876),  Check  List,  159. 

Yar.  antoniensis. 

ie^9^ Pimelodu8  anionienaia  Grd.  Pac.  R.  R.  Ezpl.  x,291. 

Amiurui  antonienais  Gill  (1862),  Proo.  Boat.  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.  44. 
Amiurua  antonienaia  Cope  (1^0),  Proc.  Am.  Philos.  Soc.  485. 

Yar.  aualia. 

l&Ti—Amiurua  natalia  snbspeciea  analia  Jordan  (1677)/Ball.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mas.  x,  87. 

SeYeral  yonng  specimens  of  the  Sontliwestern  Yariety  {antanieMts) 
of  this  most  widely  diffosed  species.  The  differences  separating  this 
form  from  the  Yariety  cupreus  are  Yery  slight. 


ART.  XVIII -A  CATALOGUE  OF  THE  FISHES  OF  THE  FRESH 

WATERS  OF  NORTH  AMERICA. 


By  Da vidT  S.  Jobdak,  M.  D. 


The  following  oatalogae  embraces  all  those  speoies  of  fishes  tbns  far 
known  to  inhabit  the  firesh  waters  of  North  America,  including  that 
part  of  Mexico  which  is  similar  in  its  faunal  characteristics  to  neigh- 
boring porticos  of  the  Uoited  States.  It  may  b^  considered  as  a  new 
edition  of  Jordan  and  Copeland's  Check  List,*  as  it  covers  essentially 
the  same  ground.  The  work  has  been,  however,  entirely  recast,  and 
brought  up  to  date,  so  as  to  include  the  results  of  the  author's  own 
studies,  and  those  of  other  writers  so  far  as  the  latter  have  been  made 
known. 

The  classification,  as  regards  the  families  and  higher  groups,  is 
throughout  that  of  Professor  Gill.  It  has  seemed  best  to  adept  this 
arrangement,  rather  than  thatt)f  any  other  author,  if  for  no  other  rea- 
son, that  the  present  catalogue  may  be  readily  compared  with  Professor 
Gill's  Catalogue  of  the  Fishes  of  the  East  Coast  of  North  America. 

The  order  of  the  forms  has,  however,  been  reversed,  as  it  seems  decid- 
edly more  philosophic  to  arrange  them  in  an  ascending  series,  begin- 
ning with  the  most  generalized  forms,  and  ending  with  those  ^^ higher", 
or  more  specialized. 

I  have  included  all  the  species  of  jSerZmont^ie,  Cyprinodontida*^  Oaste- 
r^9t€idWy  and  of  some  other  groups,  members  of  which  inhabit  both  salt 
and  fteah  waters,  and  I  have  excluded  the  Of^idWj  Belonidw^  etc.,  some 
of  which  ascend  firesh  waters  i^m  the  sea.  Any  line  drawn  between 
fireah-water  and  salt- water  fishes  must  be  an  arbitrary  one,  and  I  have 
preferred  to  draw  it  between  the  Cyprinodonts  and  the  Gobies. 

This  list  includes  all  those  species  which  have  proved,  on  full  exam- 
ination, to  be  valid,  in  our  present  understanding  of  ^^  valid  ^  species, 
and  also  such  of  the  dubious  or  unverified  species  which  appear  to  have, 
on  balancing  the  chances,  a  reasonable  probability  in  their  favor.  Spe- 
cies against  which  the  balance  of  probabilities  appears  to  lie  have 
been  generally  omitted.  In  certain  genera,  chiefly  Southwestern^  e,  g. 
Cyprinellaj  Gila^  NotropiSj  where  many  spegies  were  originally  de- 
scribed in  a  loose  fashion,  and  where  no  examination  of  typical  exam- 

*  Check  List  of  the  Fishes  of  the  Fresh  Waters  of  North  America,  by  David  S.  Jor- 
dan and  Herbert  £.  Copeland.  <  Bulletin  Buffalo  Society  of  Natural  History,  1876, 
pp.  133-1G4. 

407 


408  BULLETIN   UNITED    STATES'  GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY. 

pies  has  been  made,  it  has  been  necessary  to  include  all  the  species 
described,  in  spite  of  the  probability  that  not  half  of  them  are  valid— 
as  we  have  no  means  of  determining  vhich  half.  I  hope,  however,  soon 
to  be  able  to  examine  the  original  typical  specimens,  or,  still  better,  to 
make  farther  collections  in  the  same  localities. 

In  case  of  species  which  are  for  various  reasons  considered  doubtful, 
the  nature  of  the  doubt  has  been  indicated  as  follows:  d.  s.j  a  doubtful 
species ;  d.  a,  9.,  doubtful  as  to  specie,  f .  e.,  doubt  as  to  correctness  of 
identification ;  d.  </.,  doubtful  as  to  genus.  Species  so  loosely  described 
as  to-  be  of  uncertain  genus  are,  however,  generally  omitted. 

Varieties  or  subspecies  have  been  generally  omitted.  There  can  be 
no  doubt  that  a  full  study  of  our  fishes  will  necessitate  the  recognition 
by  name  of  varieties  or  subspecies,  whatever  called,  in  the  case  of  nearly 
every  widely  diffused  form.  In  very  few  cases,  however,  have  these 
received  names,  except  incidentally  when  described  as  new  species, 
and  in  still  fewer  have  they  been  properly  limited  and  defined.  Their 
study  and  definition  are  therefore  a  matter  for  future  work. 

The  number  of  nominal  species  included  in  this  catalogue  is  665, 
which  are  distributed  in  157  genera.  In  Jordan  and  Copeland's  Check 
List,  the  number  of  species  is  about  670,  arranged  in  150  genera.  The 
total  number  of  admitted  species  therefore  has  been  slightly  dimin- 
ished (the  ground  covered  in  this  list  being  greater),  althoogh  upward 
of  forty  new  species  have  been  added  since  the  publication  of  the 
first  list.  The  reduction  has  been  chiefly  in  the  SalmanidcBy  Siluridaj 
and  Catoslomidw.  A  considerable  number  of  species  doubtless  remains 
to  be  discovered  in  the  Southern  and  Southwestern  parts  of  the  United 
States,  particularly  in  the  ponds  and  bayous  of  the  lowlands,  while  the 
number  of  species  of  Cyprinidce  and  CyprinodontidcR  must  be  further  re- 
duced. The  total  number  of  species  will  therefore  not  vary  far  firom  680. 
The  number  of  genera  admitted  has  been  steadily  increasing,  and  will 
(MTobably  in  time  reach  about200,  unless  succeeding  ichthyologists  adopt  a 
clifferent  standard  of  generic  values  from  that  which  at  present  obtains. 
Subgenera  have  been  recognized  for  the  more  strongly  marked  sections, 
and  several  new  ones  have  been  here  indicated,  most  of  which,  however, 
need  no  distinctive  name. 


TABLE  OF  CLASSIFICATION. 


8abord«r. 


Class  MARSIPOBRANCHII. 
Order  Hyperoartia. 


Eunily. 
PetromyzontideD  (1). 


Genus. 

1.  AmmoccDtes. 

2.  Eutosphenus. 

3.  PetromyzoD. 


Type-gpeoies. 
branohialis  {Europe), 
tridentatns. 


mannaB. 


Class  PISCES. 

Sabolass  OANOIDEI. 

Order  CnoNDROSTEi. 

Acipenseridffi  (2). 


4.  Acipenser.  stario  (marine). 

5.  ScaphirhyDchops.  platyrhynchoB. 


Order  Sklachostomi. 
Polyodontidie  (3).  6.  Polyodon. 

Order  Rhombooanoidei. 


LepidoateidsB  (4). 


7.  LepidoeteoB. 
Cylindroeteue, 

8.  Litholepis. 


Order  Cycloganoidei. 
Amiidffi  (5).  9.  Ainia. 

Subclass  TELEOSTEI. 
Order  Apodes. 
Angnillidra  (6).  10.  Angnilla. 

Order  Nrmatognathi. 
Silaridn  (7). 


rentognathi.    CatoBtomidse  (8). 


Bull.  iv.  No. 


foliam. 


oeseuB. 

platystomoB. 

Bpatnla. 


calva. 


YDlgaris. 


11.  Notnrns. 

flavuB. 

Schilbeodee, 

gyrinuB. 

12.  Pelodichthys. 

olivaris. 

13.  AminruB. 

nataliB. 

14.  IchthffilamB. 

Hvr  m/v/^irnu  ATT 

panctatuB. 

La  LEOCEFHALJs 

In.  BubalichthyB. 

nroB. 

10.  lohtbyobas. 

bubalQB. 

17.  CarpiodeA. 

oypnniiB. 

18   CycleptaB. 

eloDgatnB. 

19.  Pant^MteoB. 

platyrhynchaB. 

20.  Cato*<tomaB. 

longiroHtris. 

Deoadactylue. 

oommersoni. 

Hypmtelium. 

nigricaDB. 

409 

\ 


410 


BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVET. 


Snborder.  Tkmllj. 

£yentognathi.    CatostomidsB  (d). 


.    CypriuidaB  (9). 


GenoB. 

21.  Chasmistcs. 

22.  Erimyzon. 

23.  Minytrema. 

24.  Myxostoma. 

25.  Placopbarynx. 

26.  QaasHilabia. 

27.  Exogloasam. 

28.  Campoatoma. 

29.  Acrochilas. 

30.  Orthodon. 

31.  HybognathuB. 
Jlffoma, 
Dianda, 

32.  Colisciis. 

33.  Pimephalea. 

34.  Hyborhyncbus. 

35.  Cocblognatbns. 

36.  Algansea. 

37.  Albnmops. 
Hudaonius. 
Hydrophlox, 

;3^.  Lnzilas. 
Photo^eniB. 

39.  Lytbrurns. 

40.  Cyprinella. 
Moniana, 

41.  Codoma. 
Erogala, 

42.  Notro]>i8. 

43.  Cliola. 
Epittema, 

44.  Ericyiiiba. 

45.  Protoporus. 

46.  Heiuitreniia. 

47.  Chrtisomus. 
4H.   PhoxinuH. 

49.  Gila. 
Tigoma. 
Clinoatamus. 
Ptychochilus, 

50.  Siboma. 

51.  MylolcucuH. 

52.  Cheonda. 

53.  Lavinia. 

54.  Notemigoune. 
Tm.  Ric'hurdHoiiiuB. 
50.  Pbcnacobius. 
57.  Rbiiiicbtbys. 
5^.  Apocoi>e. 

Eriirema. 
.^9.  Ceratichthys. 

60.  Scmolilus. 
Leu<)08omu8. 

61.  A;;oHia. 

62.  Pogouichtbys. 


Type>8pedM. 

fecandoB. 

ancetta. 

melanops. 

anisarum. 

carinatuB. 

lacera. 

znaxilliliDgna. 

anomalnm. 

alntaoeoB. 

microlepidotus. 

nachalis. 

amaniB. 

episcopns. 

parietalis. 

promelas. 

uotataa. 

ornatoB. 

tincella. 

blenninB. 

bndBODias. 

rabricroceuB. 

cornntuB.  [nis) 

aDalostaDUB     (spilopte 

diplu^niioB. 

bnbalina. 

lutrensis. 

ornata. 

Btigmatura. 

atberinoidea. 

vigilax. 

BcabricepB. 

buccata. 

domninuB. 

vittata. 

erythrogaater. 

la^via  {Europe)* 

robnata. 

pulchella. 

eloDgata. 

oregODeDBia. 

craasicanda. 

pulvenileutua. 

cooperi. 

exilicauda. 

chryBoleucaa. 

baltpatns. 

teretalns. 

atroDasus. 

oarringtoni. 

beDsbawi. 

bignttatna. 

corporaliB. 

bullaris. 

cbrysogaater. 

iDesqailobiia. 


JOBDAN :   CATALOGUE   OF  FBESH- WATEB  FISHES. 


411 


Sobofder.  Family, 

rentognathi.     CypriDid®  (9). 


lepondyli.         DorysomatidsB  (10). 
ClnpeidsB  (11). 


Hyodontidie  (12). 

a 

Miorostomatid»  (13). 


plomi. 


rceaoces. 


S»lmoDid»  (14). 


CharacinidsD  (15). 
PercopsidsB  (16). 
Esooidis  (17). 


Amblyopsidos  (1^). 


Umbrida?  (19). 
Cyprinodontidso  (20). 


AtherinidoB  (21). 


inthopteri.      Apbododeridse.  (22). 
ElasMDiatidffi  (23). 


OeniM. 

63.  Platygobio. 

64.  Mylocbilns. 

65.  MylopharodoD. 

66.  Tiaroga. 

67.  Graodas. 

68.  Liepidoaieda. 

69.  Meda. 

70.  Plagopteras. 

71.  Dorysoma. 

72.  Aloaa. 

73.  PoiDolobas. 
Meletta, 

74.  Hyodon. 
Elattonititius, 

75.  Osmerns. 

76.  Mallotus. 

77.  CoregoDus. 
Proaopium. 
Argyrosomus. 
Allo9omu8, 

78.  SteDodus. 

79.  Thymallus. 

80.  SalveliDas. 

81.  Cristlvomer. 

82.  Salar. 

83.  Silnio. 

84.  OucorbyDchus, 
Hffpsi/ario. 

85.  Astyanax. 

86.  Perc«-.p8i8. 

87.  Esox. 
Mascalovgus. 
Picorellun. 

88.  Cbologaster. 

89.  Typhlicbthye. 

90.  Amblyopsis. 

91.  MelaDara. 

92.  Cyprinodon. 

93.  GirardiDicbthys. 

94.  Lucania. 

95.  Hydrargyra. 

96.  FuDdulnB. 

97.  Xenisma. 

98.  Zygdnectes. 
Micriatius. 

99.  Gambiisia. 

100.  MoUienesia. 

101.  Girardinas. 

102.  Adinia. 

103.  Cbirostonia. 

104.  Atberiua. 

105.  Labidestben. 

106.  Apbododerns. 

107.  Elassoma. 


Type-npeoies. 
gracilis^ 
oanrinns. 
coDocephalns. 
cobitiB. 

nigrotasniatus. 
vittata. 
fnlgida. 
argentissimus. 
beterurum. 
vnlgaris  (Europe), 
obrysocbloris. 
sprattns  {Europe). 
tergisas. 
cbrysopsis. 
eperlanas  {Europe). 
villosas. 

lavaretns  {Europe). 
qnadrilateralis. 
artedi. 
tullibee. 
mackeuzii. 
vnlgaris  ( Europe). 
disticbus  {Europe). 
Damaycnsb. 
fario  {Europe). 
salar. 
keta. 

keDDerlyi. 
^rgentatus. 
guttatus. 
Incins. 
Dobiiior. 
salmoneus. 
oornatus. 
snbterranens. 
spel»us. 
limi. 

variegates. 
iDDominatas. 
vennsta. 
swampina. 
beteroclitas. 
stolliferuiu. 
notatus. 
zoDatos.  ' 
pnnotata  {Cuba). 
latipinna. 
uninotatas  {Cuba), 
ninltifasciata. 


presbyter  (Europe), 
siccnlns. 
sayanns. 
zonatum. 


412 


BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SUBVET. 


Boborder.                   VMnily. 

Gennt. 

Type-tpedfl*. 

Aoanthopteri.     Centrarchidie  (24). 

108.  Micropteras. 

Balmoidet. 

109.  ChcDDobryttuB. 

guloens. 

110.  Ambloplites. 

rupeBtriB. 

ArchopliUs. 

interruptas. 

111.  Acantharchas. 

pomotis. 

112.  Ai)oiuoti8. 

cyanellas. 

•        • 

113.  Lepiopomas. 

aurituB. 

Helioperoa, 

pallid  aB. 

114.  Xystroplites. 

gillii. 

115.  XeDotis. 

faUaz. 

116.  EnpomotiB. 

aareas. 

117.  MectogoniBtias. 

chsetodon. 

118.  Enneacantbas. 

obesuB. 

• 

119.  Hemioplites. 

Bimalans. 

120.  Copelandia. 

eriarcba. 

121.  Centrarcbus. 

irideoB. 

122.  Pomozys. 

anDQlariB. 

Hyperistius, 

nigromacnlatas. 

LabraoidsB  (25). 

123.  MoroDe. 

amerioaDa. 

124.  RoccaB. 

liDeatns. 

L^ibema. 

cbryBops. 

PeroidsB  (26). 

125.  Ptrca. 

flaviatiliB  (Europe}* 

126.  StizoBtetbinm. 

Balmoneam. 

Cynoperca. 

canadenae. 

£theoBtomatid»  (27) 

L  127.  Ammoorypta. 

beanii. 

128.  PleurolepiB. 

pellncidnR. 

129.  Percina. 

caprodeB. 

130.  AlvordiuB. 

niaculatuB. 

131.  Ericosma. 

eyideB. 

132.  HadropteroB. 

uigrofaBoiatoa. 

133.  ImoBtoma. 

sbamardi. 

134.  Rheocrypta. 

oopelandi. 

135.  DipleBinm. 

blennioidea. 

136.  Ulooentra. 

atripiDoia. 

137.  BoleoBoma. 

olmstedL 

138.  NauoBtoma. 

zonale. 

139.  NoibonotoB. 

macolataB. 

140.  PcBcilicbtbys. 

variatuB. 

141.  EtbeoBtoma. 

flabellaro. 

142.  AIvarioB. 

lateral  ia. 

143.  Boleicbtbys. 

eziliB. 

144.  Microperca. 

poDctulata. 

ScisDidan  (28). 

145.  Haploidonotns. 

gruDDiena. 

146.  Eutyobelitbns. 

ricbardBonL 

Ciohlidset  (29). 

147.  IleroB. 

Bevi^ruB  {South  Amtrioa)$ 

Cottid»(:)0). 

148.  Trij»lop8i8. 

thorn  psoni. 

149.  Urauidea. 

gracilis. 

150.  PoramocottiiB. 

puDCtnlatna. 

151.  CottopsiB. 

aaper. 

152.  Tuuridea. 

spilota. 

Anaeanthini.       Gadidie  (31). 

15.3.  L<)tA. 

lacnBtrU. 

Order  Hrmibkanchii. 

1f)i    F*  11  on  lift. 

i  n  cnn  Af'ATift. 

155.  ApelteB. 

lAlWUOvOUBi 

qnadracas. 

156.  PygoBteoB. 

ocoidentalis. 

157.  GaBteroateuB. 

aonleatua. 

LIST  OF  SPECIES. 


PETROMYZOyXID^. 

1.— ^Ammoccetes  Dum^ril.    1828.    Lamperns. 

(Lampetra  Ot&j ',  Ichthyomyzon  Girnxd,) 

1.  Ammoccetes  fluviatills  (li.)  Jor.    Eastern  streams  and  coast;  also 

in  Europe,    (d.  a,  «.)    (P.  nigricans  Le  S.) 

2.  Ammoccetes  niger  (Raf.)  Jor.    Upper  Great  Lakes  to  Ohio  Valley, 

3.  Ammoccetes  argenteus  (Kirt.)  Jor.    Great  Lakes  ;  Ohio  Valley. 

4.  Ammoccetes  hirudo  (Grd.)  Jor.    Lake  Erie  to  Arkansas. 

5.  Ammoccetes  castaneiis  (Grd.)  Jor.    Upper  Mississippi,    {d,  «.) 

6.  Ammoccetes  plumheus  ( Ayres)  Jor.    California. 

7.  Ammoccetes  borealis  (Grd.)  Jor.    Great  Slave  Lake.    {d.  s.) 

2.— Entosphenus  Gill.    (Not  yet  characterized.) 

8.  Untosphenm  tridentatus  (Gskivdnev)  Gill.    Oregon.    (P.  lividus  Grd.) 

9.  JEntosphemis  epihexodon  Gill.     California,    {d.  s.)     (P.  tridentatus 

Grd.  noD  Gairdn.) 

10.  Entosphenus  ciliatus  (Ayres)  Gill.    California. 

11.  Entosphenus  astori  (Grd.)  Gill.    Oregon. 

3. — Petbomyzon  LinuaBQS.    1758.    Lampreys. 

12.  Petromyzon  marinus  L.    Eastern  coast,  ascending  streams,  {d.  a.s.) 

(P.  americanus  Le  Suear.) 

ACIPENSBRID^. 
4. — AciPENSEB  LinnsBUS.    1758.    Sturgeons. 

13.  Acipenser  rubicundus  Le  Saeur.    Great  Lakes  and  north. 

14.  Acipenser  maculosiis  Le  Saenr.    Mississippi  Valley. 

15.  Acipenser  transmontanus  Rich.    Columbia  River. 

5.— SCAPHIEHYNCHOPS  Gill.    1876.    Shovel-nose  Sturgeon. 

{Scaphirhynchus  Heckel — preoccupied  in  Ornithology.) 

16.  Scaphirhynchops  platyrhynchus  (Raf.)  Cope.    Mississippi  Valley  and 

southwest  to  the  Rio  Grande. 

POLTODONTIDiE. 

6.— POLYODON  Lac6p6de.    1798.    Duck-billed  Cats. 

17.  Polyodon  folium  Lac^pfede.    Mississippi  Valley. 

4V^ 


414     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

LEPIDOSTEID^. 
7.— Lepidosteus  LsLc6iyede.    1803.    Gar  Pikes. 

§  Lepidosteus. 

18.  Lepidosteus  osseus  (L.)  Ag.    Great  Lake  Region,  sonth  and  west. 

§  Cylindrosteus  Kafinesqae.    1820. 

19.  Lepidosteus  platystomus  Baf.    Great  Lake  Begion,  sontb  and  west. 

8.— LiTHOLEPis  Bafinesqae.    1818.    Alligator  Gars. 

{Airadostens  Raf.    182|p.) 

20.  Litkolepis  spatula  (Lac.)  Jor.    Soathem  States. 

AMIID^. 
9. — Amia  Linnaeus.    1758.    Bow-fins. 

21.  Am  ja  ealva  L.    Great  Lake  Region,  soath  and  west. 

ANGUILLIDiE. 
10. — Anguilla  Thunberg.    179-.    Eels. 

22.  AnguilUi  vulgaris  Fleming.    Entire  northern  hemisphere,  in  nearly 

all  waters,    (rf.  a.  s,) 

SILUBID-^. 

1]L. — NoTURUS  Bafinesqae.    1818.    Stone  Cats. 

§  Schilbeodes  Bleeker.    1858. 

23.  Noturus  sialis  Jordan.     Entire  Mississippi  Valley,  Upper  Great 

Lakes,  and  in  Bed  Biver  of  the  Korth. 

24.  Xoturus  gyrinus  (Mit.)  Baf.    Southern  New  York  and  Pennsylvania* 

25.  Noturus  leptacanthus  Jordan.   Chattahoochee  and  Alabama  Bivers. 

26.  Noturus  eleutherus  Jordan.    French  Broad  and  Tar  Bivers. 

27.  Xoturus  miuru^  Jordan.   Great  Lakes  and  entire  Mississippi  Valley^ 

28.  Noturus  exilis  Nelson.    Wisconsin  to  Kansas. 

20.  Noturus  insignis  (Rich.)  Gill  &  Jor.    Pennsylvania  to  Georgia.    (N. 
leynniscatus  Le  S.;  N.  marginatum  Baird). 

§  Noturus. 

30.  Noturus flavus  Baf.   Vermont  to  Montana;  south  to  Kentucky. 

12.— Pelodichthys  Bafinesque.    1819.    Mud  Cats. 

(nopladelus  nut    1820.) 

31.  Pclodidithys  oUrarls  (li2Lf,)Gi\\&  Jot.  Ohio  to  Iowa;  south  to  Florida* 

13.— Amiurus  Bafinesque.    1820.    Bullheads. 

32.  Amiurus  hrunneus  Jor.    South  Carolina  and  Georgia. 

33.  Amiurus  platycephalus  (Grd.)  Gill.    North  Carolina  to  Georgia. 


JORDAN:    CATALOGUE   OP   FRESH-WATKR   FISHES.  415 

34.  Amiurus  pullus  (DeKay)  Gill.    New  York  aud  eastward. 

35.  Amiurus  nigrilabris  (Cope)  Gill  &  Jordan.   Cave  streams  of  East- 

em  Pennsylvania. 

36.  Amiurus  xanthocephalus  (Raf.)  Gill.    Ohio  Valley. 

37.  Amiurus  catus  (L.)  Gill.    Great  Lake  Region  to  Maine,  Arkansas^ 

aud  Florida. 

38.  Amiurus  melas  (Rafinesquo)  Jordan  &  Copeland.  Ohio  to  Minnesota 

and  Colorado. 

39.  Amiurus  marmoratus  (Holbr.)  Jonlan.    S.  Illinois  to  Georgia. 

40.  Amiurus  vulgaris  (Thompson)  Nelson.    Vermont  to  Dakota. 

41.  Amiurus  natalis  (Le  Sueur)  Gill.    Great  Lakes  to  Florida. 

42.  Amiurus  erehennns  Jordan.    Florida. 

43.  Amiurus  nigricans  (Le  Sueur)  Gill.   Great  Lake  Region;  Mississippi 

Valley ;  south  to  Florida. 

44.  Amiurus  borealis  (Rich.)  Gill.    British  America. 

45.  Amiurus  laphius  Cope.    Streams  about  Chesai)eake  Bay. 

46.  Amiurus  albidus  (Le  Sueur)  Gill.    Pennsylvania  to  North  Carolina. 

(A.)ynx  (Grd,)  Gill.) 

47.  Amiurus  niveiventris  Cope.    North  Carolina. 

48.  Amiurus  lupus  (Grd.)  Gthr.    Texas. 

49  Amiurus  hrachyacanthus  Cope,  MSS.    Texas. 

14.— IcilTH^LURUS  Rafiuesque.    1820.    Channel  Cats. 

50.  IchtJicelurus  punct-atus  (Raf.)  Jor.    Canada  to  Montana;  south  to 

Florida  and  Texas. 

51.  Ichtha^lurus  meridionalis  (Gthr.)  Jor.    Central  America. 

52.  Ichthoilurus  robustus  Jordan.    Ohio  and  Mississippi  Rivers. 

53.  Ichthcelurus  furcatus  (Cuv.  &  Val.)  Gill.     Mississippi  Valley  to 

Texas. 

CATOSTOMID.^. 

15. — BUBALICHTHYS  Agassiz.     1855.     Buffalolishes. 

54.  Bubalichthys  cyanellus  (Nels.)  Jor.    Mississippi  Valley  and  south.. 

(B.  bubalus  Ag.) 

55.  Bubalichthys  urus  Ag.    Mississippi  Valley.    (B.  niger  Ag.) 
l}6.  Bubalichthys  meridiotialis  (Gthr.)  Jor.    Central  America. 

16. — ICHTHYOBUS  Rafiucsque.    1820.    Buffalo-fishes. 

57.  Ichthyobus  cyprinella  (Val.)  Ag.    Louisiana,    (d.  s.) 

58.  Ichthyobus  bubalus  (Raf.)  Ag.    Mississippi  Valley. 

17. — Caepiodes  Rafiuesque.    1820.    Carp  Suckers. 
69.  Carpiodes  carpio  (Raf.)  Jor.    Mississippi  Valley. 


416     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

60.  Carpiodes  bison  Ag,    Mississippi  Valley. 

Bl.  Carpiodes  Uimidtis  B.  &  G.    Kio  Grande  Eegion.    ((7.  grayi  Cope.) 

€2.  Carpiodes  thompsoni  Ag.    Great  Lake  Region. 

63.  Carpiodes  cyprinxis  (Le  S.)  Ag.    New  York  to  Missouri  Region. 

((7.  damalis  Grd.) 

64.  Carpiodes  veli/er  (Raf.)  Ag.    Ohio  Valley,  etc. 

65.  Carpiodes  cutisanserinus  Cope.    Lake  Erie  to  Tennessee. 
^Q.  Carpiodes  difformis  Coi)e.    Ohio  River. 

18.— Cycleptus  Rafinesque.    1819.    Black  Horse. 

67.  Cycleptus  elongatus  (Le  S.)  Ag.    Mississippi  Valley. 

19.— Pantostel'S  Cope.    1876.    Hard-headed  Suckers. 

68.  Pantosteus  virescens  Cope.    Arkansas  River. 

69.  Pantosteus  platyrhynchus  Cope.    Utah. 

70.  Pantosteus  generosus  (Grd.)  Jor.    Kew  Mexico  to  Southern  Cali- 

fornia.   (P.  jarrovii  Cope.) 

71.  Pantosteus  plebeius  (B.  &  G.)  Jor.    Colorado  Basin.    (P.  dt^hinus 

and  P.  hardus  Cope.) 

20. — Catostomus  Le  Sueur.    1817.    Fine-scaled  Suckers. 

§  Catostomus. 

72.  Catostomus  discobolus  Cope.    Colorado  Basin;  Snake  River,  Idaho. 

73.  Catostomus  tahoensis  Gill  &  Jordan.    Lake  Tahoe,  Nevada. 

74.  Catostomus  longirostrls  Le  Sueur.     Vermont  to  Puget's  Sound; 

north  to  Alaska.    (C.  hudsonius  Le  S.,  C.  griseus  Grd.,  C  lactarius 
Grd.,  C.  fosterianus  Rich.,  C.  aurora  Ag.,  etc.) 

75.  Catmtomus  latipinnis  (Grd.)  Cope.     Platte  Basin;  Colorado  Basio. 

(C.  giizmaniensis  Grd.) 

§  Decadactylus  Raf. 

76.  Catostomus  occidentalis  Ayres.    Colorado  to  California.    (0.  ber- 

nardini  Grd.) 

77.  Catostomus  labiatus  Ayres.    Northern  California. 

78.  Catostomus  macrochilus  Grd.    Columbia  River. 

79.  Catostomus  commersoni  (Lac6pede)  Jordan.    Maine  to  the  Great 

Plains  and  south.     (C  teres^  communis j  bostoniensis,  su^sJclii^  alti- 
coluSj  trisignatuSj  cJiloropterus^  etc.,  of  authors.) 

80.  Catostomus  clarJcii  B.  &  G.    Gila  Basin. 

81.  Catostomus  insignis  B.  &  G.    New  Mexico;  Arizona. 

§  Hypentelium  Rafinesque.    1818. 

82.  Catostomus  nigricans  Le  S.    New  York  to  Minnesota  and  south. 


JORDAN:    CATALOGUE   OF   FRESH- WATER   FISHES.  417 

*  21. — ^Ghasmistes  Jordan,  gen.  nov.    1878.    Big -moathed  Suckers. 

83.  Chasmiates  fecundus  (Cope  &  Yarrow)  Jordan.     Utah  Basin. 

22. — Ebimyzon  Jordan.    1876.    Chub  Suckers. 

84.  Erimyzon  aucetta  (Lac.)  Jordan.    Kew  England  to  Minnesota,  Flor- 

ida, and  Texas.    {E,  oblongusy  gibbosus,  tenuis^  clavi/ormis,  etc.) 

23. — MiNYTBEMA  Jordan.    1878.    Striped  Suckers. 

85.  Minytrema  melanops  (llaf.)  Jordan.    Great  Lake  Region  to  Florida 

and  Texas. 

24. — Myxostoma  llafinesque.     1820.    Red  Horse. 

{Teretitlus  Rsif.f  1820;  Ptychostomus  AgassiZj  18^^.) 

S6.  Myxostoma  pa])illo8um  (Co|>e)  Jor.    North  Carolina  to  Georgia. 

87.  Myxostoma  coregonus  (Cope)  Jor.    North  Carolina. 

88.  Myxostoma  pidiense  (Cope)  Jor.    Great  Pedee  River. 

89.  Myxostoma  congestum  (Grd)  Jor.  Missouri  to  Texas.  (P.  bucco  Cope.) 
00.  Myxostoma  velatum  (Raf.)  Jor.    Pennsylvania  to  Georgia  and  Min- 
nesota.   (P.  collapsus  Cope.) 

91.  Myxostoma  album  (Cope)  Jor.    North  Carolina. 

92.  Myxostoma  thalaminum  (Cope)  Jor.    North  Carolina. 

93.  Myxostoma  carpio  ( Val.)  Jor.     Ohio  Valley  and  Upper  Great  Lakes. 

94.  Myxostoma  macrolepidotum  (Le  S.)  Jor.    Great  Lake  Region  and 

Pennsylvania  to  Arizona  and  south.    (C  duqiiesnii  Le  S. ;  0. 
erythrurus  Raf. ) 

95.  Myxostoma aureolum  (Le  S.)  Jor.  Great  Lake  Region ;  Upper  Missis- 

sippi and  north. 

96.  Myxostoma  anisurum  (Raf.)  Jor.    Ohio  Valley.    (P.  breviceps  Cope.) 

97.  Myxostcma  crassilabre  (Cope)  Jor.    North  Carolina 

98.  Myxostoma  conm  (Cope)  Jor.    North  Carolina. 

99.  Myxostoma  euryops  Jordan.    Alabama  River. 

100.  Myxostoma  poscilur urn  J ordsku.     Louisiana. 

101.  Myxostoma  albidum  (Grd.)  Jor.    Texas. 

102.  Myxostoma  cercinum  (Cope)  Jor.    Virginia  to  Georgia. 

25. — Placophabynx  Cope.    1870.    Big  jawed  Suckers. 

103.  Placopliarynx  carinatus  Cope.     Great  Lake    Region  and   Upper 

Mississippi  Valley. 

*  This  genas  is  distingnished  from  Catoatomus  by  the  very  large,  terminal  mouth,  the 
lower  Jaw  being  very  strong,  oblique,  its  length  aboat  one-third  that  of  the  head. 
The  lips  in  Chasmistes  are  little  developed,  and  are  very  nearly  smooth.  The  type  of 
the  genas  is  C.fecunduB  Cope  &,  Yarrow.    It  will  be  elsewhere  fully  characterized. 


418     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SUKTEY. 

20.— •QUASSILABIA  Jordan  &  Brayton.    1878.    Hare-lip  Sackers. 

(LaffotkilaJ.  &.  B.,  1677,  preoccopied.) 

104.  Quassilabia  lacera  Jordan  &  Brajton.    Tennessee  River. 

CYPRINID^. 
27.— EXOGLOSSUM  Bafinesqne.    1818.    Cat-lips. 

105.  ExogloBsum  maxillUingua  (Raf.)  Haldeman.    New  York  to  Ohio  and 

Maryland. 

28.— Campostoma  Agassiz.    1855.    Stone  Rollers. 

lOG.  Camposioma  anomalum  (Raf.)  Ag»    Ohio  to  Dakota  and  South. 

107.  Campostoma  formosulum  Grd.    Texas.    (<7.  s.) 

108.  Campostoma  nasutum  Ord.    New  Leon.    (d.  8.) 

109.  Campostoma  omatum  Grd.    Cbihaahua  River,    {d.  s.) 

29.— ACBOCHILUS  Agassiz.    1855.    Hard-month  Chnbs. 

110.  AcrfPchUus  aluta^ceus  Ag.  &  Pick.    Columbia  Basin. 

30.— Orthodon  Girard.    1856. 

111.  Ortliodon  microlepidotus  (Ayres)  Girard.    California;  Utah. 

31. — Htbognathus  Agassiz.    1855.    Blunt-jawed  Dace. 

§  Hybognathus. 

112.  Hybognathus  placitus  Grd.    Arkansas  River. 

113.  Hybognathus  nuclialis  Agassiz.    Ohio  Valley  to  New  Mexico. 

114.  Hybognathus  argyritis  Girard.     New  Jersey  to  Dakota,  New  Mexico, 

and  soutb. 

115.  Hybognathus  regius  Girard.    Chesapeake  Basin. 

116.  Hybognathus  evansi  Grd.    Nebraska,    {d.  s,) 

117.  Hybognathus  siderius  Cope.    Arizona. 

118.  Hybognathus  flavipinnls  Cope,  MSS.    Texas. 

119.  Hybognathus  nigrotcenMttis  Cope,  MSS.    Texas. 

*  Whuu  the  iiaine  Lagwhila  was  first  proposed  for  this  genas,  its  authors  were  not 
aware  that  the  masculioe  fnnn,  Lagochilus,  had  been  already  given  to  two  different 
genera,  to  one  of  Gasteropods  by  Blanford,  and  to  one  of  Insects  by  Loew.  The  words 
Lagorhila  and  fxigochilus  are  identical  in  etymology  and  in  all  except  terminations, 
and  many  writers  wonld  consider  them  insufficiently  distinct^  and  would  hold  that 
the  name  Latjochila  should  be  changed.  At  present,  I  am  inclined  to  the  contrary 
opinion ;  nevertheless,  as  the  matter  stands,  and  as  the  name  Lagochila  has  not  yet 
come  into  general  use,  less  confusion  perhaps  will  result  from  renaming  the  gena«u 
than  fn>m  any  other  course.  The  name  Quasnilahia  (Jordan  <&  Brayton)  is  accordingly 
suggested  as  a  substitute  for  Lagochila,  considered  to  be  i)reoccupied  in  oonchology. 
The  etymology  is  quasios,  broken  or  torn ;  labia,  lip.  The  case  is  precisely  like  that 
of  the  genus  of  Doves,  Leptopiila  Swainson,  lat-ely  named  Jkhmopiila  by  Dr.  Cones,  oA 
account  of  the  previous  Leptoptilus  of  Lesson. 


JORDAN:   CATALOGUE   OF  FRESH-WATER  PISHES.  41& 

§  Algoma  Grd.    1856. 

120.  BybognathuB  amaruH  (Grd.)  Jor.    Eio  Grande. 

121.  Hybognathus  fluviatilis  (Grd.)  Jor.    New  Leou. 

§  JWon^aGirard.    1850. 

122.  HyhognathuH  episcopus  Grd.    Texas. 

123.  Hybognathus  aeremisGrd.    Texas. 

124.  Hybognathus  melanops  Grd.    Bio  Grande  Kegion. 

125.  Hybognathus  pluinbeus  Gvd.    Gauadiau  Eiver. 

126.  Hybognathus  spadiceus  Grd.    Arkansas. 

127.  Hybognathus  griseus  Grd.    Indian  Territory.    (r|.  s.) 

32.— CoLiscus  Cope.    1872. 

128.  Coliscus  parietalis  Cope.    Missouri  River,  Mo. 

33. — PiMEPiiALES  Uafinesque.    1820.    Fat-heads. 

129.  Plmephales  promelas  Baf.    Pennsylvania  to  Montana  and  Texas. 

34. — Hyborynchus  Agassiz.    1855.    Blunt-nosed  Minnows. 

130. — Hyborhynchus  notatus  (Baf.)  Ag.    New  York  to  Keutucky  and 
northwest. 

131.  Hyborhynchus  superciliosus  Cope.    Ohio  Valley  and  north,    {d.  s.) 

132.  Hyborhynchus  nigellus  Cope.    Arkansas  Biver,  Colorado. 

133.  Hyborhynchus  perapicuus  Girard.    Arkansas  Biver.    (<?.  s.) 

134.  Hyborhynchus  confertus  Girard.    Texas,    (d.  s,) 

135.  Hyborhynchus  teneUus  Girard.    Indian  Territory,    {d.  s.) 

136.  Hyborhynchus  puniceus  Girard.    Canadian  Biver.     (d.  s.) 

35. — CocHLOGNATHUS  Baird  &  Girard.    1854. 

137.  Cochlognathus  ornatus  B.  &  G.    Bio  Grande. 

138.  Cochlognathus  biguitatus  Cope,  MSS.    Texas. 

36.— Algansea  Girard.    1856. 

139.  Algansea  tincella  (Val.)  Grd.     Mexico. 

140.  Algansea  antica  Cope.    Texas,    [d.  s.) 

37. — Albuenops  Girard.    1856.    Minnows. 

{Ilifbopsis  Cope;  probably  not  of  Aji^asaiz). 

§  Hudsonius  Girard.    1856. 

141.  Alburnops  hudsonius  (Clinton)  Jor.    Middle  States. 

142.  Alburnops  amarus  (Grd.)  Jor.    Maryland  to  Georgia. 

143.  Alburnops  saludanus  Jor.  &  Brayton.    Santee  Basin. 

144.  Alburnops  storerianus  (Kirt.)  Jor.    Great  Lake  Begion. 

§  Albumo2)s  Grd. 

145.  Alburnops  blennius  Grd.    Arkansas  Biver. 

146.  Alburnops  shumardi  Grd.    Arkansas  Biver.    {d.  s.) 


420     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

147.  Albumops  illecehroHus  Grd.    Arkansas  River,    (rf,  «.) 

148.  AJburnops  microstomus  (Raf.)  .Tor.    Keutackj'  to  North  Carolina. 

149.  Alhurnops  stramhicus  (Cope)  Jor.    Great  Lakes  and  Ohio  Valley. 

150.  Alhurnops  tuditanus  (Cope)  Jor.    Indiana,  etc.    {d.  q.) 
15L.  Albumops  rolucellus  (Cope)  Jyr.    Michigan  to  Minnesota. 

152.  Alburnops  spectrunculus  (Cope)  Jor.    Tennessee  River, 

153.  Alburnops  procne  (Cope)  Jor.    Eastern  Pennsylvania. 

154.  Alburnops  scylla  (Cope)  Jor.    Platte  River;  Arkansas  River, 

155.  Alburnops  missuriensis  (Cope)  Jor.    Missouri  to  Texas. 

156.  Alburnops  fretensis  (Cope)  Jqr.    Michigan  to  Illinois. 

157.  Alburnops  hcematurus  (Cope)  Jor.    Great  Lake  Region  to  Illinois, 

§  Ilydrophlox  Jordan.    1878. 

158.  Alburnops  bivittatus  (Cope)  Jor.    Utah. 

159.  Alburnops  timpanogensis  (Cope)  Jor.    Utah. 
ICO.  Albumops  plumheolus  Cope,    Great  Lakes. 

IGL  Albumops  lacertosus  (Cope)  Jor.    Tennessee  River. 

162.  Alburnops  xwnocephalus  Jor.    Alabama  River. 

163.  Alburnops  ehrosomus  Jor.    Alabama  River. 

164.  Albumops  chxilybaus  (Cope)  Jor.    Pennsylvania ;  New  Jersey. 

165.  Alburnops  chiliticus  (Cope)  Jor.    Yadkin  River. 

166.  Alburnops  chlorocephalus  (Cope)  Jor.    Santee  Basin. 

167.  Albumops  rubricroceus  {Cope)  Jor.    Upper  Tennessee  and  Savan- 

nah Rivers, 

168.  Alburnops  lufipinnis  Jordan  &  Braytou.    Oconee  River. 

169.  Alburnops  roseus  Jordan.    Louisiana. 

38. — LuxTLUS  Rafinesque.    1820.    Shiners. 

{UypBilepia  Bainl.) 

§  Luxilus, 

170.  Luxilus  cornutus  (Mitch.)  Jor.    New  England  to  Wyoming  and 

soath. 

171.  Luxilus  sekne  Jor.     Lake  Superior. 

§ . 

172.  Luxilus  coccogenis  (Cope)  Jor.    Tennessee  and  Savannah  Rivers, 

§  Photogejiis  Cope.    1806. 

173.  Luxilus  galucturus  (Cope)  Jor.    Tennessee,  Cumberland,  and  Sa- 

vannah Rivers. 

174.  Luxilus  analostanus  (Cope)   Jor.     New  York  to  Iowa  and  Ten- 

nesssee. 

175.  Luxilus  leucopus  Jordan  &  Brayton.    Chattahoochee  River. 

176.  Luxilus  niveus  (Cope)  Jor.    Santee  Basin. 

177.  Luxilus  calliurus  Jor.    Alabama  to  Louisiana,    (d.  g,) 


JORDAN:   CATALOGUE   OF  FRESH- WATER   FISHES.  421 

§ • 

178.  Ltwilus  iris  (Cope)  Jor.    Rio  Grande,  !!^ew  Mexico. 

179.  Luxilm  jugalls  (Cope)  Jor.    Missouri  Biver;  Arkansas  Eiver. 

39.— Lythrurus  Jordan.    1876.    Redfins. 

180.  Lythrurus  cyanocephalus  Copeland.    Michigan  to  Minnesota. 

181.  Lythrurus  atripes  Jordan.    Southern  Illinois  and  south. 

182.  Lythrurus  diplaemius  (Raf.)  Jor.    Ohio  Valley. 

183.  Lythrurus  ardens  (Cope)  Jor.    Kentucky  to  North  Carolina. 

40.— CYPRiNELLAGirard.  1856. 

§  Cyprinella. 

184.  Cyprinella  bubaUna  Grd.    Arkansas  to  Texas. 

185.  Cyprinella  venusta  Grd.    Texas,     (d.  s.) 

186.  Cyprinella  macrostoma  Grd.    Rio  Grande  Region. 

187.  Cyprinella  beckwithi  Grd.    Arkansas,    {d.  s.) 

188.  Cyprinella  texana  Grd.    Texas,    {d.  s,) 

189.  Cyprinella  luj^iloides  Grd.    Texas,    (d.  s,) 

190.  Cyprinella  gunnisoni  Grd.     Utah.    {d.  s,) 

191.  Cyprinella  suavis  Old.    Texas,    [d.s.) 

192.  Cyprinella  ludibunda  Grd.    Utah.    {d.  s.) 

193.  Cyprinella  lepida  Grd.    Texas,    {d,  s.) 

194.  Cyprinella  lugubris  Grd.     Utah.    (d.  s) 

195.  Cyprinella  notata  Grd.    Texas,    (d.  s.) 

196.  Cypriaellu  tohipplii  Grd.    Arkansas,    (d.  a.  g.] 

197.  Cyprinella  billingsiana  Cope.    Missouri,    {d,  a.  g.)    (d.  s.) 

198.  Cyprinella  cercostigma  Cope.    Pearl  River,  Mississippi,    (d,  a.  g,) 

§  Moniana  Girard.    1856. 

199.  Cyprinella  lutrensis  (Grd.)  Jor.    Arkansas. 

200.  Cyprinella  leonina  (Grd.)  Jor.    Texas,    {d.  s.) 

201.  Cyprinella  lantabilis  (Grd.)  Jor.    Rio  Grande,    (d.  s.) 

202.  Cyprinella  deliciosa  (Grd.)  Jor.    Texas,     (d.  s.) 

203.  Cyprinella  complanata  (Grd.)  Jor.    Rio  Grande,    {d,  s.) 

204.  Cyprinella  forbesi  Jordan.    Southern  Illinois. 

205.  Cyprinella  frigida  (Grd.)  Jor.    Texas,    (d.  «.) 

206.  Cyprinella  pulcMla  (Grd.)  Jor.    Arkansas  River,    {d.  s.) 

207.  Cyprinella  proserpina  (Qrd,)  Jor.    Texas,    (d.  s.) 

208.  Cyprinella  aurata  (Grd.)  Jor.    New  Mexico,    (d.  s.) 

209.  Cyprinella  gracilis  (Grd.)  Jor.    New  Leon.    {d.  s.) 

210.  Cyprinella  formosa  (Grd.)  Jor.    Rio  Mimbres.    {d.  s.) 

211.  Cyprinella  nitida  {Grd.)  Jor.    New  Leon,     {d.s.) 

212.  Cyprinella  rutila  (Grd.)  Jor.    New  Leon.     (d.  s.) 

213.  Cyprinella  couehii  (Grd.)  Jor.    New  Leon,    (d,  s.) 


422     BULLETIN  UNITED  bTAT£S  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

41._CoDoa£A  Girard.    1856.    Silver-fins. 

i 

§  Erogala  Jordan.     1 878. 

214.  Codoma  calllsema  Jordan.    Ocmulgee  Eiver. 

215.  Codoma  carulea  Jordan.    Alabama  Biver. 

210.  Codoma  chloristia  Jordan  &  Brayton.    Santee  Biver. 

217.  Codoma  irichroistia  J ordau  &  Gilbert.    Alabama  Biver. 

218.  Codoma  callistia  Jordan.    Alabama  Biver. 

219.  Codoma  sii/fmatura  Jordan.    Alabama  Biver. 

220.  Codoma  eurystoma  Jordan.    Chattahoochee  Biver. 

221.  Codoma  xcenura  5ov(i^x\.    Ocmulgee  River. 

222.  Codoma  pyrrhomelas  {Qj\^)  ^or.    Santee  Basin. 

223.  Codoma  grandipinnis  Jordan.    Flint  Biver. 

§  Codoma, 

224.  Codoma  omata  Grd.     Chihuahaa  Biver. 

225.  Codoma  vittata  Grd.    Mexico. 

42.— NoTROPis  Bafinesqne.    1817.    Bosy -faced  Shiners. 

{AlhurndlM  Grd.,  l^'o^;  Minmlu$  Kaf.,  1820.) 

§  Xotropin. 

226.  Xotropis  jemezanus  (Cope)  Jor.    Bio  Grande,  Xew  Mexico. 

227.  Notropin  aiherinoideH  Baf.    Lake  Begion  and  Ohio  Valley.     (N.  ru- 

helluH^  dinemus,  dilectusj  etc.,  of  authors.) 

228.  Xotropis  lepidulus  (Grd.)  Jor.     Black  Warrior  Biver.    (d,  g.) 

229.  Xotropis  megalops  (Grd.)  Jor.    Texas,    [d.  «.) 

230.  Xotropis  amabilis  (Grd.)  Jor.    Texas,     (d.  s,) 

231.  Xotropis  socius  (Ova,)  3 or,    Texas,    (d.  s.) 

232.  Xotropis  stilhim  (Jor.)    Ahibama  Biver.     (d,  s,) 

233.  Xotropis  formosiis  (Putnam)  Jor.     Mobile,    {d,  s.) 

234.  Xotropis  altipinnis  (Cope)  Jor.     Yadkin  Biver. 

235.  Xotropis   micropleryx   (Cope)  Jor.     Tennessee   and   Camberland 

Bivers. 

230.  Xotropis  rubri/rons  (Cope)  Jor.     Ohio  Valley. 

237.  Xotropis  umbratilis  (Grd.)  Jor.     Arkansas,     {d.  s.) 

238.  Xotropis  oUgaspis  (Cope)  Jor.     Kansas,     {d.  s.) 

239.  Xotropis  simus  (Cope)  Jor.     New  Mexico. 

240.  Xotropis  amanus  (Abbott)  Jor.    New  Jersey,     (d.  s.) 

241.  Xotropis  telescopus  (Cope)  Jor.    Tennessee  Biver,     (d.  «.) 

242.  Xotropis  photogrnis  (Cope)  Jor.    Ohio  to  South  Carolina. 

243.  Xotropis  percobromus  (Cope)  Jor.     Missouri. 

244.  Xotropis  matutinus  (Cope)  Jor.     Neuse  Biver. 

245.  Xotropis  lirus  Jordan.    Tennessee  and  Alabama  Bivers. 


JORDAN:   CATALOGUE   OF  FRESU-WATER   FISHES.  423 

43._Cliola  Girard.    1856. 
§  Episema  Cope  and  Jordan.    1877. 

246.  Cliola  arionima  (Cope)  Jor.    ludiana. 

247.  Cliola  scabriceps  (Cope)  Jor.    Ohio  Valley. 

248.  Cliola  leucioda  (Cope)  Jor.    Tennessee  Biver. 

249.  Cliolu  piptolepis  (Cope)  Jor.    Platte  River.    , 

§  Cliola. 

250.  Cliola  vigilax  (B.  &  G.)  Grd.    Red  River. 

251.  Cliola  velox  Grd.    San  Antonio  River. 

252.  Cliola  vivojo  Grd.    Texas,    {d,  8.) 

44.— Ericymba  Cope.    1864. 

253.  Ericymba  buccata  Cope.    Pennsylvania  to  Illinois. 

45, — Protoporus  Cope.    1872. 

254.  Protoporus  domninus  Cope.    Idabo. 

46.— Hbmitremia  Cope.    1870. 
§  ITemitreniia, 

255.  Hemitremia  vittata  Coi>e.    Kentucky ;  Tennessee ;  Virginia. 

§ . 

256.  Hemitremia  heterodon  Cope.    Michigan  to  Illinois,    {d.  g.) 

257.  Hemitremia  bifrenata  Cope.    Massachnsetts  to  Maryland,    {d.  g.) 

47. — Chrosomus  Rafinesque.    1820.    Red-bellied  Minnows. 

258.  Chrosomus  erythrogaster  Raf.     Wisconsin    to  Pennsylvania   and 

Missouri. 

259.  Chrosomus  oreas  Cope.    North  Carolina,    (rf.  «.) 

48. — PiioxiNUS  Rafinesque.    1820.     Minnows. 

260.  Phoxinus  neogwus  Cope.    Michigan;  Wisconsin. 

261.  Phoxinus  flammeus  Jordan  &  Gilbert.    Tennessee  River. 

262.  Phoxinus  margaritus  (Cope)  Jor.     Pennsylvania;  Maryland.    (<f.  g.) 

49. — Gila  Baird  &  Girard.    1853.    Leather-sided  Minnows. 
I  §  Clinostomus  Girard.    1856. 

263.  Gila  elongata  (Kirt.)  Jor.    Ohio  Valley  and  Lake  Region. 

264.  Gila  proriger  Coi^e.    Ohio  Valley,     {d.  s.) 

265.  Gila  estor  Jordan  &  Brayton.    Tennessee  and  Cumberland  Rivers. 

266.  Gila  funduloideH  (Grd.)  Cope.    Chesapeafee  Basin. 


424     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

267.  Oila  vandoisula  (Va\.)  Jot.    Yirginia  to  Oeorfi^ia.  (C.  aJ^nf^OiraFd.) 

268.  Oilu  phlegethontis  Cope.    Beaver  River,  Utah. 

269.  Oila  montana  Cope.    Idaho  to  Arizona. 

270.  Oila  hydrophlox  Cope.    Idaho. 

271.  Oila  taenia  Cope.    Utah. 

272.  Oila  ardesiaca  Cope.    Rocky  Mountain  Region 

§  Tigoma  Girard.    1856. 

273.  Oila  gula  Cope.    New  Mexico. 

274.  Oila  pandora  Cope.    New  Mexico;  Colorado. 

275.  Oila  huniboldti  (Grd.)  Cope.    Nevada. 

276.  Oila  egregia  (Grd.)  Cope.    Colorado;  Utah;  New  Mexico. 

277.  Oila  nigra  Cope.    Arizona. 

278.  Oila  pulchella  B.  &  G.    Mexico. 

279.  Oila  conformis  (B.  &  G.)  Jor.    San  Joaquin  Yalley. 

280.  Oila  hicolor  (Grd.)  Jor.    Klamath  Lake,  Oregon,    (d.  s.) 

281.  Oila  purpurea  iGttd,)  3oT.    San  Bernardino,  Mexico,    (d.s.)    - 

282.  Oila  intermedia  (Grd.)  Jor.    Gila  Basin,    {d,  s.) 
£83.  Oila  obesa  (Grd.)  Jor.   Salt  Lake  Valley,    (d.  8.) 

284.  Oila  lineata  (Grd.)  Jor.    Urah.    {d.  s.) 

285.  Oila  utensis  Jor.    Utah.    (Tigoma  gracilis  Grd.)    {d.  s,) 

286.  Oila  nacrea  Cope.    Colorado  Basin,  Wyoming. 

287.  Oila  geminuda  Cope  &  Yarrow.    Rio  Virgen,  Utah. 

288.  Oila  boucardi  (Gthr.)  Jor.    Mexico,    {d.  8,) 

^Oila. 

289.  Oila  robusta  B.  &  G.    Arizona;  New  Mexico. 

290.  CUla  grahami  B.  &  G.    Arizona ;  New  Mexico. 

291.  Oila  gra^dlis  B.  &  G.    Arizona. 

292.  CHla  elegans  B.  &  G.    Arizona;  New  Mexico. 

293.  Oila  emorii  Grd.    Gila  River. 

294.  Oila  affinis  Ahhoit.    Platte  River.    {d.s.) 

§  Plychochilm  Agassiz.    1855. 

295.  Oila  oregonensis  (Rich.)  Jor.    Oregon  and  north. 

296.  Oila  grandis  Ayves.    California. 

297.  Oila  lucius  (Grd.)  Jor.    Rio  Colorado, 

298.  Oila  rapax  (Grd.)  Jor.    California. 

299.  Oila  vorax  (Gru.)  Jor.    Utah.    {d.  8.) 

50.— SiBOMA  Girard.    1856. 

300.  Sibama  crassicauda  Grd.    California. 

301.  Siboma  atraria  Grd.    Idaho  to  New  Mexicoi» 


JORDAN:    CATALOGUE   OF  FRESH- WATER   FISHES.  425 

51.— Myloleucus  Cope.  1872. 

§  MyloleucuB. 

302.  Mylolewms  pulverulentm  Cope.    Utah  to  Montana. 

303.  Myloleucus  parovanua  Cope.    Utah.    (d.  8.) 

304.  Myloleucus  squamatus  (Gill)  Jor.    Salt  Lake  Basin. 


§ 


305.  Myloleucus  bicolor  (Grd  )  Jor.    Klamath  Lake. 

306.  Myloleucus  obesus  (Grd.)  Jor.    Nevada. 

307.  Myloleucus  forpiosus  (Grd.)  Jor.    Merced  and  Mobave  Bivers. 

.    52. — Cheonda  Girard.    1856. 

308.  Cheonda  cooperi  Grd.    Golambia  Biver. 

309.  Cheonda  ccerulea  Grd.    Lost  Biver,  Oregon. 

310.  Clieonda  crassa  (Grd.)  Jor.    SacrAmento  Biver.     (d.  s.) 

311.  Cheonda  pulchra  {QvA.)  3oT,    Chihuahua,    {d.s.) 

312.  Cheonda  nigrescens  (Grd.)  Jor.    Bio  Grande,    (d.  s.) 

313.  Cheonda  gibbosa  (B.  &  G.)  Jor.    Gila  Basin,     {d.  s.) 

53.— Lavinia  Girard.    1854. 

314.  Lavinia  exilicauda  B.  &  G.    California. 

315.  Lavinia  harvngus  Grd.    California,    (d,  s.) 

316.  Lavinia  gibbosa  Ayres.    Ciilifornia.    {d.  s.) 

54. — NoTEMiGONUS  Bafinesquo.    1819. 

317.  Notemigonus  chrysoleucus  (Mit)    Jor.     Maine  to  Minnesota  and 

Texas. 

318.  Notemigonus  occidentalis  (B.  &  G.)  Jor.    California. 

319.  Notemigonus  americanus  (L.)  Jor.    South  Carolina;  Georgia. 

320.  Notemigonus  leptosomus  (Grd.)  Jor.    Texas. 

321.  Notemigonus  Itu^idus  (Grd.)  Jor.     Iiidiun  Territory,    {d,  s.) 

55. — BiCHARDSONius  Girard.     1856. 

322.  Richardsonius  balteatus  (Rich.)  Grd.    Columbia  Biver. 

323.  Richardsonius  lateralis  (ird.     Washington  Territory. 

56.— Phenacobius  Cope.    1867. 

{Sarvidium  CopOi  1872.) 

324.  Phenacobius  teretulus  Co|m*.    Ohio  Valley. 

325.  Phena>cobiuG  uranops  C.»po.    TiMinessee  Biver. 

326.  Phenacobius  scopifcrus  (('.>  >e)  Jor.    Illinois  to  Missouri. 

327.  Phenacobius  catotttomun  Jonl.iii.     Alabama  Biver. 

328.  Phenacobltis  mirabdis  (G.d.)  Jor.     Arkansas  Biver. 

Bull.  iv.  No.  2 ^ 


426  BULLJ2TIN    UNITED    STATES    QEOLOOICAL    SURVEY. 

57.— Rhinichthys  Agassiz.    1850.    Black-nosed  Dace. 

320.  Rhinichihys  atronasus  (Mitch.)  Ag.     New  England  to  Ohio  and 
Virginia. 

339.  Rhinichthys  ohttutus  Ag.     Michigan  to  Alabama,    {d.  s.) 

331.  RJiinichtkys  dulcis  (Grd.)  Jor.    Nebniska  to  Utah.    (d.  s.) 

332.  Riiinichthys  meleagris  Ag.    Illinois  ;  Iowa. 

333.  Rhinichthys  maxillosus  Cope.    Slopes  of  Bocky  Mountains. 

334.  Rhinichthys  cataractce  (Val.)  Jor.    New  England  to  Virginia  and 

Wisconsin.    {R.  nasutus  (Ayres)  Ag.) 

58.— Apocope  Cope.    1872. 

§  Apocope, 

330.  Apocope  carringloni  Coi>e.     ULah. 

§  Eritrema  Cope.    1876. 

33(>.  Apocope  lietishaici  Coiie.     Utah;  Idaho,     {d.  s.) 

337.  Apocope  vulnerata  Cope.     Utah. 

338.  Apocope  oscitla  (Grd.)  Cope.     Colorado;    Utah;   Arizona;  New 

Mexico. 
331).  Apocope  coueM  Yarrow.    Mountain  streams,  Arizona.    (eZ.  s,) 

340.  Apocope  ventri<iosa  Cope.    A  rizoua :  New  Mexico,     (d.  s.) 
CUl.  Apocope  notabilis  (Gv^,)  3 ov.    Sonora.    {d.s.) 

342.  Apocope  nnbiliut  (Grd.)  Jor.    Washington  Territorj\ 

5U — Ceeatichthys  Baird.    1853.    Horny  Heads. 

(.'  Ilt/bopitis,  Aj;assiz.     Xocomis  ct  HyhopsiSj  Gnl.) 

§  Ccratichthys, 

313.  Ccratichthys  hiyuttatus  (Kirt.)  Girard.    Pennsylvania  to  Utah  and 

south. 
344.  Ccratichthys  micropogon  Cope.     Eastern  Pennsylvania,     {d.  s,) 
o45.  Ceratichthys  nebrascensis  (Grd.)  Jor.     Sweetwater  River,     (d.  s.) 

§  l^IIybopsis  Ag.     1854. 

:i40.  Ccratichthys  amblops  (Raf.)  Grd.    Ohio  Valley. 

317.  Ceratichthys  gracilis  ( A{^.)  Jor.    Tennessee  to  Georgia.    (0.  tcinchelU 
(Crnl.)  Jor.     C  hyalinus  Cope.)     (rf.  s.) 

348.  Ceratichthys  rubrij'rons  J ov&dii.     South  Carolina;  Georgia. 

349.  Ccratichthys  hypsinotus  Coi>e.     North  Carolina. 

350.  Ceratichthys  dissiniilis  (Kirt.)  Cope.     Ohio  Valley. 

331.  Ccratichthys  sterlet  us  Cope.     New  Mexico. 


JOBDAN:    CATALOQU£   OF   FR£SH-WAT£B   FI8HE8.  427 

§ . 

352.  Ceratichthys  physignathus  Cope.    Arkausas  Biver,  Colorado. 

353.  Ceratichthys  sqtuimilentua  Cope.    Colorado  Basin. 

354.  Ceratichthys  prosthemius  Cope.    Great  Lakes. 

355.  Ceratichthys  milneri  Jordan.    Lake  Superior. 


§ 


356.  Ceratichthys  m^mai'hu^  Cope.    Tennessee  Biver. 

357.  Ceratichthys  luhrosus  Cope.    San  tee  Basin. 

358.  Ceratichthys  zaneinus  Jordan  &  Bray  ton.    Santee  Biver.    (d.  s.) 

359.  Ceratichthys  gelidus  (Ord.)  Jor.    Milk  Biver.    ((2.  s.) 

360.  Ceratichthys  vemalis  (Ord.)  Jor.    Arkansas  Biver.    {d.  s.) 

361.  Ceratichthys  asstivalis  (Grd.)  Jor.    !N^ew  Leon.    (d.  s.) 

60.— Semotilus  Bafinesque.    1820.    Horned  Dace. 
§  Leucosomus  Heckel.    1842. 

362.  Semotilus  hullaris  (Baf.)  Jor.     New  England  to  Virginia.      (S. 

rhotheus  Cope.    L.  cataractus  Baird.    L.  argenteus  Storer.) 

363.  Semotilus  dissimilis  (Grd.)  Jor.    Milk  Biver.    (d.  s.) 

§  Semotiltut. 

364.  Semotilus  corporalis  (Mitch.)  Putnam.    Massachusetts  to  tlie  Bocky 

Mountains  and  south. 

365.  Semotilus  thoreauianus  Jordan.    Flint  Biver,  Georgia. 

61. — Agosia  Girard.    1856. 

366.  Agosia  chrysogaster  Grd.    Sonora. 

367.  Agosia  metallica  Grd.    Bio  Gila. 

62. — POGONICHTHYS  Girard.    1854. 

368.  Pogonichthys  iruvquilohtis  B.  &  G.    California. 

369.  Pogonichthys  symmetricus  B.  &  G.    California. 

370.  Pogonichthys  argyriosiis  B.  &  G.    California,    (d,  s.) 

63.— Platygobio  Gill.    1861. 

371.  Platygobio  gracilis  (Bich.)  Gill  &  Jor.    Colorado  Biver  to  the  Sas- 

katchawan.    (P.  communis  (B.  &  G.)  Gill.) 

64. — Mylochilus  Agassiz.    1855. 

372.  Mylochilus  caurinus  (Bich.)  Grd.    Oregon  and  north. 


428     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SUEVEY. 

65.— Mylophakodon  Ayres.    1865, 

373.  Mylapharodan  conocephalus  (Ayres)  Ord.    Galifornia. 

66.— •Tla^oga  Girard.    1856. 

374.  Tiaroga  cobitis  Grd.    Bio  Gila. 

67.— Geaodus  GUnther.    1868. 

375.  Oraodus  nigrotceniatus  Gthr.    Mexico. 

68. — Lepidomeda  Cope,    1874, 

376.  Lepidomeda  vittata  Cope.    Colorado  River,  Arizona. 

377.  Lepidomeda  jarrovii  Cope.    Colorado  Eiver,  Arizona. 

69.— Mbda  Girard.    1856. 

378.  Medafulgida  Girard.    Bio  Gila. 

70.— Plagoptebus  Cope.    1874. 

379.  PUigopterus  argentissimus  Cope.    San  Lais  Valley,  Western  Colo- 

rado. 

DOBYSOMATID^. 
71.— DoBTSOMA  Bafinesqae.    1820.    Gizzard  Shads. 

380.  Dory  soma  cepedianum  heterurum  (Baf.)    Jor.    Mississippi  Yalley— 

escaped  into  the  lakes. 

CLDPEID^. 

72.— Alosa  Cuvier.     1829.    Shads. 

381.  Alosa  sapidissima  (Wilson)  Storer.   Coast — ascending  most  streams. 

73— PoMOLOBUS  Bafinesqne.    1819,    Alewives. 
^Meletta  Valenciennes,  1847. 

382.  Pomololnis  pseudoharengvis  lacustris  Jordan.    Lake  Ontario  and  lakes 

of  Western  New  York, 

§  Pomolobus. 

383.  Pomolobus  chrysochhris  Baf.    Mississippi  Valley — escaped  into  the 

lakes. 

*  I  have  at  present  little  faith  in  the  validity  of  the  genas  Tiaroga,    It  looks  like  » 
CUola  in  which  one  of  the  teeth  in  the  main  row  has  been  lost. 


JORDAN:    CATALOGUE   OF  FRESH- WATER  FISHES.  429 

HYODONTID^. 

74.— Hyodon  Le  Sueur,    1818.    Moon  Eyes. 

§  ElaUonisiim  Gill  &  Jordan.    1878. 

384.  Hyodon  chrysopsia  Bich.    Missouri  and  Saskatcbawan  Basins. 

§  Hyodon. 

385.  Hyodon  tergisus  Le  Sueur.     Great  Lakes  and  Upper  Mississippi 

Valley. 

386.  Hyodon  aelenops  Jordan  &  Bean.    Tennessee  and  Alabama  Rivers. 

MICROSTOMATID.E. 

75. — OsMEEUS  Linnseus.    1758.    Smelts. 

387.  Osmerus  mordax  (Mitch.)  Gill.     Eastern  coast — ascending  streams 

northward. 

76. — Mallotus  Ouvier.    1829.    Capelius. 

388.  Mallotm  villosus  (Miiller)  Cuv.    Nova  Scotia  northward — coastwise. 

SALMONIDiE. 
77. — COREGONUS  Linnaeus.    1758.    Whitefish. 

§  Prosapium  Milner.    1878.  • 

389.  Coregonus  coueai  Milner.    Montana  (headwaters  Saskatchawan). 

390.  Coregonus  wilUamsoni.    Grd.    Region  west  of  Bocky  Mountains. 

391.  Coregonus  quadrilateralis   Rich.    New  Hampshire  and  Great  Lake 
^  Region  to  Alaska.    (<7.  novanglice  Prescott.) 

§  Coregonus. 

392.  Coregonus  clupeiformis  (Mitch.)  Milner.    Great  Lake  Region  to  Polar 

Sea.    {C.  albus  Le  S.) 

393.  Coregonus  kennicotti  Milner,  MSS.    Yukon  River,  Alaska. 


§ 


394.  Coregonus  Idbradoricus  Rich.     Northern  New  York  to  Labrador 

(C.  neohantoniensis  Prescott). 

§  Argyrosomus  Agassiz.    1850. 

395.  Coregonus  hoyi  (Gill)  Jordan.    Upper  Great  Lakes. 

396.  Coregonus  artedi  (Le  S.)  Hoy.    Great  Lake  Region  and  Upper  Mis- 

sissippi Valley  to  Alaslca. 

397.  Coregonus  nigripinnis  (Gill)  Jordan.    Lake  Michigan. 


430     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY 

^  AUosomus  Jordan.    1878. 

398.  Coregonus  trUUbee  Rich.    Upper  Great  Lakes. 

78.^Stenodcs  Richardson.    1860.    Inconuus. 

{Luciolrutta  GUntber,  1866.) 

399.  Stenodiis  mackenzii  Rich.    Mackenzie's  River. 

79. — ^Thymallus  Cuvier.    1829.    Graylings. 

400.  Thymallm  signifer  (Rich.)  Cav.  &  Yal.    British  America. 

401.  Thymallus  montanvs  Miluer.    Montana,    (d.  «.) 

402.  Thyviallus  tricolor  Cope.    Michigan  and  northwest,    (d.  s,) 

80. — Salvelinus  Richardson.    1836.    Gharrs. 

{Baione  DeKay,  \^\2,     Vmbla  Rapp.    SaJmo  Siebold.) 

403.  Salvelinus  oqwissa  (Grd.)  Gill  &  Jordan.    Rangeley  Lake,  etc.,  in 

Maine. 

404.  Salvelinu8  lordli  (Gthr.)  G.  &  J.    British  Golambia.    {d.  s.) 
405:  8alvelinu8  tudes  (Cope)  G.  &  J.    Alaska,    {d.  «.) 

406.  SalvelimLS  spectabilis  (Grd.)  G.  &  J.    Streams  west  of  Sierra  Nevada. 

{8.  camphelU  Suckley ;  S.parkii  Suckley.) 

407.  Salrelinus  hairdii  (Suckl.)  G.  &  J.    Streams  west  of  Sierra  Nevada. 

408.  Salvelinm  fontinalis  (Mitch.)  G.  &  J.    Creorgia  tx>  Lake  Superior 

and  Hudson's  Bay.    (8.  h iidsonicwt  Suckley ;  8.  canadeim^  Smith  \ 
8.  tmmaeulatus  Storer.) 
400.  8alvelinu8  hoodii  (Rich.)  G.  &  J.    Northeastern  British  America. 

410.  Salvelintu  rossii  (Rich.)  G.  &  J.    Arctic  America,    {d.  8.) 

411.  8alveUnusstagnalis(Fsiibricin»)G,&J.    Boothia  Felix.    Greenland. 

(8.  alipes  Rich.    8.  nitidus  Rich.) 

412.  Salvelinns  arcturus  (Gthr.)  G.  &  J.    Arctic  America. 

8L — Cristivomer  Gill  &  Jordan.     1878.    Great  Lake  Trout 

413.  Cristivomer  namaycuah   (Walb.)  G.  &  J.    Lakes,  Maine  to  the 

Rooky  Mountains  and  northward.  (8.  toma  Hamlin.  8.  sifm- 
metrica  Prescott.  8,  adarondacns  Norris.  8.  palUdus  Raf.  8. 
conjinis  DeK.) 

414.  Cristivomer  siscowet  (Ag.)  G.  &  J.    Lake  Superior. 

82. — Salar  Valenciennes.    1849.    Salmon  Trout. 

(Fario  Valenciennes,  1849,  in  part;  Trutta  Siebold.) 

415.  Salar  clarUi  (Rich.)  G.  &  J.    Headwaters  of  Rio  Grande,  Platte^ 

Missouri,  and  Columbia;  northwestward  to  the  Pacific  Var. 
aurora^  east  of  the  Cascade  Range.  (8.  aurora  Grd.  8.  lewisi 
Grd.    8.  virginalis  Grd.    8.  stellatus  Grd.    8.  carinatus  Oope.) 


JORDAN:   CATALOGUE    OF   FRESH-WATER    FISHES.  431 

416.  Salar  henshaici  Gill  &  Jordan.    Lake  Tahoe ;  Sacramento  Riven 

417.  Salar  stomias  (Cope)  G.  &  J.    Kausas  River. 

418.  Salar  spilurtis  (Cope)  G.  &  J.    Colorado,  Idaho,  Utali,  and  Bio 

Grande  Region.    (8,  pJeuriticus  Cope,  a  variety.) 

419.  Salar  tsuppitch  (Rich)  G.  &  J.    California  to  Washington. 

420.  Salar  irideus  (Gibbons)  Grd.    Streams   west  of  Sierra  Nevada. 

(8.  masoni  Buckley.    8,  newbtrrii  Grd.) 

83. — Salmo  Linna>n8.     1758.    Salmons. 

421.  Salmo  salar  L.    Northern  Atlantic  coasts  of  Europe  and  America — 

ascending  streams  ;  often  land-locked.  (8,  onmcomaycus  Wallx 
S,  sebago  Grd.    8,  gloveri  Grd.) 

84. — Oncorhynohus  Suckley.     18Gi.     Hooked -jaw  Salmons. 

§  Oncorhynohus. 

422.  OncorhyncJim  gorbuscha  (Walb.)  G.  &  J.    North  Pacific  coasts  of 

Asia  and  America.  {8.  proteus  Pallas.  8,  gibber  Bloch,  and  of 
Suckley.) 

423.  Oncorhynohus  Ida  (Walb.)  G.  &  J.    North  Pacific  coasts  of  Asia 

and  America.  {8.  lagocephalus  Pallas.  8.  scottkri  Uich,  S.con^ 
fluentus  Suckley.) 

424.  Oncorhynohus  nerka  (Walb.)   G.  &  J.     North   Pacific  coasts  of 

Asia  and  America.  {8.  lycaodon  and  japonensis  Pallas.  8.  canis^ 
cooperij  scouleriy  truncatus^  and  richardi  Suckley.  8.  paucUlens^ 
dermatinuSj  and  consuelus  Rich.) 

425.  Oncorhynohus  quinnat  (Rich.)  Gthr.    Coasts  of  California  to  Eritish 

Columbia.     (8.  argyreus  Grd.     8,  warreni  Suckl.) 

§  Eypsifario  Gill.    1864. 

426.  Oncorhynchus  Jcennerlyi  (Suckl.)  Jordan.    Sacramento  River  to  Brit- 

ish Columbia. 

CHARACINID^. 

85.— A  STY  AN  AX  Baird  &  Girard.     1854. 

(Pcectlurichthya  Gill,  185a) 

427.  Astyanax  argentatus  B.  &  G.    Texas ;  Arkansas  {Le  Sueur.) 

PERCOPSID^. 

86.— Percopsis  Agassiz.     1850.    Trout  Perches. 

428.  Percopsis  guttatus  Ag.    Great  Lake  Region ;  south  to  the  Delii> 

ware,  Potomac,  and  Ohio  Rivers. 

ESOCIDiE3. 

87. — Esox  Linnaeus.     1758.    Pikes. 
§  Mascalongus  Jordan.     1878. 
429  Esox  nobilior  Thompson.    Great  Lake  Region. 


432  BUJJLETIN   UNITED   STATES   QEOLOQICAL   SURVEY. 

§  Eaox. 

430.  Esox  luciiis  Linua^ns.    Waters  of  Northern  United  States,  Britibh 

America,  Earope,  and  Asia. 

§  Picorellus  Rafinesque.     1820. 

• 

431.  Esox  reticulatus  JjQ  bucur.    XewEnglaud  to  Alabama,  east  of  the 

Allegbanies. 

432.  Esox  salmoneus  Raf.    Ohio  Valley  to  Wisconsin. 

433.  Esox  raveneli  Holbr.    South  Carolina  to  Alabamci.    (d.  s.) 

434.  Esox  americanus  Gmel.    Massachusetts  to  Maryland. 

435.  Esox  cypho  Cope.    Pennsylvania  to  Illinois. 

AMBLYOPSID^. 

88.— CuoLOGASTER  Agassiz.     1854.    Ditch  Fishes. 

43C.  Chologaster  cornutus  Ag.    liice-ditches,  South  Carolina. 

437.  Chelogasier  agassizi  Putnam.    Mammoth  Cave  and  subterranean 

stream,  Lebanon,  Tenn. 

89.— Typhlichthys  Girard.    1839.    Small  Blind  Fish. 

438.  Typhlichthys  suhterraneus  Grd.    Caves  of  Indiana  and  Kentucky. 

90.— Amblyopsis  DeKay.    1842.    Blind  Fish. 

439.  Amblyopsis  spelccus  DeKay.    Caves  of  the  limestone  regions  of  Indi- 

ana and  Kentucky. 

UM  BRIDGE. 

91. — Melanura  Agassiz.    1854.    Mud  Minnows. 

440.  Melanura  Umi  (Kirt.)  Ag.    Great  Lake  Region. 

441.  Melanura  pygma^a  (DeKay)  Baird.    Connecticut  to  South  Carolina. 

CYPRINODONTID^E. 

92.— Cyprinodon  Lac6pMe.    1803. 

442.  Cyprinodon  variegattis  Lac.    Atlantic  coast. 

443.  Cyprinodon  parvus  B.  &  G.    Cape  Cod  to  North  Carolina.    (<f. «.) 

444.  Cyprinodon  elegans  B.  &  G.    Rio  Grande. 

445.  Cyprinodon  hovinus  B.  &  G.    Texas. 

446.  Cyprinodan  macularius  B.  &  G.    Rio  Gila. 

447.  Cyprinodon  gihbosus  B.  &  G.    Texas. 

448.  Cyprinodon  californiensis  Grd.    San  Diego,  Cal. 

93._GiRARDiNiCHTHYS  Blccker.    1860. 

449.  Girardinichthys  innominatu^  Bleeker.    Mexico. 

94.— LuCANiA  Girard.    1859. 

450.  Lucania  venusta  Grd.    Texas. 

451.  Lucania  affinis  Grd.    Mexico.  -  {d.  s.) 


JORDAN:    CATALOGUE    OF   FRESH- WATER   FISHES.  433 

95. — Hydrargyra  Lacdpede.    1803.    May  Fishes. 

452.  Hydrargyra  majalis  (Walb.)  Val.    Cape  Cod  to  North  Carolinai. 

453.  Hydrargyra  sicampina  Lac.    North  Carolina  to  Florida,    {d.  8.) 

454.  Hydrargyra  similis  B.  &  G.    Florida  to  Texas. 

90.— FuNDULUS  Lacepfed^.    1803.    Killifishes. 

455.  Fundulus  heterocUtiis  (L.)  Gthr.    Cape  Cod  to  Florida,  entering 

streams. 

456.  Fundulus  pUculentm  (Mitch.)  Val.    Atlantic  coast. 

457.  Fundiilus  nigrofa^ciatus  (IjC  S.)  Val.    Atlantic  coast. 

458.  Funduliis  diaphantm  (Le  S.)  Ag.    Coasts ;  ascending  all  streams  to 

their  fountain-heads;    hence  inland  to  Michigan,   Wisconsin, 
Colorado.    (F.  multifasciatus  (Le  S.)  Val.) 

459.  Fundulus  men&na  Jordan  &  Co[)eland.    Kock  Kiver,  Wis.;  N.  Ills. 

460.  Fundulus  zebra  (Grd.)  Gthr.    Rio  Grande,    (d,  s,) 

461.  Funduhis  seminolis  Grd.    Floridi*..     (d,  ^.) 

462.  FunduluH  grandis  B.  &  G.    Texas. 

463.  FunduhiH  parvipinnis  Grd.    8an  Diego,  Cal. 

07. — Xp:nisma  Jordan.    1876.    Stud-fishes. 

464.  Xenisma  stelliferum  Jordan.    Alabama  Kiver. 

465.  Xtnisma  catenaUun  (Ston*r)  Jor.    Cumberland  and  Tennessee  Riv- 

ers. 

98. — ZvciONKCTKS  Agassiz.    1854.    Top  Minnows. 

§  Zygonectes, 

466.  Zygonevies  notatm  (Raf.)  Jor.    Michigan  to  Texas. 

467.  Zygonectes  floripinnis  {{jOfye)  Jot.    Colorado. 

§  Mfcrifftius  Gill.     1865. 

468.  Zygonectes  zonatus  (Mitch.)  Jor.    Cape  Cod  to  Florida. 

469.  Zygonectes  cingulatus  (C.  &  V.)  Jor.    Cape  Cod  to  Florida,    (d.  «.) 

470.  Zygonectes  chrysotm  (G  thr.)  Jor.    North  Carolina  to  Florida,     {d,  «.) 

471.  Zygonectes  nottii  Ag.    Georgia  to  Mississippi. 

472.  Zygonectes  seiadicus  (Cope)  Jor.    Platte  River. 

473.  Zygonectes  melanops  (Cope)  Jor.    North  Carolina  to  Illinois. 

474.  Zygonectes  guttatus  Ag.    Alabama. 

475.  Zygonectes  dispar  Ag.    Ohio  to  Missouri. 

476.  Zygonectes  hicroglyphicus  Ag.    Alabama. 

477.  Zygonectes  brachypterus  (Cope),  MSS.    Texas. 

99.— Gambusia  Poey.    1851. 

478.  Qambusia  holbrooU  ( Ag.)  Ord.    Florida  to  Texas. 

479.  Qambusia  nobilis  B.  &  G.    Texas. 


434  BULLETIN    UNITED    STATES   GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY. 

480.  Gamhusia  affinis  B.  &  6.    Texas,    (df.  s,) 

481.  Oambusia  patruelis  B.  &  G.    Texas,    {d.  8.) 

482.  Oamhusia  gracilis  Grd.    Matamoras.    (d, «.) 

483.  Gamhusia  npeciosa  Grd.    New  Leou.    [d  8,) 

484.  Gamhusia  senilis  Grd.    Chihaahaa.     (d.  s.) 

100.— MoLLiENESiA  Le  Saeur.    1821. 

(Limia  Pocy,  1851.) 

485.  Mollienesia  latipinna  Le  S.    Florida  to  Texas. 

486.  Mollienesia  lineolata  Qrd.    Texas,    (d.s,) 

487.  Mollienesia  formosa  {Qrd.)  Gthv.    Mexico. 

488.  Mollienesia  matamorensis  (Grd.)  Jor.    Matamoni.s.    {d.  s,) 

489.  Mollienesia pcecilioides  (Grd.)  Jor.    Texas,    (d.  s,) 

490.  2folli€nesia  couchiana  (Grd.)  Jor.    New  Leon. 

101.— GiEARDiNUS  Poey.    1851. 

491.  Girardinus  formosus  (Ag.)  Grd.    South  Carolina  to  Louisiana. 

492.  Girardinus  occidentalis  (B.  &  G.)  Grd.    New  Mexico. 

493.  Girardintuf  sonoriensis  Grd.    Sonora ;  Arizona. 

102.— Adinia  Girard.    1859. 

494.  Adinia  multifasdaia  Grd.    Texas. 

ATHERINID.E. 
103. — Chikostoma  Swainson.    1839.    Silversides. 

495.  Chirostoma  notatum  (Mitch.)  Gill.    Maine  to  Florida. 

496.  Chirostoma  menidium  (L.)  Gill.    North  Carolina  to  Florida. 

497.  Chirostoma  beryllinum  Cope.    Maryland  to  Florida. 

104.— Athebina  LinusBUS.    1758. 

498.  Atherina.  Carolina  Val.    South  Carolina. 

105. — Labidesthes  Cope.    1870. 

499.  Labidesthes  sicculus  Cope.    Tennessee  to  Michigan. 

APHODGDERID.E. 
106.— Aphododerus  Le  Sueur.    1833.     Pirate  Perches. 

500.  Aphododerus  sayanus  (Gilliams)  DeKay.    New  Jersey  to  Louisiana, 

chiefly  coastwise. 

501.  Aphododerus  isolepis  (Nelson)   Jordan.     Mississippi    Basin    and 

Upper  Lakes,    {d, «.) 


\ 


JORDAN:    CATALOQinE   OP  FRESH- WATER  FISHES. 

ELASSOMATID^. 

107.— Elassoma  Jordan.     1877. 

502.  ElcLssoma  zonatum  Jordau.    IIliDois  to  Texas. 

CENTRAKCHID^. 

108.— MiOBOPTEBUS  Lac6pMe.    1800.    Black  Bass. 

503.  Micropterus  pallidm  (Raf.)  Gill  &  Jordan.  lied  River  < 
North  to  Virginia,  Fioridii,  and  Mexico.  (M.  nigricans  (C. 
Gill.) 

504.  Micropterus  salmoides (L^c.)  Gill.    Canada  to  Alabama  and  I 

109.— Ch^nobbyttus  Gill.    18G !.    War-months. 

505.  Chamohryttus  guhsus  (C.  &  V.)  Gill.  Upper  Great  Lakes;  ] 
sippi  Valley  to  Texas. 

506.  Chccnohryttus  viridis  (C.  &  V.)  Jor.    Virginia  to  Florida. 

110. — Ambi-iOPLITES  Rafinesque.    1820.    Rock  Bass. 

§  Ambloplites. 

507.  Ambloplites  rupestris  (Raf.)  Gill.  Lake  Gbamplain  to  the  S 
chawan;  south  to  Florida  and  Texas. 

'  508.  Ambloplites  cavifrons  Cope.    Virginia;  North  Carolina. 

§  Archoplites  Gill.    1862. 
609.  AmblopUies  interruptus  Grd.    Streams  of  the  Pacific  slope. 

111.— ACANTHARCHUS  Gill.     1864. 

510.  Acantharchus  pomotis  (Baird)  Gill.    New  York  to  South  Can 

112.— Apomotis  Rafinesque.    1819. 

511.  ApoiHotis  oyanellus  (Raf.)  Jor.  AUeghanies  to  Great  Plain 
south. 

612.  Apomotis  signifer  (Grd.)  Jor.    Texas,    (d.  s.) 

513.  Apomotis  albultis  ,{QTd,)  Jor.    Texas,    {d.  s.) 

514.  Apomotis  phenojc  Cope  &  Jordan.    New  Jersey. 

I  113.— Lepiopomus  Rafinesque.    1819.    Sunfishes. 

I*  §  Lepiopomus, 

515.  Lepiopomus  macroehirus  Raf.    Ohio  Valley  to  Illinois. 

516.  L^iopomus  anagallinus  Cope.    Kentucky  to  Kansas. 

517.  Lepiopomus  oculatus  Cope.    Upper  Mississippi  Valley. 
618.  Lepiopomus  humilis  (Grd.)  Cope.    Texas. 


436     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

519.  Lepiopomus  mystacalis  Cope.    Florida. 

620.  Lepiopomus  bombffrons  (Ag.)  Jor.    Teuuessee  River,    {d.  g.) 

621.  Lepiopomus  apiatus  Cope.    Florida. 

622.  Lepiopomus  clougatus  (Ilolbr.)  Gill  &  Jor.    Florida. 

623.  Lepiopomus  miniatus  Jordan.    Louisiana. 

621.  Jjepiopomus  auritus  (L.)  Raf.    Maine  to  Florida,  east  of  the  mount- 
ains. 
625.  Lrpiopomu^  ischynis  Jordan  &  Nelson.    Illinois. 

§  Helioperca  Jordan.    1877. 

52G.  Lepiopomus  paUidus  (Mit.)  Gill  &  Jor.    Canada  to  New  Jersey, 

J^^lorida,  and  Texas. 
527.  Lepiopomus  obscurus  (Ag.)  Jor.    Kentucky  to  Alabama. 

114.— Xysteoplitbs  Jordan.    1877. 

628.  XystropUtes  gillii  Jordan.    Florida. 
529.  XystropUtes  longimanus  Cope.    Florida. 

630.  XystropUtes  heros  (B.  &  G.)  Jor.    Texas. 

631.  XystropUtes  notatus{Ag,)  Jor.    Tennessee  River.    {d.g») 

115. — Xenotis  Jordan.    1877.    Long-eared  Sunfishes. 

532.  Xenotis  inscriptus  (Ag.)  Jor.    Ohio  to  Missouri  and  south. 
633.  Xenotis  peUastes  (Cope)  Jor.    Michigan  to  Illinois. 

534.  Xenotis  marginatus  (Holbr.)  Jor.    Florida. 

535.  Xenotis  aureolus  Jor.    Ohio  Valley. 

536.  Xenotis  soUs  (Val.)  Gill  &  Jor.    Louisiana. 

537.  Xenotis  lythrochloris  Jor.    Ohio  Valley. 

538.  A'enotis  sanguinoientus  (Ag.)  Jor.    South  Carolina  to  Tennessee  and 

Louisiana,    (d.  s.) 

539.  Xenotis  megalotis  (Raf.)  Jor.    Mississippi  Valley. 

540.  Xenotis  popii  (Gvii,)  Jot.    Texas,     (d.  s.) 

641.  Xenotis  breviceps  (B.  &  G.)  Jor.    Louisiana  to  Texas.  ' 

542.  Xenotis  fallal  (B.  &  G.)  Jor.    Texas. 

116. — EuPOMOTis  Gill  &  Jordan.    1877.    Sunflshes. 

543.  Eupomotis  aureus  (Walb.)  Gill  &  Jor.    Minnesota  to  New  England 

and  south  to  Florida,  east  of  the  Alleghauies. 

544.  Eupomotis  spedosus  (Holbr.)  Gill.    Florida. 

546.  Eupomotis  palUdus  (Ag.)  Gill  &  Jordan.    Illinois  to  Alabama  and 
southward. 

117.— Mesogonistius  Gill.    1804. 

546.  Mesogonistius  chcetodon  (Baird)  Gill.    New  Jersey  to  Maryland. 

118.— Enneacanthus  Gill.    1864. 

547.  Enneacanthus  obesus  (Grd.)  Gill.    Massachusetts  to  North  Garolina. 


JORDAN:    CATALOGUE    OF   FRESH- WATEB  FISHES.  437 

648.  JEnneacanihus  margarotis  Gill  &  Jor.    New  Jersey  to  YirgniDia* 

649.  Enneacanthus  pinniger  Gill  &  Jor.    North  Carolina. 

650.  Ennedcanihw  glorioaus  (Holbr.)  Jor.    Maryland  to  Florida. 

119.— Hemioplites  Cope.    1868. 

551.  HeiHtoplites  simulans  Cope.    Virginia. 

120t— COPELANDIA  Jordan.    1876. 

552.  Copelandia  eriarcha  Jor.    Wisconsin. 

121.— Centrarchus  Cuvier.    1829. 

553.  Centrarchus  irideus  (Lac.)  C.  &  Y.    North  Carolina  to  niinois  and 

south. 

554.  Centrarchus  macropterus  (Lac.)  Jor.    South  Carolina  to  Alabama. 

122.— PoMOXYS  Rafinesque.    I8l8.    Grass  Bass. 

§  Ponoxys, 

555.  Pomoxys  annularis  Baf.    Mississippi  Valley. 

§  Hyperistius  Gill.    1864. 

556.  Pomoxys  nigrom<tculatus  (Le  S.)  Grd.    New  Jersey  to  Minnesota; 

soutb  to  Florida. 

LABRACID^. 

123.— MoRONB  Mitchill.    1817.    White  Bass. 

557.  Morone  americana  (Gmel.)  Gill.    Atlantic  coast  and  streams. 

558.  Morone  interrupta  Gill.    Lower  Mississippi  Valley. 

124.— Roccus  Mitchill.    1817.    Rockfish. 
§  Lepihema  Rafinesque.    1820. 

559.  Bocciis  chrysops  (Raf.)  Gill.    Great  Lakes;  Ui)per  Mississippi  Valley. 

*  §  Roccus. 

560.  Roccus  lineatus  (Bloch)  Gill.    Atlantic  coast  and  streams. 

PERClDiE. 
125. — Perca  Linnaeus.    1758.    Perches. 

561.  Perca  americana  Schranck.    Minnesota  to  New  England  and  south 

to  Florida,  east  of  the  Alieghaiiies. 

126.— Stizostethium  Rafinesque.    1820.    Pike  Perches. 

$  Stizostethium. 

562.  Stizostethium  vitreum  (Mitchill)  Jordan  &  Copelaud.    Great  Lake 

Region,  Canada,  and  southward.    (Including  var.  salwontium 
Raf.) 


438  BULLETIN    UNITED   STATEd   GEOLOGICAL   flUfiVEY. 

§  Cynaperca  Gill  &  Jordan.    1878^ 

563.  Sthostethium  canadeiise  (Smitb)  Jor.    Saint  Lawrence  Biver  to  the 

Upper  Missouri. 

ETHEOSTOMATID^. 
127.— Ammoceypta  Jordan.    1877.    Sand  Divers. 

564.  Ammocrfpta  heanii  Jordan.    Louisiana. 

128.— Pleubolepis  Agassiz.    1863.    Pellucid  Darters. 

565.  Pleurolepis pelltLcidus  (Baird)  Agassiz.    Ohio  Valley. 

566.  Pleurolepis  vitreus  (Cope)  Jord.  &  Copel.    North  Carolina. 

567.  Pleurolepis  asprellus  Jordan.    Illinois. 

129.— Pebgina  Haldeman.    1842.    Log  Perch. 

568.  Percina  caprodes  (Rat)  Grd.    Great  Lake  Region  to  Alabama. 

569.  Percina  carbonaria  (B.  &  G.)  Grd.    Texas. 

570.  Percina  manitou  Jordan.    Indiana  to  Minnesota. 

130. — Alvobdius  Girard.    1859.    Black-sided  Darters. 

571.  Alcordiiis  maculatus  Grd.    Western  streams.     (Etlieostoma  hlen- 

nioides  Ag.     A.  aspro  Cope  &  Jor.) 

572.  Alvordius  mucrocephalus  Cope.     Ohio  Valley. 

573.  Alcordius phoxocephalus  (Nelson)  Cope  &  Jor.    Indiana  to  Tennes- 

see and  Kansas. 

574.  Alvordius  crassus  Jordan  &  Brayton.    Santee  Biver. 

575.  Alvordius  nevisensis  Cope.    North  Carolina. 

576.  Alvordius  peltatus  (Stauffer)  Cope  &  Jor.    Conestoga  River,  Penn- 

sylvania. 

131.— Ericosma  Jordan.    1877.    Gilded  Darters. 

577.  Ericosma  evides  Jordan  &  Copeland.    Wabash  Valley.  • 

132.— Hadroptbbus  Agassiz.    1854. 

(Hyjwhomus  Coi>e,  1870.    Pksioperca  Le  Vaillaot,  1873.) 

578.  Hadropterus  nigrofasciatus  Ag.    South  Carolina  to  Louisiana. 

579.  Radropterus  tessellatus  Jor.     Alleghany  River. 

580.  Hadropterus  aurantiacus  (Cope)  Jor.    Virginia  to  Tennessee. 

133. — IMOSTOMA  Jordan.    1877.    Big-headed  Darters. 

581.  Imostoma  shtimardi  (Grd.)  Jor.    Indiana  to  Iowa  and  ArkansaB. 

134.— Rheocbypta  Jordan.    1877. 

582.  Rheocrypta  copelandi  Jordan.     Wabash  Valley. 


JORDAN:   CATALOGUE   OF   FBE8H-WATKB   FI8HE8.  439 

135. — ^DiPLESiUM  Bafinesque.    1820.    Green-sided  Darters. 

^83.  IXplesium  hlennioides  (Haf.)  Jor.    Mississippi  Valley. 

5S4:.  Di'plesium  netcmani  (Ag.)  Jor.  &  Copel.    Tennessee  River,    (d, ».) 

585.  Diplesium  simoterum  (Cope)  Copeland.    Camberlaud  and  Upper 

Tennessee  Eivers. 

ISG^— Ulocentra  Jordan.    1878. 

586.  Ulocentra  stig^tncca  Jor.    Georgia  to  Loaisiaua. 

587.  Ulocentra  atripinym  Jor.    Cumberland  River. 

137.— BoLEosoMA  DeKay.    1842.    Tessellated  Darters. 

588.  Boleosoma  olmstedi  (Storer)  Ag.    Great  Lakes  to  ]S"ew  England 

and  southward,  east  of  the  Alleghanies. 

589.  Boleosotna   atronuiculatum    (Grd.)    Jor.     New  York   to  Virginia 

(fvar.) 

590.  Boleosoma  maculatum  (Ag.)  Jor.     Mississippi  Valley  and  Upper 

Great  Lakes.    {Boleosoma  brevipinne  Cope.) 

591.  Boleoftoma  wsopus  Cope.    Alleghany  River,    {d,  s.) 

592.  Boleosoma  effulgens  (Grd.)  Cope.    Maryland  to  North  Carolina. 

593.  Boleosoma  macxdaticeps  Cope.    North  Carolina  to  Georgia. 

594.  Boleosoma  mesaiim  (Cope)  Jordan.    Kansas,    {d.  s.) 

595.  Boleosoma  phlox  Cope,  MSS.    Texas. 

138.— Nanostoma  Putnam.     1877. 
590.  Xanostoma  zonale  (Cope)  Jordan.    Mississippi  Valley. 

139. — NoTUONOTUS  Agassiz.    1803.    Blue-breasted  Darters. 

597.  Xoihonotus  macnlatns  (Kirt.)  Ag.    Ohio. 

598.  Nothonotus  caniurus  (Cope)  Jor.    Ohio  Valley. 

599.  Nothonotus  sanguifluus  (Cope)  Jor.    Cumberland  River. 

000.  Xothonotus  vulneratus  (Co])e)  Jor.    Tennessee  to  North  Carolina. 
601.  XothonofHS  rvfilineatus  (Cope)  Jor.    Kentucky  to  North  Carolina. 

002.  Notho7wtus  inscripius  Jor.  &  Bray.    Oconee  River. 

003.  Nothonotus  thalasslnus  Jor.  &  Bray.    San  tee  River. 

140. — Pa:ciLiCHTiiYS  Agassiz.    1854.    Variegated  Darters. 

004.  Pcecilichthys  rariatm  (Kirtland)  Ag.    Upper  Mississippi  Valley 

and  tributaries  of  Lake  Erie  and  Lake  Michigan. 
605.  PorciUchthys  spectabilis  Agassiz.    Upper  Mississippi  Valley  and 
tributaries  of  Lake  Erie  and  Lake  Michigan. 

600.  PadUchthys  jessicB  Jor.  &  Bray.    Tennessee  River. 

007.  PoeciUchthys  lepidns  Grd.    Texas  and  west. 

008.  PceeiUchthys  punctulatus  Agassiz.    Missouri  and  Arkansas.  . 

009.  PceeiUchthys  leonensia  (Grd.)  Jordan  &  Copeland.    Texas. 

010.  PceeiUchthys  grahami  (Grd.)  Jordan  &  Copeland.    Texas. 


440     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  QEOLOQICAL  SURVEY. 

141.— Etheostoma  Bafinesqae.    1819.    Lined  Darters. 

{Cotonotus  Agassiz,  1854.) 
§ . 

611.  Etheostoma  squamiceps  Jordan.    Kentacky. 

§  Etheostoma. 

612.  Etheostoma  fiaheUare  Eafinesqae.    New  York  to  Iowa  and  soath. 

142.— Alvarius  Girard.    1859. 

613.  Alvarius  lateralis  Grd.    Toxas ;  Mexico. 

143.— BoLEiCHTHYS  Girard.    1859.    Bedsided  Darters. 

614.  Boleichthys  exilis  Grd.    Upper  Missouri  Region. 

615.  Boleichthys  eoa  Jordan  &  Gopelaud.    Upper  Great  Lakes   and 

Upper  Mississippi  Valley. 

616.  Boleichtliys  erochrous  (Gope)  Jor.    "Sew  Jersey  to  Maryland. 

617.  Boleichthys  elegans  Grd.    Georgia  to  Texas. 

618.  Boleichthys  gracilis  (Grd.)  Jor.    Texas. 

619.  Boleichthys  fusiformis  (Grd.)  Jor.    Massacbasetts. 

620.  Boleichthys  barratti  (Holbr.)  Jor.    North  Carolina  to  Georgia^ 

621.  Boleichthys  warreni  Grd.    Upper  Missouri  Region. 

144.— MiCBOPEBGA  Patnam.    1863.    Least  Darters. 

622.  Micropercapunctulata  Putnam.    Upper  Mississippi  Valley  and  trib- 

utaries of  Lake  Michigan. 

SCI^NIDiE. 
145.— Haploidonotus  Rafinesque.    1819.    River  Drums. 

623.  Haploidonotus  grunniens  Raf.    Great  Lakes  and  Mississippi  Valley. 

146. — Euttchelithus  Jordan.    1876.    Malasheganay. 

624.  Eutyohelithtis  richardsonii  (C  &  V.)  Jor.    Upper  Great  Lakes,   {d.  s.) 

ClCHLIDiE. 
147.— Hebos  Heckel.    1840. 

625.  Heros  cyanoguttatus  (B.  &  G.)  Jor.    Texas. 

COTTID^. 
148.— Triglopsis  Girard.    1851. 

626.  Triglopsis  thompsoni  Grd.    Great  Lakes  in  deep  waters. 

149.— Ubanidea  DeKay.    1842. 

627.  Uranidea  hoyi  Putnam.    Lake  Michigan. 

628.  Uranidea  franklini  (Ag.)  Jor.    Lake  Superior. 

629.  Uranidea  Icumlieni  Hoy.    Lake  Michigan. 


JORDAN:    CATALOGUE   OP   FRESH-WATER   FISHES.  441 

630.  Uranidea  farmosa  (Grd.)  Jor.    Lake  Ontario,    {d.  «.) 

631.  Uranidea  gracilis  (Heckel)  Putn.    New  York  aud  east. 
032.  Uranidea  gobioides  (Grd.)  Jor.    Lake  GhaiDplaio.    (d.  s.) 
G33.  Uranidea  boleoides  (Grd.)  Jor.    Lake  Champlaiu.    {d.  8.) 

634.  Uranidea  viscosa  (Haldeman)  Cope.    Peansylvania. 

635.  Uranidea  fabricii  (Grd.)  Jor.    Greenland. 

150.— POTAMOCOTTUS  Gill.     1801. 

036.  Potamocottus  bairdii  (Grd.)  Gill.    Ohio. 

037.  Fotamocottus  alvordi  (Grd.)  Gill.    Great  Lakes  to  Minnesota,    {d.  s.) 

038.  Fotamocottua  meridionalis  (Grd.)  Gill.     Pennsjlvauia  to  Indiana; 

south  to  Alabama. 

039.  Fotamocottus  wilsani  (Grd.)  (i\\\.    Pennsylvania  to  Indiana,    {d.8,) 

040.  Fotamocottus  richardsoni  (Ag.)  Gill.    Lake  Superior. 

041.  Fotamocottus  punctulatus  Gill.    Eocky  Mountains. 

042.  Fotamocottus  wheeleri  Cope.    Utah;  Colorado.    (d,s.) 

043.  Fotamocottus  cognatus  (Rich.)  Gill.    British  America. 

044.  Fotamocottus  gulosus  (Grd.)  Jor.    Oregon  and  California. 

151.— CoTTOPSis  Girard.    1850. 

045.  Cottopsis  asper  (Rich.)  Grd.    Columbia  River. 

046.  Cottopsis  parvus  Grd.    California,     (d.s.) 

047.  Cottopsis  semiseaber  Cope.    Idaho,    (d.  g,) 

152.— Tauridea  Jordan  &  Rice.    1878. 

048.  Tauridea  spilota  (Cope)  Jordan  &  Rice.    Deep  water,  Lake  Mich- 

igan. 

GADIDiE3, 

153. — Lota  Cuvier.    1817.    Lings. 

G49.  Lota  laeustris  (Walb.)  Gill.    New  England  to  Minnesota  and  north- 
ward. 

GASTEROSTEID^. 

154.— EucALiA  Jordan.    1870.    Brook  Sticklebacks. 

050.  Eucalia  inconstans  (Kirt.)  Jor.     Western  New  York  to  Kansas  and 
northward. 

155.— Apeltes  DeKay.    1843.    Smooth  Sticklebacks. 

G51.  Apeltes  quadracus  (Mit.)  Brev.    Atlantic  coast  and  streams. 

052.  Ape.tes  williamsoni  (Grd.)  Jor.    California. 

150.  Pygosteus  Brevoort    1801.    Many-spined  Sticklebacks. 

053.  Fygosteus  occidentalis  (Cuv.  &  Val.)  Brevoort.    Newfoundland  to 

Cape  Hatteras.  YdLV.nebulosus  Agassiz,  in  the  Upper  Great  Lakes* 

054.  Fygosteus  concinnus  (Rich.)  Jor.    Saskatchawan  Region. 

055.  Fygosteus  mainensis  (Storer)  Brev.    Kennebec  River4 

Bull.  iv.  No.  2 9 


442     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

157._Gast£BOSTEUS  LinDfleus.    1758.    Sticklebacks. 

656.  Oasterostens  aculeatus  L.     Greenland  to  Newfoandland ;  also  ia 

Europe. 

657.  Qasterosteus  hiaculeatus  Sbaw.       Newfoandland  and    Labrador. 

{d.  8.) 
G5S.  Oasterost^us  niger  Cuv.  &  Val.    Newfoandland.    (d.  «.) 
059.  Gasterosteus  noveboracensis  Cuv.  &  Val.    New  Brunswick  to  Cape 

Hatteras.    {d.  a.) 
G60.  OasteroaterisplebeiiisQvil.    California. 
G61.  Oasterost^ua  serratm  Ajres.    Pacific  coast. 
€62.  Oasterosteus  intentiedius  Grd.    Washington  Territory,    {d.  8.) 

663.  Ga8tero8teu8  inopinatw  Ord.    California. 

664.  Ga8tero8ieu8  microeephalm  Grd.    Tulare  Basin. 

665.  Oa8fero8teu8  pugetti  6rd.    Pnget's  Sound. 


ART.  XIX.-DESCRIPTION  OF  A  FOSSIL  PASSERINE  BIRD  FROM 
THE  INSECT-BEARING  SHALES  OF  COLORADO. 


By  J.  A.  Allen. 


Plate  L 

The  species  described  in  the  present  paper  is  based  on  some  beaati- 
fally  preserved  remains  from  the  insect-bearing  shales  of  Florissant, 
Colorado.  They  consist  of  the  greater  part  of  a  skeleton,  embracing  all 
of  the  bones  of  the  anterior  and  posterior  extremities  (excepting  the 
femora).  Unfortanately,  the  bill  and  the  anterior  portion  of  the  head 
are  wanting,  bat  the  oatlines  of  the  remainder  of  the  head  and  of  the 
neck  are  'distinctly  traceable.  The  bones  are  all  in  sitUj  and  indicate 
beyond  question  a  high  ornithic  type,  probably  referable  to  the  Oscine 
division  of  the  Pasaeres.  The  specimen  bears  also  remarkably  distinct 
impressions  of  the  wings  and  tail,  indicating  not  only  the  general  form 
of  these  parts,  bat  even  the  shafts  and  barbs  cf  the  feathers. 

In  size  and  in  general  proportions,  the  present  species  difiers  little 
from  the  Scarlet  Tanager  {Pyranga  rubra)  or  the  Cedar-bird  (Ampelis 
cedrorum).  The  bones  of  the  wings,  as  well  as  the  wings  themselves, 
indicate  a  similar  alar  development,  bat  the  tarsi  and  feet  are  rather 
smaller  and  weaker;  and  hence  in  this  point  the  agreement  is  better 
with  the  short-legged  Pewees  (genus  Contopus).  These  features  indi- 
cate arboreal  habits  and  well-developed  powers  of  flight  The  absence 
of  the  bill  renders  it  impossible  to  assign  the  species  to  any  particular 
family,  but  the  fossil  on  the  whole  gives  the  impression  of  Fringilline 
affinities. 

PALiEOSPiZA  BELLA,  gen,  et  sp.  nor. 

Wings  rather  loiig,  pointed  j  tail  (apparently*)  about  two-thirds  the 
length  of  the  wing,  rounded  or  graduated,  the  outer  feathers  (as  pre- 
served) being  much  shorter  than  the  inner.  One  side  shows  distinctly 
six  rectrices.  Tarsus  short,  its  length  a  little  less  than  that  of  the  mid- 
dle toe.  Lateral  toes  subequal,  scarcely  shorter  than  the  middle  one. 
Hind  toe  about  two-thirds  as  long  as  the  middle  toe.  Feet  and  toes 
strictly  those  of  a  perching  bird,  and  the  proportionate  length  of  the 
bones  of  the  fore  and  hind  limbs  is  the  same  as  in  ordinary  arboreal 
Passeres^  especially  as  represented  by  the  Tanagridce, 

*  The  character  of  the  tail  most  be  given  with  re6er>'ation,  since  it  is  not  ()nite  cer- 
tain that  the  whole  of  the  tail,  or  that  the  exact  form  of  the  terminal  portion,  is  shown, 

especially  as  the  preservcMl  impression  is  somewhat  nusymmetricul. 

443 


444  BULLETIN   UNITED   STATES   GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY. 

One  of  the  specimens  affords  the  following  measurements: — 

Inches. 

Humerus,  Icugth 0.80 

Foroarm,  length 0.  Oo 

Manus,  length ^.  1.02 

Coracoid,  length , 0.72 

Clavicle,  length 0.  CkJ 

Tibia,  length 1.00 

Tarsus,  length 0.60 

Middle  toe  and  claw 0.65 

Claw  alone 0.20 

Hind  toe  and  claw 0.37 

Claw  alone 0. 15 

Wing 3.60 

Tail  (approximate) 2.70 

Totallength  (approximate) 6.^ 

The  bones  still  rest  in  the  original  matrix,  and,  being  somewhat 
crushed  and  flattened,  do  not  admit  of  detailed  description  and  com- 
parison with  other  types.  The  furcnlum  is  well  preserved,  and  the 
limbbones  are  all  in  place  in  their  natural  relation.  The  sternum  is 
unrecognizable.  The  position  of  the  cervical  series  of  vertebrie  and 
the  general  outline  of  the  skull  can  be  traced;  but  no  structural  char- 
acters of  the  head  can  be  distinguished,  except  the  proximal  portion  of 
the  mandible.  The  long  bones  all  present  a  well-marked  longitudinal 
groove,  due  evidently  to  compression  and  fracture.  This  groove  is 
distinctly  traceable,  even  in  such  slender  bones  as  tibise,  tarsi,  and 
clavicles.  In  point  of  size,  while  the  furcalum  and  the  bones  of  the 
wing  have  all  about  the  same  length  as  the  corresponding  parts  in 
Awpelis  cedrorunij  they  apparently  are  considerably  stouter.  Their 
greater  breadth  may,  however,  be  due  simply  to  flattening  from  pres- 
sure. The  iibm  and  tarsi  are  a  little  shorter  than  in  the  species  last 
named,  but  the  difference  is  only  slight. 

The  most  remarkable  feature  of  the  specimen  is  the  definiteness  of  the 
feather  impressions.  Both  the  shafts  and  the  barbs  are  shown  with 
great  distinctness  in  the  rectrices,  and  the  tips  of  the  primaries  of  one 
wing  are  also  sharply  defined,  overlying  the  edge  of  the  partly  expanded 
tail.  The  tip  of  the  opposite  wing  can  also  be  seen  beneath  the  tail. 
The  feet  are  so  beautifully  preserved  that  even  the  claws  are  perfectly" 
distinct    (Plate  I,  fig.  1.) 

Another  specimen  from  the  same  locality,  and  probably  representing 
the  same  species,  consists  of  the  tip  of  the  tail  and  about  the  apical 
third  of  a  half-expanded  wing.  (See  Plate  I,  fig.  2.)  In  this  example 
the  tail  is  also  pointed  and  graduated.  About  seven  of  the  outer  pri- 
maries of  the  wing  are  shown  with  great  distinctness,  and  two  others 
can  be  easily  made  out.  The  third  primary  is  the  longest ;  the  second 
is  slightly  shorter ;  the  first  and  fourth  are  about  equal.  There  are  also 
in  thecoUectiou  three  detached  contour  feathers  of  small  size,  but  whether 
pertaining  to  the  same  species  as  the  other  specimens  cannot,  of  course, 
be  determined. 


BolL  n.  8.  Geol.  Sarr. 


ralaM^isB  bclla,  Allra. 


ALLEN   ON   A   NEW   FOSSIL   PASSERINE   BIRD.  445 

The  larger  specimen,  first  described,  is  divided  into  an  upper  and  a 
lower  half,  the  greater  part,  however,  adhering  to  the  lower  slab.  The 
bones  adhere  aboat  equally  to  the  two  faces.  The  drawing  is  made  from 
the  lower  slab,  with  some  of  the  details  filled  in  from  the  upper  one. 
The  feather  impressions  are  about  equally  distinct  on  both,  and  where 
in  either  case  the  bones  are  absent,  exact  molds  of  them  remain,  so  that 
the  structure  can  be  seen  and  measurements  taken  almost  equally  well 
from  either  slab,  except  that  nothing  anterior  to  the  breast  is  shown  on 
the  upper  slab. 

The  species  here  described  is  of  special  interest  as  being  the  first  fos- 
sil Passerine  bird  discovered  in  North  America,  although  birds  of  this 
group  have  been  known  for  many  years  from  the  Tertiary  deposits  of 
Europe.  The  highest  extinct  ornithic  type  hitherto  known  from 
America  is  a  Picarian  bird  ( Uintornis  lu^aris)  related  to  the  Woodpeckers, 
described  by  Prof.  O.  C.  Marsh  in  1872,  from  the  Lower  Tertiary  of 
Wyoming  Territory,  Probably  the  insect-bearing  shales  of  Colorado 
will  afford,  on  further  exploration,  other  types  of  the  higher  groups  of 
birds. 

For  the  opportunity  of  describing  these  interesting  specimens  I  am 
indebted  to  Mr.  S.  H.  Scudder,  who  obtained  them  during  his  last  sea- 
son's (1877)  explorations  of  the  Florissant  insect-beds.  The  specimens 
are  now  the  property  of  the  Boston  Society  of  Natural  History.  My 
thanks  are  due  to  Mr.  J.  H.  Blake  for  the  great  care  with  which  he  has 
executed  the  drawings. 

In  conclusion,  I  may  add  that  in  1871 1  obtained  a  few  distinct  impres- 
sions of  feathers  from  beds  of  the  same  age  and  from  near  the  same 
locality.  The  first  fossil  feather,  to  my  knowledge,  discovered  in  North 
America  was  obtained  by  Dr.  F.  V.  Hayden  in  1869,  from  the  fresh- 
water Tertiary  deposits  of  Green  River,  Wyoming  Territory.  This  was 
described  by  Professor  O.  C.  Marsh  in  1870,*  who  refers  to  it  as  **  the 
distal  portion  of  a  large  feather,  with  the  shaft  and  vane  in  excellent 
preservation  ^. 

•  Am.  Joarn.  Sci.  and  Artu,  2cl  scr.,  vol.  xi,  1870,  p.  272. 


ART.  XX.-THE  COLEOPTERA  OF  THE  ALPINE  REGIONS  OF  THE 

ROCKY  MOUNTAINS. 


By  John  L.  LeConte,  M.  D. 


The  elevated  interior  region  of  North  America  presents  peculiarly 
favorable  opportunities  for  the  study  of  some  of  the  most  interesting^ 
questions  connected  with  geographical  distribution  of  animals  and 
plants. 

If  the  materials  at  our  hands  be,  as  Indeed  they  yet  are,  a  very  scanty 
representation  of  the  organic  forms  now  living  in  that  part  of  the  con- 
tinent, they  are,  at  leasts  sufficient  to  indicate  the  direction  in  which 
investigations  should  be  pushed,  in  order  to  arrive  at  definite  and  final 
results. 

The  peculiarly  favorable  circumstances  to  which  I  chiefly  refer  at 
present  are  dependent  on  the  following  points  in  the  development  of 
the  region : — 

1st.  The  gradual  enlargement  of  the  land-surface  at  the  expense  of 
the  circumambient  seas  during  the  latest  Mesozoic  periods. 

2d.  The  gradual  elevation  of  the  middle  of  the  continental  mass  dar- 
ing post-Cretaceous  times,  so  as  to  greatly  modify  the  climate  in  respect 
to  both  moisture  and  temperature.  These  changes  have  been  so  gradual, 
that  we  may  say  with  certainty  (excluding  the  local  eruptive  phsBuom- 
ena,  which  were  more  numerous,  but  not  remarkably  different  from  those 
of  the  present  age)  there  has  been  no  great  or  paroxysmal  disturbance 
destructive  of  the  land-surface  in  the  elevated  plains  east  of  the  Bocky 
Mountains  since  the  deposition  of  our  early  Cretaceous  strata  (Dakota 
Group). 

3d.  While,  during  the  Glacial  epoch,  the  valleys  of  the  mountains 
were  filled  with  glaciers  of  moderate  size,  and  the  line  of  permanent  ioe 
streams  and  fields  brought  to  a  much  lower  level,  there  was  an  absence 
of  the  extensive  ice  sheets  and  flooded  areas,  which  in  Eastern  America 
destroyed  entirely  the  terrestrial  organized  beings  of  the  former  period. 

It  must  be  inferred  from  the  first  and  second  of  these  premisses,  that 
the  new  land  exposed  by  this  gradual  development  of  the  continent 
received  its  colonies  of  animals  and  plants  from  the  conterminous  older 
land-surfaces  in  various  directions,  and  that  the  subsequent  elevation 
of  the  continental  mass,  by  which  the  moisture  was  diminished,  caused 
a  later  invasion  of  the  territory  by  those  genera  and  species  which  are 
characteristic  of  arid  regions. 

We  may  also  conclude,  from  the  third  premiss,  that  the  glacial  displace- 

447 


448     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

meDt  of  species  in  the  Bocky  Mountains  has  been  much  less  than  in 
Eastern  America,  and  that  a  very  small  area  would  be  left  bare  of  life 
on  the  return  to  a  normal  temperature ;  consequently,  the  previous  occu- 
pants of  the  higher  mountains  would  again  return  to  their  former  do« 
main,  increased  by  refugees  from  the  circumpolar  continent  of  temperate 
climate,  driven  southward  by  the  increasing  cold. 

Such  being  the  case,  it  ought  to  be  possible,  with  well-prepared  lists 
of  the  insects  of  the  Plains  and  mountain  regions,  by  comparison  with 
lists  of  the  local  faunae  of  other  zoological  districts  of  the  continent,  to 
ascertain,  with  reasonable  probability,  the  invasions  from  different  direc- 
tions by  which}  in  the  first  place,  the  newly  emerged  land  was  colonized ; 
and,  in  the  second  place,  the  modiflQatious,  either  in  distribution  or  in 
structure,  which  have  subsequently  occurred. 

I  have  on  another  occasion*  expressed  my  belief  that  the  study  of  the 
distribution  of  existing  insects  could  give  much  information  concerning 
former  topographical  and  geographical  changes  in  the  surface  of  the 
earth.  I  then  gave  several  examples  to  show  how  the  distribution  of 
species  peculiar  in  their  habits  and  structure  confirmed  what  was  already 
known  by  geological  investigation  of  the  gradual  evolution  of  the  mid- 
dle part  of  the  continent.  I  will  now  advance  the  additional  thesis, 
that  we  may  obtain  somewhat  definite  information  of  the  sequence, 
extent,  and  effects  of  geological  changes  in  the  more  recent  periods  by 
a  careful  study  of  the  insect  fauna  in  its  totality. 

While  these  pages  were  being  prepared,  I  received  from  Mr.  T.  Ver- 
non Wollaston  t  a  copy  of  his  excellent  volume  on  the  small  Coleopte- 
rous fauna  of  Saint  Helena.  This  fauna,  containing  but  203  species,  is 
remarkable  for  the  large  predominance  of  Rhynchaphoraj  of  the  families 
Cossonidce  and  Anthribidas,  It  baa,  however,  been  greatly  contaminated 
by  the  introduction,  through  commerce,  cf  foreign  species  to  the  number 
of  71,  or  nearly  three-eighths  of  the  number  now  known  to  inhabit  the 
island.  The  introduction  of  these  74  exotic  species,  in  addition  to  the 
other  changes  produced  by  human  agency,  must  have  greatly  modified 
the  pre  existing  fauna,  by  repressing  some  and  extinguishing  others  of 
the  aboriginal  species. 

In  the  case  of  a  portion  of  a  continental  area,  such  as  is  under  consid- 
eration for  my  present  purpose,  the  problems  are  by  no  means  so  simple. 
The  human  agency  in  the  introduction  of  foreign  species  is  slight.    The 

•Trans.  Am.  Assoc.  Adv.  Science,  1875,  Detroit,  President's  Address. 

i  Since  writing  the  above  paragraph,  I  have  been  informed  of  the  death  of  this  most 
estimable  and  laborious  investigator.  The  last  of  his  publications  was  the  memoir  on 
the  Coleoptera  of  Saint  Helena,  referred  to  in  the  text.  The  monographs  of  the  Cole- 
opterous fauna)  of  the  Atlantic  Islands  by  Mr.  Wollaston  are  among  the  most  complete 
and  exhaustive  contributions  to  faunal  Entomology  published.  Their  full  importance 
can  only  be  appreciated  when  more  thorough  investigations  of  the  Beetles  of  the  Amer- 
ican and  Afri<>an  Atlantic  slopes  are  made  and  careful  comparisons  instituted.  It 
will  then  be  fouud  that  several  genera  of  the  Atlantides  which  do  not  occur  on  the 
other  continent  are  rcpresente*!  in  the  American  faunie. 


LECONTE   ON   KOCKY   MOUNTAIN   COLEOPTERA.  44? 

geological  and  meteorological  changes  are  allpowerfal  in  increasing  or 
diminishing  the  districts  of  distribution,  and  in  determining  the  direc- 
tions from  which  additions  to  the  fauna  may  have  been  made.  I  have 
purposely  avoided  mentioning  in  the  discussion  among  these  categories 
the  modification  in  situ  of  pre-existing  forms,  because  this  is  an  influence 
which  is  easily  invoked  and  but  rarely  manifested.  Its  effects,  there- 
fore, if  capable  of  being  demonstrated,  can  be  appreciated  better  only 
after  the  elimination  of  the  coarser  and  more  tangible  machinery  of 
topography  and  climate  in  producing  migrations. 


DESCRIPTIONS  OF  NEW  SPECIES. 

I  avail  myself  of  the  present  opportunity  to  describe  several  species 
from  Colorado,  which  have  the  appearance  of  being  mountain  species, 
though  their  localities  are  not  definitely  known  to  me.  For  the  purpose 
of  making  this  memoir  more  useful  to  those  who  will  pursue  the  inves- 
tigation, I  have  availed  myself  of  the  kindness  of  Mr.  O.  Keinecke,  of 
Buffalo,  who  has  submitted  to  me  a  very  good  set  of  species  collected 
last  summer  at  Atlanta,  Idaho,  by  Mr.  L.  Allgewahr.  Several  new 
forms  were  contained  in  this  series,  and  a  complete  list  of  all  the  species 
collected  is  added  as  an  appendix.  The  elevation  of  Atlanta  is  estimated 
at  about  7,800  feet. 

The  Xebrice  mentioned  in  the  list  of  Alpine  species  are  fully  described 

in  the  short  essay  on  tlie  North  American  species  of  that  genus,  added 

as  a  second  appendix. 

CAIIABID.E. 

1.  Pterostichus  (Cryobius)  surgens,  ?i.  sp. 

Shining  black,  with  bronze-brown  lustre ;  antenusB  dark  brown ;  palpi 
and  legs  red-brown.  Prothorax  wider  than  long,  rounded  on  the  sides 
for  two- thirds  the  length,  narrowed  behind,  and  sinuate  towards  tho 
base;  basal  angles  rectangular;  anterior  transverse  impression  well 
defined,  dorsal  line  distinct,  basal  impressions  double,  the  inner  one 
long  and  deep,  the  outer  one  short  and  fine ;  base  not  margined.  Ely  tr(v 
not  wider  than  prothorax,  elongate-oval,  humeri  not  rounded ;  striio 
fine,  interspaces  flat,  3d  with  two  dorsal  punctures  situated  on  the  2d 
stria  behind  the  middle.  Length  8.5°»"»  (0.34  inch).  Alma  (10,000  feet), 
Argentine  Pass  (13,000  feet),  Colorado.  Closely  allied  to  P.fatuus  from 
Alaska,  but  the  prothorax  is  not  so  broad,  and  the  sides  are  much  less 
rounded  and  less  sinuate  towards  the  base. 

2.  Platynus  jejunus,  n.  «p. 

Elongate  and  very  slender,  piceous,  not  shining.  Head  narrow,  eyes 
small,  not  prominent.  Antennae  half  as  long  as  the  body,  3d  joint  a 
little  longer  than  the  4th.  Prothorax  elongate-oval,  narrower  behind, 
sides  very  slightly  sinuate  near  the  base,  reflexed  margin  narrow. 


450     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

Dot  wider  bebind,  basal  angles  rectangular,  but  not  prominent,  and 
slightly  rounded  at  tip ;  disc  flat,  dorsal  line  fine,  basal  imiiressious 
small.  Elytra  elongate-oval,  flat,  finely  striate,  narrowly  margined,  ob- 
liquely sinuate  towards  the  tips,  which  are  divergent  and  separately 
rounded  ( $ ),  or  nearly  acute  (i).     Length  10.5-13.3™"*  (0.42-0.52  inch). 

Mountains  of  California,  Oregon,  Nevada,  and  Idaho.  Very  similar  to 
P.  dis8€ctu8j  but  the  surface  is  not  shining ;  the  side-margin  of  the  pro- 
thorax  is  not  wider  towards  the  base,  and  the  basal  angles  are  less  ele- 
vated. The  elytra  are  less  strongly  margined,  and  more  finely  striate. 
The  species  of  Platynus  which  constitute  the  subgenus  RhadUie  may  be 
separated  as  follows : — 

The  form  is  very  slender ;  front  tarsi  without  grooves ;  middle  and 
hind  tarsi  with  lateral  grooves.  Hind  angles  of  pi*othorax  well  defined. 
Elytra  elongate-oval,  flat,  strongly  margined,  obliquely  sinuate  towards 
the  tips,  which  are  divergent.  Color  brown  or  blackish;  antennie  and 
legs  paler.  ^ 

Third  joint  of  antenna)  much  longer  than  the  fourth  2. 

Third  joint  of  antennae  but  little  longer  than  the  fourth 3. 

2.  Apical  angles  of  elytra  less  acute larralis. 

Apical  angles  very  long,  divergent caudatus. 

3.  Shining. dissectm. 

Subopake jejunuH, 

3.  Amara  (Cuetonotus)  cylindeica,  n.  «p. 

One  i  from  South  Park,  Colorado,  (8,000  to  10,000  feet),  agrees  with 
a  specimen  from  Slave  Lake,  and  is  very  near  to  others  from  Lake  Win- 
nipeg. It  is  allied  to  A.  lacmtris  Lee,  but  the  elytra  are  more  convex 
and  narrower,  and  the  color  is  darker,  with  a  distinct  metallic  gloss. 
The  sides  of  the  prothorax  are  rounded  almost  to  the  base,  the  sinuosity 
is  very  short,  but  the  hind  angles  are  equally  prominent.  The  meta 
thoracic  side  pieces  are  marked  with  a  stria  each  side,  and  scarcely 
punctured.  The*  1st  and  2d  ventral  segments  are  feebly  punctured, 
and  there  are  a  few  scattered  punctures  at  the  side  of  the  metasternum. 
The  legs  are  dark  brown ;  the  upper  tooth  of  the  inner  side  of  the 
middle  tibiae  is  acute  and  prominent,  the  lower  one  is  very  small. 
Length  lO"*"  (0.40  inch). 

4.  Harp  ALUS  clandestinus,  h.  up.  , 

Elongate,  oblong-oval,  piceousbrown,  antennae,  palpi,  and  legs  rufo- 
testaceous.  Prothorax  wider  than  long,  sides  rounded  in  front,  then 
nearly  straight,  but  very  feebly  sinuate  to  the  hind  angles,  which  are 
rectangular,  not  at  all  rounded ;  base  emarginate,  side-margin  more 
reflexed  than  usual,  explanate  and  sparsely  pnuctulate  towards  the  base; 
ba^al  impressions  narrow,  slightly  punctured.  Elytra  not  wider  than 
prothorax,  striae  deep,  impunctured,  interspaces  slightly  convex;  dorsal 
puncture  ui>on  3d  stria;  outline  oblique  towards  the  tip,  but  not  sin- 


I 
LECONTE   ON   ROCKY   MOUNTAIN   COLEOPTERA.  451 

aate.     Abdomen  with  accessory  setse,  1st  segment  punctured  behind 
the  coxae.    Length  8.5">"  (0.35  inch.) 

Garland,  Col.,  (8,000  feet) ;  one  i,  Eesembles  H.furtivuH^  but  differs 
by  the  hind  angles  of  the  prothorax  being  rectangular  and  not  rounded. 

5.  Bembidium  BOWDiTcnu,  n.  «p. 

Dark  bluish  or  bronze,  not  shining.  Prothorax  wider  than  long,  nar- 
rower in  front,  sides  broadly  rounded,  broadly  sinuate  behind  the  mid- 
dle ;  hind  angles  divergent,  base  obliquely  truncate  each  side,  basal 
impressions  small.  Elytra  wider  than  the  prothorax,  basal  carina  short, 
making  an  acute  angle  with  the  margin ;  stride  strongly  punctured  be- 
fore the  middle,  fine  and  impunctured  towards  the  tip :  interspaces  flat, 
dorsal  punctures  two,  situated  near  the  3d  stria.  Beneath  greenish- 
bronze,  shining.    Length  5.5°>°*  (0.22  inch). 

Green  River  City,  Wyoming,  (6,000  to  7,000  feet).  Closely  allied  to  B. 
nitidulum^  .\)\it  differs  from  it  by  the  prothorax  being  not  narrowed 
behind,  and  having  the  hind  angles  ditlbrgent. 

It  is  interesting  to  observe  that  the  difference  in  the  prothorax 
between  this  species  and  B.  niUduhim  is  precisely  that  exhibited  in 
the  allied  group,  having  impressed  quadrate  elytral  spots  between  B. 
Lorquinii  and  impresftum. 

I  feel  much  pleasure  in  dedicating  this  species  to  Mr.  F.  C.  Bowditch, 
to  whom  we  owe  the  first  useful  material  for  the  investigation  of  the 
Alpine  Coleopterous  fauna  of  the  interior  of  the  continent. 

0.  Bembidium  scuddebi,  n.  sp. 

Depressed,  brownish-black,' slightly  bronzed,  antennae  and  legs  paler 
brown.  Prothorax  wider  than  long,  rounded  on  the  sides,  narrowed, 
but  scarcely  sinuate  behind  the  middle ;  hind  angles  rectangular,  promi- 
nent, very  finely  carinate ;  dorsal  line  deep,  basal  impressions  wide, 
finely  rugose.  Elytra  elongate-oval,  a  little  wider  than  the  prothorax, 
stride  fine,  closely  punctulate  in  front,  smooth  behind :  interspaces  fiat, 
3d  with  two  dorsal  punctures.    Length  5.3™™  (0.20  inch). 

Salt  Lake  Valley  (4,300  feet).  Belongs  to  the  section  yotaphm,  and 
easily  recognized  by  the  elytra  having  no  testaceous  markings,  with  the 
unusual  number  of  three  dorsal  punctures,  and  by  the  form  of  the  pro- 
thorax. 

This  species  is  named  after  Mr.  S.  H.  Scudder,  whose  extensive 
researches  in  Ortlwptera  and  Lepidaptera  are  world-known.  The  object 
of  the  journey,  in  which  he  was  accompanied  by  Mr.  Bowditch,  was  to 
explore  the  clay  beds  of  Tertiary  age,  which  abound  in  fossil  insects. 
The  large  collection  obtained  will  be  described  by  him  in  future  num- 
bers of  this  Bulletin. 

The  elevation  at  which  the  specimen  was  collected  is  below  the  limif 
treated  of  in  this  memoir ;  but  as  it  has  not  occurred  elsewhere,  it  is 
probably  not  confined  to  the  inferior  levels.    It  is,  moreover,  a  very 
interesting  species,  and  well  deserving  attention. 


452  BULLETIN   UNITED   STATES   GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY. 

DYTISCIDJE. 

7.  Hydropobus  coxgruus,  n.  sp. 

Broadly  ovate,  more  poioted  behind,  not  convex,  black:  bead,  an- 
tennse,  legs,  and  eljtra  testaceoas,  the  latter  with  the  satore,  part  of 
side-margio,  and  several  discoidal  stripes  black;  the  latter  are  con- 
flaent  in  places.  Prothorax  piceoos;  sides  obltqae,  nearly  straight, 
formiog  an  obtuse  angle  with  the  eljtra;  sides  extremely  finely  mar- 
gined; disc  smooth,  slightly  rugose  towards  the  hind  angles,  feebly 
depressed  near  the  base ;  marked  each  side  with  a  carved  line  extending 
from  the  base  to  beyond  the  middle.    Length  2.o^^  (0.10  inch). 

Florissant,  Colo.,  (8,000  feet) ;  one  specimen.  Seems  to  be  related  to 
the  European  U.  ammilis, 

8.  Gaurodytes  nanus,  «.  Sp 

Elongate-oval,  more  narrowed  behind,  black,  antennae,  palpi,  and 
legs  rufotestaceons ;  elytra  brown  towards  the  sides,  reticulate  in  rather 
large  meshes  by  fine  lines,  with  scattered  accessory  punctures  behind 
the  middle.  Head  with  two  red  occipital  spots.  Prothorax  reticulate 
like  the  elytra,  brown  towards  the  sides,  which  are  narrowly  margined 
and  slightly  curved  near  the  front  angles.  Hind  tibiae  without  punctures 
at  the  inner  margin.    Length  6.5"°*  (0.25  inch). 

Florissant,  Colo.,  (8,000  feet) ;  one  i.  Allied  to  0.  strigulosus  Crotch, 
but  narrower  and  more  convex,  and  without  even  a  short  row  of  punc- 
tures at  the  inner  edge  of  the  hind  tibioe.  Tarsi  moderately  dilated ; 
claws  small,  the  front  ones  not  toothed. 

I  STAPHYLlNID.i:. 

9.  Geodromicus  ovipennis,  n.  sp. 

Black,  shining,  sparsely  and  finely  pubescent.  Head  deeply  impressed 
as  usual,  sparsely  punctured.  Prothorax  ovate,  convex,  a  little  wider 
than  long ;  sides  oblique  behind,  feebly  sinuate ;  hind  angles  rectangular, 
slightly  depressed ;  base  marked  with  a  transverse  fovea  at  the  middle ; 
surface  not  densely  punctured ;  dorsal  channel  feebly  impressed.  Elytra 
at  base  not  wider  than  the  widest  part  of  the  prothorax,  much  wider 
behind,  with  the  sides  oblique;  convex,  rather  densely  punctured. 
Abdomen  finely  punctulate.  Palpi  and  tarsi  piceous.  Length  4.3°»*" 
(0.17  inch). 

Leavenworth  Valley,  above  Georgetown,  Colo.,  (9,000  to  10,000  feet) ; 
July ;  one  specimen.  Resembles  black  specimens  of  G.  verticalis,  but  the 
prothorax  is  narrower,  more  convex,  and  less  punctured,  and  the  elytra 
are  much  narrower  at  the  base.  It  seems  to  correspond  with  the  race 
0.  plagiatus  of  Europe  (Fauvel,  Faune  Gallo-Rheuane,  108).  It  is,  how- 
ever, so  ditforent  from  our  two  other  species  that  I  must  regard  it  as 
dillereiit  from  tlieni. 


LKCONTE   ON   ROCKY   MOUNTAIN  COLEOPTERA.  453 

10.  OfiOBANt^S  SIMULATOR,  71.  g.  €t  8}). 

EloDgate,  graceful  in  form,  resembling  a  Lesteva^  brown  or  piceous 
black,  shining,  sparsely  and  finely  pubescent,  finely  and  densely  punc- 
tured. Head  convex,  vith  two  long  impressions ;  ocelli  distant,  situated 
farther  back  than  the  hind  margin  of  the  eyes.  Sides  rounded  behind 
the  eyes ;  neck  not  very  slender.  Antennae  slender,  one-half  as  long 
as  the  body,  very  little  thickened  towards  the  extremity,  2d  joint  a 
little  shorter  than  the  others.  Prothorax  scarcely  wider  than  the  head 
and  eyes ;  ovate  narrowed  behind ;  sides  oblique  and  strongly  margined 
for  the  posterior  two-thirds  of  their  length,  impressed  with  a  large  lat- 
eral fovea,  anterior  to  which  tbey  are  rounded  and  finely  margined ;  disc 
convex,  obsoletely  channelled,  feebly  impressed  near  the  base.  Elytra 
more  thau  twice  as  long  as  the  prothorax,  narrow  at  base,  wider  behind, 
separately  much  rounded  at  tip.  Abdomen  finely  punctulate.  Length 
3mm  (0.12  inch). 

Leavenworth  Valley  (9,000  to  10,000  feet) ;  also  found  in  Vancouver 
Island  and  at  Gilroy  and  Holcomb  Valley,  California.  The  last  joint  of 
the  maxillary  palpi  ii  much  smaller  than  in  Microedus  AustinianuSj  and 
acicular.  Tbis,  taken  with  the  peculiar  form  of  the  prothorax  and 
•deep  lateral  impression,  indicates  the  propriety  of  placing  it  as  a  dis- 
tinct genus. 

COCCINELLID.E. 

11.  Brachiacantha  ursina. 

Beaver  Creek,  Colorado,  (6,000  feet).  Two  specimens  were  collected, 
in  which  the  basal  spot  of  the  elytra  is  represented  by  a  transverse 
band ;  in  one  specimen  the  discoidal  six)t  is  also  wanting. 

12.  SCYMNUS  NIGRIPENNIS,  n.  Sp. 

Oval  convex,  ferruginous,  darker  beneath.  Head  and  prothorax  very 
finely  sparsely  punctulate,  the  latter  with  a  transverse  piceous  cloud  at 
the  base.  Elytra  finely,  not  densely,  punctured  (pubescence  rubbed  off), 
entirely  black.  Postcoxal  arcs  of  1st  ventral  segment  entire,  extend- 
ing to  the  hind  margin  of  the  segment.  Beneath  densely  punctured. 
Length  2.5""  (0.10  inch). 

Florissant,  Colo.,  rS,000  feet). 

SCAEADJEID.^. 

13.  Apuodius  aleutus,  Esch. 

Leavenworth  Valley,  above  Georgetown,  Colo.,  (10,000  to  11,000 
feet).  One  specimen,  which  agrees  with  the  detailed  description  of 
Baron  von  Harold  (Berl.  Ent.  Zeitschr.  18G3,  372)  and  with  others  from 
Vancouver  Island. 

14.  Aphodius  bidens,  n.  sp. 

Of  the  same  form  as  A.  aleutus,  shining  brown,  cylindrical,  convex; 
elytra  ferrugineous.    Head  slightly  rugosci  tuberculate,  hemihexagonal, 


454     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

emarginate  in  front,  with  acnte  prominent  angles,  sides  obliqae,  edge 
refiexed,  genie  prominent  subacute.  Prothorax  one-half  wider  than  long, 
sides  parallel,  finely  margined,  anterior  and  posterior  angles  rounded, 
base  very  finely  margined;  surface  sparsely  finely  punctured,  punctures 
more  numerous  at  the  sides.  Elytral  strise  punctured,  interspaces  very 
slightly  convex,  scarcely  visibly  sparsely  punctulate.  Mesosternum  not 
cariuate,  opake,  finely  alntaceous,  with  a  very  faintly  impressed  median 
line  in  front.  Spinules  of  hind  tibiae  very  short,  equal.  Length  G.S^'^' 
(0.27  inch).    Colorado.    One  specimen,  in  Dr.  Horn's  collection.' 

15.  APHODIUS  DUPLEX,  n.  sp. 

SubcylindricaU  piceous  black,  shining.  Head  convex,  tuberculate, 
finely  punctured,  epistome  rugose,  broadly  subemarginate  in  front, 
sides  finely  margined,  gense  rounded,  not  prominent;  the  three  tu- 
bercles of  the  vertex  are  rounded,  the  frontal  one  is  replaced  by  a 
narrow  transverse  ridge  parallel  with  the  anterior  margin  of  the  epi- 
stome. Prothorax  about  twice  as  wide  as  long,  narrower  in  front,  sides 
and  angles  rounded,  finely  margined;  base  equally  finely  margined; 
surface  finely,  not  densely,  punctured,  with  large  punctures  sparsely 
intermixed;  sides  yellowish  towards  the  front  angles.  Scutellum  very 
sparsely  punctulate.  Elytral  strise  deep-punctured,  interspaces  slightly 
convex,  very  finely  and  sparsely  punctulate.  Mesosternum  alntaceous 
opake,  very  finely  channelled  iii  front.  Spinules  of  hind  tibiae  short, 
equal.    Antennae  and  legs  brown.    Length  4.1™™  (0.16  inch). 

Colorado,  Dr.  Horn.  Similar  in  form  and  sizlB  to  A.  granarim^  but 
quite  different  by  the  head  from  any  species  known  in  our  fauna. 

10.  APHODIUS  OBTUSUS,  H.  «p. 

Elongate,  cylindrical,  piceous;  sides  of  prothorax,  antennae,  palpi, 
legs,  and  elytra  dull  yellow.  Head  not  tuberculate,  sparsely  punctu- 
late; epistoma  obtusely  rounded  and  subtruncate  in  front,  without 
prominent  angles;  sides  oblique,  flattened,  rugose,  gena)  moderately 
prominent,  rounded  at  tip.  Prothorax  wider  than  long,  sides  finely 
margined,  feebly  rounded,  hind  angles  very  much  rounded ;  base  finely 
margined ;  surface  not  densely,  nor  coarsely,  but  moderately  and 
equably  punctured,  gradually  paler  towards  the  sides.  Scutellum  flat, 
smooth.  Elytra  with  rather  strongly  punctured  striae;  interspaces 
slightly  convex,  sparsely  punctulate.  Mesosternum  opalie,  densely 
punctured  in  front,  finely  alntaceous  behind,  with  a  slender  but  well- 
defined  impressed  median  line  extending  from  the  coxso  as  far  as  the 
punctured  part.  Spinules  of  hind  tibije  equal,  short.  Length  C'""* 
(0.25  inch). 

Colorado  (locality  unknown) ;  one  specimen,  in  Dr.  Horn's  collection. 
This  very  distinct  species  belongs  to  a  separate  group  after  G,  of  Dr. 
Horn's  revision  (Trans.  Am.  Ent.  Soc.  1870,  110).  It  is  easily  recog- 
nized by  the  finely  channelled  mesosternum. 


LECONTE   ON   ROCKY    MOUNTAIN   COLEOPTERA.  455 

17.  APHODIUS  CRIBRATUS,  n.  sp. 

Elongate,  convex,  shining  black.  IIea<l  coarsely  punctured  behind ; 
epistoma  rugose,  and  slightly  granulate  at  the  sides,  not  tnbercnlate, 
deflexed  towards  the  anterior  margin,  which  is  truncate  and  not  emar- 
ginate ;  angles  very  much  rounde<1,  sides  oblique,  finely  margined,  genad 
prominent,  rounded  at  tip.  Prothorax  more  than  twice  as  wide  as  long, 
narrowed  behind,  sides  and  angles  rounded,  distinctly  margined ;  base 
not  siQuate,  as  strongly  margined  as  the  sides;  surface  with  large 
punctures,  sparsely  and  irregularly  placed.  Elytra  rounded  on  the 
sides  near  the  base,  which  is  truncate ;  humeri  not  prominent,  but  not 
rounded  ;  striaj  very  coarsely  punctured,  or,  rather,  cribrate ;  inter- 
spaces slightly  convex,  smooth.  Mesosternum  densely  punctured. 
Spinules  of  hind  tibiae  equal.    Length  5.3"""  (0.22  inch). 

Oregon,  two  specimens.  Allied  to  A.  cadaverinus  and  nevadensis,  but 
differs  by  the  very  coarsely  punctured  elytral  striae. 

18.  APHODIUS  ANTHRACINUS,  n.  sp. 

Elongate,  convex,  shining  black.  Head  not  densely  but  strongly 
punctured,  armed  with  three  small  tubercles,  of  which  the  middle  one 
in  the  i  IS  more  elevated  and  subacute;  epistoma  obtusely  emargi- 
nate,  angles  broadly  rounded,  not  prominent ;  geme  rounded.  Protho- 
rax  nearly  twice  as  wide  as  its  length,  narrower  in  front,  sides  rounded 
as  far  as  the  middle,  then  nearly  parallel  to  the  hind  angles,  which  are 
slightly  rounded,  base  scarcely  subsinnate ;  sides  and  base  finely  mar- 
gined ;  disc  not  densely  punctured,  punctures  of  two  sizes,  about  equally 
intermixed  ;  there  is  a  narrow^  indistinct,  smooth,  dorsal  stripe.  Ely- 
tra with  deep-punctured  striae,  interspaces  slightly  convex,  with  very 
fine  punctures,  arranged  almost  in  rows  adjacent  to  the  striae.  Meso- 
sternum opake,  ver^'  finely  alutaceous,  not  carinate.  Spinules  of  hind 
tibije  unequal.    Length  7"""  (0.28  inch). 

American  Fork  Gauon,  Utah,  (0,500  feet) ;  one  specimen.  Another 
specimen  from  Utah  was  kindly  given  me  by  Dr.  Horn.  Belongs  near 
A.  (eapardtts  Horn.    The  elytra  are  obsoletely  spotted  in  one  specimen. 

10.   APHODIUS  BREVICOLLIS,  n.  »p. 

Elongate  cylindrical,  black,  shining.  Head  not  tuberculate,  finely 
punctulate,  epistoma  broadly  emarginate  in  front,  angles  very  obtuse 
and  rounded,  sides  oblique,  flattened,  rugulose,  margin  reflexed ;  genie 
prominent,  rounded  at  tip.  Prothorax  about  twice  as  wide  as  long, 
sides  nearly  straight,  margin  strongly  reflexed,  front  and  hind  angles 
narrowly  rounded;  base  bisinuate,  not  margined;  disc  smooth,  with 
scattered  large  punctures  near  the  sides,  which  are  broadly  explanate. 
Elytra  narrower  than  the  base  of  the  prothorax,  strise  finely  punctured, 
interspaces  nearly  flat,  smooth.  Metasternum  flat,  alutaceous,  opake, 
not  carinate,  punctured  only  on  the  sides  far  in  front.  Legs  dull  red- 
brown,  spinules  of  hind  tibije  unequal.    Length  8™"*  (0.30  inch). 


456     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

Kebraska  (locality  unknown) ;  one  specimen,  in  Dr.  Horn's  collection. 

This  species  and  the  three  following  belong  to  a  division  of  Dr.  Horu-s 
Snroup  L,  with  A,  politus,  characterized  by  having  the  base  of  the 
prothoras  not  margined.  The  species  are  separated  mainly  by  the 
punctuation  of  the  prothorax  and  the  degree  of  flattening  of  the  sides. 

20.  Aphodius  mabginatus,  n.  sp. 

Elongate,  cylindrical,  of  the  same  size  and  form  as  A.  hrevicolliSj  black, 
shining;  elytra  dark  brown.  Head  not  tuberculate,  finely  punctured, 
epistoma  broadly  emarginate,  angles  very  obtuse  and  rounded,  sides 
oblique,  explanate,  and  reflexed :  gente  prominent,  rounded  at  tip.  Pro- 
thorax  twice  as  wide  as  long,  sides  strongly  margined,  nearly  straight, 
front  and  hind  angles  rounded,  base  bisinuate,  not  margined:  surface 
deeply  but  not  very  coarsely  punctured,  punctures  more  distant  towards 
the  middle.  Scutellum  sparsely  punctured.  Elytra  at  the  base  nar- 
rower than  the  prothorax,  strisB  punctulate,  interspaces  slightly  convex, 
sparsely  but  distinctly  punctulate.  Mesosternum  opake,  alutaceous,  not 
carinate.    Spinules  of  hind  tibisB  unequal.    Length  8*°*°  (0.30  inch). 

Eastern  Nevada ;  one  specimen,  in  the  collection  of  Dr.  Horn. 

• 

21.  Aphodius  ph-eopteeus,  n.  «p. 

Of  the  same  form  as  A.  crnentatus,  but  differs  by  the  geno^  being  more 
prominent,  and  much  less  rounded^  and  by  the  vertex  more  distinctly 
elevated  at  the  middle;  by  the  punctures  of  the  prothorax  being  more 
numerous,  and  the  sides  being  more  distinctly  flattened  along  the  mar- 
gin, especially  near  the  front  Angles :  the  base  is  very  indistinctly  and 
imperfectly  margined.  The  color  is  piceous,  with  the  sides  of  the  head 
and  prothorax  brownish.  Antennse,  palpi,  legs,  and  elytra  dull  ferrn- 
gineou^  Elytral  striae  well-impressed,  finely  punctulate,  interspaces 
slightly  convex,  obsoletely  sparsely  punctured.  Mesosternum  flat, 
opake,  finely  alutaceous,  not  carinate.  Spinules  of  hind  tibiae  unequal. 
Length  7"""  (0.28  inch). 

Atlanta,  Idaho,  (7,800  feet) ;  one  specimen,  given  me  by  Mr.  Reinecke. 

22.  Aphodius  cruentatus,  m.  «/). 

Elongate,  convex,  shining  black,  elytra  dark  dull  red,  legs  very  dark 
brown.  Head  not  tuberculate,  but  with  the  vertex  slightly  elevated^ 
very  finely  punctulate,  clypeus  very  broadly  and  feebly  emarginate  in 
front,  angles  obtuse,  much  rounded,  sides  broadly  flattened,  feebly 
X)uuctured,  reflexed  edge  very  narrow ;  genao  rounded.  Prothorax  nearly 
twice  as  wide  as  long,  sides  broadly  rounded,  especially  in  front  of  the 
middle^  base  rounded,  slightly  bisinuate,  finely  margined;  at  the  sides 
near  the  base  is  a  small  shallow  impression ;  disc  finely  punctured,  with 
somewhat  larger  punctures  intermixed  more  densely  at  the  sides  and 
along  the  base.  Elytra  deep  red,  striae  finely  punctured,  interspaces 
slightly  convex,  scarcely  perceptibly  punctulate.    Mesosternum  opake. 


LECONTE    ON   ROCKY   MOUNTAIN   COLEOPTERA.  457 

alataceoas,  with  a  oarrow,  smooth,  median  stripe,  not  cariuate.    Spi- 
nules  of  hind  t\bm  nneqaal.    Length  7.2'""»  (0.29  inch). 

Northern  New  Mexico ;  one  specimen,  collected  by  Lieat.  W.  L.  Car- 
penter, United  States  Engineers,  while  attached  to  the  Geographical 
Survey  West  of  lOOo,  under  Lieut.  George  M.  Wheeler. 

23.  Aphodius  subtruncatus,  n.  «/>. 

Elongate  convex,  piceous-black,  shining,  elytra,  sides  of  protborax, 
antennte,  palpi,  and  legs  yellow.  Head  smooth,  not  tuberculate ; 
epistoma  margined,  margin  sparsely  punctured,  subtruncate  in  front, 
without  angles ;  gence  prominent,  rounded.  Prothorax  sparsely  puuctu- 
late,  with  some  scattered  punctures  at  the  sides  and  towards  the  base, 
sides  very  finely  margined,  base  and  hind  angles  rounded,  the  former 
very  finely  margined.  Scutellum  and  sutural  margin  of  elytra  black  ; 
strise  deep,  punctured,  interspaces  slightly  convex,  scarcely  punctulate, 
slightly  pubescent.  Mesosternum  opake,  alutaceous,  not  carinate. 
Spinules  of  hind  tibiae  unequal,  some  of  them  very  long.  Length  5™™ 
(0.20  inch). 

Colorado  (locality  unknown) ',  one  specimen,  collected  by  the  Scientifio 
Expedition  of  the  University  of  Kansas,  given  me  by  Prof.  F.  H.  Snow ; 
two  others  from  Mr.  Ulke.    The  pubescence  is  very  easily  abraded. 

24.  Aphodius  soabriceps,'  n.  ftp. 

Elongate,  cylindrical,  brown,  head  and  sides  of  prothorax  yellow- 
brown,  legs,  antennae,  palpi,  and  elytra  dull  yellow.  Head  rugosely 
punctured,  almost  scabrous  in  front,  epistoma  emarginate  in  front,  with 
broadly  rounded  angles :  sides  oblique,  gense  but  slightly  prominent. 
Prothorax  a  little  narrower  in  front,  with  subacute  angles,  sides  finely 
margined,  hind  angles  strongly  rounded,  base  slightly  bisinuate,  very 
finely  margined;  surface  not  densely  punctured.  Scutellum  dark 
brown,  sparsely  punctured.  Elytral  striae  strongly  punctured,  inter- 
spaces slightly  convex,  each  with  an  irregular  row  of  small  punctures. 
Mesosternum  nearly  flat,  opake,  alutaceous,  not  carinate,  slightly  convex, 
and  shining  at  the  middle  in  front.  Spinules  of  hind  tibiae  unequal. 
Length  3°^  (0.12  inch). 

Colorado;  a  specimen,  given  me  by  Dr.  Horn.  This  very  pretty  little 
species  is  peculiar  by  the  rough  sculpture  of  the  head,  which  seems  to  be 
almost  granulose  in  places;  it  resembles  in  this  character  A.  rugifrom 
Horn.  It  belongs,  however,  to  a  diflerent  group,  as  the  spinules  of  the 
hind  tibiae  are  unequal,  and  should  for  the  present  remain  in  group  L. 

25.  Aphodius  explanatus,  n.  sp. 

Elongate,  convex,  blackish-piceous ;  antennae,  palpi,  legs,  sides  of  pro- 
thorax, and  the  elytra  dull  rufo-testaceous.    Head  with  three  very  small 
obsolete  tubercles,  finely  punctured,  epistoma    broadly  emarginate, 
angles  obtuse,  not  prominent,  sides  straight,  oblique,  finely  marginedi 
Bull.  iv.  No.  2 10 


458     BULLETCr  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SUEVET. 

gense  promioeut,  slightly  itmnded.  Frothoraz  about  twioe  as  wide  as 
long,  densely  paoctared,  poDctores  larger  towards  the  sides,  which  are 
roanded  at  base  and  Dear  the  iroDt  angles,  with  a  faintly  iospressed 
dorsal  line  behind  the  middle:  disk  broadly  ezplanate  at  the  sides, 
which  are  finely  margined ;  base  finely  margined,  slightly  bisinnate. 
Sciitellam  brown,  slightly  concave.  Elytral  strise  impressed,  panctared, 
interspaces  slightly  convex,  distinctly  pnnctalate ;  mesosternnm  dat, 
opaque,  alataoeoas,  carinate  near  the  coxre.  Spinnles  of  hind  tibiae 
much  worn,  but  apparently  unequal.    Length  8.6""  (0.34  inch). 

Colorado ;  one  specimen,  collected  by  the  Scientific  Expedition  of 
the  University  of  Kansas,  given  me  by  ProfL  F.  H.  Snow.  This  is  a 
fine  species,  easily  distinguished  by  the  flattened  sides  of  the  prothorax 
and  the  carinate  mesosternnm.  The  tubercles  of  the  hesid  are  very 
faint,  and  indicate  that  it  should  be  placed  near  group  I  of  Dr.  Horn. 
The  color  gives  it  a  superficial  resemblance  to  .4.  rHbn2}ennis  Horn,  but 
the  characters  are  very  different. 

26.  Aphodius  rudis,  ji.  up. 

Elongate,  cylindrical,  chestnut-brown,  shining.  Head  punctulate,not 
tuberculate;  epistoma  broadly  and  feebly  emarginate  in  front,  angles 
dentiform  acute,  sides  nearly  straight,  oblique,  flattened,  finely  margined, 
sparsely  fimbriate  with  short  stiff  setoe ;  genie  prominent,  subacute. 
Prothorax  more  than  twice  as  wide  as  long,  sides  slightly  rounded,  flat- 
tened, and  strongly  margine  1,  obliquely  truncate  and  sinuate  near  the 
base,  which  te  also  slightly  bisindate  and  not  margined ;  surface  finely 
pnnctulate,  and  with  large  shallow  punctures,  which  are  absent  from  a 
transverse  space  extending  from  the  front  margin  for  one-fourth  the 
length,  -prolonged  backwards  along  the  middle  to  within  one-fourth  of 
the  base ;  there  are  also  two  small  smooth  spaces  at  the  basal  margin. 
Elytral  striae  finely  punctured,  interspaces  nearly  flat  and  smooth, 
humeri  rounded,  not  dentiform.  Mesosternnm  strongly  and  densely 
punctured,  not  carinate.  Spinules  of  hind  tibiae  unequal.  Length 
6.4«»"  (0.25  inch). 

Colorado;  one  specimen,  given  me  by  Prof.  F.  H.  Snow.  This  spe- 
cies belongs  to  the  same  group  (O)  with  A.  ovipennis  Horn,  but  is  abun- 
dantly distinct  by  form  and  color,  by  the  sides  of  the  prothorax  being 
strongly  margined,  by  the  non-dentiform  humeri,  and  by  the  more 
coarsely  punctured  mesosternum.  The  two  following  species  belong  to 
the  same  group,  and  may  here  be  conveniently  described,  though  they 
do  not  occur  in  the  same  zoological  province. 

27.  Aphodius  spaesus,  n.  sp. 

Elongate,  subcylindrical,  black,  shining.  Head  finely  pnnctulate,  with 
a  few  small  punctures  intermixed ;  epistoma  broadly  emarginate  in  front, 
angles  broadly  rounded,  sides  oblique ;  gensB  prominent,  subacute.  Pro- 
thorax more  than  twice  as  wide  as  long,  narrower  behind,  sides  strongly 


LECONTE  ON  ROCKY  MOUNTAIN  COLEOPTERA.      459 

rounded,  rather  flucly  margined,  obliquely  truncate,  but  not  sinuate 
behind ;  angles  rounded,  base  bisinuate,  finely  margined ;  surface 
sparsely  but  strongly  punctured,  almost  without  punctures  in  front. 
Elytra  with  dentiform  humeral  angles,  strise  fine,  strongly  punctured, 
interspaces  flat  and  smooth.  Mesosternum  densely  punctured,  not  cari- 
nate.    Spinules  of  hind  tibm  unequal.    Length  6.4™°*  (0.25  inch). 

Mariposa,  Gal. ;  one  specimen,  given  me  by  the  late  Mr.  J.  Thevenet, 
of  Paris.  This  species  is  much  less  robust  than  A.  ovipennis;  the  elytra 
are  not  narrowed  near  the  base,  and  the  punctures  of  the  prothorax  are 
less  numerous. 

2S.  APHODIUS  niXMERALIS,  n.  sp. 

More  robust  and  convex,  shining  black.  Head  finely  alutaceous,  not 
punctulate;  epistoma  feebly  but  broadly  emarginatein  front,  angles  very 
much  rounded,  not  obvious,  sides  oblique ;  geuo)  prominent,  subacute. 
Prothorax  very  convex,  sides  feebly  rounded  and  finely  margined ;  hind 
angles  obliquely  and  broadly  emarginate  (when  looked  at  from  above); 
marginal  line  of  base  punctured ;  surface  with  a  few  scattered  large  punc- 
tures, smooth  in  front.  Elytra  very  convex,  slightly  narrowed  near  the 
base,  humeri  prominent,  tubercaliform ;  strire  deep,  marked  with  large 
distant  punctures :  interspaces  somewhat  convex,  smooth.  Mesosternum 
coarsely  punctured,  not  carinate.  Spinules  of  hind  tibia*  (much  worn, 
but  apparently)  unequal.    Length  3.C™"»  (0.14  inch). 

Detroit,  Mich.;  one  specimen,  sent  me  by  Messrs.  Hubbard  and 
Schwarz.  This  species  is  remarkable  both  for  locality  and  characters, 
all  of  its  allies,  whether  of  this  group  or  of  group  6,  being  found  in  the 
Central  and  Pacific  districts. 

BUPRBSTID.E. 

29.  Anthaxia  deleta,  n.  sp. 

Of  the  same  form,  color,  and  size  as  A.  viHdifrotia,  brown-bronze  tinged 
with  olive.  Head  ( 3  bright  green),  finely  reticulate,  flat,  perpendicularly 
declivous.  Prothorax  truncate  before  and  behind,  broadly  rounded  on 
the  sides ;  very  obsoletely,  scarcely  perceptibly  reticulate,  finely  rugose, 
opake.  Elytra  distinctly  granulate-punctate  at  the  base,  then  finely  but 
obviously  punctured.  Beneath  black-bronzed,  shining,  antennae  and 
legs  green.    Length  4.6"°»  (0.18  inch). 

American  Fork  CaHon,  Utah,  (9,500  feet) ;  only  differs  from  A.  viridi- 
frons  by  the  head  and  prothorax  being  more  finely  sculptured,  while  the 
elytra  are  more  deeply  sculptured. 

30.  Chrysobothris  carinipennis,  n.  sp. 

Dark  gray,  slightly  bronzed.  Head  somewhat  hairy,  coarsely  con- 
fluently  punctured,  with  two  small  smooth  calli.  Prothorax  very  trans- 
verse,  rounded  on  the  sides,  very  eoarsely  punctured,  with  irregular, 
smooth, elevated  cicatrices;  an  irregular rhomboidal dorsal  space, limited 


460     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURREY. 

by  foar  of  these  cicatrices, is  more  fiaely  panctared,  aad  slightly  cariuate. 
Elytra  with  the  depressed  parts  densely  panctared :  basal  fosssB  deep ; 
the  inner  costa  extends  from  the  fossa  to  the  tip,  and  is  not  sinaons;  the 
^  costa  is  irregular,  less  elevated  just  in  front  of  the  middle,  and  inter- 
rapted  behind  the  middle;  the  3d  is  short,  as  nsual,  occapying  about  the 
middle  third  of  the  length ;  the  4th  arises  in  the  margin  behind  the 
hnmeras  and  unites  with  the  2d  near  the  tip;  margin  serrate  from  the 
middle  to  the  tips,  which  are  separately  roanded.  Beneath  shining  green- 
bronzed,  sparsely  punctured.    Length  12.5°^  (0.5  inch). 

i  Head  tinged  with  dull  yellowish-green  metallic  lustre;  5th  ventral 
segment  strongly  emarginate. 

American  Fork  Canon,  Utah,  (9,500  feet) ;  allied  to  0.  dentipes^  but 

differs  by  the  venation  of  the  elytra,  and  by  the  much  deeper  emargina- 

tion  of  the  5th  ventral  segment  in  the  S  ;  and  also  by  the  under  surface 

being  bright  green.    The  middle  and  front  tibiae  are  not  armed  with 

teeth. 

ELATERIDuE. 

31.  COBYMBITES  PLANULUS,  H.  «p. 

Elongate,  depressed,  black,  thinly  clothed  with  fine,  short,  gray  pubes- 
cence. Head  punctured,  front  slightly  concave.  Prothorax  longer  than 
wide,  rounded  on  the  sides,  narrowed  in  front  of  the  middle;  hind  angles 
acute,  divergent,  finely  carinate;  disc  densely  and  finely  punctured,  not 
convex  except  towards  the  sides ;  dorsal  line  wanting.  Elytra  not  wider 
than  the  prothorax,  disc  flat,  sides  declivous,  lateral  margin  broadly 
reflexed ;  striae  flue  punctured,  interspaces  nearly  flat,  finely  punctured. 
Antennse  longer  than  the  head  and  prothorax,  rather  strongly  serrate ; 
2d  and  3d  joints  not  dilated,  together  a  little  longer  than  the  4th ;  3d 
one-half  longer  than  the  2d.  Antennio,  palpi,  and  legs  brown  or  red- 
brown.    Length  10"">  (0.40  inch). 

Beaver  Brook,  Col.,  (0,000  feet);  Northern  New  Mexico,  Lieutenant 
Oarpenter.  Belongs  to  the  same  group  as  C.  triundulatus,  &c.,  but  is 
very  distinct  by  the  dark  color  and  more  evidently  punctured  prothorax, 
as  well  as  by  the  more  depressed  form  of  body. 

LAMPYRID^ :  subf.  TELEPHORID^. 

32.  PODABRTJS  BREVIPENNIS,  n.  Sp. 

Eatber  robust  in  form,  black,  thinly  clothed  with  fine  gray  pubescence. 
Head  as  wide  as  the  prothorax,  densely  finely  punctured,  eyes  small, 
convex;  mandibles  and  1st  joint  of  antennse  brown.  Antennse  (  9 )  a 
little  longer  than  the  head  and  prothorax,  rather  stout,  outer  joints  nar- 
rower, 3d  a  little  longer  than  the  2<l,  but  shorter  than  the  4th^  prothorax 
one-half  \^der  than  long,  sides  straight  and  parallel,  rounded  only  near 
the  front  angles,  which  are  testaceous ;  hind  angles  rectangular,  slightly 
prominent,  base  truncate;  disk  finely  punctured  with  two  large,  shining, 
nearly  smooth  convexities,  and  well-marked  dorsal  line;  side-margin 


LECONTE   ON   ROCKY   MOUNTAIN   COLEOPTBRA.  461 

reflexed.  Elytra  parallel,  uot  wider  than  the  prothorax,  rather  sbiniug^, 
<]eD8ely  rngose  as  asual,  separately  rounded  at  the  tip.  Last  three 
dorsal  segments  of  the  abdomen  exposed.  (Palpi  broken.)  Claws  with 
a  small  acute  tooth  beyond  the  middle.    Length  87"™  (0.35  inch). 

Argentine  Pass,  Col.,  (13,000  feet) ;  one  specimen.  This  species  is 
quite  distinct  by  the  more  robust  form  and  shorter  elytra. 

MELYRID^. 
33.  Meltris  atra,  n,  sp. 

Black,  prothorax  wider  than  long,  narrowed  in  front,  rounded  and 
serrate  on  the  sides,  densely  reticulated  with  shallow  ocellate  punctures. 
Elytra  coarsely  but  densely  punctured.  AntenusB  black,  2d  and  3d 
joints  piceous.    Legs  piceous.    Length  5™™  (0.20  inch). 

^unknown;  9  elytra  with  a  large  smooth  spot  near  the  tip;  antennsd, 
1st  and  2d  joints  large  and  thick  ;  3d  slender,  longer  than  the  2d  ;  4th 
and  5th  triangular )  6th  to  9th  transverse ;  10th  oval. 

Beaver  Brook,  Col.,  (6,000  feet) ;  one  specimen.  I  can  see  but  ten 
joints  in  the  antennae;  the  legs  are  dark -colored,  but  otherwise  this 
species  is  very  closely  allied  to  the  next. 

34.  MELYRTS  FLAVIPES,  n.  sp. 

Black,  with  a  blue  reflection ;  form  and  sculpture  as  in  M.  atra^  but 
smaller;  antenme  piceous  towards  the  base.  Legs  bright  reddish-yel- 
low.   Length  3.3™°»  (0.13  inch). 

^  elytra  uniformly  punctured  toward  the  tip.  Antennae  black,  11- 
jointed;  3d  joint  as  long  as  the  2d,  triangular;  4th  triangular,  shorter; 
5th  and  6th  transverse,  not  longer,  but  wider,  and  acute  at  the  inner 
side;  7th  to  10th  transverse,  still  wider;  11th  oval. 

9  elytra  each  with  a  smooth  spot  near  the  tip.  Antennae  10-jointed, 
-  piceous  at  base,  3d  and  4th  joints  slender,  closely  united,  together 
longer  than  the  2d;  5th  and  6th  acutely  triangular;  7th,  8th,  0th,  and 
10th  wider ;  11th  oval. 

California ;  one  pair ;  locality  unknown. 

35.  Gallidium  janthinum. 

Specimens  collected  in  the  Eocky  Mountains  do  not  differ  essentially 
from  Canadian  individuals  of  this  well-known  species.  There  are,  how- 
ever, allied  races  from  Texas,  California,  and  Idaho,  of  which  I  do  not 
possess  sufficiently  large  series  to  enable  me  to  define  them  with  pre- 
cision. Careful  observations  of  the  habits,  food-trees,  and  structural 
differences  of  the  blue  Callidia  of  this  continent  are  much  needed.  The 
comparison  of  our  species,  when  properly  investigated,  with  those  of 
the  Pal8eai*ctic  region  promises  well  for  the  investigation  of  possible 
changes  produced  by  differences  in  food  and  locality. 

36.  CBOSSIDIUS  ALLaEWAHBI,  fl.  «p. 

Piceous  without  lustre,  very  densely  clothed  with  dirty-yellow  hair. 
Prothorax  rounded  on  the  sides,  feebly  or  not  at  all  tah^^^'Q\sdXftk\  ^x^^c^k^- 


462     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  QEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

tares  deuse,  coDcealed  by  the  hair.  Elytra  densely  and  finely,  but  not 
distinctly  panctured,  rounded  at  the  tip;  sides  broadly  testaceous^ 
blending  imperceptibly  with  the  dark  color.  Beneath  testaceons,  very 
hairy,  antennae  and  legs  black.    Length  ia-13.3<"">  (0.40-0.53  inch). 

Atlanta,  Idaho,  (7,800  feet) ;  collected  by  Mr.  L.  Allgewahr,  to  whom 
I  dedicate  it,  as  a  mark  of  his  worthy  appreciation  of  the  importance 
of  scientific  investigation.  The  specimens  were  kindly  given  me  by 
Mr.  Eeinecke,  of  Buffalo,  N.  Y. 

This  species  is  more  nearly  related  to  C  humeralis  than  to  the  others^ 
but  differs  from  it,  as  from  all,  by  the  very  finely  punctured  elytra. 

In  the  smaller  specimen,  there  is  a  faint  and  perhaps  illusive  appear- 
ance of  a  lateral  prothoracic  tubercle,  which  is  produced  mainly  by  the 
projection  of  hairs. 

37.  Xylotbechus  undulatus,  var.  f 

A  form  occurs  which  difi[iers  from  the  usual  Northern  specimens  of  this 
species  by  the  markings  being  narrow  and  imi)ertect,  and  the  sculpture 
of  the  elytra  more  distinct.  It  is  not  uncommon  in  the  Bocky  Mountain 
region,  and  was  found  by  Mr.  Bowditch  at  Florissant  (8,000  feet). 

38.  Neoglttus  asoendens,  n.  sp. 

Very  elongate,  similar  in  form  and  sculpture  to  N.  leucozanius.  It  differs 
by  the  prothorax  being  less  murlcate  along  the  dorsal  line,  and  more 
distinctly  and  coarsely  punctured  towards  the  sides.  Elytra  very  finely 
granulato-punctate,  base,  short  sutural  line  from  the  base  for  one-fourth 
the  length  white  pubescent ;  this  line  diverges  from  the  suture  and 
then  ends;  there  is  also  an  oblique  fascia  just  behind  the  middle,  which 
runs  backwards  from  the  suture  and  nearly  attains  the  sides  of  the 
elytra  -.  it  is  connected  at  its  outer  end  with  a  submarginal  gray  stripe, 
which  ascends  forwards  to  within  one-fifth  from  the  base ;  another  pos- 
terior band,  with  oblique  anterior  margin,  occupies  the  apical  one- 
sixth  of  the  elytra ;  tips  rounded.  Antenna)  slender,  more  than  half 
the  length  of  the  body.  Posterior  femora  extending  to  the  tip  of  the 
elytra.    licngth  8.5°»™  (0.34  inch). 

Leavenworth  Valley,  above  Georgetown,  Colo.,  (9,000  to  10,000  feet)  y 

one  specimen. 

CHRYSOMELID.E. 

39.  Glyptoscelis  longioe,  w.  sp. 

Subcylindrical,  narrower  than  G,  albida,  bronze  color,  clothed  with 
white  hair  (which  is  mostly  rubbed  off  in  the  specimen).  Head  densely 
punctured.  Prothorax  a  little  wider  than  long,  slightly  narrowed  in 
front,  hind  angles  acute,  prominent  laterally }  disc  less  coarsely  punc- 
tured than  in  G.  alhiduSj  obliquely  impressed  each  side  near  the  hind 
angles.  Elytra  punctured  as  in  that  species.  Length  5.5™°*  (0.225 
incb). 

One  9 .  Atlanta,  Idaho ;  Mr.  O.  Keinecke.  Easily  distinguished  from 
G,  albiduH  by  the  narrower  form  and  longer  prothorax. 


LECONTE   ON   ROCKY   MOUNTAIN   COLEOPTEBA.  463 

40.  Ghetsomela  montiyagans,  n.  sp. 

Apterous,  oval  convex,  blaisb  or  black,  slightly  broDzed,  moderately 
shiDiiig.  Prothorax  sparsely  bat  not  coarsely  punctured,  longitudinally 
sulcate  and  coarsely  punctured  each  side,  margin  strongly  incrassed, 
sides  rounded.    Elytra  sparsely  punctured.    Length  0.7""*  (0.27  inch). 

Mount  Lincoln  (11,000  to  13,000  feet);  found  also  by  Prof.  F.  H. 
Snow.  This  species  is  closely  allied  to  0.  auripennis  Say,  and  resembles 
the  dark  varieties ;  it  differs  by  the  sides  of  the  prothorax  being  regu- 
larly and  rather  strongly  rounded,  by  the  wings  being  undevelo[)ed,  and 
by  the  elytra  being  much  less  coarsely  punctured. 

CUROULIONID.E. 

41.  Magdalis  alutagea,  n.  8p. 

Elongate  cuneiform,  black,  slightly  bronzed,  opake  with  a  silky  lus- 
tre. Beak  slender,  curved,  as  long  as  the  head  and  prothorax,  finely 
punctured.  .  Head  feebly  punctulate.  Prothorax  a  little  longer  than 
wide,  narrowed  in  front,  sides  not  serrate,  broadly  rounded,  then  slightly 
sinuate;  hind  angles  acute,  divergent;  surface  very  densely,  but  not 
coarsely,  punctured.  Elytra,  with  strise  composed  of  small,  quadrate, 
approximate  punctures,  interspaces  flat,  finely  alutaceous.  Femora 
acutely  toothed;  claws  entire,  not  toothed.    Length  42'"°'  (0.17  inch). 

Leavenworth  Valley,  above  Georgetown,  Colo.,  (9,000  to  10,000  feet) ; 
Isle  Eoyale,  Lake  Superior,  Mr.  E.  A.  Schwarz.  This  species  differs 
from  M.  imbellis  by  finer  sculpture,  less  rounded  sides  of  the  prothorax, 
and  black  color ;  from  M.  gentilis  LeC.  by  the  divergent  hind  angles  of 
the  prothorax,  by  the  less  convex  and  Jess  deeply  striate  elytra ;  the 
interspaces  are  wider,  and  not  rugose,  but  alutaceous. 


'464 


BULLETd   L'SITED   8TATES  GEOLOGICAL  SUSTET. 


LIST  OF  COLEOPTEBA  COLLECTED  BY  MR.  F.  C.  BOWDITCH 
IN  TOE  BOCKY  MOUXTAIXS  AT  AX  ELEVATION  OF  6,000 
FEET  AND  UPWABDS. 


CICIXDELIDX. 


'  detMLOs 


Ift-ll. 

9.Mt 

tpUndJUt 8-lQ.QOO 

pwymrta  nf  AMdMb^mSL d-10.0QO 

HryvXUHa  rwbtMwtgvmm^iAgHit^trm  6-10,000 


ArxeatiDfr  PsM.  Colo. 
AoMffieui  Fork  CaA' 
Ssuth  Park.  Colo. 

Do. 

I>o. 


Uuh. 


I 


CABABIDX. 


Ow<jyAro»  ogdie 

Elmpknu  riparim* 

L«T»ofm  aewdfmtyetmtM. . 

Notufpkami  Hmrdgi 

OpUtkimt  Jtiekardamna . 

yAria  tri/urUi,  b.  tp.,. 

purpurata.  n.  »p 


I 


UmffuUi,n.  Rp 

*Miqua  I>fC 

oZ/fafM,  o.  up 

SakUff.rgi 

Carnhnt  taednius.  vfi-y  Mmall  variety 

Ciftn''tvii»  erOfrvroUiM  imnryinata  Kirby.  re- 
fUxn  \jtc.). 
al/itruna  {marjinata  Chand.,  cri' 
hnr'*Ui4 1>«.,  breripennit  Zimm. ). 

unieolvr  Kirby,  kudtonica  Lf.s: 

Vhibiph'i'j-i  lltirnii  f ;hao<l 

Calathni  intjratu4 

(lnhiuM 

Ptat'inuA  erratu 

mil/rj/rdatuM 

jAmriiuM 

cu/fripeniiM 

rhalreitM 

IttroHfichuf  InnfjuliiJf 


e-  7, 000     Greea  Rirer  City.  Wyo. 

6- 7,000  I  I>o. 

e-10. 000    Soath  Park.  Colo. 

1 3. 000     ArgeiitiBe  Pa^M.  Colo. 

13,000  '  Do. 

^7.000     Gre«n  BiTtr  City.  Wyo. 
if,  SOO     American  Fork  Cafioo. 
9-10, 00)     I.««v«o worth  Valley,  abore  Georgeto 
Colo. 

(»»  iU 

l?>  (f) 

fi-  7, 003     N'ortb  Fork  of  Soatb  Platte. 

13, 000     Ar';eotine  Paw,  Colo. 
8-13.000     Everywhere. 

f)-lO,C03     Many  IcK-ali ties. 


omin/nnHin  . , 

Luczotii 

^urtff/u,  IL  «p. 

A  mara  arUla 

ctjlindriea,  ii.  Hp... 

hypr.rborea 

brunnipcniwi 


tmbpuncfata 


fallax 


9-13,000 

a,ooo 
e-i3.oco 

t<,000 
fi-lO.OOO 
8-10.  IKK) 

e,ooo 

R-10,000 
B-10.  coo 
9-10,  UOO 

9-10.000 
8-10,000 
9-13,000 
7-  8,000 
8-10,000 
14,000 
10-11.000 

8-10,000 

8,000 


Do. 
FloriMant.  Coin. 
Several  localitiea. 
HoriMsant,  Coh». 
South  Park. 

Do. 
'Several  localities. 
South  ]*ark. 

Do. 
Leavenworth  VjUl»*y.  abovt!  Gei>rgetowu, 

Colo. 
Leavenworth  Vallej'.  A:c 
South  Park,  Colo,  &c. 
Alma;  Argentine  Paaa,  Colo. 
North  Fork  of  South  Platte  Caiion. 
South  Park,  Colo. 
Locality  unknown. 
Argentine  Pass;   Mount  Lincoln;   only 

found  above  timb^^r  line. 
Florissant;    Soath   Park;    Loavenwortb 

Valley,  Colo. 
Florirtsant,  Colo. 


LECOSTE   OK   BOCKY   MOUNTAIN   COLEOPTERA. 
Litt  of  Caleoptera — Continued. 


8.000 

aBr1«nfl.Col<.. 

8,000 

Da. 

p-10,000 

Bveryirhere. 

T- 8.000 

Do. 

B- 10.  ODD 

Alma,  SMthPJirk. 

8,000 

GBtUnd.ColD. 

8,000 

Do 

0-11, 0» 

tB»»e3»Drih  VfUty. 

B-IO.O«l 

LcAvpunortb  V»Uoyi  G»rU 

:-  8,000 

North  Fork  of  S»oll.PUtle 

B-intooo 

Sanlh  Park,  Colo. 

fi-10,000 

Do. 

8,000 

([arUnd,Colo. 

K.000 

KioH.Mn(.Coli>. 

a-  ft,o:o 

«rMBllf«rCl.j,Wjo. 

C- 0,900 

^10.000 


AlauiSonthPirk, 
SoQthTark.'&c. 


ADierlon    Kark  Cifinn.    t.'u 

worlli  Vnlloy. 
LMTeDimrtb  Valley;  Arm*. 
AmnHou  Pork  Canao,  Uiali. 


6-  a  .WO 

(IrwD     Uiv^r    Ci(T.  Wj 

Aiaenun  Fork  Canon. 

e,oon 

Ci.rUDd,rolo. 

(VI D,  1-00 

floulh  r.rk,  Coin, 

6-  7,000 

Green  KlvrrCltv.Wjo. 

8,000 

FloHimnl.  Coin. 

0- 10. 000 

Leavenworth  Talldy. 

rt- 10,000 

Sonth  Park.  Colo, 

s-  1.000 

GrMDRi-erCity.  Wyo. 

4.^10 

Salt  Lake  VdUey, 

o,:.oa 

AiDxrican  Fork  CaDoo. 

466 


BULLETIX  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  bUKVLY. 


LUt  of  Voleaptera — Gontinaed. 


DYTISCID^. 


Hydroporua  congrwUt  n.  sp — 

nubUut 

itriatelliu 

pubenUut 

one  undetermined 

Rhantut  binoUUuM 

Oaurodytet  oltUUrahu 

AutUnU 

nanitf,  n.ap 

inteneetus 

Aniiomera  eordata 


8, 000  Florissant,  Colo. 
8,000  Bo. 

8,000  i  IM}. 

10-11, 000  I  Leavenworth  Valley. 


10-11, 000 
8,000 

10-11, 000 
8,000 
8,000 


Do. 
I^loriasant,  Colo. 
Leayenworth  Valley. 
FlorisaaDt,  Cola 

Do. 


A,  300  '  M^niton,  Colo. 


6,200 


Do. 


UYDROPHILID^. 


Hdophorua  niHdulut . 

LaoeobkuagiUt 

I^Ukydnu  perplexut. 


10-11.000 

*      8,00U 

8,000 


Leayenworih  Valley. 
Florissant,  Colo. 
Garland,  Cola 


STAPHYLINIDiE. 


PkUofUkiu  near  inquietu*  . . . 
Q^tdromieut  ovipannit,  n.  tp. 
Orobanut  rimuUUor,  n.  sp  . . . 


10,000 
10-11,000 
10-11, 000 


Alma,  Colo. 
Leavenworth  Valle}'. 
Do. 


SILPHIDiE. 


Neerophorut  Meltheimeri 

Silpharamosa 

lapponica 


9,500 

8-10,000 

8,000 


American  Fork  Cafion,  Utah. 
South  Park. 
Florissant,  Cola 


DEUMESTIDiB. 


Antkrenug  itcrophularite  var.  lepidiu  Lee I 


6,000 


r 


j  Catogenxui  ru/tu 


Beaver  Brook,  Colo. 


CUCUJID^. 


TKOGOglTID^. 


Trogogita  viresceru 


9, 000     American  Fork  Ca&on,  Uuh. 


C(X:CINELLIDJ2. 


Hippodamxa  b-Hgnata 

CiK'cinella  !)-noCato 

montieola 

Brachiacanthaurgina,  var . 
SeymnuH  nigripennis,  n.  np 


6-10.000 

fi-  7,000 

8,000 

U.OOO 

C,000 


Everywhere. 
Green  Klver  City,  Wyo. 
Garland,  Colo. 
Beaver  Brook,  Colo. 
Florissant,  Colo. 


LBCONTB   ON   ROCKY   MOUHTAIH  COLEOFTEHA. 
£i»t  of  Coleoptera — Continued. 


467 


HtUekiuitriatta.. 


11,300     Uaullon,  Cola. 


Sapriimt  oriffemntii . . . 


u  Y,  000     Greea  River  City,  Wyo, 
9. 500     Anierlon  Fork  CkQod,  UtAb. 
8.000    GatUod.  Ccdo. 


SCAKABiBU)^ 


OamAoniiraUcela 

AjOumKiu  uniniu 


juiochU^  cHnlUu,  Lef3  .  - 


AmeHcaD  Fork  Ck&dd,  Ulsh, 

Ainu. 

LeaTBiiworUi  Vatlcj-. 

Do. 
ArienCinePus;  Maiuit Linoaln. 
GronilSiTerCily.iruhi  AretDtliie  Tbu. 
AidericaaParkCuIlan,  UUli. 
FlorlBiuit,  Colo. 
AmfVlcao  ForV  CoCon,  Vtub. 


BUPRESTiC-E. 


Itdani^ilaDrummtiidi... 

AnAaxia  Mlla,  u.  sp 

OliryiobBOirU  Otntipa 


e-10,000 

EvelTwlii-l«. 

!),.W0 

Aoicricon  Furk  Uafto 

,DUh 

D.ion 

Do. 

g.coo 

PloriUMOt-ColO. 

9,S00 

Amerleon  Furk  Cufiira 

8-10,000 

LmvoQworili  VbUpj*. 

£LAT£KID£. 


Americui  ForkCitllaD,  Z 


1  i  l^MvemTOrU]  Tallry 


ftafcr  jtAon JMfiUrut 

•dMow/irrujrfncmt 


I.UlFYaiD£,  ■abruD.  TELEPdOAlU^. 

'  C}iaulii}.jnalI.uibauilU fl.OOO  '  UkrUail.Coli). 

\peiIabruMlaleTalii 0-13,000  ^  ArEaniioe Ftu ;  Lcarenwarth Vallsf. 

brtclpnmii.B.tp .-  13,000     Argviitliie  Pau. 


468 


BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 


List  of  Coleoptera — Continued. 


MALACHID^. 


CoUopi  hirteUinf,  Lee 
Melyru  atra^  n.  sp . . . . 


11-13,  OCO 
6,000 


ICoant  Lincoln ;  Pike's  Peak. 
Beaver  Brook,  Colo. 


CLERIDiE. 


'  Clerut  rphegeus 

moetttit 

nigriv$ntrit 

,  nydnoeeraMub/ateiata. 
CvryneUs  viclaeeut 


6,000 
8,000 
8,000 
10-13,000 
8,000 


Beaver  Brook,  Colo. 
FlcniasaDt,  Colo. 

Do. 
Meant  Lincoln. 
FloriiMant,  Colo. 


cerambycidje:. 


Criocfphalu*  euper , 

r«f rojnutn  ciniMmopterwn 

CaUidium  janthinum 

Orwtidius  pulehellus 

ditooidexu • 

Xylotreehtu  mormonwm 

undulofiM,  var.  f 

yfodt/UunnuricaUdtui 

atcenden9,TLBp 

Acmt^ops  atra 

longkomit 

ligata , 

gibbula 

praUngit 

Typo^nu  balteatus  Horn 

Lepturu  propinqua 

ifimilU 

canadenaU,  race  eribripennis. 
ehrytocoma 


6-7,000 

0-10.000 

It-lO.OOO 

8,000 

c.OUO 

0,  :iO) 

8,000 
9-10,000 
0-10,000 
11-13.000 
9-10,000 
9-10,000 
9-10,000 
9-10,000 

8,000 
9-10,000 
9-10,000 
7-8,000 
9-10.000 


j  Green  River  City,  Wyo. 
Leavenworth  Valley. 

Do. 
!  Garland,  Colo. 

Da 
;  American  Fork  CaAon,  Utah. 

I 

Fieri  aeant,  Colo. 
Leavenworth  Valley. 

Do. 
Mount  Lincoln. 
Leavenworth  Valley. 

Do. 

Do. 

Do. 
Garland,  Colo. 
Leavenworth  Valley. 

Do. 
North  Fork  of  South  Platte  Cafion. 
Leavenworth  Valley. 


CHRYSOMELID.E. 


Oftodatna  childrtni 

StudnUtaucia 

CM'inrtptera  vit4igera 

Pachybrachys  (3  apecies) 

HeUratpu  marc€L»ttita  / 

Chryiomela  montivagatu,  n.  np . 

/.V.toY/KMKyliV  adonidU 

riagiodera  pra*inella 

ori/ormin 

Adimonia  externa 

Trirhabda  eanadenhin 

Graptodera  bimar'jinata 

foliacea 

Orchestrig  Lcicuiii 


>  •  •  •  •  •  •  • 


9-10, 000 
i\-  7, 000 
6-7,000 
0-  7,000 
6-  7,000 
11-13,000  I 
^-l3,  000  ! 

8.000 

8,000  ! 
11-13. 0<K) 

8,000 
8-10,000 
6-  7.000 

S,W) 
G-  7,000 


Leavenworth  Valley. 
Green  River  City,  Wyo. 

Da 

Do. 

l>a 
Mount  Lincoln. 
Everywhere. 
Florissant,  Colo. 

Do. 
Mount  Lincoln. 
Garland,  Colo. 
South  Park.  Colo. 
Green  River  City,  "Wyo. 
Floriseant.  Colo. 
Green  River  City,  Wyo. 


LECONTE   ON  BOCKY  UOVVTUS  COLEOPTEBA.  469 

Lilt  of  Coleaptera — Continued. 


Aiidailata 

CimUntti-Bbtia 

£I<wI«t  knnvrolit 


pimelioideM , 

JfCdtp^fimsf  proteiuu . . .  _ . 


BdoiwdyialifHani.. 


VuIdiu  loOBlllifs. 

wd^  yiDrUunt.  Coto. 

rlran  Porte  CiQus,  UUb. 

unilDcalilic*. 
JJorth  Furk  of  South  Platio  Call 


MOKDKLLID£. 


Osn^Kt  annjirMilainii* . . . 


8.000 
111-13,000 

tui.ooo 


FloilauntCiflo. 
Honnt  Lloooln. 
QratD  R[vtr  City,  Wjo. 
Aim*.  Colo. 


ANTHICID.X. 


RBTNCBITID^ 


6-T,-0<»    OiwmBlferdljp'Wyo. 


CDItCITLIOSID.E. 


PmitiaiaMritita 

Trichaiirphul  jilanfroitHi  — 
Slacropt  (cot  iettmiaei). .. 

I*pVnurjjrinieUM 

StrpkanodtomiMCTiMtfitu4  -  >  -  ■ 
Jfain'alii  ImteJIif 


SCOLYriDJ. 


*    STATES   GEOLOGICAL    .SfEVEY. 


•s  >\ 


..VK    >  th<*  forepfoingr  list  may.  foi  ;he  purpose  of 
V         N"  following  maiiner : — 

NL     iMifOfl  over  the  coutinent  id  about  the  same 
^x  ,'\toiHliii»f  westward :  [b)  Those  not  extending 


» \ 


1 1 


^^  NXN  ist  Jo  of  the  arid  plains  and  hilly  ground  each  side 

...  .«^^!i:  (fi)  Tlione  confined  to  the  eastern  plains;  (h) 

^^  ;  V  \\o»t«Mii  regions. 

, .  .N'i^siM  *|HvU»H :  (^0  Those  nor  found  in  Ala.«ka  or  the  west- 

,    ,io  UmUon  Hiiy  Territory;  [bj  Those  found  in  the  north- 

..«   x|Hvuv(,  IhuH  far  known  only  from  the  mountain  chain. 
«>.ir«  ns»u  IN  nor.  large  enough  to  furnish  any  accurate  numerical 
.),  isMwm^n  thrM>  different  groups;  but  in  addition  to  a  rough 

^'  ,.\;iiMUoii,  Nubjoct  to  future  correction,  it  exhibitsr  a  number  of 

i.i  10..U111;  |»hiMionii'na,  both  as  regards  the  intrusion  of  hyperborean 

«^s « iivi.  ik"d  ihiMTCMtpingup  along  the  mountain-slopes  of  the  species 

»ii  [\w  pl.iiiiN,  UN  high  UH  the  supply  of  food  is  sufficient  and  the  rigors  of 

\\io  .\l|MiaM'liniutiM!an  1>e  endured.    The  numerical  results  so  far  as  I 

(iiii  iiulgo  hitiii  llio  material  on  hand  are  as  follows: — 

A.  MiMM'icN  of  wide  distribution  in  both  directions  about  30:  in  addi- 
tion, 1»  01-  IH  lii'i^  not  found  west,  and  G  not  east  of  the  mountain  mass. 
Tolal  iilioiil  If). 

II.  HporloN  of  f^ontierminous  arid  regions  east  and  west  about  46;  in 
iiddilioii,  10  iiH!  found  only  on  the  eastern  side,  and-20  on  the  western 
hUlo  of  llio  iiionntainH.    Total  about  76. 

O.  ll.viM'Hiori'an  Hpecies  43;  in  addition,  14  have  a  northwestern  dis- 
liiliiilioii  only  ;  and  3  (Xoiiophilus  Ilardyi,  Plati^nus  chalceuMj  and  Car- 
tliitfikiniiN  t'onrt'xuluM)  have  an  eastern  range  only. 

1 1.  Tlio  NfM'«;lf'H  thus  far  known  from  the  mountains  only  are  30. 
'riiortr  in  itiilicM  oi:ciir  at  lower  elevations,  though  not  strictly  belonging 
111  I  ho  fiiiiiiu  of  the  plains.  It  will  be  observed  that,  with  few  excep- 
lioiiM,  llii'Ni*  H\}o.(''\i*H  are  closely  related  to  others  previously  known  from 
«lil1i«r(*nl.  parts  of  the  United  States. 


IJ.sr  OF  SPECIES  PECULLVR  TO  THE  MOUNTAIN  KEGION. 


Niiliiiti  tiirttriH(!»,500). 

piirpiinita  ri>-10,000). 

lfiii((tilii  (T). 

ol)lifiim(f). 

obliiHA  (5-7,000). 
I  \iliilliiih  (lubiuJi  (H,000). 
I'lnniMtit'litiH  longulun  (1^-10,000). 
BiirgenH  (9-13,000). 
Aiiiani  fiylindrica  (&-10,000). 
llMipiiliiH  clandcstinns  (H-10,000). 


Bembidinm  Bowditchii  (6-7,000). 

recticolle  (6-7,000). 

nobraskense  (6-7,000). 

obtnsangulnni  (8-10,000). 

Scuddfri  (4,300). 
Ganrodytes  nanos  (tj,000). 
GeodroniicQS  ovipennis  (10-11,000). 
Scymnns  nigripennis  (r'.OOO). 
Aphodius  anthracinus  (9,500). 
Anthaxia  deleta  (9,500). 


LECONTE    ON   ROCKY   MOUNTAIN   COLEOPTERA. 


471 


List  of  Species  Peculiar  to  the  Mountain  RegUm — Continued. 

Chrysobotbris  carinipennis  (9,500).  Typocerns  balteatns  (8,000). 

Corymbites  planulus  (6,000).  Leptnra  propinqua  (9-10,000). 

Podabras  lateralis  (9-13,000).  Chrysomela  montivagans  (11-13,000). 

brevipennis  ( 13,000).  Helops  difflcihs  (6-7,000. ) 

CoUops  birtellns  ( 1 1-13,000).  Tricbalopbos  planirostrin  (8-10,000). 

Melyris  atra  (6,000).  Magdalis  alatacea  (10-11,000). 
Neoclytas  ascendens  (9-10,000). 

BemhidiuM  Scudderi  does  not  properly  belong  to  this  groap  of  distri- 
bution ;  but  as  it  is  not  known  except  from  the  single  specimen  collected 
by  Mr.  Bowditch,  I  am  disposed  to  believe  that  it  will  be  found  at  a 
higher  elevation. 

It  will  be  very  interesting^  when  more  complete  collections  have  been 
made  on  the  higher  mountain  slopes,  to  group  the  species  according  to 
the  elevation  by  which  they  are  limited ;  and  to  compare  the  gradual 
dying  out  of  the  species  of  lower  levels  with  the  survival  X>f  hyperborean 
forms,  and  any  remnants  of  the  preglacial  fauna  which  may  have  re- 
treated during  the  ice-reign  and  resumed  their  former  habitat  with  the 
return  of  milder  influences.  But  the  material  upon  which  to  base  this 
investigation  is  still  wanting,  and  I  shall  be  more  than  satisfied  with  the 
present  sketch  if  I  succeed  in  inviting  attention  to  this  important  branch 
of  research,  thus  far  neglected  in  America. 


APPENDIX  I. 

LIST  OF  COLEOPTERA  COLLECTED  AT  ATLANTA,  IDAHO,  (7,800'),  BY  Mr. 

L.  ALLGEWAHR. 


Cicindela  longilabris. 

race  montana. 

vulgaris. 

12-gattata. 

repanda. 

birticollis. 
Tracbypachys  inenniB. 
Calosoma  laxatom. 

Zimmermanni. 
OaraboB  limbatus. 
tsedatns. 
I^bia  gattnlata. 
Platynas  JejoDus,  n.  sp. 

obsoletas. 
Pterostichus  protractus. 
Amara  obesa. 
gibba. 
AniBodactylus  (Dicblms)  pioeus. 
Harpalus  basilaris. 
Bembidiam  Incidum. 
mixtum. 
iridescens. 
TaobyB  nanas. 


Dytlscns  marginicollis. 
Hydropbilas  triangularU. 
Creopbilus  viUoaus. 
Neoropboms  Hecate. 
Silpba  lappoDica. 
Catops  califomicus. 
Dermeates  marmoratos. 

signatua. 
Orphilns  glabratua. 
Antbronus  scropbnlaria. 
CociJ^as  paniceua. 
Dendropbagua  glaber. 
Trogofiita  vireacena. 
Tenebrioidea  ainuatna. 
Carpophilaa  diacoidens. 
Nitidala  blpnatalata. 

ziczao. 
Pityopbagna  Yittatna. 
Phalacroa  penicellatua. 
Hippodamia  glacialia. 
Adalla  bipnnctata. 
Myoetopbagua  panctatas. 
Hiater  arcaatas. 


472 


BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 


List  of  CoUfiptera  collected  at  Atlanta^  Idaho — Continned. 


Saprinus  lagens. 

fimbriatns. 
Canthon  simplex. 
AphodiuB  ochreipennifi. 

phffioptenui,  n,  tp. 
Troz  atrox. 
DicheloDycha  valida. 
Diplotaxis  brevioollis. 

sabangnlata. 
LUtrochelus  sociatna  Horn» 
Polypbylia  lO-liaeata. 
Cotalpa  granicollis. 
Ligyrns  gibboaoa. 
Chalcopbora  angolicollia. 
Dicerca  sexaalis. 
Baprestis  Gibbsii. 

lauta. 

apricans. 
Diceroa  prolongata. 
Melanophila  appendicalata. 
Drammondi. 
gen  tills. 
Adelocera  profiisa. 
Cardiophoras  longior. 
Megapenthes  aterrimiis. 
Elater  cordifer. 
Dolopias  lateralis. 
Melanotus  oregonensis. 
Athoas  femiginosas. 
Corymbites  carbo. 
Podabrus  pruinosas. 

M.  sp. 
Pristoscelis  antennatus. 
Listrns  canescens. 
Trichodes  ornatus. 
Clerus  spbegeus. 
Corynetes  violaoeas. 
Anobinm  qaadralum. 
Spondylis  upiformis. 
Prionus  californicas. 
HomotDsthesis  iotegra. 
Tragosoma  Ilarrisii. 
Asemam  atram. 
CriocepbaluH  aHperatus. 
Pbymatodes  dimidiatas. 
Callidiuui  cicatricosam. 
Xylocrius  Agausizii,  f  var. 
Crossidius  AUgewahri. 
Stenocoriis  liuoatus. 
Pachyta  liturata. 
Anthopbylax  inirificns. 
Acmieop8  atra. 

iiiilitaris. 
Leptnra  obliterata. 


Leptnra  propiuqaa. 

plagifera. 

canadensis. 

chrysocoma. 

nigrolineata. 
Monobammus  claniator. 
Tetraopee  discoideiis. 
Cryptocepbalus  4-macalataB. 
Glyptoscelis  longior ,  n,  $p, 
Chrysochas  cobaltinns. 
Cbrysomela  olivicoUis. 
signioidea. 
Plagiodera  confloens. 
Monoxia  debilis. 
Disonycha  pouotigera. 
Graptodera,  not  determined, 
Eorymetopon  serratam. 
Easattus  maricatos. 
Coniontis  ovata. 
Eleodes  caadifera. 

bispilabris. 

extrioata. 

tenebrosa. 

parvicollis. 

pimelioides. 
Iphthimos  serratas. 
Coelocnemis  dilatioollis. 

punctata. 
Alaephas,  n.  $p,  t 
Blapstinas  pratensis. 
Helops  californicas. 
convoxulus. 
Xylita  laevigata. 
Symphora  rngosa. 
Mordellistena  unicolor. 
Meloe,  ap. 

Tricrania  Stansbnrii. 
Epicauta  sericaos. 

Wheeleri. 
Cantharis  cyanipennis. 

falgifera. 
Ccphaloon  Icpturides. 
Calopus  angnstns. 
Crymodes  discicollis. 
Rhyncbites  bicolor. 
Siinyomerus  langaidus. 
Ophryast^s  sulcirostris. 
Centrocleouus  angalaris. 
Clconus  sparsns. 
Polygrapbus  rufipennis. 
Tomicas  rectos. 
Dendroctonus  valens. 
Hvlastes  macer. 

gracilis. 


LECONTE    ON   ROCKY   MOUNTAIN   COLEOPTERA.  473 

APPENDIX  11. 
THE  NORTH  AMERICAN  SPECIES  OF  NEBRIA. 

AinoDg  the  Coleoptera  collected  by  Mr.  Bowditch,  I  foaod  three  uq- 
described  species  of  Nebria  ;  two  others  were  previously  in  my  cabinet^ 
and  these  added  to  those  already  described  increase  the  present  number* 
of  North  American  species  to  twenty -two. 

Now  the  genus  Nebriaj  with  a  few  exceptional  species,  is  restricted  to 
very  northern  regions  or  to  high  altitudes.  It  therefore  possesses  pe- 
culiar fitness  for  indicating,  by  the  relation  of  its  numerous  species,  the 
migrations,  on  the  one  hand,  by  which  they  have  assumed  their  present 
distribution,  and  the  modifications  in  structure,  on  the  other  hand,  by 
which  the  descent  of  several  species  from  an  original  stock  may  be 
manifested. 

I  have  consequently  availed  myself  of  the  present  opportunity  to 
review  the  speciea  in  my  collection,  and  have  endeavored  to  separate 
them  into  minor  groups,  in  such  way  as  to  exhibit  the  closer  resemblances 
of  the  various  forms  which  seem  most  nearly  allied. 

For  the  rapid  determination  of  species,  the  grouping  here  given  will 
be  found  less  useful  than  the  excellent  table  published  by  Dr.  Horn  in 
Transactions  of  the  American  Entomological  Society,  1870,  iii,  98 ;  but 
the  object  of  the  two  studies  is  dififerent.  Dr.  Horn's  was  intended  as 
an  analytical  table  of  differences,  to  facilitate  the  recognition  of  species ; 
mine  is  for  the  purpose  of  bringing  out  mo^e  clearly  the  resemblances* 

The  relations  of  the  new  species  l)ere  described  with  those  mentioned 
by  Dr.  Horn  may  be  expressed  in  the  following  additions  to  his  table : — 

•  •••••• 

Side-margin  of  prothorax  very  narrow ingens  Horn. 

Side-margin  of  prothorax  wider ovipennisj  n.  sp. 

•  •••«•• 

Elytra  purple,  3d,  5th,  and  7th  interspaces  with  two  or  three  punctures, 

purpuratay  n.  sp. 

Piccous-black,  3d  stria  with  five  or  six  small  punctures.. (^re^arta  Esch. 

•  •••••• 

Antennae  and  legs  yellow-brown obtusa,  n.  sp. 

AntennsB  and  legs  black : 
Elytra  rather  broad,  parallel  on  the  sides,  3d  stria  with  one  dorsal 

puncture obliqua  Lee. 

Elytra  narrower,  with  several  dorsal  punctures  on  the  3d  interspace: 
Elytra  obovate,  wider  behind,  striae  fine hngulay  n.  sp. 

Elytra  parallel,  striae  deeper suturalis  Lee 

•  •••••• 

Interspaces  3d,  5th,  and  7th  interrupted  with  large  punctures.. tn/aria, 

n.  sp. 
Interspaces  3d  and  7th  with  a  few  small  punctures Bathvoni  Lee 

•  Two  Motschulskian  indeterminates,  N.  elias  and  nu>UU,  are  omitted. 
Bull.  iv.  No.  2 11 


474     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

But  in  order  to  exhibit  the  resemblances  of  the  species  to  each  other, 
a  dififerent  grouping  is  necessary.  In  preparing  a  suitable  one,  I  have 
ased  as  a  primary  character  the  number  of  ambalatorial  setae,  which 
arise  from  punctures  on  the  ventral  segments  of  the  abdomen. 

These  punctures  are  arranged  in  a  row  each  side  of  the  median  line, 
running  backwards  from  the  hind  trochanters,  as  in  other  Carahidce; 
in  nearly  all  the  species,  these  rows  are  formed  by  two  or  three  approxi- 
mate punctures  arranged  transversely  on  each  segment ;  but  in  X.  vires- 
cens  and  pallipes  the  rows  are  reduced  to  single  punctures  on  each 
segment.  The  further  division  of  the  species  into  groups  may  then 
proceed  by  the  form  of  the  elytra  and  the  width  of  the  side-margin  of 
the  prothorax,  as  in  the  following  table.  The  form  and  sculpture  of  the 
prolonged  posterior  extremity  of  the  prosternum  will  also  be  found  use- 
ful for  separating  the  species  in  each  group. 

TABLE  OF  GROLTS  OF  SPECIES. 

Bows  of  ambulatorial  setje  double 2. 

Hows  of  ambulatorial  setse  single 3. 

2.  Elytra  oval,  without  humeri;  episteruaof  metathorax  not  longer  than 

wide,Sp.l— 3 1. 

Elytra  elongate-oval,  with  indistinct  rounded  humeri ;  episterna  of 
metathorax  more  than  one-half  longer  than  wide,  Sp.  4 — 7 II. 

Elytra  oval,  with  indistinct  rounded  humeri;  episterna  of  metathorax 
more  than  one-half  longer  than  wide;  prothoracic  side-margin  nar- 
row, Sp.  8—9 TIL 

Elytra  more  or  less  truncate  at  base;  humeri  distinct;  prothoracic 
side-margin  wide,  Sp.  10 — 21 IV. 

3.  Prothorax  moderately  narrowed  behind,  Sp.  22 V. 

Prothorax  very  much  narrowed  behind,  Sp.  23 YI. 

Group  I: — ingens. 

In  this  group,  the  episterna  are  short,  scarcely  longer  than  wide.  The 
elytra  are  oval,  or  elongate-oval,  oblique  and  rounded  at  base,  without 
trace  of  humeral  angles.  The  wings  are  entirely  wanting,  or  unde- 
veloped. The  prosternum  varies  in  form,  according  to  species.  The 
side-margin  of  the  prothorax  is  narrow  in  X.  diversa  and  ingens^  but 
wider  in  ovipennis.  The  rows  of  ambulatorial  setse  of  the  abdomen  are 
double. 

Three  species  are  known  to  me,  inhabiting  the  high  mountains  of  the 
Pacific  slope : — 
Prosternum  flattened  at  tip  and  margined ;  side-margin  of  prothorax 

extremely  fine;  color  pale  brown 1.  diversa* 

Prosternum  prolonged,  lanceolate  at  tip,  margined  at  the  sides,  but 
not  at  the  extreme  tip;  side-margin  of  prothorax  very  fine;   color 

black 2.  ingens^ 

Prosternum  flattened  at  tip,  slightly  declivous,  and  not  margined ;  side- 
margin  of  prothorax  wider;  color  black 3.  ovipenniSj  n.  sp. 


LECONTE   ON    ROCKY    MOUNTAIN   COLEOPrERA.  476 

Group  11:— tri/aria. 

The  episterna  of  the  metathorax  are  more  than  one-half  longer  than 
wide.  The  elytra  are  elongate-oval,  and  the  humeri  are  rounded  and 
indistinct,  without  humeral  angle.  The  outline  dififers  according  to 
species,  as  will  be  seen  by  the  table.  The  prosternum  also  varies  in 
form.  The  prothoracic  side-margin  is  wide  in  tri/aria  and  Rathvoniij 
but  narrower  in  purpurata  and  carbonaria.  In  the  last-named,  the  bind 
angles  of  the  prothorax  are  obtuse,  and  the  dorsal  punctures  are  only 
on  the  2d  interspace;  in  the  other  three,  the  sides  of  the  prothorax  are 
strongly  sinuate,  and  the  hind  angles  are  rectangular  and  prominent. 
There  are  also  punctures  on  the  3d,  5th,  and  7th  interspaces,  or  on  the 
3d  and  7th. 

Two  species  inhabit  the  Alpine  Rocky  Mountains,  one  the  Sierra 
Nevada  of  California, and  one  Kamtschatka  and  the  islands  of  Alaska : — 

Hind  angles  of  prothorax  prominent  rectangular 2. 

Hind  angles  of  prothorax  obtuse  ;  3d  interspace  of  elytra  with  four  or  five 
punctures  behind  the  middle ;  prosternum  flattened  at  tip,  finely 
margined;  color  black, antennse  and  legs  dark  brown ^  much  smaller 

than  the  others  of  this  group 7.  carbonaria. 

2.  Elytra  elongate-oval,  slightly  wider  behind,  purple,  3d,  5th,  and  7th 

withafewpunctures behind themiddle;  prosternum  lanceolate  at  tip, 

not  margined ;  prothoracic  side-margin  narrow. .  4.  purpurata^  n.  sp. 

Elytra  oval,  less  elongate,  3d,  6th,  and  7th  interspaces  inierrupted  by 

large  punctures ;  prosternum  margined ;   side-margin  of  prothorax 

broad ;  color  black 5.  trifaria^  n.  sp. 

Elytra  oval,  less  roundedat  the  base,  3d  and  7  th  interspaces  interrupted 
by  smaller  punctures ;  5th  without  punctures ;  prosternum  not  mar- 
gined attip;  side  margin  of  prothorax  wide;  color  black. 0.  Rathroni. 

Group  III: — Mantierheimii. 

The  species  of  this  group  are  wider  and  flatter  than  those  of  the  pre- 
ceding, and  the  elytra  are  less  rounded  at  base,  so  that  the  humeri  are 
indistinct,  but  not  wanting ;  the  baisal  fold  is  slightly  bent,  and  makes 
a  feeble  angle  with  the  side-margin,  but  by  no  means  so  obvious  as  in 
the  following  group,  and  the  sides  are  not  parallel,  but  rounded.  The 
prosternum  is  flattened  at  tip  and  margined,  and  the  side-margin  of  the 
prothorax  is  obviously  narrower  than  in  the  following  groups ;  the  sides 
are  but  feebly  sinuate  towards  the  base,  and  the  hind  angles,  though 
rectangular,  are  small  and  not  prominent.  There  are  four  or  five  small 
dorsal  punctures  on  the  3d  stria  or  adjacent  to  it. 

Antennse  and  legs  black 8.  MannerJieimii, 

Antennce  and  legs  testaceous 9.  EschscholtziL 

Group  IV. 

The  species  of  this  group  are  more  numerous  than  those  of  the  other 
groups  unite<l,  and  may  be  readily  known  by -the  basal  fold  of  the  elytra 


476     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

makiDg  a  distinct  angle  with  the  side-margin.  The  elytra  are  truncate 
at  base,  with  rounded  humeri ;  the  sides  are  then  parallel  for  two-thirds 
the  length;  the  dorsal  punctures  are  on  the  3d,  or  on  the  3d,  5th,  and  7th 
interspaces.  The  tip  of  the  presternum  is  margined  in  most  of  the  species, 
but  not  margined  in  N.  metallica. 

The  side-margins  of  the  prothorax  are  strongly  reflexed,  and  the  sides 
strongly  sinuate  near  the  base;  the  angles  are  rectangular  and  prominent 
in  most  species,  but  obtuse  in  others. 

A.  Hind  angles  of  prothorax  obtuse;  dorsal  punctures  on  3d  interspace: 

Body  more  elongate 2. 

Body  broader  and  flatter 3. 

2.  nind  angles  of  prothorax  almost  rounded 10.  suturalis. 

Hind  angles  of  prothorax  distinctly  defined.  ..11.  longulaj  n.  sp. 

3.  Antennas  and  legs  black 12.  obliqua. 

Antennae  and  legs  ferruginous 13.  obtusaj  n.  sp. 

B.  Hind  angles  of  prothorax  rectangular;   dorsal  punctures  on  3d 

interspace: 

Sides  of  prothorax  suddenly  and  strongly  sinuate  behind  < 2. 

Sides  of  prothorax  more  gradually  and  obliquely  sinuate  behind ;  color 

black • 14.  htidsonica. 

2.  AntennaB  and  legs  black ;  color  black 15.  Sahlbergi. 

Antennae  and  legs  ferruginous ;  color  piceoas-black  ...16.  nivalis. 
Smaller,  antennae  and  legs  brown;  elytra  metallic,  with  large 

dorsal  punctures 17.  viridis. 

Much  more  elongate;    elytra    slightly  metallic;    dorsal  punctures 
small 18.  gregaria, 

C.  Hind  angles  of  prothorax  rectangular;   elytra  with  two  or  three 

rows  of  dorsal  punctures : 
More  slender,  elytra  violet,  somewhat  coppery,  striae  fine,  dorsal 

punctures  on  3d  and  7th  interspaces 19.  OeblerL 

Broader,  elytra  more  strongly  metallic;  striae  deeper,  3d,  5th,  and 

7th  interspaces  interrupted  by  larger  punctures;  prosternum 

not  margined  at  tip 20.  metallica. 

Black,  antennae  ahd  legs  dark  brown ;  elytral  striae  deep ;  3d  and  5th 

interspaces  interrupted  by  large  punctures 21.  hifaria. 

Group  V: — virescens. 

A  single  species,  of  robust  form,  with  slight  greenish- metallic  lustre, 
constitutes  this  group.  The  prothorax  is  broad,  less  narrowed  behind 
than  usual,  the  sides  not  sinuate,  margin  widely  reflexed,  and  basal 
angles  obtuse.  The  elytra  are  subtruncate  at  base :  the  basal  fold  meets 
the  side-margin  in  a  distinct  angle;  the  sides  are  slightly  rounded,  the 
striae  very  fine,  obliterated  at  the  sides  and  tip ;  the  dorsal  punctures 
are  small ;  the  posterior  one  is  on  the  2d,  the  other  three  on  the  3d 
etria.  The  prosternum  is  not  margined  at  tip;  the  setigerous  punctures 
of  the  ventral  segments  are  in  a  single  row  each  side  of  the  middle. 

22.  If.  virescens  occurs  in  Vancouver  Island  and  Northern  California. 


LECONTE    ON   ROCKY   MOUNTAIN    COLEOPTERA.  477 

Group  Yli—paWpes. 

The  color  is  black,  with  the  antennae,  palpi,  and  legs  yellow-testa- 
ceoas«  Prothorax  strongly  narrowed  behind,  basal  angles  obtuse,  side- 
margin  widely  reflexed.  Elytra  subtruncate  at  base,  basal  fold  meeting 
the  side-margin  in  a  distinct  angle:  humeri  rounded,  sides  slightly 
rounded ;  stride  deep,  less  impressed  at  the  sides  and  tip ;  dorsal  punc- 
tures four  or  five,  situated  on  the  3d  stria.  Prosternum  flattened  at  tip^ 
and  strongly  margined;  setigerous  punctures  of  ventral  segments  in  a 
single  row  each  side. 

23.  Jf.pallipea  is  found  on  the  Atlantic  slope  near  streams,  in  hilly  or 
mountainous  regions,  from  Kova  Scotia  to  Minnesota,  and  southward  to 
Virginia.    Three  well-marked  races  are  known  to  me : — 

1.  Elytra  distinctly  subtruncate  at  base;  striae  deep;  wings  well  devel- 
oped : — this  is  the  usual  form. 

2.  Elytra  distinctly  subtruncate  at  base;  stri®  less  deep,  obliterated 
at  sides  and  tip ;  wings  well  developed.    Minnesota. 

3.  Elytra  more  rounded  at  base,  narrower  and  more  convex ;  striad 
deep,  obliterated  at  sides  and  tip;  wings  wanting.    Nova  Scotia. 


3.  X.  OVIPENNIS,  n.  J?J). 

Apterous,  shining  brownish  black ;  head  with  the  eyes  narrower  than 
the  prothorax;  frontal  impressions  obsolete;  antennae  extending  to 
about  one-fourth  the  length  of  the  elytra.  Prothorax  wider  than  long, 
sides  strongly  rounded  in  front,  then  sinuate  to  the  base,  which  is  much 
narrowed,  and  slightly  emarginate;  side-margin  feebly  punctulate, 
strongly  reflexed,  hind  angles  rectangular;  impressions  and  dorsal  line 
deep,  base  feebly  punctulate.  Elytra  regularly  oval,  scarcely  wider  than 
the  widest  part  of  the  prothorax,  less  elongate  than  in  N'.  ingens;  striae 
deep,  slightly  punctulate,  3d  interspace  with  three  dorsal  punctures,  7th 
interspace  with  two,  the  posterior  of  which  is  about  the  middle  of  the 
length;  prosternum  flattened  at  tip,  slightly  declivous,  not  msirgined. 
Length  11.5™™  (0.45  inch). 

One  i .  Sierra  Nevada,  Cal.  Less  elongate  than  X.  ingenSy  and 
differs  by  the  wider  prothoracic  side  margin  and  flattened  and  broader 
prosterual  tip. 

4.  N.  PURPURATA,  n.  sp. 

Elongate,  as  slender  as  y,  gregaria,  black,  elytra  purple,  but  without 
metallic  gloss.  Head  with  the  eyes  scarcely  narrower  than  the  pro- 
thorax. Prothorax  wider  than  long,  rounded  on  the  sides  before  the 
middle,  then  narrowed,  and  not  very  suddenly  sinuate;  hind  angles 
rectangular,  prominent,  side-margin  not  narrow,  strongly  reflexed;  all 
the  impressions  are  deep,  and  the  disc  each  side  of  the  median  line  has 
a  large  deep  puncture,  which  is  probably  accidental.  Elytra  elongate- 
oval,  but  little  wider  than  the  widest  part  of  the  prothorax;  humeri 
well-rounded,  not  prominent;  strice  deep,  feebly  punctured :^  3d^  ^^Ja.> 


I 

478     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

and  7tb  iuterspaces  interrupted  by  two  or  three  punctures  in  the  pos- 
terior tbird  of  the  length  ;  on  the  3d  interspace  there  is  also  a  puncture 
on  the  left  elytron  one-fifth  from  the  base.    Length  12.5"'°'  (0.5  inch). 

Leavenworth  Valley,  above  Georgetown,  Colo.;  altitude,  9,000  to 
10,000  feet;  Mr.  Bowditch;  one  specimen,  with  legs  and  antenna}  muti- 
lated. 

5.  N.  TRIP  ARIA,  M.  82). 

Elongate,  slender,  black.    Head  with  eyes  scarcely  narrower  than  pro- 
thorax,  the  latter  one-half  wider  than  long,  rounded  on  the  sides  before 
the  middle,  then  narrowed  and  strongly  sinuate;  hind  angles  rectan 
gular,  prominent;   side-margin  not  narrow,  strongly  reflexed;  trans 
verse  impressions  and  dorsal  line  deep,  base  punctulate,  basal  impres 
sions  deep.    Elytra  elongate-oval,  humeri  well-rounded,  not  prominent 
striae  deep,  impuuctured;  3d,  5ib,  and  7th  interrupted  with  large  punc 
tnres,  which  vary  in  number  from  four  to  five,  distributed  to  within  one 
third  or  one-fourth  of  the  length  from  the  base.    Length  IS*"""  (0.52  inch) 

American  Fork  Gallon,  Utah;  9,500  feet  altitude;  Mr.  Bowditch 
This  species  resembles  in  form  X.  gregaria^  but  the  sides  of  the  thorax 
are  more  strongly  margined  and  more  sinuate  towards  the  base.  The 
punctures  of  the  elytra  are  larger,  so  as  to  interrupt  the  interspaces, 
and  the  color  is  not  piceous  in  tint,  but  full  black  :  the  outline  is  less 
slender,  though  not  as  stout  as  in  JV.  metallica. 

11.  N.  LONGULA,  n.  82). 

Elongate,  slender,  shining  black,  with  a  piceous  reflection.  Prothorax 
nearly  twice  as  wide  as  long,  rounded  on  the  sides  and  strongly  mar- 
gined, narrowed  behind ;  basal  angles  obtuse,  not  at  all  rounded.  Elytra 
elongate,  slightly  wider  behind,  subtruncate  at  base,  humeri  rounded, 
basal  fold  not  forming  a  distinct  angle  with  the  margin ;  striie  fine, 
impunctured,  interspaces  flat,  3d  with  three  dorsal  punctures  adjacent 
to  the  3d  stria.  Presternum  flattened  and  finely  margined  at  the  tip. 
Legs  black.    Length  9™"  (0.36  inch). 

Colorado;  locality  unknown ;  one  specimen,  given  me  by  Mr.  Ulke. 
This  is  very  closely  allied  to  X.  8t(turali8,  and  differs  from  that  species 
only  by  the  legs  being  black  and  the  elytral  strife  finer.  Large  series 
from  more  varied  localities  will  perhaps  show  that  it  is  to  be  considered 
more  properly  as  a  race  of  that  insect. 

12.  N.  OBLIQUA,  Lee. 

North  Fork  of  South  Platte  Caiiou  (7,000  to 8,000  feet);  Mr.  Bowditch. 

13.  K  OBTUSA,  n.  8p. 

Elongate,  slender,  piceousblack,  shining,  palpi,  antenna?,  and  legs 
pale.  Head,  with  the  eyes,  narrower  than  the  prothorax,  eyes  convex, 
somewhat  prominent.  Prothorax  nearly  twice  as  wide  as  long,  sides 
much  rounded  in  front  of  the  middle,  obliquely  narrowed  and  not  sinu- 


LECONTE   ON   ROCKY   MOUNTAIN   COLEOPTEEA.  479 

ate  behind  ;  front  angles  prominent,  subacute ;  bind  angles  obtuse,  not 
rounded  ;  side-margin  narrow,  reflexed,  base  truncate ;  transverse  im- 
pressions deep,,  longitudinal  line  strongly  impressed,  basal  impressions 
deep,  not  punctured.  Elytra  a  little  wider  than  the  prothorax,  sides 
nearly  parallel,  humeri  broadly  rounded ;  strise  fine,  feebly  punctured, 
outer  ones  nearly  effaced;  three  or  four  dorsal  punctures  on  the  3d 
stria.  Last  ventral  segment  rufopiceous  (from  the  immaturity  of  the 
specimen).    Length  11"""  (0.43  inch). 

Green  Kiver  City,  Wyo.,  (6,000-7,000  feet)  5  Mr.  Bowditch.  This  spe- 
cies  closely  resembles  N.  Usckacholzii  from  Alaska,  Vancouver,  and  Brit- 
ish Columbia,  and  has  equally  long  legs  and  anteunse.  It  differs,  how- 
ever, by  the  sides  of  the  prothorax  not  sinuate  towards  the  base,  with  the 
hind  angles  obtuse ;  and  by  the  elytra  being  less  convex,  more  oblong, 
with  the  Hides  more  nearly  parallel,  and  not  wider  behind. 

The  geographical  distribution  of  these  groups  may  be  recapitulated 
as  follows : — 

Group  I. — Two  species  from  high  mountains  of  the  Sieira  Nevada, 
and  one  from  lower  levels,  near  the  Pacific  coast. 

Gboup  II. — ^Two  species  from  high  mountains  of  Colorado ;  one  from 
Sierra  Nevada,  nearly  allied  to  them  ;  a  smaller  one  (y.  carbonaria),  less 
similar,  from  the  Alaskan  Islands  and  Kamt&chatka,  but  somewhat 
resembling  N.  9utiiralis  of  Group  IV. 

Group  III. — Two  Alaskan  species,  extending  to  Vancouver  and  Brit- 
ish Columbia. 

Group  IV. — Of  this  group,  five  are  Alaskan,  one  of  which,  X  Geh- 
leri,  extends  to  Vancouver ;  one,  V.  Sahlbergii,  extends  over  the  whole 
hyperborean  region  of  North  America,  from  Alaska  to  Canada,  south- 
wards to  Vancouver  on  the  western  coast,  and  has  left  a  postGlacial  col- 
ony on  the  White  Mountains  in  New  Hampshire;  two  others,  X.  snturalis 
and  liudHonica^  are  hyperborean  ;  they  do  not  extend  to  Alaska,  but  the 
former  has  left  a  colony  on  the  White  Mountains,  and  the  latter  occurs 
from  the  Saskatchewan  to  Newfoundland  ;  another,  K,  nivalis,  a  North- 
ern European  species,  is  found  in  Iceland  and  Greenland,  but  as  yet  has 
not  occurred  on  the  mainland  of  this  continent;  it  is  very  closely  allied 
to  X.  hmlsouica,  differing  chiefly  by  the  more  prominent  hind  angles  of 
the  prothorax  and  by  the  red  legs.  The  remaining  three  are  from  the 
mountains  of  (])olorado,  and  one  of  them  seems  near  to  N.  suturaliSy 
while  the  other  two,  X.  obliqua  and  obtusa^  are  rather  isolated,  and  per- 
haps only  color  varieties  of  one  species. 

Grovp  V. — Contains  a  very  peculiar  isolated  species  from  the  coast 
region  of  California  and  Vancouver  Island. 

Groi'p  VI. — Contains  an  equally  isolated  species  from  the  Atlantio 
slope  of  the  continent,  from  Canada  to  Georgia  and  Minnesota  to  Nova 
Scotia. 

If  we  disregard  the  color  of  the  antennae,  palpi,  and  legs  as  having 
no  specific  value,  a  certain  reduction  in  the  number  of  species  may  be 


480     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

made ;  and  this  would  be  fally  jastified  by  the  observations  published 
in  regard  to  European  species.    We  would  then  have — 

N.  Eschscholzii  Mann,  as  a  color  variety  or  race  of  N..  Mannei-heimii 
Esch. ; 

y.  obtiisa  Lee.  as  a  color  variety  of  If.  ohliqua  Lee. 

Of  the  species  thus  reduced,  the  only  ones  which  exhibit  a  close  rela- 
tionship to  Paleearctic  forms  are  the  hyperborean  Groups  III  and  IV. 
Of  the  latter,  I  am  disposed  to  believe  that  N.  obtusa  and  obliqtM  are 
pre-Glacial  Bocky  Mountain  species,  while  all  the  others  are  dispersions 
from  the  later  Tertiary  circumpolar  land,  from  which  came  many  of  the 
forms  identical,  or  representative,  now  found  in  the  northern  parts  of 
both  continents. 

Groups  I  and  Y  must  be  considered  as  peculiarly  belonging  to  the 
Pacific  region,  and  not  derived  from  Glacial  migration. 

Group  VI  is  similarly  related  to  the  Atlantic  region.  Of  Group  II, 
the  Galifomian  and  the  two  Bocky  Mountain  species  cannot  be  con- 
nected with  Glacial  migrationi  and  were,  thereforCi  probably  pre-exist- 
ing species  in  situ  during  part  of  the  Tertiary  age ;  N".  carbonaria^  from 
its  resemblance  to  some  species  of  Group  IV,  belongs  to  the  circum- 
polar dispersion. 

Collections  made  along  the  edge  of  retreating  snow-fields  in  the 
higher  parts  of  the  Coast  Bange,  Sierra  Nevada,  and  Bocky  Mountains 
will  probably  show  the  existence  of  other  species  of  the  groups  peculiar 
to  those  regions ;  but  as  yet  the  materials  from  high  mountain  eleva- 
tions are  very  scanty. 


ART.  XXI -ON  THE  ORTHOPTERA  COLLECTED  BY  DR.  ELLIOTT 
COUES,  U,  S.  A.,  IN  DAKOTA  AND  MONTANA,  DURING 

1873-74.* 


By  Prof.  Cyrus  Thomas. 


LETTER  OF  TRANSMITTAL. 

Carbondale,  III.,  October  18, 1875. 

Sir  :  I  transmit  herewith  a  report  on  the  collection  of  Orthopiera  sub- 
mitted to  me  for  examination. 

Although  the  collections  are  small,  they  are  of  considerable  interest, 
as  adding  to  our  knowledge  of  the  distribution  of  species,  some  of  which 
find  their  northern  limit  in  the  region  where  your  collections  were  made. 

The  more  we  study  the  habits  of  Caloptenus  spretuSy  which  is  well  rep- 
resented in  your  collections,  the  more  important  does  a  thorough  knowl- 
edge of  the  western  limit  of  your  line  of  operatic  ns  become.  Although 
the  entire  Rocky  Mountain  region  may  be  said  to  constitute  the  native 
home  of  this  locust,  yet  the  region  about  the  headwaters  of  the  Missouri 
appears  to  form  a  fertile  source  of  the  swarms  which  sweep  east  and 
southeast  upon  the  border  States  and  the  plains  of  Manitoba.  As  this 
is  a  subject  of  great  importance,  and  one  in  regard  to  which  our  national 
government  is  no  doubt  anxious  to  gain  all  possible  information,  I  have 
added  a  somewhat  lengthy  note  in  regard  to  its  operation. 

The  list  is  comparatively  small ;  but  it  should  be  remembered  that 
Orthoptera  rapidly  decrease  in  species  as  we  penetrate  into  these  north- 
ern sections.  Mr.  Henry  W.  Elliot  informed  me  that  although  he  made  a 
careful  examination  he  was  unable  to  find  a  single  specimen  in  the  sec- 
tion of  Alaska  in  which  he  was  stationed.  Kirby's  list,  as  you  will  see 
by  examining  the  "JPawwa  Boreali-Americana^^  is  quite  me.igre.  I  find  no 
new  species,  at  least  none  that  I  feel  warranted  in  considering  new, 
although  varying  considerably  from  the  types  of  the  species  to  which 
I  have  referred  them.  It  is  possible  that  the  Gryllus  which  1  have 
referred  to  abhreviatus  is  new;  but  before  this  can  be  determined,  the 

[*  Tbese  insects  form  part  of  the  collectioDs  made  by  me  as  Surgeou  and  Naturalist 
of  the  United  States  Northern  Boundary  Commission,  Archibald  Campbell,  Esq.,  United 
States  Commissioner,  Maj.  William  J.  Twining,  United  States  Engineers,  Cbief  Astrono- 
mer. Tbey  were  all  taken  on  or  near  the  parallel  of  49^  N.,  along  the  northern 
border  of  Dakota  and  Montana. 

The  same  remark  applies  to  the  two  next  succeeding  articles,  by  Mr.  Uhler  and  Mr. 

Edwards. — Ed.  1 

4cJl 


482     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

species  of  that  genas  will  have  to  be  more  careftilly  studied,  which  will 
require  a  comparison  of  a  large  uuraber  of  specimens. 

In  giving  the  names  of  species  in  my  Synopsis,  I  adopted  the  plan 
which  appears  to  prevail  in  this  country  of  attaching  the  name  of  the 
author  of  the  combination  (generic  and  specific)  used.  I  am  convinced 
that  this  is  objectionable,  and  that  the  name  of  the  original  describer  of 
the  species  should  be  given,  and  hence  have  followed  this  method  in 
this  paper,  and  propose  so  doing  hereafter. 

As  will  be  seen,  some  reference  is  made  to  Stal's  ^^Recemio  Orthop- 

terorum^;  but  the  changes  in  that  work  have  not  in  all  cases  been  adopted. 

Respectfully  yours, 

CYRUS  THOMAS. 
Dr.  Elliott  Coues,  U.  S.  A., 

Washingtony  I),  C, 

ACRIDID^E. 

1.  Stenobothrm  curtipennis  Harr. 

The  specimens  in  the  collection  belong  to  the  long-winged  variety 
(St  longipennis  Scudd.). 

Stal  restores  the  name  Ooinphocenut  of  Thunberg,  and  in  his  ^'Con- 
spectus Generum"  makes  it  equivalent  to  Steiheophyma  Fisch.,  Arcyptera 
Serv.,  Ghrysoehraon  Flsch.,  and  Gomphocerus  Thunb.,  yet  in  the  body  of 
his  work  he  gives  Stetlieophynia  Fisch.  as  a  distinct  genus.  In  a  former 
l)aper,  ^'Freg.  Eug.  Resa.  Ins.  Orth.  ISGO",  he  seemed  disposed  to  in- 
clude in  this  genus  the  greater  portion  of  the  Tryxaloid  CEdipod(c.  For 
example,  wo  find  him  including  under  this,  as  subgenera  or  otherwise, 
the  following  genera  of  his  present  work: — Sbiipta^  part  of  Tryxalls^ 
PhlcDoba^  Pnoriasa^  Gomphoceriis  Thuuh.y  Epacromia  Fisoh.,  Scyllina.  Of 
course,  the  subgenera  then  named  foreshadowed  his  intention  to  sub- 
divide tiie  genus,  yet  his  use  of  the  latt^^r  shows  that  he  was  following 
too  closely  Thunberg,. notwithstanding  the  great  advance  made  by 
Charpentier,  Burmeister,  Serville,  Fischer,  and  others.  It  is  true  the 
characters  of  Stenohothrus  as  given  by  Fischer  fail  to  include  all  the 
species  which  evidently  belong  to  the  group.  But  the  diiference  between 
the  Stethcophymce  and  typical  Stenohofhri  of  Fischer,  it  appears  to  me,  is 
too  clciir  in  ics  character  to  associate  them  in  one  restricted  genus  when 
other  genera  have  been  separated  from  the  group  on  such  slight  char- 
acters. 

2.  Toiutniotus  tenebrosm  Scudd. 

Specimens  of  the  typical  form  and  that  I  described  SiS  pscudo  nietanus 
are  in  tho  collection ;  the  latter,  as  a  general  rule,  is  smaller  than  the 
former,  and  is  very  distinctly  marked  with  the  pnle  stripes  along  the 
sides  of  tlio  pronotum.  The  locality  at  which  these  specimens  were 
obtained  forms,  so  far  as  known,  the  northern  limit  of  the  range  of  this 
species,  which  extends  south  to  New  Mexico,  east  to  Illinois  and  Saint 
Paul,  Minn.,  and  west  a  short  distance  beyond  the  range  of  the  Rocky 


THOMAS  ON  ORTHOPTERA  OF  DAKOTA  AND  MONTANA.   483 

Moantalns  in  Wyomiug,  according  to  the  specimens  I  have  examined ; 
but  if  I  am  correct  in  regard/to  a  8i)ecies  St^l  has  described,  it  is  found 
as  far  west  as  Vancouver's  Island.  This  writer  has  described  as  new, 
under  the  name  of  Arphia  sanguinaria^  a  species  from  this  island  which 
is  undoubtedly  Scudder's  ienehrosa. 

Why  this  author  has  replaced  Saussure's  Tomonotus  vfixh  ArjMa,  when 
it  includes  the  same  species,  it  is  difficult  to  say. 

3.  Hippisctis  phcenicopiera  Oerin. 

The  number  of  specimens  in  this  collection  indicates  that  thin  is  quite 
common  in  the  regions  where  the  collections  were  made. 

While  traveling  through  Southern  Dakota  in  1873, 1  noticed  that,  as  I 
advanced  toward  the  northwest,  (Edipoda  (Hippimus)  rugosa  approached 
nearer  and  nearer  in  its  characters  to  H.  phcenicapt^raj  especially  in  the 
color  of  the  wings  and  the  spots  on  the  elytra. 

4.  (Edipoda  Jcloica  Thos. 

5.  (Edipoda  gracilis  Thos. 

Specimens  of  both  these  little  species  are  found  in  the  collections; 
this  gives  the  northern  limit  of  their  range,  so  far  as  known. 

It  is  probable  both  species  will  have  to  be  removed  from  (Edipoda  as 
that  genus  is  now  restricted,  but  at  present  I  am  unable  to  state  whether 
either  will  fall  into  any  existing  genus.  The  former  will,  in  all  proba- 
bility, fall  into  the  same  limited  group  as  (E,  longipcs  Charp. 

C.  (Edipoda  neglecta  Thos. 

Dr.  Ooues's  discovery  of  this  species  along  the  northern  boundary  and 
my  discovery  of  it  in  Illinois  show  that  it  has  a  much  wider  range  than 
I  at  first  supposed. 

7.  Caloplenus  sjyretus  Thos. 

See  note  in  regard  to  this  destructive  locust  at  the  end  of  this  paper. 
It  will  be  observed  that  I  have  placed  my  own  name  after*  this  species, 
indicating  thereby,  according  to  what  I  have  previously  stated,  that  I 
claim  to  be  the  author.  This  I  believe  I  have  the  right  to  do,  as  no 
regular  description  is  to  be  found  anywhere  previous  to  that  I  have 
given,  which  distiuguishes  it  from  C,  femurrubrum,  Mr.  Uhler  did  not 
describe  it,  and  does  not  claim  to  be  the  author.  The  name  was  first 
given  in  my  paper  published  in  the  Illinois  State  Agricultural  Beport. 

According  to  St&l's  arrangement,  there  are  no  species  of  Calopteni  in 
the  United  States;  this  and  feinur-rubrum  belonging  to  PezottetiXy  sub- 
genus  MelanophuH, 

There  is  no  doubt  that  the  Calopteni  and  Pezotteiigi  of  North  America 
need  revision,  but  I  have  strong  doubts  as  to  the  correctness  of  Dr. 
StiPs  conclusions,  which  lead  him  to  restore  Calliptamus  of  Ser\ille,  cor- 
rected into  Callipten^is,  drop  Caloptenus  of  Burmeister  entirely,  and  trans- 
fer/emur-ri/^rMw  and  other  long- winged  Calopteni  to  Pezottetix;  and  I 
have  given  my  reasons  for  these  doubts  in  another  \)\Qrf(^« 


484     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

8.  Calaptenus  hivittatus  Say. 

The  specimens  of  this  species  are  few,  and  considerably  ander  the 
nsaal  size;  in  fact,  some  are  scarcely  an  inch  long. 

9.  Caloptenus  occidentalis  Thos. 

A  specimen  which  appears  to  belong  to  this  species  is  in  the  first  col- 
lection. I  found  it  quite  namerous  at  Glyndou  and  Moorhead  in  the 
Bed  Eiver  Valley.  It  approaches  very  near  to  the  variety  (or  species) 
which  Professor  Biley  has  named  C.  atlanis.  The  size,  appearance, 
movements,  bluish  cast  of  the  wings,  all  remind  one  very  strongly  of 
the  latter.  The  tip  of  the  last  ventral  segment  of  the  male  does  not 
agree  with  either  spretusjfemur-rubrumj  or  atl-aniSj  being  rather  more 
pointed  than  either,  but  not  notched. 

As  will  be  seen  in  the  note  on  spretusj  it  may  be  possible  after  all  that 
these  are  but  varieties  of /emur-ru&nim,  and  that  the  differences  are 
owing  to  climatic  influences. 

10.  Pezotietix  horealis  Scudd. 

11.  Pezotietix  speciosa  Scudd. 

I  find  in  the  collections  specimens  which  appear  to  belong  to  these 
species,  yet  they  vary  somewhat  from  the  characters  given. 

12.  Tettix  (jranulata  Scudd. 

A  single  specimen,  which  I  have  referred  with  some  doubt  to  this 
species. 

I  add  the  following  list  of  Acridiilce,  which  have  been  found  in  the 
Pembina  region,  but  are  not  represented  in  these  collections,  which  are 
given  here  in  order  to  complete  the  Boundary  Line  Acridian  List  so  far  as 
known. 

13.  (Edipoda  verruculata. 

14.  Stenobothrus  cequalis. 

15.  Stenohothrns  speciosxiH. 

16.  Stenohoihrus  macuJipennis. 

17.  Stenohothrns  ceqiialis.' 

18.  Stenohothrns  propinqiiam. 

The  northern  limit  of  some  of  these  may  be  in  Minnesota,  but  it  is 
presumable  that  most  extend  to  the  boundary ;  some  are  known  to.  It 
is  somewhat  strange  that  (E,  Carolina  is  missing  from  the  collections. 

LOCUSTID.i:  AND  GRYLLIUJE. 

The  LoeustidWySiMhough  very  few  in  number,  indicate  a  treeless  region, 
there  being  but  a  single  si)ecimeu  (a  small  Phaneroptcra  cnrvicauda), 
which  selects  a  bush  or  tree  for  its  habitation. 


THOMAS  OK  ORTHOPTERA  OF  DAKOTA  AND  MONTANA.   485 

19.  Ceut1i02)hilu8 ! 

Specimen  too  much  iujured  to  determine  the  species;  probably  C 
divergens  Scudder,  which,  so  far  as  preserved,  it  strongly  resembles. 

20.  TJdeopsylla  robusta  Scudd. 

This  species,  though  never  found  in  considerable  numbers  in  any  place, 
is  nevertheless  found  over  a  great  part  of  the  West.  I  recently  observed 
it  at  Bloomington,  111.,  while  attending  a  teachers'  natural  history  insti- 
tute held  at  that  place,  which  shows  it  is  found  east  of  the  Mississippi 

21  and  22.  Anahrus  purpurascens  Uhl. 

I  may  add  also  A,  colaradus  Thos.,  which,  though  not  found  in  the 
collections,  I  received  from  Manitoba  from  Another  source. 

23.  Phaneroptera  curvicauda  Serv. 

As  the  specimen  is  alcoholic,  and  much  smaller  than  usual,  I  have 
placed  it  in  this  genus  with  some  doubt. 

24.  Orchelimum ! 

25.  Gryllus  abbreviatus  Serv. 

There  are  several  specimens  in  the  collection,  some  in  the  pupa  state, 
and  some  apparently  in  the  perfect  state;  but  they  are  much  smaller 
than  the  usual  size  of  this  exceedingly  variable  species.  They  may 
possibly  belong  to  Scudder's  O.  niger. 


NOTE  ON  CALOPTENUS  SPRETUS. 

The  great  locust  invasion  of  1874,  and  the  resulting  broods  of  1875, 
have  called  renewed  attention  to  this  species,  and  have  brought  it  more 
prominently  before  the  world  than  it  has  ever  been  heretofore.  They 
have  raised  several  important  questions,  both  economic  and  scientific, 
some  of  which  may  ultimately  be  distinctly  and  satisfactorily  answered, 
while  others  will  perhaps  always  remain  matters  of  conjecture  only. 
Among  the  economic  or  practical  are  the  following: — Are  there  any 
means  of  preventing  their  migrations!  and,  if  so,  what  are  they,  and  are 
they  practicable !  What  means  have  the  agriculturists  of  defending 
themselves  against  their  attacks  f  As  relating  to  both  the  scientific 
and  economic  are  the  following : — Were  there  such  eruptions  into  the 
same  regions  before  the  entry  of  civilized  man!  Are  their  incursions 
growing  more  and  more  frequent,  and  are  their  limits  being  extended 
farther  and  fartber  eastward!  If  the  facts  require  this  last  question  to 
be  answered  in  the  affirmative,  then  how  is  it  to  be  accounted  for!  I^ 
there  any  danger  of  their  becoming  permanent  residents  of  the  Missis- 
sippi Valley !  Is  it  at  all  likely  that  they  will  ever  penetrate  to  the 
States  east  of  the  Mississippi  f    Is  C  spretm  a  distinct  species,  or  are 


486  BULLEIIS    UNITED   STATKJ?    GEOLOGICAL   SCEVEY. 

C.  ftmur-rmhrum^  €.  atlamis,  C\  oc^idtntaU*,  and  C  tprdmM  boc  vatiieties 
of  CMM  aod  the  Miaie  species  f 

Most  of  these  are  importaot  qoessioos.  and  deserve  a  more  careful 
eom»ideratioo  than  I  am  at  present  able  to  give  them,  not  only  for  want 
of  time,  bat  also  for  want  of  the  proper  data.  Before  this  can  be  done, 
the  whole  subject  will  have  to  be  more  tboronf^ly  investigated:  and  as 
the  region  over  which  these  winged  messengers  of  destraction  roam  is 
very  extensive,  and  mnch  of  it  nnoecopied,  except  by  savage  Indians 
and  a  few  military  posts  and  stations,  this  investigation  can  only  be 
properly  made  nnder  the  sanction  and  with  the  aid  of  the  national 
government.  It  will  be  absolutely  necessary  to  have  the  aid  of  the 
militar>'  iiosts  as  points  of  observation,  and  hence  conld  probably  be 
best  performed  ander  the  military  department.  I  will  only  attempt  in 
this  note  to  give  some  facts  and  opinions  bearing  apon  some  of  the 
fioints  mentioned. 

First.  Are  there  any  means  of  preventing  the  migration  of  these  lo- 
custs!  It  is  evident  that  if  they  are  all  destroyed,  this  will  prove  a  spe- 
cific against  futare  migrations.  To  do  this  onr  attacks  must  be  directed 
chiefly  against  the  eggs  and  the  yoang  in  their  native  haunts  or  hatch- 
iog-groands.  Is  this  practicable!  If  their  total  destruction  is  not  pos- 
sible, the  next  important  inquiry  is«  Can  the  eggs  or  young  be  destroyed 
in  the  hatchinggroands  from  which  the  swarms  come  that  devastate 
our  border  States  ?  In  order  to  answer  this  question  correctly,  it  is 
requisite  that  the  swarms  which  visit  these  States  be  traced  positively 
to  their  original  hatching-grounds.  Although  Arabia  and  Central  Asia 
are  given  as  the  native  habitats  and  hatching-grounds  of  (Edipoda  mi- 
gratoria^  yet  after  a  somewhat  careful  search  of  the  records  I  have  not 
been  able  to  find  a  single  instance  in  which  a  horde  visiting  Europe  has 
been  traced  i>osit]vely  to  its  original  hatching-grounds  in  these  regions 
from  which  they  are  supposeil  to  have  come.  Even  as  late  as  1836, 
Serville  had  to  confess  that  though  the  locusts  had  been  a  plague  for 
thousands  of  years,  yet  their  habits  and  history  were  not  well  under- 
stood. Koppen's  late  investigations  in  regard  to  this  species,  though 
valuable,  appear  to  throw  but  little  additional  light  uiK)n  its  history. 
Here  the  starting-points  and  the  termini  of  the  migrations  of  these 
locusts  are  within  our  own  territory,  no  part  of  which  is  inaccessible  to 
man,  while  a  very  large  portion  of  the  West  is  tniversed  by  railroads 
and  telegraph  lines.  Military  posts  and  stations  are  here  and  there  in 
the  area  not  occupied  by  settlements.  It  is  therefore  certainly  possible 
b}'  proper  effort  to  trace  their  movements  from  one  extremity  to  the 
other. 

Let  us  now  for  a  moment  inquire  into  the  possibility,  or  rather  prac- 
ticability, of  utterly  exterminating  these  insects  by  destroying  their 
eggs  and  young  in  their  native  haunts. 

Their  hatching-ground  is  known  to  extend  over  the  vast  area  roughly 
designated    by  the  following  boundary  lines: — On  the  east,  the  103d 


THOMAS  ON  ORTHOPTERA  OP  DAKOTA  AND  MONTANA.   487 

meridian  ;  oh  the  sonth^  the  south  line  of  Colorado  and  Utah ;  on  the 
west,  the  west  line  of  Utah  extended  north  to  British  America ;  the 
northern  line  being  somewhere  in  British  America — even  this  area  in 
the  northern  part  being  expanded  indefinitely  east  and  west. 

Now  fbr  the  proof. 

While  connected  with  the  United  States  Geological  Snrvey,  under 
Dr.  Hayden,  for  four  years,  I  traveled,  over  a  large  portion  of  the  area 
mentioned,  traversing  it  on  various  lines  east  and  west  and  north  and 
south,  studying  somewhat  carefully  the  habits  of  these  destructive 
locusts.  During  this  time  I  noticed  them  in  the  larva  and  pupa  state,  or 
depositing  their  eggs,  at  the  following  places : — At  various  points  along 
the  east  base  and  in  the  bordering  valleys  of  the  mountains  in  Wyoming 
and  Colorado,  from  North  Platte,  near  Fort  Laramie,  to  the  Arkansas 
Kiver ;  in  Laramie  Plains  and  around  Fort  Bridger ;  from  Utah  Lake 
in  Utah  to  Fort  Hall  in  Snake  River  Valley,  Idaho ;  in  Northwestern 
Dakota  near  the  Bed  Biver  of  the  North,  and  on  both  sides  of  the  range 
in  Montana  along  the  valleys  of  Deer  Lodge  Biver,  and  the  branches  of 
the  Upper  Missouri.  I  also  obtained  satisfactory  proofs  of  tbe  same 
thing  occurring  in  British  America  north  of  Dakota,  in  Middle  Park, 
Colorado,  and  in  the  regions  west  of  that  point,  in  Wind  Biver  Valley 
in  Wyoming,  in  Central  Montana  along  the  Yellowstone,  and  in  the 
Green  Biver  country' west  of  South  Pass.  These  facts,  which  are  but  a 
small  portion  of  what  might  now  be  gathered,  will  give  some  idea  of  the 
work  necessary  to  be  done  if  we  undertake  to  exterminate  these  insects 
by  destroying  their  eggs  in  their  native  haunts. 

In  order  to  further  illustrate,  and  better  understand  the  point  now 
under  consideration,  I  will  present  some  facts  in  regard  to  their  migra- 
tions in  and  from  the  mountains  and  northern  regions,  which  will  assist 
the  reader  in  forming  a  more  correct  idea  of  their  habits,  and  the  extent 
of  their  operations, — and  here  be  it  remembered  I  confine  myself  to  the 
single  species  Caloptentis  spretus.  I  have  traced  a  swarm  from  the  area 
west  of  South  Pass  to  their  stopping-place  and  hatching-ground  north 
of  Fort  Fetterman,  from  Northeastern  Dakota  nearly  to  Lake  Winni- 
peg, and  have  ascertained  that  some  swarms  have  extended  their  migra- 
tions from  some  supposed  southwest  point  as  far  as  the  north  side  of 
this  lake.  It  is  also  known  that,  in  one  instance  at  least,  those  which 
left  Colorado  moved  in  the  direction  of  Texas  ;  those  visiting  Salt  Lake 
Valley  have  repeatedly  come  from  the  northeast,  sometimes  doubtless 
from  Cache  and  Bear  Biver  Valleys,  and  others  from  the  Snake  Biver 
region ;  while  those  hatched  in  Salt  Lake  regions  moved  sontb,  in  some 
instances  returning  with  the  change  of  wind.  In  186^1,  those  hatched 
east  of  the  mountains  of  Northern  Wyoming  and  along  the  Yellowstone 
in  Montana  swept  down  the  east  flank  of  the  range  upon  the  fields  of 
Colorado,  while  a  part  moved  east  to  Manitoba  and  Minnesota.  In  1867, 
a  swarm  from  the  west  side  of  the  range  poured  into  Middle  Park,  and 
there  deposited  their  eggs,  but  those  hatched  from  these  failed  to  scale 


488     CULLETDf  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

tfaeir  rocky  boands ;  yet  while  these  were  vaiuly  striving  to  leave  their 
moQDtaiD  prison,  another  horde  from  the  barren  regions  beyond,  sweep- 
ing above  them  over  the  snowy  crest,  ponred  down  npon  the  valleys 
east ;  and  in  another  instance  a  swarm  was  seen  passing  for  two  days 
over  Fort  Hall  from  the  southwest.  On  the  other  hand,  we  find  them 
extending  their  flight  far  into  Texas  in  destructive  hordes,  yet  New 
Mexico  and  Arizona  appear  to  be  apparently  free  from  them;  at  least,  the 
very  extensive  collections  made  by  Lieutenant  Wheeler's  expeditions  in 
these  Territories  during  the  last  four  years,  which  have  been  submitted 
to  me,  contain  but  very  few  specimens  of  the  C.  tpretuSj  and  during  my 
visit  to  New  Mexico  in  1869  I  found  scarcely  any  specimens  south  of 
Baton  Mountains,  although  comparatively  abundant  in  Colorado,  and 
«ven  in  the  San  Luis  Valley.  I  am,  therefore,  inclined  to  doubt  the  cor- 
rectness of  the  statement  made  by  Mr.  Taylor  (in  Smithsonian  Report, 
1858)  in  reference  to  the  grasshoppers  in  these  Territories  in  1855,  if  in- 
tended to  apply  to  this  species. 

These  facts,  if  added  to  the  experience  in  Kansas,  Nebraska,  Dakota, 
Minnesota,  and  Manitoba,  will  suffice  to  show,  not  only  how  extensive 
is  their  range,  but  also  how  varied  their  flight,  and  that  there  are  no 
particular  spots  which  can  be  said  to  form  their  permanent  hatching- 
grounds.  That  they  prefer  the  elevated  sandy  plateaus  and  terraces  in 
the  mountain  districts  is  certain ;  but  that  any  particular  localities  form 
the  permanent  hives  from  which  the  swarms  issue  cannot  be  maintained ; 
yet  that  those  which  visit  Kansas  and  Nebraska,  and  even  Dakota  and 
Minnesota,  originate  usually  in  the  Upper  Missouri  region  and  adjacent 
parts  of  British  America  is  now  pretty  well  ascertained.  We  may  there- 
fore set  it  down  as  impracticable  to  attempt  their  extermination  by 
destroying  their  eggs  and  young  in  the  various  hatching-grounds  scat- 
tered throughout  this  extensive  range.  It  may  be  possible  by  preserv- 
ing the  grass  in  the  last-named  section,  and  burning  it  at  the  proper 
time,  to  destroy  the  unfledged  young. 

While  there  are  exceptions  to  the  rule,  yet  it  is  evident  that  their 
general  course  of  flight  east  of  the  mountains  and  south  of  the  bound- 
ary line  is  southeast.  I  have  no  positive  information  on  this  point  in 
reference  to  the  region  along  and  north  of  the  boundary  line,  and  the^e. 
fore  hope  Dr.  Ooues  will  add  an  account  of  such  facts  in  this  respect  as 
came  under  his  personal  observation  or  such  reliable  information  as  he 
may  have  ascertained.  The  distance  traveled  by  any  particular  swarm, 
as  is  evident  from  what  has  heretofore  been  said,  has  never  been  posi- 
tively ascertained,  yet  enough  is  known  to  indicate  that  this  may  extend 
for  at  least  two  and  possibly  three  hundred  miles. 

The  hordes  which  visited  Colorado  in  1864  are  supposed  by  Oolonel 
Byers,  from  certain  evidence  then  ascertained,  to  have  originated  in 
Montana  along  the  Yellowstone ;  and  a  swarm  which  I  traced  through 
Sweetwater  Valley  in  1870  probably  moved  over  two  hundred  miles ; 
yet  the  evidence,  though  highly  presumptive,  is  not  positive  in  either  case. 


THOMAS  Olf  ORTHOPTERA  OP  DAKOTA  AND  MONTANA.   489 

Now,  let  Q8  examine  briefly  tbe  history  and  characters  of  their  migra- 
tions in  the  Mississippi  Valley,  and  see  what  important  facts  bearing 
upon  the  question  of  a  preventive  can  be  ascertained,  and  especially  as 
to  the  places  from  which  individual  hordes  which  visit  this  region  take 
their  departore.  But  first  I  desire  to  present  a  few  facts  in  regard  to 
the  Eastern  locust,  (Edipodamigratoria^  as  indicative  of  what  we  may 
probably  expect  here.  The  earlier  invasions  of  Europe  by  this  species 
are  always  said  to  be  from  Arabia  or  the  interior  of  Asia,  as,  for  ex- 
ample, the  horde  which  visited  Silesia  in  1542,  the  regions  around  Milan 
in  1556,  and  of  Marseilles  in  1613.  But  as  observations  began  tof  be 
more  exact,  and  the  records  more  i)erfect,  we  h^ar  of  intermediate  sta- 
tions and  less  extensive  single  marches ;  for  example,  the  invasion  of 
Hungary  and  Germany  in  1693  is  said  to  have  been  from  Thrace,  much 
nearer  the  scene  of  their  depredations  than  the  locality  given  former 
hordes.  The  great  European  invasion  of  1719-50  was  the  result  of  sev- 
eral steps ;  in  1747-48,  it  is  stated,  they  came  from  Turkey  into  Wal- 
lachia,  Moldavia,  Transylvania,  and  Ilungary ;  from  thence,  in  1749, 
they  passed  into  Austria,  Bavaria,  and  other  parts  of  Germany,  and 
from  thence,  in  1750,  reached  the  Mark  of  Brandenburg.  But  beyond 
Thrace  in  the  one  case  and  Turkey  in  the  other  nothing  is  known  of 
their  progress.  I  am  aware  that  seemingly  well  attested  instances  of 
flight  from  three  to  five  hundred  miles  from  shore  are  given ;  and  also 
the  very  common  statement  of  their  passage  across  the  Mediterranean; 
but  Hasselquist,  and  also  Zinnani,  who  lived  at  Venice,  deny  the  truth 
of  the  latter  statement;  and  the  leading  orthopterologist  of  Europe  was 
unable  to  correct  them,  if  wrong,  as  late  as  1853. 

It  may,  therefore,  be  possible  that  when  we  can  trace  the  swarms 
which  visit  Kansas  and  ]!!febraska  to  their  hatching-grounds,  we  will 
find  them  not  so  far  distant  as  is  now  generally  supposed.  As  bearing 
on  this  point,  I  give  the  following  facts  and  statements,  partly  from  the 
full  records  of  Mr.  Walsh,  Professor  Biley,  the  Agricultural  Reports  of 
Kansas,  and  Agricultuml  Department  at  Washington,  and  from  my  own 
knowledge. 

It  appears  from  the  Canada  Farmer,  as  quoted  in  Eiley's  Eeport,  that 
in  1857  these  insects  visited  the  Assiniboine  settlement  in  Manitoba. 
Now,  by  turning  to  Mr.  Taylor's  account  of  the  locusts  as  given  in  the 
Smithsonian  Report  of  1858,  we  find  that  they  were  very  destructive  to 
the  grass  of  the  Plains  that  year,  from  the  Upper  Missouri  to  Fort 
Kearney,  and  migrating.  There  may  be  no  connection  between  the 
two,  but  subsequently,  in  1871  or  1872,  swarms  appear  to  have  passed 
up  from  Dakota  to  Manitoba,  indicating  a  disposition  in  this  northern 
section  to  move  northeast.  In  18G4,  we  hear  again  of  invasions  of  Ma- 
nitoba and  Minnesota,  and  this  year  the  great  hatching-ground  also 
appears  to  have  been  the  Upper  Missouri  and  Yellowstone  region.  But 
the  great  mass  this  season  appears  to  have  spread  southeast  and  east 
uiK>n  the  Plains,  sending  a  strong  wing  down  the  mountain  flank  to 
Bull.  iv.  No.  2 12 


490  BULLETIN   LT^ITED   STATES   OEOLOGICAL   SURVEY. 

Colorado,  and  another  detachment  into  Minnesota,  but  not  reaching  the 
aettlements  of  Nebraska  and  Kansas.  In  1866,  we  find  them  spreading 
#ver  Nebraska  and  Kansas,  and  even  reaching  Missonri  and  Texas,  an 
invasion  which  has  almost  universally  been  attributed  to  a  direct 
imi)ortation  from  Colorado. 

Is  the  opinion  correct?  Was  it  not  in  fact  a  continuation  of  that  of 
1804,  and,  if  so,  thus  showing  that  these  invading  hosts  have  interme- 
diate stopping-grounds  on  the  great  plains,  as  did  the  advancing  hordes 
of  Asiatic  locusts  in  Europe,  and  probably  even  beyond  the  Bosphorust 
In  (he  first  place,  there  is  no  sufficient  proof  of  any  such  swarms  leaving 
Colorado  in  1866;  but,  on  the  contrary,  the  most  competent  authority  in 
the  Territory,  Colonel  Byers,  asserts  the  opposite  in  his  letter  to  me, 
which  is  published  in  the  Report  of  Hayden's  G^logical  Survey  for  1870. 
In  the  second  place,  as  it  appears  that  the  great  hive  of  1864,  from 
which  the  swarms  issued,  was  Eastern  Montana,  Western  Dakota,  and 
Northeast  Wyoming,  it  is  scarcely  probable  that  it  would  send  forth  but 
two  lines,  one  towards  Minnesota  and  the  other  towards  Colorado,  and 
these  at  right  angles  to  each  other,  while  the  usual  direction  of  air-cur- 
rents, by  which  they  are  carried,  is  along  the  diagonal.  Again,  the 
advanced  guards  of  those  which  reached  Colorado,  and  which  doubtless 
came  from  the  nearest  hatching-ground,  after  stopping  here  a  short 
time,  passed  off  southeast  in  the  direction  of  the  Arkansas  River.  We 
hear  nothing  further  of  them  in  1865 ;  but  as  the  remaining  portion  of  the 
horde  of  1864  stopped  in  Colonido,  it  is  not  probable  that  these  proceeded 
very  far,  but  that  they  deposited  their  eggs  in  Southeast  Colorado.  The 
brood  of  1865  may  have  advanced  but  a  short  step  farther,  and  then  in 

1866  those  which  entered  Texas  were  the  first  of  the  advancing  column, 
for  it  was  not  until  1867  that  the  storm  fell  in  its  full  force  upon  the 
Ulterior  of  that  State,  and  then  not  until  late  in  the  season — October 
and  November. 

Advancing  north,  we  find  a  corresponding  state  of  affairs.  Those 
i^hich  hatched  in  Colorado  in  1865  left  there  in  June  and  passed  out 
•upon  the  Plains.  By  turning  to  the  Monthly  Agricultural  Report  of  1868, 
-we  find  it  stated  that  they  were  in  Arkansas  (Montgomery  County)  in 
1867.  If  we  suppose  those  from  the  section  farther  north  moved  in  a 
southeast  direction,  they  would  probably  have  reached  the  region  imme- 
•diately  south  of  the  Black  Hills  of  Dakota ;  and  it  is  from  this  section 
it  is  supposed  by  some  that  those  which  visited  Iowa  came.  The  time 
of  arrival  in  Kansas  and  Nebraska  would  show  a  similar  rate  of  pro- 
gress to  the  lines  already  traced,  and  on  this  point  we  have  some  very 
strong  corroborating  testimony. 

Mr.  J.  A.  Allen,  of  Cambridge,  Mass.,  who  was  in  Western  Iowa  in 

1867  collecting  plants  and  insects,  states  that  on  September  5  he  beheld 
a  flight  of  myriads  of  grasshoppers  coming  from  the  northwest  and 
alighting  so  thickly  as  to  cover  the  ground;  that  on  the  13ih  he  saw 
another  immense  flight  coming  from  the  same  direction.    He  adds,  that 


THOMAS  ON  ORTHOPTERA  OF  DAKOTA  AND  MONTANA.   491 

*^  their  progress  was  readily  traced  from  the  north  and  w^t,  and  their 
origin  was  undoubtedly  Dakota  and  Nebraska,  where  my  friend  O.  H. 
St.  John  observed  them  in  abundance  in  the  larva  state  in  May.  He 
also  noticed  them  at  or  near  Sioux  City,  and  at  other  points  on  the  Iowa 
side  of  the  Missouri  Biver." 

The  facts  in  regard  to  the  direction  from  which  the  hordes  of  1874 
came  is  also  corroborative  of  the  opinion  advanced.  And,  finally,  a  fact 
which  at  first  appears  to  stand  opposed  to  this  opinion,  when  carefully 
considered,  really  goes  to  strengthen  it,  if  applicable  to  the  general  halt. 
The  evidence  in  regard  to  the  arrival  of  the  hordes  of  1866  in  Kahsas 
rather  tends  to  show  that  they  came  from  the  west,  and,  in  some  in- 
tances,  from  the  southwest.  As  it  is  shown  by  equally  strong  evidence 
that  they  did  not  come  from  the  inhabited  portions  of  Eastern  Colorado, 
they  must  have  come  from  the  intermediate  Plains,  and  if  they  were  from 
the  mountains  they  must  have  passed  down  first,  then  have  changed 
their  course  and  returned,  while  another  portion  passed  on  to  Texas, 
which  is  a  far  more  violent  presumption  than  that  which  I  have  given, 
which  is,  that  they  were  hatched  on  the  Plains  as  the  successors  of  those 
which  left  the  northwest  in  1864.  But  where  such  change  of  course 
occurs  in  the  interior  of  the  settled  portions,  it  may  be  merely  a  short 
flight  from  a  neighboring  section  after  their  first  halt,  and  argues  noth- 
ing then ;.  but  the  evidence  in  this  case  appears  to  apply  to  their  general 
direction,  and  not  to  a  merely  local  movement. 

I  have  dwelt  somewhat  at  length  upon  this  iK)iut,  because  I  have  long 
had  doubt  in  regard  to  the  correctness  of  the  idea  that  all  swarms  which 
invade  these  border  States  sweep  down  from  their  distant  hatching- 
grounds  in  a  single  generation,  as  if  they  knew,  by  a  kind  of  new  and 
recently  obtained  instinct,  rich  fields  of  corn  were  to  be  found  in  Kan- 
sas, Nebraska,  and  Minnesota.  I  had  hoped  the  facts  in  regard  to  the 
recent  invasion  would  settle  this  question ;  but  as  these  have  yet  to  be 
gathered,  except  a  few  which  correspond  to  those  of  1867,  and  agree 
with  the  view  I  have  advanced,  we  must  for  the  present  rely  on  those 
already  known  in  reference  to  past  incursions. 

It  is  certainly  strange  that  they  should  always  pass  over  this  belt  of 
two  or  three  hundred  miles,  on  which  herds  of  buffalo  have  flourished 
for  ages,  without  making  a  halt.  Where  do  the  numerous  hordes  go' 
which  leave  the  mountains,  but  never  reach  the  settlements  on  the  east 
sidef  Most  undoubtedly,  they  spend  their  force  upon  the  Plains;  prob- 
ably finding  sufficient  nourishment  in  the  grasses  of  this  area,  they 
remain,  diminishijig  year  after  year  in  numbers  or  gradually  losing  their 
migratory  disposition. 

Let  us  now  consider  for  a  moment  the  possibility  of  fighting  these 
hordes  from  the  fields  after  their  arrival,  or  of  destroying  them  by  direct 
means  and  mechanical  appliances.  In  the  first  place,  it  is  impossible 
to  tell  just  when  they  are  coming  and  when  they  will  alight,  so  that 
even  were  the  national  military  forces  detailed  for  the  purpose  in  ques- 


492     BULLETIN  UNITED  8TATE8  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

tioD,  they  migbt  be  waiting  in  Minnesota  for  the  coming  storm,  while  it 
descended  on  the  fields  of  Kansas;  or,  if  scattered,  their  effectiveness 
would  be  destroyed.  Bat  suppose  thAt  by  properly  arranged  telegraph 
lines  notice  shoold  be  given  from  the  western  side  of  the  plains  that  a 
horde  was  moving,  and  that,  from  the  direction  of  the  wind,  &c.,  it 
might  be  expected  along  a  certain  line,  and  that  the  Army  should  be 
waiting  at  the  proper  point,  how  much  is  it  possible  a  corn-field  of  160 
acres  would  be  worth  after  a  company  of  unwilling  soldiers  had  fought 
grasshoppers  over  it  for  two  daysf  Writers  and  others  in  attempting 
to  show  or  illustrate  what  may  be  done  in  this  country  by  what  is  done 
in  other  countries  too  often  forget  the  vast  difference  in  the  rights  of 
individuals  in  the  two.  They  forget  that  the  soldier  here  is  a  man  and 
a  citieen^  and  not  a  mere  machine,  and  while  always  willing  voluntarily 
to  assist  in  time  of  distress  and  calamity,  without  debating  whether 
there  is  any  obligation  to  do  so,  when  this  is  made  a  requirement,  it  is 
a  very  different  thing  with  him.  The  result  would  therefore,  beyond 
all  doubt,  prove  wholly  unsatisfactory. 

The  want  of  the  time  and  place  of  the  arrival  of  these  hordes  are  very 
material  difficulties  to  commence  with.  But  let  us  suppose  all  the  form- 
ers of  our  border  States  were  thoroughly  armed  aud  equipped  with  all 
the  machinery,  nostrums,  and  patent  appliances  American  ingenuity 
and  entomological  science  could  devise.  What  could  they  do  in  the 
way  of  contending  with  one  of  those  immense  swarms  which  sweep  down 
upon  them  in  such  countless  myriads  t 

As  a  large  portion  of  the  readers  of  this  have  never  witnessed  the 
movements  of  one  of  these  swarms,  and  in  order  to  illustrate  in  as  forci- 
ble a  manner  as  possible  the  difficulties  under  which  our  border  farmers 
labor  at  such  times,  I  ask  them  to  take  their  stand  with  me,  in  imagi- 
nation, on  one  of  those  beautiful  grassy  hillocks  everywhere  met  with  in 
Kansas,  Nebraska,  Dakota,  and  Southwestern  Minnesota.  First,  look 
over  the  spreading  valleys  outlined  with  graceful  curves,  and  sweeping 
downwards  with  scarcely  perceptible  slope  towards  the  south,  while 
beyond  in  every  direction  the  rolling  prairies  stretch  out  as  far  as  the 
eye  can  reach,  while  somewhat  regularly  over  their  surfaces  (consequent 
upon  the  alternate  section  laud-grants)  like  little  islands  in  the  sea  are 
seen  the  farms.  Compare  the  amount  of  occupied  and  actually  culti- 
vated land  with  the  broad  surrounding  expanse  of  unoccupied  land. 
Let  the  reader  now  extend  his  imagination  a  little  farther.  It  is  a  beau- 
tifal  morning,  about  the  first  of  August ;  not  even  a  fleecy  cloud  specks 
the  sky,  although  a  refreshing  breeze  is  sweeping  down  from  the  north- 
west ;  the  fields  of  corn  iu  sight  reflect  the  silvery  beams  from  seas  of 
waving  leaves,  while  their  tasseled  heads  gently  bow  before  the  breeze. 
All  at  once,  about  ten  o'clock,  a  dark  shadow  is  seen  moving  rapidly 
over  the  plains  from  the  northwest ;  the  rays  of  the  suu  are  suddenly 
cut  off,  aud  the  entire  scene  appears  as  though  beneath  some  vast  can-, 
opy  which  has.been  overspread.    But  in  a  moment  the  mystery  is  ex- 


THOMAS  ON  ORTHOPTERA  OF  DAKOTA  AND  MONTANA.   493 

plained  ;  for  gazing  upwards  we  behold  the  heavens  filled  with  broad, 
liviug,  silvery  snowflakes,  and  then  a  sliower  thick  as  rain,  but  drop- 
ping like  pebbles,  striking  our  hats,  hands,  and  upturned  faces  and  the 
ground  around  with  a  sudden  and  peculiar  thud.  Grasshoppers,  grass- 
hoppers by  the  million  !  is  the  exclamation  which  explains  the  mystery. 

Onward  they  come  a  dark  cootinaons  cloud 
Of  congregated  myriads  numberless, 
The  rashing  of  whose  wings  is  as  the  sound 
Of  a  broad  river  headlong  in  its  course 
Plunged  from  a  mountain  summit,  or  the  roar 
Of  a  wild  ocean  in  the  autumn  storm, 
Shattering  its  billows  on  a  shore  of  rocks. 

We  watch  the  myriads  of  restless  workers  for  a  few  hours,  and  ere 
the  sun  has  set  see  the  corn  stripped  of  its  green  leaves,  and  the  beau- 
tiful green  covering  of  the  scene  changed  to  an  almost  barren  waste. 

It  is  true  this  is  given  as  an  imaginary  sketch,  but  those  who  have 
beheld  the  arrival  of  these  hordes  will  scarcely  consider  it  greatly  exag- 
gerated or  far  from  correct. 

Numerous  letters  and  statements  from  eye-witnesses  of  the  late  inva- 
sion might  be  given  which  would  show  that  the  picture  I  have  given  is 
not  overdrawn.  In  one  of  the  letters  in  Professor  Riley's  Keport  for 
1875  I  find  the  following  statement,  which  shows  the  rapidity  with  which 
these  devourers  work : — *'  They  appeared  on  Sunday,  July  26,  at  about 
€  o'clock  p.  m.  They  were  so  thick  in  the  air  that  they  appeared  like 
a  heavy  snow-storm  ;  those  high  in  the  air  forming  apparently  light, 
fleecy  clouds,  while  those  dropping  to  the  earth  resembled  flakes  of  fall- 
ing snow.  Next  morning,  Monday,  the  27th,  at  daylight,  the  country 
was  literally  covered  with  grasshoppers.  ^Soon  after  sunrise  the}' col- 
lected on  the  growing  crops,  young  trees,  etc.,  and  commenced  eating, 
and  before  night  had  eaten  the  leaves  from  almost  every  green  thing." 
A  resident  of  Nebraska,  whose  place  T  had  visited  before  the  invasion, 
describing  their  appearance,  stated  that  they  arrived  about  10  a.  m., 
darkening  the  sky  with  their  numbers;  that  by  3  p.  m.  the  corn — the 
•chief  crop  of  that  section — was  completely  stripped  of  its  blades. 

Now  what  can  the  farmer  do  with  the  one  or  two  assistants  of  his 
family,  aided  by  all  the  appliances  they  could  operate,  in  preserving  a 
field  of  eighty  or  a  hundred  acres  of  corn  from  such  an  attack  as  this ; 
especially  when  we  remember  that  as  soon  as  it  is  cleared  of  one  set  of 
these  devourers,  another  stands  ready  to  pour  in  upon  it  from  the  sur- 
rounding prairies  ?  Beside,  there  can  be  no  combination  of  forces,  for 
at  such  times  all  are  similarly  situated,  and  delay  is  fatal.  So  far,  man 
api>ears  to  be  powerless  at  such  times,  as  with  the  force  the  pioneer 
farmers  of  these  border  States  usually  have  at  command  but  little  pro- 
gress could  be  made  towards  harvesting  their  crops  after  the  swarms  have 
appeared,  and  even  if  this  were  possible,  which  is  seldom  the  case,  it  is 
asually  valueless  except  as  fodder;  but  even  this  would  be  worth  the 
trouble,  as  it  would  assist  in  preserving  the  stock. 


494     BULLETIN  UNITED  8TATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

The  farmer  on  such  occasions  usaally  sits  down  in  blank  despair,  and 
in  gloomy  silence  beholds  the  work  of  destmction ;  nor  can  we  wonder 
at  it  when  we  consider  the  suddenness  and  magnitude  of  the  attack. 
It  is  therefore  certain  that  the  only  means  of  counteracting  these  inroads 
must  be  preventive ;  and  therefore  it  may  well  be  asked,  What  are  they, 
and  are  any  of  them  feasible  ! 

Ist.  It  would  certainly  be  in  vain  for  even  the  national  government 
to  attempt  to  exterminate  these  insects  by  destroying  their  eggs  in  the 
various  hatching-grounds  which  extend  from  British  America  to  Colo- 
rado. 

2d.  If  the  swarms  which  reach  the  border  States  come  from  a  limited 
area  along  the  east  flank  of  the  mountains,  the  destruction  of  the  eggs 
by  any  temporary  means,  even  if  possible,  would  be  of  comparatively 
little  value,  as  the  hordes  sweeping  down  from  the  mountain  regions 
would  soon  replace  them.  Irrigation,  so  far  as  I  can  see,  is  the  only 
permanent  means,  and  this,  I  am  satisfied,  from  a  careful  study  of  the 
drainage  of  these  regions,  is  possible  only  in  the  area  named,  and  in  a 
portion  of  that  section  of  the  Upper  Missouri  west  of  the  Judith  Mount- 
ains. 

3d.  Signal -stations  in  these  regions  connected  by  telegraph  lines  with 
the  section  they  visit  might  possibly  give  warning  in  time  to  gather 
such  crops  as  would  be  of  value,  but  these  lines  would  have  to  be  so 
arranged  as  to  trace  the  usual  lin  e  of  march  of  these  insects.  What 
effect  firing  the  prairies  on  their  approach  would  have  I  am  unable  to 
say,  but  it  is  possible  this  might  cause  them  to  move  on,  as  was  the  case 
in  some  instances  mentioned  in  the  accounts  of  their  invasions  recorded » 

4th.  Although  I  have  but  little  faith  in  Indian  industry,  yet  it  may 
be  that  a  premium  offered  for  eggs  and  grasshoppers  would  induce 
Indians  to  gather  them  in  the  regions  over  which  they  roam ;  and,  as  the 
government  undertakes  to  feed  these  people,  it  might  be  well  enough  to 
make  the  trial,  and  thus  perhaps  beget  in  the  younger  Indians  some  faint 
idea  of  industry  and  its  results.  If  tbe  experiment  should  prove  suc- 
cessful it  would  be  some  help,  be  it  ever  so  small,  towards  staying  the 
ravages  of  these  locust  pests,  and  it  would  be  simply  another  modo  of 
paying  the  Indian,  and,  if  rightly  planned,  no  additional  expense  to  the 
government. 

As  regards  the  resulting  brood,  the  farmer  does  not  appear  to  be  so 
helpless  as  he  does  with  the  incoming  hordes.  Tbe  former  coming 
gradually,  and  presenting  various  points  of  attack,  does  not  fill  him  with 
terror,  as  do  the  suddenness  and  magnitude  of  the  attack  in  the  latter 
case.  In  an  article  of  mine,  recently  published  in  the  Prairie  Farmer,  L 
stated  that  the  farmers,  after  a  few  years'  experience  with  these  in>ectSy 
generally  learn  all  the  means  of  local  defense  possible;  and,  as  a  gen- 
eral rule,  the  entomologist  must  learn  these,  not  from  any  scientific 
knowledge  of  the  insect,  but  from  the  practical  experiments  made  by 


THOMAS  ON  ORTHOPTERA  OF  DAKOTA  AND  MONTANA.   495 

the  farmer.  All  modes  of  attack  and  defense  which  depend  in  any  way 
upon  the  knowledge  of  the  habits  of  the  insect  which  are  not  patent  to 
the  unscientific  eye,  the  entomologist  is  expected  to  perceive  sooner  than 
those  who  are  not  entomologists. 

Although  the  farmer  does  not  feel  himself  so  helpless  before  the  hatching 
brood  as  he  does  before  the  migratory  hordes,  still  that  he  does  not  feel 
able  to  entirety  control  them,  even  after  long  experience,  is  shown  by 
the  following  extracts  from  a  letter  sent  me  this  season  by  a  Nebraska 
farmer,  who  has  some  practical  experience  in  the  matter : — ^<  I  am  a 
hard  working  farmer,  forty-six  years  old ;  came  to  Nebraska  in  1855; 
have  a  good  farm  and  seven  children,  and  would  be  getting  along  very 
well  if  the  grasshoppers  wonld  let  me  alone.  They  are  getting  worse 
and  we  cannot  stand  it  much  longer.  I  only  got  five  bushels  of  corn  to 
the  acre  last  year,  yet  I  had  to  help  others ;  and  now  we  have  millions 
of  *'  hoppers'  again.  Plowing,  rolling  and  burning  does  but  little  good. 
Wise  men  aay  there  is  a  parasite  killing  them.  Well,  we  know  some- 
thing of  the  *'  hoppers'  and  the  parasite;  it  nover  kills  many  of  them, 
nor  any  of  them  until  they  are  nearly  grown.  But  the  birds  eat  mil- 
lions of  them  before  they  are  larger  than  a  grain  of  wheat.  The  small 
grasshoppers  are  too  quick  for  domestic  fowls,  but  they  get  some  of 
them  when  they  are  small  and  many  of  the  larger  ones.  I  think  the 
birds  have  eaten  half  of  those  hatched  on  my  farm,  but  they  are  getting 
too  large  for  them  (date,  June  2,  1875).  The  farmers  will  all  tell  you 
the  birds  eat  them,  but  they  have  killed  many  of  the  birds." 

Firsty  the  desirxiciiwi  oftJie  eggs  deposited, — In  thickly  settled  conutriest 
where  labor  is  cheap,  and  there  are  large  landed  estates,  as  France  and 
Italy,  it  may  be  possible  to  do  this  somewhat  effectually,  and  it  will  effect 
something  even  in  oar  border  States ;  but  when  the  invasion  is  general, 
and  the  eggs  are  deposited  over  a  large  area,  what  can  the  farmers  do 
towards  destroying  them,  not  only  on  the  farms,  but  on  the  much  larger 
area  surrounding  them! 

The  following,  from  a  French  newspaper  in  1841,  will  give  some  idea 
of  the  work  of  collecting  grasshoppers  in  Southern  Europe : — "  Such 
immense  quantities  of  grasshoppers  have  appeared  this  year  in  Spain 
that  they  threaten  in  some  places  to  entirely  destroy  the  crops.  At 
Dauriel,  in  the  province  of  Cuidad-Real,  three  hundred  persons  are 
constantly  employed  to  collect  these  destructive  insects,  and  though 
they  destroy  seventy  or  eighty  sticks  every  day,  they  do  not  appear  to 
diminish."  This  shows  the  number  employed  on  a  limited  area.  From 
whence  will  come  a  corresponding  force  for  the  broad  area  of  our  border 
States ! 

As  a  practical  test,  let  us  take  a  county  in  Kansas,  say  Uice  County^ 
which  has  an  area  of  720  square  miles,  and  a  population,  according  to 
the  last  report  of  the  Kansas  Board  of  Agriculture,  of  2,306,  and  a 
voting  population  of  2G0  or  275.    Suppose  eggs  to  have  been  deposited 


\ 


496     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

generally  over  this  area,  what  progress  coald  this  number  of  persons 
have  made  towards  collecting  or  destroying  them  during  the  season  f 
But  let  us  see  the  condition  after  the  invasion.  A  correspondent  of  the 
board  writes : — '* Having  traveled  over  the  largest  portion  of  our  county, 
I  find  that  about  three-fourths  of  our  people  are  almost  entirely  desti- 
tute of  food,  fuel,  and  clothing.  Some  are  now  living  on  boiled  wheat, 
and  not  half  enough  of  that."  And  the  report  adds : — '*  S.  T.  Kelsey 
thinks  that  5()0  persons  in  Bice  County  will  need  assistance."  And  now 
we  may  ask  in  what  condition  they  were  to  devote  their  time  in  collect- 
ing grasshoppers'  eggs,  when  want  was  staring  them  in  the  face.  Had 
a  liberal  reward  been  offered  by  the  State  or  general  government, 
although  they  might  have  made  but  little  progress  in  the  work  as  com- 
pared with  the  amount  necessary  to  be  done  to  be  effectual,  still  it 
would  have  done  some  good,  and  would  have  afforded  at  the  same  time 
some  relief;  and  I  believe  that  it  is  always  best,  when  it  can  be  done, 
to  apply  a  remedy  which  will  do  good  in  one  direction,  if  it  fails  in 
another. 

[Note. — Since  writing  the  above,  many  new  facts  in  reference  to  the 
history  and  habits  of  C  spretus  have  been  ascertained,  and  will  be  pub- 
lished in  the  report  of  the  U.  S.  Entomological  Commission ;  although  in 
correcting  proof  now  (1878),  I  have  preferred  to  allow  what  was  written 
in  1875  to  remain  as  it  was,  that  the  advance  in  our  knowledge  may  be 
«hown  by  comparison.] 

Destruction  of  the  larvw  and  pupa. — A  number  of  methods  to  accom- 
plish this  desirable  end  have  been  tried  and  recommended,  as  rolling 
the  surface  in  order  to  crush  them,  collecting  and  destroying  them  in 
various  ways,  burning,  etc.  There  is  no  doubt  but  each  of  these  meth- 
ods will  effect  something,  and  may  well  be  tried,  according  to  circum- 
stances ;  and  in  thickly  settled  districts,  where  the  larger  portion  of  the 
land  is  under  cultivation  and  the  force  at  command  comparatively 
fitrong,  these  means,  and  some  others  which  are  hereafter  mentioned, 
may,  and  probably  will,  suffice  to  hold  the  enemy  in  check,  especially 
if  the  farmers  maintain  their  courage  and  fight  the  battle  bravely  and 
in  concert.  In  thinly  populated  districts,  and  even  where  the  larger 
portion  of  the  land  is  not  cultivated  and  the  force  at  command  is  weak, 
the  case  is  not  so  hopeful,  as  the  surrounding  uncultivated  sections  will 
furnish  a  new  supply  as  rapidly  as  the  previous  one  is  destroyed.  Pro- 
fessor Kiley  informs  us  that  ditching  as  practiced  in  Western  Missouri 
ap];)ears  to  be  the  most  effective  mode  of  defense  adopted,  and  he  thinks 
will  prove  a  specific  against  the  young.  A  ditch  of  the  dimensions  he 
gives — two  feet  deep  and  two  wide,  with  sharply  perpendicular  sides — 
will  doubtless  prove  an  effectual  barrier  against  the  young  larvsB,  but 
the  pup^e,  though  halting  for  a  time,  will  soon  make  the  leap,  and  then 
the  column  will  press  onward.  But  it  must  be  remembered  that  it 
requires  time  to  dig  a  ditch  of  these  dimensions  around  an  entire  farm: 


THOMAS  ON  ORTHOPTERA  OP  DAKOTA  AND  MONTANA.   497 

to  protect  a  single  field  of  forty  acres  requires  a  mile  of  ditching,  or  the 
removal  of  nearly  800  cubic  yards  of  earth,  which,  in  most  cases,  the 
farmer  and  his  son  or  single  hand  will  have  to  do.* 

I  hare  noticed  the  larger  irrigating-ditches  in  Utah,  with  a  water- 
surface  from  three  to  four  feet  wide,  covered  with  wingless  crickets 
{Anabrm  simplex) j  which  were  floating  helplessly  onward ;  but  although 
this  was  the  case,  the  marching  column  passed  on  in  its  course  with 
comparatively  undiminished  numbers.  And  in  Utah  and  Colorado  these 
ditches  form  but  little  impediment  to  the  movements  of  the  pupse  of  the 
C.  spretus.  In  the  cool  of  the  momingi  in  those  mountain  regions,  the 
farmers  frequently  drive  the  semi-torpid  young  into  the  irrigating- 
ditches,  firing  straw  placed  along  one  side  to  catch  those  that  leap  the 
ditch.  But  among  the  chief  agencies  in  this  work  of  destruction  I  am 
disposed  to  class  birds  and  fowls,  and  to  this  end  would  recommend  to 
the  legislatures  of  the  States  suffering  from  these  visitations  the  passage 
of  stringent  laws  stopping  entirely  the  destruction  of  all  insect-eating 
birds,  not  for  a  portion  of  the  year  only,  but  for  the  entire  year,  aiid 
offering  a  premium  for  the  destruction  of  rapacious  birds.  Let  an  offi- 
cer be  appointed  in  each  district,  if  necessary,  composed  of  four  or  five 
counties,  whose  duty  it  shall  be  to  see  that  the  laws  are  enforced,  and 
who  shall  also  experiment  in  introducing  and  multiplying  the  English 
sparrow  or  some  other  insect-eating  bird  of  similar  habits.  It  would  be 
well,  also,  for  the  State  and  county  agricultural  societies  to  encourage 
the  increase  of  domestic  fowls  as  far  as  possible.  Hogs  should  be 
raised,  as  they  are  not  only  fond  of  these  insects,  and  also  army- worms, 
but  would  also  soon  learn  to  bunt  for  the  egg-sacks  as  they  do  for  acorns 
in  oak-forests. 

Driving  into  trcips  and  ditches  are  remedies  which  have  long  been 
practiced.  Scott  in  his  '^  Excursions  in  Eonda  and  Granada",  as  quoted 
by  Kirby  says : — "  During  our  ride  from  Cordova  to  Serville  we  observed 
a  number  of  men  advancing  in  skirmishing  order  across  the  country  and 
thrashing  the  ground  most  savagely  with  long  flails.  Curious  to  know 
what  could  be  the  motive  for  this  Xerxes  like  treatment  of  the  earth, 
we  turned  out  of  the  road  to  inspect  their  operations,  and  found  they 
were  driving  a  swarm  of  locusts  into  a  wide  piece  of  linen  spread  on  the 
ground  some  distance  before  them,  wherein  they  were  made  prisoners." 
Kirby  adds  in  a  note: — ''  The  same  plan  is  adopted  for  the  destruction  of 
these  insects  in  some  parts  of  the  United  States ;  deep  trenches  being  dug 
at  the  end  of  the  fields^  into  which  the  grasshoppers  are  driven  with  branches^ 
and  then  destroyed  by  throwing  earth  upon  them."  What  has  been 
beneficial  heretofore  may  be  so  again,  and  becailse  it  is  old  is  no  reason 
for  rejecting  it  for  something  new  until  thoroughly  tried. 

But  without  discussing  further  the  various  methods  of  defense  against 

*  Subseqnent  observations  have  convioced  me  that  the  youog  loonsts  can  be  fonght 
with  a  good  degree  of  succefis,  and  that  ditching  is  practicable  and  one  of  the  best 
remedies  that  can  be  adopted. 


498     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

the  young,  which  experience  and  ingenait}*,  together  with  some  knowl- 
edge of  the  insect,  may  devise,  I  must  sum  up  the  matter,  and,  after 
noticing  some  Acridian  peculiarities  of  this  season,  close  this  note,  which 
is  already  too  extended. 

1st.  It  is  impossible  to  tell  what  may  be  done  towards  preventing 
their  incursions  into  the  border  States  until  their  history  has  been  more 
thoroughly  traced.  This  can  only  be  done  through  the  general  goveni- 
ment  and  with  the  aid  of  the  military  posts  and  stations. 

2d.  While  it  would  be  folly  to  undertake  to  exterminate  them  in  their 
native  haunts  by  destroying  the  eggs  or  the  insects,  yet,  if  it  be  possible 
to  induce  the  Indian  s  by  rewards  to  collect  the  eggs  and  young  along  the 
west  side  of  the  Plains,  it  would  be  wise  to  do  so,  and  would,  as  a  mat- 
ter of  course,  do  something  toward  diminishing  them  and  keeping  the 
Indian  squaws  at  least  employed,  for  I  doubt  exceedingly  as  to  the  male 
Indians  doing  much  in  this  line,  as  they  are  so  lazy. 

3d.  If  it  is  found  that  the  hatching-grounds  of  the  invading  swarms 
are  in  the  areas  mentioned  heretofore,  it  would  be  well  for  the  govern- 
ment to  give  all  its  land  of  that  section  to  induce  immigration  thereto, 
and  the  settlement,  irrigation,  and  cultivation  thereof. 

4th.  When  investigation  shows  the  usual  hatching-regions,  if  such 
there  be,  and  line  of  travel,  signal-stations  connected  by  telegraph  lines 
with  the  sections  subject  to  invasion  may  do  much  good  by  giving 
warning  of  the  coming  locust  storm. 

5th.  It  would  be  wise  for  the  people  of  Nebraska  and  Kansas  to  rely 
more  upon  wheat  and  root  crops,  as  the  hordes  usually  come  too  late  to 
injure  the  former  and  cannot  so  greatly  injure  the  latter  as  other  crops. 
But  for  the  season  after  the  incursion,  when  the  young  are  expected  to 
hatch,  this  order  will  have  to  be  somewhat  reversed.  This  branch  of 
the  subject,  I  think,  has  not  received  the  attention  of  the  fanners  of  the 
border  States  which  it  deserves. 

6th.  It  would  be  well  for  the  States  visited  to  offer  rewards  for  the 
eggs  and  young,  for  although  it  might  do  but  little  towards  thinning  the 
ranks  of  the  pests  it  would  do  some  good  in  this  direction,  and  would 
afford  a  means  of  subsistence  to  the  unfortunate. 

7th.  These  States  should  make  stringent  laws  protecting  the  insect- 
eating  birds,  and  adopt  a  method  of  enforcing  them  that  would  be  car- 
ried out.  It  will  pay  them  to  employ  a  naturalist  to  determine  tho^se 
species  which  should  be  preserved  and  those  for  whose  destruction  a  re- 
ward should  be  offered.  In  addition  to  this,  farmers  should  raise  an 
abundance  of  domestic  fowls,  which  will  furnish  food  as  well  as  assist 
in  destroying  the  locusts. 

8th.  It  would  be  well  for  the  farmers  to  raise  more  hogs  wherever  the 
grounds  are  protected  by  fences  and  they  can  be  allowed  to  range. 

9th.  Ditching  against  the  young  larvae,  and  driving  into  ditches  and 
fire,  and  such  other  local  remedies  as  the  situation  and  means  at  hand 
may  suggest,  should  be  employed;  and  the  farmer  should  bravely  fight 
the  battle. 


THOMAS  ON  OBTHOPTEBA  OF  DAKOTA  AND  MONTANA.  499 

Although  the  resulting  brood  generally  proves  more  destructive  in 
the  mountain  regions  than  the  incoming  storm,  yet  this  does  not  appear 
so  far  to  have  been  the  case  in  the  Mississippi  Valley;  and  as  a  pre- 
ventive or  remedy  for  the  original  hordes  dispenses  with  the  necessity 
of  battling  with  their  progeny,  it  is  against  these  the  general  govern- 
ment should  direct  its  efforts  in  an  earnest  and  determined  manner. 

From  what  is  known  of  the  habits  of  this  species  we  may  be  assured 
that  it  will  never  become  a  permanent  resident  of  the  Mississippi  Val- 
ley, as  its  sudden  transfer  from  the  dry  and  rarified  air  of  the  elevated 
mountain  regions  to  the  heavy  and  moist  atmosphere  of  the  Statea 
requires  too  rapid  a  change  in  its  nature  for  it  to  undergo.  But,  sup- 
posing it  should  become  habituated  to  this  region  and  overcome  aU 
climatic  difficulties,  it  is  very  probable,  in  fact  I  might  say  almost  cer- 
tain, that  it  would  lose  its  migratory  disposition,  and  if  but  a  variety  of 
C.femur-mbrumj  as  I  strongly  suspect,  would  in  all  probability  revert 
to  that  form. 

The  origin  of  the  migratory  habit  of  this  species  is  an  interesting 
question,  and,  I  am  inclined  to  think,  is  directly  connected  with  the 
origin  of  the  treeless  plains  of  those  western  regions.  If,  as  I  have 
intimated,  it  is  a  variety  of  0,  femur-rubrum^  it  Is  highly  probable  the 
latter  appeared  first  in  the  older  districts  of  the  Atlantic  area  in  its 
present  or  some  earlier  form,  and  gradually  extended  west,  and,  as  is 
usual  with  the  group  to  which  it  belongs,  as  it  ascended  to  the  colder 
regions  of  the  Rocky  Mountain  Range,  would  have  assumed  the  short- 
winged  form,  unless  prevented  by  some  compensating  cause.  The  re- 
peated burnings  of  the  prairies  may  have  caused  frequent  removals,  and 
thus  have  given  origin  to  its  longer  wings  and  migrating  disposition. 
I  am  aware  the  question  may  be  asked,  Why  did  not  the  same  thing 
occur  with  other  species  ?  But  if  the  reader  will  carefully  examine  th& 
list  and  localities  of  the  United  States  Acridiij  he  will  find  but  few  spe- 
cies which  belong  to  both  the  eastern  and  western  regions;  the  belt 
which  once  formed  the  water-line  north  and  south  through  the  conti*^ 
nent  forms  a  more  distinct  line  between  Acridian  districts  than  even 
the  Rocky  Mountain  Range,  as  I  have  shown  in  a  former  paper.  But 
this  is  a  question  requiring  a  more  thorough  investigation  than  I  can 
give  it  in  this  note,  even  had  I  the  data  necessary  and  felt  able  to  do 
so  with  my  limited  geological  knowledge.  I  therefore  simply  throw 
out  the  thought,  to  call  the  attention  of  others  to  the  subject. 

There  is  another  fact  presented  this  season  in  regard  to  this  group  of 
the  Calopteni,  to  which  I  wish  for  a  moment  to  call  attention. 

As  shown  in  my  Synopsis,  and  as  confirmed  by  other  entomolo* 
gists,  the  chief  difference  between  the  spretus  and  femur-ruhrum  is  the 
notch  in  the  last  abdominal  segment  of  the  male  in  the  former  and  its 
absence  iu  the  male  of  the  latter  species,  and  the  longer  wings  of  the 
former. 

Heretofore,  the  femnrruhmm^  as  thus  marked,  has  always  been  our 


500  BULLETIX   irXIlED   STATES   GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY. 

most  commoo  species  in  tbis  section  (Soatbern  Illinois)}  and  oonld, 
throogboot  tbe  sammer  and  fall  and  even  daring  tbe  spring,  be  found 
at  any  time  in  tbe  fields  and  along  tbe  bigbways;  bnt^strange  to  say, 
tbis  season  tbat  form  bas  entirely  disappeared,  and  bas  been  replaced 
by  a  ratber  more  slender  form,  witb  tbe  last  segment  distinctly  notcbed 
and  tbe  wings  lengtbened,  resembling,  and  apparently  identical  witb, 
Professor  Biley's  C.  atlanU.  How  are  we  to  account  for  tbis  T  It  will 
not  do  to  call  it  a  bybrid  between  tbe  spretwH  and  tbe  fpmmr-rMhmmj  as 
tbe  former  bas  never  been  known  to  visit  tbis  region,  at  least  in  nam- 
bers  sufficient  to  attract  attention,  tbe  great  army  last  season  baving 
penetrated  bat  a  sbort  distance  into  tbe  western  side  of  Missouri.  Nor 
will  it  do  to  say  my  examinations  bave  not  been  sufficiently  thorougb, 
for  I  ^  bave  kept  watcb  of  them  daring  tbe  entire  summer,  gathering 
hundreds,  and^  although  finding  some  variation,  bave  failed  so  &r  to 
find  a  single  femur-rubrum, 

I  am  also  informed,  by  a  letter  just  received  from  Professor  Burril,of 
tbe  Industrial  University  at  Champaign,  in  this  State,  that  since  he 
noticed  an  article  I  recently  published  on  this  subject,  he  bas  paid  some 
attention  to  the  matter,  and  finds  the  same  thing  true  there.  I  also  ob- 
serve a  note  in  the  last  number  of  the  American  Naturalist,  from  Dr. 
Packard,  mentioning  the  occurrence  of  9pretus  (probably  atlanis)  in  Mas- 
sachusetts. Also  the  very  £Eu;t  that  Professor  Riley  last  year  mentions  the 
intermediate  form,  which  he  names  as  a  new  species,  and  which  had  never 
before  attracted  attention,  coincides  with  the  other  facts  I  have  men- 
tioned. Here,  then,  beyond  dispute,  a  remarkable  change  is  taking 
place,  which  gives  rise  to  a  number  of  important  questions.  And  first 
of  these  is,  What  is  the  cause  of  this  9  I  think  it  is  owing  chiefly,  if 
not  entirely,  to  climatic  influences,  and  forms  an  index  to  the  great 
changes  in  specific  characters  which  may  be  effected  by  a  change  of 
climate.  If  I  am  correct  in  this,  it  follows  that  when  the  climate  re- 
verts to  its  notmal  condition  the  species  will  do  the  same ;  and,  on  the 
'Contrary,  if  one  should  be  permanent  the  other  will  also,  in  all  proba- 
bility, be  the  same. 

1  may  also  notice,  as  bearing  upon  this  point,  the  fact  (for  since  the 
publication  of  my  recent  article  I  have  ascertained  it  is  a  fact)  that 
Caloptenus  differentialis  Thos.  has  been  seen  in  the  central  part  of  this 
8tate  flying  in  bodies  at  considerable  height,  and  apparently  mi^Tating. 

Acridium  emarginatum  Uhl.,  a  Western  species,  never  before  known 
to  occur  east  of  the  Mississippi,  has  been  discovered  this  season  as  far 
•east  as  Bloomington  in  this  State.  These  facts  are  certainly  important 
and  instructive,  and  deserve  careful  consideration. 

The  chief  practical  questions  connected  with  this  subject,  and  which 
more  directly  concern  our  agricolturists,  are  these: — (1)  Will  invasions 
of  the  C.  spretus  grow  more  and  more  frequent  ?  (2)  Will  it  continue  to 
extend  its  limits  farther  and  farther  eastward  !  (3)  Will  the  changes 
DOW  taking  place  result  in  producing  migratory  hordes  in  our  midst  t 


THOMAS  ON  ORTHOPTEBA  OF  DAKOTA  AND  MONTANA.   501 

To  the  first  of  these  questions  we  may  answer  briefly,  the  spread  of 
the  popalation  has  broaght  these  irruptions  more  into  notice  than  for- 
merly, and  from  this  cause  they,  appear  more  frequent.  But  this  does 
not  fully  account  for  all  the  facts,  and  therefore  we  must  suppose  that 
a  succession  of  similar  climatic  conditions  has  caused  more  frequent 
migrations ;  and  that  with  the  changes  in  this  respect  there  will  be  a 
corresponding  change  in  the  effect.  In  answer  to  the  other  questions, 
we  may  state  that  unless  there  should  be  a  remarkable  permanent 
change  in  the  climate,  we  need  have  no  fears  of  such  results. 


ART.  XXII -ON  THE  HEMIPTERA  COLLECTED  BY  DR.  ELLIOH 
COUES.  U.  S.  A.,  IN  DAKOTA  AND  MONTANA,  DURING  1873-74.* 


By  p.  R.  Uhleb. 


HETEROPTERA. 
CORIMEL^NID^. 

GOBIMEL^NA,  White. 
1.  CorimeUena  pulicaria. 

Odonto8celis  puUcariuSy  Oermar,  Zeits.  vol.  i,  p.  39,  No.  6. 

Inhabits  Dakota,  and  is  found  to  be  widely  distributed  throaghont 
Eastern  North  America,  from  near  Qaebec  to  as  far  south  as  Gal- 
veston, Tex. 

PACHYCORID^. 

HoM^MUS,  Dallas. 
!2.  Homccnius  ceneifrons. 

ScuteUera  oenetf^rona,  Say,  Long's  Ezped.  Appendix,  p.  729,  No.  2. 

Obtained  near  Pembina,  Dak.,  and  from  the  vicinity  of  Mouse  Biver, 
August  29,  1873. 

Subfamily  EURYGASTRINA. 

EUBTGASTEB,   Lap. 

3.  Eurygaster  alternatus. 

Tetyra  alter nata,  Sat,  Amer.  Entomology,  vol.  i,  p.  43,  tab.  3,  fig.  3. 

Collected  from  the  prairies  near  Mouse  River,  August  29,  from  near 
Pembina,  from  Turtle  Mount,  Dakota,  and  from  the  Milk  River  region 
in  Northern  Montana. 

CYDNID^. 

Sbhibus,  Amyot  &  Serv. 

4.  Sehirus  cinctus. 

Pentatomu  otncfo,  Pausot-Beauv.  Ins.  Afr.  et  Am^r.  p.  114,  pi.  8,  fig.  7. 
Cydnus  lygaius,  Say,  Heteropt.  p.  10,  No.  1. 

Found  near  Pembina,  and  near  Mouse  River  ou  August  29, 1873. 

*  [See  note,  p.  461,  anted.— Ed.] 

5Qa 


504     BULLETiy  rXITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SCBVET. 

Sabfamilj  ASOPI^A. 

Pebillus.  Stal. 

5.  PeriUuM  exaptwi. 

P^tafomn  tr^pU.  Say.  Jocr:.  AnaiL  Phila.  toI.  iv.  p.  313.  Xow  X 

Broagbt  from  the  3Iilk  Birer  region  in  ISIi. 

6.  FtriUiu  clawiuM, 

Ptmiatima  cimmda.  Sat.  Joors.  Ac^d.  Phxla.  toL  iv.  p.  313,  No.  3. 

Collected  near  Turtle  Moont,  Jaly  24. 1873. 

PoDisrs.  StaL 

PeniaUmm,  npnta,  .Sat.  Heteropt.  p.  3,  Xo.  L 

Inhabits  the  plains  near  Pembina,  and  was  obtained  also  near  Monse 
Birer,  August  29, 1873,  and  in  the  Milk  Biver  region. 

Subfamily  PENTATOMIKA. 

COSXOPEPLA,  St4L 

8.  Cwmopepla  camifex. 

Cimex  camber.  Fab.  Ent.  Syst.  Saj^l.  p.  5^  No.  1G2. 

Collected  from  near  Pembina  in  Jnne;  from  Turtle  Mount,  July  24; 
and  from  the  Milk  Birer  region 

C(£NUS,  Dallas. 

9.  Cotnus  deliu$. 

PeniaUma  dtliay  Say,  Heteropt.  p.  8,  No.  Id. 

From  the  vicinity  of  Pembina ;  aliso  from  Mouse  Biver  region^  Au- 
gust 29. 

LiODEBMA,  Uhler. 

.   10.  Lioderma  riridicata. 

Lioderma  viridicataj  Uhler,  io  Wheeler's  Report  on  Nevada,  Utah,  dec,  p.  630, 
pi.  42,  fig.  11. 

Obtained  in  the  Milk  River  region,  Montana. 

COREIDiE. 

Alydus,  Fab. 

11.  Alydus  eurinua. 

LygceuM  eurinus,  Sat,  Journ.  Acad.  Philad.  vol.  iv,  p.  324,  No.  5. 

From  Pembina ;  Turtle  Mount,  July  24,  and  from  Milk  Biver  region. 

Neides,  Latr. 

12.  yeides  muiicus. 

lierytun  mutieus,  Say,  Heteropt.  Now  Harmony,  p.  13. 

Found  in  the  vicinity  of  Pembina ;  date  not  given. 


tlHLER   ON   HEMIPTERA   OF  DAKOTA   AND   MONTANA.         505 

Harmostes,  Burm. 

13.  Harmostes  reflexulv^» 

Syromastes  reflexuhis,  Say,  Heteropt.  p.  10,  No.  1. 

From  near  Mouse  Siver,  August  29. 

CoRizus,  Fallen. 

14.  Corizus  lateralis. 

Coreu9  lateralis^  Say,  Journ.  Acad.  PhilacL  vol.  iv,  p.  320,  No.  4. 

CorizM  lateralis,  Signoret,  Add,  Soo.  Ent.  France,  s^r.  3,  vol.  vii,  p.  97,  No.  36. 

Brought  from  Turtle  Mount,  July  23. 

15.  Corizus  punctii^entris. 

Corizua  punotiventriSf  Dallas,  Brit.  Mas.  List  Hemipt.  vol.  ii,  p.  523,  No.  3. 
CorizuB  horealis,  Uhler,  Proceed.  Acad.  Philad.  1861,  p.  2d4. 

Found  in  the  vicinity  of  Pembina  in  June. 

LYGJEIDM. 

Lyg-^us,  Fab. 

16.  Lyga^m  reclivatus. 

Lygceus  redivatuSf  Say,  Joarn.  Acad.  Pbilad.  vol.  iv,  p.  321. 

The  presence  of  moisture  in  the  soil,  together  with  suitable  shelter, 
may  be  necessary  for  the  growth  of  Asclepias^  upon  which  this  species 
lives.  Although  the  expedition  of  1873  traversed  the  Plains  at  the  right 
season  for  obtaining  this  insect,  no  specimens  were  secured ;  and  as 
the  sweeping- net  was  constantly  employed,  it  would  certainly  have  been 
captured  if  present.  Kot  until  the  Milk  Biver  region  was  reached  (the 
next  year)  did  specimens  occur  to  the  collector,  and  only  then  in  small 
numbers. 

Geogoris. 

17.  Oeocoris  hullata, 

Salda  hullataf  Say,  Ueteropt.  New  Harmony,  p.  18,  No.  2. 

Obtained  near  Pembina  in  1873. 

Ntsius,  Dallas. 
IS.  Nysius  angustatus. 

Nysius  angusiatu8j  Uhler,  Hayden's  Survey  of  Montana,  p.  406,  No.  2. 

From  Pembina,  and  from  near  Mouse  Biver,  August  29. 

Trapezonotus. 

19.  Trapezonotus  nebulosus, 

LygcBua  nehiilosus,  Fallen,  Monog.  Cim.  p.  65,  No.  7.    . 
Pamera  fallaXf  Say,  Heteropt.  p.  17,  No.  6. 

Two  specimens  were  captured  in  the  Milk  Biver  country. 
Bull,  iv,  No.  2 13 


£06     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVET. 

PHYTOCORID^. 

Teigonotylus,  Fieb. 

20.  Trigonotylus  ruficomis. 

Miris  mficomii,  Fallen,  Hemipt.  Saeo.  vol.  i,  p.  133. 
Trigonotjflui  tuftcomia,  FiEBSB,  Earop.  Hemipt.  p.  243. 

•  From  Pembina,  Jane  29  and  Jaly  1. 

Mntis,  Fieber. 

21.  Miris  instabilis. 

Miris  imtabiliif  Vbler,  Hayden's  Survey,  Balletin,  vol.  li,  pt.  v,  p.  50. 

Obtained  in  the  vicinity  of  Pembina,  Jaly  1. 

LopiDSA,  Uhler. 

22.  Lopidea  media. 

Cap8U9  mediut,  Say,  Heteropt.  p.  22,  No.  11. 

Fonnd  near  Pembina  in  the  vicinity  of  Mouse  Biver,  Aagast  29,  and 
in  the  Milk  Biver  region. 

Ltgus,  Hahn. 

23.  Lyffus  invitus. 

Capius  inrituBt  Say,  Heteropt.  p.  24,  No.  21. 

Captured  near  Pembina,  June  19,  and  near  Turtle  Mount,  July  24. 

As  this  species  inhabits  the  blossoms  of  the  wild  grapes  in  the  At- 
lUntic  region  and  Mississippi  Valley,  does  it  not  occur  on  some  other 
plant  in  that  northern  region  from  which  it  h^  now  been  brought  f 

24.  Lygus  lineolaris. 

Cap9ua  lineolariSf  Pausot-Brauv.  Ins.  A^r.  et  Am^r.  p.  187,  pi.  zi,  fig.  7. 

Inhabits  Pembina;  Turtle  Mount,  July  22;  Mouse  Biver  region, 
August  29;  and  Milk  Biver  region. 

25.  Lygw  lineatus. 

LygmuB  lineatus^  Fab.  Entom.  Syst.  Suppl.  p.  541,  No.  324;  Syst.  Bhyng.  p.  234, 

No.  152. 
Capsua  4'VitatttUy  Say,  Heteropt.  p.  20,  No.  5. 

Appears  to  be  common  in  many  parts  of  the  Northwest,  on  the  east- 
ern side  of  the  Bocky  Mountains.  The  present  specimens  were  collected 
near  Pembina,  July  1  to  15. 

26.  Lygus  dislocaUis. 

CapsuB  diBlocatuBj  Say,  Heteropt  p.  21,  No.  6. 

One  specimen  of  the  red  variety  was  obtained  at  Pembina,  June  29. 

Caloooris,  Fieb. 

27.  Calocaris  rapidus. 

CapsHB  rapiduBf  Say,  Heteropt.  p.  20,  No.  4. 

Collected  in  the  vicinity  of  Turtle  Mount,  July  24. 


UHLEB  ON  H£3aPT£RA  OF  DAKOTA  AND  MONTANA.    507 

BestheniA}  Amyot  &  Serv. 
28.  Besthenia  insignis, 

CapsuB  inaignii,  Say,  Heteropt.  p.  32,  No.  12. 

From  Tartle  Moaut,  July  24. 

P<ECii.oscYTUS,  Fieb. 
20.  Pceciloscyttis  uni/aaciatna. 

Lygagus  Hn\fa8ciatu8f  Fab.  Entom.  8yst.  toI.  It,  p.  187,  No.  163. 
P<Bcilo8cytu8  unifaaciatus,  Fieb.  Ear.  Hem.  p.  276,  No.  1. 

A  common  European  species^  which  extends  eastwardly  through 
Northern  Asia,  and  on  the  western  side  of  North  America  is  found  from 
Alaska,  the  Yukon  River,  and  Mackenzie  Siver  regions  as  far  south  as 
the  Bed  River  of  Minnesott^ 

The  specimens  in  this  collection  were  procured  near  Pembina  in  June. 

Stiphrosoma,  Fieb. 

30.  Stiphrosoma  stygica, 

CapauB  etygicuSf  Say,  Heteropt.  p.  24,  No.  18. 

Found  at  Pembina,  June  14. 

In  Maryland,  it  occurs  near  the  beaches  in  the  tide- water  districts  and 
on  the  sea-coast,  living  upon  the  t^igs  and  leaves  of  Baccbaris  hdlmi' 
folia.  It  would  be  interesting  to  know  if  this  neat  shrab  affects  saline 
sands  in  the  Norchwest  and  West,  in  places  which  may  have  been  the 
margins  of  salt  lakes  and  beaches  of  ancient  ocean  estuaries.  This  is- 
a  most  adroit  little  insect,  dodging  with  rapidity  behind  the  stem  or  leat 
the  moment  it  is  approached;  but,  if  hard-pressed,  it  drops  to  the 
ground,  generally  into  the  grass,  and  then  prepares  to  fly  off  to  the  next 
bush  of  its  native  shrub. 

Malacocoris,  Fieb.* 

31.  Malacocoris  irroratus. 

Capsus  irroratuSf  Say,  Iletoropt.  p.  25,  No.  23. 

From  Pembina,  June  10  and  July  1,  and  Turtle  Mount,  July  24. 

PIIYMATID^. 

Phymata,  Lat. 

32.  Phymata  crosa. 

Cimex  ero8U8,  Linn.  Syst.  Nat.  ed.  12,  vol.  ii,  p.  718,  No.  19. 
Phymata  erosa,  Amyot  &  Serv.  H^iuipt.  p.  290,  No.  2. 

Obtained  near  Pembina  in  June,  and  near  Mouse  Biver,  August  29» 


608  BULLETIN   UNITED   STATES   GEOLOGICAL   SURVET. 

NABIDJ3, 

COBISGUS,  Schrauk. 

33.  Coriscus  nubcoleopUxitus. 

Nablcula  $uhoolcoptrat€k,  Kinnv,  Fauna  Bor.-Amer.  vol.  iv,  p.  282. 
Kubis  8ubcol€optratu8,  R£UT£ii,  Ofversigt  Vetensk.  Akad.  Furhandl.  1672|  p.  81, 
No.  1. 

From  PembiDa,  Jul.V?  fn>in  Turtle  Mount,  July  24;  and  from  Milk 
Biver  region. 

34.  Coriscus  ferus. 

Cimex  feruM,  Lixx.  Faana  Suecicss,  p.  256,  No.  962. 
Xabis  feruBf  Fieb.  Ear.  U^niipt.  p.  161,  No.  9. 

Inhabits  Pembina;  was  collected  June  19;  near  Mouse  Biver,  August 
29;  and  Milk  Biver  region. 

•     Subfamily  BEDUVIINA. 

Sine  A,  Aiuyot  &  Serv. 
35«  Sinea  diadema. 

Efduviui  diadema,  Fab.  Gen.  Ins.  p.  302 ;  Ent.  Syst.  iv,  p.  206,  No.  46. 
Sinea  mulHspinota^  Amyot  &  Sebv.  Hdmipt.  p.  375,  No.  1« 

Obtained  at  Pembina  and  at  Turtle  Mount,  July  24.  It  is  distributed 
over  a  large  part  of  North  America,  from  Mexico  into  Canada,  and 
throughout  the  Atlantic  region. 

Subfamily  APIOMEBINA. 

Apiomebus,  Hahn. 

36.  Apiomertis  veiitralis. 

BeduviH8  rentralis,  Say,  Heteropt.  p.  31,  No.  2. 

One  specimen  from  the  vicinity  of  Pembina. 

HYGROMETRIDiE. 

LiMNOTKECnUS,  Stdl. 

37.  LimnotrcchuB  marghiatiis. 

Gerris  marginattis,  Say,  Heteropt.  p.  36,  No.  2. 

Inhabits  the  Milk  Biver  region,  and  is  quite  common  in  the  Atlantic 
district  in  most  of  its  areas. 

LniNOPORUs,  Stal. 

38.  Limnopoms  rufoscutellaUis. 

OtrrxB  rufoscutellaiaj  Lat.  Gen.  Ins.  iii,  p.  134,  No.  2.— Sciiummel,  Ploteres,  tab. 
3,  figs.  1,2. 

Occurs  at  Pembina,  on  the  pools  and  ponds. 


UHLER  ON  HEMIPTERA  OF  DAKOTA  AND  MONTANA.    509 

NOTONECTID^. 

XOTONECTA,  Liun. 

39.  Notonecta  insuluta. 

Notonecta  insulata^  Kirby,  Fauna  Bor.-Amer.  iv,  p.  285,  No.  399» 

Collected  in  the  Milk  Biver  region. 

40.  Notonecta  undulata. 

yotonecta  undulaiaf  Say,  Heteropt.  p.  39,  No.  1. 

Also  collected  in  the  Milk  Biver  region. 

CORISID^. 

CoEiSA,  Gteoflf. 
41.  Corha  sutilis. 

Corixa  autiliSt  Uhler,  Bulletin  of  U.  S. Geog. Sarvey  of  the  Territories, voLSp 
No.  5,  p.  73,  No.  1. 

Inhabits  standing  water  in  the  Milk  Biver  region. 

42.  Corisa  interriipta. 

Corixa  interruptay  Say,  Jonrn.  Acad.  Pbilad.  vol.  iv,  p.  Z28,  NgvU 

Obtained  in  the  vicinity  of  the  Milk  Biver,  Montana. 

43.  Corisa  vulnerata, 

Corixa  vulnerata^  Uiiler,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Philad.  18G1,  p.  284. 

Also  from  the  Milk  Biver  region. 

HOMOPTERA. 

MEMBRACID^. 

Cebesa,  Fairm. 

44.  Ceresa  buhalus, 

Mcmhracis  hubaluSf  Fab.  £nt.  Syst.  vol.  iv,  p.  14. 

From  Pembina,  from  the  Milk  Biver  region,  and  from  near  Moose 
Biver. 

45.  Ceresa  diceros. 

Membrac\8  diceros,  Say,  Long's  Exped.  Appendix,  p.  299. 

From  the  Mouse  Biver  region,  August  17. 

Stictocephala,  Stai. 

t 

46.  Stictocephala  inermis. 

Memhracii  inermia,  Fab.  Ent.  Syst.  vol.  iv,  No.  15. 

Found  near  Pembina,  at  Turtle  Mount,  July  24,  and  near  Mouse  Biver, 
August  17-20. 


1 


510  BULLETIN  UNITED   STATES   GEOLOGICAL  SUBVET. 

Thelia,  Amj  ot  &  Serv. 

47.  Tkelia  unirittata. 

^embracU  umivitiaiaj  Harbis,  Ids.  Idj  ur.  to  Veg.  p.  181. 

From  Tartle  Mount,  Jaly  23  and  24. 

FULGORID^ 

ScoLOPS,  Germ. 

48.  Scolops  sulcipes, 

Falgora  $iilcipe$,  Say,  Joarn.  Acad.  Phi  lad.  vol.  i\%  p.  335w 

From  Moose  Birer  region,  Aogost  17-29. 

LmuKOA,  St41. 

49.  Libumia  vittaiifrans. 

Libumia  vittaii/ron$,  Uuler,  H«yden*a  U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.  of  the  Territ  Bolle- 
tios,  vol.  ii,  No.  5,  p.  65. 

Collected  on  the  plains  of  Montana. 

CERCOPIDiE. 

Aphbophoba,  Germ. 

50.  Aphrophof^  quadrinotata. 

Apkropkara  qwdidtimoUKlaj  Say,  Jooni.  Acad.  Philad.  vol.  tI,  p.  304,  No.  2. 

Obtained  at  Tartle  3Ioant,  July  2-L 

PniL^NUS,  Stal. 

51.  Fhilcenus  lineatns. 

Cicada  lineata,  Linn.  Syst.  Nat.  (ed.  12),  p.  709,  No.  31. 

Collected  near  Pembina,  June  19-29;  Tartle  Mount,  July  23;  and  in 
the  vicinity  of  Milk  Biver. 

TETTIGOXIDiE. 

Proconia,  St.  Farg.  &  Serv. 
53.  Proconia  costalis. 

TeUigonia  ooataliSf  Fad.  Ent.  Syst.  Sappl.  516,  Nos.  22-23. 

Obtained  at  Pembina,  Juno  29;  at  Turtle  Mount,  July  24;  and  near 
Mouse  Eiver,  August  17-29. 

Tettigonia,  Geoflf. 

53.  Tettigonia  hieroglyphica. 

Tettigonia  hieroglyphicay  Say,  Joaro.  Acad.  Pbilad.  vol.  vi,  p.  313,  No.  6. 

Inhabits  Pembina,  found  on  June  19,  and  at  Turtle  Mount,  July  24. 

Gypona,  Germ. 

54.  Gypoiia  octolineata, 

Tettigonia  octolineatay  Say,  Journ.  Acad.  Philad.  vol.  iv,  p.  340,  No.  1. 

Collected  from  the  vicinity  of  Mouse  Eiver,  August  17-29. 


'•\ 


UHLEB   ON  HE&tlPTERA  OF  DAKOTA  AND   MONTANA.         511 

Subfamily  JASSINA. 

Jassus,  Anctor. 
55.  Jassus  irraratus, 

JoMM  irraratus,  Say,  J6am.  Acad.  Pbilad.  vol.  vi,  p.  308,  No.  7. 

Collected  in  the  viciuity  of  Pembiua,  Juoe  19. 
50.  Jassus  unicolor, 

ByihoBcopus  unieolor,  Fitch,  Cat.  N.  Y.  State  Cabinet,  p.  68,  No.  2. 

Obtaiued  at  Turtle  Mount,  July  24,  and  at  Pembina  in  June. 

57.  Jtusus  iunningi^  jl  sp.. 

Yellow  or  greenish,  modisrately  robust,  form  similar  to  that  of  c7.  ifrth 
ratus^  Say,  with  the  head  not  angular  in  fh>nt^  but  regularly  lunata  and 
sharp-edged,  with  the  cranium  flat,  bright  yellow.  Face  and  beneath 
pale  testaceous,  or  dear  yellow.  Pronotum  pale  russet-brown,  witli  a 
medial  straight  line,  two  oblique  lines,  and  a  spot  each  side  posteriorly 
bluish;  at  the  anterior  and  outer  angles  a  yellow  spot,  which  runs  down 
on  the  side.  Scutellum  pale  on  the  disk,  tinged  with  orange  each  side 
of  tip,  and  with  a  larger  spot  at  each  basal  angle.  Hemelytra  pale 
ochreous,  tinged  with  russet,  with  white  spots  in  the  cells  of  the  davus 
and  in  some  of  those  near  the  tip  of  the  corium;  the  apex  with  a  brown 
cloud;  an  oblique,  brown  band  runs  outwards  and  fbrwardsfirom  the 
tip  of  the  claTus,  but  stops  before  reaching  the  costal  maigin ;  apex  of 
the  clavus  dark  brown,  with  the  extreme  tip  minutely  white;  nerrures 
pale,  some  of  the  cross-nervules  of  the  costal  margin,  particularly  at 
tip,  terminating  in  a  minute  black  dot,  the  ante-apical  cross-nervule  of 
the  valvular  portion  of  the  tip  dark  brown.  Legs  pale  testaceous. 
Abdomen  chrome-yellow,  with  the  incisures  black. 

Length  to  tip  of  venter  5^";  width  of  pronotum  2"™. 

Only  females  have  been  examined. 

The  wing-covers  are  a  little  longer  than  the  abdomen,  and  slightly 
valvular  at  tip  on  the  inner  side. 

Obtained  at  Turtle  Mount,  July  24,  and  at  Pembina  in  June. 

Named  in  honor  of  Major  W.  J.  Twining,  Corps  of  Engineers,  U.  S.  A. 

Two  other  species  of  Jassus  are  in  the  lot  from  Pembina,  but  they  are 
too  much  altered  to  admit  of  description. 

Deltocephalus,  Burm. 

58.  Deltocephalus  sayi. 

Amhlycephalu8  aayii,  Frrcii,  Catal.  N.  Y.  State  Cabinet,  p.  61,  No.  2. 

Collected  in  the  vicinity  of  Pembina. 

59.  Deltocephalus  configuratus^  n.  sp. 

Kobust,  pale  yellowish-testaceous,  polished,  inscribed  with  brown, 
white  and  black.  Face  faintly  brownish  each  side,  with  a  series  of  grad- 
uated, wavy,  transverse  lines  each  side  of  fh>nt^  and  ow\3afc\ss:x^^^>^^ 


512     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

longitudinal  straight  line ;  vertex  bluntly  triangnlar,  its  apex  white,  and 
bounded  inferiorly  by  a  brown,  minute,  arcuated  line;  the  edge  white^ 
bluntly  rounded ;  cranium  with  a  broad  and  long  brown  line  each  side, 
which  tapers  anteriorly,  invaded  in  front  by  a  slender  band  and  by  a 
broader  oblique  line  each  side  posteriorly,  both  white ;  the  broad  lateral 
and  the  central  depressed  line  aho  white ;  clypeus  white,  the  rostrum 
dull  ochreous,  tipped  with  piceous.  Pronotum  white,  with  six  brown 
lines,  of  which  the  two  middle  ones  are  broader  and  longer,  and  between 
them  are  two  very  dark  brown  points ;  beneath  the  posterior  angle  of 
the  eye  is  a  spot,  and  on  the  side  of  the  pronotum,  as  well  as  on  its 
lower  margin,  is  a  brown  line ;  cheeks  with  a  large  brown  spot  and 
minute  specks  in  the  darker  specimens.  Pleura  blackish,  the  segments 
margined  with  testaceous  or  yellow.  Scutellum  faintly  embrowned  ( $ ), 
suffused  with  yellow  ( i ),  and  marked  with  a  brown  spot  each  side  of 
base,  with  a  smaller  spot  each  side  of  the  middle,  and  with  a  submargi- 
nal  line  each  side  of  tip.  Gorium  translucent,  pale  testaceous,  margined 
all  around  with  white,  the  nervures  white,  and  the  areoles  of  the  disk 
and  tip  margined  with  fuscous;  four  apical  areoles,  which  are  large  and 
angular.  Wings  milky-white,  a  little  nebulous  exteriorly  towards  the 
tip.  Legs  yellowish,  the  femora  banded  and  the  posterior  pair  streaked 
with  brown;  the  tibiae  with  longitudinal  series  of  brown  dots;  apical 
two-thirds  of  the  tarsi  piceous.  Abdomen  black,  the  fore  and  hind 
margins  of  the  segments,  and  usually  two  or  three  of  the  posterior  seg- 
ments testaceous ;  connexivum  margined  more  or  less  greenish-yellow. 
Last  ventral  segment  of  the  female  triangularly  lobed  on  the  middle  of 
the  hind  margin,  and  emarginated  each  side  of  the  lobe.  Inferior  gen- 
ital covers  long,  suboval  posteriorly,  the  margin  situated  inferiorly  and 
with  a  short  groove;  at  the  upper  angle  is  a  pencil  of  stiff  bristles ;  the 
sheath  supporting  the  penis  is  shovel-shaped,  beset  with  bristles,  a  little 
sinuated  each  side,  where  also  a  long  stylet  projects  backwards.  Length 
to  tip  of  abdomen  ( i )  4"",  ( $ )  S"*"".    Width  of  pronotum  1.5°"". 

The  female  is  paler  than  the  male,  and  has  less  fuscous  on  the  hem- 
elytra.    In  both  sexes,  the  hemelytra  are  shorter  than  the  abdomen. 

Collected  in  the  Milk  River  region  in  Northern  Montana. 

A  species  of  Psyllu  is  in  the  collection  from  the  vicinity  of  Pembina^ 
hrat  it  is  too  much  altered  to  admit  of  description. 


ART.    XXIII-ON    THE   LEPIDOPTERA   COLLECTED    BY   DR. 
ELLIOTT  COUES,  U,  S.  A.,  IN  MONTANA,  DURING  1874/ 


By  W.  H.  Edwards. 


The  batterflies  were  few  in  number,  bat  embrace  some  interesting 
species,  and  at  least  two  that  are  new.  Tbey  were  taken  at  various 
points  on  the  forty-ninth  parallel,  in  Montana,  between  2Gth  July  and 
2Gth  August,  a  season  of  the  year  not  favorable  to  collecting  these  in- 
sects, being  too  late  for  the  early  broods  and  too  early  for  the  autumnal. 

PAPILIONID^. 

1.  Pieris  protodice^  Boisduval. 

2.  Pieris  occidentalism  Beakirt. 

A  few  specimens  were  taken  early  in  August  at  the  point  of  crossing 
Milk  River  and  beyond.  P.  protodice  ranges  over  the  continent  from 
Kew  York  to  California,  and  on  the  western  coast  is  found  in  British 
Columbia.  It  is,  however,  much  more  abundant  to  the  eastward,  ancl 
in  the  Ohio  Valley  is  extremely  common  in  the  months  of  August  and 
September.  So  far  as  appears,  it  is  single-brooded,  and  passes  the  win- 
ter in  chrysalis.  The  larviB  feed  upon  cabbage,  horse-radish,  and  allied 
plants. 

P.  occidenialis  is  a  Western  species,  not  known  this  side  of  the  Rocky 
Mountains,  but  ranging  from  Colorado  to  the  Pacific.  It  may  be  dis- 
tinguished from  protodice  by  the  more  rounded  hind  margins  of  prima- 
ries, and  by  the  arrangement  of  the  curved  band  of  black  patiChes  on 
the  discs  of  the  same  wings,  there  being  a  patch  near  the  inner  margin 
which  completes  the  band.  The  under  side  is  paler  and  more  yellow - 
dusted  than  is  the  other  species. 

3.  Colias  keewaydinj  Edwards. 

This  species  occupies  the  same  territory  with  the  larger  and  deeper- 
colored  orange  species,  C.  eurytheme^  Boisduval,  and  may  perhaps  yet 
prove  by  breeding  from  the  egg  to  be  a  variety  of  that;  but,  till  so  proved, 
it  is  sufficiently  distinct  to  warrant  its  being  regarded  as  a  true  species. 
Th^se  orange  Coliades  are  found  from  Illinois  to  the  Pacific  and  as  far 
south  as  Arizona.  Their  larvse  feed  on  buffalo-grass  and  species  of 
clover,  and  that  of  Colias  eurytheme  so  closely  resembles  the  larva  of  C. 
philodicey  the  common  species  of  the  Eastern  States,  that  it  can  scarcely 
be  distinguished  from  it. 

[•Sco  note,  p.  481,  anteil, — Ed.] 


514  BLT-LETIX    UNITED   STATES    GEOLOGICAL   SrEVEY. 

4«  Colia*  erip\}fle,  Edw..  'new  species;. 

From  3Iilk  River.  This  species  nmcli  resembles  pkilodiee  in  oolori 
but  is  paler  and  of  smaller  avenige  size.  The  marginal  fiiaeoiia  boiden 
are  pale-colored,  and  are  cat  to  the  edge  of  the  wing  by  the  yellow 
uennles,  and  the  inner  side  of  these  borders  is  almost  always  crenated. 
The  discal  spot  on  the  npper  side  of  the  fore  wings  is  small,  oval,  and 
black,  of/hind  wings  is  orange,  single,  and  almost  always  deep  orange; 
on  the  nnder  side,  the  surface  of  the  hind  wings  and  the  costal  mar- 
gin of  fore  wings  is  largely  dusted  with  fine  brown  scales ;  the  discal  spot 
of  the  fore  wings  has  a  yellow  central  streak,  and  that  of  the  hind  wings 
is  single  (with  an  occasional  exception),  small,  either  white  or  roseate,  in 
a  ferroginons  ring.  Most  often  the  surface  of  both  wings,  apart  froia  the 
dival  spots,  is  immaculate,  showing  no  trace  of  aubmarginal  brown 
points  or  spot  at  outer  angle  of  hind  wings. 

I  first  received  examples  of  this  species  from  Mr.  T.  L.  Mead,  who  took 
them  in  Colorado,  in  1871,  and  was  disposed  to  regard  them  as  a  variety 
of  pkilodiee.  Subsequently  I  received  about  50  specimens,  taken  by  the 
late  O.  B.  Crotch,  in  British  Columbia,  and  later,  1874,  several  speci- 
mens, which  were  taken  by  Mr.  Pywell  on  the  line  of  the  Northern  Pacific 
Bailrood  west  of  Bismarck.  This  material  enables  me  to  judge  with 
confidence  of  the  distinctness  of  this  species.  It  is  not;  in  my  opinion, 
a  variety  of  philodicej  nor  is  it  oceideHtaliSj  Scudder,  to  which  it  bears 
some  resemblance. 

No  other  PapUionida  were  collected  by  the  expedition,  though  no  donbt 
several  of  the  large  Papilioi — euryniedon^  daunusj  and  rutulus — shonlil, 
at  the  proper  season,  be  found  in  that  latitude.  So  the  Coliadesj  9cudderi 
and  dUxandra^  should  be  common  throughout  that  part  of  the  mountains, 
and  the  ocbraoeous  species  astroca^  of  which  two  or  three  specimens  only 
have  as  yet  been  brought  to  notice,  collected  by  the  Expedition  of  I>r. 
Uayden  ou  tlie  Yellowstone. 

DANAID^. 
5.  Danais  archippus. 

This  species  inhabits  the  entire  coDtiueDt  below  the  sub-boreal  regions, 
and  has  even  reached  the  Sandwich  Islands.  It  is  large-bodied  and 
strong  of  wing,  and  its  larvae  finding  a  food-plant  in  any  species  of  milk- 
weed (Asclepiaa)  the  butterfly  has  penetrated  every  district  in  which 

these  plants  grow. 

NYMFHALID^. 

C.  Argynnin  edicardsi,  Reakirt. 

This  large  and  beautiful  species  was  taken  on  Chief  Mountain, 
August  15.  It  ranges  from  Colorado  to  Montana,  and  appears  to  be 
confined  to  the  mountains.  It  may  be  known  by  its  large  size,  by  the 
long  and  pointed  fore  wings,  and  by  the  great  size  of  the  silver  spots 
that  ornament  its  under  side.  The  groundcolor  of  this  side  in  both 
sexes  is  of  an  olive-green,  and  forms  a  good  distinctive  character. 


EDWABDS   ON  LEPIDOPTERA  OF  MONTANA.  515 

7.  Argynnis  nevadensis^  Edwards. 

This  batterfly  was  taken  near  Three  Bnttes^  Aagast  8.  It  is  aUied  to 
edwardri  in  shape,  and  forms  a  snbgronp  with  it.  It  is  brighter-colored^ 
smaller-sized,  and  beneath  the  gronnd-color  is  yellow  or  buff,  mottled  in 
the  male  with  pale  olive-green,  and  in  the  female  with  darker  buff.  The 
species  ranges  from  Nevada  northward,  and  is  confined  to  the  monntains. 

8.  Argynnis  clto^  Edw.,  (new  species). 

A  female  was  taken  at  Chief  Mountain,  Angnst  21.  The  male  was 
known  to  me  from  a  specimen  formerly  taken  by  Dr.  Bayden's  Montana 
Expedition.  Both  sexes  expand  two  inches,  and  resemble  eurynome^  £d w., 
in  size  and  shape.  The  black  markings  of  upper  side  are  less  sharply 
defined,  nearly  all  of  them  having  a  rough  edging.  On  the  under  side, 
the  spots  which  in  most  species  of  Argynnis  are  silver  are  here  bufll 
with  no  trace  of  silver. 

0-  Argynnis  rhodope^  Edwards. 

A  single  female  was  taken,  August  8,  near  Three  Buttes,  and  is  the 
first  instance  which  has  come  to  my  knowledge  of  the  appearance  of 
this  species  within  the  United  States.  The  only  examples  hitherto  taken 
have  come  firom  Cariboo,  British  Columbia. 

The  Argynnides  comprise  a  very  large  proportion  of  the  species  of 
butterflies  of  the  United  States  and  British  America,  more  than  forty 
having  been  described.  Of  these,  the  larger  part  Inhabit  the  Bocky 
Mountains  and  the  districts  beyond  to  the  Pacific.  They  are  mostly  local 
in  their  habits,  and  are  confined  to  the  valleys  and  lower  slopes  of  the 
mountains,  alighting  on  flowers.  The  larvsd  so  far  as  known  feed  upon 
di£ferent  species  of  violet,  and  the  larger  species  are  single-brooded, 
hibernating  in  the  larval  state. 

10.  Phydodes  marciaj  Edwards. 

A  single  specimen^  collected  at  Milk  Biver,  July  25.  This  species  is 
allied  to  Tharos^  and  may  yet  be  found  dimorphic  with  it.  The  two 
range  over  the  whole  of  the  region  east  of  the  Bocky  Mountains,  and  have 
been  taken  also  in  Colorado.  To  the  westward  they  are  replaced  by 
campestris^  mylliUaj  and  other  allied  species,  though  to  the  northwest 
Tharos  has  been  taken  quite  at  the  Pacific— in  British  Columbia.  It  is 
also  found  on  the  Mackenzie  Biver.  These  small  butterflies  are  com- 
mon on  the  Plains,  and  in  cultivated  districts  frequent  meadows. 

VANESSIDiE. 

11.  Vanessa  antiopa^  Linnseus. 

12.  Pyrameis  cardni,  Linnaeus. 

These  two  species  inhabit  the  entire  continent,  and  the  Old  World 
as  well,  the  boreal  regions  excepted.    I  have  received  antiopa  from  the 


616     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

Yakon  Eiver,  and  from  various  parts  of  British  America.  P.  cardui  has 
its  raDge  more  to  the  soathward,  aDd  abounds  in  Arizona  and  New 
Mexico,  where  antiopa  is  but  occasional.  The  larvse  of  both  species  are 
gregarioas,  those  of  antiopa  feeding  on  willow,  of  cardui  principally  on 
thistle. 

13.  Aglais  milbertij  Godart. 

A  few  specimens  of  this  were  taken  at  Chief  Mountain,  August  22. 
The  species  rangeseast ward  to  the  Atlantic,  but  is  nowhere  common.  In 
Colorado,  Mr.  Mead  found  it  abundant,  and  saw  large  numbers  of  the 
larvae,  which  are  gregarious  and  feed  on  willow.  Probably  this  species 
is  more  abundant  in  the  Bocky  Mountains  than  elsewhere.  I  have  not 
received  it  from  States  to  the  south  of  Colorado,  but  in  British  America 
it  is  found  as  far  north  as  Fort  Simpson  on  the  Mackenzie  Biver. 

Xo  other  Vanessans  were  taken,  but  doubtless  j-album  and  kuntera 
are  also  common  on  the  forty-ninth  parallel.  Grapta  faunus  and  progne 
may  also  be  found,  and  perhaps  zephyrus  and  satyrus. 

No  species  of  Limenitis  were  taken,  though  doubtless  one  or  more 
species  would  have  been  abundant  earlier  in  the  season ;  artheniiSy  and 
its  supposed  dimorphic  variety  proserpinaj  and  tceidemeyeriy  the  latter 
ranging  over  the  mountains  from  Arizona  to  Montana,  and  arthemis  to 
the  northward  as  far  as  Fort  Simpson. 

SATYBID.E. 

14.  Coenonympha  ochracea^  Edwards. 

15.  Coenonympha  inornata^  Edwards. 

The  former  light  ochre-yellow,  the  other  dark  brown,  changing  to 
umber.  Several  specimens  from  different  localities  were  taken.  These 
are  small  butterflies,  expanding  about  one  inch,  and  inhabit  the  Plains, 
their  larvoe  feeding  on  the  blades  of  grasses.  Species  of  this  genus 
abound  Jn  all  the  valleys  of  the  Rocky  Mountains,  and  to  the  westward 
as  far  as  the  Pacitic,  bat  to  the  eastward  are  unknown. 

16.  Satyrns  boopiSy  Behr. 

Chief  Mountain,  July  21.  Represented  by  a  single  specimen.  This 
species  belongs  rather  to  Oregon  and  British  Columbia,  being  apparently 
very  rarely  found  in  the  Eocky  Mountains.  I  have  not  seen  it  from 
Colorado,  and  but  once  or  twice  in  Dr.  Haydeu's  collections  from 
Montana.  It  is  one  of  our  largest  species,  size  of  alope^  and  is  without 
the  yellow  band  in  fore  wings  seen  in  that  species,  and  usually  has  no 
ocelli  on  the  under  side  of  the  bind  wings. 

17.  Satyncs  charouj  Edwards. 

A  few  specimens  were  taken  at  Frencbraau's  River  and  Chief  Mount- 
ain.    This  is  a  small,  black  species,  first  noticed  by  Mr.  Mead  in  Colorado, 


EDWARDS   ON   LEPIDOPTERA   OF   MONTANA.  517 

where  it  is  common,  and  afterward  by  Dr.  Haydcn  in  Montana,  and 
seems  to  be  limited  to  the  mountains  in  its  range. 

The  larger  Satyridce  frequent  open  forests  as  well  as  grassy  plains, 
their  larvoi  living  on  the  grasses. 

LYC^NID^. 

18.  Thecla  mopsus,  Boisduval. 

This  genus  was  represented  by  a  single  specimen  of  mopsuSj  a  species 
which  is  spread  over  the  northern  parts  of  the  continent,  and  on  the 
Atlantic  as  far  south  as  Georgia. 

19.  Ohrysophanm  ruMdus,  Edwards. 

A  single  specimen  was  taken  near  Three  Bnttes,  August  8.  The 
species  seems  limited  to  Montana  and  westward  to  Oregon.  Dr.  Hay- 
den  has  sent  an  occasional  specimen  from  Montana.  ^  It  is  of  a  fiery 
copper  color,  and  forms  one  of  a  group  of  three,  the  others  being  sirius 
from  Colorado  and  cupreus  from  Oregon. 

20.  Lyccena  melissaj  Edwards. 

A  number  of  specimens  were  taken  at  several  localities.  The  species 
ranges  from  Arizona  to  British  America. 

No  other  Lycwnidce  were  taken,  though  doubtless  Lyccena  is  numer- 
ously represented  on  the  forty-ninth  parallel,  and  of  Thecla  and  Chryso- 
phanus  three  or  four  species  of  each  should  be  common.  These  insects 
likewise  inhabit  grassy  plains  and  slopes,  and  the  Theclas  open  forests. 

HESPERID--E. 

21.  Pyrgus  tessellataj  Scudder. 

A  species  spread  over  the  greater  part  of  the  continent,  usually  known 
as  sileus. 

22.  Famphila  Colorado^  Scudder. 

Allied  to  comma  of  Europe,  and  common  throughout  the  Bocky 
Mountains. 

The  Hesperidos  are  very  numerously  represented  in  the  United  States, 
and  comprise  nearly  one-fourth  of  all  the  species  of  diurnal  Lepidopiera 
within  our  limits.  From  the  Bocky  Mountains  and  west  to  the  Pacific, 
the  species  are  much  less  numerous  than  in  the  eastern  and  southern  dis- 
tricts. 


i 


ART.  XXIV.-AN  ACCOUNT  OF  SOME  INSECTS  OF  UNUSUAL  IN- 
TEREST  FROM  THE  TERTIARY  ROCKS  OF  COLORADO  AND 
WYOMING. 


By  Samuel  H.  Scuddbe. 


An  examiDAtioii  of  an  extensive  series  of  fossil  insects  reoently  ob- 
tained in  dififerent  parts  of  tbe  Bocky  Mountain  region  bas  broni^t  to 
ligbt  a  large  namber  of  remarkable  forms.  To  illnstrate  tbis,  and  -m  an 
indication  of  what  we  may  expect  farther  researches  will  reveal,  I 
have  brought  together  in  this  paper  a  few  examples  from  dififerent 
orders.  These,  however,  are  some  of  the  most  striking.  It  will 
scarcely  fall  of  remark  that  those  which  come  from  the  Florissant  beds 
indicate  a  tropical  relationship  to  a  conspicnons  degree.  Perhaps  this 
selection  may  show  it  to  a  far  greater  extent  than  a  more  systematic 
one  woald  do;  but  my  studies  are  constantly  revealing  similar  affinities, 
leaving  no  doabt  in  my  mind  that  the  faanal  elements  of  Tropical 
America  of  to-day  entered  largely  into  the  insect-life  of  the  central 
United  States  in  Tertiary  times.  Similar  tropical  characteristics  have 
already  appeared  in  other  Tertiary  insects  I  have  examined,  such  as  in 
the  Orthaptera  previously  described  from  Florissant,  the  Entimusy  the 
Aphanay  and  perhaps  the  Cyitaromyia  from  White  River,  aud  possibly 
also  the  LUkoriaUB  from  Btitish  Oolnmbia. 

The  beetle  described  below  {Parolamia  nM^t^),  however,  is  of  an  Old 
World  rather  than  a  New  World  type. 

Perhaps  the  most  generally  intenesting  insect  wiH  be  thoaght  to  be 
the  fossil  batterfly  (Prodryas  persephone)^  which  is  so  perfect  as  to  allow 
description  of  the  scales,  and,  besides  being  the  flr^  found  in  America, 
is  far  flnw  than  any  of  the  nine  specimens  which  have  been  discovered 
in  Europe,  and  shows,  moreover,  some  features  betokening  its  antiquity. 

The  fly  {Palembolus  Jhriffems)  is  interesting,  not  only  as  representing 
a  highly  specialized  type  hitherto  unknown  on  this  continent,  but  as 
showing  how  the  sea>blance  of  an  original  vein  may  be  formed  in  the 
wings  out  of  mere  fragments  of  distinct  veins,  afiFording,  indeed,  a  better 
example  of  this  feature  than  living  members  of  the  same  group  in  other 
parts  of  the  world. 

The  insects  from  othw  places  than  Florissant  are  described  on  account 
of  their  remarkable  character.  The  eggs  of  the  CarydaKf^  are,  so  far 
as  I  know,  the  first  insect-eggs  that  have  been  found  in  a  fossil  state; 
but  aside  from  that,  they  have  an  intrinsic  interest.  The  Dysagrian  from 
Green  Eiver  is  of  a  marked  tropical  type;  while  the  cases  of  the  caddis- 
fly  enable  me  to  draw  the  attention  of  collectors  to  the  occurrence  of  such 
objects  in  a  fossil  condition. 

519 


520  BULLETIN   UNITED   STATES   GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY. 

LEPIDOPTEKA:  PKODKYAS  (r^oi,  op^ja^). 

A  Stout-bodied,  strong-winged  genus  of  Praafecti.  Eyes  moderatelj 
large.  Antennse  remarkably  short,  scarcely  longer  tlian  the  head  and 
thorax  together,  the  club  moderately  long,  obovate  or  subfasiform,  about 
twice  as  stout  as  the  stalk,  about  five  times  as  long  as  broad,  broadly 
and  regularly  rounded  at  the  tip,  and  composed  of  eleven  or  twelve 
joints  of  nearly  equal  length.  Palpi  extending  beyond  the  front  of  the 
head  by  a  little  more  than  the  length  of  the  apical  joint ;  the  latter 
about  five  times  as  long  as  broad,  equal,  cylindrical,  broadly  rounded 
at  the  tip,  and  uniformly  clothed  with  slender  scales;  the  middle  joint 
appears  to  be  moderately  slender  and  compressed,  twice  as  broad  as  the 
apical  joint. 

The  thorax  is  stout,  with  the  general  form  of  the  Prcefectiy  and  particu- 
larly of  the  Si)ecial  group  to  which  Vanessa  and  Hypanariia  belong. 
The  median  ridge  of  the  mesothorax  has  a  minutely  impressed  line  poste- 
riorly ;  the  scutellum  is  pretty  large,  lozenge-shaped,  slightly  broader 
than  long ;  the  metathoracic  epimera  are  pretty  large,  and  taper  apically 
at  the  median  line  of  the  thorax  to  a  blunt  point.  The  legs  are  too  im- 
j>erfectly  seen  through  the  wings  to  give  even  the  length  of  any  part  or 
of  the  whole  of  any  one  with  probability.  Posterior  lobe  of  patagia 
about  twice  as  long  as  its  mean  breadth,  curving  outward  and  tapering 
regularly  and  rapidly  to  a  somewhat  produced  outer  apical  angle. 

Fore  wings  nearly  twice  as  long  as  broad,  unusually  triangular,  the 
costal  margin  almost  exactly  straight,  but  bent  with  a  posterior  curve 
at  the  extremity,  and  slightly  convex  at  the  extreme  base;  the  outer 
margin  is  also  nearly  straight  ou  either  of  its  two  halves,  separated  by 
a  slight  bend  at  the  extremity  of  the  up[)er  median  nervule,  the  lower 
half  faintly  convex;  the  inner  margin  is  straight,  the  outer  angle  only 
a  little  rounded.  The  costal  nervule  terminates  at  the  middle  of  the 
wing.  The  first  superior  subcostal  nervule  originates  shortly  before  the 
origin  of  the  first  inferior  subcostal  nervule,  and  terminates  scarcely 
beyond  the  middle  of  the  third  quarter  of  the  wing;  the  second  superior 
aiud  second  inferior  subcostal  nervules  originate  in  the  middle  of  the 
wing,  the  latter  from  the  first  inferior  branch,  as  far  beyond  its  base 
as  the  first  superior  nervule  before  it;  the  former  terminates  at  the 
middle  of  the  outer  half  of  the  costal  border;  the  latter  diverges 
from  the  first  inferior  branch  so  slightly  as  to  be  nearly  continuous 
with  its  basal  portion;  the  third  superior  branch  originates  as  £ar 
beyond  the  second  as  the  second  beyond  the  first,  and  the  fourth 
midway  between  the  third  and  the  outer  margin ;  the  latter  is  widely 
parted  from  the  main  vein,  and  strikes  the  costal  margin  as  far  beyond 
the  obtuse  but  distinctly  angled  apex  of  the  wing  as  the  main  branch 
passes  below  it.  The  cell  is  open.  The  first  median  branch  originates 
midway  between  the  base  and  the  final  forks,  and  the  latter  diverge 
very  slightly  at  base,  leaving  a  very  open  and  broad  subcostomedian 
interspace. 


SCUDDER   ON   TERTIARY    INSECTS.  521 

Hind  wings  shaped  somewhat  as  in  Hypanartiaj  the  costal  border 
beyond  the  great  rounded  prominence  of  the  extreme  base  being  very 
gently  convex,^the  onter  margin  full  on  the  upper  half,  the  upper  outer 
angle  broadly  rounded;  the  upper  median  nervule  is  developed  in  the 
middle  of  the  wfdg  into  a  long,  slender,  tapering  tail,  and  the  lower  half  of 
the  wing  is  strongly  crenulate,  and  especially  roundly  excised  in  the  lower 
median  interspace  and  lobed  on  the  lowest  median  nervule;  the  lower 
outer  angle  is  well  rounded;  the  inner  margin  plainly  forms  a  gutter 
for  the  reception  of  the  abdomen.  The  costal  and  precostal  veins  are 
very  doubtful,  being  exceedingly  obscure  on  the  specimen  ;  but  the 
former  apparently  arises  from  the  common  stem  of  the  costal  and  sub- 
costal veins  at  right  angles  to  it  shortly  beyond  the  base,  and  then  curves 
strongly  outward  subparallel  to  the  costal  margin,  striking  the  latter 
in  the  middle  of  its  apical  half;  while  the  precostal  is  a  simple  recurved 
vein,  directed  inward  and  forward  at  the  sharpest  point  of  the  costal 
curve.  The  subcostal  vein  is  peculiar  in  that  its  Qrst  branch,  origina- 
ting only  a  little  beyond  the  costal,  approximates  so  closely  to  the  costal 
margin  as  to  strike  8C<arcely  outside  of  the  upper  outer  angle  of  the 
wing,  a  place  usually  reserved  for  the  apex  of  the  costal  vein ;  the  sub- 
costal forks  again,  scarcely  more  than  one-quarter  way  from  the  base  of 
its  first  branch  to  the  margin,  the  middle  branch  continuing  the  curve 
of  the  main  stem,  and  the  lower  branch  diverging  very  gradually  from 
it,  and  w^idely  distant  from  the  median  vein.  The  main  stem  of  the  latter, 
with  its  upper  branch,  forms  a  gentle  sinuous  curve  scarcely  approach* 
ing  the  subcostal  vein  (the  cell  being  open),  and  emits  its  first  branch 
in  the  middle  of  the  cell,  or  scarcely  more  than  half-way  from  the  base 
to  its  final  divarication.  Thislattcr  is  unusually  slight,  the  middle  branch 
keeping  throughout  very  close  to  the  upper  and  distant  from  the  lower 
branch.  The  submedian  strikes  the  angle  of  the  wing  as  far  from  the 
lower  branch  iis  it  is  from  the  middle  branch  of  the  median.  The  in- 
ternal nervule  cannot  be  determined. 

The  abdomen  is  full,  with  the  third  and  fourth  joints  longest,  the 
whole  nearly  twice  as  long,  and  in  the  middle  fully  as  broad  as  tbe 
thorax. 

This  is  the  first  butterfiy  that  has  been  found  fossil  in  America,  and 
as  only  nine  species  are  J^nown  from  the  well- worked  Tertiary  strata  of 
Europe,  it  may  properly  be  esteemed  an  especial  rarity.  Besides  this 
it  has  a  double  value :  first,  in  that  it  is  far  more  perfect  than  any  of 
the  European  specimens  (nearly  all  of  which  I. have  seen) ;  and,  second, 
in  presenting,  as  none  of  the  others  do  to  any  conspicuous  degree,  a 
marked  divergence  from  living  types,  combined  with  some  characters 
of  an  inferior  organization.  When  first  received,  the  tails  of  the  hind 
wings  and  the  tips  of  the  antennae  were  hidden  by  flakes  of  stone,  and 
it  was  taken,  both  by  myself  and  by  every  entomologist  to  whom  I 
showed  it,  to  be  a  Hesperian,  the  lowest  family  of  butterflies.  The  neu- 
ration,  however,  which,  although  mostly  very  obscure,  can  be  deter- 
Bull.  iv.  No.  2 U 


622     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

mined  with  certainty,  shows  it  to  be  a  Nymphalid,  the  highest  family, 
with  which  the  structure  of  the  antennae  and  palpi  and  the  outline  of 
the  hind  wings,  now  entirely  uncovered,  perfectly  agree.  The  first  in- 
ference was  drawn  principally  from  the  robustness  of  the  body  and  the 
form,  proportions,  and  markings  of  the  front  wings.  The  latter  are 
unusually  long  for  a  Nymphalid  of  this  type,  have  a  remarkably  straight 
<M>sta,  an  outer  border  bent  at  the  middle  instead  of  far  above  it,  and 
are  possessed  of  a  nearly  transverse,  median,  light-colored  belt  on  a 
dark  ground,  a  snbapical  row  of  small  si)ots  depending  from  the  costa, 
a  spot  in  continuity  with  them  in  the  upper  median  interspace,  and 
beyond  them,  parallel  to  the  outer  border,  in  the  costo-subcostal  inter- 
space, a  pair  of  minute  spots, — all  characters  perfectly  consonant  with 
Hesperian  affinities ;  never  combined,  and  each  very  rare  in  the  Nym- 
phales.  It  is  not  a  little  strange,  however,  that  while  the  lorm  and 
markings  of  the  fore  wings  are  hesperidiform,  those  of  the  hind  wings 
are  decidedly  nymphalidiform.  That  the  exact  opposite  should  be 
a  far  more  probable  occurrence,  follows  as  an  assumption  from  the 
fact  that,  as  a  general  rule,  the  front  wings  only  of  the  lower  Lepidoptera 
are  ornamented,  and  that  therefore  the  ornamentation  of  the  hind  wings 
is  a  more  recent  development.  The  somewhat  variegated  markings  of 
the  hind  wings  are  indeed  similar  to  what  we  find  in  certain  UrbicolcB, 
such  as  Pythonidenj  but  they  are  far  more  common  in  ^^ymphaleSj  while 
the  wing-contour  is  of  a  high  nymphalideous  type,  quite  above  anything 
we  ever  find  in  Urbivolce. 

I  am  at  a  loss  to  suggest  any  really  plausible  explanation  of  the  mode 
of  development  through  which  the  hind  wing  should  have  attained  an 
ornamentation  consistent  with  its  organization,  while  the  ornamentation 
of  the  fore  wings,  whose  structural  framework  has  kept  pace  with  that 
of  the  hind  wings,  has  not  advanced  a  single  step  beyond  a  tyi)e  common 
to  the  lowest  family  of  butterfiies.  It  may,  however,  be  suggested  as  a 
mere  speculation  that  the  position  in  which  the  wings  of  many  Urbicolm 
are  held  in  repose  (the  front  wings  oblique  or  suberect,  while  the  hind 
wings  are  horizontal,  and  therefore  more  fully  exposed  to  view)  might 
be  productive  of  such  a  result.  In  this  case,  we  should  anticipate 
further  indications  of  such  a  feature,  at  least  in  fossil  forms.  We  are 
acquainted  with  the  upper  surface  markings  of  both  pairs  of  wings  in 
extinct  butterflies  only  in  Xeorinopis  sepulta  (Boisd.)  Butl.  and  Thaites 
ruminiana  Ileer.  It  had  escaped  notice  in  my  original  study  of  these,* 
that  when  they  are  compared  with  living  types,  indications  appear 
of  precisely  the  same  nature,  although  by  no  means  so  conspicuous. 
The  rude  i)atches  of  color  that  mark  the  discoidal  area  of  the  front 
wings  of  iV.  sepulta,  and  the  repetition  of  almost  similar,  unbroken, 
transversije  bars  on  the  same  portion  of  the  front  wings  of  T,  ruminiana j 
when  compared  with  these  parts  in  their  nearest  living  allies,  are  clearly 


Mem.  Atner.  Assoc.  Adv.  Sc.  i,  1875. 


SCUDDER    ON   TERTIARY    INSECTS.  523 

indicatious  of  an  iuferior  as  well  as  au  earlier  type,  while  no  such  con- 
trast IS  presented  in  the  delicate  shading  and  more  complicated  pat- 
tern of  the  hind  wings.  But,  again,  a  partial  comparison  may  be  made 
with  the  markings  of  the  front  wing  alone,  and  in  the  seven  other  species 
of  described  fossil  butterflies  there  is  not  one,  with  the  possible  excep-' 
tion  of  Eugonia  atava*  (Heer)  Scudd.,  in  which  the  markings  may  be 
looked  upon  as  less  highly  developed  than  in  the  living  types. 

Instances  could,  of  course,  be  easily  given  from  among  living  types 
in  which  the  ornamentation  of  the  upper  surface  is  less  variegated  in  the 
fore  wings  than  in  the  hind  pair,  but  it  might  readily  be  doubted 
whether  this  should  be  looked  upon  as  having  any  direct  bearing  upon 
this  subject;  yet,  even  if  none  could  be  cited,  it  may  fairly  be  urged 
that  the  lapse  of  time  since  the  Florissant  l>eds  wore  deposited  is  am- 
ply  sufticient  for  the  loss  of  any  such  indication  of  hesperidiform  aitiui- 
ties  in  a  group  of  insects  so  pliable  in  ornamentation  as  butterflies  are 
shown  to  be  by  the  mere  fact«  of  mimicry, 

Prodryas  shows  further  peculiarities  when  compared  with  its  nearest 
living  allies.  In  the  Tropical  American  genus  /Z^panar/ia,  which  seems 
to  be  its  nearest  neighbor,  as  in  all  those  closely  allied  to  it  at  the  pres- 
ent day,  the  costal  margin  beyond  the  base  is  uniformly  arched  through- 
out; and  the  outer  margin,  augulated  in  the  upper  half  of  the  wing,  is 
roundly  excised  below  it,  giving  these  butterflies  the  common  name  of 
^'  angle  wings  ^.  They  are  insects  of  strong  and  rapid  flight,  capable  of  the 
most  abrupt  and  unanticipated  movements,  making  them  very  difiicult 
of  capture  on  the  wing.  The  straight,  strong  costa  and  more  elongated 
wing  of  ProdryaSj  on  the  other  hand,  with  its  nearly  uniform  straight, 
outer  border,  combined  with  the  robustness  of  the  body,  indicate  great 
strength  of  wing  and  a  rapid  direct  flight,  as  in  the  Hesperides^  but  not 
the  power  of  sudden  turning. 

In  Uypanartia  ai\d  its  immediate  allies,  thecellof  thefrontwing  isclosed, 
although  by  a  feeble  vein,  and  the  superior  subcostal  nervules  take  their 
rise  at  more  or  less  irregular  distances  apart,  and  run  long  distances 
crowded  side  by  side ;  while  in  Prodryas  the  cell  is  open,  and  the  sub- 
costal nervules  are  much  shorter  and  very  uniform  in  their  distribution  ; 
the  inferior  subcostal  nervules  also  originate  in  Prodryas  in  a  much 
simpler  fashion,  indicating  that  its  ancestors  never  had  the  cell  closed, 
although  a  foreshadowing  of  the  closure  may  be  seen  in  a  row  of  special 
scales  (or  a  line  of  color)  at  the  supposititious  termination  of  the  cell* 
That  this  can  hardly  indicate  a  true  vein  appears  from  the  fact  that 
there  is  not  the  slightest  tendency  of  the  opposing  veins  to  approach 
each  other  at  its  extremities — a  tendency  which  it  would  seem  should 
naturally  precede  the  formation  of  a  vein ;  the  second  inferior  subcostal 
nervule  takes  its  rise  from  the  first  in  just  about  the  same  manner  as 

*  The  remnant  of  this  insect's  front  wing  is  certainly  simpler  in  markings  than  the 
upper  surface  of  allied  living  EagoniaSy  but  it  may  represent  an  inferior  siiriiEfcoe^  in 
vhich  case  there  is  no  special  difference. 


524     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

the  secoud  superior  nervule  originates  from  the  maiu  stem,  neither  its 
basal  portion  nor  that  X)f  the  first  inferior  nervule  showing  any  notice- 
able tendency  to  bend  abruptly  and  to  help  form  the  termination  of  the 
cell,  as  now  appears  in  all  Prcpfecti  to  a  greater  or  less  extent,  and 
which,  in  some  oi)en-celled  genera,  seems  to  indicate  the  loss  of  a 
transverse  discoidal  veinlet  after  a  previous  possession.  The  presence 
of  a  transversely  disposed  pair  of  spots  in  the  costosubcostal  interspace 
also  indicates  the  probability  that  this  interspace  had  hitherto  never 
been  narrower  nor  bridged  by  a  vein. 

In  the  hind  wings,  there  are  two  features  of  importance,  besides  the 
unusual  openness  of  the  cell,  which  is  scarcely  narrowed  apically.  The 
first  is  the  course  of  the  first  subcostal  veinlet,  which  originates  far 
toward  the  base  of  the  wing,  and  terminates  whei'e  the  costal  uervureis 
sure  to  end  in  nearly  all  ^rafectij*  at  the  upper  outer  angle  of  the  wing. 
This  necessitates  a  shortening  of  the  costal  nervure.  I  do  not  know  of 
a  single  instance  of  such  a  feature  among  the  members  of  this  group  of 
Nymphalesy  but  it  is  an  almost  persistent  character  in  the  IMerids,  and 
very  common  in  the  Satyrids.  The  other  point  is  the  extreme  narrow- 
ness of  the  upper  as  compared  with  the  lower  median  interspace,  the 
former  being  scarcely  more  than  half  as  broad  as  the  latter,  owing  to 
the  slight  divergence  and  continual  proximity  of  the  outer  branches  of 
the  median  vein.  The  only  other  feature  in  which  it  differs  unusually 
from  its  allies  is  in  the  brevity  of  the  antennae. 

Prodryas  persephone, — A  single  specimen  (No.  S94)  was  found  in  the 
Tertiary  strata  of  Florissant,  Colo.,  by  Mrs.  Charlotte  Hill.  It  is  in  a 
wonderful  state  of  preservation,  the  wings  expanded  as  if  in  readiness 
for  the  cabinet  and  absolutely  perfect,  with  the  exception  of  the  tail  of 
the  right  hind  wing.  The  thorax  and  abdomen  are  perfectly  preserved, 
but  indications  only  of  the  legs  are  seen  beneath  the  wings.  The  head 
is  twisted  so  as  to  throw  both  antenuso  upon  one  side,  and  to  exhibit  the 
palpi  better  than  would  otherwise  be  the  case.  The  tongue  is  doubtless 
preserved,  but  the  danger  of  injuring  the  palpi  prevents  me  from  chip- 
ping the  stone  to  find  it.  The  autenu;je  are  nearly  perfect,  but  the  stalk 
is  covered  with  a  thin  film  of  stone,  which  will  not  scale,  and  thus  con- 
ceals the  joints.  The  markings  of  the  wings  are  perfectly  preserved, 
but  on  the  costal  area  of  the  hind  wings  are  partially  concealed  by  the 
overlapping  of  the  front  wings.  In  many  parts  of  the  wings,  the  form 
of  the  scales  even  can  be  determined  under  the  microscope.  This  I 
was  unable  to  do  in  any  of  the  European  fossil  butterflies,  although  in 
some  the  points  where  they  were  inserted  could  be  seen. 

The  wings  are  rather  dark  brown,  deepening  in  tint  on  the  front  wings 
toward  the  extreme  base  and  along  the  immediate  costal  edge,  orna- 
mented Avith  pale  markings,  which  were,  perhaps,  bright-colored  in  life. 
Front  wings  with  a  mesial,  transverse,  slightly  arcuate  baud,  extending 

*  III  Volygonia  uud  Bomc  of  its  imuioiliato  ullicB,  the  upper  oiitrr  ungle  of  tho  hind 
"wiug  Ih  curiously  excised,  throwing  tho  costal  nervure  back  some  distance. 


SCUDDEB   ON    TERTIARY   INSECTS.  525 

across  the  wing  at  right  angles  to  the  costal  border,  jast  failing  to  reaoh 
either  margin,  divided  by  every  nervule,  its  inner  margin  continuous 
and  nearly  straight,  its  outer  strongly  crenulate,  being  gently  convex 
n  the  discoidal  cell  (more  below  than  above),  strongly  convex  in  the 
ower  median  and  snbmedio-intemal  interspaces,  and  strongly  sinuous  in 
the  medio-submedian  interspace;  its  upper  extremity  is  before  the  mid- 
dle of  the  wing,  and  incloses  in  its  middle  the  base  of  the  first  superior 
subcostal  nervule;  its  outer  border  is  bent  inward  below  the  cell,  ex- 
actly to  the  last  divarication  of  the  median  nervure,  and  it  reaches  the 
anal  area  of  the  wing  two-thirds  the  distance  from  the  base.  A  row  of 
five  uncqnal  pale  spots  crosses  the  wing  in  a  straight  line,  extending 
from  the  lower  outer  angle  to  the  costal  margin  at  two-thirds  the  distance 
from  the  base;  fonr  of  these  are  approximated  in  the  subcostal  inter- 
spaces; the  fifth  and  largest  is  in  the  middle  of  the  upper  median 
interspace,  but  nearer  the  middle  than  the  upper  median  nervule;  it  is 
broadly  ovato  and  obliqnely  placed,  subparallel  to  the  mesial  band,  its 
broader  extremity  above;  the  lower  of  the  subcostal  spots,  before  the 
middle  of  the  lowest  subcostal  interspace,  is  obovate,  still  more  oblique, 
pointing  toward  the  upper  of  the  subcosto-median  spots  to  be  mentioned, 
and  only  a  little  smaller  than  the  median  spot.  The  three  spots  above 
this  are  equal,  about  half  as  large  as  the  previous,  twice  as  long  as 
broad,  rounded,  subquadrate,  each  occupying  nearly  the  entire  breadth 
of  the  subcostal  interspaces  next  succeeding;  the  upper  two  appear  as 
a  single  spot,  being  scarcely  divided  by  the  intervening  third  superior 
subcostal  nervule.  Still  nearer  the  outer  margin  of  the  wing,  and  par- 
allel to  the  row  of  spots  just  mentioned,  are  two  subequal,  rounded, 
obovate  spots,  slightly  broader  than  long,  the  upper  a  little  the  larger, 
together  occupyitig  the  entire  breadth  of  the  subcosto-median  interspace, 
removed  by  leas  than  twice  their  width  from  the  row  of  spots  previously 
mentioned;  the  fringe  of  the  wing  appears  to  be  slightly  darker  than 
the  ground-color. 

Hind  wings  with  a  very  large  pale  spot  occupying  the  entire  upper 
outer  angle  of  the  wing,  reaching  from  the  outer  margin  nearly  half- 
way  to  the  base,  and  from  the  costal  margin  to  the  upper  median  ner- 
vule; its  basal  margin  is  convex  in  the  subcosto-median  interspace,  fol- 
lowing what  would  perhaps  naturally  be  the  outer  limits  of  the  cell,  while 
on  either  side  of  the  lowest  subcostal  nervule  the  spot  is  separated  from 
the  outer  margin  of  the  wing  by  a  narrow  dark  edging.  On  the  irreg- 
ular bdrder  which  faces  the  median  nervure,  this  pale  spot  emits  three 
long,  more  or  less  sinuous  tongues  of  pale  color:  one  a  very  narrow, 
nearly  straight,  stripe  or  line  along  the  margin  itself,  which  only  extends 
to  the  elongated  upper  median  nervule,  the  breadth  of  the  spot  being 
less  toward  the  margin  than  in  the  middle  of  the  wing;  a  second,  sub- 
parallel  to  the  outer  border,  and  therefore  arcuate,  as  well  as  slightly 
sinuous,  subequal,  more  or  less  broken  into  transverse  spots,  extending 
to  the  inner  margin,  and  distant,  beyond  the  middle  median  nervule. 


626     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

about  half  an  interspace's  width  from  the  outer  margin;  beyond  the  sub- 
median  it  is  very  faint,  and  above  it  the  spot  is  broader;  the  third, 
slightly  narrower,  subparallel  to  the  second,  but  running  more  nearly  at 
right  angles  to  the  nervules,  extends  in  a  slightly  sinuous  course  across 
the  median  interspaces  only,  tapering  apical ly.  In  addition  to  these 
markings,  there  is  a  series  of  submarginal  pale  dots  in  the  lower  half  of 
the  wing,  one  in  the  narrow  (upper  median)  and  two  in  each  of  the 
broader  interspaces,  besides  a  larger  roundish  or  subtransverse  dark 
spot,  deepening  centrally  in  color,  in  the  medio-snbmediau  interspace, 
between  the  submarginal  pale  dots  and  the  middle  tongue  of  the  large 
pale  spot,  which  here  tend  to  inclose  the  dark  spot  in  an  annular  pale 
ring,  and  give  it  the  appearance  of  a  rather  obscure  ocellus.  Above 
the  tail,  the  fringe  appears  to  be  concolorous  with  the  pale  ground  ^ 
below  it,  darker  than  the  adjoining  dark  ground-color.  The  scales  on 
the  outer  half  of  the  front  wing  are  two  or  three  times  as  long  as  broad, 
with  straight  parallel  sides',  a  well-rounded  base,  and  a  deeply  combed 
apex,  consisting  of  from  three  to  five,  usually  four,  entirely  similar,  equi- 
distant, tai>ering,  finely  pointed  teeth,  of  equal  length,  or  the  middle 
ones  slightly  larger,  the  outer  ones  at  the  edges  of  the  scale,  all  nearly 
a  third  as  long  as  the  scale  itself. 

Length  of  body  22"°*,  of  palpi  2.4™°»,  last  joint  of  same  1.3*"",  of  anten- 
nas 1U.5"°»,  of  club  of  same  2.6°>°*;  breadth  of  latter  0.8a"»",  length  of 
thorax  6.5°",  its  breadth  5.5°°  5  expanse  of  wings  54°°;  length  ot  front 
wing  24.5°°,  its  outer  margin  18°°,  its  inner  margin  15°°;  breadth  of 
wing,  14.5°°;  length  of  hind  wing,  excluding  tail,  18°°;  additional 
length  of  tail  3.25°°;  breadth  of  latter  at  base  1°°,  in  the  middle  0.55~° ; 
greatest  breadth  of  hind  wing  10. 75°°;  length  of  abdomen  13°°;  breadth 
of  same  5°°. 

DiPTERA:   PALE3IB0LUS  {'dXai,  eji^okoq). 

The  dipterous  family  HirmoneuridWj  or  Xemestrinida^  is  composed  of 
somewhat  anomalous  forms,  allied  to  the  BanibyMcBj  with  which  they 
were  formerly  classed,  but  showing  in  the  neuration  of  their  wings  a 
decided  afiinity  to  the  Midasidw.  The  family  is  divided  by  Loew  into 
two  sections,  in  one  of  which  the  mouth-parts  are  inconspicuous,  while 
in  the  other  they  project  far  beyond  the  head,  and  may  even  extend  to 
a  length  exceeding  several  times  that  of  the  body.  It  is  a  tropical 
family,  and  only  a  single  species  (Einnoneura  clausa  Sack,  from  Texas) 
has  been  described  from  the  United  States,  and  only  one  more  is  known 
from  North  America.  The  genus  now  brought  to  light  from  the  Tertiary 
rocks  of  Colorado  is  not  only  distinct  from  any  previously  known,  but 
belongs  to  the  rhyncocephalous  division  of  the  family,  now  first  recorded 
from  North  America. 

The  head  is  narrower  than  the  thorax;  the  labium  twice  as  long  as 
the  thorax  ;  labrum  and  other  aculifofm  parts  of  the  proboscis  a  little 
shorter,  reaching  as  far  as  the  base  of  the  terminal  knob  of  the  probos- 


SCUDDER    ON    TERTIARY   INSECTS.  527 

ois;  clypeas  exceedingly  large,  being  longer  than  the  head,  nearly  twice 
as  long  a8  broad,  narrowing  slightly,  broadly  rounded  at  the  tip ;  an- 
tennse  apparently  biarticulate,  the  basal  joint  being  invisible,  separated 
as  widely  as  the  eyes,  the  first  (visible)  joint  cylindrical,  scarcely  longer 
than  broad,  the  second  semi-globular  or  bluntly  conical,  as  broad  at  base 
as  the  first  and  of  equal  length  and  breadth ;  the  style  scarcely  out  of 
center,  more  than  twice  as  large  as  the  two  joints  combined,  one-fourth 
their  width  at  base,  tapering  on  the  apical  half,  composed  of  three  joints, 
of  which  the  terminal  is  as  long  as  the  other  two  combined,  and  the  basal 
is  a  little  longer  than  the  middle  joint ;  possibly  the  style  has  a  minute 
basal  joint,  as  in  Megistorhynchus^  but,  if  so,  it  must  be  so  closely  con- 
nected with  the  apex  of  the  conical  apical  joint  of  the  antennae  as  to 
form  a  part  of  its  carve.  Eyes  naked,  separated  in  front  by  more  than 
half  their  own  width.  As  the  palpi  cannot  be  seen,  it  is  probable  that 
they  are  minute  and  wholly  concealed  beneath  the  head.  Front  equal, 
clothed  rather  abundantly  with  long  bristles,  more  abundant  away  from 
the  middle  line.  Thorax  stout,  of  equal  width  with  the  abdomen;  the 
latter  is  very  much  elongated  in  the  female,  tapers  to  a  point,  is  more  than 
twice  as  long  as  the  thorax  in  the  single  specimen  before  me  (where  the 
joints  are  separated  as  widely  as  possible — probably  half  as  long  again 
as  the  thorax  when  in  a  natural  position),  and  broadest  on  the  second 
and  third  joints.  Legs  not  preserved.  Wings  long  and  slender,  tapering 
on  the  apical  half,  all  the  veins  at  the  apex  of  the  wing  subparallel  or 
equally  converging  toward  the  tip,  having  a  general  longitudinal  direc- 
tion ;  there  are  only  two  submargiual  cells,  and  the  peduncle  of  the  third 
longitudinal  vein  is  nearly  one-third  as  long  as  the  second  submargiual 
cell ;  the  base  of  the  third  longitudinal  vein  with  a  portion  of  the  fourth 
and  fifth  and  the  middle  bent  portion  of  the  anterior  intercalary  vein 
form  together  a  continuous,  nearly  straight,  scarcely  arcuate,  oblique, 
adventitious  vein,  extending  from  the  second  longitudinal  vein  near  the 
middle  of  the  wing  to  beyond  the  middle  of  the  outer  half  of  the  poste- 
rior border ;  there  are  five  posterior  cells,  of  which  the  fourth  is  closed, 
and  the  third  and  fifth  open  upon  the  apical  half  of  the  posterior  border; 
the  third  basal  cell  is  barely  open  ;  there  is  no  reticulation,  and  all  the 
cells  throughout  the  wing  are  of  remarkably  similar  breadth. 

This  genus  would  undoubtedly  fall  into  Nemesirina  as  originally 
founded;  but  several  genera  have  been  separated  from  it  on  good 
grounds,  and  the  present  form  must  stand  in  a  similar  relation  to  it 
Apparently  it  is  more  nearly  related  to  the  South  African  genus  Megis 
torhynchus  Mac(i.  than  to  any  other  genus,  but  difirrs  from  it  in  the 
want  of  an  additional  closed  submarginal  cell  and  apical  reticulatioti  of 
the  wings,  in  the  remarkable  straightness  (as  in  Trichophthalma  Westw.) 
of  the  accidental  oblique  vein  beyond  thc^  middle  of  the  wing,  in  tbe 
slenderness  of  the  basal  and  discal  cells,  and  in  the  simplicity  and 
directness  of  the  sixth  longitudinal  vein.  It  appears  also  to  differ  to  a 
slight  extent  in  the  antenn;:e. 


528     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

Pahmbolus  Jlorigerus. — A  wonderfully  preserved  specimen  (No.  405) 
in  which  everything  but  the  legs  and  palpi  are  visible,  the  parts  of  the 
proboscis  being  separated,  was  found  in  the  shales  of  Florissant  by 
Mrs.  Hill.  The  entire  body  is  very  dark-colored,  with  black  hairs ;  a 
minute  tuft  of  spreading  hairs  is  found  at  the  middle  of  the  upper  base 
of  the  proboscis.  The  posterior  flanks  of  the  thorax  are  fringed  with 
hairs,  and  broad  open  tufts  adorn  the  sides  of  the  2d-4th  and  the  mid- 
dle of  the  posterior  border  of  the  Gth-7th  abdominal  segments,  while 
the  entire  posterior  border  of  the  4th-8th  and  the  whole  dorsal  surface 
of  the  9th  segment  are  similarly  adorned.  Wings  hyaline,  immaculate, 
the  anterior  border  straight  until  near  the  extremity,  where  it  is  strongly 
and  regularly  curved  ;  posterior  border  gently  convex,  and  at  the  mid- 
dle bent,  the  apex  rounded,  placed  below  the  middle  of  the  wing  and 
somewhat  pointed.  The  second  longitudinal  vein  takes  its  rise  from  the 
first  before  the  middle  of  the  wing,  runs  nearly  parallel  to  it  through- 
out its  course,  most  dist^int  from  it  in  the  middle.  The  third  longitudi- 
nal vein  originates  from  the  second  close  to  its  origin,  and  still  before 
the  middle  of  the  wing,  and  runs  toward  the  middle  of  the  outer  half 
of  the  posterior  border,  half-way  to  which  it  strikes  the  small  transverse 
vein,  there  turns  toward  the  apex  and  soon  forks,  both  branches  run- 
ning longitudinally.  The  fourth  longitudinal  vein  arises  from  the  tifth 
before  the  middle  of  the  basal  half  of  the  wing,  is  almost  immediately 
united,  by  an  oblique  vein  running  upward  and  outward,  with  the  first 
longitudinal  vein,  and  then  continues  in  an  arcuate  course,  not  far  distant 
from  the  veins  on  the  other  side  of  the  first  basal  cell,  to  the  small 
transverse  vein;  here,  by  a  slight  angle,  it  assumes  nearly  the  course 
of  this  and  the  base  of  the  third  longitudinal  vein,  until  it  runs  into 
the  anterior  intercalary  vein,  when  it  suddenly  turns  outward,  and 
extends  to  the  tip  of  the  wing,  parallel  to  the  posterior  border,  a  slight 
bend  u])ward  at  its  apex  preventing  it  from  striking  the  very  tip  of  the 
wing ;  both  the  small  or  twiddle  and  the  posterior  transverse  veins  are 
exceedingly  brief.  The  fifth  longitudinal  vein  has  a  nearly  direct 
course  from  the  base  to  the  middle  of  the  outer  half  of  the  posterior 
border,  but  is  twice  bent;  once  at  its  extreme  tip,  where  its  apex  forms 
part  of  the  oblique  adventitious  vein,  and  is  connected  by  the  posterior 
transverse  with  the  anterior  intercalary  vein  ;  and  again  doubly,  some 
way  beyond  its  middle,  where  just  beyond  the  tip  of  the  sixth  longitu- 
dinal vein  it  is  united  to  the  posterior  border  by  the  posterior  basal 
transverse  vein;  here  it  bends  forward  nearly  at  right  angles  to  meet 
the  anterior  intercalary  vein,  and  almost  immediately  bends  as  suddenly 
to  resume,  by  a  slight  curve,  its  original  direction.  The  anterior  inter- 
calary vein,  which  plays  so  extraordinary  a  part  in  this  family,  origi- 
nates from  the  lower  edge  of  the  fourth  longitudinal,  half-way  from  its 
origin  to  the  small  transverse  vein,  and  runs  parallel  to  and  just  outside 
of  the  posterior  basal  transverse  vein,  until  it  strikes  the  upturned 
bend  of  the  fiftli  longitudinal  vein,  curving  at  the  same  time  downward 


SCUDDER  ON  TERTIARY  INSECTS.  529 

toward  tho  final  angle  of  tlie  fourth  longitudinal  vein ;  here  it  unites 
with  that  vein  for  a  very  brief  distance,  then  contributes  its  part  to- 
ward the  adventitious  oblique  vein,  until  close  to  the  posterior  border ; 
when,  at  its  union  witlv-  the  fifth  longitudinal  by  the  posterior  trans- 
verse vein,  it  suddenly  bends  outward,  and  running  parallel  to  and  mid- 
way between  the  extremity  of  the  fourth  longitudinal  vein  and  the  pos- 
terior border,  terminates  just  below  the  tip  of  the  wing.  The  third  and 
fifth  posterior  cells  are  of  nearly  equal  length. 

Length  of  body  (exclusive  of  proboscis,  but  with  abdominal  segments 
extended)  19""",  of  head  S"*",  breadth  of  same  S.Tfc"'" ;  length  of  probos- 
cis 12.6°'",  of  labrnm,  etc.,  11""",  of  dypeus  3.15"°,  breadth  of  same  at 
base  1.9"" ;  length  of  antennai  1.5'"",  of  style  1"" ;  breadth  of  base  of 
antennsB  0.2"'",  of  basal  joints  of  style  0.05"" ;  length  of  thorax  5.5"", 
breadth  of  same  5.35"";  length  of  wing  12"",  breadth  of  same  in  middle 
3.25"";  length  of  first  basal  cell  4.75"",  breadth  of  same  in  middle  0.4""; 
length  of  abdomen  as  preserved  10.5"",  same  with  segments  naturally 
withdrawn  7""',  breadth  of  second  and  third  joints  5.5"". 

CoLEorxERA :  Parolamia  ('dpo^j  Lamia — nom.  gen.). 

« 

A  genus  of  Ceramhycida:,  closely  allied  to  Larniaj  but  differing  from 
it  in  the  brevity  of  the  head  and  the  structure  of  the  antenna;.  Body 
heavy,  moderately  elongated.  The  head  is  less  than  half  as  long  as  the 
jn'othorax,  with  less  prominent  and  more  nearly  approximate  antennal 
tubercles,  as  compared  with  Lamia.  Antenuju  moderately  slender,  half 
as  long  again  as  the  btnly,  composed  of  eleven  joints,  each  cylindrical, 
scarcely  expanded  at  tlie  distal  extremity ;  the  basal  joint  is  short  and 
8tout,  its  length  less  tban  half  the  width  of  the  head,  less  than  twice 
as  long  as  broad,  tapering  apically  almost  as  much  as  at  base ;  the  sec- 
ond joint  smalU  of  equal  diameter  with  the  succeeding,  and  broader 
than  long;  the  remaining  joints  subequal  in  length,  each  equal  in  width 
until  close  to  its  tip,  when  it  expands  slightly,  the  terminal  a  little 
shorter  than  the  penultimate.  Prothorax  transverse,  with  a  not  verj- 
large  spine  on  either  side;  scutellum  larger  than  in  Lamm.  Tegmina 
not  connate,  together  more  than  half  as  broad  again  as  the  base  of 
the  pronotum,  but  with  rounded  humeral  angles,  not  in  the  least  pro- 
duced, and  with  no  basal  tubercles;  they  are  nearly  parallel  in.  their 
basal  half,  but  beyond  taper  regularly,  though  but  slightly,  the  tip 
rounded,  but  not  so  declivaut  exteriorly  as  in  Lamia.  Last  segment  of 
the  abdomen  transverse,  but  longer  than  in  Lamia^  broadly  and  regu- 
larly rounded,  with  no  excision  of  the  apex. 

This  insect  is  interesting  from  its  belonging  to  a  group  not  now 
re[)resented  on  this  continent,  the  true  Lamioidesj  which  are  found 
ex<*lusively  in  Europe  and  Africa,  and  have  their  home  in  tho  Mediter- 
ranean region.  Our  nearest  allies  are  the  species  of  Monohammiis.  In 
its  form,  and  the  sculpturing  of  the  surface,  it  most  recalls  the  genos 
Lamia  proper,  but  differs  from  it  as  well  as  from  the  neighboring  ^<&^> 


530     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

era  in  iiDix>rtaDt  particulars,  which  will,  perhaps,  be  increased  Id  nnm- 
ber  when  other  specimens  permit  us  to  kuow  the  peculiarities  of  the 
structure  of  the  legs  aud  sternal  surface. 

Parolamia  rudis. — A  single  well-preserved  specimen  (No.  7807)  was 
obtained  in  the  Florissant  beds.  The  el^tia  are  parted  and  thrust  for- 
ward upon  the  prothorax,  concealing  its  outer  posterior  portions ;  but 
this  i)ermit8  the  abdomen  to  be  seen,  and  all  other  parts  which  could 
be  seen  on  a  dorsal  view  are  present  excepting  the  legs.  The  head  is 
nearly  smooth,  or  appears  to  be  slightly  scabrous ;  the  antennie  are 
nearly  smooth,  the  bUsal  joint  mesially  carinate  above,  the  last  joint 
bluntly  ix)inted.  Prothorax  subquadrate,  a  little  transverse,  the  extent 
of  the  lateral  spines  concealed ;  su^face  rather  coarsely  and  pretty  uni- 
fbrmly  scabrous.  Elytra  coarsely  granulate  at  the  base,  the  granula- 
tions becoming  gradually  fainter  until  they  disappear,  the  apical  quarter 
being  free,  although  the  surface  is  not  uniform ;  outer  and  inner  edge 
minutely  marginate.  A  fragment  of  one  of  the  wings  remains,  showing 
that  the  insect  was  not  apterous. 

Length  of  body  22.5™'",  of  head  2.5'""',  of  thorax  4""",  of  abdomen  IG*""", 
of  anteniise  26.5""°,  first  joint  of  same  2.5'"~,  its  width  1.25""",  length  of 
third  joint  4.5" '",  its  width  at  base  0.7""",  at  tip  0.9"'"',  length  of  penulti- 
mate joint  4""",  its  width  at  base  0.5""'",  at  tip  O.G"™,  length  of  last  joint 
3.25""";  width  of  prothorax,  exclusive  of  spine,  6'""';  width  of  elytron  at 
base  4.5'""',  in  middle  4.25""",  at  one  millimeter  from  tip  2.5"'"';  length  ot 
elytron  14' 


iMin 


Hemiptera  :  Petrolystra  (-ir/w^,  Lystra—uoin.  gen.). 

One  of  the  most  striking  instances  of  tropical  aftinities  in  the  Tertiary 
shales  of  Florissant  is  fonnd  in  the  presence  of  two  species  of  a  genua 
of  huge  Homoptera,  rivaling  the  famous  lautern-ily  of  South  America  in 
size,  but  differing  in  ueuration  and  other  features  from  any  genus  hith- 
erto described.  At  first  glance  one  would  think  it  belonged  to  the 
Fulgoridttj  a  subfamily  which,  with  Clcadina,  includes  most  of  the  larger 
forms  of  the  suborder,  aud  to  be  somewhat 'nearly  allied  to  Paralystra  ; 
but  it  differs  from  this,  and  so  far  as  I  can  determine  from  all  Fulgorina^ 
in  the  minuteness  of  the  scutellum,  and  must  be  referred  instead  to  the 
Aphrophorina,  although  very  mucli  larger  than  any  species  of  that  group 
which  I  find  noticed,  while  in  comparison  with  the  temperate  forms  of 
that  subfamily  it  is  gigantic,  our  own  largest  species  not  exceeding  one- 
fourth  its  length. 

The  body  is  robust,  the  head  large,  apparently  flat  above,  about  twice 
as  broad  as  long,  but  considerably  narrower  than  the  thorax,  the  front 
regularly  and  very  broadly  convex;  clypeus  about  half  as  broad  as  the 
head,  somewhat  convex,  coarsely  carinate  down  the  middle  with  dis- 
tinct lateral  transverse  rugae;  ocelli  indeterminate;  rostrum  shorter 
than  the  breadth  of  the  tegmina.  Thorax  broadening  posteriorly,  con- 
tinning  the  curve  of  the  head;  the  front  margin  rather  <leeply  and  very 


8CUDDER    ON   TERTIARY   INSECTS.  531 

broadly  excised,  80  that  its  middle  is  straight  and  the  lateral  angles  are 
rather  sharply  angulate;  the  hind  margin  with  very  oblique  sides,  so 
that  if  continued  they  would  form  less  than  a  right  angle  with  each 
other,  but  toward  the  middle  line  incurved,  so  that  the  thorax  is  rounded 
posteriorly  and  excised  in  the  middle.  Scutellum  very  small,  scarcely 
more  than  half  as  long  as  the  thorax  and  rather  longer  than  broad,, 
tapering  more  rapidly  in  the  basal  than  in  the  apical  half.  The  fore 
tibiae  apparently  unarmed,  and  of  the  same  length  as  the  fore  femora ; 
the  apical  tarsal  joint  of  same  legs  tumid,  longer  than  the  other  joints- 
combined,  of  which  the  second  is  less  than  half  as  long  as  the  basal 
joint,  the  whole  leg  only  a  little  longer  than  the  breadth  of  the  tegminaf 
fore  coxaB  apparently  in  close  proximity.  Tegmina  large,  nearly  eqnal 
throughout,  the  inner  base  angularly  excised  next  the  posterior  border 
of  .the  thorax,  the  apex  well  rounded,  a  little  produced  anteriorly ;  it 
was  apparently  coriaceous,  with  little  mark  of  any  excepting  some  of 
the  principal  veins,  which  are  elevated.  The  base  of  the  costal  part  of 
the  wing  is  so  expanded,  to  give  equality  to  the  wing,  that  the  radial 
vein  at  its  base  is  very  near  the  middle  of  the  tegmina,  and  continues  so 
until  it  forks  in  the  middle  of  the  basal  half  of  the  tegmina ;  its  lower 
branch  continues  its  course  subparallel  to  the  costal  margin,  while  the 
upper  branch  curves  upward,  and  follows  close  to  the  costal  margin, 
until,  like  its  fellow,  it  is  lost  in  the  membrane  near  the  tip  of  the  teg- 
mina ;  the  sutura  clavis  runs  straight  to  the  posterior  border  beyond  the 
middle  of  it«  outer  half,  and  midway  between  the  two  the  radial  origi- 
nates, forking  almost  immediately,  the  forks  dividing  the  inner  area 
equally  between  them,  and  in  the  middle  of  the  outer  half  of  the  teg- 
mina united  to  each  other  by  a  cross-vein,  to  which  they  bend ;  they  too 
are  lost  before  the  tip.  The  wings  are  not  suOiciently  preserved  to 
characterize,  beyond  mentioning  that  the  upper  three  nervules  agree  with 
St^l's  figure  of  Liorhina^  excepting  that  the  third  is  not  united  apically 
with  the  fourth  by  an  elbowed  marginal  vein,  although  it  diverges  api- 
cally from  it.  Abdomen  more  than  twice  as  long  as  the  rest  of  the 
body,  tapering  regularly  to  a  pointed  extremity. 

Petrolystra  gigantea. — Two  nearly  perfect  specimens  (Nos.  411,412,) 
reverses  of  each  other,  were  picked  up  by  a  child  just  as  I  reached  the 
quarries  at  Florissant,  and  another,  a  fragment  of  a  wing  (No.  11,241), 
was  afterward  found  in  the  same  place.  The  head  was  apparently 
dark-colored,  the  th(^ax  not  so  dark,  delicately  and  softly  shagreeucd 
with  a  slight  median  carina.  Tbe  tegmina  are  almost  similarly  rngu- 
lose ;  the  costa  of  the  same  is  pretty  strongly  convex  at  base,  v»Ty 
slightly  convex  beyond  the  middle  of  the  basal  half;  the  posterior  bor- 
der is  slightly  excised  at  the  tip  of  the  clavus,  and  the  outer  margin  ia 
oblique,  being  angularly  excised  at  the  posterior  angle,  although  rounded 
throughout.  It  was  dark,  darkest  at  base  and  gradually  growing 
lighter,  more  fuliginous  toward  the  tip  (although  all  the  specimens  do 
not  show  this),  and  traversed  by  four  equidistant  transverse  pale  bands^ 


532     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

the  basal  one  redaced  to  a  spot  in  tlie  middle  of  tbe  exti:eme  base,  where 
it  occupies  about  one-third  the  width  of  the  wing;  and  the  apical  one 
rather  cloudy,  half  as  broad  as  the  breadth  of  the  tip  and  as  far  from 
the  tip  as  from  either  border,  equal,  two  or  three  times  as  broad  as  long, 
sinuous  or  Innate ;  the  other  two  are  more  distinct,  with  sharply  defined 
borders  and  irregularly  sinuous ;  the  outer  of  the  two  traverses  the 
entire  wing,  touching  the  costal  border,  however,  by  only  the  tip  of  the 
rounded  extremity,  while  it  expands  upon  the  posterior  border;  the 
inner  of  the  two  is  rounded  at  either  extremity,  fails  of  reaching  either 
border,  and  is  constricted  just  beneath  the  radial  vein  ;  both  of  these 
bands  average  in  width  the  breadth  of  the  interspaces. 

Length  of  body  23.5""",  of  head  3.75"-,  of  thorax  4.5'""',  of  abilomen 
15.25"™;  width  of  head  7"",  of  clypeus  3.8'""';  length  of  rostrum  8.5""; 
width  of  thorax  behind  8.5""";  length  of  scutellum  3'""',  its  breadth  at 
base  2.5'""';  length  of  tegmina  20.5""',  width  next  base  10.5"'",  near 
tip  8.5""'. 

Fetrolyfitra  heros. — A  single  specimen  (No.  11,829)  shows  one  of  the 
tegmina  in  a  good  state  of  preservation,  together  with  both  fore  legs. 
It  was  obtained  at  Florissant  by  Mrs.  Ilammon,  and  differs  from  P. 
gigantea  in  the  broader  bands  of  the  tegmina  and  in  the  form  of  the 
latter,  the  posterior  border  being  slightly  fuller  at  the  base,  so  as  to 
make  that  part  of  the  wing  proportionally  broader;  while  the  posterior 
angle  of  the  tip  is  not  obliquely  excised,  making  the  extremity  docked 
rather  than  pointed.  The  bands  have  expanded  so  as  to  occupy  the 
larger  part  of  the  wing;  the  basal  spot  occupies  the  entire  base  from 
border  to  border,  excepting  the  very  root,  as  far  as  an  oblique  trans- 
verse line,  subparallel  to  the  inner  basal  edge  of  the  wing,  and  distant 
from  the  root  nearly  half  the  width  of  the  wing ;  it  also  infringes  upon 
that  bordering  line  by  a  large  semicircular  excision  in  the  middle ;  the 
apical  spot  is  very  nearly  as  long  as  broad,  and  stops  just  short  of  the 
margin  on  all  three  sides  of  the  apex,  and  in  the  middle  of  the  wing 
breaks  through  the  intervening  dark  stripe  into  the  outer  of  the  two 
middle  bands;  these  two  middle  bands  are  also  much  broader  than  in 
the  other  species,  but  not  to  so  great  a  degree  as  the  extreme  bands; 
they  reach  from  border  to  border,  and  are  united  to  each  other  and  to 
the  basal  spot  along  the  sutura  clavis;  the  wing,  therefore,  has  the  ap- 
pearance rather  of  being  pale,  with  three  transverse  dark  stripes,  which 
are  broad  (and  the  outer  two  triangular)  on  tl^  anterior  half  of  the 
tegmina,  narrow,  sinuous,  and  broken  on  the  posterior  half. 

Length  of  tegmina  28.25""",  width  at  base  10.8""",  at  tip  7.2"",  length 
of  fore  femora  4.5""",  fore  tibiaj  5""",  fore  tarsi  2.75""",  first  tarsal  joint 
0.8"",  last  tarsal  joint  1.7"""^  claws  0.5' 


.mm 


OEXnOPTERA:   LiTUYMNETES  (^.C'Vo?,  o/ivrjzr;:;). 

A  stout-lK)died  genus  of  rhyllophoridw,  probably  belonging  near  Steiro- 
<?OH,btit  differing  from  the  entire  series  into  which  Steirodon  and  its  allies 


SCUDDER  ON  TERTIARY  INSECTS.  533 

fall  in  the  great  length  of  its  ovipositor,  which  is  at  least  as  long  as  the 
abdomen ;  while  in  Steirodon  and  its  allies,  so  far  as  I  know  them,  it  is  sel- 
dom more  thad  two  or  three  times  as  long  as  broad ;  it  is  also  peculiar  ia 
the  disposition  of  the  principal  radial  branch  of  the  tegmiua.  The  head 
is  large,  full,  well  rounded ;  the  eye  small,  almost  circular,  its  longer 
diameter  at  right  angles  to  the  extremity  of  the  vertex.  The  pronotum 
shows  no  sign  of  having  its  lateral  borders  cristate  or  even  creuulate, 
but  this  may  be  due  to  imperfect  preservation  of  the  single  specimen 
at  hand,  on  which  it  is  impossible  to  determine  the  form  of  the  lateral 
lobes.  Tegmiua  much  longer  than  the  body,  densely  reticulated,  very 
ample,  expanding  at  the  very  base,  so  as  to  be  nearly  equal  before  the 
extremity ;  this  is  destroyed,  but  is  evidently  formed  somewhat,  and 
perhaps  exactly,  as  in  the  Steirodon  series,  since  it  tapers  on  either  bor- 
der,  but  more  rapidly  on  the  inner  than  on  the  costal  margin,  its  curve 
indicating  that  the  apex  of  the  wing  is  above,  and  probably  considerably 
above,  the  middle.  The  scapular  vein,  in  the  middle  of  the  basal  half 
of  the  wing,  curves  strongly  toward  the  costal  margin,  nearly  reaching 
it  beyond  the  middle  of  the  same,  and  thence  following  nearly  parallel 
and  in  close  proximity  to  it ;  in  the  broader  part  of  the  costal  area, 
beyond  the  subcostal  veiu  (which  acts  in  a  similar  manner),  it  emits 
three  or  four  branches,  the  larger  ones  of  which  fork  and,  with  the 
branches  of  the  subcostal  vein,  strike  the  costal  border  at  equal  disUinces 
apart;  all  these  branches  are  straight,  and  are  connected  by  irregular 
weaker  cross-veins,  while  the  interspaces  are  filled  with  a  still  weaker, 
dense  mesh-work.  The  externo-median  vein,  parallel  to  and  separated 
distinctly  from  the  preceding,  emits  the  principal  branch  where  the 
scapular  curves  upward;  this  branch  continues  the  basal  course  of  the 
main  veiu,  is  straight,  forks  at  about  the  middle  of  the  wing,  each  fork 
again  branching  at  a  little  distance  beyond,  the  branches  of  the  upper 
fork  striking  the  border  of  the  wing  where  it  seems  probable  the  apex 
falls ;  all  the  branches  of  this  fork  curve  a  little,  but  only  a  little,  down- 
ward ;  the  second  branch  of  the  externo-median  vein  is  emitted  shortly 
before  the  middle  of  the  wing,  and  does  not  reach  the  margin,  dying  out 
shortly  beyond  the  middle  of  the  wing.  The  subexterno-median  vein 
runs  above  the  middle  of  the  remaining  portion  of  the  discoidal  area, 
and  emits  four  inferior  branches,  at  subequal  distances,  the  iirst  of  which 
forks  and  the  second  originates  opposite  the  principal  branch  of  the 
externo  median  v^ein.  Apparently  the  anal  area  is  pretty  long.  Wings 
a|)|)areiitly  extending  beyond  the  tegmiua.  The  legs  are  short,  slender, 
the  fore  tiUiie  api)arently  furnish<Hl  with  a  moderately  broad  obovate 
fonimcn,  the  hind  tibia)  of  equal  size  throughout,  slightly  longer  than 
the  hind  femora,  and  the  latter  scarcely  extending  beyond  the  abdomen. 
Ovipositor  long,  broad,  saber-shaped,  a  little  upcurved. 

This  is  one  of  the  largest,  if  not  the  largest,  Tertiary  Locustariau 
known. 

Lithymnetes  ^m^^^ms.— This  is  the  largest  insect  I  have  seen  from  tba 


634     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

Tertiary  shales  of  Florissant,  and  is  remarkable  for  the  markings  of  the 
te^mina,  which  are  covered  throughout  (with  the  possible  exception  of 
the  anal  area  and  the  extreme  base  of  the  wing,  whicb  are  obscure) 
with  minute,  circular,  equidistant  pale  spots,  situated  between  the 
uervules ;  they  have  a  mean  diameter  of  half  a  millimeter,  and  a  mean 
distance  apart  of  one  and  a  half  millimeters.  The  head  is  full  and  regu- 
larly rounded,  on  a  side  view,  with  no  prominences.  The  antenusB 
appear  to  have  the  usual  structure,  but  the  second  joint  is  small,  and 
the  thickness  of  the  joints  above  the  front  of  the  prothorax  is  0.45*"™, 
already  diminishing  to  0.3""»  at  the  posterior  border  of  the  same;  they 
are  broken  shortly  beyond  this  point,  so  that  their  length  cannot  be 
determined.  The  mean  diameter  of  the  eyes  is  scarcely  more  than  one- 
third  the  shortest  length  of  the  geno^.  The  costal  margin  of  the  teg- 
niina  is  gently  convex,  with  a  regular  curve  throughout,  or  until  close 
to  the  tip;  the  inner  margin  has  a  similar  though  slighter  convexity; 
the  principal  branch  of  the  extemo-median  vein  passes  through  the  mid- 
dle of  the  wing.  The  legs  are  all  slender,  the  hind  femora  very  slight, 
but  little  incrassated  toward  the  base,  the  hind  tibiae  slender,  equal 
throughout,  armed  at  tip  with  a  pair  of  small,  moderately  stout,  black- 
tipped  spurs,  the  hind  tiirsi  about  two-fifths  the  length  of  the  tibm,  the 
claw  very  slight.  Ovijwsitor  broad,  gently  curved,  at  least  iis  long  as 
the  hind  tibiae,  of  nearly  equal  size  upon  the  part  preserved. 

Length  of  body  (excluding  ovipositor)  87'"™;  depth  of  head  12.5™"; 
larger  diameter  of  eye  1.85""",  shorter  LSS'""*;  distance  from  lower 
edge  of  eye  to  up[)er  edge  of  mandibles  4""" ;  length  of  preserved  part 
of  tegmiua  45.5""",  probable  length  of  same  55"™;  distance  from  base 
of  tegmiua  to  front  of  head  13'"™,  from  same  to  base  of  principal  branch 
of  externo-median  vein  14.5™™;  breadth  of  tegmina  in  the  middle  IC**"; 
length  of  femora*  9™™;  middle  femora*  10™™;  hind  femora  19™"; 
fore  tibiae  9.5™™;  middle  tibia?  10.5™™;  hind  tibia)  21™™;  fore  tarsi 
7™™;  hind  tarsi  8™™;  apical  spurs  of  hind  tibia)  1.75™™;  claw  of  hind 
tarsi  0.9™™;  greatest  breadth  of  hind  femora  3"*™;  length  of  ovipositor 
(broken)  18™™,  breadth  at  base  3™™,  at  a  distance  of  14™™  from  base 
^.35™™. 

The  specimen  (No.  11,557)  was  found  at  Florissant  by  Mrs.  Charlotte 
Hill,  and  is  preserved  on  a  side  view,  with  the  left  (upper)  tegmen  and 
the  ovipositor  drooping,  the  other  parts  in  a  natural  attitude,  the  legs 
drooping. 

Neuroptera:  Dysagrion  (or>?,  Agrwn — nom.  gen.). 

This  new  type  of  Agrionina  belongs  to  the  legion  Podagrian  as  de- 
fined by  Selys-Longchamps,  having  a  normal  pterostigma,  much  longer 
than  broad,  the  median  sector  arising  from  the  principal  vein  near  the 
nodus,  the  subnodal  a  little  further  out,  the  quadrilateral  nearly  regular 
and  longer  than  broad,  and  many  interposed  supplementary  sectors. 

*  Thoro  18  some  doabt  about  these  measarements,  the  basal  portions  beiiif;  obscure. 


8CUDDEK  ON  TERTIAUY  INSECTS.  535 

It  differs  somewhat  remarkably,  however,  from  any  of  the  geucra  given 
in  that  aathor's  Synopsis  des  Agrionines  (18G2)  in  several  points,  as  will 
be  seen  on  reviewing  the  following  characteristics. 

The  median  sector  arises  from  the  principal  vein  more  than  one-third 
the  distance  from  the  nodus  to  thearculus;  the  sabnodal  arises  from 
an  extension  of  the  nodus,  which  in  passing  below  the  principal  is 
directed  somewhat  imcard  instead  of  outward,  a  somewhat  extraordi- 
nary feature ;  the  nodal  arises  from  the  principal  only  as  far  beyond 
the  nodus  as  the  median  originates  before  it,  or  scarcely  more  than  one- 
lifch  way  to  the  pterostigma,  which  is  four  times  as  long  as  broad,  sur- 
mounts about  four  cellules,  is  a  little  dilated,  oblique  both  within  and 
without,  but  especially  [)ointed  above  on  the  outer  side,  touching;  the 
costal  margin  throughout.  The  reticulation  of  the  upper  half  of  the 
wing  is  mostly  tetragonal,  and  in  the  discoidal  area  very  open,  while  in 
the  lower  half  of  the  wing  it  is  mostly  pentagonal,  and  dense  apically; 
this  results  in  part  from  the  great  number  of  interposed  supplementary 
sectors,  of  which  there  are  several  between  the  principal  vein  and  the 
ultranodal  sector,  and  several  between  each  of  the  following  sectors  as 
far  as  the  up[)er  sector  of  the  triangle;  the  upper  of  these  curve  some- 
what downward  as  they  approach  the  apical  border.  The  postcostal 
area  has  at  first  two  rows  of  cellules,  but  it  expands  rapidly  below  the 
nodus,  and  then  has  three  and  afterwards  even  four  rows.  The  quadri- 
lateral is  only  half  as  long  again  as  broad,  its  upper  somewhat  shorter 
than  its  lower  side.  The  nodus  is  situated  at  an  unusual  distance  oat- 
ward,  indeed  not  very  far  before  the  middle  of  the  wing  (about  two-fifths 
the  distance  from  the  base),  and  at  a  third  of  the  distance  from  the 
arculus  to  the  pterostigma.  The  i>etiole  terminates  at  some  distance 
before  the  arculus  and  is  very  slender.  The  wing  is  rather  full  in  the 
middle,  and  the  apical  half  of  the  posterior  border  is  very  full,  the  apex 
falling  cousiderably  above  the  middle  of  the  wing. 

These  characters  show  the  nearest  alliance  to  Philogenia^  but  the 
genus  differs  strikingly  from  that  in  the  position  of  the  nodus,  its 
retreat  below  the  principal  sector,  the  character  of  the  postcostal  area, 
and  in  the  great  number  of  the  supplementary  sectors,  as  well  as  in  less 
important  characters,  such  as  the  density  of  the  reticulation  and  the 
form  of  the  quadrilateral.  It  seems  indeed  to  be  a  very  aberrant  mem- 
ber of  the  legion.  As  the  members  of  this  group  are  all  tropical,  and 
those  to  which  this  is  most  nearly  allied  (as  indeed  two-thirds  of  the 
species)  are  from  the  New  World,  this  is  an  additional  instance  of  neo* 
tropical  alliances  in  the  insect-fauna  of  our  Tertiaries. 

It  is  upon  the  wing  that  I  would  establish  this  genus.  Yet  fragments 
of  other  parts  of  the  body  occur  with  the  wings,  showing  that  the  legs 
were  probably  long  and  slender,  furnished  with  spine-like  hairs  as  long 
as  the  breadth  of  the  femora.  The  abdomen  was  moderately  slendefi 
rather  longer  than  the  wings ;  its  ninth  and  tenth  segments  a  little  en- 
larged, the  tenth  half  as  long  as  the  ninth,  and  the  eighth  half  as  long 


536     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

again  as  the  ninth,  and  a  little  more  than  half  as  long  as  the  seventh. 
The  anal  appendages  were  rounded  triangular,  as  long  as  the  tenth 
segment. 

JJysagrion/redericii. — Several  specimens  of  varioas  parts  of  the  body 
with  wings  were  found  by  Mr.  F.  G.  Bowditeh  (after  whom  the  species  is 
named)  and  myself  in  the  Green  River  shales,  in  a  railway  cutting  by 
the  river  bank  bejond  Green  River  Station.  The  most  important  are  a 
nearly  perfect  wing  and  its  reverse  (Nos.  4167,  4168),  which  preserve 
all  the  important  i>oint8  of  the  nenration.  A  single  antecubital  appears 
to  be  present,  nearer  the  nodus  than  the  arculus ;  the  principal  sector, 
like  the  short  sector  (sector  brerin),  bends  slightly  upward  just  as  it 
reaches  the  arculus ;  the  cellules  in  the  discoidal  area  are  half  as  broad 
again  as  long,  yet  the  breadth  of  the  wing  is  such  that  the  broadest 
part  of  the  [>ostcostal  space,  between  the  nodus  and  the  middle  of  the 
wing,  is  more  than  half  as  broad  as  the  rest  of  the  wing  at  that  point. 
The  wing  is  wholly  hyaline,  excepting  the  infumated  pterostigma« 
which  is  bordered  by  thickened  black  veins,  and  surmounts  four  cellules 
at  its  lower  margin;  the  veins  of  the  wing  generally  are  testaceous; 
there  are  1^0  postcubitals. 

Probable  length  of  the  wing  38-39™";  length  of  part  beyond 
peduncle  34°>°>,  breadth  9>°°>;  distance  from  nodus  to  tip  of  wing 
23inin .  length  of  pterostignia  3.5«»«». 

Another  wing  from  the  same  beds  with  its  reverse  (Xos.  4165,  41GG) 
is  very  fragmentary,  showing  little  besides  the  border  of  the  apical 
half  of  the  wing  with  the  pterostigma,  and  most  of  the  postcubital 
uervules.  I  have  here  considered  it  the  hind  wing  of  the  same  species, 
from  its  similar  size,  the  exact  resemblance  of  the  pterostigma,  which 
also  surmounts  four  cellules,  and  the  indication  of  a  similar  profusion 
of  intercalated  supplementary  nervules.  It  seems,  however,  not  im- 
probable that  it  may  prove  to  be  a  second  species  of  the  same  genus, 
from  the  great  difference  in  form.  The  two  borders  of  the  outer  half  of 
the  wing  are  nearly  ])arallel,  and  tbe  apex  falls  a  little  below  the  mid- 
dle. This  difference,  however,  really  concerns  only  the  posterior  curve 
of  the  wing  below  the  apex.  The  nodus  is  not  preserved.  Greatest 
breadth  7.5*""^. 

Considering  the  fragments  of  heads,  etc.,  referred  to  under  the  genus 
as  belonging  to  this  8i)ecies,  we  have  to  add  Xos.  4171),  4180,  and  4182 
(besides  No.  02  of  Mr.  ]lichardson's  collection)  as  representing  heads; 
2^08.  418.'j,  4184,  the  united  head,  thorax,  and  base  of  wings;  and  Nos. 
4170,  4173,  4171,  4177,  4178,  as  parts  of  the  abdomen.  The  abdomen 
shows  a  slender,  dorsal,  pale  stripe,  distinct  and  moderately  broad  on  the 
sixth  to  the  eighth  segments,  scarcely  reaching  either  border,  and 
posteriorly  expanding  into  a  small,  round  spot ;  and  a  faint  dorsal  line 
on  the  lourtli  and  fifth  segments,  interrupted  just  before  the  tip.  The 
appendages  are  simple. 

Length  of  head  (according  to  the  mode  of  preservation)  4.0-4.5™™ f 


SCUDDER    ON   TERTIARY   INSECTS.  537 

breadth  of  same  5.5™™;  length  of  thorax  5™™,  of  pedicel  of  wing 
5™™,  of  abdomen  (probably  1™™  should  be  added  for  a  break  at  the 
base)  39™™;  length  of  segments  8-10,  6™™;  breadth  of  ninth  segment 
2.75™™,  of  fifth  segment  2.1™™;  estimated  length  of  whole  body  55™™. 

Corydalites  fecundum. — Under  this  name  I  propose  to  class  an  insect 
which  laid  some  remarkable  egg-masses,  obtained  in  numbers  by  Dr.  G. 
A.  White,  at  Crow  Creek,  fifteen  miles  northeast  of  Greeley,  Colo.,  in 
lignitic  beds  of  the  Laramie  Group.  These  egg-masses  are  fire  centi- 
meters in  length  by  nearly  two  in  breadth  and  one  in  height,  nearly 
equal  throughout,  rounded  and  slightly  pointed  at  the  tip,  and  of  a  dirty 
yellowish-brown.  They  contain  each  about  two  thousand  eggs,  definitely 
arranged,  and  coated  with  a  covering  of  what  was  presumably  albu- 
minous matter,  which  also  surrounds  each  egg.  The  close  general  re- 
semblance of  these  eggs  and  of  their  clustering  to  that  of  the  eggs  recently 
referred  by  Mr.  C.  V.  Riley  to  the  neuropterous  genus  Corydalus*  leave 
little  doubt  concerning  their  probable  affinities.  Mr.  Biley's  description 
is  as  follows  : — 

"  The  egg-mass  of  Corydalus  cornutus  is  either  broadly  oval,  circular, 
or  (more  exceptionally),  even  pyriform  in  circumference,  flat  on  the  at- 
tached side,  and  planoconvex  [broadly  convex  is  doubtless  meant]  on 
the  exposed  side.  It  averages  21"""  in  length,  and  is  covered  with  a 
white  or  cream  colored  albuminous  secretion,  which  is  generally  splashed 
around  the  mass  on  the  leaf  or  other  object  of  attachment.  It  contains 
from  two  to  three  thousand  eggs,  each  of  which  is  Ld*""  long  and  about 
one-third  as  wide  [he  figuY*es  them  of  a  slenderer  form],  ellipsoidal,  trans- 
lucent, sordid  white,  with  a  delicate  shell,  and  surrounded  and  separated 
from  the  adjoining  eggs  by  a  thin  layer  of  the  same  white  albuminous 
material  which  covers  the  whole.  The  outer  layer  forms  a  compact  arcby 
with  the  anterior  ends  pointing  inwards,  and  the  posterior  ends  showing 
like  faint  dots  through  the  white  covering.  Those  of  the  marginal 
row  lie  flat  on  the  attached  surface;  the  others  gradually  diverge  out- 
wardly, so  that  the  central  ones  are  at  right  angles  with  said  object. 
Beneath  this  vaulted  layer  the  rest  lie  on  a  plane  with  the  leaf,  those 
touching  it  in  concentric  rows,  the  rest  packed  in  irregularly." t 

In  the  fossil  ootheca  the  mass  is  much  larger  and  more  elongated,  and 
possesses  besides  one  characteristic  in  which  it  difiers  strikingly  from 
that  of  Corydalus  (and  on  which  account,  particularly,  I  have  used  a  new 
generic  appellation),  viz :  the  division  of  its  mass  into  two  longitudinal 
and  equal  halves  by  an  albuminous  wall,  or  rather  by  double  albuminous 
walls,  which  may  be  parted  above,  leaving  as  the  only  connection  between 
the  two  halves  their  common  albuminous  floor.  There  are  indeed  a  few 
specimens  which  show  no  sign  of  this  division,  but  a  median  farrow,  or  a 

*  It  has  beeu  saggested  that  these  may  belong  rather  to  ChauliodeSj  a  closely  allied 
genus  of  Neuroptera;  but  Mr.  Riley  declares  that  they  are  identical  with  those  foand 
in  the  body  of  Corydalus. 

t  Proc.  Ainer.  Assoc.  Ad.  Sc.  xxv,  277-278. 
Bull.  iv.  Xo.  2 15 


538  BLXLETIX    UNITED   STATES   GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY. 

deejier  and  more  complete  separation  of  the  two  halves  is  so  prevalent 
that  thi.s  seems  to  be  the  only  explanation  to  be  offered  for  its  appear- 
ance. Their  absence  in  the  few  specimens  is  probably  dne  to  defect  of 
preservation.  The  common  albnminoas  floor  and  the  opper  and  oater 
albaminoas  coating  are  of  remarkable  thickness,  varying  from  one  to 
three  millimeters:  bnt  the  coating  attenuates  to  a  mere  lamella  as  it 
passes  down  the  median  furrow,  so  that  when  the  mass  remained  qniet 
in  the  position  in  which  it  was  laid,  the  lateral  halves  pressing  closely 
against  each  other,  the  combined  thickness  of  the  two  albaminoas 
walls  would  together  no  more  than  equal  the  ordinary  thickness  of  the 
albuminous  partition  between  any  two  contiguous  eggs.  That  such  a 
partition  existed  even  in  those  which  do  not  show  it  now,  seems  probable 
from  the  regularity  of  the  furrow  in  every  instance  of  its  occurrence  and 
by  its  prevalence;  some  specimens  merely  show  a  sharp  groove  along 
the  middle,  the  halves  remaining  in  complete  juxtaposition;*  others 
again  are  so  completely  separated  as  to  be  curled  over  and  meet  beneath. 

This,  together  with  the  fact  that  the  egg-mass  is  otherwise  extremely 
regular  (showing  only  so  little  plasticity  as  to  allow  one  broad  side  to 
be  straight,  while  the  opposite  is  a  little  convex),  and  never  exhibits 
the  slightest  tendency  to  coil  longitadinally,  leads  me  to  believe  that  the 
egg-masses  were  laid  in  the  water  of  shallow  basins,  upon  the  muddy 
floors,  which  could  be  reached  by  the  abdomen  of  the  insect  while  rest- 
ing upon  a  stone  or  overhanging  twig.  In  this  medium,  the  albuminous 
secretion  would  expand  to  the  utmost ;  if  the  bunch  of  eggs  remained 
undisturbed,  it  would  present  us  with  the  more  regular  hirudiform  masses 
that  have  been  found;  if  rolled  about  by  the  disturbance  of  the  waters, 
the  two  halves  would  curl  toward  each  other  more  or  less  closely,  form- 
ing a  subcylindrical  mass,  and  inclose  between  their  approaching  walls 
more  or  less  of  the  mud  in  which  they  are  rolled.  This  is  exactly  the 
appearance  of  most  of  them  now,  inclosing  the  same  substances  as  that 
within  which  they  and  the  accompanyiug  BuUmi  and  other  fresh-water 
moUusks  lie  imbedded.t 

These  masses  differ  further  from  those  of  Corydalus  iu  the  extraordi- 
nary amount  of  albuminous  matter  by  which  both  the  entire  mass  and 
each  individual  egg  was  surrouuded.  This  is  perhaps  to  be  explained 
by  the  medium  in  which  they  appear  to  have  been  laid,  and  will  in  part 
account  for  the  vast  size  of  the  ootheca,  which  are  much  larger  than 
any  mass  of  iusect-eggs  which  I  can  find  noticed.  The  size  of  the  mass, 
however,  is  also  due  to  the  greater  magnitude  of  the  eggs  themselves, 
which  are  twice  as  long  and  proportionally  larger  than  those  of  Caryda- 
lu8y  and  lead  to  the  conviction  that  we  are  to  look  in  the  rocks  of  the 
earliest  Tertiaries  for  an  insect  of  great  magnitude,  closely  allied  to  our 

•  These  Bi)CcimeDS  are  some  from  which  weathering  has  removed  their  outer  albumi- 
nous coating;  perhaps,  if  this  had  remained^  the  furrow  would  have  been  concealed  by 
the  complete  union  of  the  attingent  albuminous  walls. 

tThe  deposit  in  which  they  occur  is  a  fresh-water  one,  but  Mr.  Lcsquereux  informs 
me  that  brackish-water  forms  are  found  both  above  aud  below  them. 


SCUDDER    ON  TERTIARY   INSECTS.  639 

CorydaluSy  itself  the  largest  of  all  linown  Sialina.  It  can  bardly  be 
doubted  that  it  mast  have  been  at  least  doable  the  size  of  the  living 
type.  The  namber  of  eggs  laid  is  aboat  or  nearly  the  same  as  in  Coryda^ 
lu8j  presuming,  in  either  case,  all  to  be  laid  at  once. 

Compared  with  the  eggs,  the  albuminons  substance  surrounding  them 
is  much  softer,  more  or  less  friable,  and  rather  easily  removed,  being 
everywhere  composed  of  fibers  running  in  the  same  direction  as  the  lon- 
gitudinal axis  of  the  egg.    The  weathering  of  the  specimens  has  been 
such  that  in  several  instances  the  whole  albuminous  cap  has  been 
removed,  and  in  others  a  large  part  also  of  the  interovular  partitions, 
leaving  the  eggs  standing  erect,  separated,  each  from  its  neighbors,  by 
from  one-third  to  one-half  its  own  thickness.    In  many  cases^  the  eggs 
can  be  pulled  from  their  cells ;  and,  although  frequently  flattened,  they 
may  be  studied  almost  as  well  as  if  living.    The  eggs  have  an  average 
length  of  2.6°=»  and  a  central  width  of  O.G""^  they  are  nearly  cylindrical, 
but  faintly  arcuate,  slightly  attenuated  at  the  anterior  extremity,  and 
slightly  tumid  on  the  posterior  half,  at  the  tip  of  which   they  taper 
rapidly,  rounding  off  to  a  rather  broadly  convex  extremity,  which  is 
flattened  or  often  sunken  in  a  circular  central  space  O.l™"'  in  diameter, 
outside  of  which  the  suriace  is  rather  profusely  tilled  with  very  shallow, 
obscure,  circular  pits,  averaging  0.01"™  in  diameter.    The  anterior  extre. 
mity  terminates  in  a  slightly  elevated,  thin,  subtubcrculate  rim,  inclosing 
a  terminal  portion,  whose  surface  gradually  rises  centrally  to  form  a 
truncated  cone,  and  is  pitted  with  saucer-like  depressions,  gradually 
diminishing  in  size  up  the  sides  of  the  central  extension ;  the  latter  is 
about  as  long  as  the  breadth  of  its  tip  j  its  extremity,  0.04-0.055""*  in 
diameter,  is  more  or  less  sunken,  with  a  central  circular  pit  (the  micro- 
pyle)  0.01°*"  in  diameter  ^  while  the  rounded  margin  of  the  extension  is 
made  more  or  less  irregular  by  the  saucer-like  depressions  which  sur- 
mount it,  but  have  now  become  of  extreme  minuteness.    This  structure 
of  the  anterior  extremity  of  the  egg  agrees  with  what  was  previously 
known  of  the  egg  of  SialiSy  but  no  mention  of  the  elevated  point  was 
made  in  Mr.  Eiley's  description  of  the  egg  of  Corydalus.   It  occurs  there, 
however,  as  I  find  by  examination  of  eggs  he  has  kindly  sent  me.  These 
eggs  of  Corydalus  also  show  the  sunken  space  at  the  posterior  end,  and 
the  sides  of  the  egg  are  marked  nearly  as  in  the  fossil;  the  surface  of  the 
latter  being  broken  up  by  scarcely  elevated  slight  ridges  into  obscure 
transverse  hexagonal  cells,  one-tenth  of  a  millimeter  long  (across  the 
egg)  and  one-fifth  as  broad,  those  of  adjoining  rows  interdigitating. 

In  the  disposition  of  the  eggs,  also,  these  masses  differ  from  those  of 
CorydahtSy  for  they  are  arranged  in  a  radiating  manner  around  the  lon- 
gitudinal axis  of  the  ootheca.  All  of  them  partake  of  this  arrangement, 
even  when,  as  rarely  happens,  there  are  two  layers  in  place  of  one  over 
parts  of  the  mass ;  in  no  case  are  any  of  the  eggs  packed  in  irregularly, 
as  is  the  case  with  a  portion  of  those  of  Corydalus^  according  to  Biley. 
As  in  Corydalm^  however,  the  posterior  ends  are  those  which  are 


540  BULLETIN   UNITED   STATES    GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY. 

directed  toward  the  apper  albumiuous  coating,  which  iu  many  cases 
shows  very  slight  subhexagonal  or  circular  depressions  or  elevations 
corresponding  to  the  position  of  the  extremity  of  the  egg  beneath,  just 
as  in  Corydalus  the  posterior  ends  of  the  eggs  show  ^Mike  £aint  dots 
through  the  white  covering".  The  outer  albuminous  coating  appears  in 
the  fossil  to  be  made  up  of  as  many  parts  as  there  are  eggs,  the  inter- 
ovular  fibrous  material  extending  to  the  surface  of  the  ootheca,  forming 
walls  to  deep  cells  which  contain  eggs,  and  which  are  corked  up,  as  it 
were,  by  plugs  of  albuminous  material.  These  plugs  seem  to  be  very 
similar  to  the  cell- walls,  having  been  composed  apparently  of  viscous 
threads,  also  running  in  the  same  direction  as  the  longitudinal  axis  of  the 
egg;  but  in  some  cases  the  cell- walls  beyond  the  eggs  have  become 
blackened,  while  the  plugs  retain  their  normal  color,  and  separate  readily 
from  them. 

Wheu  the  egg-mass  was  undisturbed,  the  outermost  eggs  lay  horizon- 
tally, and  those  next  the  median  furrow  vertically ;  the  division  walls  of 
the  cells  were  therefore  thinnest  below,  and  it  appears  probable  that  the 
young  made  their  escape  at  the  bottom  of  the  median  furrow,  where  the 
outer  coating  is  also  thinnest.  Where  double  layers  occur,  the  eggs  of 
the  upper  seem  to  be  in  a  direct  line  with  those  of  the  lower  layer,  egg 
for  eggj  as  if  a*cell  of  double  length  were  stocked  with  two  eggs,  sep* 
arated  by  an  albuminous  partition ;  and  in  this  case  the  albuminous 
floor  and  covering  are  thinner  than  usual,  so  that  the  egg-mass  is  not 
greatly  enlarged  nor  distorted.  When  two  layers  were  thus  formed, 
the  young  larvsB  of  the  upper  layer  must  have  escaped  through  the 
emptied  cells  of  the  lower. 

It  only  remains  to  add  that  with  a  single  exception  these  masses  differ 
comparatively  little  in  size,  most  of  them  being  nearly  or  quite  five  cen- 
timeters long,  although  some  scarcely  exceed  four  centimeters.  The 
single  exception  is  of  a  mass  only  a  little  more  than  fifteen  millime- 
ters long,  six  millimeters  broad,  and  three  millimeters  high.  It  shows 
no  furrow,  but  may  represent  only  one  lateral  half  of  an  egg-mass,  as 
the  walls  of  one  side  are  steeper  than  those  of  the  other,  and  look  like 
the  sides  of  a  median  furrow.  This  mass  is  so  small  that  only  by  pre- 
suming one-half  to  bo  gone,  and  the  albuminous  covering  to  be  thinner 
than  usual,  can  it  be  regarded  as  belonging  to  the  same  species  with  the 
others,  although  evidently  of  a  similar  nature.  In  case  it  belongs  to  the 
same  species,  it  may  be  looked  upon  as  probable  that  a  female  usually 
deposited  all  her  eggs  iu  a  single  bunch,  but  that  some  accident  pre- 
venting it,  the  remnant  were  in  this  case  subsequently  laid  in  a  mass  of 
much  smaller  dimensions,  one-half  of  which  is  preserved.  This  is  the 
view  I  am  disposed  to  adopt. 

This  name  is  proposed  for  a  genus  of  PanorpidcCj  unquestionably  allied 
to  Panorpa,  but  difleriug  remarkably  from  it  in  the  total  absence  of  cross- 


SCUDDER    ON   TERTIARY   INSECTS.  541 

uervules  in  the  wings,  excepting,  perhaps,  at  the  base.  The  antenuss  are 
probably  not  very  long  (they  are  not  completely  preserved  in  the  speci- 
men), taper  very  gradaally  in  size,  are  composed  of  joints  only  a  little 
longer  than  broad,  not  in  the  least  degree  moniliform,  and  famished  with 
recumbent  hairs.  The  wings  are  not  so  elongate  nor  so  slender  as  in  Pan- 
orpa^  \eitj  regularly  rounded,  both  pairs  similarly  formed,  the  hinder  pair 
slightly  shorter  than  the  front  pair,  as  in  Panorpa.  The  oosta  is  thick- 
ened, the  subcosta  extends  beyond  the  middle  of  the  wing,  but  does  not 
reach  the  pterostigma;  the  radius  emits  a  superior  fork  near  the  base  of 
the  wing,  which  strikes  the  pterostigma ;  or  rather,  which,  by  bending 
downward  and  then  upward,  forms  the  pterostigma  in  the  middle  of 
the  apical  third  of  the  wing;  the  radius  again  forks  in  a  similar  manner 
still  far  before  the  middle  of  the  wing,  the  upper  branch  emitting  three 
parallel,  equidistant,  inferior  branchlets,  the  uppermost  close  to  the  mar- 
gin next  the  pterostigma,  the  lowest  striking  the  apex  of  the  wing ;  the 
lower  radial  branch  forks  below  the  middle  branchlet  of  the  upper  radial 
branch.  All  these  veins,  excepting  the  pterostigmatic  termination  of  the 
uppermost  branch  of  the  radial,  are  straight.  The  cubitus  is  also  straight, 
until  it  forks  a  little  before  the  middle  of  the  wing;  its  upper  branch  is 
a  little  curved,  and  divides  just  below  the  forking  of  the  lowest  radial 
branch ;  its  lower  branch  forks  almost  immediately,  emitting  at  once 
three  veinlets,  the  middle  one  of  which  is  nearly  continuous  with  the 
main  stem,  the  others  carving  in  opposite  senses  on  either  side  of  it. 
Below  this  the  veins  are  not  so  readily  determinable,  and  their  description 
is  omitted  for  the  present ;  the  only  variation  in  the  neuration  of  the  two 
wings  consists  in  the  middle  fork  of  the  lower  branch  of  the  cubitus, 
which,  in  the  hind  wing,  is  not  continuous  with  the  main  stem,  but 
originates  a  very  little  beyond  the  others  from  the  lower  fork.  The  legs 
are  spinous  throughout ;  the  tibisB  are  also  armed  at  tip  with  very  long, 
straight,  parallel  spurs,  and  the  tarsal  joints  with  short  spurs.  The 
abilomen  is  greatly  elongated^  the  first  four  joints  subequal  and  nearly 
as  broad  as  the  slender  thorax,  but  as  a  whole  tapering  slightly,  and  not 
greatly  surpassed  by  the  wings ;  the  following  joints  greatly  attenuated, 
the  ninth,  or  terminal  joint,  composing  the  forceps,  unfortunately  lost. 
Several  fossil  species  have  been  referred  to  Panorpa^  but  with  one 
exception  they  agree  very  closely  with  living  types.  The  exception  is  the 
insect  figured  by  Brodie  *  from  the  Purbeck  beds  of  England  {Panarpa 
gracilis  Oieb.),  which  is  very  small,  and  possibly  may  be  more  nearly 
related  to  Hokorpa;  for  while  the  general  arrangement  of  the  veins, 
with  the  notable  exception  of  the  cubital,  is  similar  to  what  is  found  in 
Holcorpa,  and  very  different  from  their  disposition  in  Panorpay  no  cross- 
veins  whatever  can  be  traced.  The  figure,  however,  is  too  small,  coarsely 
executed,  and  is  described  by  Giebelt  as  supplied  abundantly  with 
cross- veins !    It  certainly  is  not  in  my  copy. 

*Fo6S.  luB.  Sec.  KockB  Engl.,  pi.  5,  Og.  18. 
t  Ids.  dcr  Vorw.  258. 


\ 


542     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

Tbe  name  I  have  given  should  perhaps  be  written  Holchorpa  ;  bat  I 
have  disregarded  the  aspirate,  as  Linn^  did  in  constracting  Panarpa. 

Solcarpa  maculosa. — A  single  insect  (So.  G3),  obtained  by  Mrs.  Fisher 
from  the  Florissant  shales  of  Colorado,  has  beantifnlly  preserved  wings 
and  fragments  of  the  rest  of  the  body.  The  antennae  (which  are  not 
fally  preserved)  appear  to  have  been  more  than  half  as  long  as  the 
wings,  the  middle  joints  0.17™™  long  and  0.14™°*  broad.  The  wings  are 
less  than  three  times  as  long  as  broad,  and  very  regularly  rounded ;  the 
costal  vein  (especially  on  the  front  wing)  is  thickened  and  covered  with 
closely  clustered,  minute,  spinous  hairs ;  and  sinSilar  black  hairs  follow 
in  a  single  row  the  base  of  the  radial  and  cubital  veins.  The  wings  are 
very  dark,  with  large  white  or  pale  spots,  of  which  three  are  most  con- 
spicuous, occurring  similarly  on  all  the  wings :  one,  of  a  subquadrate  or 
subovate  form,  broader  than  long,  lies  scarcely  beyond  tbe  middle  of  the 
wing,  extending  from  the  costa  to  the  upper  branch  of  the  cubital  vein ; 
another,  neafly  as  large  and  similar  in  form,  is  subapical,  extending 
firom  just  beyond  the  last  fork  of  the  upper  branch  of  the  radial  vein  to 
or  just  beyond  the  upper  fork  of  the  lowest  branch  of  the  same ;  a  third, 
smaller,  transversely  oval  spot,  lies  next  the  inner  border,  below  and  a 
little  outside  the  first  mentioned,  being  situated  just  beneath  the  forking 
of  the  upper  branch  of  the  cubital  vein  ;  there  is  also  more  or  less  pale 
cloudiness  about  the  basal  half  of  the  wing,  and  wbite  flecks  may  be 
seen  at  various  points  near  the  tip,  especially  below  the  subapical  spot 
The  abdomen  resembles  somewhat  that  of  the  remarkable  Panorpa 
nematogaster  M'Lachl.  from  Java,  where  it  is  greatly  elongated,  and 
possesses  a  curious  appendage  to  the  third  joint.  In  the  fossil  species, 
the  first  three  joints,  taken  together,  tai)er  gradually  and  slightly,  and 
the  third  may  have  had  a  peculiar  appendage  at  its  tip,  as  the  edge  is 
not  entire,  but  appears  deeply  excavated  in  the  middle,  possibly  due, 
however,  to  its  imperfect  preservation ;  the  basal  half  of  the  fourth 
joint  partakes  of  the  tapering  of  tbe  abdomen,  but  its  apical  half  is 
swollen  and  its  hind  margin  broadly  rounded ;  the  fifth  and  sixth  joints 
are  a  little  longer  and  much  slenderer  than  the  preceding,  subequal  and 
cylindrical ;  the  fifth  depressed  on  either  side  at  the  base  by  a  pair  of 
fovere;  the  seventh  again  much  smaller,  linear  or  not  half  the  width  of 
the  sixth,  increasing  slightly  in  size  apically;  the  eighth  as  large  at 
base  as  the  seventh  at  tip,  enlarging  slightly  apically,  and  all  the  joints 
together  half  as  long  again  as  the  wings.  Most  unfortunately,  the 
apical  joint  is  lost.    The  specimen  is  evidently  a  male. 

Length  of  insect  (excluding  claw  of  abdomen)  30™™,  of  abdomen  (ex- 
cluding claw)  23™™,  of  front  wing  18™™,  breadth  of  same  5.5™™;  length 
of  hind  wing  16.5™™,  breadth  of  same  5™™;  length  of  (fore  or  middle) 
tibial  spurs  1™™,  of  one  of  the  (hind!)  tarsal  joints  1.2™™. 

Indmia  caUulosa. — In  certain  parts  of  Auvergne,  France,  rocks  are 
found,  which,  for  a  thickness  of  sometimes  two  meters,  are  wholly  made 
up  of  the  remains  of  the  cases  of  caddis-flies.    These  have  been  frequently 


SCUDDER    ON   TERTIARY   INSECTS.  543 

meutioDed  by  writers,  and  Sir  Charles  Lyell  figures  them  in  his  Manual. 
Oustalet,  in  his  recent  treatise  on  the  fossil  insects  of  Auvergne,  describes 
two  forms,*  one  from  Clermond,  and  the  other  from  St.  Gdrand,  which 
he  distinguishes  under  the  names  Fhryganea  corentina  and  P.  gerandina^ 
principally  from  their  difference  in  size  and  strength,  and  a  distinction 
in  the  minute  shells — species  of  Paludina — of  which  the  cases  are  com- 
posed. One  of  them,  however,  probably  the  former,  was  previously 
named  by  Giebelf  Indusia  idbulata^  a  generic  name  which  it  would 
perhaps  be  well  to  employ  for  the  cases  of  extinct  PhryganideCy  until  they 
can  reasonably  be  referred  to  particular  genera. 

During  the  past  season,  Dr.  A.  G.  Peale,  in  his  explorations  under 
the  Survey,  discovered  on  the  west  side  of  Green  Eiver,  Wyoming  Terri- 
tory, at  the  mouth  of  Lead  Creek,  in  deposits  which  he  considers  as 
probably  belonging  to  the  Upper  Green  Eiver  Group,  or  possibly  to  the 
lower  part  of  the  Bridger  Group  beds  of  limestone,  the  upper  floor  of 
which  is  completely  covered  with  petrified  cases  of  caddis-flies,  all  belong- 
ing to  a  single  species,  which  may  bear  the  name  we  have  applied  to  it 
above.  They  vary  from  14  to  19™"*  in  length,  from  4  to  5°™  in  diameter 
at  their  open  anterior  extremity,  and  from  3  to  3.2™°*.  at  their  posterior 
end,  the  thickness  of  the  walls  being  about  0.75™™.  As  will  be  seen  by 
these  measurements,  the  cases  are  a  little  larger  at  their  mouth,  but 
otherwise  they  are  cylindrical,  taper  with  perfect  regularity,  and  are 
straight,  not  slightly  curved,  as  in  many  Phryganid  cases.  They  are 
completely  covered  with  minute,  rounded,  water-worn  pebbles,  apparently 
of  quartz,  generally  subspherical  or  ovate,  and  varying  from  one-third  to 
two-thirds  of  a  millimeter  in  mean  diameter ;  they  thus  give  the  cases 
a  granulated  appearance.  Nearly  all  the  cases  are  filled  with  calcareous 
material,  but  some  are  empty  for  a  short  distance  from  their  mouth, 
and  in  one  case  the  inner  linings  of  this  part  of  the  case  has  a  coating 
of  minuter  calcareous  particles,  evidently  deposited  therein  after  the 
case  was  vacated.  As  the  present  thickness  of  the  walls  indicates  (as 
also  the  size  of  the  attached  pebbles),  the  silken  interior  lining  of  the 
case  must  have  been  very  stout.  This  follows  also  from  the  appearance 
of  one  or  two  which  have  been  crushed;  for  they  have  yielded  along  longi- 
tudinal lines,  indicating  a  parchment-like  rigidity  in  the  entire  shell.  In 
one  of  the  specimens,  the  outer  coating  of  heavier  pebbles  has  in  some 
way  been  removed  by  weathering,  and  has  left  a  soabrous  surface,  ap- 
parently produced  by  minute,  hard  grains  entangled  In  the  fibrous 
meshes  of  the  web  j  it  still,  however,  retains  its  cylindrical  form. 

The  size  of  the  case,  its  form,  and  the  material  from  which  it  is  con- 
structed seem  to  indicate  that  it  belonged  to  some  genus  of  Limnophi' 
lidce  near  Anaholia, 


•  Bibl.  Ecole  Haut.  Etudes ;  Sc.  Nat.  iv,  art.  7,  pp.  101-102. 
t  Ins.  der  Vorw.  2C9. 


ART.  XXV -FlELD-xNOTES  OxN  BIRDS  OBSERVED  IN  DAKOTA 
AND  MONTANA  ALONG  THE  FORTY-NINTH  PARALLEL 
DURING  THE  SEASONS  OF  1873  AND  1874.* 


By  Dr.  Elliott  Coues,  U.  S.  A., 

Late  Surgeon  and  Xaturalist  I',  S.  Xorthern  Boundary  (  ouiniyfion. 


The  foUowiDg  notes  resalt  from  observations  made  in  the  field  during 
my  connection  with  the  United  States  Northern  Boundary  Commission — 
Archibald  Campbell,  Esq.,  Commissioner,  Major  W.  J.  Twining,  Corps  of 
Engineers,  U.  8.  A.,  Chief  Astronomer.  The  line  surveyed  by  the  Com- 
mission in  1873  and  J  874  extended  from  the  Bed  Biverof  the  North 
to  the  Bocky  Mountains,  a  distance  of  850  miles,  along  the  northern 
border  of  the  Territories  of  Dakota  and  Montana,  in  latitude  49^  north. 
During  the  season  of  1873, 1  took  the  field  at  Pembina,  on  the  Bed 
Biver,  early  in  June,  and  in  the  course  of  the  summer  passed  along  the 
Line  nearly  to  the  Coteau  de  Missouri,  returning  from  the  Souris  or 
Mouse  Biver  via  Fort  Stevenson  and  the  Missouri  to  Bismarck.  This 
season's  operations  were  entirely  on  the  parallel  of  49^,  and  in  the  water- 
shed of  the  Mouse  and  Bed  Bivers,  my  principal  collecting-grounds 
being  Pembina,  Turtle  Mountain,  and  the  Mouse  Biver.  This  region 
of  the  northerly  waters  is  sharply  distinguished  geographically  and 
topographically,  as  well  as  zoologically,  from  the  Missouri  and  Milk  Biver 
Basin,  which  I  entered  the  following  year.  In  1874, 1  began  at  Fort 
Buford,  at  the  mouth  of  the  Yellowstone,  travelled  northwesterly  to  49^, 
which  was  reached  at  Frenchman's  Biver,  one  of  the  numerous  tribu- 
taries of  Milk  Biver,  and  thence  along  the  parallel  to  the  Bocky  Mount- 
ains at  Waterton  or  Chief  Mountain  Lake  and  other  headwaters  of 
the  Saskatchewan ;  returning  back  on  the  Line  to  Three  Buttes  or  Sweet- 
grass  Hills,  thence  direct  to  Fort  Benton,  Montana,  and  thence  by  a  boat 
voyage  down  the  Missouri  to  Bismarck.  In  neither  season  was  much 
collecting  done  except  along  the  parallel  itself;  and  the  operations  of 
each  season  were  in  a  region  sharply  distinguished,  as  I  have  said,  by 
its  faunal  peculiarities.  From  these  two  broad  belts  of  country,  cor- 
responding at  490  nearly  to  the  Territories  of  Dakota  and  Montana 
respectively,  is  to  be  set  apart  a  third,  that  of  the  Bocky  Mountains 
alone. 

I  made  an  elaborate  comparison  of  the  faunal  characters  of  these  three 

[*For  articles  od  other  portions  of  the  same  writer's  colIectioD,  tiee  this  Bolictin, 
this  Vol.,  No.  1,  pp.  259-292,  and  No.  2,  pp.  481-r>l&.— Ed.] 

Bull.  iv.  No.  3 1  545 


546     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

regions  with  reference  to  anticipated  publication  in  connection  with  the 
official  report  of  the  United  States  Boundary  Commission;  but  the 
present  is  hardly  the  place  to  present  these  considerations  in  detail. 
I  may,  however,  state  that  my  results  agree  closely  with  those  derived 
from  the  geological  investigations  made  by  Mr.  George  M.  Dawson,  my 
colleague  of  the  British  contingent  of  the  Survey,  whose  valuable  Report 
should  be  consulted  in  this  connection,  and  that  they  are  in  striking 
accord  with  what  would  be  the  geographer's  or  the  topographer's  con- 
sideration. 

1.  li^d  River  region,  or  watershed  of  the  Red  and  Mouse  Rivers.  At 
490  this  extends  westward  along  the  northern  border  of  Dakota,  nearly 
to  Montana, — to  the  point  where  the  Coteau  crosses  the  Line.  The  bird- 
fauna  of  this  region  .is  decidedly  Eastern  in  character, — much  more  so 
than  that  of  the  portion  of  the  Missouri  Basin  which  lies  south  of  it  and  no 
further  west.  It  is  well  distinguished,  both  by  this  Eastern  facies  and  by 
the  absence  of  the  species  which  mark  the  Missouri  region.  The  region 
consists  of  more  or  less  (nearly  in  direct  ratio  as  we  pass  westward)  fer- 
tile prairie,  treeless  except  along  the  streams,  cut  by  the  two  principal 
river-valleys,  the  Red  and  the  Mouse,  crossed  by  the  low  range  of  the 
Pembina  Mountains,  and  marked  by  the  isolated  butte  known  as  Turtle 
Mountain.  It  is  bounded  to  the  west  and  south  by  the  Coteau, — a  com- 
paratively very  slight  ridge,  which  nevertheless  absolutely  separates 
the  two  great  watersheds.  The  Red  River  flows  nearly  due  north;  the 
Mouse  Iviver  makes  a  great  horseshoe  bend,  at  first  directed  toward  the 
Missouri,  which  it  almost  reaches  before  it  is  '^  bluii'ed  off^,  literally,  and 
sent  northward.*  The  bird-fauna  of  Pembina  and  the  whole  immediate 
Red  River  Valley  is  thoroughly  Eastern,  The  only  Western  trace  I  ob- 
served was  Spizclla  pallida  and  some  Icteridw,  especially  Scolecophagus 
cyanoceplmliiH ;  though  StunielUt  neglecta  and  Xanthoceplialns  ioterocepha' 
lu8  are  both  common  prairie  birds  much  further  east,  as  Pedmceies  co- 
lumbinnns  also  is.  Characteristic  mammals  are  Spermophilus  Vd-liiheatus^ 
8.  franklinij  Tamias  quadrivittatus,  Tliomomya  talpoidesj  and  the  rare 
Onychomys  leucogaster.  Out  on  the  prairie,  beyond  the  Pembina  Mount- 
ains, this  region  is  distinguished  by  the  profusion  cf  several  very  nota- 
ble birds, — Anthtis  spraguiij  Plectrophanea  ornatuSy  Fasserculus  bairdij  and 
Ereniopliila  leucoloRma^  all  breeding,  none  of  them  observed  at  Pembina. 
Here  also  was  found  Coturnicuhis  lecontiu  This  treeless  area  is  fur- 
ther marked  by  the  absence  of  sundry  birds  common  enough  in  the 
heavily-timbered  Red  River  Valley,  as  EmpidonaceSj  VireoneSj  AniroHtO' 

*  Fort  Pembina  is  situatt'tl  ou  tlie  livil  Kiver,  latitude  -WP  nearly :  longitude  97°  13, 
42''  west;  altitude  790  feet  above  sea-level.  The  Pembina  MonntaioH,  well  woodedy 
with  a  maximum  elevatiou  of  about  l,7(»0  feet,  lie  X)  miles  west  of  the  Red  River, 
forming  au  escarpment  which  separates  the  low  iuiniediate  valley  of  the  Red  River 
from  the  next  higher  prairie  steppe,  which  reaches  to  the  Coteau.  Turtle  Mountain  is 
an  isolated,  heavily- wooded  butte,  123  miles  west  of  Pembina,  with  an  elevation  of 
abont  2,0(K)  feet  above  sea-level,  lying  directly  on  the  parallel  of  49-.  Our  camp,  at 
its  w^est  base,  was  in  longitade  lOu-  30'  41.1",  distant  149.25  miles  from  Pembina  aloog 
the  parallel. 


COUES  ON  BIRDS  OF  DAKOTA  AND  MONTANA.      547 

mu8  vociferus,  Tiirdus  pallasi^  Oeothlypis  Philadelphia^  Qoniaplhea  ludori- 
cianaj  Setophaga  ruticilla^  and  many  others.  Spermophilm  richardsani 
begins  in  this  region,  and  S.  franklini  and  doubtless  Onyclu>mys  end 
here.  There  are  Badji^ers  in  plenty  and  a  few  Antelopes;  there  were  no 
Buffalo  in  1873,  though  the  country  was  still  scored  with  their  trails, 
and  skeletons  were  plenty  from  the  Mouse  Eiver  westward.  This  region 
is  still  more  strongly  marked  by  the  absence  of  the  Missouri  specialties. 

2.  The  Missouri  region^  or  the  great  watershed  of  the  Missouri  and 
Milk  Eivers.  As  soon  as  we  cross  the  Coteau,  the  whole  aspect  of  the 
country  changes,  and  there  is  a  marked  difference  in  the  fauna.  We 
enter  a  much  more  sterile  and  broken  region,  absolutely  treeless  except- 
ing along  the  larger  water-courses,  full  of  '^  bad  lands",  with  much  sage- 
brush,— such  country  stretching,  with  scarcely  any  modification,  to  the 
base  of  the  Rockies.  In  this  latitude,  the  Milk  liiver  is  the  main  artery, 
with  many  north-south  affluents  crossing  40^.  The  characteristic  mam- 
mals are  the  Buffalo  (first  seen  in  1874  in  the  vicinity  of  Frenchman's 
Eiver),  Antelope,  Prairie  and  Sage  Hares  (LL.  campe^tris  and  syivaticus 
var.  nuttalli)^  the  Prairie  •'  Gophers''  (Spermophilus  richardsonij  in  extra- 
ordinary abundance),  and  Prairie  *'  Dogs"  (Cynomyn  ludovicianus)^  some 
of  these  being  perfectly  distinctive  of  the  Missouri  as  compared  with 
the  Red  Kiver  region.  Putorius  longicauda  is  the  Ermine  of  this  region. 
Kit  Foxes  (  Viilpes  relox)  are  common,  but  so  they  are  along  the  Mouse 
River.  The  characteristic  birds  are  Calamospiza  hicoloVj  Tyrannus  ver- 
iicalis^  Plectrophanes  maccowniy  Pica  hudsonicay  Speotyto  hypoga'a,  Centro- 
cercus  urophasianus  (diagnostic  of  the  region,  like  the  mammal  Cynomys 
ludovicianus,  or  the  reptiles  Phrynosoma  dougJassi  and  Crotalus  confluen- 
tus\  and  Eudromias  montanuH,  Few,  if  any,  distinctively  Eastern  birds 
extend  across  or  even  into  this  region.  Plectrophanes  ornatus  goes  to 
the  mountains,  but  in  diminished  numbers;  one  specimen  of  Neocorys 
was  taken  near  the  mountains,  but  neither  Passerculm  bairdi  nor  Cotur- 
niculus  lecontii  was  observed ;  Eremophila  continues  in  full  force. 

The  Sweetgra^s  Hills,  or  Three  Buttes,  are  the  most  considerable  out- 
liers of  the  Rocky  Mountains,  along  the  parallel  of  49^,  quite  isolated 
on  the  prairie.  I  noticed  no  avian  specialties  here,  but  Mountain  Sheep 
were  comparatively  abundant  (as  they  were  also  along  the  bluffs  of  the 
Missouri  River,  above  the  mouth  of  the  Yellowstone),  and  the  Yellow- 
haired  Porcupine,  Erethizon  epixanthus,  was  numerous, 

3.  Rocky  Mountain  region. — Rising  gradually  and,  of  course,  imper- 
ceptibly, the  Missouri  region  maintains  its  features  to  the  very  foot 
of  the  mountains,  the  headwaters  of  the  Milk  River  being  prairie 
streams,  sluggish,  warm,  and  muddy,  with  much  alkaline  detritus.  The 
divide  between  this  watershed  and  that  of  the  Saskatchewan  is  too 
slight  to  be  recognized  as  such  by  an  inexperienced  eye ;  on  passing  it, 
we  strike  the  clear,  cold,  turbulent  streams  from  the  mountains,  abound- 
ing in  iSalmonida^j  and  soon  enter  the  woods.  This  region  is  strongly 
marked,  not  only  by  <<  Western  "  species,  in  the  geographer's  senae^  Uo.t. 


548 


BUIXBTJN   UNITED   STATES   QEOLOOICAL  8UBTET. 


by  Alpiae  forms,  etraogers  to  lower  altitudes  at  the  same  latitade,  bf 
ezclasively  arboreal  forms,  aad  b;  abrupt  disappearance  of  the  prairifl 
types  mentioned  in  the  preceding  paragraph.  The  marks  of  the  region, 
as  compared  with  the  prairie,  are  unmistakable.  We  here  find  Lagontgt 
princepa  (down  to  4,300  feet),  Tamia»  lateralis,  Sciurwg  Audsonitu  rar., 
Neotoma  cinerea,  Arctomyn  JUtrirenlris,  among  mamioalB ;  large  game 
was  scarce, — a  few  deer  (C  virgiHiantts),  a  bear  or  two,  and  ao  alleged 
Aploceros  montaaus.  There  were  do  live  Buffalo,  but  plenty  of  skulls 
and  skeleUiDH  far  into  the  mouutaius.  Among  notable  birds  may  be 
mentioned  Cinclus  mexicanus,  Dendrceca  auduboni,  Geothlypia  macgiUiv- 
ragi,  AmpelU  garruliu,  doubtless  breeding  !,  Perworeus  canadensis,  Empi- 
doaax  hainmondi,  E.  obscurus,  Sebupkorus  ru/tts,  Picvs  harrin,  Asyndea- 
Rtu  tortjuatus,  the  two  Alpine  Grouse,  Tetrao  franklini  and  T.  richardsoni 
(together  with  Pedicecetes,  which  pervades  all  three  regions),  Bvc^hata 
islandica  [breeding),  and  Histrionicua  torquatv.i  (breeding). 

Some  of  the  more  conspicuous  birds  of  the  tbi-ee  regions,  or  of  ao; 
one  of  them,  may  be  tabulated  in  the  following  form.  The  implication 
in  each  case  is  simply  my  own  obdervations,  not  the  known  geoeial 
range  of  the  species.  All  the  species  in  this  table,  doubtless  even  Ampe- 
lis  ffarrvlas,  were  on  their  breeding- grounds,  excepting  a  very  few 
migrants  seen  early  in  June  at  Pembina. 


1 

1 

1 

1 

a 
1 

i 

r 

■c 

1 

T  rAu-  iBict.Iotld 

; 

X 

X 

uj«.™™,-.. 

X 

Cisvlaimeilcuiu 

X 
X 
X 

...i 

TymiMU  vcrUiullK 

..t 

*J 

'5" 

X 

5 

X 

i 

X 

DMdnHapuinaylrai.il!.  ... 

"a" 

T 

SSS;™^;;;;; 

X 

>: 

SfS?"^"---"; 

i 

y- 

"x" 

.L 

a=H»="" 

X 

X 

Plscboiihuira  micoDTUl 

X 

..^.. 

asSi"" 

J 

X 

■if- 

i 

^. 

X 

■X 

BSSSta"?.-'.".".-.;:::..^.. 

Rccarrinirtia wuricua   ... 

X 

X 

X 

X. 

ssSs"™"^ " 

X 

X 

I 

X 
X 

' 

The  list  berewitb  is  restricted  to  the  birds  actually  observed  and 
generally  shot. 


CODES  ON  BIBDS  OF  DAKOTA  AND  MONTANA. 


549 


There  remains  the  agreeable  duty  of  witneBfiing  tlie  ready  and  aoTarj- 
iDg  coarteay  extended  to  tbe  Naturalist  of  tbe  Gommission  by  Mr.  Camp- 
bell aod  Major  Twining,  wbo  sought  to  aid  by  all  means  in  their  power 
tbe  BCientiflo  ioterests  he  bad  in  charge;  and  by  Captain  W.  F.  Gregory, 
Corps  of  Engineers,  U.  S.  A.,  to  whose  party  he  was  attached  during 
tbe  season  of  1871. 


TURDUS  (PLANE9TICU9}  MIGEATORID3,  Linn. 

The  Bobin. 

Fonnd  in  abundance  at  Pembioa,  where  it  was  breeding  in  tbe  wooded 
river-bottom.  In  this  latitude,  the  eggs  are  generally  laid  daring  tbe 
middle  and  latter  parts  of  June,  and  I  scarcely  think  that  more  than  one 
brood  is  reared  annually.  Further  westward  the  species  seems  to  occur 
chiefly  during  the  migrations,  as  most  of  the  conatry  is  uusuited  to  its 
wants.  In  September,  large  numbers  were  observed  in  the  fringes  of 
trees  along  the  Moose  Biver.  During  the  second  season,  the  birds  were 
again  found  on  the  Upper  Missouri  River  and  in  tbe  Rocky  Mountains. 
On  tbe  whole,  the  species  is  much  less  numerous,  excepting  in  the 
immediate  valley  of  the  Red  River,  than  it  is  in  settled  and  wooded 
portions  of  the  United  States,  and  probably  none  pass  the  winter  ia 
this  latitude. 


i 

i 

Locality. 

l)«le. 

CgllwWr. 

1 

1 

i 

Nstor*  of  spcFlmcB, 

1M3 

S*St 

«5fl 

^ 

Fomblu.  I>mk 

S.n.U.1^ 

EIIIli(tCDn«. 

"^ 

Jane  S3, 1ST3 

:::t ::::::: 

^"S;. 

Tbi»«n<. 

- 

MoDMRicer,  t>ak- 

B«pt.i(t,iffn 

....do  



TUBDUS  (HYLOCICHLA)  PALLASI,  Cab. 

Hebmit  Thbush. 

The  Hermit  Thrnsh  was  not  observed  during  the  Survey  nntjl  toward 
the  close  of  tbe  second  season,  when  specimens  were  taken  in  the  Rocky 
Mountains  near  Chief  Mountnin  Lake,  nnder  circamstances  which  left 
DO  doubt  of  its  breeding  in  the  vicinity.  As  it  is,  however,  a  oommoa 
species  of  wide  distribution  in  North  America,  it  is  doubtless  to  be 
found,  like  the  Robin,  wherever  timber  grows,  along  tbe  line  of  the 
Xorthem  Bonndary, 


550  BULI^TIN  UNITED   STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SUBVEY. 

LM  of  ,pfcim,n». 


i 

1 

LooiUlj.                     D.W. 

CollMior. 

1 

III 

HUnn  nf  sinvi  meD.I 

4531 

4aM 

UtUtuile  «e°. 

AnE.SO,l«^ 

EUlotlConca. 

1         . 

aUiB. 

1 

^                           ' 

TUBDUS  (HYLOCICHLA)  SWAINSONI,  Cab. 
OLITB- BACKED  THBUSn. 

The  remarkB  wade  nnder  head  of  the  last  species,  with  regard  to 
geographical  distriliation,  are  equally  applicable  to  the  present  one.  It 
was  only  observed,  however,  in  September,  doriDg  the  general  aatnmnal 
migration,  in  the  slight  fringe  of  trees  along  the  stream  where  I  was 
collecting  at  the  time.  In  a  country  so  nearly  treeless  as  is  the  tract 
lying  between  the  Bed  Biver  and  the  Bocky  Moaatains,  the  slightest 
pieces  of  woodland  are  eagerly  soagbt  by  all  the  migrants  as  stopping- 
places  for  food  and  rest.  Though  at  other  seasons  tenanted  by  few 
qpecies,  they  become  popalous  in  the  fall  by  the  presence  of  great 
nambers  of  email  insectivorons  and  granirorous  species,  among  which 
the  Turdida^  Sj/lvicolida,  and  Fringiltida  are  conapicaons. 


JAlt 

/V«rf»««. 

1 

i 

LooUtf. 

mtt. 

Collfotor. 

1 

1 

i 

«a* 

....    Mon»HlT«-,D«k.- 

S.p(.i6,isri 

EUlouCone,. 

r», 

,»,. 

»» 

su. 

TUBDUS  (HTLOCIOHLA)  FUSCESCENS,  St^h. 

Vebey,  or  WiLBow's  Thrush. 

Unlike  either  of  the  preceding  species,  the  Veery  does  not  appear  to 
extend  westward  beyond  the  Valley  of  the  Bed  Hirer, — at  any  rate,  it 
was  only  observed  in  the  vicinity  of  Pembina.  Here  it  was  foand 
breeding  in  abundance  during  the  month  of  June,  when  its  exquisite 
song  enlivened  the  tangled  recesses  of  the  wooded  river-bottom,  in 
which  the  timid  birds  secreted  themselves,  and  formed  one  of  the  most 
characteristic  pieces  of  bird-melody  to  be  heard  in  that  ill-favored 
locality.  A  nest  was  found  on  the  !)th  of  .Tune,  contaioing  four  fresh 
eggs,  uuiform,  blui>fa-green  in  color,  and  measuring  about  0.86  in  length 
by  0.66  in  diameter.  It  was  jilaced  upou  a  sniull  heap  of  decayed  leaves 
which  had  been  caught  on  the  foot-stalka  of  n  bush  a  few  inches  from 
the  ground,  and  composed  of  weed-stems,  grasses,  and  fibrous  bark- 
strips,  woven  together,  and  mixed  with  withered  leaves.    The  walls  were 


COUBS   ON   BIBDS  OF  DAKOTA   AND  MONTANA. 


551 


tbifik,  giving  a  balky,  irregalar,  and  rather  sloTenly  appeaniDce,  and 
caoang  the  cavity  to  appear  comparatively  small, — it  was  only  aboot 
'2^  iDohes  in  diameter  by  less  than  2  inches  in  depth,  though  the  whole 
nest  was  as  large  as  a  child's  head. 

Lift  of  uprcmctt. 


Mia 

«H8 

1 
:::: 

LocBiity. 

Uale. 

ElUutlUuiK 

'   5 

11 

■ 
Nmnw  nf  sppclinen. 
u<l  ivmukii. 

rciuWijii,  l>Bk 

Jdsb  Il,lin3 
Junel2.1§73 

SklD.Kltbncstaiid 
....Uo. 

1 

....ilo 

■;'■■* 

"**=! 

MIMUS  CAROLINENSIS,  (Linn.)  Gray. 
Catbird. 

The  Oatbird  was  ascertained  to  be  one  of  the  common  species  of  the 
Bed  River  region,  where  it  was  breeding  id  Jane,  in  sitoations  similar 
to  those  it  selects  in  the  East  1  traced  it  westward  to  Tattle  Mountain, 
bat  did  not  observe  it  again  in  the  Becky  MonntaiDS,  where  its  presence 
was  to  have  been  expected.  It  is  also  a  rather  common  species  on  the 
Upper  Missoari  and  the  northem  atBaente  of  this  and  of  the  Uilfc  Biver. 
The  Missoari  appears  to  be  the  highway  by  which  the  species  gains  the 
Bocky  Mountains,  as  observed  by  Dr.  Hayden.  The  nataralists  of  the 
Northwest  Bonndary  Commission  oolleoted  specimens  in  Washington 
Territory,  and  9ir  John  Hicbardson  has  left  a  record  of  its  occarrence 
in  the  Saskatchewan  region  as  far  north  as  latitude  54°  north.  As  at 
Pembina,  the  bird  was  breeding  iu  Juue  iu  the  shrubbery  along  tbe 
Upper  Missouri  and  its  tributaries. 

Lift  of  «p«dmm. 


i 

3114 

aiar 

3353 
4091 

i 

L«Jiir. 

D«tt 

Colleolor. 

1 

1 

1 

•■••3SSS"- 

PemMiumltak 

Jiuuil3,18n 
JniiBW,lB}S 

JS-SS 

Juiia9%lb71 

iUiJWC™,.. 

|S:S!35 

Two  ef E9. 
NMIwribS^gge. 

Bkiii;nt™i.ill.a 

skSr- 

■J" 

Biff   UQdflj  River, 

....do 

do 

HABPOBHYfTCHUS  BUFUS,  {Linn.)  Cab. 

Thbasheb,  or  Bbown  Thbush. 

Observed  at  Pembina,  wbitA  fq>pean  to  be  near  the  northern  limit  of 
tbe  distribution  of  this  species.    In  other  latitudes,  however.,  it  «-l<»i^Sa. 


552 


BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SUBYET. 


farther  westward,  having  been  found  by  earlier  expeditions  in  various 
portions  of  Dakota,  Nebraska,  Wyoming,  and  Colorado.  It  is  one  of 
the  species  of  Turdidoe  which  does  not  appear  to  leave  the  United  States 
in  winter,  as  we  have  no  West  Indian  or  Central  American  quotations. 
It  breeds  in  suitable  localities  anywhere  within  general  range.  A  nest 
containing  four  eggs  was  found  at  Pembina  late  in  June. 

During  the  second  season,  the  species  was  obser\  ed  on  the  Missouri 
above  Fort  Buford. 

Lint  of  specimens. 


9 
•A 

5  ,« 

L(>4:ality. 

1 
Data.             Colleetor. 

1 

• 

C 

5    ■   fc 

Xatore  of  specimen, 
and  rcBarlu. 

JKrn     •  ••  . 

Parobina.  Dak 

N«ar  Fort  Buford, 
Dftk. 

Jane  21, 1773    Elliott  Coaes 
JoIt  —  1374  ....do 

Nf«t  with  4  «ttB. 
(Not  preoemd.) 

I 

CINCLUS  MEXICANUS,  S\c. 
American  Dipper,  or  Water  Ouzel, 

During  the  tedious  march  through  the  monotonous  country  of  the 
Milk  Biver,  when  little  was  to  be  looked  for  that  had  not  already  been 
found,  I  daily  indulged  pleasant  anticipations  of  change  for  the  better, 
in  the  new  and  more  varied  features  of  the  avifauna  which  I  should 
meet  on  entering  the  mountains.  I  was  particularly  desirous  of  finding 
the  Dipper, — a  bird  that  in  former  years  had  given  me  the  slip  when  I 
was  crossing  the  mountains  of  New  Mexico  and  Arizona.  Nor  was  I 
disappointed ;  the  most  favorable  conditions  of  the  bird's  existence  are 
met  in  the  many  crystal  cascades,  fed  by  the  snow-capped  peaks  that 
form  Chief  Mountain  Lake, — a  beautitul  sheet  of  water  environed  by  pre- 
cipitous mountains,  debouching  with  a  tortuous  course  into  one  of  the 
many  clear  streams  that  unite  to  form  the  Saskatchewan.  Nor  was  this 
romantic  spot  the  home  of  the  Dipper  alone,  among  the  more  interesting 
forms  of  animal  life.  The  Bohemian  Waxwing  was  breeding  here,  many 
degrees  of  latitude  further  south  than  had  been  known  before.  So  was 
the  Harlequin  Duck,  like  the  Waxwing  then  for  the  first  time  ascer- 
tained to  rear  its  young  within  the  limits  of  the  United  States.  Bar- 
row's Golden  Eye  and  other  species,  to  me,  at  least,  extremely  interest- 
ing, were  here  first  encountered,  as  more  fully  noted  in  other  portions 
of  this  narrative. 

At  the  time  of  my  visit,  it  was  too  late  to  look  for  the  nest  or  eggs  of 
the  Dipper,  as  the  young  were  already  on  wing ;  that  they  were  bred  in 
the  immediate  vicinity,  at  an  altitude  of  only  about  4,000  feet,  was  evi- 
dent from  the  immature  condition  of  the  specimens  examined. 

My  observations  upon  the  habits  of  the  species  were  too  limited  to 
enable  me  to  add  anything  to  the  account,  compiled  from  various  sources, 
which  was  published  in  the  ^<  Birds  of  the  Northwest". 


cocriss  ON  uiBoa  of  Dakota  and  Montana.  553 

LUf  of  ipedauiu. 


K 

i 

i 

Local  itj,                    Djli..        1     (.-"H-i'.T.      1    ^ 

1 

s 

is 

"SSicJr- 

■xs 

Si- 

Uiiude  411-3. 

8IALIA  AKCTICA,  Hiv. 

KoCKY  Mountain  Bldebied. 

Tbe  Northern  BoDndary  appears  to  be  sliglitly  beyond  tbe  limit  of 
distribution  of  tfaA  BsMtera  Bluebird,  alace  tbe  species  was  not  ob- 
served at  Pembina,  where  the  avifanna  is  almost  entirely  Eaatero  in  its 
composition.  The  Western  Bluebird,  S.  ineiicana,  is  still  further  re- 
moved from  the  region  now  under  consideration.  The  third  and  only 
other  species  of  this  conotry  has  a  more  northerly  distribution  thaa 
cither  of  the  others,  reachinf;  to  abont  latitude  64°  or  65°  north ;  it  is 
found  from  the  eastern  foothills  of  the  Rocky  Mountains  to  the  Pacific, 
and  in  some  localities  is  very  abundant.  A  few  individuals  were  ob- 
served by  the  Commission  in  the  Bocky  Mountains^  at  Chief  Moaotain 
Lake,  but  no  specimens  were  preserved.  Its  habits  are  much  the  same 
as  those  of  its  well-kuown  Eastern  congener. 

EEGULUS  CALENDULA,  Licht. 

EtJBY-CEOWNED   KmOLET. 

This  species,  of  general  distribation  throughout  the  wooded  portions 
of  SoTtit  America,  was  observed  on  Mouse  Biver,  in  September,  dariog 
tJie  autumnal  migration,  frequenting  the  dense  undergrowth  of  the 
river-bottom  in  company  with  ffelminthophaga  celata  and  Dendreeea 
coronata.  In  its  spring  and  antamn  movements,  it  andoabtodly  paaaes 
the  several  wooded  points  of  the  line,  and  may  yet  be  found  breeding 
in  tbe  mountains  id  this  latitude. 

Its  neat  and  eggs  long  remained  among  the  special  desiderata  of 
AmericaD  ornithologists.  9o  fu:  as  known,  oo  authentic  specimena 
reached  our  hands  until  two  or  three  years  ago,  when  Mr.  J.  H,  Batt^, 
then  attached  to  Dr.  Hayden's  Survey,  discovered  a  nest  in  Oolorado, 
July  21, 1873.  It  was  placed  on  a  spruce  bough,  about  15  feet  from 
the  ground,  and  contained  five  young  and  one  egg.  Tbe  structure, 
whidi  I  have  examined  at  the  Smithsonian,  is  larger  than  snch  a  tiny 
architect  would  be  expected  to  produce,  and  consists  of  a  loosely  blended 
mass  of  hair  and  feathers,  mixed  with  moss  and  short  pieoes  of  straw. 
Other  observers,  notably  Mr.  T.  M.  Trippe,  had  previously  indicated  the 
nndonbted  breeding  of  the  species  in  the  higher  wooded  portions  of 
Colorado,  which  is  confirmed  by  tbe  discovery  of  this  oest. 


554 


BULLETIN  UHITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 


It  is  a  very  corioos  fact,  in  the  biatory  of  thia  genua,  that  a  varietj  of 
Regvlus  calendula,  or  a  very  closely  allied  species,  should  be  among  the 
few  resident  birds  which  constitute  the  isolated  fauna  of  the  island  of 
Gaadeloape,  200  miles  south  of  San  Diego,  Cal. 

PABUa  ATRICAPILLTJa  8EPTENTEI0NALIS,  ffarris. 
Long-tailed  Chickadee. 

Ad  abandaiit  resideot  of  the  region  of  the  Upper  Missouri,  io  all 
suitable  situations ;  but  neither  this  nor  any  other  species  of  tbe  genus 
was  noticed  in  the  Red  River  Valley.  It  is  the  characteristic  form  of 
the  whole  Bocby  Mountain  regioD  from  the  Fur  Conntriea  into  Mezic«, 
-where  it  is  the  only  representative  of  the  geoos,  excepting  P.  montatna. 

Detailed  measurementB  of  a  series  of  apecimeuB  of  this  disputed  fonn, 
fbr  comparison  with  those  of  P.  atrimptilutf  will  be  found  in  my  work 
already  qaoted.  These  were  carefully  made  is  the  Qwit,  at  Fort  Baa- 
dall,  daring  the  winter  of  1872-73.  The  average  length  was  foaad  to 
be  5.60  inches;  the  wing,  2.40  to  2.75;  and  the  tail,  2.60  to  2.80. 

A  apecimen  procured  at  Chief  Mountain  Lake  ia  preserved  among 
the  collections  of  the  Commission. 


i 

i 

Loialily 

1      .....     1    c.„™,. 

i 
J 

1 

1 

^"r-ss- 

4U4 

.... 

R«kv    Mo™ 

..i.,|i„j.,«y.i«tt«.™ 



Skln. 

TROGLODYTES  AEDOS,  I'lWH. 
Hoi'SE  AVren. 

Observed  as  far  west  as  the  contiiies  of  the  Missouri  Coteao.  The 
westernmost  specimens,  as  well  as  those  from  tbe  immediate  valley  of 
the  Red  River,  appear  to  be  typical  aedon.  The  Eastern  form  has  also 
occasionally  been  met  with  in  tlie  Missouri  region  itself;  though  there 
the  prevailing  type  is  the  var.  parkmanni. 

On  the  Red  River,  in  June,  the  si>ecies  was  breeding  very  abnadaotly 
in  the  neighborhood  of  the  fort  and  town  of  Pembina. 
I.itl  of  spffimrui. 


i 

Loculily. 

Dm..             Ctillrelor. 

III 

udr*m«^ 

1 

P«ybiD«.Djlfc 

Jm».   nm    ElliotiCuuM 

4. 90  .  e. ;» 

.Skt». 

NeatwlthSeCp. 
...flo. 

3:::aS.::S-::;::- 

iioaiw  Klnr,  Dak  . 
Lonii  CoMaii  KItr, 

a.!;  as  :;-3:  ::;;;::• 

d;«;^« 



COUES   ON  BIBD8  OF  DAKOTA  AND  MONTANA.  555 

CISTOTHORUS  STBLLABIS,  [Lickt.)  Cab. 
SUOBT-BILLED  MABSH  \VR£N. 

Tbe  present  is  one  of  a  few  species  of  general  distribntion  iu  the  East- 
ero  ProviDce,  whicli  appears  mncb  more  abnodant  along  its  line  of 
migration  in  tbe  Mississippi  Valley  than  on  the  Atlantic  coast.  Id  the 
East,  tbe  species  does  not  appear  to  have  been  observed  beyond  Sontbero 
New  England.  The  present  specimens,  secnred  at  Pembina  in  Jnne, 
and  later  in  tlie  season  along  tbe  Mouse  Kiver,  are  the  northernmost  on 
record,  probably  representing  about  the  limit  of  its  distribatioD  in  ibis 
quarter.  Tbe  species  has  been  observed  westward  to  the  Leap  Fork  of 
tbe  Platte.  I  fonnd  tbe  birds  to  be  rather  plentilnl  along  the  Bed  Biver, 
in  low,  oozy  gronnd  overgrown  with  scrob  willows,  and  also  in  tbe 
reedy  doughs  of  tbe  prairie.  They  were  ondoobtedly  breeding  here^ 
though  no  nests  were  secured. 

Lutof 


t 

<£ 

Loculily. 

DiU. 

GoUecUir. 

1 

1 

1 

NatnreofipMlmeii 
and  remnrkl. 

"1? 

rf 

r™Wd«.UBl! 

June  A.im    EUioltConei 

IU 

^ 

Skla. 
....do. 

TBLMATODYTE8  PALCSTRIS,  (WtU.)  Cab. 
LONQ-BILLBD  MaBSH   WBEN. 

This  species  was  not  observed  till  we  reached  the  Bocky  Monntaiiui, 
when  a  few  were  seen  on  marshy  ground  near  Chief  MonntaEa  Lake. 
It  is,  however,  of  undoubted  occurrence  in  suitable  situations  along  tbe 
Line. 

EREMOPniLA  ALPESTEIS  LEUC0L.1;MA,  Cones. 
Westeen  Horned  Laek. 

One  of  tbe  most  interesting  points  in  tbe  history  of  the  Homed  Lark 
is  its  peculiar  distribution  during  the  breeding-season.  Its  breeding* 
range  is  to  no  way  related  to  zones  of  latitude,  noc  yet  is  it  determined 
by  altitude,  but  by  the  topographical  features  of  the  country.  It  rarely, 
if  ever,  stops  to  breed  along  the  Atlantic  coast  so  far  south  as  Xew 
England,  where  the  surface  of  the  country  is  not  adapted  to  its  peculiar 
wants.  It  is  stated  to  occasionally  nest  in  portions  of  Canada  West; 
but  it  is  not  until  we  reach  the  valley  of  the  uppermost  Mississippi,  ia 
a  broad  sense,  that  we  And  the  bird  regularly  breeding  within  the  United 
States.  I  am  informed  by  Mr.  W.  K.  I^nte,  who  accompanied  tbe  ezpe- 
ditiou  during  the  season  of  1873,  tbat  it  nests  in  Wisconsin,  near  Bacine, 
laying  about  the  middle  of  April,  even  before  thesnowisoff  ^<t>7«:iQ»St^ 


556     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVET. 

From  the  Hed  Biver  and  correspoDding  longitade,  west  to  the  Bocky 
Mountains,  it  breeds  in  profusion,  and  during  the  greater  part  of  the 
year  it  is,  without  exception,  the  most  abundant,  universally  diffused, 
and  characteristic  species  of  the  prairie  avifauna.  Numerous  specimens 
were  taken,  not  only  along  the  parallel  of  40^,  but  also  on  the  Missouri 
and  Milk  Bivers,  and  the  species  accompanied  our  line  of  march  into 
the  mountains.  The  individuals  bred  in  this  dry  and  sterile  region  are 
usually  lighter-colored  than  those  of  better- watered  areas,  and  are  those 
which  I  have  designated  by  the  term  leucolminay  iu  indication  of  a  slight 
geographical  difTerentiation. 

The  Homed  Lark  is  one  of  the  few  species  which,  in  this  latitude,  usu- 
ally rear  at  least  two  broods  each  season, — a  fact  which  in  part  accounts 
for  the  preponderance  of  individuals  over  those  of  the  species  with  which 
they  are  associated.  I  have  already  adverted  to  the  extremely  early 
nesting-time  which  has  been  ascertained,  and  have  only  to  add  that  the 
period  of  reproduction  is  protracted  through  July.  I  have  observed 
young  birds  on  the  wing  in  June,  and  found  fresh  eggs  in  the  nest  dur- 
ing the  latter  half  of  July.  In  fact,  all  through  the  summer  months 
the  troops  of  Larks  everywhere  to  be  seen  consist  of  old  birds  mixed 
with  the  young  in  all  stages  of  growth.  The  great  flocks,  however,  are 
not  usually  made  up  until  the  end  of  the  summer,  when  all  the  young 
are  full-grown,  and  the  parents,  having  concluded  the  business  of  rear- 
ing their  young,  have  changed  their  plumage.  The  young  of  the  first 
brood  soon  lose  the  peculiar  speckled  plumage  with  which  they  are  at 
first  covered;  the  later  ones  change  about  the  time  the  feathers  of  the 
old  birds  are  being  renewed.  The  agreeable  warbling  song  is  scarcely 
to  be  heard  after  June. 

While  it  is  not  probable  that  any  of  these  birds  endure  the  full  rigors 
of  winter  in  the  exposed  country  of  this  latitude,  I  am  unable  to  say 
when  they  retreat.  They  continue  abundant  until  October,  and  prob- 
ably only  retreat  before  the  severe  storms  of  the  following  month,  to 
return  again  in  March,  if  not  in  February.  It  is  brave  and  hardy,  one 
of  the  few  birds  that  weather  the  terrible  storms  that  usually  prevail  in 
April  in  the  Missouri  region. 

The  nest  of  the  Horned  Lark  may  be  stumbled  upon  anywhere  on  the 
open  prairie.  It  is  a  slight  affair, — merely  a  shallow  depression  in  the 
ground,  lined  with  a  few  dried  grass-stems.  The  eggs  are  four  or  five  in 
number,  measuring  nearly  an  inch  in  length  by  about  three-fifths  in 
breadth;  they  are  very  variable  in  contour.  The  color  is  well  adapted 
to  concealment  iu  the  gray-brown  nest,  being  nearly  the  color  of  the  with- 
ered materials  upon  which  they  rest,  thickly  and  uniformly  dotted  with 
light  brown.  The  eggs  and  young  birds,  like  those  of  other  small  spe- 
cies nesting  on  the  ground  in  this  region,  often  become  the  prey  of  the 
foxes,  badgers,  and  weasels,  if  not  also  of  the  gophers. 

The  Homed  Lark  is  a  sociable  bird,  not  only  highly  gregarious  with 
its  own  kind,  but  one  that  mixes  indiscriminately  with  several  other  sps* 


C0UE8    ON   BIBDS    OF   BAKOTA   AND   UONTANA. 


557 


cies,  as  Sprague's  Lark,  the  Savanna  Sparrow,  Baird's,  Maccown's,  and 
the  Cbestnut-collared  Buntings,  all  of  which  are  abnndant  birds  of  the 
same  region. 

I.hl  of  iip(cinieH$. 


i 

1 

Loi-Jlily,                    D»t^.             Colkolor. 

5 
1 

1 

1 

3X& 
385* 

4007 

4isa 

iMi 

«£« 
4M7 

■ax 

4«M 
4444 

4no 

4471 
4fi31 

46« 

4«n 

s 

4in4 

i 

4K« 

Moaner  KlTBr  Duk      '  Sent  l"  ib-j 

EUiotlConr. 

Skio. 

^^di;?? 

^l 

1J.M 

4.30 

...do 

Fnurhmui'*  Itiver, 

do    ... 

Jfliioai.ii?;4 

JbIj    T,laT4 

:::-S 

....do  

fiiJi'OTki'iiiiVfc, 

Hon. 

■Ji-ly-'^.Vm 

:;:ido::::::" 
...do 

;:;::: 

::::t 

Skin  (p«r*ot  or 

":"do. 

N'rTwoForliiiUUk 
RiTor,  Moot. 

HiIli^Mollt. 

do  .... 

Abk,  a,i-n4 

Aug.   7,1974 

Ade.    8.1^4 
Au,.jJI«4 

J.H,B«lij-.. 

EltiOltCoUM 

...do 

....do 

i'M' 

i"4",=K 

■*."»" 

...do. 

".do! 

...do. 

DudwalenUilklL. 

Uout. 

Rarbjuin-'piuitDdfl 

Aug.  15, 1H4 

';;::.do::::' 

Allg.W,IH74 
Ang.3<l,lB11 

-- 

J.U.E»Hj... 
....do 

::;;:: 

...„- 

::::; 

...  do- 
....do. 



■-I 

...do    

—do 

do 

Aog,31,lBT4 



:::i. 

":■ 

— 

:::dQ :::::.::::"::: 

do 

-...do. 

ANTHUS  LUDOVICIANUS,  (Om.)  Lickt. 

TiTLABK,  or  Pipit. 

Iq  the  general  area  sarrejed  by  tlie  CommiBsion,  the  Titlark  appears 
to  be  only  a  bird  of  pasBage,  in  spriufi;  and  aatumn.  Dnring  the  first 
season  I  accompanied  the  Survey,  none  were  ob served  until  September, 
when,  with  arrival  of  various  other  species  from  the  north,  they  made 
their  appearance  in  considerable  nnmbera  along  the  Moose  Biver.  Tlie 
following  season,  however,  I  found  them  in  Aagost  about  Chief  Monnt- 
aia  Lake,  and  do  not  doubt  that  those  then  observed  were  bred  in  the 
immediate  vicinity,  aa  at  that  time  the  foil  migration  had  not  oom- 
menced.  Id  the  Eastern  Province,  the  Pipit  agrees  closely  with  the 
Borued  Lark  in  its  distribntion  during  the  breeding-season  ^  in.  th.«. 


558  BtXUETIX   UMTED   STATES   GEOLOGICAL   SCKTEY. 

West,  however,  the  ca>e  is  reversed,  the  #:.>i7i,'</<*  at  which  it  oestkt 
being  com  piemen  taiy  to  the  latitude  it  el^ewLeIe  seeks  for  the  sane 
paipose.  It  nests  aboDd^Dtly  in  the  iNicky  Munntains,  above  timber- 
line,  along  with  the  Ptarojigan,  as  first  detprniioed  by  3Ir.  J.  A.  Allen, 
and  sabseqnently  very  fully  set  forth  by  Mr.  T.  M.  Trippe,  at  pp.  231, 
232.  of  the  ^^  Birds  of  the  Northwest  ~.  Its  geLeral  habits  as  observed  in 
the  West  furnish  no  occasion  for  special  cc>uiai«.-nt. 

Li4t  of  fyerimtnA. 


•^         X  -  K  ^ 


MK   ...     Knckj     M<K2ii!A.:.b.     ^::z.i..'  1^4  .  ..  do do 

^  latitadc:  4V- 

4o do 4o ...dec 


yEOCORYS  SPRAGril,    And,    .Si/. 

Mij?souRi  Skylark. 

This  very  iuterestiug  bird,  wbieh  in  thi.s  country  represents  the  cele- 
brated Skylark  of  £uro[>e,  was  discovered  by  Audubon  in  1843,  during 
his  trip  to  tbe  Up[)er  Missouri.  His  type  >i>eeimeu,  secured  at  Fort 
Union,  June  19,  is  still  preserved  in  the  National  Museum,  having  been 
among  the  many  rare  or  unique  specimens  pre>eDted  by  bim  many  years 
ago  to  Professor  Baird.  For  about  twenty  years,  no  other  8))ecimeD8 
were  forthcoming,  and  little,  if  anything  more,  was  heard  of  the  bird  until 
an  English  officer,  Captain  Blakiston,  met  with  it  in  considerable  numbers 
in  the  Saskatchewan  region,  and  contributed  an  account  of  its  habits,  as 
observed  by  him,  to  the  "  Ibis^,  then,  as  now,  one  of  the  very  few  journals 
devoted  to  ornithology.  One  of  his  specimens,  like  Audubon^s  original, 
reached  the  Smithsonian  Institution,  and  remained  until  recently  the 
only  duplicate  known  to  exist  in  any  American  collection.  During  my 
connection  with  the  Bonndary  Commission  I  passed  the  season  of  1873 
in  the  very  centre  of  abundance  of  the  species,  and  collected  over  fifty 
specimens,  all  of  which  reached  Washington  safely  and  in  good  con- 
dition. Many  more  could  have  been  secured,  but  I  considered  this 
number  sufficient,  not  only  for  my  own  study  of  tbe  si>ecies,  but  for  distri- 
bution among  other  ornithologists,  and  various  public  collections  in  this 
country  and  Europe.  During  the  same  sumnier,  my  friend  J.  A.  Allen, 
who  was  similarly  engaged  in  field-woik  soiiih  of  me,  in  the  Yellowstone 
region,  in  connection  with  an  engineering  expedition  then  in  progress, 
also  became  familiar  with  the  bird,  collectt'd  many  specimens,  and  had 
the  good  fortune  to  discover  the  nest  and  eggs.  These  latter,  now  in 
the  National  Museum,  are  the  only  specimens,  so  far  as  I  know,  which 
have  come  under  the  notice  of  naturalists  since  Audubon  first  discov- 


COUES  ON  BIRDS  OF  DAKOTA  AND  MONTANA.      559 

ered  tbem.    I  transcribe  the  account  which  he  courteously  furnished  me 
for  publication  in  a  different  connection : — 

''  The  only  nest  we  found  was  placed  on  the  ground,  and  neatly  formed 
of  fine  dry  grass.  It  was  thinly  arched  over  with  the  same  material, 
and  being  built  in  a  tuft  of  rank  grass,  was  most  thoroughly  concealed. 
The  bird  would  seem  to  be  a  close  setter,  as  in  thits  case  the  female 
remained  on  the  nest  till  I  actually  stepped  over  it,  she  brushing  against 
my  feet  as  she  went  off.  The  eggs  were  five  in  number,  rather  long  and 
pointed,  measuring  about  0.90  by  0.60  inches;  of  a  grayish-white  color, 
thickly  and  minutely  flecked  with  darker,  giving  them  a  decidedly  pur- 
plish tinf 

It  is  a  natural  step  from  the  nest  and  egg  to  the  young.  On  the  2d 
of  August,  1873,  while  encami^ed  at  Turtle  Mountain,  I  discovered  a 
brood  of  four  newly  fledged  young  birds,  and  captured  the  whole  family, 
the  mother  bird  being  also  secured.  The  little  ones  were  still  unable  to 
fly,  and  would  doubtless  have  escaped  observation  had  it  not  been  for 
the  anxiety  of  the  parents,  whose  disturbed  actions  and  querulous  com- 
plaints led  to  their  detection.  The  nest  was  doubtless  within  a  few 
yards  of  my  tent,  but  after  careful  and  repeated  search  I  had  to  give  it 
up.  The  young  birds,  upon  gaining  their  first  full  plumage,  differ  mate- 
rially from  the  adults.  The  upper  parts  have  a  richer  cast,  owing  to 
the  buffy  edgings  of  the  leathers ;  those  of  the  back  and  scapulars  have 
also  narrow,  sharp,  white  tips,  forming  a  set  of  semicircular  markings. 
The  greater  coverts  and  longest  inner  wing-feathers  are  likewise  broadly 
white-tipped.  The  buffy-brown  patch  formed  by  the  ear-coverts  is  also 
more  conspicuous  than  it  is  in  the  adults.  The  under  parts,  excepting 
the  throat  and  middle  of  the  belly,  are  strongly  tinged  with  buff',  while 
the  streaks  on  the  breast  and  sides  are  large,  numerous,  and  diffuse. 

A  more  exact  description  of  the  adults  than  is  usually  found  in  trea- 
tises may  be  here  reproduced.  The  sexes  are  alike,  though  the  male 
averages  a  little  larger  than  the  female.  In  addition  to  the  dimension 
given  in  the  table  which  succeeils  this  article  may  be  given  those  of 
other  parts.  The  tail  is  about  2^  inches ;  bill  i  an  inch  along  the  cul- 
men,  which  is  a  little  concave  toward  the  base.  The  bill  as  a  whole  is 
weak,  slender,  compressed,  and  acute.  Tarsus,  measured  in  front,  |  to 
-,^0 ;  hind  toe  and  claw  |  to  1,  the  variation  depending  chiefly  upon  the 
length  of  the  hind  claw,  which  differs  a  good  deal  in  different  individuals ; 
eye  black ;  feet  pale  flesh-color  (neary  colorless);  upper  mandible  black, 
the  lower  pale  flesh-color;  upper  parts  dark  brown  streaked  with  pale 
gray,  the  baldness  of  the  pattern  corresponding  with  the  size  of  the 
feathers,  since  the  streaking  constitutes  the  edging  of  each  one;  under 
parts  dull  whitish  or  very  pale  clay -color,  washed  with  a  heavier  or 
lighter  shade  of  brown  across  the  breast  and  along  the  sides,  these  same 
parts  being  sharply  streaked  with  blackish;  there  is  also  a  series  of 
small  black  streaks  on  each  side  of  the  throat ;  quills  of  the  wings  fus- 
cous, the  inner  ones  and  the  coverts  edged  with  grayish•whitl^^l^k5^^^Q^^ 


560     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOOICAL  SURVEY. 

feathers  of  the  upper  parts;  outermost  two  pairs  of  tail-feathers  for  the 
most  part  white,  and  the  third  feather  usually  also  with  a  touch  of  white 
near  the  end  3  the  middle  pair  colored  like  the  back.  During  the  wear 
of  the  feathers  in  summer,  the  bird  becomes  darker  on  the  upper  parts, 
the  grayish-white  edgings  of  the  feathers  narrower  and  sharper,  and  the 
streaks  on  the  breast  become  fainter.  After  the  fall  moult,  the  general 
colors  become  purer  and  brighter,  with  stronger  variegation  on  the 
upper  parts  and  a  ruddier  brown  wash  on  the  lower.  But  these  varia- 
tions, however  obvious  to  the  ornithologist's  eye,  do  not  prevent  ready 
recognition  of  the  species.  The  bird  bears  some  little  resemblance  to 
the  common  Titlark,  its  general  form  being  much  the  same ;  but  the 
latter  never  shows  the  decidedly  variegated  state  of  plumage  which 
renders  the  present  species  unmistakable. 

If  I  am  not  mistaken,  the  range  of  the  Missouri  Skylark  extends  into 
Minnesota,  and  I  have  seen  a  record  to  that  effect;  but  I  cannot  at  this 
moment  recall  the  reference  or  lay  my  hand  on  the  article.  I  did  not 
see  the  bird  in  the  immediate  vicinity  of  the  Bed  River,  and  do  not  think 
I  should  have  overlooked  it  had  any  individuals  been  breeding  about 
Pembina,  where  I  was  every  day  in  the  field  for  more  than  a  month 
collecting  very  assiduously.  Passing  the  low  range  of  the  Pembina 
Mountains,  however,  I  at  once  entered  the  prairie  region,  where  it  was 
breeding  in  great  numbers,  in  company  with  Baird's  and  the  Chestnut- 
collared  Buntings.  The  first  one  I  shot,  July  14,  was  a  bird  of  the  year, 
already  full-grown  and  on  wing,  and  as  I  found  scarcely  fledged  young 
at  least  a  month  later,  I  judge  that,  like  the  Eremaphila^  the  bird  raises 
two  broods  a  year.  Travelling  westward  to  and  beyond  the  second 
crossing  of  the  Mouse  Kiver,  no  day  passed  that  I  did  not  see  numbers 
of  the  birds;  and  at  some  of  our  camps,  notably  that  at  the  first  cross- 
ing of  the  Mouse  Biver,  they  were  so  numerous  that  the  air  seemed  full 
of  them;  young  ones  were  caught  by  hand  in  the  camp,  and  many  might 
have  been  shot  without  stirring  from  my  tent,  as  they  hovered  overhead 
on  tremulous  wings,  uttering  continuously  their  sharp  querulous  cry. 
They  continued  abundant  through  the  greater  part  of  September,  in 
which  month  the  renewal  of  the  plumage  is  completed,  and  some  still 
remained  on  the  ground  until  October.  Exactly  when  they  migrate, 
however,  and  where  they  go  to,  or  when  they  return,  are  equally  un- 
known to  me, — not  the  least  singular  point  in  the  bird's  history  is  the 
success  with  which  it  has  eluded  observation  during  the  winter  months. 
It  is  not  to  be  supposed  that  so  delicate  a  bird  is  capable  of  enduring 
the  rigors  of  winter  in  this  inclement  region;  and  yet,  so  far  as  I  know, 
no  one  has  found  it  in  winter,  at  which  season  it  surely  ought  one  would 
suppose,  to  be  generally  distributed  in  more  southerly  portions  of  the 
West.* 

On  reaching  Fort  Buford  the  following  season,  I  naturally  expected 

*  A  specimen  was  lately  taken  at  Gulvebton,  Tex.,  in  Marcb,  by  Mr.  George  B.  Sen- 
neU.    666  this  Bulletin,  this  Vol.,  No.  1,  p.  10. 


COUES  ON  BIRDS  OF  DAKOTA  AND  MONTANA.      561 

to  find  tbe  Skylarks  equally  abundant;  for  this  was  the  spot  where  the 
original  victim  fell  to  Audubon's — rather,  I  understand,  to  Mr.  Isaac 
Sprngue's — gun.  But  in  this  I  was  disappointed,  for  in  the  whole  region 
up  to  the  mouth  of  the  Milk  River,  I  only  noticed  perhaps  a  few  hun- 
dred, and,  to  my  surprise,  not  a  single  bird  of  the  kind  did  I  see  any- 
where along  the  line  of  morch  through  the  Milk  River  country,  until  I 
came  to  the  headwaters  of  that  river,  two  or  three  days'  journey  from  the 
Rocky  Mountains,  where,  on  the  13th  of  August,  a  single  specimen  was 
secured.  There  is  nothing  in  the  general  range  of  the  species  to  account 
for  this,  since  the  bird,  as  Mr.  Allen  has  informed  us,  is  common  in  the 
Yellowstone  region;  it  must  be  attributed  to  some  peculiarity  of  local 
distribution,  or  fortuitous  default  of  observation. 

The  general  habits  and  manners  of  these  birds  are  very  much  like 
those  of  their  nearest  allies,  the  Titlarks.  During  the  breeding-season, 
as  usual,  it  is  dispersed  in  pairs  over  the  country  ;  but,  like  many  other 
prairie  birds,  it  has  its  predilection  for  certain  spots,  especially  in  the 
vicinity  of  the  streams,  where  many  pairs  gather  in  straggling  companies, 
and  loose  troops  are  seen  together  as  soon  as  the  first  broods  are  on  wing. 
Such  semi-communism  is  a  conspicuous  trait  of  many  species  not  strictly 
gregarious;  but  in  the  present  case,  after  the  duties  of  incubation  are 
entirely  finished,  larger  flocks,  acting  upon  the  same  im])ulses,  are  fre- 
quently observed.  Were  it  not  for  their  great  abundance,  there  would 
be  some  trouble  in  securing  large  numbers,  for  there  are  few  birds  more 
difficult  to  shoot  upon  the  wing,  while  their  colors,  assimilating  with 
the  rusty  herbage  of  the  prairie,  effectually  conceal  them  when  on  the 
ground.  When  startled,  they  rise  with  a  rapid,  wayward  flight,  which 
often  defies  the  most  expert  marksman.  Their  ordinary  hovering  flight, 
again,  though  not  rapid,  is  of  the  peculiarly  devious,  desultory,  and 
jerk^"  character  which  renders  a  sure  aim  almost  impossible,  just  as  it  is 
in  the  case  of  a  bat,  for  instance;  the  instantaneous  snap  shot,  which  is 
one  of  the  prettiest  exhibitions  of  a  sportsman's  acquired  instincts,  is 
alone  likely  to  be  successful.  After  thus  hovering  on  wing  for  a  time, 
during  which  the  lisping,  plaintive  note  is  continually  uttered,  the  birds 
are  wont  to  pitch  suddenly  down  to  the  ground  again,  often  u]K)n  the 
very  spot  whence  they  arose,  and  are  then  immediately  lost  to  view, 
even  among  the  scantiest  herbage  of  the  prairie.  On  the  ground,  as  on 
the  wing,  their  actions  are  precisely  like  those  of  Titlarks:  they  never 
hop  with  both  feet,  like  most  kinds  of  Sparrows,  but  run  with  one  foot 
after  the  other,  tripping  along  with  mincing  steps,  and  continually  vibrat- 
ing the  tail,  which  seems  as  if  jointed  with  an  elastic  hinge.  They 
have  a  fancy  for  frequenting  the  wagon-roads  which  cross  the  boundless 
expanse  of  prairie,  perhaps  finding  the  worn  ruts  smoother  and  easier 
to  walk  upon,  perhaps  attracted  by  insects  which  the  disturbance  of  the 
surface  exposes,  or  by  the  droppings  of  the  draught  animals  which  have 
passed  along. 

But  the  most  interesting  portion  of  the  natural  history  of  tl\ft»ft^  Vs^Ass. 
Bull.  iv.  No.  3 2 


562 


BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 


is  their  charnjing  8ong,  and  the  woiulerful  soariug  action  daring  its 
delivery.  The  music  is  heard  onl}^  during  a  brief  period— in  the  love 
season,  when  the  birds  are  mating  and  nesting;  at  other  times  they 
have  only  the  sibilant  chirp  already*  noted.  The  bird  soars  on  high  till 
it  is  but  a  speck  in  the  blue  ether,  even  until  it  is  lost  to  view,  and  then 
the  matchless  song  descends  as  if  from  another  world,  while  its  inde- 
scribable effect  is  heightened  by  the  monotonous  and  often  dreary  sur- 
roundings of  the  scene.  The  song  continues  with  scarcely  an  inter- 
*  mission  for  several  minutes,  before  the  little  i)erformer,  setting  his  wings, 
glides  quietly  back  to  his  humble  home  in  the  grass;  and  when,  as  often 
happens,  several  are  singing  within  hearing  of  each  other,  the  whole  air 
seems  filled  with  melody,  and  vibrating  in  accord  with  the  harmonious 
strains.  Such  concerts  as  these,  to  which  I  have  listened  for  nearly  a 
month  together,  are  among  the  most  delicious  pieces  of  binl-melody  to 
be  heard  anywhere,  and  their  memory  is  to  me  one  of  the  choicest  of 
the  many  pleasurable  experiences  that  hiive  been  mine  in  the  years  I 
bave  devoted  to  my  favorite  pursuits. 

Lint  of  specimenif. 


i 
^ 


I     "" 


5   I'ji 


3960 
3302 

3)14 

3315 
3316 
3317 
3318 
3310 
3397 
3398 
3309 
3400 
34  Jl 
3421 
3423 
3423 
3424 
3425 
3426 
3427 
3128 
342ft 
34  it) 
3431 
3431! 
3433 
3434 
3435 
3472 
311-3 
3484 

34^ 
3487 
34')3 
34!)4 
34115 
3496 
34'.»7 
3498 
3499 
3500 


.^ 


I-  •  • 


Locality. 


Dute.        I     Collector. 


Natnro  of  spoeimen, 
notl  remarks. 


20  in  i\«m  weat  of  Pern 
bina  Mta.,  Dak. 

75  miltm  west  of  Pem- 
bina  Mt^.,  Dak. 

25  miles  east  cf  Tnr- 
tlo  Mt.,  Dak 

...do 


July  14, 1873    Elliott  Coues. 

July 

July 


17, 


IJ*, 


1873   do  .. 

18rj     ..  do  .. 


, do 

. . . .  do do  . . . . , 

. .  do : do 

do do 

...do I do.... 

Turtle  Mt.,  Dak Aug.  2;i«73 


do 

...do 

...do 

...do 

Mon.'te  River,  Dak 
do 


Auflc. 


I. ...do 

I do 

do 

;....do 

!....do 

'....do 

...do 

do 

...  do 

....do 

...do 

I . . .  .do 

...do 

...  do 

do 

...do 
—  do 
— do 

do 

ilo 

...do 
...do 
...do 
...do 
...do 

do 

....do 


do 
do 
do 
do 
9. 
do 

do 

do 

do 

do 

do 

do 

do 

do 

do 

do 

do 

do 

do 

Aug.  10, 
Auk.  II, 

do 

do 

do 

do 

13. 
do 
do 
do 
do 
do 
do 
do 


1873 


Aup 


..do 
.do 
do 
.  do 
..do 
..do 
..do 
.  do 
.do 
..do 
..do 
..do 

...do 

...  do 

do 

...do 

!..-.do 

;  ...do 

...do 

' do 

do 

. do 

'....do 

do 

do 

1873  ...do 
ltf73  ....do 

do 

. .  .  .   : .  .  . .  do 

!....do 

do 

..do 
..do 
.  .do 
..do 
..do 
..do 
..do 
..do 


6.50 

6.30 

6.40 

6.50 
6.30 
6.60 
6.50 
6.40 
U.25 


11.25     3.30     Skin. 
10.40     3.10     ...do. 
10.50     3.15     ...do. 


10.90 
10.50 
11.00 
10.81 
10.90 
10.23 


3.25 
3.20 
3.:«) 
3.20 
3.  15 
3.05 


6.60 
6.75 
6.75 
6.50 
6. 75 
6.80 
6.50 
6.70 
6.60 
6.30 
6.50 
6.50 
6.  .-iO 
6.35 
0.75 


10.75 

11.15 

,11.10 

,10.85 

10.90 

11.20 

:10.75 

11.25 

11.00 

10. :» 

10.50 

10.60 

10.75 

10.50 

10.90 

I 


1873 


6.80 
6.70 
6.  .50 
G.50 
6.70 
0.50 
6.80 
6.  65 
6.  75 
7.00 
6.50 
6.  60 
6.50 


11.00 
10.60 
,10.50 
il0.50 
10.70 
10.25 
11.30 
U>.  Po 

.11.10 
1 1.  50 
10.  75 
10.  81 
10.65 


.1. 


...do. 
...do. 
...do. 
...do. 
...do. 

Skin    (parent    of 
No*.;«a*-3401). 
Skin  (nestling:). 
...do. 
...do. 
. . .  do. 
Skin. 

do. 

do. 

do. 

do. 

do. 

do. 

do. 

do. 

do. 

do. 

do. 

do. 

do. 

do. 

do. 

do. 

do. 

do. 

do. 

do. 

do. 

do. 

do. 

do. 

do. 

do. 

do. 


COtTES  ON   BIBDS   OF  DAKOTA  AND  MONTAITA.  563 

Zi*t  (/  ipttiiKetu — CoDtioDM). 


1 

3S0-> 

xm 

3iW 

Locality. 

Date. 

Collects. 

If 

J 

s 

1  :-•■=: 

ftpMlmoo, 

Mon»RlTcr,D 
...i\o 

k..  Ang.13.1.73 

— -1 do.... 

....' do... 

EllioriCmf 

11- r.  111.25 

Skin. 

::::::  :::|: 

in 

^    --t 

,  fl:aV'ii:M 

do. 

do. 

3.30   ....<lo. 

RWa.  Mont. 

....]Oct.  I,1S73 
Ik     4UI.13.I3H 

.,«.!» 

,.» 

MNIOTILTA  VAUIA,  (i.)  rieilt. 

Blace-and-whitg  Cbeepeb. 

A  single  specimen  was  takeo  at  Pembimi,  where  It  probably  breeds, 

tboiigli  tbe  fuct  was  oot  ascertained.    Kot  foand  farther  west.     Id  the 

Missouri  region,  it  Las  not  been  traced  beyond  old  Fort  Pierre,  where 

Dr.  Uayden  some  years  since  observed  it. 

Lilt  of  tpeeimeiu. 


i  : 

D.t8. 

Collector. 

III 

1  "".ss.'ffiir"' 

EllkilcCanM 

1       'sii.                i 

HELMINTIIOPHAGA  PEREGKINA,  (VTUn.)  Cab. 

Tennessee  Wabbleb. 

Upon  my  arrival  at  Pembina,  the  beginning  of  June,  I  at  once  per- 
ceived that  the  vernal  migration  of  the  present  species  past  this  point 
was  about  to  be  concluded.  Tbia  was  evidenced  by  the  great  dispro- 
portion of  tfae  sexes,  for  out  of  thirteen  specimens  secured  nnd  examined  . 
only  three  proved  to  be  males.  lu  this  case,  a.s  in  many  others,  the 
males  lead  the  van  during  the  migratioD,  the  females  bringing  up  the 
rear  a  little  later.  Sacb  preponderance  of  females,  taken  among  speci- 
mens indiscriminately  secured,  ia  a  pretty  sure  indication  that  the 
migration  is  in  progress ;  for  when  the  birds  stop,  and  begin  breeding, 
many  more  of  the  active  and  musical  males  than  of  the  quiet,  shy,  and 
unobtrusive  females  will  be  likely  to  be  observed,  as  was  strikingly 
illustrated  on  the  same  siKit  by  the  Mourning  Warblers.  Another  ludi> 
cation  of  the  rapid  progress  of  the  migration  was  the  steady  current, 
so  to  apeak,  of  these  birds  that  Howed  along  the  waters  of  the  river  itself. 
The  general  course  of  the  river  is  nearly  due  north  and  south,  and  it 
thus  forms  a  convenient  and  attractive  highway  <!S  -a^\1gWl!osssl^  *w«»^ 


564 


BULLETIN  UKITED  £TAT£S  GEOLOGICAL  SUBVEY. 


which  DumeroDs  woodlaod  species  pass.  I  accoanted  for  Ibe  great 
ahundance  of  sacb  birds  at  this  point  by  tbe  fact  that  the  whole  eooDtry 
to  the  westward  being  opeu,  and,  therefore,  aasnited  to  tbeir  waiit»,  a 
coadcnsation,  or  a  sort  of  tbickeoed,  folded-over  edge  of  the  species 
here  occurred.  As  long  as  the  migration  lasted,  the  heavy  timber  of  the 
rirer-bottoo)  was  filled  with  the  birds  in  a  steady  stream.  There  wm 
no  occasioD  to  f^  in  search  of  specimens ;  stationing  myself  iu  some  eli- 
gible sj>ot,  I  bad  only  to  ^ake  them  as  tbey  came  along,  fluttering  from 
tree  to  tree,  pursuing  insects  with  a  sharp,  scraping  note,  yet  never 
long  delaying  their  onward  course.  With  the  second  week  in  Jane 
they  had  all,  so  far  as  I  know,  passed  northward  ;  certainly  I  found  no 
indication  of  any  remainiDg  to  breed  in  this  locality. 

The  species  was  not  observed  further  west  in  this  latitude,  though  it 
has  been  traced  high  np  the  Missouri  by  other  persons.  It  was  named 
Sgtcicola  miaaoHrUttiU  in  1858  by  Maximilian,  tbe  late  Prince  of  AVied. 


Li 

(p/ipfdnrn). 

Is 

i 

Lwility. 

Date. 

Collmor. 

!| 

i 

uulreoiarka. 

\sr.» 

Pembina,  Dak 

June  S.  II 

:3    Eninltrcue* 

^ao 

7--:. 

1  SI"- 

I  tat  ■  ■}  '  .,.<iu 


HELMINTHOPHAGA  CELATA,  (Sag)  lid. 

Orange  ceowised  'Wakbleb. 

Observed  during  the  fall  migration,  iu  September,  along  the  Mouse 
Etiver,  wbere  it  was  .ibundnnt. 


=; 

Locality. 

ime. 

Coll 

...u 

1 

1 

X>tanDf.pccl>ii«. 

a 

-    MoDMRIvtr.Dak- 

nikt 

ron™ 

r 

I'io 

^ 

:::::di:::;::::::::;::; 

37M      " 

■t 





W" 

..do 

tsi 

-I^ 

%x 

S*pt.3P,iei3: 

-do 

:ri 

'-'■" 

B.W 

CODES  OS   B1BD8  OF  DAKOTA  AKD  MONTANA. 

DENDECECA  JiSTR'A,  {Gm.)  Bd. 

Yellow  Waeblee. 


£65 


This  abuDdaut  nod  universally  diffused  species  vos  observed  nt  rnri- 
ODS  poiuts  along  tlie  whole  line,  and  in  tlie  Missouri  region. 


3jW  I  ,- 

LoMiiir. 

Dnt.^ 

C0l1«t0T. 

EUlottConc 
...do 

':  1.90 

1 

f 

s 

XUarfofapeclmsB, 

nod  remarka. 

P«nbiii»,D.k 

".'.<\o'.'.'y'".'.'.'.'.'.'.'. 

...ilo 

....lo 

a™TwBt"^'  iiiik 

June  4.  IJT3 

AuE.23.1,in 

7.75 

7.70 

Skin. 

Alcohallc. 

...do 

...do 

.,  i'oo 
'.  i'Bo' 

i.'ei 

■:-t 

"S. 

J.  n,  n»ity 

DESDRtEOA  COKONATA,  (Linn.)  Gray. 

Yellow-rumped  Waoblee. 

Not  observed  until  about  the  middle  of  September,  vLeu,  during  the 
fall  migration,  it  made  its  apiiearniice  iu  abundance  along  the  Alouse 
River,  iu  company  nith  the  Snowbirds  and  other  species  just  come  from 
the  north,  Itisone  of  the  Warblers  which,tboughdi8tinctively  belonging 
to  the  Eastern  Profince,  occasionally  straggles  soulbwanl  by  a  direct 
liuc  from  the  extreme  western  points  which  it  reaches  in  Alaska.  Dra. 
Cooper  and  Suckley  found  it  in  Washington  Territory;  Dr.  Hayden,  up 
the  Missouri  to  above  old  Fort  Pierre;  and  Mr.  C.  E.  Aiken,  liEr.  T.  M. 
Trippe,  and  Mr.  H.  W.  Henshaw  have  each  found  it  iu  Colorado  Terri- 
tory. Its  brecdiug-nmge  IB  not  a  little  remarkable:  it  has  been  recorded 
as  breeding  in  Jamaica,  as  well  as  in  various  parts  of  British  America 
and  Ata.sk. I,  but  is  not  known  to  nest  in  the  greater  part  of  the  inter- 
vening country.  Similarly,  in  winter,  some  individuals  endure  the 
rigors  of  the  Middle,  if  not  of  some  of  the  Northern,  States,  while  others 
press  on  into  Central  America,  No  other  Warbler,  as  far  as  kaonn,  has 
such  a  peculiar  distribution  as  this. 

/.ill  o/  eptcimenf. 


!  ^• 
;  5 

.               Loclily.                    D«t8.        1     Collwlor.          ?    1     1     ,    B 

>-..n™nf.p«ln.™, 
Bud  remirki. 

3-fl8 

Skin. 

3r«3 

....^....<lo S*ptHi,lSW  ....do '... 

...do. 

566 


BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 


DENDRCECA  AUDUBONI,  (Toicns.)  Bd. 

Audubon's  Waebler. 

Audubon's  Warbler  was  only  observed  in  the  Rocky  Mountains,  beyond 
the  eastern  foothills  of  which  it  is  not  known  to  extend.  From  the 
Rocky  Mountains  to  the  Pacitic,  it  is  as  abundant,  in  suitable  localities, 
as  the  Yellow-rump  is  in  most  parts  of  the  East,  and  its  counterpart  in 
habits.  The  individuals  found  about  Chief  Mountain  Lake  did  not 
api)ear  to  be  migrating, — in  fiict,  the  full  movement  bad  not  begun  at  the 
period  of  observation, — and  the  species  doubtless  breeds  in  this  locality 
in  the  heavy  pii;e  timber. 

Lht  of  sjttcimtns. 


3     * 

L«>cility. 

Date. 

Collector. 

• 

i 

• 

1 

c 

•** 

Xature  of  specimen, 
and  remarks. 

45j6    .... 

4557    .... 
45W    .... 

Pviicky    Muuntxiiut>, 

lat.  49=. 
....<lo  . .............. 

An«.  -22,  ltf74 
do 

Elliott  Coucd., 

...  do 

.  do 

1 

Skin. 

do. 

.. .  .do. 

iU 

ao 

1 

DENDRCECA  STRIATA,  (Forst.)  Bd. 

Black-poll  Warbler. 

A  specimen  of  this  species,  procured  on  Woody  Mountain,  was  ob- 
served in  the  collection  made  by  Mr.  G.  M.  Dawson,  geologist  of  the 
English  Commission. 


DENDRCECA  PENNSYLVANICA,  {Linn.)  Bd. 

Chestnut-sided  Warbler. 

One  specimen  only  of  this  distinctively  Eastern  specimen  was  secured 
at  Pembina, — perhaps  its  western,  if  not  also  nearly  its  northern,  limit. 
It  was  not  observed  beyond  the  Red  River.  This  is  one  of  the  more 
delicate  species  of  the  genus,  which  regularly  breeds  little,  if  any,  beyond 
the  Northern  States,  and  entirely  withdraws  in  winter,  reaching  Central 
and  even  South  America.  1  have  not  found  any  indication  of  its  occur- 
rence west  of  the  longitude  of  the  Red  River  in  any  latitude. 

List  of  specimen s. 


« 
• 

3 

• 

H 

1. 

ao 

9 

Locality. 

• 

Date.            Collector.          « 

1 

• 

1         ti     Nacareofspeoimen. 
"J        .2     1       aud  icmaikH. 
W         f^     1 

i»14 

Pembina,  Dak 

1                                               1 
June   3,  le73  :  Elliott  Coue».|  5.00     7.70    Skin. 

!         '         1         1 

• 

COUES  ON  BIRDS  OF  DAKOTA  AND  MONTANA. 


567 


DENDRCECA  MACULOSA,  {(/m.)  Bd. 
Black  AND- YELLOW  Warbleb. 
Specimen  from  Woody  MouDtain,  seen  iu  Mr.  Dawson's  collection. 

SIURUS  N^VIUS,  {BodfL)  Coues. 

Water  Thrush. 

During  the  progress  of  the  Northwest  Boundary  Survey,  with  which 
the  work  of  the  present  Commission  connected,  the  Water  Thrush  was 
observed  in  Washington  Territory ;  and  since  that  time  its  very  general 
range  throughout  North  America  has  been  demonstrated,  though  the 
bird  was  long  supposed  to  be,  like  8,  moiacilla^  a  species  of  the  East- 
ern Province.  A  specimen  was  secured  in  August  west  of  the  Sweet- 
grass  Hills,  on  the  headwaters  of  Milk  River.  This  was  the  only  indi- 
vidual procured  during  the  expedition,  and  seemed  to  be  somewhat  out 
of  place,  since  the  species  Irequents,  for  the  most  part,  moister  and 
better- wooded  regions.  It  was  again  observed,  however,  in  the  under- 
growth surrounding  some  reedy  pools  near  Chief  Mountain. 

List  of  specimens. 


1     o- 

I    5^^ 

• 

• 

^^ 

M 

.  6 

£ 

4430 

1 
•  •  •  « 

Locality 


West  of  Sweetgrass 
11111.1,  Mont. 


Date. 


Collector. 


Aug.  l2,l!-74    EUiottCoucg Skin. 


• 

a 
» 

1 

H 

• 

a 

Nature  of  specimen, 
and  remarks. 


GEOTHLYPIS  TRICHAS,  (Linn.)  Cab. 

Maryland  Yellow- throat. 

Observed  at  Pembina,  on  Turtle  Mountain,  and  in  the  Rocky  Mount- 
ains, but  not  in  the  open  country  between  these  points.  The  species  is 
one  of  general  distribution  iu  the  United  States  in  all  suitable  localities, 
and  appears  to  breed  indift*erent1y  in  any  latitude  within  these  limits. 
The  Northern  Boundary  may  be  not  far  from  the  line  of  its  dispersion  in 
this  direction. 

List  of  specimens. 


c 


o 


4r.v!0 


Locality. 


Duto. 


Collector. 


a 


a 


bo     Xatore  of  specimen , 
and  remarks. 


b 


iKt"     fS  ,  IVnibina.  Dak 'June  5,1873'  Elliott  Coues 

3.I7J     ^  :  Tunii^ Mountain, Dak;  July  Ste,  1873  i...  do 

:U7I      V     ...do ' do l....do 


Uocky    Mountains, 
lat.  KSP. 


Au{!.  2G,  1874    J.  II.  Batty 


Skin. 
...  .do. 
...  .do. 
do. 


568 


BULLETIN  UNITED  8TATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 


GEOTHLYPIS  PHILADELPHIA,  (IH/i.)  Bd. 

MOUUMNG   WADBLEK. 

I  was  agreeably  surprised  to  fiud  this  species,  which  is  nither  rure  in 
most  Eastern  localities,  breeding  abundantly  at  Pembina  ;  and  I  suspect 
that  the  Mississippi  Valley,  rather  than  the  Atlantic  settboard,  may  be  the 
principal  line  of  migration  along  which  it  comes  from  its  winter  home  in 
Central  America  to  its  breeding  resorts  along  the  northern  boundary  of 
the  United  States.  At  the  end  of  June  1  found  a  nest,  supposed  to  be 
of  this  si)eeies,  but  the  identification  was  not  at  all  sati>factory.  The 
birds  were  breeding  in  June,  as  I  knew  by  the  different  actions  of  the  two 
sexes.  The  males  were  in  full  song,  and,  contrary  to  their  very  secretive 
habits  during  most  of  the  year,  became  rather  conspicuous,  not  only  by 
their  singing,  but  by  their  custom  of  leaving  the  dense  shrubbery  and 
undergrowth,  in  which  they  usually  hide,  to  mount  to  the  tops  of  the 
trees.  The  females,  on  the  other  hand,  were  extraordinarily  quiet  and 
retiring ;  so  much  so,  that  during  the  whole  month  I  secured  not  a  single 
specimen,  though  nearly  a  dozen  males  were  taken  without  much  diiii- 
culty.  The  birds  were  only  observed  in  the  heavy  timber  of  the  river- 
bottom  in  this  locality,  and  were  not  afterward  encountered  during  our 
progress  westward;  whence  I  supiK)se  this  is  about  the  limit  of  their 
Western  dispersion.  The  siiecies  api>ears  to  breed  in  like  numbers  in 
various  iK)rtions  of  Minnesota,  where  Mr.  T.  M.  Trippe  has  found  it 
haunting  the  tamarack  swamps  and  r.djuiuiug  damp  thickets.  He  cor- 
roborates the  habit  I  have  just  mentioned  of  ascending  to  the  tree-tops; 
and,  like  myself,  was  unfortunate  in  finding  no  nest,  though  he  fre- 
quently saw  the  old  birds  feeding  their  young  in  the  latter  j)art  of  June 
and  early  in  July.  The  song  is  a  loud,  clear,  and  agreeable  warble,  reit- 
erated with  great  persistency. 

List  of  specimens. 


6 
"A 


H 


2715 

./ 

•27:(] 

tf777 

/ 

2-7U 

t 

•>77 

^ 

2I»-J(I 

f 

v»!»;j:» 

/ 

iWiii- 

,/ 

3Jl.) 

Locality. 


Date. 


PeiiiliiDa,  Dak J  uno  2, 1  i*7:j 

(Jo do 

. .  .do do  .... 

...do June   e.leiTa 

.,  ro do 

..  ilo ;  .Tone   9,  lri7M 

. . . (lo Juu«'  1 1,  1h73 


..  do  . 


June  13,  lr73 


do June  30,  lf:!73  ■ 


Elliott  Cones  !  r..2:» 
r>.  341 

T).  2:» 
:..  40 
:••  30 

5. 30 


^,  ! 


.  do 
.  do 
.  do 
..do 
..do 
.  do 
..  do 
..do 


5.25 


50 


4.    «.> 

7.70 
7.70 
(-.10  I 
7.  75 
7.  IK) 
7.  75 
7.  70  • 


u    !  Nature  of  specimen,! 
and  reuiaiks.      I 


Skin. 
. .  .do. 
. .   .do. 

...  do, 

.     ddk 

do. 

—  do. 

-do. 

Nest  with  I  cj;p:(?). 


GEOTIJLYPIS  PHILADELPHIA  MACGILLIVUAYI,  {And.)  Bd, 


Macgillivray's  Warbler. 


A  single  specimen  was  secured  in  the  Rocky  Mountains  in  August 
In  this  latitude  at  least,  the  present  bird  does  not  appear  to  approach 


r-OUES   ON    BlUDS    OF    DAKOTA    AM>   MONTAKA. 


569 


..v\' 


tbe  range  of  ita  Eastern  L-ous{)eciL'!4  witliiii  M>veral  huiidred  miles,  tliougb  *^  \ 
(uribiTPooth  tbe  two  iray  approach  eacb  otber  more  closely.    The  t)'])iij^  ^ 
cal  inacyillirrai/i,  however,  has  bceu  reconled  Irom  Boxelder  Creek,  one 
of  the  ti-ihutaiies  of  the  Itlissouri  above  the  uioiith  of  the  Yellowstone- 


Li 

[  0/  fittcimrvK. 

iJ  1 

Loculity. 

U<>cl.v    MuiiDl 
iBliiudi.  W. 

lUK, 

„.... 

C.lk.-lnr. 

1    1    1 

usdr. 

mark*. 

AuK.i3.l^ 

4,  EllHrttCooe. 
i 

S.M     T.!10J!IM 

SkiD. 

ICTEKIA  VIKEXS,  (/.i».i.)  B<1 

Yellowuueasi  ED  Chat. 

No  Cbats  were  ohseiA'eil  Ht  Pemhiaa,  nor  iiojwbere  »lonf;  the  parallel 
of  49°,  and  it  may  well  l>e  doabted  whether  the  species  over  quite  reaches 
this  latitude.  Its  abseuee  from  the  Red  Itiver  Valley  is  lu  striking  con- 
trast to  its  abundance  and  geueral  dispersiou  iu  the  Missouri  region, 
hot  a  comparatively  short  distance  to  the  southward  and  much  further 
n-est.  Ill  the  Atlautic  States  it  barely  reachen  into  Southern  New 
Eiifland.  1  fonu<)  it  during  the  second  season  up  tbe  Misaouri  lo 
iHyoutl  the  mouth  of  the  Yellowstone. 

l.itt  of  tpevitnem. 


MYIODIOUTES  I'USILLUS,  {11■i7^.)  Bj). 

Black  CAPPED  Fly  catchisg  Warbler. 

A  species  of  general  distiibution  iu  Korth  Auieiica,  aud  doubtless 
octrurriiig  al  all  suitable  points  along  tbe  Line,  though  only  actually 
observed  neiir  the  eastern  base  of  Ihe  Itocky  Mountains. 


i 

j 

i. 

Loc«lfiy.                 DaiP. 

Co11«Inr. 

i 

1 

KUuieataiwciBleli. 

'UtdrmDirkt. 

";rfi;"s^.""Y"'"'"" 

j.a.Biio-. 





Skill. 

570  BULLETIN   UNITED   STATEb   GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY. 

SETOPHAGA  RUTICILLA,  {Linn.)  sfv. 

m 

Redstart. 

Very  abuudaiit  at  Pembina,  where  it  breeds.  Early  in  June,  the 
birds  exhibited  the  incessant  activity  which  marks  the  mating  season, 
and  were  conspicuous  in  the  sombre  foliage  of  the  dense  timber  along 
the  river,  no  less  by  the  brilliancy  of  their  black,  v;hite,  and  red  plum- 
age, than  by  their  noisiness  and  sprightly  actions.  Their  characteris- 
tic habits  of  expanding  and  flirting  the  tail,  and  running  sideways  along 
the  twigs  of  trees,  and  their  wonderful  agility  in  the  pursuit  of  Hying 
insects,  are  all  particularly  well  displayed  at  this  season. 

Though  I  did  not  myself  observe  the  species  further  westward  along 
the  Line,  nor  anywhere  in  the  Missouri  region,  it  has  been  traced  by 
others,  especially  by  Dr.  J.  G.  Cooper,  along  the  Upper  Missouri  and 
Milk  Rivers,  and  thence  to  the  Coeur  d'AIcne  Mountains.  It  is  also 
known  to  occur  iu  Colorado  and  Utah. 


List  of  »pecimen8. 

^1 

1 

2783 

88U4 
3805 

seo6 

• 

M 

1 

Locality. 

1 

Date.       !     CoUectop. 

i 

4.75 

7.60  . 

1 

• 

u 

s 

Nature  of  specimen, 
and  r.*mark!«. 

1 

'                                   i 

1 

J*embinn,  Dak  ... 

do 

:  ..do 

do 

. . .  1  Jane  2, 1873     Elliott  Couch 

...   June   3,1873 do  ...1 

do 1...  do 

...  do do 

. '  Skin. 

do. 

do. 

do. 

niRUNDO  ERYTHROGASTRA  DORREORUM,  (Bartm,)  Cones. 

Barn  Swallow. 

I  find  no  specimens  of  this  species  entered  in  iny  register  from  Pembina, 
where,  according  to  my  recollection,  it  was  not  breeding  at  the  time  of 
my  visit,  though  the  family  was  there  well  represented  by  numbers  of 
Cliff  and  White  bellied  Swallows.  Neverthelej^s,  Barn  Swallows  were 
commonly  observed,  during  July  and  xVugust,  at  various  points  along 
the  Line,  nearly  to  the  Rocky  Mountains.  Eligible  breeding-places  for 
this  species  being  few  and  far  between  in  this  country,  it  is  correspond- 
ingly uncommon,  at  least  in  comparison  with  its  numbers  in  most  settled 
districts.  A  small  colony  of  the  birds  which  had  located  for  the  sum- 
mer on  a  small  stream  west  of  the  Sweetgrass  Hills  afforded  me  an  oppor- 
tunity of  observing  a  curious  modification  of  their  nesting-habits,  which 
I  believe  had  not  been  known  until  I  published  a  note  upon  the  subject. 
The  nests  were  built  in  little  holes  in  the  perpendicular  side  of  a  "  cut- 
bank -^ — whether  dug  by  the  birds  themselves  or  not  1  could  not  satisfy 
myself,  though  I  am  inclined  to  think  that  they  were.  My  assistant, 
Mr.  Batty,  seemed  to  feel  quite  confident  in  the  matter;  and  the  proba- 
bility is,  that  it  the  holes  were  not  wholly  made  by  the  birds,  they  were 
at  least  fitted  up  for  the  purpose. 


COCKS   OX   BIBDS   OF   DAKOTA    AND   MONTANA. 


571 


List  of  specimens. 


Coll.  No. 

• 

■    X 

Locality. 

Date.        1 

1 

Collector.     ' 

1 

f! 

i 

a 

1 

1     tx 

1     a 

;  Natnro  of  specimen , 
uud  reiLarks. 

1 

Mou»e  Kivtr.  Dak  . . 
Cro8«iug  ol    Milk 

Kiver,  Mont. 
West  of  SweetgraM 

Hillri,  Mont. 

Aug.  30, 1H73 
July  2.-,  1874 

Aug  10, 1874 

Elliott  Cooes.! 
...do 

do 

I 

1 

.    Skin. 
do. 

1 

do. 

1 

43ii8 

.... 

1 

TACflYCl^^ETA  I3ICOLOR,  (T7e/W.)  Cab. 

4 

White  BELLIED  Swallow. 

Only  observed  at  Pembina,  where  it  was  breediug  iu  small  numbers 
about  the  Fort,  together  with  large  colonies  of  Cliff  Swallows. 


Liitt  of  specimens. 

i  i 

1 

9 
d 

Locality. 

i 

1                                                                    1 

1        Date.             Collector. 

i                                                 !                                                    1 
1 

:         Length. 

Wing. 

Xatnre  of  specimen, 
and  remarks. 

1 

3056 

i 

Pembina,  Dak  . . . 

..    June  19,  lb73  '  Elliott  Coues.. 

1 

1 

Skin. 

TACHYCINETA  THALASSINA.  (8w.)  Cab. 

Violet-green  Swallow. 

Observed  on  one  occasion  (June  2G,  1874)  on  the  Upper  Missouri 
near  Quaking  Ash  River. 

PETROCHELIDON  LUNIFRONS,  (Say)  Scl. 

Cliff  Swallow. 

This  is  the  most  abundant,  generally  distributed,  and  characteristic 
species  of  the  family  throughout  the  region  under  consideration.  The 
various  streams  that  cut  their  devious  ways  through  the  prairie  afford  an 
endless  succession  of  steep  banks  exactly*  suited  to  its  wants  during  the 
nesting-season,  and  at  various  places  great  clusters  cf  the  curious  bottle- 
nosed  mud-nests  were  found,  while  the  flocks  of  Swallows  which  often 
hung  about  our  camps  were  mainly  composed  of  this  species.  At  some 
points,  the  Bank  Swallows  were  breeding  with  them ;  the  same  banks  be- 
ing peppered  with  their  little  round  holes,  generally  in  the  soft  soil  just 
below  the  surface,  whde  the  projecting  nests  of  the  Cliff'  Swallows  studded 
the  harder  or  rocky  exposures  below.  At  Fort  Pembina,  the  Cliff  Swal- 
lows were  so  numerous  as  to  become  a  nuisance ;  their  incessant  twit- 
tering was  considered  a  bore,  while  the  litter  they  brought  and  their 
droppings  resulted  in  a  sad  breach  of  military  decorum.  Nevertheless, 
it  was  found  almost  impossible  to  dislodge  them,  and  one  could  not  Uo.^ 


672 


BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 


admire  tbe  courage  aud  perseverance  which  they  displayed  in  recon- 
structing or  repairing  their  nests,  though  these  were  repeatedly  de- 
stroyed. In  examining  scores  of  nests,  I  was  rather  surprised  to  find 
how  small  a  proportion  were  finished  into  the  complete  retort-shape, 
even  among  those  which  hod  not  been  disturbed.  Some  were  little 
more  than  cups,  like  those  of  the  Barn  Swallow,  partially  arched  over, 
and  many  were  simply  conical,  while  in  other  details  they  varied  greatly 
according  to  the  position  in  which  they  happened  to  be  fixed  or  their 
relations  to  each  other.  The  laying-season  in  this  latitude  is  at  its 
height  during  the  second  and  third  weeks  in  June.  Probably  only  one 
brood  is  reared  each  season.  Young  birds  are  on  the  wing  by  the  mid- 
dle or  latter  part  of  July. 

List  of  specimcna. 


Locality. 


o 


2970 
3971 
31)94 
3001 
3058 
3116 
3238 
43j6 

4297 


c2 


Pembina,  Dak 
...  do 


d 


..  do 

...do 

do • 

...  do 

Croiwin}!  of  2kl  i  1  k 

Klver,  Mont. 
...do 


Date. 


June  13,  1873 

....  do 

....  do 

June  19. 187 ) 

...    do  

June  33, 1873 
July  7,  lf*r.i 
July  25, 1874 


Collector. 


Elliott  Couea 

...dj 

..do 


u 

Q 


5.90 
5.90 


^     Nature  of  Rpecinicn, 
-^     ^      and  remarka. 


13,30    Skin. 

13.:«)    do. 


do I 1 Skin. 


do 


do 

.do 

do 

d> 

.do 


da 
Six  eirca. 
Skin. 
. ..  .do. 


do. 


COTYLE  RIPARIA,  (Linn.)  Boie. 
Rank  Swallow. 


In  noticing  the  preceding  siHicies,  I  have  already  alluded  to  the  pres- 
ent as  one  of  those  of  general  distribution  along  the  Line  in  summer, 
breeding  in  colonies  anywhere  where  the  cut-banks  of  the  rivers  afford 
suitable  sites  for  the  digging  of  the  holes  in  which  the  nests  are  ecu- 
str  noted. 

Libi  of  specimens. 


• 

• 

•  •  •  • 

Locality. 

Date. 

Collector. 

Length. 

• 

2       g 

&     5 

Nat  uro  of  specimen, 
and  rcmarkt. 

21MJ9 

Pembina.  Dak 

Juno  13, 1873  |  Klliott  Coues. 

1 

5.30 

1 

11.10  1 Skin. 

! 

PROGNE  SUBIS,  (Linn,)  Baird 


PuKPLE  Martin. 

I  was  rather  surprised  to  find  Martins  breeding  on  Turtle  Moantain, 
having  observed  none  at  Pembina.  In  this  locality,  where  there  are,  of 
course,  no  artificial  conveniences  for  the  purpose,  they  mast  nest  in 
TFoodpeckers'  holes  and  similar  cavities  of  trees,  as  they  do  in  other  ])art8 


COUES   ON   BIRDS   OK   DAKOTA  AND   MONTANA. 


573 


of  the  West  wbere  I  have  observed  them.    This  was  the  only  locality 
where  the  species  was  observed,  though  it  is  kuowu  to  extend  into  the 


Saskatchewan  region. 


List  of  specimens. 


y-K 


'    :j 


.  I 


^ 

i 


Locality. 


Date. 


Collector. 


3J50 


...I  Turtle  Mouutaiu, 
!      Dak. 


July  23, 1873    Elliott  Coueti 


B 


I       ? 

;     W 


u    >X»tiireofapecimoD, 
•S     j      aod  remarks. 


Skin. 


AMPELIS  GARUULUS,  Linn. 
Bohemian  Waxwing. 

The  taking  of  the  specimen  below  tabulated  may  be  regarded  as  the 
most  interesting  single  result  of  the  Commission,  as  far  as  ornithology 
is  concerned,  since  it  shows  that  the  Waxwing  breeds  on  or  very  near 
the  boundary  of  the  United  States.  The  individual  is  a  newly  fledged 
bird,  in  the  streaky  condition  which  characterizes  the  tirst  plumage,  and 
was  undoubtedly  bred  in  the  immediate  vicinity.  This  inference  is  con- 
firmed by  the  fact  that  at  the  date  of  capture,  August  19,  all  the  birds  of 
the  locality  were  obviously  in  their  summer  home,  no  migratory  move- 
ment having  begun  in  any  case.  The  individual  was  shot  on  the  mount- 
ainside  adjoining  Chief  Mountain  Lake,  at  an  altitude  of  about  4,200 
feet,  in  thick  coniferous  woods,  where  it  was  in  company  with  numbers 
of  A*  ceflrorutn.  No  others  were  observed,  which  could  hardly  have 
been  the  case  had  the  species  been  on  its  migration. 

The  Waxwing  is  one  of  the  birds  which  longest  defied  ornithologists 
to  discover  its  nest  and  eggs,  not  only  in  this  country,  but  even  in  Eu- 
rope. In  the  latter  country',  its  breeding-grounds  were  first  discovered, 
and  the  desired  specimens  secured  by  Mr.  J.  Wolley's  indefatigable 
exertions  in  Lapland  in  1850.  In  America,  Messrs.  K.  Kennicott  andB. 
McFarlane  share  the  credit  of  the  corresponding  discovery;  the  former 
enthusiastic  and  accomplished  naturalist  having  taken  the  nest  and  egg 
on  the  Yukon  in  18G1,  the  latter  on  the  Anderson  River.  The  nidifi- 
cation  is  much  the  same  as  that  of  the  common  Cedar  Bird,  and  quite 
similar,  though  the  nest,  of  course,  is  larger. 

List  of  specimens. 


i 

• 

Locality. 

Date. 

Collector. 

a 

a 

M 

• 

a 

Nature  of  specimen, 
and  remarks. 

4525 

Rocky   Monntaios, 
latitado  49o. 

Aug.  19, 1874 

EUlott  Cones 

Skin  (newly 
fledged). 

574  BULLETIN   UStTTEU  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SUSTEY. 

A3LPELIS  CEDBOBCM,  (n<iH.)  Gra^. 

Cedac  Bibd:  Caboloa  Waswi:(g. 

^ot  seen  at  Pembina  bat  foand  at  rarioos  other  poiots  along  the  Line, 
aod  ascertained  to  be  particniarily  abondant  in  the  Rocky  Moontains. 
At  thill  locality,  two  of  its  conspicnoos  traita  vere  illustrated,  namely,  the 
lateness  and  the  iiregnlarity  of  its  breeding.  On  the  same  day,  Aogost 
19,  that  I  took  yoang  birds  fully  fledged  and  on  ving,  a  nest  contain- 
ing foureggM  was  foond  by  one  of  my  assistants,  Mr.  A.  B.Chapin.  This 
might  be  ioterpreted  upon  the  sapposition  that  tiro  broods  are  reared 
ID  a  season,  bat  I  do  not  think  that  such  was  the  ease  in  the  present 
instance:  the  bird  is  too  late  a  breeder  for  this,  at  any  rate  in  sach  a 
high  latitude,  not  far  from  its  northernmost  limit  of  its  distribotion. 
LM  of  gtfcimeni. 


i 
i 

1 

- 

Due. 

c^.. 

A 

1 

Uann-  Kinr.  Dak  . 

...ilo 

-do 

Aop.  19.  i^n 
S^  3.1-r) 

Aug.  i».  leri 

....  llD 

A  or.  sn.  Ip:4 
A»«.«.«* 

EUhKiCoe 

Ski 

.-■lo 

...ilo 

...do 

..  do 

Skin  ITOnsi). 

....dft 

430 

-" 

; 

VIREO  OLIVACEUS,  (Li«n.)  rieill. 
Kedeyed  Vibeo. 

Abundant  at  Pembina,  vhere  it  ^as  breediug  in  Jane,  and  again  on 
tbe  lJp[>er  Missouri  betn-een  Fort  Buford  and  the  month  of  the  Milk 
Eirer.  Though  characteristically  a  bird  of  the  Eastern  Province,  it  has 
latterly  been  traced  to  the  Itocky  Mountains  and  somewhat  beyond. 
The  late  Dr.  C.  B.  B.  Kennerly  fouud  it  in  Washington  Territory,  and 
Mr,  .1.  A.  Allen  at  Ogden,  Utah. 

Lilt  of  ipecimem. 


X 

i 

vm 

Pi.n* 

*M 

WU) 

!J 

SI 

'i 

;::S: 

^ 

'' 

■■■■» 

C0UE8  OX  BIRDS  OF  DAKOTA  AND  MONTANA.       575 

VIEEO  PHILADELPHICUS.  Cats. 

Brotheblylove  Vieeo. 

Tbia  iippears  (o  be  a  species  which,  like  the  MourDing  Warbler  and 
some  others,  is  more  abnndaDt  iu  the  interior,  and  eapccially  in  the 
Mississippi  Valley,  than  ia  the  Atlantic  States.  It  was  originally 
described,  a  few  years  since,  from  the  vicinity  of  Philadelphia,  as  indi- 
cated by  its  name,  and  has  been  justly  esteemed  as  rather  a  rare  bird 
in  the  Eastern  and  Middle  States,  though  its  great  similarity  to  V.  gil- 
VU8  may  be  a  cause  of  its  being  partially  overlooked.  In  New  Ecgland, 
it  has  been  found  on  two  or  three  occasions,  and  Dr.  Brewer  informed 
me  of  its  abundance  in  Wisconsin  dnring  the  latter  part  of  May.  Mr. 
T.  M.  Trippe  in  querying  V.  gilvua  as  found  by  him  in  Minnesota,  prob- 
ably had  the  present  species  iu  view.  It  undoubtedly  breeds  about 
Pembina,  in  the  heavy  timber  of  the  river-bottom,  but  I  was  not  so 
fortunate  as  to  discover  its  nest,  a  circumstance  the  more  to  be  re- 
gretted since  neither  the  nest  or  eggs  have  as  yet  come  to  light. 

LUi  o/>ptcimeti». 


i 

_i_ 

wii 

1 

Localitr- 

1       0>te. 

ColleoMr. 

1 

1 

1 

h-'sn 

90iuka. 

P<.niblua.Uili... 

...tlo 

..  Juna  3,1373 

SlllottCoara 

i:!! 

§.90 

7.eo 

;  Ski-. 

VIUEO  GILVUS,  (Viein.)Bp 

Wahblino  Vieeo, 

Observed  iu  almndiince  at  Pembina,  and  again  fonnd  iit  the  opposite 
extremity  of  (he  Line,  the  specimen  captured  in  the  Rocky  Mountains, 
however,  being  probably  of  the  slight  variety  sirainnoiti.  At  Pembina, 
the  Warbling  Viieo  was  in  full  song  and  breeding  iu  June.  A  nest 
found  on  the  Iltb  of  that  month  was  still  empty;  but  in  this  latitude 
few  of  the  small  insectivorous  birds  appear  to  lay  before  the  third 
week  in  Jure. 

List  of  *|WciiN(-R«. 


i 

LotDlily. 
nWmDBk 

DUD. 

Cullwtnr. 

til 

"i=S- 

KID 

Vt 

Jnno   1,1TO 
Aae.IB,le74 

ElliottC<ni« 

....ilo 

,..,ltD 

3. no  'fl.50 

SkiD. 

Skio 

™  —I* 

lUituiIe  4:i=. 

^M 

8.M 

1 

676 


BULLETIN    UNITED   STATES    GEOLOGICAL   SUBVEV 


VIKEO  SOLITARIUS,  {Wih.)  VieUL 

fc>OLITABY  YlBEO. 

One  Hiiecimeii  of  this  rather  rare  species  was  secared  at  PembiQa, 
which  is  probably  about  its  DortfaerD  limit.  It  was  taken  in  the  timber 
of  the  river-bottom,  freqaented  by  three  other  8pecies  of  the  same  genas. 

A  fifth  species  of  Vireo,  the  White-eyeil,  probably  also  oocors  in  the 
same  locality,  since  it  has  been  found  in  Minnesota.  It  was  not,  how- 
ever, ob«erve<l. 

Lint  0/  ^ptfjimena. 


Locality. 

Date.              Ccllf<.t«.r. 

•• 

• 

a 
If 

W 

% 

Xfttnreofppc^imen, 
and  reuiarks. 

1 

1                 1 

pMDliina,Dak 

Jim*-   4.  IKa     Elliott  Coiies 

.' .  j{i 

w 

Skin. 

COLLURIO  LUDOVICIANUS  EXGCClTOlilDES,  (Sw.)   Couts. 

WhITERUMPED   SlIUlKE. 

This  is  the  characteristic  species  of  the  whole  region  explored, — the  lar- 
ger kind,  C  borealis^  probably  only  occnrriniii:  during  its  niigratiou  to  or 
from  the  north,  and  in  winter;  at  any  rate,  it  was  not  observed.  The  White- 
rumpcd  bhrike  is  common  in  suitable  localities,  and  numerous  specimens 
were  secure<l  at  different  points.  At  Turtle  Mountain,  during  the  last 
week  in  July,  I  found  a  lamily  of  these  birds  in  an  isolated  clump  of 
bashes.  The  young,  four  in  number,  had  just  left  the  nest,  which  was 
discovered  in  the  crotch  of  a  bush,  live  or  six  feet  from  the  ground.  It 
was  one  of  the  dirtiest  nests  I  have  ever  handled,  being  fouled  with  ex- 
crement, and  with  a  great  deal  of  a  scurfy  or  scaly  substance,  apparently 
cast  from  the  feathers  of  the  young  during  their  growth.  The  nest 
proper  rested  upon  a  bulky  mass  of  interlaced  twigs ;  it  was  comi>osed 
of  some  white  weed  that  grew  abundantly  in  the  vicinity,  matted  to- 
gether with  strips  of  fibrous  bark. 

Libt  of  specimenn. 


c 
'A 


2774 

J!»H4 
33«5 

33^7 

:«oi 

4C40 


•is 


V 


Lf*cality. 


Date. 


Collector. 


u 


IVml)iDa,Dak ,  Jano    1. 1H73    Elliott  Coties  ;.. 

...do JuneU,  lc^73  <lo 1 

—  d«» I do —  do ' 

Tiirt  lo      Monntaiu,    July  30, 1873   ....  do 
Duk. 

.do .do 


8.60 
8.  CO 


.do 

.do 

do 


]U>ckv    Mountains, 

latitude  4b<>. 
....do 


do.... 

July  3i,ierj 

Aug.  17, 1874 


do 

do 

.do 


Aug.  29,1874  ....do 


a 

H 


12.40 
12.40  ' 


?^ 


Xature  of  Apecimeo. 
and  remarks. 


Skin. 

— do. 

. .  .dow 

— do. 


.do. 
.do. 
.do. 
.do. 

.do. 


COUES   ON   BIRDS   OP  DAKOTA   AND   MONTANA. 


577 


CARPODACtJS  PUBPUREUS,  (Gm.)  Gray. 

Purple  Finch. 

This  species  was  found  ia  small  Dumbers  on  Turtle  Mountain  during 
the  latter  part  of  July.  It  doubtless  breeds  in  this  locality.  It  has  been 
traced  by  other  observers  as  far  as  the  region  of  the  Saskatchewan,  but 
I  did  not  find  it  in  the  Eocky  Mountains,  nor,  indeed,  anywhere  along 
the  Line,  excepting  in  the  locality  just  mentioned.  In  the  Missouri  re- 
gion, I  have  ascertained  that  it  ascends  the  river  as  far  at  least  as  Fort 
Randall, — how  much  further  I  jim  unable  to  say;  the  evidence  of  its 
presence  above  that  i>oint  being  negative,  with  the  exception  of  Dr. 
Hayden's  record  of  a  specimen  from  Vermilion  JMver. 

List  of  S2)ecimen8. 


m 

O 

^ 

J3 

-■ 

JS 

•33i)ii 

9 

Locality, 


Turtle     Moiiiitfiin. 
Dak. 


Date. 


July  an,  187:J 


Collector. 


Elliott  Couea 


m 

u 

■5 

I 

a 

a 

1    t? 

»-^ 

»-^ 

P" 



1 

Xatare  of  sptHSiiuoD, 
and  remarks. 


Skiu. 


CnRYSOxMITRIS  TRISTIS,  (Linn.)  Bp. 

AMEEICAN  (JOLDFINCn. 

This  familiar  bird  was  noted  only  at  Pembina.  It  is,  however,  a 
species  of  general  distribution  in  North  America,  so  that  the  lack  of 
observation  respecting  it  at  other  points  is  to  be  regarded  as  simply 
fortuitous. 

While  upon  the  small  subgroup  of  the  FringiUidw  to  which  the 
liresent  species  belongs,  1  may  properly  note  some  other  kinds  which 
undoubtedly  belong  to  the  avifauna  of  the  I^oundary  Line,  though  they 
escaped  mj'^  observation.  These  are  chiefly  winter  visitors  from  the 
north, — for  it  will  be  remembered  that  I  was  in  the  field,  during  both 
seasons,  only  from  June  to  October. 

The  Pine  Grosbeak,  Pinicola  enucleator^  the  two  Cross-bills,  Loxia 
americana  and  L.  leKcapteraj  the  Gray-crowned  finch,  Leucostict^  tephro- 
cotiSy  and  the  Red-poll  Linnet,  JEgiothm  linaria,  all  enter  this  country 
later  in  the  fall,  some  to  remain  during  winter,  others  to  pass  further 
on ;  while  the  Pine  Linnet,  Chrysomitris  pimhy  is  a  species  of  the  same 
general  distribution  as  the  Goldfinch. 

Of  the  genus  PlectrophanvSj  next  to  be  considered,  all  the  Korth 
American  species  occur  in  this  region,  which  is  the  very  home  of  two  ot 
them ;  two  others  came  southward  just  as  I  was  leaving,  the  1st  of  Oc- 
tober 5  and  the  fifth,  the  Snow  Bunting,  P.  nivalis^  which  was  the  only 
one  not  seen,  doubtless  came  along  shortly  afterward. 
Bull.  iv.  Xo.  3 3 


678 


BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES   GEOLoaiCAL   SUBVET. 

Lilt  of  ijwcimrNi. 


H    !     S    I     ^     Katnreofiprclnm.! 

J     ,    ^     i    S 


PLECTItOPHAXES  LAPPOSIUtJS,  (Lim 
LA.PLAND   LOKGSFUB. 


I  HeXhy. 


Od  one  of  tbe  last  occastous  wben,  duriog  the  seanon  of  1873, 1  used 
my  gari  for  collecting,  a  single  specimen  of  the  Laplnnd  Longspur  vaa 
eecared.  I  think  tliat  the  s|>cci«8  bad  just  reached  the  parallel  on  its 
aoatbvard  movement;  otherwise  I  could  hardly  have  failed  to  observe 
it  sooner,  as  I  was  sliootiug  almost  every  day.  Exactly  bow  far  south 
it  may  linger  to  breed  I  do  not  know,  bnt  there  are  some  indications 
that  it  may  occasionally  nest  in  this  latitude.  Kevertbeless,  it  ordina- 
rily reaches  the  Arctic  regions  in  summer;  and  1  bave  seen  tbe  nest  and 
eggs  from  an  island  in  Behring's  Sea.  It  moves  southward  in  October 
in  large  flocks,  reaching  at  least  as  far  as  Kentucky  and  Colorado.  It 
does  not  appear  to  have  been  found  in  the  United  States  west  of  tbe 
Bocky  Mountains,  bot  this  may  he  merely  through  default  of  observa- 
tion, since  it  is  a  species  of  circnmpolar  distribution,  like  the  Snow  Bant- 
ing, abundant  in  northern  portions  of  Asia  and  Enroi>e.  Such  casoal 
observations  as  I  made  when  the  specimen  was  secured  showed  nothing 
specially  different  iu  its  habits  from  either  1',  piclus  or  P.  omatua,  vith 
both  of  which  it  was  associated. 


1 

ail 

1 

LocalHj-- 

li.10. 

CultKlOT. 

1 

1    1    j    K«tQ™of.peclni™.' 
S        £    <      mod  murk*,     i 

lIun«Kivfir,l«ik  -.  IKL     1,  Ifnj  KUi.rtlCoo'W     8.50 

U.aX     XTO  '  SkiD.                         1 

PLECTEOPnANES  PICTUS,  fyic. 

PAIXTED   LOKOSl'UR. 

Observed  only  on  one  occasion,  wben  it  was  found  in  coniiMtny  with 
the  CheHtuut-tioilared  and  Lapland  Lougspurs,  having  probably,  like  the 
last  si)cdeH,  just  arrived  from  tbe  north.  The  two  autumnal  (young) 
specimens  secured  closely  resemble  the  corresponding  plumage  of  P. 
omatuBj  though  the  birds  are  readily  distinguished  by  certain  marks. 
F.pictttsis  the  larger  of  the  two  (length,  C.QO;  extent,  11.25;  wing,3.7d; 
tail,  2.30 ;  tarsas,  0.70 ;  middle  toe  and  claw  the  same).  Vpper  parts  much 
as  iu  the  adults  in  summer,  but  the  distinctive  head-markings  obscme 


COUES  ON  BIRDS  OF  DAKOTA  AND  MONTANA. 


579 


or  wanting.  Entire  under  parts  buff  or  rich  yellowish-brown,  paler  on 
the  chin  and  throat,  which,  like  the  forebreast,  are  obsoletely  streaked 
with  dasky.  Tibiie  white.  Two  or  three  outer  feathers  of  the  tail  only 
white.  Bill  dusky-brown  above  and  at  the  end,  paler  below.  Feet 
light  brown,  toes  darker.  In  no  stage  of  plumage  of  P.  ornatus  are  the 
under  parts  extensively  buii'y,  while  all  the  tail-feathers,  excepting  per- 
haps  the  middle  pair,  are  white  at  the  base. 

Lint  of  specimens. 


^       ^              Locality.                   Date. 

Collector. 

c 

Wing. 

Xaiurf"  of  specimen, 
and  remarka. 

1 
.3853      -f     MonM  River,  Dak. . .  Oct     1.1873 
3a54  1   V    ...do j do 

1 

Elliott  CoaoB 
— do 

6.50   11.20 
6.40    11.00 

3.75 
3.55 

Skin. 
do. 

PLEGTROPHANES  ORNATUS,  Toicn%, 
Chestnut-collared  Longspur. 

These  birds  were  not  noticed  in  the  immediate  valley  of  the  Red  River; 
but  no  sooner  had  1  passed  the  Pembina  Mountains  than  I  found  them 
in  profusion.  Throughout  this  part  of  the  country  they  are  wonderfully 
abundant,  even  exceeding  in  the  aggregate  either  Baird's  Bunting  or 
the  Missouri  Skylark.  Their  numbers  continued  undiminished  to  the 
furthest  point  reached  by  my  party  during  the  first  season — the  head- 
waters of  Mouse  River — and  they  were  still  in  the  country  when  I 
left,  the  second  week  in  October.  The  next  season  I  noticed  but  few 
along  the  Upper  Missouri  and  Lower  Milk  River,  where  P.  maccowni  be- 
came abundant ;  they  were  more  common  along  Frenchman's  River,  but 
some  little  distance  further  westward  I  lost  sight  of  them,  and  in  a  letter 
transmitted  to  the  ^'American  Naturalist",  from  the  Two  Forks  of  Milk 
River,  I  was  induced  to  suppose  I  had  got  beyond  their  range ;  this, 
however,  proved  not  to  be  the  case,  for  subsequently  1  saw  them  at 
intervals  till  I  entered  the  foothills  of  the  Rocky  Mountains.  The  inter- 
esting relation  between  the  habitat  of  this  species  and  of  P.  wiaccotrni  is 
more  fully  expressed  under  head  of  the  latter;  here  I  will  only  advert 
to  its  great  abundance  in  the  whole  Red  River  watershed  west  of  that 
river  itself,  its  sudden  falling-off  in  numbers  at  the  point  where  the  Co- 
teau  de  Missouri  crosses  49^,  yet  its  persistence  westward  to  the  Rocky 
Mountains. 

My  first  specimens  were  secured  July  14, 1873,  at  which  date  the  early 
broods  were  already  on  wing.  Uniting  of  several  families  had  scarcely 
begun,  however,  nor  were  small  flocks  made  up,  apparently,  till  the  first 
broods  had,  as  a  general  thing,  been  left  to  themselves,  the  parents  busy- 
ing themselves  with  a  second  set  of  eggs.  Then  straggling  troops,  con- 
sisting chiefly  of  birds  of  the  year,  were  almost  continually  seen,  mixing 
freely  with  Baird's  Buntings  and  the  Skylarks;  in  fact^mo&ti^lWiL^^^^- 


580     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

gregatioDs  of  the  prairie  birds  that  were  soecessively  distarbed  by  oar  ad- 
vancing wagon-trains  consisted  of  all  three  of  these,  with  a  considerable 
sprinkling  of  Savanna  Sparrows,  Shore  Larks,  and  Bay-winged  Bant- 
ings. The  first  eggs  I  secnred  were  taken  July  18,  nearly  a  week  after 
I  had  fonnd  yonng  on  wing ;  these  were  fresh  ;  other  nests  examined 
at  the  same  time  contained  newly  hatched  yoang.  Again,  I  have  foand 
fresh  eggs  so  late  as  the  first  week  in  Angust.  Daring  the  second 
season,  the  first  eggs  were  taken  Jnl^'  G,  and  at  that  time  there  were 
already  plenty  of  yonng  birds  flying.  The  laying-season  mast  conse- 
quently reach  over  a  i)eriod  of  at  least  two  months.  I  was  not  on  the 
ground  early  enough  to  determine  the  commencement  exactly ;  but  sap- 
posing  a  two  weeks'  incubation,  and  about  the  same  length  of  time 
occupied  in  rearing  the  young  in  the  nest,  the  first  batches  of  eggs  mast 
be  laid  early  in  June  to  give  the  sets  of  young  which  fly  by  the  first  of 
July.  There  is  obviously  time  for  the  same  pair  to  get  a  second,  if  not 
a  third,  brood  off  their  hands  by  the  end  of  Angust;  I  should  say  that 
certainly  two,  and  probably  three,  broods  are  reared,  as  a  rule.  The 
result  of  all  this  is,  that  from  the  end  of  June  until  the  end  of  August 
young  birds  in  every  state  of  plumage,  and  the  parents  in  various 
degrees  of  wear  and  tear,  are  all  found  together.  The  young  males  very 
soon  show  some  black  on  the  under  parts,  but  do  not  gain  the  distinct- 
ive head-markings  until  the  next  season.  The  completion  of  general 
moult  is  delayed  until  September,  to  nearly  the  time  the  Prairie  Chickens 
have  theirs ;  with  its  completion,  both  old  and  young  acquire  a  much 
clearer  and  richer  plumage  than  that  worn  during  the  summer.  While 
the  summer  adults  rarely  show  the  bend  of  the  wing  black,  this  feature 
comes  out  strongly  in  September.  Comparatively  few  of  the  birds  of  this 
region  show  the  mahogany-color  on  the  under  parts,  described  as  being 
very  conspicuous  in  those  of  some  other  portions  of  the  country.  Many 
of  the  females,  in  high  plumage,  are  scarcely  distinguishable  from  the 
males.  The  extent  of  white  on  the  tail  is  a  conspicuous  feature  when 
the  birds  are  flying,  serving  for  their  instant  recognition  among  their 
allies.  There  is  a  good  deal  of  variation  in  dimensions,  as  indicated  by 
the  measurements  given  in  the  table  beyond. 

The  nest,  of  course,  is  placed  on  the  ground,  usually  beneath  some 
little  tuft  of  grass  or  weeds,  which  effectually  conceals  it.  Like  that  of 
other  ground-building  sparrows,  it  is  sunk  flush  with  the  surface  of  the 
ground,  thin  at  the  bottom,  but  with  thicker  and  tolerably  firm  brim^ 
it  consists  simply  of  a  few  grasses  and  weed-stems,  for  the  most  part 
circularly  disposed.  In  size,  the  cup  is  about  3^  inches  across  the 
brim  and  nearly  2  in  depth.  During  the  first  season,  I  only  found 
four  eggs  or  young  in  a  nest;  but  I  afterward  took  one  containing 
six  eggs.  These  measure  about  -J-  long  by  f  broad,  of  an  ordinary 
shape.  They  are  difficult  to  describe  as  to  color,  for  the  marking  is  in- 
tricate as  well  as  very  variable  here  as  elsewhere  in  the  genus.  I  have 
called  them  ''  grayish-white,  more  or  less  clouded  and  mottled  with  pale 


COUES*  ON  BIBDS  OF  DAKOTA  AND  MONTANA. 


581 


parplish-gray,  wbich  confers  the  prevailing  tone;  this  is  overlaid  with 
namerous  surface  markings  of  points,  scratches,  and  small  spots  of  dark 
brown,  wholly  indeterminate  in  distribution  and  number,  but  always 
conspicuous,  being  sharply  displayed  upon  the  subdued  ground  color." 
On  those  occasions  when  I  approached  a  nest  containing  eggs,  the 
female  usually  walked  ofif  quietly,  after  a  little  flutter,  to  some  distance, 
and  then  took  wing  ;  at  other  times,  however,  when  there  were  young 
in  the  nest,  both  parents  hovered  close  overhead,  with  continuous  cries. 
Duriug  the  summer,  when  the  old  birds  are  breeding,  and  those  of  the 
year  are  still  very  young,  they  are  very  familiar  and  heedless,  and  will 
scarcely  get  out  of  the  way.  In  September,  when  the  large  flocks  make 
up,  and  are  joined  by  P.  pictus  from*  the  north,  they  become  much 
wilder,  fly  more  strongly,  and  are  then  procured  with  some  difficulty. 
I  never  observed  the  dense  flocking  that  some  writers  describe;  the 
congregation  I  always  found  to  be  a  straggling  one,  so  that  single  birds 
only  could  be  shot  on  the  wing.  In  the  winter,  however,  or  during  the 
migration,  the  case  may  be  different.  The  ordinary  flight  is  perfectly 
undulatory,  and  not  very  rapid  ;  but  in  the  fall  the  birds  have  a  way  of 
tearing  about,  when  startled,  with  a  wayward  course,  which  renders 
them  difficult  to  shoot  on  the  wing.  The  ordinary  call-note  is  a  chirp, 
of  i>eculiar  character,  but  not  easy  to  describe;  besides  this,  the  males 
during  the  breeding-season  have  a  pleasing  twittering  song,  uttered 
while  they  are  flying.  The  chirp  is  usually  emitted  with  each  impulse 
of  the  wings.  The  birds  scatter  indiscriminately  over  the  prairie,  but 
are  particularly  fond  of  the  trails  made  by  buffalo  or  by  wagon-trains, 
where  they  can  run  without  impediment,  and  where  doubtless  they  find 
food  which  is  not  so  accessible  upon  undisturbed  ground.  Though  so 
generally  distributed,  there  are  some  spots  where  they  arc  particularly 
numerous,  and  others  again,  where,  for  no  assignable  reason,  they  are 
not  to  be  seen.  This  curious  sort  of  semi-colonization  is  witnessed  in 
the  cases  of  many  other  prairie  birds,  and  some  of  the  smaller  rodent 
mammals,  like  the  pouched  gophers  and  field-mice. 

List  of  specimens. 


o 


3-255 

:W5« 

3»5H 

•.t-261 
32«i-2 
A2ii6 

32P7 
3297 
33-27 

3328 
33S9 
3330 


Locality. 


Date. 


•2t)  milen  Treat  Pem-  i  July  14, 1873 

biiia  Mt8.  I 

...do I  . 


.do 
do 
.do 
.do 
.do 


.do 

do 


do 

do 

do 

do 

July  15,1873 


I- 


r>()  miles  west  Pem- 
bina Mts. 

...do do 

...do j  July  16, 1873 

25  miles  ea«t  Turtle  <  July  18, 1873 
Mt.  I 

...do do 

..do do 

..do ' do 


Collector. 


.a 


Si 


^     XatureofspecimeD. 
•s    ,      and  remarks. 


Elliott  Coues.    5. 90   10. 70    Skin. 


...do  . 


5.75   10.30  ; do. 


do 5.f?a  ,10.40 


.do. 


do 
do 
do 
do 
.do 

.do 


ri.00   10.65  ' ...do. 

5.75    .0.00    do. 

5.70   10.15    do. 

5.75   10.  (H)  I do. 

6.00    10.50    do. 

6.20    10.  to  ■ do. 


...do 5.80 

...do 


9.(K) 


.do 
,.do 
.do 


.k: 


do. 

Skin,  with  nest  and 

4  eggs. 
Skin. 

.<\!Ci. 

.A<^. 


\ 


582        bulu:ti!i  uinxED  states  qeoloqical  sqbtet. 

Li,lof*i 


i 

Mil    ... 

Loe«l»r.            i        Ti»n-. 

Collector. 

1 , 1 '  1  :»-k;_^ 

!r:"!r! 

July  If,  ISTJ 

ElUoItCoDH 

SUIn. 

atn  .... 

lIcKMi«Itl«r,D«l[-..  Aog.    !i.l;;j 

:::::;■::::;::;;:.:;:£ 

'"\,U '".'".'.'.'/.'". 

Si-fl    ... 
Mt;      ■:■' 

Mne  ... 

,34tM    '.'.'. 

-..  do 

anfr  lu,  irTa 

do 

.-..do 

:^-.i  lo.as' Skiu- 

...rO  lO-ai   do. 

BLSS    10. 7S    do. 

t 

;:::S:  :;::::::::■::: 

■.ss  10.00  do. 

«.10   10.05 do. 

&M  11.00     to. 

0.10  10.00   do 

,  3IU  ..... 

\tm  ...... 

...-do 

.tas-ll.  i»n 
A  BK.  1*1673 

:::|::::::: 

::::t :::::::::;:::: 

.....lo 

...do 

..  do 

!ls^:^- 

...do 

..  .lo 

awa : ... 

Hi--- 

:::::i:::::: 

ilo 

Aufl  » iwn 

sepl  *;iSf-j 

.....lo    

"I  Ao '.'.'.'.'.". 

...do 

..do 

..-do 

...do 

...do 

E;^::^^:^^;i:;;;l      ! 

S':::: 

3MI    .... 

...  du 

'.'.'.'.Aa :.'::.'.'.".:.'". 
:::!:::::::::::■-: 

:e;;;;  E;;;i 

OLSS   [O.M     330   ....do 

::;i| ;;::;- 

...do 

...do— 

9^00   10,15     3.W   ....'lo.                        1 
...do. 

\«i  io,so    ino  ...  do.                   1 

....*. 

....do 

Ilo 

July    8.1*^4 

^?:'.io':.'.r. 

;:::do  :::::::: 

....ao 

....Ao 

--.-dn  

:::.:iS :::::;: 

::::::;;::;;:::::  ::|: 

4144      £ 

4L46 ".:: 

4166     '',f 

i  .1 

4204    .... 

4:<oo   ... 

4439    .... 

i™,M.,.Bl„,, 

Fnitchnmn'B  Rlnr, 

...S"^ 

8.11)    10.70      i40    ....do. 

' ...do. 

'skiii,«ith«.tor6 

' ' 'sisr 

-"!;'"!'!! ."'.'.'.  '.'.'.'!i\a. 

....    ,....rto. 

:;:::'.:::::  ;:::::':;::do. 

....do. 

'.-..do. 

I'O. 

::;;;;;;::;■;;;■:;;£ 

:::::■:::::  ::::::,::::S 

do. 

' -—do. 

1 i...... 

-t 

-.-•lo 

:"-lio::::::: 

;;;;■!:;;;;;;; 
■s 

...do  .,,- 

...rto 

.....lo 

....'..lo'. 

do 

.lo 

<lo 

.lo 

...ilo.-.. 

July  SMra 

....ilo 

::;± :::::::: 

j.H.  B«ur.. 

B»d<niera      HUk 
Itirrr,  Ment. 

.lo 

Aaj.  13, 1M4 
do 

■ 

COUES   ON   BIRDS   OF.  DAKOTA   AND   MONTANA.  583 

PLECTROPHANES  MACCOWNI,  lAiwr. 
Black-breasted  Longspur. 

This  species  was  never  seen  in  the  Red  River  region,  and  I  do  not 
think  it  occurs  in  that  watershed,  which  is  so  thickly  pox)ulated  in 
summer  with  P.  ornatm^  as  already  described.  It  seems  to  be  one  of 
the  many  birds  that  mark  the  natural  division  between  that  region  and 
the  Missouri  Basin.  I  first  encountered  it  June  21, 1874,  a  day's  march 
above  Fort  Buford.  The  si)ecimen  obtained  was  a  young  one,  not  quite 
able  to  fly.  As  we  progressed  toward  the  Milk  River,  the  bird  grew 
more  and  more  abundant,  and  it  occurred  throughout  the  country  thence 
to  the  Jtocky  Mountains.  There  were  some  points  on  the  route  where 
it  was  scarcely  to  be  seen  (as  is  usually  the  case  with  the  small  prairie 
birds) ;  but  this  was  a  matter  of  slight  local  distribution,  for  the  species 
was  equally  numerous,  "  in  spots,''  throughout  the  country.  P.  ornatus 
accompanied  it  in  some  numbers  about  as  far  as  Frenchman's  River, 
where  both  species  were  breeding,  and  a  few  stragglers  were  noted 
along  the  whole  way;  but,  in  spite  of  this  admixture,  P.  maccowni  is  to 
be  considered  the  characteristic  species  of  the  genus  in  the  Missouri 
watershed  at  this  latitude,  just  as  P.  ornatm  is  in  that  of  the  Red  River. 

^laccown's  Longspur  was  very  abundant  in  the  country  about  French- 
man's River,  and  equally  so  about  the  headwaters  of  Milk  River  and  in 
the  eastern  foothills  of  the  Rocky  Mountains.  It  does  not  appear,  how- 
ever, to  enter  the  mountains  themselves,  but  stops  just  short  of  the 
beginning  of  the  trees,— just  where  the  Spermophili  give  way  to  the 
Oeomyuhv  and  the  Badgers  to  the  Woodchucks.  Of  its  periods  of  nidifi- 
cation  and  laying  I  am  less  precisely  informed  than  in  the  case  of  P. 
ornatus.  The  fledgling  taken  June  21  indicates  an  early  June  brood, 
corresponding  to  the  first  one  of  P.  ornatus  ;  but  I  took  no  eggs  after 
July  10,  when  the  only  set  in  the  collection  was  secured.  Young  birds 
in  all  stages  were  common  from  this  time  until  the  latter  part  of  August, 
and  1  have  no  doubt  that  at  least  two  broods  are  reared  each  season. 
The  nidification  is  substantially  the  same  as  that  of  P.  ornattuf.  The 
few  sets  of  eggs  I  have  examined  are  of  the  same  size  as  those  of  the 
bird  just  named,  and  closely  resemble  the  lighter-colored  varieties  of  the 
latter.  The  ground-color,  however,  is  dull  white,  without  the  purplish- 
gray  clouding  so  noticeable  in  the  eggs  of  P.  ornatus.  The  markings 
are  rather  sparse  and  obscurely  mottled,  with  some  heavier,  sharper, 
scratchy  ones,  all  of  different  shades  of  brown.  According  to  analogy, 
it  is  reasonable  to  presume  upon  the  same  wide  range  of  variation  iu 
this  case  that  is  known  to  obtain  elsewhere  in  the  genus  Plectrqphanes. 

While  the  females  are  incubating,  the  males  have  a  very  pretty  way 
of  displaying  themselves  and  of  letting  the  music  out  at  the  same  time. 
They  soar  to  a  little  height,  and  then,  fixing  the  extended  wings  at  au 
angle  of  forty-five  degrees  with  their  bodies,  sink  slowly  down  to  the 


584 


BULLETIN  UNITED  STATE3  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 


ground,  siuging  most  heartily — '*  slidiug  down  the  scale  of  their  own 
music,"  as  some  one  has  bappily  expressed  it  in  the  case  of  another 
species  of  similar  habit.  This  song,  I  tbink,  is  superior  to  that  of  tbe 
Chestnut-collared  liuuting,  though  of  the  same  general  character. 
When  hovering  in  the  manner  just  indicated,  both  birds  resemble 
butterdies, — there  is  something  so  light,  wayward,  and  flickering  in  their 
motions. 

List  of  specimtiiH. 


Coll.  No. 

m 

Luculity. 

Date.       1 

JuDeSl,  1874! 
July    7.1874 
do 

Collector. 

« 

a 

• 

a 

m 

z 

• 

a 

1 

N'atnre  of  apecimen, 
and  remarka.      l 

1 

1 

4010                R><r    Miii1<lv    RivMr. 

Elliott  CoDoa 
...do 

.dt» 

—  do 

...  do 

...  do 

do 

do 

...do 

do 

....  do 

Skiu  (ueatliog). 
SkiD. 
do. 

4147 
4148  ' 

d' 

Mont. 
Freiichuiaxi*B  Kiver, 

Mont. 
....do 

6.25 

6.-20 
6.00 
6.00 

alio 

<>.  (0 
5.  "io 

11.25 

1 

11.50  ! 

11.10 

11.50 

li.'eo 

11.  CO 
10.  70 

3.50 

3.45 
3.40 

4149  !   rf  1 

.  ...do 

do : 

4160      >  ' 

....do 

July    8,1874 
do 

3.(i0    ...do. 

4161  1  cT 

...do 

3.' 60* 

3.40 

a30 

do. 

dn. 

. . .  do. 

....  do. 

416«     if 

4163  S  '■ 

4164  9 
4318     cf 

i            1 

4iK7     (f  ' 

4228  ,    ? 
4-241      cf 

do 

....do 

. , .  .do 

tlo ; 

do 1 

do ! 

Nfar    FrvnchruAti'a 

River,  Moct. 
Two  ForkH  of  Milk 

July  10,1874 

1 

July  16,  1874  | 
do 

Skiu.  with  4  eggs. 

Skin    (parent     of , 
yooug  in  alcohol).) 
....  tlo. 

Riv«r. 
....do 

...  do 

do 

...  do 

...do 

do 

.... 

1 

..... 

..... ' 



....do 

Jaly  18, 1874 
do 

Skin. 

4-21*2      9   ! 
4-243        -  ' 

• do 

. . .  .do. 

..  do 

do ' 

. . .   d<i. 

4*244 

. ..  .do 

do 

.    ..do.                           1 

4:249 

9* 

...  do 

.do 

do 

do 

do 

. .  do 

—  do 

do 

::.. 

1 

••••          •■••■• 

...  do. 
do. 

do. 

....  i\f>. 

43tM 

Neui  Two  FoikH  of 

Milk  River. 
do 

July  *21, 1«J74 
do 

43b1 

'  rriMttinir     tS      \1ilk 

July  '24, 1874 
July  25.  I<r4 

do 

River,  Mont. 
4«>r>     do 

•  •  •  •  • 

•  •••••           ••«• 

..     do. 
.. .  .do. 

4331 

HilU,  MoDt. 
. do 

. .  do  ....... 

...  do. 

433-2      .. 

...do  

do 

. . ,  do 

•  •  •  • 

..     do. 
do. 

433;i      . . . 

.  ...do 

do 

. do 

4:»4  . 

...  do  

....  do  

...do 

...do 

...do    

. . .  <Io  ....... 

i.     do.                          ! 

4403 

....do 

Aug.  1I,1H74 

Auj:.  12,  1874 

do 

do. 

4425 

/ 

...  do 

•  •      •  ■ 

>  •  •  •  ■    • 

■  •  •  ■   • 

•  •  «  ■ 

do. 

44-26 

0 

....do 

«lo. 

44-27    .... 

...do 

do 

.  ...<lr)  .... 

do. 

44-28      - 

do 

do 

...  do 

do. 

4429 

...do 

...     do 

..  do    

.. .  .do. 

4441 

Hoadwatera      Milk 

Au*;.  13,  lti74 
do 

J.  H.  Battv  . 

1 

. . .   do. 

444-2 

River,  Mont 
...do 

...  «lo 

..  do 

1  . ..  .tlo    

i.!!!.. 

!...  do. 

4443 

. . .  do 

..    do 

tlo. 

4457 
4458 

1    . .  .ilo     .      ..... 

Aug.  W  1874 
do 

do. 

.do 

...do 

...  do 

'   . .   do.                           1 

do.                          1 

4459 

i....do 

....do 

44(iO      . . 

...  do 

do 

...do 

. .  ..do 

...do. 
. . .  .do. 

4461 

'....do    

do 

4466 

!   ..  do 

do 

Elliott  Couett 

.  - .  do    

do 

'....do 

1 

1 

..     dt.. 

4467 

..do    

do 

1 

1 

1 

.........do. 

!....do. 

440*4 

.  ..do 

' do 

4469 

...  do 

do 

....do.                         ' 

447vJ    ... 
4473      ... 
4474 
449H      , ' 

...do  

do 

'....do 

1          

do                           ' 

•    ...do     

do 

•....do 

1.    do                    ; 

1  . .  do    

do 

<lo 

.  - .  do. 

Near  Rock.v  Moiiiit- 
aiurt,  lat.  49-. 
j  ..  do    

Aug.  16, 1874 
do 

....do 

. . .  .do. 

44!H>      -^ 

L...0 

:          1 

do. 

4JiH)       ^ 

1        do    

do 

do 

1 

I 

ill. 

4501      .' 

1  •-  ';" 

: ...  «lo    

do 

do 

1 

1    '       " '      '      Mn 

450*2  1    V 
4  2M       V 
46*29 

...  do    

do 

....do 

1 j...'"!           dn                                  1 

....do 

Aug.  28,  1874 
do 

...do 

.....  1     .  do. 

do 

...do 

1 

do. 

4630  .   .. 

...do 

do 

....do  



.....    ....  «lo. 

4631     

' ..  ..do •-.. 

do 

do 

■          tin 

4t>3-2 

'....do 

do 

....do  

.  do 

4641  .   cf 

...rto 

Aug.  *29, 1874 

...do 

1 ..... . 

do. 

COUES   ON   BIRDS   OF   DAKOTA   AND   MONTANA. 
List  of  spedmens — Cod  tinned. 


585 


i 

• 

O 

• 

Locality. 

Date. 

Collector. 

• 
a 

3 

•** 

1 

■1 

Nature  of  specimen, 
,      and  lemarka. 

4659 

Hendwateni     Milk 

Kiver,  Mont. 
. . . .do 

Aug.  30, 1874 
do 

Elliott  Coaes 
....do 

...... 

.;  Skin. 

do 

1 

4660  ... 

4661  '.... 
44162  |... 

...do 

do 

....do 

! do. 

...do 

do 

....do 

......'...... do. 

4663 

....  do 

do 

...  do 

,,..,..                              di*. 

4<i64 

...do 

do 

...do 

......  ......... .do. 

4665  1     . 

4667      cf 

1 

4678  cT 

4679  1  c^ 
46«0      / 

...do 

do 

....do 

■. do. 

Went  of  Sweetgrass 

nills,  Mont. 
...do 

Aug.  31, 1874 
do 

....do 

do. 

....do 

An. 

...do 

do 

.  ...do 

......  ......' do. 

do 

do 

do 

...... 1...  do. 

4661 

i 

do 

do 

...  .do  ........ 

do. 

1 

PASSERCULUS  BAIRDI,  {Aud.)  Coues. 

Baibd's  Bunting. 

It  is  difficult  to  Quderstand  how  this  bird  eluded  observation  for  thirty 
years — from  the  time  of  its  original  discovery  by  Audubon,  on  the  Upper 
Missouri,  nearly  to  the  present  day.  If  the  species  were  really  rare,  this 
would  not  be  remarkable ;  but  it  has  lately  been  shown  to  be  extremely 
abundant  in  different  parts  of  the  West.  I  did  not  meet  with  it  along 
the  Eed  Kiver  itself,  but  found  it  as  soon  as  I  passed  from  the  Pembina 
Mountains  to  the  boundless  prairie  beyoud.  In  some  particular  spots, 
it  outnumbered  all  the  other  birds  together ;  and  on  an  average  through 
the  country,  from  the  Pembina  Mountains  to  the  Mouse  River,  it  was  one 
of  the  trio  of  commonest  birds, — the  Skylarks  aud  Chestnut-collared 
Longspurs  being  the  other  two.  The  first  8i>ecimeus  I  procured  were 
taken  July  14.  Some  of  them  were  uewly  Hedged,  but  the  great  majority 
were  adult  males,  showing  that  at  that  time  the  breeding-season  was  at 
its  height.  Out  of  thirty-one  specimens  secured  July  14  and  15,  only  one 
was  a  female,  the  individuals  of  this  sex  being  evidently  occupied  with 
the  duty  of  incubating  or  brooding  their  young.  The  males  at  this  time 
were  very  conspicuous,  like  Spizella  pallida  under  the  same  circum- 
stances, as  they  sat  singing  on  the  weeds  or  low  bushes  of  the  prairie. 
The  song  consists  of  two  or  three  d  istinct  syllables,  followed  by  a  trill 
uttered  in  a  mellow,  tinkling  tone.  The  nest  I  never  succeeded  in  find- 
iug,  although  1  must  have  passed  by  many.  The  eggs  were  first  dis- 
covered by  Mr.  Allen  in  the  region  just  south  of  me.  They  were  taken 
July  1,  1873,  the  date  corresponding  to  that  which  I  fixed  as  the  laying 
season  from  consideration  of  the  habits  of  the  birds.  The  nest  and  eggs 
are  described  from  his  specimens  in  the  "Birds  of  the  Korthwest^. 
Whether  or  not  two  broods  are  reared,  I  cannot  say ;  but  some  of  my 
late  summer  specimens  were  so  young  that  I  judged  they  might  belong 
to  a  second  brood.  Birds  of  apparently  about  the  same  age  were  shot 
six  weeks  apart. 


586  BULLETIN   CNITED  STATES  QEOLOOICAL  8URVET. 

llie  general  babits  of  Baird's  BoDtiog  are  macb  like  those  of  Patter' 
cmIh»  )iaran»a,  aoil  the  ai>)[>earai)oe<if  the  two  birds  during  life  is  so  similar 
tbat  it  ia  difficalt  to  tell  tb<?Di  np<trt  at  an;  distance.  The  Cmtruni/r  is 
not  traly  gregarioos,  bot,  like  many  other  prairie  binls,  ai1>-''t>]>r)rMfular 
siwtH,  wliicb  are  colonized  by  large  oambers.  When  the  young  are  all 
on  wing, it  associates  io  sttair^liDf:  troops,  mixing  freely  with  the  Sty- 
larks  and  L<»DgH[)ur3.  Daring  the  summer,  the  plnmage  becomes 
extremely  worn  anil  fadi-d ;  with  the  monlt,  which  occurs  in  September,  a 
much  moTi  ricl)l3-c(>ture<l  dress  is  assumed.  The  bird  remains  in  this 
fionotry  iit  least  nntil  October,  thoagh  its  nnmbers  sensibly  diminish 
during  the  preceding  month. 

LM  of  >perimfii». 


J 

^ 

. 

1 

Lo«ll.y. 

Dau. 

CollKWr. 

H 

s 

1 

■L 

.  ^_ 

; 

„il-  ,«,  p™ 

- — 

Tin 

"dt 

.  JW4 

v5 

e.«o 

\^l 

'mS 

r 

::S :::::::::::::: 

...do  

-s 

e.rt 

;;:s 

WM 

Julj  15,  lf7J 

...do 

B.30 



...do. 

ace 

do 

...do  

s.:o 

1  Ml 

...ao. 

ii.ie 

•»M 

jiij  ItlrtS 

do 

...do. 

3M3 

'•"""" 

aw 

It. '11 

July  W  i'T.l 

5.10 

■LIU 

..do. 

33U 

....  do 

do 

...ilo 

..do. 

—  do 

MM 

lloa«Kiv.r.I»iik.. 

Aofr   1..1M5 

5.Br. 

y.iio 

C0UE8   ON   BIRDS   OF   DAKOTA  AND   MONTANA. 


587 


List  of  specimena — CoDtinaed. 


Coll.  No. 

H 

Locality. 

1 

Date. 

Aug.    9,  lf;75 

do    

tlo 

do    .... 

do  ...   . 

Ansr.  10, 187* 
Aujj.  11. 11^73 

do 

Auj;.  13,  lf^73 
....  do 

CuUector. 

Elliott  Cones 
do 

...do 

do 

...do 

..  do 

...oo 

...do 

...do 

...do 

: 

^     Nutnre  of  specimen, 
•=     1      aud  remarks. 

3437 

34:w 

3439 

3440 

3441 

34Gt  ' 

34Ji?.- 

3489  , 

3507 

3503  • 

3509 

3510 

3511 

3.512 

3513 

3514 

3515 

3C49  1 

.... 

MoaseRivnr,  Dak... 
....do 

5.50  1  a  00 
5.50  1  9.00 
5.  75  1  9. 30 
5  70     9.  OJ 
5.50  ,  9.00 

5.  70     9.  00 
5.  50     if.  c>.> 
5.  tO  1  9.75 
5.  50     9. 10 
5.65  ,  9.35 
5. 05  '  9.35 
5.G,>  .  O.'AO 
5. 50     9.  ai 
5.  GO  '  9. -25 
.5.  G.5  1  U.  45 
.5.  75     9.  :J0 
.-).cO  '  9.00 
1 

;  Skill. 

...da 

...do. 

do. 

do. 

...do. 

do. 

do. 

«lo. 

'....do. 

do. 

do. 

...do. 

1 do. 

:....d?. 

■ do. 

...do. 

3.05    ...«lo. 

1 

...do 

...do 

...do 

9 

..  do 

...do  

d'l 

...do 

...do 

...do 

do 

do 

...  do 

do 

....do 

....  do 

..    do 

do 

...do 

....do 

...  do  

...do 

do 

do 

...do 

..  do 

...do 

. . ,  .(to 

....  do 

....do 

...do 

Oct.     1.  IbTi 

...do 

COTURNK^ULUS  LECONTII,  {Aud.)  Bp. 

LeConte's  Bunting. 

The  rediscovery  of  tbis  little-known  and  extremely  interesting  species 
in  Dakota  was  made  in  the  season  of  1873  by  tbe  Commission.  On  the 
march  between  Tartle  Mountain  and  the  first  crossing  of  Mouse  liiver, 
I  came  apon  what  seemed  to  be  a  small  colony  of  the  birds  in  a  moist 
depression  of  the  prairie,  where  the  herbage  was  waist-high.  By  dili- 
gent search,  after  shooting  the  first  specimen  and  perceiving  what  it  was, 
I  managed,  not  without  difBculty,  to  secure  five  in  all.  This  was  on  the 
0th  of  August.  I  subsequently  found  the  bird  again,  and  secured  a  sixth 
specimen,  amongst  the  reeds  of  a  prairie  slough  near  the  headwaters  of 
the  river  just  mentioned.  So  far  as  I  could  determine  from  short  obser- 
vation,  the  birds  are  much  like  the  Ammodromi  in  their  general  habits 
and  appearance,  aud  they  inhabit  similar  situations.  Their  note  was  a 
chirring  noise,  like  that  of  a  grasshopper.  They  were  stirted  at  random 
from  the  tall,  waving  grass,  flitted  in  sight  for  a  few  seconds,  and  theu 
dropped  suddenly,  so  that  the  chances  of  shooting  them  were  very  poor.  ' 
One  was  killed  at  very  close  range  by  a  blow  from  the  wad  of  my  car- 
tridge, the  charge  of  shot  having  passed  in  lump  close  by.  I  have  no 
doubt  that  the  birds  were  breeding  in  this  place,  though  no  nests  wore 
found.  Their  retiring  habits  and  the  nature  of  their  resorts  have 
doubtless  caused  them  to  be  overlooked  for  years.  Audubon  says  that 
he  found  them  common  on  the  Upper  Missouri.  A  specimen,  in  poor 
condition,  from  Texas,  was  the  only  one  known  to  exist  in  any  collection 
before  these  of  mine  were  secured,  Audubon's  type  having  been  lost  or 
mislaid.  A  redescription  of  the  species,  in  which  it  is  shown  that  the 
characters  originally  assigned  required  modification,  is  given  in  the 
**  Birds  of  the  Northwest  ^. 


588  BULLETIN  USITBD  STATES   GEOLOGICAL  SDBVEY, 


A 

i 

Looalilj. 

D«ls,             Collector. 

1 

s 

1 

Kature  orapecliiwii. 

an 

3MG 

no 

i 

UuoseBlTer.Dak. 

adb.  9,  ins 

EU^ICooe. 

5,M 
5.10 

^10 

4.W 

.f!"^. 

L^JCUMBURIT^, 

Sept.  B,1SH 

PASSERCDLUS  SAVASiTA,  (lFi7s.)^J'- 

Savanna  Sparrow. 

Breeds  in  profusion  tUrongboat  the  region  explored.  Though  not 
exclnaivelj  a  bird  of  tbe  prairie,  it  seems  to  be  as  mach  at  bome  in  the 
open  plftina  as  aoywbere,  associAtiog  iatimat^I;  with  Ceaironyx  and 
the  two  leading  species  of  PlecfrojtAanes.  It  is  also  found,  however,  in 
tbe  brush  along  the  streams  and  larger  rivers,  which  are  unfregoented 
by  the  species  just  named,  in  company  with  the  Melo»pi::a:  and  Junanui, 
A  large  mute  of  specimens  was  taken,  n  part  of  it,  however,  nnin- 
t«Dtionally,  for  it  is  not  an  easy  matter  to  always  distinguish  between 
tbe  Savanna  Sparrow  and  Baird's  Bauting  at  gaoshot  range;  and  when 
I  have  killed  a  bird,  I  generally  make  a  point  of  preserving  it,  even 
though  it  is  not  particularly  wanted  as  a  specimen,  in  order  that  its  life 
may  Qot  have  been  taken  in  v&in.  The  nest  is  placed  ou  the  ground, 
simply  built  of  dried  grasses,  with  a  lining  of  horse-hair;  the  eggs  are 
four  or  five  in  number,  in  this  locality  usually  laid  in  the  first  half  of 
June.  Like  nearly  all  the  Fringilline  birds  of  tbis  region,  tbe  Savanna 
Sparrow  is  frequently  the  Cowbird's  foster  parent,  uud  in  one  instance 
that  came  under  my  observation  tbe  nest  contained  two  of  the  alien 
eggs. 

Li»l  of  djiedmfns. 


i 

saw 

3EGS 

saw 

3597 

-1 

r-jcoltly. 

: 

C<Jlector. 

t 

lil 

XMnrenfspeciiiMfc 
aud  v-mailL,. 

reml.inB,l)»k.... 
....Jn 

,;::S:::::;:;::-.::; 

IJune  S.WT3     KlliottCooes 

I 

Skiu, 

::::: 



.luDO   G,UTJ 
-TaVy' llitm 

.-.^0 

":£:::;::: 

...do. 

...lio. 

....do. 
..  do. 

d 

....do  

....do 

...do 

....do  

Ijaiywrsib 

■;;;;;::;;:t;;;E;;;:;;;;: 

...-ilo 1 ' 

"S: 1 1 

::::do: 

...do. 

:;;i:;:::;; 

a 

a.  hit    i'io 

;;;;£ 

C0UE8  ON  BIRDS   OF  DAKOTA  AND  MONTANA.  589 

List  of  gpniaunt — Contiuaed, 


i 

i 

Lodity. 

Dnte. 

Collectoc.         ^ 

1 

J 

t 

■nd  iwuarka. 

3T0a 

4109 

4iiS 

■UK 

ten 

g  I'MoiiH  River,  D>k.. 

....I  LoBsColewiKiver, 

Dak, 
....    Moii»Klwr,D»k.. 
....:  Croviiit!D[MUkr.lv 

Sepl.  e,isw 

i«Dpt.B7,ll?71 
July  HlUTl 

ElUoCtCoiiei 

...do 

...do  

.?'.* 

::::::|:;:t; 

July  35 18T* 

Aotaien 

.... 

"SSiKS""'" 

...do 

.... 

....do 

Intitorlr-  W. 

An^Hlsii 

Aiii[.i5,iB;t 

Ang.  le.  llfH 

Aoe.se,ieJ* 

...ilo. 

POOIDETES  GRAMINEUS,  (Gm.)  Bd. 

Bay-winged  Buhtimg,  or  Geass  Finch. 

Like  the  last,  the  present  species  extends  over  the  whole  regioD 
explored,  and  breeds  io  abuadaDce,  while  the  general  remarks  upon  dis- 
tribution made  in  the  case  of  the  iSavanoa  Sparrow  are  equally  appli- 
cable here.  Several  nests  were  fouud  at  Pembiua,  containing  eggs, 
about  the  middle  of  June.  Oue  of  them  also  held  two  Molotkms  eggs. 
The  nests  were  built  in  open  ground,  quite  deeply  snnken,  bo  as  to  be 
fliisti  with  the  surface,  and  more  substantial  thau  those  of  many  ground- 
builders,  the  walls  being  an  inch  or  more  thick  at  the  brim.  The  cavity 
is  small  and  deep  io  comparison  with  the  whole  nest.  The  usual  ma- 
terials are  grasses  and  weed-stalks,  the  coarser  material  oatside,  the 
finer  fibres  within  and  at  the  bottom.  The  eggs,  of  which  I  have  not 
fonnd  more  than  four,  measure  about  0.80  by  0.55;  they  are  grayish- 
white,  heavily  marke<l  all  over  with  spots,  dashes,  and  blotches  of  red- 
dish-brown, and  sprinkling  of  fine  dots  of  the  same  or  darker  brown. 
The  female  is  a  close  setter,  not  leaving  the  nest  until  nearly  trodden 
npon,and  then  fluttering  off  as  if  crippled,  to  distract  attention  ftvm  the 
nest  to  herself. 

Liil  of  ai 


i 

SMI 
3MI 

1. 

i 

L<ic«li(y. 

Dale. 

CoUeolor. 

1 

1 

■5 

S.tDrfofi.p™iineii, 
■nd  nmu-kg. 

PemblDft,l>rt 

..-do 

Jimelll.iSra 

Jn!rflO,18T! 
do.... 

....£> 

SklD. 

Skin,  nest,  uid  t 

N^^lth  a  eicia, 
■Dd  a  of  Jloia- 

...do. 





....do  

BOLLBTIN  USI'lED   STATES   GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY. 
L'ul  o/  ijwcteieNf— Coiitiiin«d. 


i'l 

i>««utr. 

Dito. 

Colleclor. 

J II 1 1 !  ■-'"■™- 

Turtle  MquhWh. 

1              1             1  si^, 

July  93,  l«m 

A«i.  ^im 
Aug.  30.  i!^n 

Bopt.    B,1«J 

1 

1    ... 

35»6I.... 

LoDtCoteauRirarV 

1 

4033   ... 

q»Un(Arf.RlY.r, 

JaDo*I,iaJ4 
Jiiaeae.lSI1 

::::i:::I 

...,  d» 

Ufll  1.... 

CrowinjioriHlkRir 
er.M-Dt. 

River,  Mont. 

July  Si  1S7* 

Aug.  e,iai4 

Aug.  14,187* 

,. 

I 

1 

i"t 

::.:....2 

Aug.  15.  1874 
ADg.lS.in4 

4WT 

...do  

1     i    J„ 

'™i?:'™l-:S:  ■::■■:■■ 

■--I--::-" t 

«19    ... 
M33   ... 

...ilo 

A«B.i»,1834'....do 

1 

...do. 

SPIZELLA  MOSTICOLA,  (Ghi.)  Baird. 

Tree  SPABR<tw. 

No  Tre«  Sparrows  wtre  observed  iu  summer  duriDg  eitber seaeou,  and 
I  tbiiik  none  breed  so  far  soath  as  tLia.  Tbe,v  appear  iu  iinmbers  witfa 
Uie  general  migratiou  wbicb  briugs  tbe  uortbern  Friugilliues,  and  wbich 
reacbes  tbis  latitude  aboat  tbe  1st  of  October.  Uulike  several  of  the 
otber  species,  however,  they  are  not  geoerally  distributed,  being  coa- 
fined  to  tbe  woods,  or  rather  the  shrubbery  along  tbe  streams,  where 
they  may  be  observed  iu  small  troops  in  company  with  the  Snowbirds, 
and  Harria'a,  Lincolu's,  aud  White-crowned  Sparrows.  They  are  hardy 
birds,  capable  of  enduring  great  cold,  aud  I  suppose  that  they  may  pass 
tbe  winter  iu  this  latitude,  as  they  certainly  do  a  little  distance  south- 
ward in  tbe  Alissouri  region.  I  found  them  iu  cousideralile  numbers 
at  Fort  Bandall,  Dak.,  dnring  tbe  winter  of  1872-73,  which  they  passed, 
to  all  appearances,  very  comfortably  in  tbe  heavy  nndergrowth  of  the 
river-bottom. 

till  nf  ajHfimeui. 


il 

lAKAiUy.                   Dite. 

Collti'tor. 

lilll 

uidnmsikn. 

MonMRlwr.Dik.-IOet.     Maj3  '  ElUottCnuee  i ' ' 

Skiu. 

COUES   ON   BIRDS    OF   DAKOTA.   AND   MONTANA.  591 

SPIZELLA  SOCIALIS,  {Wils.)  Bp. 

Chipping  Sparrow. 

Specimens  of  this  very  common  and  familiar  species  were  taken  in 
the  Hocky  Mountains,  and  it  was  observed  at  other  points  where  none 
were  secured.  It  is  not,  however,  a  conspicuous  feature  of  the  avi- 
fauna of  this  region,  most  of  which  is  not  suited  to  its  wants,  and  even 
at  Pembina  the  Clay-colored  Bunting  takes  the  place  which  the  ^'  Chippy  " 
fills  in  the  East.  It  is,  in  fact,  absent  from  the  greater  part  of  the 
country  surveyed. 

List  of  82>ecimen8, 


6 

• 

1 

.  1           Locality. 

Date. 

Collector. 

• 

a 

2 

Extent 

• 

a 

Xatara  of  specimen, 
and  remarks. 

4588 

1  Rocky    MouDtains, 

1      Iftt.  49'. 
.do 

Aug.  93, 1874 

Aug.  24, 1874 
do 

Elliott  Cones. 
do 

Skiu. 
..  do. 

4598 

! 

4599 

....L...do 

do 

1 

. . .  do. 

1 

1 

SPIZELLA  PALLIDA,  {Sw.)  Bp. 

Clay-colored  Bunting. 

The  Western  Meadow  Lark,  Brewer's  Blackbird,  and  the  present  spe- 
cies were  the  chief  birds  I  observed  at  Pembina  to  indicate  an  avifauna 
in  any  wise  different  from  that  of  the  Eastern  Province  at  large,  and 
two  of  these  cannot  be  considered  very  strong  marks,  since  they  both 
occur  some  distance  further  eastward.  Upon  my  arrival,  the  1st  of 
June,  those  Buntings  were  all  paired,  the  males  were  in  full  song,  nidifi- 
cation  was  mostly  finished,  and  the  eggs  were  about  to  be  laid.  The 
first  specimen  procured.  June  2,  contained  a  fully  formed  egg,  A  nest 
taken  June  5  was  scarcely  completed.  The  first  complement  of  eggs 
was  taken  June  11 ;  it  numbered  four.  I  think  the  eggs  are  mostly  laid 
by  the  end  of  the  second  week  in  June.  The  nest  is  placed  in  bushes, 
generally  within  a  few  inches  of  the  ground.  It  resembles  that  of  the 
Chipbird,  though  it  is  not  so  neatly  and  artistically  finished,  and  often 
lacks  the  horsehair  lining,  which  is  so  constant  and  conspicuous  a  fea- 
ture of  the  latter.  In  size  it  averages  about  three  inches  across  outside 
by  two  in  depth,  with  a  cavity  two  inches  wide  and  one  and  a  half 
inches  deep.  The  structure  is  of  fine  grasses  and  slender  weed-stalks, 
with  or  without  some  fine  rootlets,  sometimes  lined  with  hair,  like  the 
Chippy's,  sometimes  with  very  fine  grass-tops.  It  is  placed  in  a  crotch 
of  the  bush  or  in  a  tuft  of  weeds.  The  copses  of  scrubby  willows  I 
found  to  be  favorite  nesting-places,  though  any  of  the  shrubbery  along 
the  river-bank  seemed  to  answer.  On  those  occasions  when  I  approached 
a  nest  containing  eggs,  the  female  fluttered  silently  and  furtively  away, 
without  venturing  a  protest.    The  eggs  I  found  iu  one  case  to  be  depos- 


592 


BULLETIN   UNITED  BTATBfl  GEOLOGICAL  8DBTEY. 


itetl  daily  till  the  complement  was  lllled.  They  measure  0.62  in  length 
by  O.DO  in  breadth  on  an  average.  The  groDnd-color  is  light  dull  green, 
sparsely  but  distinctly  speckled  with  some  rich  and  other  darker  shades 
of  brown,  these  markings  being  chiefly  confined  to  the  larger  end,  or 
wreathed  about  it,  tbongh  there  are  often  a  few  specks  h«re  aud  there 
over  the  rest  of  the  surface.  From  the  eariiucss  of  the  first  sets  of 
eggs,  I  suppose  thai  two  broods  may  be  reared  each  season. 

The  Bantings  were  very  numerous  about  Pembina,  and  during  the 
breediug-seasou  became  coospicuous  from  the  habit  of  the  mates  nt  this 
seasoo  of  monuting  to  the  tops  of  the  bushes  and  singing  coutiDualty. 
The  song  is  simple,  but  voluble  and  earnest,  as  if  The  birds  gave  the 
whole  of  tbeir  minds  to  it — as  is  doubtless  the  iact.  It  consists  of  three 
notes  and  a  trill.  The  song  ceases  with  the  end  of  the  breeding-season, 
when  the  birds  retain  nothing  but  their  slight  chir[i.  With  its  cessa- 
tion, the  characteristic  breeding- habit  of  mounliug  the  bushes  is  given 
up,  and  the  birds  become  less  conspicuons,  though  really  more  numerous 
than  ever,  from  the  accession  of  the  new  broods.  They  then  go  in  little 
troops,  which  haunt  all  the  shrubbery  and  mix  intimately  with  the  other 
Sparrows  which  frequent  like  situations.  TLey  are  not,  however,  to  be 
found  on  the  prairie  at  any  considerable  distance  from  woods  or  shrubby 
undergrowth.  As  the  seasou  advanced,  aud  during  my  progress  we8^ 
ward,  I  found  them  in  equal  abandance  on  Pembina  aud  Turtle  Moun^ 
ains  and  along  the  Mouse  Biver. 

The  nest  seasou  none  were  noticed  in  the  Upper  Missouri  country. 
They  cannot  bo  so  numerous  in  this  region,  for  I  could  hardly  have 
overlooked  them  altogether.  ^Nevertheless,  they  extend  across  the 
country  to  the  Kocky  Mouutains,  as  specimens  wore  procured  west  ot 
the  Sweetgrass  Hills. 


mo  C^n  .. 
'..At'.'.'.'.". 


.    S.V>    T.«'. 

.  i3«   t.M  I. 

.   a.M    T.TD  . 


.    Xeat,  irilb  4  •(■■. 


CODES  ON    BIRDS  OF  DAKOTA  AND  MONTANA. 
Li§t  tf  qMdMMM— CoDtiniMd. 


t 

1 

Loculllj. 

D^ld. 

Collwlor. 

1 

1 

1 
Nolui»nr«p«linoo,  j 

99H 

3S8S 

Mas 

»HA4 

S 

*TJS 

Pombiii*,  D»k 

j"f  14,1^13 

-..Ju 

BUiot(Cour«- 

110 

r» 

Skl=. 

....du  

....do 

....do 

....do 

...do 

...do  

a.0D 
a  IS 

7.M 

.-  do. 

i!eo 

Sk^"' 

jS"fH.lB73 

Jnlj  15. 1873 

July  m  ten 
Joly^  isn 

....do 

§£             i 

SOmllHWHt  Pcm- 

-...do 

&« 

8.00 

TiirtleMt..rtek.... 

Jn],_^,n3 

MoQKKlnr.Dak.. 

j>ir^3H  ira 

ieo 

^3S 

aw 

7.15 

Ang.  8.1873 

AUK.M.IH73 
B«PI.    a  1873 

::::3S::::::: 
;::±::;:::: 

Tartl*Ml..D.k.... 

~i^g  CotAU  EiTet; 
JJ«i«Biirer.D»k.- 

■■■■£       1 

a!ao' 

«.4« 

lido:           1 

....do. 

....do  

Aug.  a  in4 

....do  

....do 

....do.                       1 

JUNOO  HTEMALIS,  (Litw.)  M. 

Easteen  Snowbied. 

Tbe  Snowbird  at>peared  along  the  Monse  River  about  the  mid<lle  of 
September  in  troops,  ae  ofiaal,  and  at  once  became  abundant  I  bad 
expected  to  fiud  it  breeding  on  Pembina  and  Turtle  MonntainB,  and 
Htill  judge  it  likely  that  it  does  eo,  tboug;h  it  did  not  come  ander  my  ob- 
Hervation.  It  may  not  be  generally  knovn  that  in  the  Baetem  Stateo 
it  breeds  as  tar  Bouth  as  Virginia  and  the  Carolina^,  it'  not  still  farther. 
While  on  the  South  Virginian  Alleghanies,  in  tbe  summer  of  1875,  at 
an  altitude  of  about  5,000  feet,  I  scared  a  female  off  her  neet,  which 
contained  four  egga.  This  southerly  breeding-range  in  tbe  mountains 
explains  tbe  sudden  appearance  of  the  birds  upon  tbe  first  cold  snap  in 
October.  While  in  the  Bocky  Moantaius,  in  August,  1874, 1  expected 
to  fiud  either  this  species  or  J.  oregoituc,  but  none  appeared  in  the 
riciuity  of  our  camp.  The  Monse  Biver  specimens  seem  to  be  pure 
Aymtd^M,  thongh  tbe  Zonotrichia  of  this  same  locality  is  Z.  intermedia, 
uot  Z.  leucophrj/a. 

Lilt  of  tpedmen: 


|i 

i 

Locality. 

DiUi. 

CoDeclor. 

1 

1         u     N.inHinf-pwIineD. 

1™, 

j' 

MoueRlnr.Dak.. 

B«pl.l8,lS73 

Elliott  Coue. 
...do 

Skiu 

!"" 

do. 

594  BULLETIN   UNITED  STATES  OEOLOOICAL  StTBTEY. 

ZONOTRrCHIA  QUERULA,  (Kuif.)  Oamb. 

Habbis's  Fincq. 

A  fioe  series  of  specinieDs  of  this  handsome  aiid  interesting  Fioch 
was  seuared  at  our  Mouse  River  Deput  during  tbe  latter  faalf  of  Sep- 
tember and  begiDDJng  of  October.  Its  breeding-grounds  are  as  yet 
nnkDowa ;  but  tbese  birds,  at  an;  rate,  came  from  the  north,  and,  as  I 
was  out  every  day  witb  my  gun  about  tJiat  time,  the  earliest  date  given 
below  (September  18)  probably  indicates  very  nearly  the  time  of  their 
arrival.  The  previous  year  I  bad  observed  tbe  birds  at  Fort  Handall, 
Dakota,  in  October;  but  none  remaiued  through  the  winter  in  that 
locality.  According  to  Prof.  F.  fi.  Snow,  of  Kansas,  they  winter  ia 
that  State,  and  they  have  been  observed  by  others  in  abundance  doriDg 
the  migrations  along  the  Lower  Uissouri,  in  Missouri  and  Iowa.  I  saw 
none  at  Pembina,  where  I  suppose  I  arrived  after  they  bad  passed  on. 
Tbe  distribntion  of  the  species  is  very  limited,  and,  as  already  observed, 
its  breediiig-range  is  not  yet  made  out.  My  Mouse  River  specimens  are, 
I  think,  the  westernmost  hitherto  recorded.  These  were  alt  in  £aU  plu- 
mage, apparently  of  the  first  year,  though  a  portion  of  the  White- 
crowned  Sparrows  that  came  witb  them  had  perfect  head-markings. 
They  came  very  quietly  from  tbe  north,  and  ell  at  once  thronged  tbe 
bashes  aud  shrubbery  along  the  banks  of  tbe  stream,  iu  company  with 
several  other  brush-loving  Friugillinea.  At  this  period,  they  were  song- 
less,  aud  had  no  note  excepting  a  weak  chirp.  When  disturbed  at  their 
avocations,  they  have  a  habit  of  flying  up  to  the  tops  of  the  bushes  to 
see  what  the  fuse  is  about,  and  iu  this  conspicuous  position  they  may  of 
oonrse  be  readily  destroyed.  Their  general  habits  appear  to  be  maeh 
the  same  as  those  of  the  other  ZonotriehUf,  though  their  large  rize,  rad- 
dishness,  and  heavy  dark  markings  underneath  make  them  look  bobm- 
wbat  like  Fox  Sparrows. 

Lut  if  n   ' 


LooaUtf. 

DtU 

C<dl»Har. 

1 

1 

? 

"■ssasr 

i 

•5 

srt* 

^ 

UoKM  River,  JMk  . 

Kuiowc™...  T.wln.M 

xmIsxio.                 I 

*" 

d 

...do 

Oct.    3.i«rj 

"" '.^"^".•i. 

a  <0 

ZOXOTKICHIA  LEUCOPHEYS  INTEEMEDIA.  Ridff. 
ElDGWAV'S  SpABBOW. 

I  WHS  rather  8uri>n8ed  to  find  that  the  Whitecrowncd  Sparrows  of 
the  Mouse  River  country  were  of  this  variety  instead  of  typical  lewso- 


C0UE8   ON    BiKDS  OF  DAKOTA.  AND  MOMTAMA.  595 

pkrijs,  but  Buch  was  the  ca»e,  as  bIiowd  bejoDd  question  by  some  of  the 
specimeDS  taken  with  perfect  head-diess.  In  the  Rooky  Mountains,  this 
variety  was  of  course  to  be  espected.  In  the  latter  region,  speoimens 
were  procnred  in  Augast,  probably  bred  in  the  vicinity,  as  no  migration 
had  then  begun ;  but  in  the  rest  of  the  country  explored,  do  Zonotriehia 
were  seeD  autil  the  coming  of  the  fall  birds,  wbeu  they  became  at  once 
abundant  iu  the  shrubbery  of  the  streams,  abont  the  middle  of  Sep- 
tember. 


i 
i 

1 

LocUty. 

SaU. 

Colkotor. 

1 

1 

t 

^ 

1^" 

is:- 

ana 

sua 

MM 

saoe 

SB 

CM 
4UH 

.... 

MMMKlTn,  Ck.. 

».pttB.ian 

SXOanCmet 

0.33 
A«0 

*J5 

0.30 

D-ia 

II 

3.U 
3.00 
3.10 

IH 

).» 

ft.  an 

a.u> 
a.  10 

3.00 

--..do. 
. .  .ilik 
...do. 
...dn. 

....do  

::;:te ::;;::: 

:::. 

...do 

■::;S  :::::::::;::■: 

siiSu^ 

..  Ai 

■::;S .:::;;: 

...-flo 

3.pt.w.um 

... 

Ao 

Sept.  SO,  isn 

ADg.00.in4 

AuB  SS.  IKl 

....do  

roo 
a  15 

10.00 

410 

::;t 

I           1 

1 

MEL03PIZA  UNOOLNI,  (Aw(.)  Bd. 

Lincoln's  Finch. 

Observed  iu  large  numbers  during  the  latter  part  of  September  and 
begiauing  of  October,  along  the  Uoaae  Biver.  It  arrived  from  tbe  Dorth 
at  the  same  time  that  the  Snowbirds  and  Zonotriehia  did,  and  during 
the  summer  was  only  observed  id  the  Bocky  Hoaatains  late  ia  Angnst. 
It  is  a  speoies  of  general  distribution  in  North  America,  bat  it  may  be 
gaestiooed  whether  it  breeds  anywhere  in  this  latitnde  except  in  the 
Itoeky  Monntains.  As  observed  along  Mouse  Biver,  it  was  a  shy  and 
seeretive  bird,  spending  its  time  near  the  gronnd  in  the  tangle  along 
the  river-bottom,  and  plunging  into  the  thickest  retreats  upon  slight 
alarm,  with  a  low,  rapid,  jerky  flight.  The  only  note  I  heard  was  a 
slight  chirp.  Altogetiier  its  habits  appear  to  most  closely  resemUe 
those  of  the  Swamp  Sparrow,  to  which  it  is  so  nearly  related  in  physi- 
cal characters. 


596  BULLETIN   UNITED  STATKS   GEOLOGICAL  8UEVET. 

LM  of  ipenMnu. 


1 

1 

it 
11: 

1 

LbmIUj. 

D>I«. 

Collwlor, 

1 

1 

1 

s 

N>tair<>»r*i»rlmBi.' 

HoiiH  RlTcr.  D>li 

Sept.  Ifl.  1813 

Klliolt  Con« 

5. 75 
£.30 

11 

iS 
iS 

B.1D 

is 

Skia. 

gpi 

....ilu 

::::«:::::::: 

luUtnde  4lr=. 

Oct    Msra 

Aug.W,lOTt 

J.  HIUuj     . 

■V""        1 

MELOSFIZA  PALU8TEI8,  ( Wxh.)  Bd. 
SWAHP  Spabrow. 

Tbis  is  another  of  the  several  species  of  the  fauiily  vbich  were  db- 
served  daring  the  antomDal  movement  at  the  camp  on  Mouse  Biver, 
from  the  middle  of  September  notil  I  Ivft  the  country,  the  second  week 
in  October.  It  haunts  the  closest  and  most  impenetrabie  shmbbery,  to 
which  it  clings  with  such  pertinacity  that  it  is  liable  to  be  overlooked 
unless  diligently  sooght  for.  I  have  seldom  seen  it  in  plain  view,  and 
never,  to  my  recollection,  at  any  distance  irom  the  ground,  or  on  tb« 
oatsklrta  of  the  nndergrowth.  It  has  been  commonly  considered  cod- 
floed  to  the  Bastern  ProviDce^  and  tbe  specimens  below  enumerated 
are,  with  one  exception,  the  westernmost  hitherto  recorded.  Dr.  H.  0. 
Yarrow,  however,  Found  it  in  Soothern  Dtah  some  four  years  ago.  ?1ie 
difficulty  of  traciug  it  westwani,  where  it  seems  to  be  less  abundant  than 
it  is  in  the  Atlantic  districts,  is  probably  one  reason  why  its  dititributioii 
was  long  Hiipposeii  to  be  more  reistricted  than  it  rciilly  is. 
Lial  of  ifpedment. 


t 

i 

^,„... 

Dm« 

CoIlBClOI, 

! 

1 

VatDrrnfop»<lmn, 

3830 

3M1T 

"9 

Moii«KiT« 

....iJo 

Soiit  18.1873 
BepLIB.1873 

EUiolI  Coum 

BklD. 

...do, 

!  do. 
.    do. 

■i'io 

a."J5 

MELOSPIZA  MELODIA,  (TFtto.)  Bd. 

Sosa  Spaeeow. 

By  an  oversight,  I  stated  in  the  "  Birds  of  the  Northwest"  that  I  did 
not  find  this  species  in  Northern  Dakota.  A  specimen,  however,  was 
procured  at  Turtle  Mountain  early  in  August.  It  appears  to  be  rare  in 
this  part  of  the  country,  as  tbis  was  the  only  one  taken,  and  I  find  no 
record  resoecting  it  except  in  my  register  of  specimens. 


CODES   OK  BIBDS   Of  DAKOTA  AND   HOKTANA.  597 

£1*1  «f  ^eoh»mt. 


i 

i 

Louiicr 

B.. 

CollnMr. 

! 

1 

1 

HitanorepRdman. 

ajta 

TbMIb  Moonfo,  Dab. 

„,.  t,™ 

ElUbtt  COD» 

,u^ 

CALAMOSPIZA  UICOLOB,  {Toiphh.)  Bp. 

Labe  Bunting. 

Tbe  apparent  abseuce  of  tbi»  apecies  from  tbe  Ked  Biver  region,  with 
its  abundance  on  th«  MiHSoari,  ia  one  of  the  Rtrong  marks  of  difffrence 
in  tbefaiinaof  the  two  waterafaeds.  It  isan  abnndantand  cbaracteriatic 
species  of  the  sage-brash  coantr;  of  the  Dpper  Missouri,  and  extends 
thence  to  the  Rocky  Mountains  throngh  the  Milk  River  region,  gpeci- 
mens  were  taken  soon  after  leaving  Fort  Baford,  and  others  at  various 
points  to  tbe  headwaters  of  Milk  River.  Tbe  bird  is  rather  a  late 
breeder,  unless  tbe  eggs  fonnd  Jaly  9  and  31  were  those  of  a  eeooDd 
brood,  which  is  probable,  since  at  do  time  did  I  hear  the  mating  song 
of  the  males,  or  witness  the  singalar  atrial  ezcnrsions  which  mark  the 
same  period  of  tbe  bird's  life,  like  those  of  tbe  Yellow-breasted  Ohat. 
Tbe  earliest  male  specimeos  procured  were  already  iu  worn  and  faded 
plamage.  The  eggs  are  foar  or  five  in  nnmber,  measnring  0.80  to  0.95 
in  length  by  about  0.65  in  breadth ;  they  are  pale  blaish-greeo,  like  those 
of  8Mia,  and  normally  anmarked,  though  ocoasionally  sparsely  dotted. 
Two  Cowbird  eggs  were  found  in  one  of  tbe  nests  secured.  Tbe  nest  is 
.sunken  in  the  ground,  so  that  tbe  brim  is  flush  with  tbe  surfoce,  and  is 
built  of  grasses  and  weed-stalks,  lined  with  similar  but  finer  material. 

Lift  of  tptdmeni. 


1 

MM 
«3S 

ttso 

43ti 

4343 
4™ 

1 

■;; 
i 

LoOlHtir. 

DMe. 

CollMtm. 

3 

1 

NatBreDfapsclmaii. 

QuikiDg  Alb  l£lf«r. 
Uonl. 

•'-«■'" 

.-.do 

....do 

:;::: 

:::::: 

SklD. 

sktr- 

'  Klver.Konl."" 

tiio  F^rti'ifUiik 

Rirer. 
N^u'  T>ra  Fork*  of 

Milk  Rirgr. 
W»M  of  Sirontfrmi 

Jolj-    9, 1ST* 

"jiiy  IS,  ini 
jQly  SI,  1?71 

ABB.  8.im 

do... 

'".'."^ '.'.".' 

Aug.    B,IB74 

....dn 

'.'.'.'.Ao  .'.'.'.'.'.'. 
....do 

'a.i'i 

laii 

i« 

B«taricgK*. 

BkllL 

598 


BULLETIN    UNITED    STATES   GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY. 


GONIAPHEA  LUDOVIGIANA,  (Linn.)  noted. 

ROSE-BREASTED  GROSBEAK. 

I  was  pleased  to  find  this  truly  elegant  bird  breeding  in  abundance 
at  Pembina  in  the  undergrowth  of  the  heavy  timber  along  the  banks  of 
the  lied  River,  as  I  had  never  before  enjoyed  a  good  opportunity  of 
studying  its  habits.  It  was  not  observed  at  any  other  point  along  the 
Line,  though  stated  to  penetrate  as  far  northward  as  the  Saskatchewan 
region.  A  fine  suite  of  specimens  was  carefully  preserved,  and  several 
sets  of  eggs  procured.  The  birds  were  mating  and  in  full  song  by  the 
beginning  of  June,  when  I  arrived  upon  the  spot,  but  no  nests  were 
found  until  the 21st.  Four  was  the  largest  number  found  in  a  nest ;  others 
contained  only  two  or  three,  but  in  all  incubation  had  begun.  The  only 
nest  I  took  myself  was  built  in  a  thick  grove  of  saplings,  about  eight 
feet  from  the  ground ;  it  contained  three  eggs  averaging  an  inch  in 
length  by  three-fourths  in  breadth.  These  were  of  a  pale  dull  green 
color,  profusely  speckled  with  reddish-brown.  The  nests  were  rather 
rode  and  bulky  structures,  about  six  inches  across  outside  by  four 
in  depth,  with  the  cavity  only  half  as  much  each  way,  owing  to  tke 
thickness  of  the  loose  walls.  They  were  built  entirely  of  the  slender 
tortuous  stems  and  rootlets  of  some  climbing  shrub,  for  the  most  part 
loosely  interlaced,  though  more  firmly,  evenly,  and  oironlarly  laid 
around  the  brim,  and  finished  sometimes  with  a  little  horse-hair  lining, 
sometimes  without.  The  male  at  this  season  has  a  delightful  song.  The 
female  is,  however,  nearly  voiceless,  and  of  extremely  retiring  disposi- 
tion. 

List  of  apecimena. 


m 

O 

?Q 

^ 

• 

H 

3 

8794 

8795 

d 

8796 

d 

2797 

8798 

^ 

8tr41 

cf 

8843 

9 

2851 

d 

8858 

d 

8988 

d 

8989 

d 

89o5 

$ 

3085 

3113 

■  •  •  ■ 

31iJ9 

3170 

d 

Lf>cality. 


Penibiiia,  Dak 

d*> 

— do 

do 

do 

, . . . do 

...do 

...du  

..do 

...do 

do 


do 
do 
do 
do 
.do 


Date. 


Collector. 


Q  1873 


Elliott  Coaes. 
..  do 


June   m, 

do 

do 

do 

do 

June   4,  lirTTJ 

do 

June   5, 18TJ 

....  do  

June  9,  IMJ  ! do  . 

do I do  . 

.do  . 

do  . 

do 

<lo  . 

do  . 


do 
.do 
do 
do 
do 
.do 
do 


p 


• 

♦• 

(3 

Ml 

^ 

P 

F 

Xatnreof  sperimen.! 
luid  reuiHrka. 


7.75  12.75    Skin. 

7.75  '12.75  ! ...do. 

75    12.75    ...do. 


June  13, 1873  , 
Jnne21. 1H73 
June  22,  lf73 
June  23, 1873 
Jun<.>23, 1873 


10  13.00    ..do. 

00  12  50    do. 

00  13.(K»  , 'i....do. 

75  12  75  I do. 

10  12.75    1...  do. 

7.75  1250  j do. 

7.W)  12  CO  ' '.do. 

.'^.OO  13.00  I do. 

7.90  12  90    1...  do. 


Ne«t  with  n  oflTga. 


Two  e>fpi. 

Ne«t  with  4  ('cin. 

Skin. 


PIPILO  ERYTHROPHTIIALMUS,  {TAnn.)    VieilL 

TowuEE  Bunting. 


The  P'qnlo  of  the  Ked  Iviver  Valley  is  doarly  referable  to  true  ery- 
tlirophtUalmnH^t\\oxxg\\  even  in  this Jocality,decidetl1y  Eastern  in  the  com- 


COUES  ON  BIRDS  OF  DAKOTA  AND  MONTANA. 


699 


plexion  of  its  avifauna,  there  is  a  slight  teudency  toward  the  characters 
of  maculatus  var.  arcticus. 

The  bird  was  not  uucommon  about  Pembina,  where  it  was  breeding 
in  June.  A  nest  was  taken  June  11,  containing  two  eggs  that  belonged 
in  it,  together  with  three  that  did  not,  having  been  deposited  by  the 


Cowbirds. 

Lint  t»f  Mjftdnunfi. 

Date.              Collector. 

1 

I 

• 

a 



a 

X 

U.50 

• 

3  ' 

I.iH'illitV. 

1 

N'aluroof  Hpecinieo . , 
and  remarks. 

9602 

'2S0'3 

<S  1  PeDibiiiA,  Dak 

du 

Jane   3,  lOTJ    Elliott  CoiitM 
do do 

Skin. 
. . .  do. 

1  laoi 

....  ....do 

Jane  11,  ltf73 
Jane  14.  ISTJ 

do 

Nfwt  with  2  f?!r^ 
uDd  3  eggs  of  Mo- 
lotkrui. 

297t; 

■?    ....do 

1 

do 

7.75 

10.75 

PIPILO  MACULATUS  AR0TI0U8,  (/Sir.)  Couea. 

Spotted  Towhee. 


Along  the  parallel  of  49^,  this  form  becomes  established  at  least  as  far 
east  as  the  Mouse  River,  where  I  secured  a  specimen  in  September. 
Along  the  Missouri,  erythraphtkalmns  prevails,  according  to  Dr.  Hayden, 
up  to  latitude  43^,  beyond  which  it  is  replaced  by  the  present.  The 
Spotted  Towhees  were  found  to  be  abundant  along  the  Upper  Missouri, 
above  Fort  Buford,  in  the  undergrowth  of  the  river-bottoms ;  were  not 
noticed  along  the  tributaries  of  the  Milk  Biver,  which  are  less  suited 
to  their  wants,  nor  of  course  on  the  open  prairie  between  the  successive 
northern  affluents.  They  were  again  met  with,  however,  in  the  Rocky 
Mountains.  It  is  also  known  to  extend  northward  into  the  Saskatche- 
wan country.  Excepting  its  different  call-note,  which  curiously  resem- 
bles that  of  a  Catbird,  its  habits  and  manners  are  the  counterpart  of 
those  of  the  Eastern  form. 

TAst  of  fpecimeni*. 


c 
>5 


o 


M 


Localitv. 


Dato. 


Collector. 


J3 


?      I 

K 


^    iNatnreof  Hpecimpn.l 
•S    I      and  ruinarka.      I 


!  3760 
I  4029 


]^ou8eRiver,Dak..  Sept.  16, 1873  1  KUiouCouos  ! j Skiu. 

QnakiiiK  Ann  Kivrr, I  Juue)i6,  lbT4 do ; ,...do. 

Muut.  i 


DOLICHONYX  ORYZIVORUS,  (Linn.)  Sw. 

Bobolink. 


At  Pembina,  in  June,  Bobolinks  were  breeding  in  large  numbers  on 
the  open  prairie  ac^joining  the  river.  The  ground  near  the  river  has  a 
meadowy  character,  which  seems  to  exactly  suit  them,  and  they  were 


600 


BULLETIN  UKITED  STATES  QEOLOOICAL  SUBVET. 


evidently  perfectly  at  home.  Tbe  gaily  dreased  males,  in  the  pink  oi 
porfecCioa  as  to  their  noptial  attire,  and  sioglDg  with  the  Qtmost  volu- 
bility, were  rery  coDSpicuous  objects  all  over  the  prairie ;  bat  the  secretJre 
and  homely  females  were  seldom  observed  unless  accidentally  flushed 
from  tbe  grass.  Tbe  nest  is  so  well  hidden  that  I  did  not  discover  one, 
though  I  searched  long  and  carefully  od  more  than  one  occasioD ;  and 
I  am  therefore  unable  to  state  the  exact  period  of  laying.  To  judge  from 
the  actions  of  the  birds  and  tbe  complete  separation  and  hiding  of  the 
females,  incubation  was  in  progress  by  the  second  week  in  June. 

On  the  same  parallel  of  latitude,  I  traced  the  species  westward  quite  to 
tbe  Bocky  Mountains,  where  it  was  not  uncommon  in  August  about 
Chief  Mountain  I^ake.  In  the  Upper  Missouri  country,  however,  I 
foiled  to  observe  a  single  individual.  The  sterile,  alkaline,  and  sage- 
brush nature  of  most  of  this  region  seems  to  be  ill-suited  to  its  wants. 

TbeverybighlyplumugedspecimenstakenatPembiua  have  been  made 
by  Mr.  B..  Bidgway  the  basis  of  a  var.  aUnyuicha,  the  baffy  putcb  upoD  the 
back  of  the  neck  being  nearly  white  in  these  cases. 


i 

1 

wag 

t 

i 

L.n.»lltJ. 

CWfL 

c.„„.,. 

! 

1 

t 

'j^Juiwk*. 

Pemliiu,  Dull 

■'"V*" 

ElIlottCoiiM 

1.K> 

tLM 

Ski... 
..do. 

...d... 

JunBlf  19J3 

Jnlj  IS,  1ST3 

SOmUeiinnafPHn- 
HmuaELTBT.Dik' . 

taiitode  W. 

•  -.ie 

a.w 

11.  M 

do 

MOLOTHRUS  ATEB,  {Bodd.)  Gray. 

COWQIBD. 

I  have  nowhere  found  the  Oowbird  more  abundant  than  it  is  id  sum- 
mer throughout  tbe  region  surveyed  by  the  Commission.  Eveo  were 
tbe  birds  not  seen,  ample  evidence  of  their  presence  in  numbers  would 
be  found  in  the  alien  eggs  with  which  a  majority  of  the  smaller  birds  of 
that  country  are  pestered.  Scarcely  any  species,  fVom  the  little  Fly- 
catcher (£.  ffli»im««)  and  the  Clay-colored  Banting  up  to  the  Towhee 
and  Kingbird,  escapes  the  infliction.  The  breeding  species  are  there 
fewer  than  in  many  or  most  localities  in  the  East,  though  atmunding  in 
individuals ;  both  of  which  circumstances  tend  to  increase  the  propor. 
tiou  of  cases  in  which  tbe  parasitism  is  accomplished.  It  has  beea  oos- 
tomary — and  very  properly  so — to  record  the  various  species  which  sufifer 
from  the  Cowbird ;  but  it  seems  probable  that  when  the  whole  troth  is 


COUUS  ON   BISDS   OF  DAKOTA.  AND  MONTANA. 


601 


known  very  few  of  tlioae  that  breed  within  the  Oowbird'e  samnter  range 
Tilt  be  found  to  be  paused  over — among  those  whoae  eggs  are  not  con- 
siderably larger  than  its  owd,  and  whose  neats  are  accessible  to  the 
vagrant. 

Althongh,  as  I  have  said,  the  Cowbirds  are  distribnted  over  the  whole 
coQDtry,  yet  they  focus  in  and  about  the  settlements;  and  by  tbC'Same 
token  they  seem  to  follow  the  travelling  parties  and  camp  with  them. 
The  same  is  the  case  iu  all  other  parts  of  the  West  where  I  have  observed 
the  bird.  Tbeyare  like  the  small  wolves  (coyotes)  in  this  respect.  Being 
rarely  molested,  tbey  acquire  a  wonderful  heedlessness,  and  ramble  uncon- 
cernedly through  the  camp  under  the  feet  of  the  horses  and  males,  and 
almost  under  our  own.  Iu  July  and  Augnst  particularly,  when  the  year'« 
young  are  first  on  wing,  gathering  in  small  troops,  they  appear  to  have  no 
comprehension  of  danger  whatever,  and  are  occasionally  punished  with  a 
crack  from  the  "  blaok-snake  "  of  some  facetious  teamster, — and,  unlike 
a  mule,  they  are  never  of  any  nee  afterward.  One  was  actually  canght 
by  band  as  it  fluttered  about  a  man's  head,  apparently  intending  to 
alight  upon  what  it  may  have  supposed  to  be  a  pecniiar  mule.  Some 
time  in  August  the  birds  become  less  numerous,  apparently  moving  off 
somewhere.  There  seems  to  be  something  not  yet  clearly  nnderstood  iu 
their  movements  at  this  season.  How  long  they  actually  remain  in  the 
coantry  I  am  nuable  to  say. 

Liil  of  ipfcitKfni. 


i 

i 

LouUty. 

1 
DalK.        i      CallMtor. 

1 

i 

1 

s 

.V.twj<>^f_2^a«,, 

WW 

tan 

30M 

ami 
anu 

3K9 

3UI 

3338 
KM 

XUT 

MM 
3U4 
»M 

tlM 

J 

Pembliu.OBk 

June  1,  l^|sUlol)Cau» 

t« 

11» 

sktD. 

Three  emn  in  n««t 
TwgUEEiinnxMar 

J 

...do 

—do 

..-dn L..ao 

;::do; 

I 

....do 

".'.'^ '.'.'.  '.'.'.'.'.".'.'.'. 

...do 

...do 

:::t :::::::::::::: 

ISmUHweAofPui- 
....dn 

./uiie»11S73!....do 

::: 

jiiy  n,rai3|....do 

:::- 

..do. 

:::S 

::::dS::;:::::::::::: 

:"::dS::i:"::::dS :::::::: 

K«r     Froochnui-* 
RInr.lfont 

ioij    9.lS4  ....do 

"ssssis: 

1 

602 


BULLETIN   UNITED   STATES   GEOLOGICAL   SUBYEY. 


AGEL^US  PHCENICEUS,  (Linn.)  Vieill 

Eedwinged  Blackbird. 

Althoagb  inhabiting  the  conutry  at  large,  at  least  as  far  northwest  as 
the  region  of  the  Saskatchewan,  the  Marsh  Blackbird  is  necessarily 
somewhat  localized  in  the  details  of  its  distribntion,  owing  to  the  re- 
quirements of  its  economy.  It  is  certainly  not  a  conspicaoas  feature  of 
the  region  surveyed,  the  greater  portion  of  which  is  unsuited  to  its 
wants.  Even  at  Pembina  it  was  not  the  leading  Blackbird,  being  out- 
numbered both  by  the  Yellowheads  and  Brewer's.  I  find  in  my  note- 
books no  record  of  observation  respecting  it  except  in  this  locality,  but 
this  may  have  been  my  fault  of  neglecting  to  note  the  occurrence  of  so 
•common  a  species  at  other  points. 

LUt  of  t<p€cimeH*. 


6 

^ 

^ 

• 

§ 

1 

306fi 

3053 

9 

Locality. 


Pembina,  Dak 
...do 


Date. 


Collector. 


Jane  19. 1873    Elliott  Conee  ' 
do — do i 


t 
5 


I 

H 


Nature  of  •pecisMa, 
and  remarka. 


Skin. 
do. 


XANTHOCEPHALUS  ICTEROCEPHALrS,  {Bp.)  Bd. 

Yellow  HEADED  Blackbird. 

In  the  breeding  season,  the  Yellow-headed  Blackbird  gathers  in  colo- 
nies on  some  marshy  spot.  I  have  observed  it  at  this  period  in  various 
portions  of  the  West,  from  Northern  Dakota  to  New  Mexico,  always 
noting  its  preference  at  this  time  for  watery  localities,  however  gener- 
ally it  may  disi)erse  over  the  country  at  other  seasons.  Its  general 
distribution  and  migrations  are  given  in  my  account  of  the  species  in 
the  ^'American  Naturalist "  (v.  1871,  p.  195)  and  "Birds  of  the  North- 
west^ (p.  188).  It  is  stated  by  Kicliardson  to  be  abundant  in  the  Fur 
Countries  to  about  oS^  north,  reaching  the  Saskatchewan  region  by  the 
20th  of  May. 

At  Pembina  it  was  breeding  abundantly  in  the  prairie  sloughs, 
together  with  great  numbers  of  Black  Terns  and  a  few  Bedwings.  In 
one  of  the  sloughs  where  I  spent  most  of  the  day  wading  about,  some- 
times up  to  my  waist  and  in  some  spots  considerably  deeper  (as  I  was 
discouraged  to  find  on  getting  into  them),  a  large  number  of  nests  were 
found,  mostly  containing  nestlings,  but  a  few  with  eggs.  This  the  last 
week  of  June.  The  nests  were  built  much  like  those  of  the  Long-billed 
Marsh  Wren,  as  far  as  the  situation  goes,  being  lixed  to  a  tuft  of  reeds  or 
bunch  of  tall  rank  marsh-grass,  some  stems  of  which  ])as8  through  the 
spbstance.  They  were  placed  at  varying  elevations,  but  always  far 
enough  above  the  water  to  be  out  of  danger  of  inundation.     The  nest 


COUE8  ON  BIBDS  OF  DAKOTA  AND  UONTANA. 


603 


it)  a  light,  dry,  rootling  strncture,  awayiog  with  the  motion  of  the  reed 
to  which  it  is  affixed,  bailt  of  the  same  materials  as  those  which  sap- 
port  it,  which  are  woveo  anil  plaited  together ;  no  mad  is  used,  nor  is 
there  any  special  liaiDg ;  the  brim  is  thick  and  somewhat  folded  ovetr 
like  the  seam  of  a  garment ;  bot  I  never  saw  a  nest,  among  the  many 
examined,  which  was  arched  over,  as  stated  by  some  authors.  The 
diameter  outside  is  5  or  C  inches,  and  the  depth  nearly  as  much.  From 
three  to  six  eggs  or  yoang  birds  were  found  in  different  nests;  the 
former  measure  from  about  an  inch  and  an  eighth  in  length  by  three- 
fourths  iu  breadth.  The  ground-color  is  grayish-greeu ;  this  is  thickly 
spotted  with  different  shades  of  reddish-brown,  sometimes  so  profusely 
•  that  the  gronnd-color  is  obscured,  especially  at  the  larger  end. 

Since  I  stated,  in  the  "  Birds  of  the  Northwest ",  that  I  had  not  then 
seenthe8t>ccie6on  the  Missouri  higher  op  than  Leavenworth,  I  observed 
it  above  Bnford  during  the  season  of  1874. 


LW. 

/Vecm... 

1 

3 

J 

Lwillty. 

Diilf. 

Colloctor. 

! 

1 

1 

NaureorBpociiDsD. 
udnmiu'lu. 

3006 

:Hwe 

1 

1 

P.uiLiiJi.,  U.k 

.ri.iiBn,iflaj  EUiottCooHi 

10.00 

laao 

10.  7S 

fSS 

Sklo. 

;;|  ::;;;;;:;:;;;:■ 

....do 

....Ilo 

do 

-...do 

:::S:::::: 
:::t::::: 

.  .  .::  dft 

<lo. 

aJlS 

...do 

-...do 

:::&::::::;::::;:: 
....ilo- 

."iJiI!;;:."":::::::. 

....do  

...  do 

..do 

::t:--:::: 

:::::: 

....do. 
....do. 

,ffi 

ji'TO 

*« 

-1 

si<£io«Uii.g). 
Sidn  (joQDg). 

lOD 
SIH 

if'** 

...ilo 

t 

::::t :::::::; 

■.tXM 

UoOK  River,  Unk..- 

Aug.   m«T3 
AUB,  13,1613 

1^10 



....do 

STUENELLA  MAGNA  NEGLECTA,  Aitd. 

Western  Meadow  Labk. 

All  the  Meadow  Larks  observed  in  this  region,  even  at  Pembina,  where 
the  faana  is  so  thoroughly  Eastern,  were  typical  negletsta.  They  are  a 
common  bird  of  the  whole  country,  though  perhaps  less  uumeroas  as  we 
approach  the  Itooky  Mountains,  in  the  very  arid  Milk  Biver  regloo. 
They  are  fond  of  good  soil,  and  seemed  to  me  to  be  scarcely  ao  abundant, 
even  in  the  Bed  River  region,  as  I  had  observed  them  to  be  in  more  foe- 
tile  portions  of  Soathwesteru  Dakota,  as  the  vicinity  of  Fort  Boodall, 
for  example,  and  thence  to  Sioux  City.  They  reach  Uiis  part  of  the 
country  early  in  April.    Toward  the  end  of  June,  in  the  region  above 


604 


BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES   OEOLOOICjU.   SUBVET. 

procared,  and  at  the  same  time 


Fort  Buford,  Hereral  eeta  of  eggs 
yoQDg  birds  were  already  on  wiug. 

Litt  of  tpeeimem 


i 

i 

LOMlilj. 

OM. 

Culleclor. 

1 

1 

"•sjlssr- 

IMS 
3103 
3911 

MM 
MM 
4093 

4M» 

1 

P.niWBa,D.k 

QnaklnKA^RInr. 
P^plDB  Blver, 

.Fons   Mm 

JoljiftiBrj 
Ang,  11873 

KllloltCoo™ 
.'.'.'.to '."'.'.','., 

;:;:S :::::::. 

10.  «S 

W.M 

SklB. 

.'.I!do. 

....in 

...do. 

jiuiB»iei4 

JnneaMm 

71n<«a*. 

do 

ICTERCTS  SPURICS,  (!.<»«.)  £/.. 

Obch&sd  Oriole. 

One  specimen,  early  in  June,  at  Pembina,  tbe  only  locality  wliere 
obserred. 

Xitf  It/  ^viiiini«. 


'i 

i 

LoMlity. 

Data. 

CoUrctm.          * 

1 

udrem>rk«. 

SS01 

rf 

Joge  «.I8T3 

Eiiio.tr 

Skin. 

ICTERUS  BALTIMORE,  [ZAnn.)  JknuL 
Baltihobe  Oriole. 

AbDDdant  at  Pembioa,  tbe  ooly  locality  where  it  was  found.  Like 
tbe  Bobolinks  of  this  region,  tbe  Orioles  acquire  an  extremely  briUiaot 
plnmage,  in  which  tbe  nsnal  orange  is  oflen  heightened  into  an  inteoBe 
flame-color.  The  same  intensity  of  coloration  bas  been  noted  by  Hr. 
Allen  in  the  cases  of  tbe  Kansas  Orioles.  Several  nests  with  eggs  were 
taken  during  the  latter  part  of  tbe  month  of  Jnne. 
lAtt  of  ipwiMmt. 


M8XI 

»4I 

tS>4Q 

32i4 

LocsUty. 

Coll«tor, 

! 

i 
1 

i 

NitoreofspMlnsi 
and  TCmukA. 

Pemblo»,D.k 

SilS 

EUlolt  Cone. 

Skin. 

t!w] 

Jan*14.IBn 
Jdik  is,  ion 

jonemiera 

Jnly    8,1873 

Ksa!.-s: 

d 

COUBS  ON  BIBD8  OF  DAKOTA.  AMD  UOSTANA.  605 

SCOLEUOPHAOUS  OYAKOCBPHALUS,  (Wagl)  Cab. 
Blub-bbadbd  Gbaoelb. 

ThiB  is  the  characteristic  Blackbird  of  the  whole  region  in  snmmer. 
Hondreds  spend  this  season  at  Fort  Pembina.  It  Is  no  less  abandant 
at  Fort  Baford,  and  in  fact  extends  over  tbe  whole  area.  This  is  prob- 
ably near  its  northern  limit.  Its  general  range  inclades  the  whole  of 
the  United  States,  from  a  little  west  of  the  Mississippi  to  the  Pacific 
It  breeds  indifferently  throaghoat  this  area,  bat  retires  in  winter  ttom 
the  northern  portions  of  its  habitat  In  sammer,  it  is  the  only  repre- 
sentative of  its  genns  in  Dakota  and  UontAna,  bat  in  tbe  fiiU,  after  the 
migration,  it  is  associated  with  8.  fermgineut.  A  nest  containing  three 
eggs  was  taken  on  the  Quaking  Anh  River,  Montana,  Jane  26, 1874, 

A  fbll  account  of  the  habits  of  tbe  species  will  be  found  in  the  "  Birds 
of  the  Northwest",  pp.  199-202. 

Li»t  of  ^ 


i 

1 

Loulit;. 

Datft 

CoUkiot. 

1 

1 

j_ 

udrenurki. 

aiBi 

rf 

Ffiinbina,  Dkk 

JddoK  i«a 

EltiotttiODM 

Skin 

SMI 

S- 

jSuBlMsis 

...do 

».'» 

Km 

Kio 

....di. 

? 

:::;dS  :;::::;.:::::: 

...do 

....do 

...-dn. 

aw 

3 

:i:'ii.!;;:;:;"::/.".' 

J^I9.in3 

;:::lto  ::::::: 

"irtc,: 

...do-- 

--.da. 

"..in   ''.'...'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'. 

joH^isTS 

ai« 

-..  do 

dT. 

::,d°: 

3l« 

...Ill) - 

do..  - 

""'..  -in. 

rf 

..do 

JaneW.le:> 

M*S 

Uauw'iCivui.'bak'' 

'aiiliaiiti.i 

,. ,;i  ,;;  rtU; 

s 

..  Ai 

da 

SMS 

■f 

.-.(I« 

e>ptii.i»-j 

,nw 

il5 

...  rt* 

3tH 

(f 

...do  

...~do:.... 

...do. 

do 

'."'.*<'.'.'.'.'.'.'. 

MLU 

iilH 

ias 

...do. 

STfla 

:".'..iu':;:::::::":" 

do 

-...do 

4.00 

...du. 

IM 

...ilo 

du 

....do  

14.  SO 

4.90 

..  dn. 

...do 

do 

..-do 

9.M 

lt.W 

4.15 

....do. 

awt 

...ilo 

Sapt.  30,  U13 

...do 

a.w 

1S.K) 

I.M 

...ddL 

AMB 

...ilo 

..."do 

■.00 

UlTS 

1.« 

-...do. 

3Mf 

...do 

do 

a.  10 

j.i.eo 

*.S 

1 

...do    

do 

....do  

ss 

*.« 

ildo." 

...do. 

...do 

::.'.iu,'.:".'v.'.:'.:::. 

do 

....do 

».io;m.m 

4.» 

3M7 

...  du     

....do 

b.so'h.m 

4.10 

'.'.'..at. 

aMA 

rf 

....do 

».  «0  III.  IS 

I.AO 

.-..do. 

3«V 

...iId 

Oct   ivm 

'.'.'.'.ia  '.'.'.'.'.'.. 

9.90  111.  70 

4.81 

«m 

KuckyUU.,  l.t.*l»o 

Aog.w.iert 

..:,do 

NntVlUi  3  tggK 

....do 

Sktn. 

K  been  ooafawd ;  but  tl 


8C0LEC0PHAGUS  FERRUGIHEUS,  (Cm.)  Sit. 

KuaxY  Gbacki^. 

The  Rnsty  Grackle  enters  Dakota  from  the  north  in  September,  and 
then  mixes  indiscriminately  with  the  preceding  species ;  bat  the  two 
will  not  be  found  together  daring  tbe  breediDg-seasoo.    At  oar  oamp 


606 


BULLETIN   UNITED  STATES   GEOLOGICAL  SUBTEY. 


OD  tlie  Moose  Hirer,  both  species  became  very  abnndaDt  after  the  sec- 
oad  week  iu  September,  aad  so  continued  to  be  at  the  time  of  our  de- 
parture, early  in  October.  They  associated  together  so  iutimately  tbat 
a  discharge  iuto  a  flock  of  Blackbirds  often  brought  down  indiviiluaU 
of  both  species.  Their  habits  are  exactly  the  8ame,  but  the  two  apeofes 
may  be  distingaished  with  littte  difficulty. 

The  foregoiug  tabular  "List  of  s|MH;imeui? '^  includes,  among  thoae 
tftken  in  September  aud  October,  aererai  specitueos  of  this  speoies. 
Th«  entry  made  iu  my  register  at  the  time  did  not  discriminate  botweeo 
tbem,  80  that  the  numl)er8  caonot  be  separated  without  handling  the 
specimens,  which  are  not  couveDieotly  accessible  at  time  of  writing. 

QUISCALUS  PUKPOBEUS  .^SEUS,  Ridg. 

Bbohzed  Purple  Grackle. 

Abundant  at  Pembina,  where  it  was  breeding  in  Juue  in  the  hollows 
of  trees.  Occurred  sparingly  along  the  Mou^e  River  in  the  fall,  and 
'during  the  last  season  traced  westward  to  the  Rocky  Moniitaius.  The 
'specimens  show  the  broozy  general  coloratlou  detined  against  tbe  steel- 
blue  head  and  neck,  supposed  to  afford  ground  for  the  recoguition  of 
variety  (ni«it». 

List  ^  tpKimau. 


i 

i 

i 

IflttUty. 

D«te. 

Collfclor. 

i 

1 

3 

VtXonot 

KS- 

,^^".^^.::::-. 

jm  run 

Elliott  Conn 

!*.» 

Skin. 

Si 

1 

41«l 

-IM 

....do  

JouK^Un 

Jua30.1SI4 

Aim.ss,iFi* 

^ 

i 

....da 

ia.10 

u.at 

a.« 

-...do 



-" 

COEVUS  AilEEICANUS.  Aud. 

Common  Ceow. 

According  to  my  observation,  Crows  are  not  very  common  in  the 
region  under  consideration,  though  I  saw  a  good  many  along  the  Mouse 
Biver.  The  species  occurs,  however,  along  the  whole  of  the  MisBonii 
River.  A  nest  containing  five  eggs,  with  tbe  female  parent,  was  se 
cored  on  the  Quaking  Ash  River,  June  26, 1874. 


£f 

1 

5  i 

E«jutr. 

Daw. 

1 

!     Collector. 

1 

1 

1 

■Dd  [umulu. 

'S'J,l'^'""'- 

JBB«  »  19 

t    EUlott  CoiM«. 

1 

Rkln,Deat.9ai0L 

CORVUS  COKAX,  Linn. 


Occasionally  observed,  but  du  apectmeas  were  secured. 

PICA  MELANOLEUOA  HtTDSONICA,  (Sab.)  Couea. 

AsiEBicAN  Magpie. 

No  Magpies  were  aeea  in  the  Red  Rirer  region,  where,  if  oconrrtng  at 
all,  I  doubt  their  presence  aa  far  east  as  tbe  river  itself.  Daring  the 
second  season,  however,  tbey  were  very  freqnetitly  BOticed  at  various 
poiDts  ou  tbe  Upper  Missouri  and  Milk  Rivers,  and  thence  to  tbe  Hock; 
Mouutains.  On  the  Ist  of  Jaly,  newly  fledged  birds  were  taken  near  the 
mouth  of  Milk  River,  and  at  the  Sweetgrasa  Hilts,  daring  the  first  week 
in  Aagust,  imperfectly  plnmaged  individuals,  a  little  over  a  foot  long, 
were  noticed. 

Lift  of  tptehutu. 


i 

i 

ll     - 

„.„. 

Can«tor. 

! 

1 

1 

"■SSsri- 

si: 

.'^frr'^"'.' 

Joly    l,l»M 

aiu. 

-f-.::":. 

A.IMC.  Mar* 
do 

J.  H.Brt«y.. 

i«M 

IILH 

...da. 

BUIoltC<n>« 

S 

iCookf'    Honntaiu' 
lMicad<49°. 

CTANUBUS  0RI8TATIT8,  (Hiwi.)  Sw. 
Blub  Jay. 

Not  aeen  west  of  Pembina,  where  it  was  very  abundant. 
Lift  t^  tpeeimm$. 


Localil}. 

™..». 

! 

1 

■a 

§ 

ud  «i»«rk4. 

9 
<f 

Psmhism,  Dak 

•""-a.*'^ 

Elliott  COOKI 

SL>o. 

608  BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  OBOLOQICAL  SUSTET. 

PBEISOEEUS  CANADBSSIS  CAPITALI8,  BO. 

BOCKT  MotTNTAIN  Jat. 

Ouly  seen  in  the  Bocky  Moantaias  at  latitade  49^,  where,  however,  it 
WM  commoD  aud  doobtleas  bnsd.  The  speeimeDS  Hecnretl  in  this  locality 
ahow  the  restricted  dark  areas  of  the  head,  upon  which  the  variety  eofi- 
iaiii  is  based. 

There  is  do  doubt,  however,  that  the  trae  P.  eanadens'u  occars  id  snit- 
able  localities  in  other  parts  of  the  region  surveyed,  uince  it  has  been 
asoertaioed  by  Mr.  T.  M.  Trippe  to  breed  in  the  tamarack  swamps  of 
Minnesota. 

U»t  of  tpttimen*. 


i 
i 

J 

L«*UtJ. 

Dale. 

CollKtor. 

1 

1 

i 
it 

NUDrcofKpeciBMu, 

UlUudeW". 

Aof.9SilBJ4 

::::;£:::::: 

EUlottConeii 

::::3: :::::::: 

moo 

11.85 

17.00 
17,00 

5.90 
5,W 

Skin. 

-,  do. 

TTRANNtJS  CAROLINBN8IS,  ((?«.)  Temm. 

KJNGBIED. 

Extremely  unmerons  at  PembiDa,  whfre  many  nests  were  taken  after 
the  middle  of  Jane,  and  traced  westward  as  far  as  the  Survey  progressed 
that  year.  One  of  the  nests  (No.  3062)  was  plact^d  on  a  rail  fence,  in 
the  crotch  formed  by  a  post.  In  the  Missoari  region,  it  was  eqnally 
abnodaut  from  Fort  Buford  to  near  the  hpadwaters  of  the  Milk  River. 
Many  nests  containing  two  to  fonr  eggs  were  t^ikeu  the  latter  part  of 
Jane  and  early  in  July.  One  of  these  was  particularly  interesting,  show- 
ing that  the  Summer  Warbler  is  not  the  only  species  that  gets  rid  of 
the  obnoxious  eggs  of  the  Cowbird  by  building  a  second  story  to  the 
nest,  and  thus  leaving  the  alien  egg  to  addle  in  the  basement  below.  A 
nest  taken  near  Frenchman's  River,  containing  two  eggs,  seemetl  to  be 
a  cunonsly  built  affair,  and  on  examining  it  closely  I  found  the  wrong 
egg  embedded  in  its  substance  below  the  others  (No.  4185).  The  King- 
bird is  not  so  much  attached  to  woodlaud  as  has  been  supposed.  I  saw 
great  nnmbera  whilst  travelling  by  rail,  on  the  prairiesof  Minnesota  and 
Dakota,  where  it  seemed  to  be  as  much  at  home  as  anywhere.  All 
things  considered,  it  may  be  rated  as  one  of  the  most  abundant  and 
generally  diffased  species  of  the  whole  region  uncler  consideration. 


C0UE8   ON   BILDS   OF  DAKOTA  AND  MONTANA. 
Lilt  of  apettmeiu. 


i 

M 
£ 

u..„„. 

.„.„ 

roll.,  tor. 

1 

J 

Mad  nnlarl*.      ' 

431 

30*1 

ami 

:ii]D 
siai 

Mia 

Nil 

Aim 

Prmbinn,  Dak 

y/Au '/.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'. 

....ilu 

In,. 

...ilo 

...,iIo 

..,.*! 

Jane  iU^ji  Elliott Cunua 
JauB  ).lb-J     ...d., 

Sk... 

■  S"' 

":dl! ::::;" 

:;•:: 

■:s?SwlM,3paM.  ' 
KvitwItJitCB:!!. 

-du 

....do 

,riine£l.  IHn 

iiEgii 

roil*  99,1m 

July    [..IPH 

NuyT   Friinvhniui'* 
River,  Uuut. 

■■  '^ 

lArui    eialadiol 

lUttaulUKIUSUt. 

TYRANSUS  VERTICAUS,  Soy. 

Arkansas  FLVCATcnEB. 

Ill  the  Red  River  region,  T.  onrofineiu/n  Alone  represents  the  genae ; 
bat  thronghont  the  Dp|>er  MiBsouriflnd  Milk  River conntrytbe  two  ore 
fouDd  together,  and  it  is  hard  to  sa;  wbiob  te  the  most  nnmeroa^. 
They  have  mncU  the  same  geoeial  habits,  and  often  associate  intimately 
together  J  indeed,  I  have  known  one  tree  to  contain  nests  of  botb 
epeciea.  The  cries  of  tbe  vertiotilia  are  londer  and  bRrnber,  ivirh  less  of 
a  ubilant  qnality,  than  those  of  the  Kingbird  ;  bat  there  is  little  else 
to  note  as  different.  Tbe  nests  of  tbe  vertiealis  are  balky  and  cou- 
Kpicuons,  all  the  more  easily  foand  becanae  the  bird  has  a  way  of  leav- 
ing the  general  woods  of  tbe  river-bottom  to  go  op  the  ravines  that 
make  down  from  the  hillsides,  and  there  nest  on  Bome  isolated  tree, 
wiles  away,  perhaps,  f^om  any  other  landmark.  Taking  neata  of  both 
species  at  the  same  time,  I  fonnd  that  those  of  verticalis  were  generally 
diatingnisbable  by  their  larger  Kize  and  softer  make,  with  less  fibrons 
and  more  flnffy  material;  but  the  eggs,  if  mixed  together,  could  not 
he  separated  with  any  certaioty.  The  sets  of  eggs  taken  dnring  the 
hitter  part  of  June  consisted  of  from  three  to  six.  Eggs  were  found  as 
late  as  the  second  week  in  July,  Tbe  nests  were  pluced  in  trees  at  a 
ht'ight  of  from  five  or  six  to  forty  or  fifty  feet,  generally  iu  tbe  crutch  of  a 
hori^.onliil  limb,  at  some  distance  from  the  uiiiia  trunk ;  hnt  in  one  case  a 
\wtft  \\a»  placed  in  the  crotch  which  the  first  large  bough  made  with  the 
trunk.  In  one  case,  a  pair  of  tbe  Flycatchers  bnilt  in  the  same  tree  that 
coutaiued  the  nest  of  Swainson'a  Buzzard,  and  botb  kinds  of  birds  were 
incubating  at  pence  with  each  other,  if  not  with  all  the  work],  when  I 
Bwll.  iv.  No.  3 5 


610  BULLE'IIN   UVITED  STATES  QBOLOQICAL  &UBVET. 

came  aluiig  to  (listurb  tliem.  Id  aoother  one,  tbey  nested  with  a  pair 
of  KingbirdB.  Tbe  birds  display  admirable  courage  id  defense  of  tbeir 
homes,  loosing  m  their  aoxiety  all  seose  of  danger  to  themselves. 


i 

i  i 

LocBlitj-. 

Diite. 

CoUeotot. 

i 
3 

1 

i 

X.CO«of.p«,bM«. 

■ndrwiurU. 

DiK  UaUdr  River, 
...do  

Jiui«21.IS74 

Elliott  Cone. 

SklD:  DMtvltb) 

1 

<f 

5 

Jnn.lH.lm4 

tnti 

"sr 

-.  do 

jlii»i-M;Vei4 

Skin,  D«l*i(hS 

EM 

<lo 

MeormanlborUllk 
.^^"■."^t 

....do 

Jiii»»,lST4 

....do  

::::£:::::::: 

—  do 

....do. 

SAYOBNIS  SAYUS,  {Bp.)  Bd. 
Say's  Flycatchee. 

Not  observed  in  tbo  Ked  River  region.  First  notict;d  iit  Fort  Baford, 
where  it  used  to  perch  apou  the  roofs  of  tbo  bouses,  liko  the  Pewit  of 
the  East,  and  traced  thence  westward  to  the  Kocky  MouDtains.  It 
oconrred  at  intervals  without  being  particulurly  unioerons  at  any  poiot. 
Its  DidiScatton  was  not  observed, 

Liiit  of  Kper/imeni. 


i  i 

Lw-lilj. 

IMO, 

Colleclor. 

! 

1 

fc 

HatD»(.f.pMlBM 

4.Tri  ... 

Swjjttfrais  Uin», 

....do." 

HvidirslTii    Milk 

'Mont 

Aug.  6,l£f;4 

Avt  is!  mi 

J-ttDnltJ  .. 
-  do... 

ISO 
7.75 

ELM 

4-40 

SklD. 

::t: 

CONTOrUS  VIUENS,  (Linn.)  Cab. 

Wood  I'ewee. 

Only  noticed  at  IVinbinji,  which  is  probiibly  at  or  near  its  uorth- 
westcru  limit. 


In 

i 

i 

LooUty. 

D..te, 

C.illrcior. 

1 

i 

.= 
i« 

^'i-i^^^'r" 

«eai 

(f 

Pemblm^Diik 

JnoB  6,1873 

Elliott  COOM 

tS5 

■"1 

Sklo. 

COLES    ON   BIRDS   OF   DAKOTA   AND   MONTANA.  611 

EMPIDONAX  TRAILLI,  (Aud,)  Bd. 

Traill's  Flycatcher. 

I  foand  this  species  common  at  Pembina,  like  tbe  minimus,  during 
the  first  week  in  Jane,  but  did  not  observe  it  later  than  the  9th  of 
that  month.  They  api>eared  to  pass  on  northward,  3*et  I  can  hardly 
suppose  that  the  species  never  breeds  here,  which  is  fully  as  far  north 
as  the  localities  in  which  it  nests  in  the  Eastern  States.  However,  if  it 
does  so,  I  overlooked  the  fact. 

List  of  specimens. 


1 
Coll.  No. 

« 

M 

Locality'. 

Date. 

Collector. 

Length. 

• 

§ 

M 

• 

Nature  of  specioMin, 
aud  remark*. 

2782 
2;<ir> 
2H17 
2818 
2»21 

9 

PembioA,  Dak 

....do 

Jane  2,1873 

June  3, 1873 

do 

Elliott  Couee 

do 

....do  

5.50 
6.00 
6.25 
6.00 
5.50 

a  75 

9.10 
9.  GO 
O.W) 
8.40 

Skin. 
....do. 

do 

....do 

....  do. 

do 

....  do  ........ 

....do. 

9 

—  do 

Jane  9, 1873 

do 

. . .  .do. 

* 

EMPIDOXAX  MI:NIMUS,  Bd, 

Least  Flycatcher. 

Very  abundant  at  Pembina,  and  found  also  on  Turtle  Mountain,  be- 
yond which  not  seen.  I  found  it  common  on  my  arrival,  the  1st  of  June, 
and  during  that  month  secured  a  large  series  of  specimens,  including 
many  nests  and  eggs,  the  latter  not  until  the  middle  of  the  month.  The 
usual  site  of  the  nest  is  the  upright  crotch  formed  by  three  or  more  di- 
verging twigs  of  some  sapling  or  stout  bush,  usually  10  or  12  feet  from 
the  ground.  One  nest  that  I  took  I  could  reach  standing  on  the  ground, 
but  another  was  in  a  slender  elmtree  some  40  feet  high,  on  a  swaying 
bough,  but  in  a  crotch  of  upright  twigs  as  usual.  The  female,  during 
incubation,  is  as  close  a  setter  as  some  of  the  ground  Sparrows.  In  one 
instance  I  came  within  arm's  length  before  the  bird  flew,  and  then  she 
merely  fluttered  out  of  reach  and  stood  uttering  a  disconsolate  note. 
The  nest  is  usually  let  deeply  down  into  the  crotch,  and  bears  the  im- 
press of  the  twigs.  It  is  composed  of  intertwined  strips  of  fine  fibrous 
inner  bark  and  decomposed  weedy  substances,  matted  with  a  great 
quantity  of  soft  plant  down,  and  finished  with  a  lining  of  a  few  horse- 
hairs or  fine  grasses,  making  a  firm,  warm  fabric,  with  a  smooth,  even 
brim,  about  2j  inches  across  outside  and  less  than  2  inches  deep;  gen- 
eral shape  tends  somewhat  to  be  conical,  but  much  depends  upon  the 
site  of  the  nest.  The  walls  are  thin,  sometimes  barely  coherent  along 
the  track  of  the  supporting  twigs.  The  cavity  is  large  for  the  size  of 
the  nest,  scarcely  or  not  contracted  at  the  top,  and  about  as  wide  as 
deep.  In  six  instances  I  found  not  more  than  4  eggs,  which  seems  to 
be  the  full  complement.  These  are  pure  white  in  color,  of  ordinary 
shape  (but  variable  in  this  resi)ect),  and  measure  about  two-thirds  of  an 
inch  in  length  by  one-half  in  breadth.  Extremes  of  length  noted  were 
0.59  and  0.68 ;  the  diameter  is  less  variable. 


BULLETIN    UNITED  STATES  OEOLOOICAL  8USVBT. 
Lilt  of  tp 


t 

1 

L«-.Uty. 

.... 

c.,,-,.,. 

i 
3 

1 

i 

-""-" 

i 

H 
us 

31.-0 

1 

■'•"^"■■■>" 

Jon.  a,Ih13 

":dB::::::i. 

5.40 
S.H 

li 

a 

S.SO 
5.M 

1 
Is 

ShiD. 

Vz,  1:1™ 

....d... 

5 

— -lo 

Jn»s  B,l«l3 

..do 

...ito 

...to :.':.'-.'. 

...do 

'.'.'  aa'.'".'.'.'. 



....do. 

:::S; :::::::;:;::: 

Joi-o  B.isrj 

ju'coisii'Diii 

■s: 

Skin.                "^ 

■nd  1  of  Jl(*. 
I*nu. 

sito.' 

8 

j«n.^.m 

...il" 

4.M 

7.« 

■J: 

aIT&V  leia 

ii.lioi.iii! 

i-i 

iii 

KMPIDOSAX  HAMMOSDI,  Krf. 

Hammond's  Fltcatciibe. 

This  species,  wliicli  appears  to  be  the  Western  representative  of  amt- 
INK*,  waa  only  foaod  id  the  Rocky  Moaotaios,  where  a  single  BpecinMB 
was  secured  id  Aagast. 

Lulo/fpMiniMi'. 


t 

i 

Loo»Ll)-, 

D«o- 

Colkctor. 

! 

5 

Si 

"■sssc- 

«BT 

B«ik>     MonriWlBi., 
IstlUnlc  «f . 

A.,».„. 

EUlDttCOOt*. 

.... 

EMPIDONAX  OB»O0EaS,  Bd. 

Weight^  Flyoatciier. 

lD8te»d  of  troiilli  var.  pugillut,  which  I  expected  to  find  in  the  Bocky 
MoDDtaius,  thi»  ftpecics  was  tabea  in  that  locality.  The  occDrreDce  ao 
fiiT  beyond  its  hitherto- know  u  raoge  is  particnlarly  interesting.  Hum 
specimens  were  tafcen  during  the  latter  part  of  ADgost.  The  Wi4 
doDbtlesa  breeds  in  this  region,  which  is  the  Dortbernmost  point  by  ftr 
at  which  it  has  been  observed. 


Lift  <ff  itpecijaiH 


1 J 

LiKaliiy. 

Dure. 

cw.,. 

1 

i 

1 

"•ssssr 

1^   ... 

ULlude  4»>, 

AoB.  w,  ler* 

Eilk^tt  CODH 

sun. 

Aoe.  so.  leu 

::::te 

C0UE8  ON   BIRDS   OF  DAKOTA   AND   MONTANA. 


61S 


ANTROSTOMU8  VOCIPERUS,  ( WiU.)  Bp. 

Whippooewill. 

Although  I  took  DO  specimens  of  this  bird,  its  QDmistakable  notes 
were  heard  every  night  in  June  at  Pembina,  assuring  me  of  its  presence 
in  numbers  in  the  heavy  timber  of  the  river-botton.  This  locality  is  very 
near  its  northern  limit,  and  it  probably  is  not  found  any  distance  west 
of  the  lied  River. 

CnOKDILES  VIKGINJANUS,  {Brisn.)  Bp. 

Nianx  HAWK ;  Dull-bat. 

Ocjcnrs  iu  summer  throughout  the  whole  region  surveyed,  and  is  in 
most  places  very  common.  The  birds  of  the  arid  Missouri  region  are 
referable,  I  suppose,  to  var.  lienryu  Eggs  were  found  at  Pembina 
June  13,  and  at  the  mouth  of  Milk  River  on  the  1st  of  July;  in  both 
instances  two  in  number,  laid  on  the  bare  ground.  So  late  as  the  23d  of 
July,  newly  hatched  young  were  found  at  one  of  our  camps  on  Turtle 
Mountain.  Notwithstanding  that  they  lay  in  the  midst  of  a  populous 
camp,  where  the  men  and  animals  constantly  passed  the  spot,  the  female 
continued  to  brood  them  with  courage  and  patience,  and  on  too  near 
approach  would  feign  a  broken  wing,  and  tumble  about  in  a  manner  that 
would  have  seemed  ridiculous  could  her  tender  object  have  been  forgot- 
ten. The  male  bird  made  a  great  ado,  dashing  down  from  overhead, 
but  apparently  without  any  clear  idea  of  what  was  expected  of  him,  or 
bow  to  do  it.  Upon  one  of  my  visits  to  the  8i)ot  I  found  that  the  young 
had  been  transported  since  I  had  been  there  last,  though  only  to  a  dis- 
tance of  two  or  thre^  yards. 

J  Ant  of  iipwiniei\«. 


;  6   i 


1  2,»f  2  I 
!  321KI  I 


I  3300  i 

;3351|. 

3477 
3719 
4117 

4264 

I  4263 
I  4.K)1  • 


r 
\    I 

':.  I 


V 


9 


Ijocalify. 


DaU' 


r.  nil.ina.  I);ik ;  Jnn  - 13.  \9rt:\ 

.-  «lo I  Ju:<!  14,  \^u'^ 

..  ao '  luvclO.  1M7J 

."iOniiU''swpHtof  IN-m- !  July  Iti,  l^7.^ 
bina  Mta.  I 

...do [ do 

do 1   ...  do 

I  firtle  Mt.,  Dak  ....j  July  iL\  187 J 


Mouse  River,  Dak. .-!  AiiK.in.  Ift73 

.-do I  S4!pt.   3. 1.S7J 

NVar  month  of  Milk  ,  J  uly    1. 1674 
}vivi>r,  Mont. 


CroMiiug    of     Milk 
Kivor.  Mont. 

...do 

...do 


July  24, 1^4 


do 

July  a.\  1«74 


C«»lltw.U»r. 


...do 
-.  do 
...d<i 

...do 
...do 
..  .do 

...do 

...do 
...do 


^     I 


c 


Kllion  Conon     f>.  25 

...do i  IJ.OO 

...do I  9.75 

...do .'  


23.00 
22.  »>0 
2-3.  no    »i  10 


N'at  iir»»  of  Bpocimon, 

and  rcmarlui. 


Skin  and  2  Cf^gs. 
Skin. 
. .  .do. 
. . .  do. 


...do. 
. . .  do. 

Skin    (with  nest- 
ling). 
Skin. 
...do. 
Two  CgRll. 

Skin. 


do. 
do. 


614  BULLETIS   DNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL   SURVET. 

CII.ETURA  PELAGICA,  [Linn.)  Jid. 

CiriMSEY  Swift. 

Common  at  Pembiua,  and  traced  tbence  westward  only  to  the  Moose 
Itiver.  ^ot  sei'D  iu  the  Missouri  region  tiorin  the  Bocfcy  MoautaiDS.  I 
did  not  DOttce  where  the  birds  were  brtn-ding;  but  from  the  circnmstaoce 
of  seeing  them  habitually  dying  about  over  the  timber  of  the  rirer-bot- 
torn,  instead  of  at  thi^  fort,  I  judge  that  they  Iti're  fitill  retiiined  tbeir 
primitive  custom  of  nesting  iu  hollow  trees. 


i 

-i 

L--4illty. 

D.W. 

CoUwIor. 

1 

1 

1 

-s.i-^fir 

31M 

d 

P«IIlbiB».  D.k 

Judo  i.ie:j 

JllDUSO,  1113 
Juiuii4,  IH73 

Aug. «.  1*73 

Elliott  Couf, 

Stto.                     ' 

UaBaettivn.lMk  .. 

1"                1 

TROCHlLUa  COLUBKIS,  £(««. 
BUBY-TBItOATED  HUMMINGBIBD. 

Quite  common  at  Fembina,  in  the  open  floweiy  glades  of  the  wooda 
oloug  the  river.    Not  seen  west  of  this  point. 


i 

1 

Locriity. 

DstD. 

CoUfctar, 

i  i 

i 

ICktant  of  i.prr>B«. 

MU 

rf 

Pt.inl.il...  Bull 

ja«.  -^  ira 

Elliott  Ccmci 

SELASPnOltUS  KUFUS,  (Gm.)  Sir. 

Rufous  £Iumuikgbii!i>. 

Pouud  iu  cousiderable  uuiiibers  at  onr  camp  on  Chief  Mountuiti  Luket 
ID  open  ilowery  sjiots  amongst  the  windfalls,  at  iiii  allitudeof  about  4,201) 
feet. 


9  1....'  K<wkv    MnimialDK.  I  Aii^IH 


..„„.„,. 

1 

i 

^ 

1    "•Jd^ffi'^a'r™' 

SblD. 

.  '.'.'.'.'<>"• '.'.'.'.'. 





I-Oo. 

COU£S   ON   BIRDS   OF   DAKOTA   AND   MONTANA.  615 

CEKYLE  ALOYON,  Bok. 

Belted  Kingfisher. 

Of  geucral  distribution  along  tbo  waters  of  this  region  as  elsewhere 
in  North  America.  I  saw  it  on  the  Ked,  Mouse,  Milk,  and  ]\Iissouri 
Kivers,  and  some  of  the  affluents  ot  the  two  last,  as  well  as  on  the 
headwaters  of  the  Saskatchewan. 


■ 

9 

I-ocality. 

List  of  uptoiminfi. 

• 

a 

1 
Extent,   j 

1 

i 

• 

• 

Dato. 

ColUM3ti>r. 

\atiu«»f  f  .^iKTlnicn, 
uuU  remarks. 

• 

2917 

Pembina,  Dak 

June  9,1873 

Elliott  Coaes. 

Skin. 

... 

1 

COCCYGUS  ERYTHROPnTHALMUS,  (W7/j^.)  Bp. 

Black-billed  Cuckoo. 

Somewhat  to  my  surprise,  this  Cuckoo  was  ascertained  to  breed  in  the 
Pembina  Mountains.  I  had  not  previously  observed  it  along  the  Red 
River,  nor  did  I  meet  with  O,  americanm  anywhere  during  the  survey. 
The  nest  was  discovered  July  12,  at  which  date  it  contained  a  single 
young  one,  scarcely  able  to  fly,  the  older  ones  of  the  same  brood  having 
doubtless  already  made  off.  The  nest  was  in  what  I  suppose  to  be  an 
unusual  situation,  namely,  an  oak  scrub  less  than  two  feet  from  the 
ground,  in  a  dense  thicket  on  the  mountain-side.  A  large  basement  of 
loosely  interlaced  twigs  rested  in  a  crotch  of  the  bush,  supporting  the 
nest  i)roper,  which  consisted  of  a  flat  matting  of  withered  leaves  and 
catkins  of  the  poplar.  After  a  chase  and  a  headlong  plunge  into  an 
uncomfortable  brier-patch,  I  managed  to  cateh  the  little  fellow,  who, 
encouraged  by  the  constant  exhortations  of  his  anxious  mother,  was 
scrambling  off'  in  a  very  creditable  style  for  one  so  young. 

Litft  of  specimens. 


I         mi 

o 


3S40 


• 

Locality. 

Dat«. 

Collector. 

s 

• 

M 

• 

Nat  arc  of  ffpccimeo, 
uud  n^marka. 

Pnmhiiiu  Mniintainn 

1 

.Tnlv  \'2   XfTA     V.Wintt  Cniu-* 

Skin  (ue^«tlinil;). 

l>ak. 

PICUS  VILLOSUS,  lAnn. 

Hairy  Woodpecker. 

Observed  in  heavy  timber  on  Turtle  Mountain.  As  a  species  of  gen- 
eral dispersion  in  Eastern  North  America,  it  doubtless  occurs  in  other 
wooded  portions  of  the  Red  and  Missouri  region.  Exactly  at  what  point 
it  is  modified  into  var.  Iiarrm  may  not  have  been  ascertained  3  but  the 


616  BUL1.&T1S    UKIILD  6TAT£S  GEOLOGICAL  ftCBTEY. 

chaiigo  i>robabIy  does  not  take  jilacc  mocb,  if  an;,  east  of  tfae  Bockj- 
Moiiniaiiiii.    I'lire  riUonas  occurs  ou  Ibc  Missouri  at  Fort  Kaudall. 


.OCli*     ...    lurlrM-mniain,  ;  Jolt  «l.lSI3-EaioUCja-.'»    

...'su. 

rices  VILLOSU3  UARRESI,  (J«.?.l  Cuues. 
Uabkis's  WooDrr.rKCB. 
I'lmml  uiilj"  iu  tlio  Kouky  Mouiitaios. 

Lijilo/  '•jir-im-'H-'. 


S         5 


■tarpDramdwaJ 


'  4.-05  I  d"  I  R«-1'T    Moanlaiu,  I  Ang.  SI,  HT4    Elliott  CinlM  ' '. L, 

L.UtiHU«'°.  till  ' 

8PI1YRAPICUS  VARirS,  {Lhin.)  Bd. 

Yellow -BELLu;i)  WooorKCKEn. 

I'ieiitiful  at  retnbinn,  nbero  it  was  bret-diiig  with  tbp  I{«dbead«  in 
June,  and  again  seen  ou  liie  Mouse  River;  not  observed  farther  ireat, 
nor  auywiiere  iu  tUe  Missouri  country, — tbougli  ^e  are  not  to  infer  tbM 
it  ia  actually  absent  from  that  region.  Iu  tbese  bi^h  lHtttude8(aiid 
furtber  north — for  it  goes  to  01'^  at  K>asl)i  it  id  probably  oDly  a  sauimec 
resident.  It  seems  to  be  more  d<-cidedly  migratory  tban  most  of  our 
Woodpeckers,  and  penetrates  in  winter  to  Central  America-  Tbia  may 
be  partly,  at  least,  due  to  tbe  i>ecnliarity  of  Ma  food,  for  it  feeds  largely 
npoa  living  cambium,  and  ni',iy  not  bo  able  to  secure  tbis  to  its  taste 
when  tbe  iA\^  ceases  to  tlow. 


r«nWn!i.n«k I 


•JW6  ;  5-  V'.. 


;  V  |...'<io!";iI"''.'.";;ijuiy  (liirta,  '.'.• 

...  I  Moi.M  r,iv«,  ll«k  .  'S-iiMiM-T.!  ....Jo |. 


V, 

% 

N-a>nN.ofMKClm«.l 

-; 

u 

1 

.;::;. 

3 

COUES   ON   BiSLDS   OF   DAKOTA   AND   MONTANA. 


61fT 


MELANERPES  BRYTDKOCBPHALUS,  {Linn.)  Sw. 

Ked-headed  Woodpecker. 

Commou  aloug  tbe  Red  and  Upper  Missouri  Rivers.  It  probably 
extends,  iu  suitable  places,  to  the  Rocky  Mouutaius,  but  was  uot  noticed 
after  leaving  tbe  vicinity  of  tbe  Missouri,  as  there  is  not  wood  enough 
to  attract  it  along  the  affluents  of  the  Milk  River  on  the  parallel  of  49^^. 

Lint  of  Hix^cinwitfi. 


1  :j 


d 

"a 

9 

Locality. 

Date. 

Collector. 

u 

a 
o 

Hi 

• 

a 

9 

*■> 

a 

Natnrw  of  (<i>eciiuoQ, 
uud  n-nurkH. 

4(^ 

Pt^mbioQ,  Dak 

Purr.upiue   Crook, 
Mont. 

Jhuc  9. 1873 
Juueiiitt.  ItfTI 

Klllott  COIIOB 
....do 

Skin. 
...  .do. 

ASYNDKSMUS  TORQCTATUS,  (  Wil^,)  Couch. 

Lewis's  Woodpecker. 

While  wt' w<»re  encamped  on  one  of  the  headwaters  of  the  Saskatche- 
wan, at  the  eastern  base  of  the  mountains,  a  Lewib's  Woodpecker  flew 
overhead,  and  was  distinctly  recognized  both  by  Mr.  Batty  and  myself. 
At  our  permanent  camp  on  Chief  Mountain  Lake,  we  confidently  ex- 
pected to  see  the  si)ecies  again  and  secure  specimens,  but  in  this  we 
were  disappointed,  for  not  a  single  one  was  encountered  in  our  excursions 
in  the  vicinity. 

COLAPTES  AURATUS,  (Linn.)  8w. 

Golden-winged  Woodpecker. 

Flickers  were  common  along  the  Red  and  Mouse  Rivers,  and  were 
also  observed  at  Pembina  and  Turtle  Mountains,  which  is  equivalent  to 
saying  that  the  species  inhabits  the  wooded  portions  of  the  Red  River 
watershed.  All  the  specimens  secured  were  pure  auratus^  without  a 
touch  of  mexkanuH^  and  the  mixed  race  probably  does  not  occur  in  this 
region.  This  is  anot  her  evidence  of  the  distinction,  which  I  continually 
insist  u[>on,  between  the  watersheds  of  the  two  great  rivers. 

List  of  tfptvimem. 


«•     ( 

y 

7Z 

X 

w 

■  '^ 

- 

o^:ir. 

t  :tt>|-i 

c 

'MrAi 

.■f 

MM 

•  •  •  • 

.3fi.M 

3Tv3} 

V 

Locality. 


I»embina,Dak 

...do 

...do  . ..  

Ttirtlo  Moan  tain, 

Dak. 
Moaae  River,  Dak  . . 
...do 


Dat«. 


Collector. 


• 

' 

J3 

■.J 

*^ 

a 

t* 

D 

a 

** 

i 

.Inn©  6. 1^73  '  ElUott  Co«(«h 
Jnue  7,1873 do 


June  19. 1873 
July  90, 1673 

Aag.  99, 1873 
Sept  3,1873 


do 

. . .  .do 

....do 
do 


a 


Xatnm  of  specimen, 
and  rumarka. 


Skin. 
— do. 
— da 
....do. 


V V \ 


do. 


618  BULLETIN   UNITED    STATES    OEOLOGICAL   BUBVEY. 

C0LAPTE3  "HYBRIDUS"  a/  Baird. 

All  tbe  Colapiea  of  the  Upper  Missouri,  Yellowstone,  and  Milk  Hiver 
region  appear  to  be  of  the  hybrid  race,  in  wbicb  there  is  every  desree 
of  departare  from  the  characters  of  typical  auratus.  The  change  be- 
gins somewhere  on  the  Middle  Missouri,  as  low  down,  Itkinkf  as  Port 
Eandall,  and  certainly  as  old  Fort  Pierre.  It  is  a  point  of  interest  that 
this  mongrel  style  overruns  into  the  Saskatchewan  region ;  for,  of  two 
specimens  sc'cnred  at  the  eastern  base  of  the  mountains,  one  had  the 
red  quills  and  ash  throat  of  mejicanvs,  and  the  cheek-patch  mixHl  with 
red,  while  the  other  was  m-ariy  pure  auratus. 

LUt  of  ipeetmn*. 


i 

i 

Lw*l.tj. 

UaW. 

Cidlmtot. 

1 

1 

'"sS2Sr- 

1907 

'43M 

if 

l»,iiua»  ry^. 

EniottConn. 
....'I1 

1 

SklD:    red     g<iUI> 
and   uh    ifiroM 

owtpltal       or*. 
NurlyntirF  awra- 

i 

BCBO  VIKOINIANUS,  (6'.«.)  Up. 

Gkkat  Horned  Owl. 

A  pair  of  tlie.sf  Owlo  were  obserx'ed  at  Pembina  early  in  June,  and 
two  undedget)  yuuug  ones,  evidently  belonging  to  them,  were  found  ou 
a  fallen  log  in  the  timber-belt  alon<;  Ihe  river.  The  nest  was  not  dis- 
eovered,  though  supposed  to  be  in  the  hollow  of  u  blasted  tree  that  stood 
near.  The  old  birdn  flew  about  apparoutly  not  in  the  least  iucomuioded 
by  the  daylight,  but  were  too  wary  to  be  approached ;  and  thongb  I 
set  a  steel  trap  fur  tbnm.  upon  the  log  where  the  young  had  been,  they 
did  not  put  their  foot  in  it.  The  two  young  birds,  one  of  which  was 
much  larger  than  the  other,  atu)  therefore  supjMsed  to  be  a  female,  were 
brought  alive  to  cam|i,  aud  kept  during  the  whole  season.  They  made 
more  agreeable  and  amusing  pets  than  birds  of  prey  generally  prove 
to  be,  and  the  fun  we  hud  out  of  them  repaid  the  trouble  of  carrying 
them  about.  They  became  perfectly  tame,  would  take  food  out  of  my 
hands,  or  even  ali^^ht  on  my  shoulder ;  and,  after  a  while,  when  they  were 
full-grown  and  in  good  plumage,  I  used  to  release  them  and  allow  them 
to  forage  for  themselves  during  the  night.  Tbey  generally  returned  of 
their  own  acconl,  but  sometimes  I  had  to  i>entl  one  of  my  men  in  search 
of  them ;  in  fact,  the  cvire  of  these  Owls  was  the  chief  duty  of  a  certain 
member  <>f  the  party  during  September.     They  began  to  hoot  when 


COUES   ON   BIBDS   OF    DAKOTA   AND   MONTANA. 


61» 


about  foar  mooths  old.  One  of  them  died  soon  after,  from  some  unex- 
plained  caase ;  the  other  sorvived  all  the  vicissitades  of  camp-life,  in- 
clading  a  pistol-shot  from  a  man  who  mistook  the  bird  for  a  wild  one, 
and  was  finally,  after  travelling  seven  or  eight  hundred  miles,  safely 
deposited  in  an  aviary  in  Saint  Paul. 


8PE0TYT0  CUNICULARIA  UYPOG.EA,  (^2?.)  Coucs. 

Burrowing  Owl. 

First  observed  at  a  point  on  the  Boundary  Line  a  little  east  of  French- 
man's River,  not  far  from  the  mouth  of  Milk  River,  where  a  few  individ- 
uals inhabited  a  small  settlement  of  Prairie  Dogs  {Cynomys  ludovicianus). 
This  seems  to  be  about  the  northern  limit  of  the  species,  and  it  is 
nowhere  so  abundant  in  this  region  as  in  many  places  further  south.  It 
was  met  with  a  second  time  a  little  west  of  Frenchman's  River,  and  for 
the  third  time,  in  somewhat  greater  numbers,  on  a  piece  of  prairie  near 
Sweetgrass  Hills.  There  were  no  Prairie  Dogs  here  or  at  the  locality 
last  mentioned,  so  far  as  I  know,  but  the  ground  was  riddled  with  the 
burrows  of  the  Tawny  'Mairmot&{Sp€rmophilus  richardso7ii) y  which  seemed 
to  suit  the  Owls  just  as  well. 

Several  other  species  of  this  family  certainly  inhabit  the  region  sur- 
veyed ;  but  the  two  foregoing  were  the  only  ones  actually  observed^ 
The  circumstances  of  a  Survey  like  the  present  are  not  the  most  favor- 
able for  observation  of  these  nocturnal  birds ;  for,  when  night  comes, 
a  man  is  generally  too  tired  to  care  about  anything  but  sleep,  especially 
when  the  prospect  is  breakfast  by  candle-light  and  ''pull  out"  at  day- 
light to  argue  again  with  mules  and  miles. 

List  of  specimens. 


41b7 
4314 
4315 


Noar    Frenchman's    July    'J,  1874 

River. 
SwtH^tf^raM      Hills, 

Mont. 
...do 


Ang.   3.  Itf74 
«1o 


Collector. 


a 


Elliott  Couea 

...do 

..  .do 


tc 

a 


Xatorcof  specimen, 
and  remarka. 


Skin. 

da 

do. 


CIRCUS  CYANEUS  HUDSONICUS,  (Linn.)  Schl. 

Marsh  IIabrier. 

Common  throughout  the  region  surveyed,  and  in  the  vicinity  of  the 
streams  and  wooded  parts  of  the  country  the  most  abundant  of  all  the 
Hawks,  not  even  excepting  Swainson's  Buzzard.  A  nest  was  discovered 
at  Pembina,  June  3,  on  the  ground  in  the  midst  of  the  wild-rose  patch 
that  generally  reaches  out  from  the  timber  to  the  prairie.  The  nest  was 
about  a  foot  in  diameter  and  a  fourth  as  much  in  depth,  with  very  slight 


620 


nOLLETIH  UNITED  STATES  OEOLOOICAI..   SUUTEY. 


<lepreasion.  It  was  composed  of  dri<>d  graBBee,  ratlirr  neatly  dispoaed, 
resting  upon  a  bed  of  roae-twigs.  It  coutaiaed  five  eggs,  dightly  inco- 
tnted.  These  were  of  nearly  equal  size  at  both  ends,  and  meaaared 
respectively  1.87  by  1.45, 1.86  by  1.43,  1.82  tiy  1.44,  1.80  by  1.45, 1.80  1^ 
3.42.  Tbe  color  whs  dull  white,  with  a  faint  greeuiHh  tii)(^,  but  with- 
out dlatiuct  markin^.i  of  any  l;in(l,  tbniigb  mucb  coiled  meubanically. 
On  approuchiiig  tIJB  spot  wheru  I  bad  HUppooetl,  from  observing  tbe 
birdH  two  or  three  timen,  that  tbe  iieHt  w:mcoi)(-ei>led,tbe  fumiile  did  not 
fly  op  till  I  was  within  a  few  fopt  of  her,  when  she  made  off  with  all 
speed  and  great  outcry,  culling  her  luate.  lie  soon  api>eared,  and 
tJie  ]>air  circled  for  some  time  ovrihead,  the  male  silent  and  at  a  very 
reasonable  dititauce  j  the  femalet  more  impftuous  or  more  anxious,  came 
nearer,  aod  uonetantly  uttering  a  barab  note.  At  Turtle  MouDtaiu,  in 
July,  uearly  a  whole  family,  tbe  jotiug  of  which  were  newly  on  wing, 
wua  tthot,  the  prudent  male  alone  ciicaping.  While  encamped  on  Mouse 
Biver  I  bad  frequent  opportunities  of  observing  the  birds  fishing  for 
frogs  in  Ibe  stagnant  pools  near  the  main  stream. 

Lilt  qf  npfcimeni. 


K 

■^ 

M 

rf 

? 

W« 

I.<.c8lfry. 

I>.u. 

Collator. 

1 

:3 

1 

t 
N 

[>ml.in>,  Dak 

Jnns  \im 

Rllolt  C  tw> 

1      1 

Sum  vKb  s  cc!n. 

Mini-..  Uivvr,  OJli . 

...-Jo 

..do. 

Lmiif  Cuti«u  Kivi4-, 

..  du-- 

...da. 

..  A-    !Anc.1(l,l«4 

J.ILm,,,,... 

ACf.'iriTKIl  FUSCUS,  (Oiii.)  Gray. 
SiiAi;p-sniNKi:D  Hawk. 

Thi,s  datihiug  and  i'l('f.'iint  little  TIawk  is  probably  lens  rare  in  tbe 
region  surveyed  than  my  observations  would  indicate.  I  only  recog- 
nised it  on  one  occasion,  when  a  H]>eciuieu  was  jirocured,  as  below  iodi- 
oated.  The  second  North  Aiaericau  8pe«;ies  of  this  genus,  A.  cooperi, 
undoubtedly  occurs  in  this  vouutry,  though  it  was  nut  noticed. 

While  at  Pembina  1  was  assured  by  Colonel  Wheaton,  U.  S.  A.,  of 
the  occasional  occurrence  iu  that  vicinity  of  the  Swallow-tailed  Kite, 
Etanoides  forjicalus.     This  oflScer  seemed  to  know  the  bird  perfectly 


CODES  ON  BIEDS  OF   DAKOTA  AND  UOHTANA.      621 

well,  and  it  is  not  a  speuies  uboat  which  there  coold  easil;  be  any  mis- 
take. Its  preseiice  here  was  not  entirely  unexpected,  nnce  it  had  beeo 
already  fonod  by  Mr.  Tnppe  in  Hinnesota  at  lat.  47o,  and  a  degree  or 
two  of  latitude  is  of  course  nothing  to  a  bird  of  snch  powers  of  flight  as 
thiH  Kill!  possesses. 


■i 
i  i 

u,,,„,,         j       .... 

(^■llrttor. 

! 

1 

1           unci  n;;!iacki. 

mi   9 

Uniuk.  ILIHT,  Duk.JStpt.   3,lrf!a 

EIliBttl'mi™ 

.s.»L..> 

aOOlSkln. 

KALCO  JIKXHiANUS  POLYAGUUa,  (O.-x.)  Coh.v.. 
AMiiEicAN  LA^*I^:li  Falcon. 

At  one  of  the  astiunomical  stations  on  the  west  branch  of  the  "Two 
Forka"  of  Milk  River,  no  less  than  four  siHicieBof  large  Uawks  hud  their 
nests  within  sight  of  ej<;h  other  and  only  a  few  hundrcil  yards  apart. 
These  were  Swainsou's  and  the  Ferrugineou»  Buzzardn,  the  Oomtnou 
Falcon,  and  the  present  species.  Speaking  of  some  of  these  Hawks  iii 
an  article  I  recently  contributed  to  the  "American  Natnralist"  (vt>l.  viii, 
1S74,  fine,)  I  incorrectly  omitted  the  Lanier,  and  all  of  the  remarks  re- 
lating to  one  of  the  nests  of  the  supposed  F.  ctmimvitis  (the  first  one 
there  spoken  oO  apply  to  the  present  species,  though  my  account  of  the 
other  Defit,  found  a  few  miles  away,  is  entirely  accurate  and  pertinent. 

I  am  Dot  aware  that  the  Lanier  had  before  been  found  so  far  north* 
west  as  this,  nor  had  we  any  reliable  accounts  of  its  nidiBcatioo.  In 
the  "  Birds  of  the  Northwest "  I  gave  a  description  of  the  eggs  from  a 
set  prooured  by  Dr.  F.  V.  Hayden  in  the  Wind  River  Monntaina.  The 
nest  tu  which  I  now  refer  was  discovered  July  18, 1874,  on  the  perpen- 
dicalar  face  of  the  "cot-bank"  of  the  stream.  It  contained  three 
young,  scarcely  able  to  fly.  Two  of  these  were  shot  ou  the  wing  close 
by  the  nest;  the  third  was  subsequently  brought  to  me  alive  by  a 
soldier.  The  mother  was  shot,  and,  aa  well  as  I  could  determine,  fell  in 
a  recess  of  the  ground  by  the  nest,  in  such  a  position  that  it  could  not  be 
recovercit.  The  male  was  not  seen,  or  at  any  rate  not  recogn  izcdu  This 
nest  was  built  behind  un  upright  column  of  earth,  partly  washed  away 
from  the  main  embankment,  in  such  position  that  no  full  view  of  it 
could  be  obtained  from  any  accessible  ataitdpoint.  Bnt  it  was  cer- 
taiuly  placed  directly  upon  the  ground,  in  a  little  water-worn  hollow  of 
the  hank,  behind  the  projecting  mound,  so  that  it  was  almost  like  a 
burrow.  The  spot  being  inaccessible  from  below,  I  had  a  man  lowered 
by  a  rope  from  the  top  of  the  bank,  bnt  during  the  descent  so  much 
loosened  earth  fell  into  the  place  that  the  nest  wns  completely  hidden, 
BO  that  its  structure  was  left  undetermined,  if,  indeed,  there  was  any 
Bi)ecial  Htnictnrc. 


622 


BULLETIN'   UNITED    STATES   GEOLOGICAL   SUBVET. 


This  manuer  of  nestiug  on  the  grouDil,  in  the  depressions  or  on  the 
projections  of  the  cut-banks,  seems  to  be  readily  adopted  in  this  treeless 
region  by  all  the  Hawks,  which,  under  other  circumstances,  regularly 
build  in  trees. 

I  should  not  omit  to  add  that  a  colony  of  Clifi'  Swallows  bad  afiixed 
their  nests  of  mud  to  the  same  embankment,  a  few  yards  from  the  site 
of  the  Falcon's  eyrie,  and  appeared  to  be  undisturbed  in  the  iK>ssession 
of  their  homes. 

Lint  of  ftpecimnat. 


m 

• 

M 

Locality.                    Date. 

1 

Colk'Clor. 

U 

a 
9 

Xatoreorspccimeo. 
aiMl  rvaiarkd. 

4S» 
4940 

Two  ForkHof  Milk     .Tulv  1^  1H74 

Elliott  Coue» 
....do I 

1 

Skin  (neatliogK 
do. 

j      Kiv*»r  Mout. 
....■ do ' do 

» 

' 

FALCO  COMMUNIS,  Gm. 

Peregrine  Falcon;  Duck  ITawk. 

As  already  stated  in  the  foregoing  account  of  F.  polifagrus^  tbe  Pere- 
grine was  nesting  in  the  same  place  and  under  precisely  similar  condi- 
tions*. Another  pair  had  a  nest  about  ten  miles  away  on  the  same 
stream.  Here  the  earth  bank  was  perpendicular,  and  lying  flat  upon 
tbe  brink  I  could  look  directly  into  the  nest,  which  rested  on  a  slight 
shelf  about  12  feet  below.  It  contained  three  young,  not  yet  fledged, 
July  19.  On  approaching  the  spot,  while  yet  several  hundred  yards 
away,  I  observed  both  parents  circling  high  in  the  air,  venting  their 
displeasure  at  the  prospective  invasion  in  loud,  harsh  cries.  On  reach- 
ing the  spot,  I  saw  that  the  male  thought  it  prudent  to  have  business 
elsewhere,  but  the  more  couragous  mother  bird,  denperate  with  fear 
and  anger,  made  repeated  dashes  within  a  few  feet  of  my  head,  tiH  I 
judged  it  just  as  well  to  destroy  her,  as  I  had  designs  upon  the  young. 
She  fell  hurtling  with  a  broken  wing  at  the  foot  of  the  clifi",  30  or  40 
yards  below.  The  eyrie  was  totally  inaccessible  from  below,  and,  as  I 
had  no  rope,  it  was  equally  so  from  above.  I  tried  for  a  long  time  to 
lasso  the  young  ones  and  draw  them  up  with  a  piece  of  cord;  but  they 
had  a  way  of  freeing  themselves  just  before  the  noose  drew  tight,  and 
I  was  obliged  to  leave  them. 


9 

List  of  ^ipf. ciiiHiih. 

Length. 

1 
Extent. 

a 

• 

O 

1 
Loialitv.            ■         Date. 

Collf'Ctor. 

Nat  nre  of  epecimea, 
aoU  remarks. 

«23-2 

Two  Forks  of  Milk     Julv  IT.  IPTl 

Elliott  Coues 

Skin. 

KivjT.  Mout. 

COUKS   ON-  BIS08   OP  DAKOTA  AND   MONTAKA.  €23 

FALCO  ItlOnARD80m,Bidffw. 

RiCBABDSON'S  MEBLIN. 

Ooe  specimen,  tbe  only  indiTtdaal  of  this  species  observed,  was  taken 
on  tbe  Leadwaters  of  tbe  Moase  Biver,  September  8, 1873.  I  bad  do 
difficulty  iu  approacbiDg  aud  BhootiDg  it,  as  it  sat  oo  the  lover  limb  of 
a  small  tree.    The  Btomaob  cODtaiued  the  remains  of  a  Sparrow. 

Since  the  snpposed  similarity  of  tbe  sexes  of  this  bird  proves  not 
to  hold  good,  one  of  tbe  strongest  points  of  distiuction   between  it 
aud  F,  columharivg  diss])peara,  and  the  probability  is  that  it  is  not 
siKcificatly  separable  fiom  the  latter. 
Li*t  of 


i 

i 

LocoUly. 

..„. 

CollHtOT. 

i 

1 

1 

NatiiTT  of  sptelniea, 

ud  ii'iouk*. 

3799 

9 

Bt-adnMm  Moote 

Sapt,   ^,  ir.1 

56.75 

B.SO 

Esri  dark  blown  ^ 

lit!l.«llO*,lo™i 

eyrlld,..  bu«   of 
npper  und  m«t 

dlbla    icllDwiah- 

irlluw:     rut  of 
bill     nod    clMwa 

FALCO  SPARVERirS,  Linn. 

Bpabeow  Hawk. 

Vt.Ty  abundant  throughout  the  region  surveyed.  The  specimens 
taken  on  Turtle  Mountain,  August  8,  1873,  had  at  that  date  nearly  as- 
sumed their  first  complete  plumage ;  they  were  all  members  of  the  same 
family,  and  had  not  quite  given  up  their  companionsbip. 

Utt  o/vcofRcai. 


t 

1 

LociJiiy. 

... 

Ooll-ctur. 

! 

i 

s 

^ 
g 

Hunre  orppvclniov, 

Saw 
«« 

UK 

1 

i 
1 

Pun)Wnii.Dak  

"!!jo  !!!!!!!!!!!!'.! 

....ilo 

N™T''id"nth    MUk 

Jnne  W.  i™ 
Junii3e,le7:i 
.Iply   ^  1B7.1 
AOB.  B,  l«» 

,!!!!uo:"!: 

A<i(.M,leT3 
June  30, 1874 

Elliott  COQM 

SkLn 

...Ho 



:::.£ 

;:;:S  ;::::::; 

:!;I;:e 

..do 

....ill 

Vitsn 

11.50 

11.00 

■JIM 

:::;:: 

...  .lo. 

!!!!.!«- 

...do. 

Eooky     MnnntaUi., 

..do..!.-.. 

Aug.  IC,  1874 
AT,g.M,ieH 

;^-- 

^ 

....Jo. 

N. 

V 

624  BUUiETra  UNITED  STATES  OEOLOOICAL  BDBTKT. 

BUTEO  BOBEALIB,  (fiflt.)  VieUl 

Red- TAILED  Bdzzard;  Hen  Hawk. 

I  freqaently  obserred  tbiB  Hawk  in  different  portions  of  Iowa,  Kansas, 
Hianesotn,  and  Dakota ;  bat,  in  moat  portions  of  tbe  last-named  Terri- 
twy,  it  ia  not  nearly  80  abnndant  as  tbe  next  species  {B.  awaimmmi). 
The  only  indivMaal  noticed  during  my  coonection  with  tbu  Sarvey  was 
ahot  on  tbe  Mou.'^e  River,  where  B.  twainsom  wtie  tbe  prevailing  fortu. 

Lixl  t(f  tpeelmtHt. 


i. 
i 

£ 

U-iil.ly. 

I,..e. 

1^ 

i 

Malnn>of>ppciRwii 

«. 

UoiiKKWrr 

Be|>l.  H,  iwa 

EllluUCnuw  lui.U 

«1.U 

BUTEO  SWAINSONI,  JSp. 
Swainboh'h  Buzzard. 

Very  abundant  iti  Northern  Dakota  and  Montana,  ttbere,  I  may  aay, 
I  saw  it  almoal  daily  each  seuHou.  None  of  the  Hawk  tribe,  in  fact,  were 
more  nnnierons,  excepting  tbe  Harrier  and  Sparrow-hawk.  In  this 
part  of  tbe  country,  neither  tbe  Bough-legs  nor  the  Bed-tails  are  com- 
mon, and  Swainson'a  Buzzard  chiefly  repreeeuts  tbe  genas.  The  bird 
may  consequently  be  studied  BUtisfiictorily,  both  with  regard  to  its 
habits,  and  to  those  great  changes  of  plumage  which,  before  they  were 
nnderstood,  were  BO  perplexing,  and  caased  several  nominal  species  to 
\>e  proposed. 

Swainson's  Buzzard  may  be  fonud  anywhere  in  the  region  indicated. 
When  about  to  alight  on  the  ground  in  open  couutry,  it  generally  takes 
advantage  of  some  little  knoll  as  an  observatory  whence  to  watch  for 
tbe  gophers.  But  it  gives  the  preference  to  wooded  regions,  and  is 
always  most  unmerous  in  tbe  vicinity  of  Btream>  friu^'ed  with  trees.  The 
neat  is  usually  placed  in  trees,  sometimes  in  shrubbery,  but  when  both 
these  fail,  is  placed  on  the  briuk  of  a  cutbauk,  or  on  some  slielf  pro- 
jecting from  its  face,  like  those  of  mast  other  Hawks  under  the  same 
circutnstaneeR.  These  ground  nests  are  a[it  to  be  less  bulky  and  elab- 
orate than  those  constructed  iu  trees ;  and  there  is  always  a  wide  lati- 
tado  in  this  respect,  according  to  the  preeisecharacler  of  tbe  site  selected. 
During  the  tirMt  season  I  was  too  late  for  eggs,  when  I  first  met  with 
the  birds,  but  discovered  several  nests  in  tbe  timber  along  the  Monse 
River.  Tbe  only  one  I  Ibund  with  anything  in  it  contained  two  half- 
fledged  young ;  it  was  very  notidy  with  the  scurfy  exfoliation  from  the 
growing  feathers  of  tbe  youngsters,  their  excrement,  and  remains  of  their 
food  in  tbe  shape  of  gophers.  I'revions  to  this  time,  in  Jnly,  an  on- 
fledged  voung  was  brought  to  me,  and  early  in  August  I  possessed  a 


COOES  ON  BIRDS  OF  DAKOTA,  AKD  UONTANA. 


625 


fuH-growQ  bird  of  tbe  year.  There  is  evideotly  theo  a  wide  exteosioa 
of  tbe  breeding-seaeou,  nnless  two  broods  are  reared,  wbich  seems  not 
unlikely. 

During  tbe  season  of  1S74, 1  took  plenty  of  egga.  Wherever  there 
were  trees,  tbe  birds  preferred  them.  In  the  Milk  Rirer  country,  they 
nested  on  the  cat-banks.  I  never  found  more  than  two  eggs  in  a  nest, 
and  supposed  this  to  be  the  nsnal  number.  In  one  case  of  a  single  egg, 
supposed  to  be  of  this  species,  incubation  was  advanced.  All  these  eggs, 
excepting  an  addled  one  found  in  a  deserted  nest  the  latter  part  of  An. 
gust,  were  taken  between  Jnue  2lBt  and  July  I7th,  Tbe  eggs  depart 
from  the  rule  in  this  genus,  in  being  nearly  colorless  and  unmarked, 
resembling  hens'  eggs  quite  closely,  both  in  size  and  shape.  Most  of 
tbe  specimens  taken  were  uniform  dull  white,  with  uo  more  evident 
markings  than  such  obsolete  grayish  spots  as  frequently  appear  on  Marsh 
Harriers'  eggs.  A  few  were  marked  with  obvious  dirty-brownish 
scratchy  spots  at  the  smaller  end ;  none  were  marked  all  over,  nor 
strongly  blotched  anywhere. 

The  food  of  these  Hawks  seems  toconsistprincipally  of  gophers  (<(^)er- 
mophili),  which  tbey  pounce  upon  when  canght  away  from  home,  or  lie 
in  wait  for  at  the  months  of  the  burrows,  ready  to  "  yauk"  them  out 
with  a  quick  thrust  of  tbe  talons  when  they  show  their  noses.  But 
they  also  feed  largely  uixm  grasshoppers,  with  which  their  crops  are 
sometimes  found  crammed.  Tbey  cut  a  very  ridiculous  figure  when 
skipping  about  over  the  prairie  after  these  lively  insects.  A  more 
extended  notice  of  the  habits  of  the  species,  witli  descriptions  of  its 
various  plumages,  may  be  found  in  my  paper  in  tbe  "American  Natu- 
ralist"  for  ]llay,  1874  (pp.  282-287),  and  in  the  article  in  tbe  "Birds 
of  the  Northwest ". 

LM  of  qwcincns. 


'1 

1 

1 
I 

L^Ilry. 

DnW. 

Collector, 

s 
? 

1 

1 

'  *Ln"»mErti!™' 

'3WI 

Fiftv  mllH  Ten  of 

LUk. 
UoKH  RlTW,  Dak  . 

...do 

....do 

July  15.1613 
JuiyS!3.l?73 

Aug.  IS,  1873 

.10 

AnjcWlSn 
8»pt  8.1*73 

JoBoSMfJI 

CILIoUCaaea 

Two  egg.  (!), 
Skin. 

(Yonnc  from'nert 
Skln'*^* 

1 

1*^ 

1 

...  do 

«(.oa 

sew 

n.M 

i3M8 

....*0 

....do 

:::;S: ::::::; 

la 

90.50 

as 

1B.)IS 

fiCSO 

Is 

li 

3SS 

11 

\  user 

i::!-::::::--::::; 

!iS 

....do, 
...,dD. 

Tm  eggi  (tree). 

r  3719 
|37M 

....rio 

Ki«r,  Moot. 

,™ 

[.™ 

ODeei[l(0<tiw>. 

UUI.LETIN   UMTLU   STATES  GLOLUGICAL  StlBVEr. 
Li*l  of  tfHdacH*— CoDtinaed. 


\h 

Loclity. 

D,l«. 

Collector. 

1 

i;i 

"JlSSoSrtI!"' 

too 

jDl7  10,  IBH 

Jnlrll.lSH 
AnB.l«.187i 

Aag.l3,lS1* 
Aii|.I7.1ST4 

ElliMtCoDH. 

Tn  ogm  (D*at  ■■ 

«11 ' " 

BiTCT,  Uoac 

«n  .... 
M»  ... 

lliw.aonl. 

-...do 



».SS  SIM 

18.00 

SklD. 

1 

^^  ess  (uWleJ). 

An»».)CT4 

1 

AKCHIBUTEO  FEBRUGINBUS,  (Lfcftt)  Gm^. 
F&BBUGINEODS  BuZZARD. 

This  large  and  haudsome  Hawk  wae  fouad  breeding  on  tbe  Pembioa 
MoDutaius  b;  one  of  Lieut.  F.  Y.  Greene's  party,  who  secnred  two  fledged 
young  ouea  early  iu  July,  and  broaglit  them  iuto  camp,  where  they  were 
kept  as  pets  for  some  time.  Their  great  size  induced  the  general  belief 
that  they  were  "eagles" — an  impression  which  my  asBertions  to  the  con- 
trary may  have  weakened  in  the  minds  of  those  who  had  Bome  &ith  in 
me,  qiui  ornithologist,  tbongh  others,  more  confident,  seemed  to  hare 
said  faith  somewhat  disturbed.  I  was  obliged  to  compromise  with  tbe 
remark  that  Ihey  might  after  all  make  pretty  good  eagles  for  a  "topog. 
outfit ",  though  tbey  could  not  pass  for  such  royal  birds  in  my  own  camp. 
Later  in  the  followinf^  season,  the  species  was  again  found  breeding  on 
the  Two  Forks  of  Milk  Biver,  being  one  of  the  qnartette  of  great  Hawks 
which  had  their  nests  together  on  the  cut-banks  of  the  stream,  as  men- 
tioned in  a  preceding  paragraph.  July  18,  one  of  the  parents  and  the 
two  yonng  birds,  just  fully  fledged,  were  secured.  I  did  not  visit  the 
□est,  which,  I  was  informed,  was  situated  at  the  brink  of  one  of  tbe 
highest  embankments.  Tbe  species  has  already  been  reported,  by  Gapt 
T.  Blakiston,  B.  A.,  from  the  i-egiou  of  the  Saskatchewan.  The  present 
quotation,  from  the  Pembina  Mountains,  is  thenortheastemmost  todate, 
and  considerably  extends  the  known  range  of  tbe  species. 

List  of  tjpeciaieHg. 


MM 

1 

L<*i.inr. 

Dme. 

ColkFtor. 

! 

1 

1 

TwoForkiof  MUk 

July  IS.  1874 

Elliott  COUCB 

1 

1 

COUES   ON   BIRDS   OF   DAKOTA  AND   MONTANA.  627 

AQUILA  CHBYSAliTUS,  (Linn.) 
Golden  Eagle. 

TLe  Golden  Eagle,  thoagh  an  inhabitant  of  the  region  at  large,  was 
only  observed  in  one  locality,  at  the  Sweetgrass  Hills,  where  one  or 
more  were  seen  very  frequently.  On  one  of  the  small  afflaents  of  the 
Milk  Eiver,  a  little  west  of  the  hills,  two  nests  were  found,  built  directly 
on  level  ground,  yet  at  the  brink  of  a  cut-bank,  which  seemed  to  answer 
as  the  apology  for  the  crag  to  which  the  bird  usually  resorts.  Although 
the  nests  were  empty  and  deserted,  there  can  be  no  reasonable  doubt  of 
their  belonging  to  the  Golden  Eagle — they  were  far  too  large  to  be  those 
of  any  Hawk,  and  there  was  no  trace  of  the  presence  of  Bald  Eagles  in 
this  dry  country.  One  that  I  examined  carefully  was  placed  on  the 
edge  of  a  very  slight  embankment,  not  so  steep  that  I  could  not  easily 
walk  up  to  it.  It  was  rather  on  the  brow  of  a  hillock  than  on  the  brink 
of  a  cliff.  It  was  composed  of  sticks,  some  as  large  as  a  man's  wrist, 
brushwood,  and  bunches  of  grass  and  weeds,  with  masses  of  earth  still 
adhering  to  the  roots.  The  diameter  was  about  four  feet  in  one  direc- 
tion and  three  in  the  other,  owing  to  the  conformation  of  the  ground. 
The  mass  of  material  averaged  about  six  inches  in  depth.  The  other 
nest  was  described  to  me  as  considembly  larger.  Both  were  empty  and 
apparently  deserted. 

HALIAETDS  LEUCOCEPHALUS,  {Linn.)  Savig. 

Bald  Eagle. 

While  steaming  down  the  Bed  Eiver  from  Morehead  to  Pembina,  we 
frequently  saw  Bald  Eagles  sailing  overhead,  and  several  nests  were 
noticed  upon  the  tops  of  tall,  isolated  trees  as  we  passed  along.  Upon 
one  of  the  nests  the  parent  was  observed  sitting,  but  whether  incubat- 
ing or  brooding  her  young  could  not  of  course  be  ascertained.  This 
wa3  the  last  week  in  May.  There  was  a  young  bird  in  the  gray  plum- 
age in  confinement  at  Fort  Pembina,  and  I  was  informed  that  it  had 
been  procured  in  the  vicinity. 

Three  << kinds"  of  Eagles,  aside  from  the  Golden  Eagle,  which  is  not 
generally  very  well  known  in  the  United  States,  are  usually  recognized 
by  the  people,  who  can  hardly  be  convinced  that  they  are  stages  of 
plumage  of  the  present  species:  these  are  the  "black'',  ''gray",  and 
"bald"  Eagle — names  which  respectively  indicate  the  plumages  of  the 
first,  second,  and  third  years  of  the  bird's  life. 

CATHAETES  aura,  (Linn.)  III. 
Turkey  Buzzard. 

Frequently  seen  in  the  Bed  Eiver  region.  My  note-books  make  no 
mention  of  its  occurrence  during  the  second  season,  but  it  is  not  to  be 
supposed  absent,  even  if  it  was  not  observed.  It  is  probably  not  resi- 
dent in  this  country,  and  I  saw  none  during  the  colder  monttia  o^fS^xX^ 


628 


BULLETIH  USTTED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  8USYET. 


Bandall,  where  it  was  first  noticed,  during  the  spring  of  1873,  about  the 
middle  of  April. 

ECTOPISTES  MACEURA,*  {Linm.)  Coue9. 

Wild  Pigeon. 

Goantless  flocks  of  Wild  Pigeons  pervaded  the  atmosphere  of  the  Bed 
Eiver  Valley  daring  the  latter  part  of  May  and  early  portion  of  Jane, 
1873.  We  observed  them  continually  daring  oar  voyage  down  the  river, 
and  for  some  days  afterward  at  Pembina,  streaming  throogh  the  air  in 
endless  snccession  of  flocks.  They  generally  flew  high,  fsa  beyond  gon- 
shot,  bat  in  early  morning  and  jast  before  nightfall  often  came  low 
enongh  to  afford  a  shot.  The  woods  along  the  river  were  filled  with  the 
stragglers,  which  of  coarse  coald  be  easily  secared.  They  breed  here 
in  limited  numbers,  bat  no  general  ^' pigeon-roost"  was  formed  in  the 
immediate  vicinity.  I  took  one  nest,  containing  a  single  egg,  Jane  13. 
A  few  of  the  birds  straggled  westward  to  Turtle  Mountain,  where  one 
was  shot  in  July.  The  next  season  none  was  seen  in  any  part  of  the 
3Iissouri  or  Milk  Eiver  region ;  but  in  the  Eocky  Mountains  the  species 
was  again  met  with  in  small  numbers,  and  a  young  bird,  doubtless  bred 
here,  was  secured  at  Chief  Mountain  Lake. 

LiMt  of  9pecimen8. 


Locality. 


Date. 


Collector. 


c 


^     Xatnreof  specimaL 
^    I      and  remarka, 

St       I 


2<>36 
3913 


3964  i    9 
»75  I  if 


I' 


4567 


I 

..  Pembino,  Dak Jane   4,  lt<n    EUiott  Cones 

' do '  Jnne  7,  ltf73  \ do 

...do Jaoe  13,  lc<7J  ' do 

...do June  14, 1673  '....do 

j  Turtle  Moau tain,  '  Jaly  — ,  1673 do 

■      Dak.  I  I 

Bocky    If  oontains,  i  Aug.  23, 1874  do 

latitude  49°.  , 


17.00  23L  50     dLuO 


Skin. 
....do. 
....da 
....do. 
....do. 


.da 


ZEX.EDURA  CAKOLINENSIS,  (Linn.)  Bp. 

Carolina  Turtle  Dove. 

Common  at  Pembina  in  Jane,  and  again  observed  the  following  season 
on  the  Upper  Missouri. 

TETRAO  CANADENSIS  FRANKLINI,  (Dough)  Coues. 

Franbxin's  Spruce  Grouse. 

This  variety  of  the  Canada  Grouse  or  Sprace  Partridge  is  characteristio 
of  the  Northern  Kocky  Moantains,  where  it  was  seen,  and  where  several 

*Columba  macroura  Linn.  SN.  ed.  z,  1756, 164.  (Kalm,  Beskrifning  p&de  Tilda  Dnfror, 
Som  somliga  t\r  i  8&  otrolig  stor  mykenhet  komma  til  de  86dxa  EngeUk* 
Dybyggen  i  Norra  America.  <  KongL  Svenska  Veten8k.-Acad.  W^y^y  jj, 
1759,  pp.  275-295.— See  also  Catesby,  pi.  23;  Edwards,  pi.  15.) 

EciopMtea  macrura  Coues,  BNW.  1874,  766.— Aughey,  First  Ann.  Rep.  U.  8.  Entoo. 

1878,  App.  p.  [46]. 


C0UE8  OH  B1BD3  OF  DAKOTA  AND  MONTANA. 


629 


specimeoB  were  secared  in  August,  1S74.  It  was  not  Been  ia  the  foot- 
hills, even  in  apparently  eligible  situations,  nor  until  we  were  foirly  in 
the  mountains,  among  the  timber  and  dense  windfalls,  where  it  was 
rather  commoa  iu  the  vicinity  of  our  camp  at  Chief  Mountain  Lake. 

Lul  of  tprcinent. 


i 
i 

1 

LoMUty. 

Dit». 

CoUsclor. 

! 

.3 

wd  wmuk.. 

■uao 

ii.g.M.lfl7* 

ElUottCoiiM 

18.  S3 

IT.  SO 

M.J5 

B.SI1 

B.3a 

Skin. 
....do. 

TETBAO  OBSCUR03  BICHAEDSONI,  (i>OMffI.)  Cou6b. 
Bichabdson's  Dusky  Gbouse. 

The  remarks  made  under  bead  of  the  last  species  apply  equally  well 
to  the  present,  which  was  found  in  the  same  situation.  It  appeared  to 
be  rather  the  more  unmerons  of  the  two.  A  large  number  of  iudiridaala 
were  shot  for  sport  or  for  food  by  various  members  of  the  party. 

There  is  no  doubt  that  a  species  of  Ptarmigan,  Lagopua  leueurua,  in- 
habits the  higher  elevations  of  the  Kocky  Moautains  in  this  latitude. 

While  at  Pembina,  I  was  assured  of  the  existence  of  a  si>eciea  of 
"  Wood  Grouse  ".different  from  the  Sprnce  Partridge,  or  "Black  Grouse", 
in  the  mouutains  of  the  same  name.  This  statement,  I  presume,  refers 
to  Boiiasa  nmbellua.  No  Buffed  Grouse  of  any  variety  were  seen  in  the 
Rocky  Mountains,  but  probably  only  through  default  of  observation, 
as  the  B.  umbelloides  is  an  inhabitant  of  this  region. 

Lut  o/ipecimrn$. 


i 

DMe. 

*     Aug.  31. 187* 
do 

Collorlor. 

i 

1 

as.  DO 

,.,.„.,.,„,..J 

■ndRIDU-kl. 

EUloItConu 
-..■lo 

8.50     Skin. 
a  00     ...do. 

1 

CENTE0CEBCU3  UEOPHASIaNUS,  (Bp.)  Sic. 

Saoe-cock;  Cock  of  the  Plains. 

The  entire  absence  of  this  species  from  the  Bod  Biver  region  is  one 
of  the  characteristic  points  of  distinction  between  this  watershed  and 
that  of  the  Missouri.  So  Sage-cocks  were  seen  during  the  first  season, 
not  even  within  the  Missouri  Cotean,  in  the  vicinity  of  Fort  Stevenson. 
Though  the  climatological  conditions  are  the  same  as  those  of  some  re- 
gions where  they  abound,  yet  we  miss  the  peculiar  aspect  of  the  sage- 
brnsb  country  to  which  they  ding  ao  pertinaciously.    Upon  leaving  Fort 


630 


BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  QEOLOQICAL  8CBVET. 


Baford,  daring  the  second  seasoD,  we  soon  entered  a  favorable  tnet 
where  the  birds  were  tolerably  common,  and  where  several  apecimens 
were  secared.  At  this  time,  the  last  week  of  June,  the  obicks  were 
already  flying  smartly,  having  attained  on  an  average  the  aize  of  qnaild. 
The  birds  were  traced  to  the  mouth  of  the  Milk  Biver.  Farther  west 
and  north,  the  conntry  seems  to  be  too  open  for  them,  and  no  more  were 
noticed. 

It  is  a  great  mistake  to  suppose  that  this  bird  feeds  entirely  upon 
sage,  as  has  been  repeatedly  asserted.  A  number  of  yoon^  birds  which 
1  opened,  shot  near  the  mouth  of  the  Milk  River,  had  the  craw  fnll  of 
some  kind  of  small  aqoatic  beetle,  which  they  bad  gleaned  from  a  marshy 
spot  Dear  by,  with  only  traces  here  and  there  of  vegetable  matter. 
Others  had  the  crop  stuffed  with  grasshoppers. 

Lint  of  ipecimeiu. 


vr.i 

1 

Locally. 

B.U. 

CollMtor. 

1 

1         A    |NkUireof<|MADM 

8     1  1    ..-„ffi- 

? 

Wolf  Crwk. Mont.. 

Jonoin,im[Bllli.ttC™» 

«je 

3T.50  ilCUSO    Skin. 

....do 

''."\<".y/.'':::ao. 

JuijCiVu 

PEDKECETEa  PHASIASELLUS  OOLUMBIAXUS,  {Ord)  Cone*. 
Shabp-'I'Ailed  Grouse  ;  "  Pbaibie  Chicken." 

The  whole  of  the  region  surveyed  during  my  counection  with  the  Com- 
mission liesbejond  therangeof  the  true  Prairie-hen  {CupiAonia  cvpido]^ 
while  the  tiage-cock,  as  juKt  said,  is  confined  to  a  limited  portion  of  the 
Missouri  conutry  in  the  latitude  of  49°.  This  leaves  the  field  clear  to 
the  Sharp  tailed  Grouse,  which  replaces  the  Prairie-heu,  and  abonnds 
tbrongbout  the  region  from  tho  Bed  River  to  the  Rocky  Moantains.  Id 
the  "  Birds  of  the  Northwest",  I  carefully  traced  the  general  distribntion 
of  the  species,  partlculariy  along  the  line  where  it  inoscnlates  with  the 
range  of  the  cupHtxt.  To  this  accoant  I  would  refer  for  particulars  not 
here  given,  as  well  a&  for  a  careful  description  of  the  various  cbangeflof 
plumage  and  other  points,  to  give  which  would  exceed  the  due  boands 
of  the  present  article. 

In  the  latitude  of  Pembina,  the  Gbickeus  begin  to  lay  the  latter  part 
of  May  or  first  of  Jane.  The  first  two  weeks  of  the  latter  month  are  at 
the  height  of  the  laying  oud  setting  season.  The  earliest  egg  I  pro- 
cured was  one  cut  from  the  parent  June  1 ;  but  within  a  day  or  two 
a  fnll  set  of  eleven  was  found.  Thirteen  was  the  largest  anmber  se- 
cared  in  any  one  clntch ;  the  smallest,  among  those  in  which  incubation 
bad  progressed,  was  five.    Average  measurement  of  thirty  specimens  is 


COUES  ON  BIRDS  OF  DAKOTA  AND  MONTANA.      631 

1.75  by  1.25;  extremes  of  length,  1.80  and  1.60;  of  breadth,  1.30  and 
1.20.  When  the  shell  is  first  formed,  it  is  of  a  pale,  dali  greenish 
color ;  bat  before  the  egg  is  laid  it  acquires  a  drab  or  olive  color  by 
mixture  of  brown  pigment  with  the  original  shade,  and  finally  gains  a 
uniform  sprinkling  of  dark  brown  dots.  The  nests  are  found  in  various 
situations.  Some  are  made  out  on  the  bare  prairie,  far  from  any  land- 
mark ;  others  in  moister  tracts  overgrown  to  willow-bushes.  The  first 
chicks  I  saw  were  caught  on  the  19th  of  June ;  these  were  newly  hatched. 
They  are  very  expert  in  hiding  from  the  time  they  leave  the  shell. 
On  threatened  danger,  the  mother  alarms  them  with  a  peculiar  note, 
when  they  instantly  scatter  and  squat ;  the  mother  then  whirs  away, 
but  not  until  assured  of  their  safety.  The  feathers  of  the  wings  and 
tail  sprout  first  to  replace  the  down,  as  in  the  case  of  the  domestic  fowl, 
in  striking  contrast  to  the  growth  of  water-fowl,  which  become  pretty 
well  feathered  long  before  their  wings  are  serviceable  for  flight.  The 
next  feathers  after  the  wings  and  tail  are  some  on  the  poll ;  next  appear 
strips  of  feathers  on  the  breast  and  back ;  and  with  the  completion  of 
the  process  a  plumage  is  assumed  which  lasts  through  part  of  September. 
In  consequence  of  the  rapid  growth  of  the  wing-feathers — a  wise  provi- 
sion for  the  safety  of  birds  until  then  exposed  to  numerous  dangers — the 
young  take  short  flights  in  a  few  weeks.  I  saw  them  beginning  to  top 
the  bushes  early  in  July ;  most  of  them  fly  quite  smartly  by  the  middle 
of  this  month,  being  then  about  as  large  as  Quail  (Ortyx)^  though  some 
of  them  do  not  grow  to  this  size  for  a  month  subsequently,  showing  a 
considerable  range  of  variation  in  the  time  of  hatching.  I  doubt  that 
two  broods  are  reared  in  a  season,  except  perhaps  in  case  of  an  accident 
to  the  first  family ;  and  for  that  matter,  the  birds  seem  to  have  all  they 
can  do  to  get  a  single  set  of  chicks  off  their  hands. 

The  plumage  last  mentioned  is  retained  during  the  greater  part  of 
September,  and  is  unmistakable  evidence  of  immaturity.  The  birds 
are  "  fit"  to  shoot,  in  one  sense,  from  the  time  they  are  two-thirds  grown, 
and  afford  sport  enough  of  a  certain  grade ;  but  they  ought  to  be  let 
alone,  unless  one  merely  wishes /oo^,  until  the  moult,  which  occurs  some 
time  in  September,  is  completed.  They  then  acquire  a  clean,  fresh,  and 
crisp  plumage,  differing  decidedly  from  that  before  worn,  and  come  into 
prime  condition.  The  old  birds,  which  are  in  woful  plight  by  midsum- 
mer, have  by  this  time  also  accomplished  the  moult  and  come  into  fine 
feather  again.  The  change  in  either  case  is  gradual  and  protracted, 
and  at  no  time  are  the  birds  deprived  of  flight,  like  ducks  at  the  same 
trying  period. 

To  ascertain  the  food  of  this  grouse  during  the  summer,  as  well  as 
that  of  other  species,  is  a  matter  of  more  than  simple  curiosity.  The 
service  they  render  in  destroying  grasshoppers,  too  often  overlooked, 
cannot  be  too  strenuously  insisted  upon,  or  too  prominently  brought  to 
notice.    I  have  sometimes  been  tempted  to  believe  that  the  Increasing 


632  BULLETIN   UNITED   STATES   GEOLOGICAL  SUBVEY. 

Dambers  of  the  scoarge  may  be  dae,  iu  part  at  least,  to  the  wholesale 
destrnctioQ  of  summer  grouse  (both  this  species  and  the  PiQDated)^  at 
the  period  when  their  services  are  most  valuable.  I  have  of  coursey  in 
my  proper  official  capacity,  killed  and  opened  ^reat  nnmbers  of  the 
birds  daring  the  whole  season;  and  I  almost  invariably  foand  their 
•crops  stuffed  with  grasshoppers,  the  only  other  contents  being  bads  or 
flowers  or  the  tops  or  succulent  leaves  of  various  plants,  and  small  num- 
bers of  beetles,  spiders,  or  other  insects.  At  the  height  of  the  grass- 
hopper season,  however,  the  birds  appear  to  eat  scarcely  anything  else, 
and  each  crop  will  contain  a  large  handful.  If  an  army  of  grouse  could 
be  mustered  and  properly  officered,  they  would  doubtless  prove  more 
effectual  in  abating  the  pest  than  any  means  hitherto  tried. 

In  the  winter,  according  to  my  observations  made  at  Fort  Bandall, 
the  food  of  the  grouse  consists  chiefly  of  cedarberries  and  other  hard 
fruits  that  persist,  and  the  sealed  buds  of  various  amentaceous  trees. 

During  the  latter  part  of  September  or  early  in  October,  when  old 
and  young  have  both  flnished  the  renewal  of  their  plumage,  and  the 
family  arrangements  are  foreclosed,  the  habits  of  the  birds  are  consider- 
ably modifled, — in  nothing  more  than  in  the  degree  of  shyness  they  ex- 
hibit. During  the  summer,  also,  they  are  rarely  seen  on  trees,  or  on  the 
open  prairie,  except  in  the  vicinity  of  wooded  or  brushy  tracts  to  which 
they  may  retreat.  Now  grown  more  confident,  they  scatter  over  the 
high  prairie  to  feed,  following  up  the  ravines  that  lead  firom  the  water- 
courses, and  in  the  afternoon  returning  to  roost  in  the  tops  of  the  tallest 
trees.  These  daily  excursions  and  returns  may  be  very  plainly  noted 
along  the  Missouri,  where  the  cottonwood  bottoms  are  sharply  divided 
from  the  limitless  prairie.  During  the  winter,  especially  when  the 
ground  is  covered  with  snow,  their  arboreal  habits  are  confirmed.  The 
birds  then  hug  the  timber,  and  sometimes,  on  lowering  or  stormy  days, 
remain  motionless  on  their  perches  for  hours  together. 

Along  the  Missouri,  above  the  Yellowstone,  the  birds  were  seen  iu 
considerable  numbers  during  the  second  season ;  but  they  were  scarcely 
so  common  as  along  the  lied  and  Mouse  liivers.  Small  chicks  were  seen 
the  latter  part  of  June.  In  the  still  more  arid  and  forbidding  region 
through  which  the  northern  affiueuts  of  the  Milk  Kiver  flow,  there  were 
fewer  still ;  days  sometimes  passed  without  my  seeing  any.  In  the  bet- 
ter country  about  the  Sweetgrass  Hills,  they  recurred  in  sufficient  num- 
bers to  afford  fair  sport  j  in  the  eastern  foothills  of  the  Rocky  Mountains, 
they  were  almost  as  numerous  as  anywhere  else.  They  occur  in  the 
mountains  up  to  an  altitude  of  at  least  4,200  feet,  where  they  meet,  at 
the  bottom  of  the  coniferous  belt,  the  Spruce  Partridge  and  Dusky 
Orouse.  All  three  of  these  birds  were  common  about  our  camp  at  Chief 
Mountain  Lake. 


CODES  OX   B!BD8  OF  DAKOTA  AND  MONTANA. 
Litt  nf  $i 


i 

X 

«<8 

{MB 

»w 

3IM1 

1 

3l« 

31 S8 
3I«I 

aifli 

i 

*on 

4DI6 

1 
9 

LoulUy. 

„.». 

Colleclar. 

1 

1 

1 

y  itnre  of  siwcimoii , 
uidrenmrlM- 

Perabiiu,  Dak 

..?.-do 

SEisii 

Jnno  10.  lea 

Elliott  Co™. 

Eex  cat  from  otI- 

Sol^'ll  egp. 

Skin.      ''"'■ 
Bet  of  11  eggs. 

SkSn  (chick J. 

...do  

::::S :::::::;!:::::: 

..-.do ;ie.{10 

tt.QO 

aw 

..do 

...do 

"do 

19.00 

%.« 

P.U 

...do  

Jnno^.«73 

Skin  (chick). 

K4S 

J„o^I«73 

jTin8  30.1B13 

jni,%-.^- 

J- 

...do 

...do. 

Pombini  ifu.itek 

TartlBMt.,  iJnk... 
...do  

Jnly  aa,  IffM 
Julf  30,  Mrs 

Jonesa,i«4 

do 

'.'."il '.:"'.'.'.'. 

i¥.i6 

«.■«■ 

■fc 

...do 

....do  

::::|  ::::::: 

::::: 

;;;;;■ 

;;:;;■ 

SUn  (ohiok). 

.'..at. 

Skin. 

Wolf  Cr«k,  Mont., 
---do 

laltti.di>4l». 

A"ue.?A"tS* 

CHARADEHJS  FOLVTJS  VIRGlNtOUS,  (Boric.)  Coves. 

AUEBICAK  tiOLDEN  PLOTKB. 

Ko  Goldeu  Plovers  are  seen  in  summer  in  any  portion  of  the  region 
explored.  TLey  pasa  tbrougb  iu  large  nnmbers  during  tbe  vernal  mi- 
gratioo,  in  tbe  montb  of  May,  and  return  again  in  the  fall — the  latter 
part  of  September.  They  were  very  abaodaot  at  this  time  along  the 
Mouse  River,  and  in  fact  on  the  prairie  at  large,  for  they  scatter  indis- 
criminately over  large  tracts,  feeding  upon  the  grasshoppers.  Many 
were  shot  for  food,  to  replenish  a  larder  upon  which  four  mont!ha*  steady 
atteutioQ  had  made  serious  inroads.  At  this  season,  they  were  io  ezoel- 
leot  order,  and  proved  rery  acceptable. 

LUl  of  apteuntni. 


SMS 

aeas 

i 

i 

L«»lltj. 

„„. 

CollBClur. 

i 

1 

1 

-Si'S'."~ 

UoDuKlvsr,  Dak- 
do 

Sept  97,  1B73 

EUi..ttCoi«». 

10.10 

SiM 

.. 

Skin:w«lgbt.«ii». 

634  BUIXETiN   UNITED  STATES  GEOUWICAL  8UBTBY. 

^GIALITIS  VOCIFEBA,  (tini*.)  Bp. 

KiLDEEB  Plover. 

AbnadaDt  thoaghoat  the  Bammer  ia  atl  saitable  places ;  and  as  it  is 
not  a  fastidious  bird,  it  seeiuL-d  to  be  satisfied  aaywbere  near  water, 
tboDgb  hardly  upoD  the  dry  plains,  like  the  following  species.  A  neet 
with  «ggH  was  taken  June  30  near  the  moath  of  Milk  Birer — rather,  the 
egga  were  taken  from  a  alight  depression  on  the  pebbly  margia  of  a 
stream,  which  answered  for  a  nest. 

Lutof 


1 

Lonlltr. 

1    ^ 
D.lt              CflllBOtor.     ]    ^ 

1    ^ 

1 

i 

-sjjrs- 

m. 

PeiDblnB,IHk 

(juklDsAahRinr. 

'                          1 

SkiD. 

««« 

MM 

.... 

Jllllfl30.1«<    ....do , 

TtmtKg^ 

1                              1 

ENDBOMIAS  SIONXANUS,  (T<wit».)  Harting. 

Mountain  Plover. 

The  occarrence  of  this  bird  in  the  Milk  Biver  conatry,  along  the  pa- 
rallel of  49°,  where  it  was  breeding  iu  considerable  numbers,  ia  a  mattei 
of  interest,  as  fixing  the  northernmost  points  at  which  the  species  has 
thns  far  been  observed.  It  does  not  appear  to  enter  tbe  Bed  Biver 
Basin,  nor  did  I  see  it  iu  the  immediate  vicinity  of  the  Missouri  below  the 
month  of  Milk  Biver.  At  this  point,  it  was  first  seen  July  1,  and  it  was 
traced  thence  across  the  conntry  nearly  to  the  Swcetgrass  flills,  beyond 
which  it  was  lost.  Its  centre  of  abundance  in  this  region  was  tbe  vicinity 
of  Frenchoian's  River,  where  many  specimens,  both  adult  and  young, 
together  with  a  set  of  three  eggs,  were  secured  during  the  first  and 
second  weeks  in  July.  Three  I  believe  to  be  the  usual  number.  Ihe 
birds  seem  to  be  at  uo  time  very  wary  or  suspicions,  and  when  tbey 
have  a  nest  near  by,  or  are  leading  their  young  over  the  prairie,  tbey 
will  scarcely  retreat  tiefore  threatened  danger.  Upon  invasion  of  thdr 
breeding' places,  they  utter  a  singular,  low,  chattering  cry,  quite  anlike 
the  usual  soft,  mellow  whistle,  fly  low  over  the  ground  to  a  short  dis- 
tance, or  run  swiftly  for  a  few  pacea,  and  then  stand  motionless,  drawn 
np  to  their  full  stature.  The  chicks  are  white  beneath,  cnrionsly  varie- 
gated in  color  above,  with  naked  livid  spaces  abont  the  neck.  Almcst 
firom  the  first,  they  are  difficult  to  capture  alive ;  at  the  note  of  waniiBg 
from  the  parent,  they  scatter  with  amazing  celerity,  and  soon  squat, 
when  they  become  at  ouce  invisible,  even  in  the  scantiest  herbage  of  the 


COOES   ON  BIRDS  OF   DAKOTA  AND  MONTANA. 


ess- 


prairie.  Tbe  nesting  perioil  is  protracted,  for  at  tlie  time  I  took  nearly 
fresli  eggs,  well-leathered  yonng,  sbiftitig  for  themselvea,  had  already 
been  ol) served. 

LM  of  *fiRriMf  M. 


lib 

L«.litr.            1        D.te.        !     CoUeclor.     '    |    '    |     ^    ,  X.tt,rj,of;M>«-to«i>. 

;  41« 

i  «IH 

a 

iTBmhman'i  UiTW,    Jnlj-    J,ltT4— -.do 1 ; .....do. 

UoDt.                               1                                  '                                     I'll 

.::;t:::::-::::::  l:::,S::::::i:;:.t .;:::::  i.:::;;  ;::;:::::■  ;ii?™.,., 

im 

"is.riS-"'- )•'■"/■'"':--''" 1 : 

jSetorSBBC*. 

? 

Urn 

-i: !::::t  ::::::j--J: Vs}- ' \  "W*"' 

KM?TiioForii;ir 
Hilk  KtTCT. 

Julyimm     ...do |.„.. 

iiiy  li'iViV  :;:ido:;::"i  ':::i: 

...do d«             1 

:;:  :::.dS: 

r 

iVoForkVif  Uiili 

CrfMiVj    nf    Milk 
Bivrr.  Moor. 

Jnly  10,1974    ...do J 

Jnly  33,1971  L. .do , 

do. 

BECCRVIROSTRA  AMERICANA,  Om. 

AMEBIOAN  ATOGBT. 

Not  observed  in  tbe  Red  River  region,  but  found  breeding  in  great 
abundance  ia  tbe  Milk  Birer  country,  wbere  it  seemed  specially  foud  of 
tbe  alkali  pools,  tbat  are  too  namerous  for  the  traveller's  comfort.  It  is. 
one  of  tbe  most  conspicuous  birds  of  tbe  saline  region,  and  may  be  rec* 
ognized  at  any  distance  by  its  resemblance  to  a  Crane  in  miniature.  Its 
loud  voice  is  peculiar,  and  tbe  clamor  is  incessant  wben  the  breeding- 
places  are  invaded.  Tbe  bird  uests  rather  early,  as  by  the  first  week  of 
July,  wben  I  first  encountered  it  at  Frenchman's  River,  tbe  yonug  were 
already  fledged,  and  by  tbe  middle  of  the  mouth  were  on  wing.  At 
this  age,  they  show  a  carious  enlargement  of  the  shank,  which  iaawollen 
to  much  greater  calibre  than  that  of  tbe  tibia.  The  birds  being  abund- 
ant, and  also  very  unsnspicions,  a  fine  series  of  specimens  waa  readily 
secured.  They  were  generally  observed  in  flocks  of  half  a  dozen  to  twa 
dozen,  wadiog  about  in  tbe  shallow  water,  often  beyond  gunshot  from 
tbe  shore,  and  at  such  times  presenting  a  singularly  pleasing  and  pic- 
turesque appearance.  On  getting  beyond  their  depth,  they  begin  to- 
swim  without  difficulty,  and  frequently  alight  directly  on  deep  water. 
They  feed  by  immersing  the  head  and  neck  for  some  moments  together^ 
during  which  time  tbey  are  feeling  about  with  their  curious  bills.  Their 
preference  for  tbe  alkaline  pools  may  be  less  due  to  the  quality  of  the 
water  itself  than  to  its  shallowness  and  stillness,  and  the  peculiarly  soft,, 
oozy,  and  almost  slimy  condition  of  the  bottom. 


636  BULLETIN   UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  8UBTET. 

LUt  1^  ipidmat*. 


is 

g 
as 

M3T 

«5I 

M33 
MM 
«U 

«us 

1 

Locklil;. 

D>1«. 

CollHlor. 

,3 

1 

1 

■ndnmukL 

:3^"^: 

Jolj    B,IHJ* 
A^ll.WTI 

ABf.i3,«r:i 

SlUMtCoua. 

::::1: :::.:::: 

....do  

J.H-BWty.. 

Skin. 

'-'".Aa. 
....do. 

....ao. 
:":do. 

11.U 
1A3« 

.;3: 

&40 

iso' 

Afti 
A« 

nS'JS-.S^ 

...do 

■a,;b.«,-v^v 

ElliodCooea 

STEGANOPUS  WILSONI,  {8ab.)  Gout*. 
Wilson's  Phalajeope. 

Breeds  tbrongbont  tbe  country,  Avjin  tbe  Bed  River  to  the  Bocfey 
MonntttiDS,  and  in  suitable  places  common,  thoagh  never  observecl  in 
large  nnmbers  at  any  one  place.  I  had  no  opportunity  of  observing  it 
after  Angnet,  and  am  inclined  to  think  it  retires  sonthward  in  advance 
of  most  of  the  waders.  Even  dnriug  the  latter  part  of  Aagnst,  when 
other  waders  were  regnlarly  flocking,  I  never  saw  the  Fhalarope  io 
companies  of  more  tbau  half  a  dozen  individnals,  and  it  probably  never 
makes  op  in  large  docks,  like  the  other  two  species.  At  Pembina,' it 
was  breeding  abont  reedy  pools  and  prairie  slonghs  in  June.  I  was  not 
80  fortunate,  however,  as  to  discover  a  nest,  thongh  I  searched  faith- 
fully more  than  once.  At  Mouse  River,  dnring  the  month  of  Angnst, 
it  was  constantly  seen  on  the  pools  near  tbe  stream.  2Iewly  fledged 
birds  taken  in  Angnst  are  altogether  different  from  the  adults  in  plu- 
mage and  color  of  tbe  naked  parts.  This  first  plumage,  which  strikingly 
resembles  on  the  apper  parts  that  of  the  Tringa  maculata,  is  worn  only 
for  a  brief  period  before  it  is  exchanged  for  uniform  ashy  and  white, 
which  characterizes  the  winter  state.  Tbe  birds  are  extremely  gentle 
and  confiding  during  the  breeding-aeasoo,  and  may  be  approached  and 
destroyed  without  tbe  slightest  difficulty. 

An  excellent  contribntion  to  the  biography  of  Wilson's  Pbalarope 
has  recently  been  made  by  Mr.  E.  W.  Nelson,  in  tbe  Bulletin  of  the 
Nuttall  Ornithological  Club,  vol.  ii,  2^0.  2,  April,  1877,  pp.3&-43. 


COUES  ON  BIRDS  OF  DAKOTA  AKD  UOKTANA. 


637 


4 
i 

i 

Locality. 

Dace. 

CoUKtor. 

J 

1 

i   's.tn«or»pedn.ei., 

PWDblu.Dkk 

ll0B«Rlrw.D»k... 

^P^^ 

EUloCt  C<ni«« 

....do 

A-HS 

14.  U 

4.8q 

i 

do 

WoirCrwk.MoDt- 

Aog.3U,18rj 

JnnoflT,  l?7t 
Ja]y    7,im 

July  1^  imt 

:;:t :::::::: 

e.N 

13.  M 

1.W 





Bkln:   bill  bluki 

.1 

Noir  Two  FoTfci  of 
MUk  Blver. 

July  ai.l8T4 

EfclD  (f  aang). 

liOBIPES  HYPERBOKEUa,  [Linn.)  Cuv. 
HyPEBBOBEAN  PnALABOPE. 

A  large  pool,  or  little  lake,  lying  by  the  trail  of  onr  party,  near  the 
eastern  base  of  the  Bocky  Moontains,  a  day's  marcb  east  of  Saint 
Mary's  Biver,  seemed  to  be  a  favorite  resort  for  all  tbe  waders  of  the 
region,  as  well  as  tbe  Dacka  and  Geese.  There  were  here  congregated 
a  surprising  number  of  water-birds — both  species  nod  individaals.  Of 
the  waders,  I  noticed  daring  an  hour's  shooting  at  this  spot  on  tbe  16tb 
of  Angast  two  kinds  of  Pbalarope,  the  Stilt  Sandpiper,  the  Semipal- 
inated,  Least,  Baird's,  and  the  Pectoral  Sandpipers,  the  WUlet,  Greater 
and  Lesser  Yellowshanks,  Solitary  and  Spotted  Tattler,  in  all  no  less 
than  a  dozen  species,  of  which  I  took  specimens  of  nearly  all.  It  was 
perhaps  the  only  still  water  for  many  miles  around,  and  thas  attracted 
a  full  congregation  of  tbe  "  long-legged  fraternity",  to  say  nothing  of 
the  Ducks  and  Geese.  The  Northern  Pbalarope  was  among  the  number, 
rather  aDezi)ectedly  to  me,  seeing  how  early  in  the  season  it  was.  There 
were,  however,  but  very  few  of  this  species,  in  comparison  with  the 
numbers  of  the  rest.  I  presume  these  were  early  arrivals  from  tbe 
north,  since  it  is  not  probable  that  the  species  breed  so  far  south.  Tbe 
evidence,  however,  is  obviously  negative;  and  since  such  boreal  uesters 
as  the  Waxwing  and  Harlequin  Duck  were  certainly  breediug  in  this 
latitude,  the  Phalaropes  seen  here  may  have  been  hatched  not  far  away. 

Xiato/ 


i 

^ 

<£ 

LocUily. 

!..„. 

CoUMlor. 

i 

3 

1 

1 

SiXanolij^imea. 

«« 

■'^.■S.a'S' 

AoB.16.im 

EltioWCouM 

Sk<n. 

•638  BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  80BVET. 

GALLIXAGO  WILSOXI,  (T«mm.)  Bp. 
The  Snipe. 

Saipe-abootiii^  opeoed  ou  the  Moase  Kiver  the  middle  of  September, 
aod  for  two  or  three  weeks  I  enjoyed  aB  good  Bport  of  this  kind  as  1 
have  ever  bad  anywhere.  The  birds  were  abaadant  in  the  nsaal  kind 
of  groands,  here  afforded  in  the  vicinity  of  the  reedy  pools  that  are 
BtroDg  along  near  the  river,  and  some  excellent  bags  were  made.  I  had 
previoasly  seen  none  of  the  birds,  nor  were  any  observed  dnriog  the 
sacceeding  season  in  the  Missoori  and  Milk  Biver  coantriefl,  where 
there  is  little  to  attract  them. 

Litt  of  iperiment. 


i 

n 

LocaUtj. 

Date, 

=.„..„. 

i 

1 

1 

Natnreorspwlnicii, 
mndieuuk*. 

3I» 
369* 

i 

s 

i 

Miin»]U»r.I)ab... 

:::S: ::;-;::::::: 

...dn 

Sept  18,  im 
»ep^a7,l«73 

EUlDttCoUM. 

10.  oo 

IM-M 

s.«a 

tad 

....do 

....io 

11,  s» 

'•» 

S,!» 

...do. 

MACBORHAMPHUS  GRISEUS,  (G«t.)  Leack. 
Red-bebasted  Snipb. 

Observation  of  this  species  on  the  Mouse  River  daring  the  eecond 
week  in  Angnat,  before  thegeneralflight  of  waders  took  place,  led  me  to 
Infer  that  it  bred  in  tliis  region,  like  several  other  waders  not  aotoally 
caught  iu  the  act.  During  the  fall  migration,  in  September,  tbe  birds 
were  extremely  numerous,  frequenting  tbe  pools  along  the  river  in  large 
flocks ;  they  were  unwary,  apparently  absorbed  in  tbeir  avocations,  and 
large  bags  couid  easily  be  made.  Out  of  a  lot  of  thirty  or  forty  killed, 
October  1,  partly  for  my  legitimate  purposes  and  partly  to  improve  onr 
fare,  I  selected,  carefully  measured,  and  preserved  nine  iudividaals,  the 
dimensions  of  wbieh  are  subjoined  in  proof  that  tbe  supposed  M,  aeoh- 
pacms  is  not  a  distinct  species.  The  question  is  fully  discussed  in  the 
"Birds  of  tbe  Northwest". 

LitI  of  ipteimeiit. 


•A 
t 

i 

Lodllj, 

„,., 

Coileolor. 

1 

1 

t 

Mutare  of  BpcdmeD, 
■ud  reiii*rk». 

"i 

MDUMlUvcr,Dik 

v.'..iu>\'.'.'.. ":.'::. 

Ang^lO,  1*73 

ElUoHConM 

3o!5o 

....do 

--.,rto  

1% 

S.KI 

aoo 

5.85 

IdaSlSSl^iSJS 

.-.do.<biuS3,l31llBl, 
...di>.iIMU3.0S,'lBS(.I« 
..-do.<bm3.3MoB*.lS) 

...,do 

::::S:::::::::::- 

:::::rt2  :::::: 

""dS ::::::: 

C0UE8   ON   BIRDS   OF   DAKOTA  AND   MONTANA. 


639 


MICKOPALAMA  HIMANTOPU8,  {Bp.)  Bd. 

Stilt  Sandpiper. 

This  highly  interesting  species  is  not  known  to  breed  except  in  high 
latitndes,  and  has  nsnally  been  regarded  as  rather  rare  in  the  United 
States.  I  was  delighted  to  find  it  on  the  same  lucky  pool  where  I  got  the 
Northern  Phalarope,  for  I  had  never  before  seen  it  alive.  We  can  only 
surmise  whether  or  not  it  had  bred  in  the  vicinity — the  date  was  August 
IC ;  but  the  birds  were  fully  flocking,  and  seemed  to  be  en  route.  On  repass- 
ing the  pool  August  29,  returning  from  the  mountains,  I  saw  it  again, 
and  added  another  specimen  to  the  half  dozen  secured  at  my  first  visit. 
In  their  general  appearance  and  actions,  the  birds  so  closely  resembled 
the  Red-breasted  Snipe  that  at  gunshot  range  I  at  first  mistook  them 
for  the  latter,  and  did  not  recognize  them  until  the  specimens  were  in 
hand.  They  gathered  in  the  same  compact  groups,  waded  about  in  the 
same  sedate,  preoccupied  manner,  fed  with  the  same  motion  of  the  head, 
probing  obliquely  in  shallow  water  with  the  head  submerged,  were 
equally  oblivious  of  my  approach,  and  when  wounded  swam  with  equal 
facility.  The  close  structural  resemblances  of  the  two  species  are  evi- 
dently reflected  in  their  general  economy. 

List  of  specimens. 


o 

^  I 

w         CO 


447r. 


447f> 
4477 
4478 
447» 
44HO 
4644 


Locality. 


Date. 


Near  Rocky  Mts.,  '  Aupc.  16, 1874 


.  I . 


lat.  4U3. 
.do 

do 

do 

do 

do 

do 


do 

do 

do 

do 

...    do  

do 

Aag.  i29,  ld74 


be 

a 


Elliott  Coues  '  1 


..do 
,.  do 

..do 
...do 
...do 
...do 


I 


i  S  *9. 00*16. 2D,  *5.00 


Nature  of  specimen, 
and  remarks. 


Skin. 

...  do. 

do. 

...  do. 'Average. 

....  do. 

....do. 
t . . .  •  do. 
do. 


EREUNP:TES  PUSILLUS,  (Linn.)  Cass. 

Semipalmated  Sai^dpiper. 

This  abundant  and  familiar  little  species  was  noticed  at  various  points 
along  the  Line  during  the  month  of  August. 

List  of  specimens. 


3470 
43% 

4309 
4400 


I-«ocality. 


Date. 


Collector. 


Moose  Iliver,  Dak. 
West  of  Sweotgrass 
Hills,  Mout. 

....do 

....do 


Aag.  10, 1873  i  Elliott  Cones. 
Aug.  11,1874. do 


do 
.do 


.do 
do 


6C 

1^ 


a 

M 


6C 

a 


Nature  of  specimen, 
and  remarks. 


Skin. 
do. 


.da 
.do. 


640  BDLLBTIH  UHITED  STATES  OEOUWICAL  8UBTBT. 

TBIBGA  MINUTILLA,  TieUL 

Least  Saitopipeb. 

Obfierved  a  little  earlier  thau  the  preceding  species ;  and  I  sboDld  not 
be  snrprised  if  it  bred  in  tfae  immediate  vicinity.  Not  ooticed  after  the 
middle  of  Au|;:ust. 

Lilt  ^  ij 


4 

i 

Loctlity. 

DM& 

c.u»™. 

! 

S 

1 

"•asssr 

TortlsMt.Dak.... 

"'.j^'"  "r""" 

i,i,%im:::X ;;:::::: 
^■"i^;:™::::S:  :::;:::: 

9.00 

10. 7S 

da 

TBINGA  BAIKDI,  Co»e«. 

Baibd's  Sandpipeh. 

Dnring  the  fall  migration,  in  the  month  of  Aogast,  tbisia  one  of  the 
most  abundant  Sandpipers  in  Dakota  and  JUontana.  I  found  it  In  Bnudl 
flocts  along  the  Moose  Uirer,  and  thence  in  suitable  places  to  the  Bocky 
Mountains;  sometimes  by  itself,  ofteuer  mixing  vith  eeveral  allied 
species.  Its  habits,  dnring  the  season  at  least,  do  not  appear  to  be 
pecnliar  in  any  respect.  I  obseired  it  chiefly  on  the  small  saline  pools 
of  the  prairie,  generally  near  water-coorses,  but  sometimes  at  a  distance 
&om  any  permanent  stream.  It  is  avery  quiet,  gentle  bird,  whidi  may 
be  approached  with  ease. 

Lilt  of  tfoimatt. 


i 
t 

i 

Loslity. 

rwte. 

Collector. 

! 

1 

1 

■Ddninukk. 

3M3 
3544 

■s 

:::: 

UonHltlTer.Dak  .. 

Ang.Sl,lp73 

ElliuttCoDea. 

roo 

1S.SS 

4.eo 

^"r^tSl^f^-- 

Wt-it  of  Rwiw^riM 
llilJa.M(nL 

AiiR.»0,lTO 
An):.  ID.  Itl74 

-..do 

...do 

ris 

15.45 

4.  IS 

SkiD. 

A««.n,i«.^ 

S 

.... 

....do 

HewloiilenotUUk 

N™lto;kj'MoaBt- 

ftlm,  laUiudo  VP. 

....do 

Ang.  13,1814 

Al.K.i»,in4 

...do 

....do 

't'«' 

ii'ii' 

■ili- 

....da 
-...do. 

TEINGA  MAC  OL ATA,  Piet«. 

Peciobal  Sandfipeb. 

Like  the  last  species,  this  one  is  common  in  both  Territories  during  the 
&I1  migration.    It  was  first  seen  the  latter  part  of  July,  in  company 


COtlES    ON    B1BD3   OF    DAKOTA   AND    MONTANA..  611 

with  T.  minuiiUa,  on  the  pools  aboat  the  bdse  of  Taitle  Mouotaia. 
Some  of  tbc  .speciineos  uecored  were  evidently  very  young  birds  of  the 
year,  but  wLethcr  bred  or  tiot  in  the  vicinity  13  UDcertnio. 


i 

1 

,^.m,. 

List  o 

/-/x.w,,.. 

1 

1 

■ad  RRiiirkB, 

4393 
4493 

.... 

TDrtleMt..D^k.... 
Hill*.  UoDl. 

NwltekyMonnt 

■Jns,lUltiiil«4IH>. 

AUK.1I,1SJ4 
AaB.10,1874 

.«"£'"■": 



akjii. 

LIMOSA  FEDOA,  {Linn.)  Ord. 
Great  Hakblbd  Godwit. 
The  breed iug-rauge  of  this  well-kiiown  bird  remained  antil  recently 
uncertain,  and  its  eggs  were  long  special  desiderata  of  the  Katiooal 
MoMnm.  At  Saint  Paul,  I  saw  iu  the  collectioD  of  the  Academy  of 
Natnral  Sciences  of  that  city  a  set  which  had  been  taken  in  Hiaoesota. 
The  bird  bos  been  asoertaiued  to  breed  aIbo  in  Iowa,  and  I  was  satisfied 
that  it  did  so  at  Pembina.  The  birds  that  I  observed  In  this  locality 
showed  by  all  their  actions,  readily  interpreted  by  one  femllior  with  the 
Hubject,  that  they  were  oesting ;  and  I  did  not  hesitate  to  so  assert, 
though  I  was  not  successful  in  my  search  for  the  nest.  This  was  of 
date  June  20, 187.3.    The  species  was  not  observed  west  of  this  point. 


i 

^ 

LocrUlly. 

Dnte. 

Cnllfdot. 

i 

s 

»     X.lnT.Bf.r«in»n, 
1           """"■"■■ 

""' 

9 

P»DUD>.Dnk 

Jiui.SO,  1S)3 

EniMtCaoH 

LIMOSA  n^MASTICA,  (Linn.)  Couet. 
HUDSONIAN  Godwit. 
While  in  camp  at  the  Two  Forks  of  Milk  Biver,  I  was  shown  a  epeci- 
meo  of  this  species,  in  fbll  plumage,  iu  the  collection  of  my  colleagne, 
Mr.  G.  M.  Dawson,  TTaturalist  of  the  English  Commission.  It  had  been 
taken,  I  understood,  some  distance  east  of  this  point  I  did  not  myself 
observe  the  species. 

TOTANUS  SEMIPALMATUS,  {Gm.)  Temm. 
WiLLET. 

Though  the  specimens  preserved  were  all  taken  in  August  alone,  I 

occasionally  observed  the  species  at  different  times  daring  bo^U  wawka^ 

Bull.  iv.  No.  r 


642  BULLETIN   UNITED  STATIIS   GEOLOOICAL  SUKVEY. 

and  at  various  poiuts  from  the  U^d  fiiver  to  tliu  Hockj-  MonDtaina.  It 
breeds  in  Ibis  region — in  Atct,  the  limit  of  its  nortlinard  distribation  is 
only  BIX  or  seven  degrees  beyond — as  it  does  in  suitable  places  tbroogh- 
ont  the  United  States.  I  have  myself  observed  it  daring  the  breeding- 
Hea«on  in  lHew  Mexico  and  North  Ourolina,  ns  well  as  in  tbe  present 
region. 

Litt  qf  ipttimtm. 


i 

MSI 

& 

Lmalit,. 

Dim. 

CollMtw. 

! 

1 

t 

HooHRlnr,  Itak... 

Aag.  n.  167* 

RUIMtConH 

Skin. 

Blnii,Uuin<le*0", 
...4o 

^ 

1 

TOTANUS  MELANOLEUOUS,  {Qm.)  Tleill. 

Greateb  Ykllowsdanks. 

Not  otiscrvetl  nntil  tbe  lust  week  in  July ;  very  abundant,  in  Augnat 
aod  September,  throuKbont  tbe  region.  Tbisand  tbe  succeeding  Ri)ecieB 
tkTU  almoMt  iuvarialily  found  together,  and  frequently  associutiug  in  tbe 
Bame  flock.  Tlietr  habits  »re  exactly  tbe  same.  They  are  geuetally 
aCGount«>d  shy  and  wary  birds  in  settled  districts,  and  so  I  have  Dsoally 
found  tboni;  but  in  tho  wilds  of  tbe  West  they  are  among  the  most 
nu8US[>ectiug  of  the  waders,  and  may  be  apiiroacbed  wilboot  the- slight- 
est dlRicully. 

Lift  of  »perime»>. 


& 

i 

Loralilj-.             !         Date. 
! 

follwtnr. 

1 

1 

1 

St 

9 

Mou«Biy«.D.L... 

A^JU«J 

EUlultCaDH 

::.d«  ::::::;■ 

J-lI.U:«ly... 
-.i!'. 

Skin. 

:::;£ 

.-.do. 

—  .do. 

::::: 



.... 

1.90 

lUwhy  M!b.,  LiLW  ., 

i«g.  IM,  Irt* 

ADJt,  IB.  I'll 

TOTANUS  FLAVIPES,  (C»i.)  YicHl 
hESSKK  YeLLOWKIIANKS. 

See  rciiiiiiks  undur  head  of  tlie  lust  spt'ciew,  etjually  applicable  bew. 


COUES   ON   BIBD8  OF  DAKOTA  AND   MONTANA.  643 

Lint  <tf»pct^meiu. 


i 

t 

i 

Date. 

Colleolor. 

! 

s 

340* 

aim 
asii 

ii 

4*53 

ESfcri"" 

S,5ffi 

EllinKConM. 
.--do 

Skin. 

io.'da 

M.1S 

::::■!;::::;:::::::;: 

do    ... 

:::t  :::::::: 

;;;:s 

do 

:::::S::::::::::::::- 

C™.itniiKllkK,Mi.i.t 

::::S ;::::::: 

ISSSS 

in 

-—do. 

Nmr  Snok*  Mount- 

*Dg.l8,l(r74 

jittljiity" 

^ 

Ao 

do.: 

;:::::'.::::: 

...do 



.... 

...do. 

do 

do 

(to 

::::;:J:  ::::::::::::: 

;;::::3::::: 

...do 

....do. 

....du    ..     . 

TOTANUS  SOLITARIUS,  {ff«».)  .4i(d. 
SOLITABY  TattLEE. 

Occam  in  abuudance  ou  all  tbe  pools  aod  water-courses  of  tbe  region 
(laring  tbe  aatnoiDal  tDi{;rution.  I  bare  reason  to  believe  tbat  eooie 
may  breed  in  tbis  latitude.  It  is  atmost  never  Becu  in  flockB,  tboagh 
iinmbers  may  be  gathered  atwnt  tbe  same  piece  of  water. 

Lilt  of  tpedtiteiu. 


1 

STMS 
TAS\ 
■B«0 

4»\ 

1 

LoMllly. 

DbW. 

CollMWr. 

1 

1 

? 
g 

""S^JST" 

TortlnlIoQol.to.IMk. 

...do 

1 

Ang.  B3,  Iffn 
Au-.__fl.lH( 

Abe.  miK* 

dn.... 

d'l.... 

AlI((.H,im 

Aoc.  le,  1074 

AnK.KI.lS7J 

EUlolti-iiiM" 

e.4n 

0.10 

15.  m 

ID 

..  do. 
...  ilo. 

:;::do. 

.  llO, 

..-.do. 

(■i™KlilBiiilkR.,MoBI 

.sirwteiiiu  lliUa,  UoM 

■::":do::"::::--:::' 

niJii>.Uoiii. 

Ut'udwuton  Milk  R., 
Sur  Kock;  Uootit. 

....do.. 

.-..do 

...do 

...do  

...... 

-do, 

...  do. 
.-.d... 

'.i-Iio: 

644  BULLETIN   UNITED  STATED   GEOLOGICAL  SUBVEY. 

TEKGOIDES  iLVCCLAKrCS,  (iiB/i.)  Gray, 

Spotted  Saitdpipeb. 

Tlie  Qbi(|uitODH   "teeter-tail^,  or  "peet-weet",  occurs    in 
tbroDghoot  the  region,  as  it  tloeii  in  most  otber  jiarti'  ot  North  America. 


Ptnb^n*. liik Jbh  4,lifia,  KlUMiCi 

MaBaxRim.Dak Aug.  UlIkTI  i....do  .. 

WrUoT  Swt*tipam  UlU*.    Aaf.  li^le^l  |....dit ... 


ACTITCRUS  BAUTUAMICS,  {Wih.)  P.p. 
Babtbamia^  Tattleb. 

TbJB  iuteresliug  bird  is  extremely  abundaot  ov<t  all  tbe  prairie  of  tb« 
Bed  Birer  region.  Ifoand  it  upon  my  arrival  at  Pembina,  Jane  ],aDd it 
breeds  daring  tbls  month.  I  took  eggs  from  the  second  to  fonrtb  week 
of  Jane,  and  foaiid  newly  batched  birds  «arly  in  Jnly.  The  first  week 
in  June,  a  female  was  killed,  with  an  egg  in  her  ready  for  eztrasioD. 
Daring  the  breeding-season,  they  aeem  to  scatter  indiscriminately  over 
tbe  prairie;  yet  there  are  particnlar  spots,  generally  depressed,  there- 
fore slightly  more  fertile,  which  they  particalarly  affect.  They  appear 
to  leave  tbe  coantry  sooner  than  most  of  tbe  waders;  I  saw  nooe  after 
tbe  fore  part  of  September,  thongh  the  majority  of  the  waders  coDtinned 
pleotifal  through  most  of  this  mouth.  They  muke  op  in  tiocks  before 
ttieir  departnre. 

In  the  Missouri  and  Milk  Birer  regions,  they  are  not  nearly  so  name- 
roue— ID  fact,  none  were  observed  after  leaving  tbe  former  river;  die 
prairie  waders  which  breed  farther  westward  being  chiefly  tbe  Long- 
billed  Carlew, 

A  tolerably  full  and,  I  think,  perfectly  reliable  biogn\]il)y  of  this 
species  will  be  found  in  my  "Birds  of  tbe  IConhweet". 

Lift  0/ 'pfciBU'iii. 


LoMlilj-. 
r>ialiiDk,  I)ik 

D»t.. 

CollKWr. 

1 

1 
a 

i 

■Jiui  nmaiiM. 

Jime  <,  11.73 
June  S.1K3 

do 

EUloUCunei 



Evs-  cut  ftxXB  m^ 
....do. 

::| :;::::::::::::: 

....do 

!iS 

Jl.M 

G.<0 

do 

.-.-do  

CDUES  OS  BIBD3  OF  DAKOTA.  AND   MONTANA. 


645 


Llii  of  I'pn 

mnM-CnntiDDed. 

i 

i 

^ 

s 

Lf««!lty. 

Dito. 

Cvilocrnr. 

! 

1 

1  1    „..,„u. 

3A«9 

juto 

TOW 

saw 
-jo-ia 
aiaa 

Mass 

3S4D 

r«nibuiAU>1c 

::£:::::::::;:::: 

do.  .. 

Ell'oH  CuM!. 

...do  

...  .In 

i 

21M 

11 

(175     SklT. 
a.M   ....di.. 
HM   .....li.. 
AtSt   ....rtn. 
l.OU    ....if". 

rH  :::::::;::■:: 

'3'? 

t  :::::::;::;;: 

:!!:!!S  ::!::■:■ 

e;;:; 

-...do. 

....d.K 

...... 

...  ilo 

....do 

do    ... 

JuDe  Si.  im 

i  - 

"I  ■■■■"■- 

::::32  :!:::::!::::;:. 

::;■ 

MmU«wortofP.in. 

buaUu. 
SlmllHeutor  Tor- 

AS'h. 

•rnly  la.  1873 
JolyEVien 

JiuiB£fi,ieI4 

do 

do 

...do 

...  do 

::::S  ::::::■. 

MoiuBKlw.Dnk... 

•^HkioK  Aih  Kim, 

-do 

:::::::;;;;. 

Bkta.*'(lJ.in.Dt  of 

NUMESIUS  LOSGIEOSTEIS,  TTifs. 
LONa-BILLED  CUBLEW. 
Breeds  iu  moderate  nurnbent  aboat  Pembina,  the  only  locality  wliere 
it  WHH  obaei'ved  during  the  hrat  HesHon.  The  next  year  it  was  found  ia 
profnsion  over  the  prairie  adjoining  the  Missoari  above  Buford,  and  the 
lower  portions  of  the  Milk  Kiver  and  its  tributaries.  It  seemed,  like 
the  Bartramian  Tattler,  to  affect  particular  localities,  where  colonies  of 
tweuty  or  thirty  pairs  would  take  up  their  abode  for  the  snmmer,  and 
mabe  the  sir  resoand  with  their  piercing  and  pecaliarty  lu^briooB  cries 
when  distnrbed.  They  were  found  decidedly  shy  nod  watchful;  and 
bein^  uaturally  stout,  tough  birds,  they  proved  rather  hard  to  kill. 
One  of  the  most  disastrous  chooting  exploits  I  ever  attempted  was 
dtreitted  iigainst  these  same  birds,  as  some  of  my  frieods  who  witnessed 
the  discotimging  negative  reaalts  will  remember.  There  seems  to  be  a 
considerable  latitude  iu  the  period  of  laying^  I  took  a  fresh  set  of  eggs 
July  4tli,  having  the  day  previous  captured  some  young  birds. 


I.i,l  nf  >,pefiment. 

LocjUtj. 

I>:.lt. 

Cullrctor. 

filll 

"■••a^asr* 

N«rnwWbo(Milli 
Rlvtr,  HooL 

JlU»M,l*lT< 
Jai7    1.1874 
Jolj    4.1874 

KiliottCooci 

1     1 

Skia. 

'***'            \ 

646  BULLETIN   UHITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SUBVET. 

ARDEA  HERODIAS,  Linn. 
Great  Blue  Heeon. 
Observed  daring  our  piisange  down  the  Red  River. 

NYOTIAKDEA  GRI3EA  N^VIA,  {Bodd.)  Alltn. 
Amehican  Nigut  HEnoN. 
Outiiudividual  seen  uodcr  tbe  same  uircamstauci'B  as  the  last. 
BOTAURUS  MINOR,  {Om.)  Bote. 
Ambbican  Bittebn. 
Apparently  rather  common  on  Moase  River  in  September,  Bereral 
iodi^idaals  being  observed  nod  two  secured. 


Lut 

/  »peci,n^. 

i 

1 

Locality. 

»„.. 

CplluoMr. 

1 

i 

t 
^ 

="i23r''^/"*^ 

ana 

' 

HmwRlvw.mk... 

SepL    a,l«T3 

EUIMI  CouM 
..  do 

9d.00 

U.(M 
3a.M 

».» 

loir,  with   bluk 
ridn  and   duk 

OROS  AMERICANA,  (£tnn.)  Tanm. 
White  or  Wnoopma  CsAnB. 
White  Cranea  were  frequently  observed  in  the  Mouse  River  country 
in  AugDSt,  September,  aad  October,  bat  ntwaya  at  a  diatauoe;  and  I 
vas  not  80  fortunate  as  to  secure  any  specimens.  There  is  no  reason  to 
doabt  their  breeding  in  tbi»  section.  To  the  beat  of  my  recollection, 
nooe  were  seen  in  the  Missouri  or  Milk  River  region  during  the  second 

GKUS  CANADENSIS,  {Linn.)  Ttmm. 
Beown  or  Sandhill  Oeane. 
Commouly  observed  after  leaving  PomWna,  especially  dining  the  lat- 
ter part  of  the  season.  In  July,  I  noticed,  in  one  of  the  topojjrnphi- 
cal  camps,  the  r«maiii8  of  n  young  bird,  which  had  been  cangbt  alive. 
It  appears  to  breetl  over  the  whule  region,  in  prairie  eonntry.  In  tbe 
latter  part  of  September  and  early  in  Ortobi-r,  both  this  and  the  Whooi»- 
ing  Craue  appeared  to  be  mif^ruting  Noutbwanl,  chiefly  in  the  night- 
time, when  their  bo;irse,  rattling  croak  often  broke  the  stillness,  or 
sounded  strong  amidst  the  houkiiig  of  the  gti'se,  the  whistling  of  the 
rusbiug  wings  of  the  wildtowl,  aud  the  slendi^r  pipe  of  the  waders  that 
completed  the  throng  of  numberless  miyranls. 


COVES  ON  BIBD8  OF  DAKOTA   AND  MONTANA.  G47 

POEZANA  CAROLINA,  Lintt. 

SooA  Rail. 

Observed  daiing  the  migratiou  in  September  along  tbe  Mouse  Eiver, 
wbere  it  appeared  to  be  ratber  commuii.  Its  nesting  in  tbi»  region  was 
not  determiiteil. 

FULICA  AMEltlCANA,  Om. 

(jOOT. 

Estremeiy  tibutidunt.  Almost  all  tbe  pools  and  reedy  slougbs  of  tbe 
prairie  tbroiigbout  the  region  from  tbe  Ked  Uiver  to  tbe  Kockj'  Mount- 
aiiieaiid  Dpper  Missouri  country  generally  are  tenanted  by  one  or  more 
pairs  of  these  very  coniiuou-place  birds.  Tbe  sets  of  eggs  taken  varied  . 
from  ten  to  twelve  in  nnmber,  and  tbere  is  a  good  deal  of  difference  in 
the  coloration,  tbe  ground  varying  from  pale  clay  color  to  Ifgbt  creamy- 
browD,  while  the  si>otting  consists  sometimes  of  mere  points,  sometimes 
of  sizable  spots.  Tbe  first  set  of  eggs  taken,  Jane  20,  contained  em- 
bryos which  would  have  been  hatched  in  a  day  or  two ;  others,  taken 
the  first  and  second  weeks  in  July,  were  fresh  ;  and,  again,  new  ly  batched 
young  were  found  so  late  as  July  26.  Unless  two  broods  are  reared,  as 
is  not  probable,  there  ia  a  latitude  of  a  full  month  in  tbe  time  of  laying. 
Tbe  birds  were  still  abundant  when  I  left  the  country,  the  second  week 
in  October. 

The  nests  of  this  bird  differ  a  good  deal  in  location  and  amount  of 
material  employed.  One  particularly  examined  at  Pembina  consistetl 
of  a  bulky  mass  of  stout  reed-stems,  aboat  16  incbes  across  and  S  in 
depth ;  it  was  lined  with  the  softer  tops  of  the  reeds.  This  o>ie  was  in 
n  sloogb  of  considerable  depth ;  it  floated  on  the  water— rather,  it  was 
placed  on  a  matted  platform  of  flouting,  broken-dowu  reeds,  uud  was 
moored  to  tbe  t;rowicg  plauts.  Other  uests,  in  very  sbullow  water  or 
around  tbe  edges  of  pooU,  were  stationary. 

Tbe  newly  b;itcbed  young  are  curions-looking  creatures,  covered  with 
black  down  striped  with  riub  golden-yellow  or  orange;  bill  vermilioD- 
red,  black-tipiied  J  feet  dark. 

LUt  <•/  tpecimrn*. 


i 

i_ 

Ilia 

i 

Locjlily. 

UnU.        ,      Uullttiur. 

! 

1 

,VrtlBrsnf»i«tliutB, 

jinn'ta.iswlEmnucoiiM 

July»ll,lerj  .,..<lo 

Setof  llacgJi. 
YOUDK,     uririT 
hatcbSd.             ' 
do. 

Skin.                         1 

Tarlla    Uounuils, 

Mntiu  Diver,  Dik  . 
Mi™-.  Mont. 

H^dw^Ur.    Mitk 

Ort    i.ijna  ....do 

July    a.lJTj,...do 

AoB,30,le7*.....do 



:::::: 

648        liVLLJum  vsiitBV  states  geological  susvev. 

Faunlv  ANATID.E. 
Swan,  Geese,  and  Ducks. 

A  few  wor4l8  of  comment  upon  the  general  subject  wil!  place  it  in 
clearer  light  tlian  that  which  the  series  of  isolated  remarks  famishes,  and 
render  lengthy  accounts  of  the  several  species  unnecessary.  Daring  the 
autumnal  migration,  vast  bands  of  water-fowl  enter  Montana  and  Dakota 
from  the  north.  Tbe  nature  of  the  country  is  such  that  the  birds  stop- 
ping for  rest  and  food  necessarily  come  together  in  immense  numbers; 
for  superimposed  upon  their  gregarious  disposition  is  the  circumstance 
that  the  water  supply  is  precarious  or  isolated,  the  country  at  large 
wholly  unsuited  to  their  wants.  The  result  is,  that  the  most  slender 
streams,  often  mere  threads,  with  scarcely  strength  to  flow,  or  even 
broken  into  chains  of  sloughs,  and  all  the  temporary  water-holes  formed 
in  depressions  of  the  prairie,  become  thronged  with  the  birds.  This 
gives  an  impression  of  extraordinary  numbers  of  these  birds,  bat  it 
should  be  recollected  that  we  have  here  the  percentage  of  birds  due  to 
large  areas  concentrated  in  particular  spots.  Duck -shooting  under  these 
circumstances  becomes  a  somewhat  si)ecial  branch  of  the  art. 

Another  circumstance  is,  that  the  parallel  of  49^  is  about  on  the  edge 
of  the  breeding  ground  of  those  species  which  regularly  migrate  north- 
ward to  breed.  A  large  number  of  the  Ducks,  and  some  of  the  Geese, 
as  is  well  known,  nest  indiscriminately  in  any  part  of  the  United  States; 
but  aside  from  these,  all  of  which  of  course  occur  in  the  present  country' 
as  well  as  elsewhere,  there  are  a  number  of  species  of  truly  boreal  breed- 
ers, which  begin  to  drop  deserters  at  about  this  latitude.  As  a  result, 
nearly  all  of  the  Ducks  of  North  America,  except  the  maritime  and 
thoroughly  Arctic  ones,  nest  within  our  limits.  They  choose  the  ponds 
and  prairie  sloughs,  and  the  little  pools  in  the  mountains;  and  during 
the  latter  part  of  the  season,  these  places  assume  the  appearance  of  a 
farmyard  puddle,  from  the  quantity  of  droppings  and  cast  feathers. 

In  general,  throughout  this  Ileport,  the  tabular  lists  of  specimens 
afford  a  tolerably  fair  index  to  the  abundance  or  scarcity  of  the  several 
species  secured ;  but  this  fails  altogether  in  the  cases  of  the  birds  of 
this  family,  few  of  which  seemed  worth  the  trouble  of  preparing  or  the 
expense  of  transportation,  although  large  numbers  were  shot  as  legiti- 
mate objects  of  sport  or  to  vary  our  fare. 

CYGNDS  BDCClNzVTOR,  Rich. 

TRirMPETER  Swan. 

Obsei  ved  on  a  few  occasions  in  Dakota  late  in  September  and  during 
the  first  half  of  October,  during  the  migration.  It  ajtpears  to  pass 
chiefly  by  night,  but  I  saw  a  small  lot  flying  in  the  daytime  near  Fort 
Stevenson.  The  species  is  said  to  breed  in  the  Yellowstone  country, 
and  also  in  Minnesota. 


COUES  ON   BIHUS  OF  DAKOTA   AND   MONTANA. 


649 


The  otber  speciee  of  Swan,  C.  americanus,  wns  not  recogaized,  though 
it  doubtless  occurs  duriug  the  migratioD. 

The  same  remark  applies  to  a  species  of  Goose,  Anser  aJhi from  gam- 
Mi. 

ANSEK  nYrERBOIlEUS,  Pall. 

Snow  Goose;  Wuite  Brakt. 

Abandaut  diiiiug  the  migrations.  On  a  former  occuaiou,  I  noted  their 
spring  migration  in  Soutberu  ]>uliutu,  ut  Fort  Baudull,  from  the  latter 
part  of  Miueh  through  most  of  April.  lu  the  full,  I  saw  none  uutil 
October. 

BKANTA  CANADENSIS,  {Lim.)  Gray. 

Canada  Goose. 

WUilut  steaming  up  the  Missouri  in  June,  1874, 1  saw  several  broods 
of  goslings  swimming  near  the  banks.  At  a  pool  in  Montana,  west  of 
Frenchman's  River,  a  colony  bad  established  themselves  to  breed;  and 
dnrisg  the  time  when  neither  old  nor  young  coald  fly,  several  dozea 
were  killed  with  olubs  by  some  people  attached  to  one  of  the  Burveya. 
The  frequent  nesting  of  the  species  in  ireety  iu  various  parts  of  the 
Sorthweat,  is  perfectly  well  attested,  though  the  fact  did  not  come 
under  my  owd  observation.  Birds  apparently  from  the  north  were 
comfflon  along  the  Mouse  Biver  in  the  latter  part  of  September ;  a  Cow 
had  made  their  appearance  the  last  of  August,  and  their  numbers  were 
augmented  during  the  month. 

BBANTA  BEBNIGLA,  {Linn,)  Scop. 

Bbamt;  Black  Bbant. 

Observed  only  during  the  migration. 

ANAS  BOSCHAS,  [Lian.) 

Mallard. 

Breeds  abundantly  ttarougfaoat  tbe  region  in  suitable  places.  Flap- 
pers about  a  week  old  were^seeu  at  Pembina  Jnne  20. 


JOti 

A 

LooalitT. 

DaU. 

CoU^tor, 

1 

1 

Kid  nmatM. 

:::3S-: 

June*).  1873 

m„.c„. 

Skin;    poniDt  af 

DnckHnpi, 

660  BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  QEOLOOICAL  SUBTBY. 

DAFILA  ACDTA,  (Liitn.)  JemgHB. 

SPBiatAIL. 

Thia  beftatiful  Duck,  equally  attractireOD  uuJ  off  tfao  table,  is  aboodflnt 
tbrongbout  the  regiou,  not  only  daring  the  fall  mignitioD,  bat  in  tbe 
SDmmer.  By  tbe  middle  of  Aogast,  tbe  yoaog  birds  aie  foll-grovn,  in 
floe  featber,  and  in  tbe  beat  possible  coaditloa  for  tfa«  table.  Many 
poire  were  found  breeding  in  pools  iu  tbe  Milk  River  re^on,  eepecially 
in  tbe  vicinity  of  Frenctimnn's,  early  in  July.  At  this  period,  t*ie  yonag 
and  old  were  equally  unable  to  fiy,  as  the  former  had  not  got  tbeir 
feathere  and  the  latter  bad  lost  theirs.  When  disturbed  in  the  pools  at 
such  time,  they  hud  the  habit  of  creeping  alyly  ont  on  the  prairie,  and 
sgnatting  so  low,  lltte  Grouse,  tbat  they  were  ofCeo  lost,  even  when  the 
herbage  was  quite  scanty.  Many  were  captured  by  hand  or  killed  with 
sticks. 

LUt  ^  tpedment. 


s 

Locillly. 

Date. 

Colloclor. 

i 

1 

i 

"""^1 

FvmMuo.  Dak 

JoDtM,  1-n 

EHiott  r.-»\at 



I 

CHACLELASMUS  8TR13PEKUS,  {t!nn.)  Oraif. 

Oadwall.  ^ 

Abntidaut  tbrougbout  tbe  region,  where  it  breeds,  like  nearly  all  the 
other  Aaalina:    Youug  still  iintledged  were  observed  late  in  August. 


1    ■ 

Litto 

C..1II-.M 

! 

i 
i 

J 

I,K;p.lil.v. 

i 
ft 

Kntorpofiipfirimai,' 
ua  itunark*.     | 

3«S 

Tu 

■tIellI„U->k 

U: 

...U 

KlliultCini 

1 

MAKE(\\  AMKKIUANA,  (Gm.)  NfepA. 

Widgeon. 

Abundnut  tbi'onf^bout;  breeding.     Yoiiii^fitill  unable  to  tly  wtrese^ 
uutil  the  middle  of"  September. 

QUEKQUEDULA  CAliOMNl^NSIS,  [Gm.)  SIcph. 

Gkkkn-wisged  Teal. 

Extremely  abundant  tbrougbout.     Il  ontira  tbe  country  by  tbouaanda, 

in  Augnst,  amaog  the  earticat  arrivals  of  waterfowl  from  tbe  north.    I 

bare  little  doubt  tbat  8ome  breed  in  Nortliei-u  Dakota ;  bot  as  the  odI.t 


C0UE8  ON   BIBDS   OP  DAKOTA  AND  MONTANA. 


651 


"teals'"  eggs  I  took  were  not  ideotifled  satisfactorily,  and  as  I  saw  no 
birds  not  in  perfect  feather,  I  caoDot  stato  positively  that  it  does  so. 
This  was  a  favorite  bird  with  me  for  Bbootiog  for  the  table,  where  I 
always  thought  it  looked  better  than  it  did  in  my.  collecting-chest,  '*Two 
and  a  half  teal,  broiled,  on  toast,"  became  my  well-kuown  limit  for  sap- 
per; but  I  never  succeeded  in  "preserving"  the  third  bird  without 
mutiliition. 

QUEliQUEDULA  DISCOKS,  {Lian.)  Stepk. 

Bltje-wimjed  Teal. 

Arrives  early,  in  the  fore  part  of  August,  like  the  Greeu-wing,  and 
becomes  very  abund-int.    It  also  donbtless  breeds. 


S 

i 

LocaUly. 

^. 

CollPcWr. 

1 

i 

ud  nmarka. 

MOOM  River.  D.k- 

Aug.  W.  18TJ 

EUluIi  C^.n*B 

SPATULA  CLYPEATA,  (Linn.)  Boie. 

Shovkllbh. 

Abuodant  throughout.    Found  breeding  on  Mouse  River,  where  yoaug 
about  half-grown  were  taken  August  10. 


£ 

LowOlty. 

DaH. 

CallMMT,         1 

1 

1 

BDdnn^k.. 

Mouse  BiTor,  Dak  . . 

Ann.  10,1873 

Skln(yomi(0. 

FCLIGULA  AFFINIS,  Eyton. 
Lesber  Scaup  Duck. 

The  Scau[>s  which  I  found  breeding  numerously  in  the  Upper  Missouri 
and  Milk  Rivet  region  appeared  to  bo  chiefly,  if  not  wholly,  of  thia  spe- 
cies, as  several  species  examined  certainly  were.  At  some  points,  they 
were  extremely  abundaut,  outnumbering  the  other  Ducks. 

The  F.  marila  undoubtedly  occurs,  during  the  migration  at  least,  if 
not  aiRo  in  the  breeding- season. 

FULIGUL.i  COLLARIS,  [Donovan]  Bp. 

KiNO-NEOKED  DUOK. 

Specimen  seen  in  Mr,  Dawson's  collection. 


652  BULLKTUt   UKITED  BTA.TES  GEOLOGICAL  SCBVEY. 

FULIGCLA  VALLISSERIA,  {Wilt.)  Bteph. 
Canvas  BACK  Diti-k, 

The  breediD^;  resorts  of  tbia  oelebraCed  and  mtiuli  over-rated  bird  were 
for  a  long  time  considered  uncertain,  and  it»  ege»  have  oot  loDg  been 
known.  They  were  ditirovered,  I  think,  I>,t  the  Late  Mr.  It.  KeouicoU  id 
the  northwest  jiart  of  Biititsli  America.  Mr.  W.  U.  Dall  speaks  of  the 
GanvHB'bnck  as  breeding  abundantly  on  the  Yukon,  and  Dr.  J.  S.  Xew- 
beny  found  it  ■'more  numeronfl  than  any  other  Ducks"  in  the  Cascade 
HoautaiDs  Id  Bumtner.  At  Turtle  Mountain,  in  July,  I  saw  several 
broods  of  partly  grown  young;  a  number  wore  secured,  with  a  parent 
bird,  so  that  there  is  no  doabt  of  tfae  correctness  of  the  identification. 
In  most  of  the  region,  however,  the  bird  is  less  numerous  than  the  Bed- 
bead. 

FCLIGULA  FEBISA  AMFRICASA,  (Firf.)  Coues. 
Red  dead  Duck. 

Abundant  tfaroaghout,  but  whether  breeding  or  not  was  left  andeter- 
mined.  None  were  seen  or  at  least  recognised  excepting  in  the  migrat 
ing  seaeoD. 

BUCEPHALA  ISLANDICA,  (Cm.)  Bd. 
Rocky  Mountain  Golden-eye. 

I  was  greatly  interested  to  find  this  species  bree<)iug  in  the  Becky 
Monntaioe.  A  brood  of  young,  accompanied  by  the  female,  was  aeeo 
00  one  of  the  little  side-pools,  surrounded  by  timber,  at  onr  camp  on 
Chief  Mountain  Lake;  the  old  bird  and  two  of  the  young,  out  of  five  <x 
Biz,  were  secured  by  one  of  the  officers  of  the  military  escort,  who  made 
over  the  flappers  to  me,  but  seemed  so  disinclined  to  part  with  the  old 
one  that  I  did  not  press  the  matter,  although  I  greatly  desired  the  qifl- 
oimen.  This  is,  I  believe,  the  first  recorded  instance  of  the  occurreaoe 
of  the  species  during  the  breeding-season  in  the  United  States. 

Lht  of  tptamiya. 


i 
i 

J 

Lwatily. 

I»t>. 

1 

Cgllcctor. 

1 

1 

1 

en 

Rncky  UoMDt 

IB..    AUB.UI.1S7 

iJEUioHConei. 

aklI,(«ryyo«B,). 

__ 

_' 



_. 

BCCEniAI.A  Cr.ANGULA,  (/.(MM.)  C»ue». 

GOLDKNEYE. 

Supposed,  on  goo<]  grounds,  to  occur  during  the  migrations,  though 
not  observed,  at  any  rate  not  recognized,  by  myself. 


COUES    ON    BIRDS    OF   DAKOTA    AND    MONTANA.  653' 

BUCEPHALA  ALBEOLA,  (Linn.)  Baird. 

BUPPLE-HEAD. 

This  Duck  is  amoug  the  commonest  species  ufter  the  fall  migratiOD; 
aail  I  have  reason  to  believe  that  it  neets,  in  limited  oumbers,  in  Nortli- 
era  Dakota,  as  it  certaiiily  does  in  the  Milk  River  coDQtry.  At  Tartle 
Moontain  I  Ibiiod  yooiig  birds  iu  July,  but  tbey  were  able  to  fly,  and 
may  uot  liave  been  liatclied  on  tbe  spot. 

LM  of  iipu-iMmi. 


s 

i 

.».»„. 

.». 

Cnll-OInr. 

^ 
§ 

3 

1 

t 

-•assr-' 

,m 

T,rtl„Mnanln  Bok 

Aoe.  i.ira 

BnifWCooe. 

1 

HISTBIOSIOUa  TORQUATUS,  (Linn.)  Bp. 

HABL^QniN  Duck. 

Itwaa  my  goo<l  I'orlune  to  determine  the  breediDgof  tbis  Daok  ia  tlto 
Kocky  Moantatns  of  the  United  States.  Ther?  is  in  the  NatioDal  Oot 
lection  an  egg  cut  from  a  bird  taken  by  Dr.  Hayden  somevhere  in  tbe 
QioaDtains  May  31,  warranting  infereuce  of  the  fact  here  eetablished. 
Broods  of  flappers  vere  discovered  on  a  clear  brawling  stream  near  the 
camp  OD  Chief  Mountain  Lake,  and  several  of  tbem,  including  tbe 
mother  of  one  of  the  broods,  were  secured.  Tbe  nest  was  not  foand. 
It  was  probably  io  the  hollow  of  a  tree  near  the  spot.  The  birds 
showed  great  powers  of  swimming  and  dtviag  in  the  tnrbnlent  stream, 
where  tbey  seemed  as  mach  at  home  as  the  &mily  of  Dippers  (CwelH*> 
that  was  seen  with  them.  When  distnrbed,  the  old  bird  flew  away  low 
over  tbe  water,  while  others  sank  bock  qnietly  till  only  the  head 
remained  in  view,  much  like  Grebes.  Bome  sought  refuge  behind  and 
beneath  a  little  cascade,  screened  by  the  whole  volnmo  of  water  that 
leaped  over  a  projecting  rock.  One  of  tbe  broods  was  seen  swimming 
qnietly  in  a  pool  near  the  lake. 


tMte 

/»pwi-«M. 

i 

i 

Lnallty. 

Dx«. 

CaUcecor. 

f 

a 

t 

NitoreofapnlaM 

I(«kTMU.,]>tW 

KinattCotwi. 

Skia. 

9 

€54  BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  QEOLOOICAL  BUBVET. 

EBISMAXdRA  RUBIDA,  [WiU.)  Bp. 

IICDDY  Duck. 

CommoD,  and  breeding  in  soitsble  localities  througboat  tbe  region. 
At  Tartle  Mountaio,  it  was  ueeting  in  nambera  in  the  pools,  where  tbe 
yoDDg  were  observed,  still  ouable  to  fly,  the  latter  part  of  July  and 
early  fn  Aagnst.    Several  specimens  of  various  ages  were  seonred. 


LM  of  ipeciHttnii. 

1 

i_ 

IS 

3411 

I 

LooiOltr. 

1 

July  »>.  iei3     Elllolt  Coon 

Jnly  aO.in.l     ...do 

Aug.   llMVll     ..-io 

1    1 

NAtoreofaiwriinB. 
aiid  niuiuk*. 

Skin  (jooiicl 
SMn. 

...ilo 

MKUGUS  CUCULLATUS,  Linn. 
Hooded  Mebganseb. 
This  iH  the  only  species  of  tbe  genas  actaally  observed  by  tbe  Com- 
niisaion,  though  tbe  other  two  doubtleeti  altio  occur,  at  least  duriug  the 
migrations.    It  breeds  in  tbis  region. 


3 

^ 

L,»:.ilitj. 

Dule. 

CollMtor. 

j3 

1 

1 

I 

JtM 

I 

TnrUeML.D8k..- 

Aug.  MSn 

v^t    I.  urn 

EUtnttCoDH 

::::3::;:::;: 

1S.W 

rs* 
7.as 

Skin. 

PBLECANU9  TEACHYEBYN0HU8,  Lath. 
White  Pelican. 
An  old  female,  ia  Hickly  condition,  was  shot  Jrotn  the  steamer  as  we 
iieared  Pembina,  and  1  heard  of  one  or  two  other  specimens  sbot  on  tbe 
Bed  Uiver  abont  this  point  in  May.  The  species  was  only  once  again 
observed,  namely,  at  La  Givi^re  do  Lac,  near  Monse  Biver,  early  in 
September.  A  lew  iridividiialH  were  k'CU,  but  the  locality  did  not 
appear  to  be  a  breed  in  g-pliice,  nor  did  I  liud  any  sncb  elsewhere. 


LM 

/  «j>«  »«,«-. 

1 

r 

^ 

■i 

•an; 

LoftUity, 

r... 

(.■oIliTIor. 

■ndrstnuki. 

B*d  Rlv»r,  &FB, 

» 

«„.,,>.« 

ElU.ittCon.B 



SkelMoa. 

onUlnvd  about  tifry  cnwDali  ICanibanii  cd 


><Stn«(aJi  peacb  d[iu>ed,  fma  atladkaaf 


COUES  ON  BIBDS  Of  DAKOTA  AND  MONTANA.  655 

GKACULUS  DILOPHUS,  Sk. 

DOUBLECBESTED  COEMOEAWT. 

Once  observed  on  tUe  Bed  River,  near  Pembina,  late  in  May. 

LAEUS  ARGESTATUa  SailTHSONIANUS,  Coue». 

Amebioak  Heeeing  Gull, 

A  specimen  was  sbot  by  Mr.  J.  H.  Batty  near  Fort  BeutOD,  Moat. 
Some  of  the  large  Gulls  observed  in  September  during  our  boat  voyage 
down  the  Uiaaouri  may  have  been  of  tbi3  species,  bnt  nil  thf).t  were  fally 
identified  were  L,  delatcarenng. 


1 

1 

i 

i 

LocAllty. 

' 

CiUrctor. 

1 

{riitntFnripMlnMO. 
UDil  ramukB. 

"» 

Vat  Ton  BODIOD, 

&Tt    e,1B74 

J-HB«ty      1 

&kiu  ij-onn)!). 

LARUS  DELAWAitESSIS,  Ord. 

Ring-billed  Gull. 

A  considerable  flock  of  tbiu  species  was  seen  liovenng  over  Rivifere  de 
Lac  abont  the  middle  of  September,  and  two  s^ieci  mens  were  secured.  It 
was  Dot  again  identified  to  my  satisfaction  until  the  following  season, 
when  it  was  seen  in  considenf,ble  numbers  on  a  large  pool  close  by  Ghief 
MoaDtaio. 

U»t  of  >peiim«H». 


i 

1 

Loclltjr. 

DalB. 

CollMtor. 

J 

i 

s 

s 

Satan  o 

>Ddr 

yia 

N«rH<»»II.,I>ik 

Rooky  Mti,  Ui.  TO'. 

AnB.a..iei4 

EllloltConiw 

™S; 

LARDS  FRANKLINI,  Rich. 

Fba:4klik's  Rosy  Gull. 

The  egg  of  this  species  has  been  described  by  Prof.  Alfred  Newton, 
from  u  npecimen  taken  in  the  adjoining  Britiah  Province  of  Manitoba, 
and  a  specimen  was  sbot  on  Turtle  Mouutaiu  July  30,  fnlly  fledged,  yet 
BO  yoniig  that  I  judged  It  had  been  hatched  not  far  from  the  spot.  So 
breeding  colonies,  however,  of  this  or  indeed  any  other  Gull  were 
observed  by  me  in  any  portion  of  the  region  surveyed. 


6.'>6  BULLETIN   imiTED   STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SUHVEV. 

LUt  of  tpecimtti*. 


i 

i 

£ 

LucaliLy. 

Diiln. 

CullKto. 

! 

1 

1 

> 

trunreortixctaiCB, 

„.... 

TunlkUl.lInk    .. 

Jnly  jg.VTJ 

EIllMtl  (.'..!..-> 

.3.75 

ais 

B.1S 

Skin.     Bin,  1.10. 

\l*  .«UdVuw 
l.U. 

UYDROCUELIDON  LARIFOKMIS,  (Einw.)  fou**. 

Black  Tebn. 

This,  the  only  representative  of  tbe  SteriiituE  observed  by  tbe  Com- 
miasioD,  was  foaaJ  breediug  at  Pembina  iu  Jane,  and  sabHeqaently 
seeo  daring  August  along  tbe  Mouse  River.  On  oi\e  of  the  prairie 
sloogbs  at  Pembina — the  same  that  I  hare  spohen  of  aa  the  breeding 
reeOTt  of  the  Yellow-headed  Blackbirds — a  colony  of'  perhaps  twentjr 
pairs  was  estnblisbed.  As  nsaal  dnring  the  breediDg-seaaoD  with 
Terns,  the  birds  were  very  foarlese  when  their  uestiug-plaoe  was  in- 
vaded, aud  I  regret  to  say  that  the  colony  was  broken  up  id  conae- 
qoence-,  as  1  desired  to  secure  a  good  series  of  specimens  in  full  dress. 
No  eggs  were  fonnd  until  tbe  latter  part  of  the  month.  It  regaired 
sharp  acrntioy  to  dittcover  them,  as  they  lay,  withont  any  preparation 
tbr  tbeir  reception,  directly  upon  the  soaking,  matted  masses  of  lost 
year's  reeds,  and  were  closely  assimilated  in  color.  T^ey  were  iodiffer- 
ently  two  or  three  in  number,  oftener  the  latter;  average  samples 
meanured  1.35  in  length  by  0,95  in  breadth.  Tbe  coloration  is  not 
peculiar  in  comparison  with  that  of  other  Ternti'  eggs. 

Litt  of  iptvimtM. 


i 

i 

L«:.lily. 

ri.i», 

■'•"•J;.'.'", 

CollH'tQr- 

1 

i 

<3 

1 

Nalnn  ft  apcrJincB 

30H 

aoK 

SKt 

am 

30!ia 

.torn 

3W1 

XEK) 
3033 

31H 

34S3 
347G 

1 
i 

"9 

IVmbiDi,DBk 

EH.0I1  Coow 

Skin. 

..do 

rto 

-.  d» 

■":  ;::::: 

'.'."aa. 

I'  

—  do. 

tS  :::::::::::::: 

do    ... 

...do. 

UoDM  Bivcr,  Dik  . 

,::t:::::::: 

C0UE8   ON   BIRDS   OF   DAKOTA   AND   MONTANA. 


667 


PODICEPS  AURITUS  OALIFORNICUS,  (Heerm.)  Coues. 

American  Eared  Grebe. 

I  was  much  interested  to  find  this  species  (not  common  in  collections, 
and  until  recently  supposed  to  be  exclusively  Western)  breeding  abun- 
dantly on  Turtle  Mountain,  one  of  the  easternmost  localities  where  it  has 
been  observed.  Toward  the  latter  part  of  July  and  during  the  first  two 
weeks  of  August,  the  young,  still  unable  to  fiy,  and  in  charge  of  the 
parents,  were  observed  at  the  locality  mentioned,  and  at  points  along 
the  Mouse  Eiver.  Some  old  birds  in  full  breeding-dress  were  secured. 
With  these  the  change  begins  in  August,  but  traces  persist  for  several 
weeks.    I  noticed  nothing  peculiar  in  the  habits  of  the  species. 

List  of  specimens. 


6 


3367 


339*2 
3454 
3471 
3:)i» 
3530 
3a31 

3559 
356G 
3574 
3575 
3584 
3716 
3741 
3742 
4C70 

4671 


9 


Locality. 


Date. 


Turtle 
Dak. 


MonutaiD.    July  28, 1873 


I 


....do 

Monsc  Hiver,  Dak 

....do 

do 

do 

....do 


Anp.   1,1873 
Auj?.  10,  lt<73 

do 

Aug.  16, 1873 

do 

do 


do j  Aug.  23, 1873 

do I do 

do 1  Aug.24,18TJ 


do 


do 

•lo I  Aug.  25, 1873 

Sept.  2,1873 
Sept.   9,1873 

do 

Aug.  30,1874 


...  !o 

...ilo 

--.do 

Uead  waters  of  MUk 

llivor,  Mont. 
do 


do 


Collector. 


Elliott  Coues. 


a 


.9 


12.50 


I 


■22.50 


..do 

..do il4.00  ,24.00 

..do il3.10  22.50 

.  do I ' 

..do 

..do 


5.25 


do |12.00 

...-do 113.25 

....do 112.80 

...do ! 

do ,11.30 

....do 11.60 

do 


23.50 
fc2.25 
21.85 


do 
.do 

.do 


•126.' si)' 

,22.00 


4.75 


4.75 


Nature  of  npecimen, 
and  remarks. 


Skin.  Iris  scarlet ; 
edge  of  eyelids 
orange:  bill  black) 
feet  olivaceoos, 
blackish  on  outer 
side  and  on  soles. 

Skin. 

do. 

do. 

do. 

....do. 

Skin  ;  young  of 
Nos.  3529-30. 

Skin.      • 

do. 

....do. 

....do. 

do. 

....do. 

do. 

...do. 

do. 


.do. 


PODICEPS  COKNUTUS,  Gm. 

« 

Horned  Grebe. 


Like  the  last  species,  the  Horned  Grebe  was  found  breeding  in  the 
Red  Eiver  region.  On  the  20th  of  June,  1873,  I  took  a  set  of  four 
newly  laid  eggs  from  one  of  the  prairie  sloughs  near  Pembina.  They 
were  deposited  on  a  matted  bed  of  decaying  reeds  soaking  in  the  water. 
Later  in  the  same  season,  during  the  latter  part  of  July,  newly  hatched 
young  were  observed  swimming  on  the  pools  about  the  base  of  Turtle 
^louutain.  In  this  locality,  and  elsewhere,  in  August  and  September, 
the  two  species  were  generally  found  together;  and  both  were  very 
abundant. 

Bull.  iv.  No.  3 8 


658 


BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  8UBVET. 


List  of  specimens. 


^    1 

^                        Locality. 

•3        t 

Date. 

JiinoeO,  1?73 
July  2tf.  Itf73, 

i\  * .1 

...do 

I 
Collector.     ' 

1 

• 

i    ■ 

C 
X 

as 

• 

a 

Xatnr«  of  upecimen. 
and  remark*. 

3063    ...     Pomhlna.  Dak 

3361  ....    Tu'-tlo     MouutaiD, 
Dak. 

33fi-2    «lo 

33fi3    do 

Ell^ttt  Cones 
do 

...  ilo : 

Set  of  4  egga. 
Skin.        ^ 

..-.do.                       ' 



. . .  .do ' 

...do.                        ' 

1 

V'^- 


PODILYMBUS  PODICEPS,  (Linn.)  Later. 

Dabcuick. 


Observed  iu  the  same  sitaations  as  tbe  last  two  species,  but  less  fre- 
qaently  tbau  either  of  tbein.  Chicks  still  aufledged  were  taken  so  late 
as  August  7.  The  streaking  of  tbe  head  of  the  young  bird,  supposed 
to  be  i>eculiar  to  this  species,  and  once  made  the  basis  of  a  new  species, 
is  shared  by  others,  as  P.  cornutuSj  for  example. 

List  of  Sjtecimens. 


6 

• 

• 

X 

l/ocalit}'. 

1 
Date.        1     Collector. 

• 

"5: 

• 

1 

6a 

a 

Nature  of  apecimeo. 
and  rvmarka. 

3413 
3455 

Turtle      Mountain, 

Dak. 
Mouse  Kiver,  Dak  . . 

Aug.   7,  le^    Elliott  Cones. 
Ang.  10, 1873   do 

14.00 

Skin  (jonng). 
Skiu. 

24. 7? 

•••«•• 

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL  APPENDIX. 

Besides  the  several  general  works  on  North  American  Ornithology 
which  bear  in  due  part  upon  tbe  Birds  of  the  region  surveyed,  tbe  fol- 
lowing special  treatises  since  Lewis  and  Clarke,  relating  to  the  Avifauna 
of  the  Boundary  and  adjacent  portions  of  the  country,  may  be  advan- 
tageously consulted : — 

1831.  Swainson,  W.,  and  Richardson,  J.  Fauna  Borcali-Americana ;  or  the  Zoology 
of  tlio  iiorlhcrn  parts  of  British  America:  [etc.]  Part  SecoDd,  The  Birds. 
IJy  William  Swainson,  Esq.,  [etc.]  and  John  Richardson,  M.  D.,  [etc.]  Lon- 
don :  John  Murray.     lr<31.    4to.    pp.  Ixvi,  524,  pis.  24-73,  woodcats  41. 

Thia  remains  the  ntandard  treatise  ou  the  Birds  of  British  America,  and  is  porticnlarly  full 

in  accouuta  of  the  Oruitholopj-  of  the  Saskatchewan  Region. 

1H37.  Townsend,  J.  K.  Description  of  Twelve  New  Species  of  Birds,  chielly  from  the 
vicinity  of  the  Cohiuihia  River.  <  Jouru.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  vii,  1837,  pp. 
l-7-ll>:J. 

1839.  Townsend,  J.  K.     List  of  the  Birds  Inhabiting;  the  Region  of  the  Rocky  Monet- 
aiiis,  the  Territory  of  the  Oregon   and  the  North  West  Coast  of  AmericA* 
<  Jonrn.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  viii,  lr?39,  pp.  151-15S. 


COUES   ON   BIEDS   OP   DAKOTA  AND   MONTANA.  659 

1839.  TownBend,  J.  K.    Narrative  of  a  Jonniey  Acroas  the  Bocky  Mountains  to  the 
Columbia  River,  [etc.]    Philadelphia.    1839.    8vo.    pp.  viii,  352. 
Tho  Appendix,  pp.  331-352,  contains  a  catalogne  of  the  Birds  observed  in  Oregon. 

1839-41.  Mazimilian,  Prlnz  zu  Wied.    Eeise  in  das  innere  Nord-Amerika  in  den 
Jahren  1832  bis  1834.     Coblenz.    2  vols.    4to.    Vol.  i,  1839;   vol.  ii,  1841. 
French  translation,  Paris,  8vo,  3  vols.,  1840-1843. 
Particularly  fall  on  the  Birds  of  the  Upper  Missouri  Ilegion. 

1850.  Cabot,  J.  E.  Lake  Superior:  its  Physical  Character,  Vegetation  and  Animals 
[etc.]  By  Louis  Agassiz.  Boston :  Gould,  Kendall  and  Lincoln.  1850.  IvoL 
8vo. 

Chap.  Vm.    Report  on  the  Birds  collected  and  observed  at  Lake  Superior.    By  J.  "E, 
Cabot    pp.  3^3-385.    German  translation  of  the  same,  in  Kaumannia,  ii,  Heft  11,  1852,  pp. 

1852.  Hoy,  P.  R.  Notes  on  tho  Ornithology  of  Wisconsin.  <  Trans.  Wise.  State  Agric. 
Soc.  1852,  pp.  K4 1-364.  Also,  <  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  vi,  1853,  pp.  304- 
313,  381-385,  425-429. 

Treats  of  283  species. 

1854.  Barry,  A.  C.    [On  the  Ornithology  of  Wisconsin.]     <  Proc.  Bost.  Soc.  Nat.  Hist. 

V,  1854,  pp.  1-13. 

Annotated  list  of  218  species. 

1855.  Head,  J.  F.    Some  Remarks  on  the  Natural  llistory  of  the  Country  about  Fort  Rip- 

ley, Minnesota.    <  Ninth  Ann.  Rep.  Smiths.  Inst,  for  1854, 1855,  pp.  291-293. 
Treats  briefly  of  about  60  species. 

1857.  Kneeland,  S.    On  the  Birds  of  Keweenaw  Point,  Lake  Superior.    <^  Proc.  Bost. 
Soc.  Nat.  Hist,  vi,  1857,  pp.  231-241. 
Treats  briefly  of  147  species. 

1858-9.  Mazimilian,  Prinz  zu  Wied.  Verzeichniss  der  Vogel,  welche  anf  einer  Reise 
iu  Nord-America  beobachtet  wurden.  <  Journal  fUr  Ornith.  vi,  1858,  i)p.  1-29, 
97-124,  177-205,  257-284, 337-354,  417-445 ;  vii,  1859,  pp.  81-96. 

1839.  Blakiston,  T.  Scraps  from  the  West.  <  Newman's  Zoologist,  xvii,  1859,  pp. 
63 1 8-6325,  637:M>376. 

Field-note^  on  birds  of  the  Saskatchewan,  6cc. 

1860.  Cooper,  J.  O.,  and  Suckley,  O.    The  Natural  History  of  Washington  Territory. 

4  to. 

A  reissue,  under  another  name,  of  parts  of  the  xii.  ▼ol.  of  the  Pacific  Railroad  Surrey  Be- 
I>urts,  and  containing  a  general  treatise  on  the  Ornithology  of  Washington  Territory. 

1861.  Bell,  K.    Catalogue  of  Birds  collected  and  observed  around  Lakes  Superior  and 

Huron  in  1860.    <  Canadian  Nat.  and  Geol.  vi,  1861,  pp.  270-275. 
From  the  Keport  of  the  Geological  Survey  for  18G0.    77  species. 

1861-2.  Blakiston,  T.    On  Birds  collected  and  observed  in  the  Interior  of  British 
North  America.    <  The  Ibis,  iii,  1861.  pp.  314-320 ;  iv,  1862,  pp.  3-10. 
More  particularly  of  the  Saskatchewan  Region. 

1862.  Hayden,  F.  V.    On  the  Geology  and  Natural  History  of  the  Upper  Missouri. 

<  Trans.  Amer.  Philos.  Soc.  (2),  xii,  1862.  pp.  1-218.    Repub.  Phila.    C.  Sherman 
&Sou.    1862.    4to. 
Contains,  pp.  151-176,  an  extended  and  important  article  on  tho  Birds. 

1803.  Blakiston,  T.  On  the  Birds  of  the  Interior  of  British  America.  <  The  Ibis,  v, 
1863,  pp.  39-87,  121-155. 

A  jiearly  complete  and  fully  annotated  list  of  the  Birds  of  British  America,  superseding 
hiM  previous  fragmentary  accounts. 


660  BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

1664.  Lord,  J.  EL    LUt  of  BiidB  collected  and  presented  by  the  British  North  American 
Boondary  Commission  to  the  Royal  Artillery  Institution.    <  Proc.  Roy.  Art*y 
iDst.  1864,  pp.  110-126. 
87tpeeiet. 

16^.  Hoy,  P.  R.  Jonmal  of  an  Exploration  of  Western  Missoori  in  1654,  under  the 
Aaspices  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution.  <  Nineteenth  Ann.  Rep.  Smiths. 
Inst,  for  1864,  1865,  pp.  431-438. 

The  namtive  relates  largely  to  birds,  and  condades  with  a  Dominal  liat  of  153  species 
obserred. 

1865.  Lord,  J.  K.  Catalogue  of  Birds,  Nests  and  Eggs  collected  in  North- West  Amer- 
ica.   <  Proc.  Roy.  Art'y  Inst.  1865,  pp.  337-339. 

1868.  Allen,  J.  A.  Notes  on  Birds  observed  in  Western  Iowa,  [etc.]  <  Mem.  Bost.  Soc. 
Nat.  Hist,  i,  pt.  iv,  art.  xiii,  1868,  pp.  488-526. 

1868.  Brown,  R.    Synopsis  of  the  Birds  of  Vancouver  Island.      <  Ibis,  2d  scr.  iv, 

1868,  pp.  414-428. 
Annotated  list  of  153  species. 

1868.  Gunn,  D.    Notes  of  an  Egging  Expedition  to  Shoal  Lake,  West  of  Lake  Winne- 

peg.     <  Twenty-second  Ann.  Rep.  Smiths.  Inst,  for  1867,  1868,  pp.  427-432. 

1869.  Cooper,  J.  Q.    Notes  on  the  Faana  of  the  Upper  Missouri.     <Amer.  Nat.  iii, 

1869,  pp.  294-S99. 

1869.  Cooper,  J.  O.    The  Fauna  of  Montana  Territorj*.    <  Amcr.  Nat.  ii,  18G9,  pp.  596- 
CUO;  iii,  1869,  pp.  31-35, 73-^^4 ;  also  p.  224. 
These  articles  iDcludo  field-notes  on  many  of  the  birds  of  Dakota  and  Montana. 

1871.  Stevenson,  J.    A  List  of  the  Mammals  and  Birds  collected  in  Wyoming  Terri- 
tory by  Mr.  IT.  D.  Smith  and  Mr.  James  Stevenson,  during  the  expedition  of 
lr70.  '  <  Rep.  U.  S.  Geol  Siirv'.  (Ilayden's)  for  1870,  1871,  pp.  461-466. 
Nominal  list  of  124  species  of  birds. 

1871.  Trippe,  T.  M.    Notes  on  the  Birds  of  Minnesota.     <Proc.  [Comm.]  Essex  Inst 

vi,  1671,  pp.  113-119. 

,  Annotated  list  of  138  specieH. 

1872.  Allen,  J.  A.    Notes  of  au  Ornithological  Reconnoissance  of  Portions  of  Kansas, 

Colorado,  Wyoming  and  Utah.     <  Bull.  Mus.  Comp.  Zool.  iii,  No.  6,  1872,  pp. 

ii:m8:{. 

Coutains  much  important  matter.   * 

1872.  Bnihin,  T.  A.  L'nserc  gefiedcrten  Wintcrgiiste.  <Zool.  Gart.  xiii,  1872,  pp. 
157,  ir>s. 

Xoti;s  on  a  few  winter  birds  of  Wisconsin. 

1872.  Holdeu,  C.  H.,  and  Aiken,  C.  B.  Notes  on  the  Birds  of  Wyoming  and  Colorado 
Torritories.  By  C.  II.  lloldon,  Jr.  With  additional  Memoranda  by  C.  E.  Aiken. 
Kdited  by  T.  M.  Brewer.     <  I 'roc.  Bost.  Soc.  Nat.  Hist,  xv,  1672,  pp.  193-210. 

\4'2  fpccicH  treated. 

Id73.  Coues,  E.    Notes  on  Two  little-known  Birds  of  the  United  States.     <  Amer. 
N:it.  1H73. 
Ccntronyz  bairdi  and  Xeocorys  ftprajitii;  obaervations  made  by  the  Boondary  Commission. 

167 o,  Merriam,  C.  H.    Report  on  the  Mammals  and  Birds  of  the  Expedition.     <  Sixth 
Ann.  Rep.  U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.  (Ilaydeu's)  for  1672,  18a3,  pp.  001-715. 
Treats  of  numerous  birds  of  "Wyominf^.  Idaho,  &c. 

1673.  Trippe,  T.  M.     Notes  on  the  Birds  of  Southern  Iowa.     <Proc.  Bost.  Soc  Nat. 
Hist.  XV,  1673,  pp.  229-242. 
~  -»f  169  species. 


COUES  ON  BIRDS  OF  DAKOTA  AND  MONTANA.      661 

1874.  Allen,  J.  A.    Notes  on  the  Natural  History  of  Portions  of  Dakota  and  Montana 
Territories,  etc.     <  Proc.  Bost.  Soc.  Nat.  Hist,  xvii,  1874,  pp.  33-86. 
Birds,  pp.  44-6d.    Annotated  list  of  tl8  species. 

1874.  Cones,  E.  Birds  of  the  Northwest :  A  Handbook  of  the  Ornithology  of  the  Be- 
gion  drained  by  the  Missouri  River  and  its  Tribtitaries.  Washington :  Gov- 
ernment Printing  Office.    1874.    1  vol.    8vo.    pp.  zii,  791. 

1874.  Cones,  E.    On  the  Nesting  of  Certain  Hawks,  etc.     <  Amer.  Nat.  viii,  1874,  pp. 
596-603. 
Field-notes  made  by  the  Bonndary  Commission  in  Montana  in  1874. 

1874.  Hoy,  P.  R.    Some  of  the  Pecaliarities  of  the  Fauna  near  Bacine  [Wisconsin]. 

<  Trans.  Wise.  Acad,  ii,  1874,  pp.  120-122. 

1875.  Grinnell,  Q.  B.    Report  of  a  Eeconnoissance  of  the  Black  Hills  of  Dakota,  made 

in  the  Sammer  of  1874.    By  William  Lndlow,  [etc.]    Washington.    Govern* 
ment  Printing  Office.    1875.    4 to.    p.  121. 
Zoolofcical  Report  by  George  Bird  Orinnell.    Birds,  pp.  85-103.   Field-notes  on  110  species. 


ART.  XXVI -NOTES  ON  A  COLLECTION  OF  FISHES  FROM  THE 
RIO  GRANDE,  AT  BROWNSVILLE,  TEXAS-CONTINUED.* 


By  D.  S.  Jordan,  ]M.  D. 


A  portion  of  the  collection  of  fishes  from  the  Rio  Grande  noticed  on 
pp.  395-40G  of  this  Bulletin  were  accidentally  separated  from  the  rest, 
and  escaped  attention  until  the  preceding  pages  had  gone  to  press.  In 
this  lot  are  the  following  additional  species : — 

Genua  XENOTI8  Jordan. 

Xenotis  BREViCEPS  (Baird  &  Girard)  Jordan. 

11^53 — Pomolis  brericepa  B.  &  G.,  Proo.  Ac.  Nat.  Sc.  Pbila.  p.  390. 

FonioHs  hreviceps  B.  &.  G.,  Marcy's  Expl.  Red  River,  Zool.  p.  246,  pi.  13,  1853. 

Pomotia  hrericeps  GniARD,  U.  S.  Pao.  R.  R.  Expl.  Fishes,  p.  28,  1858. 

Ichthelia  brevix^ps  Jordan  &  Copeland,  Check  List  Fishes  N.  A.  p.  138,  1876. 

Xenotis  brericepa  Jordan,  Ball.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.  x,  p.  36, 1877. 
1854 — Pomotia  vefaatua  B.  &.  G.,  Proc.  Ac.  Nat.  Sc.  Phi  la.  p.  24  (not  Pomotia  ctquilenaia 

B.  &  G.). 
lr?5H — Pomotia  popei  Girari>,  Pac.  R.  R.  Expl.  Fishes,  p.  26. 

Xenotis popii  Jordan,  Ball.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.  x,  p.  36,  1877. 

A  single  half-grown  specimen,  agreeing  well  with  the  descriptions  of 
ncfoBtus  and 2>opu',  but  not  distinguishable  bj  n^e  from  X  brevicepsj  which 
species  seems  to  be  generally  distributed  in  Texas.  The  specimens  in 
the  National  Museum  labelled  (by  Dr.  Girard!)  Pomotis  aquilensis  in- 
clude two  species,  the  one  a  Xenotis^  and  probably  identical  with  Xeno- 
tis hrericeps,  the  other  a  LepiopomuSj  probably  identical  with  Lepwpomua 
pallidus.  The  original  aquUemis  belonged  to  the  latter  type,  so  the 
name  may  be  provisionally  treated  as  a  probable  synonym  of  pallidus. 
The  other  specimens  ai*e  probably  those  originally  called  neftMtuSy  and 
seem  to  be  referable  to  Xenotis  breviceps.  X.  breviceps  is  closely  related 
to  X.fallax,  but  appears  to  be  distinct. 

Genus  PCECILICHTUY8  Agassiz. 

{Aatalichthya  Le  Vaillant ;  Oligocephalua  Girard.) 

PcECiLicnTnYS  LEPiDUS  (Baird  &  Girard)  Girard. 

1*53— Z?o/eoi?oTOa  leplda  B.  &  G.,  Pnw.  Ac.  Nat.  Sc.  Phila.  p.  388. 

Piccilichthya  lepidua  Girard,  Mex.  Bound.  Snrv.  Ich.  p.  11,  pi.  8,  f.  14-17,  1859. 
Oligocephalua  lepidua  Girard,  Proc.  Ac.  Nat.  Sc.  Phila.  p.  67,  1859. 


•  [From  p.  406,  anted,— Kd.1 


£64     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

BoleoMma  lepidum  GCntiikr,  Cat.  Fish.  Brit.  Mus.  i,  p.  77, 1859. 

lioleoBoma  lepidum  Le  Vaillant,  Rechercbes  sur  lea  Poissons  des  Eauz  Doacee  de 

N.  A.  {EtheoBtomatidae),  p.  90,  1873. 
Pcccilichihya  Upidus  Jordan  &  Copeland,  Check  List,  p.  163, 1876. 
Pacilichthya  lepidu8  Jordan,  Bull.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mas.  x,  p.  16, 1877. 

Several  small  specimens  agreeing  closely  with  Girard's  figure  and  de- 
scription^ excepting  that  the  spinous  dorsal  is  higher  and  the  two  dorsals 
more  closely  approximated  than  is  represented  by  him.  This  species 
appears  to  be  a  typical  Pcecilicthys,  related  to  P.  rariaUiS,  The  dusky 
transverse  bars  were  doabtless  blue  in  life.  Girard's  original  types  from 
Bio  Leona,  Texas,  are  still  preserved  in  the  museum. 

Genus  FUI^^DDLUS  LacepMe. 

FuNDULUS  zeSbba  (Girard)  Giinther. 

l&jQ—lIydrargyra  zebra  Girard,  Proc.  Ac.  Nat.  Sc.  Phila.  p.  60. 

Fundulus  zebra  GCnthbr,  Cat.  Fish.  Brit.  Mas.  vi,  p.  324, 1867. 

FunduluB  zebra  Jord.vn  CSl  Copeland,  Check  List  Fishes  N.  A.  p.  141, 1876. 

Numerous  specimens,  agreeing  very  well  with  Girard's  account.  This 
species  has  a  much  larger  anal  fin  than  Hydrargyra  similiSj  with  which 
it  is  associated  in  this  collection.  The  specimens  are  also  much  shorter 
and  more  chubby  than  H.  »imiliSj  and  difl:erent  in  coloration.  The  gen- 
eral hue  is  dark  olive,  crossed  by  numerous  irregular,  whitish  zones, 
about  as  wide  as  the  darker  interspaces.  These  bands  are  quite  varia- 
ble in  number  and  position,  some  st)ecimens  having  fully  twice  as  many 
as  others. 

The  coloration  is  very  similar  to  that  of  Fundulus  menona  Jordan  and 
Oopeland,  from  Wisconsin  and  Northern  Illinois.  The  specimens  are 
not  in  good  enough  condition  for  me  to  be  certain  as  to  the  number  of 
branchiostegals.  I,  however,  count  five,  and  therefore  refer  the  species 
to  Fundulus  rather  than  to  Hydrargyra. 

Genus  GAMPOSTOMA  Agassiz. 

Campostoma  formosulum  Girard. 

Further  specimens  of  this  species  indicate  that  it  differs  from  O.  ano- 
malum  in  the  smaller  and  more  pointed  head,  and  in  the  much  greater 
compression  and  elevation  of  the  body  in  the  adult.  The  scales  are  also 
rather  smaller  than  in  0.  anomalum. 

Genus  PIMEPDALES  Katiuesque. 

{Pimephales  Kafinesque  ;  IJyhorhynchus  Agassiz.) 

Pi^iEPHALES  NiGELLUS  (Copc)  Jordan. 

l&IG—Ilyhorhynchus  nigellus  Cope,  Rept.  Lieut.  Wheoler^s  Expedition  W.  100th  Meri- 
diao,  p.  671. 
Hybarhynchus  nigellus  Jordan  &  Copeland,  Check  List  Fishes  N.  A.,  p.  147, 1^76. 
Id78—Pimephale»  jjromelas  Jordan,  p.  402  of  the  present  paper  (not  of  Rafineaqae). 


JORDAN   ON   FISHES    OF   THE   RIO    GRAKDE    OF   TEXAS.      665- 

Examiuation  of  larp^er  and  better-preserved  specimens  of  the  species 
referred  to  on  page  402  as  Pimephahs  protnelas  shows  that  they  do  not 
truly  belong  to  that  species,  but  to  Professor  Cope's  Eyborhynchua  nigel- 
lu8.  In  my  opinion,  the  group  called  Pimephales  and  Hyborhynckus 
can  no  longer  be  regarded  as  distinct  genera.  The  present  species  has 
entirely  the  appearance  of  Pimephales;  in  fact,  it  carries  the  peculiar 
form  and  coloration  of  that  genus  to  an  extreme.  Its  lateral  line  is, 
however,  almost  as  complete  as  in  Hyhorhynchus.  The  tubes  are,  how- 
ever, entirely  wanting  on  the  last  four  or  five  scales,  and  irregularly  so 
on  some  of  the  scales  along  the  sides.  The  description  given  by  Pro- 
fessor Cope  is  entirely  accurate.  One  of  my  specimens  is,  however, 
still  blacker,  the  whole  dorsal  fin  and  nearly  the  whole  head  being  jet- 
black. 

Genus  CYPRESTELLA  Girard. 

Cyprinella  complanata  (Girard)  Jordan. 

1856 — Moniana  complanata  Girard,  Proc.  Ac.  Nat.  Sc.  Phila.  j).  200. 

Moiiiana  comjpilanata  Girard,  U.  S.  Mox.  Bound.   Surv.  Ichthyol.  p.  5G,  pi.  31j  f. 
17-20,  1859. 

Moniana  complanata  Jordan  &  Copeland,  Check  List  Fishes,  p.  153, 1876 . 
18^)6— Moniana  couchi  Girard,  Proc.  Ac.  Nat.  So.  Phila.  p.  201. 

Moniana  couchi  Girard,  U.  S.  Mex.  Boand.  Sarv.  Ichth.  p.  57,  pi.  30,  f.  21-24. 

Moniana  couchii  Jordan  &>  Copeland,  Check  List  Fishes,  p.  154, 1876. 
1856 — Moniana  gibhosa  Girard,  Proc.  Ac.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  p.  201. 

Moniana  gibhosa  Girard,  U.  S.  Mex.  Boond.  Surv.  Ichthyol.  p.  57,  pi.  30,  f.  9-12. 

Moniana  gibbosa  Jordan  6l  Copeland,  Check  List  Fishes  N.  A.  p.  153, 1856. 
1878 — Cyprinella  bubalina  Jordan,  present  paper,  p.  403. 

Examination  of  additional  specimens  has  shown  me  that  the  dental 
formula,  1-4, 4-1,  noticed  on  my  first  specimen,  was  probably  accidental, 
and  that  the  reference  of  most  or  all  of  these  deep-bodied  CyprinelUe  to 
C.  bubalina  is  erroneous.  Girard's  types  of  his  gibbosa  and  complanata 
were  from  Brownsville.  jMy  specimens  a^^ee  fairly  with  the  figures  of 
both, — decidedly  best  with  gibbosa^  however.  The  descriptions  of  both — 
as  of  all  his  species  of  Moniana — are  valueless.  The  younger  specimens 
agree  well  with  the  figure  of  M.  couchiy  which,  coming  from  the  neigh- 
boring province  of  New  Leon,  is  very  likely  the  same.  I  therefore  unite 
couchij  gilbosoj  and  complanata  under  the  oldest  name,  coniplatiataj 
although,  as  above  stated,  the  figure  of  gibbosa  is  the  most  satisfactory. 
A  characteristic  color  marking  will  probably  usually  distinguish  what  I 
call  complanata  from  related  species.  The  membrane  between  the 
branches  of  the  lower  jaw  in  most  specimens  bears  a  conspicuous  black 
spot.  In  a  very  few,  however,  this  is  silvery.  Cyprinella  forbesij  lately 
described  by  me  from  Southern  Illinois,  is  a  closely  related  species,  but 
wants  this  spot,  and  is  somewhat  different  in  form.  These  small  fishes 
are  exceedingly  difficult,  and  until  some  one  can  study  a  large  series  of 
fresh  specimens  representing  the  different  species,  any  arrangement  of 
them  must  be  regarded  as  merely  provisional.    Dr.  Girard's  ti:^<^t\S!^^sc^ 


666     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

of  them  is  perhaps  as  unsatisfactory  a  piece  of  work  as  has  yet  been 
done  in  American  ichthyology.  Any  one  who  doubts  this  may  read  the 
descriptions  of  Montana  couchij  Montana  rutUa^  and  Montana  gracilis  as 
given  by  Girard,  and  then,  as  suggested  by  Dr.  GUnther,  compare  with 
each  other  the  two  figures  given  of  Moniana  frigida.  The  descriptious 
are  throughout  worthless  for  purposes  of  identification,  and  the  figures 
are  executed  by  an  artist  who  made  in  the  same  way  all  the  fishes  drawn 
"at  one  sitting".  Moniana  alburnellusj  Cliola^  Meda,  Algoma^  Diondaj 
or  what  not,  the  figures  show  the  same  i)hy8iognomy. 

Genus  PHENACOBIUS  Cope. 

(Phenacobius  Cope ;  Sarddium  Cope.) 

PnENACOBius  scopiFEBUS  (Cope)  Jordan. 

1872 — Sarcidium  scopiferum  Cope,  Hayden  Geol.  Surv.  Wyoming,  1H70,  i).  440. 

Sarcidium  scopiferum  Jordan  &,  Copeland,  Check  List  Fishes  N.  A.  p.  146, 1876. 

Phenacobius  8cop\feru8j  Jordan,  Man.  Vort.  od.  2d,  p.  299, 1878. 
1876^PA enaco&iu«  iereiulus  var.  lioaternuit  Nelson,  BaH.  Ills.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist,  i,  p.  46. 
187G. 

Phenacobius  Uostemus  Jordan  &  Copeland,  Check  List,  p.  149, 1876. 

A  single  good  specimen,  apparently  belonging  to  Professor  Cope's 
species.  The  head  is,  however,  shorter  and  thicker  than  in  the  types  of 
8Copiferu8j  <and  the  body  is  stouter.  The  head  is  contained  4|  times  in 
the  length,  being  thus  about  equal  to  the  depth  of  the  body.  I  am  not, 
however,  dis|)osed  to  consider  it  a  "  new  species",  inasmuch  as  in  other 
respects  it  agrees  with  scopi/erus,  P.  mirabilis  {Exoglossum  mirabilis 
Grd.)  has  apparently  a  more  slender  body  and  smaller  scales.  These 
species  have  much  narrower  lips  than  the  typical  PJienacobii^  teretuluSy 
uraitops^  etc.,  but  Sarcidium  can  hardly  be  considered  as  a  distinct  genus. 

Genus  CARPIODES  Kafincsque. 

Garpiodes  CYruiNUS  (Le  Sueur)  Agassiz. 

Since  the  remarks  on  this  species,  on  page  405,  were  in  press,  I  have 
examined  a  fine  example  of  Carpiodes  grayi  Cope,  collected  in  the  Rio 
Grande  by  Dr.  Loew.  It  is  evidently  identical  with  my  specimens  from 
Brownsville,  and  agrees  in  every  respect  with  the  figure  of  Ictiobus 
tumiduH  in  the  Mexican  Boundary  Survey.  Moreover,  it  is  not  distin- 
guishable from  typical  examples  of  Carpiodes  damaiis  from  the  Platte 
River,  which  in  turn  cannot  be  at  present  separated  from  the  Eastern 
Carpiodea  cyprinus.  Wherefore  I  propose  to  unite  all  these  nominal 
species  nnder  the  oldest  name,  as  Carpiodes  cyprinus  (Le  Sueur)  Agas- 
siz, until  some  positive  difference  is  shown.  The  species  as  thus  defined 
would  range  from  the  Delaware  River  to  the  Alabama  east  of  the  Alle- 
ghanies,  thence  to  the  Rio  Grande  and  the  headwaters  of  the  Kansas 
and  the  Platte.  It  is  not  yet  known  from  the  Great  Lake  Region  nor 
from  the  Ohio. 


JORDAN   ON  FISHES   OF   THE   BIO   GBANDE   OF  TEXAS.      667 

Dacenteus  lucens,  geii.  et  sp.  nov. 

I  find  four  more  specimens  of  the  small  Labroid  fish  referred  to  ou 
page  300.  These  are  larger  and  iu  better  coDdition  than  the  first  one, 
and  I  have  been  enabled  to  examine  the  lower  pharyngeals  of  one  of 
them.  These  I  find  to  be  united,  as  usual  in  this  group,  into  a  broad 
triangular  bone,  in  which  I  am  uuable  to  fiud  a  median  suture.  This 
bone  is  covered  with  rather  large,  close-set,  bluntish-conical  teeth.  As 
the  lateral  line  is  complete,  and  the  scales  cycloid,  I  place  this  fish 
among  the  Lahridce^  rather  than  among  the  Clchlidw^  but  I  am  entirely 
unable  to  locate  it  among  the  genera  of  that  family  known  to  me.  In- 
deed, I  find  no  description  of  any  species  on  our  coasts  to  which  it  bears 
any  special  resemblance.  Although  taken  in  fresh  waters,  and  occur- 
ring in  a  collection  of  fresh- water  species,  it  is  very  likely  a  salt-water 
fish.  The  present  notice  is  rather  to  call  attention  to  this  fish  than  to 
complete  its  history.  In  describing  the  species,  I  make  at  present  no 
attempt  to  separate  its  generic  from  its  specific  characters.  The  ety- 
mology of  Dacentrus  is  oa,  an  intensive  particle;  xv^rpov^  a  spine,  in  spe- 
cial alhision  to  the  long  second  spine  of  the  anal  fin.  Body  ovate, 
strongly  compressed,  the  form  Sunfish-like,  much  as  in  the  genus  Cen- 
trarchusj  the  depth  being  contained  (in  young  of  less  than  2  inches)  2^ 
times  in  the  length.  Head  large,  moderately  pointed,  its  length  2J 
times  in  that  of  the  body,  its  upper  outline  concurrent  with  that  of  the 
back,  not  making  an  angle  with  it ;  mouth  not  large,  the  jaws  about 
equal,  the  maxillary  not  reaching  to  the  front  of  the  orbit;  upper  jaw 
quite  protractile;  the  lips  not  very  fleshy;  teeth  in  jaws  moderate, 
conical,  apparently  in  a  single  series ;  eye  large,  3  in  head,  its  position 
rather  anterior;  cheeks  with  three  rows  of  rather  large,  silvery  scales; 
opercles  in  all  my  specimens  bare  and  silvery ;  none  of  the  opercular 
bones  serrated;  gill  rakers  pretty  long  and  slender,  rather  closely  set. 
Branchiostegals  uncertain,  probably  five. 

Scales  rather  large,  silvery,  cycloid ;  their  number  about  5-37-11. 
Lateral  line  running  high  up,  concurrent  with  the  back,  continuous,  not 
interrupted  or  deflected,  very  distinct. 

Finrays  : — Dorsal,  about  XVIII,  10 ;  anal,  III,  20,  or  thereabouts ; 
ventrals,  I,  5 ;  spinous  portion  of  dorsal  much  longer  than  the  soft  part^ 
the  spines  gradually  increasing  iu  height  to  about  the  sixth,  then  more 
gradually  diminishing,  the  highest  spine  a  little  less  than  half  the  length 
of  the  head.  Along  the  base  of  the  spinous  dorsal  is  a  sheath  of  rather 
large  silvery  scales.  Anal  spines  somewhat  curved,  the  second  spine 
considerably  longer  than  the  first  and  third.  Pectoral  fins  barely  reach- 
ing anal;  ventral  fins  rather  short;  caudal  fin  so  broken  that  its  form 
cannot  be  ascertained. 

Colors  obliterated.  The  typical  specimens  are  silvery,  darker  above, 
without  distinct  markings  anywhere.  There  are  five  of  these,  varying 
in  length  from  IJ  to  If  inches.  They  are  doubtless  the  young  of  aoioj^ 
fish  which  reaches  a  considerable  size. 


ART.  XXVII -PRELIMINARY  STUDIES  ON  THE  NORTH  AMERI- 
CAN PYRALIDi;. 

I. 


By  a.  E.  Geote. 


To  Prof,  P.  C,  ZellcTf  Stettin,  Germany, 


In  the  present  paper  I  have  discussed  as  fnlly  as  possible  the  strao- 
tnre  of  certain  genera  of  North  America  Pliyddce.  Several  of  oar  species 
are  fonnd  to  be  destrnctive  to  forestry  and  agricnltare.  I  have  also  de- 
scribed a  small  group,  characterized  by  the  flattened  dypeus  and  by  the 
male  antennae  having  a  basal  tegumentary  prolongation,  underthe  name 
JEpipaschice,  In  the  Pyralididce^  I  have  made  some  new  synonymical 
references  and  generic  descriptions,  and  also  enumerated  the  species  of 
N.  Am.  Botis  which  I  have  seen.  I  am  much  obliged  to  Doctor  Pack- 
ard for  an  opportunity  of  examining  most  of  his  types  in  this  family. 
A  sense  of  the  obligation  which  science  at  large  owes  to  Professor  Zel- 
ler,  as  well  as  my  own  indebtedness  to  him  for  determinations,  has 
prompted  my  dedication  of  this  little  paper. 

PYRALIDID^. 

Probasea,  n.  g. 

Ocelli  prominent.  Front  with  a  strong  clypeal  protuberance,  its  outer 
face  mesially  impressed.  Maxillary  palpi  linear,  as  long  as  the  second 
joint  of  the  labial  palpi,  which  latter  are  moderately  long,  linear,  a  lit- 
tle flattened}  with  moderate  third  joint.  The  scales  on  the  vertex  de- 
pend In  front  of  the  antennae  at  base.  Auteunse  simple,  ciliate  beneath. 
Fore  wings  produced  at  apices,  with  oblique  external  margin,  entire,  12- 
veined  ]  9  out  of  8,  a  short  furcation  ;  4  and  5  separate,  near  together  at 
base.  Hind  wings  8- veined ;  three  internal  veins  counted  as  one ;  4  and 
5  separate,  near  together  at  base,  where  they  are  connected  by  a  cross- 
vein  ;  5  continuous  with  the  cross-vein  closing  the  cell.  Edge  of  both 
wings  a  little  uneven. 

This  genus  has  a  resemblance  to  the  Noctuid  genus  Acopa  of  Harvey 
in  the  shape  of  the  wings  and  somewhat  in  color.  It  may  be  distin- 
guished by  the  oblique  transverse  lines  on  the  fore  wings,  the  absence 
of  the  thoracic  tuft  behind,  and  the  neuration,  while  the  clypeal  pro- 
tuberance is  greatly  more  prominent.  The  neuration  agrees  with  the 
following  genus  Aedis,  except  that  on  the  hind  wing&^^\w^^^Ki^^^s^ 


670     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

not  spring  from  one  iK)iDt.    I  shoald  precede  Omphalocera  with  both 
these  Western  genera. 

Prorasea  simalis^  n.  s. 

$  9 .  Ocberous,  sometimes  more  or  less  fuscoas  or  blackish,  variable 
in  tone.  Fore  wings  with  indistinct  obliqne  lines,  flecked  with  white. 
Median  space  ocheroas,  narrowed  below  median  vein.  Median  lines 
dark,  fine,  the  outer  much  projected  subcostally,  oblique.  Subterminal 
space  fuscous  or  ocherous.  Subterminal  shade  white,  more  or  less  in- 
distinct superiorly,  with  a  notch  on  snbmedian  fold.  Discal  dots  with 
a  white  spot  between  them  at  the  place  of  the  reuiform }  this  discal  mark 
often  difficult  to  make  out.  Fringes  white  at  base,  interlined.  A  ter- 
minal punctiform  black  or  dark  line.  Hind  wings  smoky-fuscous,  paler 
at  base,  with  an  external  line  picked  out  by  a  following  pale  shade,  and 
snbmedially  sometimes  white-flecked.  A  terminal,  blackish,  punctiform 
line.  Fringes  white  at  base,  doubly  interlined.  Beneath  pale,  soiled 
yellow-fuscous  with  fine,  common,  exterior  line  and  short  doable  lines 
on  primaries  in  place  of  the  discal  mark.  White  shades  accompany  the 
median  lines  on  the  primaries  above.  Body  fuscous-ocherous,  paler 
beneath.  Expanse,  ^ ,  22 ;  9 ,  26  to  29  mil.  Eight  or  ten  specimens  ex- 
amined under  the  number  ^<5939'\  and  collected  by  Mr.  Hy.  Edwards 
in  Oregon.    Also  collected  by  Hayden^s  Survey  in  Montana. 

Aedis,  n.  g. 

Front  narrow,  smooth,  clothed  with  thin,  converging  squamation. 
Ocelli  prominent.  Maxillary  palpi  lioear,  as  long  as  the  second  article 
of  the  labial  palpi,  these  latter  narrow,  with  moderate  third  article. 
Male  autenDuo  scaled  above,  ciliate  beneath,  the  joints  improminent. 
The  supra-caputal  scales  diverge  between  the  antenna)  at  base,  forming 
two  inconspicuous,  decumbent  tufts.  Wings  ample.  Fore  wings  12- 
veined;  veins  4  and  5  separate,  5  near  4  from  the  cross-vein;  9  out  of 
8,  a  short  furcation  to  costa.  Hind  wings  Sveined  ;  3  just  before  the 
lower  angle  of  the  cell,  4  and  5  together  from  the  lower  angle  of  the  cell, 
which  is  closed,  8  out  of  7  beyond  6.  This  form  seems  to  have  some 
resemblance  to  Exarcha  in  the  shape  of  the  wings.  In  the  neuratibn 
of  primaries,  it  agrees  with  Frormea, 

Aedis  funaliSy  n.  s. 

(J  $  .  Primaries  whitish-gray  or  brown.  Outer  transverse  line  black, 
distinct,  inwardly  oblique,  a  little  rounded  below  costa.  Between  this 
and  the  base  the  markings  aro  obsolete.  Beyond  it,  the  wing  is  shaded 
with  bright  brown,  especially  centrally.  Some  black  streaks  below  apices 
and  at  internal  angle  before  the  narrow  subterminal  line.  Fringes  dark. 
Hind  wings  pale  fuscous;  fringes  narrowly  interlined.  A  fine,  dark, 
sometimes  punctate,  terminal  line.  Hind  border  touched  with  fuscous. 
An  outer  transverse  line  distinct  over  the  middle  of  the  wing.    Beneath 


GROTE  ON  NORTH  AMERICAN  PYRAUD^.        671 

with  an  outer  common  line,  pale  fuscoas.  Body  whitish  beneath,  fus- 
cous above.  California,  Mr.  Behreus  and  Hy.  Edwards,  Esq.  The 
moth  expands  28.mil.  In  the  type,  the  inner  transverse  line,  very  fine 
and  indistinct,  may  be  made  out ;  it  goes  to  a  black  shade  on  internal 
margin,  connected  by  black  scales  on  the  edge  of  the  wing  to  the  base 
of  the  outer  line.  The  black  longitudinal  dashes  to  the  subterminal  line 
below  the  apices  are  variably  distinct. 

Stemmatopuora  Guen. 

Stemmatophora  nicalis,  n.  s. 

$.  Ocelli.  Maxillary  palpi  small.  Aspect  of  A^opia.  Deep  reddish- 
fuscous;  thorax  and  basal  fields  of  the  fore  wings  somewhat  olivaceous. 
Median  lines  distinct,  whitish.  The  anterior  upright  with  a  submedian, 
rounded,  outward  projection.  Posterior  line  broadly  marked  on  costa, 
outwardly  rounded  superiorly,  running  inwardly  to  vein  2,  where  it  forms 
a  slight  sinus,  thence  more  straightly  to  internal  margin.  It  is  defined 
on  the  inside  by  a  narrow  reddish  line.  Discal  dots  both  present, 
appearing  as  darker  cloud-spots.  Median  space  a  little  paler  than  the 
rest  of  the  wing,  shaded  with  pale  yellowish  on  the  interspaces  poste- 
riorly. Beyond  the  line,  the  wing  is  evenly  obscure  reddish-fuscous; 
fringes  paler,  indistinctly  interlined.  Hind  wings  fuscous,  with  paler 
bases  and  a  whitish,  incomplete,  extramesial  line.  Beneath  paler  than 
above;  the  outer  yellowish  line  broadly  marked  on  primaries;  on  sec- 
ondaries, a  narrow,  brown,  mesial  line.  Body  pale  l.eneath.  The  brown 
terniiual  spaces  on  both  wings  contrast  with  the  x)aler  portion  within 
the  line.  Ex[>anse,  24  mil.  One  t^pecimen,  in  good  condition.  Sierra 
Nevada,  Cal. 

Ompdalocera  Jjederer. 

OmpJudocera  carioHa  Led.,  339,  taf.  G,  fig.  11. 

3  9 .  Two  specimens  from  Missouri  (Riley)  agree  very  well  with  Le- 
derer's  figure  and  description ;  in  these  there  is  a  reddish  cast  to  the  fore 
wings,  which  is  wanting  in  a  larger  female  taken  by  myself  in  Alabama. 
Lederer  gives  as  localities :  "  North  America,  Brazil." 

AsopiA  Tr. 

Anopia  farinalis  (Linn.). 

New  England;  Middle  States;  also  from  Texas,  Belfrage,  No.  416, 
October  10.  Lederer  gives  as  localities:  "  Europe,  America,  Australia." 
Probably  introduced  by  commerce. 

Asopia  costaliH  (Fabr.). 

PyraViH  fimhrialia  S.  V. 

S  9.  This  species  is  found,  according  to  Zeller,  but  rarely  in  North 
Germany,  and  not  at  all  in  England.  Zeller  doubts  that  Biley  and 
Packard,  who  describe  the  larva  from  American  8Qe<^vm!^\v&  i^xiM^l^^^^- 


672     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

iug  iu  numbers  on  clover,  really  intend  this  species,  and  not  olinaliSy 
which  latter  is  a  parely  American  form.  But  I  recollect  determining 
the  species  originally  for  Mr.  Biley,  and  there  can  be.  no  doubt  that  the 
present  species  is  the  one  they  described,  although  in  the  terms  used 
for  color  both  Biley  and  Packard  may  have  been  inexact.  It  is  not 
credible  that  they  have  mixed  the  two  species  iu  their  illustrations  or 
descriptions.  It  is  curious  that  in  North  America  the  insect  is  more 
common  than  on  the  continent;  and  the  question  of  its  introduction  is 
an  open  one.  I  have  not  seen  it  from  Texas.  The  specimens  before 
me  are  from  New  York.  Lederer  says  that  a  male  of  this  species 
sent  him  through  Professor  Z^ller  from  New  York  agrees  exactly  with 
the  European  specimens. 

Asopia  oUnalis  Guen.,  p.  118. 

Asopia  trentonalia  Schlaeger,  Le<l.  p.  343,  taf.  7,  tig.  2. 

3  $.  Varies  in  size  and  depth  of  color.  New  York  and  Texas  (Bel- 
frage,  No.  350). 

Asopia  binodulalis  Zell.,  Beitr.  1,  501. 

S .  One  specimen  of  this  species  is  before  me.  It  looks  like  a  variety 
of  olinalisy  but  the  fringes  are  not  yellow.  The  outer  line  is  a  little 
more  outwardly  bent  than  in  oUnalis.    Texas  (Belfrage,  No.  3o8}. 

Asopia  himonialis  Zell.,  Beitr.  1,  500. 

I  do  not  know  this  Massachusetts  form,  which  is  said  by  Zeller  to  have 
the  fringes  not  quite  so  brightly  golden-yellow  as  costalisy  and  to  be  as 
large  as  the  largest  oUnalis.  It  cannot  be  devialis  from  the  characters 
given  to  the  transverse  lines  and  the  general  color. 

Asopia  devialis  Grote,  Bull.  B.  S.  N.  S.  2,  229. 

(J.  This  form  is  large,  of  a  faded  yellow,  sometimes  with  a  faint  pur- 
ple tinge,  besprinkled  with  dark  scales ;  the  fringes  are  concolorons 
with  the  wiug,  faded  ochery  or  yellowish.  Lines  dark,  followed  by  pale 
shades.  The  outer  line  is  denticulate,  forming  four  or  five  dark  points 
below  the  pale  costal  blotch.  The  costal  booklets  between  the  lines  are 
obsolete;  with  difficulty  under  the  glass  I  can  make  out  three  of  them. 
Quebec  (Belanger) ;  Albany,  N.  Y.  (Professor  Lintner  and  Mr.  Hill). 

Asopia  squamcalis  Grote,  Bull.  B.  S.  X.  S.  1,  172,  and  2,  229. 

(?  9.  Primaries  deep  red,  sprinkled  with  black.  Fringes  on  primaries 
blackish  ;  on  secondaries  paler,  both  interlined ;  black  terminal  lines 
distinct.  Wings  narrow.  On  fore  wings,  the  lines  wide  apart,  exterior 
line  slightly  denticulate 5  the  lines  black,  followed  by  faint  yellow  shades; 
between  the  lines  are  five  costal  dots  surrounded  with  black  scales. 
Hind  wings  blackish,  with  distinct  exterior  line  and  the  terminal  mar- 
gin washed  with  red.  Hastings,  N.  Y.,  in  June  ;  also  taken  by  myself 
near  Buffalo  in  July.  A  very  distinct  species,  which  I  have  determined 
myseU  in  different  collections. 


GROTE   ON   NORTH   AMERICAN   PYRALIDJE.  673 

Arta  Orote. 

In  this  genus,  the  fore  wings  are  a  little  sqaarer  than  in  Asopia.  The 
ocelli  are  present.'  Fore  wings  11- veined,  4  and  5  farcate ;  8  and  9  oat 
of  7.  Hind  wings  8- veined,  2  before  the  lower  angle  of  the  cell,  3,  4, 
and  5  in  saccession  from  the  sabmedian  vein ;  cell  open  or  partially 
closed,  8  out  of  7  a  short  furcation ;  6  connected  with  7  by  a  short  vein. 
The  species  are  small.    I  only  make  out  2  internal  veins  on  secondaries. 

Arta  statalis  Grote,  Bull.  B.  8.  K  8.  2,  230. 

The  fore  wings  are  vinous-red,  with  two  narrow,  upright,  approximate, 
yellow,  median  lines ;  the  inner  line  brought  well  toward  the  middle  of 
the  wing.  Fringes  darker  than  the  wing.  Hind  wings  fuscous.  Be- 
neath fuscous,  the  costiB  tinged  with  red  more  or  less  diffused.  The 
expanse  is  IG  mil.    My  three  female  specimens  are  all  from  New  York. 

Arta  olivalis  Orote,  Oan.  Ent.  x,  23. 

^9.  A  small  species  resembling  statalis^  but  differing  by  the  oli- 
vaceous cast  of  the  primaries  above,  crossed  by  two,  parallel,  faint,  pale 
lines,  the  inner  at  the  middle  of  the  wing,  the  outer  at  within  the  mid- 
dle of  the  outer  half  of  the  wing;  fringes  vinous;  hind  wings  pale  pur- 
plish, with  vinous  fringes.  Beneath,  the  costal  and  external  margins 
are  bright  wiuecolor,  a  pale  common  line.  The  expanse  is  14  mil. 
Texas,  Belfrage,  in  July  and  August  (No.  405).  The  neuration  has  not 
been  studied. 

CoNDYLOLOMiA  Orote. 

(Ball.  B.  S.  N.  S.  1, 176,  plate  5,  figs.  4,  5.) 

I  have  again  studied  the  neuration  of  this  genus,  in  which  the  cell  is 
so  short  on  both  wings.  To  the  figure  and  description  of  the  primary 
wing  (fig.  4),  I  have  nothing  to  add.  The  drawing  of  the  hind  wing 
(fig.  5)  is  defective  in  that  vein  6  springs  from  thediscal  cross- vein,  and 
not  from  the  upper  margin  of  the  cell ;  the  cell  is  closed  by  a  concave 
fold.  The  median  vein  is  too  straight,  but  the  branches  are  correctly 
drawn  as  to  position.  I  find  also  only  two  internal  nervures  (Bippe  1, 
a) ;  but  in  this  it  is  possible  I  am  wrong,  although  I  can  find  only  two 
in  Arta. 

I  am  indebted  to  the  kindness  of  Mr.  L.  W.  Ooodell,  of  Amherst, 
Mass.,  for  a  specimen  (No.  8)  of  the  only  species  of  this  genus  known, 
Condylolomia  participialis, 

CoRDYLOPEZA  Zeller. 

Cordylopeza  nigrinodis  Zell.,  Beitr.  ii,  6,  taf.  iii,  fig.  3. 

New  York ;  near  Buffalo,  in  July. 
Bull.  iv.  No.  3 9 


674  BULLETIN   UNITED   STATES   GEOLOGICAL  SUBVEY. 

Fabatana  Walk. 
Fabatana  oviplagalis  Walk.,  Suppl.  iv,  1265,  9,  (18C5). 

Awpia  anthctcioidea  G.  &  R.,  Tr.  Ent.  Soo.  Phil.  15,  pi.  2,  fig.  9,  9  ,  (1867). 

I  have  before  me  ouly  a  single  female,  received  from  Mr.  Dury  (No. 
13),  from  Cincinnati.  Tbc  ocelli  are  present.  It  seems  to  be  allied  to 
the  following  genus,  of  which  I  have  no  material  before  me  to  examine. 

SiPABOCEUA  Robinson. 
Siparocera  nobilis  Hob.,  Ann.  N.  Y.  Lye.  April,  1875. 

Oecto-peria  aincera  ZoU.,  Beitr.  iii,  125,  taf.  x,  fig.  45. 

New  York ;  Mr,  liobinson^s  type  ( ^ )  I  have  seen  in  the  Central  Park 
collection. 

Melanomma  Grote. 

Male  antennae  bipectinate;  the  branches  separate,  ciliate,  before 
their  extremities  bent,  and  with  a  longer  exterior  bristle.  Ocelli  pres- 
ent. Maxillae  moderate.  Labial  ]>alpi  with  narrow  and  rather  long 
third  joint,  porrect,  as  long  as  the  front.  Clypeus  rather  narrow, 
smooth,  roundedly  prominent.  Fore  wings  with  rounded  costa,  broad, 
obovate,  12- veined,  4  and  5  separate,  5  from  the  cross-vein  near  4;  6 
from  the  cross- vein  opposite  5;  9  out  of  8  a  short  furcation.  Hind 
wings  8- veined  J  2  from  the  median  vein  at  beyond  the  middle;  3  and 
4  from  one  point  at  the  lower  angle  of  the  cell;  5  from  the  cross-vein 
well  separated  from  4 ;  the  subcostal  vein  is  quite  distinct  from  the 
costal  (8),  and  throws  off  6  and  7  beyond  the  closure  of  the  cell ;  8 
entirely  free,  touching  7  at  base,  but  then  leaving  it  widely  throughout 
its  course ;  the  cell  has  a  median  fold.  I  cannot  detect  the  maxillary 
palpi.  This  genus  has  a  resemblance  to  Lederei^s  Brazilian  genus 
Cryptocosma  in  the  pectinate  antenna)  and  the  presence  of  metallic 
marks  on  the  gray  wings.  It  differs  very  decidedly  in  structure,  hav- 
ing both  ocelli  and  maxillae,  and  a  totally  distinct  venation.  The  sepa- 
ration of  8  and  7  on  the  hind  wings  is  unusually  complete  in  Melanomma^ 
except  at  base,  where  they  touch  without  coinciding ;  the  fact  that  3 
and  4  spring  together  from  lower  angle  of  the  cell,  while  5  is  more  widely 
separate,  is  interesting,  and  recalls  other  families;  while  the  fore  wings 
are  like  the  Pyralidcc^  the  hind  wings  are  like  the  Geometridw.  I  can  see 
also  but  two  internal  veins,  but  I  have  shown  in  other  cases  that  the 
character  of  three  internal  veins  may  not  be  considered  as  invariable  in 
thQ  FyraUdiV.  The  body  is  narrow,  abdomen  tapering,  exceeding  the 
secondaries. 

Melanomma  auricinctaria  Grote,  Tr,  Ent.  Soe.  Phil.  117,  1875. 

c? .  I  have  one  specimen  only  before  me,  received  from  Mr.  E.  L.  Graef, 
taken  near  Drooklyn,  N.  Y.  The  moth  is  gray,  with  transverse  dark 
lines,  recalling  EupetUecia.    The  cell  shows  a  black  spot  accompanied  by 


GROTE   ON  NORTH   AMERICAN  PYRALIDiE.  675 

metallic  scales,  aud  with  a  uarrow  yellowish  iris,  much  more  distinct  aod 
complete  beneath.  The  subterminal  line  shows  metallic  scales  on  both 
surfaces.    I  have  discussed  this  species  also  in  Can.  Ent.  28, 187G. 

E^iPREPES  Lcderei', 

Emprepes  novdlis  Grote,  Can.  Ent.  156,  1870. 
Texas  (Belfrage,  No.  403,  Oct.  7). 

Emprcpes  nuchaliSj  n.  s. 

Size  of  novalUj  but  differently  colored,  and  with  the  anterior  and  pos- 
terior bands  nearer  together  and  better  defined.  Olivaceous.  Fore 
wings  with  a  broad,  even,  outwardly  oblique,  anterior,  vinous-purple 
band ;  a  costal  spot  of  the  same  color  at  the  middle  of  the  median  space, 
and  an  outer,  subterminal,  sinuous,  upright  band  of  the  same  hue.  Hind 
wings  fuscous;  fringes  a  little  paler  than  the  wing.  Expanse,  17  mil. 
California  (Dy.  Edwards,  No.  3011).  This  species  is  entirely  olivaceons, 
beneath  paler,  and  differs  by  the  subterminal  limitation  of  the  posterior 
band,  among  other  characters.  I  have  examined  two  specimens.  I  regret 
not  to  have  been  able,  from  paucity  of  material,  to  make  any  neurational 
examination  of  either  of  the  above  species. 

Scoparia  libella^  n.  s. 

A  small  gray  species  less  than  half  the  size  of  the  European  and  Amer- 
ican centtiriella.  Fore  wings  with  a  blackish  streak  at  base  and  one  on 
submedian  fold  beyond  the  inner  line.  Lines  white,  tolerably  distinct, 
inner  arcuate,  outer  a  little  irregular,  produced  medially.  Discal  mark 
a  curved,  longitudinal,  black  streak,  as  it  connecting  spots.  Sub- 
terminal  line  incomplete,  whitish.  Fringe  white,  dotted.  Hind  wings 
smoky,  with  white  fringes.  Beneath  smoky;  body  white;  anterior  tibi» 
and  feet  dotted.  This  species  is  of  common  occurrence,  and  may  be 
known  by  its  olive-gray  tint  and  small  size,  expanding  13  millimeters.  I 
have  it  from  Maine,  Massaehusetts,  and  New  York. 

BoTis  Schr. 

Tbisgeneric  term  is  sometimes  incorrectly  written  ^^Botys^.  Professor 
Zeller  follows  Svvainson's  correction  of  the  spelling.  The  North  Amer- 
ican species  are  numerous,  and  the  following  enumeration  of  those  before 
me  will  assist  the  student.  Several  of  our  species  described  by  Euro- 
pean entomologists  remain  to  be  identified.  I  do  not  expect,  however, 
that  most  of  Mr.  Walker's  descriptions  will  be  ever  satisfactorily  made 
out. 

1.  Botis  octomacxilata  (Linn.). 

•    Ennychia  glomeralia  Walk.,  C.  B.  M.  Pyr.  330. 

United  States  and  Europe.    1  have  observed  this  species  in  the  vicinity 
of  Buffalo.    In  color,  ornamentation,  and  flight,  it  closely  reaeoibV^xX^^ 
species  of  Alypia. 


676  BULLETIN   UNITED   STATES  GEOLOGICAL  fiUBVET. 

2.  Botis  californicalis  Pack.,  Ann.  N.  Y.  Lye  260,  (1873). 

1  have  two  specimens  from  San  Francisco,  which  may  belong  here 
(Behrens).    I  have  not  seen  Dr.  Packard's  type. 

3.  Botis  inaequalis  (Guen.)* 

Herhula  auhaequalis  \\  Gaeo.,  Pyr.  177,  pi.  8,  fig.  3. 

New  York ;  Pennsylvania. 

4.  Botis  generosa  O.  &  E.,  Tr.  Am.  Ent.  Soc.  1,  20,  pi.  2,  fig.  10. 
New  York ;  Pennsylvania. 

5.  Botis  matronalis  Grote,  Bull.  B.  S.  N.  S.  ii,  231. 

Canada.    Mr.  Saunders  has  reared  this  species  from  the  larva. 

6.  Botis  unimaculu  G.  &  B.,  Tr.  Am.  Ent.  Soc.  1,  14,  pi.  2,  fig.  8. 
New  York ;  Pennsylvania. 

7.  Botis  volupiulis  Grote,  Bull.  Geol.  Survey,  3,  799. 
Hills  west  of  Denver,  Colo. 

8.  Botis  signatalis  (Walk.)  G.  &  R,  I  c.  10,  pi.  2,  fig.  11. 

The  name  vinulenta  G.  &  R.  has  been  proposed  for  this  species  in  case 
the  present  proves  untenable,  which  is  probable. 
Texas  (Belfrage,  No.  368) ;  Massachusetts ;  Pennsylvania. 

9.  Botis  atropurpuralis  Grote,  Can.  Ent.  9,  104. 
Texas  (Belfrage,  No.  362). 

10.  Botis  diffissa  G.  &  R.,  I.  c.  19,  pi.  2,  fig.  16. 
Louisiana;  Texas  (Belfrage,  No.  368). 

11.  Botis  pluBnicealis  (Iliibu.),  Zutr.  1,  58,  figs.  115, 116. 

Texas  (Belfrage,  No.  366).  The  specimens  sent  by  Belfrage  are  "triib 
purpurroth  und  oraniengelb  " ;  but  the  bands  are  narrower  than  in  HUb- 
ner's  figure.  There  is  no  discal  dot,  as  in  diffissaj  which  is  brilliant 
vinous-red  and  golden-yellow. 

12.  Botis  laticlavia  G.  &  R.,  I.  c.  17,  pi.  2,  fig.  12. 

Texas  (Belfrage,  No.  360).  As  suggested  by  Professor  Zeller  (Beitr. 
1,  50),  I  regard  the  following  as  a  seasonal  variety. 

12  b.  Botis  cinerosa  G.  &  R.,  /.  c.  18,  pi.  2,  fig.  13. 
Texas  (Belfrage,  No.  361). 

13.  Botis  sumptuosalis  (Walk.),  C.  B.  M.  34, 1281. 

B.  haruspica  G.  &  R.,  1,  c.  pi.  2,  fig.  14. 
f  B.  proceralis  Led.,  460. 

Massachusetts ;  Pennsylvania. 


GBOTE   ON  NORTH   AlfESICAN  PYBALIDJS  677 


14.  Botis  onythesalis  (Walk.),  Pyr.  734. 
Texas  (Belfrage,  Nqjl  364). 


a 


15.  Botis  vibicalis  Zel'.,'^eitr.  ii,  8,  taf.  iii,  fig.  4. 
Texas  (Belfrage,  No.  407). 

16.  Botis  nasonialis  Zell.,  Beitr.  ii,  9,  taf.  iii,  fig.  6. 

Texas  (Belfrage,  No.  406,  May  15).   California,  September  3  (Behrens). 

17.  Botis  sesquialteraKs  Zell.,  L  o.  9,  taf.  iii,  fig.  5. 

Texas  (Belfrage,  No.  406).  I  think  I  have  this  species  of  Zeller's  be- 
fore me  sent  under  the  same  number  with  the  foregoing  by  Belfrage. 
It  is  possible  that  the  two  are  not  distinct ;  nasonialis  may  be  recognized 
by  the  pale  yellow  streaks  along  the  veins.  These  three  last  are  the 
smallest  species  of  Botis  known  to  me. 

{Diastictis  Hiibn.) 

18.  Botis  argyralis  (Hubn.),  Zutr.  1,  21,  figs.  113, 114. 

I  havB  a  specimen  from  the  South  which  agrees  with  HUbner's  figure 
in  the  pale  yellowish  primaries.  I  do  not  find  any  differences  except 
color  between  this  and  the  following.  But  Hiibner's  figure  has  the 
white  spots  larger  and  visible  beneath ;  this  may  be  varietal,  and  I 
merely  keep  the  names  separate  provisionally.  I  do  not  see  the  char- 
acter given  by  Zeller  to  argyralis  (p.  509)  to  distinguish  it  fh)m  ventralis, 

19.  Botis  ventralis  G.  &  R.,  I.  c.  21,  pi.  2,  fig.  23. 

Massachusetts;  Pennsylvania.  I  have  both  sexes  of  a  dark  brown 
like  the  <?  of  ^^ argyralis'"  described  by  Zeller  on  page  608.  It  is  prob- 
able that  the  female,  with  <^fast  dottergelbe  VorderfliigeP,  is  the  same  as 
the  argyralis  there  described,  which  is  also  a  female,  but  which  has  the 
white,  lateral,  abdominal  stripes  continuous.  Unless  we  can  find  that 
the  color  is  a  specific  character,  I  do  not  think  there  are  other  grounds 
for  a  separation. 

20.  Botis  fracturalis  Zell.,  taf.  iii,  fig.  16. 

I  have  two  (<?  9)  specimens  agreeing  accurately  with  Zeller's  figures, 
except  that  the  male  has  the  ground-color  slightly  tinged  with  ocherous. 
But  I  have  another  female  (Belfrage,  No.  384),  which  differs  by  being  as 
yellow  as  argyralis^  whereas  fracturalis  is  as  brown  as  ventralis.  This 
female  has  besides  the  basal,  silver,  submedian  mark  transformed  into  an 
upright  band,  and  the  median  fascia  is  broader  and  connected  with  the 
discal  spot.  If  this  is  only  a  variety,  which  I  believe  it  is,  it  will  assist 
the  idea  that  ventralis  and  argyralis  are  only  color-varieties. 

tt 

21.  Botis  Harveyana  Orote,  Can  Ent.  9, 104. 
New  York;  Texas  (Belfrage) 


678     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  8UBVEY. 

22.  Boti8profundalisFsLcik.y  Ann,  N.  Y.  Lye.  261, 1873. 

California.    I  have  examined  Dr.  Packard's  type.    The  exterior  line 
makes  a  broad  submedian  sinus,  which  seems  to  be  characteristic. 

23.  Botis  badipennia  Grote,  Bull.  B.  S.  N.  S.  1,  88,  pi.  2,  lig.  12. 
Maine ;  New  York ;  Michigan,  in  August. 

24.  Botis  tatalis  Grote,  Can.  Ent.  9,  106. 
Texas  (Belfrage,  No.  659,  October  7). 

25.  Botis  allectalis  Grote,  Can.  Ent.  9,  107. 
Texas  (Belfrage,  No.  445,  May  12). 

20,  Botis  albiceralis^  n.  s. 

i.  Male  antennae  simple,  pubescent  beneath.  Palpi  extmded  for- 
ward, fully  as  long  as  the  head.  Head  and  appendages  and  thorax 
pale  ocherous.  Fore  wings  gray,  with  an  ocherous  costal  patch  from  the 
base  outwardly,  extending  downward  on  the  middle  of  the  wing  and 
absorbing  tbe  stigmata,  narrowly  defined  by  a  brown  line.  Anterior 
line  obsolete.  Posterior  line  near  the  margin  denticulate,  narrow, 
whitish,  bordered  with  dark  gray,  outwardly  bent  superiorly,  but  not 
flexuous.  Subterminal  line  very  near  the  margin,  follomed  by  two  apical, 
narrow,  brown  teetb ;  terminal  space  ochery ;  a  fine,  brown,  terminal  line^ 
fringes  pale,  interlined.  Hind  wings  pellucid  whitish,  stained  outwardly 
with  ocherous ;  a  continuous,  denticulate,  extramesial  line,  not  flexed ; 
fringes  pale.  Beneath  largely  pale  ocherous;  a  brown  discal  lunule  on 
primaries;  a  common,  denticulate,  extradiscal,  brownish  line,  accentu- 
ated on  costa.  Expanse,  26  mil.  Colorado  Bio,  Prof.  Townend  Glover; 
one  specimen.  This  species  resembles  somewhat  B,  allectalis  in  colors, 
but  is  larger,  and  may  be  known  by  tbe  ocherous  costal  patch  of  pri- 
maries absorbing  the  reniform,  which  appears  as  a  brown  stain  near  its 
outer  edge.  This  costal  patch  is  neatly  edged  with  a  brown  line  back 
to  the  place  of  the  anterior  line,  where  it  narrows  to  base  of  wing*. 

27.  Botis  mustelimlis  Pack.,  Ann.  N.  Y.  Lye.  262, 1873. 

Boiia  catenulalis  Grote,  Can.  Ent.  9,  105. 

California.    I  have  compared  Dr.  Packard's  type. 

28.  Botis  fodinalis  Led.,  369,  taf.  8,  fig.  9. 

California.  I  have  examined  several  3  9  specimens  from  Behrens  and 
Edwards.    It  varies  in  size,  distinctness  of  lines,  and  color. 

29.  Botis  socialis  Grote,  Can.  Ent.  9,  107. 

My  two  specimens  (Canada  and  Bulialo)  are  females.  They  are 
brighter-colored  than  fodinalis,  the  subterminal  band  on  primaries  more 
distinct,  the  spots  solid  and  more  evident,  the  primaries  more  red,  the 
secondaries  more  yellow.  Smaller  than  most  of  my  Califomia/odtiiaiis, 
I  yet  think  they  will  prove  the  same  species. 


GROTE  ON  NORTH  AMERICAN  PYRALID^.        679 

30.  Botis  reversalis  Guen.,  Pyr.  409. 
Texas  (Belfrage,  No.  389,  May  13). 

31.  Botis  penitalis  Grote,  Can.  Ent.  98, 1876, 

This  is  rather  a  large  species,  expanding  29  mil.  Kansas  (Snow); 
larva  on  the  Yellow  Pond  Lily  {Nelubinm  luteum).  Incorrectly  com- 
pared by  me  with  crinitalis, 

32.  Botis  erectalis  Grote,  Can.  Ent.  99, 1870. 

New  York  (Lintner) ;  Massachusetts  (L.  W.  Goodell).  Differs  from 
the  foregoing  by  its  fascons  color,  distinct  lines,  and  plain  and  solid  dis- 
cal  marks,  while  it  is  a  little  larger  (34  mil.). 

33.  Botis  eoloradensis  G.  &  E.,  L  c.  25,  pi.  2,  fig.  18. 
Colorado ;  Texas  (Belfrage,  No.  379,  April  24). 

34.  Botis  flavidalis  Gaen.,  Pyr.  329. 

t\  cinctlp€daliaV^9^k,j  Pyr.  Sap.  1391. 

New  York;  Ohio;  Alabama;  Texas  (Belfrage,  No.  378). 

35.  Botis  Langdonalis  Grote,  Can.  Ent.  9, 10. 

This  fine  species  is  as  large  asflavidaliSj  and  is  easily  known  by  the 
broad  fascoas-brown  bands  of  the  wings.    Ohio  (Langdon,  Dary). 

30.  Botis  flavidissimalis  Grote,  Can.  Ent.  9, 105. 
Texas  (Belfrage,  No.  383,  November  5,  8). 

37.  Botis  trimaculalis  Grote,  Can.  Ent.  10,  24. 
Texas  (Belfrage,  No.  375,  October  4). 

38.  Botis  fuscimaculalis  Grote,  Can.  Ent.  10,  25. 
Texas  (Belfrage,  May  5). 

39.  Botis  flue icoloralis  Grote,  Can.  Ent.  10,  25. 
Texas  (Belfrage,  October  11). 

40.  Botis  citrina  G.  &  R.,  I  c.  23,  pi.  2,  fig.  20. 

Long  Island,  N.  Y. ;  Pennsylvania ;  Texas  {teste  Zeller). 

41.  Botis  marculenta  G.  &  B.,  L  c.  23,  pi.  2,  fig.  21. 

New  York  (Grote) ;  Pennsylvania ;  Texas  {teste  Zeller). 

42.  Botis  siibmedialis  Grote,  Can.  Ent.  8,  111. 
Canada  (Saunders) ;  only  one  specimen. 

43.  Botis  pertextalis  Led.,  371,  taf.  9,  fig.  10. 

New  York ;  five  specimens,  perhaps  not  different  from  the  sacceeding 
form. 


680     BULLETIN  UNITED  8TATES  GEOLOGICAL  8UBVET. 

44.  Boiis  gentilis  Grote,  Bull.  B.  S.  N.  S.  i,  173. 

Botis  Theaealis  Zell.  (non  Led.)i  514. 

New  York ;  four  specimeDs,  darker,  smaller  than  the  preceding,  with 
the  lines  od  the  veius  more  distinct. 

45.  Botis  magistralis  Grote,  Bull.  B.  8.  N.  S.  i,  173. 
Massachusetts;  New  York. 

46.  Botis  quinquelinealis  Grote,  Bull.  B.  S.  N.  S.  ii,  231. 

New  York;  Massachusetts;  Pennsylvania;  six  specimens*  I  sent  a 
specimen  of  this  to  the  British  Museum  during  Mr.  Walker's  lifetime, 
and  he  informed  me  by  letter  that  the  species  was  not  in  the  English 
collections,  and  he  believed  it  undescribed. 

47.  Botis  abdominalis  Zell.,  Beitr.  1,  515. 

I  have  two  specimens  from  New  York,  one  with  the  reniform,  the 
other  with  both  stigmata  open,  which  is  allied  to  5'linedli8y  and  from 
the  description  may  be  this  species. 

48.  BoUsfeudalis  Grote,  Bull.  B.  S.  N.  8.  ii,  231. 
New  York;  Massachusetts;  Ohio. 

49.  Botis  terrealia  (Tr.). 

New  York  (Lintner) ;  also  European. 

50.  Botis  penumbralis  Grote,  Can.  £nt.  9, 106. 
Ohio  (Dury). 

51.  Botis  obumbratalis  Led.,  taf.  9,  fig.  17. 

Maine  (Packard).  I  have  identified  this  species  in  a  collection  sent 
me  some  time  ago  by  Dr.  Packard,  but  have  now  no  specimens  before 
me. 

52.  Botis  dasconalis  Walk.,  Led.  taf.  1,  2,  fig.  5. 

Maine ;  New  York.  I  have  identified  this  species,  but  have  no  speci- 
mens of  my  own  at  the  present  writing. 

53.  Botis  v€7talis  Grote,  Can.  Ent.  x,  24. 
New  York  (Buffalo,  Grote). 

54.  Botis  magni/vralis  Walk.,  Can.  Nat.  and  Geol.  vi,  41. 

B.  euphcesalis  Walk.,  Pyr.  1008. 
f  B.  suhjectalis  Led.,  taf.  10,  fig.  13. 

Montreal  (Cooper);  New  York.  I  have  identified  this  species  as 
illibalis  of  Hiibner  (Can.  Ent.  9,  28),  but  perhaps  incorrectly,  Lederer 
seems  to  distinguish  the  two  species  from  specimens.  Hiibner's  figures 
do  not  agree  with  this  species  in  showing  no  median  clouding  on  the 
fore  wings  above. 


GBOTE   ON  NORTH   AMERICAN   PYRALIDiE  681 

55.  Botis  perrubralis  Pack.,  Ann.  N.  Y.  Lye.  264, 1873. 

California  (Packard).  I  have  examined  Dr.  Packard'a  type  of  this 
very  distinct  species. 

56.  Botis  aemiruWalis  Pack.,  Z.  c.  263. 

California  (Hy.  Edwards.  No.  707).  I  have  examined  a  namber  of 
specimens  of  this  distinct  form. 

57.  Botis  plectilis  G.  &  R.,  I  c.  pi.  2,  tig.  17. 
Maine 5  New  York;  Pennsylvania. 

58.  Botis  adipaloides  G.  &  K.,  I,  c.  pi.  2,  fig.  19. 

Massachusetts  (Prof.  E.  S.  Morse).  One  specimen.  I  have  a  second 
from  New  York,  which  has  the  usaally  yellow  parts  of  the  wing  white. 
It  may  be  a  different  species. 

From  Texas  I  have  1  female  (Belfrage,  No.  381)  and  2  males  (Belfrage, 
No.  380),  which  are  what  Zeller  describes  under  this  name;  they  may  be 
a  distinct  species.  At  this  moment,  I  have  not  a  series  of  our  Northern 
form  to  compare  them  with. 

59.  Botis  talis  Grote. 

^ .  Form  of  adipaloides.  Fore  wings  bright  purple.  An  irregularly 
shaped,  brown-margined,  li^ht  yellow  patch  resting  on  internal  margiu 
within  the  middle,  and  projected  upward  on  the  cell;  preceded  on  the 
cell  by  a  small,  partially  confl  nent,  similar  spot.  A  quadrate  patch  over 
the  veins  beyond  the  cell  open  to  costa,  along  which  the  yellow  color 
spreads  toward  the  base.  Hind  wings  bright  purple,  with  a  very 
broad,  yellow,  central  fascia,  tapering  inferiorly,  edged  with  brown  or 
black  lines.  Fringes  pale.  Beneath  paler,  but  as  above ;  base  of  hind 
wings  entirely  yellowish.  Thorax  brownish-purple;  beneath,  body 
and  legs  whitish.  Expanse,  20  mil.  Alabama  (Grote).  So  brightly  col- 
ored and  distinctly  marked  that  it  can  be  mistaken  for  no  other  species. 
The  line  dark  lines  edging  the  yellow  patches  on  fore  wings  above  may 
be  taken  for  the  ordinary  lines  and  the  annuli  of  the  purple  stigmata. 

60.  Botis  plumbicostalis  Grote,  Can.  Ent.  3, 103. 

Bright  yellow  costal  region  of  primaries  broadly  dark  plumbeous  or 
purple-brown  from  base  to  tip.  Terminal  space  outwardly  filled  with 
the  same  shade  tapering  to  internal  angle.  This  terminal  dark  shade 
is  outwardly  rounded  alon^  its  inner  margin,  and  this  is  widely  and 
everywhere  nearly  equidistant  from  the  external  transverse  line;  at 
the  internal  angle,  there  is  a  slight  projection  corresponding  with  the 
inward  inferior  inflection  of  the  external  line.  The  orbicular  spot  is 
small,  solid,  and  absorbed  above  by  the  dark  costal  region,  as  is  the  reni- 
form ;  the  latter  is  small,  constricted,  with  a  dark  annulus,  and  very 
narrow,  pale  center;  both  spots  concolorous  with  the  dark  costal  region. 
There  is  a  short,  dark,  inner  transverse  line.    The  onlj  otli^^XXx^  ^^sX^sl- 


682     BULLETIN  UKITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

nal,  runs  slightly  inwardly  below  costa,  theu  outwardly  over  the  m. 
nervules,  where  it  is  slightly  interspaeeally  dentate ;  thas,  in  its  upper 
half  it  is  sLDuate  or  somewhat  S-shaped.  At  4th  m.  nervale  it  runs,  as 
nsusal,  iuwardly,  thence  transversely  to  internal  margin.  The  fringes 
are  dark,  concolorous  with  the  terminal  shade.  A  single  line  crosses 
the  secondaries,  projects  over  the  disk,  and  corresponds  to  the  external 
line  of  the  primaries.  A  distinct  discal  spot.  Apical  angle  shaded  with 
plumbeous;  fringes  pale.  Beneath  whitish,  iridescent,  markings  of 
the  upper  surface  faintly  reflected.  Legs  white;  anterior  and  middle 
femora  marked  with  black.  Palpal  tips,  front  and  vertex,  and  sides  of 
thorax  in  front,  dark.  Thorax  clear  yellow.  Abdomen  above  yellowish, 
with  a  dark  dorsal  shade;  beneath,  the  body  parts  are  white.  Hind 
legs  entirely  white,  with  two  pair  of  unequal  spurs.  Expanse,  30  mil 
August.  Type  in  Museum  Peabody  Academy  of  Science,  Salem,  Mass. 
liecalls  the  figures  of  Eulepte  concordalis  of  Hiibner.  The  fringes  on 
primaries  are  not  checkered,  however,  and  there  are  other  differences; 
besides,  the  present  is  a  stouter  form.  A  8i>ecimen  of  this  species  has 
been  sent  me  by  Mr.  Schwarz,  taken  at  Enter|)rise,  Fla.,  on  June  22. 

61.  Boiis  anticostalis  Grote,  Can.  Ent.  3, 104. 

Bright  yellow,  with  deeper  ocherous  tinges.  The  species  has  the 
markings  and  appearance  of  BoUs  plumbicostalis,  Costa  of  primaries 
broadly  plumbeous,  but  shading  to  yellowish  toward  the  tips.  Ordi- 
nary spots  larger,  annulate,  freer  from  the  costal  shade;  their  centers 
are  whitish-iridescent;  the  i  has  no  orbicular;  in  its  place,  the  tegument 
is  somewhat  t>ellucid  and  impressed.  The  two  transverse  lines  are  fain- 
ter and  wider  apart,  the  transverse  exterior  differently  shaped.  This  is 
outwardly  rounded  at  costa,  where  it  is  twice  interspaceally  lunulate, 
and  there  is  always  here  a  narrow  space  between  it  and  the  terminal 
dark  shade.  This  latter  fills  in  the  entire  terminal  space  superiorly 
(except  as  above  mentioned)  between  the  external  line  and  the  margin, 
but  is  obsolete  inferiorly  below  3d  m.  nervule,  appearing  as  a  spot  at 
internal  angle.  Secondaries  with  a  distinct  discal  spot  and  single,  flexed, 
transverse  line.  Apices  with  the  commencement  of  a  dark  terminal 
shade.  Fringes  on  both  wings  pale,  i  abdomen  i>ointed  at  the  tip, 
elongate,  with  dark  dorsal  shade;  9  yellow  above.  Thorax  yellow; 
head,  palpal  tips,  sides  of  thorax  before  insertion  of  wings,  dark,  as  in 
B. plumbicosialis.  Legs  whitish;  anterior  and  middle  pair  shaded  with 
blackish.  Expanse,  25  mil.  July,  August.  Types  in  Museum  Peabody 
Academy  of  Science,  Salem,  Mass. 

Smaller  than  B,  plumbicostalis^  but  greatly  resembling  it  at  first  sight. 
On  a  comparison,  the  differences  above  detailed  are  quite  apparent. 

This  species  may  belong  to  Crocidophora,  I  have  not  seen  the  male 
since  I  described  the  species  in  1871.  My  types  were  sent  to  the  Pea- 
body jMuseuni,  but  they  have  not  been  well  cared  for.  The  type  of  the 
preceding  species  has  been  badly  eaten  by  larvae,  and  of  the  present  I 
bare  been  oulv  able  to  see  the  female. 


OBOTE  ON  KOBTH  AMERICAN  PTRALIDiB.        683 

62.  Botia  syHngicola  Paok.,  Mass.  Bep.  18, 1870. 

'^The  moth,  for  which  I  would  propose  the  name  Boiys  syringtoola^  is 
peppery  gray  with  bright  yellow  markings,  while  the  under  side  of  the 
wings  is  pale  yellow.  The  head  and  body  are  pale  gray,  with  a  yellow- 
ish tinge,  white  on  the  under  side  of  the  body  and  under  side  of  the 
palpi.  The  autennad  are  pale  gray,  like  the  body.  The  fore  wings  are 
gray,  due  to  black  scales  lying  on  a  pule  straw-yellow  ground.  On  the 
inner  fourth  of  the  wing  are  two  yellow  spots,  one  just  above,  and  the 
other  just  l>elow,  the  median  vein.  In  the  middle  of  the  wing,  just  below 
the  costa,  is  a  prominent  square,  bright  straw-yellow  spot;  on  the  outer 
fourth  of  the  wing  is  a  slightly  curved  yellow  band,  with  three  scallops 
on  the  outer  edge,  and  extending  to  a  large  yellow  patch  in  the  middle 
of  the  wing,  which  is  tridentate  on  the  outer  edge,  it  is  bordered  be- 
yond with  a  black,  zigzag  line,  and  a  fine,  stout,  yellowish  line  beyond. 
A  dusky  streak  extends  from  the  apex  to  the  costal  yellow  band.  There 
are  two  broken  dusky  lines  at  the  base  of  the  fringe  on  both  wings. 
The  hind  wings  are  yellow,  with  four  sharply  zigzag  dark  gray  lines. 
The  under  side  of  the  fore  wings  is  paler  than  above,  with  a  yellowish 
tinge.  The  hind  wings  are  pale  yellow,  with  a  single,  much  curved  line 
on  the  outer  third  of  the  wing;  and  there  are  two  dots  near  the  middle 
of  the  wing  and  a  row  of  blackish  dots  at  the  base  of  the  fringe.  It 
expands  one  inch." 

I  have  not  been  able  to  identify  this  species  or  see  the  type. 

03.  Botis  suholivalis  Pack.,  Ann.  L.  N.  H.  201,  1873. 

Botis  hircinalis  Orote,  Bull.  B.  S.  N.  8.  ii,  232. 

I  have  examined  a  number  of  specimens  of  this  species  from  Maine 
and  New  York.  The  males  do  not  show  the  pale  sinuate  external  fas- 
cia on  primaries  above,  and  the  hind  wings  are  not  rayed  as  in  the  female. 
All  the  specimens  1  have  seen  from  the  East  have  the  secondaries  above 
dark  and  immaculate.    This  is  closely  allied  to  the  European  opaoalis. 

04.  Botis  unifasdalis  Pack.,  Z.  c.  201. 

This  Californian  species  differs  by  having  the  hind  wings  above 
shaded  with  whitish — in  one  male  almost  entirely  pale.  Beneath,  they 
are  paler  than  in  suboUvalis^  and  altogether  the  Californian  species  so 
approaches  in  this  and  other  resi)ect8  to  the  European  form  that  it  may 
not  be  possible  to  separate  them.  But  one  Californian  9  (Hy.  Edwards^ 
No.  207)  has  the  secondaries  above  entirely  blackish,  and,  except  that 
they  are  paler  beneath,  just  like  my  Eastern  specimens.  It  seems  to  me 
that  these  two  Ibrma  may  be  united  under  one  specific  name.  The  males 
have  more  pointed  and  apparently  longer  wings  than  the  females* 

05.  Botis  niveicilialis  Grote,  Bull.  B.  S.  N.  S.  ii,  232. 

New  York.  This  is  a  very  distinct  form,  with  blackish  wings  and 
snow-white  fringes.    It  may  not  be  properly  placed  here.    Bat  t^<^ 


684     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  BURVET. 

entire  present  arrangement  of  oar  species  of  Botis  is  not  insisted  npon, 
and  is  quite  provisional  in  its  character. 

66.  Botis  atenopteralis  Grote,  Can.  /Ent.  x,  26. 

I  have  received  tliis  species  from  Canada  (from  Mr.  Caolfield)  and 
Maine  (Professor  Fernald).  An  exceedingly  distinct  and  narrow* winged 
form,  distantly  recalling  the  European  ablutaliSj  from  which  it  differs  by 
the  darker  color,  stouter  body,  narrow,  even,  exterior  line,  and  black 
discal  mark  on  primaries  above.  Fore  wings  very  dark  brown,  median 
space  sometimes  shaded  with  gray;  discal  mark  black,  outer  line  white, 
even ,  slightly  rounded.  Hind  wings  with  black  terminal  space,  with  yel- 
lowish and  fuscous  basal  shades  and  a  mesial  yellowish  or  white  incom- 
plete band  continuous  with  exterior  line  on  primaries.  Wings  beneath 
pale  reddish-ochery  or  whitish  with  common  line  and  discal  marks; 
external  line  of  both  pair  fuscous.  Palpi  black  at  the  sides,  whitish 
beneath.  Abdomen  blackish  above,  annulate  with  white;  beneath 
whitish.    Expanse,  18  mil. 

EUBYCBEON  Led. 

1.  Eurycreon  chortalis  Grote,  Bull.  B.  S.  K  S.  1,  89,  pi.  5,  fig.  13. 

New  York;  Massachusetts;  Oregon  (No.  5255,  Hy.  Edw.);  Soda 
Springs  (Behrens). 

2.  Eurycreon  sticticalis  (Linn.). 

Illinois  (Dr.  Nason).  This  species  is  European.  Also  found  in  Colo- 
rado (Hayden). 

3.  Eurycreon  cereralis  Zell.,  Beitr.  1,  517. 
New  York ;  Illinois ;  Denver  (Hayden). 

4.  Eurycreon  anartalis  Grote,  Can.  Ent.  10,  27. 
California  (Behrens). 

5.  Eurycreon  rantalis  (Guen.). 

Scapula  occidentalis  Pack.,  I.  c. 

Notwithstanding  the  slight  difference  in  size,  the  Califomian  speci- 
mens seem  to  belong  to  the  same  species  with  the  Texan,  as  indicated 
by  Zeller.  Two  specimens  are  shaded  with  pale  ocherous,  and  this  cir- 
cumstance draws  against  the  validity  of  communis  as  distinct.  Lederei's 
figure  of  crinitalis  does  not  quite  agree  with  communisy  the  line  being 
dentate,  but  Zeller's  crinitalis  is  undoubtedly  communis.  I  have  a  spe- 
cimen which  is  leather-brown !  1  think  that  rantalis  and  ocddentaUt 
refer  to  fuscous  forms,  and  crinitalis  iiuil  communis  to  ocher  forms  of  the 
same  ugly  and  variable  species.  Eemembering  the  analogy  in  ventraiit 
and  fracturalisy  such  a  variation  cmnot  be  considered  extraordinary. 
I  did  not  recognize  in  Lederer's  somewhat  enlarged  figure  of  crinitalis 


GfiOTE   ON   ^ORTH   AMERICAN  PYRALTOiE.  685 

my  communis,  because  the  line  is  dentate,  as  in  Lederer's  figure  of  rantalii. 
The  clypeas  is  mucronate.  The  inner  line  is  also  apparent  in  communis, 
wanting  in  Lederer-s  figure  of  crinitalis,  and  thus  there  is  a  little  doubt 
whether  crinitalis  and  communis  are  the  same ;  but  Lederer's  doubt  that 
cfinitalis  and  rantalis  were  distinct  goes  to  suggest  that  his  crinitalis  is 
an  extreme  variety  of  the  usual  ochcr  form  of  rantalis,  and  which  I  have 
described  as  co^nmunis.  If  these  suggestions  prove  correct,  the  species 
will  have  a  wide  range;  from  California  to  Texas,  Alabama,  and  to 
Buenos  Ayres  in  South  America.  It  is  perhaps  one  of  our  most  un- 
sightly moths.  Although  I  did  not  regard  them  as  typical,  I  described 
certain  yellowish-fuscous  specimens,  which  I  would  now  consider  to 
belong  to  rantalis,  as  a  variety  of  communis. 

EPIPASCHIiB. 

Ocelli  present.  Male  antennse  with  a  basal  scaled  tegumeutary  pro- 
cess thrown  backward  over  the  thorax;  female  antennse  simple ;  clypeus 
llattened ;  male  maxillary  palpi  tufted  (Cacozelia,  Toripalpus,  Tetralqpha) 
or  scaled  (Epipaschia,  MocMocera).  Tongue  scaled  at  base ;  labial  palpi 
as  long  as  or  exceeding  the  front,  with  small,  pointed,  scaled,  terminal 
joint.  Fore  wings  with  straight  or  depressed,  in  the  males  of  Tetralopha 
somewhatconvex,  costal  margin,  pronounced  apices,  widening  outwardly, 
subtriangulate ;  12- veined,  or  11- veined  (Tetralopha),  vein  1  simple 
{Mochlocera,  Toripalpus,  Tetralopha),  or  more  or  less  distinctly  furcate  at 
base  (Epipaschia,  Cacozelia) ;  vein  5  near  4  at  base ;  8  out  of  7  to  external 
margin  just  below  apices;  9  out  of  8  and  both  to  costa  just  before 
apices;  cell  incompletely  closed.  Hind  wings  8- veined,  three  internal 
veins  counted  as  1 ;  4  and  5  near  together  at  base ;  8  free;  cell  incom- 
pletely closed  except  in  Toripalpus.  Female  frenulum  divided;  that  of 
the  male  simple. 

This  group  is  characterized  by  the  flattened  clypeus  and  the  tegu- 
meutary scaled  process  attached  to  the  base  of  the  antennsB  in  the  male, 
and  thrown  backward  over  the  thorax.    It  presents  some  features  of 
Heineman's  Oaleriw,  but  vein  1  is  not  uniformly  furcate  at  base  of  pri- 
maries, and  the  third  joint  of  the  male  labial  palpi 
is  not  naked  and  excavate.     The  ocelli  are  also  - 
present.    It  is  probable  that  Deuterollyta  conspicualis 
of  Lederer,  from  Brazil,  belongs  to  this  group. 

Epipaschia  Clemens. 

Male  antennsB  with  a  basal  tegumeutary  scaled 
process  as  long  as  the  thorax ;  ciliate  beneath ;  scaled 
above ;  the  joints  of  the  antennsB  are  well  defined. 
Male  maxillary  palpi  scaled.  Labial  palpi  as  long  as 
the  front,  curved  upward,  with  moderate,  pointed,  n^.i. 

scaled,  third  article  not  well  defined  from  second.    Fore  wings  with 
evin  5  joined  to  4  by  a  very  short  cross-vein  •,  8  out  ot  \  ^}q«uV»  ^^^^aJQa. 


686 


BULLETIN   UNITED   STATES   GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY. 


from  the  origin  of  6 ;  9  out  of  8  a  very  short  farcation ;  1  more  or  less 
distinctly  furcate  at  base ;  5  prolonged  inward  beyond  the  point  where 
the  closure  of  the  cell  is  indicated  above  and  below.  Hind  wings  with 
vein  5  joined  to  4  by  a  very  short  cross- vein ;  cell  open. 

Epipaschia  superatalis^  fig.  1  (neuratiou). 

Epipaschia  $uperaiali9  Clemens,  Proc.  Ac.  Nat.  Sci.  Phil.  14, 1860. 
JJeuteroUgta  horealis  Grotei  Bull.  Buff.  Soc.  Nat.  Sci.  1, 177. 

3  9.  Fore  wings  dnsty  yellowish-gray  with  powdery  black  lines. 
Inner  middle  line  marked  on  costa  by  a  black  dot ;  below  it  is  obsolete, 
or  partially  indicated.  A  black  discal  dot  near  the  costal  spot  of  the 
inner  line.  Oater  line  irregularly  denticulate,  better  marked  superiorly, 
where  it  runs  obliquely  outward  to  median  nervules,  produced  about 
vein  4,  thence  running  inwardly  below  vein  3,  whence  it  descends,  very 
slightly  outwardly  projected,  to  internal  margin.  Terminal  field  wide; 
a  diffuse,  broad,  brownish  or  blackish  shade-band  marking  the  veins. 
A  terminal  series  of  distinct  interspaceal  black  marks  becoming  con- 
tinuous inferiorly.  Fringes  pale,  interrupted  with  brown  and  with  a 
(lotted  line.  Hind  wings  fuscous,  the  veins  darker  marked ;  a  discal  dot 
very  near  the  base  and  costal  border ;  a  terminal  distinct  line ;  fringes 
pale,  with  a  dotted  brown  line.  Beneath  yellowish-gray,  sometimes 
sufi'used  with  blackish ;  a  common  line  and  discal  dots ;  the  terminal 
shade  on  fore  wings  less  prominent  than  above,  and  here  also  continued 
on  secondaries.  Several  specimens  examined  from  Oldtown,  Me.,  Mr. 
Charles  Fish ;  also  one  male  from  Kansas,  Prof.  Snow,  and  one  female. 
Long  Island,  N.  Y,,  July  6.  The  type  of  horcalls  was  from  Cambridge, 
-.  -----^^^^rT'-r-r^^  Mass.,  Mr.  J.  C.  Merrill.  Dr.  Clemens's  type  was  from 
vv:      — --W_ — ^ jFarmiugtonjCoun.,  Mr.  Edw.  Norton.    The  average 

expanse  of  my  specimens  is  about  22  mil. 

MocHLOCERA  Zeller. 

Male  antennal  process  as  long  as  the  thorax,  or 
nearly  so.  Male  maxillary  palpi  scaled.  Labial  palpi 
a  little  exceeding  the  front,  curved  upward,  with  the 
third  joint  shorter  and  more  distinct  than  in  Epipa- 
schia.  Neuration  of  Epipaschiaj  but  on  primaries  vein 
1  is  simple  at  base;  vein  5  is  not  inwardly  prolonged, 
and  vein  8  is  thrown  off  at  about  one-third  from  the  origin  of  G,  a  little 
nearer  to  the  origin  of  0,  which  latter  is  longer,  being  here  thrown  oflf 
before  the  point  of  its  origin  in  EpipascJiM, 


-V 


FJv 


Mocliloccra  ZeUeri,  fig.  2  (neuration). 

Mochlocira  Zellcri  Grote,  Can.  Eiit.  i,  157. 

</■  9,  Fore  wings  divided  into  three  fields  by  the  median  lines. 


OBOTE    ON   NORTH   AMERICAN   PYRAUD^. 


687 


Inner  line  defining  outwardly  tbe  blackish  basal  space.  The  line  itself 
is  black,  with  a  slight  median  notch,  nearly  perpendicular.  Median 
space  washed  anteriorly  with  whjte.  A  short,  black,  discal  streak. 
Outer  black  line  very  finely  denticulate,  shaped  much  as  in  superatalis^ 
but  not  produced  so  much  on  median  nervules.  It  arises  at  about 
apical  third,  at  first  outwardly  oblique,  then  running  inwardly  below 
median  vein  and  narrowing  the  median  space  thence  to  internal  margin. 
Terminally  the  wing  is  again  black  or  blackish.  A  broken  black  line  at 
the  margin.  Fringes  on  both  wings  dark,  pale  at  base,  with  broken 
blackish  interline.  Beneath  blackish,  with  common  shade-band  and 
black  discal  point  on  hind  wings. 

Expanse,  25  mil.  Texas,  No.  420,  collected  by  Belfrage,  April  30. 
Missouri,  collected  by  Mr.  Eiley,  who  informs  me  the  larva  lives  on 
Toxicodendroii. 

Cacozelia  Grote. 


Male  autennse  with  the  tegumeutary  process  a  little 
exceeding  the  prothorax.  Labial  palpi  curved  up- 
ward, exceeding  the  front  a  little,  concealing  in  the 
male  the  brush-like  maxillary  palpi,  which  are  much 
as  iu  PtmpeUa,  In  the  female,  the  long  brush  is 
wanting.  The  third  article  of  the  labial  palpi  is 
scaled,  pointed,  rather  short.  Fore  wings  much  like 
Mochlocera  iu  tbe  position  of  7,  8,  and  9,  but  the  cell 
is  nearly  closed,  and  vein  1  is  distinctly  furcate  at 
base,  while  veins  4  and  5  intersect.  Oh  the  hind 
willies  the  cell  i.s  almost  entirely  closed,  and  veins  4 
and  5  intersect. 


11^.3. 


Cacozelia  basiochrealis^  lig.  3  (neuration). 

(.'acoztUa  basiovhrcalia  Grote,  Proc.  Boat.  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.  264, 1877. 

c^  9  .  llusty-ocherous.  Interior  line  double,  arcuate,  rusty-brown; 
basal  space  ochery.  A  costal  dark  dot  surmounting  a  faint  concolorous- 
ringed  discal  mark ;  median  field  light  stone-gray;  median  shade  visible 
as  a  patch  of  dark,  slightly  raised  scales.  Posterior  line  rusty,  double, 
inclosing  a  whitish  shade,  most  distinct  on  costa,  of  the  usual  shape. 
Subterminally  the  wing  is  brown,  washed  with  gray  on  external  margin. 
A  fine,  terminal,  dark  line  on  both  wings.  Hind  wings  yellowish-gra}', 
with  a  fiuO)  denticulate,  exterior  line.  Beneath  ocherous;  costa  at  base 
brown.  Head  and  appendages  ocherous;  beneath,  the  fore  and  middle 
tibiie  are  purplish  ;  hind  legs  dotted  with  brown. 

Expanse,  18  mil.  Two  specimens.  No.  018,  July  17,  collected  in  Texas 
by  Bel  Ira ge. 

In  the  colors  of  primaries,  this  species  recalls  Chalcoela  aurif^^^^s^ 
Chalcoda  KobimoniL 


688  BULLETIN   UNITED  STATES   GEOLOGICAL  SUBVEY 

TOBIPALPUS  Orote. 

Male  antennae  with  a  short,  tegnmentary,  scaled,  basal  process  not  ex- 
ceeding the  collar;  the  antennae  are  lengthily  ciliate 
beneath.  Labial  palpi  much  exceeding  the  front, 
the  second  article  elongate,  inwardly  hollowed  oat, 
apparently  to  receive  the  maxillary  palpi,  which  are 
bitufted,  as  in  Tetralopha,  Third  article  of  labial 
palpi  sbort.  Fore  wings  with  vein  1  simple,  the  cell 
almost  closed,  5  from  the  cross- vein  close  to  4,  8  oot 
of  7  at  more  than  one-tbird  from  the  origin  of  6;  9 
out  of  8,  a  rather  long  furcation.  Hind  wings  with 
the  cell  closed ;  4  and  5  joined ;  5,  a  continaation  of 
^i»  *  the  discal  vein ;  6  and  7  from  one  point;  8  free. 

Toripalpus  hreviornataliSj  fig.  4  (neuration). 

Toripalpus  breviomntalis  Grote,  Proc.  B.  S.  N.  H.  265, 1877. 

(?.  Two  specimens:  one,  the  type,  perfectly  fresh,  collected  by  Bel- 
frage  in  Texas  (No.  421),  April  5 ,  the  other,  larger,  from  Colorado,  sent 
me  by  Dr.  Bailey,  in  broken  condition,  belong  to  this  species,  charac- 
terized by  the  antennal  appendages  being  extremely  short,  hardly  ex- 
ceeding the  collar.  The  labial  palpi  are  longer,  and  the  antennae  are 
mnch  more  lengthily  ciliate  compared  with  Mochlocera.  The  orna- 
mentation, but  not  the  color,  is  like  Zelleri.  Fore  wings  reddish-brown 
at  base  to  the  inner  line,  which  is  dark  brown,  preceded  by  a  dark  shade 
with  raised  scales,  slightly  outwardly  produced  on  costa  and  submedi- 
ally.  Inner  portion  of  median  space  washed  with  white  on  costal 
region  and  anteriorly.  A  discal  dot.  The  outer  line  is  dark  browo, 
denticulate,  produced  over  median  nervules,  whence  it  runs  obliqnely 
inwardly  to  internal  margin.  It  is  followed  by  a  whitish  corresi)onding 
shade-line.  Terminal  space  washed  with  brown,  becoming  whitish 
before  the  margin.  The  outer  line  is  situated  much  nearer  the  outer 
margin  than  in  Zelleri,  A  terminal  dotted  line  distinct  on  hind  wings. 
These  latter  are  pale  fuscous,  with  an  outer  dentate  line  followed  by  a 
white  shade  more  or  less  noticeable.  Terminal  palpal  joint  marked 
with  black,  tipped  with  pale.  Head  and  appendages  reddish-brown; 
thorax  becoming  pale  behind.  Beneath,  the  wings  are  reddish-brown, 
becoming  paler  inferiorly.  A  common  exterior  line  near  the  margin, 
and  corresponding  with  the  exterior  lines  on  upper  surface  in  shape. 
Fringes  pale,  obsoletely  interlined.  On  hind  wings  beneath,  a  discal 
point.  The  Texan  specimen  expands  24  mil.  The  male  from  Colorado 
nearly  30  mil. 

Tetralopha  Zeller  (1848). 

Ocelli  present.  Labial  palpi  exceeding  the  fronts  in  the  malei  the 
second  joint  is  elongated,  and  furnished  with  a  sheath-like  depression 


GROTE  ON  NORTH  AMERICAN  PYRALIDiB.        689 

ou  the  inside,  in  \i-hich  the  bi-tafted  maxillary  palpi  are  concealed. 

Male  anteunie  with  a  short,  scaled,  basal  process.    Fore  wings  11- 

veined;  in  the  male,  there  is  a  costal  fold  beneath 

at  base,  furnished  with  a  fringe  of  transverse  scales; 

the  subcostal  nervules  are  crowded,  so  that  their  exact 

disposition  is  a  matter  of  uncertainty.    There  is  a 

vitreous  spot  toward  the  base  of  the  cell,  just  beyond 

the  interior  line.    The  cell  is  open,  and  narrower  r(!^. 

than  in  the  female.    The  female  wing  is  destitute  of 

the  vitreous  spot,  the  fold,  and  fringe.    Veins  4  and 

5  intersect,  and  the  cell  is  partially  closed  from  both 

sides.     Veins  8  out  of  7,  9  out  of  8.    Hind  wings  8- 

veined ;  8  out  of  7 ;  4  and  5  joined  on  one  stem;  cell  ^^'^  ^ 

closed.    The  fore  wings  are  broad,  with  rounded  or  convex  costse  in  both 

sexes. 

Dr.  Clemens  describes  the  iHrA  palpal  joint  as  being  very  long,  and 
concealing  the  maxillary  tufts.  But  I  see  that  it  is  plainly  the  necondL 
in  a  new  Texan  species,  of  which  I  here  illustrate  the  venation  of  the 
female  wings.  In  platanella  and  asperatella^  the  ^Aird  joint  of  the  labial 
palpi  is  difficult  to  make  out;  but  I  believe  it  more  likely  to  be  small,  as 
is  usual,  than  that  the  males  of  these  two  species  should  make  an 
exception  to  the  general  palpal  structure  in  the  famil3'.  In  both  males 
and  females  of  asperatellaj  1  believe  to  make  out  the  third  joint  distinctly; 
it  seems  longer  in  the  latter. 

Professor  Zeller  describes  three  species,  militella^  Isis,  1848,  p.  880, 
robustella,  Isis,  p.  881,  and  melanogrammos^  Verh.  Zool.-Bot.  Ver.  p. 
546,  tab.  iii,  fig.  24  a,  5, 1872. 

Dr.  Clemens  redescribes  the  genus  under  the  name  of  Lanthaplie^  and 
states  erroneously  that  it  appears  to  be  congeneric  with  Acrobasis  of 
Zeller.  The  genus  is  very  close  to  Toripalpus^  but  clearly  distinguished 
by  the  llveined  primaries  and  the  shape  and  fold  of  the  male  wings. 

Tetrahpha  militella  Zeller,  Isis,  1848,  p.  880. 

^^lilickenschild  und  Kopf  graugelblich,  Schulterdecken  und  Kragen  an 
der  Basis  dunkler.  Der  hintere,  iibergelegte  Schopf  ist  rothlich-gelb 
und  hat  fast  Augeulauge.  Filhler  ziemlich  lang,  an  dem  doppelt  ge- 
franzten  Theil  etwas  dicker,  auf  dem  RUcken  bleichgelb  und  briiunlich 
schwach  geringelt.  Die  Gesichtsschuppen  liegcn  locker  auf.  Die  reich- 
haarigen  Pinsel  der  Maxillar-Taster  siud  schwarz-biaunlich,  der  Stiel 
weisslicb.  Lippeutaster  gelblich-grau.  Beim  9  ist  das  Eudglied  J  so 
lang  als  das  zweite  Glied,  dunn  und  feinsx)itzig.  Beine  hellgrau,  an  der 
Mittel-  und  Ilinterschiene  auf  dem  Eilcken  uahe  der  Basis  mit  einem 
schwachen  Haarbiischchen.  Hinterleib  bleichgelb,  an  den  Segmentwur- 
zeln  hellbraun. — Vorderfliigel  3 ,  3'",  9  5'"  lang,  nach  hinten  betriicht- 
lich  erweitert,  mit  sehr  convexem  Vorderrande,  schwach  convexem  Hin- 
terrande  und  deutlichem  Vorderwinkel;  rothlichgrau,  am  Anfang  dea 
Bull.  iv.  No.  3 10 


6J)0  BULLETIN    UNITED   STATES   GEOLOGICAL   SUKVEY. 

Mittelftfldesinehrweisslichgruu.  DasYerdaukeIte,beim  9  mebrbraaDe 
Wurzelfeld  hat  in  eiuiger  Entfernuug  von  der  Wurzel  eine  fast  voU- 
8tiindige  Bindo  lothlich-brauner,  an  den  Enden  brauner,  aufgerichteter 
Scbuppen.  Die  Grenze  des  Wurzelfeldes  bildet  vor  der  Fliigelhalfte 
eine  zienilich  steile  und  fast  grade,  braune,  weiss-grau  ansgefiillte  Doppel- 
linie.  Beira  S  wird  sie  nahe  am  Vorderrande  durch  eine  scbmale  spin- 
deltorniige  Liingsgrube  durchbrochen,  die  nahe  der  Basis  anfangt  und 
vielleieht  die  Mittelzelle  vorstellt,  iiber  und  unter  ibrem  Ende  liegen 
iiocb  braune  und  graue  aufgericbtete  Scbuppen.  Die  zweite  Qaerlioie 
liegt  weit  vora  HjnteiTande  entfernt,  f«st  in  der  Mitte  zwischen  diesem 
und  der  ersten  Queilinie;  sie  ist  verloscben,  grau,  gebogen,  schwacb- 
wellig,am  oberen  Drittel  niit  einer  kurzen,i3acb  aussen  gericbteten  Ecke; 
sie  ist  einwjirts  von  einer  braunen  Sehattenlinie  eingefasst:  zwischen 
ibr  und  der  scbwarz  punktirten  Ilinterrand-Linie  ist  die  Farbe  hell- 
lothlicbbraun,  scbattig.    Franzen  heller. 

<*Die  abgerundeten  ITinterfiiigel  sind  grau-braunlicb,  hell  gefranzt. 
Medianader  mit  den  Verbal tnissen  3 : 1 — 1 : 3. — Unterseite  gelbbiiiunlicb- 
grau,  hell,  beiin  ^  in  eineni  langen,  breiten  Streifen  am  Vorderrande 
von  der  Wurzel  ans  mit  langen,  quergebenden  bellen  Scbuppen  dicbt 
bekloidet.'^ 

I  have  a  single  male  specimen  from  New  York  agreeing  with  this 
description. 

Tetralopha  robuHtdla  Zeller,  Isis,  1848,  p.  881. 

"Dervorigen  etwas  iibnlich,  mit  gestreckteren  Vorderlliigeln,  braa- 
neren  und  durch  keine  Doi)pellinie  beendigtcm  Wurzelfelde.  Grosse  liber 
der  von  Militella.  Kiickenschild,  Beine  und  Kopftbeile  brauDlich-graa, 
dunkler  bestiiubt,  Hinterleib  bell  mit  dunklerer  Basis  der  Segmente 
und  solcbem  Afterbusch.  Vorderiliigel  6^^''  lang,  erbeblicb  gestreckter 
als  bei  Militella,  mit  weuiger  couvexem  Vorderrande.  Wurzelfeld  dnu- 
kelbraun,  an  der  Basis  heller;  hinter  seiner  Mitte  zwischen  Snbdorsal- 
und  Subcostalader  mit  zwei  schriig  iiber  einander  stebendeu  Schappen- 
hockern;  es  endigt  vor  der  Fliigelmitte  scharf  in  einer  sebr  schwach 
gekriimmten,  gegen  aussen  concaven  Linie,  welcbe  durch  den  daran 
stossenden  weissgrauen  Grund  des  Mittelfeldes  sebr  gehoben  wird. 
Am  Vorderrande  tritt  die  braune  Farbe  etwas  iiber  diese  Linie  hinaas 
und  endigt  an  einem  weissgrauon  Schuppeubocker,  der  einen  braunen 
Puukt  hat.  Unterhalb  desselbeu  mehr  nach  binten  in  gerothetem 
Gruude  steht  eiu  auderer  liocker,  an  den  sich  oberwjirts  kleinere  in 
einer  gejren  den  Vorderrand  gericbteten  Keibe  anschliessen.  Hinter 
ihr  ist  der  ganze  Grund  bis  zum  Uinterrand  hellbraun;  die  zweiteQoer- 
linie  bildet  einen  gnisseren  Winkel  als  bei  IMilitella  und  wird  einwiirts 
von  einer  schiirferen  duukelbraunen  Sehattenlinie  gerandet  als  aus- 
wiirts;  sie  ist  dem  Hinterrande  naher  als  bei  der  genannten  Art.  Hin- 
terrands-Linie  schwarzbraun,  durch  die  Adern  unterbrocheu.  Franzen 
briiunlich-grau. 


GROTE  ON  NORTH  AMERICAN  PTRAUDiE.        691 

"Hinterfliigel  hell  gelbgrau,  grau  franzig.  TJnterseite  aller  Fliigol 
brauDgraa  mit  dnnklerer  Handliuie." 

Tetralopha  platanclla. 

Lantkaphe  j)1ataneUa  Clem.,  Proc.  ^c.  N.  S.  PbiL  207, 18G2. 

^^  Labial  palpi  pale  browuish-red,  touched  la  frout  with  pale  gray. 
Head  and  thorax  browoish-red,  the  latter  varied  with  grayish  and  dark 
fuscous.  Fore  wings  grayish-fuscous,  with  the  costa  touched  with 
brownish-red,  and  a  patch  of  the  same  hue  in  the  female,  near  the  base 
of  the  inner  margin  containing  a  tuft  of  raised  scales;  in  the  male, 
blackish-brown,  touched  with  brownish-red.  The  base  of  the  wing  is 
whitish.  In  the  middle  of  the  wing  is  a  broad  white  band,  obsolete  to- 
ward the  costa,  with  two  straight  blackish-brown  lines  internally,  and 
in  the  male  shaded  internally  with  the  same  hue.  The  subterminal  line 
is  irregular  and  whitish,  dark-margined  internally.  The  hinder  margin 
of  the  wing  is  touched  with  blackish-brown.  Hind  wings  pale  brown, 
somewhat  darker  toward  the  hinder  margin.  The  larva  is  tortriciform 
in  appearance.  Head  pale  brown,  mottled  with  whitish.  Body  with 
isolated  hairs,  pale  green,  with  a  dark  brown  dorsal  line  and  a  fainter 
stigmatal  line  of  the  same  hue,  or  pale  reddish,  with  a  brown  dorsal  line 
on  each  side  of  the  vascular.  It  makes  a  web  on  the  under  surface  of 
the  leaf  of  Sycamore  {Platanus  occidentaUs)^  drawing  it  together  and 
living  within  a  silken  tube.  The  cocoon  is  woven  on  the  surface  of  the 
ground,  in  form  of  a  flattened  oval,  consisting  of  brown  silk  covered  ex- 
teriorly with  grains  of  earth.  The  larvie  remain  in  it  unchanged  during 
the  winter.  It  may  be  taken  in  July,  and  enters  the  pupa  state  during 
the  latter  part  of  August,  to  appear  as  an  imago  in  May  or  June.'' 

This  species  is  probably  equivalent  to  meliMla  of  Zeller. 

Tetralopha  a»pcrateUa, 

Lnnthaphe  asperatella  Clem.,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  207, 1860. 

**  Labial  palpi  blackish-brown,  varied  with  whitish.  Thorax  pale  gray- 
ish, varied  with  grayish  or  dark  gray.  Fore  wings  dark  brownish-gray, 
with  a  blackish-brown  tuft  of  scales  in  the  basal  part  of  the  fold,  and  a 
smaller  one  of  the  same  hue  on  the  disk  above  it,  a  whitish  median 
band,  sometimes  almost  obsolete,  containing  on  the  disk  a  small  black- 
ish-brown tuft  in  the  female,  with  an  internal  crenated  blackish  line, 
and  shaded  toward  the  base  with  blackish ;  on  its  external  margin  is  a 
line  of  raised  scales.  The  subterminal  line  is  pale  grayish,  angulated 
and  margined  internally  by  a  blackish  line,  and  externally  by  a  fainter 
one  produced  into  points  on  the  nervules.  The  hinder  marginal  line  is 
black.  Sometimes  in  the  female  base  of  the  wing  is  whitish,  slightly 
touched  with  luteous." 

I  have  five  specimens — two  males  and  three  females — before  me.  The 
smallest  measures  23  mil.,  the  largest  28.  They  vary  in  the  amount 
of  grayish-white  on  the  median  space  of  fore  wings  above. 


692  BULLETIN   UNITED   STATES   QEOLOGICAL   SUBVET. 

The  localities  are  Texas,  Long  Island  (N.  Y.),  Montreal,  Massadia- 
setta.    it  is  uncertain  that  they  belong  here. 

In  addition,  Belfrage  has  collected  in  Bosque  County,  Texas,  a  num- 
ber of  specimens  which  agree  closely  in  ornamentation,  bat  are  sepa- 
rable into  distinct  forms  by  their  differing  size.  Under  the  cii'camstance 
that  I  am  yet  without  positive  identification  of  certain  described  species, 
these  forms  should  not  be  described  at  the  present  writing. 

In  my  opinion,  the  variability  of  the  species  of  this  genus  will  be  fouDd 

so  great  as  to  prevent  accurate  determinations  until  very  large  material 

is  accumulated. 

PHYOID^. 

Ocelli  sometimes  wanting.  Male  antennse  often  with  a  peculiar 
structure  of  the  basal  portion.  This  is  sometimes  bent,  with  a  scale- 
tuft  {Xephopteryx^  Pempelia)  or  without  a  scale-tuft  {Aneraatia)^  or,  again, 
slightly  bent,  somewhat  rigidly  held,  with  a  succession  of  small  over- 
lapping scale-tufts  (Pinipestis)]  again,  there  is  a  basal  constriction 
{Homeosoma);  again,  these  peculiarities  are  wanting  {Ephestia).  The 
maxillary  palpi  in  the  male  are  sometimes  furnished  with  a  concealed 
pencil  of  hair  (Pempelia^  Salcbria) ;  again,  they  are  small,  scaled,  and  sim- 
ilar in  the  sexes  {Nephopteryx^  etc.) ;  again,  thoy  are  wanting.  Tongue 
scaled  at  base.  Labial  palpi  similar  in  both  sexes,  scaled,  ascend- 
ing. Fore  wings  usually  narrow ;  hind  wings  broad,  exceeded  by  the 
slender  abdomen.  The  clypeus  is  full,  rounded.  Eyes  naked.  Fore 
wings  11-,  10-,  or  9-veined ;  vein  1  not  furcate  ;  8  out  of  7  (NephopteryXf 
etc.),  or  these  two  veins  fall  together  (Homeosoma).  Generic  characters 
are  offered  by  the  differing  position  of  4  and  5,  which  have  sometimes 
separate  origin,  and  again  ere  furcate.  The  hind  wings  are  8-,  7-,  or 
G-veined,  the  three  internal  veins  counting  as  one.  Generic  characters 
are  offered  by  the  differing  position  of  veins  4  and  5,  veins  7  and  8,  and 
the  point  of  origin  of  vein  2.  The  female  frenulum  seems  to  be  simple. 
I  do  not  find  this  character  mentioned  by  authors,  and  it  may  not  prove 
invariable. 

The  larvae  live  in  fruit,  under  bark,  or  in  cases  on  the  leaves.  Many 
pupate  on  or  in  the  ground ;  otbers,  like  Pinipestis^  in  the  thickened  sap 
or  under  the  bark  of  the  tree.  Among  this  group  are  some  of  the  most 
dangerous  foes  to  timber.  In  Europe,  the  pines  are  attacked  by  Dioryc- 
tria  ahleteVa  and  splendidella  ;  in  the  United  States,  the  ravages  of  Pini- 
pe^tis  zimmermani  on  the  same  genus  of  trees  have  been  noticed  in  many 
places,  and  I  have  accounts  of  what  I  suppose  to  be  injuries  inflicted  to 
pineries  by  P.f  ahietivoreUa  from  two  or  three  correspondents  in  New 
England. 

AcROBASis  Zellcr. 

The  male  antennw  have  a  pointed  scale-tuft  on  the  basal  joint  In  rubri- 
fasciellaj  the  male  antennte  are  bent  above  the  tuft,  ciliate  beneath. 
Maxillary  palpi  small ;  labial  palpi  pomted,  evxf^ed  w\>vf  ard.    Fore  wings 


GROTE   ON   NORTH  AMERICAN  PYRALIDiB.  693 

with  11  veins;  4  and  5  from  one  point;  bind  wings  with  8  veins;  the 


cross  vein  nearly  complete;  4  and  5  together  at  the  ^_;^:^^== 
extremity  of  submediau  vein ;  8  running  close  to  7,  but   ^ 
free. 

Acrobasis  ruhrifaHcklla^  fig.  6  (neuration). 

Acrohasis  rubrifasciella  Pack.,  Ann.  Lyo.  N.  Hist.  2G7,  1873. 

^  $.  Shining  brownish-fuscous,  shaded  with  gray 
at  base  on  costal  region  over  the  superposed  dark 
discal  points  obliquely  downward  over  median  space 
anteriorly.  A  ridge  of  dark,  raisetl  scales  precedes  a 
blood- red  band  before  the  dark,  somewhat  arcuate,  ^'s-^ 
anterior  line.  Posterior  line  dark,  followed  by  a  faint  whitish  shade 
inwardly  oblique  and  straight  to  median  fold,  running  outwardly,  and 
denticulate  over  m.  nervules.  Hind  wings  dark  fuscous.  Head  and 
tborax  brownish-fuscous.  Beneath  i)aler  fuscous,  without  markings. 
Average  expansion  21  mil. 

I  have  examined  between  fifty  and  sixty  specimens  from  Maine  and 
Massachusetts,  which  vary  but  little;  the  red  band  is  apt  to  become 
faint,  especially  in  worn  individuals,  but  I  can  always  detect  it.  Some 
have  the  tegulae  reddish.  The  species  distantly  resembles  the  European 
advenella. 

^'In  one  additional  specimen  from  Maine,  the  fore  wing  has  scattered 
reddish  scales  at  base  and  beyond  the  middle,  while  the  dark  transverse 
stripe  is  wanting,  and  the  red  portion  forms  a  broad,  transverse,  bright 
red  band.  The  larva  lives  in  June  and  early  in  July  between  the  leaves 
of  the  alder,  where  it  makes  a  horn-shnped  case  of  black  cylindrical 
pellets  of  excrements,  arranged  regularly  in  circles,  the  additions  being 
made  around  the  mouth  of  the  case.  The  case  is  about  an  inch  and  a 
half  long ;  its  mouth  a  quarter  of  an  inch  in  diameter.  Within,  it  is 
densely  lined  with  white  silk.  The  pupa  is  of  the  usual  color,  maho- 
gany-brown, the  end  of  the  abdomen  rounded,  with  six  hairs  projecting 
from  a  transverse  supraaual  projecting  ridge.  On  each  abdominal  seg- 
ment is  a  dorsal,  dusky,  transverse  stripe,  widest  on  the  basal  segment. 
The  Museum  of  the  Peabody  Academy  of  Science  also  contains  ten 
specimens  of  this  moth  reared  by  Mr.  T.  H.  Emerton.  The  larvjc  were 
found  feeding  on  the  Sweet  Fern  {Comptonia  asplenifoUa  Ait.),  July  7, 
1806,  at  ilamilton,  Mass.,  the  moth  appearing  July  20.  The  case  is 
quite  different  in  form  from  that  previously  described,  being  regularly 
oval  cylindrical ;  .55  inch  long  and  .35  inch  in  diameter.  It  is  con- 
structed in  the  same  manner  as  those  found  on  the  alder.  This  striking 
difference  in  the  form  of  the  case  may  possibly  be  due  to  the  difference 
in  the  form  of  the  leaves  of  the  food-plant,  the  large  broad  leaves  of 
the  alder  inducing  the  larva  to  build  a  hornlike,  much  elongated  case; 
while  the  narrow  smaller  leaves  of  the  Sweet  Fern  m'A^'  \x^N^V^\ft*Oafe 
formation  of  a  short  oval  case.    The  diffeieiie^a  «i\^  ^viOa.^'^^^^^'^^ 


694     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  6E0L0QICAL  SURVEY. 

ordinarily  regard  as  specific,  bat  neither  do  the  papsD  or  adalts  reared 
from  the  two  plants  differ  appreciably." — Packard^  I.  c. 

Acrohasis  tricoloreUa^  n.  s. 

i.  Fore  wings  blackish,  shaded  with  whitish-gray  on  terminal  space 
oatwardly,  on  costal  region,  over  the  fused  discal  points,  and  on  basal 
space.  A  broad  white  band  before  the  anterior  line.  Below  median 
vein,  this  band  is  edged  outwardly  by  a  dusky  shade-liney  and  this  is 
followed  by  a  yellow-red  shade  before  the  outwardly  oblique  black  ante- 
rior line.  Outer  line  followed  by  a  whitish  shade,  roundedly  indented 
below  costa,  followed  by  the  blackish  ground-color  in  terminal  space, 
and  this  by  the  whitish-gray  terminal  shading.  A  dotted,  terminal, 
black  line;  fringes  pale.  Secondaries  pale  fuscous,  with  paler  fringes. 
Beneath,  fore  wings  dark;  hind  wings  shining  pale  fuscous.  Expanse, 
20  mil.  Two  male  specimens  collected  by  Mr.  Charles  Fish,  Oldtown, 
Me.  I  have  not  been  able  to  examine  the  neuration,  but  the  antennal 
structure  leaves  no  doubt  of  the  genus. 

The  genus  Acrohaau  is  treated  by  Heineman  as  a  subdivision  of  Mye- 
his. 

Pempelia  Hubn. 

Fore  wings  11-veined;  4  and  5  from  a  short  stalk.  Hind  wings 
8- veined;  4  and  5  from  a  common  stalk  beyond  the  extremity  of  the  cell, 

-    .  and  api>eariug  as  the  continuation  of  the  cross-vein. 

V  The  median  vein  throws  off  2  and  3;  the  stalk  of  4 

.^-^    and  5  runs  near  3,  but  only  touches  it  at  a  single 

point,   sweeping  by  it,  and   becoming  the  concave 

cross- vein  which  on  the  upper  side  returns  to  form  a 

prolongation  to  vein  6.    In  Acrobasis  rubrifasdella^  3, 

4,  and  5  are  exceedingly  close  at  base;  the  cross-vein 

vanishes  centrally;  here  it  is  completely  indicated. 

^'■)i*-  Neuration  of  hind  wings  resembling  Catastia. 

The  male  antenn«ne  are  bent  at  base  with  a  scale-ridge.    The  maxillary 

palpi  are  concealed  by  the  ascending  labial  palpi,  and  terminate  in  a  tuft 

of  testaceous  hair.    In  the  female,  this  tuft  is  wanting,  and  the  antenna 

are  simple. 

This  form  differs  from  PempcUa  as  defined  by  Heineman  by  the  hind 
wings  being  8-veiued,  and  in  that  4  and  5  of  the  primaries  spring  from 
a  coniinoii  stalk;  from  Salebria  also  by  the  latter  character. 

PcmptUa  pravcUa^  i\,  s.,  fig.  8  (neuration). 

<J9.  Blackish  and  gray,  resembling  ylcro6a^/«  rw^r(/h«cieWa  in  orna- 
mentation.   Base  of  primaries  whitish-gray ;  no  raised  scales.    Anterior 
line  blackish,  diffuse,  consisting  of  two  outwardly  oblique,  slightly 
waved  lines,  usually  coalesced,  but  allowing  sometimes  the  narrow  gray 
space  between  them  to  be  seen.    Medvan  tleld  gray ;  two  superposed 


GROTE    ON   NORTH   AMERICAN   PYRALIDiB.  695 

black  dots  on  cell ;  oater  line  whitisb,  finely  dentate,  with  a  little 
deeper  sabmedian  notch,  margined  on  both  sides  by  a  blackish  shade. 
A  row  of  terminal  black  dots;  fringes  gray.  Hind  wings  testaceons- 
fuscous,  rather  pale,  with  pale  fringes.  Beneath,  the  hind  wings  are 
yellowish ;  fore  wings  fuscous,  witb  the  exterior  line  marked.  Abdomen 
testaceous-fuscous ;  thorax  and  head  dark  grayish.  Legs  gray,  marked 
outwardly  with  black.  Expanse,  19  to  20  mil.  Eighteen  specimens  ex- 
amined, taken  by  Mr.  Charles  Fish,  of  Oldtown,  Me.;  also  by  Professor 
Fernald  at  Orono. 

This  species  so  nearly  resembles  rubrifasciella  at  first  glance  that  it 
might  bo  considered  an  extreme  variety,  although  strongly  generically 
distinct.  It  is  not  so  smoothly  scaled,  and  the  tone  is  grayish,  not 
brownish-fuscous. 

Salebria  Zeller. 

Fore  wings  11- veined,  with  veins  4  and  5  separate.  Hind  wings  with 
8  veins,  2  near  the  lower  angle  of  the  cell.  Male  antennse  bent  at  base, 
with  a  scale-ridge.  Maxillary  palpi  in  the  male  ending  in  a  pencil  of 
discolorous  hair  hid  behind  the  labial  palpi. 

The  distinction  from  Pempelia  proper  consists  in  the  8-veined  second- 
aries.   In  the  North  American  si)ecimens  here  de- 
scribed, vein  5  runs  alongside  and  touching  4  at  base; 
4  leaving  5  at  a  point  about  midway  between  the  cell 
and  external  margin. 

Sa!ebria  fusca^  Haw.,  fig.  7  (nenration). 

i  9.  Fore  wings  blackish-gray,  with  black  discal 
mark  formed  of  the  usual  dots  united.  Inner  line 
white,  black-margined  on  either  side,  upright,  once 
dentate  on  vein  1,  absorbed  superiorly  by  the  black  ^^^ 

shade  lines.  Outer  line  white,  distinct,  continuous, 
black-margined  on  either  side,  indented  subcostally  and  again  before 
internal  margin,  slightly  uneven.  Head  and  thorax  blackish.  Fringes 
very  narrowly  interlined  on  both  wings.  Hind  wings  as  usual,  smoky 
translucent,  with  narrow  terminal  line.  Beneath  without  markings, 
except  on  costa  of  primaries.  I  have  examined  15  females  and  4  males 
from  Oldtown,  Me.,  sent  me  by  Mr.  Charles  Fish,  and  Orono,  by  Professor 
Fernald.  Identified  by  Professor  Zeller  as  the  same  as  the  Euro{)ean 
species. 

Nephopteryx  Zeller, 

The  male  anteniiie  are  bent  at  base,  where  they  are  provided  with  a 
sealeridge.    The  male  maxillary  palpi  are  small,  concealed,  not  provided 
with  a  pencil  of  hair,  as  in  FempelUi  and  Salebriu.    The  fore  wings  are 
ll-veined;  the  hind  wings  8-veined.     In  ovalis^  as  U^kt^^xWi  ^^g^'^^^% 
and  fenentrellaj  veins  4  and  5  have  a  seY>ai^\.e  oy\^\\i  wi  \r6A\i'5Ktvi3ekS 


696     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

the  hind  wings  have  4  and  5  from  a  common  stalk,  connected  by  a  short 
vein  with  3,  sweeping  by  and  forming  the  cross-vein. 

Until  the  structure  of  our  species  can  be  carefully 
r  j  compared  with  the  European,  it  will  be  better  to  refer 
y    to  this  genus  all  forms  which  combine  the  peculiarity 
of  the  male  antennsB  here  described  with  untufted 
male  maxillary  palpi,  and  11-veined  primaries,  on 
which  4  and  5  have  a  separate  origin,  and  8-veined 
secondaries.    There  is  no  doubt  that  Dr.  Packard 
has  incorrectly  used  the  term  ^^Pempelia^  through- 
out, and  probably  also  the  present  generic  term. 
^'^'^'  Eis  Nephopieryx  roseatella  does  not  belong  here.    Dr. 

Packard's  generic  determination  of  the  female  of  oralis  carries  no 
weight;  for,  in  this  genus  and  its  allies,  the  female  does  not  possess  the 
essential  characteristics. 

Nephopteryx  ovalis, 

$  Pmpelia  oralis  Pack.,  Ann.  Lye.  N.  Hist.  269, 187.3. 
9  Nephopteryx  latifaaciateUa  Pack.,  L  c. 

i  9.  1  have  Dr.  Packard's  types  before  me  and  forty  or  fifty  additional 
specimens.  There  is  not  a  particle  of  doubt  that  Dr.  Packard  has 
described  the  sexes  under  distinct  genera,  and  thus  taken  the  sexual 
characters  as  generic,  although  the  male  has  no  characters  of  Pempelia 
except  the  bent  and  tufted  antennae  The  two  specimens,  and  descrip- 
tions for  that  matter,  are  otherwise  almost  exactly  the  same.  The 
female  described  by  Dr.  Packard  wants  the  ochery  submedian  streak, 
which,  where  it  cuts  the  dark  band  before  the  anterior  line,  usually  ex- 
pands into  a  more  or  less  well-marked  spot.  In  some  specimens  of 
either  sex,  this  ocberous  mark  is  almost  wanting.  My  material  has  been 
mostly  sent  me  from  Maine  by  Mr.  Fish  and  Professor  Fernald. 

<'  Palpi  large  and  broad,  antennae  tufted  at  base  as  usual,  fore  wings 
oblong,  not  very  long,  outer  edge  less  oblique  than  usual.  Body  and 
fore  wings  ash,  being  covered  with  whitish  and  brown  scales.  Fore 
wings  with  a  short,  curved,  dark  line  at  base  on  the  median  vein.  On 
iuDer  third  of  wing  a  very  broad  brown  band,  directed  obliquely  out- 
ward from  the  costa  to  the  inner  edge,  and  enclosiug  a  large  distinct, 
regularly  oval  (longitudiDal),  ochreoiis  spot  between  the  median  and  sub- 
mediiui  veins.  Two  obscure  black  discal  points  situated  as  usual; 
the  outer  one  is  enclosed  in  a  dusky  shade  erossiug  the  wing  obliquely 
and  limited  beyond  by  the  usual  submarginal  zigzag  line,  this  line  is 
curved  inward  below  the  costa ;  from  the  middle  of  the  wing  to  the  inner 
margin  it  is  exactly  parallel  to  the  outer  edge,  terminating  in  an  angle 
directed  outwards.  Between  this  line  and  the  edge  is  a  series  of  dusky 
bars,  the  interspaces  cinereous.  A  marginal  black  line.  Fringe  cinere- 
ous.  Hind  wings  pale  smoky.  Beneath  fore  wings  dusky.  A  whitish 
costal  spot  near  the  apex,  but  no  Vme.    I^\wv\.\?\\x^^  ^x^W-^  ^aler.    Ah- 


OROTE  ON  NORTH  AMERICAN  PYRALID^.         697 

domen  concoloroas  with  the  bind  wings.    Legs  dull  asb,  ringed  with 
whitish.^ — Packard^  I.  c. 

The  submedian  and  median  veins  are  flecked  with  white  on  the  mediae 
space  in  the  darker  specimens.  The  ovate  ocher  spot  on  the  submedian 
fold  in  the  fuscous  shade-band  before  the  anterior  line  is  variable  in 
distinctness. 

JS^ephopteryx  fenestrella, 

Pempelia  feneatrella  Pack  ,  Ann.  N.  Y.  Lye.  259,  1873. 

"  In  this  species  the  fore  wings  are  long  and  rather  narrower  than  in 
the  European  P.  palumbella,  and  the  large  broad  palpi,  though  of  much 
the  ^me  form,  are  porrected  instead  of  ascending ;  but  in  venation  and 
the  structure  of  the  antennae  it  agrees  with  the  European  species,  and 
Pempclia  oralis  from  New  England,  in  which  the  wings  are  much  shorter. 
Bod3'  and  wings  cinereous  or  granite-gray,  the  abdomen  and  legs  being 
paler,  and  concolorous  with  the  legs  and  hind  wings,  which  are  of  the 
usual  glistening  hue  of  the  genus.  Fore  wings  of  the  same  ash  hue  as 
the  thorax,  speckled  with  black  scales.  Two  black  dots  at  the  base  of  the 
wing  below  the  median  vein.  Beyond  on  the  submedian  vein  is  a  longi- 
tudinal, blackish,  inconspicuous  stripe  edged  on  each  with  dull  ochreous. 
Above  it  is  a  dark  point  on  the  median  and  subcostal  veins,  with  whitish 
scales  surrounding  the  middle  dot,  but  there  are  no  raised  scales  on  the 
wing.  Just  beyond  the  middle  of  the  wing  are  two,  prominent,  squarish, 
black  spots,  one  on  the  median,  the  other  on  the  subcostal  vein.  A 
distinct,  white,  submarginal  line,  parallel  with  the  outer  edge  and 
bordered  internally  with  black  scales,  especially  marked  on  the  costa. 
The  space  between  this  line  and  the  outer  edge  is  filled  in  with  deep, 
ochreous,  longitudinal  bars,  alternating  with  black  streaks,  of  which  the 
costal  one  is  the  widest  and  shortest.  These  bars  do  not  quite  reach  the 
distinct,  black  line  at  the  edge.  Fringe  ash,  twice  lineated  with  whitish. 
Beneath  a  pale,  whitish,  straight,  submarginal  line,  edged  within  towards 
the  eosta  with  dark  ash. 

"  Length  of  body  <?,  .45,  $,  .45  of  an  inch  ;  fore  wing  ^^  .43,  9,  .44  of 
an  inch.    California  (Edwards)." — Packard^  I,  c, 

I  have  examined  the  type  and  two  additional  specimens, and  the  neura- 
tion,  which  latter  should  agree  with  Pempelia^  as  stated  by  Packard.  The 
difference  between  Xephopteryx  and  Pempelia  does  not  lie  in  the  neura- 
tion,  but  in  the  structure  of  the  male  maxillary  palpi. 

Ncphopteryx  leoninella, 

VcmpcUa  leoninella  Pack.,  Auu.  N.  Y.  Lye.  2G9,  1873. 

'* Antennae  and  palpi  as  in  P.  fenestrella,  but  the  fore  wings  are  more 
l)roduced  towards  the  apex,  the  outer  edge  being  more  oblique.  Body 
and  base  of  fore  wings  tawny,  the  thorax  being  clay-^'eVVo^  \  ^^^XivOsK^. 


698  BULJ-.ET1N    UNITED   STATES    GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY. 

ash.  Basal  third  of  fore  wiuga  tawuy  yellow,  somewhat  orange-colored 
externally,  outer  edge  of  this  colored  portion  directed  regularly,  oblique- 
ly outwards  from  the  costa  to  the  inner  edge,  with  three,  black,  venolar 
dots  along  this  oblique  border.  In  the  ash  space  beyond  is  a  distinct, 
dark,  discal  dot,  and  the  veins  are  black.  A  broad,  marginal,  tawny, 
yellow  band,  the  sides  even  and  parallel.  The  costa,  however,  is  cine- 
reous to  the  apex.  A  marginal  black  line,  and  a  fine  dark  line  in  the 
cinereous  fringe  near  the  base.  Hind  wings  of  the  usual  bne.  Abdo- 
men luteous.  Beneath,  fore  wings  smoky,  dusky  towards  the  costa }  a 
pale,  costal  streak,  not  forming  a  submarginal  pale  line  as  in  P.  fenes- 
trella.    Legs  dark  ashen,  whitish  at  ends  of  joints. 

"  Length  of  body,  <? ,  .50,  $ ,  .45  of  an  inch ;  of  fore  wing,  i ,  .46,  $ ,  .45  of 
an  inch.    California  (Edwards)." — Fdclcardj  l.  c. 

I  have  examined  the  type  (in  bad  condition)  and  three  unset  but  fresh 
specimens.  The  discal  points  are  present,  not  absent,  as  Packard  states. 
This  species  agrees  closely  in  form  with  fencHtrella^  but  differs  by  the 
ochery  color  of  the  basal  and  marginal  fields  of  the  primaries. 

I  give  here,  for  convenience  of  the  student,  two  unrecognized  descrip- 
tions in  this  genus,  by  the  late  Dr.  Clemens,  in  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci. 
Phila.  p.  205, 1860.  It  must  be  confessed  that  Dr.  Clemens's  descrip- 
tions in  this  group  omit  so  many  essential  characters  that  it  is  doubtful 
if  the  species  he  intends  can  be  identified  with  certainty. 

"-^.  f  ulmi-arro8orella. — Female.  Grayish-fuscous.  Fore  wings  with 
a  slender,  dark  fuscous  angulated  line,  edged  on  the  costa  internally  by 
a  pale  grayish  spot,  and  on  the  inner  margin  externally  by  another  of 
the  same  hue.  The  subterminal  line  pale  gray,  dark  margined  inter- 
nally.   Hind  wings  pale  brownish,  darker  on  the  margin. 

^'The  larva  is  found  on  the  American  Elm  in  August.  The  Lead  is 
pale  brown,  dotted  with  dark  brown.  The  body  dark  green,  with  a 
dorsal,  double  line  of  pale  green  patches,  and  a  slight  subdorsal  and 
stigmatal  line  of  the  same  hue.  Uu.  the  1st,  2d,  4th,  5th  and  10th 
rings,  are  brown  subdorsal  points.  It  weaves  a  web  on  the  surface  of 
the  leaves,  feeding  beneath  it.  The  pupa  is  contained  in  a  web  between 
united  leaves,  in  the  vivarium.  It  becomes  a  pupa  about  the  middle  of 
August,  and  an  imago  about  twelve  or  fourteen  days  after  transforma- 
tion.'^ 

'•X  luidulatcUa. — Labial  palpi,  head  and  thorax  grayish  fuscous. 
Fore  wings  grayish  fuscous,  with  an  angulated  white  line  crossing  the 
disk,  sometimes  obsolete  above  the  fold,  margined  with  dark  brownish, 
and  a  subterminal  line  of  the  same  hue  dark  margined  on  both  sides. 
At  tbcend  of  the  disk  is  a  short  blackish  transverse  line,  slightly'  mar- 
gined exteriorly  with  whitish.  Hinder  margin  tipped  with  blackish, 
cilia  grayish  fuscous.     Iliud  wings  grayish  testaceous;  cilia  paler. 

"Penna.,  Canada  and  Mass.  From  Dr.  Charles  (iirard,  Washington, 
D.  C. 


QROTE  ON  NORTH  AMERICAN  PYRAUDiE.        699 

^^ Early  in  October,  I  found  pupse  of  this  insect  at  Niagara  Falls,  on 
tbe  Canada  side,  nnder  shelter  of  loosened  portions  of  the  bark  of  the 
American  Elm.  They  were  enclosed  in  a  cocoon  of  silk,  mixed  with  par- 
ticles of  bark.  On  the  same  tree  I  took  a  number  of  larvee  which  were 
descending  the  trunk  to  undergo  pupation.  1  did  not,  however,  obtain 
imagos  i'rom  any  of  Ihe  specimens.  The  body  was  nearly  uniform  in 
diameter,  with  the  ordinary  number  of  feet.  Head  as  broad  as  the  body 
and  dark  green.  Body  dark  green,  between  the  segments  yellowish  nnd 
dotted  with  yellow;  first  rings  with  two  black  dots  on  the  sides." — Froc. 
Acad.  Nat  ScL  Phila.  18G0,  p.  205. 

PiNIPESTIS  Oroi£. 

Ilead  with  a  transverse  thick  ridge  of  scales  behind;  frontal  scales 
forming  a  projecting  bunch.  Maxillary  palpi  alike  in  both  sexes,  con- 
cealed by  the  porrect  labial  palpi,  which  exceed  the  front.  Ocelli.  Male 
autennsB  thicker  than  in  the  female,  with  the  joints  not  apparent,  very 
slightly  bent  at  base,  where  they  show  a  ridge  of  thin  tuftlets  of  scales, 
pubescent  beneath.  Fore  wings  11-veined,  with  veins 
4  and  5  running  close  together  at  base,  but  having  a 
separate  origin.  Hind  wings  8* veined,  vein  5  running 
close  to  4,  but  independent,  and  continuous  with  the 
cross  vein. 

Finipestis  Ziminernianij  tig.  10  (neuration). 

Pinipestis  Zmmermani^  Grote,  Cau.  Ent.  9^  161  {Nephop- 
teryx.) 

c?  9.  Blackish-gray,  shaded  with  reddish  on  the 
basal  and  terminal  fields  of  the  fore  wings.  There 
are  patches  or  lines  of  raised  scales  on  the  basal  field  ,  ^''^'^^ 
and  on  the  anterior  a!id  darker  portion  of  the  median  space  behind  the 
transverse  line;  also  the  exterior  line  and  discal  mark  are  accompanied 
by  raised  scales.  Median  lines  prominent,  consisting  of  double  black 
lines  enclosing  pale  bands.  The  inner  line  at  basal  third  is  per- 
pendicular, dentate.  The  outer  line  at  apical  fourth  is  once  more 
strongly  indented  below  costa.  The  median  field  is  blackish,  be- 
coming pale  outwardly;  it  shows  a  pale,  sometimes  whitish,  discal  spot, 
surmounted  by  raised  scales.  The  terminal  edge  of  the  wing  is  again 
pale  or  ruddy  before  the  terminal  black  line.  Fringes  blackish.  Bind 
wings  pale  yellowish-white,  translucent,  shaded  with  luscous  on  costal 
region,  and  more  or  less  so  terminally,  before  the  terminal  blackish  line; 
fringes  dusky.  Beneath,  tbe  fore  wings  are  blackish,  marked  with  pale 
on  costii;  hind  wings  as  on  upper  surface.  Body  blackish  gray,  with 
often  a  reddish  cast  on  thorax  above  and  on  the  vertex.  Abdomen  gray, 
annnlated  with  dirty  white;  legs  dotted.    Expanse,  26-30  mil. 

The  species  varies  in  the  amount  of  reddish  on  the  basal  and  terminal 
fields;  the  raised  scales  are  easily  lost  in  handling  the  living  specimens. 


700     BULLETIN  UNI  I  ED  STATES  OEOLOOICAL  SURVEY. 

The  larva  is  found  in  the  Middle  States,  New  York  and  Pennsylvania, 
in  June  and  July,  beneath  the  bark  of  the  Red  Pine  and  the  White 
Pine  {Pinus  resinosa  and  P.  strohua)'^  also  on  the  Scotch,  Kassian,  and 
Austrian  imported  pines.  The  wounds  occur  on  the  main  stem,  nsaally 
below  the  insertion  of  the  branch.  On  cutting  into  the  bark  beneath 
the  exuding  pitch,  the  larva  may  be  found,  which  measures  about  18 
millimetres  when  full-grown.  The  head  is  shining  chestnut-brown,  with 
black  mandibles.  The  body  is  livid  or  blackish-green,  naked,  with  series 
of  black  dots,  each  giving  rise  to  a  single  bristle.  The  prothoracic  shield 
is  blackish.  The  larva  has  three  pair  of  thoracic  or  true  jointed  feet  and 
tour  abdominal  or  false  feet,  besides  anal  claspers.  This  larva,  eating  on 
the  inner  side  of  the  bark,  and  making  furrows  in  the  wood,  causes  the 
bleeding,  which,  when  the  depletion  is  excessive  or  continuous,  and  espe- 
cially in  the  case  of  young  trees,  has  proved  fatal.  In  July,  the  worm 
spins  a  whitish,  thin,  papery  cocoon  in  the  mass  of  exuded  pitch,  which 
seems  to  act  as  a  protection  to  both  the  larva  and  chrysalis.  Thejptipa 
is  cylindrical,  smooth,  narrow,  blackish-brown,  about  16  millimetres  in 
length.  The  head  is  pointed,  there  being  a  pronounced  clypeal  protube- 
rance; the  segments  are  unarmed;  the  anal  plate  is  provided  with  a  row 
of  four  spines,  and  two  others,  more  slender,  on  either  side  of  the  mesial 
line,  below  the  first.    It  gives  the  moth  in  ten  to  fourteen  days. 

Pinipesils  Zimmermani  seems  to  be  one  of  the  most  destructive  of 
Lepidopterous  insects  to  timber.  I  have  seen  a  number  of  young  pine- 
trees  killed  by  it.  It  is  an  American  form,  and  difl'ers  structurally  from 
the  European  Dioryctria  abictella  by  the  peculiarities  of  the  male  antennae 
and  the  ditt'erent  position  of  veins  C  and  7  with  regard  to  the  cross-vein 
on  primaries. 

It  is  not  certain  how  the  hibernation  of  P.  Zimmermani  is  accom- 
plished. From  the  fact  that  Mr.  Zimmerman  has  found  larva  resembling 
thoee  of  this  species  in  the  clots  formed  by  the  exuding  pitch  in  Jan- 
uary, it  may  be  that  the  species  winters  in  the  larval  state,  and  that  it 
is  single-brooded.  The  identification  of  these  winter  larvje  is  not  com- 
plete. In  color  they  were  more  pinkish  than  the  specimens  taken  in 
June,  and  (but  this  might  be  expected)  smaller  in  size.  Again,  whether 
the  larva  feeds  on  the  gum  or  not  is  uncertain,  though  certain  of  the 
facts  observed  point  to  this  conclusion. 

For  an  opportunity  of  examing  specimens  of  Dioryctria  ahieiella^  I  am 
indebted  to  Mr.  Charles  D.  Zimmerman.  The  joints  of  the  antennae 
are  distinct,  so  as  to  give  a  serrated  appearance  to  these  organs.  The 
European  species  is  much  smaller  and  less  brightly  colored  than  Zim- 
merman's Pine  Pest,  and  wants  notably  the  patches  of  raised  scales  on 
the  wings,  on  which  I  have  dwelt  in  my  original  description,  and  which 
are  so  distinctive  of  Zimmermani,  There  cannot  remain  the  faintest 
doubt  of  the  distinetucvss  of  Zimmerman's  Pine  Pest  from  the  Euro|)ean 
ahieieUa.  The  probable  difl'erence  in  the  clypeal  structure  of  the  pupa 
and  the  diflering  habit  of  the  larva  of  Zimmermani^  as  compared  with 


GROTE   ON  NOBTH   AMERICAN  PYRALID2B.  701 

the  cbaracters  given  by  Batzbarg  of  abietellaj  I  have  alluded  to  Id  my 
original  paper  on  the  subject. 

But  on  examining  the  neuration  of  abietella  I  find  that  on  the  fore 
wings  veins  4  and  5  are  not  furcate,  but  spring,  as  in  Zimmermani  and 
the  species  I  here  refer  to  Nephopteryx,  separately  from  the  median  vein, 
running  so  close  together  at  base  that  they  appear  to  be  furcate  at  their 
point  of  divarication.  I  also  find  that  the  origin  of  6  and  7  is  difierent 
from  Zimmermani  and  the  species  I  here  refer  to  Nephopteryx.  In  abietellaj 
G  joins  7  at  the  point  of  issue  of  the  discal  cross-vein;  in  Zimmermani^  G 
joins  7  before  the  cross- vein,  which  arises  from  G.  On  the  hind  wings  in 
PinipestiSj  vein  5  is  independent ;  but,  in  Dloryctria  abiettUa^  vein  5  is 
joined  to  the  median  vein  close  to  the  point  of  origin  of  4  and  3.  I  find 
thus  that  Heineman's  diagnosis  of  Dioryctria  is  correct,  except  that,  if 
by  ^^  Ast  4  und  5  auf  gemeinschaftlichem  Stiele"  he  means  that  4  and  5  are 
furcate,  as  I  have  understood  him,  be  has  made  the  same  error  that  I 
did  at  first  in  considering  these  veins  furcate  in  ZimmermanL 

Pinipestis  1  abietivorella,  n.  s. 

Under  the  MS.  name  of  Fempelia  abietivorella,  Dr.  Packard  sends 
me  a  single  fresh  female  specimen,  which  bears  at  first  sight  a  close 
resemblance  to  the  European  abieteUay  but  agrees  in  neuration  with 
Finipestis.  Vein  5  of  the  hind  wings  is  independent;  veins  4  and  5  of 
the  primaries  are  not  furcate,  and  the  position  of  the  cross-vein  is  as  in 
Zimmermani.  But  as  I  do  not  know  the  male  of  this  new  Pine  Pest,  I 
cannot  surely  indicate  its  generic  position.  It  may  belong  to  Salebria. 
The  moth  has  so  close  a  resemblance  to  abietella  that  I  took  it  for  that 
species  until  I  examined  the  neuration.  It  seems  a  little  larger,  the 
primaries  more  blackish,  powdered  with  white.  There  are  no  raised 
scales  on  the  fore  wings  and  no  red  tints,  so  that  it  cannot  be  con- 
founded with  Zimmermani.  The  anterior  line  is  more  dentate  and  the 
posterior  line  broader  than  in  abietella.  The  moth  was  received  by  Dr. 
Packard  from  Prof.  H.  W.  Parker,  of  Amherst,  Mass.  The  larva  was 
found  two-thirds  grown,  "boring  in  top  of  a  tree  of  the  Norway  Spruce 
It  was  smooth,  slender,  dark  brown.  Taken  the  first  week  of  August. 
Full  grown  it  measured  f  inch,  and  pupated  in  cocoon  formed  of  its 
own  excrement  and  silk  the  last  of  August.  The  imago  was  found  fresh 
and  alive  Sept.  10."  This  Norway  Spruce  moth  must  not  be  con- 
founded with  Salebria  fusca,  which  it  very  nearly  resembles.  The  fore 
wings  are  more  powdered  with  white,  the  posterior  line  broader, 
while  in  fmca  vein  G  on  fore  wings  is  thrown  off  from  the  cross-vein 
further  from  7.  This  new  moth  cannot  be  a  Pempelia  from  the  8- veined 
secondaries,  nor  can  I  refer  it  as  congeneric  with  the  species  I  here 
refer  to  XepJiopteryx  from  the  position  of  vein  5  of  the  hind  wings. 
Salebria  fusca  is  apparently  a  larger  moth  than  abietivorellay  and  may 
be  most  quickly  distinguished  by  the  discal  points  being  black,  super- 
X>osed,  and  sometimes  coalesced,  while  in  Pinipestisf  <ibietivorM<L  ^xA 
the  European  Dioryctria  abietella  the  d\aea\  mat\L  ol  ^Yvmw\»^\&^\5^^R^ 


702 


BULLETIN   UNITED   STATES   QEOLOQICAL  SUEVET. 


■/ 


rirf.ii. 


IIONOBA,  n.  g. 

Tbe  ocelli  are  prouiiuent.  Male  antcDna^  without  peculiarity,  pabes- 
cent  beneath.    Labial  palpi  not  very  long,  porrect,  thickly  scaled,  the 

rather  long  and  stoat  third  article  concealed  by 
the  vestiture.  Maxillary  palpi  small,  scaled.  Fore 
wings  narrow  and  long,  11-veined,  4  and  5  furcate; 
hind  wings  Tveined,  5  wanting,  3  and  4  furcate 
on  a  long  stem  just  before  the  margin;  6  contin- 
uous with  the  discal  cross-vein  on  the  upper  comer 
of  the  cell  5  8  out  of  7,  a  short  furcation;  2  out 
of  the  lower  angle  of  the  cell,  which  is  closed. 

This  genus  seems  to  me  to  fall  in  with  Section 
C  of  Stenopiycha^  according  to  Heineman,  but  I 
have  not  the  Euroi>ean  obUtella  to  compare.  The  differences  between 
these  sections  seem  to  me  as  important  as  those  considered  by  Heine- 
man  of  generic  value  in  the  group. 

Honora  mellinella,  n.  s.,  fig.  11  (ueuration). 

(?9.  Fore  wings  blackish  fuscous,  with  a  pale,  undefined,  co3tal 
shading.  Interior  line  white.  A  yellow  shade-spot  beyond  the  line  on 
internal  margin.  Two  separate,  very  small,  dark,  discal  dots.  Exterior 
line  near  the  margin,  even,  narrow,  and  indistinct  white.  Base  of  the 
wing  yellowish.  Anterior  line  not  continued  to  costa.  Hind  wings  very 
pale  fuscous,  silky,  with  concolorous  fringes.  Head  and  thorax  faded 
ocherous.  Three  specimens  (Texas,  Belfrage,  No.  443).  The  expanse 
varies  from  15  to  19  rail.  I  sent  this  species  to  Prof.  Zeller,  under  the 
number  37G,  but  received  no  determination  of  the  species. 

Dakruma,  m.  g. 

Ocelli  small.  Male  antenuje  very  slightly  bent  at  base,  where  they 
show  a  little  thicker  coating  of  scales.    Labial  palpi  rather  short,  with 

the  terminal  joint  subequal.  Maxillary  palpi  scaled, 
small  in  both  sexes.  Wings  rather  long  and  narrow. 
Fore  wings  with  11  veins,  the  cell  closed  by  a  fold; 
4  and  5  furcate  from  a  single  stem  ;  8  out  of  7.  Hind 
wings  Tveined  ;  cell  closed  by  a  fold;  the  subcostal 
vein  joined  to  the  costal  by  a  short  branch  beyond  the 
closure  of  tbe  cell ;  8  out  of  7,  a  very  short  furcation 
before  apices  ;  3  and  4  furcate  just  beyond  the  cross- 
vein. 

This  genus  diflers  from  l[omco8oma  by  the  11- 
veiued  primaries  and  the  absence  of  the  suprabasal  constriction  of  the 
male  anteniia? ;  on  the  hind  wings,  veins  3  and  4  furcate  beyond  the  cell. 

Dalruma  turhatella^  fig.  12  (neuration). 

i  9.  Whitish-gray.  Cell  striped  with  white.  Inner  line  thick,  black- 
ish. A  black  discal  upright  streak.  Outer  line  double,  blackish,  with 
broaclf  wbitp  '    '    '  ^d  space,  o\)\ic\\\e,a\vt\\^\\\i^\^\iA^\^^\xi^T^^t«^ 


Tig.  li. 


GROTE   ON   NOBTH  AMERICAN   PYRALIDJS.  703 

Deutly  toothed,  somewhat  diffuse.  Veins  finely  marked.  Terminal 
minute  dark  dots.  Fringes  fuscous-gray.  Hind  wings  very  pale  fus- 
cous, with  paler  interlined  fringes.  Beneath  fuscousgray.  Body 
whitish  beneath,  above  fuscous-gray.  One  male  from  Illinois  (Dr.  Nason) 
has  the  outer  line  narrower,  more  acutely  bidentate,  and  perhaps  is  a 
different  species ;  it  appears  otherwise  to  agree  with  the  typical  male. 
This  species  expands  25  mil.  The  hind  wings  seem  a  little  paler  and 
more  pointed  in  the  male.  The  Illinois  specimen  was  captured  May  26. 
1  have  examined  three  females  and  one  male  taken  by  Mr.  Charles  Fish 

at  Oldtown,  Me. 

HoMEOSOMA  Curtis. 

The  male  antenna3  are  suddenly  constricted  above  the  base.  Labial 
palpi  porrect;  maxillary  palpi  small,  scaled.  Fore  wings  with  10  veins; 
4  and  5  from  a  rather  long  stem  ;  vein  8  wanting.  Bind  wings  with 
7  veins;  veins  3  and  4  have  a  separate  origin  out  of 
the  lower  angle  of  the  cell ;  8  out  of  7,  a  very  short  *^: 
furcation  before  apices. 

The  hind  wings  differ  from  those  of  Dakrnma  by  the 
origin  of  veins  3  and  4,  which  is  a  separate  one ;  vein 
4  from  the  cross- vein  close  to  3,  whereas  in  Dakruma 
3  and  4  are  furcate  beyond  the  closure  of  the  cell. 

HomeoHoma  stypticeUa^  fig.  13  (neuratiou). 

c?$.    Dusty  whitish-gray;  wings  narrow;  a  diffuse,  ^'^^^ 

blackish,  anterior  line;  discal  spot  formed  of  two,  blackish,  superposed 
or  coalesced  dots  near  the  outer  line,  which  is  even,  oblique,  bordered 
on  either  side  by  a  blackish  shade,  the  outer  of  which  sometimes  want- 
ing and  indi'jatt'd  by  a  costal  mark.  Uind  wings  smoky  pellucid,  with 
l)aler  fringes.    Beneath  smoky,  immaculate.     Average  expanse,  19  mil. 

Three  males  and  ten  females  examined.  Maine,  Massachusetts,  New 
York  (Lewis  County),  W.  W.  Hill.  There  are  probably  similar  species 
not  yet  described,  and  attention  must  be  paid  to  the  generic  characters. 
Several  females  in  my  collection  indicate  such  species,  much  like  stypti- 
cella  in  appearance,  but'  probably  geuerically  distinct,  a  fact  which  can- 
not be  easily  established  without  reference  to  the  male  sex. 

It  somewhat  resembles  the  figure  17  on  Plate  2  of  the  Missouri  Re- 
ports as  that  of  Pempelia  grossulariw  Packard  ;  but  stypticella  wants  the 
double  band  forming  the  anterior  line.  It  does  not  agree  with  the  fig- 
ure on  page  140,  because  the  outer  line  wants  the  submedian  tooth  there 
shown,  and  the  wings  are  narrower.  I  regret  not  to  have  identified  as 
yet  this  species  of  Dr.  Packard's,  which  is  probably  incorrectly  geuer- 
ically referred,  and  of  which  no  structural  characters  of  value  are  given 

by  Mr.  Kiley. 

AnerASTIA  Hiibn, 

^lale  antennae  a  little  bent  at  base,  without  scaletuft,  ciliate  beneath, 
the  joints  conspicuous.    Ocelli  wanting.    Labial  palpi  lou^^^^v^^^xj^. 


704  BULLETIN   UNITED   STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURYET. 

Fore  wiDgs  10- veined;  median  vein  3-branched,  a  single  vein  repre- 
senting 4  and  5.  Hind  wings  with  7  veins;  3  and  4  farcate  on  a  long 
stem  ;  2  l>efore  the  lower  angle  of  the  cell.    Tongne  present. 

Aneriuttia  hcematica  ZelL,  fig.  14  (neuration). 

AneraBtia  hwmatioa  Zell.,  Verb.  Zool.-Bot.  Ver.  p.  555, 1872. 
Xephopteryx  roBeatella  Pock.,  Ann.  N.  Y.  Lye.  N.  H.  270, 1873. 

^  9.    Head  and  thorax  dull  yellow,  more  or  less  stained  with  rosy- 

^  brown.  Fore  wings  with  a  pale  yello^  costal  stripe 
J  running  to  a  point  and  expiring  before  the  tips ;  else 
the  silky  primaries  are  dull  roseate,  shading  to  fas- 
cous  below  the  stripe  and  fading  to  yellowish  at 
internal  margin.  Hind  wings  very  pale  yellowish- 
fuscous.  Fringes  on  both  wings  yellowish ;  beneath 
silky  yellowish- fuscous.  The  species  expands  17  to 
19  mil.  I  have  examined  four  specimens  of  both 
sexes,  including  Dr.  Packard's  type.  Maine,  Massa- 
chusetts. Whether  the  maxillary  palpi  are  present, 
Jig.  14.  I  have  not  yet  been  able  to  decide. 

There  is  no  doubt  on  my  mind,  after  examining  Packard's  type,  that 
it  is  the  same  species  previously  described  by  Zeller.  It  appears  that 
Zeller  has  recognized  a  second  closely  allied  species  from  a  specimen 
sent  him  by  Packard,  which  differs  from  hannaticahy  the  thinner,  longer, 
labial  palpi,  with  a  brown  stripe  from  the  2d  joint  outwardly  to  the 
tip.  The  costal  stripe  is  said  to  be  powdered  rather  thickly  with  browo. 
Packard's  type  does  not  show  any  brown  powdering,  and  I  cannot 
recognize  any  palpal  stripe.  The  palpi  are  stained  with  purplish*  I  do 
not  think  it  is  likely  that  these  characters  are  specific.  My  other  speci- 
mens show  a  variation  in  size  and  distinctness  of  the  reddish  tinge  on 
primaries,  but  I  cannot  see  either  the  character  pointed  out  by  Zeller  or 
any  others  on  which  to  infer  two  species. 

Of  this  species,  Dr.  Packard  says  in  the  body  of  his  description  : — "  It 
has  all  the  structural  characters  of  ^ephopteryxP  But  in  his  remarks 
upon  it  a  little  lower  down  he  says : — "Though  the  antennre  are  without 
the  usual  tuft  of  scales,  and  the  palpi  are  longer  than  usual,  I  should 
judge  that  it  was  a  ^Xephopteryx'-  It  is,  however,  as  1  have  above 
explaiuetl,  abundantly  distinct  from  Xephopteryx  in  structure. 

It  is  (luite  necessary  that  the  structure  in  this  group  should  be  fully 
reported  in  describing  species.  I  am  prevented  from  identifying  Pern- 
pelia  Ilainmondi  with  certainty,  because  the  characters  of  the  maxillary 
palpi  and  venation  are  not  given  by  Mr.  lliley.  In  the  absence  of  an 
examination  of  the  generic  characters  in  this  group,  any  opinion  on  the 
validity  of  "  modern  genera"  must,  I  think,  be  without  value. 
The  following  is  a  provisional  list  of  our  species : — 


GBOTE   ON   NORTH   AMERICAN   PYRALIDJE. 


705 


PIIYCID.E. 


ACROBASIS  ZelL 
exulella  ZelL 
rubrifascicUa  Pack. 
tricolort'lhi  Grote. 
iinlij;;inella  /W/. 

PJnicita  iii'hulo  Walsb. 
var.  jiiglaodis  Le  Baron, 

8alkiu:i.v  Zt'U. 

fiisca  Haw. 

PKMI'ELIA  Zell. 

pravella  Grote. 
lignosella  /<//. 
iiicautella  ZelL 
petrella  ZeU. 
*  UiTtATiiUa  Zell 
i  virgat^lU  Chin. 
?  8ubcii*8iella  Clem» 
i  Ilainmoudi  IliUif. 
?  grossiil.u  i;i.'  rack. 

Xki'IIoiteryx  ZeU. 
ova!  is. 

^  PempiUa  oraVts  Pack. 

9  X  latifamcUa  Pack, 
feiicstrvlla. 

Pempelia  ftn.  Pack, 
leouinell.'i. 

J*tminlia  hon.  Pack, 
f  basilaris  ZtU. 
ci)ii8obri nulla  Zdl. 


?  undulatella  Clem. 
?  ulmi-arrosorella  Clem, 
7  EdmaiidMii  Pack. 

PixiPLSTiS  Grote, 

Zi  mm  or  man!  Grote. 
Tabietivorella  Pack. 

ZopnoDiA  Hiibn. 
DoUii  Zell. 

dentata  Grote. 

Myeu>13  Zell, 

albiplagiatcUa  Pack. 

HoxoRA  Grote. 

mellinclla  Grote. 

Episciinia  UUbn. 

farrella  Ciirtid, 

Ankrastia  nuhn. 

boiiuatica  Zell. 

yejyhop.  roseattlla  Pack, 
tetradella  Zell. 
glareo8ella  Zdl. 
biuotcibi  Zell. 

Ephestia  Guen, 

tluteWii  Hiibn. 
OHtrinella  Clem. 
interpunctella  Hiibn, 

ZvQ^  Fitcb. 
ocbrifrontella  Zell. 
boHpitella  Zdl. 


SPECIES  DESCRIBED. 


Prorasea  simalis. 
AedLs  fuualis. 
Stemmatopbora  nicalis. 
Asopia  devialis. 

squamealifl. 
Arta  Btatalis. 

olivalis. 
Mtdanomma  auriciuctaria. 
Scojjaria  libella. 
Emprepes  nnebaliH. 
Boti8  albiceralis. 

pliimbicostaliH. 

anticostalis. 

syringicola. 

talis. 

stenoptcralls. 
Epipascbia  superatalis. 
Mocblocera  Zelleri 
Cacozelia  basiocbrealis. 
TuripalpuH  brovior  natal  is. 

Ball.  iv.  No.  3— 


Tetralopba  asperatella. 
platauella. 
militclla. 
robii8tella. 
Acrobasis  rubrifasciella. 

tricolorella. 
PcQipelia  pravella. 
Salebria  fusca. 
Nepbopterj'x  ovalis. 

feDCstrolla. 
leoninella. 
iindnlatella. 
?  iilmi-arrosorello. 
PiuipestiH  Zimmcrmani. 

f  abietivorella. 
Honora  mellinella. 
Dakrnma  turbatella. 
Homeosoma  Htypticella. 
Anerastia  biematica. 


■11 


ART.  XXVIIL-PALEOUTOLOGICAL  PAPERS  NO.  6 :  DESCRIPTIONS 
OF  NEW  SPECIES  OF  INVERTEBRATE  FOSSILS  FROM  THE 
LARAMIE  GROUP. 


By  C.  a.  White,  M.  D. 


The  fossils  described  in  this  paper  were  collected  by  the  writer  (unless 
otherwise  stated  in  connection  with  the  description)  from  the  strata  of 
the  Laramie  Oronp,  daring  the  season  of  1877,  in  Colorado,  Wyoming, 
and  Utah.  Many  other  associated  species  were  also  collected,  but  only 
the  hitherto  undescribed  forms  are  noticed  in  this  paper. 

Of  the  numerous  invertebrate  forms  hitherto  collected  from  the  strata 
of  this  great  group,  except  some  insect  remains  (to  be  described  by  Mr. 
S.  n.  Scudder),  and  a  few  unstudied  Ostracoid  Crustaceans,  all  are  mol- 
luscau. 

CONCHIFERA. 

Genus  VOLSELLA  Scopoli. 

Subgenus  Brachydontes  Swainson. 

Vohclla  {Brachydontes)  reguUiris  (n.  sp.). 

Shell  arcuatesubovate  in  marginal  outline;  valves  moderately  con- 
vex; upper  margin  more  or  less  strongly  arched  from  beak  to  rear; 
thence  with  a  continuous  but  stronger  curve  to  the  postero-basal  mar- 
gin, which  is  somewhat  abruptly  rounded  to  the  gently  concave  base ; 
front  moderately  narrow,  slightly  projecting  beyond  the  beaks,  and 
abruptly  rounded  to  the  base;  beaks  depressed,  scarcely  perceptible  as 
such,  and  nearly  but  not  quite  terminal;  hinge-margin  short,  nearly 
straight;  umbonal  slope  somewhat  prominent,  but  conspicuous  only  by 
increasing  the  apparent  concavity  of  the  basal  part  of  the  shell.  Sur- 
face marked  by  numerous,  rather  coarse,  radiating  lines,  or  small  costse, 
which  increase  in  size  toward  the  free  margins  of  the  shell.  These 
costic  have  generally  a  somewhat  crenulated  aspect,  due  in  part  to  small 
sinuosities  in  their  course,  and  in  part  to  being  frequently  crossed  by 
lines  and  undulations  of  growth ;  denticles  or  crenulations  of  the  short 
front  margin  distinct. 

Length  of  the  type-specimen  36  millimeters;  breadth  at  the  widest 
part  18  millimeters ;  but  several  less  perfect  examples  obtained  at  dif- 
ferent localities  indicate  a  much  larger  size,  the  largest  of  which  must 
have  had  a  length  of  C^  centimeters. 


708     BULLETIN  UNITED  8TATE8  QEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

Position  and  locality. — Laramie  Group.  The  type-8i)ecimeii  is  from  the 
Valley  of  Crow  Creek,  Northern  Colorado,  15  miles  above  the  con- 
fluence of  that  creek  with  South  Platte  Elver.  Other  examples  are 
from  Caiiou  Park,  Valley  of  Yampa  lliver ;  Danforth  Hills,  near  White 
River  Indian  agency,  Colorado;  and  Kock  Springs  Station,  Union  Pa- 
cific Railroad,  Wyoming. 

Volsella  {BrachydontcM)  laticontata  (sp.  nov.). 

Shell  transversely  elongate,  arcuate-subelliptieal;  upper  border  broadly 
and  almost  regularly  arched ;  posterior  border  somewhat  abruptly  but 
continuously  rounded  from  the  upper  border  to  the  base,  which  latter 
border  is  gently  concave  along  its  middle  portion;  front  abruptly 
rounded, beaks  inconspicuous,  situated  near  the  front;  hinge-line  short, 
nearly  straight,  not  forming  an  angle  with  the  remainder  of  the  upper 
border;  denticles,  or  crenulations  of  the  anterior  border,  distinct.  Sur- 
face marked  by  the  usual  distinct  lines  of  growth,  and  also  by  fine  radi- 
ating costip,  which  are  obsolete  along  the  whole  length  of  the  median 
portion  of  the  shell,  and  are  more  distinct  upon  and  near  the  dorsal 
border  than  elsewhere. 

Length  5  centimeters;  greatest  width  19  millimeters. 

This  species  ditt'ers  conspicuously  from  the  preceding  one,  which  is 
from  the  same  formation,  in  its  greater  proportionate  length,  the 
straighter  and  less  crenulate  character  of  its  eost«T,  and  their  absence 
or  obsolescence  upon  the  median  portion  of  the  shell. 

FoHition  and  locality. — Laramie  Group,  about  400  feet  from  its  base; 
Danforth  Hills,  near  White  River  Indian  agency,  Colorado. 

Genus  NUCDLANA  Link. 

Xiiculana  inclara  (sp.  nov.). 

Shell  small,  elongate-subovate  in  marginal  outline,  gradually  narrow- 
ing behind  the  beaks.  Beaks  not  prominent,  situated  about  one-third 
of  the  full  length  of  the  shell  from  the  front;  valves  only  moderately 
convex,  even  in  the  anterior  and  umbonal  regions,  and  without  distinct 
umbonal  ridges.  Basal  margin  broadly  semi-elliptical;  anterior  margin 
regularly  rounded  from  the  cardinal  margin  to  the  base;  posterobasal 
margin  sloping  upward  to  the  posterior  margin,  which  is  sharply 
rounded  to  the  cardinal  margin ;  the  latter  margin  slightly  arched,  or 
the  anterior  and  posterior  portions  of  it  forming  a  very  slight  angle  with 
each  other;  denticles  minute,  numerous,  12  to  15  or  more  in  front  of  the 
beak  and  a  greater  number  behind  it. 

The  few  examj)lcs  discovered  being  only  casts,  the  true  character  of 
the  surface  is  not  known,  but  it  appears  to  have  been  marked  with  only 
the  usual  concentric  lines  of  growth.  Character  of  the  pallial  line  an* 
known. 

Leugth  11  millimeters;  height  from  base  to  beaks  5  millimeters.    No 


WHITE   ON   NEW   INVERTEBRATES.  709 

examples  larger  than  ibis  vvere  discovered,  but  it  is  possible  that  those 
obtained  are  nuder  fall  adult  size. 

Position  and  locality. — Laramie  Group,  about  400  feet  above  its  base; 
Danforth  Ilills,  near  White  Kiver  Indian  agency,  Northwestern  Colorado. 

Genus  ANODONTA  Cuvier. 

Anodonta  parallela  (ap.  nov.). 

Shell  transversely  much  elongate,  oblong  or  semi-elliptical  in  marginal 
outline;  valves  gently  convex,  apparently  a  little  more  so  near  the 
front  than  elsewhere ;  beaks  situated  about  two-sevenths  the  length  of 
the  shell  from  the  front,  depressed,  the  elevation  of  the  umbonal  re- 
gion being  hardly  perceptible;  hinge-lino  long;  the  whole  dorsal  border 
nearly  straight ;  both  anterior  and  posterior  borders  regularly  rounded; 
that  of  the  posterior  being  a  little  more  abruptly  rounded  than  the 
front ;  base  nearly  straight,  or  very  slightly  emarginate  along  or  a  little 
in  front  of  the  middle.  Test  thin  ;  surface  smooth  or  marked  only  by 
the  ordinary  lines  of  growth  and  one  or  two  faint  ridges  running  from 
the  beaks  to  the  postero-dorsal  margin. 

Length  62  millimeters ;  breadth  20  millimeters. 

The  extraordinary  length  of  this  shell  compared  with  its  width  is  an 
unusual  feature  in  this  genus ;  but  all  the  other  characteristics  of  the 
species,  so  far  as  they  can  be  observed  on  the  specimens  yet  discovered, 
indicate  it  to  be  a  true  Aiwdonta^  and  its  immediate  associates  are  also 
all  fresh-water  shells.  Only  two  examples  have  been  discovered,  both 
imperfect ;  but  together  they  show  all  the  essential  characteristics  of  the 
species.  Notwithstanding  its  unusually  elongate  form,  the  character 
of  the  test  and  its  edentate  hinge  apparently  leave  no  doubt  as  to  its 
generic  character  as  here  indicated. 

Poftition  and  locality, — L-iraniie  Group ;  Valley  of  Crow  Creek,  North- 
ern Colorado,  about  10  miles  above  the  confluence  of  the  creek  with 
South  Platte  River. 

Genus  UNIO  Retzius. 

Unlo  ffoniambonatus  (sp.  nov.). 

Shell  of  medium  size,  transversely  elongated,  subtrihedral  in  mar- 
ginal outline,  being  rapidly  narrowed  posteriorly  from  the  anterior  por- 
tion; moderately  gibbous,  most  so  a  little  in  front  of  its  mid-length  and 
above  its  mid-height;  test  somewhat  thick;  beaks  placed  near  the 
anterior  end,  moderately  depressed ;  umbones  slightly  raised  above  the 
hinge-line ;  umbonal  ridge  distinct,  angular,  and  so  prominent  as  to 
produce  a  llattened  or  even  slightly  concave  space  between  it  and  the 
hinge-margin,  giving  the  whole  back  of  the  shell  a  broadly  flattened  as- 
pect; front  margin  regularly  rounded  from  beneath  the  beaks  to  the  basal 
margin,  which  latter  margin  is  nearly  straight  or  only  slightly  convex, 
especially  behind  the  anterior  third  of  its  length ;  postero-basal  margin 
narrowly  rounded  to  the  postero-dorsal  margin^  whve\i\xi^iSiX.^xiX^^V^'^::««5t 


710  BULLETIN   UNITED   STATES  GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY. 

with  ao  elougated  downward  and  backward  slope  from  the  hinge-mar- 
gin ;  the  latter  margin  nearly  straight,  and  occnpying  aboat  two-thirds 
the  whole  length  of  the  shell.  Surface  marked  by  only  the  ordinary 
lines  and  coarser  imbrications  of  growth,  but  usnally  the  angular  ombonal 
ridge  is  cut  across  by  three  or  four  short,  distinct  ridges  and  corre- 
sponding furrows,  extending  obliquely  inward  and  backward,  being 
scarcely  perceptible  in  front  of  the  umbonal  ridge,  and  becoming  obso- 
lete before  reaching  the  postero-dorsal  margin,  or  at  least  only  pro. 
duciiig  slight  sinuosities  upon  it. 

Length  oS  millimeters ;  height  from  base  to  umbones  34  millimeters; 
thickness  28  millimeters. 

The  elongate  subtriangular  outline,  prominent  and  angular  nmbonal 
ridges,  and  broad,  flattened  dorsum  of  this  species,  are  features  that 
readily  separate  it  from  all  other  known  forms,  and,  together  with  the 
seveu  other  species  associated  with  it  (mentioned  in  the  next  descrip- 
tion), show  an  extent  and  diversity  of  differentiation  among  these 
earlier  species  of  Unionidac  that  is  hardly  surpassed  at  the  present  day. 

Locality  and  position. — Upper  part  of  the  Laramie  Group ;  Black 
Bnttes  Station,  Union  Pacific  Kailroad,  Wyoming. 

Unio  aldrichi  (sp.  nov.). 

Shell  of  medium  size,  transversely  elongate,  approximately  oblong  in 
marginal  outline,  a  little  higher  posteriorly  than  anteriorly ;  moderately 
gibbous,  especially  along  the  umbonal  ridge,  where  the  shell  is  thickest; 
test  moderately  thick,  becoming  much  so  in  old  shells ;  beaks  placed 
nearly  one-third  the  length  of  the  shell  from  the  front  margin,  incurved, 
broad,  but  not  very  prominent,  although  the  flattened  umbo  is  raised 
above  the  level  of  the  hinge-line ;  umbonal  ridge  prominent,  subangn- 
lar;  postero-dorsal  portion  of  the  shell  behind  this  ridge  compressed, 
sometimes  subalate ;  front  portion  of  the  shell  moderately  gibbous,  and 
between  this  and  the  umbonal  ridge  the  sides  are  distinctly  flattened  • 
anterior  margin  regularly,  but  somewhat  narrowly,  rounded  down  to  the 
basal  margin,  which  is  nearly  straight  along  the  middle ;  postero-basal 
margin  somewhat  narrowly  rounded,  and  extended  upward  and  back- 
ward to  the  postero-dorsal  margin ;  the  latter  margin  sometimes  trun- 
cated obliquely  downward  and  backward,  and  sometimes  so  rounded  as 
to  give  a  more  nejirly  square  truncation  to  the  posterior  end  of  the  shell; 
hingeliue  long  and  straight.  Surface  marked  only  by  the  ordinary 
lines  of  growth,  except  all  that  portion  whjcb  lies  behind  the  ambonai 
ridge.  This  portion  is  marked  by  numerous  sharply-raised,  irregular 
lines  or  narrow  ridges,  with  the  intervening  spaces  wider  than  the 
ridges  theuiselves,  which,  beginning  almost  imperceptibly  just  behind 
the  umbonal  ridge,  extend  backward  with  a  greater  or  less  upward 
curve  to  the  dorsal  and  posterior  borders.  These  raised  ridges  increase 
in  number  with  the  growth  of  the  shell,  in  very  small  part  by  implantft- 
tJon,  but  mainly  by  bifurcation.    They  usually  constitute  a  conspicuous 


WHITE   ON   NEW   INVERTEBRATES.  711. 

sarfiEuse-foatare  of  the  ^hell,  but  in  some  examples  they  are  more  or  less 
obsolete.  Their  character  is  similar  to  that  of  the  markings  upon  U. 
senectus  and  U.  primceous  White,  especially  the  latter. 

Length  of  the  largest  discovered  example  82  millimeters ;  height  at 
mid-length  48  millimeters ;  thickness  about  32  millimeters. 

The  specific  name  is  given  in  honor  of  Mr.  Charles  Aldrich,  formerly 
a  member  of  the  Survey. 

Position  aiid  locality. — Upper  part  of  the  Laramie  Group,  Black  Buttes 
Station,  Union  Pacific  Eailroad,  Wyoming,  where  it  is  found  associated 
with  U.  brcLchyopisthtis,  U.  couesi^  V.  endlichi,  U.  propheticuSj  U.  prhnce* 
vu8^  U,  holmeaianusy  U,  goninmbonatus  White,  and  apparently  with  one 
or  two  other  species  of  this  genus. 

Genus  CORBICULA  Mergele. 

Corhicula  clebumi  (sp.  nov.). 

Shell  large,  snbtribedrai  in  marginal  outline ;  height  from  base  to  umbo 
equal  to  the  extreme  transverse  length,  moderately  gibbous  and  its  sides 
regularly  convex,  flattened  or  a  little  concave  along  the  postero-dorsal 
portion,  concave  in  front,  where  there  is  an  almost  defined  lunule ;  test 
thick,  or  even  somewhat  massive  in  the  case  of  old  shells ;  dorsal  line 
forming  a  somewhat  regular  convex  curve  from  the  beak  to  the  postero- 
basal portion,  which  latter  portion  is  abruptly,  sometimes  almost  angu- 
larly, rounded  to  the  base;  basal  margin  almost  regularly  rounded  up  to 
the  anterocardinal  margin,  but  its  convexity  is  usually  a  little  greatest 
in  front  of  the  mid-length  ;  antero-ciirdinal  margin  straight  or  slightly 
concave,  meeting  the  antero-basal  margin  at  an  obtuse  angle  or  a  promi- 
nent abrupt  curve;  beaks  prominent,  elevated,  curving  inward  and  for- 
ward, and  ending  in  a  well-defined  point  when  well  preserved,  as  most 
of  tbe  examples  are ;  lateral  teeth  strong,  well  developed,  and  finely 
crenulate ;  cardinal  teeth  well  developed,  the  outer  posterior  one  in  one 
example  showing  faint  crenulations,  but  otherwise  of  tbe  ordinary  char- 
acter; pallial  line  distinct,  somewhat  distant  from  the  margin;  sinus 
small,  directed  strongly  upward.  Surface  marked  only  by  the  usual 
lines  and  undulations  of  growth. 

Height  of  the  largest  example  42  millimeters;  extreme  transverse 
length  about  the  same ;  thickness  32  millimeters. 

This  species  bears  more  resemblance  to  C7.  cytheriformis  M.  &  H.  than 
to  any  other  published  species;  but  it  may  be  distinguished  from  that 
species  by  its  more  distinctly  trihedral  outline,  its  greater  proportionate 
height,  and  its  concave,  almost  lunulate  front. 

Poftition  and  locality. — Laramie  Group,  Crow  Creek,  Colorado,  about 
12  miles  north  of  its  confluence  with  South  Platte  Kiver. 

CorbUsula  cardinice/ormis  (sp.  nov.). 

Shell  somewhat  above  medium  size  for  a  species  of  this  genus,  trans- 
versely subelliptical,  moderately  gibbous,  especially  a  UtXXft  lor^^x^  ^'^ 


712  BULLETIN   LTIITED   STATEb   GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY, 

and  above  the  middle,  but  somewhat  compressed  toward  the  free  margins, 
especially  in  the  posterior  region ;  front  and  posterior  margins  narrowly 
and  the  basal  broadly  roauded,  forming  together  a  nearly  true  semi- 
ellipse;  cardinal  margin  broadly  rounded  and  sloping  gently  downward 
from  the  beaks  to  the  posterior  margin ;  antero-dorsal  margin  slightly 
concave  just  forward  of  the  beaks,  where  the  shell  is  also  slightly  con- 
cave; umbonal  portion  of  each  valve  prominent;  beaks  narrowed,  dis- 
tinctly defined,  not  much  elevated,  but  i>ointing  strongly  forward  and 
incurved.    Hinge  and  interior  markings  unknown. 

Length  from  front  to  rear  59  millimeters ;  height  from  base  to  beaks 
38  millimeters;  greatest  thickness,  both  valves  together,  28  millimeters. 

In  outward  appearance,  this  species  seems  to  occupy  an  intermediate 
position  between  the  usual  short  forms  of  Corhicula  and  that  section  of 
the  genus  which  was  separated  by  the  late  Mr.  Meek  under  the  sub- 
generic  name  of  Leptesthes.  It  differs,  however,  from  any  species  of  that 
section  known  to  me  in  the  narrowness  and  distinct  definition  of  the 
beaks ;  the  umbonal  region  being  broad  and  the  beaks  depressed  and 
illy  defined  in  all  the  published  species  of  Leptestlies. 

With  the  exception  of  the  differences  named,  and  which  seem  to  be 
correlated  subgeneric  differences,  the  shell  here  described  resembles  ia 
general  aspect  some  of  the  shorter  varieties  of  Corhicula  (Leptesthes) 
fracta  Meek.  For  a  more  general  comparison,  however,  it  so  nearly 
resembles  some  species  of  Cardinia  as  to  have  suggested  the  sx)ecific 
name  which  is  here  applied  to  it. 

Position  and  locality. — Laramie  Group,  Valley  of  Crow  Creek,  15  miles 
above  its  confluence  with  Platte  Eiver,  Northern  Colorado. 

Corhicula  ohesa  (sp.  nov.). 

Shell  small  or  not  above  the  average  size  for  species  of  this  genus, 
inflated ;  sides  somewhat  regularly  convex,  suboval,  or  subtrihedi-al  in 
marginal  outline;  transverse  length  somewhat  greater  than  the  height; 
basal  margin  almost  regularly  rounded,  meeting  both  the  posterior  and 
anterior  margins  by  regular  and  nearly  equal  curves;  postero-dorsal 
portion  regularly  rounded  Irom  the  beaks  to  the  posterior  margin;  antero- 
cardinal  margin  straight,  but  the  shell  has  a  concave  appearance  iu 
front  on  account  of  the  slight  forward  prominence  of  the  l)eaks ;  postero- 
cardinal  margin  very  little,  if  any,  depressed  below  the  adjacent  portions 
of  the  shell;  beaks  small,  pointed,  not  x)rominent,  but  directed  a  little 
forward,  and  placed  only  a  little  in  advance  of  the  mid-length;  lateral 
teeth  well  developed,  but  slender,  and  apparently  not  crenulate,  but  the 
condition  of  the  examples  iu  hand  was  not  conclusive  upon  this  ^)oint; 
cardinal  teeth  well  developed,  but  not  robust;  pallial  sinus  small.  Sur- 
face marked  only  by  the  usual  lines  of  growth,  and  these  being'  mostly 
very  ^iw^  the  surface  has  a  comparatively  smooth,  or  sometimes  even 
a  polished  aspect  in  well  preserved  examples. 


WHITE   ON   NEW   INVERTEBRATES.  713 

Transverse  length  of  a  medium-sized  specimen  30  millimeters ;  height 
from  base  to  beak  26  millimeters;  thickness  20  millimeters. 

This  species  differs  too  materially  from  any  known  described  species 
to  need  detailed  comparison. 

Position  and  locality. — Laramie  Group  Valley  of  Crow  Greek,  Golo- 
rado,  15  miles  north  of  its  confluence  with  South  Platte  River. 

Subgenus  Leptesthes  Meek. 

Corhicula  (Leptesthes)  macropistlia  (sp.  nov.). 

Shell  small,  longitudinally  subelliptic<al  or  subovate,  broader  (higher) 
posteriorly  than  anteriorly,  slightly  gibbous  or  somewhat  compressed; 
test  strong  but  not  massive ;  basal  margin  broadly  convex,  posterior 
margin  truncating  the  shell,  and  its  direction  being  upward  and  a  little 
backward,  and  abruptly  rounded  to  both  the  postero-cardinal  and  basal 
margins ;  postero-cardinal  margin  broadly  convex ;  antero-cardinal 
margin  nearly  straight  and  directed  obliquely  downward  and  forward 
to  the  front,  which  is  abruptly  rounded  to  the  base;  beaks  depressed, 
not  well  defined,  and  not  projecting  above  the  hinge-line,  placed  about 
one-third  the  length  of  the  shell  from  the  front.  Surface  showing  the 
usual  lines  and  imbrications  of  growth,  and  well-preserved  examples 
show  that  the  former  were  so  fine  as  to  give  an  almost  x>olished  aspect 
to  the  surface.  Lateral  teeth  well  developed  and  finely  crennlate,  car- 
dinal teeth  well  developed,  and  having  the  usual  characters  of  the  genus; 
pallial  line  somewhat  distant  from  the  margin;  sinus  shallow. 

Jjength  of  an  average-sized  example,  among  the  typical  examples  of 
the  collection,  21  millimeters ;  height  15  millimeters ;  thickness,  both 
valves  together,  10  millimeters. 

There  are  two  or  three  examples  in  the  colFection,  that  were  obtained 
from  layers  separated  by  only  a  few  feet,  that  are  considerably  larger 
than  the  above  dimensions,  but  these,  having  some  other  modifications 
of  form,  are  referred  to  this  species  with  doubt. 

This  shell  evidently  belongs  to  the  section  designated  as  Lept^sthes  by 
IVIeek.  Among  other  peculiarities  of  this  section,  internal  casts  of  it 
show  a  distinct  but  shallow  and  somewhat  broad  furrow,  extending 
downward  and  forward  from  the  hinge-margin  behind  the  beaks  to 
about  the  middle  of  the  shell ;  and  the  inner  surface  of  the  valves  show 
the  corresponding  ridge.  This,  in  this  species  at  least,  is  really  not  so 
much  a  true  ridge  as  it  is  a  sudden  thinning  of  the  shell,  along  a  nearly 
vertical  line,  in  its  posterior  half. 

The  peculiar  flattening  of  the  umbonal  and  upper  middle  portions  of 
the  shell,  its  greater  width,  and  equal  if  not  greater  thickness  behind 
than  in  front,  are  characters  by  which  the  species  may  be  readily 
recognized. 

Position  and  locality. — Lai*amie  Group,  Crow  Creek,  Northern  Colo- 
rado, 15  miles  above  its  confluence  with  the  South  Platte  River. 


714     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

Genns  ACELLA  Haldeman. 

Acella  haldemani  (sp.  nov.)- 

Shell  very  small  and  very  slender;  ppire  longer  than  the  aperture; 
volutions  about  six  and  very  obliquely  coiled,  slightly  couTex ;  last  one 
not  ventricose ;  a[>erture  only  slightly,  if  at  all,  expanded,  its  oatermar- 
gin,  as  shown  by  the  lines  of  growth,  being  nearly  parallel  with  the  axis 
of  the  shell.  Surface  marked  by  numerous  lines  of  growth  parallel  with 
the  border  of  the  aperture  and  nearly  parallel  with  the  axis  of  the  shell 
These,  owing  to  the  minute  size  of  the  shell,  are  distinguishable  only 
under  a  lens  of  considerable  i)ower. 

Length  G  millimeters ;  diameter  of  last  volution  1^  millimeters. 

The  specific  name  is  given  in  honor  of  Prof.  S.  S.  Haldeman,  the 
author  of  the  genus. 

Position  and  locality. — Laramie  Group,  Valley  of  Bear  River,  near  the 
confluence  of  Sulphur  Creek,  Wyoming. 

Genus  PUYSA  Drapamaud. 

Physafelix  (fiFp.  nov.). 

Shell  largo;  body  volution  inflated,  shouldered  at  the  distal  side, 
which  is  somewhat  abruptly  rounded  from  the  outer  side  and  near  the 
suture,  at  nearly  right  angles  with  the  axis  of  the  shell ;  spire  compara- 
tively small,  and  appears  to  have  been  only  moderately  elevated.  Sur- 
face marked  by  the  usual  lines  of  growth,  except  that  of  the  whole  shoul- 
dered portion  from  the  suture  outward,  which  is  marked  by  nnmeroos 
small,  obliquely  triangular  papilhie,  which  are  arranged  in  oblique  rows 
that  coincide  nesirly  with  the  lines  of  growth. 

The  full  length  of  the  body-volution  was  not  less  than  38  millimeters. 

Only  two  fragments  of  this  remarkable  Physa  have  been  discovered, 
but  the  characters  shown  by  them,  as  recorded  above,  are  sufficieut  to 
distinguish  it  from  any  other  species,  and  when  more  perfect  examples 
are  found  it  may  show  different  generic  characters  also. 

Position  and  locality, — Laramie  Group,  Crow  Creek,  Colorado,  10  miles 
above  its  confluence  with  the  Platte. 

Genus  HELIX  Linnaeus. 

Helix  eranstonensis  (sp.  nov.). 

Shell  small,  snbglobose,  wider  than  high ;  spire  somewhat  prominent, 
its  sides  convex,  terminating  in  a  moderately  acute  apex ;  volutions 
about  six,  convex ;  last  one  a  little  inflated  and  regularly  rounded  from 
the  suture  to  the  center  of  the  base  ;  suture  distinct;  umbilicus  closed 
with  a  callus;  base  flattened  in  the  middle,  scarcely  depresseil;  aperture 
oblique ;  outer  lip  reflected.  Surface  marked  by  numerous  very  distinct 
raised  lines  of  growth  parallel  with  the  outer  lip. 

Height  (J-i  millimeters;  breadth  of  last  volution  9  millimeters. 


WHITE   ON  NEW  INVERTEBBATEa  715 

GeDus  ^ERITINA  Lamarck. 

yeritina  natici/ormis  (sp.  nov.). 

Shell  small,  subglobose  in  aspect,  being  more  nearly'  like  tbat  of  Natiea 
than  the  usual  forms  of  Xeriiina,  due  mainly  to  the  greater  elevation  of 
the  apex,  consisting  of  three  or  four  volutions,  which  so  rapidly  increase 
in  size  that  the  last  one  comprises  much  the  greater  x)art  of  the  bulk  of 
the  shell ;  all  the  volutions  regularly  convex,  the  suture  being  distinct; 
test  not  massive ;  a[)erture  large,  nearly  straight  on  the  inner  side,  and 
regularly  convex  on  all  other  sides,  the  whole  compri<$ing  more  tlian  a 
semicircle;  edge  of  the  outer  lip  thin ;  inner  lip  moderately  broad,  flat- 
tened, apparently  smooth,  sloping  strongly  inward,  or  away  from  the 
outer  lip;  inner  margin  of  the  inner  lip  somewhat  concave,  apparently 
without  crenulations. 

Surface  marked  by  numerous  distinct  lines  of  growth,  and  upon  some 
examples  traces  of  revolving  strijB  have  been  detected,  especially  upon 
the  proximal  or  lower  portion. 

Extreme  length  from  apex  to  front  margin  6  millimeters;  greatest 
diameter  of  the  last  volution,  across  the  middle  of  the  aperture,  about 
the  same. 

In  general  aspect,  this  little  shell  so  closely  resembles  a  Natiea  that, 
the  apertures  all  being  filled  with  the  imbedding  material,  the  first 
suggestion  that  it  might  not  belong  to  that  or  a  closely  allied  genus  came 
from  its  association  with  fresh-  and  brackish- water  forms.  Upon  break- 
ing up  some  of  the  examples,  the  inner  lip  was  found  to  be  more  charac- 
teristic of  Xeriiina  than  Xatica^  although  it  is  not  so  broad  and  char- 
acteristically developcHl  as  is  usual  in  the  former  genus.  In  this  respect, 
and  in  the  moderately  thin  test,  it  departs  from  typical  forms  of  Nerithm. 

Position  and  hwality, — Laramie  Group,  Bear  River  Valley,  near  the 
month  of  Sulphur  Creek,  Wyoming. 

Subgenus  Velatella  Meek. 

Xeritina  (  Velatella)  baptista  (sp.  nov.). 

Shell  small,  elliptical  in  outline,  broadly  convex  above,  the  convexity 
of  the  postero-me<lian  portion  being  greater  than  elsewhere,  nearly  flat 
beneath ;  umbo  prominent,  nucleus  or  apex  posterior,  minutely  subspiral 
and  only  a  little  elevated  above  the  posterior  margin,  small,  closely 
incurved,  and  turned  to  the  right  side ;  inner  lip  broad,  smooth,  slightly 
convex  in  all  directions,  and  occupying  fully  one-half  of  the  under  sur- 
face of  the  shell ;  outer  lip  apparently  moderately  thin,  but  this  feature 
has  not  been  clearlv  seen. 

Surface  so  nearly  smooth  as  to  give  the  shell  an  almost  polished 
appearance,  but  under  the  lens  minute  strice  of  growth  are  visible, 
and  also  especially  near  the  borders  minute  radiating  strise  are  seen, 
apparently  in  the  substance  of  the  shell.  In  additioil  to  this,  there  are, 
upon  the  only  example  discovered,  seven  or  eight  irreguluc  t^\^Nxc\% 


716  BULLETIN   LTflTED   STATES   GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY. 

stripes  of  coloration  of  the  shell.  These  are  no^  brownish  in  color, 
while  the  general  surface  is  buff;  both  doabtless  different  from  those 
that  characterized  the  shell  while  living^  but  no  donbt  correctly  repre- 
senting them  in  shape,  relative  position,  and  contrast 

Length  10  millimeters;  breadth  7  millimeters ;  height  5  millimeters. 

This  species  resembles  in  many  respects  the  N.  {V.)  pateUiformi$ 
Meek,  especially  the  variety  tceberensis  White,  bat  it  differs  from  the 
former  in  form,  and  from  the  latter  in  being  without  any  trace  of  radiat- 
ing, raised  lines  or  costic,  in  the  greater  prominence  of  the  ombonal 
portion,  and  its  more  conspicnous  apex.  Its  coloration  is  not  taken  into 
account,  as  its  preservation  is  deemed  only  accidental. 

Position  and  locality. — Laramie  Group,  Black  Buttes  Station,  Union 
Pacific  Railroad,  Wyoming. 

Genus  GONIOBASIS  Lea. 

Goniohasis  endUchi  (sp.  nov.). 

Shell  moderately  elongate-conical ;  spire  with  straight  or  slightly  con- 
cave sides;  volutions  six  or  seven,  much  and  nearly  regularly  convex, 
the  last  one  slightly  iutlatcd ;  suture  well  defined,  and  appearing  uou- 
sually  deep  on  account  of  the  convexity  of  the  volutions;  ai)erture  ovate, 
its  distal  end  angular,  its  front  somewhat  narrowly  rounded,  and  without 
a  sinus;  outer  lip  apparently  sharp;  inner  lip  with  a  thin  reflected 
callus,  more  developed  toward  the  front;  columella  gently  arcuate. 

Surface  marked  by  fine  but  distinct  lines  of  growth,  which  are  crossed 
by  very  numerous,  fine,  revolving,  raised  lines,  giving  it  a  cancellated 
appearance  under  the  lens.  In  addition  to  these,  there  are  usually  from 
four  tosix  much  larger,  nearly  equidistant,  revolving,  raised  lines  of  nearly 
equal  size,  visible  uiK)n  the  volutions  of  the  spire,  and  ten  or  twelve  of 
the  same  upon  the  body- volution.  These  larger,  revolving,  raised  lines 
are  sometimes  absent  or  obsolete,  but  the  smaller  markings  are  always 
present. 

Length  about  22  niilliraeters;  diameter  of  body-volution  11  milli- 
meters. 

This  species  is  evidently  nearly  related  to  G.  nebrascensis  and  G. 
temiicarinatus  ^I.  &  H.,  and  should  perhaps  be  referred  to  Pachycheilun 
Lea,  but  the  difiiculty  of  learning;!:  the  exact  character  of  the  lip  leaves 
that  matter  in  some  doubt. 

Specific  name  given  in  honor  of  Dr.  F.  ^L  Endlich. 

Position  and  locality. — Laramie  Group,  7  miles  west  of  Evanston,  Wye, 
near  the  boundary  line  between  Wyoming  and  Utah. 

Genus  VIVIPAllUS  Lamarck. 

Viviparus  prudentia  (sp.  nov.). 

Shell  depressed-subconical ;  spire  short;  volutions  five  and  a  half  or 
six,  including  the  minute  ones  of  the  apex,  convex;  last  one  considera- 


WHITE    ON   NEW   INVERTEBRATES.  717 

bly  eniargod,  composing  much  the  greater  part  of  the  shell,  almost  or 
quit<3  regularly  rounded  from  the  suture  to  the  umbilicus ;  suture  well 
detiued,  and  rendered  still  more  conspicuous  by  the  convexity  of  the 
volutions;  umbilicus  very  small  and  deep;  aperture  short,  subovate  or 
subcircular,  obtusely  angular  at  its  distal  side ;  a  little  straightened  by 
contact  with  the  next  volution  between  that  angle  and  the  umbilicus, 
and  elsewhere  almost  regularly  rounded. 

Surface  smooth,  almost  polished,  but  marked  by  very  line  lines  of 
growth. 

Length  from  front  to  apex  18  millimeters;  breadth  of  body- volution 
IS  millimeters. 

This  shell  is  proportionally  shorter  than  any  other  species  of  the 
genus  known  to  me,  but  it  seems  to  possess  all  the  characteristics  of 
Vivipartis.  Its  outer  lip  has  the  usual  straight  margin,  but  its  umbili- 
cus is  a  little  more  open  than  usual,  and  the  inner  lip  not  reflexed,  but 
almost  continuous  in  its  curvature  with  the  outer  lip. 

Position  and  locality. — Laramie  Group,  Crow  Creek,  Colorado,  10  miles 
above  its  confluence  with  South  Platte  River,  Northern  Colorado. 

Viviparus  coucsi  (sp.  nov.). 

Shell  very  large  when  fully  adult;  volutions  six  or  seven,  convex,  the 
distal  side  of  the  last  one  especially  rounded  abruptly  in  to  the  suture, 
giving  it  a  somewhat  shouldered  aspect  there,  while  the  outer  side  is 
broadly'  convex  and  sloping  gently  forward  and  inward ;  suture  deeply 
impressed,  the  apparent  depth  being  increased  by  the  great  convexity 
of  the  volutions.  Surface  marked  by  the  ordinary  lines  of  growth,  no 
revolving  marks  of  any  kind  being  detected.  The  lines  of  growth  indi- 
cate that  the  margin  of  the  outer  lip  was  nearly  straight,  as  is  usual 
with  species  of  this  genus,  and  which  character  distinguishes  it  from 
Campeloma.  Inner  lip  thickened,  and  refiexed  at  the  proximal  or  ante- 
rior end,  but  not  covering  the  umbilical  fissure  there,  which  is  moder- 
ately large.  The  precise  shape  of  the  aperture  is  unknown,  but  it  is 
probably  ovate. 

No  entirely  perfect  examples  have  been  discovered,  but  the  largest 
one  yet  obtained  would,  if  perfect,  measure  about  65  millimeters  in 
length ;  fall  width  of  body- volution  38  millimeters. 

This  species  is  described  by  Meek  in  vol.  iv,  p.  181,  pi.  17,  fig.  15,  King's 
United  States  Geological  Survey  of  the  Fortieth  Parallel,  and  referred 
to  the  genus  Campeloma^  but  not  specifically  named.  The  numerous 
specimens,  however,  that  have  been  obtained  from  the  typical  and  other 
localities  show  that  the  species  possesses  the  true  characters  of  Vivipams. 

This  species  is  distinguished  from  all  others  of  the  genus  known  to 
me  in  American  strata  by  its  great  size,  and  there  are  few  other  species 
with  which  it  is  in  any  danger  of  being  confounded.  From  V.  paludinas- 
formis  Hall,  it  differs  in  its  more  robust  form,  in  the  greater  convexity 
of  its  volutions  and  the  abrupt  rounding  of  their  distal  side,  and  in  the 
presence  of  a  comparatively  large  umbilical  fissure. 


718  BULLETIN   UNITED   STATES   GEOLOGICAL    SUBVKY 

Position  and  locality. — Laramie  Group,  Valley  of  Bear  Siver|  seven 
miles  northwestward  from  Evanston,  Wyoming,  and  at  several  points 
in  the  vicinity  of  Mellis  Station,  Union  Pacific  Bailroad,  near  the  con- 
fluence of  Sulphur  Creek  and  Bear  Biver.  It  is  associated  with  Cam- 
peloma  macrospira  Meek,  Unio  tetmtus  Meek,  and  other  fresh-water 
moHusks,  as  well  as  many  brackish- water  s|)ecies. 

Genus  ODONTOBASIS  Meek. 

Odontobasis  f  formosa  (sp.  nov.J. 

Shell  rather  small ;  spire  equal  to  about  one-half  its  entire  length ; 
volutions  about  six,  the  body  one  inflated  and  the  distal  ones  moderately 
convex,  the  distal  part  of  each  somewhat  shouldered,  and  marked  there 
by  numerous  small  longitudinal  folds  that  become  obsolete  toward  the 
proximal  part;  these  longitudinal  folds  are  less  distinct  upon  the  bodj- 
volution  than  upon  the  distal  ones;  upon  the  latter  also  there  is  a  small 
revolving  furrow  near  to,  and  upon  the  distal  side  of  the  suture,  giving 
those  volutions  a  slightly  constricted  aspect,  but  which  constriction  does 
not  extend  upon  the  body-volution. 

Surlace  apparently  marked  only  by  lines  of  growth,  with  the  excep- 
tions already  mentioned,  and  some  revolving  ridges  or  lines  upon  the 
proximal  side  of  the  body- volution,  near  the  beak. 

Length  12  millimeters ;  breadth  of  body- volution  7  millimeters. 

Only  one  specimen  of  this  species  has  been  discovered,  and  this  is  a 
somewhat  distorted  cast  from  the  reddish  shales  of  the  Laramie  Group 
near  its  base.  Neither  the  ai)erture  nor  the  extremity  of  the  beak  is 
shown  in  the  specimen,  and  I  am  not  entirely  satisfied  that  it  belongs 
to  the  genus  Odontobani8^  but  its  general  aspect  and  observable  charac- 
ters favor  that  reference,  although  it  bears  considerable  resemblance  to 
Admetopnis  Meek,  from  the  Cretaceous  strata  at  Coalville,  Utah.  Per- 
haps a  sufiicient  reason  for  referring  this  shell  provisionally  to  Odonto- 
bams  is  the  fact  thac  a  species  of  that  genus  is  already  known  in  the 
Laramie  Group,  while  no  other  genus  is  yet  known  there  to  which  it  could 
be  confidently  referred.  Of  the  three  other  species  of  Odontobasis  yet 
known,  two  are  from  the  Fort  Pierre  Cretaceous  Group,  a  true  marine 
formation,  and  one  from  the  Laramie  Group,  near  Point  of  Rocks  Sta- 
tion, Union  Pacific  Railroad,  Wyoming,  a  brackish-water  formation, 
and  which  is  there  associated  with  Goniobasis  insculpta  as  well  as  Ostrea 
and  Anomia.  The  genus  Admetopsis  is  not  yet  known  to  exist  in  the 
Laramie  Group,  nor  unassociated  with  true  marine  forms. 

When  other  specimens  shall  have  been  discovered,  it  may  prove  that 
the  description  should  be  somewhat  modified,  but  it  is  doubtless  quite 
sufiicient  for  the  identification  of  the  species. 

As  a  rule,  the  molluscan  remains  of  the  Laramie  Group  indicate  a 
brackish  condition  of  the  waters  in  which  they  lived.  This  species  is 
associated  with  Melania  xcyomingemis  >teek,  which  is  necessarily  re- 


WHITE   ON   NEW   INVERTEBRATES.  719 

garded  as  a  fresh-water  shell,  and  is  often  foand  associated  with  other 
fresh-water  forms,  and  also  with  Nuculanay  which  is  now  known  only  in 
marine  waters.  Its  other  associates  are  Corbula^  Corbiculay  and  Anomm. 
Position  and  locality. — Laramie  Group,  about  400  feet  above  its  base, 
Danforth  Hills,  Northwestern  Colorado.  The  locality  is  about  10  miles 
northeastward  from  White  Kiver  Indian  agency. 


ART.  XXIX -PALEONTOLOGICAL  PAPERS  NO.  7:  ON  THE  DISTRI- 
BUTION OF  MOLLUSCAN  SPECIES  IN  THE  LARAMIE  GROUP. 


By  C.  a.  White,  M.  D. 


The  term  Laramie  Group  is  here  ased  to  include  all  the  strata  between 
the  Fox  Hills  Group  of  the  Cretaceous  period  beneath,  and  the  Wasatch 
Group  (= Vermilion  Creek  Group  of  King)  of  the  Tertiary  period  above. 
That  is,  it  includes,  as  either  subordinate  groups  or  regional  divisions, 
both  the  Judith  Kiver  and  Fort  Union  series  of  the  Upper  Missouri  Eiver ; 
the  Lignitic  series  east  of  the  Rocky  Mountains  in  Colorado;  the  Bitter 
Creek  series  of  Southern  Wyoming  and  the  adjacent  parts  of  Colorada; 
and  also  the  "Bear  River  Estuary  Beds'',  together  with  the  Evanston 
Coal  series,  of  the  Valley  of  Bear  River  and  adjacent  parts  of  Utah. 
Strata  of  this  great  Laramie  Group  are  known  to  exist  in  other  large 
and  widely  separated  districts  of  the  western  portion  of  the  national 
domain,  but  only  those  above  indicated  are  especially  noticed  in  this 
paper. 

So  far  as  the  brackish-water  mollusca  of  the  Laramie  Group  have  yet 
been  investigated,  they  have  proved,  with  few  exceptions,  to  belong  to 
types  represented  by  living  mollusks  of  similar  habitat;  and  the  fresh- 
water and  land  mollusks  of  that  group  of  strata  belong  almost  wholly, 
if  not  entirely,  to  types  that  are  fully  represented  by  living  species. 
Therefore  a  mere  similarity  or  even  identity  of  moUuscan  types  in  the 
strata  of  the  different  regions  just  enumerated  would  not  prove  them  to 
belong  to  the  same  epoch ;  but  it  is  held  that  an  identity  of  species  does 
constitute  such  proof. 

During  the  season  of  1877  it  was  my  good  fortune  to  make  considera- 
ble collections  of  fossils  from  all  the  forenamed  regions  except  those  of 
the  Upper  Missouri  River.  Study  and  comparison  of  my  own  collections 
with  those  made  many  years  ago  by  Dr.  Hayden  from  the  Judith  River 
and  Fort  Union  beds  in  the  Upper  Missouri  River  region  shows  an  inti- 
mate relationship  to  exist  between  the  moUuscan  fauna  of  each  of  these 
series  respectively.  This  fact  is  illustrated  to  some  extent  by  the  fol- 
lowing table,  which,  however,  includes  only  the  species  that  have  been 
discovered  in  the  strata  of  more  than  one  of  the  regions,  or  of  the  snbor- 
Bull.  iv.  No.  3 12  721 


722  ]m].LETIK   UKITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  8UKVET. 

dinate  groups,  herein  discussed.    It  is,  ttiererore,  b;  do  means  a  t 
mary  of  tbe  iuvertebrate  lauiia  of  the  Laramie  [Wriod. 

Talile  thoiring  tb(  Geographical  Ditlribulion  of  Specki  in  tkf  Laramie  Group. 


1 
1 
1 

1 

I 

s 

1 

1 

> 

i 

s 

i 

1 

i 

i 
s 

£ 
S 

1 

1 

■> 

:   : 

Anomia  irrviilioTh  ah      M«  k 

■     1 

:::::: 

TdIo  «TTptarbjiichiu  WLiW 

i 

t 

CorbtoiU(V„lnrlilni)ejI!.Prifo™l.  M.A;H 

• 



• 

I 

;;::: 

;::;. 

Columns  to™.  M.  ill 

i- 

1 

• 

1 

1 

1 

The  nndunH»t«  of  tbe  utrrluk  In  thu  abavo  Ubie  indicatea  the  i«sion  In  whl 
■leaiKTUled  wm  orlgliAlly  diacaierwl.  Tbo  doubls  Tertloal  Une  may  be  taken  to 
Uountaina,  ar  tbe  sreat  rantfe,  I'l  tend  lug  uunliwiTd  Ibmujth  Colondo,  IVjamini;, 
localltlea  named  on  lu  left  being  eut,aod  tbiucon  the  rigbCvnt  of  thoae  nionntalne. 

Tbe  region  iudieated  in  tbe  table  as  "  South  Platte  Valley"  embraces 
qaite  a  large  area  east  of  tbo  Hocky  MouDtaius  iu  Colorado,  which  is 
drained  by  the  South  Platte  and  its  tributaries,  and  extends  eastward 
from  the  base  of  tbo  mountains  out  upon  the  plains,  a  knowD  distance 
of  ISO  miles,  and  doubtless  much  further. 

Tbo  Bitter  Creek  series,  as  here  indicated,  embraces  all  tbe  strata  that 
were  included  by  Mr.  Meek  under  the  same  designation  in  Hayden's 
Sixth  Annual  lU-port  of  tbo  Geological  and  Geographical  Survey  of  the 
Territories.  Tha'se  of  the  well-known  localities,  ICuck  Springs  and  Black 
Buttes  Stations,  are  both  included  iu  this  series,  and  not  regarded  as 
separate,  as  they  were  in  one  of  my  former  publications  (Geology  of  the 
Uinta  Mountains, Chapter  ill).  TheYampaandWhiteKiver  Valleys  aw 
adjacent  regions  west  of  the  IlockyMouutaius.in  Sorthwestem  Colorado. 

The  stratii  here  included  uuder  the  head  of  "  Bear  Uiver  Valley"  are 


WHITE   ON   DISTRIBUTION   OP  MOLLUSCS.  723 

those  that  have  been  frequently  designated  as  the  "  Bear  River  Estuary 
Beds",  and  sometimes  as  the  "Sulphur  Creek  Estuary  Beds";  together 
with  the  coal-bearing  series  that  is  seen  to  rest  upon  them  in  the  Valley 
of  Bear  River,  northward  from  Evauston,  Wyoming. 

It  will  be  seen  that  Ostrea  icyoniingensia  is  indicateil  with  doubt  as 
occurring  in  the  Judith  River  Group.  This  reference  is  made  because 
of  the  probable  identity  of  Ostrea  glabra  Meek  &  Hayden,  with  0. 
wyomingensis  Meek,  and  the  doubt  is  expressed  because  the  proof  ui)on 
that  point  is  not  entirely  satisfactory.  The  former  species,  as  identified 
in  the  Lignitic  strata  east  of  the  Rocky  Mountains  in  Colorado,  is  there 
found  to  be  connected  by  associated  intermediate  forms  with  shells  that 
cannot  be  distinguished  from  the  typical  forms  of  0.  tcyomingeTmSj  and 
therefore  no  doubt  is  expressed  upon  that  point  as  regards  that  region. 
This  siiecies  is  not  only  found  in  the  strata  of  the  other  regions  indi- 
cated in  the  table,  but  in  various  localities  within  the  great  Green  River 
Basin  west  of  the  Rocky  Mountains  it  is  found  to  range  through  the 
whole  series  of  Laramie  strata,  a  thickness  of  not  less  than  3,500  feet. 
I  am  also  a  little  in  doubt  as  to  the  real  identity  of  Campeloma  multi' 
lineata  in  the  Bitter  Creek  series ;  but  all  the  other  species  embraced 
in  the  table  are  probably  correctly  identified.  Not  only  has  the  Ostrea 
icyomingensis  the  great  vertical  range  in  the  Laramie  Group  which 
has  just  been  mentioned,  but  Anomia  micronema^  Brachydontes  regularise 
Melania  icyomingensisj  and  probably  other  species  also,  have  an  equally 
great  vertical  range;  embracing,  in  fact,  the  whole  thickness  of  the 
Laramie  strata  in  the  great  Green  River  Basin,  which  thickness  proba- 
bly reaches  a  maximum  of  4,000  feet. 

It  is  a  well-known  fact  that  the  aggregate  thickness  of  the  Laramie 
strata  east  of  the  Rocky  Mountains  in  Colorado  is  much  K'ss  than  it  is 
in  either  of  the  other  regions  here  named.  But  those  eastern  strata 
appear  to  represent  the  whole  Laramie  period,  because  they  contain  all 
the  species  just  mentioned  that  are  known  to  range  through  the  whole 
series  west  of  the  mountains,  where  it  has  its  maximum  thickness,  and 
they  also  contain  certain  species  associated  in  the  same  layers  that  ap- 
pear to  characterize  the  Fort  Union  and  Judith  River  beds  respectively, 
in  the  Upper  lilissouri  River  region,  and  not  there  associated  together 
in  either. 

The  distribution  of  species  in  the  Laramie  Group,  on  both  sides  of  the 
Rocky  Mountains,  is  too  conspicuously  shown  by  the  table  to  need  com- 
ment. 

In*  the  foregoing  discussion  only  the  species  that  are  common  to  the 
strata  of  two  or  more  of  the  districts  here  discussed  have  been  con- 
sidered. Therefore,  only  the  faunal  relationships  between  these  regions, 
and  not  their  difierences,  are  shown.  To  show  the  latter,  a  considera- 
tion  of  all  the  species  yet  discovered  in  the  strata  of  this  great  group 
is  necessary.  The  characteristics  of  all  the  known  species  of  the  dis- 
tricts named,  except  a  pait  of  those  of  Bear  River  Valley,  are  viv  bax.- 


724     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

moDy  with  the  close  fanual  lelatioDship,  which  is  shown  to  exi8t|  by 
the  few  species  that  are  named  in  the  table. 

The  brackish-water  branchiferous  species,  however  (as  well  as  the 
pnlmonate  Rhytophwrus  prUcus  Meek),  of  the  Bear  River  Valley  series, 
are  not  only  of  different  species  from  any  that  occar  in  any  other  strata 
of  the  Laramie  Gronp,  but  a  part  of  them  are  of  different  types  also. 
It  is  also  trae  that  these  brackish-water  species  depart  more  widely  from 
living  types  than  do  any  of  the  si)ecies  of  other  portions  of  the  Laramie 
Gronp.  In  fact,  not  one  of  the  species  yet  found  in  the  true  brackish- 
water  strata  of  the  Bear  Biver  series  has  been  identified  in  those  of  any 
of  the  other  regions  discussed  in  this  pa|)er;  and  the  evidence  of  the 
faunal  relationship  of  this  ix)rtion  of  the  Laramie  Gronp  with  the  others, 
which  is  shown  in  the  table,  is  confined  to  pulmonate  mollnsks  alone. 
It  is  true  also  that  the  pulmonate  mollusks  of  the  Bear  Kiver  Valley  series 
that  have  been  identified  with  species  found  in  Laramie  strata  in  other 
districts  are  apparently  confined  to  the  Evanston  coal-bearing  beds 
that  overlie  the  portion  of  the  series  in  the  Bear  Biver  Valley  which 
contains  the  brackish- water  types.  The  fact  that  these  pulmonate 
species  of  the  Evanston  coal-bearing  beds  have  also  been  found  only  in 
the  Judith  Biver  series,  which  probably  represents  the  lower  or  earlier 
portion  of  the  Laramie  Group,  seems  to  indicate  that  the  Bear  Biver 
series  of  brackish-water  strata  is  still  older.  But  this  is  not  necessarily 
the  case,  for  there  is  apparently  no  reason  why  we  might  not  expect  to 
find  those  species  to  range  through  the  whole  Laramie  series,  as  other 
species  have  been  shown  to  do.  In  other  words,  from  our  present 
knowledge  of  the  facts,  it  appears  justifiable  to  regard  the  Judith  Biver 
beds  as  representing  the  earlier  and  the  coal-bearing  beds  near  Evans- 
ton as  the  later  portion  of  the  Laramie  period. 

It  now  seems  probable  that  we  must  look  for  the  cause  of  the  differ- 
ences which  the  branchiferous  mollnsks  of  the  strata  of  the  Bear  Biver 
Valley  present,  from  all  other  portions  of  the  Laramie  Gronp,  in  a  differ- 
ence of  physical  conditions  probably  induced  by  the  proximity  of  the 
western  shore-line  of  the  great  Laramie  inland  sea ;  conditions  that 
induced  differential  changes  in  the  aqueous  mollusks,  but  not  thos 
affecting  the  land  and  palustral  pulmonates. 

In  subsequent  papers,  it  is  proposed  to  discuss  the  relations  of  the 
Laramie  Group  with  those  above  and  beneath  it;  and  also  the  relations 
of  its  moiluscan  types  with  those  of  other  fossil,  and  also  with  those  of 
existing  forms. 


ART.  XXX.-ON  SOME  DARK  SHALE  RECENTLY  DISCOVERED 
BELOW  THE  DEVONIAN  LIMESTONES,  AT  INDEPENDENCE, 
IOWA ;  WITH  A  NOTICE  OF  ITS  FOSSILS  AND  DESCRIPTION 
OF  NEW  SPECIES. 


By  S.  Calvin, 

Profesior  of  Geology,  State  Unirersiiy  of  loxca. 


Tbe  Devooian  deposits  of  Iowa,  as  now  knowu,  may  be  roughly  rep- 
resented by  tbe  annexed  diagram,  in  which  1 
3  indicates  the  position  of  a  member  of  the 
group  recently  discovered  at  Indei>endence, 
g  consisting  of  dark  argillaceous,  with  some 
thin  beds  of  impure,  concretionary  limestone. 
j  1  It  has  been  explored  to  a  depth  of  20  or  25 
'  feet.  Ko.  2  represents  all  the  beds  of  what 
have  been  termed  Devonian  limestones  in  Iowa,  and  is  made  up  largely 
of  limestones,  with  associated  beds  of  light-colored  shales;  estimated 
thickness,  150  feet.  No.  3  is  a  bed  of  argillaceous  shales  exiK)sed  at  and 
near  Eockford,  Iowa,  and  is  referred  to  in  this  paper  as  the  Bockford 
Shales.  It  abounds  in  fossils,  and  weathers,  on  exposure,  into  a  stiff 
clay,  that  has  been  utilized  in  the  manufacture  of  brick;  observed 
thickness,  70  feet. 

Until  quite  recently,  Nos.  2  and  3  of  the  above  section  were  supposed 
to  make  up  the  entire  thickness  of  Devonian  rocks  in  Iowa.  No.  2  not 
only  varies,  as  already  indicated,  in  lithological  characters,  but  the 
grouping  of  fossils  differs  widely  in  different  localities,  so  much  so  that 
competent  geologists  have  referred  certain  exposures — for  example, 
those  at  Waterloo — to  tbe  Corniferous,  and  others — as  at  Independence 
and  Waverly — to  tbe  Hamilton.  Such  references  of  tbe  above-named 
exposures  will  be  found  in  tbe  Twenty-third  Report  on  the  State  Cabi- 
net of  New  York,  pp.  223-226;  and  in  the  same  article  Professors  Hall 
and  ^Yhitfield  declare  tbe  Eockford  shales  to  be  the  equivalent  of  the 
New  York  Chemung.  On  the  other  hand.  Dr.  C.  A.  White — Geology  of 
Iowa,  1870,  vol.  i,  p.  187 — is  of  opinion  that  all  the  Devonian  strata  of 
Iowa  belong  to  a  single  epoch. 

Thus  matters  stood  until  about  a  year  or  so  ago,  when  D.  S.  Deering 
called  attention  to  tbe  interesting  fact  that  a  dark  shale  had  been  ex- 
posed in  working  out  the  layers  in  the  bottom  of  one  of  tbe  limestone 
quarries  near  Independence.  Tbe  quarrymen  penetrated  the  shale  to  a 
considerable  depth  in  the  hope  of  finding  coal.  Tbe  shale  varies  some- 
what iithologically,  but  where  it  presents  its  most  characteristic  featntes^ 
it  is  argillaceous,  fine-grained,  and  highly  i^Viaxgi^  ^\\Xi  ^AX^^cckVStfssaa* 


726  BULLETIN   UNITED   STATES   GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY. 

matter.  In  some  of  the  beds  there  are  namerons  remains  of  plants— 
st^ms  of  Lepidodendron  and  Sigillaria  that  made  np  the  forests  of  the 
Devonian. .  The  plants,  however,  are  very  imperfect ;  the  form  only  is 
partially  preserved,  and  that  mainly  by  iron  pyrite  that  replaced  the 
origincil  stem.  The  woody  tissue  of  the  plants  has  been  converted  into 
coal  that  occupies  thin,  irregular  seams  among  the  laminte  of  pyrite. 
The  little  bands  of  coal  vary  in  thickness,  bat  none  of  those  observed 
exceed  a  quarter  of  an  inch.  None  of  the  plants  are  perfect  enough  to 
render  either  generic  or  specific  identification  i)ossible. 

The  discovery  of  shale  charged  with  the  carbonized  stems  of  plants 
below  the  Devonian  limestone  of  Iowa  is  a  matter  of  much  interest.  Fre- 
quent reports  have  gained  circulation  of  the  discovery  of  coal  in  drilling 
wells  in  regions  occupied  by  Devonian  rocks.  From  Jesop,  Janesville, 
Marion,  Davenport,  and  other  places,  such  rumors  have  gone  out.  In 
one  or  two  cases,  shafts  have  been  dug  at  considerable  expense,  neces- 
sarily ending  in  disappointment  and  failure. 

The  discovery  at  Indei>endence  accounts  for  these  reports.  In  drilling 
through  the  limestones,  the  lower  shales,  with  their  carbonized  plants, 
were  reached,  and  the  dark  color  of  the  borings,  mixed  with  figments 
of  real  coal,  naturally  enough  gave  rise  to  the  impression  that  a  verit- 
able coal  luine  had  been  found. 

It  is  to  be  noticed  that  all  the  places  from  which  such  reports  have 
come  stand  near  the  eastern  outcrop  of  the  Devonian,  where  its  entire 
thickness  could  be  pierced  at  a  very  moderate  depth.  The  number  and 
l>osition  of  such  localities  would  show  that  the  shale  in  question  is  not  a 
mere  local  dei)Osit,  but  is  distributed  all  along  the  outcrop  of  Devonian 
rocks  in  Iowa. 

The  researches  of  Mr.  Deering  and  myself  have  brought  to  light  quite 
a  number  of  finely  preserved  Brachiopods,  representing  fourteen  species. 
Of  these,  two  are  not  determined  and  five  are  new  to  science;  but  the 
chief  interest  attaches  to  certain  species  that  have  hitherto  been  known 
only  from  the  shales  of  bed  No.  3,  near  liockford.  It  will  be  convenient 
to  arrange  the  specimens  in  three  groups  as  follows: — 

I.  S[»ec.ies  limited  in  Iowa,  so  far  as  known,  to  the  Independence 
shales:  St ropliodonta  variabilis,  u.Sy,;  Gy2ndula7nunda,iu8.'j  Orthi»  hi/era^ 
n.  s. ;  Rhynchondla  amhigua,  n.  s. ;   Spirifera  HubumbonUy  Hall  (?). 

II.  Species  ran^in^  throughout  the  entire  group,  and  so  common  to 
beds  1,  -,  and  3:  Atn/pa  reticularis^  Linn. 

III.  Si)e(iies  common  to  beds  1  and  3,  but  not  known  to  occur  in  tbe 
inteiveninif  limestones:  Strophodonta  qnadrata^u.a.'j  S.  arctuitaj  Hall; 
S.  canace^  Hall  &  Whitfield;  »S\  reversa,  ILill ;  Atrypa  hysirixj  Hall;* 
and  Product UH  (Productclla)  dissimilis,  Hall. 

•Tbo  form  (lesi;;iiatLMl  hero  as  J.  htjitrUf  Hall,  diffens  couspicuously  from  that  de- 
scribed ill  Geology  of  Iowa,  LSa-?,  vol.  i,  part  \i,  p.  515,  under  the  name  of  A,  ofptra 
var.  ocvidenlalis.  TIiIm  Ijwt  occurs  abundantly  in  tlio  overlying  limestonea.  The  speci- 
mens from  the  lower  ahales  arc  identical  with  the  form  presented  by  this  Atrifpa  in  tbfl 
Rockford  shales.  For  application  of  this  spccitic  name  to  this  special  foim,  see  83d 
ADnual  £e|>ort  of  Board  of  Regents  oa  Now  York  State  Cabinet,  p.  225. 


CALVIN    ON   DABK   SHALE   AND   ITS   FOSSILS.  727 

It  is  an  interesting  fact  that  of  the  twelve  determinable  species  six 
occur  only  in  the  shaly  deposits  at  the  opening  and  close  of  the  Devo- 
nian, notwithstanding  these  deposits  are  separated  by  150  feet  of  lime- 
stone. Only  one  species  is  known  to  pass  from  the  lower  shales  into  the 
limestones  above,  and  even  there  it  appears  under  a  form  so  altered  that 
specimens  from  the'  two  beds  may  be  distinguished  as  readily  as  if  they 
were  distinct  species.  If  we  take  form  and  surface-markings  into 
account,  the  Airypa  reticularis  of  No.  1  also  finds  its  nearest  representa- 
tive, not  in  the  limestones  immediately  above,  but  in  the  shales  at 
Bockford. 

Obviously,  then,  the  Independence  shales  are  more  nearly  related  to 
the  Eockford  beds  than  to  any  other  formation  in  Iowa.  The  species 
in  Group  I  seem  to  have  disappeared  with  the  ushering-in  of  condi- 
tions under  which  limestones  were  formed ;  they  maintained  themselves 
in  some  locality  which  has  not  been  discovered,  or  from  which  the  shaly 
deposits  have  been  entirely  swept  away,  and  returned  with  the  return 
of  conditions  favorable  to  their  existence  during  the  deposition  of  the 
Kockford  shales. 

The  intimate  relation  between  the  two  extremes  of  the  group  is  cer- 
tainly a  most  interesting  one,  and  can  but  strengthen  the  conclusion 
of  Dr.  White,  that  all  the  Devonian  strata  of  Iowa  belong  to  a  single 

epoch. 

Brachiopods  of  the  Independence  Shale. 

Strophodonta  variabilis,  n.  s. 

Shell  small,  very  variable,  thin,  orbicular  to  semi-oval  in  outline. 
Valves  in  some  instances  about  equally  convex,  in  other  cases,  notably 
in  young  specimens,  the  dorsal  valve  has  the  greater  convexity,  the 
ventral  being  flat  or  even  slightly  concave;  again  the  ventral  valve 
may  be  regularly  convex,  the  dorsal  being  concave,  or  the  dorsal  valve 
may  be  convex  near  the  back,  becoming  deeply  concave  toward  the 
front  margin. 

ningeline  straight;  cardinal  extremities  often  produced,  but  more 
frequently  rounded  in  adult  individuals.  Hinge-area  common  to  both 
valves,  narrow,  a  little  wider  on  the  ventral,  marked  by  a  few  strong 
vertical  strife  corresponding  to  the  deep  crenulations  of  the  hinge-line. 

Surface  marked  by  fine  nidiating  and  alternating  strije,  which  are 
strongly  curved  on  the  cardino-lateral  areas  and  increase  by  implanta- 
kiou.  Fascicles,  of  from  4  to  7  minute,  low,  rounded  striae,  occur  between 
each  pair  of  larger,  angular,  and  much  more  prominent  ones.  An  im- 
perfectly defined  mesial  fold  sometimes  seen  on  ventrjil  valve.  Stria) 
crossed  by  very  minute,  microscopic,  concentric  lines. 

Muscular  scars  of  ventral  valve  broad,  short,  and  sharply  defined  by 
an  elevated  ridge.  Cardinal  process  of  dorsal  valve  bifid,  the  diverging 
parts  slender,  emarginate  at  tip,  and  fitting  into  notches  in  area  of 
ventral  valve.  Entire  inner  surface  granulose.  Vascular  markings  ob- 
scure, except  near  the  margin. 


728  BULX.ETIN   UNITED   STATES   GEOLOGICAL   SUSYET. 

Length,  12 ;  widtb,  15 ;  thickness,  4  miHiineters.* 
Kdowh  only  from  the  Independence  shales. 

StBOPHODGNTA  gUADBATA,  n.  S. 

Shell  small,  concavo-convex,  quadrate  in  outline.  Cardinal  extremi- 
ties sometimes  abruptly  produced,  sometimes  rounded.  Ventral  valve 
very  convex,  flattened  on  the  umbo,  and  descending  abruptly  to  the 
lateral  and  front  margins.  Dorsal  valve  concave,  following^  closely  the 
curvature  of  the  other.  Hinge-area  common  to  both  valves,  wider  on 
ventral,  finely  striated.  Foramen  only  sufficiently  developed  to  receive 
the  extremities  of  the  bifid  cardinal  process.  Mascolar  scars  faintly 
impressed,  not  definitely  bounded. 

Surface  of  ventral  valve  ornamented  by  fine  radiating  strise.  From 3 
to  5  very  small  striae  are  implanted  between  pairs  of  more  prominent, 
but  very  slender,  filiform,  and  often  slightly  interrupted  ones.  A  broad, 
shallow,  mesial  sinus  sometimes  occupies  the  front  half  of  the  valve.  On 
dorsal  valve,  the  stride  are  subequal,  corresponding  to  the  finer  ones  of 
the  ventral. 

Length,  9;  width,  11;  convexity,  5  millimeters. 

Occurs  both  at  Indeiiendence  and  Rockford. 

Strophodonta  abcuata,  Hall. 

Strophodonia  arcuaia^  Hall,  Geology  of  Iowa,  lc^5rt,  vol.  i,  part  2,  p.  492,  plate  iii,  fig. 
1  Gj  5,  r,  and  2  a,  b. 

Very  common  in  the  Rockford  shales,  and  is  also  found  at  Independ- 
ence. 

Strophodonta  canace,  Hall  &  Whitfield. 

strophodonta  canace,  Hall  &   Whitfield,  2:kl  Ann.  Report  on  State  Cah.  of  New  York, 
p.23(),pl.  xi,flg8.  8-11. 

The  specimens  in  hand  present  some  differences  from  the  Bockford 
forms.  Other  specimens  from  Independence  show  more  exact  agree- 
ment. 

Stkopiiodonta  reversa.  Hall. 

^iropho<lonta  rvrersa,  Hall,  Geology  of  Iowa,  l^bS,  vol.  i,  part  2,  i).  41)4,  i>l.  iii,  fi^.  4  a,  d. 

From  Independence.    Also  found  at  llockford,  where  this  species  is 

very  abundant. 

Orthis  infera,  n.  s. 

Shell  wry  small,  orbicular  or  subellipticalj  valves  about  equally  con- 
vex. Ventral  valve  regularly  convex,  with  a  slight  indication  of  a 
mesial  fold;  beak  i)rominent,  erect  or  slightly  incurved  ;  hinge-line  short, 
length  about  equal  to  a  third  of  the  width  of  shell  near  the  middle; 
hiuire-area  narrow. 


*AU  the  diiiiensious  giveu  iu  this  paper  arc  taken  froiu  average-aized  Bpeciiiwos» 
unless  otherwiso  Htated. 


CALVIN    ON   DABR   8UALE   AND   ITS   FOSSILS.  729 

Dorsal  valve  convex,  with  a  fairly  defined  mesial  sinns  that  is  wide 
in  front  and  narrows  rapidly  toward  the  beak  ;  beak  only  a  little  less 
prominent  than  on  ventral  valve.  Sarface  of  both  valves  marked  by 
from  24  to  30  moderately  strong,  rounded  strisB  that  are  separated  by 
wide  farrows  and  maltiply  by  bifurcation  on  the  front  half  of  shell. 
Stria)  and  furrows  crossed  by  very  minute  microscopic  lines. 

Length,  6;  width,  7;  thickness,  3^  millimeters. 

Known  at  present  only  from  the  dark  shales  at  Independence. 

Obthis,  sp. ! 

The  sarface  is  marked  by  coarse,  angular  striae,  and  a  sharp  angular 
mesial  ridge  gives  the  valve  a  carinated  appearance.  From  the  Inde- 
pendence shale. 

Spibifeba  subumbona,  Hall. 

Spiri/era  subumhonaj  Hall,  Pal.  N.  Y.  vol.  iv,  p.  234,  i>l.  32,  figs.  22-30. 

The  specimens  under  consideration  agree  very  well  in  most  characters 
with  some  forms  of  Spiri/era  svbumbona,  but,  as  will  be  seen  from  the 
figures,  they  dilter  materially  in  size  and  in  the  width  of  the  hinge-area. 
Not  known  to  occur  in  Iowa  except  in  the  Independence  shales. 

ATBYPA  HYSTEIX,  Hall. 

Airypa  hystrix,  Hall,  Pal.  N.  Y.  vol.  iv,  p.  236,  pi.  53,  A,  figs.  15-17. 
J.  hystriXy  H.  Sl  W.,  23d  Annoal  Bept.  N.  Y.  State  Cabinet,  p.  21^. 
(See  note  at  bottom  of  p.  726  of  this  Balletin.) 

The  specimen  in  hand  was  collected  at  Independence. 

Atbypa  BETicuLABis,  Linn. 

Atrypa  reticularis  of  authors. 

The  specimens  collected  represent  the  prevailing  type  as  this  species 

occurs  in  the  lower  shale  at  Independence.    It  is  more  nearly  related  to 

Kockford  forms  than  to  the  forms  found  in  the  limestones  only  a  few 

feet  above. 

Ehynchonella  ambigua,  n.  s. 

Shell  large,  transversely  oval  or  elliptical ;  valves  moderately  gibbous, 
subequally  convex ;  mesial  fold  and  sinus  broad  and  well  developed  at 
the  anterior  margin  in  full-grown  shells,  becoming  obsolete  toward  the 
unibonal  region.  Length  and  width  in  about  the  ratio  of  3  to  4.  Ven- 
tral valve  regularly  arched  in  the  posterior  part;  the  middle  of  the 
anterior  half  of  the  valve  occupied  by  a  broad  sinus,  which  becomes 
deep  and  subangularly  margined  toward  the  front.  A  strong  fold,  ex- 
tending about  a  third  of  the  way  to  the  beak,  occupies  the  middle  of 
the  sinus  *  rudimentary  folds  appear  on  either  side  of  the  middle  in  the 
sinus  of  large  shells.  Beak  of  Vjpntral  valve  projecting  slightly  beyond 
the  other,  closely  incurved  and  appressed  so  as  to  show  neither  a^^Ai'^^x 


730     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

foramen  in  perfect  adult  shells.  Dorsal  valve  convex ;  greatest  coiivexitj 
near  the  umbo,  from  which  it  sloi)es  gradually  to  the  lateral  and  antero- 
lateral  margins.  Mesial  fold  confined  to  anterior  half,  broad  and  high 
in  front,  and  divided  in  the  middle  b^-  a  wide,  longitudinal,  subangnlar 
furrow ;  rudimentary  furrows  on  either  side  of  the  middle.  Both  valves 
with  three  or  four  plications  on  either  side  of  mesial  fold  and  sinns  io 
adult  shells;  plications  confined  to  antero-lateral  margins.  Postero- 
lateral margins  and  umboual  region  smooth.  Shell  thin,  translucent, 
scarcely  fibrous. 

Dimensions  of  a  large  specimen  are:  Length,  28;  width,  41;  thick- 
ness, 23  millimeters. 

Confined,  as  far  as  known,  to  the  dark  shales  at  Independence. 

Gypidula  munda,  n.  s. 

Shell  small,  subtrianguLir  to  broadly  ovate,  inequivalve;  ventral 
valve  convex,  curving  almost  regularly  from  beak  to  front  margin; 
beak  only  moderately  prominent,  obtuse,  slightly  incurved ;  an  indis* 
tinct  mesial  fold  near  the  front  margin.  Dorsal  valve  transverse  ellip- 
tical in  outline,  slightly  convex  near  the  beak,  sloping  at  first  somewhat 
abruptly  and  then  more  gradually  toward  the  card ino- lateral  margins; 
a  broad  sinus,  of  which  the  middle  is  occupied  by  a  single  low  fold,  is 
confined  to  the  anterior  margin.  A  few  indistinct  folds  occupy  the 
anterolateral  margins  of  both  valves;  surface  otherwise  smooth. 

Area  and  foramen'  ns  in  other  species  of  this  genus. 

Length,  8;  width,  10;  thickness,  G  millimeters. 

This  species  resembles  Oypidula  occidentalism  Hall,  from  which  it  may 
be  distinguished  by  its  smaller  size,  less  prominent  beak,  greater  pro- 
portionate width,  and  deeper  sinus.  The  young  G,  occidentalis  of  corre- 
sponding size  are  entirely  smooth,  and  show  no  trace  of  either  fold  or 
sinus.    They  differ  also  from  Q.  munda  in  form  and  general  proportions. 

From  the  dark  shale  at  lndei)endeuce.  The  species  is  unknown  from 
any  other  horizon. 

PlJODUCTUS  (PkODUCTKLLA)  DISSIMILIS,  Hall. 

Frofituiufi  dhuiniUin,  Hall,  (ieulo^ry  oi'  Iowa,  IHot,  vol.  i,  part  2,  p.  407,  plate  iii,  fig. 
7  a-c. 

This  species  is  abundant  at  Hockford,  and  is  among  the  most  common 
species  in  the  Independence  shales. 

rilODrCTUS  (PUODUCTKLLA)  Sp.  ? 

The  collections  from  the  Lower  Devonian  Shales  contain  a  few  speci- 
meusof  this  small  rroduciuH.  It  is  somewhat  related  to  1\  Sliuniardianwi^ 
Uall.    More  material  will  be  necessary  before  it  can  be  determine<l. 


ART.  XXXI -ON  THE  MINERALOGY  OF  NEVADA. 


By  W.  J.  Hoffman,  M.  D. 


This  report  is  based  i)rimarily  upon  tbe  collection  made  in  1871  while 
a  member  of  tbe  expedition  for  tlie  exploration  of  Nevada  and  Arizona.* 
Since  that  time  I  have  received  well-authenticated  species  from  vari- 
ous sources,  chiefly  in  Nevada;  and  those  which  have  not  come  under 
my  personal  observation  have  been  accredited  to  the  proi)er  authorities. 
The  original  collection  is  now  at  the  National  Museum,  excei>ting  in  a 
few  instances,  in  which  the  materials  were  consumed  in  making  the 
necessary  analyses.  The  only  interesting  feature  which  I  shall  mention 
here  is  the  occurrence  of  niangauiferons  compounds  in  a  belt  of  lime- 
stone, chiefly  traceable  from  Austin  south,  and  eastward  toward  Hot 
Spring  Caiion.  Most  of  the  compounds  containing  antimony  in  various 
forms  occur  chiefly  throughout  the  western  portion  of  the  State,  while 
in  the  eastern  portion  the  haloid  compounds  predominate.  Neither  of 
these,  however,  are  in  any  way  governed  by  the  occurrence  of  so-called 
"sulphuret  ores'',  as  these  are  distributed  pretty  generally. 

In  addition  to  the  above,  a  few  remsirks  upon,  and  a  list  of,  the  ther- 
mal and  mineral  springs  visited  are  added;  also  notice  of  some  of  the 
rarer  minerals  found  in  Owens  Valley,  California. 

I  embnice  this  opportunity  of  acknowledging  my  indebtedness  to  the 
following-named  gentlemen  for  information  and  specimens  which  I 
could  not  have  obtained  through  any  other  sources :  Mr.  Julius  Partz, 
superintendent  and  afterward  assayer  of  the  mines  in  Blind  Springs 
District,  California;  Mr.  Eichard  Stretch,  formerly  engineer  of  the  Vir- 
ginia City  Mines;  Mr.  Leon  and  the  Canfleld  Bros.,  Belmont;  the 
Messrs.  Ogden,  of  Morey ;  Thomas  Shaw,  Gold  Mountain  ;  and  Mr.  W. 
S.  Keys,  superintendent  of  the  Eureka  Consolidated  Mines.  Dr.  A.  B. 
Foote,  of  Philadelphia,  Pa.,  furnished  me  with  several  names,  to  which 
(when  not  on  my  list)  his  name  has  been  appended  as  authority.  In 
several  instances,  also,  I  have  quoted  from  Professor  Dana's  Manual  of 
Mineralogy  for  localities  unknown  to  me  personally.  The  localities 
cited  sire  those  in  which  the  specimens  named  occur  or  did  occur  in 
their  greatest  purity  or  finest  crystallizations. 

Agate,     See  Silica. 

Albitc.  In  rhyolite,  at  Eureka  and  at  Morey;  massive,  granular,  at  vari- 
ous points  in  Fish  Lake  Valley,  rarely  in  crystals.  Fine  crystals  in 
trachyte  on  the  Colorado  River. 

*  Now  knowu  as  Uuitetl  States  Geograpbicul  iSnrveys  West  of  lOUth  MeridvAxv. 


732  BULLETIN   UNITED   STATES   GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

Allefiiontite.  Locality  anknowu.  Also  reported  by  Dr.  Foote.  (Prl 
com.) 

Alum.    See  Kalinite. 

Alunogen.    At  Mount  Diablo,  associated  with  kalinite. 

Amethyst.    Ou  the  mesa,  near  the  mouth  of  Bio  Yirgen. 

Analdte.  In  small  crystals  in  the  La  Libertad  Mine,  San  Antonio  Dis- 
trict.   In  amygdaloid  in  the  Black  Gaiion,  Colorado  Biver. 

Anglesite.  Occurs  sparingly  in  Bailroad  District,  at  Hyko,  and  at 
Mineral  Hill.  Across  the  State  line  at  Partzwick,  CaL,  crystals  were 
obtained  measuring  .34  of  an  inch  across. 

Ankerite.    Occurs  southeast  of  Gamp  Halleck.    Locality  unknown. 

Sp.  gr.=  2.975. 
Composition : 

Carbonate  of  lime 51.14 

Carbonate  of  magnesia 23.48 

Carbonate  of  iron 18.75 

Carbonate  of  manganese 6.20 

Organic  matter 0.  43 

100.00 

Antimony.    See  Siihnite. 

Apatite.    In  small  crystals,  with  good  terminations,  at  Lone  Moantain. 

Aragonite.  Grystals  nearly  one  inch  in  length,  with  perfect  terminations, 
in  a  cave  one  mile  south  of  Mineral  Hill.  The  variety  known  as  Flo$ 
Ferri  occurs  in  small  quantities. 

Argentite.  In  small  quantities  in  Gope  and  Bull  Bun  Districts.  Spar- 
ingly at  Mineral  Hill  and  Hyko;  more  frequent  at  Palmetto. 

Arsenic,  Antimonial  arsenic^  17^  A  compound,  consisting  of  arsenic. 
90.82,  and  antimony,  9.18,  (=17  As  +  1  Sb),  occurs  in  the  Comstock 
lead  of  the  Ophir  Mine,  Washoe  Gounty,  **  Gal.''  (i.e.,  Nevada),  in  finely 
crystalline,  and  somewhat  radiated,  reniform  masses,  between  tin- 
white  and  iron-black  ou  a  fresh  fracture,  but  grayish  black  on  tar- 
nishing, iiuassociated  with  arsenolite,  calcite,  and  quartz.* 

ArsenoUte.  Opbir  Mine.  (Dana  and  Stretch.)  Sparingly,  iu  small 
quantities,  at  Belmont. 

Astrophylllte.    Bare,  iu  small  bexagonal  lamince,  at  Silver  Peak. 

Alunogen,  Xear  Mount  Diablo,  frequently  associated  and  mixed  with 
sulphur.  Dr.  Loew  mentions  this  as  occurring  thirty-five  miles 
northwest  of  Silver  Peak,  having  reference  undoubtedly  to  the  same 
locality. 

Azurite.  Occasionally  in  minute  crystals  at  Bull  Bun;  iu  thin  coatings 
and  seams  at  Ilyko  and  Gope  Dislrict ;  rather  more  frequent  at  San 
Antonio,  Montezuma,  and  Philadelphia  Districts.  In  beautiful  ciys- 
tals  at  Mineral  Ilill. 

Beryl.  Sparingly,  ten  miles  north -northwest  of  Silver  Peak.  Some  crys- 
tals have  been  obtained,  the  largest  measuring  .75  of  an  inch  across. 
Golor  dull  bluish-ash. 

•Dana's  Manual  of  Mineralogy,  New  York,  Idilb,  p.  l^. 


HOFFMAN   ON   TUB   MINERALOGY   OF   NEVADA.  733 

Biotite.  In  fiue  crystals  at  Silver  Peak ;  also  in  the  caiioa  aboat  ten 
miles  west  of  Palmetto. 

Borax.  In  moderately  sized  crystals  in  the  desert  south  of  San  An- 
tonio ;  Death  Valley. 

Bornite.    Sparingly  in  Galena  and  Eailroad  Districts. 

Borono-calcite,    Hot  Springs.    (Loew.) 

Bournontite.    Accompanies  silver-ores  at  Lone  Moantain. 

Bromid  of  silver.    See  Bromyrite. 

Calcite.  In  simple  and  modified  rhombohedra,  four  inches  in  length,  at 
Bull  Euu.  Smaller  crystals,  occasionally  scalenohedra,  at  Keese  Biver. 
At  Morey  acute  rhombohedra  occur  of  various  shades  of  pink,  often 
rose-colored,  where  they  are  frequently  associated  with  rhodocrosite. 
Two  analyses  show  great  variation  of  composition,  although  they  did 
not  exhibit  any  perceptible  difference  in  measurement  or  coloration. 
No.  1  was  taken  from  the  extreme  northeastern  portion  of  the  mine, 
and  No.  2  about  twenty  yards  southwest  of  that  locality. 

No.  1.  No.  2. 

Carbonic  acid 53.74  52.36 

MaDganous  oxide 3.87  4.97 

FerroQB  oxide trace  0.21 

Lime 42.28  41.42 

Silicic  acid —  0.97 

Loss 0.11  0.07 


100. 00      100. 00 

These  samples  contain  a  large  quantity  of  carbonate  of  manganese, 
but  the  calcite,  wherever  it  appears  in  the  region  between  Morey  and 
Austin,  contains  more  or  less,  frequently  so  much  so  as  to  present 
the  characteristic  tints;  these,  however,  may  to  some  extent  be  due 
to  the  presence  of  iron. 

One  mile  south  of  Mineral  Hill,  in  a  cave,  occur  the  following 
varieties : — 

a.  Ivarely,  small  flat  rhombohedra,  with  the  lateral  angles  removed, 
known  as  nail-bead  spar; 

h.  Small  scalene  dodecabedra  ; 

c.  Fine  aggregations  of  acute  rhombohedra;  and 

d.  Drusic  and  acicular  incrustations  and  clusters,  assuming  great 
varieties  of  form. 

Some  of  the  acicular  crystals  measured  nearly  three-fourths  of  an 
inch  in  length,  and  occurred  radiating  from  various  places  from  the 
roof  of  the  cave. 

Carbonate  of  copper.    See  Malachite. 

Carbonate  of  iron.    See  Siderite. 

Carbonate  of  lead.    See  Cerussite. 

Carbonate  of  lime.    See  Calcite. 

Carbonate  of  manganese.    See  Rhodocrosite. 


734  BULLETIN   UNITED   STATES   GEOLOGICAL   SUBVEY. 

Cassiterite,  The  only  locality  where  stream  tin  was  found  to  occur  is 
at  the  Tuscarora  placer  mines.  Small  crystals  are  occasionally  met 
with. 

Cerargyrite,  Frequently  met  with  in  the  Comstock  Mine;  rarely  at 
Moutezama ;  in  small  pale  brown  and  greenish-brown  crystals  at  San 
Antonio ;  in  fine  cinnamon-brown  crystals  at  Belmont,  Philadelphia 
Mine;  also  sparingly  at  Bull  Bun;  more  frequent  at  Pioche,  Beese 
liiver  District,  White  Pine  District,  and  at  Columbus. 

C€rus8ite.  In  drnsic  incrustations  on  galenite  at  Bull  Bun ;  massive,  of 
dirty-white  and  yellowish-gray  colors,  in  Pinto  District.  Occurs  in 
elongated  six-rayed  crystals  at  Hyko.  Associated  with  and  coating 
clusters  of  crystals  of  anglesite  at  Eureka. 

Cervantite,  Massive  and  in  minute  crystallized  coatings,  sparingly, 
with  stibnite,  west  of  Battle  Mountain. 

Chalcedony.    See  Silica. 

Chabazite.  In  small  but  fine  crystals  in  La  Libertad  Mine,  San  Antonio 
District.  Many  of  these  crystals  were  coated  with  smaller  crystals  of 
cerargyrite. 

CJuilcocite.  Common  at  Beese  Biver  District.  It  is  said  to  occur  with 
the  sulphuret  ores  throughout  the  State,  but  the  specimens  received 
from  various  contributors  were  not  labeled.  Professor  Dana  mentions 
it  as  occurring  in  Washoe,  Ilumboldt,  Churchill,  and  Nye  Counties.* 

Chalcopi/rite.  IVIassive  in  Galena  District ;  associated  with  pyrite  and 
galenite  in  Bailroad  District. 

Clinlcotrichite.  Sparingly  in  Galena  District,  with  the  ordinary  crystals 
of  cuprite,  of  which  it  is  a  variety. 

Chrysolite.  Specimens  said  to  be  from  this  State  in  Captain  Babbitt*s 
collection  at  Palisade ;  locality  unknown.  Dr.  A.  £.  Foote  informs 
me  likewise  of  its  occurrence  in  Nevada. 

Cinnabar.  Massive,  occasionally  in  minute  acicular  coatings,  at  Steam- 
boat Springs.    (Partz.) 

Citron  stone.    See  Silica. 

Coal.    See  Appendix  A. 

Copper,  Occurs  in  thin,  arborescent  leaves  or  sheets  at  Bull  Bun,  Bat- 
tle INIountaiu  District ;  sparingly  at  Eureka  and  Belmont.  More  fre- 
cjueut  at  Galena  District,  where  crystals  of  cuprite  have  been  obtained 
containing  minute  iilaments  of  native  copper. 

Corundum.  Impure  columnar  fragments,  sometimes  nearly  an  inch  in 
diameter,  at  Silver  Peak. 

Cuprite.  In  cubes,  sometimes  measuring  .5  of  an  inch  across,  having 
truncated  edges;  twin  crystals,  tabular,  at  Galena  District;  frequent 
occurrence  of  fibers  of  native  copper  protruding  from  one  or  more 
faces  of  a  crystal. 

Datolite.  In  small  crystals  at  Montezuma,  Silver  Peak,  and  Gold 
Mountain. 


"System  of  Mineralogy,  etc.,  J.  D.  Dana,  New  York,  1866,  p.  53. 


HOFFMAN   ON   THE   MINERALOGY   OF   NEVADA.  735 

Diallogite.  Occasionally  foaud  at  Morey,  where  it  accompanies  calcite 
and  rhodocrosite ;  rarely  at  Reese  River. 

Dolomite,  Is  found  in  various  portions  of  the  limestone  formations, 
although  sometimes  rarely  in  crystals.  The  variety  known  as  pearl 
spar  occurs  in  moderately  sized  crystals  twenty  miles  south  of  Eureka. 
A  ferriferous  variety,  usually  known  as  brown  spar,  occurs  in  the 
eastern  portion  of  the  State  (exact  locality  unknown).  This  was  sup- 
posed to  contain  a  large  percentage  of  chloride  of  silver,  the  finders 
arriving  at  this  conclusion  by  its  grayish-brown  color  alone.  Crystals 
occur  of  from  two  to  three  inches  in  length.  An  examination  of  one 
of  the  samples  resulted  as  follows : — 

G.  =  2.92. 

• 

Carbonate  of  lime ST*.  38 

Carbonate  of  magnesia 39. 90 

Carbonate  of  iron 3. 03 

Carbonate  of  manganese * l.iA 

99.95 

Another  variety  found  in  the  same  region  is  undoubtedly  ankerite 

IJmbolit4i.    In  small  quantities  at  Bull  Run,  Cope,  and  Eureka  Districts ; 

more  abundant  at  Mineral  Hill,  San  Antonio,  Belmont,  Montezuma, 

Palmetto,  and  Ilyko. 
Epidote.    Locality  unknown. 
FeUhpar.    See  Orthoclase. 
Flint    See  riliea. 
Fluorite.     In  small  green  crystals  in  the  While  Mountains,  near  the 

dividing  line  between  Nevada  and  California,  west  of  Columbus. 
Frieah'henite.    Belmont.     ( Loew.) 
Oalenite.    In  large  quantities  and  frequently  of  large  cubic  forms  in 

Galena  District;  in  cubes  and  dodecahedra  at  Reese  River;  a  crystal 

of  the  latter  variety  measured  over  two  inches  in  diameter.    Massive 

and  associated  in  moderate  quantities  with  silver-ores  in  nearly  all 

the  districts  to  a  greater  or  less  extent. 
The  following  varieties  arc  found  in  more  decided  quantities  in  the 

following-named  districts: — 

a.  Argentiferous :  rarely  at  Belmont  and  Hyko  ;  sparingly  at  Bull 
Run,  Mineral  IIill,  and  Silver  Peak ;  abundant  at  Battle  Mountain 
and  Galena  Districts.  An  exceedingly  rich  variety  occurs  sparingly 
four  miles  west  of  Gold  Mountain. 

b.  Auriferous:  sparingly  but  very  rich  at  Silver  Peak. 

Garnet,  Good  crystals,  but  very  small,  from  the  Black  Caiion,  Colorado 
River.  Impure,  fractured  crystals,  nearly  one  and  a  half  inches  in 
diameter,  occur. 

Oay-Lussite.    Sparingly  in  the  dry  soil  of  Fish  Spring  Valley. 


736  BULLETIN   UNITED   STATES   GEOLOGICAL   SUBVIIY. 

Gold.  Occars  granular,  lamiDated,  in  quartz,  and  sometimes  iu  toler- 
ably large  noilules  iu  the  placer  mines  at  Tuscarora.  Mnch  of  the 
larger  sized  are  porous  or  cellular ;  one  specimen  of  this  character, 
measuring  two  inches  iu  l«*ngth,  one  in  width,  and  over  half  au  inch 
in  thickness,  was  worth  but  $11.50.  The  outer  surface  was  worn 
smooth,  giving  it  the  appearance  of  a  solid  nugget. 

At  Silver  Peak,  in  quartz ;  sometimes  in  delicate  arborescent  forms, 
sometimes  resembling  frost-work  in  construction ;  also  occurs  in 
galenite  {q.  v.). 

At  Gold  Mountain  iu  metamori>hic  rocks.  Frequently  in  variously 
tinted  quartz.  One  fiber  was  found  to  run  clean  through  a  small 
nodule  of  malachite,  and  resembled  native  copper  in  its  filiform  variety. 
Five  miles  northwest  of  Gold  Mountain,  in  the  '^  State  Line  Ledge'', 
is  an  exposure  of  auriferous  quartz,  20  feet  thick  and  over  2,000  feet 
in  length,  running  northwest  and  southeast.  Mr.  Shaw,  of  Gold 
Mountain,  stated  that  an  analysis  gave  about  $20  per  ton  of  ore !  At 
the  same  time  he  was  one  of  a  party  of  three  who  were  contented, 
apparently,  in  working  "  ten-dollar  ore  ". 

The  total  absence  of  water  may  account  for  their  not  having  worked 
this  quartz. 

In  Green  Mountain  District,  at  the  head  of  Tule  Caiiou,  gold  was 
found  in  the  sand  in  large  coarse  grains. 

Gold  is  fouud  in  many  of  the  silver-ores  throughout  the  State,  in 
various  quantities,  but  seldom  sufficient  to  work  it  to  the  exclusion 
of  silver. 

Orapldte.    Ten  miles  northwest  of  Gold  Mountain. 

Gypsum.    See  Selenite. 

Halite.  In  small  crystals  in  the  desert  south  of  Columbus;  in  fine  tab 
ular  crystals  and  cubes  in  the  salt  marsh  near  Silver  Peak  ;  in  large 
cubes,  crusts,  and  efiiorescences  in  Death  Valley ;  as  an  efflorescence 
on  the  banks  of  Kio  Yirgen,  Black  Caiion,  Colorado  liiver,  and  in  Dia- 
mond Creek  on  the  Arizona  side  of  the  Colorado.  In  large  masses 
and  cubes  at  Ilyko;  abundant  at  Salt  Mountain,  near  Rio  Virgen,  in 
the  southern  part  of  the  State. 

Ilalotrichite.     Locality  unknown. 

Hematite.  Ocberoiis  and  porous  at  Lone  ^lountain.  Sparingly  at  Bull 
itun  and  Morey.  Occurs  iu  Virgin  Canon,  (3olorado  Kiver,  frequently 
associated  with  small  quantities  of  the  carbonates  of  copper.  Eight- 
een miles  southeast  of  Silver  Peak  in  occasional  croppings. 

Hornhlemle.  Found  in  small  crystals  at  Gold  Mountain.  In  rbyolite 
at  Carlin,  Eureka,  and  near  Morey.  Ten  miles  west  of  Mount  Magru- 
der  in  line  crystals. 

Hubnerite.  In  fine  columnar  masses  from  the  White  Mountains.  Aus- 
tin. 

Iodide  of  silver.    See  lodyrite. 


HOFFMAN   ON   THE   MINERALOOY   OF   NEVADA.  737 

lodyrite.  In  minate  cubes,  coating  qaartz  and  argentite,  A:om  Beese 
Eiver  District ;  sparingly  at  San  Antonio ;  White  Pine. 

Jamesonite,    Humboldt  County.    (Dana.) 

Jasper.    See  Silica. 

Kalinite,  Massive  and  columnar,  sometimes  crystallized,  at  Mount 
Diablo.  Specimens  frequently  contain  small  quantities  of  sulphur, 
through  liquid  infiltration. 

Kermesite.  Was  reported  from  Eureka,  which  is  undoubtedly  an  error. 
It  was  found  very  sparingly  in  Blind  Spring  District,  California,  just 
across  the  line  from  Columbus,  during  the  earlier  stage  of  develop- 
ment of  the  mines. 

Edstelife.  Is  an  auriferous  silver,  of  a  silver-white  color,  somewhat 
darker  than  native  silver  on  a  fresh  surface.  Contains  silver,  lead, 
and  gold,  the  first  much  predominating.  From  the  Ophir  Mine, 
according  to  Dana.*    Occurs  in  bean-shaped  grains. 

Lead  {Arsenate  of).    See  Mimetite. 

Lead  [Carbonate  of).    See  Cerussite. 

Lead  (Molybdate  of).    See  Wulfenite. 

Lead  [Phosphate  of).    See  Pyromorphite. 

Lead  [Sulphate  of).    See  Anglesite. 

Lead  [Sulphuret  of).    See  Oalenite. 

Limonite.    Lone  Mountain.    Is  also  found  in  many  of  the  silver-mines. 

Magnetite.  In  considerable  quantities  in  Eailroad  District;  also  at 
Morey. 

Malachite.  Massive ;  incrustations  and  mammillary  concretions  in  Cop- 
per Canon,  Galena  District.  Sparingly  at  San  Antonio,  Montezuma, 
and  Belmont ;  more  abundant  at  Mineral  Hill. 

Manganite.  In  small  crystals,  filling  cavities  in  the  limestone  at  Morey 
Mines. 

Massicot.    Galena.     (Loew.) 

Menaccanite.  In  propylite  at  and  near  Carlin  ;  Eureka ;  Morey ;  Bel- 
mont. 

Mica  [Common).    See  Muscovite. 

Mica  [Br oxen).    See  Phlogopite. 

Mimetite.    Sparingly  at  Eureka. 

Minium.  Specimens  exhibited  to  me  as  from  Eureka  were  undoubtedly 
obtained,  originally,  at  Blind  Spring  District  (Rockingham  Mine), 
California.  Attempts  at  deception  are  frequently  made  for  the  pur- 
pose of  making  sales  of  specimens  from,  so-called  new  localities. 
Found  at  Pioche.    (Loew.) 

Mispiclel.    At  Morey,  very  rarely. 

Moss  agats.    See  Silica. 

Muscovite.  Found  in  small  pieces  at  Carlin  and  Tuscarora.  In  fine 
laminae  at  Silver  Peak ;  at  Eureka,  Morey,  and  at  Belmont  in  rhyolite. 
Also  in  the  Black  Canon  on  the  Colorado  River. 

*  Manual  of  Mineralogy,  New  York,  166&,  v^* 

Bull.  iv.  No.  3 13 


738  BULLETIN    UNITED   STATES   GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY. 

Mysorin.  Very  spariogly  in  the  La  Libertad  Mine  at  San  Antonio.  The 
quantity  of  material  at  hand  for  thorongh  determination  was  scarcely 
sufficient.  The  analysis,  however,  nearly  corresponds  with  composi- 
tion as  given  by  Thompson  (quoted  by  Dana,  p.  715) ;  likewise  the 
absence  of  water.  Differs  from  malachite  in  color  and  hardness, 
being  more  of  reddish  or  brownish  green,  and  somewhat  soften  In 
taking  the  general  imperfect  result,  it  is  safe  to  say  that  it  approaches 
mysorin  nearer  than  any  other  known  compound. 

X'atroliie.    Locality  unknown.* 

Nitre.    Silver  Peak.    (Dana.) 

Obsidian.    See  Silica. 

Orlhoclase.  In  fine  blue  and  flesh-colored  crystal  in  Fish  Lake  Valley; 
also  at  Piilmetto  and  Gold  Mountain.  In  small  crystals  in  the  Black 
Gallon. 

Phlogopite.  In  the  mountains  between  Silver  Peak  and  Alida  District, 
near  the  trail.  Small  specimens  were  obtained  south  of  the  mining 
camp  at  Montezuma. 

Folyhasite.    Eeese  River  District  and  at  Morey. 

Pailoinelane.    At  Austin,  and  in  less  quantity  at  Morey. 

Promtite.    lleese  River  District.    Sparingly  at  Morey. 

Pyrargyrite.    Massive,  and  in  small  crystals  at  Austin. 

Pyrite,  In  cubes  with  tetrahedryte  in  Galena  District,  in  quartz,  with 
galenite  at  Cope,  Belmont,  and  Morey. 

Pyrolusite.  Gccurs  with  other. manganese  ores  at  Reese  Kiver  Mines 
and  at  Morey. 

Pyromorphite.  Found  sparingly  in  Bull  Run,  Railroad,  and  Gold  Mount- 
ain Districts. 

Quartz.    See  Silica. 

Ehodocrosite.  Massive  and  crystallized  at  Morey;  less  common  at 
Austin. 

Salt.    See  Halite. 

Sanidin.  Occurs  in  rbyolite  from  Carlin  southward  to  Eureka ;  at  Bill 
Williams^s  Mountain,  Arizona,  it  occurs  in  beautiful,  moderately  sized 
crystals  in  trachyte. 

Scheelite.  Sparingly,  with  hiibnerite,  in  the  White  Mountains ;  has 
also  been  observed  in  minute  crystals  from  Austin. 

Scoleoitc.    Locality  unknown  (Foote,  MS.).    Story  County  (Dana). 

Selenite.  Small  crystals  in  clusters  and  aggregations  at  Mineral  Hill, 
Eureka,  Montezuma,  and  San  Antonio.  Sparingly,  in  crystals  half 
an  inch  in  length,  at  Belmont.  Fine  large  crystals  from  Death  Valley, 
especially  that  portion  near  the  Old  Spanish  Trail. 

Sclensul2)hur.  Occurs  sparingly  at  Mount  Diablo.  A  specimen  of  kali- 
nite  half  an  inch  through  was  coated  with  a  semi-crystalline  layer  of 
sulphur  on  one  side,  and  with  a  layer  of  dark  orange  colored  selen- 
sulphur  on  the  other. 

"*  Dr.  A.  E.  Foote^  iu  a  x>nvato  commuDication. 


HOFFMAN   ON   THE   MINERALOGY   OF   NEVADA.  739 

Serpentine.    Eight  miles  west  of  Palmetto  Cauon ;  also  in  Darwin  Canon. 

ISiderite.    At   Ball    Kun,  in    small    crystals.    Poor   specimens    were 
obtained  in  the  White  Mountains. 

Silica,    a.  Crystallized,  at  Tnscarora,  where  it  frequently  occurs  in 
geodes,  at  San  Antonio  and  Belmont.    Crystals  with  double  termina- 
tions at  Gold  Mountain.    Small  green  crystals  at  Beese  Kiver,  San 
Antonio. 
h.  Rose  quartz^  at  Tuscarora,  Morey,  Carlin,  and  Silver  Peak. 

c.  Citron  stone^  at  Tuscarora,  Gold  Mountain,  and  in  Palmetto 
Canon. 

d.  Agate^  abundant  at  Tuscarora,  San  Antonio,  in  Fish  Spring  Val- 
ley, and  on  the  mesa  west  of  the  mouth  of  Bio  Virgen. 

e.  Chalcedony^  at  Tnscarora,  San  Antonio,  Eureka,  and  Yirgen  Biver 
mesa. 

/.  Amethyst^  in  small  crystals,  in  geodes,  at  Tnscarora. 

g,  Opalj  in  magnificent  colors,  with  silicified  wood.  In  breaking 
some  of  the  large  trunks  at  San  Antonio,  fine  specimens  were 
obtained ;  occurs  also  at  Tnscarora. 

h.  CarneliaUj  in  pebbles  and  lumps  (averaging  about  the  size  of  a 
common  walnut),  of  all  shades,  from  a  pure  white  to  dark  reddish- 
brown,  on  the  Yirgen  Biver  mesa. 

I.  Onyxy  occasionally  found  in  the  same  locality. 

j.  Sardonyx,  same  as  the  last. 

k.  Aventurine  quartz^  found  on  the  mountain-slope  east  of  Fish 
Spring  Valley. 

L  Milky  quartz,  on  the  Virgen  Biver  mesa,  though  very  seldom. 

7H.  Prase,  on  the  mountains  near  Silver  Peak  mining-camp,  rarely. 

n.  Silicified  wood,  at  Tnscarora.    Very  fine  at  San  Antonio. 

0.  Jasper,  at  Deep  Spring  Valley,  near  Silver  Peak,  and  along  the 
western  border  of  the  Virgen  Biver  mesa ;  usually  of  dull  yellow 
or  ri  d  colors.  Better  specimens  at  Gold  Mountain.  Abundant  on 
the  desert  east  of  Lone  Mountain. 

p.  Flint  (hornstone),  in  the  limestone  south  of  Eureka ;  also  east  of 
Lone  Mountain. 

(/.  Obsidian,  in  fine  pieces  and  very  abundant  ten  miles  southeast 
of  Silver  Peak.    Across  the  State  line  (five  miles),  in  Owens  Valley^ 
it  occurs  in  red  fragments,  also  banded  with  alternate  layers  of 
black  and  brown. 
Silver.    Tn  small  foliated  masses  at  Bull  Bun  ;  Eureka ;  at  Belmont  it 
sometimes  occurs  in  fine  reticulated  forms.    In  delicate  fibers  in 
Galena  District. 
Silicified  wood.    See  Sili<;a. 
Stembergite.    Beese  Biver.    (Loew.) 
Stephanife.    In  small  crystals  at  Beese  Biver  and  at  Belmont.    Occurs 

also  in  other  regions. 
Stetifeldtite.    Sparingly  at  Mineral  Hill,  Hyko,  and  Eureka 


740  BULLETIN    U:;iTED   STATES   GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY. 

Stromeyeriie,    Occurs  in  various  districts.    Fine  but  small  specimeDS 

from  Comstock  Lode  and  Belmont;  also  at  Cope,  Lone  Monntain, 

Mineral  Hill,  Sau  Antonio,  Eureka,  and  Palmetto. 
Sternherghite.    In  small  but  fine  crystals  at  Reese  Kiver. 
Sulphur.    In  small  crystals  at  Carlin.    In  lari^^e  quantities,  massive  and 

crystallized,  at  Mount  Diablo,  between  thirty  and  forty  miles  northwest 

of  Silver  Peak. 
Talc.    Several  small  specimens  were  obtained  at  Reese  Kiver. 
Tetraliedrite.    Locality  unknown.    (Foote.) 
Thenardite.    Occurs  as  an  acicular  efflorescence  on  dry  mud  and  halite, 

in  Death  Valley,  ten  miles  south  of  Furnace  Creek  Canon. 
Tourmaline.    In  small  greenish-brown  crystals  at  Morey. 
Trona.    Death  Valley,  Churchill  County.* 
Turquois.    Occurs  in  the  mountains  five  miles  north  of  Columbas.    The 

specimens  are  nearly  all  of  a  pale  blue  color,  although  some  finely 

tinted  ones  have  been  obtained. 
Uxeliie.    Locality  unknown.     (Foote.) 
Water.    See  Appendix  B. 
Wavellite.    Occurs  on  slate  near  Belmont. 

Wolframite.    Found  in  the  White  Mountains,  associated  with  hUbnerite. 
Wulfenite.    Occurs  in  fine  tabular  crystals  at  Eureka. 
Zincazurite.     Found  sparingly  in  Railroad  District. 

In  the  above  list  I  have  omitted  those  compounds  occarring  all  over 
the  State  in  greater  or  less  abundance,  such  as  pumice^  scoriaj  Inra. 
etc.,  they  being  deemed  unnecessary,  and  not  essentially  of  value  in  a 
simple  list  of  minerals. 


APPENDIX  A. 

COAL. 

Unfortunately  but  little  information  can  be  given  regarding  the  sub- 
ject of  coal  and  lignite.  About  ten  miles  southwest  of  Carlin  I  observed 
a  narrow  seam  of  lignite.  This  was  the  only  representative  encountered. 
What  remarks  are  added  below  are  derived  chiefly  from  a  papert  sent 
to  the  Institute  of  Mining  Engineers  by  Mr.  A.  J.  Brown,  of  Treasure 
City.  1  was  also  informed  at  Battle  ^Mountain  that  ten  or  twelve  miles 
east  ot*  that  place  coal  of  good  quality  was  being  worked.  I  have  been 
unable  to  obtain  specimens  from  the  various  mines  in  time  for  this 
pa[)er,  but  hope  ere  long  to  be  able  to  submit  a  series  of  analyses  illus- 
trating the  value  of  each  specimen  and  an  average  result  of  those  sets 
of  the  respective  mines. 

Mr.  Brown  says,  in   allusion  to  the  Pancake  coal,  that  "  it  is  rather 

*  Dana,  Manual  of*  ^liuoralogy,  ItG*^,  p.  70(*. 

t  Quoted  in  Mineral  Resources  West  of  the  Kocky  Mouutains,  R.  W.  Raymond,  1375. 
Pj).  2(j^,  ti()'j. 


HOFFMAN   ON   THE   MINERALOGY   OF   NEVADA.  741 

early  yet  to  make  any  estimate  of  the  future  value  of  the  discovery,  but 
it  is  certainly  the  most  promising  vein  of  coal  yet  discovered  in  the 
State  of  Nevada,  and  I  believe  the  first  true  coal  found  west  of  the 
Eocky  Mountains,  or  perhaps  west  of  the  Missouri  Elver,  unless  some 
of  the  Utah  coals  belong  to  the  coal-measures  of  Carboniferous  age.  .  .  . 
About  midway  between  White  Pine  and  Pancake  two  or  three  mounds, 
which  are  identical,  both  lithologically  and  paleontologically,  with  the 
limestone  of  Treasure  mil,  crop  through  the  Quaternary  formation  of 
the  valley,  and  still  further  west  are  found  dark  bituminous  shales 
identical  with  those  found  along  the  east  slope  of  Treasure  Hill  and 
under  the  towns  of  Hamilton  and  Eberhardt.  Some  four  miles  still 
further  west,  and  belonging  to  a  much  higher  geological  horizon,  we 
find  the  coal  formation."  This  gentleman  further  says  that  fossils  have 
been  found — vegetable.  A  few  Sigillaria  have  been  collected  on  the 
surface  in  the  immediate  vicinity.  No  analyses  are  given  in  the  report, 
and  nothing  can  be  said  regarding  the  actual  value  of  the  discovery. 
The  coal  above  referred  to  is  found  in  a  vein  of  from  five  to  six  feet  in 
thickness,  though  distorted  and  broken,  running  north  and  south,  '*and 
dips  quite  steeply  (40°)  to  the  west.  .  .  .  Several  experiments  at 
coking  on  a  small  scale  have  been  tried,  and  have  resulted  satisfactorily." 

Mr.  Eaymond  says  that  during  the  year  1874  the  mine  was  worked  to 
a  depth  of  480  feet,  measured  on  the  incline,  the  Eureka  Consolidated 
Company  buying  the  coal  at  the  rate  of  from  $12  to  $20  per  ton  on  the 
dump. 

The  Momomoke  and  Antelope  Ranges  have  since  been  examined,  but, 
as  far  as  I  have  been  able  to  learn,  with  but  little  success. 

At  many  of  the  smelting  works,  the  reduction  of  silver  ores  wa^ 
accomplished  by  the  use  of  charcoal.  The  scarcity  of  wood  in  some 
regions  has  caused  some  uneasiness  of  late,  and  coal  must  either  be 
brought  from  outside  sources  at  great  expense  or  developed  within  the 
State,  if  it  can  be  discovered  in  sufficient  quantity  and  of  necessary 
quality. 


APPENDIX  B. 

WATER. 

In  giving  the  following  list  of  springs,  both  mineral  and  thermal,  the 
qualitative  results  only  are  stated.  In  nearly  all  instances  there  was 
more  or  less  organic  matter  present — from  local  causes — so  that  at  the 
end  of  six  or  eight  months,  when  the  vessels  were  ox>ened,  the  presence 
of  sulphureted  and  carbureted  hydrogen  gases  proved  that  material 
changes  had  been  wrought,  sufficiently  at  least  that  no  analyses  would 
show  what  the  sample  was  when  collected.  The  mineral  ingredients  in 
some  were  unimpaired,  as  they  were  comparatively  the  same  as  when 
collected. 


742  BULLETIN   UNITED   STATES   GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY. 

In  a  recent  namber  of  the  Naturalist,  a  list  of  thermoiDetric  experi- 
ments is  given  of  a  number  of  springs  in  the  vicinity  of  Silver  Peak, 
by  a  gentleman*  who  visited  the  locality  at  the  same  time  my  observa- 
tions were  made.  These  springs  are  located  chiefly  in  the  western  bor- 
der of  a  large  salt  marsh.  They  run  irregularly  north  and  soath,  and 
.  none  of  them  are  of  large  extent,  ranging  from  several  feet  to  a  few 
''yards  in  diameter. 

The  first  of  these  springs  was  originally  of  larger  size  than  it  is  now; 
owing  to  a  long-continued  dei)Osit  of  saline  matter  around  the  border, 
a  crust  was  formed,  which  has  gradually  narrowed  the  opening  to  a 
diameter  of  not  more  than  five  feet.  How  far  the  water  recedes  under 
this  formation  is  not  known.  The  chief  constituents  of  the  water  are 
borax  and  several  compounds  of  soda.  It  is  also  strongly  impregnated 
with  and  emits  sulphureted  hydrogen  gas. 

No.  2  is  also  rather  saline  and  unfit  for  use.  It  is  situated  about 
twenty  yards  from  No.  1,  and  measures  about  18  feet  in  diameter. 

Oh9crvation9  taken  July  7,  1671. 

6.30  a.  m.  7.35  a.  m. 

/  iDryhulh 62.40  73,70 

Temperature  of..)  ^^^ {  Wet  bulb —  70. 8° 

(  Water 67.5^  69.0° 

No.  3  is  also  saline  and  nearly  closed  over  with  incrustations. 
Temperature 79^ 

No.  4,  four  feet  distant  from  the  last  named,  and  about  one  hundred 
paces  from  No.  2. 

Temperature IIT^ 

No.  5,  about  ten  or  twelve  paces  from  No.  6,  very  strongly  impreg- 
nated with  sodium  chlorid. 

Temperature llCo^ 

No.  G,  saline;  the  examination  was  made  late  in  the  day,  which  ac- 
counts for  the  difference  in  the  temperature  of  the  air,  as  given  below. 

Temperature  of  water 79.(P 

Temperature  of  air 66.i]o 

No.  7  was  the  last  upon  which  I  took  notes,  and  was  also  the  most 
northern  visited  by  me.    Frequently  emitted  steam. 

Temperature  of  water 117.8o 

Lieutenant  Lyle  mentions  several  others,  chiefly  saline,  of  which  the 
temperatures  were  respectively  79^,  II7.S0,  and  II6.50.  I  am  inclined 
to  believL"  that  the  last  named  is  No.  5  of  my  list. 

About  forty  miles  east  of  Silver  Peak  and  six  or  seven  miles  north- 
northeast  of  Montezuma  we  encamped  near  several  springs  located  at 
the  base  of  Mount  Nagle,  or  rather  the  northern  spur  of  the  mountain. 
;     No.  1  contained  scarcely  any  saline  matter,  but  was  strongly  impreg- 
nated, and  emitted  a  great  deal  of  sulphureted  hydrogen  gas. 

*  D.  A.  I.yle,  U.  S.  Army.     <Am.  Nat.  vol.  xii,  No.  1, 1C78,  pp.  18-27.     {L  c) 


HOFFMAN   ON   THE   MINERALOGY   OF   NEVADA.  743 

No.  2,  a  few  paces  farther  west;  the  water  contained  sulphate  of  soda 
in  considerable  abundance. 

No.  3.  Besides  these  three  named,  there  were  other  small  pools  highly 
impregnated  with  chlorid  of  sodium.  In  all,  these  springs  afforded  but 
little  comfort  to  thirsty  travelers. 

Two  miles  south  of  Gold  Mountain,  at  Pigeon  Springs,  the  water  is 
rather  scanty,  but  what  exists  is  highly  charged  with  the  compounds 
of  soda. 

I  was  informed  that  east  of  this  range,  in  the  head  of  Death  Valley, 
there  was  a  spring  the  waters  of  which  consist  of  nearly  a  saturated 
solution  of  alum.  Although  the  information  was  derived  from  a  miner 
of  more  than  ordinary  education,  the  statement  can  scarcely  be  relied 
upon,  until  samples  of  the  water  have  been  submitted  to  systematic 
analysis. 

Near  the  greatest  depression  of  Death  Valley,*  observations  were  taken 
on  August  24,  1871,  fmm  10.30  a.m.  until  7.30  p.m.  At  this  locality, 
we  found  a  spring  of  palatable  water,  about  eight  feet  across,  and  over 
twenty  in  length,  around  the  borders  of  which  was  a  fair  growth  of  tall 
reeds,  or  tule-grass. 

8p.  gr.  of  water  at  60o,  ]  .008. 

Temperature  of  water  at  3  i).m.,  80.7^. 

Temperature  of  air  at  3  p.m.,  117o, 

The  thermometers  were  susj^ended  from  the  dead  biaiichi's  of  a  rues- 
quitebush,  clear  of  all  materials  having  any  local  cfiect  upon  the  instru- 
ments; and  at  some  distance  double  blankets  were  suspended  between 
the  upright  saplings  to  avoid  the  direct  rays  of  the  sun. 

In  the  eastern  portion  of  Armagoza  Desert,  at  the  base  of  a  range  of 
low  bills,  is  a  tine,  strong  spring  of  pure  water.  The  locality  is  known 
as  Ash  Meadows,  and  the  springs  are  called  Grapevine  Springs. 

Sp.  gr.  of  water  at  CO©,  1.003. 

Temperature  of  water,  81.Co.t 

A  spring  situated  at  the  base  of  the  hills  running  along  the  western 
edge  of  Diamond  Valley  is  of  doubtful  character  regarding  the  tem- 
perature. Lieutenant  Wheeler,  who  was  with  me  at  the  time,  considered 
it  safe  to  estimate  it  at  150^.J 

Deep  Spring  Valley  furnishes  a  number  of  springs  of  various  tempe- 
ratures and  qualities  of  water.  The  following  were  the  only  ones  which 
I  had  an  opportunity  of  passing. 

The  first  was  a  sulphur  spring,  and  was  covered  to  great  extent  with 
a  dense  growth  of  grass  and  weeds. 

Temperature  of  water,  65.5'^ ;  air,  82.5^. 

Later  in  the  day  I  passed  a  good-sized  body  of  water,  very  alkaline, 
and  scarcely  fit  to  be  used  for  cooking  purposes.    The  spring  or  pond 

•  East  from  TelescoiMJ  Peak  \P  14''  N.,  and  diBtant  from  15  to  18  miles. 
t  (^aoted  from  author's  MS.  by  Mr.  G.  K.  Gilbert.     <  U.  S.  Geolog.  and  Geograph. 
Sur.  West  of  lOOtli  Meridian,  vol.  iii,  1875,  p.  152. 
t  Ibidem, 


744  BULLETIN   L^NTTED   STATES   GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY. 

was  about  one  handred  and  twenty  yards  ]ong  and  twenty-five  yards 
broad. 

Temperatare  of  water,  77.Co ;  air,  78.60^. 

A  sbort  distance  from  this  was  another  body  of  water,  very  clear,  and 
free  from  foreign  sabstances.  It  was  nearly  round,  with  an  average 
diameter  of  nearly  one  hundre<l  yards. 

Temperature  of  water,  74^ ;  air,  78^. 

There  were  numbers  of  springs  visited  which  would  have  been  ex- 
amined en  detail  but  for  the  lack  of  necessary  vessels  for  the  traosportft- 
tion  of  samples.  As  before  stated,  some  that  were  brought  back  for 
thorough  analysis  contained  suflBcient  organic  matter  originally  so  as 
to  be  in  a  worthless  condition  when  opened  for  any  such  purpose.  In 
others  there  was  an  accumulation  of  gas,  either  carbureted  hydrogen 
or  sulphureted  hydrogen,  from  the  decomposition  of  foreign  matter  held 
in  suspension.  In  only  a  few  instances  were  the  samples  fit  for  a  qoali- 
tative  analysis.  There  should  always  be  sufficient  chemicals  and  appli- 
ances on  hand  in  the  field,  so  as  to  obtain  some  idea  of  the  nature  of  the 
constituents  present,  and  to  submit  duplicates  to  critical  examination,  if 
possible,  at  the  earliest  convenient  time  and  place. 


APPENDIX  C. 

NOTE    ON    THE    BARER    MINERALS   FOUND  IN  OWENS  VALLEY,    CALI- 
FORNIA. 

Blind  Spring  District,  located  in  the  upper  end  of  Owens  Yalley, 
furnished  some  beautiful  examples  of  crystallized  compounds,  until  tiie 
mines  reach  a  depth  of  over  200  feet,  when  water-level  was  reached.  Be- 
neath this,  the  "  heavy  sulpburet  ores''  occur,  where  the  volatile  com- 
pounds, or  those  containing  iodine,  bromine,  chlorine,  antimony,  or 
arsenic,  are  rarely  found.  The  latter  occur  above,  where,  through  vari- 
ous physical  causes,  compounds  containing  one  or  more  of  these  elements 
are  formed.  Good  crystals  of  most  minerals  are  scarce  throughout  the 
extreme  West  as  a  rule ;  but  at  times  tine  examples  occur,  though  not  in 
abundance,  excepting  in  a  few  instances. 

1.  Angelsite, — Crystals  half  an  inch  in  length  and  a  quarter  of  an 
incli  thick  have  been  secured  in  small  quantities. 

2.  Argent ite. — Small  specimens  of  great  purity. 

.'5.  Azurite. — In  line  masses  and  clusters  of  crystals. 

4.  Cenofsite, — In  small  but  brilliant  crystals. 

5.  Cuprite. — In  cubes  0.4  of  an  inch  across.    Brilliant  and  perfect 
0.  Malachite, — In  small  but  beautiful  masses. 

7.  Mimeiitc. — Sparingly,  with  other  compounds  of  lead. 

8.  Minium. — Karer  than  the  last-named. 

0.  Partzite. — Rather  abundant  shortly  after  the  opening  of  the  mineBi 


HOFFMAN   ON   THE   MINERALOGY   OF   NEVADA.  745 

Tbe  ore  yielded  from  $500  to  $1,500  silver  per  ton.    Choice  specimens 
yielded  eveu  more 

Another  compouua  was  found  associated  with  partzite,  which  the 
miners  distinguislied  under  the  local  name  of  blsmarckite.  There  was 
not  much  that  could  be  secured,  and  shortly  after  my  return  several 
specimens  were  sent  to  Professor  Chandler,  of  Columbia  College,  N.  T., 
for  determination.  No  satisfactory  results  were  obtained  of  the  small 
quantity.  The  mineral,  according  to  Mr.  Partz,  acted  differently  from 
partzite  in  the  furnace.  It  was  not  as  hard  as  the  latter,  rather  granu- 
lar at  times,  sometimes  of  a  yellowish  color ;  frequently  there  were 
bands  of  yellow  and  dark  greenish-black.  In  appearance  it  looked  as  if 
it  were  a  mechanical  mixture  of  embolile  and  partzite. 

10.  Pjfromarphite. — In  small  but  fine  crystallizations,  passing  through 
various  shades  of  green,  through  pale  brown,  into  dark  olive. 

11.  Siderite. — Very  fine  crystals  ;  perfect. 

12.  Sphalerite. — Mr.  Partz  informs  me  that  beautiful  crystals  of  various 
shadesof  pale  greenish-yellow,  light,  and  dark  brown  colors  have  recently 
been  found  in  the  Comanche  Mine,  Blind  Spring  District  He  has  found 
in  massive  varieties  as  much  as  92,100  silver  per  ton. 

13.  Stetefeldtite. — In  small  quantities,  but  making  fine  cabinet  speci- 
mens. 

14.  Stromeyerite. — Occasionally,  in  moderately  sized  specimens. 

15.  atrantianite.^This  has  been  recently  found  in  small  quantities, 
well  crystallized,  at  the  mines  at  Cerro  Grordo,  in  the  southeastern  por- 
tion of  Owens  Valley,  near  the  Nevada  State  line. 

At  or  near  the  same  place,  arsenolite  has  been  found  in  small  quanti- 
ties, having  observed  it  myself.  The  presence  of  this  mineral  in  that 
range  gives  some  color  to  the  prospectors'  tale  of  a  spring  of  poisonous 
water  further  south.  I  have  been  told  repeatedly,  by  various  parties, 
that  dead  jackass-rabbits  and  other  small  game  have  been  found  near 
there  in  all  stages  of  decomposition,  or  ^^ dried  up".  Such  is  possible, 
as  decomposition  of  the  mineral  may  furnish  soluble  salts  of  arsenic, 
even  in  small  quantities,  which  in  time  may  become  very  strong  through 
concentration  by  the  evaporation  of  the  water. 


ART.  XXXII -THE  FOSSIL  INSECTS  OF  THE  GREEN  RIVER 

SHALES. 


Bt  Samuel  H.  Sguddeb,  CAMBBiDas,  Mass. 


The  following  descriptions  are  published  to  afford  some  notion  of  the 
nature  and  extent  of  the  insect  remains  fonnd  in  the  immediate  vicinity 
of  Green  Eiver  Station  on  the  Union  Pacific  Eailroad  in  Wyoming. 
Illustrations  of  all  of  them  have  been  prepared  for  a  general  work  on 
the  Tertiary  insects  of  North  America,  to  be  published  by  this  Survey. 

With  a  very  few  exceptions,  the  specimens  were  found  in  a  restricted 
basin,  about  six  kilometres  west  of  the  town,  exposed  by  a  railway  cut- 
ting called  the  "Petrified  Fish  Cut'',from  the  vast  number  offish  remains 
discovered  here  in  building  the  road.  The  insects  were  obtained  in  the 
first  instance  by  Dr.  Hayden,  who  brought  home  a  few  specimens  only;; 
next,  Mr.  F.  G.  A.  Eichardson  placed  in  my  hands  a  considerable  col* 
lection  ;*  and  last  summer  my  untiring  friend  Mr.  F.  G.  Bowditch  and 
myself  spent  several  days  working  the  shales. 

The  mass  of  the  specimens  from  this  locality  are  irrecognizable,  and 
those  to  the  nature  of  which  some  clue  can  be  obtained  are  generally 
fragmentary ;  wingless  and  often  legless  trunks  are  very  common,  and 
lead  to  the  suggestion  that  the  specimens  had  undergone  long  macera> 
tion  in  somewhat  turbulent  waters  before  final  deposition.  The  zoolo- 
gical nature  of  the  fauna  will  be  fully  considered  at  another  time,  and  it 
need  only  be  remarked  now  that  one  cannot  avoid  noticing  the  tropical 
aspect  of  the  recognizable  forms.  More  than  eighty  species  are  here 
enumerated.  One  or  two  only  can  be  (doubtfully)  referred  to  species 
described  from  the  White  Biver  beds,t  referred  by  Lesquereux  to  the 
same  horizon. 

I  must  here  express  my  indebtedness  to  Mr.  G.  D.  Smith  of  Cam- 
bridge, who,  with  great  liberality,  has  enabled  me  at  all  times  to  use 
his  rich  collections  of  Coleopteraj  which  chance  to  be  specially  valuable 
for  my  purpose  from  the  intercalation  of  Mexican  forms  in  the  North 
American  series. 

HYMENOPTERA. 

FORMICID^. 

Lasius  terreus. — ^A  single  specimen  (No.  14692)  obtained  by  Dr.  Hay- 
den at  the  ^'  Petrified  Fish  Gut",  Green  Kiver  (alluded  to  in  his  Sun  Pic- 
tures of  Rocky  Mountain  Scenery,  p.  98),  is  probably  to  be  referred  to  this 

•  See  American  Naturalist,  vi,  665-668 ;  BQlletin  of  this  Survey,  ii,  No.  1,  77-87. 
t  See  BaUetin  of  this  Sarvey,  iU,  No.  4,  741-762. 

Bull.  iv.  iTo.  4 1  ^« 


748     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SUBYEY. 

gen  OS,  but  is  in  rather  a  poor  state  of  preservation.  The  head  is  small 
and  rounded,  with  antennae  shaped  as  in  LaisiuSj  but  of  which  the  num- 
ber and  relative  length  of  the  joints  cannot  be  determined,  from  their 
obscurity ;  the  long  basal  joint,  however,  appears  to  be  comparatively 
short  and  uniform  in  size,  being  not  quite  so  long  as  the  width  of  the 
head,  while  the  rest  of  the  antennae  is  more  than  half  as  long  as  the  basal 
joint,  and  thickens  very  slightly  toward  the  apex.  The  thorax,  pre- 
served so  as  to  show  more  of  a  dorsal  than  a  lateral  view,  is  compact, 
oval,  less  than  twice  as  long  as  broad,  with  no  deep  separation  visible 
between  the  meso-  and  metathorax,  tapering  a  little  posteriorly.  Tlie 
peduncle,  as  preserved,  is  a  minute,  circular  joint,  but^rom  its  discolo- 
ration appears  to  have  had  a  regular,  rounded,  posterior  eminence.  The 
abdomen  consists  of  five  joints,  is  very  short-oval,  very  compact  and 
regular,  and  of  about  the  size  of  the  thorax,  although  rounder.  The 
legs  are  long  and  slender,  the  femora  of  equal  size  throughout,  and  all 
the  pairs  similar.  There  is  no  sign  of  wings,  and  the  specimen  is  prob- 
ably a  neuter. 

Length  of  body  7.6™°,  of  head  1.4""°,  of  thorax  3.2  °»,  of  abdomen 
2.9™°;  breadth  of  head  1.1"",  of  thorax  1.9"",  of  abdomen  2.2"";  diam- 
eter of  peduncle  0.65"";  length  of  first  joint  of  antennae  1"",  of  rest  of 

antennae  1.65"^  (f). 

MYEMICID^. 

Myrmica  sp. — ^A  species  of  this  family  was  found  by  Mr.  Bichardson 
(No.  53),  but  a  specific  name  is  withheld  in  the  hope  of  finding  better 
material  on  which  to  base  it.  The  head  is  rather  small,  circular ;  the 
thorax  very  regularly  ovate  and  nearly  twice  as  long  as  broad;  the 
peduncle  small,  and  composed  of  two  adjoining  circular  masses,  the 
hinder  slightly  the  larger ;  the  abdomen  is  much  broken,  but  evidently 
.larger  than  the  thorax  and  pretty  plump  ;  no  appendages  are  preserved. 

Length  of  body  3.3"";  diameter  of  head  0.4"";  length  of  thorax  1.2""; 
width  of  same  0.75"";  length  of  peduncle  0.25"";  diameter  of  anterior 
joint  of  same  0.1"";  width  of  abdomen  0.85"",  its  probable  length  1.8"". 

BEACONID^. 

Bracon  laminarum. — A  single  specimen  and  its  reverse  (No^  4196,4197) 
show  a  body  without  wings  or  other  appendages.  The  head  is  quad- 
rate, broader  than  long,  and  nearly  as  broad  as  the  thorax.  The  thorax 
is  snbquadrate,  either  extremity  rounded,  about  half  as  long  again  as 
broad,  the  sides  nearly  parallel,  and  the  surface,  like  that  of  the  head, 
minutely  granulated  ;  abdomen  fusiform,  very  regular,  in  the  middle 
as  broad  as  the  thorax,  as  long  as  the  head  and  thorax  together,  taper- 
ing apically  to  a  point,  and  composed  apparently  of  six  segments. 

Length  of  body  2.8"",  of  head  0.6"",  of  thorax  0.85"",  of  abdomen 
1.35""-;  breadth  of  head  1.1"" ,  of  thorax  1.2. 


SCUDDEB  ON  FOSSIL  INSECTS,  749 

OHALCIDIDiB. 

Decatoma  antiqua. — On  the  same  stone  (ISo.  4076)  ^s  Lystra  Bichard- 
8oni,  bat  at  a  slightly  higher  level,  is  a  minute  Chalcid  fly.  The  wings 
are  wanting,  bat  the  whole  of  the  body  is  preserved,  together  with  the 
antennsB.  The  head  is  large,  arched,  and  otherwise  well  roanded,  the 
face  tapering  below,  the  eyes  large,  deep,  with  their  inner  borders  nearly 
parallel,  leaving  an  eqaal  front ;  the  base  of  tbe  antennsB  cannot  be 
made  out,  but  beyond  the  long  basal  joint  are  six  nearly  equal  quadrate 
joints,  increasing  very  slightly  indeed  in  size  away  from  the  head, 
scarcely  so  long  as  broad,  the  apical  joint  subconical,  scarcely  longer 
than  the  penultimate.  Thorax  compact,  globose,  minutely  granulated, 
like  the  head ;  the  abdomen  also  compact,  arched,  the  tip  rounded; 
beyond  it,  the  ovipositor  extends  very  slightly,  apparently  by  pressure. 

On  a  stone  collected  by  Mr.  Richardson  (No.  86)  is  pretty  certainly 
another  specimen  of  this  species,  in  which  the  abdomen  is  distorted  by 
pressure ;  the  abdomen  shows  this  by  the  rapture  of  the  integament, 
and  the  result  is  an  apparently  slenderer  abdomen ;  it  is  also  a  female, 
with  exactly  the  same  parts  preserved,  with  the  addition  of  the  other 
antenna;  but  both  antennae  are  more  obscure  than  in  the  other  specimen, 
especially  at  the  apex ;  they  appear,  however,  to  enlarge  more  rapidly,  and 
may  be  clavate  at  the  tip,  in  which  case  the  insect  cannot  be  the  same. 

Length  of  body  (of  No.  4076)  l.So""",  of  abdomen  0.95°"°,  of  antennae 
beyond  basal  joint  0.4°*'°;  width  of  penultimate  antennal  joint  0.045' 


kiDin 


DIPTERA. 

CHIRONOMIDiB. 

Chironomm  sp. — A  minute  specimen  (No.  141),  apparently  of  this 

family,  was  taken  by  Mr.  Richardson.    Unfortunately,  it  has  no  wings, 

and  little  can  be  said  of  it,  more  than  to  record  its  occurrence;  it  is  S"*™ 

long,  has  large  eyes,  a  stout  thorax,  and  altogether  resembles  a  Chirono- 

tnus;  it  is,  however,  distinct  from  any  found  by  Mr.  Denton  in  the  White 

River  shales. 

TIPULID^. 

Dicranmnyia  primitiva  Scudd. — A  single  wingless  male  (No.  16),  taken 
by  Mr.  Richardson,  can  be  referred  doubtfully  to  this  species,  originally 
described  from  White  River. 

About  fifteen  other  specimens  of  Tipulidce  were  collected  by  Mr. 
Richardson,  Mr.  Bowditch,  and  myself  at  the  same  spot,  but,  unfor- 
tunately, not  one  of  them  presents  the  vestige  of  a  wing,  and  seldom 
anything  more  than  the  body ;  probably  some  of  them  also  belong  to  the 
above-named  species;  others  may  with  more  doubt  be  referred  to  D. 
siigmosa  ^Gxx(iA,\  but  all  are  valueless  for  any  precise  determination, 
and,  indeed,  may  not  belong  to  Dioranomyiadkt  all. 


750  BULLETIN  UNITED   STATES   GEOLOGIOAL  SUBVET. 

MYOETOPHILID^. 

Diadocidiaf  terricola. — This  species  is  foanded  apon  a  single  wing 
(No.  125)  found  by  Mr.  Eichardson,  differing  to  snca  a  degree  from  Dta- 
docidia  that  I  only  place  it  here  because  the  only  other  reasonable  coarse 
would  be  to  refer  it  to  a  new  genus,  which  would  necessarily  be  con- 
jectural, from  the  imperfection  of  the  fragment.  If  a  transverse  vein 
exists  in  the  middle  of  the  wing,  it  must  unite  the  fourth  longitudinal 
vein  with  the  second,  and  not,  as  in  Diadocidia^  with  the  third.  The 
wing  itself  is  shaped  much  as  in  Diadocidia^  and,  at  least  near  its  costal 
border,  is  covered  with  fine  hairs  arranged  in  rows  parallel  to  the  coarse 
of  the  neighboring  veins;  one  of  these  rows  in  the  costal  cell  is  so 
distinct  as  to  appear  like  a  vein  parallel  to  and  lying  within  the  auxi- 
liary vein.  The  auxiliary  vein  terminates  in  the  costal  margin  fsxr 
beyond  the  middle  of  the  wing,  a  feature  apparently  nnknown  in  Myce- 
tophilidce;  the  first  longitudinal  vein  terminates  only  a  little  farther 
beyond,  and,  as  in  Diadocidiaf  there  is  no  transverse  vein  connecting 
them ;  the  second  longitudinal  vein  terminates  a  little  above  the  apex 
of  the  wing,  curving  downward  at  its  extremity  and  apparently  sur- 
passed a  little  by  the  marginal  vein;  the  third  longitudinal  vein  origi- 
nates from  the  second  at  only  a  short  distance  before  the  middle  of  the 
wing,  and  soon  forks,  or  at  about  the  middle  of  the  wing;  the  fourth 
longitudinal  vein  is  perhaps  connected  with  the  second  at  the  point 
where  it  parts  with  the  first  bj'^  a  cross  vein  perpendicular  to  the  costal 
margin ;  at  least,  it  is  elbowed  at  this  point,  its  basal  portion  running, 
parallel  to  the  costal  margin,  to  the  fifth  longitudinal  vein,  which, 
beyond  this  point,  has  a  gently  sinuous  course,  and  diverges  rather 
strongly  from  the  fourth  ;  the  sixth  vein  cannot  be  traced,  although  the 
axillary  field  is  broad,  very  much  as  in  Diadocidia^  and  the  inner  margin 
distinct. 

Probable  length  of  wing  3.6""";  its  breadth  1.45"". 

Sackenia  sp. — No.  7  of  Mr.  Richardson's  collection  represents  a  species 
of  Mycetophilidw  apparently  belonging  to  this  genus,  so  far  as  can  be 
determined.  It  closely  resembles  Sackeniu  arcuata  Scudd.  from  the 
White  River  shales,  but  differs  from  it  in  its  smaller  size  and  in  possess- 
ing a  proportionally  larger  and  more  arched  thorax ;  the  legs  also  appear 
to  be  shorter.  Besides  the  body  and  (indistinctly)  the  antennae  and  legs, 
only  the  upper  portion  of  the  wings  remain,  consisting  of  the  costal 
margin  and  first  and  second  longitudinal  veins,  with  the  cross  vein 
uniting  them ;  these  wholly  agree  with  the  same  features  in  S.  arcu- 
ata,  excepting  *hat  the  second  longitudinal  vein  terminates  a  little 
higher  up. 

Length  of  body  3.75"",  of  wings  2.9* 


imm 


Tbree  other  species  of  Mycetophilidoi  occur  among  the  specimens  col- 
lected by  Mr.  Bowditch  and  myself,  but  they  are  indeterminable  from 
their  fragmentary  condition.    One  of  them,  No.  4134,  has  indeed  the 


SCUDDEB  ON  FOSSIL  INSECTS.  751 

remnant  of  a  wing,  bnt  the  portion  of  tbe  venation  preserved  is  only  suf- 
ficiently characteristic  to  enable  us  to  judge  that  it  belongs  in  this  family. 
The  thorax  is  strongly  arched,  and  the  full  and  tapering  abdomen  indi* 
cates  a  female ;  the  head  is  gone ;  the  thorax  and  abdomen  are  3.5"^ 
long,  and  the  wing  probably  3*"  long. 

Another  of  them,  T^o.  4114,  has  a  portion  of  the  base  of  a  wing,  in 
which  the  forking  of  the  fifth  and  sixth  longitudinal  veins  is  very  close 
to  the  base,  as  in  SacJcenia,  but  nothing  more  can  be  said  concerning 
it ;  the  thorax  is  very  globular  and  the  abdomen  short. 

Length  of  thorax  and  abdomen  3.65'°"'. 

The  third  species  is  represented  by  two  specimens  on  one  stone  (No. 
4205)  which  came  from  the  buttes  opposite  Green  Biver  Station,  and  is 
the  only  fly  which  had  the  slightest  value  found  in  four  days'  search. 
One  of  the  specimens  is  a  pupa  and  the  other  an  imago,  apparently  of 
the  same  species  and  distinct  from  either  of  the  preceding,  with  a  longer 
thorax  and  slenderer  abdomen,  provided  with  large  ovate  anal  lobes. 

Length  of  thorax  and  abdomen  5"". 

ASILID^. 

Stenocinclis  (<TTevcJc,  xiyxkiq)^  nov.  gen. 

This  genus  of  AsilidcB  is  founded  wholly  upon  characters  drawn  from 
the  neuration  of  the  wing,  the  only  portion  of  the  insect  preserved.  It 
falls  into  the  group  of  Dasypogoninaj  in  which  the  second  longitudinal 
vein  terminates  in  the  margin  apart  from  the  first  longitudinal  vein, 
instead  of  uniting  with  it  just  before  the  margin.  It  is  not  very  far 
removed  from  Diocttia^  but  differs  from  it  and  from  all  Asilidcc  I  have 
examined  in  that  the  third  longitudinal  vein  arises  from  the  first  before 
the  middle  of  the  wing,  instead  of  from  the  second  longitudinal  vein 
after  its  emission  from  the  first ;  the  first  longitudinal  vein  has  there- 
fore two  inferior  shoots,  giving  the  wing  a  very  peculiar  aspect,  and 
ciiusing  it  to  differ  radically  from  all  other  Asilidce  ;  indeed,  it  would  be 
hard  to  know  where  to  look  for  a  similar  feature  among  allied  Diptera, 
unless  it  be  in  the  anomalous  group  of  Cyrtidw.  The  wing  is  very  slen- 
der, and  all  the  cells  unusually  elongated,  which  also  gives  it  a  unique 
appearance. 

Stenocinclis  anomala. — This  species  is  represented  by  a  single  frag^ 
ment  of  a  wing  (No.  4143),  which  I  found  in  the  Green  Eiver  shales. 
Nearly  all  the  neuration  is  preserved;  but  the  posterior  margin  is 
absent,  and  the  length  of  the  cells  which  border  upon  it  cannot  be 
accurately  determined.  The  insect  was  evidently  small,  with  a  long  and 
slender  wing.  The  auxiliary  vein  terminates  slightly  beyond  the  mid- 
dle of  the  costal  margin  ;  the  first  longitudinal  vein  runs  up  toward  tbe 
margin  where  the  auxiliary  vein  terminates,  and  follows  along  next  the 
edge  far  toward  the  tip,  as  usual  in  this  group;  the  second  longitudinal 
vein  originates  from  the  first  a  little  way  before  the  middle  of  the  win^^^ 


752     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SUEVEY. 

and  with  an  exceedingly  geutle  einaous  curve,  turuiog  upward  apically, 
termiuates  a  little  way  beyoud  the  first  lougitudinal  vein ;  the  third 
longitudinal  vein  originates  from  the  first  as  far  before  the  origin  of  the 
second  longitudinal  vein  as  the  distance  apart  of  the  tips  of  the  first 
and  second  longitudinal  veins,  and  running  at  first  parallel  and  almost 
as  close  to  it  as  the  first  lougitudinal  vein  to  the  apical  half  of  the  costal 
margin,  but  distinctly  separate  throughout,  it  diverges  slightly  from  it 
at  the  middle  of  tbe  wing  and  terminates  at  the  lower  part  of  the  apex 
of  the  wing,  curviug  downward  more  strongly  toward  the  margin  ;  at 
the  middle  of  the  divergent  part  of  its  course,  which  is  very  regular,  it 
emits  abruptly  a  superior  branch,  which  afterward  curves  outward  and 
runs  in  a  very  slightly  sinuous  course  to  the  margin,  curving  upward  as 
it  approaches  it.  The  fourth  longitudinal  vein  is  seen  to  start  from  the 
root  of  the  wing,  and  runs  in  a  straight  course  until  it  reaches  a  point 
just  below  theorigin  of  the  second  longitudinal  vein,  where  it  is  connected 
with  the  vein  below  by  the  anterior  basal  transverse  vein,  and  then 
bends  a  little  downward,  ruuniug  nearly  parallel  to  the  third  longitudinal 
vein,  but  eoutinuiug  in  a  straighter  course,  terminates  on  the  margin 
at  nearly  the  same  point ;  these  two  veins  are  connected  by  the  small 
transverse  vein  midway  between  the  anterior  basal  transverse  vein  and 
the  forking  of  the  third  longitudinal  vein  ]  tbe  fourth  longitudinal  veiu 
is  connected  by  the  posterior  transverse  vein  (which  is  scarcely  as  loug 
as  the  small  transverse  vein)  with  the  upper  apical  branch  of  tbe  fifth 
longitudinal  vein  just  beyond  its  forking,  or  opposite  the  forking  of  the 
third  longitudiual  vein ;  the  fifth  longitudinal  vein  forks  previously  to 
this,  emitting  a  branch  barely  before  the  point  where  the  anterior  basal 
transverse  vein  strikes  it,  so  that  the  branch  almost  appears  to  be  a 
continuation  of  the  transverse  vein ;  and  previous  to  this  it  ban  a  dis- 
tinct angle,  where  another  vein  is  thrown  off  at  right  angles,  directly 
opposite  the  upper  extremity  of  the  anterior  basal  transverse  veiu,  and 
beyond  the  origin  of  the  third  longitudinal  vein  ^  the  basal  half  only  of 
the  sixth  longitudinal  vein  can  be  seen,  but  its  direction  shows  that  it 
unites  with  thelowest  branch  of  the  fifth  at  its  apex,  as  in  Daaaipogon, 
All  the  cells  throughout  the  wing  are  exceedingly  narrow. 
Length  of  wing  6.75*"°*  j  probable  breadth  1.6' 


tmm 


SYRPHID^. 

Milesia  quadrata. — A  specimen  (No.  14G91)  in  a  fine  state  of  preserva- 
tion, although  not  perfect,  and  with  most  of  tbe  neuration  of  the  wing 
concealed  under  bard  fiakes  of  stone  which  cannot  be  whollj'  removed, 
was  found  by  Dr.  Hayden  at  the  **  Petrified  Fish  Cut'',  Green  River.  It 
is  the  larger  fly  alluded  to  in  Dr.  Hayden's  Sun  Pictures  of  Kocky 
Mountain  ISceuery,  p.  98.  The  head  and  thorax  are  black,  the  bead 
large,  nearly  as  broad  as  the  thorax,  the  eyes  large,  globose,  as  broad 
as  the  summit  of  the  head  between  them,  the  front  very  large,  promi- 
nent, half  as  broad  as  the  head,  and  half  as  long  as  broad.    Thorax 


SCUDDEB   ON   F0S8IL   INSECTS.  753 

globose,  a  little  longer  than  broad,  largest  in  the  middle.  Wings  surpass- 
ing slightly  the  abdomen  ;  the  third  longitudinal  vein  originates  from 
the  second  in  the  middle  of  the  wing,  is  very  gently  arcaate  (the  con- 
vexity backward)  in  its  oater  half,  and  appears  to  terminate  just  above 
the  tip  of  the  wing ;  the  fourth  longitudinal  vein  is  united  by  an  oblique 
cross-vein  to  the  third  very  near  the  origin  of  the  latter,  and  the  spuri- 
ous longitudinal  vein  cannot  be  made  out,  from  poor  preservation  ;  the 
marginal  vein  between  these  two  appears  to  be  very  simple,  the  fourth 
longitudinal  vein  bending  downward  at  its  tip  to  meet  it.  The  abdomen 
is  as  broad  as  the  thorax,  fully  as  long  as  the  rest  of  the  body,  broad- 
ovate,  tapering  slightly  at  the  base  and  rapidly  beyond  the  middle, 
broadest  at  the  second  segment ;  the  first  segment  is  longest,  and  half 
as  long  as  broad,  the  second  and  third  slightly  shorter,  the  fourth  still 
shorter,  and  the  fifth  minute ;  the  abdomen  is  light-colored,  probably 
yellow  iu  life,  and  the  first  three  segments  are  rather  narrowly  margined 
posteriorly  with  black  ;  the  first  segment  is  also  similarly  margined  iu 
front,  and  besides  has  a  median  black  stripe  of  similar  width,  which 
divides  the  segments  into  equal  lateral  quadrate  halves, — whence  the 
specific  name ;  the  whole  abdomen  is  rather  profusely  covered  with  very 
brief,  black,  microscopic  hairs,  which  are  thickest  in  the  black  bands 
bordering  the  segments,  and  next  the  hind  edge  of  the  fourth  and  fifth 
segments,  producing  a  dusky  posterior  margin,  similar  to  but  narrower 
than  the  dark  belts  of  the  preceding  segments,  and  of  course  very 
inconspicuous. 

Length  of  body  18™",  of  head  2.85°»™,  of  thorax  5.65™",  of  abdomen 
9.6°»°»  5  breadth  of  front  2.4°»",  of  head  4.5°*™,  of  thorax  G™™,  of  abdomen 
gmm.  probable  length  of  wing  14.5™™;  length  of  hairs  on  abdomen 
0.04™™ ;  width  of  dark  abdominal  bands  0.5™™. 

Cheilosia  ampla. — This  species  is  primarily  founded  on  a  single  si>eci- 
men  (No.  4112)  which  Mr.  Bowditch  and  I  found  in  the  Richardson 
shales  at  Green  River,  and  which  preserves  nearly  all  parts  of  the 
insect.  There  is  also  a  specimen  with  its  reverse  (Nos.  4135,  4141) 
which  we  obtained  at  the  same  place,  and  another  (No.  40)  which 
Mr.  Richardson  sent  me  from  these  beds,  agreeing  with  the  first- 
mentioned  specimen,  but  a  little  larger.  As  only  the  bodies  are  pre- 
served, they  are  temporarily  placed  in  this  connection,  until  other 
material  is  at  hand,  while  the  species  is  described  wholly  from  the 
more  perfect  individual.  This  has  a  body  more  nearly  of  the  shape  of 
an  Orthoneura,  the  abdomen  being  broader  and  stouter  than  is  usual 
in  Cheilosia;  but  the  wings  are  much  longer  than  in  the  species  of 
OrtJioiieura  I  have  seen,  and  both  the  shape  of  the  wing  and  its  neura- 
tion  agree  well  with  Cheilosia.  The  head  is  round  and  moderately  large, 
the  thorax  stout  and  rounded  ovate,  the  scutellum  large,  semilunar, 
twice  as  broad  as  long;  all  these  parts  are  dark  brown.  The  wings 
are  very  long  and  narrow,  extending  much  beyond  the  tip  of  the  abdo- 
men, the  costal  edge  very  straight  until  shortly  before  the  tip,  where  it 


754  BULLETIN  UNITED   STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

curves  rapidly;  all  the  veins  are  very  straight,  especially  those  of  the 
upper  half  of  the  wing ;  the  auxiliary  vein  terminates  in  the  middle  of 
the  costal  border,  the  first  longitudinal  at  the  extremity  of  the  straight 
part  of  the  costa,  beyond  the  middle  of  the  outer  half  of  the  wing,  the 
third  at  the  tip  of  the  wing,  and  the  second  midway  between  the  first 
and  third ;  the  third  is  united  to  the  fourth  by  a  straight  cross-vein  in 
the  middle  of  the  wing,  directly  beneath  the  tip  of  the  auxiliary  vein, 
and  about  its  own  length  beyond  the  extremity  of  the  long  second  basal 
cell ;  the  extremity  of  the  third  basal  cell  is  very  oblique  and  reaches 
the  tip  of  the  lower  branch  of  the  fifth  longitudinal  vein ;  the  marginal 
vein,  uniting  the  third  and  fourth  veins,  strikes  the  former  just  before 
the  tip,  while  ihat  uniting  the  fourth  and  fifth,  toward  which  the  fourth 
bends  to  receive  it,  is  removed  further  from  the  margin  by  about  half 
the  width  of  the  first  posterior  cell.  The  legs  are  slender,  scantily 
clothed  with  short,  fine  hairs.  The  abdomen  is  broad,  oblong  ovate, 
fully  as  broad  as  the  thorax,  broadly  rounded  at  the  apex,  no  longer 
than  the  rest  of  the  body,  of  a  light  color,  with  darker  incisures,  and 
scantily  covered  with  delicate  hairs ;  it  is  composed  of  five  segments,  of 
which  the  second,  third,  and  fourth  are  of  equal  length,  the  first  shorter 
and  suddenly  contracted,  the  apical  minute. 

Length  of  body  7"" ;  diameter  of  head  1.35""  j  length  of  thorax  2.5""; 
breadth  of  same  2"" ;  length  of  abdomen  3.5"" ;  breadth  of  same  2.2""; 
length  of  wing  6.4"";  breadth  of  same  1.8"";  length  of  hind  femora 
1.25"",  of  hind  tibiae  1.25"",  of  hind  tarsi  1.25"". 

Cheilosia  sp. — Two  specimens  (Nos.  4113,  4150)  of  a  smaller  species 
of  SyrphidcBj  preserving  the  bodies,  agree  so  completely  with  the  last- 
mentioned  species,  excepting  in  their  much  smaller  size,  that  they  are 
referred  to  the  same  genus ;  but  as  the  wings  are  almost  entirely  lost, 
the  reference  is  only  made  to  indicate  the  approximate  place  of  the  spe- 
cies, which  need  not  be  described  until  better  material  is  at  hand.  The 
length  of  the  body  is  4.25"". 

Syrphus  sp. — A  foi\rth  species  of  this  family,  and  second  only  to  the 
Milesia  in  size,  is  represented  by  two  specimens,  reverse  and  obverse 
(Nos.  4110,4132),  which  are  too  imperfect  for  description,  only  the  body 
being  preserved ;  the  form  and  size  of  this  agree  best  with  the  genus 
Syrphus.    The  length  of  the  body  is  10' 


imm 


MYOPID-^. 

PoUomyia  (-o/jo?,  /wiu),  nov.  gen. 


This  genus  of  Myopidce,  mosi  nearly  allied  to  Myopa^  appears  in  the 
neuration  of  the  wings  to  resemble  closely  some  genera  of  Syrphida^ 
especially  Xylota  and  Milesia^  but  it  altogether  lacks  the  spurious  longi- 
tudinal vein,  and  the  third,  fourth,  and  fifth  longitudinal  veins  are  not 
united  at  their  extremities  by  marginal  veins;  indeed,  they  run,  with- 
out swerving,  and  subparallel  to  one  another,  to  the  margin.    In  this 


SCUDDEB  ON  FOSSIL  INSECTS.  755 

respect;  the  genas  differs  also  from  other  Myopidce,  as  it  does  also  in  the 
extreme  length  of  the  third  basal  cell,  which  is  as  long  as  in  Syrphidoe* 
In  these  points  of  neuration,  it  would  seem  to  agree  better  with  the 
PipunculidcBj  which  family,  however,  is  entirely  composed  of  very  small 
flies,  so  that  it  seems  better  with  onr  imperfect  knowledge  of  the  fossil 
to  refer  it  to  the  Myopidce.  The  body  resembles  that  of  Syrphus  in  gen- 
eral form.  The  wings  are  as  long  as  the  body,  and  slender,  with  very 
straight  veins;  the  auxiliary  and  first  to  foarth  longitudinal  veins  are 
almost  perfectly  straight,  the  third  originating  from  the  second  longitudi- 
nal vein  at  some  distance  before  the  middle  of  the  wing ;  the  auxiliary  vein 
terminates  beyond  the  middle  of  the  costal  margin ;  directly  beneath  its 
extremity  is  the  small  transverse  vein,  and  about  midway  between  the 
latter  and  the  margin  the  large  transverse  vein  uniting  the  fourth  and 
fifth  veins ;  the  extremity  of  the  second  basal  cell  is  further  from  the 
base  than  the  origin  of  the  third  longitudinal  vein,  and  the  third  basal 
cell  reaches  very  acutely  almost  to  the  margin  of  the  wing. 

Foliomyia  recta. — ^The  single  specimen  (So.  14696)  referable  to  this 
species  was  obtained  by  Dr.  Hayden  at  the  ^^  Petrified  Fish  Gut'',  and 
represents  a  dorsal  view  of  the  insect  with  the  wings  partly  overlapping 
on  the  back.  It  is  the  smaller  fly  referred  to  in  Dr.  Hayden's  Sun  Pic- 
tures of  Eocky  Mountain  Scenery,  p.  98.  The  head  is  broken  ;  the  tho- 
rax is  stout,  rounded-ovate,  and  blackish ;  the  scutellum  large,  semi- 
lunar, and  nearly  twice  as  broad  as  long,  with  long  black  bristles  along 
either  lateral  edge  and  along  the  sides  of  the  thorax  posteriorly.  The 
wings  are  long  and  narrow ;  the  auxiliary  vein  runs  into  the  margin 
just  beyond  the  middle  of  the  wing ;  the  first  longitudinal  vein  runs  into 
the  margin  at  about  two-thirds  the  distance  from  the  tip  of  the  auxiliary 
vein  to  that  of  the  second  longitudinal  vein,  and  scarcely  turns  upward 
even  at  the  tip ;  the  straight  second  and  third  longitudinal  veins  diverge 
from  each  other  at  the  extreme  tip  after  running  almost  parallel  through* 
out  the  length  of  the  latter,  which  originates  from  the  second  some  dis- 
tance before  the  middle  of  the  wing  ]  the  small  tranverse  vein  between 
the  third  and  fourth  longitudinal  veins  lies  just  beyond  the  middle  of 
the  wing  and  perpendicular  to  the  costal  border,  while  the  large  trans- 
verse vein  between  the  fourth  and  fifth  longitudinal  veins  is  perpen- 
dicular to  the  latter,  and  renders  the  discal  and  second  posterior  cells 
of  about  equal  length.  The  abdomen  is  apparently  lighter-colored  than 
the  thorax,  regularly  obovate,  as  broad  as  the  thorax,  and  longer  than 
it,  its  terminal  (fifth)  segment  small,  the  others  large  and  subeqnal. 

Length  of  thorax  and  scutellum  4"" ;  breadth  of  same  2.75"™ ;  length 
of  abdomen  4.5"";  breadth  of  same  2.75"";  length  of  wing  6.5""; 
breadth  of  same  2.25"". 

I  am  indebted  to  Mr.  Edward  Burgess  for  some  critical  remarks  upon 
the  affinities  of  this  fly,  and  for  a  careful  sketch  of  the  neuration,  which 
is  very  difficult  to  trace  in  certain  places. 


756  BULLETIN   UNITED   STATES   GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY. 

DOLICHOPID^. 

DoUchopvs  sp. — A  specimen  and  its  reverse  (Nos.  4124,  4148)  is  to  be 
referred  to  this  family  by  tbe  structare  of  tbe  abdomen  and  its  general 
aspect.  The  wings  and  head,  however,  are  wanting.  Tbe  thorax  is 
globose,  well  arched,  and,  like  the  abdomen,  of  a  light  brown  color,  and 
ornamented  with  scattered,  bristly,  black  hairs.  The  tip  of  the  abdomeo 
is  recurved  beneath.    The  length  of  the  fragment  is  3.65' 


cmm 


TACHINIDiE. 

Tachina  sp. — ^To  this  is  referred  provisionally  a  small  bat  stoat  aad 
densely  hairy  fly  (No.  48^,  obtained  by  Mr.  Bichardson},  with  thick, 
slightly  tapering  abdomen,  broadly  rounded  at  the  tip,  long  wings  with 
heavily  ciliated  costal  margin,  the  auxiliary  vein  terminating  a  little 
before  the  middle,  and  the  first  longitudinal  vein  not  very  far  before 
the  tip ;  the  other  veins  of  the  wing  cannot  be  determined.  The  legs 
are  pretty  stout  and  densely  haired.  About  the  fly  are  scattered  many 
arcuate,  tapering,  spinous  hairs  0.7™°"  long,  evidently  the  clothing  of 
the  thorax. 

Length  of  body  4™™ ;  breadth  of  thorax  1.26"™  j  length  of  wings  4™"  (f), 
of  hind  femora  0.6"°» ;  hind  tibi®  1.25°»°» ;  hind  tarsi  1.25»°>  (f). 

SCIOMYZID^. 

Sciomyza  f  manca, — This  fly,  extremely  abundant  in  the  Green  Biver 
shales — in  fact,  outnumbering  all  the  other  Diptera  together — ^is  tempo- 
rarily placed  in  this  genus,  because  its  characters  seem  to  agree  better 
with  those  of  the  family  Sciomyzidce  than  of  any  other;  yet  it  cannot 
properly  be  placed  in  any  of  the  genera  known  to  me.  I  shoald  be 
inclined  to  place  it  near  Bkpharoptera  in  the  Helomyzidce^  but  all  the 
tibisB  are  bristled  throughout.  Its  general  appearance  is  that  of  tbe 
Ephydrinidce^  but  the  bristly  surface  of  the  middle  tibise  would  allow  as 
to  place  it  only  in  the  Notiphilinay  from  which  it  is  excluded  by  tbe 
want  of  pectinations  on  the  upper  side  of  the  anteunal  bristle.  The 
want  of  complete  neuration  prevents  me  from  designating  it  at  present 
by  a  new  generic  name,  which  it  can  hardly  fail  to  require  as  soon  as 
that  is  known ;  only  two  or  three  of  the  three  score  specimens  before 
me  have  any  important  part  of  the  wings,  and  this  constant  frog- 
meutary  condition  of  the  fossils  has  suggested  the  specific  name.  Tbe 
genus  in  which  it  would  fall  may  be  partially  clianicterized  as  follows:— 
Body  comi)act,  stout ;  the  hejid  comparatively  small,  perhaps  one-third 
the  bulk  of  the  thorax,  about  three-fourths  its  width,  with  large,  uake<l 
eyes,  the  front  between  them  nearly  equal  and  pretty  broad,  obliquely 
sloped  and  slightly  tumid  on  a  side  view,  so  as  to  project  considerably 
below ;  a  few  curved  bristles  project  from  its  summit.  Auteunse  with 
the  flagellum  subglobose,  scarcely  longer  than  broad,  much  larger 
than  the  joints  of  the  scape,  and  bearing  at  its  tip  above  a  curved, 


SCUDDEB   ON   FOSSIL   INSECTS.  757 

rather  short,  naked,  tapering  style,  scarcely  longer  than  the  flagellum 
proper  and  blantlj  pointed;  in  several  specimens  in  which  this  part  is 
pretty  well  preserved,  this  is  invariably  its  character,  and  no  terminal 
thread  can  be  seen  in  any  of  them,  nor  any  indication  of  joints  in  the 
style ;  this  brevity  of  the  style  seems  to  be  peculiar.  As  far  as  the 
neuration  of  the  wing  can  be  made  out  (there  must  remain  some  doubt 
upon  this  point  until  better  examples  are  discovered),  the  course  of  the 
auxiliary  vein  cannot  be  determined;  the  first  longitudinal  vein  appears 
to  end  before  the  middle  of  the  costal  border;  the  second  originates 
abruptly  from  the  middle  of  the  first  longitudinal  vein,  and  terminates 
(certainly)  only  a  little  way  before  the  tip  of  the  wing ;  the  third  runs 
very  nearly  parallel  to  the  second  longitudinal  vein,  terminates  at  the 
tip  of  the  wing,  and  is  perhaps  connected  by  a  cross-vein  with  the 
fourth  longitudinal  vein  scarcely  within  the  extremity  of  the  first  longi- 
tudinal vein ;  the  fourth  longitudinal  vein  originates  from  the  fifth  or 
sixth  a  little  before  the  origin  of  the  second  longitudinal  vein,  diverges 
rapidly  from  the  third  beyond  this  connection,  and  is  arcuate,  curving 
upward  again  before  reaching  the  posterior  border  and  running  out- 
ward to  the  outer  border ;  the  fifth  longitudinal  vein  curves  still  more 
strongly  from  the  fourth,  until  it  reaches  the  middle  of  the  posterior 
border,  to  which  it  suddenly  drops,  and  scarcely  above  which  it  is  united 
with  the  fourth  longitudinal  vein  bv  a  long,  oblique  cross- vein.  The 
femora  are  stout,  the  front  pair  largest  at  the  base  and  tapering,  the 
other  pairs  subequal  throughout,  all  armed  externally  above  and  below 
with  a  row  of  very  delicate,  nearly  straight  spines,  the  upper  row  per- 
haps wanting  on  the  middle  femora,  and  the  lower  row  developing  into 
longer  and  stiffer  bristles  on  the  apical  half  of  the  fore  femora.  The 
tibiae  are  equal,  a  little  longer  than  the  femora,  considerably  slenderer, 
but  still  rather  stout,  furnished  alike  with  several  straight,  longitudinal 
rows  of  minute  spines,  and  on  the  outer  side  with  three  or  four  distant, 
moderately  stout,  longer  spines  (less  prominent  on  the  fore  tibise  than 
on  the  other  legs),  and  at  the  tip  with  a  cluster  or  several  similar  spines 
or  spurs.  The  tarsi  are  very  much  slenderer  than  the  tibise,  longer  than 
they,  the  other  joints  slenderer  than  the  metatarsus,  all  profusely 
armed  with  exceedingly  delicate  spines  or  spinous  hairs,  arranged  reg- 
ularly in  longitudinal  rows ;  at  tip  is  a  pair  of  very  slender,  pretty  long, 
strongly  curved  claws,  and  apparently  a  pretty  large  pulvillus. 

The  brevity  of  the  antennal  style,  the  length  of  the  first  longitudinal 
vein  of  the  wing,  the  approximation  of  the  middle  transverse  vein  to 
the  base,  the  strong  arcuation  of  the  fourth  longitudinal  vein,  the 
obliquity  of  the  posterior,  large,  transverse  vein,  and  its  approach  to  the 
posterior  margin,  the  bristly  nature  of  the  legs,  and  the  length  and  com- 
parative slenderuess  of  the  tarsi — all,  excepting  parts  of  the  neuration, 
characters  open  to  little  question — render  this  fly  peculiar  and  its  exact 
location  somewhat  dubious.  When,  however,  the  neuration  of  the  wing 
is  sufficiently  well  known  to  enable  us  to  understand  more  definitely 


758  BULLETIN   UNITED   STATES   OEOLOOICAL   SURVEY. 

the  cbaracter  of  the  basal  cells,  and  other  parts  of  the  base  of  the  wing, 
the  relation  of  the  aaxiliary  to  the  first  longitodinal  veiD,  and  to  map 
nnquestionably  the  whole  course  of  the  fourth  longitadinal  vein,  we  shall 
probably  be  able  to  arrive  at  very  precise  conclusions* 

In  addition  to  the  features  above  mentioned,  it  may  be  added  that 
the  thorax  is  subquadrate,  scarcely  longer  than  broad,  famished  with 
distant,  long,  curving  bristles  disiK)sed  in  rows,  but  in  no  individual 
well  enough  preserved  to  give  further  details  of  distribation.  The 
abdomen  is  composed  of  five  visible,  subeqnal  joints;  its  mass  compact, 
scarcely  constricted  at  the  base,  regularly  and  pretty  strongly  arched 
on  a  side  view,  tapering  rapidly  on  the  apical  half  to  a  blnntl j  rounded 
apex,  the  surface  abundantly  clothed  with  rather  delicate  spinous  haiis, 
those  at  the  posterior  edge  of  the  segments  longer,  and  forming  a  rega- 
lar  transverse  row.  The  metatarsus  of  the  middle  leg  is  proportionally 
longer  than  in  the  others,  where  it  is  about  half  as  long  as  the  other 
joints  combined. 

Measurement  of  average  individuals: — ^Length  of  body  as  curved 
4/J5™°»,  of  head  0.65™,  of  thorax  1.7°»°>,  of  abdomen  2.2»";  breadth  of 
head  0.85™",  of  thorax  1.25"",  of  abdomen  1.4""  j  length  of  flagellnmof 
antenniB  O.IC"",  of  style  0.19"",  of  wing  3.4""!;  breadth  of  same  1.2"; 
length  of  femora  0.75"",  of  tibiae  0.95"",  of  fore  tarsi  0.85«»",  of  middle 
tarsi  1.5"",  of  hind  tarsi  1.6"",  of  ^ fore  metatarsi  0.4"",  of  middle  meta- 
tarsi 0.04"",  of  hind  metatarsi  6.48"" ;  breadth  of  femora  0.28"",  of 
tibiffi  0.12"",  of  metatarsus  0.08"",  of  tip  of  tarsi  0.05"";  length  of  claws 
0.09"". 

Sdomyza  f  difijecta. — A  second  species,  apparently  of  the  same  genos 
as  the  last  mentioned,  but  smaller,  is  found  in  considerable  numliersin 
the  same  bed,  although  in  far  less  abundance  than  the  last,  a  dozen 
specimens  having  been  found  by  Mr.  Richardson,  Mr.  Bowditch,  and 
myself.  The  wings  appear  to  be  proportionally  shorter  than  in  the  last 
species,  with  a  rather  broader  space  between  the  veins  in  the  api)er  half 
of  the  wing,  indicating  perhaps  a  broader  wing.  The  legs  are  slen- 
derer, the  disparity  in  the  stoutness  of  the  tibisB  and  tarsi  is  not  so 
great,  and  the  tarsi  are  proportionally  shorter;  the  legs  are  also  as 
densely,  though  less  coiirsely,  spined,  and  a  similar  delicacy  is  observa- 
ble in  the  hairiness  of  the  body.  All  the  specimens  are  preserved  on  a 
side  view,  and  the  last  species  are  in  a  like  fragmentary  condition. 

Length  of  body  of  an  average  individual  3.2"",  of  bead  0.55"",  of 
thorax  1.2"",  of  abdomen  1.8»"",  of  wing  2.4""!,  of  hind  femora  1.2^, 
of  hind  tibia)  1.4"",  of  middle  and  hind  tarsi  1 


mm 


COLEOPTERA. 

CARABIDiE. 

Cych-us  testens. — A  single  specimen  (No.  4059)  with  its  broken  reverse 
(Xo.  4100)  shows  a  pair  of  elytra  sliglitly  misplaced.  They  api>ear  to 
represent  a  small  species  of  Cychrus  allied  to  C.  angmticolUs  Fisch.,  but 


SCUDDEB  ON  FOSSIL  INSECTS.  759 

without  the  irregularities  which  mark  the  furrow  formed  by  the  margin- 
ate  outer  edge  in  this  species  aud  its  near  allies.  The  elytra  are  almost 
precisely  similar  in  form  to  those  of  C  angusticolliSf  but  they  are  slightly 
broader  at  the  base  ;  they  are  covered  with  rather  inconspicuous,  closely 
crowded  strise,  almost  exactly  as  in  the  recent  species  mentioned,  but 
even  more  closely  crowded,  numbering  about  twenty-five,  including  the 
frequent  lines  bordering  the  margin,  which  is  simple  and  striate  to  the 
very  edge,  or,  possibly,  faintly  marginate,  as  in  some  Oarabij  but  differ- 
ing conspicuously  from  the  species  of  Cychrus  to  which  I  have  compared 
it.  The  form  of  the  tip  of  the  elytra  is  also  exactly  as  in  this  species. 
The  interspaces  of  the  elytra  do  not  exhibit  the  imbricated  appearance 
common  to  most  of  the  Carabini,  but  the  surface  has  more  of  the  nearly 
imperceptible  waviness  seen  in  C  angusticollisj  although,  if  anything,  the 
surface  is  less  broken. 

Length  of  elytron  7.6°" 5  greatest  breadth  (behind  the  middle)  2.G""". 

Platynus  senex. — This  species  is  represented  by  a  single  specimen  and 
its  reverse  (Nos.  399S,  3992).  The  upper  surface  is  shown  with  none  of 
the  slenderer  appendages.  The  true  form  of  the  head  cannot  be  deter- 
mined, as  the  edges  are  not  preserved.  The  prothorax  is  unusually 
square  for  a  Garabid,  resembling  only  certain  forms  of  Betnbidium  and 
Platynusy  and  especially  P.  variolatus  LeC.  It  is,  however,  still  more 
quadrate  than  in  that  species,  and  differs  from  it  in  shape,  being  a  little 
broader  than  long,  broadest  just  behind  the  middle,  tapering  but  little 
anteriorly,  and  scarcely  more  rapidily  at  the  extreme  apex;  the  elytra 
are  together  only  about  half  as  broad  again  at  base  as  the  thorax,  and 
are  furnished  with  eight  very  faint  and  feeble  strisB,  apparently  un- 
punctured,  the  one  next  the  margin  interrupted  by  four  or  five  foveae 
on  the  posterior  half  of  the  elytra ;  the  humeral  region  is  too  poorly 
preserved  to  determine  the  stride  at  that  point ;  the  form  of  the  elytra 
is  as  in  P.  variolatus. 

Length  of  body  6.1°"" ;  breadth  of  thorax  L5™",  of  base  of  elytra  together 
2.3"™  J  length  of  elytra  4.1" 


mm 


HTDEOPHILIDiB. 

Tropistemtis  saxialis. — One  specimen  and  its  reverse  (Nos.  4023, 4027), 
found  by  me  in  the  Green  River  shales,  represent  a  species  of  Tropi- 
stemus  nearly  as  large  as  T.  binotatus  Walk,  from  Mexico.  The  large 
size  of  the  head  and  the  shortness  of  the  prothorax  are  doubtless  due  to 
the  mode  of  perservation,  the  whole  of  the  head,  deflected  in  life,  being 
shown,  while  the  thorax  is  in  some  way  foreshortened.  In  all  other  re- 
spects, it  agrees  with  the  HydrophiliJce^  and  especially  with  TropistemuSj 
having  the  form  of  the  species  mentioned.  The  head  is  broad  and  well 
rounded,  with  small,  lateral,  posterior  eyes.  The  thorax  is  much  broader 
aud  much  more  than  twice  as  broad  as  long,  with  rounded  sides,  taper- 
ing anteriorly,  the  front  margin  broadly  and  rather  deeply  concave,  the 


760     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

bind  border  gently  convex ;  the  scatellam  is  large,  triaiDgular,  a  little 
longer  than  broad.  The  surface  of  the  thorax  and  elytra  is  apparently 
smooth ;  at  least,  no  markings  are  discovernblo,  excepting  the  line  of  the 
inner  edge  of  the  inferior  margination  of  the  sides  of  the  elytra,  which 
appears  throngh  the  latter,  as  do  also  the  abdominal  incisaresand  the  hind 
femora  and  tibise.  These  legs  are  longer  and  slenderer  than  in  T.  ano- 
tatttSj  the  femora  extending  beyond  the  sides  of  the  abdomen,  and  the 
tibire  are  armed  beneath  at  tip  with  a  pair  of  slender  spines,  which 
together  with  the  tibiae  are  about  as  long  as  the  femora. 

Length  of  body  6.65""",  of  elytra  4.40"";  breadth  of  middle  of  bodj 
3.25""";  length  of  hind  femora  2"°,  of  hind  tibiae  1.26"°. 

Tropisternus  sculptilis. — In  a  specimen  (No.  3989)  of  which  only  the 
abdomen  and  elytra  are  preserved,  we  have  a  well-marked  8i)ecies  of 
Tropisternus  of  aboat  the  size  and  shape  of  T.  mexicanus  Castln.,  but  with 
rather  freqaent  striae,  more  distinct  than  in  that  species,  and  composed, 
not,  as  there,  of  rows  of  impressed  points,  bnt  of  continuons,  faintly 
impressed  lines ;  the  lines  are  apparently  eight  in  namber  and  nniform 
in  delicacy  and  distance  apart;  the  base  of  the  elytra,  however,  is  poorly 
preserved;  the  elytra  are  rather  slenderer  than  in  the  recent  species 
mentioned,  and  the  extreme  tip  is  rounded  and  not  acutely  pointed.  Dis- 
tinct striation  of  the  elytra  is  rare  in  TropisiemtiSj  bnt  it  scarcely  seems 
possible  to  refer  this  species  elsewhere. 

Length  of  elytra  6.5"°' ;  breadth  of  combined  elytra  6"". 

Berosus  tenuis. — The  single  specimen  (No.  4002)  representing  this 
species  is  preserved  on  a  dorsal  view,  and  is  unusually  slender  for  a 
Berosusj  but  seems  to  fall  here  rather  than  in  any  other  of  the  Hydro- 
philid  genera.  It  is  of  about  the  size  of  B.  cuspidatus  Ohevr.  from 
Mexico,  and  agrees  generally  in  appearance  with  it,  but  is  slenderer, 
and  the  tip  of  the  elytra  is  simi)le ;  the  punctured  stri©  are  exactly  as 
in  that  species,  as  far  as  they  can  be  made  out.  The  head  is  large  and 
well  rounded,  with  large,  round  eyes.  The  pronotum,  the  posterior  edge 
of  which  is  partly  concealed  by  the  overlapping  base  of  the  elytra,  poshed 
a  little  out  of  place,  is  shorter  than  in  B.  cuspidutuSj  with  ronnded  sides, 
broadly  and  shallowly  concave  front,  and  apparently  smooth  surface. 
The  elytra  are  long  and  slender,  with  entire,  bluntly  pointed  tips,  and 
very  delicate,  finely  impunctured  striaj.  The  whole  body  is  regularly 
obovate,  broadest  in  the  middle. 

Length  of  body  5.65""",  of  elytra  4.15""' ;  breadth  of  body  2.75"". 

Berosus  sexstriatus. — A  single  well-preserved  elytron  (No.  4079)  repre- 
sents a  species  scarcely  smaller  than  B.  punctipennis  Chevr.  (ondescr.) 
from  Mexico,  with  the  elytra  of  which  it  also  agrees  in  the  character  of 
the  tip  and  in  the  shape  of  the  whole,  unless  in  the  fossil  it  tapers  more 
toward  the  base;  the  latter  is  also  remarkable  for  the  absence  of  the  two 
lateral  strise,  the  others  retaining  their  normal  position;  for  the  delicacy 
of  the  stridB  themselves,  which  are  even  more  faintly  impressed  than  in 


SCCTDDER  ON   FOSSIL  INSECTS.  761 

B.  cuspidaius  Chevr.,  and,  nnlike  all  Berosi  I  have  seen,  are  nearly  devoid 
of  any  sign  of  punctuation ;  faint  traces  only  can  be  seen  when  magnified 
twenty-five  diameters.  As  not  unfrequently  happens  in  EydrophiHd(Bj 
although  I  have  not  noticed  it  in  Berosus,  a  short  supplementary  stria 
originates  near  the  base  of  the  second  stria,  pushing  it  a  little  to  one  side, 
and  runs  into  the  first  stria  a  short  distance  from  the  base  of  the  elytra. 

Length  of  elytron  4.5"™ ;  breadth  1.4"™. 

Laccohim  elongatm. — A  single  specimen  and  its  reverse  (Nos.  81**,  13C«), 
collected  by  Mr.  Eichardson,  but  overlooked  in  my  former  paper  on  the 
Coleoptera  of  the  Rocky  Mountain  Tertiaries,*  exhibit  the  elytron  of  a 
slender  species  of  Laccobius.  It  is  more  than  two  and  a  half  times  longer 
than  broad,  and  is  furnished  with  thirteen  equidistant,  delicately  punc- 
tured,  faintly  impressed  stri®,  the  punctures  of  which  are  more  apparent 
on  the  basal  than  on  the  apical  half;  the  inner  stria  is  as  distant  from 
the  sutural  border  as  from  the  neighboring  stria,  while  the  outer  is 
scarcely  separate  from  the  outer  margin.  The  species  is  very  large,  and 
also  very  slender,  for  a  Laccobius^  in  which  genus,  however,  I  am  inclined 
to  place  it,  from  the  large  number  of  punctured  striae.  The  elytron  has 
much  the  general  appearance  of  that  of  a  Xe&ta,  but  the  number  of  striae, 
of  course,  forbids  such  a  reference. 

Length  of  elytron  2.9"" ;  breadth  1.1""°. 

PliUhydrus  primosvus  Scudd.^  Bull.  U.  S.  Geol.  and  Geogr.  Surv.  Terr, 
ii,  78. — A  single  specimen,  found  by  Mr.  Eichardson. 

Fhilhydrus  spp. — ^Two  specimens  (Nos.  4033,  4042)  of  a  second  species 
of  Fhilhydrus  were  found  by  Mr.  Bowditch  and  myself,  but  neither  of 
them  very  perfect,  representing  little  else  than  elytra,  and  these  rather 
obscurely  preserved.  The  larger  species  has  smooth  elytra;  the  elytra 
of  the  other  have  eight  delicate  striae,  which  apparently  are  not  punc- 
tured.   Possibly  one  or  both  should  be  referred  to  Eydrobius. 

Length  of  elytra  of  larger  species  ( J^o.  4033)  4"" ;  breadth  of  body 
3.2""°. 

Length  of  elytra  of  smaller  species  (No.  4042)  3.75""";  breadth  of 
body  3"". 

Eydrobius  decineratus. — A  single  specimen  (No.  4007)  exhibits  the 
dorsal  surface,  but  with  part  of  the  thorax  gone.  It  represents  a  species 
a  very  little  larger  than  E.fuscipes  Curt,  of  California,  and  is  apparently 
allied  to  it,  though  slenderer ;  the  head  and  eyes  are  as  in  that  species ; 
the  thorax  shorter  and  the  elytra  longer,  and  more  tapering  at  the  tips, 
the  extremitiesof  which,  however,  are  not  preserved ;  they  are  furnished 
with  eight  delicate  striae,  in  which  the  punctures  are  scarcely  percept- 
ible, even  when  magnified ;  the  surface  otherwise  appears  to  be  smooth, 
but  is  not  well  preserved.  The  scutellum  is  as  in  the  recent  species 
mentioned. 

Length  of  body  7.5"'",  of  elytra  4.75'^;  breadth  of  body  3.6" 

•Bulletm  of  this  Survey,  ii,  No.  1, 77-87. 


imm 


762  BULLETIN   UNITED   STATES   GEOLOQICAL  SURVEY. 

STAPHYLINID^. 

Lathrohium  abscessuvi  Scadd.,  Ball.  U.  S.  Geol.  and  Geogr.  Surv.  Terr. 
i],  70. — Two  specimeus  were  foand  by  Mr.  BicbardsoD,  and  since  the 
description  of  the  species  tbreo  otbers  by  myself  at  the  same  locality. 

Bledius  adamus, — A  ratber  poorly  preserved  specimen  (No.  4081) 
6bows  tbe  dorsal  view  of  tbe  body  witboat  tbe  legs  or  antennae.  It 
is  of  aboat  the  size  of  B.  annularis  LeC,  and  resembles  it  in  general 
appearance,  but  seems  to  have  shorter  tegmina,  although  these  are 
obscure ;  it  is  also  a  ratber  slenderer  species.  Tbe  bead  is  large,  as 
broad  as  tbe  thorax,  with  ratber  large  eyes.  Tbe  thorax,  is  qnadrate, 
aud  tbe  elytra  together  quadrate,  and  of  tbe  same  size  as  the  thorax. 
Tbe  abdomeu  beyond  the  elytra  is  as  long  as  tbe  rest  of  the  body ;  api- 
cally  it  expands  somewhat,  and  tbe  extremity  is  shaped  as  in  the  species 
mcDtioned. 

Length  of  body  4.4"" ;  breadth  of  thorax  0.75"". 

Staphylinites  obsoletum  Scudd.,  Bull.  U.  S.  Geol.  and  Geogr.  Sarv.  Terr. 
ii,  78. — A  single  specimen  found  by  Mr.  Bichardson. 

NITIDULIDiB. 

FJiemlia  incapax  Scudd.,  Bull.  U.  S.  Geol.  and  Geogr.  Sorv.  Terr,  ii, 
80. — One  specimen  and  its  reverse,  found  by  Mr.  Bichardson. 

CBYPTOPHAGID-^. 

AntJierophagus  priscus  Scudd.,  Bull.  U.  S.  Geol.  and  Geogr.  Snrv.  Terr. 

ii,  79-80. — Several  specimens,  found  by  Mr.  Bichardson,  Mr.  Bowditch, 

and  myself. 

ELATEBID^. 

Corymbites  velatm  Scudd.,  Bull.  U.  S.  Geol.  and  Geogr.  Surv.  Terr,  ii, 
81. — Found  by  Mr.  Bichardson. 

PTINIDiB. 

Sitodrepa  defuncta  Scudd.,  Bull.  U.  S.  Geol.  and  Geogr.  Surv.  Terr.ii, 
82. — A  single  elytron  and  its  reverse,  found  by  Mr.  Bichardson. 

Anobium  f  ovale. — ^A  single  specimen  (No.  4038)  exhibits  the  api)er  sur- 
face of  tbe  pronotum  and  elytra.  Tbe  insect  evidently  appertains  to  a 
distinct  genus  of  Ptinidce^  in  which  tbe  sides  of  the  body  are  not  parallel, 
but  the  body  tapers  posteriorly  much,  though  not  to  the  same  extent,  as 
anteriorly.  It  is,  however,  most  nearly  allied  to  Anobium^  in  which  it  is 
provisionally  placed.  It  is  about  as  large  as  Undecatomus  rugosus  LeC. 
The  protborax,  viewed  from  above,  is  bluntly  conical,  tapering  rapidly. 
The  body  is  broadest  just  behind  tbe  base  of  tbe  elytra,  and  tapers 
slightly  at  first,  more  rapidly  afterward,  and  is  rounded  posteriorly; 
thus  the  whole  body  has  an  ovate  outline.  The  pronotum  is  minntely 
and  very  profusely  punctulate  in  black,  and  appears  to  have  been  cov- 


SCUDDEB  ON  FOSSIL  INSECTS.  763 

ered  profusely  with  slight  asperities  or  a  coarse  pile  (mach  perhaps  as  in 
Endecatomm  rugosus).  The  elytra,  which  are  nearly  three  times  as  long 
as  broad,  and  taper  regnlarly  from  near  the  base  to  near  the  tip,  show 
no  mark  of  snch  asperities,  bat  are  profasely  panctate  in  black,  made  up 
of  scattered  pnnctSB,  abont  0.03"""  in  diameter,  not  altogether  irregularly 
disposed,  althoagh  at  first  sight  having  that  appearance,  bat  showing 
in  many  places,  not  uniformly,  signs  of  a  longitadinal  distribution  into 
from  fourteen  to  sixteen  rows.  The  elytra,  indeed,  resemble  those  of 
BoHtrychus  capucinus  (Linn.),  but  I  am  not  aware  that  similar  markings 
occur  on  smaller  Ptinidce. 

Length  of  body  4.3'"»  ;  breadth  of  same  2™»;  length  of  elytra  3.15"".. 

AnoMum  t  deceptum. — Another  specimen  (No.  4086),  representing  anb 
elytron  only,  evidently  belongs  to  the  same  genus  as  the  last,  and  at  first 
sight  appeared  to  be  of  the  same  species,  as  it  belongs  to  an  insect  of  the 
same  size,  and  the  punctures  on  the  elytra  are  similarly  disposed ;  they 
are,  however,  if  anything,  more  thickly  crowded,  so  as  to  form  about 
eighteen  rows  in  the  rather  broader  elytron ;  and  not  only  is  the  elytron 
broader  and  shorter  than  in  the  preceding  species,  being  less  than  two 
and  a  half  times  longer  than  broad,  but  it  scarcely  tapers  at  all  in  the 
basal  three  fifths,  and  beyond  that  more  rapidly  than  in  the  species 
last  described. 

Length  of  elytron  3"™ ;  breadth  of  same  1.25"*". 

Anobium  liffnitum. — A  third  species  of  this  family,  with  irregularly^ 
punctate  elytra,  is  represented  by  a  single  specimen  (No.  4082),  giving 
a  dorsal  view  of  pronotum  and  elytra.  It  dififers  generically  from 
the  two  preceding  species,  and  agrees  better  with  Anobium  proper  in 
having  a  more  gibbous  and  less  conical  prothorax,  and  in  having 
the  sides  of  the  elytra  parallel  through  most  of  their  extent.  It  is  eon- 
siderably  smaller  than  either  of  the  preceding  species.  The  prothorax 
is  one-third  the  length  of  the  body,  minutely  punctate  and  scabrous, 
tapering  only  a  little  in  its  basal  and  considerably  in  its  anterior  half, 
the  front  well  rounded.  The  elytra  are  about  two  and  a  half  times 
longer  than  broad,  equal  on  the  basal  two-thirds,  and  then  rounding 
rapidly  inward,  so  that  the  posterior  outline  of  the  body  is  more  broadly 
rounded  than  the  anterior  outline;  the  elytra  are  profusely  punctate 
with  little  pits,  averaging  scarcely  more  than  0.02°""  in  diameter,  dis- 
tributed  at  pretty  regular  intervals,  but  not  forming  anything  like  longi* 
tudinal  series,  and  so  near  together  as  to  be  equivalent  to  about  fourteen 
rows.    The  whole  body  is  uniformly  black. 

Length  of  body  3.76"",  of  elytra  2.5""" ;  width  of  body  1.0-". 

EROTYLID^. 

Mycotretus  binotata. — A  single  specimen  with  its  reverse  (Nos.  3990, 
4015)  represent  the  dorsal  aspect  of  this  species,  which  closely  resembles 
M.  sanguinipennis  Lac.  in  shape.    It  is,  however,  a  little  smaller,  the 
BulL  iv.  No.  4 2 


764  BULLETIN  UNITED   STATES   GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

thorax  tapers  less  rapidly,  and  the  elytra  are  not  striate.  The  head  u 
badly  preserved,  being  crowded  nnder  the  thorax ;  it  appears,  hov- 
ever,  to  be  very  small,  aboat  half  as  broad  as  the  thorax,  with  i 
broadly  roanded  front,  large  eyes,  and  a  dark  color.  The  thorax  is 
about  two  and  a  half  times  broader  than  long,  with  slightly  convex  sides, 
regularly  tapering  toward  the  apex,  but  not  so  rapidly  as  would  seem  to 
be  required  for  so  proportionally  narrow  a  head;  the  front  border  broadly 
concave,  the  hind  border  very  obtusely  augulate,  scarcely  produced  as  a 
broad  trianglein  the  middle ;  the  surface  is  of  a  light  color,  very  minutely 
and  profusely  punctulate,  the  hind  borders  faintly  marginate,  the  mar- 
gin black  and  punctate.  The  elytra  are  more  elongate  than,  and  do  not 
taper  so  rapidly  as,  in  M,  sanguinipennis  ;  they  are  of  the  color  of  the 
thorax,  even  more  delicately  punctulate  than  it,  with  two  small,  short, 
black,  longitudinal,  impressed  dashes  just  outside  the  middle,  and  just 
before  the  end  of  the  basal  third ;  the  basal  edge  of  the  elytra  is  marked 
in  black,  much  as  the  posterior  border  of  the  pronotnm ;  and  the  scutd- 
lum  is  small,  owing  to  the  encroachment  of  the  median  prolongation  of 
the  prothorax. 

Total  length  S-S*"";  length  of  thorax  O.G"»°»,  of  elytra  2.5™™;  breadth  of 
head  CTo*"™,  of  thorax  in  front  1.2'"™,  behind  1.45™™,  of  elytra  at  the 

spots  2.1™™. 

CHRYSOMELIDiE. 

Cryptocephalus  vetttstus. — This  species  is  fairly  represented  by  a  pair 
of  specimens  with  their  reverses  (Nos.  4003, 4004;  4039, 4044).  One  pair 
exhibits  the  front,  and,  by  the  drooping  of  the  abdomen,  the  nnder  surface 
of  the  insect  with  expanded  elytra  (one  of  them  curiously  foreshortened), 
the  other  the  under  surface  only.  The  insect  is  broadly  oval,  and, 
except  in  being  much  stouter,  closely  resembles  C.  venustus  Fabr.,  with 
which  it  agrees  in  size.  The  thorax,  as*seen  on  a  front  view,  is  arched, 
and  the  proportion  of  the  head  to  the  thorax  is  as  in  the  recent  species 
mentioned.  The  elytra,  which  are  the  part  best  preserved,  are  rounded 
at  the  extremity,  and  are  furnished  with  ten  slightly  arcuate  rows  of 
gentle  punctures,  arranged  inconspicuously  in  pairs,  besides  a  sutural, 
slightly  oblique  row  on  the  basal  third  of  the  elytra,  terminating  in  the 
margin.  This  disposition  of  the  punctures  and  the  character  of  the 
head,  sunken,  as  it  were,  into  the.  thoracic  mass,  leave  little  doubt  thai 
the  insect  should  be  referred  to  Cryptoceplialus.  The  elytra  are  of  a 
uniform  light  horn-color,  but  the  body  is  darker.  The  body  is  more 
oval  than  in  the  parallel-sided  0.  venvsUis, 

Length  of  body  4-4.5'"™ ;  breadth  of  same  2.0-3.2™™;  length  of  ely^ 
4mui.  breadth  of  one  of  them  1.8^ 


fmni 


RnYXCIIITID/E. 

Eugnamptus  dccenisatus. — A  single  elytron  (No.  4046)  with  a  broken  base 
is  all  that  remains  of  this  species.  But  this  is  peculiar  on  account  of 
the  supplementary  humeral  stria,  which  seems  to  be  common  in  the  Bhynr 


SCUDDEB   ON  FOSSIL   INSECTS.  765 

• 

cUiiidaSj  and  at  least  very  rare  in  tbe  allogastral  Rhyiicoplwra^  to  which 
one  would  at  first  glance  refer  this  fragment.  So  far  as  the  material  at 
hand  permits  determination,  it  appears  to  agree  best  with  the  genus  to 
which  it  is  referred,  on  account  of  the  disposition  of  the  pnnctnation 
and  the  form  of  the  tip  of  the  elytron.  It  represents,  however,  a  very 
Ihrge  species,  and  one  whose  punctuation  is  very  delicate.  The  elytron 
is  long  and  rather  narrow,  indicating  an  elongated  form  for  the  body,  as 
in  this  genus,  with  parallel  sides  and  a  bluntly  rounded  tip.  There  are 
ten  complete  equidistant  rows  of  delicate,  lightly  impressed  punctures, 
those  of  the  same  row  less  distant  than  the  width  of  the  interspaces ;  the 
outer  row  lies  close  to  the  outer  border  and  is  seated  in  an  impressed 
stria,  as  also  is  the  apical  half  of  the  inner  row  ;  but  the  other  rows  show 
no  such  connection  between  the  punctures  which  compose  them ;  at  the 
base  the  rows  curve  very  slightly  outward  to  make  place  for  a  very 
short  humeral  row  of  punctures,  parallel  to  the  inner  complete  row,  and 
composed  of  only  three  or  four  punctures  on  the  part  preserved ;  the 
interspaces  are  smooth. 
Length  of  fragment  4.5°"°  5  width  of  elytron  1.5' 


.QUQ 


OTIOEHTNCHID^. 

Epicwrus  saxaiilis  Scudd.,  Bull.  U.  S.  Geol.  and  Geogr.  Surv.  Terr,  ii, 
84-85  [Eudiagogus), — ^Twenty-seven  specimens  of  this  species  have  been 
found  by  Mr.  Eichardson,  Mr.  Bowditch,  and  myself.  This  and  the 
two  following  species  cannot  be  referred  to  Eudiagogua  on  account  of 
the  length  of  the  snout.  Although  very  small  for  Epicasri  (especially 
the  present  species),  they  agree  so  well  with  Epicwitu  grisetis  Schonh. 
from  Mexico— one  of  the  smallest  of  the  group — that  they  would  best  be 
referred  here,  although  they  differ  from  this  genus  in  the  brevity  and 
stoutness  of  the  femora,  all  of  which  are  swollen  apically.  It  is  possible 
that  all  three  of  the  forms  mentioned  here  should  be  referred  to  a  single 
species,  as  there  is  certainly  very  little  difference  between  them  except- 
ing in  size ;  this  is  particularly  the  case  with  this  and  the  next  species. 
Together  over  one  hundred  of  these  species  have  been  examined  by  me ; 
they  are,  therefore,  the  most  abundant  fossils  of  the  insect  beds  of  the 
Green  River  shales. 

Epiccerus  effossus  Scudd.,  Bull.  TJ.  S.  Geol.  and  Geogr.  Surv.  Terr,  ii, 
85-86  (^tuZio^o^ti^).— Nearly  fifty  specimens  of  this  species  are  at  hand, 
all  found  in  Richardson's  shales  by  Mr.  Richardson,  Mr.  Bowditch,  and 
myself,  besides  two  I  found  in  beds  at  the  same  spot,  but  about  thirty 
metres  lower ;  these  were  the  only  Coleoptera  found  at  that  spot,  except- 
ing a  single  specimen  of  Otiorhgnchus  dubitis  Scudd.,  belonging  to  the 
same  family. 

Epicccrus  exanimis  Scudd.,  Bull.  IT.  S.  G^ol.  and  Geogr.  Surv.  Terr,  ii, 
58  {Eudiagagus). — ^Thirty-one  specimens  of  this  species  have  been  ex- 
amined. 

Ophryastes  compaotuB. — ^A  single  specimen  (No.  4210),  preserved  so  as 


766  BULLETIN   UNITED   STATES   GEOLOGICAL   SUBYET. 

to  show  a  lateral  view  of  the  insect,  appears  to  indicate  an  Otiorbynchid 
allied  to  Ophryastes,  The  form  of  the  elytra,  indeed,  does  not  well 
correspond,  since,  in  place  of  their  abrupt  posterior  descent,  as  seen  in 
0.  cinereua  Schonh.  from  Mexico,  with  which  it  agrees  best  in  general 
features  as  also  in  size,  they  slope  very  gradually,  and  appear  to  be 
tnmid  next  the  base.  Bat  the  structure  of  the  stout  snoat,  enlarges 
apically,  with  very  oblique  descending  antennal  aerobes,  the  snpericff 
transverse  furrow  at  its  base  giving  an  increased  convexity  to  Uie 
vertex  of  the  head,  ally  it  closely  to  Ophryastes.  The  ovate  eye  is 
longitudinal,  the  front  border  of  the  pronotum  nearly  straight  with  do 
advance  of  the  sides,  the  prothorax  itself  faintly  mgulose,  the  elytia 
coarsely  striate,  the  stride  with  feeble,  rather  distant  pnnctnres  (tiie 
reverse  is  shown  on  the  stone) ;  the  tips  of  the  elytra  are  right-Migled 
or  slightly  produced  at  the  extremity,  as  in  recent  species. 

Length  of  body,  measured  from  base  of  rostrum,  7.5"^;  height  of  same 
3.5°*";  length  of  elytra  5.5""",  of  rostmm  beyond  ftrontof  eyes  1.2^; 
breadth  of  rostrum  at  base  C.G*""",  whero  largest  1.05"™;  length  of  eye 
0.5"™;  breadth  of  same  0.3""°;  distance  apart  of  the  elytral  strise 
0.35""». 

Otiorhynchus  perditua  Scudd.,  Bull.  TJ.  S.  Oeol.  and  Geogr.  Sarv.  Terr, 
ii,  84. — A  single  specimen  was  found  by  Mr.  Richardson ;  another,  foood 
by  myself,  is  doubtfully  referred  here,  but  is  so  fragmentary  as  to  add 
nothing  to  the  characters  already  given. 

Otiorhynchus  dubitia. — ^A  cast  of  an  elytron  (No.  4204)  resembles  80 
closely  the  elytron  of  the  preceding  species,  excepting  in  size,  that  it  is 
referred  to  the  same  genus.  Only  nine  striiB  can  be  counted,  but  all 
of  those  at  the  outer  side  may  not  be  seen ;  the  inner  stria  is  very  dose 
to  the  margin,  and  indeed  is  lost  in  it  both  above  and  below,  but  this 
may  be  due  simply  to  the  preservation.  The  stone  in  which  they  are 
preserved  is  coarser  than  usual,  coming  from  beds  about  thirty  metres 
directly  below  the  shales  which  have  furnished  the  other  insect  remainsi 
and  has  a  greater  admixture  of  sand;  consequently  the  character  of 
the  surface  of  the  elytra  cannot  be  determined,  but  the  strisB  are  sharp 
and  narrow,  and  filled  with  longitudinal  punctures.  With  the  excep- 
tion  of  a  couple  of  poor  specimens  of  Epiccerus  effosstis  Scudd.,  this  was 
the  only  recognizable  insect  found  at  this  locality. 

Length  of  elytron  4™™ ;  breadth  of  same  1.5°^. 

Eudiagogua  terrosus. — This  species,  which  seems  more  properly  refer 
able  to  Eudiagogus  than  those  formerly  so  named  by  me,  is  represented 
by  a  single  specimen  and  its  reverse  (Nos.  4024,  4078),  preserved  on  a 
side  view.  The  snout  is  short,  as  long  as  the  eyes,  scarcely  so  long 
as  the  head,  and  stout ;  the  eyes  transverse,  rather  large,  subreniform. 
The  thorax  appears  to  be  smooth,  like  the  head,  deep  and  short,  its  front 
border  extending  forward  on  the  sides  toward  the  lower  part  of  the  eyet 
The  elytra,  the  lower  surface  of  which  does  not  appear  to  be  in  view,  are 
broad  and  long,  rectangular  at  tip,  furnished  with  more  than  eight 


SCUDDEB   ON  FOSSIL  INSECTS,  767 

rows  of  frequent,  rounded,  moderately  large  and  shallow  punctures,  and 
between  each  pair  of  rows  a  similar  row  with  smaller  punctures. 
Length  of  body  6"°,  of  elytra  4ii6™°>,  of  eyes  0.5' 


Lmm 


OUEOULIONID^. 

Sitones  grandcemts  Scudd.,  Bull.  U.  S.  Geol.  and  Geogr.  Surv.  Terr,  ii, 
83-84. — A  single  specimen,  found  by  Mr.  Bichardson. 

Hylohius  provectus  Scudd.,  Bull.  U.  S.  Geol.  and  Geogr.  Surv.  Terr,  ii, 
86. — A  single  si>ecimen  was  found  by  Mr.  Bichardson.  Another  speci- 
men (No.  4051),  taken  by  Mr.  Bowditch  at  the  same  locality,  shows  the 
character  of  the  rostrum.  The  specimen  is  strangely  preserved,  as  there 
appears  to  be  a  second  rostrum,  a  perfect  counterpart  of  the  first, 
attached  to  it  at  the  tip;  perhaps  this  belongs  to  another  individual,  of 
which  the  rostrum  only  is  preserved.  The  rostrum  is  about  as  long  as 
the  thorax,  scarcely  tapering  as  viewed  laterally,  gently  curved,  with  a 
median,  lateral,  longitudinal  groove,  directed  toward  the  middle  of  the 
eye,  just  as  in  H.  confusus  Kirb.,  besides  the  antennal  scrobes,  which  are 
directed  obliquely  toward  its  base. 

Oymnetron  LeContei. — ^A  single  well-preserved  specimen,  with  its 
reverse  (Nos.  4030,  4047),  lies  in  such  a  position  as  to  show  a  partly 
lateral  and  partly  dorsal  view ;  the  legs  are  also  preserved,  so  that  it  is 
the  most  perfect  of  the  Green  River  Coleopfera,  The  small  head,  long 
and  slender,  straight,  and  drooping  snout,  the  tapering  thorax,  broad 
and  short  striate  elytra,  thickened  femora,  and  long  and  slender  tibise 
leave  little  doubt  that  it  should  be  referred  to  Gymnetran  or  to  its  im- 
mediate vicinity.  •  It  is  very  nearly  as  large  as  &.  ieter  Schonh.,  with 
which  it  closely  agrees  in  almost  every  part.  The  third  tarsal  joint  is 
similarly  expanded.  The  real  length  of  the  rostrum  cannot  be  deter- 
mined from  the  position  of  the  insect,  but  it  is  apparently  as  long  as  the 
head  and  thorax  together,  is  very  nearly  straight,  slender,  scarcely 
enlarged,  and  obliquely  docked  at  the  tip ;  only  a  portion  of  the  anten- 
nal scrobes  can  be  seen ;  this  is  in  the  middle  of  the  beak,  where  the 
groove  is  narrow,  deep,  sharply  defined,  and  inclined  slightly  downward 
toward  the  base  of  the  beak.  The  thorax  is  subrugulose,  and  the 
surface  of  the  elytra  smooth,  with  distinct,  but  not  deeply  impressed, 
very  faintly  punctured  strise.    The  whole  specimen  is  piceous. 

Length  of  body  3.15»"»,  of  snout  1°^  t,  of  head  and  thorax  0.9"»",  of 
thorax  0.75™"»,  of  elytra  2.25"»,  of  hind  tibisB  LS"^;  distance  apart  of 
elyti^al  striae  0.1"°. 

Cryptorhynchm  anno9%is  Scudd.,  Bull.  U.  S.  Geol.  and  Geogr.  Surv.  Terr, 
ii,  86-87. — ^A  single  specimen,  found  by  Mr.  Bichardson. 

SCOLTTID^. 

Dryoccstes  impressus  Scudd.,  Bull.  U.  S.  Geol.  and  Geogr.  Surv.  Terr,  ii, 
83  (Trypodendron). — Mr.  Bichardson  obtained  asiugle  specim^\L^>y^\^ 


768     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

i?bich  the  original  description  was  based.  Several  additional  speci- 
mens (Nos.  4009,  4048,  4091)  were  obtained  by  Mr.  Bowditch  and  my- 
self, and  these  help  to  show  that  the  insect  wonld  better  be  referrecl  to 
Dryocwtes  than  to  Trypodendron  {^Xyloterus  of  LeConte's  recent  mono- 
graph). The  species  is  of  abont  the  size  of  2).  sq^terUrionalis  (Maun.), 
but  has  more  of  the  markings  of  D,  affaber  (Mann.),  although  the  punc- 
tuation of  the  elytra  is  not  so  distinctly  separable  into  longitudinal 
series. 

Dryoccetes  carbonarius. — Another  species,  not  very  closely  allied  to 
the  last,  is  represented  by  a  single,  rather  mutilated  specimen  (No. 
3999),  which  is  pitchy-black,  and  consists  of  part  of  the  head,  thorax, 
and  elytra.  The  head  is  rather  long,  faintly  and  not  very  closely  punc- 
tured, the  eye  moderately  large  and  circular.  The  thorax  is  propor- 
tionally longer  than  in  the  preceding  species;  the  front  margin  recedes 
a  little  on  the  sides,  and  the  surl^e  is  subrugose  by  subconiiuent  punc- 
tures, the  walls  of  which  form  wavy  ridges  having  a  longitudinal  direc- 
tion. The  elytra  are  broken  at  the  tip ;  their  outer  anterior  angle  is 
obliquely  excised,  and  the  outer  margin  behind  it  straight,  not  sinuate, 
as  in  the  preceding  species ;  the  surface  is  rather  coarsely,  but  very 
faintly  granulate,  more  distinctly  next  the  base,  but  even  here  very 
vaguely ;  and  there  are  faint  indications  of  three  or  four  distant,  simple, 
longitudinal  striae. 

Length  of  the  fragment  as  curved  4™",  of  head  1.1"^  t,  of  thorax  1.3""; 
probable  length  of  elytra  3.15"°*;  width  of  same  1.5°"° ;  diameter  of  eye 
0.35""". 

ANTHRIBID^. 

Cratoparis  repertus. — A  single  specimen  (No.  4035)  shows  the  frag- 
ment of  an  elytron,  which  is  referred  to  this  genus  from  the  character  of 
the  punctuation  and  the  arrangement  of  the  striae.  It  closely  resembles 
C.  lunatus  Fahr.  in  these  points,  but  must  have  belonged  to  a  slenderer 
insect,  about  as  large  as  C.  lugubris  Fahr.  There  are  eleven  striae  or 
rows  of  pretty  large,  subconfluent,  short,  longitudinal  dashes  or  oval 
punctures,  deeply  impressed,  the  outer  of  which  follows  the  extreme 
margin,  excepting  apically;  the  inner  stria  also  runs  very  near  the  border; 
the  interspaces  between  the  first  and  second  and  between  the  second 
and  third  striae  are  equal,  and  a  little  broader  than  the  interspaces 
between  the  other  striae ;  the  inner  margin  is  delicately  grooved  next 
the  base,  as  in  0.  confusus. 

Length  of  fragment  4.3°*™ ;  width  of  elytra  l.G"^;  width  of  interspace 
between  second  and  third  striae  0.21""",  between  third  and  fourth  stria 
0.13""". 

Cratoparis?  elusus, — To  this  I  refer  doubtfully  two  specimens  (Nos. 
4012,  40C0),  neither  of  them  very  perfect,  which  appear  to  belong 
together,  and  to  represent  an  insect  allied  at  least  to  Cratoparis^  and  of 
about  the  size  of  C,  lunatus  Fahr.    It  appears  to  have  a  short  rostrum, 


8CUDDEB   ON  FOSSIL  INSECTS.  769 

a  moderately  small,  bat  rather  tumid  head,  with  circular  eyes ;  thorax 
not  greatly  attenuated  anteriorly,  but  profusely  punctate,  with  mode- 
rately large  and  rather  shallow  punctures ;  elytra  arched,  nearly  three 
times  longer  than  the  thorax  when  measured  over  the  curved  back, 
furnished  with  slight  and  faintly  impunctured  strise;  the  surface  between 
the  striae  also  punctured,  but  very  faintly. 

Length  of  body  7.5°"",  of  thorax  2.25°"°,  of  elytra  6.5"°*. 

Brachytarsus  pristinns  Scudd.,  Bull.  TJ.  S.  Geol.  and  Geogr.  Surv.  Terr, 
ii,  87. — A  single  specimen,  obtained  by  Mr.  Bichardson. 

HEMIPTEKA. 

(HETEROPTERA.) 

PENTATOMID^aE. 

(Cydnina.) 

Cyrtomenus  cQncinnus. — This  species  is  represented  by  a  single  speci- 
men (No.  4190),  a  little  smaller  than  C.  mutabilis  (Perty),  but  closely 
resembling  it  in  general  form.  It  is  broadly  ovate;  the  head  large, 
prominent,  well  rounded,  nearly  half  the  eyes  protruding  beyond  the 
margin,  the  ocelli  nearly  one-fourth  the  diameter  of  the  eyes,  and 
situated  next  the  hind  border,  very  nearly  half-way  between  the  inner 
margin  of  the  eyes  and  the  middle  line  of  the  head.  Thorax  twice  as 
broad  as  the  head,  exclusive  of  the  projecting  part  of  the  eye,  more  than 
twice  as  broad  as  long,  the  front  margin  rather  deeply  and  regularly 
concave,  the  sides  considerably  convex,  especially  on  the  front  half,  the 
hind  margin  very  broadly  convex.  Scutellum  longer  than  the  thorax, 
scarcely  less  tapering  on  the  apical  than  on  the  basal  half,  the  apex 
rounded,  half  as  broad  as  the  base,  the  whole  about  as  long  as  the 
breadth  at  base.  Tegmina  very  faint,  but  the  corium  apparently 
terminating  just  before  the  tip  of  the  scutellum.  Extremity  of  the 
abdomen  very  broadly  rounded.  The  whole  surface  of  the  head,  thorax, 
scutellum,  and  probably  of  the  corium,  uniformly  very  profusely  and 
minutely  punctulate ;  otherwise  smooth,  excepting  that  there  are  also 
faint  traces  of  a  slight,  transverse,  median  depression,  and  a  similar 
longitudinal  median  depression  on  the  thorax. 

Length  of  body  5.25°*°',  of  head  1.2™",  of  thorax  1.3"",  of  scutellum  l.eS""; 
breadth  of  head  2"",  of  thorax  3.5°*°;  diameter  of  eye  0.25"°*. 

Aethus  pu7iciulatu8. — Five  specimens  of  this  sx)ecies  were  found  (Nos. 
19^  07%  74»,  172,  and  4193).  Body  of  nearly  equal  breadth  through- 
out, the  sides  of  the  abdomen  a  little  fuller.  Head  rounded,  small, 
the  part  behind  the  eyes  rounded,  as  deep  as  the  portion  in  front 
of  them ;  front,  as  seen  from  above,  well  rounded,  well  advanced, 
subangulate;  eyes  moderately  large;  ocelli  large,  situated  close  to, 
a  little  behind,  and  within  the  eyes,  and  about  one-third  their  diam- 


770  BULLETIN   UNITED  STATES   GEOLOGICAL  SUBVET. 

eter;  sarface  of  bead  minutely  aud  obscurely  granulate.  Tborax 
nearly  equal,  sligbtly  broadening  posteriorly,  tbe  anterior  angles  well 
rounded,  tbe  front  border  very  deeply  and  roundly  excised,  the  hind 
border  nearly  straight ;  the  whole  fully  twice  as  broad  as  the  head,  and 
twice  as  broad  as  long.  Bcutellum  obscure,  but  apparently  of  about 
equal  length  and  breadth,  and  regularly  triangular.  Abdomen  well 
rounded,  half  as  long  again  as  broad.  Tegmina  obscure  or  lost  in  all 
the  specimens  seen.  Thorax  and  scutellum  minutely  granulate,  like  the 
head.  Posterior  half,  at  least,  of  the  abdomen  profusely  covered  with 
shallow  punctures. 

Length  of  body  3.75°»",  of  head  0.6«"»,  of  middle  of  thorax  0.75—  5 
breadth  of  head  0.8»»,  of  thorax  l.S""*,  of  abdomen  2.26"». 

Cydnus  t  mamillanus, — An  obscure  specimen  (No.  39)  is  of  doubtful 
generic  relations,  but  evidently  belongs  to  the  Cydnxdce.  The  body  is 
broad  and  convex  in  front,  with  a  rapidly  tapering  abdomen,  scarcely 
at  all  rounded,  even  at  the  tip.  The  head,  as  seen  from  above,  is  nearly 
circular,  shaped  much  as  in  Aethus  punctulatusj  but  more  broadly  and 
regularly  rounded  in  iront,  with  the  central  lobe  broad,  and  defined  by 
rather  strongly  impressed  furrows ;  the  ocelli  are  large,  situated  just 
behind  the  anterior  extension  of  the  thoracic  lobes ;  the  surface  of  the 
head  is  rngulose.  Thorax  more  than  twice  as  broad  as  the  head,  and 
more  than  half  as  long  again ;  the  sides  rounded,  being  broadest  at  the 
posterior  border,  narrowing  in  front  aud  roundly  excised  at  the  anterior 
angles ;  front  border  very  deeply  hollowed  behind  the  head,  leaving 
prominent  front  lobes  on  either  side,  nearly  as  large  as  the  head, 
and  strongly  mamillate }  hind  border  nearly  straight.  The  surface  is 
minutely  granulate ;  besides  which  there  is  a  transverse  belt  of  rather 
large  and  distant  punctures  midway  between  the  mamillations  and  the 
hind  border.  The  scutellum  is  very  large,  rounded-triangular,  broader 
than  long,  and  granulate  like  the  thorax.  Corium  of  tegmina,  which 
occupies  their  greater  portion,  obscurely  and  distantly  punctulate; 
abdomen  triangular,  the  apex  bluntly  pointed. 

Length  of  body  4""°,  of  head  0.8"",  of  either  lateral  half  of  thorax 
1.35°^ }  breadth  of  head,  1"»,  of  thorax,  2.4" 


mm 


LYGMID2B. 

(Myodochina.) 

Shyparochromus  t  terreus. — A  single  poor  specimen  (No.  4192)  appa^ 
ently  belongs  to  this  subfamily,  but  is  too  imperfect  to  locate  with  any 
precision.  The  body  is  of  nearly  equal  width,  but  with  a  full  abdomen. 
The  head  is  broken,  but  is  as  broad  at  base  as  the  tip  of  the  thorax,  has 
a  rounded-angular  front,  and  its  surface  most  minutely  punctulate. 
The  thorax  was  broadest  behind,  the  sides  tapering  slightly,  and  gently 
convex,  the  front  border  broadly  and  shallowly  concave,  the  hind  border 
straight,  more  than  twice  as  broad  as  the  median  length,  tbe  surface^ 


8CUDDEB  ON  FOSSIL  INSECTS.  771 

like  tbat  of  the  bead,  with  faint  distant  punotores.  Scatellum  rather 
small,  triangular,  pointed,  of  eqaal  length  and  breadth,  about  as  long 
as  the  thorax,  its  surface  like  that  of  the  thorax,  but  with  more  distinct 
pnnctnres.  Abdomen  full,  well  rounded,  and  very  regular.  Tegmina 
obscure  (but  perhaps  extending  only  a  little  beyond  the  scutellum). 

Length  of  body  4°"",  of  head  O.G'"'",  of  thorax  0.6™",  of  scutellum 
0.7°""  J  breadth  of  head  1.1""",  of  thorax  1.6"»",  of  abdomen  2.V 


mm 


EEDUVIID^. 

(Bbduyiina.) 

Reduvius  t  guitatus. — Two  specimens  of  this  species  have  been  found, 
one  with  reverses  (No.  9*,  96*»),  by  Mr.  Bichardson,  the  other  (No.  4070) 
by  myself.  Mr.  Bichardson's  specimens  are  very  obscure  and  distorted, 
and  without  the  aid  of  the  other  could  not  have  been  determined.  The 
insect  probably  belongs  to  the  genus  Reduvius  {sens.  %tr.)^  or  at  all 
events  falls  in  its  immediate  vicinity.  The  body  has  much  the  form  of 
the  common  B,personatu8  Linn.,  of  Europe,  but  is  proportionally  shorter. 
All  parts  are  rather  obscure,  but  the  head  evidently  tapers  and  is  roundly 
pointed  in  front,  the  thorax  narrows  gently  from  behind  forward  and  is 
nearly  as  long  as  broad ;  the  scutellum  is  rather  small,  triangular,  the 
apex  bent  at  a  right  angle  and  rounded.  The  abdomen  is  ovate,  twice 
as  long  as  broad.  The  species  is  marked  with  round,  dark  spots,  about 
0.2"*""  in  diameter,  on  either  side,  one  at  the  outer  edge  of  the  front  of 
each  abdominal  segment,  and  one  in  the  middle  of  either  transverse  half 
of  the  thorax,  a  little  removed  from  the  outer  border;  the  anterior  ones 
half-way  between  the  border  and  the  middle  line.  The  whole  surface 
appears  to  be  very  minutely  granulated.    The  tegmina  cannot  be  seen. 

Length  of  body  5.5"" ;  breadth  of  thorax  1.4"",  of  abdomen  1.65"". 

[HOMOPTERA.] 

JASSID^. 

Acocephalus  Adas. — ^Two  specimens  (Nos.  72, 100)  represent  the  body 
of  apparently  a  species  of  Acoceplialus.  The  head  projects  forward  in 
a  triangular  form,  is  rounded  at  the  extreme  apex,  a  little  broader  than 
long,  and  nearly  twice  as  broad  between  the  small  eyes  as  its  length  in 
advance  of  them.  The  body  is  slender,  the  abdomen  slightly  tapering, 
rounded  at  the  apex.  The  tegmina  extend  a  short  distance  beyond  the 
body  with  parallel  longitudinal  veins. 

Length  of  body  5.25"" ;  breadth  of  head  1.4"",  of  middle  of  abdomen 

1   Qmm 

FULGOBID^. 

(FULGOBIDA.) 

Fulgoraf  granulostu — ^A  single  specimen  and  its  reverse  (Nos.  49, 131) 
show  only  the  thorax  and  abdomen  of  an  insect  belonging  to  th^  ^^^- 


772     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  OEOLOQICAL  SUBYET. 

family  of  Fulgorida^  bat  of  which  little  more  can  be  said.  The  thorax  is 
large,  globose,  and  black ;  the  scatellam  is  about  half  as  large  as  the 
thorax,  longer  than  broad,  and  roanded'at  the  apex ;  the  abdomen  tapers 
gently,  its  apex  about  half  as  broad  as  its  base,  and  is  provided  with  a 
pair  of  overlapping,  black,  roundish,  oval  plates,  giving  the  appearance 
of  an  additional  segment.  The  surface  of  the  thorax  and  abdomen  is 
thickly  and  uniformly  granulate  with  circular,  dark -edged  elevations, 
averaging  0.04°™  in  diameter^  the  scutellum  lacks  this  marking,  excep^ 
ing  at  the  edges,  which  are  more  minutely  and  profusely  granulate. 

Length  of  body  8.5"",  of  thorax  2.76"",  of  scutellum  1.4™",  of  appen- 
dages 1"" ;  breadth  of  thorax  2.5"",  of  scutellum  1.25"",  of  second  seg- 
ment of  abdomen  2.2"". 

Aphana  rotundipennis. — This  name  is  proposed  for  a  single  broken 
wing  of  an  Homopteron  (No.  175),  with  which  another  wing  (No.  4187), 
still  more  jmperfect,  appears  to  agree;  and  which  seem  by  their  obscure 
venation  to  belong  in  the  same  group  as  the  White  River  fossil  which 
I  have  called  Aphana  atava.  It  differs,  however,  in  having  a  strongly 
bowed  costa,  which  is  curved  more  apically  than  near  the  base,  and  con- 
tinues very  regularly  the  curve  of  the  well-rounded  apex ;  the  commissu- 
ral border  is  perfectly  straight ;  the  principal  veins  fork  near  the  base, 
so  that  there  are  a  number  of  longitudinal  veins  a  short  distance  there- 
from 'y  no  transverse  veins  are  discernible,  nor  oblique  veins  at  the  cos- 
tal margin,  but  the  longitudinal  veins  all  fork  at  a  similar  distance  from 
the  apex,  so  that  the  apical  fifth  of  the  wing  is  tilled  with  still  more 
numerous  longitudinal  veins;  the  tegmina  are  broadest  just  beyoud 
the  middle. 

Length  of  tegmina  G.75"";  breadth  of  same  3"". 

Lystra  f  BichardsonL — I  have  before  me  a  number  of  specimens  (Nos. 
67,  119,  4076,  4207,  4208,  4212,  4217)  of  a  large  Fulgorid,  apparenUy 
belonging  near  Lystra  and  Pceocera^  but  which  have  only  been  preserved 
in  a  fragmentary  condition.  Enough,  however,  remains  to  show  several 
features;  the  vertex  between  the  eyes  is  half  as  broad  again  as  the  eyes, 
and  at  least  as  long  as  broad,  projectiug  beyond  the  eyes  by  more  Uian 
the  diameter  of  the  latter,  and  well  rounded.  The  scutellum  is  large, 
fully  as  long  as  broad.  The  longitudinal  veins  of  the  tegmina  are 
rather  infrequent,  forking  rarely,  and  even  toward  the  apex  seldom 
connected  by  cross-veins ;  apparently,  all  the  principal  veins  branch  at 
about  the  same  points,  viz,  near  the  middle  of  the  basal  and  of  the 
apical  half;  the  tegmina  somewhat  surpass  the  abdomen.  The  body  is 
broadest  at  the  second  or  the  third  abdominal  segment,  and  tapers 
rapidly  to  a  point,  the  segments  being  equal  in  length. 

Length  of  body  16"";  probable  length  of  tegmina  15.5"";  breadth  of 
abdomen  b,^"^"^. 

(ClXIINA.) 

Cixius  ?  Jiesperidum. — A  single  fragment  (No.  38),  representing  a  nearly 
perfect  tegmen,  with  obscure  venation,  is  probably  to  be  referred  to  Oto- 


SCUDDEB  OK  FOSSIL  INSECTS. 


77d 


iu8y  but  is  ansatisfaotory ;  the  costal  border  is  gently  and  regalarly  con- 
vex, the  tip  well  roanded,  with  no  projecting  apex ;  the  tegmen  appears 
to  increase  very  slightly  in  size  to  a  little  beyond  the  middle,  up  to 
which  point  the  borders  are  nearly  parallel ;  the  conrse  and  branching 
of  the  nervures,  so  far  as  they  can  be  made  out,  seem  to  indicate  an 
insect  allied  to  CixiuSj  but  no  cross-veins  can  be  seen. 

Length  of  tegmen  6.2""»}  its  greatest  breadth  2.6°*". 

Mnemosyne  terrentula. — A  single  specimen  (No.  31^)  is  preserved,  wita 
an  indistinct  body,  broken  in  front,  and  the  greater  part  of  one  of  the  teg- 
mida,  which  show  it  to  be  very  closely  related  to,  if  not  a  member  of,  this 
genus.  The  body  is  moderately  broad,  ovate,  the  tip  of  the  abdomen 
rounded  and  slightly  produced.  The  tegmina  are  regularly  enlarged 
toward  the  apex  and  rounded  at  the  extremity,  not  at  all  truncate;  the 
interior  branch  of  the  radial  vein  forks  near  the  middle  of  the  wing,  and 
just  beyond  the  first  subapical  transverse  vein ;  both  its  branches  fork 
before  they  have  passed  more  than  half-way  to  the  marginal  row  of  elon- 
gate cells. 

Estimated  length  of  body  6.5"°*,  breadth  of  same  2.25™™;  length  of 
tegmina  7™™,  breadth  of  same  2.25™",  their  extent  beyond  the  abdomen 
2.2™™. 

(Tropiduchida.) 

Lithopsis  (XiOo^y  o<f'iq)j  nov.  gen- 
Body  oblong,  stout,  and  apparently  cylindrical  anteriorly,  tapering 
and  probably  compressed  posteriorly.  Head  broad  and  short,  the  front 
not  produced  beyond  the  eyes,  broad,  transverse,  very  gently  convex. 
The  united  thorax  and  scutellum  of  about  equal  length  and  breadth. 
Tegmina  surpassing  considerably  the  tip  of  the  abdomen,  two  or  three 
times  as  long  as  broad,  beyond  the  middle  barely  tapering,  the  sides 
snbequal,  the  tip  obliquely  subtruncate,  the  apex  rounded,  the  costal 
margin  gently  convex ;  marginocostal  area  broad,  broadening  regularly 
toward  the  apex,  and  throughout  its  length  traversed  by  very  frequent 
transverse  veinlets,  which  become  more  and  more  oblique  toward  the 
apex  of  the  tegmina,  where  they  are  supplanted  by  the  similarly  close 
branches  of  the  longitudinal  veins ;  these  are  united  at  the  origin  of  the 
forks  by  transverse  veins  in  continuity  with  the  costa  itself.  The  radial 
vein  is  branched  at  the  base  of  the  tegmina,  the  inner  ulnar  vein  at 
some  distance  before  the  middle  of  the^wing;  and  both  branches  of  this 
vein,  and  the  lower  branch  of  the  radial,  fork  again  at  half  the  distance 
from  the  first  fork  of  the  inner  ulnar  vein  to  the  tip  of  the  wing,  but 
they  are  not  connected  at  this  point  by  transverse  veins.  Wings  as 
long  as  the  tegmina. 

This  genus  seems  to  belong  nearest  the  South  American  genus  Alcesiis 
StS>l,  but  dififers  decidedly  from  it  in  the  form  of  the  tegmina,  the  ab> 
sence  of  oblique  inferior  ramuli  to  the  inner  ulnar  vein,  and  the  struc* 
ture  of  the  head. 


774     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

Lithopais  fimbriata. — A  tolerably  well-preserved  specimen,  with  its 
reverse  (Nos.  4185, 4189),  together  with  the  fragmentof  a  wing  (No.  143<',) 
are  the  basis  for  this  species.    The  vertex  between  the  eyes  is  more  than 
twice  the  width  of  the  eyes,  aud  is  marked  by  a  slight,  median,  loDgitn- 
dinal  carina;  the  front  of  the  vertex  is  nearly  straight,  does  not  protmde 
beyond  the  eyes,  bat  is  retracted  next  them,  making  it  very  broadly 
convex.    The  thorax  is  considerably  broader  than  the  head,  bnt  the  con- 
dition of  the  specimens  does  not  allow  a  more  definite  statement.    The 
tegmina  are  the  best-preserved  remains  of  the  animal,  being  perfect, 
althoagh  somewhat  obscnre,  partly  from  the  veins  of  the  nnderlyiag 
wings ;  they  are  more  than  two  and  a  half  times  longer  than  broad, 
the  costal  margin,  especially  its  basal  half,  moderately  curved,  the  com- 
missnral  margin  almost  perfectly  straight,  the  apex  slightly  and  obliquely 
truncate,  so  as  to  throw  its  well-ronnded  apex  below  the  middle;  near 
its  extremity  the    margino-costal  field  occupies  more  than  a  third 
of  the  breadth  of  the  tegmina,  being  double  its  width  near  the  base; 
the  first  branching  of  the  inner  ulnar  vein  is  as  far  from  the  apex  of  the 
tegmina  as  the  second  branching  is  from  the  base;  and  the  third  branch- 
ing, where,  and  where  only,  the  longitudinal  veins  are  united  by  cross- 
nervures,  is  midway  between  the  second  branching  and  the  apex;  close 
to  the  apical  margin  there  is  an  inconspicuous  fourth  series  of  furcations. 

Length  of  body  9"",  of  tegmina  9.76"";  breadth  of  the  same  in  the 
middle  3.65"",  next  the  third  branching  of  the  longitudinal  veins  3.25"*. 

ORTHOPTERA. 

GRYLLIDES. 

NemoMua  tertiarius. — Two  specimens  (Nos.  18,  20)  represent  the  hiod 
femora  (and  No.  18  also  the  hind  tibia  and  a  femur  and  tibia  of  the 
front  leg)  of  a  small  cricket.  The  insect  must  have  been  rather  smaller 
than  our  common  N.  vittatus  (Harr.),  its  hind  femur  being  7""  long,  broad 
and  stout,  especially  near  the  base,  where  it  measures  2.1"" ;  its  upper 
half  is  covered  with  exceedingly  delicate,  recumbent  hairs,  directed  back- 
ward; there  are  also  a  few  hairs  upon  the  slender  hind  tibia,  which 
is  broken  just  where  it  begins  to  enlarge,  showing  signs  of  the  upper 
spines;  this  portion  is  about  three-fourths  the  length  of  the  femur.  The 
front  femur  and  tibia,  which  are  each  only  2.25""  long,  also  indicatea 
small  species  and  one  that  is  unusually  free  from  spines,  no  hairs  evea 
being  discernible  on  this  front  leg. 

LOCUSTAEI^. 

The  only  other  remains  of  Orthaptera  noticed  in  the  Green  Biver 
shales  is  a  tibia  and  fragment  of  the  attached  femur  (No.  2)  of  what  is 
apparently  the  middle  leg  of  a  Locustariau  about  the  size  of  a  Phyllaptenu 


SCUDDEB  ON  FOSSIL  INSECTS.  775 

NEUROPTERA. 

ODONATA. 

(LiBELLULINA.) 

Fragments  of  an  abdomen  in  obverse  and  reverse  (Nos.  4175, 4176)  are 
probably  to  be  referred  to  a  species  of  LibelliiKnaj  bnt  tbey  are  insafScient 
to  give  further  determination.  They  evidently  represent  four  or  five  of 
the  terminal  segments  of  the  body,  there  being  first  three  segments  of 
equal  breadth  and  a  similar  length,  a  little  longer  than  broad,  with  a 
slight  median  carina ;  and  then  three  others  without  a  median  carina 
and  with  continually  decreasing  length,  the  first  of  them  (probably  the 
eighth  segment)  half  as  long  as  the  preceding,  bnt  of  the  same  width; 
the  next  half  as  long  as  the  one  which  precedes  it,  but  narrower,  and 
the  last  still  narrower  (but  imperfect). 

Length  of  the  fragment  20""°,  of  its  third  (seventh  f  abdominal)  seg- 
ment 4.5""" ;  breadth  of  same  3.5. 

(Agbionina.) 

Dysagrion  Frederieii  Scudd.,  Bull.  TT.  S.  Geol.  and  Geogr.  Surv.  Terr. 
4, 534-^7. — This  has  already  been  sufficiently  mentioned  in  the  paper 
cited. 

Podagrian  abartivum. — A  second  species  of  Agrioninay  at  first  sight 
very  different  from  the  preceding,  proves  to  belong  to  the  same  legion 
(Podagrion) ;  and,  so  far  as  its  meagre  representation  by  the  specimen 
{No,  41G9)  goes,  to  the  genus  Podagrion  proper,  agreeing  with  it  in  the 
character  of  the  pterostigma  and  the  supplementary  sectors.  The  speci- 
men represents  the  apical  part  of  a  wing  with  fragments  of  the  middle 
portion.  The  pterostigma  is  a  little  more  than  twice  as  long  as  broad, 
and  although  less  oblique  on  the  inner  than  on  the  outer  side,  yet  lies  at 
an  angle  of  forty-five  degrees  with  the  costal  edge,  and  is  therefore  more 
oblique  than  usual  in  Podagrion ;  its  outer  side  is  arcuate  as  well  as  very 
oblique,  but  in  its  entire  extent  the  pterostigma  scarcely  surmounts  two 
cellules^  the  outer  side  is  much  thicker  than  the  inner,  and  thickens 
below  as  it  passes  gradually  into  the  lower  border,  which,  like  the  cos- 
tal, is  much  thickened,  and  appears  the  more  so  from  being  independent 
of,  although  in  conjunction  with,  the  median  nervure.  Beyond  the  ptero- 
stigma, the  uUranodal  approaches  the  principal  nervure  very  closely,  so 
that  they  are  only  half  as  far  apart  at  the  margin  as  below  the  ptero- 
stigma ;  there  are  two  supplementary  sectors,  one  between  the  ultranodal 
and  the  nodal,  arising  below  the  outer  half  of  the  pterostigma,  the  other 
between  the  nodal  and  subnodal,  arising  slightly  further  back  ;  both  of 
these  supplementary  sectors  are  straight,  but  the  nodal  is  slightly  undu- 
lated after  the  origin  of  the  supplementary  sectors ;  all  the  other  veins. 


776     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

excepting  tbo  extreme  tip  of  the  priDcipal,  are  straight,  and  the  reticn- 
latioD  tetragonal.  Tlie  wing  appears  to  be  hyaline  thronghoat,  the 
pterostigma  very  slightly  infumated,  the  nervnres  fasco-castaneons,  those 
aboat  the  pterostigma  deepening  nearly  to  black.  Apically  the  wing  is 
well  rounded,  its  apex  falling  in  the  middle  and  not  at  all  prodaced« 
A  species  is  indicated  of  aboat  the  size  of  P.  macroptis  Sel. 

Length  of  pterostigma  along  costal  edge  1.5°"°,  of  same  from  inner  lower 
angle  to  outer  upper  angle  2.1""  j  breadth  of  pterostigma  0.65"",  of  wing 
in  middle  of  apical  half  5.5' 


kimn 


ARACHNID  A. 

Nos.  3,  4%  4100,  4200,  represent  legs  of  the  same  or  allied  species  of 
spider  of  about  the  size  of  Epeira  riparia  Hentz;  femora  and  tibiae  and 
the  sides  of  the  tarsi  are  abundantly  supplied  with  longitudinal  rows  of 
fine,  long,  black  spines,  the  claw  double.  Ko.  36  preserves  the  spines 
alone  of  the  same  sort  of  leg. 

Length  of  femora  7°"",  of  tibiae  7.75°^,  of  tarsi  3.25,  of  claw  0.3"«,  of 
spines  0.75°"°. 

Ko.  63  shows  the  hairy,  subfusiform,  ovate  body  of  a  spider  ap- 
parently a  little  smaller  than  the  above. 

Length  of  abdomen  4.5"";  breadth  of  same  1.8"". 

No.  4201  is  the  egg- cocoon  of  a  spider,  and  is  of  exactly  the  same 
size,  shape,  and  general  appearance  as  those  from  British  Columbia, 
which  I  have  described  under  the  name  of  Aranea  colunibicdj  excepting 
that,  from  a  break  in  the  stone,  there  is  no  trace  of  a  pedicel. 

Length  of  eggcocoon  5""";  breadth  4" 


mm 


MYRIAPODA. 

lultis  telluster. — A  single  Myriapod  (No.  154*)  found  by  Mr.  Eichard- 
son  in  the  Green  Eiver  bed  is  so  fragmentary  that  it  can  only  be 
referred  to  lulus  in  a  broad  generic  sense.  The  piece  is  composed  of 
ten  or  twelve  segments,  probably  from  near  the  middle  of  the  body, 
lying  in  a  straight  line  and  crushed,  with  no  trace  of  any  appendages. 
The  segments  appear  to  be  composed  of  a  short  anterior  and  a  larger 
posterior  division,  each  independently  and  very  slighly  arched;  the 
posterior  division  is  about  twice  as  long  as  the  anterior,  and  each  is 
transversely  regularly  and  very  finely  striate  parallel  to  the  anterior 
and  posterior  margins  of  the  segments.  The  foramina  can  be  detected 
on  some  of  the  segments,  and  by  their  aid  the  width  of  the  body  can  be 
more  accurately  determined.  As  crushed,  the  body  is  2.3""  broad,  bat 
its  probable  true  width  is  1.5"",  while  the  segments  are  each  about 
O.S*""  long ;  the  fragment  preserved  measures  8i>""  long. 


ART.  XXXIII -REPORT  ON  THE  COLLECTION  OF  FISHES  MADE 
BY  DR.  ELLIOTT  COUES  U.  S.  A.  IN  DAKOTA  AND  MON- 
TANA DURING  THE  SEASONS  OF  1873  AND  1874. 


By  David  S.  Jordan,  M.  D. 


[The  fiBhes  worked  up  by  Professor  Jordan  in  the  present  commnnication  represent 
probably  about  two-thirds  of  the  collection  made  daring  my  connection  with  the 
United  States  Northern  Boundary  Commission ,  the  remainder  of  the  specimens  having 
been  lost  or  mislaid.  I  am  informed,  however,  that  the  series  submitted  to  Professor 
Jordan  contains  some  novelties,  rarities,  and  other  specimens  of  sufficient  interest  to 
render  publication  desirable.  I  have  incorporated  a  few  collector's  field-notes  with  the 
author's  manuscript.  The  fishes  taken  in  1873  were  secured  in  the  waters  of  the  fied 
and  Mouse  Rivers  and  some  of  their  af&uents ;  those  secured  in  1874  are  from  water- 
sheds entirely  different  both  from  the  last  named  and  from  each  other,  being  partly 
taken  from  the  Milk  River  and  its  northern  tributaries,  and  partly  from  the  Saint 
Mary's  River,  Chief  Mountain  Lake,  and  other  headwaters  of  the  Saskatchewan. 

For  articles  on  other  portions  of  my  collections  see  this  Bulletin,  this  VoL,  No.  1,  pp. 
259-292 ;  No.  2,  pp.  481-518 ;  No.  3,  pp.  545-661 ;  No.  4,  pp.  801-830.— Ed.] 

By  somo  accident,  the  exact  record  of  the  localities  of  some  of  the 
smaller  fishes  has  been  lost  or  confused,  and  some  of  the  specimens  col- 
lected by  Dr.  Cones  have  failed  to  reach  the  writer,  having  probably 
been  distributed  through  the  general  collection  of  the  National  Museum. 
I  therefore  add  the  field  record  of  Dr.  Ooues,  from  which  the  general 
field  of  collection  can  be  ascertained. 

Collector's  Memorandum. 

1000.    Catfish.    Red  River,  near  Pembina,  Dakota.    May  30, 1873. 
1070.    Pike  [  Esox  lucius].    Near  Turtle  Mountain,  Dakota.    Aug.  10, 1873. 
1084.    Lot  of  small  fish.    Mouse  River,  Dakota.    Aug.  17, 1873. 
1100.    Shovel-noeed  QtVLTg^n  ISoaphirhynchopa plaiyrhynchual.    Fort  Buford,  Dakota, 
Juno  12,  1874. 

1103-4-5.    Catfish  llchthalurue  punctatus"}.    Big  Muddy  River.    June  20, 1874. 
1109-10.    Lot  of  small  fish  lUyodon  chrysopns'].    Quaking  Ash  River.    Jane  26, 1874. 

1139.  Sucker  ICatoetomus  teres'].    Two  Forks  Milk  River.    July  15,  1874. 

1140.  Cyprinoid.    Two  Forks  Milk  River.    July  15.  1874. 

1143.  Sucker  ICaiaatomue  feres'].    Two  Forks  Milk  River.    July  17, 1874. 

1144.  Cyprinoid.    Two  Forks  MUk  River.    July  17,  1874. 

1155-6.    Lot  of  fish  IPantosteus  virescens],    Sweetgrass  Hills.    July  29,  1874. 
1162.    Sucker  ICaiosiomtis  teres].    Headwaters  Milk  River.    Aug.  9, 1874. 
1163-4-i5.    Lot  of  fish,  three  kinds.    Headwaters  Milk  River.    Aug.  9, 1874. 
1168.    Large  fish«    Headwaters  Milk  River.    Aug.  14, 1874. 
1169-70-1-2-3.    Lots  of  fish.    Headwaters  Milk  River.    Aug.  14, 1874. 

1 174.  River  Trout  ISalmo  clarki].    Saint  Mary's  River.    Aug.  16, 1874. 

1175.  ''Gristle-nosed  Fish"  [PoIyodoft/oMumf].    Saint  Mary's  River.   Aug.  16, 1874. 

777 


778     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SUBVEY, 

1176.  Pike  lEwx  Indus'^.    Saint  Mary's  Riyer.    Aug.  16, 1874. 

1178.  Lake  Troat  [  Criaiivamer  namaycusW],    Chief  Mountain  Lake.    Aa^^.  18, 1874. 

1179.  Whitetisb  ICoregonus  quadrilateralia'].    Chief  Mountain  Lake.    Aug.  18, 1874. 
1182.  Whitefish  [Core^aNiM  ooiien].    Chief  Mountain  Lake.    Ang.  18, 1874. 

1189.  Head  of  Id-lb.  Salmon  [  Salmo  siomias'i.    Chief  Mountain  Lake.    Aug.  34, 1874. 

1192.  SnckeT  ICatastomua  teresli.    Chief  Mountain  Lake.    Aug. 28, 1874. 


Family  ACIPENSERID^. 

Genus  SCAPHIRHYNCHOPS  Gill. 

iScaphirhynchuB  Heckel  preoccupied.) 
1.— SCAPHIKHYWCHOPS  PLATYEHYNCHUS  (Baf.)  GilL 

8h<ftel-no9ed  Sturgeon. 

1820 — Acipetiser  platorhyndius  Rap.,  Ich.  Oh.  p.  80 

Acipenaer  platorhjfnckuB  Kirtlamd,  Rept.  Zool.  Ohio,  1838, 196. 

Aci2}enser  platorhifnchM  Kirtland,  Boat.  Joum.  Nat.  Hist,  y,  2S. 

Acipenaer  platorhynchus  Stoker,  Synopsis  Fish  N.  A.  (1846),  fiOl. 

Scaphirhynchus  platyrkynchus  Baird,  Iconojj^.  Encycl.  ii,  1850,  238. 

Scaphirhynchtts  platyrhynchus  Girard,  U.  S.  Pac.  R.  R.  Surv.  x,  357. 

ScaphirhyiichuB  platyrhynchus  Jordan,  Man.  Vert.  1876,  312,  and  of  American 
writers  generally. 

Scaphirhynchopa  platyrhynchus  Gill,  1867  T  (in  a  catalogue  of  fishes  of  the  Mts- 
sonri  region ;  the  reference  not  at  hand.    (Name  only.) 

Scaphirhynchops  platyrhynchus  Cope  &  Yarrow,  Zool.  Lieut.  Wheeler's  Expl.  W. 
lOOth  Mer.  v,  1876,  639. 

Scaphirhynchops  platyrhynchus  Jordan  &.  Copeland,  Check  List  Fishes,  1876, 16L 

Scaphirhynchops  platyrhynchus  Nelson,  Ball.  Ills.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.  5)1,  1876. 

Scaphirhynchops  platyrhynchus  Jordan,  Man.  Vert.  ed.  2d,  346,  1878. 

Scaphirhynchops  platyrhynchus  Jordan,  Cat.  Fishes  N.  Am.  413, 1878. 
1834 — Acipenser  cataphractus  Gray,  Proc.  Zool.  Soo.  London,  122. 

Scaphirhynchus  cataphractus  GCnther,  Cat.  Fishes  Brit.  Mas.  viii,  345,  1870. 
I83!j— Scaphirhynchus  rafinesquii  Heckel,  Ann.  Wiener  Mas.  Naturg.  i,  71. 

Scaphirhynchus  rafinesquii  Heckel,  Ann.  Wien.  Mus.  Naturg.  i,  72,  pi.  yiii. 

Scaphirhynchus  rafinesquii  Brutzer,  Dissert.  Dorpat.  1860. 

Dr.  Coaes  writes  me  that  he  obtained  a  fine  specimen  of  this  species 
at  Fort  Buford,  Dakota.  I  have  not  seen  it,  however.  This  species 
seems  to  be  abundant  in  all  the  large  streams  between  the  Alleghanies 
and  the  Kio  Grande.  West  of  the  Eio  Grande  Basin,  it  has  not  yet 
been  noted. 

The  "  Gristle-nosed  Fish  "  from  Saint  Mary's  Kiver,  recorded  by  Dr. 
Coues,  is  perhaps  Polyodon  folium  Lac.  I  have  not  seen  the  specimen 
referred  to. 

Family  SILUEID-^. 

Genus  ICHTn^LUEUS  Eafinesque. 

2. — ICHTHiELUBUS  PUNCTATUS  (Raf.)  Jor. 
Channel  Cat,     White  Cat,    Lady  Cat 

IQIB—Silurus  punctatus  Raf.,  Amer.  Monthly  Mag.  and  Critical  Review,  Sept.  359. 
Ictalurus  punctatus  Jordan  (1876),  Boll.  Baff.  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.  95. 


JORDAN   ON   PISHES   OP   DAKOTA   AND   MONTANA.  779 

Ictalurus  punctatus  Jordan  (1876),  Mannal  of  Vertebrates,  !)00. 

Ictalurus  punciatus  Jo^Dxy  &  Copeland  (1H7G),  Check  List  in  Bull.  Buff.  Soc. 
Nat.  Hist.  ir)9. 

IctaUmis punciatus  Jordan  (1877),  Annals  Lye.  Nat.  Hist.  N.  Y.  350. 

Ictalurus  punoiaUis  Nelson  (187G),  Bull.  Ills.  Mas.  Nat  Hist.  50. 

Ichthoelurus  punctatus  Jordan  (1877),  Bull.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mns.  ix,  38. 

Ichthoolurus puiwtaius  Jordan  (1677),  Bull.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mas.  x,  76. 

IchthailuruH  punctaiuB  Jordan  (1878),  Man.  Vert.  ed.  2d,  328. 

Ichthwluru8  punciaiua  Jordan  ( 1878),  Ball.  Hayden's  (Jeog.  Geol.  Surv.  Terr.  415, 
1819 — Pimelodus  caudafurcatus  Le  Sueur,  M^iuoires  du  Museum,  v,  152. 

Amiuru8  caudafurcatus  GOnther  (1864),  Catalogue  of  Fishes,  v,  102. 
1820— ^7iirtt»  maculaius  Raf.,  Quarterly  Journal  of  Science,  Literataro,  and  Arts,  Lon- 
don, 48  (et  var.  erythraptera,  49). 

Pimelodus  (Ictalurus)  maculaius  Raf.  (1820),  Ichthyologia  Ohiensis,  62. 
1820 — Silurus  pallidus  Raf.,  Quart.  Journ.  Sci.  Lit.  Arts,  London,  49  (et  vars.  margiuatus, 
lateralis f  leuooptera), 

Pimelodus  pallidas  Raf.  (1820),  Ich.  Oh.  63. 

Pimelodus  pallidus  Kirtland  (1838),  Report  Zool.  Ohio,  169, 194. 
1820 — Silurus  cerulescens  Raf.,  Quart.  Journ.  Sci.  Lit.  Arts,  London,  49  (et  var.  mela- 
nurus). 

Pimelodus  cerulescens  Raf.  (1820),  Ich.  Ohiensis,  63. 

Pimelodus  cerulescens  Kirtland  (1838),  Rept.  Zool.  Ohio,  169, 194;  (1846),  Bost. 
Journ.  Nat.  Hist,  iv,  3^32. 

Pimelodus  cerulescens  Storer  (1846),  Synoi)sis  Fishes  N.  A.  in  Mem.  Nat.  Acad. 
Sci.  405. 

Ictalurus  ccerulescens  Gill  (1862),  Proc.  Bost.  Soo.  Nat.  Hist.  43. 

Ictalurus  cwrulescens  Cope  (1865),  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  85;  (1870),  Proc. 
Am.  Philos.  Soc.  489. 

Ictalurus  ccerulescens  Jordan  (1874),  Ind.  Geol.  Survey,  222. 

Ictalurus  ccerulescens  Gill  (1876),  Ich.  Capt.  Simpson's  Exped.  417. 

Ichthalurus  cofrulesctns  Cope  (1869),  Journ.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  237. 
1820 — Silurus  argentinus  Raf.,  Quart.  Journ.  Sci.  Lit.  Arts,  London,  50. 
1820 — Pimelodus  argyrus  Raf.,  Ichthyologia  Ohiensis,  64. 
1840— Pimelodus  furcifer  Cuv.  &  Val.,  Hist.  Nat.  des  Poiss.  xv,  139. 

Pimelodus  furdfer  ♦*  Hyrtl  (1859),  Denkschr.  Akad.  Wiss.  Wien,  W'\ 

Pimelodus  furdfer  "  Kner,  Sitzgsber.  Akad.  Wiss.  Wien,  xxvi,  421 ". 

Ictalurus  furdfer  Gill  (1862),  Proc.  Bost.  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.  43. 

Ictalurus  furdfer  Jordan  (1876),  Manual  Vert.  300. 
1852 — Pimelodus  gracilis  Ho  UGH,  Fifth  Ann.  Rept.  Reg.  Univ.  Condition  State  Cabinet 
Nat.  Hist.  Albany,  26. 

Sgnechoglanis  gradlis  GiLL  (1659),  Trans.  Ljx.  Nat.  Hist.  3  (reprint). 

Ictalurus  gradlis  Gill  (1862),  Proc.  B-st.  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.  43. 

Ictalurus  gradlis  Cope  (1865),  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  85. 

Ictalurus  gradlis  Jordan  (1876),  Man.  Vert.  300. 

Ictalurus  gradlis  Jordan  &  Copeland  (1876),  Check  List,  l.'>9. 
le^S— Pimelodus  vulpes  Girard,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  i:0;  (1859),  U.  S.  and  Mex. 
Bound.  Surv.  33. 

Ictalurus  vulpes  Gill  (1862),  Proc.  Bost.  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.  43. 

Ictalurus  vulpes  Jordan  &  Copeland  (1876),  Check  List,  159. 
1858 — Pimelodus  olitaceus  Girard,  Pac.  R.  R.  Survey,  x,  211. 

Ictalurus  olitaceus  Gux  (1862),  1.  c.  43;  (1876),  Rept.  Ichthy.  Capt.  Simpson's 
Exp.  417. 

Ictalurus  olivaceus  Jordan  (1876),  Man.  Vert.  300. 

Idalurus  olivaoeus  Jordan  &  Copeland  (1876),  Check  List,  159. 
lQS9—Synechoglanis  beadlei  Giix  (1959),  Trans.  Lye.  Nat.  Hist.  N.  Y.  2  (reprint). 

Bull.  iv.  No.  4 3 


780 


BULLETIN   UNITED   STATES   GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY. 


Ictalurus  hfadUi  Gill  (1862),  Proc.  Bo«t.  Soc  Nat.  Hist.  43. 

Ictalurus  headlei  Jordan  &  Copeland  (1876),  Check  List,  159. 
ie59—Pimelodn8  hougkii  Girard,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Pbila.  l»l. 
18.59 — Pimeladus  megalopd  Girard,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Pbila.  161. 

IcialuruB  megtdopi  Jordan  6l  Copkland  (1876),  Ball.  Baff.  Soc  Nmt.  Hist  159. 
1859 — Pimeladus  graciosu$  Girard,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Pbila.  161. 
ISGO^Pimelodus  hammandii  Abbott,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  PbiU.  568. 
lSm—Pimetodu8  notatus  Abbott,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Pbila.  569. 
1&j2— Ictalurus  simpsani  Gill,  Proc.  Bost.  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.  43;  (1876),  Ich.  Capt.  Simp- 
son's Exp.  417. 

Heads  of  three  specimens,  not  obvionsly  different  from  Eastern  speci- 
mens of  this  widely  diffused  species.  The  specific  names  olivaceus,  gimp- 
sonij  hammondi,  and  notatus  have  been  given  to  Channel  Cats  from  the 
Missouri  region,  chiefly  on  account  of  their  ''  remote  habitat^;  but  the 
examination  of  specimens  does  not  show  a  shade  of  difiference. 


SmithsoDfan 
Dumber. 


21S03 
21204 
21205 


CoIIeotor'B 
namber. 


1103 
1104 
1105 


Locality. 


Big  Muddy  Rirer,  Dak 

do 

do 


Collector. 


Dr.  Elliott  Cones 

do 

do 


Dateu 


Jimei0.187i! 

da         I 

da         ' 


Family  CATOSTOMID^. 

Genus  PANTOSTEUS  Cope. 
3. — Pantosteus  viresobns  Cope- 

1876 — Pantosteus  virescens  Cope,  Lieatenant  Wheeler's  Expl.  W.  100  Mer.  ▼,  Zoo].  675i 
Pantosteus  virescens  Jordan  &,  Copeland,  Check  List  Fishes  N.  A.  156, 1676. 
Pantosteus  virescenSf  Jokdan,  Bull.  U.  S.  Geol.  Suiv.  Terr,  iv,  416,  1878. 

Numerous  small  specimens,  from  two  to  seven  inches  in  length,  agree- 
ing very  well  with  Professor  Cope's  description.  They  all  have  the 
peculiar  form  of  mouth,  and  the  semi-cartilaginous  maxillary  sheatb, 
which  the  other  members  of  this  genus  and  some  of  the  species  of 
Catostomus  possess.  The  head  is  very  short,  forming  barely  one-fifth 
the  length  without  caudal.  The  scales  are  very  small,  there  being  from 
95  to  100  in  the  lateral  line.  All  of  these  specimens  have,  however,  a 
small  fontanelle,  which  probably'  becomes  closed  with  age;  otherwise 
the  species  is  to  be  referred  to  Catostomvs,  Its  relations  to  Catosiomut 
discobolus  Cope  are  very  close. 


Sraith»onian 
number. 

Collector'B 
Dumber. 

Locality. 

Collector. 

Date.      1 

1 

21101 

1155 
1156 

Sweot  Grass  Hills 

Dr.  Elliott  Coues 

do 

Jalv  29. 1^* 

*Jll9l 

do 

1 

JORDAN   ON   PISHES   OP  DAKOTA  AND   MONTANA.  781 

GeDus  CATOSTOMUS  Le  Sueur. 
4. — Catostomus  retropinnis  JordaD,  sp.  dov. 

This  species  belongs  to  the  sabgenas  of  typical  Catostomus.  It  is 
therefore  related  to  C.  latipinniSj  C.  longirostriSj  and  C.  tdhoensis^  and 
may  be  briefly  characterized  as  having  the  body,  scales,  dorsal  and 
ventral  fins  of  longirostrisj  with  the  month  and  lips  of  Jatipinnis.  Its 
nearest  relations  are,  I  think,  with  IntipinniSj  with  which  species  it  is 
compared  below. 

Body  long  and  slender,  subterete,  compressed  behind,  the  form  there- 
fore essentially  that  of  C\  longirosiris^  the  depth  contained  6J  times  in  the 
length.  Head  large,  long,  its  length  contained  abont  four  times  in  the 
total  length  without  the  caudal  fin  (4^  in  latipuinis) ;  interorbital  space 
broad  and  flat,  about  2^  times  in  length  of  head;  eye  small,  high  up, 
and  posterior,  entirely  behind  the  middle  of  the  head  (near  the  middle 
in  latipinnis)',  preorbital  bone  very  long,  its  length  about  three  times  its 
depth  (scarcely  twice  in  laiipinnis) ;  the  snout  correspondingly  pro- 
longed ;  fontanelle  quite  small ;  mouth  very  large,  formed  as  in  latipin- 
niSj  but  rather  broader  and  not  so  long;  upper  lip  pendent,  very  large, 
with  a  broad,  free  border,  with  5  to  8  series  of  low  tubercles,  almost 
obliterated  in  the  type-specimen,  on  account  of  the  softening  of  the 
skin;  lower  lip  very  full,  its  posterior  margin  reaching  to  the  nostrils 
(rather  farther  in  latipinnis). 

Dorsal  fin  not  large,  its  rays  I,  11  (I,  13,  in  latipinnis);  its  base  about 
tbree-fifths  the  length  of  the  head  (five-sixths  in  latipinnis)',  its  insertion 
unusually  backward,  much  nearer  base  of  caudal  than  the  tip  of  the 
snout  (much  nearer  the  snout  in  latipinnis) 'y  caudal  fin  large,  well  forked, 
its  rudimentary  basal  rays  not  greatly  developed ;  anal  fin  long  and  high, 
reaching  base  of  caudal;  ventrals  not  reaching  to  vent  (to  vent  in  lati- 
pinnis) ;  pectoral  fins  long. 

Caudal  peduncle  rather  stout  and  deep,  its  least  depth  more  than 
one-third  head  (less  than  one-third  in  latipinnis);  its  length  about 
two  thirds  that  of  head  (seven-eighths  in  latipinnis).  In  latipinnis,  the 
caudal  peduncle  is  notably  long  and  slender. 

Scales  quite  small,  about  as  in  longirostris,  larger  behind,  the  exposed 
portion  not  notably  lengthened  as  in  latipinnis;  chest  with  well-de- 
veloped scales  (these  rudimentary  and  imbedded  in  latipinnis). 

The  type  is  a  large  specimen,  16f  inches  long ;  a  male,  as  is  shown  by 
the  presence  of  tubercles  on  the  anal  and  caudal  fins,  a  fact  confirmed 
by  dissection.  In  coloration,  it  is  rather  dark,  with  traces  of  a  dusky 
laternl  band,  which  passes  around  the  snout.  This  specimen  is  num- 
bered 21197  on  the  Register  of  the  National  Museum. 

Another  specimen  of  this  species  is  in  the  National  Museum,  from 
Platte  River.  It  was  identified  by  me  as  the  female  of  0.  latipinnis,  the 
numerous  diflerences  in  form  being  supposed  to  be  sexual.    As  the 


782 


BULLETIN   UNITED    STATES   GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY. 


types  both  of  latipinnis  and  retropinnis  are  adult  males,  that  Boppositioii 
is  not  tenable. 

So  far  as  is  known  to  me,  bat  one  genaine  specimen  of  C  latipinnisiB 
now  known.  It  is  the  original  type  of  Baird  and  Girard's  descriptioD, 
from  the  Gila  Basin,  the  one  figured  in  the  Ichthyology  of  the  United 
States  and  Mexican  Boundary  Survey.  It  is  in  fine  condition,  and  is 
well  represented  in  the  figure  referred  to.  This  specimen  now  lied  before 
me,  and  the  comparisons  above  made  were  taken  from  it. 


;  SiDitbAonian 
number. 

Collector's 
number. 

Locality. 

Collector. 

Bate. 

21197 

ih - 

Dr.  Elliott  Coooe 

/fi 

' 

5. — ^Catostomus  TERES  (Mitchill)  Le  Sueur. 

Common  Sucker, 

1803 — "Le  Cyprin  Commersonien  "  LAC^PiiDE,  Hist.  Nut.  dcs  Poiss.  v,  502,  503. 

Catostamue  commersonii  Jordan  (1878),  Man.  Vert.  ed.2d,  l\SO, 

Calosiomus  commeraoni  Jordan,  Cat.  Fishes  N.Am.  (1878),  416. 
Id—^-Cyprinue  catostomus  Peck,  Meru.  Am.  Acad,  ii,  55,  pi.  2.    (Not  of  Fonter.) 
ISIA—Cyprinus  teres  Mitchill,  Lit.  and  Phil.  Trans.  N.  Y.  i,  458. 

Catoaiomus  teres  Le  Sueur  (1817),  Jonrn.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  106. 

Catoslomus  teres  Thompson  (1842),  Hist.  Vt.  134. 

Catostomus  teres  Cuv.  &  Val.  (1844),  Hist.  Nat.  des  Poissons,  xvii,  468. 

Catostomus  teres  Stoker  (1846),  Synopsis  Fish  N.  A.  423. 

Catostomus  teres  Agassiz  (1855),  Am.  Jonrn.  Sci.  Arts,  2d  series,  xix,  208. 

Catostomus  teres  GCnther  (1868),  Cat.  Fishes  Brit.  Mus.  vii,  15. 

Catostomus  teres  Cope  (1870),  Proc.  Am.  Philos.  Soc.  Phila.  468. 

Catostomus  teres  Jordan  (1875\  Fishes  of  Ind.  221. 

Catostomus  teres  Jordan  (1>^76),  Man.  Vert.  293. 

Catostomus  teres  Nelson  (1876),  Bull.  No.  1  Ills.  Mns.Nat.  Hist.  48. 

Catostomus  teres  Jordan  &  Copeland  (1876),  Check  List,  156. 

Catostomus  fere«  Jordan  &  Gilbert  (1877),  in  Klippart's  First  Rep.  Ohio  Fish 
Com.  84,  pi.  xii,  figs.  18, 19. 

Catostomus  teres  Jordan  (1877),  Bull.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mns.  ix,  37. 
1817 — Catostomus  communis  Le  Sueur,  Jonrn.  Ac.  Nat,  Sci.  Phila.  i,  9^, 

Catostomus  communis  DeKay  (1842),  N.  Y.  Fauna,  part  iv,  Fishes,  196. 

Catostomus  communis  Cuv.  &  Val.  (1844),  Nat.  Hist,  des  Poissons,  xvii,  426. 

Catostomus  communis  Kirtl.\ni)  (1845),  Bost.  Journ.  Nat.  Hist,  v,  265. 

Catostomus  communis  Storer  (1846),  Synopsis,  421. 

Catostomus  communis  Cope  (1868),  Jonrn.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  236. 

Catostomus  communis  Ciiler  &  Lugcer  (1876;,  Fishes  of  Maryland,  138. 
1817 — Catostomus  hostoniensis  Le  Sueur,  Jonrn.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  106. 

Catostomus  bostonicnsis  Storer  (1838),  Rept.  Ich.  Mass.  84. 

Catostomus  bostonienHis  Cuv.  &  Val.  (1844),  Hist.  Nat.  des  Poiss.  xvi,  432. 

Catostomus  bostonienniM  Storer  (1846),  Synopsis,  423. 

CatostoniuF  boatoniensis  Putnam  (1863),  Bull.  Mns.  Comp.  Zool.  10. 

Catostomus  bostonicnsis  Gill  (1865),  Canadian  Nat  19,  Ang. 

Catostomus  bostonicnsis  Storer  (1867),  Hi&t.  Fishes  Mass.  290,  pi.  xxii,  t  3. 

Catostomus  bostonicnsis  Thoreau  (1868),  Week  on  Concord  and  Merrimack  38. 
IS20— Catostomus  fl^xuosu 8  Raf.,  Ich.  Ohio,  59. 


JORDAN   ON   FISHES   OF  DAKOTA  AND   MONTANA. 


783 


1823 — Catoetotnus  hudwriiua  Kicn.,  FrankliD's  Jouru.  717.    (Not  of  Le  Saenr.) 

CypriHua  {Catoaiomua)  hudeouius  Bicu.  (18:^),  Fauna  Bor.-Amer.  Fishes,  112. 
18:i6— C»/j>rinM«  {Catostomtts)  reticulatua  RiciiAKDSON,  FauDa  Bor.-Amer.  Fishes,  303. 
1838 — Catoaiomus  gracilia  Kiktland,  Rept.  Zool.  Ohio,  1G8. 
1838 — Catoatomuti  nigricava  Stoker,  Rept.  Ich.  Mass.  80.    (Not  of  Le  Sueor.) 

Catoatomua  tiigricana  Thompson  (1842),  Hist.  Vt.  135. 
184*2 — Catoatomua  paUidua  DeKay,  N.  Y.  Faana,  part  iv,  Fishes,  200. 

Catoatomua  pallidua  Stoker  (1846),  S:pDopsis,  426. 
ISA4— 'Catoatomua  aureolua  Cuv.  &  Val.,  Hist.  Nat.  des  Poiss.  xvii,  4.'^9.    (Not  of  Le 
Suear.) 

Catoatomua  aureolua  GCntiier  (1868),  Cat.  Fishes  Brit.  Mus.  vii,  16. 
1850 — Catoatomua  foraterianua  Agassiz,  Lake  Superior,  358.    (Not  of  Rich.) 

Catoatomua  foraterianua  Agassiz  (1855),  Aw.  Journ.  Sci.  Arts,  2d  series,  xix,  208. 

Acomua  foraterianua  Girakd  (1856),  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  173. 
1856 — Catoatomua  aucklii  Girari>,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  175. 

Catoatomua  aucklii  Girard  (1858),  U.  S.  Pac.  R.  R.  Exp.  x,  pL  li,  226. 

Catoatomua  aucklii  Cope  (1872),  Hayden  Geol.  Sur\'.  Wyoming,  434. 

Catoatomua  aucklii  Johdah  &,  Copkland  (1876),  Check  List,  156. 
1860 — Catoatomua  texanua  Abbott,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  473. 

Catoatomua  texanua  Jordan  &,  Copeland  (1670),  Check  List,  156. 
VS^— Catoatomua  chloropteron  Abboit,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phiia.  473. 

Catoatomua  chloropteron  Cope  (1865),  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  85. 
1876 — Catoatomua  chloropterua  Jordan  &,  Copeland  (1876),  Cheek  List,  156. 

Numerous  specimens,  not  differing  in  any  noticeable  respect  from 
Eastern  specimens  of  this  universally  distributed  species.  One  or  two 
of  them  have  only  ten  dorsal  rays. 


Smitbaonian 
number. 

CoUector'a 
number. 

Locality. 

Colieotor. 

Date. 

S0191 
20194 

Dr.  Elliott  Coaea 

do 

1 

Family  CYPRINID^. 


Genus  PIMEPHALES  Bafinesque. 
6.— «PiM£PHAL£S  PBOMELAS  Bafinesquc. 


1820 — Pimepkalea  promelaa 
Pimephalea  promelaa 
Pimepkalea  promelas 
Pimephalea  promeUu 
Pimephalea  promelaa 
Pimephalea  promelaa 
Pimephalea  promelaa 
Pimephalea  promelaa 
Pimephalea  promelaa 
Pimephalea  promelaa 
Pimephalea  promelaa 
Pimephalea  promelaa 
Pimephalea  promelaa 
Pimephalea  promelaa 


Raf.,  Ich.  Ob.  94. 

KiRTLAND  (1838),  Bep.  Zool.  Oh.  194. 

KiRTL.\ND  (1838),  Bost.  Joorn.  Nat.  Hist,  iii,  475. 

Storer  (1846),  Syn.  418. 

Agassiz  (1855),  Am.  Joora.  Sci.  Arts,  220. 

Putnam  (1863),  Bull.  M.  C.  Z.  8. 

GOnther  (1868),  Cat.  Fishes,  vii,  181. 

Jordan  (1874),  Ind.  Geol.  Sorv.  224. 

Jordan  (1876),  Bull.  Buff.  Soc.  Nat.  Hist  94. 

Jordan  (1876),  Man.  Vert.  275. 

Jordan  &  Copeland  (1876),  Check  List,  146. 

Nelson  (1876),  Bull.  Ills.  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.  45. 

Jordan  (1877),  Bull.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.  iz,  32. 

Jordan  (1878),  Mau.  Vert.  ed.  2d,  288. 


784     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  8UKVSY. 

PimephaUa  pramtlas  Jordan,  Cat.  Fishes  N.  A.  419. 
IHoKy—Pimephales  fasciatus  Gikard,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  180. 

Pimcphalet  fMdaiuB  Gikakd  (18oH),  Pac  R.  R.  Surv.  z,  234. 
1860 — Plargyrui  mdanocephalun  Abbott,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Pbila.  32S. 

Pimephalet  melanocephalus  Jordan  Sc  Coprland  (1876),  Check  List,  146. 
lS6A—PimephaU8  miltBii  CoPK,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  282. 

Pimephalea  mileaii  GI^nther  (1868),  Cat.  Fishes,  vii,  181. 

Pimephales  milemi  Jordan  (1876),  Man.  Vert.  276. 
ie6&—Pimqi>hale8  agasi^izii  Copk,  Cyp.  Penn.  391. 

Pimephales  agassizii  Jordan  (1874),  Ind.  G^L  Sorv.  224. 

Numerous  specimens,  to  all  appearance  precisely  like  others  from  the 
Ohio  River ;  the  lateral  line  is  imperfect  and  extends  to  a  little  past  the 
beginning  of  the  dorsal. 

Oenas  COUESIUS  Jordan,  gen.  nov. 

7. — CouESius  DissiMiLis  (Grd.)  Jordan. 

1856— XeuootfomiM  diasimiliB  Grd.,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  189. 

Leucosomus  dissimilU  Girard  (1858),  U.  S.  Pao.  R.  R.  Exp.  x,  250. 

Semotilus  dissimil is  J om>AVf  Ball.  U.  8.  (^eol.  Sarv.  Terr.  1878,  iv,  427. 
1877 — Xooamis  milneri  Jordan,  Bull.  Nat.  Mos.  x,  64. 

Ceratichthys  milneri  Jordan  (1878),  Bull.  U.  8.  Geol.  Sorv.  Terr,  iv,  427. 

Ceraiickthya  milneri  Jordan  (1878),  Man.  Vert.  2d  ed.  307. 

This  species  was  first  described  by  Oirard  from  specimens  from  the 
Upper  Missouri  region,  and  referred  by  him  to  the  genus  Leucosomtu 
{=ISemotiltis).  As  he  did  not  describe  especially  its  dentition,  it  has 
been  presumed  by  myself  and  others  that  the  species  really  w«is  a  tk 
motilusn  and,  if  so,  probably  related  to  the  Eastern  Semotilus  buUaru 
'rhotheus  Cope),  a  species  without  the  usual  black  dorsal  spot. 

Specimens  collected  in  Lake  Superior  by  Mr.  J.  W.  Milner  were 
ately  described  by  me  as  Nocomis  (=CernticUthys)  milneri^  without  a 
ohought  as  to  the  necessity  of  comparing  them  with  one  of  Girard'S 
Leucosomi. 

Comparison  of  the  numerous  specimens  collected  by  Dr.  Coues  with 
Girard's  description  and  my  own  leaves  no  doubt  whatever  in  my  mind 
as  to  their  identity  both  with  Leucosomus  diaaiypiilis  and  Ceratichthys  mil 
^teri.  The  specific  name  dissimilis,  however,  cannot  be  used  for  this 
species,  if  referred  to  Ceratichthya,  as  there  is  already  a  ^^  dissimilis^ 
{Leuciseus  dissimilis  Kirtland)  in  the  genus  Ceratichihys.  The  reprehen- 
sible custom,  so  often  practised  by  Girard,  of  giving,  as  specific  names 
to  new  species,  names  already  borne  by  species  of  allied  genera,  always 
leads  to  confusion  as  the  boundaries  of  genera  are  changed.  If  referred 
to  Ceratichthys,  then  the  species  should  stand  as  Ceratichthys  milneri 
Jordan. 

Since  the  above  was  written,  the  author  has  reviewed  some  of  the 
characters  on  which  our  current  genera  of  Cyprinidw  rest.  I  am  dis- 
posed to  agree  with  Professor  Cope  that  the  presence  or  absence  of  the 
single  tooth  forming  a  second  row  is  not,  in  most  cases  at  least,  a  good 


JORDAN   ON  FISHES   OF  DAKOTA  AND  MONTANA.  785 

generic  character,  as  it  is  subject  to  many  variations.  I  find,  however,  that 
in  those  species  which  have  two  teeth  in  the  smaller  row,  that  character  is 
very  constant.  1  find  also  that  in  those  genera  {Ltixilus^Albumops,  Cera- 
tichthysy  Cliolaj  etc.)  in  which  some  of  the  species  possess  two  teeth  in  the 
outer  row,  while  others  have  no  teeth  or  but  one,  those  species  with  two 
teeth  are  strikingly  difibrent  in  general  external  characters  and  appear- 
ance from  the  others,  and  have  in  each  of  the  above  cases  been  already 
distinguished  as  subgenera  {PliotogeniSj  Hydrophlox^  Episema)^  and  in 
all  but  one  have  received  distinctive  names.  The  Cyprinidce  are  small 
fishes,  of  low  organization,  and  the  very  nnmerous  species  are  very 
closely  related.  It  seems  advisable  to  divide  the  various  forms  related 
to  Leuciscus  into  groups  with  distinctive  names,  which  we  may  call 
"  genera",  although  they  may  not  be  exactly  co-ordinate  with  the  gen- 
era of  some  family  less  rich  in  species.  To  combine  them  all  into  one 
genus,  as  has  been  attempted  by  GUuther  and  Valenciennes,  has  led 
only  to  confusion  and  the  almost  utter  loss  of  all  knowleilge  of  the  spe- 
cies. Ouf  tests  of  a  "  generic  character"  in  such  a  group  must  be.  Does 
it  hold  ?  Is  it  capable  of  exact  definition  and  determination  ?  Does  it  set 
ofi"  species  really  related,  from  others  of  more  remote  affinities  I  At 
presei>t,  the  character  of  the  two  inner  teeth  seems  to  fill  these  require- 
ments, and  it  is  therefore  held  provisionally  as  a  true  generic  character. 
It  may  be  premised  that  this  character  requires  verification  in  several 
species  now  referred  to  Notropia^  Luxilus.  Cliola^  BhiniohthySy  etc. 

COUESIUS,  gen.  nov. 

Type.— Zetico«omiM  dissimilU  Grd.  =  Nocomis  milneri  Jordan. 

Characters. — LeuciacincBf  with  the  fins  normal,  the  dorsal  over  or  slightly  posterior 
to  ventrals,  the  basis  of  the  anal  short ;  month  nonnal ;  end  of  the  maxillary  bone 
with  a  small  bat  conspicnons  barbel;  scales  rather  small;  lateral  line  present;  in- 
testinal canal  short ;  teeth  2,- 4-4,  2,  those  of  the  longer  row  hooked,  sharp-edged,  with- 
ont  grinding  surface ;  npper  jaw  protractile. 

This  genus  is  dedicated  to  Elliott  Coues,  one  of  the  very  foremost  of 
American  studeiuts  of  vertebrates,  to  whose  activity  as  a  collector  we 
owe  the  interesting  collection  which  is  the  subject  of  the  present  paper. 

The  following  analysis  of  the  genera  of  American  Cyprinidce  which 
now  seem  to  me  worthy  of  recognition  will  show  the  relations  of  the 
genus  Cotiesius  to  its  affines. 

*.  Dorsal  fin  withont  a  strong,  developed  spine;  ventral  fins  not  decarrent  on  the 

abdomen, 
t.  Pharyngeal  teeth  developed. 
t.  Dentary  bones  straight  and  flat,  united  throughout  their  length ;  mandible  much 

incurved,  tongue-like,  a  lobe  on  each  side  of  it 
at  base;  air-bladder  normal.    {ExoglosainiB.) 
a.  Teeth  hooked,  1,  4-4, 1,  withont  grinding  surface ;  dorsal  fin  nearly  opposite 

ventrals ;  anal  basis  short ;  no  barbel ;  premax- 
iUaries   not  projectile;   intestinal   canal   short. 

EXOOLOSSUM. 


786  BULLETIN   UNITED   STATES   GEOLOGICAL   SUB  VET. 

t  Dentary  bones  arched,  well  separated  except  at  their  Bymphysis. 

$.  Air-bladder  suspended  in  the  abdominal  cavity,  sarroanded  by  many  convolo- 

tioDs  of  the  long  alimentary  canal.    (  Campoeicmar 
Una,) 
b.  Teeth  4-4  or  1,  4-4,  0,  with  oblique  grinding  sarface,  scarcely  hooked; 

month  small,  inferior;  upper  jaw  protractiJe; 
dorsal  over,  or  slightly  posterior  to  ventrals; 
base  of  anal  short ;  alimentary  canal  6  to  9  times 
the  length  of  the  body  ;  no  barbel.. Campostomjl 
$$.  Air-bladder  contiguous  to  tbe  roof  of  the  abdominal  cavity,  and  above  the 

alimentary  canaL 
1[.  Intestinal  canal  elongate,  more  than  twice  the  length  of  the  body; 

peritoneum  usually  more  or  less  black ;  premax- 
illaries  projectile.     iChoftdrastamatiiice.) 
d.  Each  jaw  provided  with  a  firm,  bard,  straight,  cartilaginous  plate,  that 

of  ibe  lower  jaw  hard  and  conspicuous ;  peritoneum 
block;  intestinal  canal  elongate.    {Chondrostoma- 
iincB.) 
0.  Teeth  5-4,  club-shaped,  entire,  hooked,  with  a  broad,  obliqne  grinding 

surface;  dorsal  fin  slightly  behind  ventraU; 
anal  base  scarcely  elongate  (rays  9) ;  caudal  fin 
very  long,  with  numerous  accessory  rays  recur- 
rent on  the  caudal  peduncle  ;  scales  rather  small, 
loosely  imbricated ;  lateral  line  present ;  upper 

jaw  protractile Ackochilu& 

dd.  Jaws  without  conspicuous  horny  plate. 

e.  Teeth  6-6.  comi>reBsed,  lanceolate,  erect,  very  slightly  bent  inward; 

lower  jaw  sharp-edged,  with  a  knob  at  the  sym- 
physis ;  dorsal  over  ventrals ;  basal  candal  rays 

largely  developed ;  scales  small Orthodon. 

ee.  Teeth  4-^. 
/.  Teeth  cultrifoini,  with  oblique  grinding  surface  and  little  or  uo 

hook;  lips  attenuate,  without  sheal h ;  rudiment- 
ary dorsal  ray  firmly  attached  to  the  fiist  devel- 
oped ray. 
g.  Lateral  line  complete ;  dorsal  over  ventrals ;  mouth  horizontal 

— Scales  very  small Zophendcm.* 

Scales  large Hybognathus. 

gg.    Lateral   liue    iccomplete;    dorsal  behind  ventrals;    mooth 

oblique Cousccs. 

ff.  Teeth  short,  with  grinding  surface,  and  a  small  hook;  rudi- 
mentary dorsal  ray  separated  from  the  first  de- 
veloped ray  by  membrane;  dorsal  scales  small 

h.  Lateral  liue  incomplete;  no  barbel ...Pimepuales. 

hh.  Lateral  liue  complete;  maxillary  with  a  rudimentary  or  obso- 
lete barbel  HYBORnTNCHUS. 

eee.  Teeth  5-5  or  5-4,  with  grinding  surface  and  hook ;  dorsal  behind 

ventrals. 
i.  Lateral  line  incomplete;  anal  base  short;  scales  very  small. 

CHROSOMC& 

it.   Lateral  line  complete;  anal  base  elongate;  scales  moderate; 

basal  caudal  rays  largely  developed.... La viNi a- 
IfH.  Intestinal  canal  short,  little  if  any  longer  than  the  body ;  peritooeum 

mostly  white.    (Leuciecina,) 
j.  Teeth  raptatorial,  those  of  the  main  row  more  or  less  hooked. 


*  Zophenduniy  gen.  nov. ;  type  "  Hyborhynchua*'  tideriua  Cope. 


JORDAN   ON   FISHES   OP  DAKOTA  AND   MONTANA.  787 

k.  Maxillary  witboat  barbel. 
Z.  Aual  basis  considerably  elongato  (of  12  to  25,  rarely  fewer, 

rays);   belly  behind  ventrals  compressed  to  an 
edge ;  lateral  line  decurved,  complete, 
m.  Teeth  5-4),  sharp  pointed,  with  grinding  surface ;  anal  rays 

11  to  15 NOTEMIGONUS. 

mm.  Teeth  2,5-5,2,  entire,  without  grinding  surface;  anal  rays 

13  to30 Alburnus.* 

U.  Anal  basis  shorter  (of  7  to  11  rays) ;  abdomen  not  compressed 

to  an  edge, 
n.  Teeth  1, 3-3, 1,  without  grinding  surface ;  dorsal  behind  ven- 
trals ;  isthmus  very  wide Tiaroga. 

nn.  Teeth  in  the  main  row  4-4. 
0.  Opercular  and  mandibular  bon<is,  without  externally  visi- 
ble cavernous  chambers. 
p.  Teeth  with  grinding  kurfuce  developed. 

q.  Jaws  with  a  hard,  bony  sheath,  resembling  the  teeth  of 
Tifirodon  ;  teeth  4-4  ;  rudimentary  dorsal  ray  con- 
nected by  membrane Cocrlognathus. 

qq.  Jaws  normal ;  rudimentary  dorsal  ray  attached, 
r.  Teeth  4-4  or  1, 4-4, 1 ;  anal  basis  short  (rays  7  to  9). 

s.  Scales  very  small Algansea. 

M.  Scales  large. 

i.  Lateral  line  complete Hudsonius. 

ti.  Lateral  line  incomplete Chriopb.! 

rr.  Teeth  2. 4-4, 2. 
ti.  Dorsal  fin  over  or  slightly  behind  ventrals ;  anal 

basis  short  (8  or  9  rays) Luxilus. 

nu.  Dorsal  fin  much  behind  ventrals;    anal    basis 

elongate  (10  to  12  rays) Lythrurus. 

pp.  Teeth  without  masticatory  surface,  their  edges  serrate 
or  entire, 
v.  Lips  thin,  normal ;  lateral  line  complete. 

w.  Teeth  2,  4-4,  2 NoTROPis. 

WW.  Teeth  4-4  or  1,4-4,1 Cliola. 

vr.  Lips  thin ;  lateral  line  incomplete;  teeth  1,  4-4,  2. 

Protoporits. 
vw.  Lips  thick,  fieshy,  enlarged  behind ;  mouth  small,  in- 
ferior;  dorsal  tin  beginning  in  front  of  ventrals ; 
teeth  4-4;  lateral  line  complete  ..PnENACODius. 
00.  Opercular  and  mandibulary  bones  with  externally  visible 
cavernous  chambers ;  teeth  1,  4-4,  0,  without 
grinding  surface ;  lips  normal ;  dorsal  over  ven- 
trals   Ericvmba. 

nftn.  Teeth  in  the  main  row  5-5  or  5-4. 
A.  Lateral  line  incomplete. 

B.  Dorsal  fin  over  ventrals ;  scales  large ;  teeth  4-5,  with 

grinding  surface Hemitrkmia. 

BB.  Dorsal  fin  behind  ventrals ;  scales  small ;  teeth  2,  5-5,  2 
(or2,5-4,2),  without  grinding  surface. Phoxinus. 

AA.  Lateral  line  complete. 

C.  Teeth  raptatorial,  entire,  withoat  grinding  surface,  2, 

5-4  or  5,  2  or  1. 

*  Alburnus  Heckel  =B%chard9oniu8  Grd. 

iChriope,  gen.  nov. ;  type  HyhoptU  ^/renotiM  Coi^. 


788     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SUBVET. 

D.  Teeth  sabconiO;  little  booked,  wide  set. 

Ptychocbilus. 
DD.  Teeth  compreBsed,  hooked,  close  set. 
—  Caadal  peduncle  very  slender,  the  baaal  candal  rays 

mnch  developed Gila. 

Candal  peduncle  stout,  the  basal  candal  rays  little 

developed Tklkstks.* 

CC.  Teeth  raptatorial,  with  developed  grinding  surface. 

E.  Teeth  2,  5-4  or  5,  2  or  1 SQUAiJU8.t 

££.  Teeth  4-6  or  5^ Lxuoo&t 

kk.  Maxillary  with  a  small  barbel ;  teeth  hooked. 
F.  Premaxillaries  projectile,  a  groove   separating  the  npper  lip 

from  the  forehead. 
G.  "ll^eth  2,  4-5-2,  without  grinding  surface;  barbel  minnte, 
not  at  the  end  of  the  maxillary ;  dorsal  more  or 

less  posterior  to  ventrals SKiionLua. 

GG.  Teeth  2,  5-4,  2,  or  2,  5-5,  2,  with  grinding  surface;  barbel 
terminal. 
—  Caudal  fin  symmetrical,  the  rudimental  basal  rays  little 

developed S\  mmrtrurus.^ 

Caudal  fin  nnsymmetrical,  the  rudimental  basal  rays 

largely  developed Pogonichth Y8. 

GGG.  Teeth  in  the  principal  row  4-4 ;  barbel  terminaL 

I.  Teeth  without  grinding  surface. 

J.  Dorsal  behind  ventrals;  scales  small;  teeth  mostly  1, 

4-4, 1 Apo(X»pe. 

JJ.  Dorsal  over  ventrals  or  slightly  posterior ;  scales  moder- 
ate or  rather  large. 

K.  Teeth  4-4,  or  1,  4-4, 1 Ckratichthys. 

KK.  Teeth  2,  4-4,  2 CouESius. 

II.  Teeth  with  developed  grinding  surface. 

L.  Dorsal  fin  more  or  less  directly  above  ventrals ;  scales 

large ;  teeth  2, 4-4,  2. 
LL.  Dorsal  fin  wholly  behind  ventrals ;  scales  small ;  teeth 
4-4 Agosia. 

FF.  Premaxillaries  not  projectile;  teeth  mostly  2,  4-4,  2,  with- 
out grinding  surface ;  scales  small;  dorsal  behind 

ventrals;  barbel  terminal Rhinichthts. 

jj.  Teeth  molar,  of  the  grinding  type,  two  or  three  of  the  main  row 

blunt  aud  much  enlarged;  teeth  in  three  rows, 
the  outer  deciduous,  2  or  3,  2,  5-4,  2,  2  or  3. 

M.  Upper  jaw  not  protractile;  no  barbel;  dorsal  fin  beginning  behind 

ventrals Myix>pharoi>on. 

MM.  Upper  jaw  protractile;  maxillary  with  a  barbel;  dorsal  over 

ventrals MyijOchiliis. 

tt.  Pharyngeal  teeth  quite  rudimental,  replaced  by  a  somewhat  uneven  ridge  of  the 

bone.    (GraodontincB.) 

N.  Dorsal  fin  short,  without  spinous  ray,  opposite  ventrals;  anal 

basis  short;  mouth  small,-  without  barbel,  the 
upper  jaw  somewhat  the  larger ;  intestinal  canal 
short;  lateral  line  complete Graodcs. 

*  Telestea  Bonaparte  =  Tigoma^  Siboma,  and  Clinoatomus  Grd. 

t  SqtMlius  Bonaparte  =  Cheonda  Grd. 

t  Leucoa  Heckel  =  Myloleucus  Cope. 

$  SymmetruruSf  gen.  nov. ;  type  Pogonickthys  argyreio9U»  B.  &  G. 


JORDAN   ON   FISHES   OF  DAKOTA   AND   MONTANA. 


789 


**.  Dorsal  fin  with  a  strong  spine,  which  is  composed  of  two,  the  posterior  received 

into  a  longitudinal  groove  of  the  anterior ;  inner 
border  of  the  ventral  fins  adherent  to  the  body 
dorsal  behind  ventrals;  teeth  hooked,  withoat 
grinding  surface.    (Flagopterinw,) 

O.  Body  with  small  scales;  teeth  2, 4>4,2;  no  barbel Lepidomeda. 

00.  Body  naked. 

P.  Teeth  1,4-4,1;  no  barbel Meda. 

PP.  Teeth  2, 5-4, 2 ;  a  barbel  at  the  end  of  the  maxillary Plagopterus. 

The  relations  of  the  European  and  Americao  genera  of  Cyprinidce  may 
be  approximately  indicated  by  the  following  groaping.  The  clusters  of 
genera  here  indicated  as  *' groups"  have  about  the  value  attached  by 
the  *' ultra  conservative"  writers  to  their  "genera".  The  subfamilies 
here  recognized,  of  Ckondrostomaiince,  Levcisdnce,  and  AhramidincBj  are 
very  closely  connected  by  their  American  representatives,  perhaps  too 
closely  for  recognition.  The  group  Oraodontince  is  admitted  provision- 
ally, the  singular  character  ascribed  to  the  genus  Oraodus  being  pos- 
sibly erroneous.  I  have  not  examined  the  intestines  of  Rliodeus  and 
LeucoSj  and  their  positions  in  the  series  may  require  change.  The  type 
of  the  European  genus  Squalius  has  a  narrow  grinding  surface  on 
its  teeth,  and  it  is  congeneric  with  the  species  referred  by  Girard  to 
Cheonda.  In  like  manner,  our  current  genera  Richardsonius^  Tigoma^ 
and  Myloleucus  are  equivalent  to  Albumus,  Telestes^  and  Leucos. 

European  genera  are  designated  by  an  asterisk  (*);  genera  common 
to  Europe  and  America  by  a  dagger  (t). 

Subfamily  CAMPOSTOMATINJE. 
Campostoma  Agassiz. 

Subfamily  CHONDROSTOMATINiE. 
Group  AcKOCHiii. 
Acrochilue  Agassi z. 

Group  CH0NDR08T0MATA. 

Chondrorhynchus*  Heckel. 
Chondrostoma*  Agassiz. 


Group  Orthodontes. 

Orthodon  Girard. 
Group  Lavini^. 

Larinia  Girard. 
Group  Hhodei. 

llhodcus*  Agassiz. 
Group  Chuosomi. 

Chroaomua  Kafinosque. 
Grouii  Hybognathi. 

Zophendum  Jordan. 

Hybognathtu  Agassiz. 

Coliscus  Cojie. 

Pimephahs  Ratinesqne. 

Hyborhynchus  Agassiz. 

Subfamily  EXOGLOSSINiE. 

Exoglossum  Rafinesqne. 

Subfamily  GRAODONTIN^. 
Graodus  Gtinther. 


Subfamily  LEUCISCINiE. 
Group  Tiarogjb. 
liaroga  Girard. 

Group  COCHLOGNATUI. 

Cochlognathua  Baird  &  Girard. 
Group  Luxiij. 

Alganaea  Girard. 

Hudaonius  Girard. 

Chriqpe  Jordan. 

Cliola  Girard  ( Codoma,  CyprinelUif 
etc.). 

Protoporua  Cope. 

Xotropia  Rafinesque. 

Lythrurua  Jordan. 

Luxilua  Rafinesque. 
Group  Ericymb^. 

Ericymha  Cope. 
Group  Phenacobu. 

Phenacobiua  Cope. 
Group  Rhinichthyes. 

Bhinichihyea  Agassiz. 
Group  Cebatichthyes. 

Agoaia  Girard. 

Ceraiichtkya  Baird. 

Apocope  Cope. 

Coueaiua  Jordan. 

Flaiygobio  Gill. 


790 


BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 


Subfamily  LEUCISCIN-E. 
Group  GoBiONES. 

Gohio*  Cuvier. 

SemoHlus  Rafinesque. 

Symmeirurua  Jordan. 

Pogonichthys  Girard. 
Group  TiNC^. 

Tinea*  Cuvier. 
Group  Mylochili. 

Mylochilut  Agassiz. 
Group  Myix)pharodokt£s. 

Mylopharodon  Ayres. 
Group  Lkucisci. 

SiMrdiuius*  Bonaparte. 

Idu8*  Heckel. 

PtychochUus  Agaasiz. 

Gila  Baird  <&  Girard. 

Tele8te8*i  Bonaparte. 

SquaHus*\  Bonaparte. 

Phoxinus*\  Agassiz. 

Pkoxinellus  Heckel. 

Leuco8*\  Heckel. 

Leudacua  Cuvier. 


Subfamily  ABRAMIDIN^. 
Group  Abramides. 

Lewsaspius^  Heckel. 

Notemigonus  Bafineaqae. 

Abramia*  Cuvier. 

BUcca^  Heckel. 

Albumus*\  Heckel. 

Aapinus*  Agassiz. 
Group  Pelbci. 

Pelccus*  Agassiz. 
Subfamily  PLAGOPTERINiE. 

Lepidomeda  Cope. 

Plagopteru8  Cope. 

Meda  Girard. 
Subfamily  AULOPYGINiE. 

Aulopyge*  Heckel. 
Subfamily  BARBINJS. 

Barbus*  Cuvier. 
Subfamily  CYPRINlNiE. 
Group  Cypriki. 

Cyprinua*  Linns&UB. 
Group  Cahassu. 

Caraaaiua*  Nilason. 


The  followiDg  species  are  to  be  referred  to  the  genns  Couesius: — 

Coue8iu8  dissimilisj  =  Leucosomus    dissimilis  Girard;    Couesius  proi- 

tJiemius,  =  Ceratiehthys  prostheniitis  Cope;    Couesius   squamilentus^  = 

Ceratichthya  squamilentm  Cope ;  Cotiesius  phyaignathusy  =  Ctsratickthjfl 

physignathus  Cope. 

lu  C.  difisimilw,  the  dorsal  fin  is  almost  directly  over  the  ventrals;  the 
mouth  is  large  and  quite  oblique,  the  jaws  being  about  equal;  the  maxil- 
lary barbel  is  very  distinct;  the  scales  are  about  11-70-9.  lu  the  collec- 
tion are  50  specimens  of  all  sizes,  from  one  inch  in  length  to  about  five. 


Smithsooian 
number. 

Collector's 
o  amber. 

Locality. 

Collector. 

Date. 

21206 

(f) 

Dr.  Elliott  Coaea 

m. 

•"••*•  \*/  •••-•••••••••••••••--•-- 

•  "  "  •  "  V'/* 

Genus  RHINIOHTHYS  Agassiz. 
S.—RnmicnTHYS  maxillosub  Cope. 

1864—Iihinichthy8  maxillosus  Cope,  Proc.  Ac.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  278. 

Bhinichthys  maxiUoaus  GCnther  (1868),  Cat.  Fishes  Brit.  Mas.  yii,  190. 
Bhinichthya  maxilloaua  JoR.  (1873),  Ball.  U.  S.  Geol.  Sar.Terr.  iv,  426. 

Forty-three  specimens  of  this  species  were  obtained,  from  one  to  four 
inches  in  length.  The  species  is  somewhat  intermediate  between  the 
Eastern  R,  catnra^tce  {R.  nasutus  Ag.)  and  R,  atronasiis.  The  specimens 
agree  well  with  Professor  Cope's  figure  in  the  Report  of  the  Ichtbyology 
of  Lieutenant  Wheeler's  Explorations,  but  they  differ  slightly  in  p^opo^ 


JORDAN   ON   PISHES   OP  DAKOTA   AND   MONTANA.  791 

tions  from  the  original  description.  Rhinichthys  dulcia  Girard  is  appar- 
ently a  different  fish,  similar  to  and  probably  identical  with  Bhinicktkys 
ohtuma  Ag.  {^^Rhinichthys  lunatus  Cope). 

Genus  CLIOLA  Girard. 

9. — Cliola  ohloba  Jordan,  sp.  nov. 

A  small  pale  species,  resembling  a  Notropis.  Boily  slender,  com- 
pressed, resembling  in  form  that  ofNotropis  ruhrifrom  Cope,  the  greatest 
depth,  at  the  beginning  of  the  dorsal,  contained  about  five  times  in  the 
length.  Head  rather  small,  4^  in  length,  the  eye  rather  large,  longer 
than  snout,  forming  about  one-third  the  length  of  the  head,  about  equal 
to  the  width  of  the  interorbital  space ;  mouth  small,  quite  oblique,  the 
lower  jaw  included  when  the  mouth  is  closed,  the  maxillary  scarcely 
reaching  to  the  front  of  the  eye. 

Scales  very  large,  4-35-3,  abopt  12  in  front  of  the  dorsal  fin ;  body 
entirely  scaly  except  the  thoracic  region  ;  lateral  linedecurved  in  front, 
thence  nearly  straight. 

Dorsal  fin  beginning  about  midway  of  the  body,  directly  over  the  ven- 
trals,  rather  high,  its  rays,  I,  7 ;  anal  fin  short  and  high,  I,  7;  pectorals 
not  reaching  nearly  to  ventrals,  the  latter  almost  to  vent. 

Teeth  hooked,  without  masticatory  surface,  in  one  row,  4-4. 

Coloration  quite  pale ;  back  greenish ;  cheeks  and  sides  with  a  silvery 
band,  belly  white.  No  spots  on  the  fins  except  sometimes  a  dusk^  shade 
at  base  of  caudal ;  no  dusky  or  plumbeous  shading  on  the  body. 

Length  of  types  about  2J  inches  each.  There  are  twelve  of  these 
typical  examples,  numbered  20193  in  the  United  States  National 
Museum. 

The  aflBnities  of  this  small  species  seem  to  be  rather  with  the  Texan 
species,  (7.  t?tt?aa?and  C.  teloxj  than  with  the  other  forms  now  referred  to 
this  genus. 


Smithsonian 
nambtsr. 

Collootor's 
number. 

Locality.                     1                Collector. 

1 

Date. 

• 

20193 

1 
(?) 1  Dr.  Elliott  Cones 

(t). 

< 

1 

Genus  PEOTOPOIiUS   Cope. 

IO.—Peotoporus,  -sp.  nov.  f 

Mixed  with  the  specimens  of  Cliola  cftlora  were  several  individuals 
in  poor  condition,  with  the  teeth  4-4,  hooked,  without  grinding  surface, 
and  the  lateral  line  incomplete.  If  this  latter  character  is  permanent, 
and  a  lateral  line  is  not  developed  with  age,  the  species  is  perhaps  refer- 
able to  the  genus  Proioporm.  The  only  species  of  that  geuu^,  P.  domninus 
Cope,  has  two  rows  of  teeth  (teeth  2, 4-4, 1),  so  that  the  present  specie^^vC 


792     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SUBVET. 

a  ProUfporiM^  is  at  leant  specifically  distinct  Hj  specimens  are,  howerer, 
neither  a^lult  nor  in  good  condition,  and  I  prefer  to  leave  the  task  of 
describi ug  a  new  species  to  some  later  observer. 

Family  HYODONTIDiE. 

Genus  HYODON  Le  Snear- 
11.— HroDON  (Elattonistius)  ohbtsopsis  Rich. 

Gold  Eye,    Northern  Moon- eye,    '* Naeoaytk," 

WtA—JIyodon  clodalus  Bicii.,  FraDkHo's  Joaraal,  716.    (Not  of  Le  Saeur.) 
X^V^JIyodon  chrynoptis  Kicfi.,  Fuana  Bor.-Am.  iii,  532. 

Jlyodon  chryiopaU  DkKay,  New  York  Faana,  Fishes,  1842,  267. 

Ilyodon  chrytopHs  Storek,  Synopsis  Fishes  N.  A.  1846,  463. 

Jlyodon  chrysopgis  Jokdan,  Bull.  U.  8.  Nat.  Mas.  x,  67, 1878. 

Hyodon  chrysoptiB  Jordan,  Man.  Vert.  ed.  2d,  277,  1878. 

Hyodon  chrysop»iB  Jordan,  Boll.  Hayden's  Geol.  Surv.  Terr,  iv,  429. 

Tills  beantiful  species  was  first  described  t)y  Bichardson  from  speci- 
mens obtained  in  the  Saskatcbawan  region.  For  a  time  after  Richard- 
son's day  the  species  was  kept  alive  by  compilers,  but  for  the  last  twenty- 
five  years  it  has  been  generally  ignored  or  considered  a  mere  synonym 
of  Ilyodon  tergisus.  For  its  rediscovery  science  is  indebted  to  the  col- 
lection now  under  consideration.  Its  resemblance  to  H.  tergistis  is  not 
very  great;  the  body  is  very  much  more  compressed  than  in  the  latter 
species,  the  abdomen  being  almost  cultrate,  while  the  dorsal  fin  is  redaced 
in  size,  having  only  about  nine  developed  rays.  In  view  of  these  peca- 
liarities,  Dr.  Gill  and  myself  have  proposed  for  it  the  snbgeneric  name  of 
ElattoniHiiutt.  At  present,  Elattotmtius  is  considered  as  a  subgenus  of 
Ilyodon^  but  if  no  intermediate  forms  occur  it  may  require  elevation  to 
full  genorici  rank.  The  following  analysis  of  the  species  of  Hyodon  gives 
the  principal  distinctive  characters  of  the  three  species  now  known: 
EUitUmlHtim  chrystpsis,  Hyodon  tergisus  Le  S.,  and  Hyodon  selenops  Jor- 
dan ^^  Hoan. 

*.  Dorsal  Ihi  rtuluotMl,  ntul  with  only  about  nine  fully  developed  rays;  abdomen  sharply 
oari n at od  ( Klatton isti hs)  : 
t.  Dorsal  tin  vrry  small,  of  about  nine  developed  rays  (besides  the  two  or  three  rodi* 
nuMit8\  the  longth  of  its  longest  rays  half  f^reater  than  the  length  of  the  base  of 
the  tin  ;  Ixnly  deep,  closely  compresseil,  the  belly  strongly  carinated  both  before 
and  U'liind  voutrals;  eye  nuHlerate  (about  3^  in  head);  scales  rather  closely  im- 
bricated. f>-»'?^;  pectoral  tins  falcate,  nearly  as  long  as  the  head,  nearly  or  qnite 
rtM)chin>;  ventrals;  anal  with  \M)  or  31  developed  rays ;  head  4^  in  length  ;  depth 
3| chrysopsk. 

••.  IV^rsal  tin  nuHlerate  and  with  eleven  or  twelve  fully  developed  rays;  abdomen 
mori*  or  U*S8  obtuse  {llyinion): 
t.  IVtrsal  tin  larger,  of  alnuit  V2  developed  rays;  its  longest  rays  scarcely  longer  than 
the  ItJiHC  of  the  tin;  form  of  botly  intermediate:  the  beUy  in  front  of  rentrals 
obtust^ly  carinated;  eye  largwalKiut  3  in  head:  scales  mediam, 5^5;?-?? ;  pectortl 
tins  dividtHily  shorter  than  head,  not  reaching  nearly  to  Tenlrals:  anal  rays^ 
or  \Jl^:  hejul  4i  in  length,  the  depth  about  3 


JOBDAN   ON   FISHES   OF  DAKOTA  AND  MONTANA. 


793 


H.  Dorsal  fin  moderate,  of  11  or  12  developed  rays,  nearly  as  long  as  high  in  front; 
body  elongate,  not  greatly  compressed ;  the  belly  in  front  of  ventrals  transversely 
rounded,  not  carinated  ;  eye  very  large,  about  2^  in  head ;  scales  loosely  imbri- 
cated, 4-50-7 ;  pectoral  fins  considerably  shorter  than  head,  not  reaching  nearly 
to  ventrals ;  anal  rays  27 ;  head  4^  in  length  ;  depth  aboat  4 selekops. 

Kumeroas  specimens  are  iu  the  collection,  obtained  by  Dr.  Cones  in 
Quaking  Ash  liiver,  a  tributary  of  the  Upper  Missouri,  June  26, 1874. 

Family  SALMONID^. 

[I  obtained  no  Salmonidas  from  any  of  the  Missouri  or  Milk  River  waters,  but  found 
this  family  abounding  in  the  lake  and  river  headwaters  of  the  Saskatchewan.  The 
St.  Mary's,  for  instance,  was  full  of  the  beautiful  trout  identified  by  Prof.  Jordan  as 
S,  clarki  var.  aurora,  and  in  Chief  Mountain  Lake,  at  an  elevation  of  about  4,(KX)  feet, 
the  Great  Mackinaw  Trout,  Criativamer  namaycush,  was  very  plentiful.  There  being  no 
tackle  in  the  party  stout  enough  to  handle  these  fellows  with,  the  men  used  to  catch 
them  with  hooks  made  from  the  handles  of  camp-kettles,  attached  to  a  piece  of  tent- 
rope  and  baited  with  salt  pork ;  usually  pushing  out  on  the  lake  on  a  raft,  and  haul- 
ing in  the  game  jnst  as  a  fisherman  wonld  take  cod.  I  think  there  are  in  these  same 
waters  one  or  two  other  SalmanidWf  besides  the  two  Whitetish. — C.] 

Genus  COREGONUS  Linnaeus- 
12.— CoEEGONUS  couESi  Miluer. 

Chief  Mountain  Whitefish. 

1874 — Coregonus  coueai  Milner,  Rept.  Com.  Fish  and  Fisheries  for  1872-73,  88. 
Coregonus  coueai  Jordan  <&  Coprland,  Check  List  Fishes  N.  A.  145, 1876. 
Coregonus  couesi  Jordan,  Man.  Vert.  2d  ed.  276, 1878. 
Proeopium  coueH  Milner,  MSS.— Jordan,  Man.  Vert.  2d  ed.  362, 1878. 
Coregonus  couesi  Jordan,  Bull.  U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.  iv,  429,  1878. 

This  interesting  species  was  described  by  Mr.  Milner  from  the  speci- 
men in  the  present  collection.  I  have  nothing  new  to  add  to  his  very 
complete  account. 


Smithsonian 
namlxtr. 

Collector's 
naiuber. 

Locality. 

Collector. 

Date. 

14H6 

1182 

Chief  Mountain  Lako 

Dr.  Elliott  CoQos 

Ang.  19, 1B74. 

• 

13. — Coregonus  quadrilateralis  Richardson. 

Menomonee  Whitefish,    Shad-waiter, 

1823 — Coregonus  quadrilateralis  Richardson,  FraukliD'H  Journal,  714. 

Coregonus  quadrilateraUs  Richardson,  Faana  Bor.-Am.  iii,  204,  pi.  89,  f.  1. 
Coregonus  quadrilateralis  Cuvier  &,  Valenciennes,  Hist.  Nat.  des  Poiss.  xxi,  512. 
Coregonus  quadrilateraUs  DeKay,  New  York  Faana,  Fishes,  249,  1842. 
Coregonus  quadrilateralis  Storer,  Synopsis  Fishes  N.  A.  45!),  1846. 
Coregonus  quadrilateralis  Aoassiz,  Lako  Superior,  351,  1850. 
Coregonus  quadrilateralis  GCnther,  Cat.  Fishes  Brit.  Mas.  vi,  1867, 176. 


794 


BULLETIN   UNITED   STATES   GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY. 


Coregonus  quadrilateralis  Milner,  Kept.  Comm.  Fish  and  Fisheries  for  187:^-73, 

49, 1874. 
Coregonus  quadrilateralis  Jordan  Sl  Copeland,  Check  List  Fishes  N.  A.  145, 

187(1. 
Coregonua  quadrilateralis  Jordan,  Man.  Vert.  ed.  2d,  276, 1878. 
Prosopium  quadrilatcrale,  Milner,  MSS.— Jordan,  Man.  Vert.  ed.  2d,  276,  187b. 
Coregonus  {Prosopium)  quadrilaUralxft  Jordan,  Boll.  U.  8.  Geol.  Surv.  iv,  429, 

1878. 
1851— Core^OHM*  n-  vas-anglicp.  Prbscott,  Silliman's  Am.  Jonrn.  Sc  Arts,  xi,  342. 
CoregoHus  nwce-anglio}  GCnther,  Cat.  Fishes  Brit.  Mas.  vi,  186, 18(>7. 

A  single  specimen,  in  poor  condition,  bat  probably  referable  to  this 
species,  is  in  the  collection.  The  head  is  somewhat  crashed,  ho  that 
the  form  of  the  month  is  not  shown.  Both  this  species  and  the  i>reced- 
ing  belong  to  a  well-marked  snbgenns,  called  by  Mr.  Milner  Pra^qpiun^ 


Smithsonian 
number. 

CoUector'B 
u  umber. 

Locality. 

Collector. 

1 
Data 

2120-2 

1179 

Chief  Monntain  Lake 

Dr.  Elliott  (^ooea 

Aug.  18.  ia74. 

Genns  CRISTIVOMER  Gill  &  Jordan. 
14.— Cristivomee  namaycush  (Walbaum)  Gill  &  Jordan. 

Mackinaw  Trout.     Great  Lake  Trout,    Longe,    Togue, 

1792 — Natnaycufih  salmon  (not  "  Salmo  namaycu8V\  as  quoted  by  authors)  Pennant,  Arc- 
tic Zoology,  Introduction,  141 ;  vol.  ii,  139.    (British  America.) 

Salmo  namaycush  Walbaum,  Art'^di  Pise.  p. — . 

Salmo  namaycush  Bloch,  Schneider,  Syst.  Ich.  1801. 

Salmo  namaycush  Rich.,  Fiiuna  Bor.-Amtr.  iii,  179,  pi.  79,  and  pi.  85,  f.  1, 1836. 

Salmo  manycash  (sic)  Kirtland,  Rept.  Zool.  Ohio,  105, 1838. 

Salmo  namaycush  Kirtland,  Boat.  Journ.  Nat.  Hibt.  iv,  25,  pi.  3,  f.  2, 1842. 

Salar  namaycush  Cuv.  &  Val.,  Hist.  Nat.  des  Poissous  xxi,  348, 1848. 

Salmo  namaycush  Aoassiz,  Lake  Superior,  331, 1850. 

Salmo  namaycush  GOntuek,  Cat.  Fishes  Brit.  Mus.  vi,  123, 1867. 

Salmo  namaycush  Milner,  Rept.  Coium.  Fish  and  Fisheries  for  1872-73, 38, 1874. 

Salmo  namaycush  Sucklkt,  Monograph  Genus  Salmo,  151,  1874. 

Salmo  namaycush  Jordan,  Man.  Vert.  260, 1870. 

Salmo  namaycush  Nkuson,  Bull.  Ill8.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.  44,  1876. 

Salmo  namaycushy  Jordan,  Man.  Vert.  ed.  2d,  272, 1878. 

Cristivomer  namaycush  Gill  &  Jordan,  MSS.— Jordan,  Man.  Vert.  ed.  2d,  359, 
187H. 

Cristiromer  namaycush  Jordan,  Bull.  U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.  Terr  iv,  430,  1878. 
1817— *Sa/mo  pallidus  Rafinksque,  Am.  Month.  Mag.  and  Critical  Review,  120.    (Lak^ 

Champlain.) 
1818 — Salmo  amethystus  Mitcuill,  Journ.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  v.  1,  410.     (Great 
Lakes.) 

Salmo  amethystus  DeKay,  New  York  Fauna,  Fishes,  240,  pi.  76,  1842. 

Salmo  amethystus  Stoker,  Synopsis  Fishers  N.  A.  193,  1846. 
lSi2— Salmo  confinis  DeKay,  New  York  Fauna,  Fishes,  2:^.     (Louis  Lake,  N.  Y.) 

Salmo  confinis  Storer,  Synopsis  Fishes  N.  A.  193,  1866. 

Salmo  confinis  Sucki^ey,  Monograph  Genus  Salmo,  153,  1874. 


JORDAN   ON  FISHES   OF  DAKOTA   AND   MONTANA. 


795 


Salmo  confinis  Jordan,  Man.  Vert.  261, 1876, 

iSalmo  confinis  Jordan,  Man.  Vert.  od.  2d,  273, 1378. 
1850 — iMlnio  symmetrica  Prescott,  Silliman's  Am.  Jouru.  Sci.  Arts,  2d  series,  xi,  340, 
1850.    (Lake  Wiuuipiseop^ee.) 

Salmo  symmetrica  Suckley,  Monograph  Genus  Salmo,  157,  1874. 

Salmo  symmetrica  JoiU>AN,  Man.  Vert.  261,  1876. 

Salmo  symmetrica  Jord^vn,  Man.  Vert.  ed.  2d,  273,  1878. 
1863 — Salmo  toma  Hamlin,  Second  Annual  Hept.  Nat.  Hist,  and  Geol.  Maine  for  1862, 
p. — .    (Lakes  of  Maine.) 

Salmo  toma  Hamlin,  Kept.  Comm.  Fish  and  Fisheries  for  1872-73,  :354, 1874. 
1864— <Sa/mo  adarondacus  Norkis,  Angler's  Gnide,  p«  — .    (Adirondack  Region.) 

The  head  and  caudal  iin  of  a  large  specimen  from  Chief  Moautain 
Lake.  It  does  not  differ  in  any  obvious  respect  from  Lake  Michigan 
specimens.  On  examination  of  specimens  supposed  to  be  typical  of  each 
of  the  various  nominal  species  included  above,  I  am  unable  to  see  that 
they  differ  in  any  respect  likely  to  prove  constant. 


Smithsonian 
uambcr. 

Collector's 
nnmbtir. 

Locality. 

Collector.                    Date. 

21200 

1178 

Chief  Mountain  Lake 

Dr.  Elliott  Couea 

Aug.  18, 1874. 

Genus  SALMO  Linnaeus. 

Subgenus  SALAE  Valenciennes. 

15.— Salmo  stomias  Coi>e. 

Big-mouthed  JVout. 

1872— Salmo  (Salar)  stomias  Copb,  Hayden's  Geol.  Surv.  Wyominpf  for  1870,  433. 
Salmo  stomias  Cope,  Hayden's  Geol.  Snrv.  Montana  for  1871,  470,  1872. 
Salmo  stomias  Cope  &  Yarrow,  Wheeler's  Expl.  W.  100th  Mer.  v,  C84,  187C. 
Salmo  stomias  Hallock,  Sportsman's  Gazetteer,  346, 1877. 
Salmo  stomias  var.  stomias  Jordan,  Man.  Vert.  ed.  2d,  358,  1878. 
Salar  stomias  Jordan,  Catnlogae  of  Fishes  N.  A.  431, 1878. 

This  species  is  represented  in  the  collection  by  a  single  head,  5^  inches 
in  lenf^th,  accompanied  by  the  caudal  tin.  Before  seeing  specimens  of 
this  species,  I  had  presumed  that  it  might  have  been  based  on  someone 
of  the  numerous  varieties  of  Salmo pleuriticus  Cope.  There  can  be,  how- 
ever, no  doubt  of  its  specific  distinctness.  The  following  description  is 
taken  from  this  head,  No.  21199,  from  Chief  Mountain  Lake : — 

Head  very  long,  rather  pointed,  hroad  and  flat  above,  not  carinated  ;  the  snont  not 
at  all  gibbous  or  convex  irom  the  eyes  forward,  the  head  thns  having  a  depressed  and 
pike-like  appearance. 

Mouth  very  wide,  the  broad  curved  maxillary  reaching  much  beyonA  the  eye ;  eye 
moderate;  snout  in  this  specimen  prolonge<l,  emargioate  at  the  end,  receiving,  the 
Bwollen  tip  of  the  lower  jaw ;  caudal  (in  scarcely  cmarginate  and  unbpotted,  as  is  the 
head. 

Bull.  iv.  Ko.  4 i 


79C     BULLETIN  UXITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

Hvoi'l  booe  with  a  band  of  rather  strong  teeth.  This  character  will  at  onee  aeparate 
i:  i':(,m  S.  pltmritiau,  which  baa  similarly  ^mall  scales,  as  that  species  never  has  hyoid 
tt^kZh  :  the  relations  of  tbib  fish  are  therefore  as  moch  with  S.  clarki  and  S.  kemskawi, 
an  'n'ith  trpilmrm*  aud  ptemriticas.  From  both  ^'.  hemMkctri  and  S.  dmrki  it  differs  in 
the  form  of  the  bead  and  small  size  of  the  scales ;  from  S.  kemthawi  notably  in  the  form 
of  the  caadal  tin.    The  following  are  the  measurements  of  the  head : — 

SLont  in  bead  3| ;  eve  in  bead  6| :  ioterorbital  sfKice  in  head  3t :  maxillary  in  bead 
2^:  mandible  in  bead  H  ;  length  of  head  in  inches  5^.  The  snoot  and  bones  of  jaws 
are  donbtlesbly  shorter  in  the  female. 


^":!1'Z'"  '^l^H^l' i  ^^^y-  I        Con««- 


Dat«. 


21199  lliO         Chief  Monotain  Lake Dr.  Elliott  Cones 'Aa^24.1r:4. 

IG. — Salmo  clarki  Bich. 
Var.  aurora  (Grd.)  Gill  &  Jonlan. 

Mis90un  Birer  Trout.     Utah  Trout. 
Var.  clarki, 

1^20— Salmo  cUirkii  RicnARDSox,  Fanna  Bor.-Amer.  iii,  225. 

Salmo  clarkii  S'lOKER,  Synopsis  Fiwhes  N.  Au).  197,  1»^4(j. 

Salmo  clarkii  Hekbkht,  Frank  Fcrrester's  Fish  and  Fishing,  SnppL  40,  1850. 

Salmo  clarkii  Sucklkv,  Nat.  Hibt.  Wash.  Terr.  344,  1660. 

Salmo  clarkii  SucKLKV,  Monograph  Gen  as  Salmo,  112,  ld74. 

Salmo  clarkii  Jordan,  Man.  Vert.  ed.  2d,  359,  1678. 

Salar  clarkii  Jokdan,  Ball.  U.  S  Geol.  Sarv.  Terr.  430,  187a 
1850— /urio  fitellatm  GiiD.,  Proc.  Ac.  Nat.  Sc.  Phila.  219. 

FaHo  eti'llalns  Giijakd,  U.  S.  Pac.  R.  R.  Exp.  Fish,  316,  pi.  69,  f.  5-8. 

Fario  hhllatuH  Suckley,  Nat.  Hist.  Wash.  Terr.  346,  1860. 
l^^jl—Salmo  brecicauda  Suckley,  Ann.  X.  Y.  Lye.  Nat.  Hist,  vii,  308. 

Salmo  brericauda  GC.xTHER,  Cat.  Fishes  Brit-  Mu '.  vi,  120,  1>67. 

Salmo  brecicauda  Suckley,  Monograph  Gen.  Salmo,  140,  1874. 

Var.  aurora. 

ISjC — Fario  aurora  Grd.,  Proc.  Ac.  Nat.  Sc.  Pbila.  218.     (Based  on  two  young  speci- 
in  ens.) 

Fario  aurora  Gri>.,  Pac.  R.  R.  Rep  x,  308,  18.'i8. 

Salmo  aurora  Suckley,  Nat.  Hist.  Wash.  Terr.  343,  pi.  68, 1860. 

Salmo  aurora  Gt^NTiiEU,  Cat.  Fishes  Brit.  Mas.  vi,  119, 1867. 

Salmo  clarkii  var.  aurora  Jokdan,  Man.  Vert.  cd.  2fl,  v59,  1878. 

Z^alar  clarkii  var.  aurora  JoirDAN,  Bull.  IT.  S.  Geol.  Sarv.  Terr,  iv,  430,  1878. 
If^oG— Solar  Ittcisi  Gikari>,  Proc.  Ac.  Nat.  Sc.  Phila.  219. 

Salar  leicisi  Gihard,  U.  S.  Pac.  R.  R.  Expl.  Fish,  318,  pi.  72,  1858. 

Salmo  lewisi  Suckley,  Nat.  Hist  Wash.  Terr.  348,  Ir^O. 

Salmo  lewisi  GrNTiiER,  Cat.  Fishes  Brit.  Map.  vi,  122,  1867. 

Salmo  Uwisi  Suckley,  Monograph  Geirns  Salmo,  139, 1874. 
1850— .9a/ar  rirtjiualis  Girard,  Proc.  Ac.  Nat.  Sc.  Phila.  220. 

Salar  Hrgtkali8  Girard,  Pac.  R.  R.  Expl.  Fish,  320,  pi.  73,  f.  1-4,  185a 

Salmo  virginalia  Suckley,  Nat.  Hist.  Wash.  Terr.  p.  — ,  1860. 

Sfilmo  Hrginalis  Gt^NTHER,  Cat.  Fishes  Brit.  Mas.  vi,  123, 1867. 

Salmo  virginalis  Suckley,  Monograph  Gen.  Salmo,  135,  1874. 


JORDAN   ON  FISHES   OP  DAKOTA  AND  MONTANA. 


797 


Salmo  virginalis  CoPE  &  Yarrow,  Wheeler's  Expl.  W.  100th  Mer.  685, 1876. 
1872— f  Salmo  carinatus  Cope,  Hayden'ii  Geol.  Sarv.  MoDtaua  for  1871,  p.  471. 
1874-^Salmo  niah  Suckley,  Monograph  Gknus  Salmo,  p.  136, 1874.- 

A  single  head  of  this  abundant  species  is  in  the  collection.    It  is  to 
nil  appearance  entirely  typical  of  what  I  call  var.  aurora. 


Smithsonian 
nnmber. 

Collector's 
number. 

Locality. 

Collector. 

Date. 

31201 

1174 

St.  Mary's  Elver 

Dr.  Elliott  Cones 

Aug.  16,  lt»74. 

Family  ESOCIDiE. 
17. — Esox  LUCIUS  LinnflBus. 

Common  Pike. 

SYNONYMY  FOR  EUROPEAN  SPECrMENS.* 

The  Pike,    Hechi,    Brocket    Lucio  or  Luzzo.    Gddda  (Sweden), 

Lucius,  Beixon,  De  Aqnat.  p.  296. — Rondel,  ii,  p.  188. — Sal  v.  pp.  94,  95. — Schonev.  p 
44.— Aldrov.,  De  Pise.  p.  630.— Jonston,  lii,  t.  3,  c.  5,  t.  29,  f.  1.— Gesnbr 
De  Pise.  p.  500.— WiLLUGH.  p.  236,  tab.  P,  5,  f.  2.— Ray,  Syn.  p.  112.— Klein 
Miss.  Pise,  y,  p.  74,  tab.  20,  f.  1. 

Esox  No.  1,  Artedi,  Synon.  p.  26;  Gen.  p.  10,  and  spec.  53. — Gronov.,  Zoophyl.  No.  361 

Esox  Indus  L.,  Syst.  Nat.  i,  p.  516.— Bloch,  Fische  Dentschl.  i,  p.  229,  t.  32 ;  Bl.  Schn 
p.  390.— LAC^.piiDE,  V,  p.  297.— Reisingkr,  Prodr.  Ichth.  Hnng.  p.  47.— Dono- 
van, Brit.  Fishes,  v,  pi.  109. — Flfm.,  Brit,  An.  p.  184. — Jurine,  M6m.  Soc 
Phys.  et  Hist.  Nat.  GeD't^ve,  iii,  1825,  p.  231,  pi.  15.— EkstrOm,  Fische  Morko,  p 
78.— Fries  &  EkstrOm,  Scand.  Fisk.  p.  49,  t.  10.— Niuss.,  Prodr.  p.  36,  and 
Scand.  Fanu.  Fisk.  p.  348. — Pall.,  Zoogr.  Ross.-As.  iii,  p.  336. — Parnell, 
Wem.  Mem.  vii,  p.  272.— Yarr.,  Brit.  Fishes,  1st  ed.  1,  p.  383 ;  2d  ed.  1,  p.  434 ;  3d 
ed.  1,  343.— SfiLYS-LoNGCH.,  Faane  Beige,  p.223.— Cuv.  &  Val.,  xviii,  p.279.— 
KrOyer,  Danm.  Fisk.  iii,  p.  2:^6. — Gronov.,  Syst.  ed.  Gray,  p.  146. — GCnther, 
Fische  des  Ncckars,  p.  107. — Rapp,  Fische  des  Bodensees,  p.  11. — Heckel  <& 
Kner,  SUsswasserfischo,  p.  287. — Siebold,  SUsswasserfische,  p.  325. — GCnther, 
Cat.  Fishes  Brit.  Mas.  vi,  p.  226,  and  of  all  authors  since  Linnsas. 

SYNONYMY  FOR  AMERICAN  SPECIMENS. 

1813 — Esox  estor  Le  Sueur,  Joam.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  i,  413. 

Esox  eaior  GCnther,  Cat.  Fishes  Brit.  Mas.  vi,  228,  1867.    (Ezcl.  syn.  pars. 
Not  of  Richardson,  DeKay,  and  others,  which  is  E.  noHlior  Thompson.) 

Esox  lucius  var.  estor  Jordan,  Man.  Vert.  255, 1876. 

Esox  lucius  var.  estor  Nelson,  Bull.  Ills.  Mas.  Nat.  Hist.  1876. 

Esox  lucius  estor  Jordan  &,  Copeland,  Check  List  Fishes,  143, 1876. 
1836 — Esox  lucius  Richardson,  Fanua  Bor.-Am.  iii.  Fishes,  124. 

Esox  lucius  f  DeKay,  New  York  Fauna,  Fishes,  226,  1842. 

Esox  lucius  t  Storer,  Synopsis  Fishes  N.  A.  438, 1846. 

Esox  lucius  Cope,  Proc.  Ac.  Nat.  Sc.  Phila.  79,  1865. 

Esox  lucius  Cope,  Trans.  Am.  Philos.  Soc.  Phila.  408, 1866. 

Esax  ludtts  GCnther,  Cat.  Fishes  Brit.  Mus.  vi,  227, 1867, 

Esox  lucius  Jordan,  Bull.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.  z,  55,  1877. 

Esox  lucius  Jordan,  Man.  Vert.  ed.  2d,  266, 1878. 

Esox  lucius  Jordan,  Bull.  U.  S.  GeoL  Snrv.  Terr.  432, 1878. 

•  Copied  from  GUnther,  Cat  Fishes  Brit.  Mue.  vi,  p.  226,  1867, 


798 


BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SUBVEY. 


ItiO^EsGX  reticuUUus  Eirtland,  Bost.  Joorn.  Nat  Hist,  y,  233,  pi.  10,  1  2.    (Not  of 

Le  Sneor ;  first  carefally  distiDgnished  from  the  Muskollaoge.) 
1846— f  Esox  dfprandus  (Le  Sueur)  Cuv.  &  Val.  xviii,  036. 

f  E90X  deprandua  Cope,  Proc.  Ac.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  79,  1865. 

f  E80X  deprandus  Cope,  Trans.  Am.  Philos.  Soa  406,  ltiQ6, 

f  Esax  deprandMM  GCmtber,  Cat.  Fishes  Brit.  Mos.  vi,  2, 1867. 
IH'V) — Ebox  boreus  Agassiz,  Lake  Superior,  317, 1850. 

Esox  lucioidea  Aucr. 


SmitfafloniaD 
Dumber. 


81195 


Collector*» 
uumber. 


1076 

1176  (head) 


Locality. 


Collector. 


Datew       ) 


Tortle  Moontain 

St.  Mary 'a  River,  Rooky  Moontaina. 


Dr.  Elliott  Cones. 
do 


I 


Ang.  10. 1873.! 


The  Common  Pike  is  very  abundant  in  all  waters  of  Northern  Asia, 
Northern  Earope,  and  of  North  America  north  of  about  the  latitude 
of  the  tributaries  of  Lake  Erie,  to  Quincy,  111.,  and  northwestward  to 
Alaska.  It  is  one  of  the  very  few  fresh-water  fishes  common  to  the 
eastern  and  western  continents.  I  have  carefully  compared  Swedish 
and  American  specimens,  and  I  am  unable  to  detect  any  specific  difier 
ences  whatever.  No  other  strictly  fresh-water  species  is  known  to  be 
<*ommon  to  Europe  and  America.  I  have,  however,  little  doubt  of  the 
ideiitity  of  the  American  Lota  maculosa  (Le  S.)  with  the  European  Lota 
vuIga^Hs  Guv.    In  this  case,  the  American  species  has  the  prior  name.* 

The  number  of  nominal  species  of  the  genus  Esox  is  greatly  in  excess 
of  the  number  of  definable  forms.  Those  apparently  worthy  of  recog- 
nition may  be  grouped  in  three  subgeneric  sections  as  follows : — 

I.  MikSCALONGUS  Jordan :  Species  of  the  largest  size,  wit{i  the  branohiostegals  in  in- 
creased number  (17  to  19),  and  the  lower  half  of  the  cheeks  and  of  the  operclcs  bare' 
of  scales;  coloration  dark-spotted  on  a  lighter  ground.    *'Muskallange8.^..fio&iZtof. 

II.  Esox  Linna3us:  Species  of  large  size,  with  the  branchiostegals  15  or  1(>  in 
number;  coloration  pale-spotted  on  a  darker  ground  ;  fins  black-spott«d.    ''Pikes.' 

Iuciu8» 

III.  P1CORELLU8  Rafinesqne :  Species  of  medium  or  small  size,  with  the  branchioste- 
gal8  12  to  15  in  number ;  coloration  reticulated  or  barred  with  dark  green  on  a  lighter 
ground  or  nearly  plain.    "  Pickerels." 

reticulaiuSf  americanuSf  raveneli,  cypho^  BoLmonew, 

Family  ETHEOSTOMATID^ 

Genus  ALVORDIUS  Girard. 
18.— ALYOEDIUS  MACULATUS  Girard. 

Black-sided  Darter, 

1H41  —Etheostoma  blennioides  Kirtland,  Bost^in  Jonrn.  Nat.  Sci.  iii, 348.     (Not  of  Raf.) 
Ethcostoma  hiennioidea  Storkr,  Syn.  Fishes  N.  A.  270,  1846. 
Etheostoina  hlennioides  AG.,  Amor.  Jonrn.  Sci.  Arts,  305,  1854. 
EthvoHtoma  hlennioides  Cope,  Proc.  Ac.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  233,  1864. 
Etheostoina  hlennioides  Vaillant,  Recherches  sur  les  Poissons,  etc.  70, 1873. 

*  This  conitlnsiou  has  been  already  iudepeudcutly  reached  by  Dr.  T.  H.  Bean  of  the 
Smithsonian  Institution. 


JORDAN  ON   FISHES   OF  DAKOTA   AND   MONTANA. 


799 


18r>9 — Ah'ordius  macuJaius  Girard,  Proo.  Ac.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  67. 
I8o9—Iladropteru8  maculatus  Girard,  Proc.  Ac.  Nat.  Sci.  Pbila.  100. 

Etheostoma  maculaium  Cope,  Am.  PbiloH.  Soc.  449,  1870. 

Etheoatoma  maculatum  Vaillant,  Kecherches  sur  lea  PoissoDS,  etc.  54, 1873. 

Ahordiua  maculatM  Jordan,  Man.  Vert.  2d  ed.  220, 167d. 

Alvordius  maculatus  Jordan,  Bull.  U.  8.  Geol.  Surv.  Terr,  iv,  438, 1878. 
1877 — Ahordiua  aepro  Cope  &  Jordan,  Proc.  Ac.  Nat.  Sci.  Pbila.  51. 

Alvordius  aspro  Jordan,  Ball.  Nat.  Mas.  x,  14, 1877. 

Namerons  young  8i)ecimeDS  with  the  coloration  obliterated,  but  not 
apparently  different  from  ordinary  Indiana  specimens. 


Smithsonian 
namber. 

Collector's 
unmber. 

Locality. 

Collector. 

Date. 

20193 

Dr.  'RlHott  ConAfl 

1 

ART.  XXXIV.-CATALOGUE  OF  PHiENOGAMOUS  AND  VASCULAR 
CRYPTOGAMOUS  PLANTS  COLLECTED  DURING  THE  SUM- 
^  MERS  OF  1873  AND  1874  IN  DAKOTA  AND  MONTANA  ALONG 
THE  FORTY-NINTH  PARALLEL  BY  DR.  ELLIOTT  COUES  U.  S. 
A. :  WITH  WHICH  ARE  INCORPORATED  THOSE  COLLECTED 
IN  THE  SAME  REGION  AT  THE  SAME  TIMES  BY  MR.  GEORGE 
M.  DAWSON. 


By  Pkof.  J.  W.  Chickeeing. 


[The  present  article  is  based  primarily  npoa  the  collection  of  plants  made  by  me 
during  my  connection  with  the  United  States  Northern  Boundary  Commission.  Those 
collected  in  1873  were  secured  along  the  northern  border  of  Dakota,  in  the  valleys  of  the 
Red  River  of  the  North  and  of  the  Souris  or  Mouse  River ;  and  notably  at  Pembina,  Dak. 
The  collecting  season  of  1874  was  along  the  northern  border  of  Montana,  and  in  the 
Rocky  Mountains,  at  latitude  49^  N. 

With  the  species  represented  in  my  own  collection,  Professor  Chickering  has,  at  my 
sngjxestion,  incoq)orated  those  procured  by  my  colleague  of  the  British  contingent  of 
the  Survey,  as  published  by  Mr.  Dawson  in  his  report  (8vo,  Montreal,  1875,  pp.  351-371)); 
thereby  presenting  a  fair  idea  of  the  flora  of  the  belt  of  country  surveyed  by  the 
Boundary  Commission.  The  species  not  represented  in  my  collection,  but  derived 
from  Mr.  Dawson's  list,  are  marked  with  the  asterisk  (*). 

For  papers  on  other  portions  of  my  collections,  see  this  Bulletin,  this  Vol.,  No.  1, 
pp.  259^21)2 ;  No.  2,  pp.  481-518 ;  No.  3,  pp.  545-tK51 ;  No.  4,  pp.  777-799.— Ed.] 

This  catalogue  comprises  093  species,  besides  quite  a  number  of  vari- 
eties, and  is  ot  much  value  and  interest,  not  so  much  for  the  number  of 
new  species  enumerated  as  lor  the  information  supplied  respecting  the 
range  of  many  sx)ecies  known  to  be  common  farther  east,  west,  or 
south. 

A  hasty  comparison  gives  about  390  species  found  in  New  York  or 
New  England,  about  80  distinctively  Western  in  their  habitat,  and  about 
215  which  belong  on  the  phiins  and  the  Rocky  Mountain  region. 

The  Leguminosce  and  the  Compositw  are,  of  course,  very  largely  rep- 
resented, and  exhibit  a  number  of  species  peculiar  to  the  region.  The 
fact  that  but  few  collections  were  made  previous  to  June  will  explain 
the  absence  of  many  spring  flowers,  which,  from  the  character  of  the 
flora  of  summer,  we  should  expect  to  find  on  that  parallel. 

Allium  stellutum^  Nutt.,  Anemone  Fcnnsylranicaj  L.,  and  Campanula  ro- 
ttnidifolia,  L.,  var.  linifoliaj  were  noticed  as  so  abundant  on  the  prairie  as 
to  give  character  to  the  landscape. 

Yucca  angusttfoliaj  Nutt.,  was  collected  along  the  Missouri  River,  prob- 
ably reaching  here  its  northern  limit. 

801 


802     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

The  species  common  to  this  region  and  the  East  show,  for  the  most 
part,  the  efi'ect  of  the  drier  climate  and  the  scorching  sun  of  the  phiius 
in  smaller,  thicker,  more  hirsute  leaves. 

Anionic  the  Cactacew  but  two  species  are  found,  Mammillaria  viripara 
and  Opunfia  Missouriensis^  quite  abundant  along  the  central  region,  from 
103°  to  llio  west  longitude,  limited  very  abruptly  by  increasing  moist- 
ure ot  soil  and  climate. 

Siilicornia  herhacea  and  Rumex  maritbnus  suggest  the  saline  character 
of  the  soil,  and  ilouiish  as  luxuriantly  as  if  the  sea  still  washed  those 
inland  shores. 

The  paucity  in  species  of  trees,  excepting  Coniferw^  is  in  striking 
contrast  to  the  variety  of  the  East,  and  may  in  part  arise  from  the 
fact  that  so  many  trees  are  out  of  flower  before  the  beginning  of  June. 

The  Orchidaccw  would  naturally  be  poorly  represented. 

Carices  and  Graminecc  are  quite  abundant  and  interesting,  while 
Fllices  make  but  a  scanty  display. 

Doubtless  a  careful  examination  of  certain  localities  through  the  enti'*e 
season  would  add  many  species  to  the  list,  but  the  present  catalogue 
serves  very  well  to  convey  to  the  botanist  a  good  idea  of  the  character- 
istic flora  of  the  49th  parallel. 


EANCNCULAOE^. 

1.  Cleinaiis  veriiciUaris^  DC. 

1874.    July,  August.    Frenchman's  Creek  to  Rocky  Moantaiius. 

2.  Clematis  ligusticifoUa^  Nutt. 

1874.    July.    Along  Frenchman's  Creek. 
•3.  Aiiemone  alpina^  L. 
•4.  Anemone  multijida^  DC. 
•5.  Anemone  nemorosay  h, 
*G.  Anemone  parvijloray  Mx. 

7.  Anemone  patens^  L.,  var.  Nuttallianaj  Gray. 

1873.  July,  August.  Between  Pembina  and  Mouse  River. 
Apparently  an  autumnal  inflorescence,  the  buds  and  flowers 
appearing  with  the  mature  leaves. 

8.  Anemone  Pennsylvanica^  L. 

1873.  July.    Pembina.    Very  abundant. 

1874.  July.    Prairie  near  Milk  River. 
*9.  Thalictrum  cornuti^  L. 

10,  Thalictrum  dioicum^  L. 

1873.    July.    Pembina.    Very  common,  on  the  prairie. 

11.  Thalictrum  purpurascena,  L. 

1873.    July,  August.    Pembina  and  along  Mouse  River. 
•12.  Ranunculus  ahoriivus,  L. 


CHICEEBING   ON  PLANTS   OP   DAKOTA  AND   MONTANA.       803 

•13.  Ranunculus  affinis^  R.  Br. 

Ranunculus  affinis^  E.  Br.,  var.  cardiophyllus. 
1873.    July.    Pembiua. 

14.  Ranunculus  aquatiliSy  L.,  var.  trichophyllus, 

1873.  Aagust,  September.    Moase  Elver. 
14^  Ranunculus  aquatilis^  L.,  var.  capilla^eus. 

1874.  July.    Frenchman's  Creek. 

15.  Ranunculus  cymbalariaj  Pursh. 

1873.  July.    Pembina.    In  company  with  Lemna  trisuJca. 

1874.  Augnst.    Eocky  Mountains.    On  wet  pj*airie. 
•16.  Ranunculus  Flammula,  L«,  var.  reptans. 

•17.  Ranunculus  hispidus^  Mx. 
•18.  Ranunculus  Furshiiy  Eich. 
•19.  Ranunculus  pygmcetiSj  Wehl. 
20.  Ranunculus  r^ens^  L. 

1873.  July.    Pembina.    Very  hirsute. 

1874.  July.    Frenchman's  Greek. 
•21.  Ranunculus  rhomhoideus^  Gold. 

•22.  Myosurus  minimuSj  L. 
•23.  Caltha  palustris^  L. 
•24.  Coptis  trifolia,  Salisb. 
•25.  Aquilegia  Canadensis^  L. 
•26.  Aquilegia  flavescenSy  Watson. 

27.  Aquilegia  vulgaris^  L.,  var.  brevistyla. 

1873.    July.    Pembina. 
•28.  Delphinium  aaureum,  Mx. 

29.  Actcea  spicata^  L.,  var.  rubra. 

1873.  July.    Pembina  and  along  Mouse  Biver. 

1874.  August.    Eocky  Mountains.    In  fruit. 

MENISPEEMACE^. 
•30.  Menispemium  Canadensfi^  L. 

BEEBEEIDAOBiE. 
•31.  Berberis  {Mahcnia)  aquifoliumj  Pursh. 

NYMPHAOE^. 
•32.  Nuphar  advena^  Ait. 

SAEEAOENIAOEiB. 
•33.  Sarracenia  purpurea^  L. 

PAPAVEEACE^. 
•34.  Banguinaria  Canadensis^  L. 


804  BULLETIN  UNITED   STATES   GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY. 

FDMAEIAOE^. 

•35.  Corydalis  glaucUj  Pursh. 
•36.  Corydalis  aurea^  WillU. 

CRUOIFEEiB. 

•37.  Nasturtium  palustre^  D.  C. 
•38.  Nasturtium  tanacetifolium^  Hook. 
•39.  Arahis  hirsuta^  Scop. 
40.  Arabia  lyrata^  L. 

1874.    Aagast.    Base  of  Bocky  Moan  tains.    In  fruit. 
•41.  Arabis  perfoliata^  Lam. 

42.  Erysimum  cheiranthoideSj  L. 

1873.  July.    Pembina. 

1874.  July.    Missouri  Coteau  to  Milk  River. 

43.  Erysimum  asperumj  DO. 

1874.    July.    Frenchman's  Greek.    In  fruit. 
43».  Erysimum  asperum^  DC,  var.  pumilum, 

1874.    August.    Near  Milk  River.    With  long  pods,  4^ 
•44.  Erysimum  lanceolatum^  R.  Br. 
•45.  Sisymbrium  brachycarpumj  Hook. 

46.  Sisymbrium  canescenSy  Nutt. 

1873.  July.    Between  Pembina  and  Moase  River,  ou  oi 
prairie.    A  very  canescent  form.  ' 

47.  Stanleya  pinnatifida^  Nutt. 

1874.  July.    Frenchman's  Creek. 
•48-  CameHna  sativa^  Grantz. 

•49.  Capsella  Bursa-pastoris^  Moench. 
•50.  Thlaspi  arvense^  L. 
51.  RapJianus  sativus^  L. 

1873.    July.    Pembina. 
*52.  Sinapis  arvensis,  L. 
•53.   Vesicaria  didymocarpa^  Hook. 
•54.   Vesicaria  Ludoviciana^  DC. 

CAPPARIDACE^. 

65.  Cleome  integrifolia^  T.  &  G. 

1873.  August.    Mouse  River. 

1874.  August.    Milk  River. 

A  very  showy  plant  on  dry  sub-saline  soil. 
•56.  Polanisia  graveolens,  RaL 

VIOLACE^. 

•57.   Viola  CanadensiSy  L. 
68.  Viola  delphinifolia,  Nutt. 

1873.    July.    Plains  around  Pembina. 


CHICKEEING  ON  PLANTS  OP  DAKOTA  AND  MONTANA.    805 

•59.  Viola  cucullata^  Ait. 
60.  Viola  pubescensj  Ait. 

1873.    July.    Pembina.    Woods. 
•01.  Viola  Nnttallii,  Pursh. 
•02.  Viola  pedata^  L. 

DEOSEEACEiB. 

•03.  Drosera  longifoliay  L. 

HYPEEIOACEiE. 

•04.  Hypericum  Scoulerij  Hook. 

OAKYOPHYLLACE^. 

•05.  Sllene  antirrhinaj  L. 
•00.  Silene  Dougla^ii^  Hook. 
•07.  iS.  Une  longifolia^  Muhl. 

08.  Arenaria  lateriflora,  L. 

1873.  July.    Pembina,  in  thickets. 

09.  Arenaria  siricta^  Mx. 

1874.  August.    Milk  Eiver.    In  fruit. 
•70.  Aretuiria  nardifolia,  Ledeb. 

•71.  Arenaria  pungens^ 'Sntt. 
72.  Stellaria  longifolia^  Muhl.  i 

1873.    July.    Pembina. 
•73.  Cerastium  nutans^  Eaf. 
•74.  Cerastium  ohlongifolium^  Ton*. 

MALVACEiB. 

75.  Malvastrum  coccineum,  Gray. 

1873.  August.    Abundant  along  Mouse  Eiver  on  dry  plains. 

1874.  July,  August.    Frenchman's  Creek,  Milk  Eiver. 
70.  Sphceralcea  acerifolia,  Nutt. 

1874.    August.    Base  of  Eocky  Mountains.    In  flower. 

LINAOEiE. 

77.  Linum  perenne^  L. 

1873.  July,  August,  September.    Common  all  the  way  on  the 
plains  from  Pembina  to  Mouse  Eiver. 

1874.  Missouri  Coteau  to  base  of  Eocky  Mountains. 

78.  Linum  rigUlum^  Pursh. 

1874.    July.    Frenchman's  Creek. 

GEEAMACE^. 

•79.  Geranium  Carolinianum^  L. 
•80.  Oeranium  Fremontiij  Torr. 


806  BULLETIN   UNITED   STATES   GEOLOGICAL   SUBVEY. 

81.  Oeranium  Richardsoniiy  F.  &  M. 

1874.    August.    Along  Milk  River. 
81^  Oeranium  Richardsoniiy  F.  &  M.,  var.  inmum. 
1874.    July.    Freuchman's  Creek. 

OXALIDACE-ffi. 

82.  Oxalis  strictaj  L. 

1873.    July.    Pembina. 

BALSAMINAOE^. 

•33.  Impatiem  fulva,  Nutt. 

ANAOAEDIACEiB. 

•84.  Rhus  aromatica,  Gray. 
85.  Rhtis  Toxicodendron^  L. 

1873.  July.    Pembina.    In  flower. 

1874.  July.    Missouri  Eiver. 
•86.  Rhus  glabra^  L. 

VlTACE-ffi. 

87.  Vitis  cordifoliaj  Mx.,  var.  riparia. 

1873.  July.    Pembina.    Thickets. 
•88.  Ampelopsis  quinquefoliaj  Mx. 

CELASTRAOE^. 

89.  Pachystima  myrsinites^  Eaf. 

1874.  August.    Base  of  Bocky  Mountains. 

BHAMNACE^. 

•90.  Ceanothus  velutinuSj  Doug. 
•91.  Rhamnus  alnifoliuSj  I/IIer. 

SAPINDACEiE. 

•92.  Acer  ruhrum^  L. 

93.  Negundo  aceroides^  Moench. 

1874.  July.  Kear  Fort  Buford.  Sugar  is  often  made  from  its  saj 

POLYGALAOE^. 

94.  Polygala  alba^  Kutt. 

1874.    July.    Prairie  around  Fort  Buford. 
•95.  Polygala  polygamay  Walt. 
•96.  Polygala  Senega^  L. 

LEGUMINOS.E. 

97.  Lupinus  argentcus,  Pursh. 

1874.    August.    Base  of  Rocky  Mountains. 

98.  Hosackia  Purshiana^  Benth. 

1874.    June.    Missouri  River. 


CHICKEEING   ON  PLANTS   OP  DAKOTA  AND   MONTANA.       807 

99.  Psoralea  argophylla^  Pursh. 

1873.  August.    Dry  prairie  along  Mouse  Eiver. 

1874.  July.    Missouri  River. 
•100.  Psoralea  brachiatay  Doug. 

101.  Psoralea  hypogcea^  Nutt. 

1874.    July.    MilkEiver. 

102.  Psoralea  lanceolata^  Pursh. 

1874.    July.    Frenchman's  Creek. 

103.  Petalostemon  candidus^  Mx. 

1873.  July.    Pembina. 

1874.  June.    Missouri  River. 

104.  Petalostemon  violacetiSj  Mx. 

1873.  July.    Pembina.    Both  this  and  the  last  species  are 
very  abundant  on  the  dry  prairie. 

1874.  August.    Frenchman's  Creek. 

105.  Amorpha  canescenSj  Nutt. 

1873.    August.    Open  plains. 

106.  Amorpha  nana^  Nutt. 

1873.  August.    Plains  near  Turtle  Mountain. 
•107.  Astragalus  aboriginorumj  Rich. 

108.  Astragalus  adsurgenSj  Pall. 

-^      1874.    June.    Prairie  around  Fort  Buford. 

109.  Astragalus  bisulcatuSj  Gray. 

1874.  June.    Prairie  around  Fort  Buford. 
•110.  Astragalus  Bourganii^  Gray. 

•111.  Astragalus  ca^pitosus,  Gray. 
112.  Astragalus  CanadensiSy  L. 

1873.    September.    Along  Mouse  River.    In  fruit. 
•113.  Astragalus  caryocarpuSn  Ker. 
•114.  Astragalus  flexuosusy  Doug. 

1 15.  Astragalus  hypoglottiSj  L. 

1873.  July.    Plains  near  Pembina. 

116.  Astragalus  MissouriensiSj  Nutt. 

1874.  July.    Missouri  River. 

117.  Astragalus  pectinatuSy  Dong, 

1874.    July.    Milk  River. 

118.  Astragalus  pictuSy  Qray. 

1874.    June.    Missouri  River. 

119.  Astragalus  Purshii,  Doug. 

1874.    July.    Milk  River.    In  fruit. 
•120.  Astragalus  tegctariuSy  Watson. 

121.  Oxytropis  Lamhertiy  Pursh. 

1874.    June.    Missouri  River. 

122.  Oxytropis  splendenSy  Dougl. 

1873.  August.    Dry  prairie  near  Turtle  Mountain.     Leaflets 
strongly  vorticillate. 

1874.  August.    Milk  Rivec 


808  BULLETIN   UNITED   STATES   GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY. 

123.  Glycyrrhiza  lepidota^  Natt. 

1873.  Aagast    Along  Moase  Biver. 

1874.  July,  August.    Missoari  Biver.    Milk  Biver. 

124.  Hedysarum  bareale^  Natt. 

1874.    Aagnst.    Base  of  Bocky  Moantains. 
♦125.  Desmodium  Canadensej  D.  G. 
12G.  Vicia  Americana^  Ma  hi. 

1873.  Jaly.    Aagast,  Pembiaa  to  Motise  Biver.    Common  ii 
thickets  and  on  the  plains. 

1874.  Jane.    Missoari  Biver. 
127.  LathyruB  ochroleucus,  Hook. 

1873.    Angnst.    Near  Tartle  Mountain.    In  thickets. 
♦128.  Lathyrua  maritimusj  Big. 

129.  Lathyrus  venostiSy  Muhl. 

1873.  Aagust.    In  company  with  preceding  species. 

130.  Thermopsis  rhombifoliaj  Nntt. 

1874.  Jane.    Missouri  Biver. 

BO8A0B-ZB. 

♦131.  Prunus  Americana^  Marsh. 
♦132.  Primus  depressa^  Pursh. 
♦133.  Prunus  Pennsylvanicay  L. 

134.  Prunus  Virginiana^  L. 

1873.  August.    Mouse  Biver.    In  fruit.    Used  as  food  by  tt 
Indians. 

1874.  July.    Missouri  Biver.    In  fruit. 

135.  Spircea  salidfolia^  L. 

1873.  July.    Pembina.    Forming  thickets. 

1874.  July.    Milk  Biver. 
♦136.  Spircea  betulifolia,  Pall. 

137.  Agrimonia  Eupatoria^  L. 

1873.    August.    Thickets. 

138.  Dryas  octopetala,  L. 

♦139.  Geum  maorophyllum^  Willd. 
♦140.  Oeum  triflormn,  Pursh. 
141.  Geum  striettinij  Ait. 

1873.    August.    Near  Turtle  Mountain.    With  preceding. 
18-74.    August.    Milk  Biver. 
♦142.  Sihbaldia  procu7nbenSj  Jj. 

143.  Potentilla  anserina^  L. 

1873.  July.    Pembina. 

1874.  July.    Frenchman's  Creek. 

144.  Potentilla  arguta,  Pursh. 

1873.  July.    Pembina.    On  prairie.    Silky -pubescent. 

1874.  August.    Mvlk  Biver* 


CHICKEBING   ON  PLANTS   OP  DAKOTA  AND   MONTANA*        809 

145.  Pote^itillafruticosaj  L. 

1874.    August.    MilkEiver.    Abaudaut. 
♦146.  Potentilla  effma^  Doug. 
♦147.  Potentilla  glandulosa^  L. 

148.  Potentilla  gramlis^  Doug. 

1873.  August.     Second    prairie   plateau. 

1874.  August.    Frenchmau's  Greek. 
♦149.  Potentilla  hippianaj  Lehm. 

150.  Potentilla  Norvegica^  L. 

1873.  July.    Pembina. 

1874.  August.    Frenchman's  Creek. 
♦161.  Potentilla  palustris^  Scop. 

162.  Potentilla  PennsylvanicUj  L. 

1873.    August.    Second  prairie  plateau. 
♦153.  Potentilla  tridentata^  Ait. 
164.  Fragaria  Virginianaj  Ehrh. 

1873.  July.    Pembina. 

1874.  August.    Sweetgrass  Hills,  abundant. 
♦155.  Fragaria  vesca^  L. 

15G.  Ruhus  8trigo8V8j  Mx. 

1874.    July.    Frenchman's  Greek.    Thickets. 
157.  Bulfus  triflorna^  Eich. 

1873.    July.    Pembina. 
♦158.  Ruhus  l^uikanusy  Moc. 
169.  Rosa  hlanda^  Ait. 

1873.    July.    Pembina.    Everywhere  on  the  prairie,  especially 
on  the  edges  of  woods  along  the  streams. 
160.  Crataegus  tomentosa^  L.,  var.  punctata. 

1873.  July.    Pembina.    In  flower.— September.    Along  Mouse 
River.    In  fruit. 

•161.  Crataegus  coccinea^  L. 

162.  Pyrus  sambumfolia^  Gh.  &  Sch. 

1874.  August.    Base  of  Eocky  Mountains. 

163.  Amelanchier  Canadensis^  L.,  var.  alnifolia. 

1873.  July.    Pembina.    In  iruit. 

1874.  July.    Milk  Eiver. 

SAXIFEAGAGEiB. 

164.  Ribesaureumj'PuTBh. 

1874.    July.    Missouri  Eiver.    In  fruit. 
•165.  Rihes  Cynosbatij  L. 

166.  Ribes  floriduMj  L'ller. 

1873.  July.    Pembina.    In  thickets. 

167.  Ribes  hirtellum^  Mx. 

1874.  July.    Along  Frenchman's  Cre^k. 
•168.  Ribes  rotundi/olium,  Mx. 


810  BULLETIN  UNITED   STATES   GEOLOGICAL   SUBVBY. 

•169.  Ribes  ruhrumn  L. 

•170.  Parnassia  Caroliniana^  L. 

171.  Parnassia  fimhriata^  Bauks. 

1874.    August.    Milk  Eiver. 

172.  Parnassia  palustriSy  L. 

1874.    July.    Freuchman's  Creek. 
♦173.  Saxi/raga  bronchialiSj  DC. 
•174.  ISaxifraga  JEschscholtziij  Sternb. 
•175.  Saxi/raga  Bahurica^  Pall. 
♦176.  Saxi/raga  heteranthera,  Hook. 
•177.  Saxi/raga  vernalis^  Willd. 
•178.  ffeuchera  cylindrical  Doug. 
•179.  Heuchera  Eichardsonii^  K.  Br. 
•180.  Leptarrhena  pyroli/oliaj  Brown. 
•181.  Mitella  nudaj  L. 
•182.  Mitella  pentandra^  Hook. 
•183.  Tiarella  uni/oUatay  Hook. 

CEASSULAOE^. 

♦184.  Sedum  BhodioUj  DC. 
♦185.  Sedum  stenopetalum^  Pursh. 

HALOEAGE^. 

186.  Myriophyllum  spicatuin^  L. 

1874.    AuguHt.    Along  branch  of  Milk  Elver  and  all  the  pra 

rie  pools. 

ONAGEACE^. 

187.  Oaura  coccinea^  Nutt 

1874.    July.    Frenchman's  Creek. 

188.  Circ(ea  alpinaj  L. 

189.  Upilobium  cohratum^  Muhl. 

1873.  August.    Near  Turtle  Mountain. 
♦190.  Epilohium  palustre^  L.,  var.  lineare. 
♦190*.  Epilohium  palustre^  L.,  var.  albijlora. 

191.  Epilnbium  teiragonum,  L. 

1874.  July.    Frenchman's  Creek. 
♦192.  Epilobium  origani/oliunij  Lam. 

193.  Epilobium  angusti/oliumj  L. 

1874.    August.    Branch  of  Milk  Eiver. 
♦194.  Epilobium  lati/oliumj  L. 

195.  Epilobium  paniculatum^  L. 

1873.  August.    Plains. 

1874.  August.    Frencbraan's  Creek. 

196.  (Enothera  albicatilis,  Nutt. 

1873,  August.    Mouse  Eiver. 

1874.  July.    Missouri  Eiver.  • 


CHICKERING  ON  PLANTS  OP  DAKOTA  AND  MONTANA.   811 

•197.  (Enothera  marginata^  Nutt. 

198.  (Enotlura  biennis^  L. 

1873.  August.  Dry  plains  between  Pembina  and  Mouse 
River. 

1874.  July.    Missouri  River. 

199.  (Enothera  serrulata^  Nutt. 

1873.  August    With  preceding  species. 

200.  (Enotliera  heterantha,  Nutt. 
•201.  Oenothera  leucocarpUy  Comien. 
♦202.  (Enothera  pumila^  L. 

LOASACEiB. 

203.  Menizelia  ornata^  Pnrsh. 

1874.  August.    Base  of  Rocky  Mountains. 

CACTACE^. 

204.  Mammillaria  (Coryphantha)  vivipara,  Haw. 

1873.  Extends  eastward  of  tbe  Missouri  Cotean,  in  the  valley 
of  the  Mouse  River. 

205.  Opuntia  Missouriensis,  DC. 

1873.  September.  Begins  a  little  east  of  the  Missouri  Goteau, 
and  is  found  all  the  way  to  the  Rocky  Mountains.  Not  in 
Red  River  Valley. 

CUCURBITACB-^. 

206.  Echinocystis  lobata,  T.  &  G. 

UMBELLIFER^. 

207.  Sanicula  Marilandica^  L. 

1873.    July.    Tembina. 
•208.  Carum  Oairdnerij  Bentb.  &  Hook. 

209.  Heracleum  lanatum^  Mx. 

1873.    August.    Dry  prairie. 

210.  Thaspium  aureum^  Nutt. 

1873.    July.    Pembina. 

211.  Thaspium  trifoliatum,  Gray. 

1873.  July.    Pembina.    Immature  in  open  woods. 

212.  Bupleurnm  ranunculoides,  L. 

1874.  August.    Branch  of  Milk  River. 

213.  Cicuta  virosa^  L. 

1873.  July.  Pembina.  This  species  exhibits  forms  running 
toward  0.  maculata. 

1874.  July.    Frenchman's  Creek. 

214.  Cicuta  maculatUj  L. 
•215.  Slum  linearCj  Mx. 

Bull.  iv.  No.  4 6 


812     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SUBVKY. 

•216.  Osmorrhiza  hrevistyliSy  DO. 

217.  Osinorrhiza  longistyliSj  DC. 

1873.    July.    Pembina. 

ARALIAOE^. 

218.  Aralia  nudicauliSj  L. 

1873.    July.    Pembina.    In  woods. 
♦219.  Aralia  hispiday  Mx. 

CORNAOB^. 

•220.  Comus  Canadensis^  L. 
•221.  Comus  paniculatay  L'Her. 
222.  Cornus  stoUmifera^  Mx. 

1873.  July.     Pembina.     In  flower. — Angnst.     Near  Turt 
Mountain.    In  fruit. 

1874.  July,  August.    Along  river-bank. 

CAPRIFOLIAOB^. 

•223.  Linnwa  horealisj  Gron. 

•224.  Symphoricarpus  occidentalism  B.  Br. 

1873.  September.    Mouse  Biver.    In  fruit. — July.    Pembin 
In  flowers.    Occurring  in  masses  in  thickets. 

1874.  August.    Sweet  grass  Hills. 
225.  Symphoricarpus  racemosnSj  Mx. 

1874.    August.    Base  of  Bocky  Mountains. 
•226.  Lonicera  inroluorata,  Banks. 
227.  Lonicera  hirsuta^  Eaton. 

1873.    July.    Pembina.    In  thickets. 
•228.  Lonicera  oblongifolia^  Muhl. 
•229.  Lonicera  parviflora,  Jj^>m. 

230.  Viburnum  Lentago^  L. 

1873.    July.    Pembina. 

231.  Viburnum  OpuluSj  L. 

1873.    July.    Pembina. 
•232.  I>iervilla  trifidxi^  McBuch. 

BUBIAOE^. 

233.  Galium  boreale,  L. 

1873.  July.    Pembina.    Very  abundant  on  the  prairie. 

1874.  June.    Missouri  Biver. — August    Eocky  Mountains* 

234.  Oalium  triflorum,  Mx. 

1873.    July.    Pembina. 
•235.  Oalium  trifidum^  L. 
•230.  Houstonia  ciliolnta^  Torr. 
•237.  Houstonia  tenuifoliaj  Nutt. 


CHICKERTNG   ON  PLANTS  OP  DAKOTA  AND   MONTANA.       813 

VALERIANAOB^. 

•238.  Valeriana  sylvaticay  Rich. 

COMPOSITiB. 

239.  Liatris  punctata,  Hook. 

1874.    July.    Prairie,  near  Frenchman's  Creek. 

240.  Liatria  scariosa,  L. 

1873.  August.*  Second  prairie. 

241.  Brickellia  grandiflora,  Nutt. 

1874.  August.    Thickets.    Milk  River. 
•242.  Eupatorium  perfoliatum^  L. 

243.  Eupatorium  purpureum,  L. 

1873.    August.    Thickets,  on  plains. 
•244.  Nardosmia  sagittata,  Pursh. 
•245.  Aster  carneua,  Nees. 

246.  Aster  lavis,  L. 

1873.  September.    Mouse  River,  in  thickets. 

1874.  August.    Milk  River. 
•247.  Aster  graminifolius.  Pursh. 

248.  Aster  iMmarckianus,  Nees. 

1873.    September.    Mouse  River. 
*249.  Aster  misery  L. 
•250.  Aster  macrophyllus,  L. 

251.  Aster  multifloruSy  L. 

1873.    August.    Mouse  River  Plain.    Abundant.    Specimens 
very  rugose;  leaves  almost  cuspidate. 

252.  Aster  ptarmicoideSj  T.  &  G-. 

1873.    August.    Second  prairie. 
♦253.  Aster  salsuginosus^  Rich. 
♦254.  Aster  tenuifolius,  L. 

1873.    August.    Near  Turtle  Mountain. 
♦255.  Erigeron  aJpinunij  L. 
♦256.  Erigeron  compositum,  Pursh. 
257.  Erigeron  glahelluMy  Nutt. 

1873.    August.    Mouse  River  Plain.    Very  abundant  all  over 
the  prairie. 
♦258.  Erigeron  Canadense,  L. 
259.  Erigeron  Philadelphieumj  L. 

1873.  July.    Pembina. 
•260.  Erigeron  strigosum,  L. 

261.  Erigeron  pumilum,  Nutt. 

1874.  July.    Prairies  near  Frenchman's  Creek. 
•262.  Machwranthera  canescens^  Gray. 

263.  Outierrezia  EuthamicB,  T.  &  G. 

1873.    August.    Mouse  River,  on  dry  plain. 

1875.  August.    Frenchman's  Creek. 


814  BULLETIN   UNITED   STATES   GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY.  - 

*264.  Diphpappus  umbellatus^  T.  &  G.  . 

265.  Boltonia  glastifolia^  L'Her. 

1873.    September.    Moase  Eiver. 
^266.  Solidago  CanadensiH,  L 

267.  Solidago  gigantea^  Ait. 

1873.  July,  August    From  Pembiaa^to  Moase  Biver. 

1874.  August.    Milk  Eiver. 
♦268.  Solidago  Virga-aurea,  L. 

269.  Solidago  Virga  aurea^  L.,  var.  humilis. 
1874.    August.    Eocky  Mountains. 
•270.  Solidago  Yirga-aurea^  L.,  var.  alpina. 
271.  Solidago  incana,  T.  &  G. 

1874.    August.    Milk  Biver. 
•272.  Solidago  lanceolata,  Ait. 
•273.  Solidago  nemoraliSj  Ait. 
274.  Solidago  MissouHensis,  Nutt. 

1873.    August.    Mouse  Biver. 
•275.  Solidago  stricta^  Ait. 
•276.  Solidago  serotina^  Ait. 
277.  Solidago  rigida^  L. 

1873.  August.    Open  prairie.    Very  abundant. 

1874.  August.    Milk  Biver. 
•278.  Solidago  tenutfoliay  Pursh. 
•279.  Bigelovia  graveole^is^  Gr. 

♦280.  Bigelovia  Eowardiiy  Gr. 
281.  Aplopappus  lanceolatus,  T.  &  G. 
1874.    August.    Milk  Eiver. 
•282.  Aplopappus  Nuttallii,  T.  &  G. 

283.  Aplopappus  spinulosusj  DO. 

1873.    August.    Mouse  Eiver.    On  very  dry   plains.     Plai 
about  six  inches  high. 

284.  Orindelia  squarrosa,  Dunal. 

1873.  August.    Mouse  Eiver. 

1874.  August.    Frenchman's  Creek. 

Very  abundant  on  the  plains.    Used  by  the  Indians  a 
an  anti-syphilitic,  in  decoction. 

285.  Chrysopsis  villosa,  Nutt. 

1873.  August.     Dry  plains. 

1874.  July,  August.    Prairies  along  Missonri  River. 
Chrysopsis  villosa^  Nutt.,  var.  hispida. 

1874.    July.    Missouri  Eiver. 
♦286.  Chrysopsis  hispida,  Hook. 
•287.  Iva  axillaris^  Pursh. 
288.  Ainhrosia  psilostachyay  DC 

1873.    August.    Mouse  Eiver.    On  dry  plains. 
♦289.  Ambrosia  trifida^  L,,  var.  integrifolia. 


CHICKEEINQ   ON  PLANTS   OP  DAKOTA   AND   MONTANA.       815 

•290.  Xanthium  echinatum.  Murr. 
291.  Xanthium  strumarium^  L. 

1874.    August.    Along  Missouri  aud  Milk  Rivers. 
'*292.  Heliopais  scdbra^  Dun. 
293.  UeliopsiH  lanvis^  Pursh. 

1873.    July,  August.    Pembina  and  westward.    Abundant. 
•294.  Echinacea  purpurea^  Moench. 
295.  Echinacea  angustifolia^  DO. 

1873.    August.    Dry  plains. 
•296.  Rudbeckia  ful{tida^  Ait. 

297.  Rudheckia  hirta^  L. 

1873.    July.    Pembina.    Dry  plains,  as  at  the  East. 

298.  Rudheckia  laciniata,  L. 

1873.  August.    Mouse  River  Plain,  in  thickets. 

299.  Lepachjfs  columnaris^  T.  &  G. 

1873.  August.    Mouse  River.    Very  abundant  on  prairies. 
*300.  Helianthus  giganteus,  L. 

301.  Helianthus  petiolaris,  Nutt. 

1874.  August.    Dry  prairie,  near  base  of  Rocky  Mountains. 
♦302.  Helianthus  rigidus^  Desf. 

303.  Bidens  frondoaaj  L. 

.    1873.    July.    Pembina. 
•304.  Bidens  Beckii^  Torr. 
•305.  Bidens  chrysantheinoideSj  Mx. 

306.  Oaillardia  aristata^  Pursh. 

1873.  August.    Mouse  River  Plain. 

1874.  August.    Prairies  along  Frenchman's  Greek. 
•307.  Gaillardia  pinnatijida,  Torr. 

308.  Gaillardia pulchelluj  Foug. 

1874.    July,  August.    Dry  prairies  along  Frenchman's  Creek. 

309.  Coreopsis  tinctoria^  Nutt. 

1874.    August.    Along  Frenchman's  Creek. 

310.  Hymenopappus  luteus^  Nutt. 

1874.    July.    Prairie  near  Missouri  River. 

311.  Actinella  Richardsonii,  Nutt. 

1874.    July.    Along   Missouri  River. — August.    Along  Milk 
River. 
•312.  Actinella  acauliSj  Nutt. 

313.  Helenium  autumnale,  L. 

1873.    August.    Mouse  River.    Slightly  pubescent. 

314.  Achillea  millffolium^  L. 

1873.  July.    Pembina. 

1874.  June.    Fort  Buford. 

315.  Artemisia  cana^  Pursh. 

1874.    July.    Dry  plains,  Missouri  River. 


816     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

316.  Artemisia  Canadensis^  Mx. 

1873.  August.    Mouse  Eiver.    On  dry  prairie. 

1874.  July.    Frenchman's  Creek. 
*317.  Artemisia  Douglasiana,  Bers. 

318.  Artemisia frigida^  Willd. 

1874.    July.    Branch  of  Milk  River. 
*319.  Artemisia  discolor,  Doug. 
*320.  Artemisia  dracunculoideSj  Pursh. 
321.  Artemisia  Ludovicianaj  Nutt. 

18?  3.    September.    Mouse  River.    Dry  prairie.    One  of  tbc 

species  known  as  "sage ". 
1874.    August.    Milk  River. 
*322.  Onaphalium  polyceplialumj  Mx. 
*323.  Antennaria  alpina,  Goertn. 
*324.  Antennaria  dioica^  var.  rosea,  Gaertn. 
*325.  Antennaria  plantaginifolia,  Hook. 
'^326.  Arnica  angustifolia,  Vahl. 
*327.  Arnica  longifolia,  Eaton. 
*328.  Arnica  Menziesii,  Hook. 
*329.  Amida  hirsuta,  Nutt. 
330.  Senecio  aureus,  L. 

1874.    August.    Rocky  Mountains. 
330^  ISeiiecio  aureus,  L.,  var.  Balsamitw. 
1873.    July.    Pembina. 
*331.  Senecio  canus.  Hook. 
♦332.  Senecio  Fremontii,  T.  &  G. 
333.  Senecio  eremophilus.  Hook. 
1873.     August.     Prairie. 
♦334.  Senecio  lugens,  Rich. 
*335.  Senecio  resedifolius,  Lessing. 
*336.  Senecio  triangularis.  Hook. 
*337.  Cirsium  altissinium,  Spring. 
*338.  Cirsium  undulatum,  Spring. 

1873.  September.    Missouri  Coteau. 

1874.  June.    Plains  near  Fort  Buford. 
*339.  Cirsium  mtitieum,  Mx. 

340.  Troximon  glaucum,  Nutt. 

1874.    July.    Along  Missouri  River. 
340*.  Troximon  glaucum,  Nutt.,  var. 

In  company  with  the  typical  form. 

341.  Troximon  cuspidatum^  Pursh. 

1873.    July.    Pembina  and  westward,  on  prairies. 
•342.  Stephanomeria  minor,  Nutt. 
343.  Hieracium  Canadense,  Mx. 

1873.  July.    Pembina,  in  thickets. 

1874.  August.    Along  branch  of  Milk  River. 


CHICKEBING  ON  PLANTS  OP  DAKOTA  AND  MONTANA.    817 

•344.  Hieracium  albiflorum,  Hook. 

345.  Hieracium  scabrumj  Mx. 

1873.  July.    Pembina. 

346.  Hieracium  Scoulerij  Hook. 

1874.  August.    Near  Rocky  Moautains. 
•347.  Hieracium  tristCj  Willd. 

•348.  Hieracium  venosum^  L. 
349.  Ndbdlus  albus^  Hook. 

1873.    August.    Mouse  River  Plain. 
•350.  Nabalus  Boottii,  DO. 

351.  Nabalns  racemosua^  Hook. 

1873.    September.    Along  Mouse  River. 

352.  Lygodesmiajunoeaj  Don. 

1873.  September.    Mouse  River.    Abundant  westward, 

1874.  July,  August.    Along  Missouri  and  Milk  Rivers. 
•353.  Crepis  eleganSj  Hook. 

•354.  Macrorhynchua  glaucusj  Torr. 

355.  Ma/srorhynchus  troximoides^  T.  &  G. 

1873.    July.    Pembina. 
•356.  Tara>xa<mm  Dens-leonia^  Desf. 
♦357.  Lactuca  elongatUj  Muhl. 
•358.  Mulgedium  acuminatum^  DO. 
♦359.  Mulgedium  leucophamm^  DO. 

360.  Mulgedium  pulchellum,  Nutt. 

1873.  August.    Mouse  River  Plain. 

1874.  July,  August.    Along  Missouri  and  Milk  Rivers. 

LOBBLIAOE-^. 

•361.  Lobelia  Kalmii^  L. 
362.  Lobelia  spicata,  Lam. 

1873.    August.    Second  prairie. 

OAMPANULAOE^. 

•363.  Campanula  aparinoides^  Pursh. 
364.  Campanula  rotundifolia^  L.,  var.  linifolia. 

1873.  July.    Pembina.    Everywhere  on  the  prairie. 

1874.  July.    Frenchman's  Oreek. 

BRIOAOE^. 

•365.  Vaccinium  myrtilloidesj  Hook. 
366.  Arctostaphylos  Uva-ursij  Spring. 

1874.    July,  August.    Base  of  Rocky  Mountains. 
•367.  Oaultheria  procumbent,  L. 
•368.  Cassandra  calyculata,  L. 
•369.  Andromeda  polifoliaj  Jj. 


818     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

*370.  ^fenzi€sia  glanduUflora^  Hook. 
•371.  Menziesia  Graltamij  Hook. 
•372.  Ledum  latifolium^  Ait. 
•373.  Pyrola  elUpticdj  Natt. 
•37-4.  Pyrola  secunda,  L. 
•375.  Pyrola  rotundifoUay  L. 
•370.  Pyrola  asarifolia^  Mx. 
•377.  Moneses  unijloraj  Gray. 
•378.  Monotropa  uniflora^  L. 

PLANTAGINACE^. 

379.  Plantago  eriopoda^  Torr. 

1874.    Jaly.    Dry  prairie.    Missoari  Biver. 

380.  Plantago  Patagonica^  Jacq. 

1874.    Jaly.    Missouri  Biver. 

381.  Plantago  Paiagonica^  var. 

With  precediug. 
•382.  Plantago  major^  L. 
♦383.  Plantago  Bigeloviij  Gray. 

PRIMULAOE^. 

•384.  Androsace  occidentalism  Pnrsh. 
•385.  Androsace  septentrionaliSy  L. 
•380.  Dodecatheon  integrifoliumj  Mx. 
•387.  Glaux  maritima^  L. 
388.  Lynimachia  ciliata^  L. 

1873.  July,  August.    Pembioa  and  westward,  on  the  borders 
of  thickets. 

1874.  July,  August.    Freuchman's  Creek  to  Rocky  MoantaiDS. 
•389.  Lysimachia  thyrsifolia,  L. 

•390.  Trientalis  Americana^  Pursh. 

LENTIBDLAOB^. 

391.   Utricularia  vulgaris,  L. 

1874.    August.    Frenchman's  Creek.    Swamp. 

SCROPn  UL  ARI  ACEuB. 

*392.  Chelone  glabra^  L. 
•393.  Pentstemon  acuminatus,  Doug. 
•394.  Pentstemon  confertus,  Doug. 
♦395.  Pentatcmon  dasyphyllus. 
390.  Pentstemon  graeiliH,  Nutt. 

1873.    August.    Dry  prairie. 
♦397.  Pentstemon  glaucusj  Grah. 
•398.  Pentstemon  Menziesii^  ilook. 


CHICKEBING  ON  PLANTS  OP  DAKOTA  AND  MONTANA.   819 

•399.  Pentstemon  procerus^  Doug. 
♦400.  PenUteinon  pubescens^  Soland. 

401.  Mimulus  luteiiSy  L. 

1874.    August.     Milk  River. 
♦402.  Mimulus  Lewisii^  Pursh. 
♦403.  Mimulus  r  in  gens  j  L. 
♦404.  Oratiola  Virginiana^  L. 
♦405.   Veronica  Americana ^  Schwein. 

1874.    August.    Milk  Eiver. 
•406.  Veronica  alpina^  L. 
♦407.   Veronica  peregrina,  L. 
♦408.  Oerardia  purpurea,  L. 
♦409.  Castilleia  coccinea,  Spring. 

410.  Castilleia  pallida^  Knntb. 

1874.    August.    Base  of  Rocky  Mountains. 

410*.  Castilleia  pallida^  Kunth.,  var.  miniata. 

1874.     August.    Milk  River. 
♦411.  Castilleia  sessiliflora.  Ph. 
♦412.  Bhinanthus  Crista-GalUy  L. 
♦413.  Fedicularis  Canadensis,  L. 
♦414.  Pedicularis  hracteosa,  Benth. 
♦415.  Melampyrum  Americanum^  Mx. 

416.  Ortlwcarpus  luteus,  ^utt. 

1874.    July.    Near  Three  Buttes. 

VBRBBNACE^. 

417.  Verbena  bracteosa,  Mx. 

1874.    July.    Frenchman's  Creek. 
♦418.  Verbena  hastaia,  L. 

LABIAT-S:. 

419.  Mentha  Canadensis,  L. 

1873.  August.    Along  Mouse  River. 

1874.  August.    Frenchman's  Creek. 
♦420.  Lycopus  sinitatus,  Gray. 

♦421.  Lycopus  Virginicus.  L. 

422.  Monarda  fistulosa,  L. 

1873.  August.    Turtle  Mountain. 
422*.  Monarda  fistulosa,  var.  mollis. 

1874.  August.    Frenchman's  Creek. 

423.  Lophanthus  anisatus,  Benth. 

1873.    August.    Near  Turtle  Mountain. 

424.  Dracocephalum  parviflorum,  Nutt. 

1873.    August.    Turtle  Mountain. 
•425.  Physostegia  Virgiana,  Benth. 


820  BULLETIN   UNITED   STATES   GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY. 

•426.  Brvnella  vulgaris^  L. 
•427.  Scutellaria  galericulataj  L. 
•428.  Galcopsis  Tetrahit,  L. 

429.  Stachys  aspera^  Mx. 

1873.  Jaly.    Pembina. 

430.  Stachys  palustriSy  L. 

1874.  Jaly.    Missoari  Kiver  and  Frenchman's  Creek. 

BORRAGlNACELffi. 

•431.  Onosmodium  Virginianumj  DC. 
432.  Lithospermum  cancscens^  Lehm. 

1873.  Jul}'.    Pembina.    Dry  plains. 
•433.  Lithospermum  loiigiflorumy  Sprang. 
•434.  Mertensia  paniculata^  Don. 

435.  Eritrichium  Califomicum^  DC. 

1874.  July.    Frenchman's  Creek. 

436.  Eritrichium  crassisepalum^  T.  &  G. 

1874.    August.    Dry  plains.    Base  of  Becky  Mountains. 

437.  Eritrichium  leucophwumy  DC. 

1874.    August.    Base  of  Bocky  Mountains. 
•438.  Eritrichium  glomeratumj  DC. 
•439.  Myosotis  alpestri^^  Schmidt. 
•440.  Echinospermttm  floribundum^  Lebm. 
♦441.  Echinospermum  Lappula^  Lehm. 
•442.  Echinospermum  patulum^  Lehm. 

443.  Cynoglossum  Virginicum^  L. 

1873.  July,  August.    Pembina  and  westward. 

POLEMONIACE^. 

444.  Phlox  Douglassiij  Hook. 

1874.  July.    Near  Three  Buttes. 
•445.  Phlox  canescens,  T.  &  G. 

•446.  Phlox  pilosay  L. 

447.  Collomia  linearis^  Nutt. 

1874.    July.    Dry  prairies,  Missouri  Biver. 

448.  Gllia  minima^  Gr. 

1874.    July.    Near  Three  Buttes. 

CONVOLVULACE^. 

449.  Calystegia  sepium,  R.  Br. 

1873.  July.     Pembina. 

1874.  July.    Missouri  River. 

450.  Calystegia  spithamwaj  Pursh. 

1873.  July.     Pembiua,  in  woods. 

1874.  July.    Missouri  River. 

451.  Cuscuta  Oronoviij  Willd. 

1873.    August.    Turtle  Mountain.    On  Bibes  rotundi/olium. 


CHICKEBING  ON  PLANTS  OF  DAKOTA  AND  MONTANA.    821 

SOLANACB-^. 

♦452.  Phy sails  viscosUj  L. 

453.  Solanum  rostratum^  Duoal. 

1874.    July.    FreDcbmaD^s  Creek. 

454.  Solanum  trifloruniy  Nutt. 

1874.    July.    Prairies,  Frenchman's  Greek, 

GENTIANACE^. 

*455.  Halenia  deflexa^  Griseb. 

456.  Oentiana  affiniSj  Griseb. 

1874.    August.    Milk  River. 

457.  Gentiana  Amarellay  L. 

1874.    August.    Eocky  Mountains. 
*458.  Geiitiana  acuta j  Mx. 
•459.  Gentiana  Andrewsiij  Griseb. 
♦460.  Gentiana  crinita^  Froel. 
•461.  Gentinna  detonsaj  Fries. 
♦462.  Gentiana  Atenziesii,  Griseb. 

463.  Gentiana  puberuUij  Mx. 

1873.    September.    Mouse  River. 

APOOYNACB^. 

464.  Apocynum  androscemifolium^  L. 

1873.    July.    Pembina,  in  thickets. 

465.  Apocynum  cannabinum,  L. 

1873.  July.  Very  abundant  in  thickets.  The  fibre  used  by 
the  Indians  for  cordage.  It  may  eventually  have  some  eco- 
nomic value. 

1874.  July.    Missouri  River. 

ASCLEPIADACE^. 

466.  Asclepias  ovalifolia^  Dec. 

1873.    July.    Pembina,  in  woods. 

467.  Asclepias  speciosa^  Torr. 

1873.  August.    Plains  near  Turtle  Mountain. 

1874.  July.    Wet  places  along  Frenchman's  Creek. 

468.  Asclepias  verticillata,  L. 

1873.    July.    Pembina. 
♦469.  Asclepias  incarnata^  L. 
•470.  Asclepias  variegata,  L.,  var.  minor,  Hook. 
♦471.  Asclepias  viridiflora,  Ell. 

ARISTOLOOHIAOE^. 
^472.  Asarum  Canadense,  L. 


822  BULLETIN   UNITED   STATES   GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY. 

NYOTAGINAOE^. 

473.  Oxybaphus  hirsutuSj  Sweet.    Var. 
1874.    July.    Missouri  River. 
•474.  Oxybaphus  nyctdgineus,  Sweet. 

OHENOPODIACBiB. 

•475.  ChenopodiMM  album,  L. 
476.  dhenopodium  leptophyllum. 

1874.    August.    Dry  plains  west  of  Frenchman's  Greek. 
•477.  Blitum  Bonua-HenricuSj  L. 
•478.  Blitum  capitatum,  L. 

479.  Blitum  glaucuMj  Koch. 

1874.    August.    Milk  River. 

480.  Atriplex  Nuttallii,  Watson. 

1874.    July.    Missouri  River. 

481.  Atriplex  JEndolepis,  Watson. 

1874.    August.    Frenchman's  Greek. 
♦482.  Salicornia  herbacea,  L. 

483.  Suwda  dcpressa,  Ledeb. 

1873.  July.    Pembina,  dry  plains. 

484.  Sarcobatus  vermiculatus,  Torr. 

1874.  July.    Saline  soil.    West  of  Frenchman's  Creek. 

AMARANTAGE^. 

•485.  Amarantm  retrofiexus,  L. 

PARONYCHIA. 

486.  Paronychia  aessilifloraj  Nutt. 

1873.  September.    Along  Mouse  River,  on  dry  banks. 

1874.  August.    Milk  River. 

POLYGONACEA. 

487.  Polygonum  amphibium,  L. 

1874.    Jul  v.    Frenchman's  Creek. 
•487*.  Polygonum  amphibium,  L.,  var.  terrestre. 
487^.  Polygonum  amphibium,  L.,  var.  aquaticum. 

1873.  August.    Mouse  River  Phiin,  in  wet  places, 
•488.  Polygonum  avicnlure,  L. 

488*.  Polygonum  aviculare,  L.,  var.  crectum, 

1874.  August.    Base  ot*  Rocky  Mountains. 
*489.  Polygonum  cilinode,  Mx. 

•490.  Polygonum  dumetorum,  L. 
•491.  Polygonum  hydropiperoides,  Mx. 
492.  Polygonum  lapatliifolium,  Ait.,  var.  incanum. 
1874,    August.    Frenchman's  Creek. 


CHICKERING  ON  PLANTS  OP  DAKOTA  AND  MONTANA,   823 

•493.  Polygonum  Pevnsylvanicum^  L. 
•494.  Polygonum  tenue^  Mx. 
*495.  Oxyria  digyna^  Campd. 

496.  liumex  maritimus^  L. 

1874.    August.    Saline  plains,  west  of  Prencbman*8  Creek. 

497.  Rumex  salieijblius,  Weinm. 

1873.  July.    Pembina. 

1874.  June,  July.    Missouri  River.    Frenchman's  Cr^ek. 

498.  Rumex  venosusj  Pursb. 

1874.    July,  August.    Frenchman's  Creek  and  westward. 

499.  Eriogonum  flavum^  Nutt. 

1874.    July,  August.    Missouri  River  to  Rocky  Mountains. 

500.  Eriogunum  umbellatum,  Torr. 

1874.    July.    Frenchman's  Creek. 
♦501.  Eriogonum  crctsaifoHum^  Benth. 

EL^AGNACE^. 

502.  Elwagnus  argenteuj  Pursh. 

1873.  August.    Vicinity  of  Turtle  Mountain,  very  common  in 
patches. 

*503.  Shepherdia  argentea,  Nutt. 
•504.  Shepherdia  Canadensis,  Nutt. 

SANTALACB-S;. 

505.  Comandra  pallida,  DC. 

1874.  June,  July.    Missouri  River. 

506.  Comandra  umbellata,  Nutt. 

1873.    July.    Pembina. 

EUPHORBIACE^. 

•507.  Euphorbia  glyptosperma,  Engl. 

URTICACE^. 

5(i8.  Humulus  Lupulus^  L. 

1873.    August,  September.    Turtle  Mountain  to  Mouse  River. 

509.  Urtica  gracilis,  Ait. 

1873.  August.    Second  prairie. 

1874.  August.    Frenchman's  Creek. 

510.  Laportea  Canadensis,  Gaudich. 

1873.    July.    Pembina. 

511.  Ulmus  Americana,  L. 

1873.    June.     Pembina. 

CUPULIFER.E. 

•512.  Corylus  Americana,  Walt. 
513.  Quercus  macrocarpa,  Mx. 

1873.    Pembina,  common,  of  large  size  aloti^  >iki^  ^:v^^^* 


824  BULLETIN   UNITED   STATES   OEOLOGICAL   SURVEY. 

BETULACE^. 

514.  Betula  occidentalism  Hook. 

1874.    Aagast.    Bocky  Moantains. 

SALICACKai. 

515.  Salix  lucida,  Mahl. 

1873.    Aagnst.    Mouse  River. 

516.  Salix  rostrataj  Bichardson. 

1873.  Jul}'.    Pembina,  in  fruit. 
•517.  Salix  nigraj  Marsh. 

*518.  Populus  balsamiferaj  L.,  var.  candicans, 
•519.  Populus  moniliferaj  Ait 
*520.  Populus  tremuloidesy  Mx. 

CONIFERS. 

•521.  Pinus  BanJcsiana,  Lambert. 
•522.  Pinus  contortaj  Doug. 
•523.  Pinus  resinosa^  Ait. 
524.  Abies  Douglasiij  Lindl. 

1874.  Bocky  Mountains. 
•525.  Abies  alba^  Mx. 

•520.  Abies  Engelmanni^  PaiT>'. 
•527.  Abies  nigra,  Torr. 
•528.  Abies  balsameaj  Marshall. 
•529.  Larix  Americana,  Mx. 
•530.  Thuja  occidentalism  L. 

531.  Juniperus  communiSj  L. 

1874.    August.    Bocky  Mountains. 

532.  Juniperus  Sabina,  L. 

1874.    August.    Base  of  Bocky  Mountains. 
•533.  Juniperus  Yirginianay  L.,  var.  procumbens. 

ABAOE^. 

534.  Arifiwma  triphyllum,  Torr. 
1873.    July.    Pembina. 
•535.  Calla  palustris,  L. 
•530.  Acorus  CalamuSj  L. 

LEMNACE^. 

537.  Le mna  trisulca,  Ij. 

1873.    Pembina,  with  Ranunculus  cymbularia, 
■*538.  Lemna  minora  L. 

TYPHAOEiE. 
*539.  Typlia  laiifolia,  L. 

540.  iSparganium  simplex j  Huds. 

1873.    Jul}^    Pembina. 

•541.  Sparganium  eurycarpum,   Eng. 

•542.  Sparganium  natans,  L. 


CHICKERING   ON   PLANTS    OF   DAKOTA   AND   MONTANA.       825 

I^ATDAOB^. 

543.  Potamogeton  pectinatus,  L. 

1873.  August.    Near  Turtle  Mountain. 

544.  Potamogeton  marinus,  L. 

1873.  August.    Near  Turtle  Mountain. 
*545.  Potamogeton  natans,  L. 

54G.  Potamogeton  perfollatus^  L.,  var.  lanceolatus. 

1874.  August.    Near  Turtle  Mountain. 
•547.  Potamogeton  puaillus,  L. 

ALISMACB^. 

548.  Almna  Plantago^  L. 

1874.    July.    Frenchman's  Creek. 
♦549.  Triglochin  maritimum^  L. 
*550.  Triglochin  pahistre,  L.,  var.  elatum. 

551.  Sagittaria  variabilis^  Eng. 

1873.  August.    Mouse  River. 

1874.  July.    Frenchman's  Creek. 

ORCHIDACE^. 

552.  Hahennria  hyperhorea^  R.  Br. 

1874.    August.    Rocky  Mountains. 
•553.  Habenaria  bracteatUj  R.  Br. 
*554.  Habenaria  psycodes,  Gray. 
•555.  Spiranthes  cernua^  Rich. 
*556.  Calopogon  pulcheUus^  R.  Br. 
•557.  Cypripedium  pubescens,  Willd. 

AM  ARYLLIDAOEiB . 

•558.  Hypoxis  erecta,  L. 

IRIDACE^. 
•559.  Iris  versicolor^  L. 
5G0.  Sisyrinchium  Bermndiana^  L.,  var.  anceps, 

1873.    July.    Pembina. 
•561.  Sisyrinchium  mucronatum^  Mx. 

SMILACE^. 
5G2.  Smilax  herbacea^  L. 

1873.    July.    Pembina. 

LILIACB^. 

563.  Zygadenus  glaucns,  Nutt. 

1873.  July.    Pembina. 

564.  Zygademis  Nuttallii,  Gray. 

1874.  June.    Prairie  along  Missouri  River« 


826  BULLETIN   UNITED   STATES   QEOLOGICAL   BURVKY. 

♦565.  Veratrum  alburn^  xsLT.Esclischoltziij  Gray. 
♦566.  Xerophyllum  tenax,  Pursb. 
•567.  Tofieldia  glutmosa,  Willd. 

568.  Prosartes  trachycarpa^  Watsou. 

1874.    August.    Rocky  Mountains. 

569.  Clintonia  unifloraj  Meuz. 

1874.    August.     Kocky  Mountains. 
♦570.  Smilacina  bifolioj  Ker. 

571.  Smilacina  trifolia,  Desf. 

1873.  July.    Pembina,  in  woods, 

572.  Smilacina  racemosoj  Desf. 

1874.  August,    llocky  Mountains. 

573.  Smilacina  stellata^  Desf. 

1873.  July.    Pembina. 

1874.  June.    Fort  Buford. 

574.  Polygonatum  giganieum^  Dietrich. 

1873.    July.     Pembina,  shady  bank  of  the  river. 

575.  Lilium  Philadelphicum^  L. 

1873.  June,  July.    Pembina.    Very  abundant  ou  the  prair 

576.  Calochortus  Xuttalliiy  T.  &  G. 

1874.  June.     Fort  Buford. 

577.  Allium  cermium^  Both. 

1874.    August.    Base  of  Bocky  Mountains. 

578.  Allium  Schamoprasumj  L. 

1874.    August.    Bocky  Mountains. 

579.  Allium  stellatum,  Nutt. 

1873.  August.    Mouse  Biver  Plain.    Very  abundant. 
♦580.  Allium  reticulatumj  Frazer. 

581.  Yucca  angustifolia^  Nutt. 

1874.  July.    Missouri  Biver. 

JUNCACE^. 

♦582.  Juticus  acuminaius^  Mx. 
♦583.  Juncus  alpinus,  var.  insignia.  Fries. 
584.  Juncus  Balticus,  Deth. 

1873.  July.    Pembina. 

♦584*.  Juncus  BalticuSy  Deth.,  var.  montanus. 

♦585.  Juncus  Mertcnsianns^  Doug. 

*^^iy,  Juncus  nodosuSj  L. 

♦587.  Juncus  xiphioides^  E.  Mayer. 

♦588.  Luzula  parviflora^  Desv.,  var.  melanocarpa. 

COMMELYNACE^. 

589.  Tradcscantia  Vlrginica,  L. 

1874.  June.    Prairies  near  Fort  Buford. 


CnCIKERIKO   ON   PLANTS  OP  DAKOTA   AND  UOKTAKA.       827 

CYPEEACB^. 

•500.  Eleoeliaria  acicularia,  R.  Br. 
591.  Eleocharis  palustrU,  R.  Br. 

1S73.     August.    Mouse  River  Plain. 
1874.    July,    Missouri  River. 
■592.  Scirpm  EHophorttm,TA^. 
5\)'6.  ikirpus  JIuviatilia,  tiray. 

1873.    July.    Pembina. 

594.  Scirpm  maritimug,  L. 

1873.  August.    Vicinity  of  Tartte  Ifonotain. 

1874.  July.     Missouri  River. 

595.  Scirpua  pungent,  Valil. 

1874,    July.    Missouri  River. 

596.  Scirpus  validus,  Vahl, 

1873.  July.     Pembina. 

1874.  July.     Missouri  River. 
•597.  Eriopkorum  latl/i)iiu7ii. 

'598,  Eriophorum  poli/nt^chyon,  h. 
"699.  Carex  adusta,  Eoot. 

1873.    July.     Pembina. 
•COO.  Carex  alopecoidea,  Tucker. 
•OIH.  Carex  aperta,  Boot. 
602.  Carex  aristata,  R.  Br. 

1873.  July.    Pembina. 
•C03.  Carex  atrata,  L. 

•604.  Carex  aurea,  Nutt. 
•605.  Carex  Douglasii,  Hook. 
•606.  Carex  f estiva,  Dew. 
•607.  Carer  laUKginusa,  Mx. 

1874.  July.    Missouri  River. 
•COS,  Carex  ionyirostrin,  Ti>rr. 

•609.  Carex  lapulina,  Mulil. 
•6l0.  Varex  mardda,  Soott. 
•Cll.  Carex  polytrichoidet,  tluhX, 
•012.  Carex  Pgeudo-Cypents,  L. 
613.  Carex  retrorsa,  Scbw. 

1873.    August.    Mouse  River, 
•614.  Carex  rosea,  Scbk, 
•015.  Carex  Jiicliardionii,  R.  Br. 
'616.  Carex  rigida,  Qood. 
•617.  Carex  riparia,  Curtis. 
'618.  Carex  tcirpoidea,  Mx. 
■019,  Carex  aiccata,  Dew. 
•6:^0.  Carex  straminea,  Scbk. 
•621.  Varex  stramiHea,  Schk.,  var. 

1873.    Jaly.    Pembina. 
Bail.  iv.  No.  4 6 


828  BULLETIN   UNITED   STATES   GEOLOGICAL   8UBVEY. 

*G22.  Carex  siiplna.  Wahl. 

•023.  Carex  stricta.  Lam. 

♦024.  Carex  ntenophylla^  Wahl. 

**C25.  Carex  ubiculataj  Boott. 

GRAMIXE^. 

^026.  Zizanm  aquaiica^  L. 
•627.  Alopecurus  alpintcs,  Smith. 
•028.  Fhleum  alpiuum^  L. 
•G29.  Agrostis  scahra^  Willd. 

G30.  Calamagrostis  Canadensis^  Beauv. 

1873.    July,  August.    Pembiua.    Near  Turtle  Moantain. 

631.  Calamagrostis  stricta^  Trin.    Var. 

1873.  August.    Turtle  Mouutain. 

1874,  July.    Frenchmau's  Creek. 
♦632.  Eriocoma  cicspidatay  Nutt. 

633.  Stipa  comata,  Trio. 

1873.  August.    Turtle  Mouutain. 

634.  Stipa  spartea^  Trin. 

1874.  July.    Frenchman's  Greek. 

635.  Stipa  viridula,  Trin. 

1873.  August.    Second  prairie. 

1874.  July.    Frenchman's  Creek. 

636.  Spartina  cynosuroideSj  Willd. 

1873.    August.    Mouse  River. 

637.  Spartina  gracilis^  Both. 

1873.  July.    Turtle  Mountain. 

1874.  July.    Frenchman's  Creek. 

638.  Boutdoua  oligost^chya,  Torr. 

1873.    August.    Turtle  Mountain  westward,  forming  compa 
sod,  on  dry  prairie. 

639.  Kceleria  cristata^  Pers. 

1873.  August.    Second  prairie. 

1874.  July.    Frenchman's  Creek. 

640.  OJyceria  airoidesy  Thurber. 

1874.    July.    Missouri  River. 
•G41.  Olyceria  nervata^  Trin. 
•G42.  Catabrosa  aquaticaj  Beauv. 
•G43.  Poa  alpina^  L. 
644.  Poa  alsodeSy  Gray. 

1873.    July.    Pembina. 
*645.  Poa  cwsia^  Smith,  var.  strictior. 
64G.  Poa  compressa^  L. 

1873.    July.    Pembina. 
•G47.  Poa  flexuosay  Muhl. 
•G48.  Poa  pratensiSy  L. 


CHICKERING  ON   PLANTS   OF   DAKOTA   AND  MONTANA.        829 

649.  Poa  serotina^  Ehrb. 

1873.    July,  August.    Pembina.    Turtle  Mountain. 
•650.  Fcatuca  borealis^  Mert. 
♦651.  Festuca  ovina,  L. 

652.  Bromus  ciliutus^  L. 

1873.  August.    Mouse  River. 

1874.  August.    West  of  Frencbman's  Creek. 

653.  Phragmites  communis^  Trin. 

1873.    August.    Prairie,  on  borders  of  little  pools. 
♦654.  Leptums  paniculatus^  Nutt. 
Goo,  Triticum  caninum^  L. 

1873.  August.    Near  Turtle  Mountain,  in  thickets. 
656.  Triticum  repens^  L. 

1874.  July.    Frenchman's  Creek. 
♦657.  Triticum  strigosum^  Sceud. 

658.  Eordeum  jubatum^  L. 

1873.  July.    Pembina,  on  prairie. 

1874.  July.    Missouri  River. 

659.  Hordeum  pratense,  Huds. 

1874.    August.    West  of  Frenchman's  Creek. 

660.  JElijmus  Canadensis^  L. 

1873.  August.    Turtle  Mountain,  thickets. 
♦661.  Elymus  Canadensis^  var.  glaucifolius. 

662.  Flymus  Sibiricus,  L. 

1874.  August.    Rocky  Mountains. 

663.  Elymus  Vtrginieusj  L. 

1873.  August.    Near  Turtle  Mountain. 
♦664.  Danthonia  spicata^  Bean  v. 

•065.  Avena  striata^  Mx. 
6G0.  Aira  cwspitosa^  L. 

1874.  August.    Base  of  Rocky  Mountains. 
667.  Phalaris  arundinacea^  L. 

1873.  July,  August.    Pembina.    Turtle  Mountain,  thickets. 

1874.  July.    Frenchman's  Creek. 
♦068.  Hierochloa  borealis^  R.  &  G. 

009.  Beclcmannia  erucwformis^  Host. 

1874.    July,  August.    Missouri  River.    Frenchman's  Creek. 
♦670.  Panicum  pauciflorum^  Ell. 
671.  Panicum  virgatum^  L. 

1873.    August.    Mouse  River. 
♦672.  Andropogon  furcatuSj  Muhl. 

673.  Andropogon  scopariuSy  Mx. 

1873.    September.    Mouse  River,  dry  prairie. 

EQUISETACE^. 

674.  Equisetum  arvense^  L. 

1873.    July.    Pembina. 


830     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SUBVEY* 

♦675.  Equisetum  hyemale^  L. 
*676.  Equisetuin  Icevigatum^  Braan. 
•077.  Equisetum  limosumj  L. 
678.  Equisetum  rohuatum^  Braan. 

1874.    June.    Missoari  Eiver. 

FILICES. 

♦679.  Polypodium  vulgare^  L, 

•080.  Fhegapteris  DryapteriSj  Fee. 

*681.  Aspidium  Lonchitvsj  8wz. 

•082.  Aspidium  spinulosumj  Willd. 

•083.  Onoclea  sensibilis,  L. 

♦084.  Cystopieris  hulbifera^  Bernh. 

•085.  Cystopteris  fragiliSj  Bernh. 

•086.  Woodsia  Ilcensis,  R.  Br. 

•087.  Boirychium  lunarioides^  Swz. 

•088.  Botrychium  Virginicum^  Swz. 

LYCOPODIAOE-S;. 

•089.  Lycopodium  camplanatum^  L. 
•090.  Lycopodium  luoidulum^  Mx. 
091.  Selaginella  rupesfris^  Spreng. 

1874.  Augast.  Base  of  Bocky  MountainSf  and  almost  any- 
where  eastward,  in  some  places  covering  tho  face  of  the 
country  and  forming  much  of  the  sod  on  sterile  hills. 

LICHENES. 

692.  Evernia  alpina. 

1874.    August.    Bocky  Mountains. 


ART.  XXXV.-ON  SOME  STRIKING  PRODUCTS  OF  EROSION  IN 

COLORADO. 


By  p.  M.  Endlich,  S.  N.  D, 


Dariug  the  progress  of  the  geological  and  geographical  survey  of 
Colorado,  under  the  direction  of  Dr.  F.  V.  Hajden,  every  portion  of  that 
interesting  State  was  explored.  Numerous  data  were  obtained,  impor- 
tant not  only  to  the  geologist,  but  furnishing  ample  material  to  the  artist, 
enjoyment  to  the  traveller.  Few  States,  perhaps,  are  so  well  favored  by 
nature  as  Colorado.  Some  of  the  grandest  mountain  scenery  within  the 
United  States  is  there  to  be  found ;  mineral  wealth  is  treasured  up  within 
the  earth's  interior.  Farms  and  meadow  land,  rich  in  their  yield,  are 
scattered  throughout  the  State ;  and,again,  the  travellermay  visit  within 
this  State  regions  that  will  forcibly  remind  him  of  the  Sahara.  Now 
that  its  exploration  is  finished  and  its  features  throughout  are  thoroughly 
known,  we  are  enabled  to  present  more  connected  discussions  upon  the 
characteristic  forms  there  observed.  No  group  of  forms,  probably,  is  so 
unique  as  that  showing  numberless  changes  produced  by.  the  sculpturing 
hand  of  nature.  Erosion,  its  artistic  agent,  has  furnished  us,  in  Colo- 
rado, with  results  at  once  striking  and  singularly  beautiful  in  detail. 
To  these  the  following  pages  shall  be  devoted.  Fully  aware  that  no 
pen-picture  can  convey  an  adequate  idea  of  the  subject,  I  may  still  hope 
that  an  accurate  description  may  be  of  some  service  to  those  seeking 
information  thereupon. 

For  many  years  the  classical  region  of  Monument  Park  has  been 
known.  The  singular  shapes  of  its  rocks  and  brilliancy  of  their  colors 
have  given  a  justly  earned  celebrity  to  the  place.  Since  that  time  many 
other  localities  have  been  discovered,  some  of  them  even  surpassing  the 
former  in  grandeur  and  beauty.  Lying  farther  toward  the  interior  of 
the  State,  the  regular  tourist  has  not  yet  reached  these  spots,  and  the 
revelation  of  their  wonders  has  thus  far  been  made  to  a  favored  few  only. 
In  the  course  of  years,  no  doubt,  as  communications  shall  be  more 
completely  established,  these  places,  too,  will  be  visited,  and  will  elicit 
admiration  equal  to  that  now  bestowed  upon  Monument  Park.  Until 
that  time  arrives,  however,  descriptions  must  be  accepted  which  cannot 
possibly  do  justice  to  the  subject. 

EROSION. 

Two  classes  of  erosive  agents  may  be  distinguished,  chemical  and 
physical.     Of  these,  the  former  has  but  one  function,  the  latter  two. 


832     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

Cbemical  agents  produce  such  cbaDges  in  tbe  rock  as  may,  and  most 
frequently  do,  result  in  its  partial  or  complete  decomposition.  This 
decomposition  is  tbe  destruction  of  original  and  tbe  consequent  forma- 
tion of  new  compounds.  Very  often  it  is  accompanied  by  an  increase 
of  volume,  wbereby  tbe  original  molecular  cobesion  is  disturbed.  Oq 
tbe  otber  band,  it  may  result  in  tbe  removal  of  certain  constitaeuts, 
tbus  producing  an  effect  directly  inverse  to  tbe  former.  By  eitber  of 
tbese  processes,  tbe  mass  is  disturbed  in  sucb  a  manner  as  to  render 
it  less  impregnable  to  tbe  attacks  of  pbysical  erosives.  Altboagb  we 
cannot  bave,  tberefore,  a  truly  cbemical  erosion  in  all  instances,  we  are 
justified  in  using  tbe  term,  because  tbe  cbemical  action  is  the  immediate 
means  by  virtue  of  wbicb  tbe  mecbanical  work  may  be  accomplished. 

Most  prominent  among  tbe  cbemical  agents  facilitating  mechanical 
erosion  are  water,  eitber  pure  or  charged  with  various  gases,  and  grow- 
ing vegetation.  Minerals  like  feldspar,  anhydrite,  and  others  absorb 
water,  and  are  cbanged  into  caolinite  and  gypsum  respectively.  Both 
of  tbese  secondary  products  are  less  able  to  withstand  erosion  than 
tbe  original  compounds.  This  represents  tbe  case  where  changes  of 
cbemical  composition  prepare  tbe  material  in  such  a  manner  as  to 
ofter  tbe  least  resistance  to  pbysical  erosives.  Water  charged  with 
gases,  more  particularly  carbonic  acid  gas,  will  dissolve  certain  com- 
pounds readily  and  carry  away  portions  thereof  in  solution.  Hot  aod 
cold  water,  pure,  will  act  in  tbe  same  manner,  but  to  a  less  degree. 
Growing  vegetation  will  chemically  absorb  certain  ingredients  of  rocks 
upon  wbicb  its  roots  may  be  resting,  tbus  eitber  directly  removing 
small  quantities  of  tbe  material  or  changing  its  cbemical  composi- 
tion. Tbis  erosive  action  by  vegetation  becomes  insignificant^  how- 
ever, when  compared  with  tbe  far  superior  pbysical  force  growing 
plants  exhibit.  Gases  contained  in  tbe  atmosphere  bave  some  effect 
upon  rocks  of  varying  constitution,  but  frequently  one  that  tends 
rather  to  preserve  than  to  destroy  tbe  material  acted  upon.  Oxyda- 
tion  is  tbe  most  widely  distributed  result  of  sucb  influence. 

]\rost  prominent  among  tbe  agents  of  pbysical  or  mechanical  erosion 
is  the  action  of  water,  wind,  and  growing  vegetation.  Again,  we  find 
that  by  vegetation  tbe  subsequent  absolute  removal  of  material  is  pre- 
pared. Tbe  growth  of  roots  in  minute  crevices  of  rocks  may  frequently 
result  in  a  disruption  of  tbe  cohesion,  tbus  eitber  directly  removing 
a  fragment  or  placing  it  into  sucb  a  position  as  to  make  its  removal 
imminent.  To  everyone  is  known  the  enormous  expansive  power  of 
growing  roots,  and  it  will  readily  be  seen  bow  very  severely  a  large 
mass  of  them  may  affect  a  rock  that  has,  for  instance,  the  physical 
constitution  of  a  sandstone. 

Flowing  water,  with  or  without  sand  and  detritus  in  suspension,  is 
one  of  tbe  most  directly  acting  agents,  and  is  productive  of  results  upon 
a  grand  scale.  Analogous  thereto,  though  more  restricted  in  occurrence, 
is  the  action  of  moving  ice.    Precipitated  water  presents  results  similar 


I 

1 


ENDLICH  ON  EROSION  IN  COLORADO.  833 

to  the  foregoiDg,  but  on  a  small  scale.  Water  entering  fissures  and  seams, 
or  saturating  porous  rocks,  severely  affects  them  by  expansion  incident 
upon  freezing.  Witbin  certain  classes  of  rocks,  this  process,  prepara- 
tory to  the  final  removal  of  material,  is  one  of  great  importance.  Not 
only  are  those  that  may  be  regarded  as  mechanical  deposits  thereby 
affected,  but  also  the  crystalline  aggregates.  Water  entering  minute 
openings  between  the  cleavage-planes  of  crystals  will  gradually  pro- 
duce  a  sepamtion  so  great  as  to  render  the  original  position  of  the 
crystal  no  longer  tenable.  This  mode  of  separation  is  analogous,  in  its 
results,  to  the  effects  produced  by  growing  roots.  For  flowing  and 
precipitated  water  is  reserved  the  ultimate  transportation  of  such 
loosened  material  from  its  original  place  of  occurrence. 

Wind,  finally,  is  the  last  of  the  important  agents  of  erosion.  By  its 
force,  small,  loosened  particles  are  removed  and  are  carried  away.  Sand 
carried  before  the  wind  is  capable  of  producing  very  marked  results. 
By  the  frequent  repetition  and  violence  of  the  concussions  caused  by 
grains  of  sand  striking  against  some  fixed  obstacle,  a  type  ot  erosion  is 
produced  that  may  be  regarded  as  unique  in  its  detail  characteristics. 
While  the  cutting  action  of  the  sand  detaches  fragments  of  the  rock, 
the  wind  rapidly  carries  them  off,  thus  ever  offering  fresh  surfaces  to  the 
attacks  of  the  rapidly  abrading  material.  The  comparatively  small 
amount  of  work  that  is  apparently  accomplished  by  this  powerful  factor 
of  erosive  agents  may  be  due  to  the  faet  that  peculiar  positions  of  the 
eroded  material  are  required.  Unless  these  conditions  be  complied  with« 
the  sand  will  speed  harmlessly  upon  its  way,  or  produce  such  results  as 
furnish  no  adequate  examples  of  its  power. 

Beviewing,  briefly,  the  characteristics  resulting  from  the  various 
metho«ls  of  erosion,  we  observe  that  certain  analogous  physical  causes 
produce  essentially  the  same  forms.  Water  acts  as  a  solvent  agent  upon 
many  of  the  minerals  constituting  rocks.  Althougti  the  quantity  of  min- 
eral matter  taken  into  solution  by  pure  water  is,  as  a  rule,  indefinitely 
small,  the  presence  of  carbonic  acid  gas  makes  a  great  difference  in  its 
solvent  power.  Frequently  exposures  of  limestones  may  be  seen,  exhibit- 
ing a  minutely  corrugated  surface.  Gypsum  is  affected  in  the  same  way 
by  chemical  aqueous  erosion.  Admixtures  of  silex  and  clay  in  either 
limestones  or  gypsum  produce  definite  results,  which  lead  to  a  recogni- 
tion of  their  presence.  Although  the  chemical  erosion  caused  by  grow- 
ing vegetation  in  the  aggregate  will  show  extensive  results,  its  direct 
evidence  is  not  very  manifest.  Owing  to  the  distribution  of  minute 
root-fibers,  their  chemical  action  is  spread  so  uniformly  that  it  can  be 
recognized  as  such  only  in  rare  instances. 

Perhaps  the  most  universally  observed  products  of  erosion  are  those 
shaped  by  flowing  water.  Channels  arc  worn  into  yielding  rocks,  rough 
places  are  smoothed,  soft  inclosures  in  hard  rocks  are  removed,  and, 
throughout,  the  outlines  are  modified.  These  results  are,  in  a  great 
measure,  dependent  upon  the  quantity  and  quality  of  the  material  which 


834     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

the  water  may  carry  in  saspension.  Moving  ice  and  its  accompanying 
mass  of  detritas  manifests  the  same  altimate  achievements.  Hard, 
resisting  rocks  are  smoothed  and  planed,  softer  ones  are  deeply  cat  into, 
thus  changing  the  minor  orographic  features  of  a  region.  Dependent, 
in  part,  upon  the  physical  constitution  of  the  rocks  affected,  is  the  action 
produced  by  the  freezing  of  water  saturating  them.  In  case  the  con- 
ditions be  favorable,  we  may  find  a  more  or  less  completely  developed 
system  of  foliation.  Minute  fragments  are  separated  from  the  main 
rock,  and  frequently,  by  a  process  of  regelation  within  fissures  thas 
formed,  large  slabs  are  removed.  Certain  rocks,  less  homogeneous  than 
others,  absorb  a  great  deal  of  water,  which  forces  off  innumerable  par- 
ticles upon  freezing.  In  this  connection  may  be  mentioned  the  phenom- 
enon of  "exfoliation^.  According  to  the  interpretation  usually  given  to 
this  term,  it  signifies  a  scalingoff  of  some  rocks,  dependent  upon  reach- 
ing certain  temperatures  through  the  action  of  the  sun's  rays.  Physi- 
cally this  is  certainly  possible,  but  I  am  of  the  opinion  that  in  reality  it 
does  not  often  occur.  Although  during  the  warmer  season  of  the  year, 
rocks  exposed  to  the  sun's  rays  frequently  acquire  a  comparatively  high 
temperature,  it  seems  improbable  that  this  could  produce  the  result  of 
extensive  fissures.  If  we  take  into  consideration  the  coefficient  of  expan- 
sion of  the  various  minerals  composing  such  rocks,  and  furthermore 
consider  their  points  of  fusion,  the  suggestion  seems  still  less  tenable. 

Wind  erosion,  in  some  highly  favored  localities,  is  productive  of  very 
striking  results.  Usually,  however,  its  action  is  confined  to  the  shap- 
ing of  minor  details.  Wherever  the  wind  can  have  full  sweep  and  the 
sand  may  find  objects  upon  which  to  expend  its  work,  there  we  will 
soon  recognize  the  peculiar  workmanship  of  this  agent.  Attacking 
most  rapidly  those  portions  which  offer  least  resistance,  the  sand  will 
carve  out  forms  which  will  indiciite  the  physical  structure  of  the  eroded 
material.  Exposed  surfaces  will  be  modified  in  such  a  way  as  to  denote 
the  prevalent  direction  of  the  wind,  and  so  as  to  futnish  an  idea  of  the 
relative  amount  of  sand  utilized  in  the  "  blast". 

It  would  carry  us  altogether  too  far  were  any  attempt  here  made  of 
giving  even  only  the  general  results  of  the  various  kinds  of  erosion  upon 
different  rocks.  In  the  subjoined  pages  we  will  have  to  deal  with  mainly 
one  class,  that  produced  by  mechanical  deposition.  We  shall  see  that 
even  slight  variations  in  the  constitution  of  this  material  may  be  pro- 
ductive of  far- varying  results.  We  have  for  our  consideration  a  series 
of  forms,  referable  to  several  groups,  each  one  of  which  may  he  consid- 
ered as  an  expression  of  definite,  pre-existing  conditions.  It  shall  there- 
fore be  the  object  of  this  paper  to  present  them  in  such  a  manner  as  to 
comprehend  their  present  and  eventual  form,  the  materials  composing 
them,  and  the  mode  of  their  formation. 

In  order  to  discuss  the  material  at  hand  in  a  somewhat  systematic 
munuer,  it  may  appropriately  be  classified.  Among  the  most  prominent 
forms  in  Colorado  are  those  that  for  many  years  have  been  known  by 


ENDLICH  ON  EROSION  IN  COLORADO.  835 

the  appellation  of  ^^  Monuments".  Eelated  to  them  are  statuesque  and 
mural  products  of  erosion.  Caves  and  arches,  so  far  as  belonging  in 
this  category,  follow,  and  isolated  forms,  varying  in  their  character, 
occurrence,  and  method  of  genesis,  complete  the  list. 

Applying  such  subdivisions  as  are  warranted  by  the  occurrences 
observed,  we  arrive  at — 
Monuments. 
Normal, 
Accidental, 
Statuesque  Forms. 
Mural  Forms. 
Normal, 
Intruded, 
Architectural  Forms. 
Caves. 
Arches. 
Isolated  Forms. 

NORMAL  MONUMENTS. 

MONUMENT  PARE. 

During  the  great  "  Pike's  Peak  "  excitement  in  1857,  this  famous  spot 
was  discovered.  To  the  adventurous  pioneers,  lorsaking  all  comfort  and 
risking  their  lives  in  the  search  after  the  promised  gold,  this  region 
appeared  as  one  of  surpassing  beauty.  After  the  wearisome  and  dan- 
gerous march  across  the  plains,  those  early  travellers  at  last  found  them- 
selves at  the  immediate  base  of  a  high  range  of  mountains.  Foothills 
forming  the  transition  from  rocky,  barren  slopes  to  the  plains,  contained 
many  little  valleys,  rich  in  verdure  and  pleasant  scenery.  It  is  scarcely 
to  be  wondered  at,  then,  that  the  men  who  for  months  had  rarely  seen 
anything  but  sage-brush  and  cactus  should  express  their  extravagant 
admiration  in  such  terms  as  the  "  Garden  of  the  Gods".  Not  only  was 
a  place  of  rest  here  offered  them,  but  they  met  with  forms  to  them  utterly 
unknown.  Beyond  the  outside  sharp  ridges,  the  classical  **  hog-backs^', 
lay  narrow,  fertile  valleys.  Eising  behind  were  densely  timbered,  partly 
precipitous  hills,  and  in  the  distance  the  snow-capped  or  bleak  summit 
of  Pike's  Peak  towered  far  above  them. 

In  these  little  valleys  were  first  found  the  typical  "monuments^. 
Fashioned  after  one  general  pattern,  though  ever  varying  in  their  detail- 
features,  they  produce  an  indelible  impression  upon  any  one  who  has 
ever  seen  them.  Brilliant  in  coloring,  contrasting  sharply  with  the  vege- 
tation, and  admirably  set  off  by  the  background  of  hills  and  mountains, 
they  present  a  view  that  pen  or  pencil  is  not  able  to  describe.  It  re- 
quired but  a  very  short  time  for  rumors  of  these  almost  fabulous  forms 
to  spread  far  and  wide,  and  many  tourists  travelled  to  these  famous 
regions.    Within  a  brief  period,  the  distinguishing  feature  of  CoIorodLc^ 


836  BULLETIN   LOTTED   STATES   GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY. 

was,  to  Strangers,  its  marvellous  ^^  monameDts",  and  hearsay  studded 
the  entire  territory-  with  such  prodacts  of  erosion.  For  a  long  time, 
indeed,  their  horizontal  distribution  was  essentially  a  mythical  one,  and 
it  is  to  Colorado's  geological  explorers  mainly  that  we  owe  the  first  defi- 
nite knowledge  with  regard  thereto.  To-day,  all  the  localities  are  known, 
many  of  the  most  prominent  monuments  have  received  names  dictated 
by  the  im[)ulse  of  imagination,  and  of  more  than  one  thus  favored  spot 
have  minute  detail-maps  been  prepared.  In  presenting  the  facts  con- 
necteil  with  the  case,  we  regret  that  all  myth  and  much  of  the  poesy  must 
mdely  be  dispelled,  as  the  geologist,  in  his  discnssions,  deals  directly 
with  the  questions  involving  "  cause  and  effect''. 

Monument  Park  is  located  a  few  miles  south  of  north  latitude  39^,  on 
the  eastern  border  of  the  Front  Range.  In  1869,  Dr.  Hayden  visited 
the  region,  and  referred  the  sandstones  composing  the  monuments  to  the 
Tertiary  period.*  He  mentions  their  characteristics  and  the  surprising 
evidences  of  erosion  shown  by  them.  All  along  Monument  Creek,  on 
its  western  bank,  these  singular  forms  can  be  observed.  At  times  they 
appear  ornamenting  a  steep  rock  wall,  and  again  they  stand  isolated 
among  treeea  or  in  the  grass.  Following  down  Monument  Greek,  we 
reach  the  Park.  Passing  through  the  Park,  in  a  southerly  direction,  we 
are  led  into  the  Oarden  of  the  Gods.  As  these  two  localities  are  bat 
a  ver3'  short  distance  apart  and  show  the  same  typical  developments 
produced  by  erosion,  they  shall  here  be  discussed  together.  TTsaally  the 
monuments  are  found  clustered  in  small  groups,  each  of  which  presents 
a  perfect  picture  in  itself.  Varying  in  size,  in  shades  of  color,  and  in 
their  surroundings,  every  group,  though  essentially  a  repetition  of  every 
other  one,  ofters  new  features  to  the  observer.  The  weird  form,  anusual 
to  the  eye,  and  the  strange  contrasting  of  colors,  possess  attractions  that 
cannot  bo  resisted.  Dr.  Hayden  very  truly  says: — "The  whole  region 
would  be  a  paradise  for  an  artist." 

The  form  of  these  monuments  is  a  characteristic  one,  and  is  found  to 
present  but  one  main  type  throughout  that  entire  section  of  country. 
A  more  or  less  cylindrical  or  conical  column  rises  vertically  from  its 
8urrounding.s,  and  sustains  upon  its  top  a  tablet  of  greater  diameter 
than  the  upper  portions  of  the  supporting  rock.  Perhaps  the  most 
appropriate  comparison  as  to  shape  would  be  with  a  bottle.  Usually 
njirrow  at  the  iinmediale  base,  the  shaft  widens  out  a  little  higher  up 
until,  analogous  to  the  neck  of  the  bottle,  it  grows  narrow  again. 
Uj)on  this  neck  rests  the  large  mass  of  rock,  apparently  most  delicately 
poised.  The  shape  of  the  *'head"  varies  considerably.  In  one  inst;mce 
it  mn y  bo  a  perfectly  tlat  tablet,  resting  sqiiarel}'  on  the  column,  as  if 
placed  there  artificially,  and  again  the  neck  may  gradually  widen,  so  as 
to  mediate  a  transition  between  the  two  portions.  This  latter  is  the 
more  irequent  occurrence.  A  more  or  less  corrugated  surface  combines 
with  the  colors  cxliibiied  to  produce  the  effect  of  prominent  relief-    Al- 

*  Kep.  U.  S.  Geol  Sun-.,  reprint,  1-G7  to  18C9,  p.  140. 


ENDLICH  ON  EROSION  IN  COLORADO.  837 

though  retaining  the  general  outline  of  form,  the  monuments  vary  in 
height.  They  are  found  from  4  feet  to  30  feet  high,  grouped  together 
of: en  as  an  affectionate  family  might  be  supposed  to  place  itself.  With- 
in certain  areas  an  arrangement  of  the  monuments  in  rows  is  sometimes 
noticeable.    This  is  due  to  the  influences  of  primary  erosion. 

Structurally  the  monuments  present  very  definite  features.  They  are 
composed  of  sandstone,  varying  in  texture.  Portions  of  it  are  exceed- 
ingly fine-grained,  while  others  show  the  character  of  conglomerates. 
A  priori  it  must  be  accepted  that  the  protecting  C5ip  is  formed  of  harder 
material  than  the  column.  Dr.  Peale  furnishes*  a  description  from 
Monument  Park.  According  to  his  and  Mr.  Taggart's  examinations, 
"the  lower  third  of  the  exposed  rock  is  fine-grained,  containing  argil- 
laceous layers ''.  Above  that  the  sandstones  become  coarser,  "almost 
conglomeratic'^.  The  capping  of  these  monuments  is  formed  by  a  hard 
conglomerate,  firmly  cemented  by  clay-iron-stone.  While  the  shaft 
exhibits  mainly  lighter  shades,  the  "cap"  is  of  a  dark-red  or  rusty  brown 
color.  White,  grayish,  yellow,  and  pink  tints  are  exhibited  by  the 
column,  often  blending  into  each  other  very  well.  Surmounting  this  is 
the  prominent,  dark  cap-stone.  So  thoroughly  has  this  resisted  erosion 
that  not  unfrequently  the  caps  of  several  columns  are  formed  by  the 
same  piece  of  conglomerate.  All  the  bright  colors  exhibited,  among 
which  green  may  sometimes  be  found,  are  due  to  the  presence  of  ferric 
oxygen-compounds.  The  entire  monument  represents  an  unbrokeu 
series  of  mechanically  deposited  sediment.  From  the  base  to  the  cap- 
stone, the  rock  belongs  to  one  definite  period,  and  must  be  regarded  as 
a  unit.  It  is  with  especial  reference  to  this  point  that  I  have  distin- 
guished between  normal  and  accidental  monuments.  Each  rock  that 
to  day  stands  isolated  speaks  to  us  of  the  history  of  its  locality.  It  is 
the  mute  yet  convincing  witness  to  conditions  existing  long  before  the 
history  of  man.  It  tells  us  of  the  great  changes  that  time  and  nature's 
agents  have  wrought  in  a  region  that  now  bears  no  resemblance  to  what 
it  formerly  was.  Where  broad  valleys  with  streams  and  fertile  meadows 
may  at  present  be  found,  sandstones  and  conglomerates  originally  cov- 
ered the  entire  region.  Where  deep  ravines  and  narrow  caiions  contain 
swiltly  flowing  streams,  there  nothing  existed  formerly  but  an  even,  gen- 
tle slope  eastward.  Viewing  thus  the  testimony  furnished  by  the  exist- 
ence of  these  monuments,  we  cannot  but  marvel  at  the  enormous  amount 
of  work  done  by  the  never-ceasing  action  of  nature's  agents.  Masses 
have  been  removed  and  transported  for  mauj^  miles,  that  would  form 
mountains  could  they  be  collected  together.  Decomposition,  erosion, 
and  removal  of  the  material  have  so  thoroughly  altered  the  character  of 
that  section  of  country,  that,  were  it  not  for  the  monuments,  we  should 
be  at  a  loss  how  to  reconstruct  it.  As  it  is,  we  have  at  hand  applicable 
data  to  guide  our  inference,  and  founding  our  arguments  upon  observe 
tion,  they  stand  or  fall  with  the  accuracy  of  the  latter.    Transportation 

*  Rep.  U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  1673,  p.  200. 


838     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

of  material  bas  taken  place  at  other  localities  on  even  a  grander  scale 
than  here,  but  we  have,  in  the  presence  of  the  monuments,  a  suggestion 
that  forcibly  appeals  to  the  human  understanding.  Not  often  do  we 
find  a  Si>ot  where  the  great  activity  and  the  results  of  erosion  are  so 
directly  and  intelligibly  placed  before  us  as  here. 

Kegarding  the  formation  of  these  monuments,  we  are  enabled  to 
gather  sufficient  data  thereupon  by  observations  made  on  the  spot.    By 
primary  erosion,  due  mainly  to  flowing  water,  the  horizontal  distribution 
of  the  monument-groups  was  determined.    Channels  were  cut  into  the 
readily'  yielding  material,  and  thus  more  or  less  isolated  ridges  or  groups 
of  the  sandstones  remained.    In  part  by  flowing  water,  in  part  by 
meteoric  agents,  the  soft  rock  was  grmlually  eroded.    Such  portions  as 
were  most  loosely  cemented  were  flrst  attacked,  resulting  in  the  forma- 
tion of  excavations  of  greater  or  smaller  extents    The  hard  resisting 
stratum  above  alluded  to  as  being  a  red  conglomerate  acted  as  a  bar- 
rier to  the  encroachments  of  erosion.    Protecting,  in  a  great  measure, 
the  underlying  soft  material,  it  gave  way  only  when  its  8up|>orts  event- 
ually broke  down.    The  constitution  of  these  underlying  sandstones  is 
such  that  they  will  readily  absorb  a  large  quantity  of  water.    By  the 
expansion  accompanying  the  freezing  of  this  water,  considerable  quanti- 
ties will  be  "  scaled  off  ".    If  this  process  continues  for  a  sufficiently  great 
length  of  time,  the  weight  of  the  conglomerate  will  crush  its  supporting 
portions,  and  isolated  remnants  will  mark  the  direction  of  a  previous 
continuity.    Eain,  snow,  and  other  atmospheric  precipitations  will  add 
their  share  in  detaching  and  removing  particles  and  fragments  of  the 
rocks.    From  such  influence  the  capstone  will  partly  protect  the  col- 
umn or  series  of  columns  supporting  it.    Erosion  by  sand  can  become 
very  aggressive  in  such  instances,  provided  the  wind  has  ample  sway. 
The  sharp  particles  rapidly  eat  away  the  more  yielding  portions,  reduc- 
ing gradually  the  diameter  of  the  shaft  in  certain  directions.    Its 
rei>eated  action  produces  a  corrugated  surface,  indicating  the  locations 
of  the  most  readily  yielding  masses.    It  is  due  to  this  influence,  proba- 
bly, that  the  "  neck  "  of  the  monument  is  generally  very  much  narrower 
than  the  base.    The  sand  striking  against  the  cap  rebounds,  and  a  larger 
quantity  than  perhaps  otherwise  would  be  the  case  finds  an  opi)ortunity 
to  expend  its  force  upon  that  portion.    Totally  dependent  npon  the 
physical  constitution  of  the  eroded  rocks  are  the  detail-features  they 
exhibit.    In  case  they  are  composed  of  very  homogeneous  material,  the 
result  will  be  a  highly  symmetrical   product.     Inclusions  of  either 
harder  or  softer  masses,  or  a  varying  density  of  the  rock,  will  necesssirily 
be  made  manifest  upon  erosion.    Thus  we  are  enabled  to  judge,  even 
from  the  exterior  form,  as  to  the  general  composition  of  the  monument. 

In  the  course  of  time,  the  sustaining  column  is  worn  so  thin  that  it 
can  no  longer  carry  the  weight  of  the  cap.  This  falls  off,  and  before 
long  the  once  stately  monument  is  reduced  to  a  mound  of  gravel  and 
sand.    For  a  time,  the  cap  may  remain  comparatively  intact,  after 


ENDLICH   ON   EROSION   IN   COLORADO.  839 

it  no  longer  occupies  its  prominent  position.  Kumerous  fragments  or 
bowlders  of  tbe  characteristic  red  conglomerate  give  testimony  of  the 
former  existence  of  monaments. 

Reference  to  the  Report  of  the  United  States  Geological  and  Geo- 
graphical Survey  for  1873,  Figures  4  and  5,  and  Plate  III,  opposite  pages 
32  and  36,  will  furnish  some  idea  as  to  the  forms  of  such  products.  The 
monuments  therein  represented  occur  in  Monument  Park,  and  the  col- 
lection may  be  regarded  as  presenting  typical  forms  of  these  curious 
products.  Any  description  of  them  must  necessarily  fall  short,  and 
may  easily  fail  entirely  to  convey  an  adequate  impression.  To  one  who 
has  never  seen  either  these  or  similar  occurrences,  it  must  be  a  difficult 
matter  to  appreciate  the  great  variety  of  form  and  coloring. 

DOUGLAS'S   CREEK. 

Similar  in  shape,  though  of  different  structure  as  compared  with 
those  near  the  Front  Range,  are  some  monuments  on  Douglas's  Greek. 
This  stream  is  one  of  the  largest  southerly  tributaries  of  White  River, 
entering  it  about  15  miles  east  of  the  western  boundary  of  Colorado, 
near  north  latitude  40^  05'.  For  a  long  distance,  Douglas's  Creek,  so 
named  after  the  head-chief  of  the  White  River  Utes,  passes  through 
sandstones  and  shales  belonging  to  the  Wasatch  Group  of  the  Tertiary. 
Steep  bluffs  enclose  the  valley  of  the  stream,  showing  along  their 
edges  unmistakable  evidence  of  aqueous  erosion.  Although  the  entire 
region  is  a  very  dry  one  during  certain  seasons,  large  quantities  of  water 
flow  there  at  times.  It  was  on  the  top  of  a  small  bluff  that  a  number 
of  "monuments"  were  noticed  in  this  region.*  A  cylindrical  or  some- 
wh<it  angular  column  of  argillaceous,  partly  arenaceous  shales,  sustains 
u  huge  slab  of  sandstone.  Standing,  as  they  do,  jiear  the  upper,  steep 
edge  of  a  bluff*,  these  rocks  resemble  more  nearly  mushrooms  than  any- 
thing else  in  their  general  outlines.  They  are  from  8  to  12  feet  high. 
Gray,  yellow,  and  brownish  shales  make  up  the  column,  showing  very 
clearly  the  planes  of  original  stratification.  Slight  changes  of  color 
or  of  shades  produce  a  banded  appearance.  Upon  this  base  rests  a 
protecting  cap  of  fine-grained  yellow  sandstone. 

Considerable  interest  attaches  itself  to  the  formation  of  this  group. 
Originally  the  joints  of  tbe  sandstone  probably  afforded  the  first  cause 
for  their  present  existence.  Water  entering  and  gradually  widening 
these  fissures,  during  its  flow  from  the  top  of  the  bluff  towards  its  steep 
edge,  eventually  succeeded  in  isolating  certain  portions  of  the  rock-mass. 
Having  been  aided  by  the  existing  joint-fissures,  this  isolation  was  a 
matter  of  little  difficulty.  Atmospheric  agents  rapidly  attacked  the 
shales  supporting  fragments  of  sandstone,  and  reduced  the  diameter  of 
the  columns.  Frost,  probably,  here  proved  to  be  the  most  destructive 
factor.  The  large  number  of  small  jointing-planes  traversing  the  shales 
greatly  facilitated  the  process  of  reduction.    In  addition  to  aiding  the 

*  Compare  illuBtrations  in  Report  of  tbe  Uuited  States  Geological  and  Geogjca^V^^saSL 
Survey  for  1676. 


840  BULLETIN    UNITED   STATES   GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY. 

erosion  by  frost,  these  fissures  allowed  considerable  qnantities  of  the 
shale  to  drop  off  on  account  of  the  pressure  produced  by  the  cap-stone. 
Dependent  upon  the  direction  and  extent  of  the  fractures  is  the  trans- 
Terse  section  of  the  column.  If  they  are  continuous,  and  mainly  trend 
in  one  direction,  it  will  be  elliptic.  If  not  continuous,  and  running  in 
several  directions,  the  shaft  will  more  probably  have  a  round  cross- 
section.  Frost  and  pressure,  then,  may  be  regarded  as  the  chief  agents 
in  determining,  in  this  instance,  the  form  of  the  column.  Sand  will  have 
but  little  direct  effect  upon  shales,  as  they  do  not  offer  resistance  suf- 
ficiently great  to  produce  direct  fracture. 

In  the  course  of  time,  the  supporting  column  of  shale  becomes  so  thin 
that  it  can  no  longer  sustain  the  weight  of  the  cap.  It  is  crushed,  and 
soon  nothing  remains  to  mark  the  former  monument  but  a  small  mouud 
of  arenaceous  clay.  The  duration  of  products  of  erosion  like  these  on 
Douglas's  Creek  must  necessarily  be  shorter  than  that  shown  by  the 
analogous  forms  of  Monument  Park.  Kot  unfrequently  very  small  ones 
may  be  found,  but  I  have  nowhere  seen  any  comparable  in  size  to  those 
iust  described.  In  a  region  so  monotonous  as  regards  scenery  as  the 
one  south  of  White  Eiver,  even  a  slight  variation  from  the  typical  bluff 
and  rocky  wall  produces  a  pleasing  impression.  Though  the  rocks  there 
afford  ample  opportunity  for  the  formation  of  such  groups,  their  perish- 
able nature  probably  accounts  for  the  rarity  of  the  occurrence. 

ACCIDENTAL  MONUMENTS. 

As  accidental  monuments  I  designate  such  having  a  different  genesis 
from  those  described  above.  Whei'eas  the  former  represent  a  certain 
unbroken  portion  of  one  specific  geognostic  group,  these  latter  are  com- 
posed of  members  of  two  groups  mainly.  Thus  the  conglomerate,  cap- 
ping the  monuments  of  the  Garden  of  the  Gods,  is  the  next  youngest 
product  of  deposition  to  the  neck  of  the  column.  In  accidental  mooa- 
meuts,  however,  no  such  relation  exists.  I  have  considered  it  advisable 
to  make  this  distinction,  as  the  very  classification  conveys  a  certain 
amount  of  information.  We  have,  in  Colorado,  numerous  representa- 
tives of  both  types,  and  have  had  occasion  to  study  both  of  them 
thoroughly.  As  will  be  seen,  the  monuments  of  this  class  may  lay  claim 
to  greater  grandeur  than  the  preceding  ones.  Less  accessible,  as  to 
location,  than  the  latter,  they  will  probably  remain  unvisited  for  many 
years,  until  the  energetic  tourist  may  finally  conquer  all  obstacles  and 
disturb  their  present  seclusion. 

SOUTH  RIVER. 

South  River  heads  on  the  continental  divide  about  west  longitude  lOP 
and  north  latitude  37^  34',  and  flows  in  a  northerly  direction.  After  a 
course  about  10  miles  in  length,  it  enters  the  Rio  Grande  del  Norte,  a 
few  miles  below  Antelope  Park.    Rising  near  South  River  Mountain, 


ENDLICH  ON  EROSION  IN  COLORADO.  841 

13,160  feet  high,  this  stream  swiftly  flows  through  its  narrow  valley. 
Heavily  timbered  on  either  side,  the  immediate  surroundings  of  the 
creek  show  green  meadow-laud  and  groves  of  quaking-asp.  Pine-forests 
rise  upon  the  steep  slopes  and  contiuue  unbroken  to  the  summits  of 
dividing  ridges. 

Hiding  up  this  stream,  from  the  Rio  Grande,  it  was  that  we  discovered 
in  1S75  a  series  of  erosion-products  that  for  unique  character  and  beauty 
is  possibly  nowhere  equalled.  Gradually  ascending  on  a  dim  Indian 
Irail,  wo  found  the  continuity  of  the  timber  farther  up-stream  broken. 
Rocky,  precipitous  cliflFs  appeared  high  above  the  trees,  entirely  closing, 
as  it  seemed,  the  valley.  Progressing  farther  on  our  march,  the  indis- 
tinct masses  slowly  resolved  themselves  into  group  upon  group  that  can 
be  "seen  but  not  described  ".  From  the  steep  slope  to  the  eastward  of 
South  River,  massive  walls  of  dark  brown  rock  jutted  out,  transversely 
trending  across  into  the  valley.  As  we  still  further  approached  them,  we 
found  that  every  one  of  these  walls  was  profusely  ornamented  by  "monu- 
ments ".  Deep  ravines  existed  between  them,  filled,  in  the  most  chaotic 
manner,  by  trees,  monuments,  and  enormous  masses  of  debris.  It  re- 
quired but  a  moment  to  recognize  the  beauty  of  these  groups.  For  a 
long  distance  they  stretched  along  the  slope,  the  largest  one  of  them 
being  about  half  a  mile  in  length.  In  the  background,  toward  the 
divide  eastward,  were  visible  steep,  inaccessible,  mural  faces,  from  which 
the  walls  above  mentioned  originated.  Varying  in  height  from  100  to 
600  feet,  these  cliffs  produced  a  very  great  impression.  Few  trees  only 
were  found  on  the  tops  of  the  walls,  and  the  bare  rock  was  most  effect- 
ually exposed  to  the  erosive  action  of  nature's  agents.  !No  one  could  but 
admire  the  results  produced.  Thousandsof  monuments,  of  every  size  and 
shape,  ranging  in  height  from  2  feet  to  400  feet,  densely  studded  the  sum- 
mits and  lower  edges  of  the  walls.  Groups  of  a  hundred  or  more  occu- 
pied some  prominent  spot,  and  large  pines  appeared  as  pigmies  by  the 
side  of  the  towering  forms.  Caves  have  been  cut  deeply  into  the  yield- 
ing rocks,  and  through  arches  of  ample  dimensions  glimpses  of  more 
distant  groups  may  be  obtained.  Climbing  up  on  one  of  the  projecting 
walls  within  the  largest  groups,  the  sight  was  surpassingly  beautiful. 
Standing  thus  isolated,  far  above  all  immediate  surroundings,  the 
observer  might  count  hundreds  of  slender  monuments  at  his  feet,  look- 
ing down  upon  the  almost  bewildering  scene.  Pine  timber,  appearing 
like  a  freshly  started  growth  in  size,  covered  intervening  portions 
between  clusters  of  gigantic  dimensions.  Grouped  together  so  as  to  be 
united  at  the  base,  the  graceful  spires  rose  high  up  from  the  ground,  and 
separating  into  columns,  each  one  supplied  with  its  accessories,  the  total 
effect  was  one  strikingly  resembling  that  of  the  ornate  style  of  Gothic 
architecture.  Looking  down  toward  the  base  of  the  wall,  a  perfect  sea 
of  conical  and  cylindrical  shafts  were  seen,  most  of  them  protected  by 
the  characteristic  cap-stone.  Farther  off,  in  the  distance,  monuments 
projected  above  the  surrounding  timber,  until  the  last  ones  were  lo&t  i&& 


842     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

a  mere  line  against  the  bright  horizon.  Bowlders,  hage  and  angalar, 
broken  off  from  the  walls  or  precipitoas  cliffs,  have  rolled  down  among 
the  timber  .and  marked  their  courses  by  devastation.  Piled  up  some- 
times at  the  base  of  a  monumen^group,  they  impart  a  wild  effect  to  the 
strange  picture.  Fissures,  cracks,  and  narrow  ravines,  channels  for  rush- 
ing water  during  the  heavy  rains  of  the  *^wet  season",  are  cut  into  the 
cliffs.  Bordered  b^^  the  monuments  and  containing  the  dibris  incideut 
upon  their  formation,  they  look  dark  and  weinl.  Caves  extending  into 
the  readily  yielding  rocks  appear  as  inviting  abodes  for  the  bears  f<^ 
which  that  region  is  noted. 

Though  much  might  be  written  about  this  curious  spot,  the  pen  can 
convey  no  adequate  idea  of  its  impressive  beauty.  It  seems  as  though 
nature  had  here  furnished,  with  a  lavish  hand,  designs  to  be  imitated  by 
man,  designs  that  for  the  singularity  of  their  form  and  depth  of  expres- 
sion must  necessarily  inspire  the  seeker  after  severe  beauty  and  ha^ 
mouy.  As  the  growing  vegetation  has  been  employed  in  furnishing  iu 
with  one  of  the  noblest  styles  of  architecture,  so  could  these  forms  be 
utilized  to  produce  impressions  appropriate  to  the  purposes  for  which 
they  might  be  adopted. 

It  will,  perhaps,  best  serve  the  purposes  of  this  paper  to  describe  a  few 
of  the  groups  observed,  and  to  permit  each  reader  therefrom  to  constroot 
for  himself  a  picture  of  what  was  seen.  An  illustration  given  in  the 
Annual  lieport  for  1875,  Plate  XIX,  page  156,  may  serve  more  readily 
to  interpret  what  will  be  said  regarding  the  forms  it  exhibits. 

Near  the  top  of  one  of  the  walls  mentioned  above,  I  found  a  small 
group,  thoroughly  characteristic.  The  highest  one  of  the  mounments 
measures  about  35  feet.  Essentially  all  of  them  are  ^^  bottle  shaped".  A 
heavy  mass  near  the  base,  more  or  less  angular,  diminishes  in  diameter 
either  gradually  or  rapidly,  thus  forming  the  slender  **neck^.  This 
supports  a  protecting  cap  of  proportionate  size.  Small,  lateral  mooa- 
ments  are  constantly  being  formed  or  being  destroyed.  A  singular 
instance  was  observed  in  the  group  under  discussion :  one  monument 
placed  on  top  of  the  other.  The  poise  is  so  true  that  both  may  go  on 
diminishing  iu  size  for  many  years  to  come  and  may  yet  retain  their 
relative  positions.  Deeply  furrowed  sides  very  aptly  illustrate  the  word 
^^  weather-beaten".  Similar  in  structure  and  general  appearance  are  the 
large  monuments  located  between  some  of  the  projecting  walls.  From 
a  base  of  60  to  100  feet  in  diameter,  more  frequently  oval  than  round, 
they  rise  to  a  height  of  400  feet.*  Often  small  columns,  with  or  without 
capstones,  ornameut  their  sides  for  a  long  distance  upward.  One  strik* 
ing  dissimilarity  between  the  forms  of  tbis  region  and  those  of  Mono- 
meat  Park  exists  iu  their  varying  height.  While  at  the  latter  place 
deHuitely  located  strata  determine  the  relative  height  of  the  columnSf 
we  have  here  an  absolutely  irregular  distribution  of  the  capping-stonee, 
resulting  in  the  great  variations  of  relative  size.    In  this  feature,  pe^ 

*  MeasureuieDts  of  lieighte  were  made  by  oieaus  of  aneroid  and  hand-IeveL 


ENDLICH   ON   EEOSION  IN   COLORADO.  843 

haps,  lies  the  charm  of  attraction  that  the  groups  of  South  River  possess, 
besides  that  imparted  to  them  by  their  wild  surroundings. 

Mr.  Ehoda  has  described  the  monuments  from  this  region  in  the  Annual 
Beport  of  1875.  He  aptly  expresses  the  feeling  impressed  upon  the  ob- 
server of  those  enormous  masses  in  the  following  words : — ''  These  are 
sentinels  in  more  senses  than  one — sentinels  guarding  from  profane  eyes 
the  holy  secrets  of  nature — for  the  stones  which  they  bear  upon  their 
shoulders,  far  over  the  traveler's  head,  carry  a  menace  not  to  remain 
unheeded."  The  seclusion  of  the  spot  and  its  location  away  from  the 
general  route  of  travel  or  mining  exploration  have  permitted  this  wonder- 
ful occurrence  on  South  liiver  to  remain  hidden  thus  far  from  the  sight  of 
the  white  man.  Indians,  in  former  days,  attracted  probably  more  by  the 
presence  of  game  and  grass  than  by  the  beauty  here  exhibited,  made 
frequent  visits  to  the  valley,  as  their  trails  and  old  remains  of  camps 
testify.  To  them  the  animate  portion  of  this  world  appeals  more  directly 
than  the  mute  witnesses  of  nature's  skillful  power. 

Structurally^  the  monuments  of  South  Eiver  differ  widely  from  those 
heretofore  described.  In  giving  the  definition  of  such  as  may  be  classi- 
fied ^'accidental",  mention  has  indirectly  been  made  thereof.  The 
material  out  of  which  the  forms  of  this  locality  were  carved  is  a  heavy 
deposit  of  trachy tic  conglomerate.  Its  thickness  may  be  regarded,  at  this 
locality,  as  exceeding  600  feet.  Almost  every  variety  of  conglomerate 
is  here  represented.  Taking  it  as  a  whole,  it  is  composed  of  bowlders 
of  varying  size,  cemented  by  a  mixture  of  sand  and  clay.  Wherever, 
during  the  process  of  deposition,  these  latter  constituents  have  become 
predominating,  the  rock  assumes  the  character  of  a  typical  sandstone. 
At  such  places,  too,  stratification  may  sometimes  be  observed.  The 
main  mass  of  the  conglomerate,  however,  shows  no  stratification,  and 
regular  deposition  of  the  bowlders  is  a  very  subordinate  feature.  Tra- 
chy tic  material  makes  up  the  entire  mass,  clay,  sand,  and  bowlders.  It* 
is  evident  that  ultimately  the  height  or  size  of  the  monument  must  be* 
determined  by  the  dimensions  and  weight  of  the  cap-stone.  We  find 
single  blocks  sometimes  weighing  several  tons.  A  secondary  product, 
acting  as  cement,  may  be  noticed  in  the  form  of  quartz,  intimately 
associated  with  argillitic  matter.  Were  this  to  occur  throughout  largo 
masses  of  the  conglomerate,  then  it  would  far  more  persistently  repel 
the  action  of  erosive  agents ;  but  its  appearance  is  very  limited.  In 
color,  the  monuments  and  walls  are  brown,  showing  numerous  shadings 
into  red;  yellow,  gray,  and  white.  In  part,  such  changes  are  due  to  the 
physical  constitution  of  the  conglomerate.  Wherever  it  more  nearly 
resembles  sandstone,  the  shades  become  lighter.  An  admixture  of  mag- 
netite, which  is  contained  in  the  trachytes,  upon  decomposition  produces 
bright  red  or  brownish-red  colors.  Owing  to  the  character  of  the  mass 
containing  it,  however,  this  mineral  cannot  be  decomposed,  excepting  at 
such  places  where  the  rock  is  comparatively  protected  from  erosion.  At 
other  points,  the  removal  of  material  progresses  so  rapidly  that  iL^t. 
Bull.  iv.  No.  4 7 


844     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

sufficient  timo  is  afforded  for  the  completion  of  the  chemical  change. 
Such  material  as  was  most  readily  transportable  during  the  period  of 
formation  of  the  conglomerate  is,  by  reason  of  its  lighter  specific  gravity, 
comparatively  free  from  the  coloring  ingredient.  In  one  featare,  per- 
haps, may  this  conglomerate  be  regarded  as  exceptional  if  compared 
with  others.  This  consists  in  the  irregular  accumulations  of  physically 
differing  masses.  Irregularly  shaped  masses  of  fine-grained,  loosely 
cemented  material  may  be  regarded  as  inclusions  within  the  normal  cou- 
glomerate.  Their  existence  is  taken  advantage  of  by  erosive  forces,  and 
they  rapidly  yield  to  the  oft-repeated  attacks. 

Within  the  various  groups  exhibited  on  South  Biver,  the  process  of 
their  formation  could  be  most  admirably  studied.  Erosion  by  flowing 
water,  assisted  probably  by  the  movements  of  temporary  glaciers,  have 
first  shaped  the  general  outlines  of  the  valley.  Thus  was  the  conglom- 
eritic  deposit  cut  apart  after  a  portion  of  the  hard  trachyte  protecting 
it  bad  been  removed.  Subsequent  flows,  more  particuarly  from  the 
high  ground  east  of  the  valley,  cut  parallel  gorges  and  ravines  into  the 
readily  yielding  conglomerate.  These  had  a  trend  at  approximately 
right  angles  to  the  course  of  South  Biver.  The  ridges,  formerly 
dividing  them,  now  remain,  in  consequence  of  still  further  denudatioa, 
as  the  transverse  walls  above  mentioned.  Their  relative  position  to  the 
main  cliffs  eastward  supports  this  view.  While  most  likely  fluviatile 
erosion  determined  the  first  great  separations  of  the  mass  into  groups, 
other  agents  were  employed  to  carve  out  the  individual  forms.  From 
observations  made  on  the  ground,  it  would  appear  that  the  walls  were 
slowly  growing  thinner,  owing  to  the  gradual  separation  of  columns 
from  their  sides.  Among  the  most  potent  agents  preparing  absolate 
removal  of  material,  we  must  count  the  influence  of  frost.  During  prob- 
ably eight  months  of  the  year  the  temi>erature  falls  below  the  freezing- 
point  at  night,  while  daring  more  than  one-third  of  the  time  the  heat  of 
the  day  will  produce  a  complete  remelting  of  the  frozen  water.  Wher- 
ever, then,  we  have  loosely  cemented  material,  readily  saturated  by 
water,  we  will  find  that  the  repeated  expansion  upon  freezing  eventually 
places  tbe  component  particles  of  rock  in  such  positions  as  to  be  easily 
removed.  It  was  observed  that  innumerable  bowlders  of  varying  sizes 
projected  from  the  steep  walls.  Precipitated  moisture,  finding  its  way 
down  along  tbe  steep  surface,  will  encounter  one  of  these  obstacles,  and, 
concentrating  its  volume  along  one  line,  will  follow  down  along  either 
one  side  or  tbe  other  of  tbe  erratic  block.  Thus  gradually  a  groove  will 
be  eroded  downward  from  either  side  of  the  bowlder.  If  we  continae 
this  process  for  a  long  period  of  time,  it  must  finally  result  in  an  isola- 
tion of  a  columnar  mass,  with  the  bowlder  as  a  protecting  cap.  Exami- 
nations showed  that  this  method  of  formation  would  satisfactorily 
explain  not  only  the  form,  but  more  particularly  the  distribution,  of  tbe 
monuments.  They  occur  most  densely  clustered  along  the  base  of  the 
walls  and  along  their  edges.    Again  they  closely  stud  the  sides  of  newly 


ENDLICH  ON  EROSION  IN  COLORADO.  845 

worn  ravines  and  gullies.  This  species  of  formation  is  greatly  facilitated 
by  the  action  of  pluvial  erosion.  Rain  beating  against  walls,  which 
have  at  certain  places  been  prepared  for  its  transporting  force,  can 
readily  carry  away  such  portions  that  the  isolation  of  colamns  will  be 
accomplished.  After  the  column  is  once  formed,  erosion  by  sand  driven 
before  the  wind  will  hove  a  very  appreciable  eflPect  upon  the  detail 
ornamentation  and  sculpturing  of  its  exterior.  From  the  illustration 
above  referred  to  may  be  recognized  more  clearly  what  has  here  been  said. 
Scarcely  any  one  monument  can  be  found  which  doies  not  show  either 
completed  accessories,  or  such  in  the  course  of  formation.  In  intimate 
relation  to  the  distribution  of  bowlders  within  the  faces  of  the  walls,  is 
the  grouping  of  future  monuments,  flow  slowly  or  how  rapidly  they 
may  be  formed,  however,  cannot  even  be  surmised. 

In  the  course  of  time,  the  supporting  column  can  no  longer  sustain  the 
weight  of  the  capping  stone  and  this  drops  off.  This  result  is  hastened 
by  the  decrease  of  the  diameter  of  that  portion  which  has  been  desig- 
nated as  the  "  neck  ".  Upon  the  removal  of  the  cap,  therefore,  the  former 
monument  presents  the  appearance  of  a  tall,  slender,  more  or  less  coni- 
cal shaft.  These  forms  I  have  termed  **  needles  ^  in  previous  reports. 
When  the  destruction  of  the  monument  has  progressed  so  far,  its 
end  is  hastened.  Eapidly  the  conglomeritic  mass  loses  in  height, 
becomes  more  obtuse,  and  unless  new  obstacles  present  themselves  to 
arrest  the  progress  of  the  truncation,  the  only  remnant  of  the  former 
/monument  will  be  a  small  mound  of  irregular-shaped  bowlders  and  sand. 
On  the  other  hand,  if  the  original  form  was  a  high  one  or  broad,  it  is 
very  probable  that  from  the  ruins  of  former  beauty  will  rise  new  forms, 
smaller  in  dimensions,  but  similar  in  construction.  Throughout  the 
entire  locality,  observations  were  made  with  a  view  to  determine  as 
accurately  as  possible  the  method  of  formation  of  these  interesting  pro- 
ducts of  erosion.  They  have  led  to  the  results  above  enumerated,  and, 
although  much  more  might  be  said  with  regard  thereto,  but  little  could 
be  added  tending  to  throw  further  applicable  light  upon  the  subject. 

After  ages  have  passed,  the  features  for  which  this  region  may  now 
justly  be  called  unique  will  have  disappeared.  The  sure  hand  of  erosion 
will  gradually  cut  down  what  even  today  are  but  the  remnants  of  a 
former  extensive  deposit.  It  is  possible  that  the  removal  of  soil  and  the 
trachytes  overlying  the  conglomerate  may  expose  fresh  surfaces  to 
Attacks  by  erosion,  and  that  thus  the  forms  may  be  perpetuated.  I  am 
acquainted  with  no  locality  which  presents  monuments  that  can  appro- 
priately be  compared  to  those  of  South  River.  Perhaps  the  nearest 
approximation  in  form  thereto  may  be  found  in  the  Tyrol,  near  Bozen. 
They  are  composed  of  different  material,  however,  but  their  genesis  is 
essentially  the  same.*  At  no  place  in  Colorado  certainly  do  we  find  so 
complete  a  series  of  such  forms,  and  one  so  advantageously  situated  as 
to  surroundings. 

*  Compare  Lyell,  Principles  of  Geology,  vol.  i,  ^),  336, 


846  BULLETIN   UNITED   STATES   GEOLOGICAL   SUBVEY, 

UNCOMPAHGBE  BEGION. 

On  one  of  the  small  branches  of  Henssen's  Creek,  a  tribatary  of  the 
Lake  Fork,  we  were  camped  for  several  days  daring  1874.  Oar  locatioo 
there  was  about  west  longitude  107°  3(K,  north  latitude  38o.  Heading  at 
a  rhyolitic  peak,  southwest  of  the  great  Uncompahgre  Peak,  a  swift  U^ 
tie  mountain  stream  flowed  through  its  narrow  valley  in  an  easterly 
direction.  Above  the  camp,  massive  basaltic  rocks  protruded  through 
the  broken  rhyolites,  forming  steep,  almost  inaccessible  walls.  Farther 
down  stream,  the  valley  widened  a  little,  bordered  on  its  south  side  by 
timbered  hills,  on  the  north  by  a  long-extended,  grassy  slope.  Several 
thousand  feet  above  this  slope,  black  basalt  presented  vertical  walls, 
the  crumbling  masses  of  which  rolled  down  into  the  valley  below. 

Cut  in  the  form  of  a  horseshoe  into  the  grassy  slope  was  an  extensive 
excavation,  filled  with  "  monuments".  In  height  they  ranged  from  2  to 
30  feet,  forming  a  most  striking  contrast  with  their  surroundings. 
Eising  from  a  massive  base,  the  conical  columns  supported  heavy  blocks 
of  black  basalt.  Grooved  and  corrugated  surface,  pyramidal  lateral 
points,  and  the  almost  white  color  of  the  monuments  denoted  them  as 
belonging  to  a  curious  type.  Little  rills  and  grooves  covered  the  entire 
exterior  portion  of  the  shaft,  terminating  often  in  small  cave-like  exca- 
vations. Densely  clustered  together,  the  total  isolation  of  this  occur- 
rence appeared  as  thoroughly  characteristic.  Black  or  red  bowlders  of 
basalt  strewn  throughout  the  monuments  relieved  the  color,  and  the 
bright  green  of  the  hillside  formed  an  admirable  frame  for  the  picture. 

An  illustration  given  in  the  Annual  Eeport  for  1874  (fig.  1,  page  195) 
represents  two  of  the  monuments  near  the  entrance  of  the  horseshoe. 
Imagining  the  entire  space,  about  150  yards  long  and  100  yards  wide, 
filled  with  forms  of  this  kind,  varying  in  height  and  essentially  white 
and  black  in  color,  we  can  construct  for  ourselves  a  picture  of  the  scene. 
Deep,  narrow  gullies  are  worn  down  through  the  edges  of  the  horseshoe, 
and  dry  runs  separate  the  several  most  prominent  monument  groups. 

A  trachytic  tuflF,  that  has  been  designated  as  Trachyte  No.  1,  composes 
the  columns.  Local  accumulations  of  this  material  occur  throughout 
the  region,  and  generally  give  rise  to  the  formation  of  more  or  less  pic- 
turesque products  of  erosion.  Physically,  this  tuff  is  a  loosely  cemented 
agglomeration  of  feldspathic  and  quartzitic  constituents  mainly,  yield- 
ing readily  to  fluviatile  and  pluvial  erosion.  Admixtures  of  caolinite 
render  it  less  liable  to  successful  attacks  by  sandblasts,  but  afford  an 
opportunity  for  the  greatest  possible  effect  that  can  be  produced  by 
frost.  The  grooving  and  fluting,  caused  either  by  beating  rain  or  by 
slowly  moving  water,  shows  conclusively,  by  its  arrangement,  the  thor- 
ough preparation  which  the  material  has  undergone.  Blocks  of  black, 
sometimes  red,  basalt  form  the  protecting  caps  imposed  upon  the  white 
or  light  yellow,  rarely  pink,  columns.  Their  origin  must  be  looked  for 
at  the  steep  faces  of  the  plateau  edge,  high  above  their  present  level. 


ENDLICH  ON  EROSION  IN  COLORADO.  847 

Torrenfs  caased  by  violent  rain-storms,  and  by  sadden  melting  of 
the  accumulated  masses  of  snow  higher  up,  have  given  the  first  impulse 
to  the  formation  of  this  interesting  group.  Sweeping  down  the  hill- 
side, over  the  impregnable  masses  of  trachyte,  thiy  have  reached  this 
easily  eroded  deposit  of  "ash''.  Rapidly  cutting  down  into  the  soft 
material,  no  resistance  has  been  offered  to  the  eroding  action,  save  by 
the  erratic  blocks  of  basalt  scattered  along  the  slope.  There  the  water 
must  se[>arate,  thus  carving,  primarily,  sharp,  narrow  ridges  out  of  the 
tuffs.  Subsequent  erosion  caused  transverse  separation  of  portions  of 
these  ridges,  and  the  bowlders  that  first  determined  their  preservation 
remained  as  protectors  upon  the  tops  of  more  or  less  pyramidal  forms. 
Eain,  hail,  snow,  frost,  and  wind  were  the  artists  that  eventually  moulded 
the  monuments  into  their  present  shape.  Ever  changing  in  their  detail- 
features,  losing  material  day  after  day,  they  gradually  approach  that 
time  when  the  cap  can  no  longer  be  sustained.  Without  the  protection 
of  this  accidentally  placed  rock,  the  column  rapidly  goes  toward  its  final 
destruction.  The  constant  denudation,  the  never-ceasing  exposure  of 
fresh  surface,  has  precluded  the  possibility  of  any  vegetation  thriving 
within  the  area  assigned  to  these  monuments.  Though  utterly  devoid 
of  this  feature,  which  constitutes  so  large  a  portion  of  the  charm  at 
South  Eiver,  the  exquisite  workmanship  of  the  detail-carving  and  the 
pure  colors  exhibited,  readily  allow  one  to  forget  its  absence.  About 
two  hundred  of  these  monuments  are  here  grouped  together,  varying 
in  size  and  in  arrangement.  Small  ones  occupy  isolated  positions, 
caused  not  unfrequently  by  the  protection  of  the  basalt  after  it  had 
abandoned  the  first  column  by  which  it  was  supported.  The  largest 
ones  are  near  the  walls  of  the  horseshoe,  frequently  having  one  common 
base,  and  separating  from  each  other  at  different  points  of  height. 

PLATEAU  GREEK. 

Dr.  Peale,  in  1874,  found  some  very  prominent  occurrences  belonging 
to  this  class.*  Plateau  Creek  flows  into  the  Grand  River  north  of  the 
Great  Mesa.  About  west  longitude  108°  and  north  latitude  39^  20',  the 
monuments  in  question  were  observed.  Tertiary  shalescompse  the  bluffs 
bordering  upon  the  creek.  A  number  of  the  ridges  composed  thereof 
are  covered  by  basalt,  which  had  its  origin  to  the  northeast.  Erosion  has 
isolated  a  number  of  these  bluffs,  and  their  edges,  fronting  the  creek, 
are  formed  by  high,  massive  monuments.  Weathering  and  fluviatilo 
action  has  separated  portions  of  the  superincumbent  basalt,  and  the 
fragments  form  the  cap-stones  upon  the  columns.  Shales,  of  light  yellow 
and  gray  colors,  nearly  horizontally  stratifled,  are  cut  into  more  or  less 
regular  cones,  and  support  blocks  of  black  basalt.  Dr.  Peale  says: — 
"The  covering  of  basalt  which  once  covered  it  has  been  partially 
removed.    The  remnants  left  reach  from  200  to  250  feet  above  the  general 

*  Rep.  U.  S.  Gool.  Surv.  for  1874,  p.  9L 


848  BULLETIN   UNIl'ED   STATES   GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY. 

level,  forniiug  monumeotlike  poiuts  that  are  visible  from  a  great  dis- 
tance.'' Slower,  probably,  iu  their  process  of  formatioD,  a  long  time, 
too,  will  be  required  ere  these  groups  yield  to  final  destractioD.  Massive 
and  solid  as  they  are,  they  can  for  ages  withstand  the  attacks  of  erosive 
forces. 

STATUESQUE  FORMS. 

As  such  we  may  designate  products  of  erosion  not  modelled  after  oue 
detiuite  type.  They  are  more  or  less  irregular  in  form,  ansymmetrical, 
and  represent  not  uufrequeutly  figures  that  a  lively  imaginatiou  can 
readily  compare  with  well-known  subjects  of  the  plastic  art,  or  with 
animate  beings.  Popular  discrimination  has  endowed  them  with  names 
referring  to  the  originals  of  which  they  remind  the  observer.  Not  only 
have  animate  objects  and  artificial  representations  thereof  been  utilized 
for  the  comparisons,  but  even  the  ruler  of  the  infernal  abode  has  re- 
ceived tribute  iu  the  polite  appellations  some  rocks  have  received. 
Were  it  possible  to  collect  and  enumerate  all  those  forms  of  erosion  that 
within  Colorado  may  lay  claim  to  resemble  subjects  above  named,  we 
should  be  able  to  produce  a  very  formidable  array.  As  it  is,  however, 
I  desire  to  confine  myself  to  such  occurrences  which  may  be  regarded 
as  characteristic  for  the  geognostic  formations  containing  them.  Defi- 
nite conditions,  both  constitutional  and  active,  are  requisite  for  the  pro- 
duction of  results  referable  to  this  category.  Isolated  instances  are 
almost  innumerable,  but  cannot  enter  into  consideration  here,  as  their 
discussion  would  lead  us  far  beyond  our  limits. 

WHITE  BrVEB  REGION. 

No  locality  in  Colorado,  perhaps,  is  more  favored  with  exhibitions  of 
statuesque  forms  than  the  White  River  region.  West  of  the  one  hun- 
dred and  ninth  meridian,  the  light  gray  and  yellow  shales  of  the  Tertiary 
Green  lliver  Group  are  overlaid  by  massive  beds  of  yellow  and  brown 
sandstones.  For  several  reasons,  these  furnish  an  almost  unequalled 
material  for  the  production  of  statuesque  forms.  While  examining 
that  section  of  country  during  187G,  every  turn  led  us  to  new  and  most 
grotesque  figures.  From  the  river-valley  steep  walls  rise  to  an  elevation 
of  about  1,200  feet.  On  the  summits  of  the  ridges  leading  down  to  the 
stream  and  on  small  hills,  remaining  as  evidence  of  active  erosion,  we 
find  the  groups  in  question.  Appearing  at  times  in  the  form  of  walls, 
simalating  ruins  of  castles  of  enormous  dimensions,  the  smaller  groups 
may  often  be  compared  to  statuary  or  to  animate  creatures.  A  certain 
amount  of  latitude  must  necessarily  be  allowed  for  the  comparison,  but 
not  unfrequently  the  forms  are  so  striking  as  to  suggest,  at  once,  a 
similarity.  Located  upon  prominent  points,  such  as  the  summit  of  a 
ridge  or  the  top  of  a  small  hill,  the  eroded  rocks  stand  out  boldly, 
changing  iu  outline  and  relief  as  the  observer  changes  his  position. 
Thus  one  rock,  about  18  feet  high,  from  a  distance  appeared  as  represent- 


ENDUCH   ON  EROSION  IN   COLORADO.  849 

ing  the  bust  aud  head  of  a  most  venerable-looking,  bald-headed  man. 
Changing  slightly  our  course,  the  spectacles  of  the  old  man  turned  into 
the  shield  of  a  cap,  his  bald  head  grew  elongated  and  was  onameuted  by 
a  round  button  on  top;  his  nose  grew  longer;  the  chin  retreated  and 
with  it  the  prominent  breast,  while  a  corresponding  curvature  of  the 
upper  portions  of  the  spine  took  place.  We  had,  instead  of  an  eminent- 
looking  man,  a  typical  representation  of  the  racecourse.  Not  long, 
however,  did  this  figure  last,  for  a  short  turn,  shortly  after,  revealed  to 
us  the  characteristic  features  aud  head  of  a  negro  baby.  Numerous 
such  instances  could  be  described  from  that  locality,  instances  whei^ 
the  most  absurd  caricatures  were  seen  on  a  gigantic  scale. 

I  have  selected  for  illustration  in  the  Annual  Report  for  1876  a  small 
group  within  the  caiion  of  White  River  at  the  junction  of  a  small  stream 
therewith.  Three  isolated  columns,  approximately  round  upon  cross- 
section,  occupy  the  summit  of  a  small,  smooth  hill.  The  highest  one  is 
about  80  feet  high.  A  little  behind  it  stands  one  less  regular  in  outline, 
and  to  one  side  is  the  smallest,  very  thin  shaft.  Struck  by  the  appro- 
priate and  almost  affectionate  disposition  of  the  group,  we  at  once 
designated  the  figures  as  the  "  Happy  Family  ".  Quietly  and  in  harmony 
they  have  thus  stood  side  by  side  for  centuries,  probably,  and  they  well 
merit  recognition  at  the  hands  of  explorers. 

The  first  essential  structural  condition  of  rocks  exhibiting  such 
features  is  the  lack  of  homogeneousness.  Differences  of  texture  must 
occur,  not  along  the  planes  of  bedding,  but  irregularly  distributed 
throughout  the  mass.  In  order  that  this  may  be  accomplished,  it  is 
necessary  that  the  rock  should  not  be  separated  into  thin  strata  or  lay- 
ers, but  should  form  thick,  heavy  masses.  In  that  case,  the  percolation 
of  mineralized  waters  and  the  action  of  other  agents  producing  chemical 
changes  can  result  in  a  thorough  disturbance  of  a  uniform  constitu- 
tion. Within  the  White  River  region  we  find  that  the  Upper  Green 
River  sandstones  contain  irregular  admixtures  of  cementing  material, 
thus  rendering  them,  firstly,  of  unequal  hardness,  and,  secondly,  pro- 
ducing unequal  resistance  to  eroding  agents.  This  condition  is  a  neces- 
sary one  for  the  occurrence  of  forms  such  as  have  been  described.  Were 
it  not  for  this  textural  inequality,  the  processes  of  abrasion  and  decom- 
position must  simply  take  place  in  accordance  with  the  climatal  condi- 
tions of  the  country  and  the  composition  of  the  sandstones,  without 
producing  the  results  observed.  In  this  instance,  however,  portions 
that  are  constantly  exposed  to  atmospheric  infiuences,  more  so  than 
others,  have  been  able  to  withstand  them  by  virtue  of  these  physical 
variations. 

Fluviatile  erosion  gave  the  first  direction  as  to  the  distribution  of 
monumental  and  other  forms.  Evidence  there  obtained  tends  to  show 
that  extensive  transverse  fractures — joints — more  or  less  open  must  have 
traversed  the  sandstones.  These  were  undoubtedly  taken  advantage  of 
by  the  flowing  waters.    While  on  the  one  baud  they  facilitated  the  exten- 


850     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

sioD  of  textaral  irregularities  within  the  masses,  they,  on  the  other  hand, 
greatly  aided  the  rapid  accomplishment  of  disintegration  and  transpor- 
tation. After  valleys,  mostly  narrow,  had  been  cat  into  the  yielding 
rock,  the  space  afforded  to  the  water  was  sufficiently  great  to  remove  it 
from  the  summits  of  hills  and  ridges.  Thus  the  remnants  we  now  find 
there  were  preserved,  surrounded  by  a  talus  formed  from  their  own  detri- 
tus. Pluvial  erosion  and  chemical  changes  within  the  rock  itself  wrought 
many  changes,  lessening  and  modifying  the  remaining  rock-masses. 
Frost  prepared  the  softer  portions  for  removal,  and  sand-blasts  carved, 
most  skilfully,  the  intricate  forms  we  often  observe.  Sandstones  can 
be  found  in  that  region,  as  in  others  also,  that  show  very  remarkable 
reticulation  upon  their  surfaces.  It  is  not  so  evident,  at  first  sight, 
whereby  and  why  this  curious  effect  of  erosion  is  prodaced.  This 
species  of  reticulation  manifests  itself  in  a  manner  as  if  the  material 
composing  the  net  were  laid  upon  the  surface  of  the  rock.  The  meshes 
are  excavated  proportionately  to  the  size  of  the  reticles,  and  often  show 
a  remarkably  regular  arrangement.  Such  occurrences  can  be  observed 
both  parallel  with  the  stratification  of  the  sandstones  and  at  varying 
angles  to  it.  Primarily,  this  result  may  be  derived  from  the  existence 
of  argillitic  inclusions  within  the  sandstone.  They  are  less  able  to  re- 
sist eroding  influences,  and  by  gradually  disappearing  from  the  exposed 
surface  may  produce  the  effect  of  reticulation  if  somewhat  regularly  dis- 
tributed. This,  however,  appears  to  be  the  less  frequent  mode  of  forma- 
tion. It  may  be  assumed  that  minute  joints,  now  closed,  traversed  in 
various  directions  the  sandstones.  Infiltration  of  water  containing  cer- 
tain minerals,  either  in  solution  or  in  suspension,  will  tend  to  render  those 
portions  immediately  adjoining  the  joints  harder,  more  compact.  Com- 
plete evidence  is  extant,  proving  that  very  many  of  the  sandstones  are 
laminated  as  to  texture,  while  structurally  they  may  appear  perfectly 
homogeneous.  Such  lamination  is  one  that  can  readily  be  detected  by 
testing  the  hardness  at  right  angles  to  the  stratification.  We  have, 
then,  the  result:  a  block  of  sandstone  traversed  in  various  directions  by 
alternately  soft  and  hard  zones.  Upon  exposure,  frost  will  rapidly  take 
advantage  of  this  feature,  and  other  erosive  agents  will  soon  remove  the 
more  easily  yielding  portions,  leaving  the  harder  ones  in  the  form  of 
reticulated  has  reliefs.  Within  certain  formations,  more  particularly  the 
Upper  Cretaceous  and  Lower  Tertiary  sandstones  of  Southern  Colorado, 
this  occurrence  may  be  regarded  as  characteristic.  Erosion  by  sand-blast 
is  probably  one  of  the  most  eflective  in  producing  the  result  described. 
Dependent  upon  the  amount  of  erosive  influence  to  which  the  stata- 
esque  rocks  are  exposed  will  be  the  maintenance  of  their  forms.  It  is 
scarcely  possible  to  give  any  general  rule  for  the  shape  and  continuity 
of  the  harder,  permeating  portions,  unless  they  reach  the  extreme  form 
of  concretionary  inclusions.  Although  these  are  by  no  means  wanting 
in  the  sandstones  of  the  White  River  region,  the  results  we  have  above 
mentioned  are  due  to  irregular  changes  of  texture  within  the  8andstone& 


ENDLICH  ON  EROSION  IN  COLORADO.  851 

They  might  be  characterized,  perhaps,  as  uneqnal  impieguation  by  the 
cementing  material.  Within  the  groap  we  have  been  discnssing  they 
form  a  distingaishing  feature,  although  not  foand  occarriug  absolutely 
uniformly  throughout  its  entire  horizontal  and  vertical  extent. 

POLE  GREEK. 

Pole  Creek  flows  southward  into  the  Hio  Grande,  which  it  joins  at 
about  west  longitude  107^  30'  and  north  latitude  37°  45'.  Its  course, 
just  before  the  junction,  lies  through  a  narrow,  grassy  valley.  Within 
this  may  be  found  small  local  accumulations  of  trachy  tic  tuifs.  On  the 
east  side  of  the  creek,  about  4  miles  from  the  river,  a  very  curious  group 
of  eroded  rocks  occurs.  They  are  composed  of  light  tuffs,  more  or  less 
firmly  cemented.  Located  immediately  upon  the  bank  of  the  stream, 
they  rise  abruptly  from  12  to  30  feet  above  the  surrounding  soil.  Ko 
connection,  above  the  surface,  is  maintained  with  any  other  outcrops  of 
the  same  material.  Owing  to  a  change  in  the  character  of  the  feld- 
spathic  cement,  the  eroded  rocks  have  assumed  most  fantastic  shapes. 
A  ready  imagination  can  soon  recognize  in  them  a  venerable  exhorter, 
located  within  a  pulpit,  and  an  appreciative  audience  of  eight  or  ten 
persons,  either  seated  or  standing  in  front  of  him.  Were  it  not  for  the 
incongruity,  the  attempted  portrayal  of  dress  might  lead  the  observer  to 
picture  to  himself  a  diminutive  congregation  of  devout  Knickerbockers. 
Their  stately  repose  and  dignified  bearing  scarcely  disturb  the  resem- 
blance. 

It  may  here  be  stated  that  not  unfrequently  the  trachytic  tuflRs  of  vari- 
ous localities  show  a  tendency  to  weathering  in  statuesque  forms.  Often 
differences  can  be  observed  in  successive  layers ;  and  again,  the  admix- 
ture of  quartzose  matter  will  be  productive  of  similar  results.  In  the 
process  of  their  formation,  they  are  analogous  to  the  sandstones  above 
discussed.  Dependent  upon  the  composition,  however,  is  the  effect 
which  sand-blast  will  have  upon  them.  If  the  material  is  yielding — not 
brittle — then  the  transportation  thereof  will  be  much  impeded. 

Besides  these  localities,  there  are  others  in  Colorado  exhibiting  simi- 
lar features.  Textural  variations  in  sandstones,  belonging  to  the  Tri- 
assic  and  Cretaceous  formations,  are  productive  of  forms  that  may  be 
classed  as  statuesque.  Taking  into  consideration,  however,  the  occur- 
rences best  known,  we  may  say  that  we  shall  not  invariably  expect  to 
find  such  products  of  erosion  exhibited  in  more  than  the  two  groups 
above  mentioned — in  the  Upper  Green  Eiver  and  in  the  lowest  trachytic 
series.  Others  will  more  properly  find  their  place  in  the  class  of 
"isolated  forms ^. 

MUEAL  FORMS. 

We  may  appropriately  distinguish  two  groups  of  mural  forms :  those 
resulting  from  partial  removal  of  continuous  series  of  deposits,  and  those 
primarily  produced  by  the  intrusion  of  foreign  material  within  the  limU& 


852     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

of  different  dei)Osits.    The  latter  are  of  plutonic  or  volcanic  origin,  and, 
so  far  as  entering  into  coasideration  here,  may  be  comprised  onder  the 
name  of  ''dikes''.    Although  a  large  portion  of  the  erosive  work  accom- 
plished is  necessarily  of  the  same  character  in  both  cases,  the  reqniie- 
meuts  for  the  production  of  the  first  group  differ  materially  from  those 
of  the  second.     Under  the  definition  of  '*  mural  forms",  I  place  such 
products  of  ei*osion  which  may  resemble  single  walls  more  nearly  than 
any  attempt  at  architectural  design.    From  the  nature  of  the  eabject  it 
is  evident  that  hard  strata  resisting  erosion,  if  placed  on  end,  may  for 
a  long  time  retain  their  position.    By  virtue  of  the  stratigraphical  dis- 
turbances they  have  taken  part  in,  they  have  acquired  positions  which 
are  merely  rendered  more  prominent  by  erosion.    They  do  not  owe  their 
present  relations  to  surroundings  primarily  to  erosion,  and  will,  there- 
fore, not  be  considered  here. 

A. — First  Group, 

WHITE  RIVER  REGION. 

Near  and  on  White  River,  within  the  same  sandstone  that  is  so  pro- 
lific in  the  production  of  statuesque  forums,  we  find  very  good  illnstm- 
tious  of' walls  caused  purely  by  erosion.  The  primary  formation  of 
valleys  there  has  been  discussed  above.  It  may  here  be  added,  that 
tlie  gradual  transportation  of  material  from  between  two  ridges  caused 
portions  of  the  overhanging  sandstones  to  drop  down.  Aided  by  tbe 
prevalence  of  joints  or  similar  irnctures,  the  disruption  was  more  read- 
ily accomplished,  the  fresh  surface  exposed  became  more  aniform  in 
shape.  If  we  carry  out  the  widening  and  deepening  of  erosive  valleys 
to  such  an  extent  that  the  ridges  intervening  between  two  of  them  will 
become  very  narrow,  we  may  achieve  the  result  of  forming  walls  upon 
their  crests.  Purely  fluviatile  erosion  could  not  accomplish  this  end 
unless  by  undermining,  and  then  only  if  joints  of  sufficient  extent  sboald 
enable  the  rocks  to  drop  down  easily.  Where  only  such  erosion  can 
exert  its  inlluence,  we  will  often  find  vertical  faces  produced  by  under- 
mining and  subsequent  falling  down,  but  the  summit  of  the  ridge  will 
be  too  wide  to  term  it  a  wall :  it  will  be  a  bluff',  or  even  a  sloping  plateau. 

In  tbe  vicinity  of  the  White  River  we  have,  in  fact,  a  sandstone  thor- 
oughly traversed  by  joint-fissures.  At  favorable  localities,  the  early 
erosion  by  flowing  water  has  cut  narrow,  deep  channels  into  the  rock, 
has  evic\pntly  undermined,  and  does  to-day  undermine,  certain  portions, 
causing  the  strata  above  to  break.  Before  the  tension  thus  produce<l 
is  relieved  by  the  absolute  disruption  of  tbe  strata,  the  joints  probably 
open  more  widely,  causing  an  apparent  downward  flexure  of  the  beds. 
Frost,  and  in  part  vegetation,  rapidly  produce  a  still  greater  widening 
of  such  iissures,  and  subsequent  falls  of  rock-masses  will  take  place. 
Eventually,  by  this  means,  the  prcductiou  of  a  wall,  several  hundred 
feet  long,  one  hundred  to  one  hundred  and  fifty  feet  high,  and  sixty  to 


ENDLICH  ON  EROSION  IN  COLORADO.  853 

one  hundred  feet  thick,  can  be  achieved.  Wherever  they  were  found, 
they  were  observed  to  occupy  prominent  points,  mostly  on  short,  nar- 
row ridges  with  very  steep  slopes.  Series  of  what  appear  to  be  "  walls'^ 
are  formed  of  the  same  sandstone,  and  will  be  discussed  under  architect- 
ural forms. 

Gradual  denudation,  the  widening  of  fissures  and  seams,  in  the  course 
of  time  breaks  up  the  wall,  and  isolated  columns  are  left  to  mark  its 
'  former  course  and  extent.  Nowhere  were  the  walls  observed  to  have 
been  formed  to  such  perfection  within  Colorado  as  in  the  region  of  the 
White  River.  Undoubtedly  the  sandstones  there  are  unusually  well 
adapted  to  illustrate  the  various  i*esults  of  erosion.  Their  peculiar  com- 
position and  the  position  they  occupy  have  alike  been  favorable  to  sub- 
ject them  to  the  most  intense  and  varied  erosive  action.  During  the 
first  visit  to  this  locality,  the  impression  made  upon  the  explorer  is  a 
very  lasting  one.  On  all  sides  the  most  curiously  wrought  and  some- 
times almost  mystifying  forms  and  figures  beset  the  traveller.  Day  after 
day  he  may  ride  along  the  hills,  and  at  every  turn  a  surprise  is  awaiting 
bim.  Though  that  which  may  be  seen  here  of  such  objects  is  not  by 
any  means  unique,  the  enormous  variety  and  the  rich  stores  from  which 
to  select  cannot  but  elicit  admiration.  Other  products  of  erosion,  too, 
are  plentifully  represented,  some  of  which  will  be  alluded  to  below. 
Erosion  on  a  grand  scale  may  be  favorably  studied  in  this  region,  and 
the  evidences  of  the  large  masses  that  formerly  have  existed  there  create 
a  profound  feeling  of  surprise  regarding  the  vast  power  that  must  have 
been  utilized  in  transporting  them. 

JB. — Second  Group, 

Dikes. 

« 

In  quoting  dikes  as  <' products  of  erosion",  it  becomes  necessary  to 
define  the  basis  upon  which  this  is  done.  Dikes,  strictly  speaking,  are 
certainly  not  products  of  erosion.  They  are  essentially  the  casts  of 
moulds  formed  by  sedimentary  or  other  rocks.  Injected  into  these 
moulds — fissures  in  this  instance — they  either  remain  hidden  from  sight 
at  first,  or  the  injected  material  flows  over  and  forms  hills  of  greater  or 
less  extent.  It  is  by  the  means  of  erosion,  however,  that  dikes,  resem- 
bling walls  in  all  their  essential  exterior  features,  are  brought  to  light, 
and  become  natural  walls.  Until  this  is  accomplished,  they  remain  for- 
eign matter  placed  into  most  intimate  relations  with  the  general  country- 
rock.  Owing  to  the  physical  character  of  this  rock,  the  dikes  may 
either  remain  hidden,  or  they  may  eventually  acquire  positions  entirely 
isolating  them  for  a  certain  distance.  In  this  case,  they  appear  as 
mural  forms,  and  enter  into  consideration  in  connection  with  erosive 
products.  They  occur  very  numerously,  and  apart  from  their  relations 
to  erosion  are  subjects  of  absorbing  interest. 


854  BOLLETIN   UNITED   STATES   GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY. 

BEGION  OF  SPANISH  PEAKS. 

One  of  the  most  highly  favored  regions  in  Colorado  for  the  stody  of 
dikes  is  that  of  the  Spanish  Peaks.    Located  east  of  the  maiu  passes 
of  the  Sangre  de  Gristo  Range  they  traverse  the  sedimentary  formations 
North  of  West  Spanish  Peak  two  dikes  extend  for  the  distance  of  8  to 
10  miles  nnbrokenly  through  the  Carboniferous  strata.     Erosion,  whidi 
may  have  required  geological  ages,  has  removed  a  sufficient  amount  of 
sedimentary  material  to  let  the  narrow  walls  project  for  several  hundred 
feet  above  the  surrounding  level.    While  the  more  easily  disintegrated 
material  was  carried  away,  the  hard,  unyielding  rocks  composing  tbe 
dikes  have  successfully  resisted  the  repeated  attacks.    Preserving  to  a 
great  extent  features  that  even  comparatively  slight  erosive  acti<» 
would  efiface,  they  have  remained  essentially  intact.    From  the  character 
of  the  volcanic  material  composing  them  it  is  evident  that  mechanical 
erosion  will  attack  them  but  very  slowly,  unless  preceded  or  accom- 
panied by  chemical  decomposition. 

Dikes,  projecting  as  walls,  occupy  various  positions.  They  may  be 
found  occurring  on  ridges  and  mountain-spurs,  or  they  may  extend  for 
long  distances  in  a  level  region.  In  the  former  instance,  it  is  their  infla- 
ence  mainly,  either  directly  or  indirectly,  that  permitted  the  formation 
of  ridge  or  spur.  By  metamorphosis  of  the  adjoining  sedimentaiy 
beds,  these  may  have  been  rendered  better  able  to  resist  erosion,  or  tbe 
exposure  of  the  dike-wall  may  prove  to  be  a  mechanical  shelter  for 
other  less  resisting  portions.  When  the  dike-wall  succumbs  to  decom- 
position and  erosion,  it  ends  in  the  same  manner  as  the  walls  above 
described.  Portions  of  it  break  down,  destroying  the  continuity,  uutii 
tinally  rock-pillars  alone  remain  to  mark  the  former  course. 

Throughout  Colorado,  dikes  occur  more  or  less  frequently.  They  are 
very  niiiform  in  their  behavior  regarding  erosion,  however,  andTas  only 
their  walMike  appearance  upon  the  surface  here  becomes  of  interest, 
it  is  unnecessary  to  allude  to  more  of  them.  What  has  been  said  above 
will  hold  good  for  all  occurrences  of  this  nature.  In  geographical  do- 
uienclature,  their  influence  upon  the  character  of  scenery  and  landscape 
has  been  acknowledged.  Names  like  '^  Fortification  Greek''  and  *<Ma* 
ralla  Peak^  denote  the  existence  of  the  typical  walMike  projections  of 
volcanic  rock. 

During  1875,  Mr.  Holmes  had  occasion  to  explore  Southwestern  Colo- 
rado. From  Navajo  Creek,  he  publishes  a  very  interesting  sketch  of  i 
double  dike- wall.*  The  volcanic  material  there  protrudes  through  Lovtf 
Cretaceous  strata.  Subsequent  erosion  has  removed  the  sedimentary 
material  surrounding  it,  so  that  at  present  the  double  wall  exteodB 
upward  perfectly  isolated.  By  the  various  remnants  indicating  tbe 
trend  of  the  dike,  Mr.  Holmes  found  its  length  to  be  more  than  a  milei 

Few  occurrences,  perhaps,  can  furnish  us  with  data  so  reliable  for 

•Kep.  U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.  for  1875,  p.  276.     * 


ENDLICH   ON  EROSION  IN  COLORADO.  855 

determiDing  the  quantity  of  erosion  as  the  existence  of  these  dike-walls. 
It  may  here  incidentally  be  mentioned,  that  not  nnfreqaently  the  casts 
of  edges  of  strata  may  still  be  found  upon  the  sides  of  such  walls,  and 
they  certainly  furnish  an  applicable  indication  as  to  what  relative  height 
the  sedimentary  beds  must  at  one  time  have  extended. 

AROHITEOTUBAL  FORMS. 

As  in  the  preceding  class,  so  here,  too,  we  have  essentially  such  forms 
which  are  produced  directly  by  erosive  action  and  such  that  are  merely 
made  more  prominent  thereby.  In  case  of  stratigraphical  disturbances, 
hard  strata  may  acquire  positions  which  render  them  of  great  importance 
in  the  landscape.  By  the  removal  of  certain  portions,  displaying  more 
striking  features,  perhaps,  than  otherwise  would  have  appeared,  erosion 
certainly  does  its  share  toward  increasing  their  characteristics.  It  is 
necessary  only  to  quote  Cathedral  Bocks  near  Monument  Park  as  an 
instance  of  this  kind.  There  the  strata  stand  on  edge,  rising  in  vertical 
columns  for  more  than  400  feet.  Erosive  action  has  modified  and  deter- 
mined detail-features,  but  its  effect  had  nothing  to  do  with  the  present 
position  of  the  rocks.  In  discussing  architectural  forms,  we  can  appro- 
priately distinguish  two  groups :  such  representing  either  complete  or 
ruined  structures,  and  such  simulating  architectural  ornamentation. 
Both  of  these  are  well  developed  in  Colorado,  more  particularly  the  latter. 
At  numerous  localities  are  they  found,  and  the  number  of  varieties  they 
present  is  very  great. 

A. — First  Oroup. 

WHITE  RIVER  REGION. 

In  this  region  it  is  again  the  Upper  Green  River  sandstone  that  enters 
into  consideration.  The  formation  of  eroded  walls  has  been  discussed 
above.  Architectural  forms  are  but  a  series  of  walls  in  this  instance. 
Mainly  the  prevalence  of  joint-fissures  and  undermining  by  fluviatile 
erosion  caused  the  occurrence  of  the  remarkable  forms  here  observed. 
On  the  north  side  of  the  river,  the  blufifs  rise  to  a  relative  elevation  of 
more  than  2,000  feet.  For  a  considerable  distance,  the  highest  portions 
of  these  hills  are  covered  by  products  of  erosion  closely  resembling  ruins 
of  houses  and  castles.  Erosion  here  has  been  carried  on  on  a  grand  scale. 
Enormous  masses  of  sandstones  have  become  detached  by  undermining 
and  frost,  and  have  rolled  down  far  below  their  original  positions.  Ver- 
tical faces,  often  regular  as  though  cut  by  hand,  mark  the  places  whence 
these  masses  came.  For  the  purpose  of  indicating  the  effect  produced 
by  these  curious  conditions  I  quote  from  a  letter : — "  On  the  north  side 
of  the  river  a  perpendicular  wall  rose  to  the  height  of  500  feet,  and 
innumerable  walls  and  turret-shaped  rocks  ornamented  the  steeply  slop- 
ing summit.  Seen  thus  by  the  slanting  rays  of  a  setting  sun,  the  effect 
was  that  of  a  ruined  city.    A  mighty  citadel  occupied  the  highest  pointy 


856  ^   BULLETIN  UNITED  8TATK8  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

fortified  on  every  side  by  vertical  walls.  Below  all  this  was  the  bright 
green  valley  with  its  meandering  river,  which  reflected  the  rosy  hae  o( 
an  evening  sky.'' 

This  ^<  ruined  city "  is  bnilt  upon  a  rapidly  rising  slope,  in  terraces, 
resembling  somewhat  in  its  general  plan  Oriental  arrangement.  Dark 
shadows  are  cast  into  the  narrow  streets,  and  curious  detail-erosion  has 
peopled  the  city  with  fantastic  beings.  Altogether  it  produces  the  im- 
pression of  a  weird  spot,  resembling  the  former  abode  of  living  creatures, 
but  now  desolate,  haunted  scarcely  even  by  a  shy,  cringing  wolf.  Upon 
closer  examination,  however,  much  of  its  mythical  character  is  dispellecL 
Too  plainly  are  recognized  the  forces  that  have  been  at  work  to  accom- 
plish the  result  we  observe.  What  has  been  said  about  the  composi- 
tion and  formation  of  mural  forms  will  here  apply.  On  a  grander  scale 
the  agents  employed  have  been  able  to  perform  their  duties,  and  have 
built  for  themselves,  in  this  ruined  city,  a  monument  most  instructive 
and  imposing. 

Forms  resembling  castles,  towers,  and  spires  can  readily  be  found 
within  this  sandstone  area,  due  to  the  same  causes  operating  with  tbe 
same  effects. 

LA  PIBDBA  PABADA. 

l^ear  the  junction  of  Rio  Piedra  and  Bio  Nutria,  at  about  west  lon- 
gitude 1070  18^  and  north  latitude  37^  17',  is  located  a  famous  landmark, 
La  Piedra  Parada.  On  the  summit  of  a  narrow  ridge  stands  an  isolated 
mass  of  rock.  It  is  only  with  difficulty  that  the  top  of  it  can  be  reached, 
llising  nearly  vertically  on  all  sides,  this  remnant  of  formerly  exten- 
sive strata  attains  a  height  of  about  400  feet  from  its  base.  It  is  over 
GOO  feet  long,  and  about  120  feet  wide.*  Alternating  beds  of  shale  and 
sandstone  compose  it,  and  heavy  strata  of  yellow  sandstone  form  tbe 
top.  During  the  progress  of  maximum  erosion  in  that  region,  enormoas 
masses  of  material  were  swept  away,  but  this  huge  block  remained. 
Subsequent  weathering  and  disintegration  have  ornamented  it  with 
small  towers  and  turrets,  so  that  today  it  resembles  some  ancient,  dis- 
mantled  castle.  Constantly  fragments,  loosened  by  frost,  are  falling 
down.  Joiut-fissures,  very  pronounced,  facilitate  the  wedging  action  of 
frost  anci  growing  vegetation,  so  that,  in  the  course  of  time,  this  prom- 
inent feature  will  no  longer  remain  a  portion  of  the  scenery. 

B. — Second  Oroup, 

GUNNISON  EIVBR. 

North  of  the  Gunnison,  in  the  regions  examined  by  Dr.  Peale  during 
1874,  are  large  outcrops  of  trachytic  "  breccia".  This  material  has  been 
eroded  into  innumerable  forms  representing  spires,  columns,  turrets,  and 
castle-shaped  masses.    Its  composition,  here  as  well  as  elsewhere,  fits  it 

^^■^  —  M  .       I       ^ 

•  Compare  Roport  Exploriug  Expedition,  J.  N.  Macomb,  1859, 1876,  p.  78. 


ENDLICH  ON  EBOSION  IN  COLORADO.  857 

admirably  for  imitatiDg  forms  that  can  readily  be  compared  to  those  of 
Gothic  architecture.  The  form  of  the  spires  is  similar,  and  the  Dumeroas 
inclosed  bowlders  of  varying  size  produce  effects  comparable  with  the 
ornamentation  of  Gothic  structures.  At  a  number  of  points,  such 
conditions  were  noticed,  often  producing  singularly  beautiful  pictures. 
Perhaps  one  of  the  most  striking  views  may  be  obtained  from  the  sum- 
mit of  Uncompahgre  Peak  (14,235  feet  above  sea-level).  Looking  down 
from  there  upon  a  vast  mass  of  rugged  mountains,  we  find  that  to  the 
north  and  west  the  trachytic  conglomerates  occupy  a  definite  horizon. 
Thousands  of  spires  are  clustered  along  the  sides  of  mountains,  rivalling, 
as  it  were,  the  densely  studded  spires  of  that  gem  of  Gothic  archi- 
tecture, the  cathredal  of  Milan.  Situated  as  they  are,  they  stand  out 
in  bold  relief  when  viewed  from  below,  but  seen  from  above  they  pro- 
duce a  profound  impression  by  their  great  numbers. 

Primarily  erosion  by  flowing  water  cut  deep,  narrow  channels  into  the 
yielding  material,  forming  sharp  ridges,  which  soon  were  separated  into 
detached  portions.  Subsequent  erosion,  every  agent  available  being 
employed,  wrought  the  curious  and  rare  forms  we  now  observe.  Re- 
moval of  the  harder  beds  overlying  the  conglomerates  affords  free  access 
to  water,  and  though  many  of  the  spires  and  towers  may  disappear  in  a 
comparatively  short  space  of  time,  the  supply  of  fresh  material  is  prac- 
tically inexhaustible. 

Other  products  of  erosion  might  appropriately  be  placed  into  this 
group.  Differences  of  density  in  rocks,  more  particularly  parallel  to 
the  planes  of  bedding,  will  cause  fluviatile  as  well  as  pluvial  erosion  to 
carve  them  into  unique  forms.  Shelved  and  scolloped  edges  of  plateaus 
and  bluffs,  segregation  into  regular  and  highly  ornamented  columns,  and 
minute  decorations  thus  produced,  might  well  be  employed  as  models 
for  the  hand  of  the  artisan. 

OAVES. 

Oaves  that  owe  their  formation  to  erosion  may  be  formed  in  two  dif- 
ferent ways.  They  may  be  due  to  either  chemical  or  mechanical  action. 
By  means  of  decomposition  and  by  subsequent  removal  of  the  material, 
either  mechanically  or  in  solution,  the  first  effect  is  accomplished.  Many 
of  the  smaller  caves  in  limestone,  for  instance,  were  formed  by  a  solu- 
tion of  the  carbonate  of  lime  in  water  charged  with  carbonic  acid  gas. 
The  second  group,  the  one  which  we  shall  here  discuss,  is  formed  by 
erosive  agents,  which  are  usually  recognized  specifically  as  such.  As 
the  initiatory  step  toward  the  formation  of  a  cave,  or  as  the  most  primi- 
tive form  thereof,  we  may  regard  the  results  produced  by  fluviatile  ac- 
tion in  undermining  certain  portions  of  rocks  or  strata.  Dependent  upon 
the  local  force  of  the  water  and  the  cohesive  qualities  of  the  overhang- 
ing material,  "  shelves  "  of  considerable  extent  may  frequently  be  pro- 
duced. In  tough  shales,  such  as  are  found  in  some  of  the  Tertiary  grou  ps, 
we  may  often  find  excavations  of  this  kind  of  appreciable  size.    Sand- 


858     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

Stones,  if  massively  bedded,  are  eroded  in  the  same  way,  and  retain  the 
form  of  shallow  caves  for  a  considerable  length  of  time. 

FEONT  BANGE. 

Along  the  eastern  border  of  the  Front  Range  many  of  the  sandstones 
there  exposed  show  interesting  results  of  erosion.  Shallow  caves  have 
been  worn  into  the  yielding  rocks,  dependent  upon  their  more  or  less  firmly 
cemented  condition.  Within  the  region  containing  monuments,  sach 
caves  are  of  frequent  occurrence.  They  may  be  worn  into  the  sandstones 
by  flowing  water,  or  they  may  be  due  to  gradual  disintegration  and 
transportation  of  certain  circumscribed  portions.  The  method  producing 
caves  of  this  character  is  so  simple  that  it  scarcely  requires  discussion. 
Frost,  rain,  or  other  agents  may  start  a  shallow  abrasion  of  the  sand- 
stones, which,  in  the  course  of  time,  will  extend  toward  the  interior,  form- 
ing a  cave-like  excavation.  Similar  conditions  occur  wherever  sand- 
stones of  the  same  composition  are  exposed  to  fluviatile  or  other  erosion. 
The  shape  of  such  caves  is  a  very  simple  one,  being  merely  an  arched 
excavation,  the  plan  of  which  usually  resembles  either  half  a  circle,  or,  if 
very  extensive,  the  segment  of  a  large  circle.  Modifications  of  this 
shape  take  place  in  case  water  finds  a  free  passage  through  fissures  in 
the  rocks  into  the  cave.  Hard  masses  contained  within  the  sandstones, 
either  as  impregnations  or  concretions,  remain  less  disturbed  than  their 
surroundings,  and  form  irregular  projections  on  the  cave- walls. 

OAVES  IN  TRACHYTIO  CONGLOMERATES. 

Cave-like  excavations  are  thoroughly  characteristic  of  the  trachytic 
conglomerates.  While  speaking  of  monuments,  the  composition  of  this 
deposit  has  been  discussed.  It  is  evident  that  material  of  such  character 
will  very  readily  be  attacked  by  both  fluviatile  and  pluvial  erosion.  Fur- 
thermore, the  results  produced  will  vary  according  to  the  local  character 
of  the  conglomerate.  Within  the  exposures  on  South  Kiver  many  caves 
were  found.  Sometimes  they  are  but  slight  niches  worn  into  the  steep 
wall,  and  again  they  may  extend  for  more  than  30  feet  into  it.  From 
what  was  there  observed,  it  is  certain  that  frost  loosens  a  large  portion 
of  the  material  which  is  afterward  removed.  So  far  as  could  be  seen, 
the  action  is  essentially  a  mechanical  one,  although  decomposition  of 
various  feldspars  greatly  facilitates  it. 

Along  the  western  border  of  the  San  Juan  Mountains,  a  large  mass  of 
conglomerate  of  this  nature  lies  exposed.  Even  from  a  distance  it  can 
easily  be  recognized  on  account  of  the  rugged  and  grotesque  forms  it 
assumes  upon  weathering.  Dark  spots  seen  before  it  is  reached  mostly 
prove  to  be  more  or  less  shallow  caves,  ^ear  Piedra  Falls  a  number 
of  these  were  found.  It  was  there  noticed  that  the  largest  one,  aboat 
25  feet  high,  18  feet  wide,  and  40  feet  deep,  owed  its  existence  to  the 
presence  of  slowly  movvug  \^a\,^t.   T^^  o^<b\iw\%  ^i  \X^  ^^^^^  which  is 


ENDLICH   ON  EROSION  IN   COLORADO.  859 

its  widest  part,  is  located  in  a  steeply  sloping,  smooth  wall  of  conglome- 
rate. In  a  narrow  crack,  water  slowly  trickles  down  to  the  top  of  the 
opening.  Although,  in  the  course  of  ages,  even  this  slightly  wearing 
movement  can  produce  a  visible  effect  upon  the  rock,  it  is  not — as  a 
movement — the  cause  which  led  to  the  formation  of  this  wide  opening. 
At  that  point  the  conglomerate  varies  considerably  in  composition.  In 
the  immediate  vicinity  of  the  cave,  it  is  softer,  contains  fewer  large 
bowlders,  and  these  are  but  loosely  cemented  by  clay  and  feldspathic  ma- 
terial. Saturation  of  this  rock  and  subsequent  expansion  of  the  water 
upon  freezing  cause  portions  of  the  roof  and  walls  to  '<  scale  off"^ 
After  some  of  the  cementing  material  has  been  removed,  the  bowlders, 
DO  longer  held  in  place,  drop  out,  thus  gradually  enlarging  the  excava- 
tion. As  soon  as  such  portions  of  the  rock  are  reached  that  are  sufS- 
ciently  cohesive  to  resist  this  action,  the  growth  of  the  cave  will  come 
to  an  end.  Ample  evidence  was  found  at  that  point  to  demonstmte  that 
this  was  really  the  method  of  formation.  Masses  of  debris  on  the  floor 
of  the  cave  and  dangerously  loose  bowlders  overhead  corroborated 
other  evidence.  Indians  and  wild  animals  have  not  unfrequently  uti- 
lized these  and  other  caves  as  places  of  shelter.  Bemnants  of  charcoal 
indicate  the  places  where  at  one  time  fires  had  been  built.  One  of  the 
most  striking  examples  where  such  caves  or  excavations  produced  by 
fluviatile  erosion  have  been  utilized  by  man  may  be  found  in  the 
ruins  of  the  old  cliff-dwellings  in  Southwestern  Colorado.  Several 
of  the  streams  there  have  worn  long  and  deep  recesses  into  the 
readily  yielding  sandstones  and  shales  prevailing  in  that  region.  Into 
these,  single  houses  and  entire  settlements  have  been  placed  by  the 
shrewd  aboriginal  inhabitants.  Although  often  removed  a  considerable 
distance  from  water,  the  architects  of  those  times  preferred  to  take  ad- 
vantage of  the  places  which  nature  had  prepared  for  them.  Both  shel- 
ter and  protection  from  enemies  were  afforded  them,  and  they  adapted 
their  style  of  building  to  the  places  which  they  chose  for  the  purpose. 
In  the  various  publications  of  the  Survey,  lull  accounts  of  these  dwell* 
iugs  will  be  found. 

ARCHES. 

Arches,  or  '^  natural  bridges  ",  as  they  are  frequently  termed,,  can  be 
formed  wherever  the  rock  containing  them  is  sufficiently  thin  to  be  per- 
forated by  erosive  action.  We  have  here  to  consider  mainly  such  arches 
the  genesis  of  which  is  directly  referable  to  agents  of  erosion.  Viewing 
them  from  this  standpoint,  we  may  say  that  an  arch  is  the  most  com- 
plete form  of  a  cave.  If  the  material  containing  the  latter  should  bo 
sufficiently  thin  to  allow  erosion  to  progress  throughout  its  entire  extent, 
then  we  will  have  the  former  as  the  result.  It  is  evident  that  definite 
conditions,  perhaps  not  often  met  with,  must  exist  before  we  can 
expect  an  arch  to  be  completed.  Necessarily  auc\\  ^\q^\vrX&  ^"^  ^^^^'^ 
much  variation  in  form  and  size,  dependeut  wv>oTi  Wi^  xasXwvc^^  >\iX^xvsS^ 
Bull.  iv.  No.  4 8 


860  BULLETIN   UNITED   STATES   GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY. 

which  the  opening  extends.  In  limestones  not  unfrequently  the  exist- 
ence of  an  extensive  fissure  will  eventually  result  in  the  formation  of  an 
arch.  This  is  due,  in  a  great  measure,  to  chemical  action.  Instances 
are  on  record  where  hills  are  traversed  by  a  narrow  natural  tunnel  in 
limestone.  Genetically  considered,  this  is  an  arch,  but  to  the  popular 
juind  does  not  present  itself  as  such. 

IN  TR  ACHY  TIC  CONGLOMERATE. 

The  scenery  on  South  River  has  been  described  in  previous  I>age8, 
and  allusion  has  been  made  to  the  arches  occurring  there.  It  will  be 
remembered  that  high,  narrow  walls  of  conglomeritic  material  are  pro- 
jected toward  the  stream  from  the  ridge  east  of  it.  In  these  walls, 
niches  and  arches  are  found,  some  of  them  of  surprising  regularity. 
While  making  our  observations  there,  we  counted  altogether  eleven 
•complete  arches,  although  more  may  have  been  hidden  out  of  our  sight. 
Mr.  Ilhoda  was  the  first  one  of  the  party  who  successfully  ran  the  risk 
of  climbing  along  ledges  on  the  wall  in  order  to  get  into  one  of  the 
arches.  To  him,  therefore,  has  been  dedicated  the  one  represented  by  au 
illustration  in  the  Annual  Eeport  for  1875  (Plate  XX,  page  158).  A 
description  of  this  one  will  -answer  entirely  for  all  others  there  ob- 
served, as  in  general  shape  and  method  of  formation  they  are  very 
nearly  alike.  Rhoda's  arch  is  probably  the  most  regular  one  in  ont- 
line.  A  slight  leaning  toward  the  eastward  somewhat  disturbs  its 
symmetry.  Located  in  a  high  wall,  this  arch  shows  ample  dimensioDS. 
It  is  about  180  feet  high,  150  wide,  and  the  wall  containing  it  has  a 
thickness  of  GO  to  80  feet.  Surrounded  by  monuments,  some  of  which 
reach  a  height  of  more  than  200  feet,  the  entire  view  from  the  point 
where  the  sketch  was  made  is  one  of  rare  beauty.  Pine-trees,  30  feet 
high,  at  the  base  of  monuments,  appear  like  pigmies  by  the  side  of 
■these  towering  forms. 

Some  of  the  niches  or  arches  at  this  locality  were  comparatively  acces- 
sible, and  it  was  found  that  they  were  eroded  into  loosely  cemented 
material.  Considering  that  these  conglomerates  have  been  deposited 
by  water,  we  should  expect  homogenousness  laterally,  although  varia- 
tions would  probably  occur  vertically.  We  have,  however,  in  this  in- 
stance a  case  analogous  to  that  of  the  sandstones  near  White  Eiver. 
By  a  slow  process  of  infiltration,  the  large  mass  has  either  been  rendered 
more  compact,  or — reversing  the  proposition — a  process  of  leaching  has 
rendered  certain  portions  very  weak.  Either  of  these  suggestions  may 
contain  the  statement  of  what  has  really  occurred,  because,  so  far  as  car 
observations  extend,  we  find  that  the  physical  constitution  of  the  mate- 
rial in  which  niches  and  arches  occur  is  such  as  to  render  it  more  easily 
yielding  to  erosive  action.  Taking  into  consideration  the  method  of 
deposition  of  the  conglomerates,  it  seems  illogical  to  assume  that  this 
8tate  of  affairs  existed  ever  since  the  time  of  its  formation:  we  must 
therefore  seek  for  a  cause  lo  ex\)\^i\w  Wi^  \v\i'^\iQVftfc\tfsvi* 


ENDLICH   ON   EROSION   IN   COLORADO.  861 

TV'bat  lias  been  said  of  tbe  formation  of  caves  wiihin  the  conglomer- 
ates applies  perfectly  to  the  arches.  They  are,  in  reality,  nothing  but 
caves  which  extend  entirely  through  the  walls.  It  is  probable  that  both 
sides  were  simultaneously  attackexl.  This  would  account  in  a  measure 
for  the  regularity  of  outline.  Whichever  portion  of  the  wall  was 
exposed  to  the  ^^  weather  side  "  was  cut  away  more  rapidly  than  the  other. 

In  connection  with  this  subject  it  may  be  stated  that  not  unfrequently 
compact  trachytes  contain  inclusions,  of  greater  or  less  extent,  composed 
of  soft  '^  ashy  "  material.  These,  in  the  course  of  time,  will  weather  out, 
forming  caves  and  sometimes  arches  of  varying  extent.  Wherever  we 
observed  occurrences  of  such  character  in  Colorado,  they  were  so  situated 
as  to  afibrd  ample  opportunity  for  the  removal  and  ultimate  transporta- 
tion of  detritus,  excepting  a  very  few  cases.  These  latter  were  such 
where  the  fall  of  loosened  material  had  evidently  been  a  sudden  one,  and 
of  considerable  quantity. 

On  the  eastern  slope  of  the  Sangre  de  Cristo  Bange,  near  Indian  Pass, 
a  small  '<  gateway  "  was  observed  occurring  in  red  Carboniferous  sand- 
stone.* Standing  perfectly  isolated  near  the  crest  of  a  small  ridge  was 
a  block  of  sandstone  about  10  to  12  feet  high.  Near  the  centre  were  two 
openings;  the  upper  one  small,  the  lower  one  large  enough  to  admit 
the  passage  of  a  man.  At  first  sight,  this  peculiar  position  for  an  arch 
seemed  rather  inexplicable.  Upon  examination,  however,  it  was  found 
that  five  different  strata  composed  the  block.  Counting  from  above,  the 
first,  third,  and  fifth  strata  were  hard,  the  second  and  fourth  soft.  A 
vertical  crack  runs  through  the  entire  distance  of  the  block.  Water 
collecting  in  the  crack  saturated  the  soft  strata  and  eventually  accom- 
plished their  disintegration.  Aided  by  frost  and  sand-blasts,  the 
crumbling  sandstone  soon  fell  away,  producing  tbe  openings  wo 
observed.  This  instance  is  one  where  only  atmospheric  agents  could 
reasonably  be  supposed  to  have  exerted  any  influence.  Although  this 
is  an  unusually  clear  case,  it  points  out  a  method  whereby  excavations 
of  some  extent  may  be  produced  at  places  where  they  can  by  no  means 
be  so  readily  explained. 

At  various  localities  along  the  Front  Hange,  arches  occur  in  the  sand- 
stones. Besides  the  causes  above  mentioned  as  facilitating  the  formation 
of  such  products  of  erosion,  still  another  may  be  mentioned.  In  case 
flowing  water  undermines  a  certain  stratum  or  series  of  strata,  and 
continues  this  process  for  a  long  time  without  the  overhanging  portions 
caving  in,  the  entire  width  of  the  dividing  portion  may  be  cut.  Thus  a 
subterranean  passage  of  varying  dimensions  will  be  formed.  This  form 
of  arch  is  usually  desie:nated  as  a  ^^  tunnel ",  limiting  the  former  term  to 
such  occurrences  where  but  a  narrow  wall  of  rock  is  perforated.  The 
ingenuity  of  man  has  likened  these  products  to  various  other  objects 
dependent  upon  their  form  and  dimensions.  Many  of  them  are  compared 
directly  to  the  works  of  man.    In  Europe,  wid^  «ji(SL  ii^"e^  ^xOk^_^^ 

*  Compare  Annual  Report  tot  l^b,  P\t)Aa^!&X. 


862     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

often  called  •'  barns".  Such  appellations  as  "  nataral  bridge^,  "  gate^ 
^'  gateway  ^,  ^^  tunnel ",  and  others,  designate  each  a  definite  class  of  forms. 
They  are  too  generally  understood  to  require  any  discussion  as  to  ety- 
mology and  comparative  applicability.  Occurrences  of  this  character 
have  always  been  Invested  by  man  with  more  or  less  mythical  interest, 
and  many  a  legend  is  told  which  stands  in  the  most  intimate  connectioQ 
therewith. 

ISOLATED  FORMS. 

As  'Msolated  forms"  we  may  regard  such  that  vary  in  their  distriba- 
tion  and  mode  of  occurrence  from  the  classes  above  enumerated.  Tak- 
ing for  instance  the  trachytic  conglomerates:  we  may  regard  the  occur- 
rence of  grotesque  forms  within  that  group  as  a  characteristic  thereof. 
It  is  an  essential  feature,  and  one  that  may  readily  be  employed  in 
determining  this  recognition.  In  contradistinction  thereto,  isolated 
products  of  erosion  are  such  that  occur  only  sporadically  in  geognostic 
groups  or  formations  where  they  would  not  be  expected.  Some  pecu- 
liar circumstances  may  combine  to  produce  such  results,  and  in  vain 
may  similar  forms  be  looked  for  at  other  localities  within  the  same 
horizons.  From  the  nature  of  the  case,  it  is  evident  that  the  isolated 
monumental  products  will  occur  comparatively  rarely,  and  that  they 
will  show  a  great  diversity  of  composition  and  shape.  Only  a  few  such 
instances  will  be  mentioned  from  Colorado  as  comprising  the  most 
prominent  representatives  of  this  class.  Extensive  erosion  within  cer- 
tain regions  will  necessarily  result  in  the  formation  of  objects  that  would 
appropriately  be  placed  under  tbis  head,  but  for  our  purposes  it  will  be 
entirely  sufficient  to  refer  to  but  a  few  of  them. 

LIZABD'S  HEAD. 

The  Mount  Wilson  group  is  located  a  short  distance  west  of  San 
Miguel  Lake,  in  west  longitude  107^  69'  and  north  latitude  37°  5ff 
Descending  by  the  Bear  Greek  trail  from  the  divide  between  Bio  AnL 
mas  and  San  Miguel  drainage,  we  see  before  us  a  steep,  downward 
slope  which  abruptly  terminates  in  the  valley  of  the  last-named  river. 
Two  thousand  feet  below  us  lies  the  placid  sheet  of  water  which  receives 
its  name  from  the  river.  Looking  beyond  it  toward  the  northwest,  we 
see  the  mountain  mass  of  the  Wilson  group  rising  high  up  in  bold  relief. 
An  elevation  of  14,280  feet  is  reached  by  the  main  peak,  the  summit 
being  nearly  a  mile  higher  than  the  lake.  Prominent  in  the  mountain 
group  we  notice  a  "needle"  standing  near  its  eastern  edge.*  From  a 
distance  it  appears  insignificant,  but  we  can  easily  determine  that  it 
must  be  of  large  proportions  in  order  to  be  seen  at  all.  As  we  approach 
closer,  we  find  that  a  comparatively  regular  pedestal  has  been  formed, 
supporting  an  enormous  monolith.  Steep  slopes  lead  ap  to  its  base, 
broken  often  by  vertical  walls.    From  this  base  rises  a  gigantic  rock- 

•Compare  Annual  Keport  for  1874,  fig.  2,  page  207. 


ENDLICH  ON  EROSION  IN  COLORADO.  863 

colamn,  290  feet  in  height,  while  its  diameter  amoants  to  from  GO  to  80 
feet.  Its  isolated  position  permits  it  to  be  seen  for  a  long  distance,  and 
its  elevation — 13,160  feet  above  sea-level  at  the  summit  of  shaft — ren- 
ders it  an  excellent  landmark  for  all  the  lower  country  adjoining. 

Both  the  rocks  composing  the  Wilson  group  and  those  which  the 
monolith — Lizard's  Head — exhibits,  are  of  volcanic  origin.  In  former 
geological  periods  enormous  masses  of  sedimentary  and  volcanic  ma- 
terial have  been  eroded  and  transported  from  that  region.  It  seems 
possible  that  a  former  connection  existed  between  the  ridge  now  sup- 
porting Lizard's  Head  and  the  main  volcanic  group  farther  east.  No 
surface  connection  exists  at  present,  however.  All  that  remains  in  the 
immediate  vicinity  of  them  is  the  huge  monolith.  During  the  period  of 
the  great  erosion,  valleys  were  cut  into  the  rocks  and  ridges  were  grad- 
ually carved  away  so  as  to  become  narrower  and  shorter.  Probably  the 
disturbances  produced  by  eruptions  of  volcanic  material,  and,  more  par- 
ticularl3%  the  phenomena  accompanying  them,  rendered  the  rock»of  that 
region  less  capable  of  resisting  such  powerful  agents  of  demolition  as 
were  then  employed.  It  may  be  observed  that  the  trachytes  composing 
Lizard's  Head  show  a  certain  development  of  columnar  structure.  This 
structure  is  almost  invariably  accompanied  by  basal  fracture-planes. 
By  this  means,  erosion  will  be  enabled  to  attack  such  portions  more 
successfully.  A  process  of  undermining  will  result  in  the  falling  of 
overhanging  portions.  Owing  to  the  columnar  arrangement  of  the 
integral  piirts  composing  a  hill  or  bluff,  the  faces  produced  by  such  fall- 
ing will  be  quite  or  nearly  vertical.  In  this  manner,  fluviatile  erosion 
can  produce,  from  such  material,  a  type  of  form  which  is  represented  by 
Lizard's  Head.  Had  the  erosion  continued  on  at  the  same  level,  the 
entire  mass  must  have  succumbed.  Increasing  width  and  depth  of  the 
excavated  valleys,  however,  caused  the  waters  to  sink.  Thereby  the 
same  species  of  erosion  was  produced  along  the  sides  of  that  portion 
which  now  forms  the  ''  pedestal "^  but  the  column  remained  intact.  Tbis 
appears  to  be  the  only  way  of  accounting  for  the  existence  of  Lizard's 
Head.  It  is  not  a  dike  or  intruded  volcanic  product,  subsequent  to  the 
main  eruptions,  but  a  portion  of  the  regular  flows,  large  masses  of  which 
are  still  preserved  not  far  distant. 

Similar  in  shape  are  the  forms  resulting  from  a  partial  breaking-down 
of  mural  products  of  erosion.  Their  arrangement,  however,  and  the 
character  of  the  rocks  composing  them,  will  admit  of  their  ready  identi- 
fication. 

Another  important  group  of  isolated  forms  of  erosion  comprises  such 
that  are  produced  by  local  inclusions  of  essentially  foreign  material. 
Concretions  may  be  contained  quite  frequently  in  shales  and  sandstones. 
Those  to  which  we  have  special  refeience  here  are  harder,  resisting 
erosion  and  disintegration  more  effectually  than  the  rocks  containing 
them.  Forms  similar  to  those  of  the  monuments  may  be  produced  by 
a  gradual  wearing-away  of  the  portions  acy  acent  to  concretions.    Among 


864     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

the  Upper  Cretaceous  sandstones,  and  among  those  belonging  to  the 
lignitic  series,  this  is  especiail}*  noticeable.  Although  occurring  com- 
paratively frequently,  the  phenomenon  cannot  be  regarded  as  a  char- 
acteristic of  either  of  these  groups.  In  a  general  way,  this  feature 
is  comparable  to  the  irregular  density  of  the  sandstones  of  the  White 
River  region.  As  soon,  however,  as  this  irregularity  assumes  the 
extreme  form  of  concretions,  we  can  no  longer  expect  that  great  variety 
of  fantastic  figures  there  exhibited,  because  concretionary  inclusions 
are  usually  shaped  after  the  same  general  type. 

Before  closing  the  discussion  of  erosive  products,  I  desire  to  point 
out  one  feature  of  fluviatile  and  pluvial  erosion  that  is  as  instructive  as 
it  is  beautiful,  the  carving  of  uniformly  homogeneous  deposits.  In 
Colorado,  ample  opportunity  is  afforded  to  study  this  interesting  phe- 
nomenon. More,  perhaps,  than  by  any  other  geological  group,  it  is 
exhibited  by  the  soft  shales,  comparatively  free  from  sand,  of  the  Creta- 
ceous formation.  Frequently  may  be  found  bluffs  or  ridges  the  sides 
of  which  present  a  most  typical  miniature  arrangement  of  hills,  valleys, 
mountains,  and  canons.  What  is  here  accomplished  in  a  comparatively 
short  time  on  so  small  a  scale,  nature's  power  has  successfully  completed 
in  successive  ages  on  a  scale  incomparably  greater.  Time  and  the 
never-ceasing  activity  of  erosive  influence  produce  results  that  at 
present  fill  us  with  astonishment  and  admiration.  Changing  ftrom  day 
to  day,  in  a  degree  imperceptibly  small  to  us,  geological  periods  have 
been  required  to  produce  what  we  now  see.  Nothing,  perhaps, 
expresses  more  aptly  the  lesson  taught  by  observing  the  effects  of 
erosion  than  the  old  Boman  verse : 

'*  Gatta  cavat  lapidem  doq  vi, 
Sed  B»p6  cadeado." 


ART.  XXXVI -PALEONTOLOGICAL  PAPERS  NO.  8 :    REMARKS 

UPON  THE  LARAMIE  GROUP. 


By  C.  a.  WniTE,  M.  D. 


In  other  writings*  I  have  shown  that  all  the  principal  brackish-water 
deposits  of  the  Western  Territories  are  properly  referable  to  one  great 
group  of  strata  which  represents  a  period  of  time  whose  importance  in 
the  geological  history  of  the  North  American  continent  increases  with 
onr  knowledge  concerning  it.  The  members  of  the  Laramie  Group  as 
now  understood  are  the  Judith  Biver  and  Fort  Union  beds  of  the  Upper 
Missouri  Eiver  region  ;  the  Lignitic  Series  east  of  theBocky  Mountains 
in  Colorado ;  the  Bitter  Creek  Series  of  Southern  Wyoming  and  adjacent 
parts  of  Northwestern  Colorado,  and  the  "  Bear  Biver  Estuary  Beds'^, 
together  with  the  Evanston  Coal  Seriest  in  Bear  River  Valley  and  their 
equivalents  in  adjacent  parts  of  Wyoming  and  Utah.  These,  at  least, 
are  the  best-known  members  of  the  Laramie  Group ;  but  it  has  a  much 
wider  geographical  extent  than  even  the  widely  separated  localities  just 
referred  to  would  indicate.  Some  of  the  known  portions  of  this  great 
group  doubtless  represent  different  stages  of  the  Laramie  period,  but 
the  members  just  designated  are,  as  a  rule,  understood  to  represent  dif- 
ferent geographical  developments  of  its  strata  with  modifications  of  its 
fauna,  rather  than  separate  successive  epochs  of  time  in  the  geological 
period  which  is  represented  by  the  whole  great  group.  The  proof  of 
the  identity  of  these  widely  separated  portions  of  the  Laramie  Group 
consists  in  the  recognition  of  various  species  of  fossil  moUusks  in  all  of 
them  that  are  also  found  in  some  one  or  more  of  the  others,  thus  con- 
necting the  whole  by  fauna!  continuity.  Similar  proof  has  also  been 
obtained  by  Professor  Cope  in  the  discovery  of  certain  species  of  verte- 
brate fossils  in  more  than  one  of  these  geographical  members  of  the 
Laramie  Group. 

The  entire  geographical  limits  of  the  Laramie  Group  are  not  yet  fully 
known,  but  its  present  ascertained  extent  may  be  stated  in  general  terms 
as  from  Southern  Colorado  and  Utah,  northward  into  the  British  Pos- 
sessions ;  and  from  the  meridian  of  the  Wasatch  Bange,  eastward,  far 
out  on  to  the  great  plains.    Its  extent  north  and  south  is  thus  known  to 

*See  Ball.  U.  S.  Geol.  and  Geo^.  Surv.  Terr.  Vol.  IV,  Art  XXIX,  and  An.  Rep.  U.  S. 
Geol.  and  Geopj.  Surv.  Terr,  for  1877. 

t  Sometimes  called  the  ''Almy  Mines'*,  firom  the  name  of  the  smaU  mining  hamlet 
whete  the  mines  are  located.  865 


86 G  BULLETIN   UNITED   STATES   GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY. 

be  aboat  1,000  miles,  and  east  aud  west  a  maxiiDum  of  not  less  than  500 
miles.  Tbe  full  length  of  the  area  once  occupied  by  tbe  group  is  prob- 
ably considerably  greater  than  here  indicated,  and  we  may  safely  esti- 
mate that  it  originally  comprised  not  less  than  50,000  square  miles.  The 
present  range  of  the  Bocky  Mountains  traverses  this  great  area,  against 
both  flanks  of  which,  as  well  as  those  of  the  Black  Hills,  the  Laramie 
strata  are  upturned.  These  mountains,  therefore,  did  not  exist  during 
the  Laramie  period,  and  the  continuity  of  the  waters  of  the  Laramie  Sea 
over  their  present  site  is  also  shown  by  the  speciflc  identity  of  aqueous 
moUuscan  fossils  in  its  strata  on  both  sides  of  those  mountains. 

The  prevailing  material  of  the  strata,  especially  those  of  Mesozoic  and 
Cenozoicage,  in  all  the  Western  Territories,  whether  of  marine,  brackish-, 
or  fresh- water  origin,  is  sand ;  and  consequently  those  of  most  of  the 
groups  have  certain  characteristics  in  common. 

Kot  only  in  this  general  way,  but  in  other  respects  also,  the  litholog- 
ical  characteristics  of  the  Laramie  Group  are  similar  to  those  of  the  Fox 
Hills  Group  of  the  Cretaceous  Series,  upon  which  the  former  group  rests, 
and  with  which,  so  far  as  is  now  known,  IL  is  everywhere  apparently  con- 
formable ;*  that  is,  it  has  the  appearance  of  a  widespread  marine  for- 
mation, consisting  mainly  of  sandstones  and  sandy  shales ;  but  that  it 
was  not,  like  the  Fox  Hills  Group,  an  open-sea  deposit,  is  shown  by  its 
fossils.  Its  resemblance  to  the  Fox  Hills  Group  is  still  further  increased 
by  the  presence  in  the  latter,  as  well  as  the  former,  of  many  important 
beds  of  coal.  It  is  true  that  no  coal  has  been  found  in  the  Fox  Hills 
Group  in  the  Upper  Missouri  River  region,  nor  in  Eastern  Colorado, 
but  it  is  not  uncommon  among  the  strata  of  that  group  in  Wyoming, 
Utah,  and  Western  Colorado. 

Although  there  is  sufficient  evidence  that  the  Fox  Hills  Group,  which 
immediately  preceded  the  Laramie,  was  deposited  in  a  comparatively 
shallow  sea,  the  bottom  of  which  was  slowly  but  constantly  subsiding, 
its  waters  seem  to  have  been  everywhere  truly  marine  except  in  a  few 
estuaries  ;t  aud  the  whole  area  occupied  by  the  group  where  it  has  been 
studied  seems  also  to  have  been  always  and  entirely  submerged,  except, 
perhaps,  those  surfaces  upon  which  the  coal-plants  grew,  and  these 
could  have  been  above  tbe  water-level  only  during  the  growth  of  that 
vegetation  and  the  accumulation  of  its  carbonized  remains.  Tbe 
Laramie  Group  seems  also  to  have  been  deposited  in  waters  that  were 
constantly  shallow,  and  as  the  group  has  a  maximum  thickness  of  not 
less  than  4,000  feet,  the  bottom  must  have  been  constantly  subsiding.} 

^Tbere  mast  Decessarily  be  some  unconformity  between  tbese  two  gronpsin  the  periph- 
eral portions  of  tbe  Laramie,  because,  as  will  be  sbown  farther  on,  tbe  area  apon  which 
its  waters  rested  was  cat  off  from  tbe  great  open  sea  by  the  eleyation  of  portions  of 
tbe  bottom  upon  which  tbe  Fox  Hills  deposits  were  made. 

t  An  interesting  assemblage  of  fossils  from  a  deposit  of  one  of  these  estnaries  has 
been  obtained  near  Coalville,  Utah. 

t  Similar  remarks  may  be  made  concerning  all  the  other  groups  of  the  Western  fo^ 
mations  from  the  Jura  Trias  to  the  Bridgcr  Group  iuclusivei  as  will  appear  farther  on. 


WHITE   ON  THE   LARAMIE   GROUP.  837 

In  all  places  where  the  group  is  known,  and  from  its  base  to  the  top,  the 
majority  of  its  invertebrate  fossils  are  brackish -water  forms^  and  yet 
in  the  same  places  and  throaghont  the  same  vertical  extent,  a  greater  or 
less  number  of  mollusciin  species  occur  that  are  referable  to  either  a 
fresh-water  or  land  habitat.  In  many  instances,  the  fresh-water  species 
occupy  separate  layers  from  those  which  contain  the  brackish-water 
forms,  and  alternate  with  them,  but  it  is  very  commonly  the  case  that 
both  fresh-  and  brackish-water  types  are  found  to  occupy  the  same 
layers,  the  con  iition  of  the  specimens  of  lioth  categories  being  such  as 
to  forbid  the  supposition  that  either  of  them  was  drifted  from  else- 
where to  their  present  places  of  deposit  and  association.  For  example, 
numerous  specimens  of  Unioy  of  many  species,  have  been  found  asso* 
ciated  with  equally  numerous  specimens  of  Corbula  and  Corhicula,  a 
large  proportion  of  all  of  which  still  retain  both  valves  together  in  their 
natural  position.  Associated  with  these,  and  in  a  similarly  unmuti- 
lated  condition,  there  are  other  niolluscan  remains,  the  liviug  repre- 
sentatives of  which  are  respectively  of  fresh-  and  brackish-water  habitat ; 
and  all  of  them  are  in  such  condition  as  to  force  the  conclusion  that 
they  all  lived  together.  The  general  prevalence  of  brackish-water 
types  throughout  the  group,  including  Osirea  in  abundance,  Anomia 
quite  plentiful,  with  occasional  examples  of  N'uculana  and  Membranacea 
(or  a  closely  related  polyzoan),  leaves  no  room  for  reasonable  doubt  that 
the  prevailiug  condition  oMhe  Laramie  Sea  was  saline;  but  the  absence 
of  true  marine  species  proves  that  its  waters  were  cut  off  from  the  open 
ocean.  The  conditions  and  association  of  species  just  explained  show 
also  that  there  must  have  been  in  certain  places  and  at  different  times 
an  alternation  of  greater  and  less  saltness  of  its  waters. 

It  is  well  known  that  some  species  at  least  of  certain  genera  of  mol- 
Insks  are  capable  of  living  in  both  brackish  and  fresh  waters,  but  the 
evidence  seems  conclusive  that  certain  forms  found  in  the  Laramie 
Group,  the  living  representatives  of  which  are  resi>ectively  confined  to 
either  a  fresh-  or  brackish -water  habitat,  then  not  only  liveil  but  thrived 
together  in  the  same  waters ;  and  also  that  those  waters  were  in  some 
degree  saline.  This  commingling  of  brackish-  and  fresh-water  types  is 
not  exceptional  in  the  Laramie  Group,  but  quite  common,  yet  there  are 
layers  in  some  places,  as  for  example  near  Black  Buttes,  in  which  all, 
or  nearly  all,  the  Mollusca  are  ot  fresh-water  type.  A  statement  of  these 
facts  naturally  suggests  that  this  commingling  of  brackish-  and  fresh- 
water forms  took  place  in  estuary  waters,  and  that  the  strata  containing 
them  are  estnary  deposits.  But  the  character  and  condition  of  the 
strata  show  that  this  is  not  the  fact,  or  if  so  in  any  cases,  they  are  rare 
and  at  present  unknown  exceptions  to  the  rule.  While  there  were 
necessarily  tributary  streams  flowing  into  the  Laramie  Sea,  and  true 
estuaries  at  the  mouths  of  at  least  a  part  of  them,  I  do  not  know  of  a 
single  deposit  or  part  of  one  in  any  district  or  in  any  of  the  divisions  of 
the  great  Laramie  Group  that  presents  the  stratigraphical  characteris- 
tics of  an  estuary  deposit. 


868  BULLETIN   UNITED   STATES   GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY. 

Jadging  from  tbe  characteristics  of  existing  land-locked  seas,  it  is 
difficult  to  understand  clearly  bow  fresh  and  brackish  waters  could  have 
existed  iu  one  and  the  same  sea  in  tbe  absence  of,  or  at  a  distance  from, 
the  mouths  of  tributar^^  rivers ;  but  tbe  character  of  tbe  deposits  of  tbe 
Laramie  Sea,  as  well  as  its  molluscan  fauna,  warrants  the  suggestion 
that  many  comparatively  large  portions  of  its  area  were,  at  different 
times  and  in  different  places,  in  the  condition  of  marshes,  which  were 
only  slightly  raised  above  tbe  general  water-level,  upon  which  fresh 
waters  from  rains  accumulated,  and  gave  congenial  habitat  to  such 
members  of  tbe  molluscan  fauna  of  the  period  as  would  preferably  avoid 
the  brackish  waters.  This  view  is  supported  by  the  occasional  presence 
of  land-shells  among  those  of  branchiferous  moUusks,  the  more  common 
occurrence  of  palustral  shells,  tbe  occurrence  of  deciduous  leaves,  and 
other  fragments  of  vegetation,  all  in  tbe  same  or  associated  strata;  and 
also  the  presence  of  numerous  beds  of  lignite  throughout  tbe  group.  It 
is  also  supported  by  the  fact  that  the  fossil  Mollusoa  are  found,  not  uni« 
formly  distributed  throughout  the  group,  either  vertically  or  geograph- 
ically, but  to  occupy  small,  distantly  separated  areas,  which  are  not 
only  lociilly  restricted,  but  within  which  locally  restricted  areas  the 
vertical  range  of  the  different  species  is  limited.  Admitting  that  such 
conditions  prevailed,  it  is  easy  to  understand  how  it  may  have  happened 
that  certain  layers  containing  the  remains  of  Mollusca,  which  could  have 
flourished  only  in  salt  or  brackish  waters,  as,  for  example,  Osirea  and 
Anomiay  are  found  to  alternate  in  close  succession  with  those  containing 
an  abundance  of  fresh-water  species,  and  also  with  those  containing  a 
commingling  of  types.  The  conditions  thus  indicated  would  have 
brought  the  brackish-  and  fresh -water  habitats  of  those  MoUusca  into 
such  juxtaposition  that  they  must  have  frequently  encroached  upon 
each  other.  This  frequent  encroachment,  or  mingling  of  habitats,  and, 
no  doubt,  tbe  frequent  impracticability  of  retreat,  would  have  had  a 
tendency  to  inure  at  least  a  portion  of  the  mollusks  of  each  to  an  exist- 
ence in  tbe  other.  It  is  evident  that  many  of  the  Laramie  species  were 
capable  of  such  an  interchange  of  habitat  without  disadvantage,  and 
that  among  these  were  certain  species  of  the  VntonidtBj  CeriphasiidcB^ 
and  allied  families. 

In  expressing  the  belief  that,  with  the  exceptions  referred  to,  tbe 
Laramie  Sea  was  a  great  body  of  brackish  water,  I  have  not  lost  sight 
of  tbe  fact  that  some  living  mollusks  belonging  to  families  that  are 
regarded  as  of  distinctively  marine  habitat  are  known  to  inhabit  fresh 
waters ;  nor  of  the  fact  that  some  others  which  are  regarded  as  of  fresh- 
water types  are  occasionally  found  in  brackish  waters.  It  seems  impos- 
sible, however,  to  account  for  the  commingling  of  types  which  we  find 
in  the  Laramie  strata,  except  by  assuming  that  they  all  lived  and 
thrived  together  iu  the  same  waters,  as  before  stated. 

Before  leaving  the  discussion  of  tbe  general  characteristics  of  the 
Laramie  Group,  the  existence  in  it  of  a  remarkable  local  or  regional  mol- 


WHITE    ON   THE   LARAMIE    GROUP.  869 

lu^can  fauna  should  be  noticed.  All  the  branchiferons  species  of  Mol- 
luaca  of  the  lower  or  brackish -water  beds  of  the  Laramie  Group  of  Bear 
Biver  Valley  and  the  adjacent  region  are  different  from  any  of  those  yet 
found  in  any  other  part  of  the  Laramie  Group.  Besides  this,  there  aro 
two  or  three  generic  or  subgeneric  types  among  those  mollusks  tbat  havo 
never  been  discovered  elsewhere.  This  statement  applies  only  to  those 
beds  that  have  been  so  often  called  the  ^'Bear  Eiver  Estuary  Beds",  and 
not  to  the  upper  or  coal-bearing  beds  of  Bear  Eiver  Valley,  as  developed 
near  Evanston,  Wyo. ;  for,  in  the  latter,  a  few  species  have  been 
recognized  as  identical  with  some  that  are  found  in  other  and  distant 
parts  of  the  group.*  Because  of  the  general  characterof  these  Bear  Eiver 
brackish- water  strata,  and  their  relation  to  those  both  above  and  beneath 
them,  no  reasonable  doubt  can  be  entertained  that  they  form  an  integral 
part  of  the  great  Laramie  Group,  notwithstanding  the  unique  character 
of  a  large  part  of  their  fossils.  The  existence  of  that  remarkable  local 
fauna  in  the  Laramie  Group  has  a  parallel  in  the  similarly  restricted  and 
unique  fauna  that  is  found  in  the  Cretaceous  series  of  Coalville,  Utah, 
and  the  region  adjacent,  extending  as  far  northward  as  the  valley  of 
Bear  Eiver,  where  the  Laramie  beds  before  referred  to  are  exposed. 
The  faunal  differences  in  both  cases  were  probably  due  to  a  similar  gen- 
eral cause,  and  that  cause  probably  had  relation  to  the  proximity  of  a 
then  existing  western  continental  coast. 

Having  briefly  considered  the  distinguishing  characteristics  of  the  Lara- 
mie Group,  its  relation  to  the  other  groups  will  be  better  understood  by 
a  brief  review  of  the  physical  conditions  of  that  portion  of  the  North 
American  continent  which  it  occupies,  together  with  the  portions  adja- 
cent. Much  remains  to  be  known  upon  this  important  subject,  but  the 
facts  hitherto  ascertained  seem  to  warrant  the  following  statements  and 
conclusions : — 

East  of  west  longitude  95^,  North  America  is  mainly  occupied  by 
Paleozoic  and  ArcbsBan  rocks;  as  is  also  a  large  area  which  extends  north- 
ward and  southward  through  Western  NorthAmerica;  the  eastern  border 
of  the  latter  area  being  adjacent  to  the  region  here  discussed  and  not  far 
from  the  one  hundred  and  thirteenth  meridian  of  west  longitude.  These 
two  great  areas  are  taken  to  represent  approximately  the  outline  and 
extent  of  the  principal  portions  of  the  North  American  continent  that 
were  above  the  level  of  tlie  sea  at  the  beginning  of  the  Mesozoic  time. 
A  broad  expanse  of  Mesozoic  sea  then  stretched  between  these  two 
continental  factors,  which  were  finally  united  by  a  general  continental 
elevation,  and  the  consequent  recedence  of  the  sea.  This  elevation  wad 
not,  properly  speaking,  catastrophal,  but  gradual  and  oscillatory.  Tbat 
intercontinental  Mesozoic  sea  was  narrower  during  the  Jura-Trias  period 
than  it  was  in  the  next  epoch  afterward,  but  it  was  always  shallow,  as 
is  shown  by  the  lithological  character  of  the  strata  of  all  tbe  Mesozoic 

*  In  conseqaence  of  a  misplaced  label,  I  errooeoasly  referred  Macrocyolia  spaiioaa 
Meek,  to  tbe  Juditb  Biver  beds,  in  the  table  on  p.  7SI2,  BulL  U.  8.  GeoL  and  Geog.  ^us^. 
Terr.  vol.  iv. 


870     BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

formations;  and  aa  tbese  aggregate  a  great  thickness,  there  waa,  of 
coarse,  for  a  long  time,  and  over  a  very  large  part  of  the  space  which  it 
occupied,  a  gradual  subsidence  of  the  bottom  which  allowed  the  succes- 
sive deposition  of  shallow-water  formations.  The  foUowiDg  facts  prove 
the  occurrence  of  oscillations  of  land-surface  and  sea-bottom  by  which 
from  time  to  time  the  eastern  border  of  the  Mesozoic  sea  was  shifted, 
and  the  whole  finally  displaced. 

In  Western  Iowa,  Eastern  Nebraska,  and  Eastern  Kansas,  the  Creta- 
ceous strata  are  known  to  rest  directly  upon  the  Garboniferoas  strata, the 
Jura  Trias  being  absent.    These  last-named  strata,  however,  are  in  full 
force  where  the  Mesozoic  rocks  are  turned  up  against  the  eastern  flanks  of 
the  Eocky  Mountains  and  Black  Hills,  as  well  as  farther  westward.  Their 
eastern  border  is  certainly  somewhere  in  the  great  plains  beneath  later 
Mesozoic  formations  and  the  prevailing  surface  dSbriSj  bat  its  location 
is  not  even  approximately  known.     Gretaceous  strata  continuous  with 
those  of  the  West  are  known  to  have  been  deposited  as  far  eastward  as 
within  50  or  60  miles  of  the  Mississippi  Biver  in  Kortbem  Iowa  and 
Southern  Minnesota ;  southward  from  which  region  their  eastern  border 
gradually  recedes  to  the  westward  nearly  as  far  as  Central  Kansas.  In 
the  northeastern  region  just  named,  it  is  the  attennated  strata  of  the 
Fort  Benton  and  Niobrara  Groups  that  are  found,  and  these  rest  directly 
upon  the  Paleozoic  rocks,  the  Dakota  Group  being  absent  there.   In 
Western  Iowa  and  Eastern  Nebraska,  the  strata  of  the  Dakota  Group  are 
found  to  rest  upon  the  Paleozoic  rocks,  the  former  extending  farth^ 
eastward  there  than  any  othier  Gretaceous  strata;  but  the  eastern  bor- 
ders of  the  Fort  Benton  and  Kiobrara  Groups  are  not  there  very  far  to  the 
westward.    The  eastern  border  of  the  Fort  Pierre  and  Fox  Hills  Groopa, 
or  the  Later  Gretaceous,  is  still  farther  westward,  but  its  position  is 
hidden  by  the  later  formations  and  the  prevailing  (7^&m  of  the  plains. 

From  the  foregoing  facts,  the  following  inferences  may  be  legitimately 
drawn  : — During  the  period  represented  by  those  Western  rocks  which 
have  received  the  designation  of  Jura  Trias  (and  apparently  during  a 
portion  of  the  Permian  period  also),  the  western  shore-line  of  the  east- 
ern or  principal  continental  factor  was  extended  so  far  westward  that 
the  eastern  border  of  the  deposits  of  the  period  referred  to  reached 
no  farther  eastward  than  along  some  line  now  far  out  on  the  great 
plains,  but  the  location  of  which  is  not  known.  It  is  now  covered  from 
possible  discovery  by  superimposed  Mesozoic  strata  and  the  prevailing 
surface  debris.  At  the  close  of  the  Jurassic  period,  a  subsidence  took  place, 
which  carried  the  deposits  of  the  Dakota  Group  nearly  as  far  eastward 
as  Gentral  Iowa.  Still  later,  continued  subsidence,  but  of  more  limited 
extent  to  the  southeastward,  caused  the  deposition  of  Fort  Benton  and 
I^iobrara  strata  still  farther  eastward,  in  Northern  Iowa  and  Soutbera 
Minnesota.  At  or  before  tbe  close  of  the  Kiobrara  epoch,  the  elevation 
of  the  western  portion  of  the  eastern  or  principal  continental  factor  was 
resumed  and  apparently  continued  without  further  iutermption  by  any 
**  subsidence  sufficient  to  carry  any  of  the  recovered  or  added  land- 


WHITE   ON   THE   LARAMIE   GROUP.  871 

Barface  again  beneath  the  level  of  the  sea;  although  portions  of  the  area 
which  the  intercontinental  Mesozoic  sea  had  covered  were  afterward 
occupied  b3'  great  bodies  of  both  brackish  and  fresh  waters.  The  east- 
ern border  of  the  later  Gretaceons  deposits  was  thus  carried  westward, 
where  its  place  is  now  covered  like  that  of  the  border  of  the  earlier  Jura- 
Trias  di^posics,  but  not  so  deeply. 

The  eastern  border  of  the  Laramie  Group  is  bidden  in  the  same  man- 
ner, but  there  is  yet  no  evidence  that  it  is  anywhere  overlapped  by  any 
Ritbseqnent  marine  deposit;  although  it  is  known  to  have  received  upon 
it  in  several  places  different  groups  of  freshwater  strata.  Perhaps  no 
fact  in  the  physical  history  of  North  America  is  better  established  than 
that  the  elevation  of  the  Hocky  Mountains  as  such  are  of  later  date  than 
the  Laramie  Group,  bat  the  foregoing  facts  show  that  both  oscillatory 
movements  and  general  continental  elevation  took  place  liefore  the 
beginning  of  the  movements  which  resulted  in  the  elevation  of  those 
mountains.  Besides  the  oscillations  of  surface  which  have  already  been 
mentioned,  there  are  indications  that  other  similar  movements  occurred 
elsewhere  within  the  same  limits  of  time ;  such,  for  example,  as  the 
unconformity  of  the  Laramie  strata  upon  those  of  the  Fox  Hills  Group 
in  Middle  Park,  reported  by  Mr.  Marvine ;  the  unconformity  in  some 
places  of  the  Jura  Trias  upon  rocks  older  than  the  Carboniferous,  &c. 

But  leaving  now  the  subject  of  the  elevation  and  subsidence  of  land- 
surface  to  be  briefly  resumed  further  on,  a  few  facts  concerning  the 
former  physical  conditions  of  what  is  now  the  western  part  of  North 
America  may  now  be  considered.  No  fresh-water  deposits  of  any  kind 
or  extent  have  yet  been  discovered  in  any  of  the  Paleozoic  rocks  of 
North  America,  unless  the  coal  of  Garboniferous  age  may  be  regarded 
as  such  ;  but  even  in  that  case  the  elevation  of  the  land  upon  which  it 
wag  formed  could  have  been  only  barely  above  the  sea-level ;  for  the 
conformity  of  the  coal-beds  with  the  strata  immediately  above  and 
below  them  is  never  broken,  and  the  latter  strata  contain  marine  fossils. 
Therefore,  for  our  present  purpose,  all  the  Paleozoic  stratii  may  be 
regarded  as  of  marine  origin.  As  a  rule,  also,  all  the  Mesozoic  strata, 
from  the  Jura  Trias  to  the  Fox  Hills  Group  inclusive,  are,  by  the  char- 
aicter  of  their  fossils,  known  to  be  of  marine  origin,  although  at  a  few 
localities  in  some  of  the  strata  of  each  period  fresh-water  MoUusca  have 
been  discovered.  These  exceptions  no  doubt  indicate  the  proximity  of 
then  existing  shores  rather  than  the  prevalence  of  any  such  bodies  of 
either  brackish  or  fresh  water  as  afterward  covered  wide  areas  in  the 
same  region. 

Besting  directly  upon  the  strata  of  the  Fox  Hills  Group  are  those  of 
the  Laramie,  sedimentation  having  evidently  been  continuous  from  the 
former,  notwithstanding  the  fact  that  there  was  such  a  radical  change 
in  the  fauna  upon  the  ushering-in  of  the  Laramie  period.  The  geo- 
graphical extent  of  the  great  Laramie  Group  has  already  been  referred 
to,  as  well  as  its  great  thickness,  the  maximum  being  about  4^000  feet. 


872  BULLETIN   UNITED   STATES   GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY. 

Its  general  lithological  characteristics  are  similar  to  those  of  the  Fox 
Hills  Group,  aknown  marine  formatioD^botits  faaoa,  as  has  been  showD, 
is  mainly  of  brackish-,  but  partly  of  fresh-water  origin,  and  not  marioe. 
Furthermore,  the  brackish-water  species  are  distribated  tbroaghool 
its  entire  thickness  and  its  whole  geographical  extent.  These  facts, 
together  with  the  absence  from  all  the  strata  yet  examined  of  any  trae 
estuary  characters,  show  that  the  Laramie  Gronp  was  deposited  in  a 
great  brackish-water  sea.  This  being  the  case,  it  mnst  have  received 
its  peculiar  character  as  well  as  its  boundaries  by  having  been  sepa- 
rated from  the  great  open  sea  by  an  encircling  elevation  of  land.  The 
final  act  of  the  inclosing  movements  was  the  elevation  of  land  at  both 
the  northern  and  southern  end  of  the  intercontinental  Mesozoic  sea, 
which  connected  the  two  great  continental  factors,  so  that  that  sea 
became  a  landlocked  one,  without  material  change  of  its  status  in  its 
principal  portion  as  regards  the  continued  accumulation  of  sediments 
upon  its  bottom. 

Whether  the  brackish  saltness  of  the  Laramie  Sea  was  sustained 
throughout  the  period  by  limited  communication  of  its  waters  with 
those  of  the  great  open  sea,  or  whether  such  communication  was 
entirely  cut  ofif  and  the  supply  of  salt,  above  that  which  was  retained 
of  its  original  marine  saltness,  came  by  adjacent  continental  drainage 
in  amount  sufficient  to  balance  the  waste  by  overflow,  can  probably 
never  be  known,  but  the  latter  seems  probable.  If  the  former  condi- 
tion existed,  one  of  the  places  of  communication  was  no  donbt  at  the 
southeastern  border  of  the  Laramie  Sea,  and  some  fortunate  exposare 
of  strata*  in  the  region  between  Western  Kansas  and  the  Gulf  of  Mexico 
may  yet  reveal  the  true  relations  of  the  Laramie  Gronp  with  the  Cre- 
taceous and  Eocene  deposits  of  the  Gulf  border.  If  tide-level  com- 
munication between  the  Laramie  Sea  and  the  open  ocean  was  entirely 
cut  ofif,  as  there  is  much  reason  to  believe  it  was,  the  question  of  such 
relationship  or  contemporaneousness  of  deposition  must  ever  remain 
an  open  one. 

It  is  evident  that  the  movements  which  caused  the  indosure  of  the 
Laramie  Sea  did  not  materially  interrupt  the  continuity  of  sedimenta- 
tion within  at  least  a  very  large  part  of  its  area,  although  the  effects  of 
those  physical  changes  were  such  as  to  cause  a  total  change  in  at  least 
the  molluscan  fauna.  The  wide  geographical  distribution  and  great 
vertical  range  of  many  of  the  molluscan  species  of  the  Laramie  Group, 
and  the  great  uniformity  of  its  lithological  characters,  show  that  the 
period  was  one  of  comparative  quiet  within  the  region  which  was  occu- 
pied by  its  waters.    There  were,  however,  some  comparatively  slight 

*  In  Professor  Poweirs  Report  on  the  Geology  of  the  Uinta  Monntains,  and  in  the 
American  Journal  of  Science,  vol.  xi,  3d  series,  p.  161,1  announced,  on  the  an  then  ty  of 
Professor  Powell,  the  existence  of  marine  Tertiary  fossils  in  the  strata  of  the  valley  of 
Bijou  Creek,  40  miles  east  of  Denver,  Colo.  A  personal  examination  of  that  region 
iu  lc^7  failed  to  conGrm  that  reported  discovery,  as  I  have  shown  in  my  report  for 
that  year.    See  An.  Kcp.  U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.  Terr,  for  1877. 


WHITE   ON   THE   LARAMIE   GROUP.  873 

oscillations  of  sarface  or  sea-bottom,  \^bich  caused  local  oDconformity  of 
strata,  bat  these  are  so  limited  in  extent,  so  far  as  tbey  are  known,  tbat, 
at  no  great  distance  away  from  eacb,  tbe  strata,  whicb  evidently  corre- 
spond witb  the  displaced  ones,  show  no  evidence  of  disturbance.  An 
example  of  such  local  unconformity  exists  in  the  Bitter  Creek  Series, 
near  its  top,  in  the  vicinity  of  Point  of  Rocks  Station. 

Although  the  disturbances  at  or  near  the  close  of  the  Laramie  period 
were  greatest  in  the  region  of  the  western  border  of  the  Laramie  Sea, 
there  were  necessarily  minor  disturbances  over  a  large  part  of  the  area 
which  it  occupied,  because  it  was  no  doubt  a  continuation  of  continental 
elevation  that  narrowed  the  area  of  the  Laramie  Sea  and  fixed  the 
boundaries  of  the  freshened  waters  that  continued  to  cover  a  large  part 
of  its  former  site.  The  evidence  seems  conclusive,  however,  that  while 
there  was  then  at  least  a  slight  elevation  of  that  part  of  the  continent, 
and  a  freshening  of  the  remaining  great  body  of  land-locked  waters, 
sedimentation  was  not  interrupted  thereby  over  a  large  part  of  the  area 
occupieti  by  those  freshened  waters.  It  is  not  claimed  that  the  disturb- 
ances of  strata  which  marked  the  change  from  the  Fox  Hills  Group  to 
the  Laramie  approached  in  extent  or  degree  those  which  occurred  at  or 
near  the  close  of  the  Laramie  Group,  although  there  was  a  radical- 
change  in  at  least  the  moUnscan  fauna  in  both  cases ;  but  the  facts  seem 
to  prove  that  we  have  in  these  western  strata,  including  the  great  fresh- 
water deposits,  an  unbroken  geological  record,  extending  at  least  from 
the  earlier  Mesozoic  far  into  Tertiary  time.  The  apparent  paleontolog- 
ical  breaks  in  that  record  are  regarded  as  only  faunal  displacements  and 
restrictions  which  were  caused  by  radical  changes  of  environment  that 
were  consequent  upon  the  diflferent  physical  changes  which  took  place 
in  the  progress  of  the  evolution  of  the  continent. 

The  already  accumulated  geological  facts  show  that  the  general  con- 
tinental elevation  was  continued  after  the  Laramie  period,  much  in  the 
same  manner  that  it  progressed  up  to  that  time  (for  the  Kocky  Mount 
aius  were  not  yet  elevated);  still  inclosing  large  bodies  of  water,  but 
which  were  no  longer  salt.  The  surface  of  the  Laramie  Sea  was  doubt- 
less only  slightly,  if  at  all,  elevated  above  the  level  of  the  great  open 
sea ;  but  the  elevation  of  its  former  bed  was  no  doubt  considerably  in- 
creased during  its  successive  occupancy  in  part  by  the  Wasatch,  Green 
River,  and  Bridger  Lakes.  There  must,  however,  have  been  a  subsidence 
of  the  bottom  of  each  of  these  great  bodies  of  fresh  water  during  their 
existence,  which  permitted  the  accumulation  of  the  immense  thickness 
of  their  strata  which  now  remain,  besides  that  which  has  been  removed 
by  erosion.  Free  drainage  of  overflow  into  the  open  sea  must  also  have 
been  maintained  during  these  later  epochs,  which  kept  their  waters  fresh, 
but  which  evidently  did  not  exist  during  the  Laramie  period;  but  the 
present  discussions  are  necessarily  confined  mainly  to  the  last-named 
period. 

In  the  foregoing  discussion  of  the  paleontological  characteristics  of  the 


874  BULLETIN   UNITED   STATES   GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 

Larainie  Group  I  have  had  reference  almost  entirely  to  the  invertebrate 
fauna,  which  consists,  so  fair  as  the  discussions*  are  concerned,  entirely 
of  the  Mollusca.  This  was  not  because  the  investi^tion  of  those  sub- 
jects is  more  in  the  line  of  my  special  studies,  but  because  being  inhabit- 
ants of  the  waters  in  which  the  formations  were  deiK>sited,  they  iiad  a 
more  direct  bearinp:  than  any  others  upon  the  physical  phases  of  the 
western  portion  of  North  America  during  the  period  that  has  been  dis- 
cussed, and,  also,  because  neither  the  then  existing  vegetation  nor  the 
most  important  part  of  the  vertebrate  fauna  was  necessarily  affected 
by  at  least  those  physical  changes  which  caused  an  entire  change  of  tho 
whole  molluscan  fauna,  both  at  the  be^nning  and  close  of  the  Laramio 
period.  The  reptiliun  fauna  of  the  Laramie  period,  however,  assumes 
especial  interest,  because  certain  of  its  tyi>es,  which  extend  throughoat 
the  whole  vertical  range  of  the  group,  are  regarded  as  characteristic  of 
Cretaceous  age. 

Notwithstanding  the  positive  opinions  that  have  been  expressed  by 
others  upon  the  subject  of  the  geological  age  of  the  Laramie  Group,  I 
regard  it  as  still  an  open  question.  All  paleontologists  agree  that  the 
Cretaceous  period  extended  at  least  to  the  close  of  the  Fox  Hills  epoch ; 
and  the  question  is  whether  the  Cretaceous  period  closed  with  the  close 
of  the  Fox  Dills  epoch  or  with  that  of  the  Laramie  period.  The  question 
might  be  extended  so  as  to  embrace  the  inquiry  whether  the  true  chrono- 
logical division  between  the  Cretaceous  and  Tertiary  did  not  really  occor 
within  the  Laramie  period  ;  but  this,  while  not  unreasonable,  would  per- 
haps be  inconvenient  and  unprofitable.  That,  according  to  European 
standards,  the  Dinosauria  which  are  found  even  in  the  uppermost  strata 
of  the  Laramie  Group  are  of  Cretaceous  types  is  doubtless  indisputable, 
and  there  also  appears  to  be  no  occasion  to  question  the  reference  that 
has  been  made  of  fossil  plants  which  have  been  obtained  from  even  the 
lowest  Laramie  strata,  to  Tertiary  types.  The  invertebrate  fossils,  of 
the  Laramie  Group  itself,  as  I  have  shown  in  other  writings,  are  sileot 
as  to  its  geological  age,  because  the  types  are  either  unique,  are  known 
to  exist  in  both  Mesozoic  and  Tertiary  strata,  or  pertain  to  living  as  well 
as  fossil  forms.*  Every  species  found  in  the  Laramie  Group  is  no  doubt 
extinct,  but  the  molluscan  types  have  collectively  an  aspect  so  modern 
that  one  almost  instinctively  regards  them  as  Tertiary ;  and  yet  some  of 
these  types  are  now  known  to  have  existed  in  the  Cretaceous,  and  even 
in  the  Jurassic  period.  In  view  of  these  facts,  together  with  those  pre- 
sented in  the  foregoing  discussions,  the  following  suggestions  concern- 
ing the  geological  age  of  the  Laramie  Group  are  offered. 

It  is  a  well  known  fact  that  we  have  in  North  America  no  strata 
which  are,  according  to  European  standards,  equivalent  with  any  part 

*  It  is  a  fact  worthy  of  consideration  in  this  connection  that  a  large  proportion  of  the 
molluscan  types  of  the  extensive  fresh-water  deposits  of  Southeostem  Enrope  an 
practically  identical  with  some  of  these  of  the  Laramie  Group,  and  that  Europeao 
geologists  regard  those  de£  osits  as  of  Eocene  Tertiary  age. 


WHITE  ON  THE  LARAMIE  GROUP.  875 

of  tbe  Lower  Cretaceous  of  Europe,  but  that  all  North  American  strata 
of  the  Cretaceous  period  are  equivalent  with  certain  portions  of  those  of 
tbe  Upper  Cretaceous  of  that  part  of  the  world.  That  the  Fox  Hills 
Group  is  of  Upper  Cretaceous  age  no  one  disputes,  the  only  ques- 
tion being  as  to  its  place  in  the  series.  A  comparison  of  its  fossil 
invertebrate  types  with  those  of  the  European  Cretaceous  rocks  indi- 
cates that  it  is  at  least  as  late  as,  if  not  later  than,  the  latest  known 
Cretaceous  strata  of  Europe.  If,  therefore,  that  parallelism  is  correctly 
drawn,  and  the  Laramie  Group  is  really  of  Cretaceous  age,  we  have  a 
great  and  important  division  of  the  Cretaceous  represented  in  Amer- 
ica which  is  yet  unknown  in  any  other  part  of  the  world.  It  is  in  view 
of  these  facts  that,  for  purposes  of  general  grouping  of  the  strata  of  the 
Western  Territories,  the  provisional  designation  of  "Post-Cretaceous" 
has  been  adopted  for  the  Laramie  Group  in  the  reports  of  this  Survey. 

It  is  well  known  that  able  American  paleontologists  regard  the  Lara- 
mie Group  as  of  Cretaceous  age,  and  this  opinion  is  understood  to  be 
based  upon  the  persistence  of  some  vertebrate  Cretaceous  types  up  to 
the  close  of  the  Laramie  period  and  the  first  known  appearance  of  Ter- 
tiary types  of  mammals  in  North  America,  in  the  immediately  superim- 
posed Wasatch  strata.  It  is  not  to  be  denied  that  these  are  important 
considerations,  but  the  following,  as  well  as  other  relevant  facts  already 
mentioned,  ought  to  be  duly  considered  in  that  connection. 

With  rare  and  obscure  exceptions,  no  mammalian  remains  are  known  in 
North  American  strata  of  earlier  date  than  those  of  the  Wasatch  Group 
that  were  deposited  immediately  after  the  close  of  the  Laramie  period. 
Immediately  from  and  after  the  close  of  that  period,  as  shown  by  abun- 
dant remains  in  the  fresh-water  Tertiaries  of  the  West,  highly  organ- 
ized mammals  existed  in  great  variety  and  abundance.  There  is  noth- 
ing to  forbid  the  supposition  that  all  of  these  were  constituents  of  a 
Tertiary  fauna,  and  many  of  them  are,  by  accepted  standards,  of  dis- 
tinctively Tertiary  types.  If  the  presence  of  these  forms  in  the  strata 
referred  to,  and  their  absence  from  the  Laramie  strata  immediately 
beneath  them,  together  with  the  presence  of  Dinosaurians  there,  be 
held  to  prove  the  Tertiary  age  of  the  former  strata,  then  was  the 
Tertiary  period  ushered  in  with  most  unnatural  suddenness.  Sed- 
imentation was,  at  least  in  part,  unbroken  between  the  Laramie  Group 
and  the  strata  which  contain  the  mammalian  remains  referred  to,  so 
that  the  local  conditions  of  the  origin  of  all  of  them  \\ere  substantially 
tbe  same,  and  yet,  so  far  as  any  accumulated  evidence  shows,  those 
mammalia  were  not  preceded  in  the  Laramie  period  by  any  related 
forms.  Such  suddenness  of  introduction  makes  it  almost  certain  that 
it  was  caused  by  the  removal  of  some  physical  barrier,  so  that  the 
ground  which  was  before  potentially  Tertiary,  became  so,  of  paleon- 
tological  record,  by  actual  faunal  occupancy.  In  other  words,  it  seems 
certain  that  those  Tertiary  mammalian  types  were  evolved  in  some 
other  region  before  the  close  of  the  Laramie  period,  where  tlie^^  ^^^^^ 
Bull.  iv.  No.  4 ^9 


876  BULLETIN   UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL   SURVET. 

Gontemporaneonsly  with  at  least  the  later  Dinosaarians,  and  that  the 
barrier  which  separated  those  fannsB  was  removed  by  some  one  of  the 
various  sarfaco  movements  connected  with  the  evolation  of  the  coDti- 
nent.  Tbe  climate  and  other  physical  conditions  which  were  essential 
to  the  existence  of  the  Dinosaurians  of  the  Laramie  period  having  evi- 
dently been  continnedintotheTertiaryepochsthatare  represented  by  tbe 
Wasatch,  Green  Biver,  and  Bridger  Groups,  they  might,  doubtless,  bare 
continued  their  existence  through  those  epochs  as  well  as  through  tbe 
Laramie  period  but  for  the  irruption  of  the  mammalian  hordes  to  which 
they  probably  soon  succumbed  in  an  unequal  struggle  for  existence. 

According  to  the  facts  which  I  have  here  and  elsewhere  shown,  we 
have  in  the  strata  of  the  Western  Territories  an  unbroken  record  from 
the  earlier  Mesozoic  far  into  Tertiary  time,  and  consequently  no  com- 
plete line  or  plane  of  demarkation  between  them  exists.  Therefore  the 
designation  of  any  precise  boundary  between  the  Oretaoeons  and  Ter- 
tiary of  that  region  must  be  a  matter  of  conventional  eonvemenoe 
rather  than  of  natural  requirement. 


ART.  XXXVII -SYNONYMATIC  LIST  OF  THE  AMERICAN  SCIURI, 

OR  ARBOREAL  SQUIRRELS. 


By  J.  A.  Allbn. 


Since  the  publication  last  year  of  my  revision  of  the  American  Sciuri^^ 
the  *^  Neotropical"  species  of  the  group  have  been  ably  reviewed  by  Mr. 
E.  B.  Alston,!  under  unusually  favorable  circumstances.  With  his  ac- 
customed thoroughness,  he  has  taken  the  trouble  to  seek  out  the  types, 
80  far  as  they  are  extant  or  accessible  in  several  of  the  principal  museums 
of  Europe,  of  most  of  the  species  of  former  authors,  and  has  thus  been  able 
to  determine  the  character  of  many  species  so  inadequately  described, 
that  in  no  other  way  could  their  proper  allocation  be  satisfactorily  de- 
termined. His  careful  elucidation  of  this  obscure  and  perplexing  group 
has  not  only  placed  his  fellow-workers  in  the  same  field  under  lasting 
obligations  to  him,  but  must  mark  an  era  in  the  history  of  the  subject. 
Of  the  fifty-nine  nominal  speciejs  of  this  group  described  by  different 
authors,  he  informs  us  that  he  has  examined  the  types  of  no  less  than 
forty-one !  With  the  rich  material  of  the  British  Museum  at  his  com- 
mand, he  has  been  able  to  tell  us  exactly  what  the  late  Dr.  Gray  had  for 
the  basis  of  his  nineteen  ''  new  species",  described  in  a  single  paper  in 
1867,  some  of  them  so  vaguely  or  inaccurately  that  the  descriptions  are 
sometimes  misleading,  and  often  inadequate  indices  of  what  he  actually 
had  before  him.  Mr.  Alston  has  also  been  able  to  allocate  the  species 
described  previously  by  the  same  author,  and  by  Bichardson,  Bennett, 
Ogilby,  and  other  British  writers.  In  the  Paris  Museum,  he  found  still 
extant  the  types  of  most  of  the  species  described  many  years  since  by 
Is.  Gteofifroy,  Lesson,  F.  Guvier,  and  Pucheran,  and  in  the  Berlin  Museum 
types  of  the  species  described  by  Dr.  Peters ;  so  that  the  only  important 
ones  not  seen  by  him  are  those  of  Brandt,  Wagner,  and  Natterer.  To 
assist  him  in  collating  my  own  work,  I  had  the  pleasure  of  sending  him 
examples  of  the  greater  part  of  the  species  recognized  by  me  in  my 
recent  monograph  of  the  American  Sciuridce.  As  I  had  not  access  to 
the  types  of  the  species  described  by  foreign  authors,  I  made,  in  some 
instances,  my  allocations  of  synonymy  with  doubt,  and,  in  other  cases, 
only  provisionally,  feeling  conscious  of  the  uncertainty  with  which  refer- 

*  Cones  and  Allen's  "  Monographs  of  North  American  Bodentia'',  pp.  666-797,  Augast, 
1877. 

f  On  the  Squirrels  of  the  Neotropical  Region ",  Proo.  Zool.  Soc.  Lond.  1878,  pp. 

666-€70,  pi.  zli.    This  highly  important  memoir  gives  excellent  diagnoses  of  the  species, 

with  their  synonymy  in  fall,  and  a  critical  commentary  on  the  species  of  previoaa 

aathon. 

877 


878  BULLETIN    UNITED   STATES   GEOLOGICAL    SURVEY. 

ences  to  many  of  tbe  species  must  necessarily,  under  the  circamstances, 
be  made.  Although  Mr.  Alston  has  shown  the  incorrectness  of  some  of 
my  identifications,  and  the  necessity  of  substituting,  in  two  instances, 
names  other  than  those  I  was  led  to  adopt,  I  feel,  on  the  whole,  no  small 
degree  of  satisfaction  in  the  confirmation  of  so  large  a  portion  of  my 
synonymic  work  by  the  trying  ordeal  to  which  it  has  been  submitted; 
especially  as  Mr.  Alston  has  done  me  the  kindness  to  state,  in  several 
instances,  that  I  was  led  into  mistakes  by  descriptions  that  did  not 
properly  represent  the  objects  described.  The  purpose  of  the  present 
paper  is  to  correct  these  errors,  so  far  as  they  have  been  satisfactorily 
shown,  and  to  present  a  nomenclature  that  fairly  reflects  the  present 
state  of  the  subject. 

In  my  former  revision  of  the  Sciuri  of  Tropical  America,  I  felt  author- 
ized in  reducing  fully  four-fifths  of  the  previously  described  species  to 
eynonyms,  and  stated  it  as  my  belief  that  I  had  still  recognized  too 
many  rather  than  too  few.  Mr.  Alston,  with  far  more — and  mainly  his- 
toric— material  at  his  command,  has,  in  one  or  two  instances,  carried  the 
reduction  still  further,  but,  on  the  other  hand,  has  added  one  or  two 
species  unrepresented  in  the  material  I  had  before  me.  While  I  recog- 
nized ten  species  and  two  subspecies,  he  has  raised  the  number  of  the 
former  to  twelve.  The  changes,  so  far  as  species  are  concerned,  consist 
in  his  elevating  one  of  my  subspecies  to  full  specific  rank;  in  treating 
as  a  species  a  form  I  regarded  as  the  young  of  another  species ;  in  unit- 
ing, in  two  instances,  two  of  my  species  into  one;  and  in  restoring  two 
species  I  treated  as  nominal.  These  changes,  as  well  as  those  of  nomen- 
clature and  synonymy,  will  be  fully  noted  in  the  following  pages. 

For  the  purpose  mainly  of  presenting  a  connected  view  of  the  Amer- 
ican Sciuri,  but  partly  to  correct  one  or  two  errors  of  synonymy,  I 
include  the  North  American  species  in  the  subjoined  enumeration, 
although  I  have  no  changes  to  make  in  the  nomenclature  adopted  in 
"  Monographs  of  N"orth  American  Rodentia  ^.  In  order  to  distinguish 
readily  those  that  are  represented  in  the  North  American  fauna,  I  divide 
the  species,  as  before,  into  two  geographical  series.  Gray's  species  are 
assigned  in  accordance  with  Mr.  Alston's  determinations,  based  on  an 
examination  of  the  t^pes,  as  are  also  those  of  Peters,  Pucheran,  Cuvier, 
Geoffroy,  Bennett,  and  Richardson.  Consequently  the  synonymatic 
tables  here  presented  are  substantially  the  same  as  Mr.  Alston's. 

A.— NORTH  AMERICAN  SPECIES. 
L — SciUEUS  HUDsoNius,  Pallas. 

1. — Var.  hudsonius. 

Sciurus  vulgaris,  Forster,  Phil.  Trans.  Ixii,  1772,  378. 

Sciunia  vulgaris,  e,  hudaonicus,  Erxleben,  Syst.  Anim.  1777,  416. 

Sdurua  hudsoniuSj  Pallas,  Nov.  Spec.  Glires,  1778,  37(5. 

Sciunia  caroUnus,  Ord,  '*  Gutbrie^s  Geogr.  (2d  Am.  ed.)  ii,  1815,  292.'* 

Sciurua  rubroUneatuaf  Desmarkst,  Maiu.  ii,  1822,  333. 


ALLEN   ON   THE   AMERICAN   SCIURI.  879 

2.— Var.  richardsoni. 
Sdurua  richardsonij  Bachman,  Proo.  Zool.  Soc.  Lood.  vi,  1838, 100. 

3. — Var.  donglasfli. 

Sdurus  hudsonius,  var.  p,  Richardson,  Faan.  Bor.-Am.  i,  1H29, 190. 

SduruB  douglassij  Gray,  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  Lond.  1836,  88  (do  description). — Bachman, 

Proo.  Zool.  Soc.  Lond.  1838,  99. 
Sdurus  toicneendi,  Bachman,  Journ.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  viii,  1839,  63  (MS.  name). 
Sdurua  lanuginoauSy  Bachman,  Proc.  Zoul.  Soo.  LoDd.  1838, 101. 
Sciuru8  moUipiloaus,  Audubon  &  Bachman,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  i,  1842, 102. 
Sdurus  helcheriy  Gray,  Add.  and  Mag.  Nat.  Hist,  x,  1842,  263. 
Sdurus  suckJeyi,  Baird,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat  Sci.  Phila.  vii,  1855,  333. 

4.— Var.  fremontl. 
Sdurus  fremontif  Audubon  &  Bachman,  Qaad.  N.  Amer.  iii,  1853,  237,  pi.  cvlix,  fig.  1. 

II. — SoiURUS  GAROLiNENSis,  Ginelin. 

1.— Var.  lencotiB. 

Sdurus  dnereus,  Schreber,  SUuget.  iv,  1792,  706,  pi.  ccxii  (neo  LIdd^,  1758). 

So'urus pennsyhanicus,  Ord,  ^*  Gathrie's  Geog.  (2d  Am.  ed.)  ii,  1815, 292"  (melanistic). 

Sdums  nigerf  Godman,  Am.  Nat.  Hist,  ii,  1826, 133  (melanistic;  nee  Linn6, 1758). 

Sdurus  carolinensis,  Godman,  Am.  Nat.  Hist,  ii,  1826, 131. 

Sdurus  leucotiSj  Gapper,  Zool.  Joam.  v,  1830,  206,  pi.  xi. 

Sdurus  vulpinuSf  DeKay,  N.  Y.  Zool.  i,  1842,  59. 

Sdurus  migratarius,  Audubon  &  Bachman,  Quad.  N.  Amer.  i,  1849,  265^  pL  xxxv. 

2. — ^Var.  caroUnenais. 

Sdurus  carolinensiSj  Gmelin,  Syst.  Nat.  i,  1788, 148. 

Sd'irus  fuUginosuSy  Bachman,  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  Lond.  1838,  96. 

3.— Var.  yucatanensis. 
Soiurus  caroiinensis  var.  yucaianensiSf  Allen,  Mon.  N.  Am.  Rod.  1877,  705. 

Note. — lu  "Mouographs  of  the  North  American  Eodentia'',  p.  701, 
exclade  from  sjDODjms  of  var.  leucotis^  ^^  f  Macroxus  melania^  Gr^y  ^^ 
and  from  synonyms  of  var.  carolinensis  exclude  "  f  Sdurus  deppei^,  re- 
specting which  see  infritj  pp.  881, 885.  Variety  yucatanensis  seems  to  be 
a  rare  form  in  collections,  Mr.  Alston  stating  that  the  only  specimen  he 
has  seen  being  the  one  I  sent  him. 

III.— SciURUS  NIGER,  Linn6. 

1. — ^Var.  niger. 

Sdurus  niger,  Lidd^,  Syst.  Nat.  i,  1758,  64. 

Sdurus  variegatuSf  Erxleben,  Syst.  Anim.  1777,  421  (in  part). 

Sdurus  ruipinuSy  Gmklin,  Syst.  Nat.  i,  1788,  147. 

Sdurus  capistratuSy  Bosc,  Ann.  du  Mas.  i,  1802,  281. 

Sdurus  rufireniriSf  M'Murtrie,  Cuvier^s  Ad.  King.  (Am.  ed.)  i,  1831,  433. 

Sdurus  texianusy  Bachman,  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  Loud.  1838,  86. 

2.— Var.  cinerens. 

Sdurus  dnereuSy  Linn£,  Syst.  Nat.  i,  1758,  64. 

Sdurus  vulpinuSy  Schrkuer,  Sauget.  iv,  1792,  772,  pi.  cczv,  B. 


880  BULLETIN   UNITED   STATES   GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY. 

f  Scimrus  hifemalU,  Ord,  "  Guthrie's  Geog.  (2d  Am.  ed.)  ii,  1815,  293,  904." 

tf  MaeroxM  negUdiu,  Gray,  Ann.  aod  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.  3d  ser.  xx,  1867,  425  (loealitj 

ooknown). 

3.— Var.  IndoTicianna. 

SduruM  lmdovieianu$,  Cusns,  Barton's  Med.  aod  Phya.  Joom.  ii,  1806,  43. 

SciuruB  ludovidamuB  var.  airotemtriB,  Ekgeuixnn,  Trans.  Acad.  SeL  St.  Looia,  i,  18G9, 389L 

5ct«nM  macroura,  Sat,  Long's  Exp.  R.  Mts.  i,  1823, 115. 

SduruB  macrourau,  Godman,  Am.  Nat.  Hist,  ii,  1826,  134. 

Sdmrtu  magnicaudattiM,  Harlan,  Faon.  Am.  1825, 178. 

Seiurus  iubauratui,  Bacbmam,  Proc  Zo5L  Soc.  Lond.  1838,  87. 

Sciurus  audubonif  Bachman,  Proo.  Zo5L  Soc  Lond.  1838, 97. 

Sciuriu  ocddentalU,  Acdubok  &  Bachman,  Joam.  Acad.  Nat.ScL  Phila.  tUI,  1842,317. 

SduruB  rubioatidatuBj  Audubon  &,  Bacuman,  Qaad.  N.  Am.  ii,  1851,  30,  pL  It. 

Sciurus  $ayi,  Audubon  &,  Bachman,  Quad.  N.  Am.  ii,  1851,274,  pL  i^^j-^- 

^iiriM  limitU,  Baibd,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Philo.  Tii,  1855,  33L 

Note. — Under  Var.  ludovicianus^  Mod.  N.  Am.  Rod.  p.  71S,  exclude 
''f  T<iMES,Proc.Zodl.  Soc.  Lond.  1861,281  (Costa  Bica[2<^Oaateniala])''. 

IV. — SciuBUS  FOSSOB,  Peale. 

Sciuriu  foBBOTt  Pealk,  Mam.  and  Birda  U.  S.  Expl.  Exp.  1848,  55. 
Sciurus  heermanni,  LeConte,  Proc  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Pbila.  vi,  1852, 149. 

V. — SCIUBUS  ABEBTI,  Woodh. 

SciuruB  darBoliB,  Woodhouse,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  vi,  1852, 110  (nee  Gray,  1848). 
SduruB  abertij  Woodhouse,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  vi,  1852, 220. 
SciuruB  ooBianotuBf  Baird,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  Tii,  1855,  332  (typ.  error  for  eat- 
tananotuB), 

VI. — SciuBus  ABizoNENSis,  Gones. 

SciuruB  arizanenBiB,  CouES,  Amer.  Nat.  i,  1867,  357. 

SciuruB  coUi€Ht  Allen,  Moo.  N.  Am.  Rod.  1877,  738  (exclnfiive  of  synonyma,  which  all 

belong  to  the  next  species,  except  **  f  S.  UporinvB,  AuD.  &  Bach.",  which  is 

indeterminable). 

Note. — '' Misled  by  imperfect  descriptions  and  a  bad  figure  of  Bich- 
ardson's  type,  Mr.  Alleu  has  referred  the  Arizona  Squirrel  of  Dr.  Coaes 
to  Richardson's  8.  collicei.  He  has  since  kindly  intrusted  me  with  a 
typical  example  of  S,  arizonemis  ;  and  I  find  that  it  is  quite  distinct 
from  8.  collicei  (which  is  Mr.  Allen's  8.  boothice)^  being  much  more  nearly 
allied  to  8.  caroUnensis,  from  which,  however,  both  Dr.  Cones  and  Mr. 
Allen  consider  that  it  is  '  thoroughly  distinct'." — ^Alston,  2.c.p.  659. 

B.— SPECIES  OF  MEXICO   AND    CENTRAL  AND   SOUTH 

AMERICA. 

VII.— Sciurus  griseoflavus,  (Gray)  Alston. 

MacroxuB  griseoflavus^  Gray,  Add.  and  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.  3d  ser.  xz,  1877,  427. 
Sciurus  griseoflavuSt  Alston,  Proc.  Zoiil.  Soc.  Lond.  Ib78,  G60. 

t  Sciurus  ludovicianus,  ToM£S,  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  Lond.  1861,  281  (aocording  to  AktOD, 
I,  c.  p.  060). 

Note. — Referred  by  me  to  my  8,  leucops,  CoDsidered  by  Mr.  Alston 
to  be  "closely  allied''  to  8.  arizonensis,  of  which  he  suspects  "it  will 


ALLEN  ON  THE  AMERICAN  SCIUBI.  881 

eventually  prove  to  be  a  soathern  race.  More  specimens,  however,  are 
required  before  they  can  be  united ;  and  provisionally  I  therefore  accept 
8.  griseoflavus  as  a  distinct  species."  My  own  inclination,  in  view  of  Mr. 
Alston's  diagnosis  of  8.  griseqflavusy  is  to  unite  them,  but  I  refrain  from 
doing  so  at  present 

Mr.  Alston  further  remarks : — '^  Mr.  Allen  considers  Gray's  M.  griaeo- 
flavus  to  be  specifically  identical  with  his  [Allen's]  M.  leucops  ;  and  the 
original  diagnosis  certainly  seems  to  give  countenance  to  such  a  view. 
The  typical  specimens  (five  in  number),  however,  are  very  different. 
. "  In  consequence  of  my  referring  Gray's  Macroxus  gtiseoflavus 
to  my  8.  leucopsj  he  quotes  the  latter  as  a  synonym  of  8.  griseoflavus^ 
Alston,  but  the  specimens  I  referred  to  my  8.  leucops  represent  his 
8.  variegatus  var.  leucops. 

VIII. — SciUBUS  HYPOPYEBHUS,  Waglcr. 

f  Sdurus  variegatuBf  Erxleben,  Syst.  Anim.  1777,  421  (in  part). 

Sdurus  hypopifrrhiUj  Waoler,  Isis,  1831,  610. 

8ciuru8  nigrescens,  Bknnbtt,  Proo.  Zool.  Soc.  Lond.  1833,  41  (melanistio). 

Sdurus  collicBif  Bichardson,  ZooL  Voy.  Bloesom,  1839,  8,  pi.  i. 

Soiurua  variegatoideSf  Ooilby,  Proc.  Zool.  Soo.  Lond.  1839,  117. 

Sdurus  richardsonif  Gray,  Ann.  and  Mag.  Nat.  Hist,  z,  1^42,  264  {nee  Bachman,  1838). 

Sdurus  booihicB,  Gray,  List  Mam.  Brit.  Mas.  1843, 139  (=^S,  richardsaniy  Gray). 

Sdurus  griseocaudatuSf  Gray,  Zool.  Voy.  Sulphur,  1844,  34,  pi.  xiii,  tig.  2  (animal),  pi. 

xviii,  figs.  7-12  (skall  and  teeth). 
Sdurus  fuscovariegaius,  ScHi>*z,  Synop.  Mam.  1845, 15  ( =  5.  riohardsanif  Gray). 
Sdurus  adolphdj  Lesson,  D«scrip.  de  Mam.  et  d'Ois.  1847, 141. 
Sdurus  pyladdy  Lesson,  Descrip.  de  Mam.  et  d'Ois.  1847,  142. 
Sdurus  dorsalis,  Gray,  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  Lond.  1848,  138,  pi.  vii. 
Sdurus  rigidus,  Peters,  Monatsb.  Kongl.  Preufis.  Akad.  VTissensch.  zu  Berlin,  1863, 

(1864),  652. 
Sdurus  oculatus,  Peters,  Monatsb.  Kongl.  Preoss.  Akad.  Wissensch.  za  Berlin,  186:), 

(1864),  653  (formerly  referred  by    me   to  my  ^*  S.  coUitei"  =S.arizonmsis, 

Cones). 
Sdurus  iniermedius,  "  Verrbaux  '',  Gray,  Ann.  and  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.  3d  ser.  xx,  1867,  421. 
Sdurus  nicoyanUf  Gray,  Ann.  and  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.  3d  ser.  xx,  1867,  423. 
Sdurus  mslaniaf  Gray,  Ann.  and  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.  3d  ser.  xx,  1867, 425  (formerly  referred 

by  me,  with  a  qaery,  to  S.  oarolinensis), 
Sdurus  collim,  Allen,  Mon.  N.  Am.  Bod.  1877,  738  (the  synonyms,  except  S,  arUto* 

nensis,  Coues,  but  not  the  specimens,  nor  the  descriptive  text). 
Sdurus  boothicBj  Allen,  Mon.  N.  Amer.  Bod.  1877, 741  (synonyms,  t'Cxt,  and  specimens). 
Sdurus  hypopyrrhus,  Allen,  Mon.  N.  Amer.  Bod.  1877,746  (synonyms, — except  Macroxus 

mauruSf  Gray ,~ text,  and  specimens,  except  the  series  from  Guayaquil  and  the 

text  relating  to  them). 

Note. — This  species,  as  at  present  defined,  includes  both  my  8.  boothke 
and  8.  hifpopyrrhus^  except  certain  specimens  from  Guayaquil  described 
by  me  under  the  latter  name,  which  represent,  according  to  Mr.  Al- 
ston's determination  of  them,  8.  stramineus.  In  uniting  my  8.  boothicB 
and  8.  hypopyrrhus^  Mr.  Alston  confirms  a  suspicion  I  had  already  ex- 
pressed of  their  possibly  proving  identical.  I  kept  them  apart  mainly 
from  the  impression  made  upon  me  by  the  Guayaquil  specimens,  which 
I  felt  pretty  sure  were  specifically  different  from  those  I  referred  to  & 


882  BULLETIN  UNITED   STATES   GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY. 

boothicBy  and  which  were  really  the  basis  of  what  I  recognized  as  8.  kjfpo- 
pyrrhus.  I  associated  with  them,  however,  specimens  representing  the 
8,  dorsalis  of  Gray,  from  their  apparently  slenderer  form  and  relatively 
longer  ears  and  tail.  Although  Mr.  Alston  has  not  seen  the  types  of 
either  Wagler's  8.  hypopyrrhiis  or  of  8.  stramineus,  I  defer  for  the  pres- 
ent to  his  judgment  in  adopting  hypopyrrhus  as  the  name  of  this  highly 
polymorphic  group. 

Un<ler  8.  hypopyrrhus^  Mr.  Alston  recognizes  five  "  types^,  namely:— 
1.  "The  hypopyrrhus tyi^e^,  to  which  he  refers  8.  nigrescenSj  Bennett, and 
Macroxus  boothue,  Gray,  1867.  2.  "The  rigidus  type",  to  which  he  refers 
8,  rigidus^  Peters,  &  intermedins^  Verreaux,  and  8.  nicoyanus^  Gray. 
3.  ^^Thedorsalis  type."  4.  "  The coZW(ci type",  to  which  he  refers  S.coUuBi, 
Richardson,  8,  adolphei  and  8,  pyladei.  Lesson,  8.  variegatoides,  Ogilby, 
8.  oculatus,  Peters,  and  8,  griseocaudatus^  Gray.    5.  "  The  melania  type." 

"With  regard  to  the  synouymy,"  Mr.  Alston  writes,  **I  may  ob- 
serve that  I  have  been  able  to  examine  the  types  of  all  the  'species' 
here  united,  excepting  that  of  8.  hypopyrrhus^  which,  however,  has  been 
well  described  by  Wagler  and  Wagner ;  it  appears  to  be  a  dark  variety 
without  the  usual  wash  of  white  on  the  tail.    ..." 

"Of  the  geographical  distribution  of  the  races,"  he  says,  "we  can 
only  judge  from  the  comparatively  few  specimens  of  which  the  exact 
localities  have  been  noted.  The  hypopyrrhus  phase  appears  to  be  the 
most  northern,  the  collkei  to  obtain  principally  along  the  Pacific  slopes, 
and  the  dorsalis  to  be  the  most  southern.  Each,  however,  appears  to  be 
found  along  with  the  others  in  some  parts.  Thus,  I  have  seen  speci- 
mens of  the  hypopyrrhus  type  from  Mexico,  Honduras,  and  Guatemala, 
of  rigidus  from  Guatemala,  Nicaragua,  and  Costa  Rica,  of  dorsalis  from 
Nicaragua,  Costa  Rica,  Veragua,  and  Panama,  and  of  collim  from  the 
west  coast  of  Mexico  and  Guatemala,  Nicaragua,  and  Costa  Rica.  The 
only  localities  which  I  know  for  /S'.wetoma  are  Nicaragua  and  Veragua."* 
In  all  probability,  these  five  types  will  prove  to  be  entitled  to  varietal 
rank. 

IX. — SCIUBUS  AUBEIGASTBR,  F.  Ottvicr. 

Sciurus  aureogaster,  F.  Cuvier,  Hist,  des  Mam.  iii,  livr.  lix,  1829. 

ficiurus  hucofjaster^  F.  Cuvier,  Sappl.  de  Buflf.  i,  Mam.  1831,300. 

Sciurufi  alhipea,  Wagner,  Abh.  Bayer.  Ak.  ii,  1837,  501  (according  to  Alston ;  formerly 

referred  by  me,  viih  a  f,  to  the  preceding  species). 
Siiurua  socialiSy  Wagner,  Abh.  Bayer.  Ak.  ii,  1837, 504,  pi.  v  (according  to  Alston). 
S^nurus  ferntginiventriSf  AuDUBON  &  Bachman,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Scl.  Pbila.  1841,101; 

Quad.  N.  Am.  pi.  xxxviii. 
Sciurus  rariuSj  Wagner,  Suppl.  Schreber's  Siinget.  iii,  1843, 168,  pi.  cccxiii  D  ("5.  oJ- 

hipes^^  on  plate ;  =  5.  alhipeSy  Wagner,  1H37). 
Macroxus  morio^  Gray,  Ann.  and  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.  3d  ser.  xx,  1867,  424. 
Macroxus  maurits,  Gray,  Ann.  and  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.  M  ser.  xx,  1867, 425  (formerly  referced 

by  me  to  the  preceding  species). 
Maci'oxus  Icucopsy  Gray,  Ann.  and  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.  3d  ser.  xx,  1867,  427. 
Sciurus  aureigaster  and  S.  leu^iopSy  Allen,  Mon.  N.  Am.  Rod.  1877,  750,753. 
Sciurus  variegatus,  Alston,  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  Lond.  1878,  660  (ex  Erxleben). 

•  Loc  cit.  pp.  663, 664. 


ALLEN    ON   THE   AMERICAN   SCIUBI.  883 

Note. — "  Under  this  name  I  feel  myself  obliged  to  bring  together 
two  Mexican  Sqairrels  of  which  typical  specimens  are  very  dififerent  in 
appearance.  Mr.  Allen  has  kept  them  separate  under  the  names  of  S, 
aureigaster.ELuA  8.  leucops^  remarking  that  the  difference  in  coloration 
leaves  little  doubt  of  their  distinctness,  but  adding  that  ^  more  abundant 
material  may  show  that  they  are  not  specifically  separable '  {op.  cit,  p. 
755).  The  color- variation  is  not  nearly  so  great  as  we  shall  find  it  to  be 
in  the  next  species  [i.  e.  8.  hypopyrrhtts] ;  and  after  a  careful  examination 
of  a  great  number  of  specimens,  especially  of  the  fine  series  in  the  Paris 
Museum,  I  have  been  unable  to  find  a  single  distinctive  character  which 
is  constant." — Alston,  I.  c.  p.  661. 

Of  this  species  Mr.  Alston  recognizes  two  forms,  denominated  respect- 
ively "1,  the  aureogaster  type'',  and  "2,  the  leucops  type". 

Unfortunately,  as  it  seems  to  me,  Mr.  Alston  has  selected  for  this 
species  Erxlebeu's  name  Tariegatus^  remarking  that  it  is  "primarily 
founded"  on  the  "  Coztiocotequallin"  of  Hernandez,  and  that  Buffon's 
"  Coquallin "  is  quoted  only  as  a  synonym ;  and  adds,  "  Brxleben's 
diagnosis  and  description  appear  to  me  to  be  quite  characteristic  of  the 
leticops  form  of  the  present  species.  By  retaining  this  appropriate  name," 
he  continues,  "we  are  enabled  to  escape  from  F.  Cuvier's  barbarous  term 
aureogaster,  under  which  this  beautiful  species  has  labored  in  so  many 
works"  {I  c.  [)p.  661,  662).  However  pleasant  it  might  be  to  escape 
Cuvier's  barbarous  name,  this  to  me  is  not  so  clearly  the  way  to  do  it. 
Erxleben's  species  is  admittedly  a  composite  one,  and  neither  his  diag- 
nosis nor  Hernandez's  account  of  the  "  Coztiocotequallin "  helps  the 
matter,  since  the  best  that  can  be  made  out  is  that  Erxleben's  species 
was  black  above,  varied  with  white  and  brown,  and  yellow  below,  twice 
the  size  of  the  European  Squirrel,  and  with  the  ears  not  tufted ;  a  char- 
acterization broad  enough  to  apply  to  the  dusky  phase  of  any  of  the 
larger  Mexican  Squirrels.  F.  Cuvier's  excellent  "figure  and  detailed 
description,  on  the  other  hand,  leave  nothing  to  be  guessed  at  in  respect 
to  just  what  his  aureogaster  was,  the  tyi)es  of  which,  it  appears  also,  are 
still  preserved. 

X.— SciURUS  STEAMINEUS,  Eyd.  &  Soul. 

8ciuru$  sframineupf  Eydoux  &  Souleyet,  Voy.  de  la  Bonite,  Zool.  i,  1344, 37,  pi.  ix. 
Seiurus  nehouxiiy  Is.  Qeoffroy,  Voy.  de  La  y<Snas,Zool.  1855, 1G3,  pi.  xii. 
Macroxus  fraseriy  Gray,  Ann.  and  Mag.  Nat.  HiBt.  3d  ser.  xx,  1867, 430. 
Sciurus  hypopyrrhuSt  Aixen,  Mon.  N.  Am.  Rod.  Ib77,  747  (in  part). 

I^OTE. — As  already  stated,  this  species  was  embraced  under  my  ;9. 
hypopyrrhus.  The  8,  stramitieus  I  included  among  the  synonyms  of  8. 
variabilis.  The  8.  nebouxii  I  was  unable  to  identify,  and  gave  it  among 
my  undetermined  species.  The  Macroxus  fraseri  I  referred  doubtfully  to 
8.  tephrogaster*     Mr.  Alston  has  examined  the  types  of  8.  nebouxii  and 

•  "  It  is  only  fair  to  Mr.  Alien  to  add,  that  Gray's  description  of  M.  fraseri  is  so  imper- 
fect that  it  is  not  surprising  that  the  American  zoologist  shoald  have  donbtf ally  re- 
ferred it  to  S,  tephrogasterJ^ — Alsix)N,  h  c.  p.  665. 


884  BULLETIN    UNITED   STATES   GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY. 

S.fraserij'dud  their  allocation  here  is  on  his  aathority.  It  tOTDSOot 
that  the  Guyaqail  specimens  of  my  8,  hypapyrrhus  series  (one  of  which 
Mr.  Alston  has  seen)  represent  this  species.  Mr.  Alston  states  that  tlus 
species  is  rare  in  collections,  and  appears  to  be  the  only  representative  of 
the  genns  in  Western  Peru.  He  further  says : — ^*A  remarkable  pecnliar- 
ity  of  this  species  is  its  tendency  to  the  development  of  irregular  tnftB 
of  pure  white  hairs,  rather  longer  than  the  rest  of  the  far,  and  some- 
times uniting  in  large  patches.  These  asymmetrical  markings  are  pres- 
ent in  the  majority  of  the  individuals  examined."  This  peculiarity  in 
the  texture  and  color  of  the  pelage  I  looked  upon  as  abnormal  and  as 
indicating  a  tendency  to  albinism,  and  am  surprised  that  it  should  prove 
of  such  general  occurrence. 

XI.— SciUBUS  YABiABiLis,  Is.  Geof&oy. 

8duru$  variabilU,  l8.  Geofvrot,  Mag.  de  Zool.  1832,  i,  pi.  iv. 

Sciunu  langsdorffi,  Brandt,  M^m.  Acad,  de  St.  P^terab.  G*  sdr.  Math.  Phys.  et  Nat  iii, 

2«  pt.  1835, 425,  pi.  xi. 
Sciunu  igniventriSf  '<  Natterer  *%  Wagner,  Wiegm.  Arch,  iiir  Natarg.  1^42,  i,  360. 
Sciuru9  pyrrhonotus,  *^  Natterer '*,  Wagner,  Wiegm.  Arch,  fiir  Natnrg.  1842,!,  360. 
Sdurus  tricolor,  '^POppig",  Tschudi,  Faan.  Peraan.  1844-46, 156,  pL  xi. 
Sdurus  morio,  Wagner,  Abh.  Bajer.  Ak.  v,  1  50, 275. 
Macroxus  gerrardi.  Gray,  Proc  Zool.  Soc.  Lond.  1861, 92,  pL  xvi. 
Sdurus  hrunneo-niger,  "Castlenau'',  Gray,  Add.  aod  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.  3d8er.  xx,  1867,429. 
Sdurus  fumigatu8.  Gray,  Ado.  and  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.  3d  ser.  xx,  1867,  428. 
Sdurus  variahilis  aod  S.  gerrardi,  Allen,  Mod.  N.  Am.  Bod.  1877, 768, 766. 

Note. — Mr.  Alston  extends  this  species  to  cover  my  &  gerrardi^  which 
I  separated  mainly  on  the  ground  of  smaller  size.  He  says : — ^^  Here, 
again,  the  greater  amount  of  material  compels  me  to  go  beyond  Mr. 
Allen  in  the  identification  of  nominal  species.  Most  of  the  above  syn- 
onyms were  brought  together  by  him  under  the  name  of  8.  variabilis; 
but  8.  gerrardi  and  8.  rufo-niger  [lege  brunneoniger]  were  kept  separate 
under  the  former  title.  The  principal  points  on  which  he  rested  were 
the  smaller  size  and  shorter  ears  of  8,  gerrardi;  but  on  examination  of  a 
sufficient  series,  I  have  not  been  able  to  find  any  constancy  in  the  pro- 
portions of  the  ears,  while  the  difference  in  size  totally  disappears. 
.  .  .  The  smaller  specimens  (8.  variahiliSy  8.  gerrardi^  etc.)  appear  to 
prevail  towards  the  north  ;  but  this  is  not  constant.  .  •  .  Nor  is  it 
constantly  connected  with  any  of  the  numerous  varieties  of  coloration- 
rufous,  grizzled,  and  melanistic  specimens  occurring  of  all  sizes."  These 
color- variations,  he  says,  seem  to  resolve  themselves  into  three  prim^ 
groups,  namely  : — "  1,  the  morio  type  ^y  melanistic ;  "  2,  the  variabUif 
type",  red,  varied  with  black ;  "  3,  the  langsdorffi  type",  reddish-  or  yel- 
lowish-grizzled. Each  of  these  types  seems  to  prevail  in  certain  locali- 
ties, but  there  is  no  regularity  in  their  distribution,  the  red  and  grizzled 
often  occurring  together. 

Our  synonymy  of  this  variable  group  agrees,  except  that  I  included 
8.  8tramUi€U8  uuder  variabilis^  and  Gray's  Macroxus  xanihoiM%  noder 
8.  gerrardiy  which  latter  Mr.  Alston  refers  to  8.  griseagenya  ( =  Sdurus 


ALLEN  ON  THE  AMERICAN  SCIUBL  885 

(Bstuana  var.  rufo-niger^  Allen),  with  the  remark,  <'By  some  curioos 
error  Oraj's  account  of  this  last  (Macraxus  xanthotus)  has  been  printed 
after  that  of  JIf.  brunneo-nigerj  instead  of  after  M.  griseogena;  so  that 
the  remark,  ^  very  like  the  former',  etc.,  natorally  led  Mr.  Allen  to  refer 
the  synonym  to  8.  gerrardi "  (I.  o.  p.  667). 

Xn.— SoiUBUS  DEPPEi,  Peters. 

Sdunu  deppei,  Peters,  Monatob.  K.-P.  Ak.  Wissen.  Berlin,  1863,  (1864),  654  (formerly 

referred  by  me,  with  a  f,  to  iS.  oaroUnenHs), 
Maoroxu8  tephrogaater,  Gray,  Ann.  and  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.  3d  ser.  zx,  1867, 408. 
Macroxus  trnddellinennaf  Grat,  Ann.  and  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.  3d  ser.  xx,  1867,  408. 
Macroxus  UBniuru8f  Gray,  Ann.  and  Mag.  Nat.  Hist  3d  ser.  xx,  1867, 431. 
Murtu  iephrogoiterf  Allen,  Mon.  N.  Am.  Rod.  1877,  763  (excluding  "tMaorweMfroBeri, 

Gray"). 

Note. — ^The  examination  of  the  type  of  8.  deppei^  Peters,  by  Mr. 
Alston,  shows  it  to  be  identical  with  Gray's  M.  tephrogcisterj  over  which 
it  has  three  years'  priority.  ^^As  already  observed,"  says  Mr.  Alston, 
^^M.fra8ei%  Gray,  was  so  insufficiently  described  that  Mr.  Allen  was  led 
to  identity  it  with  the  present  species,  which  is  aboat  half  its  size  and 
totally  different  in  coloration"  {I.  c.  p.  669). 

XIII.— SoiUBUS  ^STUANS,  Linn6. 

Sdurua  wstuana,  Linn:^,  Syst.  Nat.  i,  1766,  88. 

SduruB  cBstuana  var.  guanetuia  Pbtbrs,  Monatsb.  K.-P.  Akad.  Wissena.  Berlin,  1863, 

(1864),  655. 
MjfoxiU  guerlingu8,  Shaw,  Gen.  Zool.  ii,  1801, 171,  pi.  clvi. 
Sdurua  gilvigulariaf  <<  Natterkr*',  Wagksb,  Wiegm.  Arch.  fUr  Natnrg.  1843,  ii,  43 ;  ib. 

1845,  i,  148. 
Maoroxua  leuoogaater,  Gray,  Ann.  and  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.  3d  ser.  xx,  1867,  430. 
Macroxua  irroratua,  Gray,  Ann.  and  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.  3d  ser.  xx,  1867,  431. 
Maoroxua  flatfiventeTf  **  Castblnau  ",  Gray,  Ann.  and  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.  3d  ser.  xx,  1867, 432. 
Seiurua  caatuana  var.  ceatuana,  Allen,  Mon.  N.  Am.  Bod.  1877,  756  (exclosive  of  **f8. 

puailluay  Geo£Droy  ",  and  ''if.  kuhli,  Gray  ",  and  inclusive  of  "if.  irraratua,  Gray  ", 

referred  to  var.  rt^foniger), 

KoTE. — ^^M.  irraratus  must  also  be  placed  here,  although  the  original 
description  is  such  that  Mr.  Allen  unhesitatingly  referred  it  to  the  last 
species  [8.  griseogenys].^ — Alston,  I.  c.  p.  668. 

XIV.— SoiUBUS  HOFFMANNI,  PctCrS. 

Murua  caatuana  var.  hoffmanni,  Peters,  Monatsb.  K.-P.  Ak.  Wiss.  Berlin,  1863,  (1864),  654. 

Sdurua  hgporrhodua,  Okay,  Ann.  and  Mag.  Nat.  Hist  3d  ser.  xx,  1867,  419. 

Macroxua  xanihotua,  Gkay,  Ann.  and  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.  3d  ser.  xx,  1867,  429. 

Macroxua  griaeogena^  Gray,  Ann.  and  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.  3d  ser.  xx,  1867,  429. 

Sdurua  griaeogenya,  Alston,  Proo.  Zool.  Soc.  Lond.  1878, 667. 

Sdurua  ceatuana  var.  rufoniger^  Allen,  Mon.  N.  Am.  Rod.  1877, 757  (exclnding  S,  rt^oniger 

and  S.  chryaoaurua,  Pncheran,  and  adding  M.  xanthoiua,  Gray,  formerly  referred 

to  8.  gerrardi). 

Note.— <<  Mr.  Allen,  in  his  monograph,  regards  this  Squirrel  as  a 
<  variety '  or  geographical  race  of  the  next  species  [t.  e.  8*  cestuoM^N 


886  BULLETIN   UNITED   STATES   GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY. 

dififeriD/]^  in  its  uniformly  larger  size  and  strikingly  in  the  coloration  of 
its  tail.  In  a  subsequent  letter  to  me  he  says : — ^It  woald  perhaps  be 
just  as  well  to  recognize  it  as  entitled  to  specific  rank,  altiioogh  I  still 
feel  sure  of  their  intergradation.'  That  such  connecting  links  may  yet 
be  found  seems  very  probable ;  but  I  have  not  been  able  to  find  such  in 
the  very  hirge  series  which  I  have  examined,  and  am  consequently  com- 
pelled to  keep  them  provisionally  distinct  Unfortunately  Mr.  Allen  has 
identified  this  species  with  Pucheran's  S,  rufo  niger^  which,  as  will  be 
seen  presently,  is  a  much  smaller  and  quite  distinct  species.  Dr.  Peters 
described  it  only  as  a  variety  of  S.  ccstuans;  and  though  specimens  in 
the  Berlin  Museum  are  labelled  ^  Sciurus  hoffmanni\  the  name  remains  a 
manuscript  one.  Of  Gray's  three  titles  I  have  adopted  griseogena  (more 
correctly  griseogenys)  as  being  simultaneous  in  date  with  the  others,  and 
as  indicating  the  typical  form." — Alston,  h  c.  p.  667. 

Accepting  provisionally  this  Squirrel  as  specifically  distinct  from  & 
ccstuans,  I  dissent  from  the  foregoing  only  respecting  its  proper  title. 
Altbough  the  name  Iwffmanni  may  remain  a  manuscript  one  as  applied 
in  a  specific  sense,  its  publication  as  a  varietal  name  for  this  form,  three 
years  prior  to  the  publication  of  Gray's  names,  appears  to  me  to  warrant 
its  use  as  a  specific  designation  for  the  same  form.  Such  a  procedure 
has  certainly  the  sanction  of  numerous  precedents. 

XV. — Sciurus  eufoniger,  Pucheran. 

SduruB  ntfonigeTf  Fuchkran,  Rev.  de  Zoul.  1845,  336. — ^Alston,  Proo.  Zool.  Soc.  Lond. 

1868,  669. 
Sdurws  chrysurus,  Pucheran,  Rev.  de  Zool.  1845,  337. 
**Macroxu8  tephrogaster  minor,  Gray,  MSS."  apud  Alston. 

Note.— This  species  I  introduce  entirely  on  the  authority  of  Mr.  Alston, 
who  has  examined  the  types.  I  referred  both  of  Pucheran's  species 
unhesitatingly  to  the  preceding  species,  but  the  presence  of  two  upper 
premolars  in  S.  rufoniger  would  seem  to  render  it  unquestionably  distinct 
from  S.  Iwffmanni^  and  to  ally  it  with  S.  deppei  (as  perhaps  the  young  of 
that  species). 

Respecting  this  species,  Mr.  Alston  remarks  as  follows : — "  On  examin- 
ing the  type  of  Pucheran's  S.  rufoniger  in  the  Paris  Museum,  I  found 
that  it  was  not  identical  with  8.  griseogenys  [8,  oestuuns  var.  rufoniger^ 
Allen,  Mou.  K  Am.  Bod.],  as  Mr.  Allen  supposed,  but  rather  allied  to 
8.  deppei  [8.  tephrogaster  ^  Allen,  Lc.];  and  I  soon  recognized  in  it  a  small 
Squirrel  from  Panama,  and  which  I  had  begun  to  fear  would  require  & 
new  name.  These  examples  prove  to  agree  further  with  S.  deppei  in 
having  two  upper  premolars,  but  differ  in  being  more  than  one  third 
smaller,  in  the  color  of  the  lower  parts  (which  are  only  paler  than  the 
upper,  save  on  the  breast),  and  in  the  tail  being  nearly  uniform  in  color 
with  the  back  (the  hairs  having  only  very  minute  white  or  yellow  tips). 
Specimens  in  the  British  Museum  are  labelled  M.  tephrogiuter  mimar; 
but  I  cannot  doubt  the  distinctness  of  the  form.    The  type  of  &  rufo- 


ALLEN   ON    THE   AMERICAN   SCIURL 


887 


niger  has  the  middle  of  the  back  nearly  black;  while  that  of  M chryso- 
8uru8  appears  to  be  a  variety,  merely  differing  in  the  tail  being  more 
mfous"  (?.  c.  p.  609).  There  is  nothing  in  Pncherau's  description  of  the 
last-named  species  to  indicate  it  is  not  the  young  of  8.  hoffmanni. 

Judging  from  what  I  have  seen  in  other  species,  the  darker  color  of 
the  lower  surface  in  Alston's  8.  rufoniger  as  compared  with  8.  deppei 
might  result  from  immaturity ;  but  in  deference  to  Mr.  Alston's  opinion, 
grounded  on  excellent  opportunities  for  deciding,  I  give  the  species  pro- 
visional recognition. 

XVI. — SciUEUS  PUSiLLUS,  Gcoffroy. 

Sdurua  pusilluSt  "  Is.  Geoffroy  ",  Df^makest,  Diet.  d'Hist.  Nat.  x,  1817, 109 ;  Mam. 

1822,  337,  pi.  Ixxvii,  fig.  2.— Alston,  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  Lond.  1878,  C70  pi.  xli. 
Macroxus  kuhli,  Giiay,  Aun.  and  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.  3d  ser.  xx,  1867,  433. 

Note. — These  names — the  first  with  a  query,  the  second  unhesitat- 
ingly— I  referred  in  my  monograph  to  8.  ccsttians^  influenced  mainly  by 
the  strong  aspect  of  immaturity  presented  by  a  specimen  in  the  Museum 
of  Comparative  Zoology,  which  undoubtedly  represents  this  species,  not- 
withstanding the  statement  by  Buffon,  quoted  by  me,  that  the  type  of 
the  species  was  shown  by  the  sexual  organs  to  be  adult.  Although  Mr. 
Alston  was  unable  to  find  the  type  of  Geofitroy's  8.  ptisilluSj  he  seems  to 
have  established  its  distinctness  from  8.  cestuans  by  finding  two  upper 
premolars  in  the  British  Museum  specimens  bearing  that  name.  He 
considers  Gray's  M,  Jcuhli  (which  I  treated  also  as  the  young  of  8,  cctttuans) 
as  unquestionably  identical  with  8,  pusillus.  This  is  apparently  a  very 
rare  species,  as  I  have  met  with  references  to  not  more  than  half  a  dozen 
specimens  in  all.    It  is  by  far  the  smallest  American  species  of  8ciuru8, 


The  subjoined  summary  indicates  the  changes  in  nomenclature  here 
made  from  that  adopted  in  "Monogra])hs  of  North  American  Rodents'', 
and  also  that  employed  by  Mr.  Alston  in  his  recent  paper  "  On  the 
Squirrels  of  the  Neotropical  Region": — 


Allen,  November,  1R78. 


Alston,  October,  1878. 


Allen,  Anguftt,  lt^77. 


S.  arizoncnsis.. 
S.  griBeoflavus  . 

8.  hypopyrrhas 

8,  aureigaster . . . 

S.  straniinens.. 

8.  variabilis  ... 

8.  deppei 

8.  sBstnans 

S,  hoffmanni  ... 
8.  rnfoniger  .. 
8.  pusillus.... 


S.  arizonensis ,  S.  colliaji. 

8.  griseoflavus 

8.  hypopyrrbuB 


S,  variegaius  . . 
8.  stramineiis. 
8.  variabilis  ., 


8.  deppei.-.. 
8.  cestuans... 
S,  griseogenya 
8.  rufoniger  . 
8.  pusillus... 


8.  hypopyrrbus. 

8.  bootbio}. 

8.  aureigaster. 

8>  leucops. 

8.  hypopyrrbus. 

8.  variabilis. 

8.  gerrardi. 

8.  tei>brogaster. 

8.  sestuans  var.  sBstuans. 

8.  sestuans  var.  rufoniger. 

8.  ffistuans. 


INDEX  TO  VOL.  IV. 


Abies  824 

AbroDia  fra^rans  117 
Acantbarchas  435 
Acantbocnemes  127 

f  ascoscapnlella  104 
Accipiter 

cooperi  42 

fascas  620 
Acella  baldemani  714 
Acer  806 

glabmin  109 

8accbariDum*109 
Acbillea  315 
Acii>en8er  413 
Acocepbalus  adsd  771 
Acorns  624 
Acrobasis  602 

mbrifasciella  693 

tricolorella  694 
Aorocbilos  418 
Aotsa  803 
ActiDoUa  815 

Actitarns  bartramins  55, 644 
Adela  127 
Adinia  434 
Adrasteia  sp.  128 
jEsiSk  128 
^chmoptila  48 
^dis  fnnalis  670 
^gialitis  Yocifera  53,  634 
Aelole  128 
^senilis  glabra  109 
-ffisyle  128 

Aetbus  puDctnlatuB  769 
AgelsBQS  pbocnicens  24, 602 
Aglais  milberti  516 
AgDippe  128 
Agosia  427 
Agrimonia  808 

enpatoria  113 
Agrostis  828 
Agrotis 

albalis  175 

apposlta  170 

atrifera  173 

bicollaris  173 

Bull.  iv.  Ind. 


Agrotis 

campestris  175 

dilacida  170 

erieosis  172 

evanidalis  172 

fisbii  175 

idaboensis  171 

Janualis  169 

jnncta  171 

lacnnosa  172 

merceDaria  171 

mlcronyx  171 

mimallonis  175 

opacifrons  170 

pluralis  174 

rosaria  172 
Aira  b129 
Albarnops  419 

missoriensis  403 
Aleuoita  128 
Algausea  419 
Algonia  419 
Alisma  825 
Allen,  J.  A. : 

Description  of  a  Fossil  Passerine  Bird 
443 

Geograpbical  Distribution  of  tbe  Mam- 
malia 313 

Synonymatio  List  of  American  Sciuri 
877 
Allgewabr,  L. : 

List  of  Coleoptera  ooUeoted  by  471 
AUinm  826 
Allosomns  430 
Alnns  121 
Alopecarus  828 
Alosa  428 
Alpbens 

ffiqnalis  199 

affinis  195 

bellimanas  199 

bispinosns  199 

clamator  197 

cylindricas  196 

eqnidactylns  199 

floridanus  193 

889 


890 


BULLETIN  UNITED   STATES   GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY. 


Alpbens 

barfordi  198 

beterochelis  194 

longidactyloB  198 

minas  190 

panamensis  192 

parvimaims  195 

salcatQs  193 

traDsverso-dactyloB  196 
Alpbens,  Synopsis  of  North  American  Spe- 
cies of,  by  J.  S.  Kingsley  189 
Alvarins  440 
Alvordins  438 

macnlatns  1 99 
Alydns  enrynns  504 
Amadrya  128 

Amara  (Cnrtonotns)  cylindrica  450 
Ainarantns  822 
Amazilia  cerviniventxis  35 
Ainbloplites  435 
Amblyopsis  432 
Amblystoma 

califomiense  290 

mavortinm  290 
Ambrosia  814 

artemisisBfolia  1 15 

trifida  115 
Amelancbier  809 

canadensis  112 
American  Ilerodiones,  Studies  of,  by  R. 

Hidgway  219 
American  Scinri,  Synonymatio  List  of  tbe* 

by  J.  A.  Allen  877 
Amia  414. 
Aminms  414 

natal  is  405 
AmmocoDtes  413 
Ammocrypta  438 
Ammodromns  maritimns  17 
Amorpha  807 

frnticosa  110 
Ampelis 

cedrornm  16, 574 

garrnlns  573 
Ampelopsis  806 

qninqnefolia  109 
Ampbicarpsaa  monoica  111 
Ampbicotylns  Incasii  391 
Amphispiza  bilineata  18 
Anabms  pnrpnrasoens  485 
Anacampsis  128 
Anaphora  128 

texanella  79    * 
Anarsia  129 

trimacnlella  92 


Anas 

boscha8  649 

obscnra63 
AnatidflB  648 
Andromeda  817 
Andropogon  829 
Androsace  818 
Anemone  i^ 
Anerastia  bsematica  704 
Anesychia  129 

hagenclla  80 
Angnilla  414 
Annaphila  divinnla  183 
Anobinm 

deceptom  763 

lignitam  763 

ovale  762 
Anodonta  parallela  709 
Anorthosia  129 
Anoaia  ber€nice254 
Anser 

hyperborens  62, 649 

hypsibatos  387 
'Antennarinm  816 
Anthaxia  deleta  459 
Antheropbagns  pri8ca8  762 
Anthns 

Indovicianns  557 

spragnii  10 
Antiblemma  canalis  185 
Antilocapra  americana  203 
Antispila  129 

Antrostomus  vocifems  613 
Apatela  pallidicomtb  169 
Apeltes  441 

Aphana  rotandipennis  772 
Aphelops 

fossiger  382 

malacerhinos  383 
Aphodius 

alentns  453 

anthracinns  455 

bidons  453 

brevicoUis  455 

cribratus  455 

crncntatas  456 

duplex  454 

explanatns  457 

humeral  is  459 

marginatus  456 

obtusus  453 

phsBoptems  456 

rudis  458  • 

scabriceps  457 

sparsus  458 


INDEX  TO  VOL.  IV. 


891 


Apbodins 

subtranoatns  457 
AphododeniB  434 
Apbrophora  qaadrinotata  510 
Apiomems  ventralis  508 
Aplopappus  814 
Apocope  426 
Apocynum  821 
Apomotes  435 

oyanellns  398 
Aquila  chrysaetus  GST 
Aqnilegia  803 
Arabia  804 
Aralia  812 
Arcbe8  859 

Arcbibateo  ferraginens  43, 626 
Architectaral  Forms  855 
ArcbopUtes  435 
ArctostapbyloB  817 
Ardea226 

cinerea  243 

cocoi244 

berodias  58, 237, 646 

occidentalis  227 

-wnrdemanni  228 
Ardeidffi  223 
Ardetta  exilis  61 
Arenaria805 
Argiope  130 
ArgynDis 

Clio  515 

coroiii8  254 

edwardsi  514 

nevadensis  254, 515 

rbodope  515 

rai>estri8  254 
Argyrestbia  130 
Argyromiges  130 
Argyrosomns  429 
Arissema  824 
Arnica  816 
Arta 

olivalis  673 

statalis  673 
Artemisia  815 
Arvicola 

ansterns  208 

riparins  208 
Arzama  diffusa  179 
Asarnm  821 
Asclepias  811 
Asopia 

binodnbdls  673 

costalis  671 

devialis  672 


Asopia 

farinalis  671 

bimonialis  672 

olivalis  672 

squamealis  672 
Aspidisca  130 
Aspidium  830 
Aspidonectes  spinifer  261 
Aster  115, 813 
Astragal  OS  807 
Astyanax  431 
Asycbna  131 

Asyndesmns  torquatos  617 
Atberina  434 
Atriplex  117,  822 
Atrypa  ^ 

bystrix  729 

reticularis  729 
Ancbenia  vitakeriaDa  380 
Aadelia  acronyctoides  169 
Auripams  flavioeps  6 
Avena  829 
Batraobedra  131 
Bascaniam  flaviventre  284 
Basilarcbia  weidemeyeri  254 
Beokmannia  829 
Bedellia  131 
Begoe  131 
Bembidinm 

bowditcbil  451 

scudderi  451 
Berberis  (Mabonia)  803 
Berosas 

sexstriatns  760 

tenuis  760 
Betnla824 
Bidens  815 
Bigelovia  814 
Birds  observed  in  Dakota  and  Montana, 

Field-notes  on,  by  £.  Coues  545 
Bison  americanos  203 
Blabopbanes  132 
Blarlna  brevicanda  204 
Blastobasis  131 
Blastomeryx  borealis  382 
Bledius  adamus  762 
Blepbarocera  132 
Blitnm  822 
Boleicbthys  440 
Boleosoma  439 
Boltonia  814 
Botanms  minor  646 
Botis 

abdominalis  680 

adipaloidesOSl 


892 


BULLETIN   UNITED   STATES   GEOLOGICAL   SURVEY. 


Botis 

albiceralls  67d 
ttllectalis  678 
anticoBtalis  C82 
argyralis  677 
atroxHirparalLs  676 
badipennis  678 
califomicalis  676 
cinerosa  676 
citrina  679 
coloradensis  679 
daseonaliB  680 
clifi&S8a676 
erectalis  679 
fendalis  680 
fiavicoloralis  679 
flavidalis  679 
flavidissimalia  679 
fodinalis  678 
firact  oralis  677 
fiiscimacnialis  679 
generoea  676 
gentilis  680 
harveyana  677 
insequalis  676 
laDgdoualis  679 
laticlavia  676 
magistralis  680 
inagniferalia  680 
marculenta  679 
matroDalis  676 
mnsteliDalis  678 
Dasonialis  677 
niveicilialis  683 
obambrataliB  680 
octomacnlata  675 
ODythesalis  677 
ponitalis  679 
penambralis  680 
perrubralis  681 
pertextalis  679 
pbcenicealis  676 
plectilis  681 
plambicoetalis  681 
profandalis  678 
qaicquelinealis  680 
reversalis  079 
semirubraliR  681 
sesqnialteralis  677 
Bignatalis  676 
Bocialis  678 
Btenopteralis  684 
Bubmedialis  679 
sabolivalis  683 
Bumptuosalis  670 


Botis 

syriogicola  683 

talis  681 

tatalis  678 

terreali8  680 

trimacalalis  679 

nnifascialis  683 

nDimacala  676 

Tenalis  680 

ventraliB  677 

vibicalis  677 

Yolnpialis  676 
Botrycbiam  830 
Bontelona  828 
Bowditch,  F.  C: 

LiBt  of  Coleoptera  collected  by  464. 
Brachelytram  aognstatam  123 
BracbiacaDtha  nrsina  453 
Brachyloma  132 

Bracbyropbns  altarkansanas  390 
BracbytarsuB  pristiDas  769 
Bracon  laminaram  748 
Branta 

bernicla  649 

canadensis  649 
Brassica  oleraoea  108 
Brentbia  132 
Brepbidiam  exile  256 
Bnckellia  813 
Bromns  829 
BrnneUa  820 
Bryotropba  132 
Bubalicbtbys  415 
Bubo  virginianus  39,  618 
Bncculatrix  132 
Bncepbala 

albeola  653 

clangnla  652 

islandica  652 
Bnfo 

colnmbieneis  288 

lutiginosos  fowleri  288 
Butalis  133 

trivinctella  93 
Buteo 

borealiB  624 

pennsylvanicos  43 

swainsooi  624 

anicinctas  barrisi  42 
Butterflies  of  Utab  and  Arizona,  Notice  ci, 

by  8.  H.  Scudder  253 
Gacozelia  basiocbrealis  687 
Galamospiza  Uicolor  597 
Calanogrostis  828 
Calla  824 


IITOBX  TO  VOL.  IV. 


Callidiam  jBDtbinimi  401 

C&llinia  134 
Calocaris  rapidns  506 
Calocbortua  H26 
Colopogun  ti35 
CaloptcDUB 

bivittatQB  484 

oeoldentalig  464 

Bpretna  463 
Calopteom,  Note  on  485 
CalthapaluAtriaaOS 
Calvio,  S.: 
On  some  Duk  Sbale,  ato.,  with  a  Kotice 
of  its  KoshUb,  eta.  125 
CalysUgia  830 
CameltDU  604 
Ciunpauula  SIT 
CampoBtonia  416 

furicoHiiluin  401,664 
CaD<lisouateTgeiuiija369 
CanlBlatraDBSOl 
CapHelLi804 

Catdinalis  virginiaiiiis  SI 
CareiSSr 
CariacDs 

dolecbopeis  379 

niatrotisSOS 

virgiiiianaa'JOS 
CiirpioiiB  auericaua  121 
Corpiodes  415 

cjpriDus  666 

tamidnB  404 
Corpodacua  paTpnreos  577 
Carom  Bll 
Carjra  alba  118 
Caflsaiidraei7 
Castanea  americana  120 
CaatilleiaBI9 
Catabroea  StiS 

Catalogue  of  Fiehes  of  Freab  Waters  of 
North  America,  by  D.  8.  Jordan  407 
Catostega  134 
Catbartes 

atratDB  45 

aora44,627 
Catoetomue  416 

retropinDie  781 

teres  783 
Cane8  857,tee 
Ceanolhiifl  tfM 
ColsHtrusficanileDSllO 
CeltiBoctidentalialI7 
Cemiostoma  1134  .       * 

CeDtbophiloB  480 
Centrarebiia  437 


Centrocerona  nropbaaianiw  630 

CeDturaBuarifrons  39 
Cepbalautbua  occiden  talis  114 
Ceraatenm  eOo 
CerasllB  181 
Cerasoa  serotina  111 
Ceraticbthys426 
Ceratopbora  134 
CerciacaDadeosie  110 

Irabalns  609 
diceroe  609 

CeroEtumu  134 

CprjlL.tilcyo.i3e,  615 

Chuinoliryttoa  436 

Cbietochilus  134 

Cbie  tnra  pelaj^ica  614 

Cbalct<rcaeirii]a256 

Ciiamwpelia  ptisserina  48 

ChambetB,  V.  T. : 

Index  to  Tineina  125 

New  TineiDa  from  Texas,  etc.  79 

Tineina  and  their  Food-planta  107 

CbaulDlasmua  9treporuB  63, 650 

Cbanliodns  134 

Charodrins  falvas  virgioiona  633 

CbasmiBtes  417 


CbKil. 


.iiDpla, : 


Cbtfloue  618 

Chiiljdr»sen*=i^iiJ'^261 

Cbtmupudiuni  117.822 

Clieouda  4^ 

C bickering,  J   W. : 

Cataloxue  uf  Plants  collected  by  El. 
Cones,  etc.  801 
ep.  749     ' 


Cbir. 


.a  434 


C  liologoBter  422 
CiiunileHtta  grauimica  19 
Cliordeiloa  tesonaia  34 
Cbordilea  virBiiiiiimia  613 
Cbornpbilns  Iriseriatns  290 
Cbriope  787 
Cbrosomns  423 
Cbryeemy 8  oregonensis  259 
CtirjBolKitbris  citriuipeoDia  46 
CbrjBOcOtj'a  134 
CbryBomela  uioiilivik^aoa  463 
Cbrjaomitris  triatis  577 
Cbrysopt-'leia  134 
Cbrysopbaues  nibidua  517 
Cb^oopora  134 
Cbrj8opsi9814 
Ciconiidic  248 
Cionta  811 


894 


BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 


Cinclos  mexicaniis  552 

Circaa  810 

Circas  cyaneos  hadsouicas  41, 619 

Cirrha  135 

Cirsiam  816 

CistothoroB  stellaris  555 

Cistudo  omata  260 

Cixios  hesperidnni  772 

Clematis  802 

Cleodora  135 

pallideUa  91 

pallidistrigella  92 
Cleome  804 
Clintonia  826 
Cliola  423 

chlora  791 
CoseniiB  delins  504 
Coccygns 

americanns  38 

erythrophtbalmiis  611> 
Cochlognathas  419 
Codoma  422 
Coenonympha 

inoniata  516 

ocbracea  254, 516 
Colaptes 

anratus  617 

hybridus  618 
Coleopbora  135 

albacostella  93 

biminimmacalella  94 

cinerella  93 

f  ascostrigella  93 

maltipulvella  93 

ocbrella  94 

qaadrilineella  94 

texanella  93 
Coleoptera  of  tbe  Rocky  Mountains  447 
Colias 

eriphyle  514 

keewaydin  513 
Coiscus  419 
CoUomia  820 

Coliario  Indovicianas  oxcabitorides  16, 576 
Colamba  flavirostris  45 
ComaDdra  823 
Condylolomia  673 
Contopos  virens  33, 610 
Cope,  E.  D. : 

Descriptions  of  New  Extinct  Verte- 
brata  from  the  Upper  Tertiary  and 
Dakota  Formations  379 

Fishes  from  Cretaceous  and  Tertiary 
Deposits  67 

Professor  Owen  on  tbe  Py tbonomorpba 
299 


Copelandia  437 
Copte8  803 
Corbicula 

cardinisBfonnis  711 

clebumi  711 

obe8a712 

(Leptesthee)  maoropiBiha  713 
Cordylopiza  nigriDodis  673 
Coregonns  429 

conesi  793 

qnadrilateralis  793 
Coreopsis  815 
Corisa 

intermpta  509 

sntilis  509 

valnerata509 
Coriscinm  136 
Coriscns 

ferns  508 

sabcoleoptratus  508 
Corimel»na  policaria  503 
Corizas 

lateralis  505 

panctiventrifi  505 
Cornas  812 

florida  114 
Corvns 

americanos  606 

corax607 
Corydalis  804 
Corydalites  fecnndom  537 
Corylns  823 

americana  121 
Corymbites 

plannlns  460 

velatns  762 
Cosmistes  136 
Cosmopepla  camifex  504 
Cosmopteryx  137 

4-lineella  95 
Cottopsis  441 
Cotnmicalos  lecontii  587 
Cotyle  riparia  572 
Cones,  Dr.  Elliott,  U.  S.  A. : 

Catalogue  of  Plants  oolleoted  by,  by 
J.  W.  Cbickering  801 

Edwards  on  the  Lepidopteraoollected 
by,  in  Dakota  and  Montana  513 

Field-notes  on  Birds  observed  in  Da- 
kota and  Montana  545 

Letter  from  G.  B.  Bennett  to  1 

On  a  Breed  of  Solid-hoofed  Pigs  295 

On  Consolidation  of  the  Hoofs  in  the 
Virginian  Doer  293 

On  tbe  Orthoptera  ooUeoted  by,  by 


[ 


IHDEX  TO  VOL.   IV. 


CoDSB,  Dr.  EUiott,  U.  8.  A.; 

Eeport  on  Fishes  colleoUtd  by,  by  D. 
S.  Jordan  777 

Ubier  on  tbe  Eemiptera  ooUeoted  b; 
503 
Cones,  E.,  and  yarrow  H.  C. : 

On  Ihe  Uerpetologj  of  Dakotft  and 
Moutaua  259 
ConeeiuB  794, 735,788 

dissimilisTM 
Crataegus  112,809 
Cratoparia 

elnsns  768 

repertQB  768 
Crepis  817 

Crioetodipns  fl&Tus  311 
Cristivonier  AM 

naluajcuithTW 
CrosBldJDB  ollge  wahri  461 
CrotaluH  oonfluentoa  362 
CryptoccpbalaBTetastaB764 
Crfptolechin  137 

cry  pU)le«hiiBcIla  84 

jBgineUa  Si 

obscaroiaitcalella  66 
Cryptorhynchns  annoana  767 

beteronea  356 

pfaeres256 

sepiolaa  S56 
Cnscnta  830 
Cyane  137 
CyanMpiza 

oyanea  30 

versicolor  30 
t'yaTiartiflcriHtatn8607 
Cytbrns  tee  teas  758 
Cycleptns416 
Cyclopbis  vernaliB  385 
CyoloplasiB  137 
CydnnB  1  mamillanna  770 
Cydonia 

japonica  113 

vnlgaris  113 
Cygnna    ■ 

bnocinatOT  648 

poloreKOons  388 
CjliiidroHt(;ua4l4 
Cynoglossum  felO 
Cynopeica  438 
Cyprinella  431 

bnbaliua  403 

camplanata  665 
Cyprinodon  433 
Cjj^pedinm  SIS 


Cyrtomeone  o 

CvBloptHrisS-TO 
Daces  Irus  iiiccns  667 
DufilaJM;nta<»,C5l) 
DakrumntarUatellaTOS 
I]aiiBi»urchippuB514 
Danthonia  6v^ 

DapidogloBsuB  {BqnipiimiB  77 
Dark  Shale,  etc.,  by  8.  Calvin  735 
Dasyoera  136 

nonstrigelln  93 
I>ecadaccylaii416 
'Decatoma  anti  qua  749 
CelphJniam  e33 
Dcltoc("[iba1U9 

confiffniatns  511 

say!  511 
Dendrocygna  antnmnalU  63 
Deudneoa 

ie8tiva565 

andnboDl  566 

coTonata  13, 565 

domiufoa  albilwa  13 

niaonloaa567 

penuBylv.iiiic.'i  566 


Depieaaaria  138 

enpatoriiella  82 
Deroetis  166 
pygmsa  187 
vitreaier 
DeecciptLOD  a(  a  Fonil  Paaaecine  bird,  by 

J.  A.  Allen  443 
DoBcriptioos  of  luvertebrato  Foasils  from 

Laraaiie Group,  hy  C.A.White  707 
DeBoriptiona  of  New  Exlinct  Teitebrata, 

by  E.  D.  Copo  379 
DeBcriptiona  of  New  Invertebrate  Fossils 

from  tbe  Laramie  Oronp,  by  C.  A. 

While  707 
DeBmodium  110,608 
Diaeborisa  139 
Diadocidia  T  tenioola  750 
Dicranomyia  primitiva  749 
Di  ohromaQ  assa  346 

mfaCO 
Diervilla  ^12 
Dikes  853 
Dionda  419 

Diospyroe  vlrginiana  116 
Dipleainm  439 
DiplopappDB  814 
DiBtribution  of.  Xlo^-ano^  'm.  ^I 

1  mjOHMUwoa^^A 


yyo 


BDLLETIN   UNITED   STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 


Diiliobonyz  orj-zivonu  599 
Dolkli»im3  8p.756 
Xtor.rodoj  biatria]iHl79 
Dorjphora  139 
Doryauma  428 
Dousloa  Creek  839 
D  TH  oncfph  al  um  619 
Drosem  805 
Dryas808 
Drv<>liiila-opLnQl78 
DryociBtia 

cuboDftrins  768 

impreMDS  767 
Dry  ope  yi'.l 
VyaagTioa  534 

Ireilerion  536,775 
Ecbbacca  615 
Ec1iiiioc;iit«B  811 
EcliiDospermom  S20 
EclDpiBtca  macf  lira  628 
Edwanis,  W.  H.: 

Oq  the  Leptdoptera  ooUeoted  b;  E. 
Cones  in  Dakota  and  Uoutuift  -^13 
Eido  139 
Eidotbea  139 
Etacbista  139 

Btaintonella  96 

texanelta96 
ElieagDos  823 
f^lauoides  fbrficatna  42 
EbiBsomB  433 

thocbarisiiaT 

Elymna  8-29 

EiiiberDaKra  rnfivirgata  22 

Euipidonuc 

bammoDdi  618 

uilDimaR  33,611 

obscurus  612 

trailli  611 
EiuprepeB 

□uvalU  ii75 

11  achat  is  675 
Eu«[ii[al40 
EiichrjBa  140 
Eudlich,  V.  M. : 

On  eomo  Strikiog  Prodaots  of  Ero- 


I  Epicnrae 
I         exanimia  765 
saxatilis  765 
'  EptcorthyliB  140 

'EpidemUbolloideti2S6 
I  EpigUcia  181 

Epilabiam  BIO 

EpipaschiaCSS 
snperatalls  686 

Equieetom  629 

Etechtilpfl  bieracifoliuB  116 

Eremopbila 

alpeatrls  obrytolffima  fi 
alpeatrlB  leaooUema  555 

ErethaeoQ  doTsatam  317 

EMonetw  piuUliu  639 

Ergatia  140 

EricosoDiu  436 

Ericymba  423 

Erigoron  J15,»I3 

ErigoDnui  rt23 

Erimyzoii  417 

Eriocoma  828 

Eriophoram  827 

EripbU  140 

albaliu«alla  96 
nij^iliiieeUa  96 
I  EriamatDTa  rabida  654 
I  Eritrema  42S 
I  Eritrichinin  830 
'  Erogala423 
'  Erosion  H31 
I  EadUch  01 

I  Ery siiuuin  804 

Esox  431 
I  Etox  laciuB  797 
'  Etheoetoma  440 
i  Encalia  441 
I  Eudaomias  montanna  634 


Striking  Producta  of  831 


EHii 


nUiJ 


n8:ll 
9  140 
140 

l^nueacantbuB  436 
EiitoBpbct]D»413 
EparftyroUB  tityros  257 
Epica^ruB 
efloBUB  ~G5 


EudinjToguH  terroHaa  766 
I  EugDamptQs  deceiusatiiB  764 
i  EumecM«septeDtriaiialis28I' 

EuonynjosattopurporeiisllO 

Enpatoriam  813 
ageratoides  115 
i  EupliorbiaSaa 


Eiiplo^ 


IS  140 


Eapomotia  436 

Eiiryceroo 

anartalia  684 
oereralis  G84 
chortalia  664 
rantallB  664 
stioticalia  684 


INDEX  TO   VOL.   IV. 


897 


Earygaster  altematns  503 
Earymns  earytbeme  257 
Earynome  140 
Enspiza  americana  19 
Enstixis  141 
Eatsenia  272 
proxima  280 
radix  277 
radix  twiningl  279 
sirtalis  parietaliB  276 
Birtalis  piokeringi  280 
vagrans  274 
Eutycbelithus  440 
Eaxenura  249 
Evagora  141 
Everes  amyntnla  256 
Everina  830 
Evippe  141 
Exoglossum  418 
Fabatana  oviplagialis  674 
Fagus  Bylvatioa  120 
Falcinellas  gaaraana  56 
Falco 

colambarias  42 
commuais  622 
mexicanns  polagms  621 
ricbardsoni  623 
sparverias  42, 628 
Festuca  829 
Fiber  zebetbicus  211 
Fibbes,  Gatalogae  of  tbe  Nortb  American 

Fresb-water,  by  D.  S.  Jordan  407 
Fisbes  from  Cretaceous  and  Tertiary  De- 
posits, by  E.  D.  Cope  67 
Fisbes  from  tbe  Kio  Grande,  Texas,  Notes 
on  a  Collection  of,  by  D.  S.  Jordan 
397,663 
Fisbes,  Report  on,  collected  by  E.  Coues,  by 

D.  S.  Jordan  777 
Florida  cairulea  61 
Food-plants  of  Tineina  107 
Fossil  Insects  of  tbe  Green  River  Sbales, 

by  S.  H.  Scudder  747 
Fossil  Passerine  Bird,  Description  of  443 
Fossils,   Invertebrate,  from  tbe  Laramie 

Group,  Descriptions  of  707 
Fragaria  809 
Fulgora  ?  granulosa  771 
Fulica  americana  62,  647 
Fuligula 

aflinis  63,  631, 651 
feiina  americana  652 
vallisneria  652 
Fnndulus  433 
zebra  664 


Gaillardia  815 
Galiopsis  820 
Galium  812 
Gallinago  wilsoni  638 
Gallinula  gal'eata  61 
Gambasia  433 
Garzetta  candidissima  59 
Gasterosteos  442 
Gaura  810 

Gaurodytes  nanuB  452 
Gelecbia  141 
boeqnella  87 
canopulvella  91 
cilialineella  91 
crescentifasciella  90 
cristif asciella  87 
disconotella  86 
fascotseniaella  89 
intermediella  89 
lactifloeeUa  89 
multimaculella  89 
obsoarosnffacella  90 
oobreocostella  91 
palliderosacella  90 
palpilineella  88 
qninqnecristatella  88 
6-notella  88 
sylvffioolella  86 
triocelella  87 
Gentiana  821 

Geococcyx  californianns  36 
Geocoris  bnllata  595 
Geodromicusovipennis  452 
Geograpbical  Distribution  of  tbe  Mamma- 
lia, by  J.  A.  Allen  313 
Geotblypis 

macgillivrayi  568 
pbiladelpbia  568 
tricbas  567 
Geomys  bursarios  211, 214 
Geranium  805 
Gerardia  819 
Geum  808 
Gila  423, 424 
Gilia  820 

Girardinicbtbys  432 
Girardinus  434 
GliBa  181 
Glance  148 

Glancidlnm  ferrugineum  40 
Glaux  818 

Gleditscbia  triacantbos  110 
Glyceria  828 
Glycyrrbiza  808 
lepidota  111 


BULLETIN   UNITED   STATES  QBOLOGICAL   SDBVET. 


Glypbipteiys  148 
Gljptoscells  loDgior  46S 
Onaphalinm  816 
Goniapbea 

catnilea  19 

iQdovioinna  598 
Ooniobosia  endliohi  716 
Oracilaiia  148 
Qracnliia 

diiophus  era 

macropoB  3S1 

mexiconoH  64 
Or&odns  i28 

Oraphiphora  contrabena  160 
Graliola  619 
GriiidoliaaU 
GroUi.A.  H. 

Deacriptioiia  of  Nootoidm  169 

Preliminary    Stadiea   on    tlie   '. 
AoiericoD  Pyrolids  669 
GroB 

junericoua  61, 646 

canadensis  646 
Gryllds  abbrovintns  485 
fln^ltbcria  ^IT 
GunuisoiiEivor856 
Qntierrezia  813 
GjniDetron  leoontei  767 
OyptalulaTHniuUrjO 
Gyporiii  OTtnlineatoSlO 
Habcnoria  625 
Hsdena 

criBtnca  176 

devaatatris  178 

dncta  176 

ftava  176 

occidena  177 

tnaa  177 

vigilaoa  176 
Hadropterua  438 
Hoiniatopiis  poUiatns  63 
Haguo  150 
Halcnia  831 

HnlinGtns  luiicocepbalna  627 
Ilauiadryas  150 
Hnmamelia  virgiuioa  113 
Baploidouotus  440 
HnriuoHtes  ruHexiilua  505 
HariialTiB  cljiad  rati  una  450 
HiirpiUjo,'  15U 
niuporhyiirLiiH 

cun-irostris  4 

rufua  551 

mfuB  loogiriHtriB  3 
Hodjsarnm  808 


Eeleuiom  615 
Helittl50 
Heliontbos  116, 815 


Heiioiieles  oticctonim  Si68 
Boliopaia  116, 615 
Huliozella  150 
Helix  evonaMcoDais  714 
Helmiulbopbaga  563 

cclata  13, 564 

peregrlna  563 

niUcnpilla  Vi 
Hemioiilitun  437 

Hemiptera  oolleotad  by  E.  Coaea  in  D»- 
kota  and  Hontana,  Uhlar  mi  the  50! 
IlDaiitreiuia4'23 
Ilcraclenm  till 
Heribeia  150 
Heiodiaa  exretta  59 
iri.'n>[lii>iii'!4,  Stiidiua  of  tba  Aiiiericsii,bf 

B.  Bidgway  S19 
HerM440 
Herpetolog;  of  Dakota  and  Montana,  NotM 

on,  by  Cooes  and  Yairaw  SS9 
CegperiaS^ 

comas  Si58 

tiiaHellata  358 
IIcsperoDiya  205 

leucogaster  S05 

lenoopuB  tonorienala  SOS 
Het«rodoD 

plntyrhyDoa  371 

timaa  kenneilyi  271 

rimai  naaioDfl  270 
Hotcroptenis  libya  2S8 
Heuchera  810 
Uieracenm  616 
Hieroohloa  830 
liiniantopna  ulgricolliB  54 
HippisoQS  pbasniooptera  483 
Hiruodo 

cry throgaatra  hcoieomm  570 

Iiorroorunj  14 
Histrionicua  turqnatoa  653 
Hoffman,  W  J 

Ou  the  Mineralogy  of  Nevada  731 
Jlolcorpa  540 

lUDCuloaa  642 
Hom.fUius  jraifniaa  603 
IloineoBonin  stypticeUa  703 
Homogtoa  181 
Homoaetia  150 
HoDora  niellineUa  703 
Ilordeam  629 
UoaackiaSOG 


INDEX  TO  VOL.   IV. 


899 


HoQBtonla  612 
HadsoniQB  411) 
Ilnninlna  623 
Hyale  150 
HjbogualhUB  418 

tunarns  401 

melanopa  402 

serennB  401 
HybopsiH  426 
Hj  borliy  neb  as  419 
Hybromn  150 
BjdraDiiMa  tricolor  60 
Hy  (Iran  gen  radiata  113 
Hjdrargj-rii433 

aimilia  400 
Hydrobioa  decineratas  761 
Uydrjcbctiiloii  lariformie  656 
Hydropblox  420 
Hydiopoms  congrnoB  452 
HytnuiiopiipliuB  815 
HyoJon  429 

<£latt«DiBtiUB}  chiysopniB  ^ 
Hypatiroa  131 
Hypeiiteliutn  4lfl 
Hypericnni  e05 
HypcristiQB437 
Hyponomoutn  150 

zelUriellaBO 
HyposiB  «25 
nypBifaric.431 
HypsitopbaB  diBODroB  389 
Ibis  alba  58 
Icbtbieluras  415 

imnctatna779 
Icbthi'cibn84I5 
Icbtbyotriugai«nnirOBtria69 
Icteuia  Gnbca?rnlea42 
Ioteritivirensl3,569 
Icterus 

andnboni  26 

baltimon  G04 

linlloeki  20 

ciicullatna  25 

spuriuB  2;>,604 
Hex  opaca  IIG 

ImpatieDB  806 


IiiBecta,  Tertiary,  firom  Colorado  and  Wy- 
oming 519 
Ipomfea  116 


Iris  825 

iBolated  Fonns  662 
Ithome  151 
IdIqb  tellmtoi  776 

IT8  814 

Jason  i&d«e  daimiis  2S7 

Imrata  Gil 
twiniiigl  411 
Qoicoloi  511 
Jordan,  D.  8. : 

Catalogae  of  tbe  i'lsbes  of  the  Fresh 

Watera  of  North  America  407 
Notes  ou  a  Colleotioii  of  Fishes  from 

tbe  Bio  OraDde  397,  663 
Report  on  Fishes  oollectod  bf  E.  Coues 

Jnglans 

cinerea  IIB 
nigra  118 
Joneo  byemalis593 
I  Jnncns  826 

JanipernB  S24 
I  Klngsley,  J.  8.: 

I         Synopsia  of  North  Amerloau  Bpeoias 
i  of  AlpheoalBS. 

I  Eceteria  828 
Labidesthes  434 
Lacatibiufi  iilongatOH  761 
.  Lactnos  817 
LapoTtea823 
I  Laiamie  Group, 

I         DeBoriptiona  of  Invertebnte  Fossils 
from  707 
Diatribntion  of  MoUnscon  Bpeoiee  in 

721 
Bemarka  on,  by  C.  A.  White  8G5 
Bemaiks  on  the  Age  of  674. 
L«rize24 

argentatos  6i 

argentatos  smithaooiiuins  655 
atrictlla64 
delawarensia  64, 655 
fianUioi  655 
Laei  DBterreuB'^47 
Latbrobinm  abscesauoi  782 
[  LnlbyroB 60S 
'  Lavema  151 
Lavinia  425 
LeConte,  J.  L. : 

Colooptera  of  the  Alpine  Begions  of 
the  Boohy  Monnt^na  447 
:  Lednm  818 
I  Lenuia824 


Lemon  iai 


a2S5 


BULLETIN   UNITED   STATES   QEOLOGICAL   8UBVET. 


I  LonicetftSlZ 

I         iwiiDporrireQa  114 

Lophautlintieiy 

Lojiliopliaiiea  atrocrlatatas  6 
Lop  Idea  modiai  506 
Lota  441 
LnciLuia  433 
LnpiDDBSne 
I  Liiziloe4S0 
'  Ljoiena  melina  517 
Ljcopodiom  830 
Lfoopne  819 
Lyg-itua  lecliviitos  505 
L;godeBmia817 
hjgaa 

dielocatos  506 

iuvituB  606 

lineatoe  50U 

lineolariB  506 
Lynx  i:iiua[letiHia  201 


helcita  255 
icpacby  8-815 
X.epibciDa  437 
Lepidomeda  428 

Lepiduptera   collected    by    £.   Coqn    i 
Dakota  and  Montana,  Edwuds  o 
the  513 
Lepidoatens  414 
Lepiopomas  435 

pallidas  39r 
Loptarrlieua  WlO 
Leiilntriu;hcliiHt0DgipinnU66 
LeptnToa  ti39 

218 


aj-lvaticua  iil8 
LMpedeza  110 
Leucaatbiza,  153. 
Li.'ncopliryi:ol52 
Leucoaonme  427 
Liatria  81^1 

Libamia  vittatifrooB  510 
Liliam  826 

Limuoponis  mfoscotellatna  508 
LimuutLLihuHmargiaataa  508 
Limosa 

fedoa  55, 641 

hsmasLica  641 
Lmnaui  81:j 
Lionm  805 

Liod'oriua  viridicata  504 
Liquidaivbar  BtyntcitlDa  114 
Lirjodondroa  tnlipifcta  108 
Lital52 

Litbariapterpi  152 
LitbooolktiH  15S 

aaBtralleella  103 

liicoloroUa  103 

bifaec.iella  101 

uecopltiiiitBllalOO 

po]iaIit!lla  101 
Litholcpis  414 
Litbopliaoe 

capax  IHO 

lepida  181 

viridipallenH  160 
LitbiipBiBJimb[iatiaT74 
LiliioBpcrmum  820 
Litbynnotes  533 

(Tuttatua  533 
Lizard's  Head  862 
LobHliu  817 
Lobipcs  hyperboreaa  637 


Lyaimacliia  8l8 
laDceola  talis 

LyatraT  ricbardaonl??^ 

Lylbmnia  421 

KtocbiBranthera  813 
I  Mikcbimial56 
.  Macn>ruiupboagilaeaaS38 

MactorliyucbUB  61T 
^  MogdoUs  alatacea  463 
,  Magnolia  Qmbrdla  108 

,  Ma!.-i(;«CoriBirrorumn507 
Mftlnco-trii'liiu  156 
Mullolua4J!) 
Ma)vaatTum805 
MamestracoDgennann  197 
Mammalia,  Oeographiool  DUtribntloa  o(| 

by  J.  A.  Allen  313 
MamumU  of  Dakotn,  Notes  on,  by  C.  E. 

HeClieflnoy  201 
MiiuitDillHria  811 
Mareca  amoricana  63, 650 
Mattnara  15G 
MiiBCDluiigua  431 
MtCbesuuy  C  E.:  Notes  On 

of  Dakota  201 
Meda  428 
Melanerpea  ery tbrocepbalQB  617 


Melannra  432 
Metengris  gallopavo  53 
Moletta  428 

Melicleptria  proropta  18S 
Melipotis  Btygialis  184 
'^VAo^i^vb  VfAiQQQtaia  47 


.674 


INDEX  TO   VOL.   IV. 


901 


Melospiza  lincolni  18,  595. 
melodia  596 
palnstris  596 
Melyris 
atra  461 
flavipes  461 
Menestria  157 
Menispermam  803 
Mentha  819 
Mentzelia  811 
MeDziesia  818 
Mephitis  mephitica  202 
Mergus  cucullatus  654 
Mertensia  820 
Mesogonistius  436 
MicriBtins  433 

Micropalama  himantopns  639 
Microperca  440 
Micropteras  435 
Micropteryx  157 
Mieza  157 

Milesia  qnadrata  752 
Milvnlus  forficatns  30 
MimaluB  819 
Mimas 

carolinensis  551 
polyglottus  3 
Mineralogy  of  Nevada,  W.  J.  Hoffman 

the  731 
Minytroma  417 
Miris  instabilis  506 
Mitella  810 

Mnemosyne  terrentnia  773 
Mniotilta  varia  563 
Mochlocera  zelleri  686 
Mollienesia  434 
Molotbrns 
adnens  23 
ater600 

ater  obscarns  22 
Moniana  421 
Monarda  819 
Moneses  818 
Monotropa  818 
Monuments, 

Accidental  840 
Normal  835 
Monument  Park  835 
Morone  437 
Mulgedium  817 
Mural  Forms  851 
Mus  musculus  205 
Mycotretus  binotata  763 
Myiodioctes  pusillus  569 
Mylagaulus  sesquipedalis  384 


on 


Mylochilos  427 
,  Mylodon  sodalis  385 
,  Myloleacos  425 
I  Mylopharodon  428 
:  Myonomes  riparins  208 

Myosnrus  803 
.  Myiarchus 

crinitns  32 

crinitns  erythrocerous  32 
Myriophyyum  810 
Myrmica  sp.  748 
Mysotis  820 
Myxostoma  417 
NabalGs  817 
Naera  157 
Nauostoma  439 
Nardosmia  813 
Nasturtium  804 
Nathalis  iole  257 
Nebria 

longula  478 

obliqua  478 

obttisa  478 

ovipennis  477 

purpurata  477 

trifarla  478 
Nebria,  North  American  species  of  473 
Neda  157 
Ne3undo806 

oceroides  109 
Neides  muticus  504 
Nemobius  tertiarius  774 
Neoclytus  ascendens  462 
Neominois  dionysus  254 
Neocorys  spraguii  10,  558 
Neosorex  palustiis  203 
Nephopteryx 

fenestrella  697 

leoniella  697 

ovalis  696 
Nepticula  157 

bosquella  106 

juglandifoliella  105 

latifasciella  106 

quercipidchella  105 
Neritiua 

naticiformis  715 

(Velatella)  baptista  715 
Nevada,  \V.  J.  Hoffman  on  the  Mineralogy 

of  731 
Noctuidse,  Descriptions  of,  by  A.  B.  Grote 

169 
Nomia  158 
Notemigonus  425 


902 


BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  8UBVEY. 


Notes  OD  a  Collection  of  Fishes  from  the  Rio 

Grande,  by  D.  8.  Jordan  397, 663 
Notes  on  the  Herpetology  of  Dakota  and 
Montana,  by  Elliott  Cones  and  H.  C. 
Yarrow  259 
Notes  on  the  Mammals  of  Fort  Sisseton, 

Dakota,  by  C.  E.  McCbesney  201 
Notes  on  the  Ornithology  of  the  Lower  Bio 
Grande  of  Texas,  by  G.  B.  Sennett  1 
Notbonotns  439 
NothriB  15d 

Notice  of  the  Bntterflles  collected  in  Utah, 
Arizona,  etc.,  by  S.  H.  Scndder  253 
Notonecta 

insnlata  509 

undulata  509 
Notropis  422 
Notorns  414 
Nncnlana  inclara  708 
Nnmenins 

borealis  56 

longirostris  55, 645 
Nnphar  advena  803 
Nyctherodins  violacens  61 
Nyctiardea 

grisea  nasvia  646 

ntevia  61 
Nyctidromns  americauns  34 
Nysius  angnstatus  505 
Nyssa  multiilora  114 
Ochlodes  souora  258 
Odontobasis  f  formosa  718 
(Ecophora  158 
(Edipoda 

gracilis  483 

kiowa  483 

noglecta  483 

verruculata  484 
(Enoe  150 
(Enothera  113,810 
(Eseis  159 
(Eta  159 

Omplialocera  cariosa  671 
Oncorhynchiis  431 
Onoclea  830 
Onosmodinm  820 
Onychorays  leucogaster  205 
Ophibolns 

gotalus  boylii  283 

miiltistriata  284 
Ophryastcs  compactns  765 
Opostega  159 
Opuntia  811 
Ornix  159 
Orobanus  simnlator  453  ? 


Ortalida  vetnla  50 

Orthis  infora  728 

Orthodon  418 

Orthoptera  collected  by  E.  Coaes,  On  the, 

by  C.  Thomas  481 
Ortyx  virginiana  texana  53 
Osmems  429 
Osmorrhiza  812 
Ostrya  virginlca  121 
Otiorhynchns 

dnblns  766 

perditns  766 
Owen,  Professor,  On  Pythonomorpha,  by 

E.  D.  Cope  299 
Oxali8  806 
Oxybaphos  822 
Oxyria  S23 
Oxytropis  807 
Pachystema  806 
Palffiospiza  bella  443 
Palembolns  526 

flavigems  528 
PiJeontological  Papers 

No.  6,  by  C.  A.  White  707 

No.  7,  by  C.  A.  White  781 

No.  8,  by  C.  A.  White  865 
Pallomyia  recta  755 
Pamphila  Colorado  517 
Panicnm  829 

dandestinnm  123 
Panopoda  rufimargo  184 
Pantostens  416 

virescens  780 
Papillo  antiopa  254 
Parasia  160 
Parectopa  160 
Pamassia  810 
Parolamia  529 

rndis  529 
Paronychia  822 
Pamla 

americana  10 

nigrilora  11 
Pams  atricapillns  septentrionalis  554 
Passerculns 

bairdi  585 

savanna  17, 588 
Pedicnlaris  819 

Pedioecetes  phasianellns  oolambianos  630 
Pedomys  ansteras  208 
Pelecanus 

fnscns  64 

trachyrhynchos  63, 654 
Pelodichthys  414 
Pempelia  pravella  694 


INDEX  TO  VOL.  IT. 


Pentatemon  618 
Perca437 
PerolDft  438 
Fercopais  421 
PeriUas 

olaadna  504 

es&ptoa  504 
Perimede  151,16(1 
FeriBoreua'OniiiidenBiaoftpitaliB  61 
Petnlostemna  607 
Petricbcliilon  laaifeona  15,571 
Petrolysira  530 

gi|;tuitea  531 

heroaSSS 
Petromyw)ii  413 
Pencna  OMBlni  18 
Feiolettix 

barealt8  484 

apeaioea  484 
FfaoetTtBU  160 
Phalaris  4J20 

PhiiDeropCera  carrioanda  485 
Pbarbitee  116 
PhsDacobiaa  ii& 

acoplferDB  fim 
Phenolia  iDcapoxTCS 
PbeocTmn  195 
Pbigalea  ll>0 
Phigopteris  630 
PbikL>U[i»liueatiis510 
Philh7drDaapp.76I 
PbiloQome  160 
Fbleam  628 
Pbloi820 

FtioliaoracfttaUiia256 
PbotaKenis  420 
PhosiQDB  423 
Pbrftgiiiilea  SB 
Phrynosoma 

doDgbiaai  385 


Pbyciodea 

maraia  515 

prateDsia  25G 
PhyllocDiatia  160 

erecbtitiaelln  104 
Phyniiila  eroaa  507 
Pbfaa  fetix  714 
PhysaliaeSl 

TJacoes  117 
Phjsostegia  819 
Pirji  TnHitno1eaoahndaoliloB607 
Picorellos  432 


PlOOB 

Tilla«nB615 

viUoaDB  barrisi  616 
Piedra  porada  856 
Pieris 

oooidentaliaBlS 


ol..r 


ja257 


»  breed  of,  by  E. 


protodiee  513 
PigritLalOl 
Piga,  Solid-hoofed,  On  a 

Cooea  395 
Pimephalea  419 

nieeUDa664 

promelaa403,783 
PinipeatSs 

abiDtivorella  701 

zimmermani  699 

Pipilo 

erytbraphthalmos  598 

macalatOBarotioDB  599 
Pityophia  aayi  bellooa  282 
Pitya  IGl 
PI  ocoph  aty  n  s  4 17 
PlagoptemaJaa 
PlaliUgoaiS 
P)ADt8,Catu1ogaeof,G011eotedbyE.Couea, 

l)yJ."W  ChickiTingBOl 
Flata]eaiijnja58 
Pl.itnuDD  -occidental  LH 118 
I  Plntean  Creek  «I4 
i  Platygobio  427 
Platynna 

jejnnoe449 
I  aenex  759 
I  Plectropbanea 

lapponicos  578 

moccowDii  583 
I         omatna  579 

piotna  578 
Plenrolepia  4!S8 
PlDtella  161 
PoB  838 

pratensia  133 
Foaphila  ptacata  184 
Podabrns  breTipennia  460 
Podagrion  aboitiToni  775 
Podiceps 

aaritns  califoniioiiB  657 


j         domioicDB  66 

j  PiMliiyinbaspwlitiepa  668 

'  Podisna  cynloos  604 

:  PtecUia  161 

I  PcBcillcbthya  439 


904 


BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SUBVEY. 


Poscilichthys 

lepidus  663 
PoBcilopteryx  161 
PoBciloscytns  aDifaaciatns  507 
FogODichthys  427 
Polanisia  804 
Pole  Creek  851 
Polioptila  coemlea  6 
Polybonis  tharas  aadaboni  44 
Polygala806 
PolygoDatam  826 
Polygonum  822 
Polyhymno  161 
Polyodon  413 
Polypodium  830 
PomolobaB  428 
Pomoxys  437 
Pontia  protodice  257 
PooBcetes 

,  gramineas  589 

graminoDS  oonfinis  17 
Popnlus  122, 824 
Porzana  oaroliDa647 
Potamocottns  441 
Potamogeton  825 
PotentUla  808 

Preliminary  Studies  on  the  North  Ameri- 
can Pyralidfie,  by  A.  B.  Grote  669 
Priscacara 

clivosa  76  * 

oxy  prion  74 

]>ealei75 
Proconiacostalis  510 
Procyon  lotor  252 
Prodryas  520 

persephone  524 
Prodnctella  sp.  730 
Products  of  Erosion,  Endlich  on  Striking 

831 
Productus  dissimilis  730 
Progne  snbis  572 
Pronuba  161 
Prorasia  669 

simulis  670 
Prosartes  826 
Prosopium  429 
Protoporus  423 

sp.  nov.f  791 
Prunus  808 

amcricana  112 
Psecadia  161 
Pseudemys 

elegans  260 

hillii  395 
Psilocorsis  162 


Psoralea  807 

Pterostichus  (Cryobius)  snrgenB  449 

Ptychochilus  424 

Putorius 

erminea  202 

longicanda  202 

Yison  202 
Pygosteus  441 
Pyralidffi,  Studies  on  the  North  American, 

by  A.  R.  Grote  669 
Pyranea  sBstiva  14 
Pyraneis  cardni  515 
l^^rgus  tessellata  517 
Pyrocephalus  rubineus  mexioanuB  34 
Pyrola  818 

Pyrophila  glabella  180 
Pyrrhuloxia  sinaata  21 
Pynis809 

communis  112 

coronaria  112 

mains  112 
Pythonomorpha,  Owen  on,  by  £.  D.  Cope 

299 
Qaassilabia  418 
Quercns  118,  823 
Querqnedula 

carolinensis  650 

discors651 
Qniscalns 

macrurns27 

purpureus  ssneus  606 
Rallus  longirostris  61 
Rana  halecina  289 
Ranunculus  802 

Recurvirostra  amoricana  54,  635 
Reduvins  f  guttatus  771 
Regnlus  calendula  553 
i  Restbenia  insignis  507 
Rhamnns  806 
Rhaphanns  804 
Rheocrypta  438 
Rhinanus  819 
Rhinicbtbys  426 

maxillosus  790 
Rhinosia  162 

Rbynchonella  ambigna  729 
Rbynchophanes  maccowni  16 
Rhyncbops  nigra  GQ 
Rhyparocbromns  terreos  770 
Rhus  806 

toxicodendron  108 
Ribes  113, 809 
Ricbardsonius  425 
Robin  ia 

hispida  111 


INDEX  TO. VOL.   IV. 


905 


Bobinia 

pseadaoaoia  111 

viscosa  111 
Rocous  437 
Rosa  112, 809 
Rabus  809 

canadeDsis  113 

occidentalis  113 

Yillosas  113 
Radbeckia  815 
Raniex  823 
Rasticus 

battoidett  256 

molissa  256 
Sagaritis  162 
Sagittaria  825 
Sakenia  sp.  750 
Salar  430,  795 
Salebria  fnsca  695 
Salicornia  822 
Salix  121,  824 
Salmo  431 

aurora  796 

clarki  796 

stomias  795 
SalmouidsB  793 
SalveliDns  430 
Sanguinaria  803 
Sanicnla  811 
Sarcobatos  822 
Sardinius 

lineatus  71 

nasatalos  70 

percrassuB  72 
Sarraceoia  803 
Sassafras  officinale  117 
Satyrus 

boopis  516 

cbaron  516 
Saxifraga  810 
Sayornis  sayns  610 
ScapbirhyDcbops  413 

platyrbyncbas  778 
Sceloporns  consobriDus  287 
Schilbeodes  414 
ScbocDis  arachne  255 
Sciomyza  disjecta  758 


I 


Sciomyza  manoa  756 

Scirpns  827 

Sciari,  Synonymatic  List  of  the  American, 

by  J.  A.  Allen  877 
Scinms 

aberti860 

ffistaans  885 

arizonensis  880 

aaieigaster  882 

caiolinensis  879 

deppei  885 

fossor  880 

griseoflavos  880 

hoffmanni  885 

hadsonias  878 

hypopyrrhos  881 

niger879 

pasillas  887 

rafoniger  886* 

stramineas  883    . 

variabilis  884 
Soolecocampa  bipnncta  179 
Scolecopbagus 

cyanocephalus  27, 605 

ferraginens  605 
Scolops  sulcipes  510 
8coparia  libella  675 
Scops  asio  maccalli  39 
Scadder,  S.H.: 

Account  of  Insects  from  Tertiary  of 
Colorado  and  Wyoming  519 

Fossil   Insects  of  the   Green   River 
Shales  747 
Scntellaria  116,  820 
Scymnus  nigripennie  453 
Sednm  810 
Sehirus  cinctas  503 
Selaginella  830 
Selasphoms  rnfus  614 
Sema  signifer  399 
Semele  162 
Semotilos  427 
Senecio  816 
Sennett,  G.  B.: 

Onithology  of    the    Rio    Grande  of* 
Texas  1 
Setophaga  rnticilla  14,  570 


*P.  S.— SciUKUB  RUFOXTORU,  Pucheron. — Since  the  paper  on  Seiuri  passed  oat  of  my  hands  I  have 
received,  thn>nj;h  tUo  kindness  of  Mr.  E.  R.  Alston,  one  of  the  types  of  his  Seiunu  ruffoniger,  endorsed 
on  the  label,  "Compared  with  Pucheran*s  type  in  Paris  Mnsenm.  E.  R  A.  April,  1^78."  This  speci- 
men,  aa  ohown  by  the  sexual  organs,  is  a  fully  adult  male,  thon£:h  scarcely  five  and  a  half  Inches  lon|ic, 
and  banco  cannot  bo  regarded  as  an  immatore  example  of  8.  deppii,  the  possibility  of  Trhicli  is  above 
suggcHtcd.  In  coloration  it  differs  little  from  frequent  examples  of  S.  hoffmanni.  The  tail,  howerer,  is 
relatively  mnch  shorter,  the  size  nearly  one-half  less,  and  it  has  two  upper  premolars  (Alston)  instead 
of  one.  In  this  last  featnre.  as  well  as  in  size,  proportions,  and  coloration,  it  finds  a  near  afflne  in  S. 
puMUtu.—J.  A.  A.,  Nov. 23, 1878. 

[*N0TE.— The  above  was  received  too  late  for  insertion  in  its  proper  ^lan^^>^<^^^Q&Sk*€a^\AP^>»^'*'C'K*^ 
worked  to  p.  887. — Ed.  | 

BoJJ.  iv.  Ind. 2 


906 


BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 


Sotbmorpba  162 
Shepberdia  823 
Sialia 

arctica  553 

Bialis  6 
Sibbaldia  808 
Siboiua  424 
SileDO  805 
Siaapis  804 
Sioeu  diadema  508 
Sinoo  102 

Siparocera  nobilis  674 
Sisymbrium  804 
Sisyrbyncbiam  825 
Sitodrepa  defuncta  762 
Sitones  grandtevas  767 
Sinm  811 
Sinrus 

motacilla  13 

Dffivius  567 
Smilaciua  826 
Smilax  glaaca  123 
SolaDum  821 

carolinense  117 
Solenobia  162 
Solidago  115,  814 
Solid-boofed  Pigs,  On  a  Breed  of,  by 

Cones  295 
Sorex  cooperi  203 
Sontb  River  840 
Spaniodon  sinius  69 
Spanisb  Peaks  854 
Sparg<ininm  824 
Spartena  828 
Spatnla  clypeata  63,  651 
Speotyto  cnnicularia  bypoga^a  019 
Spermopbilus 

frauklini  216 

tridecemlineatus  217 
SpbflBralcea  805 
Sphyrapicus  varius  616 
Spirasa  808 
Spirantbes  825 
Si)irifera  snbnmbona  129 
Spizella 

monticola  590 

pallida  19,  591 

socialis  19,  591 
Stachys  820 
Stanleya  804 

Stapbyliuites  obsolotum  76*2 
StatucRqnu  Forms  848 
Sto^fanopns  wilsoni  636 
Stellaria  605 
Stemmatophora  nicalis  G71 


StenolK>tbrn8  cnrtipennis  482 
Stenocinclis  anomala  751 
Stenodus  430 
St«pbanomeria  816 
Sterna 

anglica  64 

cautiaca  65 

caspia  65 

forsteri  65 

snperciliaris  antillarnm  66 
Stiolocepbala  inermis  509 
StiIbusislC2  * 
Stipa  828 
Stizostetbium  437 
Strcpsilas  intorpres  54 
Streptostylica  309 
Strix  ilammea  americana  39 
Strobisia  162 
Stropbodonta 

arcuata  728 

canace728 

quadrata  728 

reversa  728 

variabilis  727 
I  Studies  of  tbe  American  Herodiones,  by 
R.  Ridgway  219 
E.  I  Stumella 

I 

magna  24 

magna  negleota  603 

■ 

Stypbrosoma  stygica  507 
>  Sua;da822 

Symmetrnnis  788 

Sympboricarpa  vulgaris  1 14 
'  Sympboricarpus  812 

Syncbloe  tboosa  257 

Syueda  alleni  183 

Synonyraatic  List  of  tbe  American  Sciuri, 
by  J.  A.  Allen  877 

Synopsis  of  Nortb  American    Sp^scies  of 
Alpbeus 189 

Syrignia  247 

Syrpbns  754 

Table  sbowiiig  Distribution  of  Fossils  in 
tbe  Laramie  Group  722 

Tacbina  sp.  756 

Tacbiptilia  163 

Tacbycineta 

bi color  15,  571 
tbalassiua  571 

Tamias  striatus215 

Tnraebe  somiopaca  182 

Tjiraxacnm  817 

Tauridea  441 

Taxidea  americana  202 


INDEX  TO  VOL.   IV. 


9U7 


Telei»  1G3 

Telmotodytea  polnstris  506 

Tolpbumt'lOt 

Teuaf^  !(>:■ 

Tertiar;  limectn  from  Colorado  and  Wjo- 

iiiiiit!  r>19 
TetraloplM 

nspernti'Uii  fiUI 

militella  6»9 

piAtaix'ihi  an 

rubiiHluIlit  lilU 
Tetroo 

oliecili'ilH  rich.ir(l80u)  ij^ 
TetligomahicroBlvi-hicHSlO 
Tutli:c  r;rnuulAta  464 
Tf  xaii  Oniitholouy,  by  Seunett  1 
ThalictrDiii  SC2 
TlinnaiM 

pnijiuTtinH  257 

Thus{iliiiii  811 
Tket.'la 

inopHiiH  Til? 

aiva  a->C 

Theisoii  la-. 

Tb<flmiiTiivittat»rilO 
Tliennop«"iM  SOU 

fabnci'B  110 
Tbliisi.i  H;4 
Thomiw,  C. : 

On   tlio  Orthoptcra  collected    by  E. 
CoiiuN  iu  Dakota  and  Moutona  481. 
TlioiiiuinyH  talpoiileB  215 
Thiirj'tH-R  pyludoB  257 
Tliryothi>riiB 

ben-kki  !> 

lndovidaDUsl>crlandieri  8 
Tlinja  W4 
Thyiiiallns  430 
Tiiin-lla  f=10 
Tiamsn  -1-'' 

TicLnli'ptiiH  zygORinticua  380 
TicboHteiia  .xtpUfacieu  'JllS 
Tiitoran  424 


106 


,  ig:i 


7-stri);ullii  7U 

unomacukiltu  60 
Tiiieiua  ami  iheir  Food-plants,  by  V.  T. 

ClHinilwra  107 
Tiacina,  InUnx  to  the  Dwotibed  125 
Tischeria  Hi5 

tenia  99 

latipiuella  97 


Tiacbcria 

priiiiioselU  97 
piilvetia  <» 
ilDurcivorella  97 

Toii,.iaive-^i) 

TomonotDEi  teoebnMue  462 
ToriimlpDH  bravionidtaliB  668 
Totuuns 

flavi[i«s  Ci4U 

mvliiiiolHnvUH  56,  548 

eetiiipa1iiiaUiHi)5,  C41 

wilitariiig  HVi 
Trncbyte  Conglonliirnla  8fi0 
Tradaacnntia  S-16 
TrnpezoDotiis  uiibulosiia  505 
TriiEtinapiB  vrr;jiilutuB  67 
Tn  liui,buDeH  litliaram  7n 
Trichtitoph.  H«l 
TrieDtulis  616 
Ttifiiliniii  pnktense  110 
Trifurcella  lfi.-> 
TriKlocUiii  6£i 
Tr1t;loiHiia  440 

balnli  040 

muciilntn  55,  040 

miiintilln  VM 
Trinnoiilea  maculariuB  644 
TripaoUma  IGO 
Triticuui  6-J9 

vuljiarc  1-23 
TracUi  iIh  colnbriH  35,  614 
Troj!liMlyteBai.'don554 
Tropuloi]olbBBipedoti2Sl 
TnipUturniia 

Mxialis  759 

BCDlptilia  760 
Troximon  1*16 
TriconotuluH  ruficoTDia  506 
TuTdna 

(lljlocicbia)  fuDcescens  550 

(Hyloi'lcbta)  pallnsi  549 

(HyliickbiB)  Bwoinaoni  550 

(PlaoeaticDa)  miKratorina  640 
TyphB  824 
TyplilioLthy8  432 
TyraoDDS 

oarolineDaia  :)l,  608 

inolaocholieuBconchi  31 

verticalianog 
IIdiopgyllaTobnBta485 
Ufens  unicolor  179 
Uhler.P.B.: 

On   tbe  RemipteTA  collected  by  E. 


908 


BULLETIN  UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY. 


Ulmns  823 

americana  117 
Ulocontra  439 
Uncompahgre  Region  846 
Unio 

aldriohi  710 

goniambonataB  709 
Uranidea  440 
UraDOtes  melinus  256 
UrsQB  americanos  202 
Urtica  823 
Utricalaria  818 
Vacciniain  817 
Valeriana  813 
Vanessa 

antropa  515 

cardai  254 
Venilia  166 
Veratrnm  826 
Verbena  819 
Vernonia  114 
Veronica  819 
Vertebrato,  Descriptions  of  New  Extinct, 

by  E.  D.  Cope  379 
Vesicaria  804 
Vcspertilionidffi  203 
Viburnum  812 

opulns  114 
Vicia  808 
Viola  804 
Vireo 

belli  16 

gilvus  575 

noveboracensis  16 

olivaceus  16, 574 

pbiladelphicus  575 

Bolitarins  576 
Virginian  Deer,  Consolidation  of  Hoofs  of, 

by  E.  Coues  293 
Vitis  109, 806 
Viviparus 

conesi  717 

prndentia716 
Volsella 

(Brachydontes)  laticostata  708 

(Braobydontes)  regularis  707 
Vulpes  Yolgaris  pennsylvanicns  201 


Walsbia  166 
White,  Dr.  C.  A.: 

Paleontological  Papers  No.  6:  De- 
scriptions of  New  Invertebrate  Fos- 
sils from  the  Laramie  Gronp  707 

Paleontological  Papers  No.  7 :  On  the 
Distribution  of  Molluscan  Species 
in  tbe  Laramie  Group  721 

Paleontological    Papers  No.    8:    Re- 
marks on  tbe  Laramie  Group  865 
White  River  Region  848, 852, 855 
Wllsonia  166 
Woodsia  830 
Xantbium  815 

Xantbocepbalns  ioterooepbalns  24,602 
Xantbura  Inxnosa  29 
Xenisma  433 
Xenotis  436 

breviceps  663 
Xerobates 

cyclopygins  394 

orthopygius  393 
Xeropbyllum  826 
Xylestbia  166 
Xylomiges  tabnlata  181 
Xylotrocbus  undulatus  var.  f  462 
Xystroplites  436 
Yarrow,  H.  C,  and  Coues,  E. : 

On  tbe  Herpetology  of  Dakota  and 
Montana  259 
Ypselopbus  166 
Ypsia  185 

Ypsolophus  querciella  83 
Yucca  122, 826 
Zancloguatha : 

lajvigata  186 

miuimalis  186 
Zapus  bndsonius  204 
Zeuffidura  Caroline i^sis  47, 628 
Zitania  826 
Zonotricbia: 

leucophrys  19 

leucophrj's  intermedia  594 

querula  594 
Zotbeca  trauqnilla  var.  viridala  160 
Zygadmnns  825 
Zygonectes  433 


( 


THE  UNFVERSITY  OF  MICHIGAN 
GRADUATE   LIBRARY 


MARl 


19.  t 


DO  NOT  REMOVE 

OR 
MUTILATE  CARD 

"■••■a-  ■•  ■■:^.?-"^v'*^^ 


/ 


:"    \